Bulletin No. 299 Series F, Geography, 52

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

CHARLES D. WALCOTT, DIRECTOR

GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA

BY

MARCUS BAKER

SEC03ST3D EIDITIOIT

PKEPAHE.D BY

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 

1906
P r Vi v.x t ^ v '

"S3

0 «i 1^ * i 'd

CONTENTS.

Page.

Preface __________ _______ ____'. ________________ 3

United States Board on Geographic Names_________________ 5

Executive order of September 4, 1890__________________ 5

Executive order of January 23, 190G___________________ 5

Members and officers, June, 1906__________________ 6

Adoption of dictionary__:._____..________________ 6

Introduction _________________________i_____ 7

Origin of dictionary_________________________ 7

Plan and scope __________________ .___________ 8

Origin of names- __________ ________ - ___ 8

Principles employed and reforms attempted____________ 11

Authorities __________:_________ ____________ 15

In chronologic order____________________ 15

In alphabetic order _________________________ 16

Dictionary ___________ _____________ _ 79

2 ' ;
PREFACE.

The first edition of this dictionary, published in 1902 as Bulletin 

No. 187 of the United States Geological Survey, proved a most useful work to map makers, writers, and editors, and Avas soon exhausted. 

Since its publication the Avonderful development of Alaska's resources 

has continued at an accelerated rate. Ocean cables have been laid,

telegraph lines built, light-houses and railroads constructed, and mail 

routes established; old mining fields have been developed and new 

ones discovered and prospected; mining camps of that day have 

grown to populous cities, and new towns and camps have sprung up.

The Government has generously contributed of its resources to 

encourage, promote, and aid this development. In this'Avork many 

of its bureaus and organizations have been employed. The Army 

made explorations, established the telegraph, and built posts and 

roads; the Geological Survey has continued its explorations, surveys, 

and investigations of the geology and mineral resources; the Coast 

Survey has continued to survey the coasts and harbors; the Fish 

Commission and its successor, the Bureau of Fisheries, have proceeded Avith their investigations of the fisheries and have established 

hatcheries and fish-culture reserves; the Agricultural Department 

has made investigations of the agricultural resources, established 

agricultural experiment stations, and studied the animal and plant 

life; the ReA^enu'e-Cutter Service, the Light-House Board, the General 

Land Office, the Post-Office Department, the Bureau of Education, 

have all been active in their respective spheres.

One of the results of these activities is a great body of maps, 

charts, and reports \vhich haA^e added vastly to our knoAvledge of 

Alaskan geography and resources. Each of these contains its quota 

of geographic names, there first published, obtained from the natives 

or given by old settlers, miners, prospectors, pilots, fishermen, or the 

explorers and surveyors themselves. While a gratifying proportion 

of these IICAV geographic names, like the old, especially those of the 

larger and more important natural features, are of Eskimo or Indian origin, it is regrettable that so large a proportion of the names 

given by miners and prospectors, repeated in the various diggings, are

3

5
4 PEEFACE.

the same as names met at every turn in the mining regions of the 

West. The first edition of this- dictionary contained about 6,300 

names and 2,800 cross references. The present volume contains about 

9,300 names and 3,300 cross references. These numbers may be taken 

as a rough indication of Alaskan growth.

To compile and describe the application of the new names has 

required constant comparison with the older maps and literature, 

to discover whether other names had been adopted for the same features. Such duplications, discovered in the first edition, have been 

eliminated, and doubtless, despite the care taken to avoid it, still 

others have been introduced. Many names, probably several hundred in the aggregate, have been taken from older maps and publications not consulted in the original compilation, and earlier usage 

than that cited in the first edition has been discovered for still other 

names. In numerous instances original descriptions have been 

amended or rewritten and made to conform with the more accurate 

maps of the present day. Excepting obvious errors, however, decisions of the United States Board on Geographic Names, and a few 

instances in which, present usage unquestionably required a change, 

the names and forms adopted in the first edition have been scrupulously retained. The principles adopted for guidance in the original 

compilation have been followed in the new, and the same letter values j 

those adopted by the Board on Geographic Names, have been employed in transliterating foreign and writing native names whenever 

a choice has been offered.

This revision has made manifest to a degree not before appreciated 

the great labor involved in the original compilation, as well as its 

thoroughness and accuracy. Mr. Baker had planned a revision of. 

his work, but was not spared to undertake it.

The Avriter would here acknowledge his indebtedness to his colleagues in the office of the editor of topographic maps for valuable 

assistance rendered; to Mr. S. J. Kiibel, the responsible head of that 

office, for facilities provided; and to Mr. Alfred Hulse Brooks, 

geologist in charge, division of Alaskan mineral resources, and the 

geologists and topographers of that division, for helpful suggestions, 

information, and facilities.

J. McC.
UNITED STATES BOARD ON GEOGRAPHIC NAMES."

9 ' ^_________ 

EXECUTIVE ORDER OF .SEPTEMBER 4, 1890. l

As it' is desirable that uniform usage in regard to geographic nomenclature and orthography obtain throughout the Executive Departments of the Government, and particularly upon the maps and 

charts issued by the various departments and bureaus, I hereby constitute a Board on Geographic Names, and designate the following 

persons,'Avho have heretofore cooperated for a similar purpose under 

the authority of the several Departments, bureaus, and. institutions, 

with which they are connected, as members of said Board:

Prof. Thomas C. Mendenhall, United States Coast and Geodetic 

Survey, chairman. '

Andrew H. Alien, Department of State.

Capt. Henry L. Howison, Light-House Board, Treasury Department.

Capt. Thomas Turtle, Engineer Corps, War. Department.

Lieut. Richardson Clover, Hydrographic Office, Navy Department.

Pierson H. Bristow, Post-Office Department.

Otis T. Mason, Smithsonian Institution.

Herbert G. Ogden, United States Coast and Geodetic Survey.

Henry Gannett, United States Geological Survey.

Marcus Baker, United States Geological Survey.

To this Board shall be referred all unsettled questions concerning 

geographic names which arise in the Departments, and the decisions 

of the Board are to be accepted by these Departments as the standard 

authority in such matters.

Department officers are instructed to afford, such assistance as may 

be proper to carry on the work of this Board.

The members of this Board shall serve without, additional compensation, and its organization shall entail no expense on the Government. ,

* BENJ. HARRISON.

EXECUTIVE MANSION,

September 4,1890.

EXECUTIVE ORDER OF JANUARY 23, 1906.

It is hereby ordered that there be added to the duties of the United 

States Board on Geographic Names, created by Executive order dated 

September 4, 1890, the duty of determining, changing, and fixing

« Official title changed to United States Geographic Board by Executive order of August 

10, 1906.

5
6 UNITED STATES BOAED ON GEOGEAPHIC NAMES.

place names within the United States and insular possessions, and it 

is hereby directed that all names hereafter suggested for any place 

by any officer or employee of the Government shall be referred to said 

Board for its consideration and approval before publication.

In these matters, as in all cases of disputed nomenclature, the decisions of the Board are to be accepted by the Departments of Government as the standard authority.

THEODORE ROOSEVELT.

THE WHITE HOUSE,

January 23,1906.

MEMBERS AND OFFICERS, JUNE, 1906.

HKN'RY GANNETT, Chairman,

United States Geological Survey. 

CHARLES S. SLOANE, Secretary,

Bureau of the Census. 

Maj. WILLIAM D. BEACH, General Staff,

War Department. 

FRANK BOND,

General Land Office. 

ANDREW BRAID,

Coast and Geodetic Survey. 

CHARLES DENBY,

Department of State. 

ARNOLD B. JOHNSON,

Light-House Board.

OTIS T. MASON,

Smithsoniau Institution. 

C. HART MEBRIAM,

Department of Agriculture. 

JOHN S. MILLS,

Treasury Department. 

C. M. ROBINSON,

Government Printing Office. 

Commander C. Ct ROGERS, U. S. N.,

Navy Department. 

ADOLPH VON HAAKE,

Post-Office Department. 1

ADOPTION OF DICTIONARY.

FIRST EDITION.

At a special meeting of the United States Board on Geographic 

jNames held July 29, 1901, the following resolution was adopted.

Whereas the United States Board on Geographic Names some ten years ago 

determined to prepare a dictionary of Alaska geographic names and appointed a 

committee which, began the work of collecting the material therefor; and

Whereas such committee, consisting of Messrs. H. G. Ogden and Marcus 

Baker, entered upon the work and prosecuted it for two or three years, collecting the names from all published and original sources; and

Whereas Mr. Marcus Baker has since collected and discussed the evidence 

relating to the names and alternatives, in connection with his official duties, and 

has written the dictionary : Therefore,

Resolved, That the Board approve this dictionary,'thus prepared, and'provisionally adopt the approved forms contained therein.

SECOND EDITION.

At the regular meeting of the United States Board "on Geographic 

Names held June 6, 1906, the following resolution was adopted.

Resolved, That the Board .approve the second 'edition of the Dictionary of 

Alaska Geographic Names, which has recently, been prepared by the United 

States Geological Survey, and provisionally adopt the approved forms contained 

therein.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

By MARCUS BAKER. 

Second edition, prepared by JAMES McCcmMiCK.

INTRODUCTION.

ORIGIN.

This dictionary is the outgrowth of work undertaken by the Board 

on Geographic Names in 1892. Shortly after the Board was organized there was submitted to it a list of two or three hundred names 

of geographic features in Alaska which were variously spelled or 

which bore two or more names. The Board studied these names, 

sought information and advice from experts, and finally decided all 

the cases. But the studies made in order to ascertain the facts and 

to establish principles for guidance in the determination of cases 

made it plain that nothing short of a complete revision of all the 

geographic names in Alaska could yield satisfactory results. 

Accordingly the Board, after full discussion, decided to undertake 

such revision and to prepare a geographic dictionary. For this 

purpose it appointed a committee to collect and arrange the material. 

The committee consisted of Messrs. H. G. Ogden, of the Coast and 

Geodetic Survey, and Marcus Baker, of the Geological Survey. The 

territory was divided, Mr. Ogden undertaking to catalogue the 

names in Alexander archipelago and Mr. Baker those in the remainder of the Territory.

In September, 1893, the committee reported, that about 4,300 names 

had then been entered upon cards about 2-,400 in southeastern 

Alaska, by Mr. Ogden, and 1,900 in central, western, and northern 

Alaska, by .Mr. Baker. For some years thereafter, comparatively 

little progress was made in this work. The cataloguing had been 

carried on as.incidental to other duties, and with increasing demands 

the dictionary work came to a standstill. Thus it remained for 

several years, save for a little time given to it now and then.

Meanwhile the gold discoveries had quickened public interest in 

Alaska. Prospectors swarmed into the- Territorv, and there Avere

7
8 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

numerous exploring and surveying expeditions sent out by the War, 

Treasury, and Interior Departments. From these resulted large 

a dditions to geographic knowledge and to the list of names, especially 

of features in the interior. The United States Geological Survey 

took an active part in this interior exploration, and thus the Director 

found urgent need of the dictionary as an aid in preparing and publishing reports on .Alaska, Accordingly in June) 1900, he directed 

Mr. Baker to' complete it. From that time the work progressed with 

little interruption to completion-, and it was adopted by the Board on 

Geographic Names on. July 29, 1901. The second edition was 

adopted by the Board June 6,1906.

PLAN AND SCOPE.

The plan of this dictionary is to1 show in one alphabetical list all the

published names which have been applied to geographic features in

Alaska. This includes obsolete as well as current/names, and also a

.few not previously published. >It aims.to : show the origin, history,

 modes.of spelling,:and; application of each name, and. in,the cases of

. Indian, Eskimo, and foreign names,, their meaning also. And finally

it shows, in bold.-faced, type,'the forms approved by the .United States

 Board on Geographic Names. Rejected, doubtful, and obsolete,forms 

are printed in italic. ,-'.',, ( ; , . ,

So comprehensive a scheme,as this could not, from the nature of 

the case, be completely realized. The attempt to .discover, and record 

every name that has .been used would require an( expenditure .of time 

;md energy far .beyond the value'of the resultj and would,, moreover, 

fall-short of .-absolute success. . Nevertheless,-thoroughness and com-

 pleteness as well as accuracy have been steadily kept in view. The 

work is brought down to about 1905. While it is an Alaskan diction-

 ary, a few names of .features near but outside of Alaska are included. 

; Also, elevations are given, when known., .- . ..

 The difficulties in executing this-' plan are deeper than the names. 

In many, cases the question is not What is the name?, but, To what 

does or should the name apply? In the beginning, of... exploration 

there is generally confusion and uncertainty as to th<3 names and their 

; application^ growing,out of .imper.fe.ct geographic knowledge... It is 

certain that-many of the recent names, included-herein will not sur- 

'vivej-and that .local usage will, have established other forms. .Thus 

complete,revision of; this-work will be .needed from time to time. 

Meanwhile, it isJioped.,that this dictionary Av.il! be found helpful in 

establishing uniformity in the use of Alaska proper names.

ORIGIN OF NAMES. ,'= .

The geographic names of any region may be likened to the coins 

circulating in a great seaport. As these coins are stamped by various 

nations, so geographic names are stamped by a conquering, colonizing,
GEOGBAPH1C DICTIONARY OF AiASKA. 9

or exploring people upon the regions they visit, colonize, or conquer. 

As.some coins are by long use worn till their origin is unrecognizable, 

so.some geographic.names, well, known and most useful, are of so 

uncertain origin that men disagree and dispute about them. Other 

.coins,and other..geographic names are less worn, and their origin 

and 'history can be traced. :Alaskan geographic names comprise a 

comparatively small -number either so old or so corrupted as wholly 

to conceal their .origin or meaning. They are derived almost exclusively from six.sources, .whichmay be briefly characterized as follows:

 :. 1., Names bestowed by the.Russians. Prior to about 1750 Russian: 

America, now Alaska, was ,a blank on our maps. Beginning with 

Bering's -first expedition, in 1725., dim and obscure outlines began to

: appear\on this blank, space, and as, they appeared .the Russians who 

were filling this space applied names to the geographic features Avhich 

they discovered and explored., First came the fur hunter, then the

 official explorer, and later, they worked side by side. On the part of 

the Russians the work continued till the purchase of Alaska by the 

.United States in 1867. . Thus the .period of .Russian nomenclature is 

about one hundred and twenty-five years, dating from Bering's second 

voyage, in 1741, and. ending .with the cession of the territory to the 

United States in 1867. . . . . 2. Names bestowed,by the Spaniards. There are few names in 

Alaska of Spanish origin. All of them were bestowed in the interval 

.between 1774 and.about 1800. The exploratory work of the Spaniards was all coastwise and extended from the southern boundary 

of Alaska to and including Prince William sound. One expedition, 

indeed, went as far Avest as Unalaska and named a few points along 

;this stretch of-coast. Most of these names, owing to tardy and obscure publication', have.disappeared from the maps.

. 3...Names, fyestoived by the English. English names in Alaska date 

from Cook's voyage thither in 1778. From time to time during the

 seventy-five or eighty years following Cook's voyage, and to a limited 

extent to the present time, English traders and naval vessels have 

contributed to a knowledge of Alaskan geography and to its nomenclature.: 'Noteworthy in the last century, after Cook, are the voyages 

of- Dixon, Meares, and Portlock, British fur traders, but especially

 are we indebted to the incomparable Vancouver for. his masterly ex-

 ploration: and survey of. the coast from Kodiak eastward and southward to lower.California. Vancouver named many.features. At the 

same time the features'.named were so fully described, mapped, and 

published that most of these names remain unchanged on our maps

 to-day., The more, important, additions by Englishmen after Vancouver- were those by Captain Beechey, R. N., in 1826-27; by Sir 

Edward Belcher, R. N., in 1836-1842, and more especially, by the 

so-called Franklin search expeditions during the period 1848-1854.
10 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA.

The work of Cook in 1778, of Beechey and Franklin in 1826-27, and 

of Dease and Simpson in 1837 gave to the world the main outlines 

of the Arctic coast of Alaska and the names of nearly all its large or 

important features.

4. Names besto^oed by Frenchmen. The explorations by the French 

on the Alaskan coast are small and are confined almost wholly to 

southeastern Alaska. The ill-fated expedition of La Perouse, in 

1786, is almost the only one which has left its impress on the nomenclature of the country, and that wholly in the southeastern part.

5. Names bestowed by Americans. American whaleships first 

entered the Arctic ocean through Bering strait in 1848 and began a 

contribution to Alaskan geographic names. This naming of geographic features has been continued by private citizens and by 

Government officers of the United States to the present time. The 

earliest large contribution was made by the North Pacific Exploring 

Expedition of 1855, whose Alaskan names are found chiefly in the 

Aleutian islands and in Bering sea. Beginning with the cession of 

the Territory to the United States in 1867, numerous official expeditions have explored, surveyed, mapped, and named many features. 

The largest contributions, till recently, 'have come from the numerous 

surveying expeditions of the Coast Survey. At the same time, the 

Revenue Marine Service, the naval vessels, the military garrisons and 

reconnaissances, the Census Office, the Bureau of Education, the 

missionaries, the traders, miners, and prospectors, have each taken a 

part in spreading names over Alaska. In. recent years the Geological Survey has given many names, especially in the interior of the 

country.

6. Native names. Last in order, but first in importance, are native 

names. The various native tribes, occupying Alaska for an indefinite period before the advent of the whites, had applied names to 

various features. For certain great .features each tribe would have 

its own name. Thus even before the advent of the whites there was 

duplication of names. The great river of Alaska which we call the 

Yukon was called by the Eskimo Kweek-puk (kweefc river and puk 

big), and from them the Russians obtained their name, which through 

various transliterations into roman characters has appeared as 

Kwitchpak, Kwikhpak, etc. Some of the Indian tribes of the inte^ 

rior called it Yukon (the river), it being too great and well known 

to need a name, while the Tanana tribes call it, according to Lieutenant Alien, Niga To. It doubtless bears and has borne other 

names.

Explorers and geographers visiting hew lands and peoples are 

always prone to ascertain and use the native names of places, mountains, rivers, lakes, etc. But this is attended with difficulty, as 

everyone who has tried knows. Dealing with tribes whose lan-
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 11

guage is strange and often wholly unknown, the strange. sounds are 

often imperfectly understood, and the application of the name is 

uncertain. Hence, as a rule, no native name is preserved, but rather 

some faint imitation or corruption of it. Potomac, Kalamazoo, 

Massachusetts, and Mississippi are accepted as Indian words, but 

it is very doubtful whether any Indian past or present would recognize these as words of his native tongue.

A large part of the Alaskan native names which, up to a few years 

back, had appeared on our maps were gathered by the Russians, and 

these names, when independently gathered and published, differ from 

one another more or less, as we should expect them to do. Again, 

these names in Russian characters haA^e been transliterated into Roman characters by persons unskilled in Russian, and this has served to 

produce yet wider divergence and some extraordinary, and unpronounceable forms.

The native names as a whole fall into two great groups: (a) The 

Eskimo, covering the Arctic coast, the eastern shore of Bering Sea, 

extending som? distance up the various rrvers, the Aleutian Islands, 

and Alaska peninsula as far east as Kodiak; and (&) the Indian tribes 

of the interior and of-southeastern Alaska;

PRINCIPLES EMPLOYED AND REFORMS ATTEMPTED.

The general principles followed are those adopted by the Board on 

Geographic Names and published in its reports, viz:

(a) The avoidance, so far as seems practicable, of the possessive form of 

names.

(1>) The dropping of the final h in burgli.

(c) The spelling of the word center as here given.

(d) The discontinuance of the use of hyphens in connecting parts of names.

(e) The simplification of names consisting of more than one word by their 

combination into one word.

(f) The avoidance of the use of diacritic characters. 

(#) The dropping of the words city and town as parts of names. 

(h) The uniform rendering of the Russian termination OBT> by of, not'off, ov, 

nor oio. ' '

The rules of orthography adopted by the United States Board on 

Geographic Names for the spelling of geographic names which require transliteration into Roman characters and for the writing of 

native names are exemplified by the following alphabet, reprinted from 

the second report of the Board. It is here reproduced in the hope that 

it may be more generally adopted by explorers, prospectors, surveyors, 

missionaries, and others who have occasion to reduce to writing the 

Eskimo and Indian names of places and features in Alaska. This 

system is in practical accord with that devised by the Royal Geographical Society and adopted by the British Government offices, the
12 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Geographic -Board of Canada, and other organizations in Englishspeaking countries. , The French and German systems also apparently agree with this as closely as the differences in language permit. 

An approximation only to. the true sound is aimed at in this sys-- 

tem. The vowels are to be pronounced as in Italian and on the Continent of Europe generally, and the consonants as in English :

a has the sound of a in father. Example: Java, Banana, Somali, Bari.

e has the sound of e in men. Examples: .Tel el Kebir, Medina, Peru.

i has the sound of i in ravine, or the sound of ee in beet. Examples: Fiji,

Hindi.

o has the sound of p in mote.

u has the sound of oo in boot. Examples: Umnak, Unga. 

ai has the sound of i in ice. Example; Shanghai. 

au has the sound of ow in how. Example: Fuchau. 

ao is slightly different from above. Example: Nanao.

ei has the sound of the two Italian vowels, but is frequently slurred over, 

when it is scarcely distinguishable from ey in the English they. Examples: Beirut, Beilul. 

c is always soft, and has nearly'the sound of s; hard c is given by k. Example: Celebes. ' " ' 

ch is always soft, as in church. Example: Chingchin. 

f as in English; ph should not be used for this sound. Thus, not Haiphong,

but Haifong.

g is always hard (soft g is given by j). Example: Galapagos: 

h. is always pronounced when inserted. . 

j as in English; dj should never be put for this sound. Examples: Japan,

Jinchuen. ' . 

k as in English. It should always be used for the hard c. Thus, not Corea,

but Korea.

kh. has the sound of the oriental guttural. Example: Khan. 

gh is another guttural, as in the Turkish: Dagh, Ghazi. 

ng- has two slightly different sounds, as in finger, singer.

q should never be employed; qu is given by kw. Example: Kwangtung. 

b,4, 

1, m, 

n, P,

r, s,

,. as in English. t, v,

w, x, 

and

y is always a consonant, as in yard, and should not be used for the vowel i. 

Thus, not Mikindany, but Mikindani.

All vowels are shortened in sound by doubling the following consonant.

 Examples: Yarra, Tanna, Jidda, Bonni. .

Doubling a 1 vowel is only necessary where there is a distant repetition of 

the single sound. Example: Nuulua.

Accents should not, generally, be used; but where there is a very decided 

emphatic syllable or stress which affects the sound of the word it 

should be niarked by an acute accent. Examples: Tongatabu, Galapagos, Palawan, Sarawak.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 13

In addition to following the foregoing principles, certain reforms 

have been herein attempted with reference to some native names. 

One of the most noteworthy is the omission of the generic parts of 

such names. The Eskimo termination mint, or mut, or mute', meaning people, is found with wearisome frequency in those parts of 

Alaska occupied by the Eskimo. Unless local usage or euphony 

required its retention this termination has been omitted. For example, an Eskimo village on an island in the Kuskokwim has been 

written Kikkhtagamute, Kik-Khtagamute, and Kikikhtagamiut, 

meaning big island people. Kikhtak (whence by corruption Kodiak) 

means a big island. In this case the Board has adopted' Kiktak. 

The form Ikogmut, however, the name of an old and Avell-known 

mission, on the lower Yukon, is retained because it is old and well 

known; otherAvise it would be Ikok.' How far this attempted reform 

can be profitably carried is a matter of judgment and discretion. 

While all agree as to the principle, differences arise in its application. 

Even with the-shortening of some long Eskimo names by such cutting 

off of their generic termination the remainder is so long and unpronounceable that it is certain it will not, and ought not, to survive as a 

geographic name.

In the interior are many rivers bearing native names ending in 

kakat (also written chargut and changut), meaning mouth of a river 

or confluence, such as Melozikakat (mouth of Melozi), Batzakakat 

(mouth of Batza), etc. In the interest of brevity and simplicity this 

termination kakat has been omitted; The same rule would reduce 

Mississippi river to Misis river, which is obviously impracticable, 

since both the word and its spelling are well established Such does 

not, however, appear to be the case with many of the Alaskan names. 

Among the different tribes the syllable na, no, mi, meaning water, 

and hini, river, are suffixed to Indian names of rivers. These short 

and characteristic terminations are generally retained, though in a 

few instances they also have been dropped.

Wherever and whenever it appeared practicable to use a simple 

spelling this was done. When a native name had been reported by 

different persons, with different spellings, as is the almost invariable 

rule, the Board has not felt bound merely to select from among these, 

but has from time to time adopted a form of its own derived from 

study and comparison of these and the rules adopted for writing 

native names.

When features have been named after persons the spelling used by 

those persons has been followed, always excepting corruptions and 

changes too well established to make this practicable. Thus Thomson.; not Thompson; Ruhamah, not Ruhama, etc. In the case of Russian proper names the application of this rule is impossible, because 

the names are to be expressed in Roman and not in Russian letters.
14 . GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

 T^us we have Eomanzof, a well-established name derived from Count 

Rumiantsof. Most Russian proper names when transliterated into 

Roman characters have peculiarities of form due to the views held 

and knowledge possessed by the transliterator. The Board has not 

followed a fixed system of rules in these cases. Practically the transliteration of all such names had been made, and in divers ways, before 

the Board began its work. It therefore dealt with cases as it found 

them and selected such form as, all things considered, gave promise 

of being generally acceptable.

"The Board has given little attention or weight to either purity or 

priority. The guiding principle has been to discover, record, and 

follow the names by Avhich features are now known, irrespective of 

when or how they got those names. Many features, especially the 

great ones, once bore names they do not now bear. To return to 

these first names is neither possible nor desirable. Bering sea and 

Bering strait will continue to be so called despite their other names 

earlier given.

Again, simplification of the spelling of names, whenever practicable, has been kept steadily in mind. Early in the Board's work 

it dropped, from native names, silent letters whenever, in its judgment such omission would generally commend itself as an improvement. Thus Atka, not Atkha; Sitka, not Sitkha; Kitkuk, not Khitkouk. Certain Russian proper names begin with the Russian X 

.(equivalent to a guttural K] ; this letter has been transliterated by 

Kh. Thus Khromchenko, Khwostof, etc. The Board has not felt 

warranted in dropping the h in all these cases.

The sound of oo in food often occurs in Aleut and Eskimo names 

.and has been variously rendered by oo, ou, and u. Thus, Oonalaska, Ounalaska, and Unalaska. For this sound the. letter u has 

been generally though not universally used. Thus, Unga, Umak, 

Ugalgan, etc., but not Chilkut. Chilkoot is a popular and wellestablished spelling and pronunciation of an Indian word which is 

unpronounceable by most white men and which might be written 

T'sl-kut.

In the older literature were many names from the Russian which 

in transliteration began Avith Teh or Tsch, as Tschitschagow, which 

is now written Chichagof. As far as usage would permit, the simple form Ch has been used in such cases.

Curiosities of nomenclature abound. There have been strange 

transformations due to carelessness, ignorance, or bad writing. 

Thus, Gain became Cain; Hound, Round; Miller, Mitten; Chornie 

became Torno; Traitors, Traders; Andrew, Lidrejana; Sutwik, 

.Zutchwik, etc. Numerous illustrations of transformation and corruption will be found throughout the dictionary.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 15

AUTHORITIES.

Many maps, charts, books, and persons have been consulted in preparing this work. Scattered through the dictionary are references to 

such persons and publications. These constitute the chief original 

sources of Alaskan names. Below is given a list of the principal 

ones. It does not aim to be exhaustive. First is given a chronologic 

list. This is followed by the same authorities arranged alphabetically, and after each entry follows a brief account of the individual, 

a statement of the work by which he became an authority, and references to publications containing his results. These references are to 

the publications chiefly used in preparing this work.

AUTHORITIES IN CHRONOLOGIC ORDER.

In the following list are given, in chronologic order, the names of 

the principal authorities used in the preparation of this dictionary. 

An account of each, arranged alphabetically, follows on pages 16-77.

1827-1828__Lntke. 

1827-1828__Staniukovicli. 

1829-1832__ Ingenstr em. 

1831-1850__Tebenkof.*

1831-1832__Vasilief.

1832-1838__Chernof.

1834-1838__Zarerabo.

1836_____Woronkofski.

1837 Dease and Sinipson.

1838_____Lindenberg.

1839-1840__Murashef.

1842-1843__Wosnesenski.

1842-1844__Zagoski n.

1848-1850__Archimandrite)!

1S48______Doroshin.

1849_____Kuritizien.

1850_____Grewingk.

1854-1855__Gibson.

1854-1855__North Pacific Exploring 

Expedition.

1861-3863__Tikhmenief.

1863______Rynda party.

1865-1867__Western Union Telegraph Exploration.

1865-3899__Ball.

1867-1905__Coast Survey.

1867-1869__Davidson. 

1868_____Fender.

1868-1869__Meade.

1869-1901__Coast Pilots. 

1869_____Raymond.

1872-1876__Elliott.

1873-1880__Baker.

1741_____Bering and Chiriko! 

1763-1766__Gloto! 

1768-1769__Krenitzen and Levashef. 

1775-1779__Maurelle and Quadra. 

1778_____.Cook. 

1.780______Coxe. 

1786_____La Perouse. 

1780-1787__Meares and Tipping. 

1786-1787__Portlock and Dixon. 

1786_____Pribilof. 

1788-1789__Meares and Douglas. 

1789_____Colnett. 

1790-1792__Billings. 

1790-1792__Sarichef. 

1790-1792__Saner. 

1791_____Malaspina. 

1792___--Caamano. 

1.792-1794__Vancouver. 

1799-1867__Russian American Company.

1803_____Khxvostof and Davidof. 

1804-1805__Krueenstern. 

.1804-1805__Langsdorf. 

1804-1805__Lisianski. 

1809_____-Vasilief. 

1816-1817__Kotzebue. 

1816-1821__Shishmaref. 

1818-1845__Etolin.

1818-1842__Ilin.

1819-1822__Vasilief. 

1824-1834.._Veniaminof. 

1826-1827__Beechey. 

1826_____Franklin.
16 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

3897-1898. 

3897-1901-

1897-1899.

1898-1900. 

1898-1905. 

1898.__1 

1898-1901- 

.1898 

1898-1899- 

1898-J.9Q2- 

1898-1902. 

1898-__- 

1898-1904.

1898-1904.

1899-1905- 

3899-3905- 

1899-___

_Jarvis. 

Moseip .

1877-1905__Jackson. 

3877-1881__Nelson. 

3.879-3880__Beardslee. 

1879-3883__Hantis. ! . .

1879-3881__Symoucls.

1880-3 899 _._ Hooper. 

1880_____iPetrof. 

' 1881______Glass. 

1S81-3SS3 Murdoch. - 

3.S83-3.SS3____Nichols. 

3883-3883__Ray. 

1882._____Krause brothers." 

1883-1880__Schwatka. 

1883-1886__Stoney. 

1S84-3899__Abercronibie. 

1884-1901__Cautwell. 

18S4______Coghlan. 

3 885______Alien. 

3.885______Clover. 

3.88<>______Snow and Helm. 

3.S87-3888__Thomas. 

1888-3889__Fish Commission. 

1888-3893__Tanner. 

1888_____JTopham. 

3.889-3905__Geological Survey. 

3889-3.891__Mansfield. 

3889-3.891__Russell. 

1889____-Stockton. 

3889-1891__Turner. 

1890-1891__Leslie Expedition. 

3.890-1892__Reid. 

3891______Hayes. 

3891_____Stanley-Brown. 

1892-1895__Moore (W. I.). 

3894______U. S. S. Concord. 

3895______Becker.

1895-1898__Moore (E. K.). 

3.89G_..____Goodrich. 

1S9G-1902__Schrader.

1896-1898- Spurr. 

1897:_____Duffleld

AUTHORITIES IN ALPHABETIC ORDER.

The following is an alphabetic list of the principal authorities 

used in the making of this dictionary. Concerning each one a brief 

statement is made as to the reasons for accepting him as an authority. Eeferences are also given to such publications, by himself or 

by others, concerning his work, as have been used.

ABEBCBOMBIE, .3884, 1898-99.

In the spring of 1898, by direction of the Secretary of War, three 

military expeditions were organized for exploring the interior of 

Alaska. The second of these expeditions was under the command of

 1899 

1899-3902, 

3.899___- 

3.899-3.905- 

1900-3904- 

3.900-1903- 

1900-1903- 

3900-3.902- 

1902____ 

1902-1003-

1902-3905-

1903-1905. 

1903-3.905- 

3.903-3905-

1903-1905.

1904-1905- 

1904-1905- 

3.905- _____

Barnard. 

_Bro,oks.

-Eldi-idge and Muldrow. 

_ Faris. '' : ; ' " 

_Flenier and Nelson/ 

_Glenn. . . . . , 

_Mendeuhall... -, >.

Peters. _Post. >; ' .'"'"' 

l'Pratt. - ' 

_Ritter: ' . : - Dickins. 

'_Ge'rdine.

Harriman Alaska Expe- dition. '' 

Herron. ; Reaburn.

Rohn.

Wi therspoon.

Collier.

Gilbert.

-Spencer.

Westdahl.

Osgood. 

_Marsh.

Prindle. 

_Hess.

Martin. 

_Moffit. ' Wriglit brothers.

Hamilton.' '

Stone. 

.Grant.

British Admiralty.

Prospectors anl miners. 

_Russians. 

_Vasilief.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. ' ' 17

Ca.pt. William R. Abercrombie, U. S. A., who had in 1884 ascended. 

Copper river to latitude 60° 41' and afterwards visited Port Valdez, 

in Prince William sound. Abercrombie was directed to organize 

his party at Valdez and then explore the valley of Copper river and 

its tributaries and the country northward to the Tanana. Mr. F. C. 

Schrader, of the United States Geological Survey, Avas attached to his 

party as geologist. Schrader's report Avas published in 1900 in the 

Twentieth Annual Report of the Geological Survey, Part VII, pp. 

341-423. Abercrombie's report was published in July, 1899, in 

War Department, Adjutant General's Office, No. XXV, Report of 

Explorations in Alaska, pp. 295-351. It was also published in 1900 

in- a 4° volume entitled Coriipilation of Narratives of Explorations 

in. Alaska, Washington, Government Printing Office, 1900, a work 

which seems to have come from the Senate Committee on Military 

Afl'airs.

Captain Abercrombie continued the work of exploration in 1899 

under instructions, inter, alia, to construct a military road from 

Valdez to Fort Egbert, on the Yukon. Mr. Oscar Rohn accompanied 

the party as topographer and geologist. For Abercrombie's. report 

see the above-cited compilation, pp..755-766; also separately printed, 

with numerous illustrations, Washington, . Government Printing 

Office, 1900. Rohn's report was published in 1900 in the Twenty-first 

Annual Report of the Geological Survey, Part II, pp. 393-440.

' ' AI.LEN,' 1885.

. . . . ^ ... . . .

Lieut. (now Brigadier-General commanding the Philippine Scouts) 

Henry Tureman Alien, U. S. A., who was'graduated from West Point 

in 1882, made a journey of exploration through central Alaska in 

1885. Leaving Nuchek on March 20, he ascended Copper river, 

crossed to and descended the Tanana to its mouth, thence traveled 

north to the Koyukuk, ascended it some distance, and then descended 

to its month and arrived August 29 at St. Michael, whence he .returned to San Francisco. His report, with accompanying maps, was 

published in 1887 as Senate Ex. Doc. No. 125, Forty-ninth Congress, 

second session..

' . . ABCHIMANDRITOF, 1848-1850.

Toward the close of the Russian occupation of Alaska, Captain 

Archimandritof commanded one of its vessels in the colonies. He 

made surveys in Kenai peninsula and around Kodiak in about-1850, 

but published nothing. It is probable that some of his results were 

used in Tebenkof's atlas. Copies of his manuscript maps were in use 

by the Russian skippers and others at the time of the purchase, and 

Bull. 299 06 M 2
18 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

some fragments reached the Coast Survey. A survey by him of 

Graham harbor (Port Graham), in Cook inlet, was published in the 

Coast Survey atlas of Harbor Charts, 1869.

ABTEAGA, 1779. See MAURELLE AND QUADRA. 

BAKER, 1873-1880.

Marcus Baker, the author of this dictionary, in the employ of the 

Coast Survey, surveyed in the Aleutian islands and along the Alaskan 

coast from Dixon entrance to Point Belcher, Arctic ocean, in the 

seasons of 1873, 1874, and 1880 in the party of Dr. William H. Ball. 

In May, 1880, through the courtesy of Captain Beardslee, he made a 

boat journey from Sitka to Chilkat and return. The very few names 

given during that journey are recorded in the Coast Pilot, 1883. Mr. 

Baker died in Washington, D. C., December 12, 1903.

BARNARD, 1898-1900.

Mr. Edward Chester Barnard, topographer of the United States. 

Geological Survey, surveyed the Fortymile district, in eastern Alaska, 

in the summer of 1898, and also made surveys in Seward peninsula 

in the summer of 1900. The Fortymile atlas sheet was published in 

April, 1899, in a Congressional document (Public Resolution No. 25, 

Fifty-fifth Congress, second session), entitled Maps and Descriptions 

of Routes of Exploration in Alaska in 1898, and also as an atlas 

sheet of the United States Geological Survey. The maps resulting 

from the Seward peninsula surveys appeared in a special report of 

the Geological Survey, published in 1901, entitled Reconnaissances 

of the Cape Nome and Norton Bay Regions, Alaska, in 1900, and 

Barnard's report appears on pages 174 177 of that volume.

BEARDSLEE, 1879-80.

Capt. (afterwards^ Rear-Admiral). Lester Anthony Beardslee, 

U. S. N., was in 1879-80 stationed in southeast Alaska in command 

of the U. S. S. Jamestown. Among his officers was Lieut. Frederick 

M. Symonds and Master Gustavus C. Hanus, both of whom had 

served in the Coast Survey and were enthusiastic surveyors. These, 

officers and their associates utilized their opportunity to increase our 

imperfect knowledge of the Alexander archipelago. They surveyed 

Sitka harbor and various coves and harbors and brought back information as to Glacier bay, which, while not absolutely the first, was 

the first to attract much notice. Their map of Sitka was published 

by the Coast Survey. Most of the geographic information, except 

that, is contained in Beardslee's report on affairs in Alaska, which
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 19

was published in 1882 as Senate Ex. Doc. No. 71, Forty-seventh 

Congress, first session. This contains several maps, including reprints of United States Hydrographic Office charts 882 and 883.

BECKEB, 1895.

Mr. George Ferdinand Becker, geologist of the United States 

Geological Survey, accompanied by Mr. Chester Wells Purington, 

visited Alaska in the summer of 1895 for the purpose of examining 

and reporting on its gold resources. Their examination was, in 

accordance with instructions, confined to the coast, and embraced 

points from Sitka Avestward to Unalaska. It included several localities ,in Alexander archipelago, about Kodiak and Cook inlet, and 

along Alaska peninsula, and the trip ended with a visit to Bogoslof.

Becker's report on this work is published in the Eighteenth Annual 

Report of the Geological Survey, Part III, pp. 1-86.

BEECHEY, 1826-27.

In 1824 the British Government determined to send a ship to 

Bering strait to cooperate with Franklin and Parry in a search for 

the Northwest Passage. Capt. Frederick William Beechey, R. N., 

was on January 12, 1825, selected for the task and placed in command 

of H. M. S. Blossom. On May 11, 1825, he received his instructions, 

and eight days later, May 19, set sail from Spithead, sailed round 

Cape Horn, and on June 28, 1826, reached Petropavlovsk. Thence 

he sailed to Kotzebue sound, arriving on July 22. Sailing northward 

he made surveys on the Arctic coast as far as Point Barrow, and 

then returned to Kotzebue sound. ' On October 13 he quit the sound 

and, passing Unimak strait, reached San Francisco on November 

7, Avhere he stayed till the end of the year, and then proceeded to the 

Hawaiian islands, touching en route at Monterey. He arrived at 

Honolulu on January 26, 1827. Thence he went to China, and on 

July 3 was back in Petropavlovsk. 

Quitting the harbor on July 18, he returned to Kotzebue sound, 

arriving on August 5. The rest of the season Avas spent in surveys 

about SeAvard peninsula, till October 6, 1827, AA'hen he "took his final 

departure and, rounding Cape Horn, returned to England in September, 1828. ,

A full and satisfactory account of this voyage Avas published by 

authority of the Admiralty in 1831, entitled " Narrative of a Voyage 

to the Pacific and Beering's Strait," by F. W. Beechey, 1825-1828, 4°, 

London, 1831.

BERING AND CHIKIKOF, 1741.

The first Russian voyage to bring definite tidings as to northwest 

America jvas made by Capt. Commander Ivan Ivanovich (otherAvise 

Vitus) Bering and Capt. Alexie Ilich Chirikof in 1741. It was an
20 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

official voyage ordered by the government to be made for exploration 

and discovery. Bering in the St. Paul, with whom was Steller, and 

Chirikof in the St. Peter, with whom went Croyere, sailed from 

Avacha bay on June 4, 1741, and together they cruised eastward. On 

the 20th they were separated by a storm and did not meet again. The 

courses kept were generally eastward. Bering reached the vicinity of 

the mouth of Copper river and landed there on July 20. The next 

clay he turned back, touched at the Shumagins, saw a number of the 

Aleutian islands, and was finally driven ashore and died on December 

8, 1741, on the island which now bears his name.

Chirikof made land July 15, 1741, at Bucareli bay, Alexander 

archipelago. He landed two boat crews somewhere in the archipelago, perhaps near Sitka.' Neither of these was seen again, and 

Chirikof, sailing away, arrived in Avacha on October 9.

Concerning this voyage, which was the first of the Russian official 

voyages to bring back any definite knowledge of America, much has 

been written. A good account of it, compiled from original sources, is 

contained in Journal of Russian Hydrographic Department, 1851, 

Vol. IX, pp. 190-469. A detailed track chart accompanies this 

account. See also Petrof's account in Bancroft's History, pp. 63-98.

BILLINGS, 1790-1792.

Commodore Joseph Billings commanded a Russian exploring and 

surveying expedition in Bering sea and the North Pacific ocean in 

1791-1792. He appears not to have made or published any account 

of it. For the results, see Sauer and Sarichef.

BODEGA, 1775-1779. Bee MAURELLE AND QUADRA. 

BRITISH ADMIRALTY.

The British Admiralty has published various charts relating to 

Alaska, most of them being compilations or reproductions of other 

maps. Almost always the source of information is clearly indicated. 

Occasionally, however, bits of information have been found here and 

there on the British Admiralty charts which have not been traced to 

any other source; in such cases reference is simply made to the British Admiralty. The region about Glacier bay on British Admiralty 

chart 2431 is an illustration.

BROOKS, 1898-1905.

Mr. Alfred Hulse Brooks, of the United States Geological Survey, 

as geologist in the party of Mr. W. J. Peters, in 1898, made geologic 

studies in Tanana and White river basins in Alaska. Again, in 1899, 

with Peters's party, he made a reconnaissance from Pyramid harbor
GEOGBAPHIC DlCTlOttABY OF ALASKA. 21

at the head of Lynn canal to Eagle on the Yukon. In the autumn of

1899 -he spent a few weeks on Seward peninsula. In the season of

1900 Brooks had charge of a geologic party on Seward peninsula, 

having as geologic assistants Messrs. George B. Richardson and 

Arthur J. Collier. In 1901 he made a geologic examination of the 

Ketchikan mining district, southeastern Alaska, and a more hasty 

reconnaissance of the northern belt of southeastern Alaska.

In 1902 Brooks conducted an exploring expedition, composed of 

7 men, with 20 pack horses, from the head of Cook inlet to Rampart, 

on the Yukon. Mr. D. L. Reaburn was the topographer of the expedition and Louis M. Prindle was geologic assistant. The expedition 

started from TyOnek, on Cook inlet, June 2. The route 1 lay northwest 

.across the Skwentna to the Kichatna, up this stream and through 

Rainy pass to the Kuskokwim, down the Kuskokwim a short distance, 

and thence northeasterly for 200 miles along the northwest base of 

the Alaska range to the head of Yanert fork of Cantwell river. 

From there they traveled northwest, and thence north along the one 

hundred and forty-ninth meridian across Tanana and Tolovana 

rivers, and thence northwest to Rampart, on the Yukon, which was 

reached on September 16. Reaburn carried a continuous plane-table 

survey over the 800 miles of this journey, from Cook inlet to the 

Yukon.

Since July, 1903, Mr. Brooks'has been in charge of the division of 

Alaskan mineral resources, United States Geological Siurvey, and has 

directed the topographic and geologic surveys of that .Territory. For 

reports on his work see Twentieth Annual Report of the United 

States Geological Survey, Part VII, pp. 425^194; also Twentyfirst Annual Report, Part II, pp. 331-391. The report on the work 

of 1900 on Seward peninsula was published in a special report of the 

United States Geological Survey in 1901, entitled, Reconnaissances of 

the Cape Nome and Norton Bay Regions, Alaska, in 1900, pp. 

1-180. The report for 1901 was published as Professional Paper 

No. 1, United States Geological Survey, 1902, 120 pp. and 8 maps. 

The report on the 1902 expedition may be found in the Twenty-first 

Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, pp. 94-102. 

Concerning this see, also, an article by Brooks and Reaburn in the 

National Geographic Magazine, January, 1903, entitled Plan for 

Climbing Mt. McKinley, and articles by Brooks in Science, vol. 16, 

1902, pp. 985-986, and Journal of Geology, vol. 2, 1903, pp. 441-469, 

map. Reaburn's map was published as PI. XI, opposite p. 36, in 

a volume written by Brooks and published as Professional Paper No. 

45 of the United States Geological Survey, 1906, entitled Geography 

and Geology of Alaska. Brooks is writing a detailed report of this 

expedition and its results, which will be published as a Professional 

Paper of the Geological Survey.
22 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

CAAMANO, 1792.

Lieut. Don Jacinto Caamano, in the corvette Aranzazu, was sent 

out in 1792 by Count de Revillagigedo, Viceroy of Mexico, to explore 

the northwest coast about Juan de Fuca strait and northward with a 

view to determining the truth about de Fonte's reported Northwest 

Passage. Sailing- from San Bias oh March 20, 1792, he arrived in 

Bucareli bay on July 12, and then surveyed southward along the 

southern Alaska coast and British Columbia. He returned to San 

Bias on February 6, 1793. No general report on this work was published till long afterward. Vancouver met him in the field and 

apparently obtained copies of some of his maps, especially of places 

just north of Dixon entrance, which he incorporated in his atlas. 

For an account of this voyage see Salva (Miguel) y Baranda (Pedro 

Sainz de), Coleccion de documentos ineditos, etc., 8°, Madrid, 1849, 

Vol. XV, pp. 323-363.

CANTWELL, 1884r-1885 and 1899-1901.

On July 8, 1884, Lieut. John C. Cantwell, Revenue-Cutter Service, 

with a small party, was detached from the revenue cutter Corwin, 

Capt. Michael Healy, at anchor off Cape Kruzenstern, to explore 

Kobuk river. Between that date and August 30,-he ascended the 

Kobuk 185 miles, returned and explored Selawik lake and vicinity.

On July 2, 1885, two .parties disembarked from the Gorwin off 

Hotham inlet, to explore Kobuk and Noatak rivers. Between that 

and August 27 Cantwell explored the Kobuk to Walker lake, which 

he discovered and sketched. At the same time Second Asst. Engineer S. B. McLenegan, Eevenue-Cutter Service, with one man, explored Noatak river for about 250 miles from its mouth.

The reports of these explorations may be found in Report of the 

Cruise of the Revenue Marine Steamer.Corwin in the Arctic Ocean 

in the year.1884, by Capt. M. A. Healy, U. S. R. M., Commander, 

Washington, Government Printing Office, 1899, pp. 47-128; and 

Report of the Cruise of the Revenue Marine Steamer Corwin in the 

Arctic Ocean in the year 1885, by Capt. M. A. Healy, U. S. R. M., 

Commanding, Washington, Government Printing Office, 1887, pp. 

21-102, 3 maps.

Lieutenant Cantwell commanded the U. S. revenue steamer Nunivak 

on Yukon river from the summer of 1899 to the summer of 1901, both 

inclusive. The two intervening winters he spent with his vessel in 

winter quarters in the mouth of Dall river. From information gathered while on this station, sketch charts of Yukon and Koyukuk 

rivers were constructed, but not published. His report Report of 

the U. S. Revenue Steamer Nunivak on the Yukon River Station, 

Alaska, 1899-1901, by First Lieut. J. C. Cantwell, Commanding,
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA. ' 23

Washington, Government Printing Office, 1902, pp. 325 contains 

much geographic information.

CHERNOF,. 1832-1838.

Ivan Chernof was a pilot in the employment of the Russian 

American Company and made surveys here and there in Alaska. 

He surveyed Sviechnikof harbor, in Amlia island, in 1832, and made 

other surveys in-the Rat Island group of the Aleutian islands at 

about the same period. Lutke, in his Voyage,. Partie nautique, 1836, 

p. 327, informs us that knowledge of the Rat Island group at that 

time, though very incomplete, was due to Ingenstrem and Chernof. 

The latter collected detailed information about all the islands and 

rocks of the group, and even wrote out some of these notes. It does 

'not appear that these were ever published. Tebenkof in his notes 

several times refers to Chernof's work. He is doubtless the same 

Ivan Chernof who, as a lad, was given by the Indians to the Russians as a hostage in 1804 and returned to them in 1805. He attended 

the navigation school at Sitka and afterwards was long.in the 

service of the Russian American Company as a pilot. In 1838 he was 

skipper of the Russian American Company's brig Poly fern, in which 

Kashevarof explored the Arctic coast. He died in 1877, and his 

descendants live on Afognak island. See Russian Hydrographic 

Charts 1378 and 1400 for some of his results.

CHIRIKOF, 1741. See BERING AND CHTRTKOF. 

CLOVER, 1885.

Lieut. Commander Richardson Clover, U. S. N., in command of 

the Coast and Geodetic Survey steamer Patterson, made surveys in 

southeastern Alaska in 1885. The field season was from May 17 

to September 16, 1885, during which surveys were made of Clarence 

strait from Cape Chacon and Dall Head on the south to Narrow 

point and Union bay on the north, also of the north shore of Dixon 

entrance from Cape Chacon to Cape Muzon, except Cordova bay. 

Extracts from his reports were published in Coast Survey report, 

1886, pp. 80-81. Coast Survey chart 709, issued in 1886, shows the 

results of his work. Some of it also appears on Coast Survey charts 

706 and 707.

COAST PILOTS, 1869, 1883, 1891, 1901.

Four Coast Pilots of Alaska have been prepared and published by 

the Coast Survey. The first one, prepared by Assistant George 

Davidson, Avas published in 1869. See Davidsori for an account of 

this. The second was prepared by Assistant William H. Dall, 

assisted by Marcus Baker, between 1875 and 1882 and was published 

by the Coast Survey in 1883 under the title Pacific Coast Pilot, ,
24 . GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA.

Alaska, Part I. An Appendix to this Pilot, devoted to meteorology 

and bibliography, was also prepared by Dall and Baker and published 

by the Coast Survey in 1879, the edition being 250. The meteorological tables, the diagrams, the bibliography, and the cartography 

\vere prepared by Baker. They were edited by Dall, who wrote the 

discussions and put the whole through the press.

The third edition was published by the Coast -Survey, in 1891. It - 

was prepared by Lieut. Commander H. E. Nichols, who was assigned 

to this work in 1888. In the summer of that year Nichols .visited -. Alaska and gathered notes for - it. He was. at Kodiak and Unalaska . 

and visited various points between, also several of the Aleutian 

islands,: the Pribilof islands, and points in .Bristol bay. (See Coast 

Survey Report, 1888, p. 77.) He also visited Alexander archipelago in the autumn of 1888 on the same errand. The .manuscript ; 

of the neAv edition was completed before July, 1890, and the volume 

was issued in 1891. .The critical and historical notes in the .Pilot. 

of 1883, or " Dall's Coast Pilot," has .made it more useful for this 

dictionary than the edition of 1891, or, as it is often called, " Nichols's 

Coast Pilot." . , .... . ... . .

In the fourth edition, published in 1901, "the arrangement has 

been changed and the text revised and brought up to date by Mr. 

Herbert C. Graves and Pilot E. H. Francis, assisted and directed in, 

the final arrangement by Mr. John Ross, under the general direction 

of Herbert G. Ogden, assistant, Coast and Geodetic,Survey, inspector - 

of hydrography and topography." This volume treats of the coast 

waters and inland passages from- Dixon entrance to Yakutat bay. 

and is based mainly on the work of the Coast and Geodetic Survey, 

supplemented by special field examinations and investigations made 

by Mr. Graves in 1900, and 'the thirty-two years' experience in those 

waters of Pilot Francis. An account of Mr. Graves's field operations may be found in the report'of the Superintendent'of the 

United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1901, pp. 152 and 161V

Additional Coast Pilot material has been" published 'by the 

Coast and Geodetic Survey." Bulletins 37 and 38 of that Survey were 

prepared by Lieut. Commander J. F. Moser and published in 1899. 

These relate, the first to Alexander archipelago, the second to Prince 

William sound, Cook inlet, Kodiak, and westward to Unalaska. 

Bulletin 40,'published in 1900, prepared by the Coast and Geodetic 

Survey and revised by Lieutenant Jarvis, U. S. Revenue Cutter 

Service, relates to Bering sea and the Arctic. This bulletin has been 

through five editions, the last published in 1904.

 . COAST SURVEY, 1867-1905.

Geographic work in Alaska by the Coast Survey began in the summer of 1867, prior to the purchase of Alaska, made in that year,, and 

with more or less interruption it has continued to the present. The
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY Of ALASKA. 25

results are set forth in the reports, maps, charts, and other publications of that organization. So far as practicable, in making this dictionary names are accredited to the particular individual who applied 

them. It has not been possible to do so in all cases, however, and 

accordingly some of the names-are simply recorded as having been 

applied or given by the Coast Survey.

COGHLAN, 1884.

Commander (now Eear-Admiral) Joseph Bullock Coghlan, U. S. N., 

in command of the U. S. S. Adams, was stationed in southeastern 

Alaska 'in 1884 and with, his officers made reconnaissance surveys at 

some of the places where the need was especially great. His surveys 

were principally in the interior passages north and east from Sitka 

sound, through Peril strait to Chatham strait, and in and about 

Barlow cove at the south end of Lynn canal.

For his results see Coast and Geodetic Survey charts 727 and 728, 

published in 1885.

..- .. - -COLLIER, 1900-1904: . . .

Arthur J'ames Collier, of the United States Geological Survey, was 

geologic assistant to Brooks in the Cape Nome region, Seward peninsula, in 1900. For an account of his work see special report of the 

Geological Survey, Reconnaissances of the Cape Nome and Norton 

Bay Regions, Alaska, 1900, p. 15. The notes on climate and vegetation in^that report were written by Collier.

In .1901 he was attached as geologist to Gerdine's party in a reconnaissance of the northwestern portion of Seward peninsula. His 

report. Professional Paper United States Geological Survey No. 2, 

1902, 70 pp. and 4 maps, contains also'Gerdine's topographic map of 

the northwestern portion of Seward peninsula, PI. XII.

In 1902 Collier, with two assistants, made an examination of the 

coal deposits along Yukon river from Dawson to the delta. His 

report is Bulletin United States Geological Survey No..218, 1903, pp. 

71 and 5 maps.

In 1903.Collier, wi.th F. C. Hess as assistant, detailed to continue 

the investigations of the mineral resources of Seward peninsula, 

visited nearly all -the important placer-mining camps on the peninsula. He also examined the tin deposits in the-York region. His 

report on the placer, mines is in preparation, and that on the tin deposits was published as Bulletin United States Geological Survey No. 

229, 1904, pp. 61 and 4 maps.

In 1904 he spent forty-six days in making supplementary observations on the gold and tin deposits of Seward peninsula, and then 

sailed for Cape Lisburne, where he< spent a month'in a reconnaissance 

of the Cape Lisburne coal fields. He made a geologic and topographic reconnaissance along the coast and several miles inland, from
26 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Cape Beaufort to Cape Thompson, a distance of 140 miles. An account of these operations may be found in the Twenty-second Annual 

Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1905, pp. 65-67. 

His report on the geology and coal resources of the Cape Lisburne 

region, Alaska, is .Bulletin United States Geological Survey No. 278, 

1906.

COLNETT, 1789.

James Colnett, an English fur trader, sailed under instructions 

from Captain Meares, from China, in command of the Princess Royal 

and Argonaut, in April andJVlay, 1789, on a trading voyage to northwest America. Colnett did not publish any account of his voyage, 

but information concerning it is contained in the Appendix to Meares 

(John) Voyages, etc., 4°, London, 1790.

U.-S. S. CONCORD, 1894.

The U. S. S. Concord, in 1894, made surveys in the islands of the 

Four Mountains, in the Aleutian chain. The results are shown on 

United States Hydrographic Office chart No. 8, edition of February, 

1895. . COOK, 1778.

Eight days after the American colonies had declared themselves 

free and independent, Capt. James Cook, R. N., the great English 

navigator, sailed from Plymouth, England (July 12, 1776), on his 

third and last voyage of discovery. He had two ships, the Resolution 

and Discovery. He commanded the Resolution and Capt. Charles 

Clerke the Discovery. The strips- proceeded to Teneriffe, Cape of 

Good Hope, Kerguelen Land, Van Dieriian's Land, New Zealand, 

Friendly isles, Tahiti, Christmas^island, Hawaiian islands, and to 

Nootka sound, in Vancouver island, where they arrived on March .30, 

1778. Between this date and October 3, 1778, Cook cruised northAvard and westward along the American coast to Icy cape, in the 

Arctic ocean, and sketched the chief outlines of this coast, hitherto 

practically unknown. Leaving Unalaska on October 27, 1778, he 

returned to the Plawaiian islands, where he was killed by the natives 

on February 14, 1779. The British Admiralty published in 1784-85 

an account of this voyage in three quarto volumes and a large atlas.

COXE, 1780.

Rev. William Coxe, archdeacon of Wilts, spent some time in St. 

Petersburg prior to 1780 and while there specially interested himself 

in the discoveries made by the Russians between Asia and America 

between 1741 and the date of his writing. His results were published
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 2?

in 1780 under the title Account of the Russian Discoveries between 

Asia and America, etc. This passed through several editions, the third 

appearing at London in 1T87 and the fourth in 1803. Two French 

translations appeared in 1781 and a German one in 1783. This is an 

important work for the student of Alaskan exploration and geography. In it are the first published accounts of the voyages of Shalaurof, 1761-1763; Sind, 1764-1768; and Krenitzin and Levashef, 

1764-1771.

DAIX, 1865-1899.

Dr. William Healey Dall first went to Alaska in 1865, in the employment of the AVestern Union Telegraph Company, and from that 

beginning has become one of the foremost students, explorers, writers, 

and authorities on Alaskan matters. His book Alaska and Its Resources, published in 1870, remains to this day the most useful handy 

reference book on Alaska.

He came back to San Francisco in the autumn of 1865, returned to 

Alaska in the spring of 1866, and remained in the Yukon country till 

1868, when he came back and published Alaska and Its Resources. 

In 1871 he entered the Coast Survey and from August, 1871, to the 

end of 1874 was engaged in reconnaissance surveys along the coast 

from Sitka westward to the end of the Aleutian chain and northward 

in Bering sea as far as Nunivak and the Pribilof islands. With him, 

as assistant, in 1871-72 was Mark Walrod Harrington. Dall returned to Washington at the end of 1874 and was employed in the 

Coast Survey Office on Alaskan matters from 1875 to 1880; in this 

interval was written the Alaska Coast Pilot and its Appendix. Marcus Baker was associated with him in this and other Alaskan work as 

an assistant from March, 1873, till July, 1882. In 1880 another season of Alaska field work was had, the cruise extending along the. coast 

from Sitka to Unalaska and northward nearly to Point BarroAv. The 

principal sources of geographic information as to all this is a series, 

of some fifty charts and plans issued by the Coast Survey and the 

Alaska Coast Pilot with its Appendix.

In 1884 Dr. Dall resigned from the Coast Survey and entered the 

Geological Survey, with which organization he has .been .connected 

ever since". In the summer of 1895, in company with Mr. G. F. 

Becker, he revisited Alaska for the purpose of studying and reporting 

on its coal resources. The cruise made was coastwise from Sitka 

to Unalaska. The results are published in the Seventeenth Annual 

Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1896, Part I, pp. 

763-908. He was a member of the Harriman Alaska Expedition in 

1899 and wrote The Discovery and Exploration of Alaska, in Vol. 

II, pp. 185-204 of its report, and Neozoic Invertebrate Fossils in Vol. 

IV, pp. 99-120.
28 GE66MPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 

^ ^T^AVIDOF, 1803. See KHWOSTOF AND DAVIDOF. 

DAVIDSOJV, 1867-1869.

George Davidson, assistant in the Coast Survey, accompanied by 

Alonzo Tyler Mosman, G. Farquhar, and Stehman Forney, made a 

cruise in the waters of Russian America just prior to its purchase and 

change of name to Alaska, in 1867. They sailed on the revenue 

cutter Lincoln from Victoria on July 29 and returned there October 

27, 1867, having visited and made observations at Sitka, Chilkat, 

.Kodiak, and. Unalaska. Davidson wrote a voluminous report on 

this work, including a description of the southeast coast of Alaska, 

from Dixon entrance to Cook inlet. This report was published in 

Coast Survey Eeport, 1867, Appendix 18, pp. 187-329. This description was afterwards revised and published by the Coast Survey 

under the title Coast Pilot of Alaska (First Part) from Southern 

Boundary to Cook's inlet.

Charts were made of Sitka, of St. Paul harbor, Kodiak, and of 

Captains bay, Unalaska, and published by the Coast Survey. These 

are in a small atlas issued by the Coast Survey in 1869 and entitled Harbor Charts of Alaska. Davidson visited Alaska again in 

1869 and observed the total solar eclipse of August 7 of that year 

at Kohklux, on the Chilkat river. On his journey thither and back 

he did a little reconnaissance surveying in Alexandria archipelago. 

For an account of this see Coast Survey Report, 1869, pp. 177-181.

DBASE AND SIMPSON, 1837.

Peter Warren Dease and Thomas Simpson, factors of the Hudson 

Bay Company, in the summer of 1837 made an exploring journey 

along the Arctic coast from the mouth of Mackenzie river to Point 

Barrow. Prior to their journey the coast line from Return reef to 

Point Barrow was'a blank on the maps. They left the Mackenzie 

mouth on July 9 in two open boats and arrived at Point Barrow on 

August 4, the last part of the .journey being overland. For an account of their work see Simpson (Thomas), Narrative of Discoveries 

on the North Coast of America, 8°, London, 1843; also Journal Royal 

Geog. Soc., 8°, London, 1838, Vol. VIII, pp. 213-225.

DICKINS, 1899-1905.

Edmund Finlay Dickins, assistant, United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, commanded the Coast Survey steamer Gedney, 1899- 

1905. In 1899 he triangulated the southern end of Chatham strait 

and the western end of Sumner strait, thus connecting the two systems. In 1901 and 1902, in cooperation with Pratt, he, executed the 

hydrography and topography of Icy strait, from Chatham strait to
GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 29

Inian islands, including Port Frederick, Idaho' inlet, and Mud bay on 

the south shore and Dundas bay on the north. In 1903-4 he executed 

the triangulation, hydrography, and topography of Davidson inlet 

and Sea Otter sound, Iphigenia bay, and the adjacent islands and 

passages. In 1905 he surveyed the north arm pf Moira sound, southeastern Alaska, Dolomi bay and Port Johnson, on the eastern shore of 

Prince of Wales island, and Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. 

Accounts of these operations are published in United States Coast and 

Geodetic Survey Reports, 1900, pp. 208-209; 1902, pp. 134-135; 

1903, p. 103; 1904, pp. 97-100; 1905, pp. 58-59. The Icy strait surveys are incorporated on Coast and Geodetic Survey charts 8302 and 

8304. The other results have not yet been published otherwise than 

as corrections to the more general charts of those waters.'

DIXON, 1785-1788.

Capt. George Dixon, commanding the ship Queen Charlotte, made a 

trading voyage from England to northwest America and around the 

world in 1785-1788 in company with Portlock. (See Portlock.) Dixon 

published an account of this voyage entitled A Voyage Round the 

World, etc., 4°, London, 1789.

DOBOSHIN, 1848. :

Peter P. Doroshin, a mining engineer, was sent out from Russia in 

1847 by the Russian American Company to their American possessions with Captain Riedell in the ship Atka, to examine and report on 

the gold resources of the colony. He visited Baranof island and Cook 

inlet and examined these places, and also visited California. His 

results were published in the Russian Mining'Journal f.or 1866, No. 1 

(Part V), p. 136; No. 2 (Part VI), pp. 277-282; also No. 3 (Part 

III), pp. 365^101. The last contains descriptions of Prince William 

sound and Copper river.

DOUGLAS, 1788-89. See MEABES. 

DUFFIELD, 1897.

Will Ward Duffield, assistant, United States Coast and Geodetic 

Survey, was in charge of a party from the Coast Survey in 1897, 

Avhich made a topographic survey of the Pribilof islands, Bering sea. 

Of this party were Fremont Morse, G. R. Putnam, and G. L. Flower. 

The resulting topographic maj>s United States Coast and Geodetic 

Survey Miscellaneous maps Nos. 3214 and 3224 were published in 

1.898 on a scale of 1: 20,000, contour interval 20 feet. At the same time 

more detailed surveys were made of the various seal rookeries, and 

maps of these were published on a scale of 1: 2,000, contour interVal1 10
30 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

feet. They are miscellaneous maps of the United States Coast and 

Geodetic Survey 3215 to 3223, inclusive, and 3225 to 3228, inclusive, 

issued in 1898.

ELDRIDGE AND MULDROW, 1898. 0

Mr. George Homans Eldridge, geologist of the United States Geological Survey, made a reconnaissance of the Susitna basin in the 

summer of 1898. He Avas accompanied by Mr. Robert Muldrow, 

topographer. Their explorations extended from the head of Cook 

inlet up. the Susitna nearly to latitude 64°. For their results see 

Twentieth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 

Part VII, pages 1-29, and the special report of the United States 

Geological Survey, 1899, entitled Maps and Descriptions of Routes of 

Exploration in Alaska in 1898. Mr. Eldridge died in Washington, 

D. C.; June 29, 1905.

ELLIOTT, 1872-1876.

Mr. Henry Wood Elliott was, in 18?2-73, an assistant agent of the 

Treasury Department on the Pribilof islands. In . the summer of 

1874 he was a special agent of the Treasury Department, and with 

Lieut. Washburn Maynard, U. S. N., visited in the U. S. revenue 

critter Reliance, Captain Baker commanding, Sitka, Ivodiak, Unalaska, the Pribilof islands, St. Matthew, and St. Lawrence. In 

November, 1874, he submitted a report, which was printed by the 

Treasury Department in 1875 and by Congress in 1876. He also 

wrote a monograph on the Pribilof islands, which was published in 

the Tenth Census, 1880, Vol. VIII, and also separately in two editions, one in 1881 and the other in 1882. These contain the maps of 

St. Paul and St. George made by Elliott and Maynard in 1874.

ETOLIN, 1818-1845.

Adolph Karlovich Etolin, who was governor of the Russian American colonies in 1841-1845, first went to the colony from Russia with 

Golofnin in the Kamchatka, leaving Cronstadt on August 26, 1817, 

and arriving in Petropavlovsk on May 3, 1818. At least Grewingk 

so states, and is followed by Dall; but Golofnin in his Voyage gives 

a list of all his ship's company, to the number of 138, and Etolin's 

name is not in that list. (Golofnin's Voyage Round the World (in 

Russian), 4°, St. Petersburg, 1822, Vol. I, supplement, pp. i-viii.) 

Etolin, Khromchenko, and Vasilief were engaged in 'surveying and 

exploring Bering sea in 1822-1824. (Bancroft, History, p. 546.) 

In 1839 he sailed from Cronstadt for the colonies, in command of the 

Russian American Company's ship Nikolai. With him went Kupreanof, Woewodski, and Dr. Blashke. . (Journal Russ. Hyd. Dept., 

1850, Vol. VIII, pp. 187-188.) From 1841 to 1845 Etolin was gov-
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 31

ernor of the Eussian American" colonies. In 1833 he surveyed Tarngas harbor and Kaignai strait. (See Russ. Hyd. Chart, 1396, published in 1848.)

FAMS, 1898-1901.

Robert Lee Faris, assistant, United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, during the seasons 1898-1900 was engaged with Pratt in surveys 

about St. Michael, Yukon delta, and the north shore of Norton sound. 

In 1901 he was engaged with Westdahl in the survey of the Sannak 

islands. / The references in this dictionary are confined to his work 

during the season of 1899, when he was in charge of a subparty 

engaged in the survey of the Kwikpak and Kawanak passes and 

channels, and Apoon pass, Yukon delta. An account of this may be 

found in United States Coast Survey Annual, 1900, pp. 196-203, and 

the results are embodied on charts 9370 and 9373.

FISH COMMISSION, 1888-1905.

From time to time since 1880 the United States Fish Commission 

has made investigations in Alaskan waters and contributed to a 

knowledge of its geography. Special use has been made in this dictionary of the maps of Alaska peninsula and the eastern Aleutians 

contained in the Bulletin of the Commission, Vol. VIII, for 1888, and 

of a map covering part of the same region, together with Bristol bay, 

in Vol. IX, for 1889. The new names appearing on these maps are 

said to be chiefly due to Mr. Samuel Applegate. See also Tanner and 

Moser.

FLEMER AND NELSON, 1898.

In 1898 two parties from the Coast and Geodetic Survey, one under 

John Adolph Flemer, assistant, Coast and Geodetic Survey, who had 

general charge of both parties, and the other under John Nelson, 

assistant, Coast and Geodetic Survey, made a topographic reconnaissance of the country about the head of Lynn canal. Their surveys covered the valleys of Chilkat, Tsirku, Klehini, Katzehin, Skagway, and Taiya rivers. An account of their operations was published 

in United States Coast and Geodetic Survey Report for 1899, pp. 

206-208. The resulting maps were not published, excepting that 

lithographs were made of the Chilkat River sheet. The more "general 

charts of the region, 8000, 3089, etc., show changes and additions 

resulting fr.om these surveys.

FRANKLIN, 1826.

Sir John Franklin made explorations along the extreme eastern 

part of the Arctic coast of Alaska in July and August, 1826. After 

wintering at Fprt Franklin,, Sir John descended the Mackenzie to its
32 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

mouth .and explored along the coast westward as far as Return reef. 

.Fpr an account of this see his Narrative of a Second Expedition to the 

Shores of the Polar Sea, 1825-1827, 4°, London, 1828, pp. 124-159.

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, 1889-1905.

Geologic investigations in Alaska by the Geological Survey began 

with the work of Mr. I. C. Russell in Yukon valley in 1889. These 

investigations were continued by Russell 'in 1890 and 1891 in the 

St. Elias region. In 1895 Messrs. Becker and Dall investigated and 

Jater reported on the gold and coal resources of the Territory. Since 

that time topographic and geologic work has been actively prosecuted 

by the Geological Survey. The results are set forth in its annual 

reports and in special reports, bulletins, and professional papers, as 

follows: ' 

Map of Alaska, with Descriptive Text. Prepared in accordance with Public 

Resolution No. 3, Fifty-fifth Congress, second session. 8°, Washington, 1899, 

44 pp.

Maps and Descriptions of Routes of Exploration in Alaska in 1898. Prepared 

in accordance with Public Resolution No. 25, Fifty-fifth Congress, third session. 

8°, Washington, 1899, 138 pp. 

Preliminary Report on the Cape Nome Gold Region, Alaska, By F. C. Schrader 

and A. H. Brooks. 8°, Washington, 190.0, 56 pp.

s Reconnaissances in the Cape Nome and Norton Bay Regions, Alaska, in 1900. 

. By Alfred PI. Brooks, George B. Richardson, Arthur j. Collier, and Walter C. 

Mendenhall. 8°, Washington, 1901, 222 pp.

The Geology and Mineral Resources of a.Portion of the Copper River District. 

Alaska. By Frank Charles Schrader and Arthur Coe Spencer. 8°, Washington,

1901. 94 pp.

Preliminary Report on Ketchikan Mining District, Alaska, with an Introductory Sketch of the Geology of Southeastern Alaska, by Alfred Hulse Brooks: 

Professional Paper United States Geological Survey No. 1, 1902, 120 pp.

A Reconnaissance of the Northwestern Portion of Seward Peninsula, Alaska, 

by Arthur J. Collier: Professional Paper United States Geological Survey No. 2,

1902. 170 pp. . - .: -, '

A Reconnaissance from Fort Hamlin to Kotxebue Sound by way of the .Dall, 

Kanuti, Alien, and Kowak Rivers, by Walter C. Mendeuhall: Professional Paper 

United States Geological Survey No. 10, 1902, 68. pp; .

Coal Resources of the Yukon, Alaska, by Arthur J. Collier: Bulletin United 

States Geological Survey No. 218, 1903, 7.1 pp. ' "

The Mineral Resources of the Mount Wrangell -District, Alaska, by Walter C. 

Mendenhall and Frank C. Schrader: Professional Paper United States Geological Survey No. 15, 1903, 71 pp.

Tin Deposits of the York Region, Alaska, by Arthur J. Collier: Bulletin 

United States Geological Survey No. 229, 1904, 61 pp. ' A Reconnaissance of Northern Alaska, Across the Rocky Mountains, Along 

Koyukuk, John, Anaktuvuk, and Colville Rivers and the Arctic Coast to Cape 

rj'Disburne, 1901, by Frank C. Schrader and W. J. Peters: Professional Paper 

..-.United States Geological Survey No. 20, 1904, 139 pp.

,. The Porcupine Placer District, Alaska, by Charles W, Wright: Bulletin United 

States Geological Survey No. 236, 1904, 35 pp.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 33

The Fairbanks Gold Placers of Seward Peninsula, Alaska, by Fred H. Moffit: 

Bulletin United States Geological Survey No. 247, 1905, 85 pp.

The Petroleum Fields of the Pacific Coast, with an Account of the Bering 

River Coal Deposits, by George C. Martin: Bulletin United States Geological 

.Survey No. 250, 1905, 64 pp.

The Gold Placers of the Fortymile, Birch Creek, and Fairbanks Regions. 

Alaska, by Louis M. Prindle: Bulletin United States Geological Survey No. 251. 

1905, 89 pp.

The Geology of the Central Copper River Region, Alaska, by Walter C. Mendenhall: Professional Taper United States Geological Survey No. 4.1, 1905, 

133 pp.

Report on the Progress of Investigations on the Mineral Resources of Alaska 

in 1904, by Alfred Hulse Brooks, Chester Wells Puringtou, F. E. Wright. 

Chas. W. Wright,. Arthur C. Spencer, Geo. C. Martin, Fred H. Moffit, Arthur J. 

Collier, Louis M. Prindle, F. L. Hess, and Ralph W. Stone: Bulletin United 

States Geological Survey No. 259, 1905, 196 pp.

The Geography and Geology of Alaska, a Summary of Existing Knowledge, by 

Alfred Hulse Brooks, with a Chapter on Climate by Cleveland Abbe, jr., and a 

Topographic Map and Description Thereof by Richard U. Goode: Professional 

Paper. United States Geological Survey No. 45, 1906, ;.'.27 pp.

The Geology and Gold Resources of the Cape Lisburne Region, Alaska, by 

Arthur J. Collier: Bulletin United States Geological Survey No. 278, 1906.. 

54 pp.

Gold Placers of the Rampart Region, Alaska, by Louis M. Prindle and F. L. 

Hess: Bulletin United States Geological Survey No. 280, 1906, 54 pp.

The Juneau Gold Belt and a Reconnaissance of Admiralty Island, Alaska, by 

Arthur C. Spencer and Charles W. Wright: Bulletin United States Geological 

Survey No. 287, 161 pp.

GERDINE, .1899-1905.

Thomas Golding Gcrdine, topographer, United States Geological 

S.urvey, began his Alaskan service in 1899 as topographer in Schrader's party on Chandlar and Ko}iikuk rivers. D. C. Witherspoon 

also assisted in the topographic work. Again, in 1900, he was topographic assistant to Schrader in the Copper River region. (See 

Schrader.)

In 1901 Gerdine was in charge of a Geological Survey party engaged in making a reconnaissance of the northern portion of Seward 

peninsula. To this party Collier was attached as geologist and D. C. 

Witherspoon as topographic assistant. An account of these operations will be found in the Twenty-third Annual Report of the United 

States Geological Survey, pp. 73-75. The result was a topographic 

reconnaissance map covering nearly 5,000 square miles of the northwestern portion of Seward peninsula, on a scale of 1: 250,000, and a 

report on the geology by Collier (Professional Paper United States 

Geological Survey No. 2, 1902), in which this map was published.

In 1902 Gerdine had charge of a party in the Copper River region, 

to which Walter C. Mendenhall was attached as geologist, in a topographic and geologic reconnaissance of the Chistochina gold fields 

and the central portion of Copper River valley. During this season 

Bull. 299 06 M -3
34 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

4,500 square miles were mapped. An account of these operations 

will be found in the Twenty-fourth Annual Report of =the United 

States Geological Survey, pp. 79-94. Preliminary maps were published in Professional Paper United States Geological Survey No. 

15, 1903, and the final map, on a scale of 1:250,000, contour interval 

200 feet, as PI. XIX in Professional Paper United States Geological Survey No. 41, 1905.

In the summer of 1903 Gerdine had charge of the combined topographic and geologic parties in the Yukon-Tanana region. R. B. 

Oliver was topographic assistant and L. M. Prindle special geologic 

assistant. During this season a strip extending east and west from 

the Fortymile quadrangle to Tanana river was mapped, and also 

another strip from the Fairbanks placer district to Circle on the 

Yukon about 6,000 square miles in all on a scale of 1: 250,000. An 

account of these operations will be found in the Twenty-fifth Annual 

Report of the United States Geological Survey, pp. 76-77, and the 

maps, so far as published, are contained in Prindle's report, Bulletin 

United States Geological Survey No. 251, 1905.

In the summers of 1904 and 1905 Gerdine, assisted by R. B. Oliver 

and W. R. Hill in the former'year, was engaged in making more 

detailed topographic surveys of the Cape Nome mining region and 

the region to the eastward. In 1904 about 500 square miles were 

surveyed, and the resulting maps were engraved and published by 

the United States Geological Survey in 1906 as two atlas sheets 

entitled Nome Special Map and Grand Central Special Map. 

These are on a scale of 1: 62,500 and the contour interval is 25 feet. 

In 1905 similar detailed surveys were made, covering about the same 

.area in the Solomon River region to the eastward of Cape Nome. 

The resulting maps will also be published in the form of atlas sheets.

GIBSON, 1854-55.

Lieut. William Gibson, U. S. N., commanded the II. S. schooner 

Fenimore Cooper in 1854-55. This vessel was one of those composing the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, " Lieut. John Rodgers 

commanding," sometimes known as the Ringgold and Rodgers expedition. Gibson cruised through the Aleutian islands in the summer 

of 1855, correcting the charts and surveying harbors here and there, 

especially at Attu and Adak. No report of the work has been published. The geographic results are shown on United States Hydrographic charts 8 and 55.

GILBERT, 1900-1901.

John Jacob Gilbert, assistant, United States Coast and Geodetic 

Survey, commanded the Coast Survey steamer Path-finder in Alaskan 

waters during the seasons of 1900-1901. In 1901 he triangulated and
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 35

surveyed the shore line of Norton sound, western Alaska, and executed the hydrography and topography along the shore from and 

including St. Michael harbor to and including Golofnin sound. In 

1901 the Fox islands and passes, eastern Aleutians, were surveyed, 

and the triangulation, hydrography, and topography Avere extended 

from and including the eastern shore of Unalaska island to and 

including the southwestern shore of Unimak island. Accounts of 

these operations are published in United States Coast and Geodetic 

Survey Reports, 1901, pp. 148-151, and 1902, pp. 136-139, and the 

results are shown on charts 9370, 9375, 9380, and 9382 for Norton 

sound and 8860 for the Fox islands.

GLASS, 1881.

Commander Henry Glass, U. S. N., succeeded Captain Beardslee

on the Sitka station in 1881, in command of the U. S. S. Wachusett. 

The surveying done by Symonds and lianus under Beardslee was continued under Glass and was published by the Coast Survey. See 

Coast Survey chart 726.

GLAVE, 1890. See LESLIE EXPEDITION. 

 GLENN, 1898-99.

By direction of the Secretary of War, three military parties were 

to be organized in the spring of 1898 for exploring the interior of 

Alaska. The third, known as Expedition No. 3, was placed under 

the command of Capt. EdAvin F. Glenn, of the Twenty-fifth infantry, 

Avho was instructed to establish a camp at Port Wells, Prince William 

sound, about April 1, 1898, and explore northeastAvard for routes 

toward the Copper and Susitna rivers, and on, about May 1, to 

go to Cook inlet and explore northward to the Tanana and Yukon. 

With this party Avent, as geologist, Mr. W. C. Mendenhall, of the 

United States Geological Survey. Glenn's report Avas published in 

1.899 by the Adjutant-General's Office of the War Department, as 

(Bulletin) No. XXV, Reports of Explorations in Alaska, and also 

in a quarto volume emanating from the Senate Committee on Military Affairs and entitled Compilations of Narratives of Explorations 

in Alaska; Washington, Government Printing Office, 1900, pp. 627- 

648. Mendenhall's report Avas published in 1900 in the Twentieth 

Annual Report of the Geological Survey, Part VII, pp. 265-340.

Glenn's explorations were continued in 1899. For report on these 

see the above-cited compilation, pp. 711-724.

GLOTOF, 1763-1766.

Stephen Glotof, a Russian fur trader, after wintering, 1762-63, on 

Copper island, sailed away on^July 26 and, cruising eastward, discovered several of the Aleutian islands. He Avent as far eastAvard as
36 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

the island of Kodiak, which he discovered. He wintered there and 

returned to Umnak in 1764 and to Kamchatka in 1766. He published nothing. For some account of his travels see Coxe, Account 

of Russian Discoveries, 1780; Berg, Chron. Hist, of Discovery of 

Aleutian Islands, St. Petersburg, 1823; also Dall's Alaska and Bancroft's History.

GOODRICH, 1896. See SPURR, GOODRICH, AND SCHRADER. 

GRANT, 1905.

In the summer of 1905 Prof. Ulysses Sherman Grant, of Northwestern University, in the employ of the Geological Survey, and 

assisted by Mr. Sidney Paige, investigated the copper deposits of 

Prince William scund. and made detailed stratigraphic studies along 

the coast. In the early part of the season Mr. Paige made a reconnaissance survey of the Herendeen Bay coal field. A preliminary 

report of these investigations, illustrated by sketch maps, has been 

published in Bulletin United States Geological Survey No. 284, 

1906, pp. 78-87, 101-108, and a final report is in preparation.

GREWINGK, 1850. '

Dr. Constantin Grewingk published in Yerhandiungen cler Ilussisch-Kaiserlichen Mineralogischen Gesellschaft zu St. Petersburg, 

Jahrgang, 1848 und 1849, a contribution to our knowledge of Northwest America and its adjacent islands. This work, in.German,- is a 

veritable storehouse of information and has been freely used in this 

dictionary. Its arrangement, however, and the lack of an index 

make its use for dictionary purposes both laborious and unsatisfactory.

HAMILTON, 1904, 1905.

'In 1904, Ernest G. Hamilton, of the Geological Survey, was detailed as topographer with Moffit on Kenai peninsula. During this 

season a topographic reconnaissance map was made, covering 1,600 

square miles of the northwestern portion of Kenai peninsula about 

Kenai lake and on the south shore of Kachemak bay. (See Moffit.) 

In 1905, as topographer under Martin and assisted by W. R. Hill, 

he made a topographic map of the region about Controller bay. 

(See Martin.)

HANUS, 1879-1881. See BEARDSLEE AND GLASS.

HARDER, 1892. See MOORE (W. I). 

HARRIMAN ALASKA EXPEDITION, 1899.

In the summer of 1899 Mr. Edward Henry Harriman, of New 

York, visited Alaska for health and recreation. For this purpose he 

chartered the steamer George W. Elder, and invited as his guests
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF -ALASKA. . 37

*

about 30 scientific men from various parts of the United States, a 

considerable number being from Washington. The party sailed 

from Seattle on July 1 and cruised northward and westward along 

the British Columbian and Alaskan coasts to Bering strait, and returning reached Seattle on August 31, having been gone just two 

months. At various points collections were made by his guests, 

photographs secured, and a little surveying and exploration done. 

The results are being published by Mr. Harriman and the Washington Academy of Sciences. Mr. Harriman's publication has now 

grown to six large volumes, edited by C. Hart Merriam.

HAYES, 1891.

In the spring of 1891 Lieut. Frederick Schwatka conducted an 

exploration, organized by a syndicate of newspapers, in the region 

lying between Lynn canal and Copper river. Dr. Charles Willard 

Hayes, of the United States Geological Survey, was detailed to accompany the expedition as geologist. He published his results, including 3 maps, in 1892, in the National Geographic Magazine, Vol. 

IV, pp. 117-162. The route was up Taku inlet, down the Teslin and 

Lewes, up the White, over Skolai pass and down the Chitina and 

Copper. The party left Juneau on May 25 and arrived at Eyak, in 

Prince William sound, just in time to miss the August mail steamer.

 ' HELM, 1886. See SNOW. 

HEBRON, 1899.

In April, 1899, Lieut. Joseph S. Herron, U. S. A., was detailed for 

duty with the Cook Inlet Exploring Expedition, commanded by 

Capt. Edwin F. Glenn. The expedition sailed from Seattle, Wash., 

April 30, and while the main expedition continued to Tyonek, Herron was detailed at Orca with a .small party to explore a reported 

portage between Passage canal, Prince William sound, and Turnagain arm of Cook inlet. He made the exploration and arrived at 

Tyonek on May 31.

Later he was placed in command of a detachment to explore a 

route to the Yukon, which was landed at the head of steamboat navigation on Kichatna river, a branch of the Yentna, on July 1. His 

route lay up the Kichatna, across the mountains to the Kuskokwim 

(south fork), down that river and up the valley of the East fork of 

the Kuskokwim, across Minchumina lake and the mountains to the 

head of Cosna river, down that stream and Tanana river to Fort 

Gibbon on the Yukon, where he arrived December 11, 1899.

His report, Explorations in Alaska, 1899, for an All-American 

Route from Cook inlet, Pacific Ocean, to the Yukon, by First Lieutenant Joseph S. Herron, 8th Cavalry, Commanding Expedition,
38 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

March, 1901, is No. XXXI, Adjutant-General's Office, War Department, pages 77, and 3 maps, Washington, Government Printing 

Office, 1901.

HESS, 1903-1905. See COLIJER, PKTNDLE, MOFFIT. 

HOOPER, 1880-3.899.

Capt. Calvin Leighton Hooper, of the United States Eevenue-Cutter Service, was born in Maine on July 7,1842, and entered the United 

States Re venue-Cutter Service as a third lieutenant on June 0, 18GG. 

In this service he remained continually till his death of Bright's disease in San Francisco on April 29, 1900. He was promoted to second 

lieutenant on June 24,1868, to first lieutenant on July 20, 1870, and to 

captain on October 23,1879. He served six years on the North Atlantic coast of the United States, three years on the Great Lakes, while 

his last twenty-five years were spent on the Pacific coast, chiefly in 

Alaskan waters, where for many years he patrolled in and about Bering sea. His annual reports to the Treasury Department have contributed to our knowledge of Alaskan geography.

ILTN, 1818-1842.

' Staff-Capt. Peter Ivanovich Ilin, of the Pilot Corps, sailed from 

Cronstadt for the Eussian American colonies with Golofnin in the 

Kamchatka on August 26, 1817. In 1831, in a skin boat (bidarka) 23 

feet long, he surveyed the eastern coast of Kamchatka from Avacha 

bay northward to Cape Shipunski (Journal Eus. Hyd. Dept., 1852, 

Vol. X, pp. 125-135). This man is supposed to be the one who surveyed, at an unknown date, a bay on the western shore of Chichagof 

island,-a bay which after him has been called Ilina i. e., Ilin's. His 

sketch is contained in Sheet XXIII of Sarichef's atlas, published in 

1826. Ilin died in Okhotsk (one account says Kamchatka" 1) in 1842. 

(Journal Eus. Hyd. Dept., 1850, Vol. VIII, p. 169.)

INGENSTREM, 1829-1832.

Ingenstrem was a pilot in the employment of the Eussian American 

Company and often visited Atka, where he twice wintered and made 

various surveys on Atka and Amlia. He did not publish anything. 

His results are, incorporated in Tebenkof, Lutke, and on Eussian 

Hydrographic chart 1400. Very little information is on record about 

him. Even the spelling of his name is uncertain. Grewingk says 

that he made surveys in the western Aleutians in 1829. In 1830- 

1832, in company with Chernof, he did surveying in Prince William 

sound and at the mouth of Kenai river, Cook inlet.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 3.9

JACKSON, 1877-1905.

Rev. Sheldon Jackson, Presbyterian missionary and since 1885 

general agent for education in.Alaska, first visited Alaska in August, 

18T7, in the interest of schools and missions. He made a second trip 

on the same errand in 1879. Other Adsits followed, and since his government appointment in 1885 he has made annual visits to the Territory, traveling extensively in various parts on inspecting tours. 

Reports on this work are published annually in the Report of the 

Commissioner of Education, and in the Report on Introduction of 

Domestic Reindeer into Alaska.

JAKVIS, 1897-98.

In the winter of 1897-98, Lieut. Daniel H. Jarvis, Revenue-Cutter 

Service, conducted an overland expedition for the relief of the whaling fleet imprisoned by the ice in the vicinity of Point Barrow. On 

December 16,1897, he, with three companions, was landed on Nunivak 

island, Bering sea, near Cape Vancouver, by the revenue cutter 

Bear.

From Nunivak island the expedition traveled by dog teams across 

the delta and lake country to Andreafski, on the Yukon, thence down 

the Yukon and along the coast to St.. Michael. From St. Michael 

the route lay along the coast of Norton sound to Cape York, by one 

section, and across the base of Seward peninsula to Kotzebue sound 

by another. From the various stations on the shore of Norton sound 

a herd of 448 reindeer was collected and driven across Kotzebue 

sound on the ice and thence along the Arctic coast to Point Barrow, 

which was reached on March 29, 1898.

This expedition is remarkable rather for the,enterprise, endurance, 

and heroism displayed by the officers and men engaged than for its 

contriblutions to geographic knowledge. A detailed account was 

published in Report of the Cruise of the U. S. Revenue Cutter Bear 

and the Overland Expedition for the Relief of the Whalers in the 

Arctic Ocean from November 27, 1897, to September 13, 1898. 

Washington, Government Printing Office, 1899, pp. 144 and 1 map.

KHWOSTOF AND DAVIDOF, 1803.

Two Russian naval officers, Nikolai Alexandrovich Khwostof and 

Gavril Ivanovich Davidof, were in the employ of the Russian American Company in 1802-1804. They left St. Petersburg in April, 1802, 

and Avent overland to Okhotsk, arriving in August " of the same 

year." a Thence they sailed to Kodiak, conferred Avith Baranof, and

"Bancroft, H. H., History of Alaska, 8°, San Francisco, 18SG, p. 458.
40 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

returned to Okhotsk, whence they returned overland to St. Petersburg, arriving there in January, 1804. Davidof published in Russian 

an account of this journety, in 2 volumes, St. Petersburg, 1810-1812. 

See also Journal "of the Russian Hydrographic Department, 1852, 

Vol. X, pp. 391-433; also Bancroft's History, pp. 458-459.

KOTZEBUE, 1816-17.

By the liberality of Count Rumiantzof, Russian counselor of state, 

in 1815 the brig Rurik was fitted out for exploration in America 

with reference to a Northwest Passage. Lieutenant Otto von Kotzebue, son of the distinguished author, and who had accompanied Krusenstern on the Neva in 1803-1806, .was placed in command. Accompanied by the savants Choris, Chamisso, and Eschscholtz, he sailed 

from Cronstadt on July 30, 1815, and, rpunding Cape Horn, arrived 

in Petropavlovsk on June 19, 1816. Sailing from there on July 18, 

he landed on St. Lawrence island on the 27th, passed through Bering 

strait on the 31st, and on August-3 entered*the. sound which now 

bears his name. This he explored and mapped, as also the region 

about Bering strait and St. Lawrence island. He then sailed to 

Unalaska, San Francisco, and the Hawaiian islands. From here he 

returned to Unalaska the following year (1817), refitted, and went 

to St. Lawrence island. Through ill health he gave up further 

exploration and returned to Russia, arriving in Cronstadt on August 

3, 1818. A full account of this voyage was published in 1821, both in 

Russian and in German. An English translation by IT. E. Lloyd 

was published the same year.

Kotzebue was born at Revel on December 19, 1787, and died there 

on February 13, 1846.

KRAUSE BROTHERS, 1882.

Two brothers, Dr. Arthur Krause and Dr. Aurel Krause, were 

sent out by the Bremen Geographical Society in 188.1 to make ethnographic and geographic studies in Alaska. In the summer of 1881 

they visited and mapped a district about the head of Lynn canal and 

Chilkat river. Later the}^ visited and worked in Bering strait, making a map of the country about East cape. Accounts of this have 

appeared in various journals. A summing up of all the work was 

published in 1885, entitled Ergebnis.se einer Reise nach der Nordwest 

Kiiste von Amerika und der Berings-Strasse, etc., 8°, Jena, 1885, 

16+420 pp., with illustrations. . 

In this dictionar}^ Krause's names have all been taken from a map 

of the Chilkat region, from surveys by Arthur Krause in 1882, 

which was published in Zeitschrift der Ges. fur Erdk. zu Berlin, 1883, 

Vol. XVIII, plate 9.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 41

KRENITZlSr AND LEVASHEF, 17G8-G9.

On May 4, 1764, the Tzarina of Russia issued an ukase ordering 

a secret naval expedition to explore between Asia and America. In 

charge of it was placed Capt.-Lieut. Peter Kuzmich Kreriitzin, 

whose principal assistant was Liei.it. Michael Levashef. Leaving 

St. Petersburg on July 1, 1764, the party went to Okhotsk and there 

built two A^essels, repaired two others, and with the four sailed from 

Okhotsk on October 10, 1760. Shipwreck soon followed and the 

shipwrecked crews wintered at Bolsheretsk in Kamchatka,. The 

following summer they repaired their boats, sailed to Ni.zhni.kamchatsk, and there passed the winter. Finally, on June 21, 1768, all 

was ready and the party sailed eastward, Krenitzin commanding the 

galiot St. Catherine and Levashef the hooker St. Paul. They cruised 

through the eastern part of the Aleutian chain and wintered, Levashef in the port in Unalaska which now bears his name, and Krenitzin in the strait between Unimak and Alaska peninsula.

The following year (1769) both ships returned to Kamchatka, 

Krenitzin arriving on July 29 and Levashef on August 24. They 

wintered at Kamchatka. t)n July 4, 1770, Krenitzin was drowned, 

whereupon Levashef assumed command and returned to St. Petersburg, arriving on October 22, 1771. Coxc published in 1780 the 

first account of. this voyage. An official account of it, in Russian, 

was published in the Journal of the Russian 'Navy Department in 

1852, Vol. X, p. 70-103. Petrof drew largely from this official report 

for the account written by him in Bancroft's (H. H.) History of 

Alaska, pp. 157-168.

KUUSENSTEUN, 1804-05.

Admiral Adam Johann von Krusenstern, in the ship Nadezhda 

(Hope), and accompanied by Lisianski in the ship Neva, made the 

first of a long series of Russian voyages from Cronstadt to the Russian American colonies.

Prior to 1799 there were several Russian companies in Alaska. 

They derived their supplies overland through Siberia. In 1799 a new 

company the Russian American Company was organized and given 

very large powers. This company completely supplanted all previous 

ones, and it adopted the policy of sending to the colonies an annual 

supply ship or rather two of them, for they sailed, after the custom 

of the time, in pairs for mutual assistance. Krusenstern commanded 

the first one sent out, the Nadezhda, which, sailing from Cronstadt on 

July 26, 1803, rounded Cape Horn and arrived in Petropavlovsk on 

July 31, 1804. Refitting here, Krusenstern sailed on August 27, 1804, 

on a diplomatic mission to Japan. The winter, one of disappointment 

and failure, was spent in Japan, and on April 5, 1805, Krusenstern
42 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIOKAEY OF ALASKA.

sailed away and, cruising northward along the Japanese coast and 

Kurile islands, arrived in Petropavlovsk in June. On board the 

Nadezhda were, among others, the chancellor Eesanof, Kotzebue, 

Langsdorf, and Shemelin. Resanof and Langsdorf left the Nadezhda 

at Petropavlovsk, and on June 23, 1805, Krusenstern sailed for home, 

arriving in Cronstadt on August 7, 1806.

Both Krusenstern and Lisianski had served in the Engli'sh navy. 

Krusenstern became an admiral in the Russian navy and published 

extensively respecting the Irydrography of the North Pacific. In 

1809-10 he published, in Russian, an account of this voyage. This 

appeared in German in 1810-1812, in French in 1821, and in English 

in 1831. He also published an atlas of the Pacific ocean in 1827, 

accompanied by a collection of hydrographic memoirs explanatory 

thereof. For a brief account of the voyage see Journal of the Russian 

Hydrographic Office, 1849, Vol. VII, pp. 6-26. The accounts by 

Langsdorf, Lisianski, and Shemelin cover parts of the voyage.

KUBITZIEN, 1849.

Full-Pilot Kuritzien made a survey of TJmnak island in or before 

the year 1849. His map is reproduced as a subsketch in Tebenkof's 

atlas sheet xxv. No particulars concerning him are known to the 

writer.

LANGSDORF, .1804-05.

Georg Heinrich von Langsdorf accompanied Krusenstern during 

part of his voyage around the world, in 1803-1806, and published in 

two volumes an account of his voyages and travels, which appeared 

in German in 1812 and in English in 1813-14. Apparently also there 

was a Russian edition in 1811. Langsdorf was a member of the 

Russian embassy to Japan, of which embassy Resanof was chief. 

Resanof and Langsdorf parted company with Krusenstern at Petropavlovsk on June 24, 1805, and together visited the Pribilof islands, 

Unalaska, Kodiak, Sitka, and California, and afterwards returned to 

Russia.

LA PEKOTJSE, 1786.

In 1785 Louis XVI of France organized a scientific exploring expedition on a lavish scale and placed it under the command of Commander Jean Frangois de Galaup de la Perouse.

Two vessels were fitted out for the purpose La Boussole, commanded by La Perouse, and IS Astrolabe, commanded by Captain de 

Langle. Sailing from Brest on August 1, 1785, via Cape Horn and 

the Hawaiian islands, they arrived on June 24 in sight of the northwest coast of America in the vicinity of Yakutat. From this point 

they cruised southward, surveying as they went as far as Monterey,
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. 43

California, arriving there on September 15. -Here they remained till 

the 24th and then took final leave of the American coast.

La Perouse was an unfortunate navigator. At Lituya bay, which 

he entered and surveyed, 26 of his ship's company .were drowned in 

the tide bore at its entrance. Both ships with all hands were lost in 

1788 or 1789, and for many years their fate was a mystery. It has 

been solved, however, and some of the Avreckage of the ships has been 

recovered and recently placed on exhibition in the French Naval 

Museum in Paris.

An elaborate report upon this expedition, in 4 quarto volumes, with 

an atlas, .was published by the French Government in 1797, entitled 

Voyage de La Perouse autour du monde.

" LESLIE EXPEDITION, 1890-91.

In the spring of 1890 Frank Leslie's Illustrated Newspaper sent an 

expedition to Alaska. It was conducted by E. H. Wells, E. J. Glave, 

and Alfred B. Schanz, with Wells in command. John Dalton and 

Franklin B. Price, of San Francisco, were employed as helpers. The 

expedition was transported from San Francisco by the Coast Survey 

steamer Patterson and landed at Pyramid harbor, Lynn canal, early 

in May. Convoyed by Chilkat Indians, the expedition ascended the 

Chilkat river, crossed the divide through Chilkat pass, and descended 

Takhini river to the north.

At Kusawa lake Glave and Dalton separated from the main expedition and crossed to the headwaters of the Alsek river, which they 

explored to the ocean, descending it in a canoe. The main expedition, consisting of Wells, Schanz, Price, and Indiank, a Chilkat, after 

surveying Kusawa lake and its outlet, floated on a raft down the 

Yukon to Fortymile creek.

Here Schanz was detained by illness, and Wells, having obtained 

the services of another Avhite man, De Haas, with the rest of the party, 

pushed on in an attempt to reach Mount Wrangell. He ascended 

Fortymile creek and its south fork, crossed the Tanana at Tanana 

crossing, and, continuing north, reached a point well up Tok river. 

Here he was forced by want of food to turn back. The party descended Tok river, the Tanana, and the Yukon to Nulato, and 

crossed the portage to St.'Michael, which was reached on September 

18, 1890.

Meanwhile Schanz, having recovered, departed from Fortymile 

with a companion, James A. French, and descended the Yukon to St. 

Michael, where he arrived September 8. Between this date and October 10, 1890, Schanz, accompanied by William C. Greenfield and 

some Eskimos, made a bidarka trip from St. Michael to Ikogmut, 

portaged thence to the Kuskokwim, descended that river, and coasted
44 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA.

to Nushagak, on Bristol bay. Between September 22 and November 

12 Wells followed over the same route to Nushagak.

Later Wells crossed Alaska peninsula with dog teams to Katmai. 

Between January 29 arid February 25, Schanz, accompanied by John 

W. Clark (the trader at Nushagak), Innokente Shishkin (a young 

Eussian), and Eskimos, with dog teams, ascended Nushagak, Mulchatna, and Kakhtul rivers, crossed to the head of Chulitna river, 

and descended that stream to Lake Clark, Avhich he named. From 

Lake Clark the route lay down its outlet, across Illiamna lake, and 

doAvn Kvichak river to Bristol bay. He then followed Wells across 

the peninsula to Katmai.

Narratives by Wells, Schanz, and Glave may be found running 

through the numbers of Frank Leslie's Illustrated Newspaper, contained in vols. TO, 71, 72, and 73, 1890-91. In addition to these,.the 

writer has seen an article by Glave in the Century Magazine for 

October, 1892, also .the chapter on the Nushagak district in the 

Eleventh-Census volume on Alaska, pp. 91-97, written by Schanz. 

The map results appeared on the general maps and charts of the 

Coast Survey and on. the map of Alaska in the above-named Census 

report.

LEVASIIEF, 1768-09. See KEENITZIN AND LEVASHEF.

LlNDENBERG, 1838.

In 1838 a survey and chart was made of the head of Lynn canal and 

the lower reach of Chilkat river by a Mr. Lindenberg. This chart 

Avas published as an inset or subsketch on Russian "Hydrographic 

chart 1396, published in 1848. It does not appear who this Lindenberg was. Perhaps it was the Captain Lindenberg who was in command of the Russian American Company's ship Prince Menshikof in

1852. Grewingk records (p. 418) that Lindenberg surAre3red Admiralty island and Chilkat m^er in 1838.

LISIANSKI, 1804r-5.

Krusenstern (Admiral A. J. AWI) and Lisianski (Capt. Urey), in 

the ships A7adezhda (Hope) and Neva, sailed from Cronstadt around 

Cape Horn and thence to the North Pacific on a voyage to carry supplies to the Russian American Company and to make exploration and 

discovery. This Avas the first of a series of circumnavigations by the 

Russians. Sailing from Cronstadt on October 6, 1803, Lisianski 

reached the HaAvaiian islands on June 4, 1804, and proceeded thence 

to St. Paul, Kodiak, arming on July 14, 1804. Here he heard that 

the Indians had destroyed the Russian settlement at Sitka. Accordingly he sailed thither (August 15-20), and on October 1, 1804, bombarded and destroyed the Indian village which was located on Indian 

river near the present site of Sitka. On November 10-15 he returned
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 45

to Kodiak and wintered there. The next year (June 14-22, 1805) he 

returned to Sitka and remained there till September 1, when he set 

sail for Canton and thus ended his work in Alaska. He published in 

English an account of the voyage in 1814, entitled Voyage Round the 

World in 1803-1806, by Urey Lisianski, 4°, London, 1814.

LUTKE, 1827-28.

One of the important authorities used in preparing this dictionary 

is Gapt. Feoclor Petrovich Lutke, who, in command of the Russian 

corvette Seniavine and accompanied by Capt. Mikhail Nikolaievich 

Staniukovich in command of the sloop Moller, made a voyage around 

the world in 1826-1829.

An account of the voyage was published in Russian in 1834-1836, 

in 3 octavo volumes, a folio atlas, and another volume called Nautical 

part. It appeared at the same time in French. The nautical part 

is a rare book. The two copies of it in the Library of Congress, one 

in French, the other in Russian, are the only ones known to the 

writer. This Partie nautique contains hydrographic and geographic 

information as to Bering sea, Alaska peninsula, etc., derived not 

merely from Lutke's own work, but also from various Russian sources 

previously unpublished. Pressing public duties delayed the preparation and publication of this work, and finally it appeared in a crude 

form far from satisfactory to its author. Despite its defects, however, the work is of first importance in dealing with the evolution 

of our geographic knowledge of Alaska. An index to this book was 

prepared by Dall and published by the Coast Survey in 1883 in the 

Coast Pilot of Alaska.

Lutke and Staniukovich sailed from Cronstadt on September 1, 

1826, and, roundihg Cape Horn, arrived at Sitka on June 24, 1827. 

Here Lutke remained till July 31 and then sailed to Unalaska, arriving on August 22. After a stay of eight days in Unalaska he cruised 

northward and westward in Bering sea to the Pribilof islands, St. 

Matthew, the Commander islands, and to Petropavlovsk.. From 

here he cruised southward and returned to Petropavlovsk on June 9, 

1828. After a stay of sixteen days he cruised and surveyed along the 

Siberian coast to St. LaAvrence bay in Bering strait and returned on 

September 4, 1828, to Petropavlovsk. He took final leave of this 

place on November 9, 1828, and, rounding the Cape of Good Hope, 

returned home, arriving at Cronstadt on September 6, 1829.

McGRATH, 1889-1892. See TURNER AND MOORE. (W. I.)

MCLENEGAN, 1885. See CANTWEIX.

MALASPINA, 1791.

Capt. Alessandro Malaspina, an Italian navigator in the service of 

Spain, in command of the Descubierta and accompanied by Bustamente 

in the Atrevida^ arrived on the Alaskan coast on June 2, 1791, hear
46 GEOGBAPHIC DICTKWABY OF ALASKA.

Sitka and surveyed along the coast to Prince William sound, looking 

for the Northwest passage reported by Maldonado. The journals of 

the voyage were long suppressed. A sketch of the voyage was published in the Introduction to Galiano's Relacion del viage hecho por los 

goletas Sutil y Mexicana, etc.; de orden del rey, 8°, Madrid, 1802; 

'yet, strange to say, the name of Malaspina, whose work is highly 

praised, can not be found in the book. On his return to Spain, the 

infamous Godoy, known as the Prince of the Peace, confined him in a 

dungeon at Corunna and there kept him till the peace of Amiens in 

1802, when, at the express desire of Napoleon, he was liberated. An 

account of his work was published in Salva (Miguel) y Baranda 

(Pedro Sainz de), Coleccion de documentos ineditos, etc., 8°, Madrid, 

1849, Vol. XV, pp. 268-320.

MANSFIELD, 1889-1S91.

Lieut. Commander Henry Buckingham Mansfield, U. S. N., succeeded Thomas as commander of the Coast and Geodetic Survey 

steamer Patterson in the spring of 1889, and remained in command 

until succeeded by Moore, on February 2, 1892; thus he made surveys 

.in Alexander archipelago during the seasons of 1889, 1890, and 1891. 

In 1.889, April 27 to September 29, his work was chiefly or wholly in 

Frederick sound, where surveys were made of Cleveland passage, 

Steamboat bay, Eliza harbor, Gambier bay, Mole harbor, Windfall 

harbor, Holkham bay, etc. The season's work of 1890 began at Port 

Simpson on April 28 and ended at Juneau on September 17. During 

this season 14 harbor and large-scale charts were made, chiefly in and 

about Lynn canal. This included Barlow cove, William Henry harbor. Pyramid harbor, Portage cove, Gastineau channel, Juneau harbor, etc. Work during the season of 1891 began on April 30 at Burroughs bay and ended on September 18 at Thorne arm. The surveys 

of this season were chiefly or wholly in the waters surrounding Revillagigedo island, southeastern Alaska. For an account of his work 

see Coast and Geodetic Survey Reports, 1890, pp. 75-77; 1891, pp. 

78-81; 1892, pp. 82-83;' also Coast Survey charts 8075, 8170, 8216, 

8218, 8224, 8235, and 8302.

MARSH, 1902-3.

S. J. Marsh, of Nome, Alaska, in the "winter of 1902-3, made a 

remarkable journey from Camden bay on the Arctic coast to Fort 

Yukon, via Kuselik creek, Barter river, Canning river, East Fork 

Chandlar river, and Chandlar river. He made notes of his route and 

a sketch map. The notes have been included by Brooks in his report 

on The Geography and Geology of Alaska: Professional Paper 

United States Geological Survey No. 45, 1906, pp. 260-262.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 47 

MAKTIN, 1003-1905.

Since 1903 Dr. George Curtis Martin, of the Geological Survey, has 

been engaged each season in studying the petroleum and coal fields 

on the south coast of Alaska. In 1903 he studied the petroleum and 

coal fields of Controller bay and Bering river, the petroleum fields on. 

the southwest coast of Cook inlet, and the Cold bay field on the 

southeastern coast of Alaska peninsula.

In 1904, with the assistance of R. W. Stone, a reconnaissance of the 

Kachemak bay coal field Avas made, and a reconnaissance of the southwestern shores of Cook inlet and thence southwesterly as far as Cold 

bay on Alaska peninsula. Martin also' made a study of the ore 

deposits on Unga island and spent two weeks in a supplementary 

reconnaissance of the Controller bay coal and petroleum fields.

In 1905 Martin conducted the operations of a larger party in 

making a more detailed topographic and geologic survey of the Controller bay region. With him were Mr. A. G. Maddren, geologic 

assistant, and Mr. E. G. Hamilton, topographer, assisted by Mr. W. R. 

Hill. During this season Martin also made a reconnaissance of the 

Matanuska coal fields north of Cook inlet.

Accounts of these operations may be found in the annual reports 

of the United States Geological Sun7 ey Twenty-fifth Annual, pp. 

72-75, and Twenty-sixth Annual, pp. Gl-64. The results appear in 

Bulletin United States Geological Survey No. 225, 1904, pp. 365-382, 

and Bulletin No. 259, pp. 88-89, 100-101, 128-137, 140-150, 167-168. 

Bulletin No. 250, published in 1905, 64 pp. and 6 maps, entitled The 

Petroleum Fields of the Pacific Coast of Alaska, with an Account of 

the Bering River Coal Deposits, gives the results of the investigations in 1903 and 1904. A preliminary report of the 1905 investigations appears in Bulletin No. 284, 1906, 157- pp. Bulletin No. 289, 

1906, 36 pp. and 4 maps, is Martin's report on A Reconnaissance 

of the Matanuska Coal Field in 1905. Hamilton's topographic map 

has not yet been published.

MAUKELLE AND QUADKA, 1775-1779.

Spanish exploration on the northwest coast of America north of 

California began in 1774. In that year Perez and Martinez reached 

and anchored in Nootka sound, Vancouver island.

In 1775, by command of the Mexican Viceroy Bucareli, there Avas 

despatched the royal galiot Sonora, under command of Don Juan 

Francisco de la Bodega y Quadra, to make explorations north of California. With Quadra Avent the pilot Francisco Antonio Maurelle. 

On this A7oyage they discovered, named, and in part surveyed Bucareli 

bay. Four years later a second voyage Avas undertaken by the Spaniards. Quadra, in command of La Princesa, and Don Ignacio Arteaga, in command of La Favorita, Avith Maurelle as pilot, sailed
48 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA.

from San Bias, Mexico, on February 11, 1779, and cruised northward 

as far as the mouth of Copper river, Avhehce they returned to San 

Bias, arriving on November 21, 1779. In this voyage they revisited 

Bucareli bay and made additional surveys there. The published results of these voyages, so far as this dictionary is concerned, relate 

chiefly to Bucareli bay.

A copy of their map was secured by La Perouse and published in 

1798, in the atlas accompanying his Voyage, plate 26. Also Daines 

Barrington, in his Miscellanies, 4°, London, 1781, published Maurelle's journal, yet without the map. The Spaniards Avere secretive 

about their explorations, avoided publication, and thus have left little 

impress on the geography of the region they visited. For references 

to publications touching this work see Grewingk, pp. 392-393.

MEADE, 1868-69.

Commander (afterward Rear-Admiral) 'Richard Worsam Meade, 

U. S. N., cruised through Alexander archipelago in the winter of 

1868-69 in the U. S. S. Sac/maw and made reconnaissance sketches of 

various places there. An account of this cruise was published by the 

Navy Department on July 26,1869, as Hydrographic Notice No. 13 of 

1869, a pamphlet of 29 pages. The map results were incorporated on 

United States Hydrographic chart No. 225, a chart of rough and 

crude appearance, but which has been very useful in making this dictionary. ;

MEAKES AND DOUGLAS, 1788-89.

Capt. John Meares, in January, 1788, in connection with several 

British merchants resident in India, bought and fitted out two vessels, 

the Felice and the Ipliigenia. Meares commanded the Felice and 

Capt. William Douglas the Ipkigenia. The two ships sailed together 

from Typa, near Macao, China, on January 22, 1788, cruised around 

the Philippines, and, parting company, Meares reached Nootka on 

May 13, 1788, and Douglas arrived in Cook inlet on June'16, 1788! 

From Cook inlet Douglas voyaged east and south and joined Meares at 

Nootka on August 27, 1788. Meares cruised and traded about Vancouver island and what is now Washington, and later both officers 

sailed to the Hawaiian islands. They returned and again traded on 

the northwest coast of America and then sailed to China.

For an account of their voyage and its results see Meares (John), 

Voyages in 1788-1789 from China to Northwest America, 4°, London, 

"1790.

MEARES AND TIPPING, 1786-87. 

Capt. John Meares, in the Nootka, sailed from Bengal, India, on 

March 2, 1786, on a trading voyage to Malacca and northwest America. About the same time sailed also Lieut. William Tipping, R. -N.,
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 49

in command of the Sea Otter. The two vessels were owned by the 

same company of merchants and were to cooperate. Meares made 

the land at Atka, in the Aleutian islands, on August 1,1786, anchored 

there, and met both Russians and natives. He then cruised eastward 

through the Aleutian islands to Unalaska, the Shumagins, Kodiak, 

Cook inlet, and Prince William sound, where the Sea Otter had preceded him and departed with a cargo of peltries. Meares thereupon 

decided to winter in Prince William sound. He spent a very uncomfortable winter, many of his crew dying of scurvy. On May 17, 1787, 

he was visited by Capt. George Dixon, another English trader, just 

arrived in Prince William sound. Of Meares's ship's company 23 had 

died during the winter, and on June 21, 1787, he sailed away with his 

company reduced to 24. Ten days later he was at Sitka and sailed 

thence for the Hawaiian islands and thence to China, arriving on 

October 20, 1787. Nothing was ever heard of Lieutenant Tipping in 

the Sea Otter after he left Prince William sound.

For an account of these voyages see Meares (John), Voyages in 

1788-1789 from China to Northwest America, 4°, London, 1790, 

pp. i-xl.

MENDENHAIX, 1898-1902.

Mr. Walter Curran Mendenhall, geologist, of the United States 

Geological Survey, was attached to a military exploring expedition 

under the command of Capt. E. F. Glenn, known as Military Expedition No. 3, which in the summer of 1898 explored east of Cook inlet 

and thence northeastward up the Matanuska and across to Tanana 

river. Mendenhall's results are published in the Twentieth Annual 

Report of the Geological Survey, Part VII, pp. 265-340.

In 1900 Mendenhall was attached as geologist to a party in charge 

of W. J. Peters, working in the eastern part of Seward peninsula. 

His report, A Reconnaissance in the Norton Bay Region, Alaska, in 

1900, is a part of a special report of the United States Geological Survey, 1901, entitled Reconnaissances of the Cape Nome and Norton 

Bay Regions, Alaska, in 1900, pp. 181-222.

In 1901 a party, of which Mendenhall was geologist and Reaburn 

was topographer, made a topographic -and geologic reconnaissance 

from Fort Hamlin on the Yukon, by way of Dall, Kanuti, Alatna, and 

Kobuk rivers, to Kotzebue sound. An account of this exploration 

may be found in the Twenty-third Annual Report of the United 

States Geological Survey, pp. 75-77, and the results in Professional 

Paper United States Geological Survey No. 10, 1902, pp. 68 and 4 

maps.

In 1902 Mendenhall was geologist to a party in charge of T. G. 

Gerdine, which made surveys in the Chistochina gold field and the 

central Copper River valley. An account of these surveys will be 

Bull. 299 06 M 4
50 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAKY OP ALASKA.

found in the Twenty-fourth Annual Report of the United States 

Geological Survey, pp. 79-93; a preliminary report in Professional 

Paper United States Geological Survey No. 15, 1903, pp. 71 and 8 

maps; and a final report in Professional Paper No. 41, 1905, pp.1 

133 and 7 maps. The latter publication contains the reconnaissance 

maps of the Copper River region made by Gerdine and Witherspoon 

in 1902.

MOFFIT, 1903-1905.

Mr. Fred Howard Moffit, of the United States Geological Survey, 

has been engaged each season since 1903 in an investigation of Alaskan geology and mineral resources. In 1903 he was assigned as 

geologist to Witherspoon's party in a reconnaissance of the northeastern portion of Seward peninsula. In 1904 Moffit, assisted by 

E. G. Hamilton, topographer, conducted a reconnaissance of the 

northern part of Kenai peninsula, including the Kenai Lake region 

and a small area on the south shore of Kachemak bay. About 1,600 

square miles were mapped. In 1905 Moffit, assisted by F. L. Hess, 

was engaged in a detailed geologic survey of the region adjacent to 

Cape Nome, of which Gerdine had made a detailed topographic survey the 37 ear before.

For an account of Moffit's work see the Twenty-fifth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, pp. 79-81, and the 

Twenty-sixth Annual, pp. 59-61. His report on the Fairhaven Gold 

Placers, Seward peninsula, Bulletin United States Geological Survey 

No. 247, 1905, 85 pp. and 4 maps, contains Witherspoon's map of 

that region. A preliminary report of his work on Kenai peninsula 

was published in Bulletin United States Geological Survey No. 259?

:1905, pp. 90-99, illustrated by sketch maps. A final report, entitled 

The Gold Placers of Kenai Peninsula, by F. H. Moffit and R. W. 

Stone, 80 pp. and 6 maps, is Bulletin No. 277, 1906. This contains

.Hamilton's map. Except for a preliminary report in Bulletin No. 

284,1906, the results of the field work in 1905 have not been published.

MOORE (Ei. K.), 1895-1898.

Lieut. Commander Edwin K. Moore, U. S. N., succeeded W. I. 

Moore in command of the Coast and Geodetic Survey steamer Patterson on March 15, 1895, and remained in command until recalled in 

the spring of 1898 to participate in the Spanish war. Thus he had 

three surveying seasons in Alaska, all in Alexander archipelago; the 

first from May 13 to October, 1895, spent chiefly in Chatham and 

Peril straits; the second from August 8 to October 6, 1896, in Peril 

strait, and the last from April 30 to October 9, 1897, chiefly in and 

to the north of Sitka sound.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 51

For an account of his work see Coast and Geodetic Survey Reports, 

1895, pp. 50-52; 1896, pp. 43-45; 1897, pp. 39-40; 1898, pp. 49-50; 

also Coast, Survey charts 8170, 8281, 8283.

MOORE (W. I.), 1892-1895.

Lieut. William I. Moore, U. S. N., succeeded Mansfield in command of the Coast and Geodetic Survey steamer Patterson on February 2, 1892, and remained in command till March 15, 1895, when 

he was relieved by Lieut. Commander E. K. Moore, U. S. N. During 

the season of 1892, which began at Vixen bay, in Boca de Quadra, 

on May 12 and ended at Security bay on September 19, surveys were 

made in Dixon entrance, Boca de Quadra, Clarence strait, Revillagigedo channel, and Keku strait. In this season's work Lieut. W. P.

Ray, U. S. N., commanding the Me Arthur, cooperated, and Lieut. 

Giles B. Harber, U. S. N., in command of the Coast Survey steamer 

Hassler, besides transporting McGrath's party, engaged in determining the geographic position of Mount St. Eli as, and, cooperating 

with that party, made a hydrographic survey of De Monti bay, Port 

Mulgrave, and Rurik harbor, Yakutat bay..

The season's work of 1893 began at Port Simpson on May 3 and 

ended at Sitka on September 1. A survey was made of Sitka harbor 

and approaches, and the ship was used for transporting boundary 

parties.

The season of 1894 began on May 27 and ended on August 14, during Avhich surveys were made chiefly in Chatham strait, between 

Peril strait and Icy strait.

For an account of his work see Coast and Geodetic Survey Reports, 

1893, Part I, pp. 54-56; 1894, Part I, pp. 50-51; 1895, pp. 50-51; 

also Coast Survey charts 8075, 8214, 8240, 8283.

MOSER, 1897-1901.

Lieut. Commander Jefferson Franklin Moser, U. S. N., commanded 

the Fish Commission steamer Albatross during her cruises in Alaska 

in 1897 -and 1898. Moser, in the cruise of 1897, collected hydrographic notes and made sketches of harbors and anchorages here and 

there. These notes and maps were published by the Coast and Geodetic Survey in 1899 as Bulletins 37 and 38. Moser's report for 

1897-98 was published in 1899 in Fish Commission Bulletin for 1898, 

pp. 1-178; this was also issued separately.

In 1900-1901 Moser also commanded the Albatross, cruising in 

Alaskan waters, and visited most of the canneries and important 

salmon streams on the Alaskan coast from Dixon entrance to Nushagak river, Bristol bay. He made sketch maps of many of these 

streams with their tributary lakes, added to the reconnaissance chart
52 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

of Nushagak bay made by Tanner in 1890, made reconnaissance 

charts of Alitak bay, southwestern coast of Kodiak, and Afognak bay. 

He also made a topographic reconnaissance of the Alsek delta and 

the shore and streams between that and Yakutat bay. Moser's reports for 1900-1901, with sketches and charts, was published in 1902 

in Fish Commission Bulletin, Vol. XXI, pp. 173-398. It was also 

published separately.

MULDEOW, 1898. See ELDRIDGE AND MULDROW. 

MURASHEF, 1839-40.

Sub-Lieut. Mikhail Murashef sailed with Tebenkof in the Russian 

American Company's ship Elena from Cronstadt on August 5, 1835, 

and, rounding Cape Horn, arrived at Sitka on April 16, 1836. The 

ship was kept in the colonies. Murashef made surveys, apparently 

very good ones, along the strait separating Afognak and Kodiak in 

1839^40. The results are shown on Russian Hydrographic chart No. 

1425, published in 1849.

MURDOCH, 1881-1883.

John Murdoch was a member of Ray's party at Point Barrow, 

1881-1883, as naturalist and observer. The natural history in Ray's 

report (pp. 89-200) was Avritten by him. Murdoch also studied the 

Eskimo, acquired some knowledge of their language, and published, 

in 1892, Ethnological Results of the Point Barrow Expedition, in the 

Ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1887-88, pp. 1-441.

NELSON, 1877-1881.

Mr. Edward William Nelson was stationed for about four years

(June, 1877 to 1881) at St. Michael, Norton sound, in the employment 

of the United States Signal Service, and as a collector for the Smithsonian Institution. During that period he made sledge journeys in 

the vicinity, and one, especially noteworthy, of about 1,200 miles 

through the Yukon delta. This journey, made in December, 1878, 

and January, 1879, yielded considerable geographic knowledge of the 

region traversed. The map results were incorporated in the maps of 

the Tenth Census, and a special map with a description of the journey 

was published in the Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society 

for 1882, Vol. IV, pp. 660 to 670.

NICHOLS, 1881-1883.

Lieut. Commander Henry E. Nichols, U. S. N., in command of the 

Coast and Geodetic Survey steamer Hassler, made surveys in "Alexander archipelago during three seasons, 1881-1883. In 1881 he made 

surveys in Kaigani and Wrangell straits and magnetic observations
GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 53

at various places. In 1882, from July 6 to November 20, his work 

was in and about Revillagigedo channel and northward to Wrangell. 

In 1883, from May 16 to October 13, he surveyed several harbors 

just north of Dixon entrance. He was relieved of his command by 

Lieut. Commander A. S. Snow on March 6, 1884.

In 1888-1890 he again served in the Coast Survey and Avrote a 

revised edition of the Alaska Coast Pilot, which was published in 

1891.

For an account of his work see Coast and Geodetic Survey Reports, 

1882, pp. 52-53; 1883, pp. 59-60; 1884, pp. 70-71; also Coast Survey 

charts 707, 709, 710, 713, 8072, 8074.

NORTH PACIFIC EXPLORING EXPEDITION, 1854-55.

Exploration and surveys were made in the North Pacific, Aleutian 

islands, Bering sea, and on the Siberian coast by United States naval 

officers in 1854 and 1855. The expedition was under the command of 

Capt. Cadwalader Ringgold, U. S. N. Owing to ill health he gave up 

the command to Capt. John Eodgers, who commanded the IT. S. S. 

Vincennes, while Lieuts. William Gibson and Beverly Kennon were 

on the U. S. schooner Fenimore Cooper. The expedition is referred to 

as the North Pacific Exploring Expedition and also as the Ringgold 

and Rodgers Exploring Expedition. The resulting maps were published by the United States Hydrographic Office, but the journals 

exist only in manuscript and no general account or report, so far as 

the writer knows, has ever been published. See United States Hydrographic Office charts 8, 54, 55, 60, and 68.

OLIVER, 1903-1905. See GERDINE AND WITHERSPOON. 

OSQOOD, 1902.

In the summer and fall of 1902 Wilfred H. Osgood, of the Biological Survey, Department of Agriculture, conducted a biological 

survey of the base of Alaska peninsula. Travel was chiefly by canoe, 

and work was done on both coasts and in the interior.

Starting from Iliamna bay, Kamishak bay, west shore of Cook inlet, 

on July 10, the route lay over the mountains to Lake Iliamna and thence 

to Lake Clark. From Lake Clark the party traveled by way of Chulitna and Nushagak rivers to Nushagak on Bristol bay. In a sailboat 

they crossed the head of Bristol bay to the mouth of Ugagnk river, 

which they ascended to Becharof lake. Proceeding up Becharof lake 

to the head of its southern arm, they crossed the mountains to Portage 

bay, Shelikof strait, and skirted the coast to Cold bay, which was 

reached on October 13.

From sketches and notes made en route a map of the region was 

constructed, which was published with Mr. Osgood's report. (U. S.
54 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Department of Agriculture, Division of Biological Survey, North 

American Fauna, No. 24, A Biological Reconnaissance of the Base 

of the Alaska Peninsula, by Wilfred H. Osgood, Assistant, Biological 

Survey, Washington, Government Printing Office, 1904, 86 pp. and 

2 maps.)

FENDER, 1868.

Staff Commander David Pender, R. N., made a survey of Portland 

canal and vicinity in 1868. /Ihis was a survey along the boundary of 

the then newly purchased Alaska. The resulting map was published 

as a fly leaf attached to British Admiralty chart 2431.

PETERS, 1898-1902.

In the summer of 1898 a party of the United States Geological 

Survey in charge of Mr. William John Peters, topographer, with 

whom went Mr. Alfred Hulse Brooks as geologist, made a reconnaissance of parts of the White and Tanana river basins. A report on 

this work was made by Mr. Brooks and published in the Twentieth 

Annual Report of the.Geological Survey, Part VII, pp. 425^494.

In 1899 Peters and Brooks continued their explorations, going from 

the head of L}ain canal northwestward and northward to Eagle, on 

the Yukon. The report on this Avork was Avritten by Brooks and 

published in the Twenty-first Annual Report of the Geological Survey, Part II, pp. 331-391.

In 1900 Peters, with Mendenhall as geologist, made a reconnaissance of the southeastern part of Seward peninsula, about Norton 

bay. An account of his operations was published in .the Twentysecond Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, Part 

I, pp. 97, 98,167, and 168, and his maps were published with Mendenhall's report, contained in a special report of the United States Geological Survey, entitled Reconnaissances in the Cape Nome and Norton Bay Regions, Alaska, in 1900.

In 1901 Peters conducted a party, with Schrader as geologist, on a 

reconnaissance in northern Alaska, across the Rocky mountains, along 

Koyukuk, John, Anaktuvuk, and Colville rivers and the Arctic coast 

to Cape Lisburne. An account of this trip may be found in the 

Twenty-third Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, pp. 77-80, and the results, written by Schrader and Peters, in 

Professional Paper United States Geological Survey No. 20, 1904, 

pp. 139, and 4 maps.

In 1902 Peters made a topographic map of about 100 square miles 

on Douglas island and the mainland in the vicinity of Juneau. This 

was engraved and published by the Geological Survey in 1904 in the 

form of an atlas sheet.entitled Juneau Special Map, Scale 1:62,500, 

contour interval 100 feet.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 55 

PETROF, 1880.

Ivan Petrof was special agent of the Tenth Census (1880) for 

Alaska and prepared a Eeport on the Population, Industries, and Resources of the Territory, which forms 189 pages of Volume VIII of 

the Tenth Census of the United States, published in 1884. This report and two general maps of Alaska issued by the Census Office, one 

dated 1880, the other 1882, have been most useful and helpful in making this dictionary. The references to Petrof are chiefly to these two 

maps. References to Bancroft's History of Alaska are usually credited to Petrof, who wrote that work.

A preliminary report on the population, industries, and resources 

of Alaska was published early in 1881 as House of Representatives 

Executive Document No. 40, Forty-sixth Congress, third session. In 

this report is a general map of Alaska showing Petrof's route of travel 

in his census work. He was at.Kodiak, the Shumagins, Sannak, 

Belkofski, Unalaska, Unimak, Atka, Pribilof islands, and St. Michael, and traveled in western Alaska from St. Michael to Kodiak, 

.including journeys for considerable distances up Yukon and Kuskokwim rivers.

PORTLOCK AND DIXON, 1786-87.

The King George's Sound Company, organized as a commercial 

partnership in May, 1785, fitted out two vessels for trading on the 

northwest coast of America and China. One of these, the King 

George, was placed under the command of Capt. Nathaniel Portlock, 

the other, the Queen Charlotte, under the command of Capt. George 

Dixon. Both of these officers had served under Cook in his voyage 

on the Alaskan coast in 1778. The vessels departed from England 

on September 16, 1785, rounded Cape Horn, touched at the Hawaiian 

islands, and on July 16, 1786, arrived at Cook inlet. Le'aving this 

anchorage, the two vessels cruised eastward and southward along the 

coast as far as Nootka and went thence to the Hawaiian islands, arriving on December 1, 1786. Here both remained until March 15, 1787, 

and then sailed together for Prince William sound, arriving on April 

25, and remaining there till July 31, when the ships parted company 

and Portlock cruised east to the vicinity of Sitka and thence via the 

Hawaiian islands and China back to England. He made a few additions to the geographic knowledge of the then almost unknown Alaska 

coast, sketched a few harbors, and named a few places. Both Portlock 

and Dixon wrote accounts of their voyages, which were published in 

London in 1789. Portlock's is entitled A Voyage itound the World, 

etc., 4°, London, 1789.
56 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

POST, 1898. BOG SFUBR AND POST. 

PRATT, 1898-1904.

John Francis Pratt, assistant, United States Coast and Geodetic 

Survey, commanded the Coast Survey steamer Patterson in Alaskan 

waters during the seasons 1899-1904. In 1898-99 Pratt had general 

supervision of all the Coast Survey parties on the coast of Bering sea. 

Under his immediate direction his own party made a reconnaissance 

of the passes of the Yukon and surveyed St. Michael harbor and 

approaches. In 1899 he made offshore soundings from St. Michael 

to Cape Dyer and examined the approach to Cape Dyer and Scammon bay. He also surveyed the entrance to Port Safety and made a 

hydrographic survey of Golofnin bay. In 1900 the north shore of 

Norton sound from Golofnin bay to Sledge island was surveyed, and 

also a detailed survey made of Port Clarence, Grantley harbor, 

Imuruk passage, and Imuruk basin. In 1901 Pratt was in charge of 

the survey of Icy strait and Cross sound. He carried the triangulation through from Chatham strait and executed the hydrography 

and topography of Cross sound from the Inian islands to the Pacific. 

In 1902 he was again in Bering sea with the Patterson to determine 

the longitude of points on Nunivak and St. La\vrence islands, and 

incidentally carried lines of soundings between these points and Dutch 

harbor. In 1903, to facilitate the laying of the army cable, deepsea soundings were made from the entrance to Juan de Fuca strait to 

Cape St. Elias, the triangulation was extended from the Copper river 

delta to Kayak island near Controller bay, and the hydrography and 

topography of Controller bay executed in part.

In 1904 Pratt was in charge of the survey of Kiska harbor and 

approaches, including Kiska island and Little Kiska island. An 

account of these operations may be found in the United States Coast

and Geodetic Survey Reports, 1899, pp. 212-217; 1900, pp. 181-184; 

1901, pp. 153-158; 1902, pp. 139-141; 1903, pp. 105-109; 1904, pp. 

101-105; 1905, pp. 61-62. The results of the Bering sea work appear 

on charts 9302, 9370, .9372, 9373, 9380, 9381, 9382, and 9385. The 

Cross sound and Icy strait surveys are embodied on charts 8302 and 

8304 and the Controller bay work on chart 8513. The Kiska harbor 

surveys, executed at the request of the Navy Department, are held 

confidential.

PRIBII.OF, 1786.

Gerassim Gavrilovich Pribilof, master in the Russian navy, was 

the son of one of the sailors who accompanied Bering in 1741. He 

entered the service of the Lebedef-Lastochkin Company in 1778. In 

1786 he sought for and discovered in Bering sea the breeding place of 

the fur seals, the group of islands that now bear his name. He died 

in Sitka in March, 1796. Tt does not appear that he published anything.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 57 

PKINDLE, 1902-1905.

Louis Marcus Prindle, of the United States Geological Survey, has 

been engaged since 1902 in the investigation and study of Alaskan 

geology and mineral resources. He was geologic assistant to Brooks 

in 1902 in his exploration of the Mount fyEcKinley region. Each 

season since that date he has been engaged in the Yukon-Tanana 

region, which includes the Fortymile, Eagle, Birch Creek, Fairbanks, 

and Rampart gold fields.

In 1903 he was attached as Geologist to Gerdine's party and made 

examinations in the Fortymile, Birch Creek, and Fairbanks gold 

diggings. In 1904, assisted by F. L. Hess, he continued his investigations of this -region and made a geologic reconnaissance from 

Eagle to Fairbanks and thence to Rampart. In 1905, with an assistant, he made a foot traverse and geologic reconnaissance from Dawson' westward to Fairbanks, over a hitherto unmapped area, and 

studied recent developments in the Fairbanks region.

For accounts of his work see the Twenty-fifth Annual Report of 

the United States Geological Survey, pp. 76-77, and the Twentysixth Annual, pp. 67-68. A preliminary report made by him was 

published in Bulletin United States Geological Survey No. 225, 1904, 

pp., 64-73, and by Prindle and Hess in Bulletin No. 259, 1905. pp. 

104-119, illustrated by sketch map, and Bulletin No. 284, 1906, pp. 

1-157. Bulletin No. 251,1905,89 pp. and 5 maps, is a complete report 

on the gold placers of the Fortymile, Birch Creek, and Fairbanks 

regions, and contains Gerdine's reconnaissance map of the Fairbanks 

and Birch Creek districts. Bulletin No. 280, 1906, 54 pp. and 2 

maps, by Prindle and Hess, is a detailed report on the Rampart gold 

placer region.

PROSPECTORS AND MINERS.

Ever since the purchase of Alaska, in 1867, prospectors and miners 

have visited it and gone from time to time here and there. Within 

the last ten years there have been several gold excitements, and 

prospectors and miners have gone to Alaska in great numbers. These 

prospectors and miners have named many features, though rarely in 

print. Subsequently government explorers and surveyors have obtained these names from prospectors' stakes or by word of mouth 

and have published them. In this dictionary such names are, as far 

as practicable or known, accredited to the prospectors and miners.

PUTNAM, 1897-1899.

George Rockwell Putnam, assistant Coast and Geodetic Survey, 

was in Duffield's party, engaged in making topographic surveys 

of the Pribilof islands and seal rookeries, in 1897. In Coast Survey 

Report for 1903, Appendix No. 7, pp. 1013-1015, Putnam published
58 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

a list of Native Names for Localities on St. George Island, Bering 

Sea, collected at that time.

During the seasons of 1898-99 Putnam was in charge of a subparty in the Yukon delta, and made a topographic and hydrographic 

survey of Scammon bay, mouth of Black river, Kwikluak channels 

and mouth, Kwikluak pass, and Yukon river to Andreafski; the 

coast line of the delta also was surveyed from Scammon bay north 

to the Apoon mouth. An account of these operations will be found 

in Coast and Geodetic Survey Reports, 1899, p. 218; 1900, pp. 185- 

195; and the results are embodied in Coast Survey Charts 9370, 9372, 

and 9373.

QUADRA, 1.774-1.779. See MAUKELLE AND QUADRA.

RAY, 1881-1883.

Early in the eighties the leading nations of the world undertook 

simultaneous exploration of the North Polar regions. The plan was 

for each participating nation to establish as far north as practicable 

a station for meteorologic and magnetic observations and to maintain 

it for three years. In this work the United States participated by 

establishing two stations, one under Gen. Adolphus Washington 

Greely, U. S. A., at Lady Franklin bay, the other under Capt. Patrick 

Henry E-ay, U. S. A., at Point Barrow,.Alaska. With Ray, as observers, assistants, etc., were, among others, John Murdoch, Middleton Smith, Edward Perry Herendeen, and Sergie Smolianinof, a 

Russian, who is called in the records A. C. Dark. Smolianinof died 

in Washington on February 11, 1901.

The party sailed from San Francisco on July 18, 1881, on the 

schooner Golden Fleece and reached Point Barrow on September 8. 

Here a permanent station was established and maintained till August 

27, 1883. On the 29th the party sailed away on the schooner Leo, 

reached San Francisco on October 7, and was disbanded on the 15th. 

Between March 28 and April 7, 1883, Ray made a sledge journey 

into the interior, and he published a map resulting from this exploration. Ray's report with accompanying papers was published in 

1885 as House of Representatives Ex. Doc. No. 44, Forty-eighth 

Congress, second session./

RAYMOND, 1869.

Capt. (now Brig. Gen. retired) Charles Walker Raymond, U. S. 

Engineers, was in 1869 directed to go to Fort Yukon and determine 

its geographic position. At that time there was doubt in some minds 

whether Fort Yukon was in British or American territory. Raymond went up the river in the summer of 1869, found that the fort 

was in American territory, and made a report on the work assigned 

him, entitled Report of a Reconnaissance of the Yukon River, Alaska
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 59

Territory, July to September, 1869. This was published in 1871 as 

Senate Ex. Doc. No. 12, Forty-second Congress, first session. The 

map of the river accompanying this report is the one cited in this 

dictionary. The map was also issued separately.

REABURN, 1899-1902. See BARNARD, MENDENHAIX, AND BHOOKS. 

REID, 1890-1892.

Prof. Harry Fielding Reid, formerly of the Case School of Applied 

Sciences at Cleveland, Ohio, and now of Johns Hopkins University, 

visited Muir glacier in the summer of 1890 and made a study of it and 

the surrounding region. He returned to it again in 1892 and made 

further studies there. An account of the work of 1890, accompanied 

by sketch maps, was published in the National Geographic Magazine 

in 1892, Vol. IV, pp. 19-84. 'Later studies were published in 1896 in 

the Sixteenth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 

Part I, pp. 415-461. The map results are incorporated in map No. 

3095 of the Coast and Geodetic Survey.

RITTER, 1898-1904. .

Homer Peter Hitter, assistant, Coast and Geodetic Survey, during 

the seasons 1898-1903 was in charge of a party engaged in triangulating and making topographic and hydrograpliic surveys of the Copper River delta and the eastern portion of Prince William sound to 

and including Port Valdez. In this work he had the use of the small 

steamer Talcu. In 1904, in command of the steamer Me Arthur, he cooperated with Pratt in the survey of Kiska harbor, western Aleutians. 

The accounts of these operations are published in United States Coast 

and Geodetic Survey Reports, 1899, pp. 209-211; 1900, pp. 204-206; 

1901, pp. 159-160; 1902, pp. 142-144; 1903, pp. 110-112; 1904, pp. 

106-108; 1905, pp. 62-63. The results of the Copper River delta and 

.Prince William sound surveys, so far as published, appear on United 

States Coast and Geodetic Survey charts 8500, 8513, 8520, and 8521. 

The Kiska harbor surveys, made at the request of the Navy Department, are still held confidential.

ROHN, 1899.

In the summer of 1899 Mr. Oscar Rohn, who was attached to a 

military % exploring expedition under the command of Capt. W. F. 

Abercrombie, had charge of a detachment which explored the region 

south and east of Mount Wrangell. A preliminary report on this 

work was submitted to the War Department and a later and fuller 

report to the Geological Survey. The last is published in the 

Twenty-first Annual Report of the Geological Survey, Part II, pp. 

393^440.
60 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

RUSSELL, 1889-1891.

Prof. Israel Cook Russell, then of the United States Geological 

Survey, visited the Yukon valley in 1889 and the Mount St. Ellas 

region in 1890. In the latter year he explored Malaspina glacier and 

Yakutat bay under the auspices of the National Geographic Society 

and the United States Geological Survey. This work he continued 

in 1891. For an account of the work of 1890, see National Geographic Magazine, Vol. Ill, pp. 53-203; and for that of 1891 see Thirteenth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, Part 

II, pp. 1-91. Professor Russell died at Ann Arbor, Mich., May 1, 

1906.

RUSSIAN AMERICAN COMPANY, 1799-1SG7.

The Russian American Company was chartered on June 8,1799, for 

twenty years. On September 23, 1821, its charter was renewed for 

twenty years. In 1844 it was again renewed for twenty years, to date 

from January 1, 1842. The unchartered company after 1862 continued on sufferance, till the purchase of Alaska by the United States, 

in 1867. Much geographic information was gathered and published 

by officers of the company. Information cited in this dictionary is 

credited to such officers when known, but otherwise to the company. 

The principal reference to the company's results are to a map of 

Baranof island, contained in its report for 1849.

RUSSIANS.

In this dictionary there are a considerable number of names accredited to the Russians without being more specific. This was unavoidable because more specific information was lacking. The names so 

accredited come chiefly from charts issued by the Russian Hydrographic Department. Between 1844 and 1854 a dozen (more or 

Jess) charts of northwest America, Bering sea, and the Arctic were 

issued as parts of a Pacific ocean series and subsequently given new 

numbers.

. The principal charts in this series, with their dates of publication, current numbers, and the old Pacific ocean series numbers, are 

as follows:

Date.

1844

.1.847

1847

1848

1848

1848

1849

Number.

1:345

1378

1379

1396

1397

1400

1425

Old number.

9

8

10

10

7

9

Date.

1849

1850

1851

1852

1853

1853

1854

Number.

1427

1441

1454

1455

1493

1494

1495

Old number.

5

106

4

6

Wd

10c

13
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAKY OP ALASKA. 61

RYNDA PARTY, 1863.

Russian naval officers on board the corvette Ryncla in 1863 visited Wrangell and Stikine river and made surveys there, especially 

of the Stikine. The surveyors were Butirkin and Kadin. Prof. 

William P. Blake, of New Haven, was also a member of the party 

and published an account of the work done and results obtained, 

in the American Journal of Science, New Haven, July, 1867, vol.' 

44, pp. 96-101; also in House of Representatives Ex. Doc. No. 177, 

part 2, Fortieth Congress, second session.

The Russian Hydrographic Department in 1867 published a chart 

of the Stikine resulting from this survey.

SARICHEJT, 1790-1792.

Lieut. (afterwards Vice-Admiral and Hydrographer) Gavrila

Andreevich Sarichef, of the Russian navy, made explorations in 

the Arctic in 1787, and later was an officer under Commodore Joseph 

Billings during the letter's explorations of Bering sea and Alaska 

(1790-1792). He appears to have been an excellent sailor and geographer. No satisfactory account of his life or works has been found 

by the writer. Sarichef published in Russian in. 1802 an account 

of the Billings expedition, in 2 volumes, accompanied by a folio atlas 

of 50 sheets. This work the writer ^las never seen. (There is a copy 

of each in the District Historical Library and Museum at Sitka.) 

In 1826 the Russian Hydrographic Office published a large folio 

atlas, comprising 33 double-page sheets, of which 26 are charts and 

7 are views, entitled Atlas of the Northern Part of the Pacific. Ocean, 

Compiled in Sheets by the Imperial Navy Department from the 

Latest Reports and Maps, 1826, under the Direction of Vice-Ad miral 

and Hydrographer Sarichef -first. As indicated in the title, this 

appears to be a collection of separate sheets issued from time to time 

and first collected into an atlas in 1826. Sheet 3 contains corrections 

obtained in 1829. SeA^eral of Sarichef's surveys in 1792 appear in 

this atlas, notably those of the Aleutian islands, Unalaska, etc. Separate charts from this atlas are to be found in the Coast Survey Office 

and the Hydrographic Office in Washington.

A copy of this atlas, owned by Prof. George Davidson, of San 

Francisco, was kindly placed at Mr. Baker's disposal during the 

preparation of this dictionary. References to Sarichef refer mainly 

to this atlas.

SAUER, 1790-1792.

The publication in 1784 of Cook's explorations of northwest 

America made in 1778 stimulated other nations to like work. La 

Perouse was despatched by France -in 1785; and the same year, by
62 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

order of the Empress of Eussia, was organized "A secret astronomical 

and geographical expedition for navigating the frozen sea, describing 

its coasts and ascertaining the situation of the islands in the seas between Asia and America." This was placed under the command of 

Commodore Joseph Billings, who, according to Saner, " said he had 

been astronomer's assistant in Captain Cook's last voyage." Martin 

Sauer accompanied this expedition as its secretary and translator, and 

in 1802 published an account of it, entitled Account of a Geographical 

and Astronomical Expedition, etc., performed by Commodore Joseph 

Billings in 17.85-1794, 4°, London, 1802.

Leaving St. Petersburg in the autumn of 1785, the party went overland to Okhotsk and there built two vessels, the Slav a Rossie (Glory 

of Russia) and the Dobraia Namerenia (Good Intent), which were 

launched in August, 1789. The latter vessel was wrecked on the bar 

at Okhotsk, and another vessel, the Ghornie Orel (Black Eagle), was 

built to take its place. This vessel was under the command of Captain Hall, while Billings commanded the Slava Rossie. The party 

wintered at Petropavlovsk and in May, 1790, sailed eastward somewhere near the Aleutian islands, saw Amchitka, landed at Unalaska, 

and thence continued on past Sannak and the Shumagins to Kodiak 

and Afognak, visiting Cook inlet and Prince William sound and then 

returning and wintering at Petropavlovsk. On May 19 of the following year (1791) the ships again set sail to the eastward, passed 

Bering island, touched at Tanaga, and went thence to Unalaska. 

From here they went northward in Bering sea, passed near the Pribilof islands and St. Matthew island, landed on St. Lawrence island 

and later at Point Rodney, Seward peninsula, and on August 3 

anchored in St. Lawrence bay, Bering strait. Here Billings left the 

party for an overland journey in the Chukchi country, and Sarichef

(see Sarichef) on August 14 set out to return to Iliuliuk, Unalaska, 

arriving August 28, 1791. Here Sarichef wintered (1791-1792). 

In May, 1792, the party left Unalaska and Went back to Petropavlovsk and thence to St. Petersburg.

SCHANZ, 1890-91. See LESLIE EXPEDITION. 

SCHBADEB, 189G-1902.

Mr. Frank Charles Schrader, of the United States Geological Survey, in 1896 accompanied Spurr and Goodrich on a geologic reconnaissance from the head of Lynn canal over Chilkoot pass to the 

Yukon and down the Yukon to St. Michael. En route they made 

side trips and investigations into the Fortymile, Eagle, Birch Creek, 

and Rampart regions. (See Spurr.)

In 1898 Schrader was attached to a military exploring expedition 

under command of Capt. W. R. Abercrombie, known as Military
GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 63

Expedition No. 2, which made explorations from Valdez northeast-- 

Avard to and along Copper river. For an account of this see the 

T.wentieth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 

Part VII, pp. 341-423. -

In 1899 Schrader, in charge of a party with Gerdine as topographer 

and Witherspoon among the assistants, made explorations along 

Chandlar and Koyukuk rivers, northeastern Alaska. The results 

were published in the Twenty-first Annual Report of the United 

States Geological Survey, Part II, pp. 441-48C.

Again in 1900, in the latter part of the summer and in the fall, 

Schrader, assisted by Arthur Coe Spencer, geologist, and T. G. Gerdine and D. C. Witherspoon, topographers, investigated the geology 

and mineral resources of the Copper River region and the shores 

and islands of Prince William sound/ The results were published 

in 1902 in a special report of the United States Geological Survey, written by Schrader and Spencer, entitled The Geology and 

Mineral Resources of a Portion of the Copper River District, Alaska, 

99 pp. and 5 maps.

In 1901 Schrader was attached as geologist to the party of Peters 

on a reconnaissance in northern Alaska from the Koyukuk, up John 

river, across the Rocky mountains, down Anaktuvuk and Colville 

rivers, and along the Arctic coast to Cape Lisbtirne. His report is 

Professional Paper United States Geological Survey No. 20, 1904.

In 1902 Schrader, Avith Witherspoon as topographic assistant, made 

a topographic and geologic reconnaissance of the upper Copper River 

basin and adjacent parts of the Tan ana basin. An account of this 

work- may be found in the Twenty-fourth Annual Report of the 

United States Geological Survey, pp. 79-93. A preliminary report, 

The Mineral Resources of the Mount Wrangell District, Alaska, by 

Walter C. Mendenhall and Frank C. Schrader, was published as 

Professional Paper United States Geological Survey No. 15, 1903, 71 

pp. and 8 maps; while the topographic reconnaissance map made by 

Witherspoon was published as PI. XX of Professional Paper.No. 41, 

1905.

SCHWATKA. 1883-188C5.

Lieut. Frederick Schwatka, U. S. A., made a military reconnaissance in 1883 along Yukon river from source to mouth on a raft. He 

made an official report on this military reconnaissance In.Alaska, in 

1883, which was printed in 1885 as Senate Ex. Doc. No. 2, Fortyeighth Congress, second session. A fuller account of the same journey, in popular form, was published by Cassel & Co., in 1885, under 

the title Along Alaska's Great River. This has an index. He made a 

second trip to Alaska in 1886 under the auspices of the New York 

Times and explored in the St. Elias region. Schwatka was born on
64 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIOJSTARY OF ALASKA.

September 29, 1849, in Galena, 111., and died in Portland, Oreg., on 

November 2, 1892.

SHISHMAKEF, 181G-1821.

Capt. Lieut. Glieb Semenovich Shishmaref accompanied Kotzebue 

on his voyage to Alaska and round the world in 1815-1818, and in 

1817 made surveys in Kotzebue sound and on the east and south coast 

of St. Lawrence island.

In 1821 he again returned to the colonies, this time in command of 

the ship Blagonamierennic (Good Intent), and in company with 

Vasilief on the Otkrietie (Discovery). Sailing from Cronstadt on 

July 3, 1819, and rounding Cape Horn, he arrived at Unalaska on 

June 4, 1820. With him went Dr. Stein and astronomer Tarkanof. 

Afterwards he cruised through the Aleutian islands to Amchitka, 

Semisopochnoi, Gareloi, and B.ogoslof, He also entered the Arctic, 

went as far as Icy cape, visited St. Lawrence bay, and completed in 

1821 the survey of the shore line of St. Lawrence island, partially 

surveyed by the Kotzebue expedition in 1817. (See Grewingk, p. 

413; Krusenstern Memoires hydrographiques, Vol. II, p, 36; Journal of the Russian Hydrographic Office, 1849, Vol. VII, pp. 106-116.)

SIMPSON, 1837. See DEASE AND SIMPSON. 

SNOW AND HELM, 1886.

Lieut. Commander Albert S. Snow, U. S. N., relieved Lieut. Commander Richardson Clover of the command of the Coast and Geodetic 

Survey steamer Patterson in February, 1886, and made surveys in 

southeastern Alaska during the summer of 1886, beginning the season 

early in May in the vicinity of Wrangell, and ending it on September 

15 at Port Simpson. Snow was succeeded in the command of the Patterson by Lieut. Commander Charles M. Thomas on April 30, 1887. 

Associated with Snow was Lient. James M. Helm, U. S. N., in command of the Me Arthur. Snow and Helm surveyed and charted part 

of Clarence strait, Sumner strait, Wrangell strait, St. John harbor, 

Dewey anchorage, Ratz harbor, Coffman cove, Wrangell harbor, 

Steamer bay, Red bay, Shakan strait, Port Protection, and Port 

McArthur. Charts of these places, issued by the Coast Survey, have 

been used in the preparation of this dictionary.

SPENCER, 1900, 1.003.

Arthur Coe Spencer of the United States Geological Survey, in 

1900 was with Schrader in the Copper River region, and wrote the 

greater part of the special report of the United States Geological Survey entitled The Geology and Mineral Resources of the Copper River 

District, Alaska, 1901, 94 pp. and 5 maps. (See Schrader.)
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. 65

Iii 1903 Spencer, assisted by C. W. Wright, made a detailed study 

of the geology and mineral resources of the mining country about 

Jimeau, and a reconnaissance of all the mining camps of the mainland 

portion of southeastern Alaska from Windham bay to and including 

the Porcupine placer district. Mr. Wright made the study of the 

Porcupine district. For an account of his work see the Twent}r-n'fth 

Annual Report of the United. States Geological Survey, pp. 69-72. 

A preliminary report on the Juneau gold belt by Spencer was published in Bulletin United States Geological Survey No. 225, 1904, 

pp. 28-42, and of the Porcupine'belt by Wright, pp. 60-63. Bulletin 

No. 236, 1904, 35 pp. and 3 maps, is Wright's report on the Porcupine placer district. Bulletin No. 287, 1906, 161 pp. and 23 maps, 

is a combined report by Spencer and Wright on the Juneau gold belt 

and a reconnaissance of Admiralty island.

SPURR, GOOURICH, AND SCHRADER, 1896.

Mr. Josiah Edward Spurr, geologist of the United States Geological .Survey, assisted by Messrs. Harold B. Goodrich and F. C. Schrader, in the summer of 1896 made a geologic reconnaissance from the 

head of Lynn canal over Chilkoot pass to the Yukon and thence down 

that river to St". Michael. Examinations and investigations were 

made in the gold fields of Fortymile, Birch Creek, Eagle, and Earnpart. For report on this work see"Eighteenth Annual Report of the 

Geological Survey for 1896-97, Part III, pp. 87-392.

SPURR AND POST, 1898.

Mr. Josiah Edward Spurr, geologist,'accompanied by Mr. William 

Schuyler Post, topographer, both of the United States Geological 

Survey, in the summer of 1898 made a reconnaissance in southwestern 

Alaska. They began at the head of Cook inlet, Avent northwest across 

the Tordrillo range, descended the Kuskokwim, crossed from its 

mouth to Nushagak, and thence crossed Alaska peninsula to Katmai. 

The party landed at Tyonek on April 26 and arrived at Katmai on 

October 17, 1898, whence they sailed (October 31) on the Alaska 

Commercial Company's steamer Dora for San Francisco.

For an account of this expedition see Twentieth Annual Report of 

the Geological Survey, Part VII, pp. 31-264.

STANIUKOVICH, 1827-28.

Capt. Mikhail Nikolaievich Staniukovich, commanding the sloop

Moiler, accompanied Lutke on his voyage around the world. He made

a survey of the north shore of Alaska peninsula in the summer of

1828. The geographic results of this voyage were incorporated by

Bull. 299 06 M 5
66 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Lutke in the Partie 'nautique of his Voyage Around the World. For 

an account in Russian of Staniukovich's voyage see Journal of the 

Russian Hydrographic Department, 1850, Vol. VIII, pp. 63-T5.

STANLEY-BKOWN, 1891.

Joseph Stanley-Brown, geologist, United States Geological Survey, 

was in April, 1891, detailed as special agent for the Treasury Department to visit the Pribilof islands for the p'urpose of studying the seal 

life thereon.. While so engaged, between June 10 and September 22, 

1891, he made contour maps of St. Paul and St. George islands on a 

scale of 1: 80,000, contour interval 20 feet. He also made detailed 

maps, not contoured, of the various seal rookeries, on a scale of 528 

feet to the inch. These maps are published in the Proceedings of the 

Fur Seal Arbitration Tribunal of 1893, vol. 3; Appendix II, Case of 

the United States. They are maps 2, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 of that 

volume.

STOCKTON, 1889.

Lieut. Commander Charles Herbert Stockton^ U. S. N., commanding the U. S. S. Thetis, cruised in Alaskan waters in the summer of 

1889. This cruise covered the whole coast from Dixon entrance to 

Uhalaska, and thence through Bering sea to the Arctic and eastward 

to Mackenzie river. Stockton published an account of this voyage in 

1890 in the National Geographic Magazine, Vol. II, pp. 171-198. His 

geographic results are shown on United States Hydrographic Office 

chart 1189, edition of 1890.

STONE, 1904-5.

Ralph Walter Stone, of the United States Geological Survey, 

spent the summers of 1904 and 1905 in the stud}^ of Alaskan geology 

and mineral resources. In the former season, as a member of Martin's 

party, he gave special attention to the coal beds, and coal-bearing 

rocks. In the latter season he was detailed as geologist with Wither-, 

spoon's party in the region south of the Yukon flats, between Circle 

and Rampart.

Stone contributed a paper on the Coal Resources of Southwestern

Alaska, published in Bulletin United States Geological Survey No.

 259, 1905, pp. 151-171, and with Moffit wrote a report on the gold

placers of Kenai peninsula, published in Bulletin" 277, in 1906. His

1905 report is in preparation.

STONEY, 1883-18S6.

Lieut. George Morse Stoney, U. S. N., in 1883 was detailed to 

carry presents to the natives of St. Lawrence bay, Siberia. These 

natives had been especially kind to the shipwrecked officers and men
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 67

of the relief ship Rodgers, of whom Stoney was one. He took passage from San Francisco in the spring of 1883 on the U. S. revenue 

cutter Gorwin, Capt. M. A. Healy, U. S. Revenue Marine, Avith the 

presents on board. The Gorwin. arrived at St. Lawrence bay in July, 

and the distribution Avas soon after made.

As the Corwin Avas bound farther north, Stoney determined to 

employ the time till her return in looking for Kobuk river, a large 

affluent of Hotham inlet, Kotzebue sound. He was landed at the entrance to the inlet with one Avhite man, an Eskimo from Norton 

sound, a boat, and seven days' provisions. Employing another 

Eskimo as guide, he ascended the Kobuk about 85 miles 45 miles 

to the head of the delta and 40 miles up the main riA^er which he 

found to be a very large river, as reported. Fifteen days after landing he Avas picked up again by the Corwin, and landed in San Francisco on October 8,1883.

Reporting his discoveries to the Secretary of the Navy, Stoney 

requested that he be ordered to make further exploration of the river. 

His request Avas granted, and the. schooner Ounalaska, of 49 tons, Avas 

fitted out for a six months' trip. The Ounalaska sailed from San 

Francisco on April 13, 1884, and reached the mouth of Hotham inlet 

on July 10. BetAveen July 16 and August 27 the Kobuk Avas explored 

for 200 miles from its mouth, Lake Selby discovered and named, 

Sela\vik and Inland lakes explored, and the expedition landed in San 

Francisco on October 26, 1884.

The results of these explorations Avere embodied in a report to the 

Secretary of the Navy, accompanied by a chart. At the same time, 

Stoney requested that he be sent back " to accurately triangulate the 

riA'ers and country, and explore as much as possible the interior of 

Arctic Alaska." Accordingly, in addition to the steam cutter Helena, 

used in the 1884 expedition, a 60-foot, flat-bottomed, stern-Avheel 

steamboat Avas constructed for river navigation and named the Explorer. The tAvo-masted schooner Viking, 390 tons, M. Danevig, 

master, Avas chartered to convey the expedition to Hotham inlet and 

leaA^e it. On May 3, 1885, the Viking sailed from San Francisco, and 

on July 9 anchored off Hotham inlet. Winter quarters Avere built on 

the right bank of Kobuk river 150 miles aboA^e its mouth, and named 

Fort Cosmos, after the Cosmos Club of San Francisco. During the 

folloAving winter and summer a system of triangulation Avas extended 

over the valleys of Kobuk, Noatak, and SelaAvik rivers and the inter- 

 veiling mountains; and the region drained by these rivers, the upper 

Alatna, Chandler lake, and upper Colville mrer Avas explored and 

mapped. During the Avinter Ensign A. V. Zane, U. S. N., made a 

trip from Fort Cosmos to St. Michael and return by Avay of Kobuk, 

Pah, Dakli, Koyukuk, Yukon, and Unalaklik rivers; and in the 

spring and summer of 1886 Ensign W. L. HoAvard crossed from Fort
68 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Cosmos to the upper Noatak and thence by way of upper Colville 

and Chipp rivers to the Arctic coast and Point Barrow, where ho 

embarked on the U. S. revenue cutter Bear and returned to Kotzebne 

sound. On August 26, 1886, the expedition sailed on the Bear from 

Kotzebue sound and landed in San Francisco on October 21.

Stoney made a full report of his explorations, accompanied by maps 

and illustrations, to the Secretary of the Navy, who transmitted it 

to Congress for publication. It was ordered printed, but the manuscript in some way .was lost or disappeared and the report was never 

published. Ten years later Stoney wrote an account of these explorations, which was published by the United States Naval Institute, 

Annapolis, Md., 1900, in a volume entitled Naval Explorations in 

Alaska: An account of two naval Explorations in Alaska with. Official Maps of the Country Explored, by Lieutenant George M. Stoney, 

U. S. Navy, in Command of the Expedition, pp. vm-|-105 and 3 maps. 

. Commander George Morse Stoney, U. S: N., died at Annapolis, 

Md., April 29, 1905.

SYMONDS, 1879-1881. See BEABDSLEE AND GLASS. 

TANNER, 1888-1893.

Lieut. Commander Zera Luther Tanner, U. S. N., was in" command 

of the Fish Commission steamer Albatross from 1888 to 1893, inclusive. Each season the Albatross cruised in Alaska waters, making investigations of the fisheries and fishing grounds.

In 1890 the work was in Bristol bay. During this season the 

Albatross sounded out the fishing banks in Bristol bay, and the officers 

made reconnaissance charts of Port Moller and Herendeen bay and of 

lower Nnshagak river (Nushagak bay). These charts and a preliminary report by Tanner were published in Bulletin of the Fish Commission for 1899, Vol. IX, pp. 279-288, 3 maps. The references to 

Tanner in this dictionary are to these maps.-

TEBENKOF,-1831-1850.

Capt. Mikhail Dmitrievich Tebenkof was director of the Russian 

American Company and governor of Russian America during 1845- 

1850. As early as 1831 he was in Norton sound, and in that year discovered the bay that now bears his name. (Lutke, Partie nautique, 

p. 220.) In 1833 he surveyed and mapped.it. His map is reproduced by Lutke. In 1835 he was in St. Petersburg, and on August 

5 of that year sailed in command of the Russian American Company's ship Elena from Cronstadt for Sitka, where he arrived via 

Cape Horn on April 16, 1836. He appears to have remained in the 

colonies thenceforward till the close of his term as director and then
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 69

returned to Russia. To him more than to any other Russian are we 

indebted for geographic knowledge of the Alaskan coast. Himself 

a surveyor and interested in surveying, he gave much attention to 

improving charts of the coast in the interests of the company. In 

1848 and 1849 there was compiled, drawn up, and engraved at Sitka 

his Atlas of the Northwest Coast of America. This atlas of 39 maps 

shows the entire coast line of North America from Bering strait to 

Lower California, with adjacent islands and parts of the Siberian 

coast. It embodies the results of the various surveys made by Russian naval officers, officers of the Russian American Company, etc. 

The maps were engraved at Sitka by Terentief, a Creole, and for the 

most part are dated 1849. It is probable that the}'' Avere dated from 

time to time during 1848 to 1850 as engraved and afterwards put 

together as an atlas in 1852. With it was issued by Tebenkof a little book of Notes and Explanations. There appear to be two editions 

of this book of Notes, both very rare, at least in the United States. 

In the making of this dictionary Tebenkof's atlas has been consulted 

more than any other single work. 

THOMAS, 1887-88.

Lieut. Commander Charles M. Thomas, U. S. N., succeeded Lieut. 

Commander Snow in command of the Coast and Geodetic Survey 

steamer Patterson on April 30, 1887, and remained in command till 

relieved by Mansfield on April 1, 1889. During the season of 1887, 

which began at Port Simpson on May 21 and ended there on October 

13, his party surveyed and mapped in whole or in part Frederick 

sound, Duncan canal, Brown cove, Thomas bay, Farragut bay, and 

Portage bay. In the following season, which began on April.27, 

1888, "he made surveys until June 26 in the vicinity of Taku inlet, in 

this time -mapping Taku harbor. Limestone inlet, Port Snettisham, 

and Oliver inlet. Between July 3 and October 14, 1888, Thomas 

made surveys asked for by the Department of State in and about 

Portland canal. For an account of his work sec Coast and Geodetic 

Survey Reports, 1888, pp. 73-76; 1889, pp. 78-82, and Coast Survey charts 704, 733, and 8227.

TIKHMENIEF, 1861-1863.

P. Tikhmenief has been called the historian of the Russian American Company. He published in Russian a work in two volumes, 

the first dated 1861, the second 1863, entitled Historical RevieAv of 

the Russian American Company. This is a useful work, compiled 

from original sources, and. gives information on Alaskan matters 

not to be found elsewhere.
70 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

TIPPING, 1786-87. See .MEARES AND TIPPING. 

TOPHAM, 1888.

Mr. Harold W. Topham and his brother Edwin, of London, with 

George Broka, of Brussels, and William Williams, of New York, left 

Sitka on a little schooner on July 3, 1888, and went to Mount St. 

Elias for the purpose of climbing it. They reached an altitude of 

11,460 feet and then turned back. Topham read an account of this 

trip before the Royal Geographical Society on April 8, 1889. This 

account, with a map, was published in the Society's proceedings in 

July, 1889, Vol. XI, pp. 424-435. See also the National Geographic 

Magazine, 1890, Vol. Ill, pp. 73-74. Williams published an article, " Climbing Mount Saint Elias," in Scribners Magazine of April, 

1889, pp. 387-403, and one small map.

TURNER, 1889-1891.

Mr. John Henry Turner, assistant in the Coast and Geodetic 

Survey, was engaged on the Alaskan boundary survey from June,

1889. to July, 1891. In the summer of 1889, with Mr. McGrath, he 

ascended Yukon river to Fort Yukon, where the party divided. 

On August 12, Turner began his journey up Porcupine river to 

the boundary. On the 19th he landed at the site of an abandoned 

camp near the one hundred and forty-first meridian, and there began 

the building of quarters for officers and men and the erection of an 

observatory. This camp was named Camp Colonna. Longitude was 

determined by moon-culmination observations in March and April,

1890.

On March 27, 1890, he set out upon a sledge journey from Camp 

Colonna northward to the Arctic ocean, where he arrived on April 8.

The next day he started back and reached Camp Colonna on April 17. 

Later he left Camp Colonna, descended Porcupine and Yukon rivers, 

and proceeded to St. Michael, Norton sound, where he was compelled to remain until July, 1891, when he departed for Washington. He returned to Alaska in 1892 on boundary work, but owing to 

ill health was obliged to give it up. During his stay in Alaska he 

made a valuable collection of bird and animal skins, which he presented to the University of California. The expenses of this collection he bore personally. He died in Washington on June 13, 1893. 

An account of his work was published in the National Geographic 

Magazine in 1893, Vol. IV, pp. 189-197; see also Coast and Geodetic 

Survey Report 1890-1891, Part I, pp. 86-88.

VANCOUVER, 1792-1794.

Capt/ George Vancouver, R.. N., in command of the sloop of war 

Discovery, accompanied by the armed tender Chatham under the command of Lieut. William R. Broughton, R. N., made a surveying and
GfiOGKAPHtC blCTiQNAJErir Of ALASKA. 71

exploring voyage from England to Northwest America and around 

the world in 1790 to 1795. An account of this voyage was published by the British Government in 1798 in 3 quarto volumes 

accompanied by a folio atlas.

This is an admirable account of an admirable piece of work and is 

one of the standard works for the region it covers.

On April 1, 1791, the two vessels departed and, rounding the Cape 

of Good Hope, arrived off the coast of California on April 17, 1792. 

Thence Vancouver cruised northward, surveying and mapping the 

coast as far as Fitzhugh sound, whence he went to Nootka. He then 

cruised southward to San Francisco and Monterey, and about the 

beginning of 1793 went to the Hawaiian islands.

Leaving these on March 30, 1793, he returned to the north, arriving off Cape Mendocino on April 26, whence he proceeded to Fitzhugh sound, joined the Chatham there, and resumed his surveys. 

During the season of 1793 he carried these northward along what is 

now British Columbia and in Alexander archipelago to Sumner 

strait. Quitting Alaska and returning southward, he surveyed the 

California coast from Monterey southward to San Diego and down to 

latitude 30° on the coast of Lower California, finishing on December 

15, 1793, and going thence to the Hawaiian islands. Quitting these 

on March 15, 1794, Vancouver returned on his last voyage to northwest America, arriving off Chirikof island, just west of Kodiak, on 

April 2. He then surveyed eastward, in Kodiak, Cook inlet, Prince 

William sound, and so on, to a junction with his surveys of the preceding year. This work ended at Port Conclusion, from which he 

took his final departure on August 22, 1794, and returned via Cape 

Horn to England, arriving off the Irish coast on September 12, 1795. 

Vancouver's work in the field and the admirable presentation of 

results in his published report constitute his monument. After 

more than a century it remains a standard work of reference.

Vancouver had had previous experience in exploring. Captain 

Cook selected him in 1771 as one of his officers, and thus he accompanied that distinguished navigator during his second voyage. He 

also assisted Cook in outfitting and equipping for his third and last 

voyage. On December 9, 1780, he was made a lieutenant and 

served under Rodney in the West Indies till the middle of 1783. 

From 1784 to 1789 he served on the Europa, stationed at Jamaica. 

In 1790 he was made master and commander of the.Discovery. In 

August, 1794, he Avas made a post-captain. After his return to 

England he worked continually on his report till his death, in May, 

1798. The work, nearly but not quite complete at the time of his 

death, was finished by his brother, John Vancouver.
72 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA.

VASILIEF.

Several Eussian naval officers known for their work in Alaska, 

have borne this name (Williams). Krusenstern, in his Eeceuil de 

memoires hydrographiques, 1827. Vol. II, p. 76, says:

It is much to be regretted that the hydrogrnphic works of a naval officer, 

Vasilief, who was in the employment of the American Company, were lost. 

I have already had occasion to speak of him in the preceding article. Provided with a sextant and chronometer and with much zeal and attachment for 

his profession, he had during his sojourn in our American colonies made a complete survey of all of the Aleutian islands without having had specific 'instructions to do so. Unfortunately he was drowned in Okhotsk harbor on his return 

from America to Russia, and what became of his precious papers and drawings 

is unknown. He is not to be confounded with the Captain (Mikhail Nikolaievich) Vasilief who was sent in 1819 to explore the northern parts of .the 

Pacific ocean and particularly Bering strait.

VASILTEF, 1809.

Ivan Vasilief the first, pilot or mate in the Russian navy, went with 

Hagemeister in the ship Neva to Russian America in 1806. In 1809 

he surveyed the western shore of Baranof island and at an unknown 

date " died in the service."

VASILIEF, 1819-1822.

Capt. Lieut. Mikhail Nikolaievich Vasilief sailed on July 3, 1819, 

from Cronstadt on a voyage to the Russian American colonies. With 

him went Shishmaref on the Blagonamierennie (Good Intent). 

Vasilief arrived in Petropavlovsk on June 4, 1820. Leaving there 

late in June, he went to Kotzebue sound, where he joined his consort 

the Good Intent (Captain Shishmaref), and together they cruised 

northA\7 ard along the coast to Icy cape, and, returning Ada St. Lawrence and the Pribilof islands, reached Unalaska on August 19, 1820. 

Thence he AA7 ent to Sitka and south/ward to San Francisco and the 

HaAvaiian islands, and on the 7th of April, 1821, AA7 as back in Sitka, 

Avhence he Avent to Unalaska, arriving on June 12. He then cruised 

nortliAvard as far as Cape Lisburne, explored the eastern part of 

Bering sea, discovered NuniA7 ak island, and arriA7ed at PetropaAdovsk 

on September 8, 1821. Thence he returned to Cronstadt, arriving on 

August 2, 1822.

During this cruise Vasilief and Shishmaref explored the mainland 

coast of Bering sea from Cape NeAvenham to and including Norton 

sound, and the Arctic coast from Cape Lisburne to Icy cape. (See 

Journal of the Russian Hydrographic Department, 1849, Vol. VII, 

pp. 106-116.)

VASILIEF, 1831-32.

Ensign Vasilief, of the corps of pilots, in 1831-32 surA^eyed and 

mapped a part of Alaska peninsula from Cook inlet Avestward nearly 

to Chignik bay. The map resulting from this survey is published
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. . 73

by Lutke in his Partie Nautique, p. 274. Of this survey and map 

Lutke says:

Vasilief's map of the northeastern part of Alaska contains all possible details 

as to the situation of the coast, and appears worthy of confidence, but in his 

journals which we have had in our hands we have found absolutely nothing 

except the data on which the construction of the map was based. Relative to 

places they contained no remark as to their configuration, properties, peculiarities, or their advantages, details so important for the navigator. We are 

therefore able to add but few observations supplementary to his map hereto 

annexed.

Yasilief began his reconnaissance in 1831 at Cape Douglas, and 

from there in the course of the same summer went as far west as Cape 

Kubugakli, in latitude 57° 52' 30". The following year he extended 

it as far as Cape Knmliun, in latitude 56° 32' 12'.'. Circumstances 

prevented him from pursuing his work farther. The reconnaissance ' 

was made in three-holed bidarkas, a.circumstance which, on the one 

hand, made it possible for him to explore all the windings of the coast 

in the greatest detail, but, on the other hand, prevented him from seeing the coast and judging of its appearance at any great clistance. 

His chronometer stopped in the first days of the reconnaissance, so 

that it is based only on survey and latitude observations.

' VENIAMINOF, 3824-1834. *

Eev. John Veniaminof, a Russian priest of Irkutsk, went to Unalaska as a missionary in 1824. Of this devoted and-noble man all 

writers speak in terms of the highest praise. The writer has sought 

unsucessfully for any satisfactory account of his life and labors.

Pie resided at Unalaska from the time of his arrival there in 1824 

till 1834, when he was made a bishop. He then went, after the custom of his church, to Irkutsk and was there invested with his sacred 

office, taking the name of Innokenti or Innocentius. Returning, he 

went to Sitka and labored successfully among the Indians there for a 

time, and later returned to Russia, where he reached the highest office 

in the Russo-Greek church, becoming Metropolite of Moscow. He 

became blind and died at an advanced age some time prior to 1880.

Veniaminof was not merely a noble and successful.missionary, but 

is known for his ethnologic and linguistic studies as well. There was 

published at St. Petersburg, in Russian, in 1840 his Notes on the 

Islands of the Unalaska District, in two volumes, with a supplementary or third part on the Atkans and Koloshians. These books are 

standard works, and it is regrettable that they are accessible only in 

Russian. He learned the Aleutian language and wrote a grammar 

and dictionary of it, which was published in 1846. In the same year 

he also published a sketch of the Koloshian and Kodiak-languages. 

.All these works have been used in preparing this dictionary.
74 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

WELLS, 1890-91. See LESLIE EXPEDITION. 

WESTDAHL, 1900-1902.

During the seasons of 1900, 1901, and 1902, Ferdinand Westdahl, 

assistant,. United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, commanded the 

Coast Survey steamer Me Arthur in Alaskan waters. In 1900 the 

McArthur was engaged in Coast Pilot work in southeastern Alaska. 

In 1901 the Sannak islands, harbors, and anchorages were charted' 

and a reconnaissance was made of the south shore of Unimak island. 

In 1902 the hydrography of Hinchinbrook entrance, Prince William 

sound, was executed, and the topography of the adjacent shores of 

Hinchinbrook and Montague islands. Accounts of these operations 

were published in the Coast and Geodetic Survey Reports, 1901, pp. 

161-162; 1902, pp. 144-147; 1903, pp. 113-115, and the results published on Coast Survey charts 8841, 8860, and 8881 for the Sannak 

islands, and chart 8520, Prince William sound.

WESTERN UNION TELEGRAPH EXPLORATION, 1865-1867.

After the failure of the second Atlantic telegraphic cable, the 

Western Union Telegraph Company, believing that an ocean cable 

could not succeed, undertook to construct an overland telegraph to 

Asia and Europe via Bering strait. For this purpose preparations 

were made on a large scale and parties worked, explored, and built 

some line in British Columbia, Alaska, and Siberia in 1865 and 1866. 

When the third Atlantic cable proved, in 1866, to be a success the 

whole enterprise was abandoned and the geographic information collected by it Avas scattered. No satisfactory general account of this 

venture has been published. Several manuscript maps were mack 

but not published. A photograph of one, of these is the authority 

chiefly used and cited in this dictionary.

WILLIAMS, 1888. See TOPHAM. 

WiTHERsrooN, 1899-1905.

David Columbus Witherspoon, topographer, United States Geological Survey, has been employed from 1899 to the present time in 

making topographic surveys in Alaska. In 1899 he assisted Gerdine 

in Schrader's party in the topographic work on Chandlar and Koyukuk rivers. In 1900 he was again with Schrader in the Copper River 

country. (See Schrader.) In 1901 he assisted Gerdine in his reconnaissance of the northern portion of Seward peninsula. (See Gerdine.) Again, in 1902, he was with Schrader in the upper Copper 

River country, and made a topographic reconnaissance map of the 

headwater regions of Copper, Nabesna, and Chisana rivers, on a scale
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 75

of 1:250,000, contour interval 200 feet, published as PI. XII in Professional Paper United States Geological Survey No. 41, 1905.

In 1903 Witherspoon was in charge of a party, to which F. H. 

Moffit Avas attached as geologist and C. R. Hill as field assistant, 

executing a reconnaissance of the northeastern portion of Seward 

peninsula. That season he made a topographic map covering about 

800 square miles, on a scale of 1:250,000, contour interval 200 feet, 

which was published as PL II in Bulletin United States Geological 

Survey No. 247, 1905.

In 1904.and 1905 Witherspoon was engaged in making topographic 

surveys in the' Yukon-Tanana region. In the former year, with one 

assistant, he surveyed about 4,500 square miles in the region between 

Eagle and the head of Birch creek, including the headwaters of 

Birch creek, Charley river, Seventymile and Fortymile creeks, and 

Salcha and Chena rivers.. In the latter year, with R. W. Stone as 

geologic assistant and R. B. Oliver as topographic assistant, about 

4,300 square miles south of the Yukon flats, extending from Circle to 

Fort Hamlin, were mapped. These maps will be published on a scale 

of 1: 250,000, contour interval 200 feet.

WoRONKOirSKI, 188C).

Lieutenant Woronkofski, of the pilot corps, by direction of the 

Russian American Company, surveyed in 1836 the southern shore of 

Alaska peninsula from the vicinity of Chigiiik bay, where Vasilief's 

work ended in 1832, westward to Unimak pass, connecting .with 

Staniukovich's survey of the north shore in 1828. He sailed from 

Sitka on this errand on March 6, 1836, in command of the company's 

transport Kadiak. The survey was carried on in bidarkas and his 

assistants were Aleuts. He returned to Sitka on August 30. Baer 

and Helmersen speak in high praise of this work in the brief account 

given of it in their Beitrage zur Kentniss des Russischen Reiches, 8°, 

St. Petersburg, 1839, Vol. I, pp. 323-325. He also surveyed about 

Unga and Popof islands in the Shumagins in 1837. See Russian 

Hydrographic chart 1379 for his ma,p.

WOSNESENSKI, 1842-i3. 

Ilia G. Wosnesenski was sent in 1839 to Alaska, by and at the cost 

of the Imperial Academy of Sciences of St. Petersburg, to make collections. He sailed with Etolin, who was succeeded in command by 

Kadnikof, on the Russian American Company's ship Nikolai, from 

Cronstadt on August 19, 1839, and reached Sitka on May 1, 1840. In 

1840-41 he was on the coast of lower and upper California, in 1842-43 

in the Aleutian islands, in Bering sea and Kotzebue sound, in 1844
76 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

in the Kurile islands, and in 1845-1843 about the Okhotsk sea and 

in Kamchatka. He returned to Sitka at the end of July, 1849, and 

sailed thence for St. Petersburg with Captain Riedell on the ship 

Atka. Mining engineer Doroshin returned on the same voyage. 

(Grewingk, pp. 419-420.)

WBIGHT BROTHERS, 1903-1905.

Charles Will Wright, of the United States Geological Survey, in 

1903 made a study of the mining conditions and general geology of 

-the Porcupine Placer district, southeastern Alaska, and assisted 

Spencer in the Juneau region. (See Spencer.) Wright made a preliminary report on the Porcupine district, published in Bulletin 

United States Geological Survey No. 225, 1904, pp. 60-63, and a final 

report, published as Bulletin No. 236, 1904, containing 35 pages and 

3 maps.

In 1904 Fred Eugene Wright, assisted by Charles W. Wright, made 

geologic studies in southeastern Alaska. Together they studied a 

cross section from Taku inlet to Sitka. F. E. Wright made a detailed investigation of the Sitka mining district, while his brother 

examined the coal and metalliferous deposits of Admiralty island; 

the shore exposures from Sitka to Wrangell, and thence to Cleveland 

peninsula; the mainland coast from Stikine river and Wrangell to 

Windham bay, and the copper and gold deposits of the Ketchikan 

district. For an account of these operations see the Twenty-sixth 

Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, pp. 57-59, 

and C. W. Wright's report on the reconnaissance of Admiralty island; 

published in Bulletin United States Geological Survey No. 287, 1906.

Again in 1905 the Wright brothers, with Fred E. Wright in charge, 

were in southeastern Alaska investigating the geology and mineral 

resources of the Ketchikan district, the islands, and mainland. Their 

report, Mineral Resources of the Wrangell and' Ketclakan Mining 

Districts, Alaska, is in preparation.

ZAGOSKIN, .1842-1844. %.

Lieut. Laurenti Alexie'f Zagoskin made explorations on the lower 

Yukon, the Kuskokwim, and in Norton sound in 1842-1844, under a 

commission from the Russian American Company. Of this exploration he published an account, in Russian, in.two volumes, at St. 

Petersburg, 1847 48. An account of it, and also an extract from 

Zagoskin's diary, accompanied by a map, was published by S. I. 

Zelanie in the Journal of the Russian Geographic Society, 1849, Vol. 

I, pp. 211-266.
GEOGRAPBIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 77 

ZAREMBO, 1834-1838.

Capt. Lieut. Dionysius Fedorovich Zarembo, in command of the 

Russian American Company's ship Prince Alexander, sailed from 

Cronstadt on August 14, 1840, and, going via Cape Horn, arrived at 

Sitka on April 3, 1841, With him on the voyage went Lieutenant 

Zagoskin. Zarembo had previously been in the Russian colonies, 

having first gone out as pilot in 1816 with Pbnafidin in the Suworof 

and again in 1819 with the same officer in the Borodino. He surveyed Wrangell harbor in 1834 and Woewodski harbor in 1838. His 

maps are shown as insets on Russian Hydrographic chart 1396, published in 1848. For a very brief and unofficial account of his voyage 

see Journal Russian Hydrographic Department, 1850, Vol. VIII, pp. 

139-140. Zarembo, in command of the brig Chichagof, founded the 

present town of Wrangell in the spring of 1834, building there a 

stockade or fort, which after him was named Dionysius.

DICTIONARY.

NOTE. Adopted forms are in black-face type; rejected, obsolete, arid doubtful forms in italic.

Aantlen; glacial stream near the St. Elias Alps, debouching on the coast 15 

miles southeast of Yakutat, near longitude 139° 20'. Indian name; so 

written by .Tebenkof in 1849. Glave, 1890, wrote Aru Klane, and 

Moser, 1901, Aurn-klin.

Aaron; island, in Favorite channel; Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. Sonamed by Beardslee, 1SSO.

Aats; bay and harbor, on northern shore of Coronation island, Alexander archipelago. Native name, reported by Snow in 1886. Nicfools calls the 

western cove of this bay Aats harbor.

Aats; point, on northern shore of Coronation island, Alexander archipelago. 

Native name, reported by Snow in 1886.

AiaJcnakik, lake; see Alekuagik.

Abbe; gulch, 10 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, at the head of Glacier 

creek, near longitude 165° 22'. Local name, published in 1903.

Abdallah; mountain, at head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So named 

by Reid, 1892.

AbercromMe; canyon, in the lower part of Copper river. So named by Alien, 

in 1885, after Capt. William R. Abercrombie, U. S. A. See Abercrombie rapids.

A.l)ercromb'ie, lake; see Klutina.

Abercrombie; mountain, on headwaters of White' river near longitude 142°. 

Named by the Geological Survey, 1899, after Capt. William R. Abercrombie, U. S. A.

Abercrombie; rapids, in Copper river just above Miles glacier. So called by 

Mendenhall and Schrader, 1903. " Synonomous with Abercrombie canyon and Copper River rapids. The term canyon, as used by Alien, is" a 

misapplication, as there is no canyon here, so we have retained the 

name Abercrombie by applying it to the rapids."

Abermabby; creek, Kenai peninsula, a left-hand tributary of Resurrection 

creek near its source. Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Abkun, pass; see Apoon.

Abraham; islet, northwest from Point Stanhope, Clarence strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Snow, 1886, after President Abraham Lincoln. 

This islet has been reserved for light-house purposes by Executive 

o'rder dated January 4, 1901.

Abre-el-ojo, islet; see Eye Opener.

Acaponeta; point, on north end of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named Punta d'Acaponeta by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

Achaiak, island; see Aghiyuk.

Acharon; channel, leading to Kwikluak and Kwemeluk passes, in the Yukon 

delta, near latitude 62° 30'. Called Acharon by the Coast Survey in 

1898. Probably the Eskimo achU'un (a slough). ^

79
80 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Achek, island; see Middleton.

AchenchiJc, river; see Chandlar.

Acheredin; point, the southwest point of Unga island, Shuuiagin group. The 

word means turn or turning. Doubtless it was named after mate Ath. 

Acherediu, a Russian fur trader, who wintered at Kodiak in 1779. 

Has been written Atcherediua and Otcheredin. The bight east of it is 

also called Acheredin.

Acherk; harbor, indenting the northwestern shore of S.annak island, near latitude 54° 30', longitude 162° 50'. Tebenkof, 1849, published a sketch 

(acherk) of this harbor, which was republished by the Coast Survey in 

1875, with the name Acherk. Thus the designation " Sketch of a 

harbor in the NW. part of Sannak " became Sketch (acherk) harbor.

Acherun; see Azacharum.

Achilles; mountain (3,027 feet high), on Revillagigedo island, near Tongass 

narrows, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Achirun; see Acharon and Azacharum. . A.chteedeeduny, creek ; see Akhtidung.

Aclmllk, island; see Ayakulik.

Aclcan-ungUi; see Dalnoi point.

Acldagmute, Eskimo village; see.Akiak.

Aclek, cape; see Aklek.

Acootan, island ; see Akutan.

Acorn; peak, near mouth of Nushagak river. So named by the Fish Commission, 1890.

Acouan, island ; see Akuu.

Acpalliut, village ; see Akpaliut.

Acutan, island; see Akutan.

Adagdak; cape, the northernmost point of Adak island, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. Aleut name from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been 

written Adachdach.

Adak; island (5,678 feet high), one of the principal islands of the Andreanof 

group, middle Aleutians, near longitude 176° 25'. This is apparently 

the Ayagh or Kayaku island of Lazaref in 1761. Also written Ajaga 

or Kejachn. It is Adak and Adach of Billings, 1790, and often written

Aclakh. According to Ball, adak is the Aleut word for oral, while adak

means father. 

Adak; strait, between Adak and Kanaga islands, Andreanof group, middle

Aleutians. Apparently so named by the British Admiralty on chart

2460.

Adamucjan, bay; see Morzhovoi. 

Adams; anchorage, at south end of Shelter island, Stephens passage, Alexander

archipelago. Named by Coghlan, 1884, after the U. S. S. Adams, which

anchored here in that year. 

Adams; channel, in Northern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago.

Named by Coghlan, 1884, after the U. S. S. Adams. 

Adams; creek, tributary to middle fork of the Koyukuk from the north, near

longitude 150°. Named by prospectors, 1899. 

Adams; creek, tributary to Shovel creek from the west, near its headwaters,

Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Adams, fort; see Fort Adams. 

Adams; glacier, east of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by Reid, in

1896, after C. A. Adams, a member of his party in 1890. In Reid's first

publication (Nat. Geog. Mag. Vol. IV, map, 1892) this is called the

Southeast tributary (of Muir glacier).
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 81

Adams; mountain peak (7,600 feet high), and also cluster or range of mountains, west of Portland canal. Named by I-'ender, 1SGS.

Adams; peak (3,100 feet high), on Woronkofski island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Snow, 1886, after the U. S. S. Adams.

Adams; point, the north point of entrance to Moira sound, Clarence strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Adams Channel, rock; see Rose Island rock.

Aclamson, cape; see Bartolome.

Addington; cape, on Noycs island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794, after the speaker of the House of Commons. Has been 

written Aclingtoh; also named Barnett by Meares, 1788.

Admiral; creek, tributary to Tubutulik river, near its source, Seward peninsula. Prospector's name, from Peters, 1900.

Admiral; range of mountains, on the mainland east of Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Admiralty; bay, on the Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow, forming the head of 

Dease inlet. 'So named by the British Admiralty, 1850.

Admiralty, bay ; see Yakutat.

Admiralty; Island and group of. islands, in northern part of Alexander archipelago. ..So named by Vancouver in 1794 (III, p. 276). It is Khutsnoi 

(bear) island of Tebenkof in 1848.

Adolphus; point, the most northerly point of Ghichagof island, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 135° 47'. So named by Vancouver, 

1794. Has also been called Adolph point on some charts.

Adugak; islet, north of the west end of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. Native 

name from Veniaminof. Has been written Adougakh. Perhaps from 

the Aleut Adudak (rather long).

Aektok, island and strait; see Rootok.

Affleck; canal, indenting southern shore of Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Aflieck's channel by Vancouver, 1793, after. Admiral AtHeck, R. N.

Afognak; bay, indenting the southeastern coast of Afognak island, Kodiak 

group. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. According to Moser, 1900, Litnik, a corruption of the Russian word Elitnik (or Lietnik), meaning a 

place where fisli- are dried, is the name locally given throughout the 

Kodiak district to the body of water known to us as Afognak bay; 

while the name Afognak bay is applied to a small shallow, foul cove, 

about 1-J miles westward of the village, on, the northern side of Afognak strait.

Afoflnak; cape, the northernmost point of Afognak island. Kodiak group. So 

called on the Russian American Company's map of 1849.. Tebenkof 

the same year uses the name Sievernoi (north).

Ajognak; cape, the southernmost point of Afognak island, Kodiak group. So 

called by Murashef, 1839-40.

Afognak; forest and fish culture reserve. The island of Afognak was by proclamation of President Harrisou dated December 24, 1892, set apart as a 

forest and fish culture reserve.

Afognak; island, northeast of-Kodiak, and, after Kodiak, the largest in the 

Kodiak group. Native name, which Coxe, 1.780. wrote Afagnak and 

Afagnack. Portlock, 1786, calls it Kodiac. Vancouver speaks of the 

land " which the Russians call Fogniak." Langsdorf has Aphoknak 

and Appoknak. By error it has been called Afgonak. The form 

Afognak is well established by usage. It was named Isla cle E'stuardo 

by the Spaniards.

Bull. 299 06 »r 6
82 GEOGKAPH1C DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Afognak; river, in western part of Afognak island, tributary to Afognak bay. 

So called by Murashef, 1839-40. According to Moser, 1900, it is locally 

called Litnik river.

Afognak; post-office and village, or row of scattered dwellings, on shore of 

Afognak bay, in southwestern part of Afognak island. Population in 

1890, 409. The post-office was established in 1904. In the -Eleventh 

Census, 1890, pp. 73-74, it is stated that "Afognak village * * * 

really consists of a series of settlements lining the long curving beach. 

* * * rj_-<]j e creole village of Afognak extends in a single row' of 

dwellings, somewhat widely scattered, about three-fourths of a mile 

along the beach. This settlement was founded during the first quarter 

of the present century under the name of Rutkovsky village by superanimated and pensioned employees of the Russian American Company." 

Rutkovsky, in the passage just cited, seems to be an error. Written also 

Ratkovsky. Tebenkof (Ch. XXIII) has Rubertz and the Russian 

American Company's map, 1848, Rubtzovskaia. See Litnik. 

Afognak; straits between Afognak island and Whale island, Kodiak group,-

near latitude 58°, longitude 152° 45'. So described by Moser, 1897. 

Agadak, island; see Rat.

Agaiak;. islet, in Krestof sound, north of Sitka, souud, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently an Aleut name, first applied by Vasilief in 1833. Has also 

been written Agayak and Agiak. 

AgaliPnak, river; see Haliknuk.

Agamgik; bay, indenting the northern .shore of Beaver bay, Uualaska island, 

eastern Aleutians, about latitude 53° 52', longitude 16G° 21'. Aleut 

name, from Sarichef, 1790. Called Food bay by the Fish Commission 

in 1888. Veniaminof writes it Agamgik.

Agamsik; cape, the northern point of entrance' to Tanaga bay, Tanaga island, 

middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been 

written Agamsikh. 

Agascluigoch, island ; see Bogoslof. 

Agassiz; glacier, in the St. Elias alpine region. So named by Libbey, 1886,.

after Prof. Louis Agassiz. See also Malaspina.

Agassiz; mountain (2,241. feet high), near Tamgas harbor, Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. Has been erroneously printed Aggassiz.

Agassiz; peak (5,931 feet high), on the mainland, near .Thomas bay, .southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Agassiz; point, on the mainland in Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 56° 55', longitude 132° 52'. So named by Ball, 1877, after 

Prof. Louis Agassiz.

Agattu; island, one of the Near island group, near Attu, western Aleutians. 

Called Agattu or Krugloi (round) by the early Russians. Lutke says 

it is usually called Krugloi (round) by the Russians; also that Attu 

and Agattu are said to have been called St. Etienne and St. Abraham 

Bering in 1741. Coxe, 1780, writes it Agataku. Variously written 

Agatu, Agattou, etc. Native name. 

Agayak, islet; see Agaiak. 

A-ga'-zlwik, island; see Aghiyuk. 

A.yee-ee-puk, river; see Agiapuk.

Ageklarok; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, on the right bank of Kwikluak pass 

at its mouth, near latitude 02° 37', longitude 164° 45'. Native name 

obtained by Putuam. 1899, and written Ageklarokamint i. e., AgeJclarok folks. . '
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 83

Ageklekak; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, on the south bank of Kawanak pass 

at its mouth, near latitude 03° 00', longitude 164° 30'. Native name 

Ageklekakamiut, obtained by Faris in 1899. Mint means people.

Aghik; islet (250 feet high), one of the Semidi group. Native name from Dall, 

1874, who wrote it A'ghik. Agik is Aleut for liver.

Aghileen; pinnacles, a remarkable row or series of black castellated rocks west 

of Pavlof volcano, on Alaska peninsula* northeast of Belkofski, near 

longitude 162°. Native name, obtained by Dall in 1880.

Aghiyuk; island (1.500 feet high), one of the Semidi islands, near latitude 

56° 12', longitude 150° 52'. Native name as obtained by Dall in 1874. 

Tebenkof, 1849, has- Agayak. Has also been written Aghiyukh and 

Aghi yukh. Achaiak of Langsdorf is probal>ly this island. It is. the 

Aleut name of the cormorant (graculus bicristatus). The Eskimo 

name of the violet-green cormorant is, according to Nelson, A-ga'-zhuk. 

Apparently this is known locally as North Semidi, upon which there is 

a fox farm. See also Chowiet.

AgiaJc, islet; see Agaiak.

Agiapuk; river, tributary to Grantley harbor, from the north, Seward peninsula. Eskimo name, from Beechey, 1827, who wrote it Agee-ee-puk. 

. Has also been written .Ageepuk, Agiopuk, and Ahgeeapuk, the last 

syllable puk meaning big.

Agisam; hill (570 feet high), on the north shore St. George island, Bering sea, 

near longitude 169° 37'. According to Putnarn, called by the Aleuts 

Agis'ani-koverfishka' (watch place hill), the Russian word kovrishka, 

a little loaf, being used to mean hill.

Agisogh; bluff, to the south of and overlooking Zapadni rookery, southwestern 

coast St. George island, Bering sea. Aleut name, meaning watch place, 

reported by Duffield, 1897.

Agisogh; bluff, on the west side and overlooking Staraya Artil rookery, north 

shore o{; St. George island, Bering sea, near longitude 169° 36'. Aleut 

name, the watch place, reported by Putnarn in 1897.

Agiukch.uk; Eskimo village, on the mainland, east of Nunivak island, Bering 

sea. Visited by Nelson in December, 1878, and its native name reported by him to be Agiukchugamute, i. e., Agiukchuk people.

Agivavi,k; Eskimo village, on right bank of Nushagak river. Native name, 

from Petrof, 1880.

Agligadak; small island, off the east end of Amlia, Andreanof group, middle 

Aleutians. Native name from Tebenkof. It means a gull half a 

fathom long, i. e., the albatross. Has also been written Aglidakh.

AgnaJc, rocks; see Aiugnak.

Ago, bay; see Hallo.

A goo, lake; see Agu.

AgoocharuJc, river; see Agucharuk.

Agouloiiilcat'uJc, lake; see Aleknagik.

Agouloukpak, lake; see Agulukpak.

Agouyak, river; see Ugaguk.

Agre; creek, just south of Port Clarence, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Agripina; bay, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula near the Semidi 

islands. So named by Vasilief, 1832. -Has been variously written 

Agrepin, Agripin, Agrippine, etc.

Agu; lake, Yukon delta, near latitude 61° 15', longitude 163°. Eskimo name 

from Jarvis, 1897, who wrote it Agoo.

Aguadd, Rio de la; see Watering.
84 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Aguchamk; river, Yukon delta, an affluent of Naniwuknuk lake, or of Lake 

 Agu, near latitude 61°, longitude 164°. Eskimo name reported by 

Jarvis in 1897 as Agoocharuk.

Aguchik; island, in Kukak bay, Shelikof strait. Aleut name, reported by 

. Vasilief in 1831.

Agueda; point, the northeastern point of Sail Juan Bautista island, Bucareli 

bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Puuta .de Santa' Agueda by 

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. Has also been written San Ageda.

Agugsiak, islet; see Asuksak.

Aguffum uda; see Northwest bay.

Aguirre; point, on the northwestern coast of San Fernando island, Gulf of 

Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Aguirre by 

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. Aguirre is a Spanish proper name.

Aguligik; island, in Kukak bay, Shelikof strait. Aleut name, meaning lui/iok. 

Name reported by Vasilief in 1831. Has be.en written Aguligat. Pronounced Ah-goo-lig-ik.

Aguliuk; cape, on the northern coast of Unmak, eastern Aleutians. Native 

name from Kuritzien, 1849. Said to be the Aleut name for goshawk. 

. Tebenkof calls it Chidak, on his Chart XXV, and Aguliuk on a subsketch on same chart. Chidak is the Aleut name, for the young of wild 

birds and animals.

Agulogak, lake; see Becharof.

Agulogak, lake and river; see Naknek.

Agulukpak; large lake, north of Bristol bay, near head of Wood river. Eskimo 

name, obtained by Spurr and Post in 1898 from trader A. Mittendorf. 

Spun- and Post write it Agoulonkpak, i. e., Aguluk big.

Agumsadak; cape, the southern point of Umak island, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. Native name, apparently from United States North 

Pacific exploring expedition, 1855; also written Agumsadakh.

Agunalaksh, island; see Unalaska.

Agusta, glacier and mountain; see Augusta.

Ahguliagamiiit, village; see Aklut.

Alikiok, native village; see Akhiok.

Ahklun; range of mountains north of Bristol bay, between the Togiak and 

Kanektok rivers. Eskimo name, from Spurr, 1898, who wrote it 

Oklune.

Ahkoseagewick, creek; tributary of Kobuk; see Beaver.

Ahlashok, river ; see Alatna. 

Ahluckeyak, hill; see Ulakaia.

Ahluegawik, spring; see Hot.

Aho, bay; see Hallo.

Ahpokagamiut, village; see Apokak.

All-quay, river; see Akwe. ,

Ahrnklin, glacial stream; see Aantlen.

Ahtell; creek, tributary to .Slana river from the west, near its junction with 

Copper river. Native name from Mendenhall and Schrader, 1903.

Aiachagiuk; Eskimo village, 20 miles below Audreafski, on the right bank of 

the lower Yukon, near head of delta, about latitude 62° 15', longitude 

163° 55'. Name from Coast Survey officers, in 1898, by whom it is 

written Ayachaghayuk.

A.iacheruk. Petrof in the Tenth Census, 1880, shows an Eskimo village, population 00, at Cape Nome, Seward peninsula. He spells it Aiacheruk on 

his map and Ayacheruk in his text.

Aiaialgutak, island; see Avatanak.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 85

Aiaiepta, island; see Rootok.

Aiak; cape, on the southern shore of Unalaska, near its western end. Called 

Aiak by Tebenkof, 1849, and by the Fish Commission, in 1888, Lake 

point.

Aiaktak, island; see¥ Rootok.

Aiaktalik; village, on one of the Goose islands, near Kodiak. Population in 

1890, 100. Native name, from Petrof, 1880, who writes it Aiekhtalik 

and Ayakhtalik. Sauer, 1790, has Anayachtalik, which, he says, is by 

Shelikof called Egichtalik.

Aialik; bay, indenting the southern shore of Kenai peninsula, near longitude 

149° 45'. Native name, from the.Russians, who called it Aialikskaia. 

Has been written Ajalik and generally Ayalik.

Aialki, islands; see Chiswell.

Aiekhtalik, village; see Aiaktalik.

Aievak; native village 18 miles southwest of Cape Douglas, Shelikof strait. 

Native name so given to Martin in 1904 by Nikolai Kahnakof, of Katrnai. (May be the same as Ashivak of Petrof, which see.) 'Called 

Douglas village by the whites.

Aiken; cove, at the head of North arm Moira sound, western shore Clarence 

. strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 8', longitude 132° 12'. 

Local navigators' name reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 

1904. Named Clara Marie bay by Brooks, 1901, after his launch.

Aiktak; islet, one of the Krenitzin group near Uganiak island, Unimak pass, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 164° 50'. So called by Tebeukof, 

1849. On recent maps called Ashmiahk. Probably from the native 

word Aikak (passage).

Ainslie; gulch; 15 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, draining from 

the east into New-Eldorado creek at the headwaters of Osborn. creek, 

near longitude 165° 9'. Local name, published in 1904.

Airs;; hill, near the international boundary line in latitude 62° 80'. Named in 

1S9S by Peters and Brooks, after A. R. Airs, a member of their party.

Aishihlk; lake, and village on its shore, iii the southwestern part of Yukon district, Canada. Apparently Ta-ku-ten-ny-ee of Davidson. Glave, in 

1890, reported the name as I-she-ik. It has also been written Ishiih 

and I-shi-ih, and, erroneously, Ashink. The above form, Aishihik, has 

been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Aiu, bay; see Hallo.

Aiugnak; group of columns or rocks near the Semidi islands. Also written 

Augnak, and, erroneously, Akgnak. Native name, from the Russians.

Aja, bay; see Hallo.

Ajurin, island; see Adak.

Ajaffisch, volcano ; s see Makushin. ^

Ajak, island; see Sledge.

Ajalik, bay ; see Aialik.

Ajaliki, islands; see Chiswell.

Ajax; reef in Felice strait near eastern entrance to Tamgas harbor, Annette 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Ajugndaoh, island; see Rat.

Akagowik; pass or slough, Yukon delta, one of the outlets of Kwiguk pass on 

the south, near latitude 02° 46', longitude 164° 50'. Eskimo name, obtained .by Putnam in 1899.

Akalok; Eskimo village on the Arctic coast, 25 miles north of Hothani inlet. 

This may be the same as Tikizat or Sheshalek or Anyok; most likely 

another spelling of the latter name. Eskimo name taken from Reindeer Rept. 1900, p. 137.
80 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA.

Akamok, island; see Chirikof.

AJceit, cape; see Aksit.

Akgnak, island; see Aiugnak.

Akha, lake; see Chilkqot.

Akhiok; native village, on the northwestern shore of Alitak .bay, Kodiak. 

According to Moser, it had over 100 inhabitants in 1890. Native name, 

from Petrof, 1880. Apparently identical with-Oohaiack of Lisianski 

in 1805. Erroneously Ahkiok.

Akhtidung; creek, tributary to Lake Clark from the north, near latitude 60° 

30', longitude 154°. Native name reported by Osgood in 1902 (p. 13), 

who writes Achteedeedung or Portage. Called Portage by the prospectors.

Akliun, island; see Akun.

Akiachak; Eskimo village, on right bank of the Kuskokwim about 15 miles 

above Bethel. Its Eskimo name, as obtained by Spurr and Post from 

missionary J. H. Kilbuck, in 1898, is Akiatshagamut, i. e., Akiachak 

people. The name has been published as Akiachagamut.

Akiak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Kuskokwim, about 30 miles 

above Bethel. Petrof, 1880, wrote its name Ackiagmute, i. e., Akiak 

people. Spurr and Post, 1898, write Akiagmut, following missionary 

J. H. Kilbuck.

Aklek; cape, the western point of entrance to Cold bay, Shelikof strait. Apparently a native name. Lutke, 1835, has Aklek and Aclek. Vasilief, 

1831, has Aklek. Tebenkof, 1849, has Yaklek. It has been called 

laklek, Taklek, Yaklak, and generally Yaklek.

Aklut; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim river at the mouth 

of Eek river. Its Eskimo name as obtained by Spurr and Post from 

missionary J. H. Kilbuck, in 1898, is Aklukwagamut, from Ak-klut 

(ammunition, provisions, belongings). This place is almost certainly 

identical with Akooliganiute of Nelson, in 1878-79, and Petrof, in 1880, 

and Ahguliagamiut of the Eleventh Census.

Akmagan, .village ; see Starichkof.

Akmute; Eskimo village, on left bank of the Kuskokwim, about 10 miles above 

Kolmakof. So called by Petrof in the Tenth Census, 1880, on his map, 

but it is not in his text. Spurr and Post, who passed its site in 1898, 

do not mention it. Akmute means Ale people.

AkoMueik, river; see Akuluik.

Akogpak; slough, Yukon delta, a cut-off between Kwikluak and Akularak 

passes, 10 miles below the head of the delta; near latitude 62° 42', 

longitude 164° 10'. Eskimo, name, obtained by Putuam in 1899.

Akoi; glacial stream, in the St. Elias Alps, debouching through the -same mouth

O with the Akwe, between the Alsek delta and Yakutat bay. Name pub-

 lished by Tebenkof in 1849. According to Moser's sketch, 1.901, this

stream might be either the Akwe or Italic, which see. Apparently

Akoi and Akwe are variant forms of a native word, Ak. Tebenkof

shows two native settlements' here, the one nearest Yakutat bay being

called Akoi blizhn (Near Akoi) ; the other Akoi daln (Far Akoi). In

Materials for the History of the Russian^ American Company (IV, p.

51) we find "Akoi, a place about 40 miles from Yakutat, visited by

Kuskof in 1802."

Akom-uda, settlement; see Ucomude.

Akooligamute, village; see Aklut.

Akoolukpiigamute, Eskimo village; see Akulukpak.

Akoun, island; see Akuu.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY. OF ALASKA. 8V

AkO'ittan, harbor and island; see Akutan.

Akpaliut. The Western Union Telegraph Expedition map of 1867 snows an 

Eskimo village called Acpalliut a little west of Golofnin bay, Norton 

sound. It is near or possibly identical with Chiukak of recent maps.

Aksit; cape, near Cape Lazaret', the western point of entrance to Otter cove, 

on the southeastern shore of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians, near 

latitude 54° 40', longitude 163° 25'. So called by Tebenkof in 1849. 

Called Akeit by Woronkofski in .1826. Veniarninof says that the ship 

Okennu (Is this O'Kenua?) "having perhaps an American skipper" 

was wrecked near here. Aksit is obviously from Akeit. Can Akeit 

have been vn attempted rendering of the name of the ship? And what 

was the name of the ship? It is sometimes called West Cape Lazaref.

Alcuaine, cape; see Akuyan.

Akula; according to Father Barnum, this is the Eskimo term for the tundra or 

Arctic moorlands. It may be the root of some of the following names.

Akularak; pass or slough, Yukon delta, connecting Kwikluak with Kweuieluk 

pass near latitude 62° 35', longitude 164° 20'. Eskimo term akulnrok, 

the root meaning in between, and applied to a stream connecting two 

lakes or other bodies of water. Name from Putnam, 1899, who wrote 

Akularak.

Akulik; river, tributary to Norton bay, from the east, Seward peninsula. Native name, from Peters, 1900. See Akula.

Akulik, village; see Aklut.

Akuliukhpak, lake; see Pamiek.

Akuliukpak; Eskimo settlement on the shore of Pamiek lake, between the 

Nushagak and Kuskokwiiu rivers. Native name, from Petrof, 1880, 

who writes it Akuliukhpak. The termination pak means l>i(], large, 

great; see Akula.

Akulivikch.uk; Eskimo village, on right bank of Nushagak river. Native name, 

from Petrof, 1.880. See Akula.

Akuloffak, lake; see Nakuek.

Akuluik; river, tributary to Alatna river from the east, latitude 67° 20', longitude 153° 45'. Native name, reported in 1SS6 by Stoney, who wrote it 

A-koo-loo-ik. Mendenhall and Reaburn, 1901, wrote Akoblueik.

Akulukpak; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, described by Jarvis in 1.897 as " situated on the banks of the Azoon.river a few miles to the northward of 

where the Nugukachuk empties into it " and written Akoolukpiigamute. Near latitude 61°, longitude 164°. Maybe the big tundra folks, 

from alui'la, Eskimo for the Arctic moorlands or tundra.

Akun; cove, indenting the eastern shore of Akun island, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians. So named by the Pish Commission in 1888. Tebenkof 

calls it Riecheshnoi (little river) bay.

Akuri; island, on the western shore of Unimak pass in the Krenitzin group, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 165° 30'. Native name, from Krenitzin, 1768. Variously written Akhun, Akoon, Akouu, Akouna, and 

Acouan. Akun is Aleut for distant.

Akun; strait, separating Akun and Akutan islands of the Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians. So called by Yeniaminof and Lutke about 1830.

Akun Head; the northern point of Akun island, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleu- 

. tians. Named Sievernoi (north) by Tebenkof, 1849, and recently designated Akun Head by the Coast Survey.

Akutan; bay, between Akun and Akutan islands, Krenitzin group, eastern 

Aleutians, near longitude 165° 45'. So named by the Fish Commission 

in 1888.
88 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 

Akutan; harbor, indenting the eastern shore of Akutan island, Krenitzin group, 

eastern Aleutians. Called Chinchan bay by Tebenkof, 1849, and 

Akoutan harbor by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Akutan; island, northeast of Unalaska, being the largest island in the Krenitzin 

group, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 166°. Native name, from 

Krenitzin and Levashef, 1768. Cook spelled it Acootau. Variously 

written Akoutan, Acutan, etc.

Akutan; pass, separating Akutan and Unalga islands, Kreuitzin group, eastern 

Aleutians. So called by Lutke and Veniaminof, 1828. Perhaps identical with Paso de Sanganoac of Galiano's atlas, 1802.

Akutan; peak (4,100 feet high), active volcano, on Akutan island, Krenitzin 

group, eastern Aleutians. Tebenkof gives its height as 3,332 feet, and 

the Coast Survey-as 3,888, and later 4,100.

Akuyan; cape, the" westernmost point of Great Sitkin island, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been 

written Akuaine.

Akwe; glacial stream in the St. Elias Alps debouching between the Alsek delta

 and Yakutat bay. So called by Tebenkof in 1849. Indian name. It

was written Ar Quay by Glave in 1890 and Ah-quay by Moser in 1901,

who sketched the stream more like the Akoi of Tebenkof. See Akoi

and Ustay.

Alachs-chak, peninsula; see Alaska.

Alaeksa, peninsula; see Alaska. ' 

Alaganik; slough, the most westerly "pass or outlet of Copper River delta. 

_ Name from Ritter, 3898. Moser, 1899, wrote Algonek.

Alaganik; native village at mo.uth of Copper river. Called by its native name, 

Alagnak and Alaganik, by Serebrenikof in 1848. Alien, who visited its 

site in 1885, calls it Alagftnik .(Anahaiiuk), and thinks the site has been 

moved. A place near by is-called Skatalis by the natives. This, Alien 

thought, was the site of Serebrenikof's Alaganik.

Alagnak; river, Alaska peninsula, draining Kukaklek lake west to the head of 

Bristol bay, longitude 156°. Native name, from Tebeukof, 1849. Has 

been written Aliknuk and Lockenuck.

Alai; mountain, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula south of Becharof 

lake. Apparently a native name from Vasilief, 1831-32, who wrote it 

Alai. Has been variously written Alay, Olai, Olav, and Otai.

Alaid; island (818 feet high), the westernmost of the Semichi islands, western 

Aleutians. So named by the Russians from its resemblance to Alaid 

island, one of the Kuril islands, near Cape Lopatka and sometimes 

called Little Alaid, presumably to distinguish it from that island. The 

whalemen call it Alfda. Grewingk says Alaid or Herzfels (German ) = 

Serdtse Kamen (Russian), Heart Rock or Navel of Alaid (Alaidskaia 

pupka). . 

Alakanuk; slough or pass, Yukon delta, an outlet of Kwikluak pass on the 

right bank, near latitude 62° 42', longitude 164° 45'. Eskimo name, 

obtained by Putnam in 1899.

Alakanuk; Eskimo village at the, head of Alakauuk slough, Yukon delta. 

Written Alakanukamiut by Putnam in 1899.

Alaksa, cape; see Kabuch point.

Alakshak, peninsula and territory; see Alaska.

Alaksu, territory; see Alaska.

Alamos, Punta de los; see Poplar.

Alanzo, point; see Alonzo.

Alargate-alla, rock; see Sheer-off-there.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 89

Alasoa, territory; see Alaska. 

Alaschlca, peninsula and territory; see Alaska. 

Alashuk, river; see Alatna.

Alaska, Gulf of; this name has for the last two or three decades been applied 

to that part of the North Pacific ocean lying, approximately, to tho 

north of a line from Sitka to Kodiak. 

Alaska; peak, on the mainland west of Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. So

named by Thomas, 1887.

Alaska; peninsula stretching from southwestern Alaska southvvestwtird to the 

Aleutian islands.

Lutke, 1836, wrote it Aliaska and adds " Some write it Aliaksa. We follow the orthography generally adopted in the colonies. The natives 

pronounce it Aliakskha."

Veniaminof says "Aliaksa or Aliaska, by the Aleuts called Alakskak." 

« Cook, 1778 (II, 504) says, "I have already observed that the American 

continent is here called by the Russians, as well as by the islanders, 

Alaschka; which name, though it properly belong only to the country 

adjoining to Oouemak, is used by them when speaking of the American 

continent in general, which they know perfectly well to be a great 

land."

Berg, 1823, calls it the Aliaksa peninsula (pp. 43-44, 66).

Grewingk, 1849, says the usual designation of the peninsula in the Russian 

American colonies is Alaeksa, and adds as variant forms, Aljaksa, 

Aljaska, Alaska and in Aleut, Alachs-chak (p. 116).

Dall, 1870, says the natives of Unalaska told the earliest Russian explorers 

of a great land to the eastward which .they call Al-fik-shak or Al-&yek-sa (p. 529).

Alaska; range of mountains, separating the Kuskokwim and Yukon drainage on 

the north from the coastwise drainage on the south. Name Alaska 

apparently given by Dall in 1869. On some earlier maps called Chigmit mountains. See Chigruit.

Alaska; territory, formerly Russian America. This word is a corruption ot 

some native word or phrase the meaning.of which is uncertain.

In 1762 Bechevin, a Russian fur trader, wintered in what we now call 

Isanotski strait, at the western end of Alaska peninsula. The land 

constituting the eastern end of the peninsula was regarded by him as 

an island and called Alaksu or Alakshak. (Coxe, p. 146.)

In 1768 Krenitzin wintered in the same place and calls the strait and laud 

to the eastward Alaxa. (Same, p. 251.)

In 1788 Cook reports, " I have already observed that the American continent is here called by the Russians, as well as the islanders, Alaschka, 

which name, though it properly belong only to the country adjoining 

to Oonemak, is used by them when speaking of the American continent 

in general, which they know perfectly well to be a great laud." (II, 

p. 504.) He also writes it Alashka.

In 1803 Coxe speaks of this country " which is now called Alaska " (p. 101).

In 1805 Lisianski refers to the peninsula as Alaska and also Alasca (pp. 

153, 196-7).

In 1818 Kotzebue speaks of the '' peninsula of Alaska " and also peninsula 

of Alashka. (Ill, 262, 263.) He also says that the natives of St. 

Lawrence call the great country to the eastward Kililack. (Same, p. 

193.)

Prior to the acquisition of Alaska by the United States in 1867, it was on 

English and American maps designated Russian America. The Russians always referred to it as their Possessions in America.
90 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Alatna; river, large northwest fork of Koyukuk river at the. Arctic Circle. 

Called Allenkakat (kakat meaning mouth of) by Alien, who discovered 

its mouth in 1885. Stoney, the same year, crossed the divide from the 

Kobuk and explored the headwaters of this river, whose Eskimo name 

he wrote Al-lash-ook. Cantwell, 1885, wrote the Eskimo name Ahlash-ok and Oklashok. Schrader and Gerdine, 1899, obtained the 

Indian name Allatna, and Peters and Schrader, 1901, Alatna. Mendenhall and Reyburn's explorations in 1901 showed the Alatna or Alien, 

and Alashuk, which since 1885 had been represented as different rivers, 

to be the same. Thus this river is called by three different names 

 Alashuk by the Eskimo, Alatna by the Indians, Allenkakat by Alien, 

and each written in various ways. Locally, the miners and traders 

have adopted the Indian name Alatna.

Alava; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Revillagigedo island 4 miles 

northeast of Point Alava, southern entrance to- Behni canal, near 

latitude 55° 15', longitude 131° 07'. Name so applied by local 'navigators, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904

Alava; point, the south end of Revillagigedo island, Revillagigedo channel, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793, in compliment 

to the Spanish govei'nor at Nootka.

Alava; ridge of mountains near the southern end of Revillagigedo island, 

. . Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Alaxa, territory; see Alaska.,

Alay, mountain ; see Alai.

A.layeksa, peninsula ; see Alaska.

Albatross; anchorage in Portage bay, Alaska peninsula, north of the Shurnagius. Surveyed and named by officers of the Fish Commission steamer 

AMatross in September, 1893;

Albatross; fishing bank, southeast from Kodiak. Named by the Fish Commission in 1888, after its steamer Albatross.

Albert; creek, in the Birch Creek region, tributary to Crooked creek from the 

left, near "latitude G5 9 35', longitude .144° 50'. Prospector's name, reported by Spun1 , Goodrich, and Schrader, 1896.

Alberto; islands. Three islands near the eastern shore of San Alberto bay, 

Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 30'. So 

named by Moser, 1897.

Albion; creek, 8 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from the 

north to Rock creek, an east branch of Snake river, near longitude 

165° 25'. Local name, -published in 1904.

Alchichna, river; see John.. . . Alder; creek, Kenai peninsula, a left branch of Sixuiile creek, near latitude 

60° 50', longitude 149° 25'. Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Alder; creek, tributary to Gold run from the'east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Alder; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to the north fork of Kougarok 

river, near latitude 65° 40', longitude 164° 25'. Local name, from 

Gerdine, 1901.

Alder; creek, Seward peninsula, flowing into Kotzebue sound west of SpafaritH 

bay. Longitude 162° 15'. Local name, reported by Witherspoon in 

1903.

Alder; creek, tributary to Fairbanks creek from the north, near latitude 65° 05', 

longitude 147° 15'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 1903.

Alder; creek, in.the Fairbanks region, tributary to Kokomo creek from the 

south, near latitude 65° 10', longitude 147° 15'. Prospectors' name, 

from Gerdiue, 1903.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAllY OF ALASKA. 91

Alder; creek, 10 miles west of Fairbanks, tributary to Cripple creek from the 

north, near longitude 148°. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1905.

Alder; .creek, on the south bank of the Yukon, 20 miles above Rampart (city), 

 near longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant 

Erickson, U. S. A., 1902.

Alder; creek, tributary to North fork of Koyukuk river. Prospectors' name, 

mentioned by Cantwell in 1902. Not found on any map.

Alder; creek,-eastern Alaska, on the south bank.of Seventymile creek, near 

latitude 65°, longitude 142° 20'. Prospectors' name, from sketch map 

compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Alder; creek, tributary to O'Brien creek from the west, in the Fortymile mining 

region. Prospectors' name, from Barnard in 1898.

Alder; creek, tributary to South fork of Fortymile creek, from the west, in the 

Fortymile mining region. Prospectors' name, from Barnard, 1898.

AMer-Nest, .mountain ; see Eagle Nest.

Alecks; lake and stream, Kuiu island, Tebenkof bay, " on the eastern side of 

the inner bay, about the middle of its length " near latitude 50° '32'. 

So described by Moser'in 1900, who says that they are also called Kuiu 

lake and stream.

Aleknagik; .lake, north of Bristol bay, draining through Wood river to Bristol 

bay. Variously spelled Alaknakik, Aliaknagik, etc. Eskimo name published in Sarichef's atlas, 1826. According to Spurr and Post, deriving 

their information from trader A. Mittendorf, in 1898, the native name 

is Agoulouikatuk. It appears also to be the lake described by Sheldon 

Jackson as well studded with beautiful pine-covered islands and' called 

Abaknakik.

Aleknagik, river; see Wood.

Aleks; sunken rock, about 15 miles southwest from Sannak, near latitude 54° 

.20', longitude 163° .10'. Reported by Capt. William Paterson, of (.lie 

schooner Alexander, in 1890. Name derived from the name of his ves- 

- sel.

Aleksashkina; .a former native settlement on Wood island, St. Paul harbor, 

Kodiak, near what is now called Ice House point In 1849 Tebenkof 

called it the Chiniak settlement (Aleksashkina), while the Russian 

American Company map of the same year calls it the Aleut settlement 

Tanignag-miut.

Alentkina, bay; see Aleutkina.

Alert; creek, a branch .of Casadepaga river; see Willow.

.Aleutian; islands, the long chain of 70 treeless islands stretching westward 

1,000 miles from Alaska peninsula. " The word Aleutian seems to be 

derived from the interrogative particle aliix, which struck strangers in 

the language of that people.". (Kotzebue, III, p. 312.) Alik-u-fi-ia?= 

What is'this? (Veniaininof, II, .p. .2.) Allik? What dost thou want? 

(Bancroft's History of Alaska, p. 106.) Have been called Aleutian, 

Aleoutiennes, etc. Usually called the Fox islands by seafaring people.

Aleutian;*.mountains, on Alaska peninsula northeast of Becharof lake.. So 

named by Spurr, 1898.

Aleutian, sea; see Bering.

Aleutkina;. bay, indenting the eastern shore of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief, 1809. Has also been called Leesia 

(fox) and Leesoffskaia bay. Also erroneously Alentkina. The name 

Leesia (fox) appears to be used by Tebeukof as a synonym for Aleutkina (Aleut woman), referring to the Unalaskan or Fox Island Aleuts. 

The bay just north of this is named by Tebenkof, Kadiak, referring to 

another branch of the Aleuts.
92 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Aleutski; island, SE. of the wharf in Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Aleutski (Aleutian) by the Russians. -Has also 

been written Aleyoutski. Also named Ball, by Beardslee, 1880.

Alexander; archipelago in southeastern Alaska, comprising the great group of 

coastwise islands between Dixon entrance and Lynn canal. So named 

by the Coast Survey in 1867, after the Russian Tsar.

Alexander; creek, on the western bank of Susitna river, about 10 miles from 

its mouth. Named after an old. Indian chief who lived a quarter of a 

mile above the mouth. Published by the Geological Survey in 1899.

Alexander; island, on the eastern side of Afognak bay, between Afegnak and 

' Kodiak islands, near latitude 58°, longitude 152° 41'. Local name, 

reported by Moser in 1900. ' ' . ' Alexander; point, the southeastern point of entrance to Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Lindenberg, 1838.

Alexander; port at the south end of Chatham strait, Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by Tebenkof, 1849.

Alexander; rock, near Middle channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Name' published on Coast Survey chart 725 in 1881. 

Origin of name not discovered.

Alexander Archipelago Forest Reserve; reservation, established by Presidential proclamation August 20, 1902. It includes Chichagof and adjacent 

islands to seaward, Kuprianof, Kuiu, Zarembo, and Prince of Wales 

and adjacent islands to seaward.

Alexandra; point, in Kupreanof harbor, Ivanof bay, Alaska peninsula. Named 

Alexandra by Woronkofski, 1837. Sometimes erroneously Alexander.

Alexandrovsk; settlement . on Graham harbor, Cook inlet. Named Alexandrovsk (Alexander) by the Russians in the last century.

Alexandrovsk, trading post; see Nushagak.

Alexeief; very small village in the Yukon delta. Name from Nelson, who 

passed through it in December, 1878. He shows it on his map but 

does not mention it in his text. It appears on the census map of 1880 

but not in the text, unless, indeed, it may be " Village (name unknown)."

Alfield; creek, 30 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, a fork of Sulphur creek, which is tributary to Nome river from the east, near longitude 165° 10'. Miners' name, reported by Gerdine, 1904.

Alga-anatorolog ; see North rookery. '

Alganuda; bay, the small bight in the southeastern end of Zapadni bay, southwestern' shore St. George island, Bering sea, near longitude 169° 40'. 

Aleut name, meaning seal bay and written Al'gah-uda by Putnam in 

1897.

Alger; peak (7,500 feet high) in the Tordrillo range, northwest of Cook inlet. 

So. named by Spurr and Post, 1898.

Algonek, river or slough; see Alaganik.

Aliagnaffik, river; see Wood.

AMaJenagik, lake; see Aleknagik.

Aliaksin; cape or promontory forming the western head of Portage bay, Alaska 

peninsula, north of Unga. Called Aliaksinskic and Aliaksin by the 

Russians.

Aliaska, peninsula; see Alaska.

AliaskinsJcoi, strait; see Shelikof. '

Alice; creek, Seward peninsula, a small tributary on the east bank of Casadepaga river, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 164° 18'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine, 1905.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF . ALASKA. 93

Alice; island, one of the Japonski group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by United States naval officers, 1880.

Alice; peak (3,628 feet high) in the northern part of Etolin island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Alice; port (Port Alice) indenting the northwestern shore of Heceta island 

on the south side of Davidson inlet, Prince of Wales archipelago, near 

. ' latitude 55° 50', longitude 133° 36'. So named by Dickius, 1903-4.

Alula, island ; see Alaid.

Alihack, cape; see Alitak.

Aliksemit; island (300 feet high), one of the Semidi group of islands. Has 

been called Alikhsemit and Ali'khsemit. Native name, obtained by Dall 

in 1874.

Aliknuk, river; see Alagnak.

Aliknuk, lake; see Kukaklek.

Alilok, bay ; see Alitak.

Alimuda; bay, indenting the northern.shore of Unalaska, immediately west of 

Kashega bay. Sarichef, 1792, calls it Kismaliuk. Veniaminof, however, about 1830, calls it by its Aleut name, Alim uda (Alim bay), which 

bay he says is also called Mikhailovskaia, after the ship Michael, which 

was wrecked there. Sarichef applies this name Alimuda to the bay 

just west of this one and which is'in this dictionary called Middle bay.

Alimvoak; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak 

group. Native name, from the Russian American Company in 1848.

Alinchak; bay, indenting the south shore of Alaska peninsula, Shelikof strait, 

between Cold bay and Katmai bay, near latitude 57° 50'. Native name; 

. so written for Martin in 1904 by Nikolai Kalmakof, of Katmai.

Alitak; bay, indenting the southwestern end of Kodiak. Corruption of some

native term obtained by the early Russians. The old Russian charts

. ' call the bay Yagektaliek and the cape Alitok. Petrof has Kaniat

(Alitak) bay. Also called Aluta and Alutak by Archimandritof in 184.9.

Alitak; cape, the western point of entrance to Alitak bay, on western coast^ of 

Kodiak. Native name, from the early Russian explorers. Has been 

written Alihack, Alitack, and Alutak.

Alitak; native village on the northern shore of Alitak bay, \yest shore of Kodiak. 

The Russian American Company map of 1849 shows an Aleut and a 

Russian settlement here called Kashukvag-miut, i. e., Kashukvak people.

Alituya, bay ; see Lituya..

AliukS'uk, bay ; see Pumicestone.

AMutik, cape ; see Trinity.

Aljaska, peninsula ; see Alaska.

Allan; point, the eastern point of Hal leek island, Nakwasina passage, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Moore, 1897, after W. S. Allan, recorder in 

his party.

Allashook, river ; see Alatna.

AMatna, river ; see Alatna.

Alien; creek, tributary to headwaters of Topkok river, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Alien; creek-, on the north bank of Tanana river, near longitude 147°. So 

named in 1902 by Lieut. George S. Gibbs, U. S. A., probably after Brig. 

Gen. Henry Tureman Alien, U. S. A. > .
94 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Alien; glacier, and mountain (10,000 feet high) near the headwaters of Tanana 

river. So named by Peters and' Brooks, 1898, after Maj. Henry Tureman Alien, U. S. A. .Spurr has proposed to change this to Stoney 

glacier and mountain, after Lieut. Geo. M. Stoney, U. S: Nl, an Alaskau 

explorer.

Alien, AMenkakat, river; see Alatna.

Allene; creek, Seward peninsula, north of Grantley harbor, tributary from the 

west to North creek, near latitude 65° 20', longitude 166° 05'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 1901.

Allgold; creek, Seward peninsula, in the Casadepaga drainage basin, tributary on the north bank of Canyon creek, near latitude 04° 52', longitude 164° 28'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1905.

Alma; creek, Seward peninsula, in the Casadapega drainage basin; tributary to 

 the head of Birch creek, near latitude 64° 48', longitude 164° 10'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1905.

Alma; gulch, on the south shore of Seward peninsula, 2J miles west of Cape 

Nome, near longitude 165° 04'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1904.

Almiralty, bay; see Yakutat. 

Almirantazfjo, bay; see Yakutat.

Alogli-koveriislika,; see Sealiou hills.

Alonzo; point, on the southern shore of Port Asumcion, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Alonzo by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779. Erroneously Alanzo.

Alookuk, village; see Ulukuk.

Alpha; creek, 9 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Snake 

river from the west, near longitude 165°'28'. Local name, published in 

1900. - . Alpha; small creek draining the southern slope 1 of the divide between Tanana 

river and the headwaters of Minook creek, near latitude 65°, longitude 

150° 15'. Prospectors' name from Prindle; 1903:

Alsek; glacier, southeastern coast of Alaska, on the'left-'bank- of Alsek river, 

near longitude 138° 10'. So-named by Moser; .1901i.

Alsek; river, in the St. Elias region, debouching between Lituya and Yakutat 

bays. Called Riviere de Behring by. La. Perouse in- 1786, Alsekh by 

Tebenkof in 1849, Jones by the New York Times Expedition of 18SG, 

and Harrison by the Coast .Survey in 1890. Variously written Alseck, 

Alsekh, Altsekh, Alzech, etc. The above form, Alsek, was-adopted by 

both tbe United States and the Canadian Boards on Geographic Names. 

The form Alseck, in the first report of the Canadian Board, was a 

typographical error.

Alsentia, bay ; see Kaguyak.

Althorp; port (Port Althorp), indenting the northwestern shore of Chichagof 

island, Cross sound, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 10', longitude 136° 20'. So named by Vancouver, 1794. Erroneously Altorp 

and Apthorp.

Althorp; rock (15 feet high) in Port Althorp, eastern shore of Cross sound. 

So named by Pratt, 1901.

Altona, bay^ see Lituya.

A.ltseJch, river ; see Alsek.

Altua, bay; see Lituya.

Alukeyak, hill; see Ulakaia.

Alukuk, village ; see Ulukuk.

Alutak, bay and cape; see Alitak.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. . 95

Alvin; bay, indenting, the eastern shore of Kuiu island, Stunner strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 26', longitude 133° 53'. Local navigators', name reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Alzane; island, in Lynn canal, the northernmost of the Chilkat islands. Native 

name, obtained by Dr. Arthur Krause in 1882, who writes it Alzane.

Alzecli, river; see Alsek.

Amagalik; cape, on the southwestern shore of Tanaga island, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also beon 

written Amagalikh.

Amagat; island (1,030 feet high), near the southern shore of Alaska peninsula 

at east side of entrance to Mor/hovoi bay, near latitude 54° 54', longitude 162° 53'. According to Lutke, quoting Kndiakof, the Aleut name 

is Amagadak. Tebenkof, who has been generally followed, calls it 

Aniagat

Anuigul, bay; see Amugul.

Amak; island (1,682 feet high), off the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, 

near its western end, about longitude 163° 09'. Once much frequented 

by walrus and known as Walrus island, though this name does not 

appear on maps. The Aleut name is Amak (blood).

Amakagagvak; lake, near to and connected with Nushagak lake. Native 

name, from Tebenkof, 3849.

AmakaJctuli, cape; see Eagle.

Amaknak; cave, or hollow, under Cave rock, Amaknak island, Unalaska bay. 

An ancient burying place of the Aleuts.

Amaknak; island (1,640 feet high), in Unalaska bay, eastern Aleutians, near 

longitude 166° 31'. Native name, from Sarichef. Has also been 

written Amakhnak and Anioknak.

Amalga; post-office established October, 1905, southeastern Alaska, on the 

mainland, eastern shore of Lynn canal, near latitude 58° 30'.

Amalik; harbor, south shore Alaska peninsula, near latitude 58° 05'. So 

described by Dall, 1895.

Amanat, point; see Hostage.

Amanka; lake, near the northern shore of Bristol bay, drained by .the Igushik 

.river. Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post, of the Geological 

Survey, 1898. Petrof, 1880, reports its name to be Pogakhluk, while 

Tobenkof, 1849, calls it Kagata (source.) Written also Amankal.

Amargura; cape, the southern point of San Fernando island, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of AVales archipelago, near latitude 55° 25'. Named Punta de 

la Amargura (point of sorrow) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. 

Has also been written erroneously Amatgura.

Amatignak; island (1,921 feet high), the southwesternmost of the Andreanof 

group, middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from early Russ'ian explorers. 

Billings, 1790, has Amatignas, while Lutke has Amatignak and Amatygnak, which he sa-ys is the Aleut word for chip. Variously written 

Amatiegnak, Amatignake, etc.

Amatuli; island, one of the Barren islands at entrance to Cook inlet Native 

name, from the Russians.

Amawak; promontory, on the northern coast of Kukak bay, Alaska peninsula. 

Native name, from Langsdorf, 1805, who wrote it Amawack.

Amber; bay, on the southern coast of Alaska peninsula, north of Sutwik island. 

So named by the Russians from the reported occurrence here of amber. 

Bernstein (amber) bucht of Grewingk and 'lantarni (amber) of the 

Russians.
96 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Amber; lake, on Unalaska island, eastern Aleutians. Veniaminof, getting bis 

information from the natives, says (I, 171) : "There is, near Mokrovski 

bay, between the mountains above, a lake, which has an islet in the 

middle, on the eastern precipitous shore of which excellent amber 

occurs."

Amber; small stream tributary to the estuary of Nushagak river from the east, 

near Etolin point." Named lantar (amber) on Russian Hydrographic 

Chart 1455 (ed. of 1852).

Ambler; peak (3,058 feet high), on Liudenberg-peninsula, Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, in 1887, after Dr. James 

M. Ambler, surgeon of the ill-fated Arctic expedition under De Long, 

1879-80.

Ambler; river, tributary to the Kobuk from the north, near longitude 158°. 

Named by Stoney, in 1885, after Dr. James M. Ambler, U. S. N., surgeon 

of the ill-fated Arctic expedition under De Long. Published by the 

Coast Survey in 1890. Stoney writes the native name, Nut-vuck-towo-ark or Nuck-vuck-to-ark, and Cantwell Not-mok-to-way-ok, Notmoktowoak, and Notmoktowaoh.

Amchik, point; see Eagle.

Amchitka; island (1,281 feet high), one of the principal islands of the Rat 

island group, western Aleutians, near, longitude 179°. Said to have 

been seen by Bering, in 1741, and called St. Makarius. Its native 

name is Amchitka, which has been variously written Amtatka, Amtchitka, Amtschitka, etc.

Amelia; point, on the western shore of Kruzqf island, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 57° 13', longitude 135° 50'. So named by Vancouver, 1794.

Amelius; point, on the southeastern shore of Kuiu island, Sumuer strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793.

American; bay, on the eastern shore of Dall island, at Howkan narrows, 

Kaigani strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Amerikanskaia by 

Etolin, 1833.

American; creek, Kenai peninsula, a left-hand tributary 'of Resurrection creek 

near its source. Local name from Moffit, 1904.

American; creek, tributary to Niukluk river from the west, Seward peninsula., 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

American;, creek, tributary to simile river from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

American; creek, tributary to Snake river from the east, in the Cape Nome 

mining region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 

1900.

American; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Old Glory creek, near latitude 

65° 50', longitude 163° 10'.. Local name, from Witherspoon, 1903.

American; creek, tributary to Preacher creek from the south, near latitude 65° 

30', longitude 146° 15'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 1903.

American; creek, tributary to Mission creek from the south, a mile west of 

Eagle. Prospectors' name, reported by Spurr's party of the Geological Survey, 1896.

American; gulch, 4* miles north of Nome on the western slope of Newton peak, 

draining into Dry creek, near longitude 165° 20'. Local name, from 

Gerdine, 1904. ' ' American; range of mountains, on the mainland north of Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887.

American; river, tributary to Agiapuk river, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 97

American Mouth, pass; see Kwikluak.

AmcriJccinskaia, bay ; see American.

Amherst; glacier, tributary from the east to College fiord, Port Wells, Prince 

.William sound. So named by the Harriman Expedition, 1899, after 

Amherst College.

Amlia; island (1,900 feet high), the easternmost of the principal islands of the 

Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Native name, from Tolstyk, 1761, 

who wrote it Amlak. . Has also been written Amlii, Amli, Amlja, Ainlya, 

Amlag, Amluk, etc. "The southern part of Atka island has been called 

the Amlia peninsula.

Ammak, point; see Aspid.

AmmokalooktoJc, river; see Black.

Anmak or Amnuk, island; see Bogoslof and Umuak.

Amoknak, island; see Ainakuak.

A.iitonkht(t, island; see Amukta.

Amtagis; islet, or group of islets, off the southern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849.

Amtatka, island ; see Anicuitka.

Amtchitku; island; see Anichitka.

A.mtscMtka, island ; see Anichitka.

Amugul; bay, indenting the southern shore of Beaver bay, Unalaska, eastern 

Aleutians, near latitude 58° 45', longitude 160° 24'. Aleut name, from 

Sarichef, 1792. Venianiinof calls it Amugulik. Perhaps from the 

Aleut word Amuk (lightning). Into it flow two small'Streams. One 

of these is doubtless the Amagui creek of Langsdorf (II,' 28). It has 

been called Fourth.of July bay.

Amukta; volcanic island (3,738 feet high), forming the westernmost of the 

group of islands of the Four Mountains as classified by Veniaminof. 

Native name, from the earliest Russians. Coxe, 1780, writes it 

Auiuckta and Amukta, taking the name from Krenitzin and Levashef, 

1708. Variously written Anoghta, Amoukhta, etc.

Amukta; pass, about 40 miles wide, in the Aleutian islands, between Amukta 

island on the east and Seguam island o.n the west, near the one hundred 

and seventy-second meridian of west longitude and known to the 

whalers as the Seventy-Second Pass.

Amy Landing1 ; place on Klutina river about 6 miles below the outlet oC Klutina 

lake, where the river enters The Gorge. So named by Abevcronibie in 

1898, after W. S. Amy, of Copper Center.

Anagaksik; islet, south of Great Sitkin, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Anagakhsikh.

Anagnak; Eskimo village near mouth of Wood river, a little above the head of 

Nushagak bay. Native name, from Petrof, 1880.

A.naMinuk, village ; see Alagauik. 

,A.naia,ktak, islands; see Geese.

Ana-iuliaJc, islet; see Ananiuliak.

AnaJcovik, creek ; see Anikovik.

Anakshek; slough or pass, Yukon delta, connecting Kwemeluk pass and Black 

river near latitude 62° -20', longitude 104° 40'. Eskimo name, obtained 

by Putnam in 1899.

Aiiaktuvuk; pass, northern Alaska, on the divide between the Arctic and 

Yukon drainage, at the headwaters of John and Anaktuvuk rivers, near 

 latitude 68° 10', longitude 1.52°. Crossed by Peters and Shrader in 

1901. Eskimo name. , ' 

Bull. 299 06 M 7
98 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Anaktuvuk; river, on the Arctic slope, a large tributary of the Colville river 

from the south, near longitude 151°. Explored by Peters and Shrader - 

in 1901. Eskimo name. Mendenhall wrote it Anukturuk.

Anan; bay, south of Blake island, indenting the southern shore of Bradh'eld 

canal, Alexander archipelago. So called by Snow in 1886. Written 

An-An on plats in General Land Office. Name wrongly placed on Coast 

Survey chart 8200.

Anan; creek, tributary to Humpback bay, Bradfield canal, Ernest sound, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 56° 10', longitude 131° 52'. So .called by 

the fisheries, probably after an Indian, and reported by Moser in 1897.

A.nanakeik, island ; see Dolgoi.

Anangusik, islands ; see Gareloi.

Ananiuliak; islet, near the northwestern shore of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. 

Native name, from Venianiinof. Lutke wrote it Anaugouliak and 

Kurit/ien Anaiuliak.

Ananongutka; bluff, prominent isolated bluff, near the west end of the north 

coast of St. George island, Bering sea, about longitude 169° 43' Aleut 

name (Ananoug's shelf), written-Anan'ong-utc'ha by Putnam in 1897.

Anavinguk; river, tributary to the Togiak river from the east, near'fTogiak 

lake, north shore Bristol bay. Native name, reported by Post, of the 

Geological Survey, in 1898, who writes it Anavinguk. Tebenkof, 1849, 

v calls it Anvauiek.

Anayachtalik, village ; see Aiaktalik.

Anca'ii; see Aukau.

Anchor; cove, indenting the shore of Admiralty island, near north end of 

Stephens.passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan, 1884.

Anchor; cove, indenting the southern shore of Olga bay, Alitak bay, southwestern coast of Kodiak. Local -name'; reported by Moser in 1900.

Anchor; mountain, near Naas river, Portland inlet. So named by the British 

Admiralty.

Anchor; passage, in Behm canal, between Bell island and the mainland. Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1894. Has 

also been called Anchorage pass.

Anchor; point, in Wraugell strait, Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade, 1869.

Anchor; point, on the eastern shore of .Cook inlet. So named, in 1778, by Cook, 

who lost an anchor here. Also called Laidenuoj (icy), Jakorny 

(anchor), find Kasuatchin, a native name.

Anchorage; bay, about 12 miles from Tuliumnit point, indenting the southern 

shore of Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. It is the anchoring place for 

all the canneries in Chignik bay. Local name, reported by Moser in 

1897.

Anchorage; cove, in American bay, Kaigaui strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Dall, 1882. .

Anchorage; cove, in and near the mouth of Lituya bay, southeastern Alaska. 

So called by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883 (p. 203).

Anchorage; point, on Hamilton island in Shakan bay, Sunnier strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Local name, published in the Coast Pilot, 1883.

Ahchcrage; point, the southern point of entrance to Pyramid harbor, Chilkat 

. inlet, Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 59° 10', longitude 

135° 28'. Named Anchorage (Yakorni) by Lindenberg, in 1838. It is 

Sandy point of Meade in 1869.

Ancon; peak (3,300 feet high), on Woronkofski island, Alexander a.rghipelago, 

Named by Snow, in 18§6., after the steamship Ancon.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 99

Ancon; rock, at east point of entrance to Glacier bay, Cross sound, southeastern 

Alaska, near longitude 135° 55'. Named in 1891 or earlier after the 

S. S. Ancon.

Ancon, creek; see Aukau.

Anderson; bay, on south side of Port Valdez, 6 miles west of Fort Liscum, 

Prince William sound, near latitude 61° 05', longitude 146° 30'. Local 

name, reported by Grant in 1905.

Anderson; bay, indenting the western shore of Makushin bay, Uualaska, eastern Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission .in 1888. Its native 

name, says Veniaminof, 184.0, is Iksiaktak (?burning). It is, at its 

head, divided into two arms, the southern one called Udamak and the 

northern one Naginak (sick).

Anderson, cape; see Northeast.

Andersoh; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the east to Don river, near 

latitude 65° 30', longitude 166° 50'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 

1901.

Anderson, island; see St. Lawrence.

Anderson; point, southeast point of entrance to Clover bay, western shore Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 18', longitude 132° 

10'. So called by the local navigators and reported by H. C. Fassett, 

Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Anderson; sunken rock, reported in 1883 and still uncharted, about 25 miles 

south of Sanuak island, near latitude 54° 03', .longitude 162° 45'. So 

called by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Andreafski; fort or stockaded post established by the Russians on the right 

bank of the Yukon, near the head of the delta, in or about 1853. In 

August, 1855, the natives killed its two inmates. It has been variously 

written Andreafski, Andreaivsky, Andreievsky, i. e., Andrew's, etc. The 

place appears on the latest maps as Old Andreafski, and Andreafski 

appears at a new site 5 miles farther up the river. This is now the 

most important trading post on the lower Yukon, is situated on the right 

bank of Clear river, about 2 miles above its junction with the Yukon 

and 120 miles above the mouth of the latter, longitude 163° 15'. Here 

are located the warehouses, stores, and dwellings of the Northern Commercial Company. A mile above on the same side of. Clear river is the 

extensive winter quarters of the Northern Commercial Company, where 

the company has established machine shops, a marine railway for hauling out its vessels, a large hotel, and an electric plant to light the 

buildings.

Andreafski; mountain, on the right bank of the Yukon .near Andreafski, latitude 62° 03', longitude 163° 15'. So called by Putuam, 1899.

Andreafski, river ; see Clear.

Andreanof; group of islands in the middle of the Aleutian chain, extending 

from Seguam pass on the east to- (but not including) Amchitka on the 

west. These islands were first explored by Audreian Tolstyk with 

Peter Vasiutkin and Maxim Lazaret in 1761. Tolstyk owned the vessel 

which is usually called the A.ndreian and Natalia. Berg calls it the 

Adrian and Natalia (p. 53) ; Coxe, the St. A.ndrean and Natalia (p. 

155), and Dall the A.ndrean and Nathalia (p. 302).

Coxe says: " The first certain account was brought by this vessel, the St. 

Andrean and Natalia, from whence they are called the Andreauoffskie 

ostrov'a, or the islands of St. Audrean " (p. 155).
100 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Andreanof Continued.

Berg says : " Tolstyk, Lazaref, and Vasiutkin furnished the authorities with 

an exact account of the six islands discovered by them, and accordingly 

they were thereafter called the Andreiauofski islands" (p. 55). 

Petrof, speaking of Tolstyk's stay on these islands, adds, " Named after him 

the Andreianovski " (Bane. Hist., 129), and Dall in his Alaska, p. 302, 

says: " In 1761, Lazeroff explored the islands which have since borne 

the name of Andreauoffsky, from the owner of the vessel." Tolstyk's 

vessel was called the Andreian and Natalia after himself and wife, 

hence St. Andrean is an error. See also Fox islands.

Andrew; bay, indenting the northern shore of Adak island, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. Apparently named by Tebenkof, 184.9, presumably 

after Audreiana (Andrew) Tolstyk, the first explorer of Adak, in 1701. 

By a double error this has been rendered Lidrejaua bay. The Russian 

L (ji) differs from A by the omission of the cross mark. This cross mark: 

was omitted by the Kussian engraver. The Russian I (H) differs but; 

slightly from the Russian N (H). Hence the strange form Lidrejana.

Andreio; Learnard, of Glenu's expedition, 1898, gives this as the name of a 

river coming into the Susitua from the left but the exact location is 

uncertain.

Andreivs, port; see Resurrection.

Andrews, river; see Chuiu.

Andronica; island, one of the Shuinagin group, between Korovin and Nagai, 

near latitude 55° 40', longitude 160°. Now occupied for the propagation of blue foxes (vulpus lagopus). So named by the Russians after 

the apostle Andrew (Andronika). Dall gives Yasui (clear) or Foggy 

as. alternative names.

An-e-la-gag-e-rack, river; see Reed.

Anem.uk; Eskimo village, on the left bank of the Anvik river about 30 miles 

above its junction with the Yukon. Native name, from Raymond, 1809.

Aneskett; point, the most easterly point of Kosciusko island, Prince of Wales 

archipelago, near latitude 50° 09'. longitude 133° 10'. Apparently a 

i native name, obtained by Dickins in 1903-4.

Aneyuk, Eskimo village; see Auiuk.

Angeles; creek, Sewarcl peninsula, tributary to Gai-field creek from the north, 

latitude 05° 30', longitude 104° 30'. \Naine from Gerdine, 1901.

Angle; point, on the southwestern shore of Bold island, Revillagigedo channel, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1880.

Anfflice, island; see Martin point and Fox islands.

Angoon; Indian village, on the western shore of Admiralty island, 2i miles 

' north of Killisnoo, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 30', longitude 134° 35'. Native name, reported by Moore in 

1895.

Ahgoyaktoli; creek, tributary to the Kuskokwim from the east, near its mouth. 

Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post in 1898 from missionary J. H. 

Kilbuck and by them written Angoyachtoli. Erroneously published 

Augoyaktoli.

Anguilla; a supposed island in the Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of AVales archi- 

. pelago, was named Anguilla (eel) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775- 

1779,

Angutikada; peak, in the Sheklukshuk range, northwestern Alaska, south of 

Kobuk river, latitude 00° 40', longitude 156° 30', elevation about 4,100 

feet. Native name reported by Mendenhall in 1901. Stoney made a 

station on this peak, which he called Ounalima.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 101

Anguvik; islet, in Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. Native name, from Russian 

Hydrographic chart 1379, published in 184.7.

Aniakchak; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula north of 

Sutwik island. Native name from the Russians, who wrote it Aniakshak.

AnihitsJc. Near the beginning of this century there was a settlement on Sitkalidak island of the.Kodiak group, which Lisianski (map, p. 169) 

called Onihitsk. Name not found elsewhere.

Anikovik; river, debouching at Cape York, in western part of Seward peninsula. Eskimo name, from Brooks, of the Geological Survey, 1900. 

Published by the Coast Survey and on local maps as Ono-ko-ruk and 

Onokovuk. Pronounced Au-y-ko'-vik. It is Youp-uut of Beechey, 1827, 

and Up-nut of Lutke (p. 244). Has also been written Anakovik.

Animals, island; see Deer.

Anim-algera, lake, St. George island; see Seal.

Animas; island and point, San Fernando island, Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named Ysla y punta de las Animas by Maurelle 

and Quadra, 1775-1779.

AnimatchoutchkoJc, cape; see Tachilni.

Anita; bay, in Etolin island, opening into Zimovia strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow in 1886.

Anita; creek, tributary to Kougarok river from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Anita; gulch, 10 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, draining into 

Osborn creek from the east near longitude 165° 05'. Local name, published in 1904.

Aniuk; Eskimo village, on the upper Noatak river, northwestern Alaska. Latitude 68°, longitude 157°. Visited by Howard of Stoney's expedition 

in spring, 1886, and written An-e-yuk.

Aniyak; Eskimo village, on the Arctic coast, between Cape Krusenstern and 

Point Hope. Eskimo name, from Petrof, 1880, who writes it An-iyakh. 

Population in 1880, 25.

Ankachak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the lower Yukon, about 20 

miles above Audreafski. Not given in the Tenth Census, 1880. In the 

Eleventh Census called Ankahchaginiut (population 1.03). By Raymond, 1869, by the Coast Survey, and by the Geological Survey called 

Aukachagamuk, an obvious error for Aukachagamut, i. e., Ankachak 

people. Perhaps this place is identical with Kenuuimik of a recent 

Coast Survey chart.

Ankau; creek or river, and inlet, in the peninsula south of Port Mulgrave, 

Yakutat bay, near longitude 139° 40'. Named Estero del An can by 

Malaspino in 1791, after a Tlinkit chief. Dixon says Ancou means 

friend or chief. Spelled variously Ancau, Ancou, Ankau, Ankow, and 

erroneously Aukon (pronounced 6ii'-cow). Moser, 1901, describes two 

streams here having the same source, the Tawah flowing westward into 

De Monti bay and the Ankau flowing southeastward and debouching 

on the coast 9 miles southeast of Ocean cape. (See Tawah.)

Ankau; head, forming the eastern point of entrance to Ankau creek, Yakutat 

bay, southeastern Alaska. Called Punta Gorda (broad point) by 

Malaspina, in 1791, and Ankau Head by Harber in 1892.

Ankitaktuk; creek or river, tributary to the Kuskokwim from the north, near 

longitude 162°. Eskimo name obtained, in 1S9S, by Spurr and Post of 

the Geological Survey, from missionary J. H. Kilbuck. See also 

Kvichivak.
102 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA.

Anman; small stream, tributary to the Chilkat river near its mouth. Native 

word reported by Dr. A. Krause in 1882 as Anuia'n.

Anmer; point, the southern point of entrance to Port Snettisham, Stephens 

passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794.

A.nnelagaggeradc, river; see Reed.

Annette; bay, indenting the northern end of Annette island, Gravina. group, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, 1879.

Annette; island, the largest of tlxe Gravina group, Alexander archipelago, near 

latitude 55° 10', longitude 131° 30'. Named in 1879 by W. H. Dall, after 

his wife, Annette Whitn,ey Dall. By act of March 3, 1891, this island 

was reserved for the use of the Tsimshian Indians.

Annette; point, the southeasterumost of Annette island, Felice strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Annin; glacier, near Port Valdes, Prince William sound. So called by Abercrornbie, 1898.

Annoksek; creek, said to be a lake outlet, southesatern coast of Alaska, 7 

miles north of Cape Spencer, near longitude 136° 45'. Indian name, 

reported by Moser in 1901, who wrote An-nock-seck.

Annuls, river and village; see Atnuk.

Anoghta, island; see Amukta.

Anogok; Eskimo village, on the mainland shore just west of Kuskokwim bay, 

Bering sea. Visited by Nelson in December, 1878, and its name reported by him as Anogogmute, i. e., Anogok people.

AnooJc, river; see Anuk.' ~

Anowik; island (650 feet high), one of the Semidi islands. Native name, obtained by Dall in 1874.

Ansley; island, in Swanson harbor, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago, near 

.latitude 58° 12', longitude 135° 07'. Apparently so named by Meade in 

1869. Perhaps this is an error for Astley.

Anthracite; .ridge, on the north bank of Matanuska river, 60 miles northeast of 

Knik arm of Cook inlet, near latitude 61° 50', longitude 148°. Local 

name, reported by Martin in 1905.

Antler; creek, Seward peninsula, in the Solomon river basin, tributary on the 

north bank Tributary creek, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 164° 10'.

Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1904.

Antone; lake, on the southwest coast of St. Paul island, Bering sea, near longitude 170° 21'. Local name, reported by Stanley-Brown in 1891.

Anuk; river, tributary to the Stikiue river from the east, near the international 

boundary line. Native name, obtained by the Coast Survey. Has also 

been written Anook.

Anuk; river, an affluent of the Yukon on the right near latitude 62° 20', longitude 163° 50'. Eskimo name, obtained by Putnam in 1899.

Anukasilolch; lake, St. George island, Bering sea, just north of Ulakaia hill, 

near longitude 169° 34'. Aleut name, obtained by Putnam in 1897, and 

written AnuckaseTogh.

Anukturuk, pass and river; see Anaktuvuk.

Anvaniek, river ; see Anavinguk.

Anvik; Indian village, post-office, and mission, on the right bank of the Anvik 

river a mile above its junction with the Yukon. Here in January, 

1834, Glazunof found a village of several hundred people. Population 

. in 1880, 95; in 1890, 101. The Episcopalian mission located here was 

established in 1887. Raymond, 1869, calls ij; Anvic (American station). 

Has also been written Anvig, Anwig, and Anvick. The post-office was 

established here in September, 1898.
DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 108

Anvik; river, tributary to the Yukon from the west, near longitude .1.60°. Explored by Glazunof in 1833. Called by the Russians Anvich, Anvig, 

Anvik, and sometimes Anwig.

Anvil, city; see Nome.

Anvil; creek, 4 miles northwest of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Snake 

river, from the northeast, near longitude 165°'30'. Prospectors' name, 

published in 1900.

Anvil; mountain (2,157 feet high), at the northern end of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Anvil; peak (1,050 feet high), 5 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, near 

longitude 165° 23'. Local name, from Witherspoon, 1899.

Anvil Head; broad promontory, forming the western point of entrance to 

Annette bay, Annette island, Nichols passage, 'Alexander archipelago. 

So called in the Coast Pilot, 1883 (p. SO).

Amoig, village; see Anvik.

Anxiety; point, on the Arctic coast, east of Point Barow, near longitude 147° 

50'. So named by Franklin, in 1826, in commemoration of his state 

of mind when there.

Anyaguk; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim, from the south, near longitude 

160°. Eskimo name, obtained by Spurr and Post in 1898.

An'yok; Eskimo village, on the north shore of Kotzebue sound between Cape 

Kruzenstern and the mouth of Noatak river. Visited by JaTvis and 

the Overland Expedition in 1898. See also Sheshalek, Tikizat, and 

Auiyak.

Apakshau; slough or river, Yukon delta, opening on the left bank of Apoon 

pass 2$ miles above Okwega pass; near latitude 63° 02', longitude 

163° 45'. Eskimo name, obtained by Faris in 1899.

Ape; point, on the southern shore of Revillagigedo island, near southern entrance to Behm canal. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. Erro- 

. neously Cone Island point of British Admiralty chart 2431.

Apholcnak, island; see Afognak.

ApiJctalluk, Eskimo village; see Opiktulik.

Apoka; river, tributary to Kuskokwim -bay, between the Eek and Kanektok 

rivers. Called Apoga by Spurr and Post, who obtained this name from 

missionary J. H. Kilbuck in 1898.

Apokak; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay, at mouth of 

Apoka river. According to Nelson, 1878-79, its native name is Apokagamute, i. e., Apokak people. In the Eleventh Census, 1890, it is called 

Ahpokagamiut.

Apollo; post-office established in May, 1899, on the south shore of Unga island, 

Shurnagin group.

Apoon; mouth and pass, the northernmost in the Yukon delta. Called by 

Tebeukof, 1849, Abkiin, and. by later Russians Apkun. Dall calls it 

Uphoon, the. Coast Survey Apoon, Aphoon, and Aphroon, and others 

Aproon. Father Baruum gives " aprun, main trail, regular passage." 

Dr. William Hamilton, of the Bureau of Education, in Reindeer Re- 

 port, 1904, page 39, writes : " The natives compare the delta of the Yukon 

with its mouths to a human hand and have given the name Aphoon 

(thumb) to its northernmost channel." This, however, is not verified 

by the Eskimo vocabularies at hand.
104 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA;

Apple; group of islands, in the northern part of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Srediii (middle) by Vasilief in 1809, and lablochnio' 

(apple) on later Russian maps, where it is also written labloshnle. 

Thus it has been variously called Apple, lablosh, lablochnie, Middle, 

and Sredni.

Apple, islands ; see Watch.

Applegate; cove, indenting the southeastern shore of Izembek bay, north shore 

Alaska peninsula, near longitude 162° 50'. So named by the Fish Com- t 

mission, in 1888, after Mr. Samuel Applegate.

Appleton; cove, in Rodman bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by Moore, in 1895, after W. G. Appleton, a member of his party.

Approach; point, the extreme southeasterly point of Griudall island, northeast 

point of entrance to Kasaan bay, western shore Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 27', longitude 132° 06'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Aproka; pass or channel, Yukon delta, a cut-off between Kwikluak and Kwikpak passes, 20 miles below their junction, near latitude 62° 45', longitude 164° 07'. Eskimo name (probably the same as apruka, little passage or trail), reported by Faris in 1899.

Aproon, mouth and pass; see Apoou.

Aj)ruka; see Aproka.

A.pthrop, port; see Althorp.

Arboles; island, in Portillo channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Ysla de los Arboles (island of the trees) by Maurelle a'nd 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

Arboleda; point, the northwestern point of Suemez island, Bucareli bay, Prince 

of Wales archipelago. Named Arboleda (grove) by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

Arch; point, " a rocky projection, 40 feet high, with an arch through the extremity of the point" on the southern shore of Unimak island, 3 miles 

northeastward from Seal cape, near longitude 164° 34'. So described 

by Westdahl in 1901.

Arch; rock, near Sand point, Popof strait, Shumagins. Descriptive name, given 

by Dall in 1872.

Arch; rock, on the northwestern shore of Amaknak island, the eastern point of

entrance to Captains bay, UnalaSka bay, near longitude 166° 34'. Descriptive name, given by Dall in 1871. The rock is perforated.

Archangel Gabriel, fort; see Sitka.

Archer, creek or river; see Tonsina.

Archimandritof; rocks, in Kachemak b'ay, Cook inlet. Named by Dall, .1880, 

after Captain Archimandritof, of the Russian American Company.

Archimandritof, islands; see Geese.

Arctic; creek, tributary to Cripple creek from the east, in the Cape Nome mining region, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. Erroneously Artic.

Arctic; creek, eastern Alaska, on south bank of Seventymile creek, near Arctic 

Dome and tributary to Flume creek, about latitude 64° 55', longitude 

142° 40'. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major 

Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Arctic; mining camp, on the Koyukuk river, near the Arctic circle in longitude 

153°. Called Arctic City by the miners in 1899.

Arctic; river, Seward peninsula, flowing north into Shishmaref inlet, near 

longitude 165° 41'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdiue, 1901.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 105

Arctic Dome; mountain (4,800 feet high) in eastern Alaska, on south bank of

Seventymile creek, near latitude 64° 55', longitude 142° 40'. Prospectors' name, reported by AVitherspoon, 1905. 

Arcy, creek; see Carey. 

Arden; point, the northeastern point of Admiralty island, Stephens passage,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794. 

Ardiguen; rookery, one of the seal rookeries on Reef point, St. Paul island,

Bering sea, near longitude 170° 18'. Probably native name, reported

by Duffleld in 1897. 

Argonaut; mining camp, now deserted, established in 1899, and called Argonaut

City, on the right bank of the Koyukuk, 15 miles above Hugging island,

near latitude 66° 10', longitude 154° 20'. Reported by Cautwell, 1900. 

Arie, point; see Murre. 

Ariswaniski; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the lower Yukon, about 25

miles above Andreafski,. longitude 162° 45'. Name published by the

Coast Survey, in 1899, as Ariswfmiski. 

Arizona; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kougarok river from west,

5 miles below the mouth of Taylor creek, near latitude 65° 35', longitude

164° 50'. Miners' name, from Gerdine, 1901. 

Arizona; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Inmachuk river from the east,

near latitude 65° 50', longitude 163°. Miners' name, published by the

Geological Survey in 1902. 

Arkansas; creek, in the Fortymile region, tributary to the headwaters of

Champion creek from the right near latitude 04° 35', longitude 141° 40'.

Prospectors' name, found on a MS. map by E. F. Ball, 1898, in the

Coast Survey archives. 

Arkell, lake; see Kusawa.

A.rJco-sher-wak, Ark-o-sherwik, creek ; tributary of Kobuk ; see Beaver. 

Arm; mountain (2,177 feet high), just west of Nakat inlet, Dixon entrance,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. 

Armstrong; port, near the southern end of" Barauof island, Chatham strait,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794. 

Army; peak (612 feet high), 10 miles northwest of Cape Nome, at the junction

of Osborn creek and Nome river near latitude 64° 32', longitude 165°

11'. Local name, reported by Pratt, 1900. 

Arnkil; island, north shore Afognak bay, Kodiak group, near latitude 58° 02',

longitude 152° 46'. Local name, reported by Moser in 1900. 

Am Klane, river; see Aantlen. 

Arolokovik; Eskimo village, on right bank of Yukon river at the head of the

delta, near latitude 02° 22', longitude 1.63° 50'. Eskimo name written

Arolokovik by Putnam in 1899. " Vik " is often a locative termination

in Eskimo, meaning place of. 

A.r Quay, river; see Akwe. 

Arre; rocks, off the southern shore of Hall island, Bering sea. Apparently so

named by Elliott, in 1874, who says Arrie, a sea bird, the Murre, was so

named by the Russians from its harsh cry Arra-arra. It is the Uria

lomvia arra of some of the ornithologists. Sarichef says, " The aar,

or ara torda alca, is the name of a Kauitschadale water fowl, of the

species of the Gagara (colymlms arcticus) or water-hen. At Kola it

is called Gegarka." 

Arrecifes; point, on the mainland in Yakutat bay, opposite Port Mulgrave.

Named Punta de Arrecifes (point of reefs) by Malaspina in 1791. 

Arriaga; passage, in the northern part of Bucareli bay. Named Bocas de

Arriaga.by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.
106 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Arricife, Punta del; see Reef.

Arro'iosmith, island; see Rat. ^

Arroyo Blanco; see White.

Arroyo de la Cruz; see Cross gulch.

Artelnof. On the rocky southwestern coast of Akun island, Krenitzin group,

eastern Aleutians, existed, in 1830, a small village named Artelnofskie.

The bidarshik or foreman for the Krenitzin group lived here. 

Arthur; island, northwest shore Peril strait, between Northern and Southern

rapids, Alexander archipelago, at-Arthur point below, near latitude

57° 27', longitude 135° 35'. So named by Moore, 1885.

Arthur; peak (3,434 feet high), on the mainland, near Limestone inlet, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1888. 

Arthur; point, on Chichagof island, Peril strait, between Northern and Southern

rapids, Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlau in 1884. 

Artic, creek; see Arctic. 

Arucenas; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Dolores, Bucareli bay,

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Puuta de Arucenas by Maurelle

and Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Arvesta; creek, in the Controller bay region, tributary to Katalla slough.

Local name, from Martin, 1904. 

Arvesta; creek, Alaska peninsula, tributary to Becharof lake. So named by

J. L. McPherson, deputy mineral surveyor, 1903. 

Ascheeshna, river; see John. 

Ashby; mountains (5,200 to 5,500 feet high), east of Portland canal. So named

by Fender, 1868. 

Ashiiak; island, between Port Wrangell and Agripiua bay, Alaska peninsula.

Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. 

Ashington; range of mountains, between Portland canal and Observatory inlet.

So named by Pender, 1868. 

Ashink, lake, and village; see Aishihik. 

Ashishik; cape, on the northern shore of Umnak island, near its eastern end.

Native name, from Kuritzien, 1849. 

Ashivak; native village (population 46 in 1880), near Cape Douglas, Cook inlet.

Native name, reported by Petrof in 1880.

Ashmiahk, islet; see Aiktak.

AsiaJc, island ; see Sledge.

Asiatchak, point; see Rornanof.

Askinak. The Eleventh Census, 1890, includes an Eskimo village called Askinaghamiut in the Kuskokwim district. Population 138. Not found on 

any map and its location unknown.

Askinuk; Eskimo village, on the southern shore of Hooper bay, Yukon delta. 

Native name, from Nelson, who visited.it December 14, 1878, and was 

welcomed by its entire population of nearly 200 people.

Askinuk; range of mountains, Yukon delta, on the north of Askinuk river and 

terminating at Cape Romanzof; about latitude 61° 45', longitude 165° 

50'. The highest point, about 5 miles from Cape Romanzof, is 2,363 

feet. So called by Nelson, 1878.

Askinuk; river, in the Yukon delta, debouching into Hooper bay. Native name, 

from Nelson, who crossed it December 15, 1878.

Asko; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Yukon, below Anvik. Native 

name, from Nelson, 1878-79, who wrote it Askhomute, i. e., Asko or 

Askh people.

Aslik; cape, the northern head of Inanudak bay, on the northern coast of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. Native name, from Kuritzien, 1849.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIOFAKY OF ALASKA. 107

Aspid; bay, indenting the northern shore of Unalaska, immediately east of 

Chernofski harbor. So called by Veniaminof, 1840.

Aspid; cape, on the northern shore of Unalaska. between Chernofski harbor 

and Aspid bay. Called Ainmak by Sarichef, in 1792, which is Alent for 

night. Veuianiinof calls it Aspid (slate) and says (I, 169): "It 

obtained the name Aspid (slate) not from the presence of slate rock, 

but from a chief, who formerly dwelt near by and was so called by the 

Russians." The Fish Commission, in 1888, called it Nellie Juan, presumably after the schooner Nettie Juan, belonging to Mr. Samuel Applegate.

Aspid, islets; see Slate.

Asses Ears; mountain, south of Goodhope bay, Kotzebue sound, on Seward peninsula. So named by Kotzebue, in 1816, because " its summit is in the 

form of two asses' ears."

Asses Head; cape, on the northern coast of Unalaska, near Chernofski village. 

So named in a pencil memorandum on Sarichef s chart of 1792.

Assumption, port; see Asumciou.

Assurance, bay; see Disenchantment.

Astley, island ; see Ansley.

Astley; point, the southern point of entrance to Holkham bay, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Aston; island, in Tlevak strait, Cordova bay, Dixou entrance. Named by 

Nichols, in 1881, after Chief Engineer Ralph Aston, U. S. N., a member 

of his party. Has also been called Wright island by Sheldou Jackson.

Astrolabe; point, on the mainland between Cross sound and Lituya bay. 

Named, in 1883, by Ball, after one of the French exploring ships under 

La Perouse.

Astronomical; point, the eastern point of entrance to Halibut bay, Portland 

canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 13', longitude 130° 04'. 

So named by the Coast Survey.

Asuksak; islet, southwest of Great Sitkin, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

Aleut name from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Agugsiak. 

Perhaps it is from the Aleut word 'asuk (kettle).

Asumcion; port, in Bucareli bay. Named by Maurelle and Quadra, in 1775, 

Puerto de nuestra Senora de la Asuniciou. Published as Puerto de 

nostra Senora de la Asumcion in La Perouse's voyage, 1797. Copied 

by the Russians thus : " Nuesta Seusora de la Asirusioii " harbor. Also 

written Port Asuncion and Port Assumption.

At, island; see Attu.

Atakon, island; see Attu.

Ataku; island, one of the Necker islands, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently a native name; reported by Vasilief in 1809. Has been 

written Atakou.

Atayak; mountain, at the headwaters of the Kanektok river, western Alaska. 

Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, in 

September, 1898. More exactly perhaps it might be written Ah-tah-ai-ak.

Atcha, island; see Atka.

Atchaka, island; see Middletou.

Atcheredina, point; see Acheredin.

Atcho-koverushka, St. George island; see Gull hill.

Atherton; mountain (1,700 feet high) on south shore of Wrangell island, 

Arctic ocean, So named by the British Admiralty, 1884.
108 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Atka; lake, near the south coast St. George island, Bering sea, about longitude 

169° 39'. According to Putnam, 1897, called Naro'am-iln'yi (Atka 

natives' lake) by the Aleuts because some people from Atka island 

lived near it. Called Atka by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Atka; island (4,988 feet high), one of the principal islands of the Andreanof 

group, middle Aleutians, near longitude 174° 30'. Native name, from 

early Russian traders. Coxe calls it Atchu, and Cook, 1778, Atghka. 

Also written Atcha, Atchka, and Alcha.

Atkins; island (about 800 feet high), northeast of Litle Koniuji island, Shumagin-group. So named by Dall, 1872, after the fishing schooner Minnie 

'G. Atkins. Erroneously Atkin. . . Atkritoi, rock ; see Discovery.

Atkritoi, rock ; see Open.

Atkroi-glaza, rock ; see Eye Opener.

 Atkulik; island, near the entrance to Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. Native 

name, from the Russians. Erroneously Atkunk.

Atlin; lake and river, northeast from Lynn canal. This name has been adopted 

by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Atmugiak; creek, tributary to Kagati lake from the east, near source of 

Kanektok river. Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post, of the 

Geological Survey, who passed near it September 7, 1898.

Atna, river; see Copper.

Atnik; Eskimo village, on the Arctic coast at or near Point Belcher. Called 

Ataniek by Tikhinenief in 1861. The Eleventh Census map has Attanak and the. text Atnik. Perhaps it is Pinoshuragin of Pctrof, 1880, or 

Nunaria of Ray, 1885. See also Sedaru.

Atniliak. This is the native name of one of the smaller Shumagins, which one 

is not known. So given by Veniaminof and Lutke. Perhaps Auiliak 

and Animak are other forms of the same name.

Atn.uk; river, and Eskimo village at its mouth, on the northern shore of Norton 

bay, Norton sound. Tebenkof, 1849, calls the river Atniek and Tikhinenief, in 1861, calls the settlement Atniek-miut. Petrof, 1880, writes 

it Atnuk. Erroneously Aunuk.

Atonisuk, river; tributary to the Yukon from the north, about 50 miles above 

Rampart. Native, name, from Raymond, 1869, who wrote it Atonisonik.

Petrof, 1880, wrote it Ahtonisuk. This may be identical with Ray 

river of Alien, 1885, and of recent maps. See Ray.

Atrevida; glacier, near the head of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named 

Atrevida (intrepid) by Russell, in 1890, after one of Malaspiua's vessels. 

Atrote, village ; see Stebbins.

Attanak, village ; see Atnik.

Atten; Eskimo village, near the headwaters of Buckland river. Its name is 

given by Dall, 1869, as Atteumut, i. e., Atten people.

Attiunik; point, southern point of entrance to Selawik lake, near the Arctic 

circle and longitude 161° 25'. Eskimo name, written by Stoney, 1886, 

At-tiu-nick.

Attu; island (3,084 feet high), the westernmost large island of the Aleutian 

chain of islands, near east longitude 173°. Native name, from the 

early Russian explorers, which has been written At, Atako, Atakon, 

Ataka, Attak, Attou, Otma, etc. According to Petrof it is St. Theodore 

of Chirikof, in 1741, and according to Lutke, St. Abraham or St. Etieune 

of Bering, 1741.'
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 109

Atushagvik; cape, in Shelikof strait, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, east of Katmai. Native name, from the Russians. Lutke, 1835, 

writes it Atouchagvik.

Atutsak;. river, tributary to the Yukon from the south, just below Nuklukyet. 

Its native name was reported by Raymond, in 1869, as Atutsakulakushchargut; Alien, in 1885, . wrote it Atutsakulakushakakat, and 

Petrof, in .1880, Atutsakulakushchakat, while a recent Coast Survey 

chart has. Atutzehhuilcusten creek. See Kakat. 

Atwater; creek, tributary to South Fork of Fortymile creek. Prospectors'

name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899. 

A'-u-an, island ; see Unalaska.

Auburn; creek, Seward peninsula, in the Casadepaga drainage basin, tributary 

to the head of Birch creek, near latitude 04° 48', longitude 104° 11'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1905. 

Auburn; creek, Seward peninsula, in the Niukluk valley, tributary to American 

creek, from the southeast, near latitude 64° 56', longitude 164° 27'. 

Prospectors' name. Called Auburn Ravine creek on a local map, 1901. 

Aueruk; creek, tributary to Norton bay from the northwest, between the 

Tubutulik and Kwiiiiuk rivers, Seward peninsula. Native name, from 

the Davidson Blakeslee map of 1900, where it is spelled Oweruk. 

AugoyaJctoli, creek ; see Angoyaktoli.

Augusta; glacier and mountain (13,918 feet high) in the St. Elias region; 

named, in 1891, by Prof. I. C. Russell, after his wife. Has been printed 

erroneously Agusta. 

Augusta; point, the northeastern, point of Chichagof island, Chatham strait,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794. 

Augustin; peak, in the McKinley range, near latitude 62° 10', longitude 153°.

So named by Herron, 1899.

Augustine; bay, indenting the western coast of Quadra island, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. So named by Dall, 1883. Has since been written 

St. Augustine bay. 

Augustine; cape, near the above. Named in 1775, by Maurelle, Cabo de S.

Augustin. Also called cape St. Augustine.

Augustine; island (about 3,000 feet high) in Kamishak bay, Cook inlet. 

Named Mount St. Augustin by Cook, 1778. It is Chernoburi or Chernabnra (black-brown) of the Russians.

Auke; bay, indenting the mainland at the northeastern end of Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago, just north of Fritz cove, near latitude 58° 23'. 

Local name, reported by Spencer and Wright, 1903.

Auke; cove, indenting the northern shore of Admiralty island, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago,' near latitude 58° 1.1'; longitude 134° 34'. 

Called Auke bay by Meade in 1868, after a poor tribe of Indians living 

near it.

Auke; creek, north shore of Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago, tributary 

to Auke cove, above. Local name, reported by Spencer and Wright in 

1903.

Attfcon, river; see Aukau creek.

Aurora; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to the west fork of the Noxapaga 

river from the west, near latitude 65° 38', longitude 164° 10'. Miners' 

name, from Gerdine, 1901.

Aurora; creek, 25 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Eldorado river from the west near longitude 165°, Miners' name, 

from Gerdine, 1904.
110 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Aurora; mountain (2,115 feet high), 20 miles northwest of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the left bank of Cripple river, near latitude 64° 43', longitude 

165° 40'. Prospectors' name, published on a local map in 1901.

Aurora; village, or settlement, on the eastern shore of Kachemak bay, Kenai 

peninsula, near latitude 59° 40'. Local name, from Stone, 1904.

Ausana; see Hosiana river, Beaver creek, and Beaver slough.

Auto; river, tributary to the Yukon from the north, about 20 miles below the 

mouth of Kaiyuh river. Name from Alien, 1885, who calls it Autokokakat on his map and Autokakat in his text, i. e., Auto mouth. Raymond, 1869, shows this stream without name, but has a village called 

Yakutsklitnik. From its mouth Alien followed the summer trail to 

Unalaklik on Norton sound. Tikhmeuief, 1861, shows a village here 

(on the opposite bank of the Yukon) called Ttutaho.

Avatanak; island (from 1,200 to 1,700 feet high), between Akutan and Tigalda 

of the Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 165° 20'. 

Native name, from .the Russians. Has also been written Avatauok and 

Awatanok. Apparently identical with Aiaialgutak of Kreuitzin and 

Levashef in 1768.

Avatanak; strait, separating Akun island from Avatanak and other islands, 

Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians. "So called by Veuiamiuof and 

Lutke, 1828. Has also been called Pathfinder channel, which name was 

.published in Coast Survey Magnetic Declination Tables for 1902.

Avaterat; lake, north of Lake Selby, drained by the Mauneluk river into the 

Kobuk near latitude 67°, longitude 156°. Native name reported by 

Mendenhall iu 1901. It may be Car-le-ok-shuk of Cantwell, 1885 

(P- 41).

A-vi-lu-legoraok, creek ; see Cosmos.

Avinof; cape, on the mainland southeast from Nunivak island, Bering sea. 

Presumably so named by Vasilief, in 1821, after Lieut. Alexander 

Avinof, a member of his party. See also Shoal Ness.

Avogon; channel, between two small islands on the north side of the mouth of 

Kwikluak pass, Yukon delta, near latitude 62° 37', longitude 164° 52'. 

Probably an Eskimo name, obtained by Putnarn iu 1899.

Avon; islet, in McHenry anchorage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Aw-aw, lake and stream ; see Thorns..

Ayachaghayuk, village; see Aiachagiuk.

Ayaclieruk, village ; see Aiacheruk.

Ayagh, island; see Adak.

Ayaghish, volcano ; see Makushin.

Avals, island; see Sledge.

Ai/akhtalik, village; see Aiaktalik.

Ayakulik; island, off: the west coast of Kodiak, near the mouth of Ayakulik 

river. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Erroneously Achulik.

Ayakulik; river, on the west coast of Kodiak. Among the local cannery men 

it is known as Red river. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Erroneously Ayakulih.

Ayalik, bay; see Aia'lik.

Ayalik, islands ; see Chiswell.

Ayou, bay ; see Hallo.

Ayugadak, island; see Rat.

Ayutka; cape, in Aniakchak bay, Alaska peninsula. Native name, as published by the Coast Survey in 1900.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF -ALASKA. Ill

Azacharak; Eskimo village and hill, on the left bank of the -Yukon, near. 

Azacharum slough below. Eskimo name, obtained by Putuam in 1899.

Azacharum; slough, on the right bank of the Yukon at the great bend 25 miles 

below Andreafski, latitude 62° 05', longitude 163° 55'. Eskimo name, 

obtained by Putnam in 1899. The Eskimo word acberun (achirun) 

means slough.

Azailc, island; see Aziak.

Azamis; cape, -the eastern point of Little Tanaga island, Andreanof group, 

. middle Aleutians. Name from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written 

Aziinis.

Aziacliak, point; see Romanof.

Aziak, island; see Sledge.

Aziak; islet, southwest of Great Sitkin, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

Native name, from the Russians. Lutke says Tebenkof calls it Azki,but 

Tebenkof's chart XXVIII has Aziak. Has also been written Azik, 

and, erroneously, Azaik.

Aziavik; river, tributary to Hagemeister strait on northern shore of Bristol 

bay. Native name, from Tebeukof, 1849, who writes Azvichvak.

Aziavik; Eskimo village, on northern shore of Bristol bay. Name from Petrof, 

1880,'who wrote it Aziavigamute, i. e., Aziavik people. Population in 

1880, 132.

Azimuth; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So named by the 

Coast Survey.

Azimuth.; point, on the northern coast of Kodiak, near Spruce island. Named 

Pelenga (magnetic asimuth) by Murashef, who in 1839-40 took bearings 

here.

AzJci, island; see Aziak.

Azun; river, in the Yukon delta. Usually written Azoon. Native name, from 

Nelson, who crossed it in December, 1878.

Babbler; point, on mainland, northern shore of Eastern passage, southeastern 

Alaska, near latitude 56° 28', longitude 132° 17'. Local name, probably 

after Mr. Babbler, superintendent of the cannery at Wrangell, and 

reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Babbling; brook, northern shore Olga bay, Kodiak, tributary to North O.lga 

stream, from the left. Local name, reported by Moser, 1900.

Babe; islands, southern shore Cholmondeley sound, Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 13', longitude 132* 08'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Baby; creek, tributary to Chandlar river from the west, near longitude 148° 30'. 

So named by prospectors, 1899.

Baby; creek, tributary to Squaw creek from the south, in the Fortymile mining 

district. Prospectors' name, from Barnard, 1898.

Baby; islands, a group of six small islands in Akutan pass, off the northeast 

shore of Unalga island, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians, near latitude 54° ', longitude 166° 04'. Local name, from Gilbert, 1901.

Baby; pass, between Unalga island and Baby islands, Krenitziu group, eastern 

Aleutians. Local name, reported by Gilbert, 1901.

Bachelor; creek, tributary to Preacher creek from the south, near latitude 65° 

30', longitude 146° 05'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1903.

Back; bay, at head of Afognak bay, south shore of Afognak island, Kodiak 

group, near Latitude 58° 03', longitude 152° 47'. Local name, reported 

by Moser in 1900.

Back; island, in Behm canal, near Betton island, Alexander archipelago. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1886.
112 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Back; point, between Gwydyr bay and the mouth of Colville river, on the Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. So named by Franklin, in 1826, " after 

my excellent companion, Lieiit. [afterwards Captain] George Back," R. N.

Backbone; mountain (2,525 feet high), on the mainland, near Revillagigedo 

channel. So named by Nichols, 1885.

Backhouse; river, on the Arctic coast near and east of the international boundary, about longitude 140° 30'. So named by Franklin, 1826, after Mr. 

Backhouse, one of the under secretaries of state for foreign affairs.

Bacon; hill, on the right bank of the Yukon, 12 miles above Ikogmut or Russian 

Mission. Name taken from Edwards's Track Chart of the Yukon, 

1899.

Badger; bay, indenting the northern shore of Boca- de Quadra, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Bagial; cove, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Puerto 

Bagial by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. On Sarichef's map 

called cape Bagial.

Bahia de las Islas; see Salisbury sound.

Bahia de las Islas; see Bay of Islands. '

Baht; harbor, indenting the northern shore of Zarembo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Russians after Engineer Baht, of the steamer 

Alexander. Erroneously Bath harbor.

Bate de Monti; see Yakutat

Baikron; creek, tributary to Kanektok river from the north near its northernmost bend. Native name (pronounced By-krou), obtained" by Spurr 

and Post, of the .Geological Survey, who passed its mouth September 

5, 1898.

Bailey; bay, indenting the mainland north of Revillagigedo island, Behm canal, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, 1879, in the Coast Pilot 

(p. 73). Erroneously Baily.

Bailey; harbor, in northern part of Belkofski bay, Alaska peninsula, near longitude 162° 07'. Surveyed by Capt. George W. Bailey, U. S. R. M.. in 

1879, and named after him by the Revenue-Marine Service. Captain 

Bailey was lost overboard on the return voyage to San Francisco, 

October 1C, 1879.

Bailey; sunken ledge,-off Oberuoi point, Captains bay, Unalaska bay, near longitucleJlGG0 34'. Shown on the earliest charts, then omitted and rediscovered in 1872 by Silvauus Bailey, mate of the Coast Survey schooner 

Humboldt, after whom it is named/

Bainbridge; glacier, on west shore of Port Bainbridge, Prince William sound. 

Local name, reported by Grant in 1905.

Bainbridge; passage, in southwestern part of Prince William sound. Local 

name, reported by Grant in 1905.

Bainbridge; peak (3,467 feet high), on the mainland, near Thoaias bay, Frederick sound. So named by Thomas, 1887, presumably after Commodore 

William Bainbridge, U. S. N.

Bainbridge; port (Port Bainbridge), at extreme southwest corner of Prince 

William sound. . So named by Vancouver, 1794.

Baird; bank, off the northern shore of Alaska peninsula. Named by Tanner, 

1890, after Prof. Spencer F. Baird, of the Smithsonian Institution.

Baird; canyon, tributary to Copper river from the east, just north of Miles 

glacier. So named by Alien, 1885, after Prof. Spencer Fullertou 

Baird, Secretary of the Smithsoniau Institution.
GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 113

Baird; glacier, at head of Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by

Thomas, 1887, after Prof. Spencer F. Baird, Secretary of the Smithsouian Institution. 

Baird; glacier, near headwaters of Lowe river, about 25 miles east of Valdez.

So named by the Geological Survey after a prospector who, in the

spring of 1898, lost his life while exploring it. 

Baird; inlet, on the western coast of Alaska, northeast of Nunivak. So named

by Petrof, 1880, after Prof. Spencer F; Baird, Secretary of the Smith-^

sonian Institiition. 

Baird; mountain, near Mount Augusta, St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. So

named by Russell, 1890, after Prof. Spencer F. Baird, Secretary of the

Sniithsoniau Institution. 

Baird; mountains, northeast of Kotzebue sound between Kobuk and Noatak

rivers. Named by Stouey, 1886, in honor of Prof. Spencer F. Baird,

Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 

Baird; peak (3,260 feet high), on the northeastern coast of Prince of Wales

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Baituk; creek, in western end of Seward peninsula, debouching a few miles 

southeast of Cape Prince of Wales. Eskimo name, which has been 

written Bituk and Botuk. Pronounced Bye-took. Name published by 

the Coast Survey in 1900.

Bajo Pamplona; see Pamplona.

Baker; creek, tributary to Tanana river, right bank, about 60' miles above 

month of latter, near longitude 151°. So named by Alien, 1885. Apparently identical with Saklekageta of Petrof, 1880.

Baker; creek, tributary to Middle fork Koyukuk river. See Hamniond.

Baker; inlet, in Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelagoi 

This name was given by Dall, in 1880, to a supposed inlet indenting the 

southern shore of Kasaan bay. When Clover surveyed Kasaau bay, in 

1885, and found the inlet did not exist he applied the name to a point 

near by.

Baker; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named by Dall, 

1879, " after Marcus Baker, of the Coast Survey, engaged 1873-1881 in 

surveys and office work relating to Alaska." Professor Davidsou identifies this island as the landfall of Chirikof, July 15, 1741.

Baker; mountain, on west bank of White river, near latitude 63°. So named, 

1898, by Peters and Brooks, after H. B. Baker, a member of their party.

Baker; point, being the northwestern point of Prince of Wales island, Sunnier 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 1793, after Lieut. 

Joseph Baker, R. N., of Vancouver's party, who drew the maps in Vancouver's atlas. Has also been called North Point Baker.

Baker; point, on the southern shore of Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales island, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 31', longitude 132° 25'. Named 

by Clover, 1SS5, after Marcus Baker.

Baker; telegraph station, on the Tanana, at or near the mouth of Baker creek, 

80 (?) miles above Fort Gibbon. So named by the United States Signal 

Corps in 1903.

Bakewell; arm, of Smeaton bay, Behm canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 18', longitude 130° 40'. Local navigators' name, reported by 

H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Balaena, island ; see Ballena.

Bull..299 06 M 8
114 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONAEY OP ALASKA.

Balandra; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named La 

Balandra (the sloop) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. See als,o 

Fish Egg.

Balandra; shoal, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago, a mile and a half 

northwest of Balandra island. So named by Moser, 1897.

Bald, cape; see Chacon.

Bald; mountain, on I-Ieceta island, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 

55° 43', longitude 133° 34'. So named by Dickins, 1903r4.

Bald; mountains, near Taku river. Probably so called by the exploring parties 

of the Western Union Telegraph Company in 1865.

Bald; ridge of mountains (2,241 feet high), east of Tamgas harbor, on Annette 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Bald Head; promontory, on the northern side of Norton bay, Norton sound, 

Bering sea. So named by Cook, September, 1778. Quite recently it 

has been called Point Inglestat, and also Isaacs point, by the miners 

and prospectors. Some part of it was also called Point Enuis by the 

Western Union Telegraph expedition of 1867. Has also been written 

Bald-Head.

Baldwin; creek, tributary to Fish river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Local name, 1900.

Baldwin; post-office (established January, 1906, or December, 1905), Prince of 

Wales island, Alexander archipelago, on the north side of the north 

arm of Moira sound near its head, about latitude 55° 10'.

Baldy; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to north fork of Kougarok river 

from the south, near latitude 65° 35', longitude 164° 35'. Local name, 

from Gerdine, 1901.

Baldy; mountain, on east bank of Kougarok river, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Brooks, 1900.

Ball; creek, Seward peninsula, Solomon River drainage, tributary on east bank 

of Shovel creek, near latitude 64° 43', longitude 164° 25'. Prospectors' 

name, from a local map, 1904.

Ball; group of islets, forming eastern part of the Galankin group, Sitka sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers, 

1879, after Col. Mottrom Dulany Ball, at that time collector of customs 

at Sitka.

Ball, island ; see Aleutski. 

Ballarat; creekj Seward peninsula, tributary from the south to Humboldt 

creek, which is a tributary to Goodhope river. Latitude 65° 50', longitude 164° 10 . Local -name, from Gerdiue, 1901.

Ballast; island, in Portage bay, Alaska peninsula. So named by the Fish Commission in 1893.

Ballena; islands, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named La Ballena (the whale) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. Has been 

written erroneously Balaena and Balena.

Balls; pass, between the headwaters of Fortymile creek and the Tanana river 

on the west side of Sixtyniile butte, near latitude 63° 50', longitude 

142° 30'. Probably named after E. F. Ball, a prospector, and written 

Ball's on a manuscript map made by him in 1898 and deposited in the 

Coast Survey archives.

Balto; creek, 10 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Snake 

river from the east, near longitude 165° 27'. Local name, published in 

1900. Erroneously Batto.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 115

Balween; mountain, Annette island, Alexander archipelago, on north shore 

Taingas lake, west shore Tamgas harbor, 1$ miles north of Davison 

mountain, near latitude 55° 04'. Name from Moser, 1901.

Bamdorosh.nl; island, one of the Galaukin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief, 1809. Has been written Bamdorotchnoi. Has also been called Russian island. According to George 

Kostrometinoff, United States court interpreter at Sitka, this is a corruption of the Russian Podorozhuie, meaning on the road.

Earner; creek, tributary to Casadepaga river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Ban; island, in Paramanof bay on the northwestern coast of Afognak island, 

Kodiak group. Named Ban (? of baths) by the Russians. On a map 

by the Russian American Company, 1849, it is Bok (side) island.

Bancas, Bahia de las; see Disenchantment.

Bancas; point, the north point of entrance to Disenchantment bay, Yakutat bay. 

CHlled Puuta de las Bancas^ (point of the banks or shoals) by Malaspina 

. in 1791.

Band; cove, just south of entrance to Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Glass, 1881.

Bander, bay ; see Banner.

Bangor; creek, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Snake 

river from the west, near longitude 165° 27'. Name from Barnard,

1900. x

Banks; point, the north point of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. So named by 

Cook in 1778; also erroneously Benkes. Called El Lovo (the wolf) by 

the Spaniards, 1779.

Banks; port, an arm of Whale bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Called Port Banks by Dixon in June, 1787, " in honour of Sir Joseph 

Banks." It is Zakritoi (closed) bay of Tebenkof and others.

BanJcs, port; see Whale bay.

Banner; bay, indenting the northern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. Named 

by Lutke, about 1830, after the Dane, Ivan Ivauovich Banner, long the 

Russian American Company's agent at Kodiak. Variously written 

Baner. Bander, etc. Perhaps this bay is identical with Glubokoi (deep) 

of some charts.

Banner; creek, 12 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Nome 

river, from the west, near longitude 165° 18'. Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Banner; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the northeast to Anikovik 

creek, about 2 miles northeast of York. Local name, from Gerdine,

1901. 

Banner; railroad station, and mining camp, 5 miles north of Nome, Seward

peninsula, near longitude 165° 23'. Name published in 1904 as Banner

Station.

Baptist,.bay; see St. John Baptist and San Juan Bautista. 

Bar; creek, tributary to Nome river from the west, in the Nome mining region,

Seward peninsula. Prospector's name, published by the Coast Survey

in 1900. Has also been printed Barr. 

Bar; point, on Revillagigedo island, Tougass narrows, Alexander archipelago,

near latitude 55° 22',. longitude 132° 40'. So called by Capt. W. Ji

George, a pilot in southeastern Alaska.
116 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Baralof; bay, on the eastern coast of Unga island, Shumagin group. Called by 

V.eniaminof, Vavilofskaia, and by Dall, in 1872, New harbor. Later 

it was called Baraloff bay and Barloff harbor. Apparently a corruption of Vavilof.

Barani, island; see Sheep.

Baranof; large island, in Alexander archipelago. Variously written Barouoff, 

Baranov, Baranovv, etc. Also called Sitka island. Named by Lisianski, 1805, after Alexander Andreievich Baranof, then Governor of 

the Russian American colonies. It, with the adjacent islands, has been 

called the Baranof archipelago.

Baranof Packing Company; cannery, on Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago.

Baranovich; fishing station, at the head of Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales archipelago, established by Philip Baranovich.in or about 1878. Variously 

written Baronovitch, Barouovich, etc. See Karta^

Baranovich's bay; see Karta.

Barano'io, island; see Baranof.

Barber; point, near Nuchek, Prince William sound. So named by Portlock, 

1787. - Barca; point, on the western shore of Port Refugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named Punta de la Barca (boat point) by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Barclay; valley, on the eastern shore of Portland canal, back of Belle bay. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Bare; gulch, 9 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the southeast slope 

of Mount Bryntesou, draining into Glacier creek from the west near 

longitude 165° 21'. Local name, published in 1904.

Bare; islet, near edge of flat in Port Krestof, Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Goloi (bare) by Vasilief, 1809.

Bare; island, in Kupreanof strait, Kodiak group. Named Goloi (bare) by 

Murashef, 1839-1840.

 Bare; islet, in Funter bay, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by. Mansfield, 1890.

Bare; islet, in Mitchell bay, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869.

Bare; islet, in. Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Either this or au islet

near it was nained Goloi (bare) by Lindenberg in 1838. There seems

to be confusion of names here. 

Bare; mountain, on the mainland of Alaska, east of Admiralty island. So

named by the British admiralty in or about 18G5. 

Bare; point, on the eastern side of McClellan flats, at mouth of Chilkat river,

southeastern Alaska. Named Goloi (bare) by Lindenberg in 1838.

The name is obsolete. 

Bare; point, north shore Afognak bay, Afoguak island, Kodiak group, near

.latitude 58° 01', longitude 152° 46'. Descriptive name, from Moser,

1900. 

Bare; rock, about half a mile westerly from Sentinel rock in Sitka sound,

Alexander archipelago. Name apparently derived from the descriptive

phrase golia kameiTnia ostrofki (bare rocky islets), applied by Vasilief,

1809. The Passage islets in Sitka sound have also been called Bare

islets. 

Bare; rock, in Hawk inlet, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named

by the Coast Survey in 1891.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 117

Bare; rock, in Hot Springs bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Goloi (bare) by Vasilief, 1809.

Bare; see Goloi and Naked.

Barigon; cape, on the western shore of Port Dolores, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. On La Perouse's copy (1798) of the Spanish map 

by Manrelle and Quadra, 1775-1779, it bears the designation El Barigon.

Barlow; cove, in northern end of Admiralty island, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. Named by Whidbey, of Vancouver's party, in 1794. 

Also written Barlow's, Barlows, and erroneously Burlow.

Barlow; islets, forming the east side of Barlow cove, above." Also called Barlow islands. Named by the Coast Survey in 1884.

Barlow, mountain ; see Lone.

Barlow; point, on east side of Barlow cove, above. So called by Dall in the 

Coast Pilot, 1S83.

Barnabas; cape, the eastern point of Sitkalidak island, on the southeast coast 

of Kodiak. Called by Cook, in 1778, cape St. Barnabas and also cape 

Barnabas. Has also been written Barnaba.

Barnard; island, in Koyuk.uk river, near longitude 155° 30'. So named by 

Alien, in 1SS5, presumably after Lieut. J. J. Barnard, of H. M. ship 

Enterprise, who was killed by the Koyukuk Indians, February 16, 1851.

Barnett, cape; see Addiugton.

Barney; creek, tributary to Seventyrnile creek from the west, near latitude 65°, 

longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 1903.

Barometer; mountain (2,310 feet high), near St. Paul, Kodiak. Apparently so 

named by the Coast Survey, in 1867, from its reputed power as a 

weather indicator. On the old Russian chart of 1809 it is called Ostraia 

(steep) mountain. Tebeukof calls it Skotnik (cow keeper).

Barometer; mountain, on the south side of Kuskokwini river, near longitude 

157°. So named by Spurr and Post, 1898.

Bar Point; flat, mostly bare at low water, extending 1£ miles along the northwest shore of Tongas narrows at Bar point above. So described in the 

. Coast Pilot of 1901.

Barr; creek, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, a small tributary of 

Nome river from the west near longitude 165° 18'. Local name, from a 

local map of 1900.

Barren, island ; see Long.

Barren; islands, at entrance to Cook inlet. So named.by Cook, in 1778, " from 

their very naked appearance." Also called Barren isles. Islas Esteriles 

of the Spaniards, Bezplodnie (sterile) of the Russians, Bareniuseln of 

the Germans, etc. Peregrebui of Tebenkof and Russian Hydrographic 

chart, 1378.

Barren; rock (20 feet high), in Dixon entrance, 7 miles south of Cape Northumberland. Called Barren rock by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883. Also 

called Barren island.

Barrie, island ; see Strait.

Barrie; point, the southwestern point of Kupreanof island, Suniner strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, in 1793. after Mr. 

Barrie, a member of his party.

Barrier; group of islands, in southeastern part of Cordova bay, Alexander 

archipelago. So called by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Barrier; two islands and numerous adjacent rocks and reefs, marking the 

north point of entrance to Shakan bay, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 13', longitude 133° 40'. So designated by Dall 

in the Coast Pilot, 1883. At high water they appear like two islands.
118 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OP ALASKA.

Barrow; point (Point Barrow), the northernmost point of Alaska, near latitude 71° 25', longitude 156° 20'. So named by Beechey in September, 

1826, after Sir John Barrow. Dease and Simpson, in 1837, called it Point 

Barrow or Cape North. The Eskimo name is Nuwuk, meaning the 

point; variously written Noowook, Noowooh, etc.

Barrow; post-office (established in 1901), at Point Barrow, the northernmost 

point of Alaska.

Barry; arm of Port Wells, Prince William sound. So named by Glenn, 1898, 

after Col. Thomas Henry Barry, assistant adjutant-general, U. S. A.

Barry; glacier, tributary to Harriuian fiord, Port Wells, Prince William sound. 

Named Barry by Gleuu, 1898, after Col. Thomas H. Barry, assistant 

adjutant-general, U. S. A. Was also named Washington glacier by the 

Harrimau Expedition, in 1899, before the prior naming was published.

Bart; island, in Nakwasina passage, west coast Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 57° 15', longitude 135° 29'. ' So named by 

Moore, 1896.

Barter; island, near Camden bay, on the northern coast of Alaska, about longitude 144°. So named by Franklin, 1826, on account of the annual 

trading carried on there between the natives. The Eskimo name is 

said to be Nooboo'a.

Barter; river, Arctic coast, debouching in Camden bay, at Barter island, near 

longitude 144°. So called by S. J. Marsh, a prospector, 1902.

Bartlett; bar, on the left bank of Koyukuk river, east of Red mountain, latitude. 66° 20', longitude 153° 45'. Miners' name, given in 1899. From 

Cantwell, 1900.

Bartlett; cove or bay, in Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by the 

pilot, Capt. W. E. George, in or about 1881.

Bartlett; point, between Surprise harbor and Murder cove, near the southern 

extreme of Admiralty island, at junction of Chatham strait and- Frederick sound. So called in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 141).

Bartlett; point, on northwest shore of Whitney island, Fanshaw bay, Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1891.

Bartlett; point, the westernmost point of Wales island, Dixon entrance. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Bartolome; cape, being the north point of entrance to Bucareli bay., Alexander 

arcipelago. Named by Maurelle, in 1775, Cabo de S. Bartholome (Co. 

Bartolomo on his chart), or Cape of St. Bartholomew, which has appeared under various forms since, such as St. Bartolom, St. Bartolome, 

Bartholomew, etc. In 1778 Meares called it Adamson, and Lisianski, 

in 1805, called it Cheericoff or C. de St. Bartolome.

Barwell; island (472 feet high), at Resurrection cape, Resurrection bay, Keuai 

peninsula, near latitude 59° 51', longitude 149° 17-'. So named June 6, 

1906, by the U. S. Board on Geographic Names. Portlcok, 1787, called 

the cape, Point Barwell.

Barwell, point; see Resurrection.

Basalt; rock (30 feet high), off the northern shore of Avatanak island, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 165° 22'. Descriptive name, 

from Gilbert, 1901.

Basargin; mountain, on mainland on north bank of Stikine river, near Popof 

glacier. Named Bassarguiue by Hunter, 1877, after Lieut. Vladimir 

Basargin, I. N., commanding the Russian corvette Rynda, which explored 

the Stikine in 1863.

Base, point; see Cliff.

Basin; creek, tributary to Klokerblok river from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 119

Basin; creek, tributary to Melsing creek from the east, Sewarcl peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Basin; creek, .15 miles north of Nome, in the Nome mining region, Sewarcl 

peninsula, tributary to Nome river, from the east, near longitude 

165° 17'. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Basin; gulch, at the headwaters of Chititu creek. Prospectors' name, first 

appears on map by George M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902.

Basin (The); in Kelp bay, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 17',- longitude 134° 55'. " On the south side of the bay west of 

South point are several low wooded islands, south of which is The 

Basin." So described in the Coast Pilot of 1901. Descriptive name 

given by Moore in 1895.

Basket; bay, on the eastern shore of Chichagof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Has been called Kakagin inlet. Its Indian name is 

Kook. The name Basket was given by the Alaska Oil and Guano Company's employees at Killisnoo. '

Basket, lake and stream ; see Kook.

Bass; point, on south shore of Revillagigeclo island, near entrance to Behm 

canal. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Bassurguine, mountain ; see Basargiu.

Bat; point, near head of George inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archi-' 

pelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Batan; point, on west shore of Port Caldera, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Punta de Batan by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775- 

1779. Batau is Spanish for fulling-mill.

Batareinoi, island; see Battery.

Bates; creek, in the Birch Creek district, tributary to Ptarmigan creek from, 

the east, latitude 65° 28', longitude 145° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Gerdiue in 1903.

Bates; pass, over Valdez glacier.. So named by Abercrombie, 1898.

Bates; rapids, in middle part of Tanana river, central Alaska. So named by 

Alien, in 1885, after an Englishman of that name, who-is reported to 

have descended the Tanana. Also called Bates rapid.

Bath, harbor ; see Baht.

Battery; island, between Whiting harbor and the western anchorage of Sitka 

harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Batareinoi (battery) by Vasilief, 1809. It was once occupied by an earthwork, now 

obliterated.

Battery; islets, in southern part of Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelagr. 

So named by Liudenberg, 1838. They are the Clear islets of Meade in 

1869.

Battery; point, on Seduction tongue on west shore of Chilkoot inlet, Lynn canal, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, in 1891, from 

its resemblance to an earthwork fortification. According to the Krause 

brothers its native name is Ketlrachtil. This point has been reserved 

for light-house purposes by executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Battery; point (1,600 feet high), the eastern head of Sarana bay, on south 

shore of Akutan island, Krenitein group, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 164° 53'. So named by Veniaminof, about 1830, who describes it 

as a perpendicular cliff of volcanic rock, and the southernmost part of 

the island. It is also said to be pierced at the base by caverns and passages, and that the booming of the waves in these gave origin to the 

name Battery. Possibly, identical with South Head of the Fish Commission, in 1888, which is in turn identical with Cape Kaianak, of Tebenkof, 1849. It was called Liberty Cap by Gilbert's party in 1901.
120 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Battle; creek, Seward peninsula, a west branch of Pine creek, on Norton Sound 

coast, near longitude 164° 20'. Prospectors' name, Bob or Battle creek, 

from a local map, 1904.

Batto, creek ; see Balto.

Batza; mountains, village, and river of central Alaska, tributary* to the Koyukuk from the. north, near longitude 154°. The native name, Batzakakat, was reported by Alien in 1885, ka,kat meaning mouth of. See 

Kakat.

Batzulnetas; post, on north bank of Copper river, in latitude 62° 37'. Apparently a native name. Published by the Coast Survey in 1898. Has. 

also been printed Batzulnatos.

Bau.ni; cape, near Belkofski, Alaska peninsula, west of the north end of Dolgoi 

island. Named by the traders after one of the employees of the Alaska 

Commercial Company. The name has also been applied to the northwesternmost point of Dolgoi island.

Bay, anchorage; see Ray.

Bay; creek, tributary to Grantley harbor from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.-

Bay; group of four wooded islets, in American bay, near Dixon entrance, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1881.

Bay; island, in Koyukuk river, near longitude 157°. So named by Alien, 1885.

Bay; islet on eastern shore of Portland canal. So named by Pender, JL868.

Bay; point, on the northeastern shore of Prince of Wales island, Clarence 

strait, southeastern Alaska, 1 mile southeast of Point C'olpoys, near 

latitude 56° 20', longitude 133° 10'. Local navigators' name, reported 

by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904..

Bay; point, the northwestern point of Unga island, Shurnagin group. Named 

Zaliva (bay) by the Russians. Lutke, 1835, calls it Tonkoi (narrow) 

point. . . .

Bay; point, the western point of entrance to Farragut bay, Frederick sound, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Dall, 1879.

Bay of Islands; bay, on the southeast side of Point Urey, northwest coast of 

Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 57'. Said 

to be called Bahia de las Islas on Galiano's chart, 1792.

Bay of Islands, Adak ; see Islands, Bay of.

Bay of Islands; see Salisbury sound.

Bay of Pillars; see Pillars, Bay of.

Bay of Starrigavan; see Old Harbor bay.

Bay of Waterfalls; see Waterfalls, Bay of.

Bay Point Knoll; mountain (2,108 feet high), on the mainland, near Bay point,

the western point of entrance to Farragut-bay, southeastern Alaska.

So named by Thomas, 1887. 

Bayou; point, on the western shore of Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Meade, 1869.

Bazan; point, the south point of entrance to Port Bazan, Prince of Wales archipelago. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. 

Bazan; port, on west coast of Dall island, Alexander archipelago. Visited by

Caarnaiio in July, 1792, and named Puerto del Baylio Bazan. Has

been called Bazan bay or harbor. 

Bazhi; Eskimo village, on left bank of the Yukon, at upper mouth of the Innoko

or Shagaluk slough. Name from Tikhmenief, 1861, who writes it

Bazhigagat (mouth of the Bazhi).
GEOGKAPHIC DIGTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Bazil; point, on the northwestern coast of Montague island, the northeast point

of entrance to Manning bay, Prince William sound. So named by

Vancouver, 1794.

Beacon; rock, in entrance to Mole harbor, Seymour canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889. 

Beacon, rock ; see Makhnati.

Bean; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Candle creek from the east, latitude 65° 50', longitude 162° 05'. Local name, from Witherspoon, 1.903. 

Bean; island, in Dixon entrance just west of Cape Chacon. So named by Dall,

in 18SO, after Dr. Tarleton Hoffman Bean, of the Fish Commission. 

Bean; ridge, on north bank of the Tanana, near longitude 151°. Named, 1898, by

Peters and Brooks, after the first trader to establish a post on the

Taiiana. The post was- at Harper bend, and here Mrs. Bean was

murdered by the Indians. 

Bear; bay or cove, indenting the northern shore of Silver bay, Sitka sound,

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 01', longitude 135° 10'. A

stream tributary to this small bay was named Medviezhia (bear) by

Vasilief, 1809. 

Bear; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Baranof island, Peril strait,

Alexander archipelago: So called by Coghlan, 1884. 

Bear; bay or cove, on the eastern shore of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. So

called by Dall, 1880. 

Bear; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, north of Belkofski.

Named Medvednikova (bears) by the Russians, presumably from the

abundance of brown bears found in its vicinity. 

Bear, bay, Kamishak bay; see Bruin. 

Bear; cape, the northwestern point of entrance to Port Etches, Prince William

sound. Named Medviezhi (bear) by Chernof, 1830. 

Bear; cape, the northern point of entrance to Bear bay, Alaska peninsula, near

Belkofski, longitude 162°. Called Medviednik (bear) by Tebeukof, 

. 1849. Has also been called Middle point. ^ 

Bear, cove, Kamishak bay; see Ursus. 

Bear; creek, tributary to Chilkat river from the west, near latitude 59° 30',

longitude 136° 10'. Local name, obtained- by Wright in 1903. Its

Indian name, written Jelchitni by Krause brothers in 1882, was written

Telchthiui .by Flerner in 1898. 

Bear; creek, falling into the Gulf of Alaska at Cape Yaktag, 'near longitude

142° 30'. So called by pioneers in 1897. Obtained by Martin, 1904. 

Bear; creek, 20 miles north of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska, tributary to

Trout creek from the east, near longitude 144°. Prospectors' name,

reported by Martin, 1905. 

 Bear; creek, and small glacier at its head, tributary from the south to Tanana

river near its head. So named by Schrader, 1902, who one afternoon

saw four large bears on its headwaters. 

Bear; creek, Keuai peninsula, tributary to Tustumena lake from the west, near

longitude 150° 30'. Local name, from Moffit, 1904. 

Bear; creek, Kenai peninsula, near Hope city, tributary to Turnagain arm of

Cook inlet, from the south, one-half mile east of Resurrection creek.

Prospectors' name,.reported by Becker, 1895. 

Bear; creek, tributary to Kantishna river on the east (right), 25 miles above

Bearpaw creek, near latitude 64°, longitude 150° 30'. So named by

prospectors in 1905, and reported by Priudle. 

Bear; creek, Alaska peninsula, tributary to Becharof lake from the east.

Named by prospector in 1901, and reported by Martin, 1904.
122 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Bear; creek, 5 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, draining the eastern 

slope of Anvil peak into the head of Dry creek, near longitude 165° 21'. 

Local name, published in 1904.

Bear; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to the west fork of Bucklin river from 

the west, latitude 65° 30', longitude .161°. Prospectors' name, from 

Witherspoon, 1903.

Bear; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Fish creek from the north, 

near latitude 65° 05', longitude 147° 10'. Name from Gerdine, 1903.

Bear, creek; see Sajek.

Bear, creek ; Ramparts of the Yukon ; see Dwyer.

Bear; creek, on the south bank of the Yukon, 20 miles above Rampart (City), 

and just below Alder creek. Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902.

Bear; creek, tributary to the head of Hess creek, Rampart region, near latitude 

65° 40', longitude 147° 30'. Local name, from Lieutenant Erickson, 

U. S. A., 1902.

Bear; creek, tributary to Champion creek, an affluent of the North fork of Fortymile creek from the east,-near latitude 64° 30', longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, from Barnard, 1898.

Bear; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk from the south, near latitude 67°. Prospectors', name, published in 1900.

Bear, creek ; see Lime.

Bear; gulch, at the headwaters of Chititu creek. Prospectors' name; first appears on map of Niziua mining district by George M. Esterly, of Valdez, 

1902.

Bear, gulch; see Washington creek.

Bear; harbor, in Affleck canal, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Helm, 1886.

Bear; island, near or in Uyak anchorage, Uyak bay, northern coast of Kodiak. 

So called by Moser, 1897.

Bear, island; see Woewodski. 7 ' o

Bear; lake, on north coast St. George island, Bering sea, near longitude 169° 34'.

Called Tenra'rum-an'yi (bear lake) by the Aleuts, according to Put-.

nam, 1897. 

Bear; mountain, about 40 or 50 miles north, by compass, from Mount St. Elias.

So named by Russell, 1891, after the U. S. revenue cutter Bear. 

Bear; mountain, on right bank of upper Anvik river, western Alaska, near

latitude 63° 20', longitude 160° 20'. Prospectors' name, published in

1900. . 

Bear; mountain, on right bank of Tanana river, near latitude 62°. So named

by Peters, 1898. 

Bear; river, tributary to the head of Portland canal. Apparently so named by

Pender, 1868. 

Bear; river, tributary to Niukluk river, from the west, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Bear; slough, on the eastern shore of Kvichak bay, Bristol bay, southwestern

Alaska, 6 miles below Koggiung, near latitude 58° 50'. So called by

the fisheries, and reported by Moser, 1900. 

Bear Bay; island, in Bear bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Coghlan, 1884. 

Beardslee; group of islands, in Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So named

by United States naval officers, 3880, after Rear-Admiral Lester

Anthony Beardslee, U. S. N. Have also been called Sand islands. ;
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 123

Beardslee; group of islands, forming part of the Galankin group in Sitka sound,

Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers,

1SSO, after Rear-Admiral Beardslee. Has been erroneously printed.

Beardsley.

Beardslee, island; see Kayak. 

.Beardslee; river, on the mainland, tributary to William Henry bay, Lynn canal.

Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers,;

1880. after Rear-Admiral Beardslee. 

Bear Fort; see Kootxuahoo. 

Bearpaw; creek, a right or east branch of Kantishna river, 120 miles above its

ifiouth, near latitude 64°, longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, reported 

 by Prindle, 1905.

Bearpaw; mining town, on Kantishna river at month of Bearpaw creek, 120 

.miles south of the Tanana, near latitude 64°, longitude 150°. Camp

established in the summer of 1905 and called Bear Paw City by the

prospectors. Reported by Prindle, 1905. 

.Beaton; creek, Seward peninsula, a northwest branch of Cache creek, north

coast of Norton sound, near longitude 164° 10'. Prospectors' name,

from a local map, 1900. 

Beaton, island; see Betton. 

Bcattie, creek; see Slate.

Beauclerc; island, near the entrance to Port Beauclerc, Sunnier strait, Alexan- 

. der archipelago. ' Also, erroneously, Beauclere. Named by Dall, 1879. 

Beauclerc; mountain peak (2,500 feet high), on Kuiu island, near Port Beauclerc. So named by Helm, 1885. 

Beauclerc; port, in Kuiu island, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Vancouver, 1793. Also, erroneously, Beauclere. 

Beaufort; bay, on the Arctic coast of Alaska, near the international boundary

line. So named by Franklin, in 1826, after his friend, Capt. Francis

Beaufort, R, N. 

Beaufort; cape, on the Arctic coast of Alaska, near Cape Lisbnrue. Named, in

1826, by Beechey, " in compliment to Captain Beaufort, the ^present

hydrographer to the Admiralty." Has also been written Bophor. 

Beautems, cape and mountain; see Fairweather. 

Beaver; bay, gulf or inlet indenting eastern shore of TJnalaska island, eastern

Aleutians. Named Bobrovoi (sea otter) by Sarichef in 1792. Saner,

1802, has Bobrovoi guba or Bay of Otters; Langsdorf has " Sea-Otters

bay of Cook, Sarichef, and others." 

Beaver; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northwest of

the Shumagins. Named Bobrovoi (sea otter) by the Russians. The

maps are confused in this locality. Perhaps this is identical with

Otter bay of some maps. 

Beaver; bay, indenting the southern shore of Atka island, middle Aleutians.

Named by the Russians Bobrovaia (sea otter).

Beaver; cove, just north of Cape Providence, in Port Wrangell, Alaska peninsula. So called by the Russians, before 1831, because -parties of sea.

otter hunters from Katmai usually stopped there. Lutke calls it Port

Bobrovoi (des loutres). 

Beaver; creek, on Mary island, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. St»

named by Nichols, 1883. 

Beaver; creek, tributary to Matanuska river from the west, a few miles north of

Knik river, Cook inlet. Local name, from Glenn, 1898. 

Beaver; creek, tributary to Eldorado river from the east, near its; mouth,

Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.
124 . GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA.

Beaver; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the south, a little below the mouth 

of Tozi river. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Beaver; creek, tributary to the Yukon from the south, near latitude 66°, longitude 146° 15'. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1897. This 

may be the stream called Nocotocargut by the Western Union Telegraph Company explorers in 1867. Called also She Beaver.

Beaver; creek, tributary to Kobuk river from the north, near longitude 155° 15'. 

Called Ah-ko-se-a-ge-wick on Stoney's map, 1885. Ark-o-sherwik, Arkosher-wak or Beaver by Cautwell, 1885, and Beaver by Mendenhall, 

1901.

Beaver, island; see Sea Otter.

Beaver, islet; see Sea Otter.

Beaver; lake, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago, on the eastern 

shore of Thorne arm near its head, about latitude 55° 24', longitude 131° 

10'. Local name, reported by Brooks, in 1901.

Beaver; lake, between the headwaters of Uualaklik and Yukon rivers, draining 

into the latter. "An open tundra known as Beaver lake, as it is covered with water in the spring." Local name from Ball, 1806.

Beaver; mountain, near Beaver bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Called Bobrovskoi (sea otter) by Lutke, 1836.

Beaver; mountain range, in central Alaska. Is so indicated on map of Alaska, 

published by Parliament in 1855. (Arctic papers HI, 916.). Probably 

the Tanana mountains. The.name also.appears on a map issued by 

the United States General Land Office in 1869.

Beaver; point, the southern point of entrance to Shelikof bay, on western coast 

of Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. Probably named Bobrovie 

(sea otter) by Rikord, 1810. 

Beaver; slough on the south shore of Yukon river at the mouth of Beaver creek, 

near longitude 148°. Name from Mendenhall and Reaburn, 1901. Edwards's Track Chart of the Yukon, 1899, has She Beaver (Ausana) 

here and He Beaver on the opposite bank of the Yukon at the mouth 

of Hosiana river.

Beaver; village, or native settlement on northern shore of and near entrance to 

Beaver bay, Unalaska. Called Bobrova and Bobrovo (sea otter) by 

Sarichef in 1792. In about 1830 it consisted of 4 huts (ypurts) and 41 

people. Its native name is Uguiug.

Beaver City; mining camp, on Alatna river, latitude 67°. Name from Menden- 

- 'hall, 1901.

Beaver Creek Range; mountains, indefinite, south of the Yukon flats, near 

Beaver creek. Sov named on Edwards's Track Chart of the Yukon, 1899. 

See also Beaver mountains.

Beavertail; island, in Big Branch bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Moser, 1897.

Becharof; creek, Alaska peninsula, tributary to Becharof lake from the east. 

So named by McPhersou, deputy mineral surveyor, in 1903, and reported 

by Martin, 1904.

Becharof; lake, on Alaska peninsula. The lake was named at an early day by 

the Russians after Becharof, a master in the Russian navy, who was 

at Kodiak in 1788. It has been variously written Becharoff, Betchareff, 

Bocharof, Bochonoff, Botcharoff, Rochanoff, etc. The Eskimo name 

appears to be Igiagiuk, or Ugiagwik," etc. It has also been known as 

Tugat or Ninuan-Tugat, etc., while Agulogak of Sarichef is probably 

this lake.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 125

Becharof; mountain, on Alaska peninsula. Name as above, recently applied.

Becher; point, the western head of Gwydyr bay on the Arctic coast, near 

Beechey point. This name has resulted from confusion. Franklin, in 

1826, named a point near here Beechey. In 1837 Dease and Siinpson 

transferred Franklin's name to another point a little farther east, viz, 

to the one here called Becher, and to Franklin's Beechey point they 

gave the name Berens. Later maps retain the name Beechey as applied 

by Franklin and give to this cape a new name, Becher.

Bechevin; bay, in Isanotski strait, indenting the western end of Alaska peninsula, near latitude 55°, longitude 163° 20'. Called Port Betchevinskoi, 

by Lutke, in 1836. Named presumably after Bechevin, a wealthy merchant of Irkutsk, Siberia, who in 1760 dispatched the largest vessel sent 

out up to that time to the Aleutian islands the Oavril or Gabriel. 

The bay has also been called Isanotski.

Bechevin; bay, indenting the northern coast of Atka, Andrennof group, middle 

Aleutians. Apparently so named by Billings about 1790. On Billings's 

track chart in Sauer's account it is Belshevinskoi. Named doubtless 

after the Irkutsk merchant Bechevin. Variously written Betchevinskoi, 

Bichevina, etc.

Bechevin; cape, near Bechevin bay, on the north shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. Called Betchevinskoi by Lutke, who seemingly took it from the 

pilot Ingeustrem.

Beck; hills, or mountains, on right bank of Koyukuk below the junction of John 

(Fickett) river. So named, 1885, by Alien, " in honor of Senator James 

B. Beck, of Kentucky. The Indians seemed to have no names for these."

Beck; point, in Hassler harbor, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1883.

Bede; point, on the eastern side of entrance to Cook inlet. So named by Cook 

in 1778. "In naming this (Cape Bede) and Mount St. Augustin, Captain Cook was directed by our calendar."

Bedennoi, islets; see Watch.

Bedrock; creek, Kenai peninsula, on the left bank of Resurrection creek, 4 

miles above Hope city. Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Bedrock; creek, 20 miles northeast of Fairbanks, at the head of Cleary creek, 

an affluent of Chatanika river, from the south, near latitude 65° 05', 

longitude 147° 30'. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1905.

Bedrock; creek, in the Birch Creek region, tributary to Crooked creek from the 

right, 5 miles above Boulder creek, near latitude 05° 30', longitude 

145° 05'. Prospectors' name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 

of the Geological Survey, 1896.

Bee; rocks (10 feet high), in Dixon entrance, southern entrance to Clarence 

strait, south of the Percy islands, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Nichols, 1883.

Beecher; pass, between Woewodski and Knpreanof islands, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 35', longitude 133°. So named by Thomas, 

in 1887, after Ensign Albert Morrison Beecher, U. S. N., a member of 

his party. It is Duncan passage of Meade in 1869.

Beechey; point, near mouth of Colville river, Arctic coast, .east of Point Barrow. 

Named by Franklin, in 1826, after his friend, Capt. Frederic William 

Beechey, R. N. Called Berens by Dease and Simpson in 1837. Erroneously Beechy.

Beehive; creek, tributary to Budd creek from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.
126 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Beehive; island, in southern entrance to Nakwasina passage, Baranof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Baker, in 1880, from its fancied 

resemblance, seen from the west, to the conventional straw beehive.

Beering; see Bering.

Beering's, bay ; see Dry.

Behm; canal, in southern part of Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 

1793, after Maj. Magnus Carl von Behni, commandant of Kamchatka 

in 1779.

Behm; mountain (2,867 feet high), on the mainland, near southern entrance to 

Behm canal. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Behin; narrows or strait, in Behm canal, separating Bell and Revillagigedo 

islands. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Behring, Riviere de; see Alsek.

Behring; see Bering.

Belcaro; post-office (established in August, 1899), about 50 miles north of Valdez, Prince William sound. It was discontinued in 1900.

Belcher; point, on the Arctic coast, between Icy cape and Point Barrow. So 

named by Beechey, 1827, after Lieutenant (afterwards Sir Edward) 

Belcher, who accompanied him during his explorations, .here.

Belknap; islands, forming the eastern part of the Eckholms group,- Sitka 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers 

in 1880, presumably after Capt. (afterwards Rear-Admiral) George 

Eugene Belknap, U. S. N.

Belkofski; bay, cape, and village, on south coast of Alaska peninsula, near 

latitude 55°, longitude 162°. Named by the Russians, as early as 

1835, and probably earlier. Derived from bielka (squirrel). Variously 

written Belkoffski, Belkoffsky, Belkovsky, etc.

Bell; arm, in northern part of Behm canal, north of Bell island, below. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1883.

Bell; island (2,500 feet high), in Behm canal, north of Revillagigedo island. 

Called Bell's island by Vancouver, in 1793, after a member of his party.

Bell; island, in entrance to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Helm, 1886, after Lieut. John Arthur Bell, U. S. N., 

a member of his party.

Bell; river, tributary to Gwydyr bay, Arctic coast of Alaska. Named Bell's 

by Dease and Simpson, 1837.

Bella; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the south to Schlitz creek, 

which is a tributary of Serpentine river, near latitude 65° 50', longitude 164° 50'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 1901.

Belle; bay, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So called by the Coast 

Survey.

Belle Isle, village; see Eagle.

Bellevue; river, in northernmost Alaska, tributary to Elson bay, near Point 

Barrow. Named Belle Vue by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, commemorating their pleasure at seeing the end of their exploratory journey 

from Mackenzie river mouth to Point Barrow.

Beloi, rock; see Bieli.

BelshevinsJcoi, bay; see Bechevin.

Belt; creek, tributary to Kuzitrin river from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Brooks, 1900.

Beluga; lake, on the eastern shore of Cook inlet and the northern shore of 

Kachemak bay, 7 miles southeast of Bluff point, Kenai peninsula. 

Local name, reported by Stone in 1904. Russian, bieluga (white 

whale).
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. 127

Beluga; mountain (3,580 feet high), near the head of Cook inlet, about latitude 61° 45', longitude 151° 15'. Local name, published by the Geological Survey in 1898. Russian, bieluga (white whale). Herron, 

1899, reports the Indian name of what appears to be the same mountain as Snee-dee. See Suidi.

Beluga; river and lake, tributary to Cook inlet 'from the north, near longitude 

151°. Apparently a local name, published in 1899. Russian, bieluga 

(white whale).

Ben; creek, eastern Alaska, at the head of Slate creek, tributary from the west 

to North fork Fortymile creek, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 142° 45'. 

Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Maj. W. A. Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Ben, lake; on Kenai peninsula, tributary to Kenai river. May be identical 

with Cooper lake. See Cooper. So called on Russian Hydrographic 

chart 1878, edition of 1847.

Bence; mountain (4,800 feet high), near the head of Klutina lake. So named 

by Abercrombie, .1898, after Private Bence, of his party.

Bench.; creek, at the head of east fork Sixinile creek, Kenai peninsula. Prospectors' name, from Meudenhall, 1898.

'Bend; mountain (5,000 feet high), on east bank of Chandlar river, near latitude 68°. Descriptive name given by Schrader in 1899. There is a 

large bend in the river near this mountain.

Bendel; cape, the northwest point of Kupreauof island, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, 1877, after Mr. Bernhard Bendel, 

formerly of Bremen, an Alaskau pioneer, to whom the early Coast 

Survey parties were indebted for valuable information and generous 

hospitality. .

Bendel; island, between Big Koniuji and Nagai islands, Shumagin group. So 

named by Dall, after Bernhard Bendel, a trader in Alaska in 1871-72. 

Has also been called Morse island.

Bendeleben; mountain, north of Golofnin bay, Norton sound. Named in 18G6, 

after Baron Otto von Bendeleben, who made explorations in this 

vicinity while a member of the Western Union Telegraph exploring 

expedition. Erroneously Berdeleben.

Bendeleben; mountains, Seward peninsula, 50 miles north of Golofnin bay, 

extending east from Mount Bendeleben. So named by Brooks, 1900. 

They were called Greenhorn mountains by Schrader in 1899.

Benelaracher, mountain; see Koyukuk.

Benham; point, the eastern point of entrance to Rodman bay, Peril strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Moore, 1895, after Ensign Henry 

Kennedy Beuham, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Benjamin; island, in southern part of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Beardslee, 1880.

BenJoes, point; see Banks.

Bennett; creek, tributary to Niukluk river from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Bennett; island, in the Arctic ocean, north of the New Siberian islands. Discovered by De Long, 1881, and named by him, after Mr. James Gordon 

Beunett.

Bennett; lake, north of Chilkoot pass. Named by Schwatka, in 1883, after 

James Gordon Benuett. Has been erroneously written Bennet.

Bennett; town, at head of Bennett lake, the present terminus of the railroad 

from Skagway.
128 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Bentera; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named La 

Bentera by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Bentinck; point (Point Beutiuck), .the point at the eastern end of Hinchinbrook island, Prince William sound, near latitude 60° 25', longitude 

146° 05'. Portlock, 1787, named the eastern end of Hiuchinbrook 

island Point Steele, and Vancouver, 1794, named it Point Beutiuck. 

Both names have been preserved by applying them to different capes. 

See Steele.

Berdeleben, mountain; see BendelebeiJ:

Berens, point; see Beechey.

Bereslinol, island ; see Caution.

Berezovaia,, cove; see Birch.

Berg; bay or inlet, on the southwestern shore of Glacier bay. So called in the 

Coast Pilot (1883, p. 169).

Berg, creek, on Snake river near Nome; see Borg.

Berg; lake, on the eastern border of Muir glacier. So named by Reid, 1890, 

because of the large number of icebergs found floating in it that year.

Berg; lakes (.four small lakes, called locally First, Second, Third, and Fourth 

Berg lakes), in the Controller bay region, on the northwest margin of 

Bering glacier, near latitude 60° 25', longitude 143° 45'. Descriptive' 

name, given by prospectors, and reported by Martin in 1905.

Bergman; settlement and trading post, on Koyukuk river, near the Arctic 

circle, about lougitude 153°. So named by prospectors, 1899, after the 

owner of the post.

Bergstrom; gulch, 7 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, draining into 

Glacier creek from the north, near longitude 165° 25'. Local name, 

published in 1904.

Bering. Several geographic features in and adjacent to Alaska have been 

named after Commander Bering, the pioneer explorer of northwest 

America. So applied the name has been variously spelled Behriug, 

Bhering, Beering, etc. Nearly all are now agreed that the spelling should 

be that used by Bering himself, viz, Bering. Capt. Commander Ivan 

Ivanovich Bering, selected by the Tsar, Peter the Great, for the work 

of exploring eastern Asia and western America, was the son of Jonas 

Svendsen by his second wife, Anne Pedersdatter Bering, and was born 

at Horsens, in Jutland, in the summer of 1681. On his mother's side 

he was descended from the distinguished Bering family which, during 

the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, flourished in various parts of 

Denmark, and included a number of ministers and judicial officers. 

Baptized the 12th of August, 1681, he received the baptismal name Vitus 

Jonassen Bering. On entering the Russian navy, however, he took, 

as was the custom of the Danish and Norwegian officers serving in 

Russia, a new or Russianized form of name. This form is Ivan 

Ivanovich Bering. The name Ivanovich is an exact translation of 

Jonassen; in English, Johnson or John's son. All the Russian, and 

Danish records agree as to the spelling of the family name; both in 

. Danish and in Russian it is Bering. His autograph is always Bering. 

The insertion of an h in the name, giving the form Behring, appears to

have been made in Germany.

In 1748 was published Harris's Collection of Voyages, in two folio volumes. In the second volume, pages 1016-^1041, ,is contained "A distinct 

account of part of the northeast frontier of the Russian Empire, commonly called the country of Kamschatka or Kamschatska, including 

the voyages of Captain Behring for discovering toward the east, etc.,
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. . 129

Bering Continued.

collected from the best authorities, both printed and manuscript." 

This account was prepared by Doctor Campbell, who made use of the 

form Behring. From this it may be inferred, as pointed out by Mr. 

William H. Dall, that Doctor Campbell did not have access to original 

documents, but got his material from German sources or from German 

translations of the original. As Harris's Voyages is an elaborate 

work, long accepted as a standard, the use of the form Behring gained 

wide adoption among English-speaking people. That the form Bering 

should he adopted, however, appears (1) because it is the form always 

used by Bering himself, by his ancestors for five generations at least, 

and by his descendants; (2) because it is the form almost, though not 

quite, universally adopted in all non-English works, and (3) because 

even in English works it is gradually superseding the form Behring. 

On this subject see note by Dr. T. N. Gill in report upon the condition of 

affairs in Alaska, by H. W. Elliott, Washington, 1875, p. 246; also in 

report on the seal islands of Alaska by same, pp. 151-152, this being 

contained in Tenth Census of the United States, Washington, 1884. 

For information touching Bering and his family see Aritus J. Boring og de 

Russiske opdagelsesrejser fra, 1725-1743, af P. Lauridsen, 12mo, K.j0- 

benhavn, Hegel & S0n, 1885, pp. 4-6. See also translation of same, 

entitled, " Russian Explorations, 1725-1743, Vitus Bering, the Discoverer 

of Bering Strait, by Peter Lauridsen; etc., translated from the Danish 

by Julius E. Olson," 12i.no, Chicago, Griggs & Co., 1899, pp. ix, xii, 10, 

11. See also note on Bering's name by W. H. Dall in The National 

Geographic Magazine., 8°, Washington, 1890. Vol. II, No. 2, p. 122. 

The Encyclopedia Britannica, ninth edition, has Bchring's island* and 

Behring's strait. Johnson's New Universal Cyclopaedia, New York, 

1877, has Behring or Beering (Vitus). The American Cyclopaedia, 

1883, vol. 2, p. 480, has Behring or Bering (Vitus). Appletou's Cyclopaedia of American Biography, New York, 1887, vol. 1, p. 245, has Vitus 

-Bering.

Bering, bay ; see Yakutat.

Bering; glacier, northeast of Controller bay, between Mount St. Elias and 

Copper River, near longitude 143° 30'. So named by the Coast Survey 

in 1880.

Bering, haven ; see Controller bay.

Bering; island, one of the Commander group, Bering sea. Bering died and was 

buried here December 8, 1741.

Bering, river ; see Alsek.

Bering; river and lake. The river rises in Bering glacier and flows into Controller bay; the lake is on Bering river, 5 miles north of Controller 

bay. The Spaniards called the river Rio Lagartos (lizards). Davidson 

( Coast Pilot, p. 146) calls this river and lake Chilkaht. It has since 

been published Chilcat and Chilkat. Pratt, 1903, and G. C. Martin, 

1903, each calls them Bering, which is the local usage.

Bering; sea, between Alaska and eastern Siberia. First so called after Commander Bering, by Captain Golofnin, in 1822. Before this date it was 

for the most part called the Sea of Kamchatka (variously spelled). On 

a very old map it is called the Mer d'Ormante and on another the Sleepy 

sea. It has also been called the Sea of Otters (Bobrovoi) and also the 

Sea of Alaska (variously spelled) or Aleutian sea. Also the Eastern 

(i. e., Pacific) ocean.- For very full account of this name see Fur Seal 

Arbitration. *> 

Bull. 299 06 M 9
130 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Bering; strait, separating Asia from North America. Variously written as. 

strait and straits, and also variously written sometimes in the possessive 

form, as Bhering, Behring, Beering, etc. As early as 1572, it is shown 

on a map with the name Strets de Anian. Cook, in 1778, called it 

Bhering's straits. 

Bering; village, on the eastern shore of Port Clarence, Seward peninsula.

Name from Brooks, 1900. Locally called Bering City. 

Bernard; creek, tributary to Tonsina river from the southeast. Name from

Gerdine, 1900. 

Berners; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Lyini canal, Alexander archipelago,

near latitude 58° 45'. Named by Vancouver, 1794. 

Bernstein, bay ; see Amber. 

Berry; arm,- of Port Frederick, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So

called in the Coast Pilot of 1883, p. 192.

Berry; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to the west fork of Noxapaga, river, 

near latitude 65° 40', longitude 104°. Prospectors' name, obtained by 

. Witherspoon, 1903. 

Berry, inlet; see Tenakee. 

Berry; island, in Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales group, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Clover, 1886.

Berry; island, one of the Kutchuma group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Yagodnoi (berry) by Vasilief in 1809. Has al'so been called 

Johnson island.*

Berry; knoll (894 feet high), east of Tamgas harbor, on Annette island, Alexander archipelago. Called Berry Knoll by Nichols, 1883. 

Berry, passage ; see Tenakee.

Berry; peak (2,500 feet high), on Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. So named by 

the United States Navy in 1881, after Lieut. Robert Mallory Berry, 

U. S. N., whose party was the first to land upon this island.

Berry; point, the end of a. sandy shoal forming the northernmost point of 

Wrangell island, Arctic .ocean. Named after Lieut. Robert M. Berry, 

U. S. N., who discovered it in 1881. 

Bertha; glacier, on the mainland near the head of Chilkat inlet, southeastern

Alaska. So named by United States naval officers, 1880.

Bert Millar; cutoff, entrance to Nichols bay west of Cape Nunez, Dixon entrance, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 54° 40', longitude 132° 08'. 

Named after a local sea captain and reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau 

of Fisheries, 1904. 

Besboro; island, in eastern part of Norton sound, Bering sea. Named Besborough by Cook, September, 1778. 

Besimenny, cape ; see Nameless. 

Bessie; peak (4,130 feet high), in the northern part of Etolin island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886. 

Betchareff, lake; see Becharof. 

Betchevinskoi, bay, cape, etc.; see Bechevin.

Bethel; mission (Moravian) and reindeer station, on the lower Kuskokwim 

near or at the native village Muintrelega. The missionaries, William H. 

Weinland and John H. Kilbuck, founded the mission in 1885. 

Betruff, cape; see Deceit.

Settles; mining camp, supply station, and post-office, at the head of steamboat 

navigation on Koyukuk river at the mouth of John river, near latitude 

67°. The post-office was established in 1901. Named after members 

of the firm who own the trading post.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 131

Settles; river, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyuknk, from the east, near

longitude 150°. Named by the miners, 1899, after Mr. Bettles, of the

firm Pickarts, Bettles & Pick arts, owners of the post Bergman. 

Betton; cape, on the western coast of Bettoii island. Called Betton Head by

the Coast Survey in 1886. 

Betton; island, in the northern entrance to Behm canal, Alexander archipelago.

Named by Vancouver, in 1793, after Mr. Robert Betton, one of his

party, who was wounded in a fight with the natives. The name occurs

several times in Vancouver's text, but in the atlas is erroneously B.eatons. This erroneous form has been widely copied. 

Between; cape, between Spruce and Inner Spruce cape, Chiniak bay, Kodiak.

Named Prouie/hutochnie (between)'by Murashef in 1839-40. 

Between; mountain (1,526 feet high), near Tamgas harbor, on Annette island,

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1886. 

Beulah; island, northeast of St. Michael island and a little north of Whale

island, Norton sound, near latitude 63° 30', longitude 162°. So called

by the Coast Survey parties, 1898-1900. - 

Beverly; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary to Charley river from the west, near

latitude 05°, longitude 143° 40'. Prospectors'name, reported by Witherspoon, 1905.

Bemiemifmnoi, islet; see Nameless. 

Bezplodn-ie, islands; see Barren. 

Bhering; see Bering.

Bibb; shoal, in the entrance to Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Glass, in 1881, perhaps after one of the Coast

Survey vessels. 

Bibora; reef, oft' the northern end of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince of

Wales archipelago. Named La Bibora by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-

1.779. Apparently intended for la bibaro (beaver). 

Bichevina, bay ; see Bechevin. 

Bidarka; point; see Copper Mountain point. 

Bieli; rock, near Middle island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named

Bieloi (white) by Vasilief, 1809. Called White by Ball in the Coast

Pilot (1883, p. 140). Erroneously Beloi. 

Bieli, rock, Chatham strait; see White. 

Big; bowlder, near Danger point in AVrangell strait, Alexander archipelago.

So called by Nichols, 1881. 

Big; creek, tributary to Chandlar river from the east, near longitude 149°.

Prospectors' name, given in 1899. 

Big; creek, tributary to Grouse creek from the north, Sewa^d peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Big; creek, tributary to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Helm, 1886. 

Big; island, at entrance to Deep bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago.

Named Bolshoi (big) by Vasilief, 1833. 

Big; island, in Yukon river just below the mouth of Melozi river. Descriptive

name, published by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Big, island ; see Big Gavauski. 

Big; lake, in northeast part of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea, near

longitude 170° 10'. Elliott, 1874, calls it Great lake. According to

Elliott, its Aleut name is Mee-sulk-mah-nee, i. e., very shallow. 

Big; mountain (8,750 feet high), on the mainland, east of Stikine river and

near the international boundary. So called on recent Coast Survey

charts.
132 GEOGRAPHIC DICTION ART OF ALASKA.

Big; rock, at entrance to At'ogiuik bay, Kodiak group. Named Bolsboi (big) by 

Murashef, 1839-40.

Big A.rro'io, bay; see Big branch.

Big Bar; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Koyuk river from tbe north, 

latitude 05° 25', longitude 102° 10'. Prospectors' name, obtained by 

Witherspoon, 1903.

Big Bend; in Koynkuk river near latitude 05° 25', longitude 157°. Descriptive 

name, t'l'oni Scbrader, 1899.

Biy Black, river; see Black and also Rat.

Biy Bonanza, creek ; see Bonanza..

Big Branch; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Bolshoi strelka (Big arrow or Big offshoot) by the Russians/ Has been called Great Strelki bay; -also 

Bolshoi Rukav (big sleeve.)

Big Branch; rock, off Big Branch bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Moser, 1897.

Big Diomede; island (1,759.feet high), the westernmost and largest of the 

Diomede islands, Bering strait. It is the easternmost land of eastern 

Siberia, Asia. For name of the group see Diomede. Commonly known 

as Big Diomede. Saner, .1802, calls it Inalin and Inellen; Lutke has 

Inalik, while Beechey, 1830, has Ratmanoff (Noo-uar-book). In the 

Alaska purchase treaty, 1807, it is called Ratmanoff or Noonarbook. 

Tebenkof, 1849, has Imaklit, while Nordenskjold has I-ma-ltn. Beechey, 

1820, says that he transfered to this island the name Ratmanoff, which 

had been bestowed upon the supposed discovery of Kotzebue.

Big Eldorado; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Coldstreani creek 

from the north, near latitude 0-1° 55', longitude 147° 50'. Prospectors' 

name, from Gerdine, 1903.

Big Fort; islet, on southeastern shore of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named 

Bolshoi Krieposti (Big fort) by the Russian American Company, 1849.

Big Four; creek, tributary to Casadepaga river from the south, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Big Gavanski; island, one of the Gavanski group, immediately in front of Starrigavan bay, Sitka sound, Alexander, archipelago. Named Gavanski 

Bolshoi (big harbor) by Vasilief, 1S09. Has also been called Big 

island and Gavauski island.

Biy Goose, island; see Goose.

Big Hurrah; creek, tributary to Solomon river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Big .lkii.it, river ; see Niukluk.

Biy lliashek, island; see Outer Iliasik.

Big Koniuji; island, one of the Shumagin group. Named by the Russians Bolshoi Koniuzhi, a word derived from Koniu.zhka (crested auk). Also 

written Konioujii, Koniugi, etc. See Koniuji.

Big Lake. A region of flat country abounding in lakes, between the lower 

Yukon and the Kuskokwim rivers, was, as early as 1878 and probably 

earlier, known to the fur traders as the Big Lake country.

Biff Naked, island; see Naked.

Big River; slough, in the Copper River delta, reported by Moser, 1897. It may 

be Castle Island slough, which see.

Big Rose; island, one of the Opasni islands in Northern rapids, Peril strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Coghlau, 1884, doubtless after the 

little steamer Rose.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 133

Big Skopkum; creek, at the bead of Walker fork of Fortymile creek, tributary 

from the left near latitude 04° and the international boundary. Prospectors' name, obtained by E. F. Ball, a prospector, 1898.

Big Whitefisli; island, in Yukon river, at the Palisades. Called Big 'White 

Fish island by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Big Windy; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary on south bank of: South fork 

Birch creek, near latitude 05° .1.5', longitude 144° 30'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Witherspoou, 1905.

Bill; point, the north point of Whitney island, Fansbaw bay, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Bill Moores; landing, on right bank of Apoon pass, Yukon delta, 12 miles above 

Kotlik, near latitude 02° 57', longitude 103° 4.0'. Local name, reported 

by Faris, 1899, who wrote the Eskimo name Konog'kelyokamiut.

Billy; creek, tributary to Hicks creek from the north, near longitude 147° 30'. 

Local name, from Glenn, 1898. Named after the Indian, Billy, one of 

the guides of Glenn's expedition..

Billy; lake, the westerly of the two Yoknecla lakes on the left bank of Copper 

river, near latitude 02° 25'. Local name, reported by Schrader, .1.902.

Billy's Hole; lake, north shore Prince William sound at the head of Long hay, 

near longitude 147° 10'. So named by the fisheries, and reported by 

Moser in 1897.

Bimiut; Eskimo camp or village on the outer coast of the Yukon delta, 13 miles 

south of Black river, near latitude 02° 10'. Eskimo name, obtained by 

Putnain in .1.899; may be the same as Paimiut=mo«M (of the river) 

folks.

Bingham; cape, the northwestern point of Yakobi island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 05', longtude 130° 35'. Named by Vancouver in 

1794. Tebenkof calls it Takhanis, while Cook and La Pemuse.call it 

Cape .Cross. Arancouver located Cape Cross 7 miles from this.

Bingo; mountain, in northern part of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols, 1883.

Biorka; cape, the uortheasternmost point of Biorka island near Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Called Burka by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Biorka; island, the northwesterninost of the Necker islands, at entrance to Sitka 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Va si lief, 1809. It is South 

island of Lisianski in 1805.

Biorka; island, near the east end of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians, near latitude 

53° 45', longitude 1.0(5° 15'. Its Aleut name is Siginak (braided, curled.), 

which Saner wrote Sithanak. Sarichef, in 1792, called it Spirkin; 

Veniaminof has Borka or Spirkin, while Lutke says Spirkine, otherwise 

called Borka. Now commonly wi-itten and pronounced Biorka. Erroneously Burka. It is from the Norwegian Bjerk U, or Swedish Bjork 

O, meaning Birch 'island.

Biorka; sunken reef, in Sitka sound, westward from Biorka island. So named 

by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883. Has also been called Biorka rock.

Biorka; village (population iu 1890, 58) ', on the eastern end of Biorka island, 

eastern Aleutians. Has been written Borka and Burka. Its native 

name, according to Veniaminof, is Ugin-ug, but Saner, 1790, says it is 

called Sidankin, while Sarichef, iu the same party with' Saner, has 

Sedanka and Sedanki.

Biotigam, island ; see Bushy.

Bircli,; cove, east of Pyramid island, Chilkat inlet, southeastern Alaska. Named 

Berefcovaia (birch) bay by Lindenberg, 1.838. The name is obsolete.
134 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA.

Birch; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary to Tustuniena lake from the northwest, 

near longitude 150° 40'. Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Birch.; creek, tributary to Big Four creek from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1.900.

Birch; creek; tributary to the Yukon from the north, about 15 miles below the 

mouth of'Tozi river. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Birch; creek, affluent to the Yukon on the left bank about 30 miles below Fort 

Yukon. The source of this creek is in the mountains 60 miles southwest, of Circle, and in this region is the Birch Creek gold field, discovered in 1893. It flows to within 12 miles of the Yukon at Circle 

and thence through the Yukon flats parallel to the Yukon for nearly a 

hundred miles. Named by traders of the Hudson Bay Company. Its 

Indian name is reported to be Tohwuu-nukakat. Either this creek or 

the next below it is Nocotocargut of the Western Union Telegraph 

expedition, 1867.

Birch; hill, Seward peninsula, on the south side of Kuzitrin river, near latitude 

65° 10', longitude 164° 55'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 1901.

Birch; lake, near Tetling river, between Copper and Tanana rivers. So named 

by Lowe, 1898, after Stephen Birch, a member of his party.

Birch Creek; trail, from Tanana river, near longitude 147°, to the headwaters 

of Birch creek. Local usage. Apparently identical with Circle City 

trail of some maps.

Birches; telegraph station, on the Yukon, 55 miles below Fort Gibbon (at the 

mouth of Birch creek may be). Name and description from the Signal 

Corps map, 1904. The Northern Commercial Company's folder, .1905, 

gives distance from Birches to Tanana '(store) as 81 miles.

Bird; cape, on southern shore of Whale island, Kodiak group. Named Ptichie 

(bird) by Murashef in 1839^0.

Bird; cape (1,088 feet high), at western end of Amchitka island, western 

Aleutians. Lutke says the Aleuts call it Satanna, i. e., des oiseaux 

(of birds). The Russians called it Pitchie (bird) cape.

Bird; creek, tributary to Turnagain arm of Cool> inlet from the north, opposite 

the mouth of Sixmile creek, near longitude 149° 25'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Becker, 1895.

Bird; creek, debouching on the south shore of Seward peninsula, 61 miles west 

.of Cape Nome, near longitude 165° 10'. Local name, from Gerdine, 

1904.

Bird; island, in Favorite channel, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Beardslee, 1880.

Bird; island, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak island. Named Ptichie (bird) by the 

Russians, 1809.

Bird; island, in southern part of the Shumagin group. Named Ptichnie or 

Ptichnoi (bird) by the early Russians. Has also been written Petitski 

and Ptitchny.

Bird; island, off south shore of Ikatau peninsula, near east end of Unimak 

island. Named Ptichie (bird) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Bird; point, on the north shore of Turnagain arm, Cook inlet, 5 miles east of 

Bird creek, near latitude 61°, longitude 149° 20'^ Local name, from 

Glenn, 1898. Herron, 1899, calls it Hunter's point.

Bird; rock, in eastern part of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Name 

from Moser, 1897.

Bird; rock, in Faushaw bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by the Coast Survey in 1891.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 135

Birthday; gulch, 8 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Sewarcl peninsula, on the 

southeast slope of Army peak, draining into St. Michael creek, near 

longitude 165° 08'. Local name, published in 1904.

Bishop; point, the western point of entrance to Taku inlet, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 12', longitude 134° 09'. 

Originally named Salisbury by Vancouver, in 1794, after the Bishop 

of Salisbury. The name Salisbury having been accidentally transferred to a point about 3 miles farther west, the name Bishop was 

given to this point by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 171). '

Bishop; rock, a rocky bluff on the right bank of the Yukon 10 miles above the 

mouth of the Koyukuk, near longitude 157° 15'. Local name, reported 

by Collier, 1902. Called also Bishop's mountain.

Bissell; lake, tributary to Chuitna river, near the head of Cook inlet. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Bituk, creek; see Baitnk.

Bitzishtini; mountains, on the right bank of the East fork of Kuskokwim 

river, near its source, and on the left bank of the Cosna; near latitude 64° 30', longitude 151° 30'. Indian name, probably from bitzish 

(caribou), reported by Herron, 1899, and written Bitz-ish-ti-nee.

Bitzla; river, tributary to the Koyukuk from the east, near longitude 157° 30'. 

Part of a native name reported in 1885 by Alien, who has Bitsslatoilocta 

on his map and Bitelatoiloeta in his text.

Black; bluff's, east of St. Paul village, St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering 

sea, near longitude 170° 10. Apparently a local descriptive name, published by the Coast Survey in 1875. "A symmetrical remnant of a 

cinder cone mostly dissected away by erosion of the waves." (Emerson, Harriman expedition, vol. 4, p. 31.)

Black; cape, forming the eastern head of Driftwood bay on the southern shore 

of Umnak island, eastern Aleutians. Named Chornoi (black) by 

Kuritzien, 1849.

Black; cape, on northern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named 

Chernoi or Chornoi (black) by the Russians as early as 1848. Has also 

been written erroneously Torno. Presumably a descriptive name.

Black; cape, on southeastern coast of Spruce island, Kodiak group. Named 

Chernie (black) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Black, cape ; see Newenham.

Black; glacier, in the Mount St. Elias region, near Disenchantment bay. Descriptive name, given by Russell in 1890.

Black; gulch, on the north side of Noxapaga river, 3 miles above the town of 

Noxapaga, near latitude 05° 30', longitude 164° 10'. Prospectors' 

name, obtained by Gerdine, 1901.

Black; head, on the east side of Dease inlet, Arctic coast, near longitude 155°. 

So named by Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Black; island, in Behm canal, northwest of Revillagigedo island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Black; islet, in Revillagigedo channel, north of the southern entrance to Behm 

canal. So named by Nichols, 1883. Descriptive term.

Black; small wooded -island, near Cape Edward, western coast of Cbichagof 

island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 35', longitude 136° 

40'. Descriptive name, given by Moore in .1.897.

Black; lake, near Black peak, on Alaska peninsuln. So called by Petrof, 1880.

Black; mountain (5,130 feet high), in the Muir glacier, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Muir, 1882.
136 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Black; mountain (1,883 feet high), in the southern part of Revillagigeclo island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1.883.

Black; mountain (5,000 feet high), northeast of Valdes glacier. So named by 

Abercrombie, 1898.

Black; peak, on Alaska peninsula, northwest of Chignik bay. Named Choruaia 

(black) by Tebenkof, 1840. Also called Black volcano.

Black; point, on the northern shore of Moira sound, western shore Clarence 

strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 03', longitude 132° 04'. 

Navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 

1904.

Black; point, on northern shore of Whitewater bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Glass, 1881.

Blr.ck; point, the.southwcsternmost point of Sitkalidak island, Kodiak group. 

Descriptive name,, given by Tanner in 1888. It is Miesofski or Miesof 

of Tebenkof and Mizofek of Archimandritof, 1849.

Black; reef, in Port Frederick, west of Green island, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by United States naval 

officers in 1880.

Black; river, in the Yukon delta, near latitude 62° 20', longitude .1.65° ; called 

by Dall, Kipnfuk or Black. Russian Hydrographic Chart 1455 (ed. 

of 1852) calls it.Kipnaiak, and late Coast Survey charts Kripniyuk. 

Nelson says the native name is Kipniaguk, spelled Kipniuk on most 

maps, and shows it as a river distinct from and to the north of Black 

river. It is Kipunaiak pass of Tebenkof, 3849.

Black; river, tributary to Porcupine river from the southeast, about 20 miles 

above Fort Yukon, called Big Black by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

There has been confusion in the placing of Big Black, Little Black, 

and Rat rivers on the maps. See also Little Black and Rat.

Black; river, tributary to the Kobuk from the south, near latitude 66° 45', 

longitude 357° 30'. So named by Stouey, 1885. Its Eskimo name 

according to Cautwell, 1884 and 1885, is Urnakalookta, Am-uiok-a-looktok (or tab) or Um-ok-a-look-tok, and a fishing village on its banks, 

Um-nok-a-luk-ta.

Black; rock (25 feet high), in Revillagigedo channel, south of entrance to Boca 

de Quadra, Alexander archipelago. Presumably a descriptive name, 

given by Nichols, 1883.

Black; rock, off the southwestern end of Kosciusko island, Iphigenia bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude.55° 52', longitude 133° 45'.. 

Descriptive name, given by Dickins, 1903-4.

Black: rock, in Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago, less than a mile westerly 

from Sentinel rock. This may be the Makhnak or the golia kaniennya 

ostrovki (bare rocky islets) of Vasilief in 1809. The early and later 

representation and nomenclature here is confused.

Black; rock, in Kasaan bay, 2 miles north of Kasaan point, Clarence strait, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 28', longitude 132° 1C'. Descriptive name, given by the local navigators and reported by Fassett, 

Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Black; rock (150 feet high), east of Crooked island, in the Walrus Island group, 

P.ristol bay. So named by the Fish Commission, 1890.

Blackbird; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Drozdof (blackbird) by Vasilief, .1809.

Blackburn; coal mine, station, or landing, on the right bank of the Yukon, 57 

miles'above Anvik. Local name, from Cautwell, 1900.
 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA. 187

Blackburn; mountain (1(5,1.40 feet high), near Copper river. Named by Alien, 

in 3885, after Hon. Joseph Clay Styles Blackburn, of Kentucky.

Blackburn; river, tributary to Copper river from the east, a little south of 

latitude 62°. So named by Abercroiubie in 1.898. This river is not 

shown on later maps.

Black Crag; peak (5,895 feet high), on the mainland, on the international 

boundary, about 8 miles south of Stikine river. Name published by 

the Coast Survey in 1895.

Black Crook; creek, tributary to Igloo creek from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Black Diamond; creek, tributary to headwaters of Mission creek, in the Eagle 

Mining region. Local name, published in 1899.

Black Head; point, on the eastern shore of Dease inlet, Arctic coast. So 

named by Dease and Simpson, 1837.

Black River; settlements. The Eleventh Census, 1890, speaks of the Black 

River settlements in the Yukon district. I suppose this refers to 

Eskimo villages along Black river in the Yukon delta.

Black Sand; island, on the coast, 1.1. miles southeast of Yakutat, near longitude 

139° 30'. Descriptive name from Moser, 1901'. * -

Blackstone; bay and glacier, in Prince William sound, opposite Port Wells, 

near latitude GO 0 40', longitude 148° 20'. Named after a miner who 

with two companions lost his life there in the winter of 1890-97. 

From Glenn, 1898.

Blackthorn; peak (4,010 feet high), on the western shore of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Named Black Thorn by Held, 1896.

Blaine; bay, a small bight in Ixcmbek bay,. Alaska peninsula. Named by the 

Fish Commission, 18S8, after Hon. James Gillespie Blaine.

Blaine; point, on the' mainland, near north end of Pearse canal, southeastern 

Alaska. Named by the Coast Survey, 1891, after Hon. James G. Blaine.

Blaine; point, the western point of entrance to Blaine bay in Izenibek bay, 

Alaska peninsula. Named by the Fish Commission, 1.888, after Hon. 

James G. Blaine.

Blake; channel, separating southern part of Wrangell island from the mainland, Alexander archipelago. Named by Da 11, 1879, after Prof. William Phipps Blake, of Nesv Haven, Conn., who made explorations in 

this region in 1803.

Blake; island, at junction of Blake channel and Brad field, canal. Named Ham 

by Snow in 1886, and Blake by Nichols in 1.891.

Blalcer, point; see Blaquiere.

Blanche; (white) rock (10 feet high), in Ernest sound, between Etolin and 

Deer islands, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1.886.

Blank; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Candle creek from the east, latitude 65° 50', longitude 162° 00'. Prospectors' name, obtained . by 

Witherspoon, 1903.

Blank; inlet, indenting southeastern coast of Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Blank; two islets, at entrance to Blank inlet, above.

Blank; point, the southern point of entrance to Blank inlet, Nichols passage, 

southern Alaska, near latitude 55° 15', longitude 131° 40'. Above 

name is applied to point by local navigators, and was reported by H. C. 

Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Blanquizal; point, on west'coast of Prince of Wales island. Named by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779, and first published by La Peronse. 1798, 

as Pta. del Blanqui/al. Also has been written Blanquisal. Blauquixal 

is Spanish for pipeclay.
138 GEOGRAPHIC DlCTlOlsTAEY OF ALASKA.

Blaquiere; point, the southeastern point of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793. By the Russians written Blaker.

Blashke; island, one of the Kashevarof group, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 'Named by the Russians after Dr. Edward Leontief Blashke. 

surgeon on the ship Nikolai, Capt. A. K. Etolin, commanding, 1839- 

1841. Has also been written Blaschke and Bloshke.

Blassom, point; see Blossom.

Blatchford;. coal mine on the right bank of the Yukpn below Nulato. Local 

name, from Collier in 3902.

Blatchford; creek, 12 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Snake river from the east, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 165° 25'. 

Local name, published in 1900.

Blei; gulch, on the south side of Chititu creek. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Schrader in 1903.'

Bligh; island, in Prince .William sound. Named Bligh's island., by \raucouver, 

1794. Has also been written Blighs.

Blind; creek, Seward peninsula, small tributary on west bank of Casadepaga 

river, near latitude 64° 4G', longitude 164° 28'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine, .1905.

Blind; gulch, -2 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the east bank 

of Dry creek, near longitude 165° 21'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1904.

Blind, inlet or passage; see Tenakee.

Blind; island, near mouth of Blind river, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 188.1.

Blind; passage, between Black island and Hassler island, in Behrn canal. Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Blind; point, near mouth of Blind river, Mitkof island, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Called Blind Passage point by Nichols, 1881.

Blind; river, in Mitkof island, tributary to Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Before this region was explored it was supposed that a choked 

or obstructed passage existed here and connected with Blind slough, 

on the south shore of Mitkof island. Lindenberg, in 1838, calls it 

Sulshoi pralif (dry strait). Meade, in'1868, has Blind passage, said to 

lead to Clarence strait. This supposed channel which has been 

variously called Dry or Blind passage or channel does not exist.

Blind Slough. An indentation of the southern shore of Mitkof island, Snmner 

strait, Alexander archipelago, was, prior to the surveys by the Coast 

Survey, supposed to connect with Blind passage in Wrangell strait. 

The western part of this supposed (but nonexistent) Blind passage is 

now known as Blind river and its southern end Blind slough.

Blislcie, island; see Near.

Blizhni; point, on northern shore of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named 

Blizhnie (near) by Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been called Blitzhni and 

Nearer.

Block; island, in Tlevak narrows, Prince, of Wales archipelago. So named by 

Nichols, 1881.

Bloshke, island; see Blashke.

Blossom; cape, on eastern shore of Kotzebue sound, opposite Cape Espenberg. 

So named by Beechey, 1827, after his ship Blossom.

Blossom; island, a rocky mass, protruding through the Malaspina glacier in 

the St. Elias region, was found by the National Geographic Society 

exploring party, of 1890, to be covered with flowers and accordingly 

named Blossom island.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 139

Blossom; point, the end of a sandy slioa'l on southwestern shore of Wrangell

island, -Arctic ocean. So named by Berry, 1881. Erroneously Blassoin

point. 

Blossom; shoals, off Icy cape, Arctic ocean. Described by Beechey, in 1820,

and named by him after his ship. In September, 1889, Commander C.

H. Stock ton, of the U. S. S. Thetis, erected a beacon on Icy cape to mark

the beginning of Blossom shoals. 

Blue, island ; see Crow. 

Blue; point, on eastern shore of Portland canal. Descriptive name, given by

Fender in 1868. 

Blue; river, on the mainland, southeastern Alaska, the largest tributary of

Unuk river, on the north side, between Burroughs bay and the international boundary, near latitude 50° 17', longitude 130° 50'. Local name.

So described by Fremont Morse, of the Coast Survey, in 1905. 

Blue Pox; bay, indenting the northern shore of Atku island, middle Aleutians.

Named Pestsovaia (blue fox) by Ingenstrem about 1830. 

Bluestone; creek, eastern Alaska, on south bank of Gold creek, an affluent of

North fork Salcha river, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 145° 45'.

Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1905.

Bluestone; river, tributary to Tuksuk channel from the'south, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Bluff; cape, on the eastern shore of Ki/huyak bay, Kodiak island. Named

Otrubistoi (bluff) by Murashef, 1839-40. 

Bluff; cape, the southwestern head of Afognak bay, Afognak island. Kodiak

group. Named Otrubistoi (cut around, i. e., abrupt, perpendicular,

bluff) l»y Murashef, 1839-40. 

Bluff; cape, the northernmost point of Dolgoi island, near Belkofski, south

shore Alaska peninsula, near longitude 161° 50'. Named by Dall, 1880. 

Bluff; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the north to Arctic river near

longitude 165° 57'. Name from Gerdine, 1901. 

Bluff; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to headwaters of Turner creek,-which

is a tributary of Noxapaga river on the west; latitude 05° 35', longitude

164° 25'. Name from Gerdine, 1901. 

Bluff; creek, tributary to American creek from the east in the Eagle mining

region. Local name, obtained by Barnard in 1898. 

Bluff; island, in entrance to Shipley bay. Sunnier strait, Alexander archipelago,

near laitude 56° 06', longitude 133° 40'. Descriptive name, given by

Dall in 1879.

Bluff; island, one of the Kashevarof group, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, 1886. 

Bluff, island; see Buyan. 

Bluff; islet, on the southesatern edge of the Sandman reefs northeast of Sannak. So called by Dall, 1880.

Bluff; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So called by Pender, 1868. 

Bluff; point, on the northern shore of Woewodski harbor, Frederick sound,

Alexander archipelago. Named by Mansfield, 1889. 

Bluff; point, the northeastern head of Kootznahoo roads, Admiralty island.

Alexander archipelago. Named published, 1881, on United States

Hydrographic chart 882. 

Bluff; point, the northern point of entrance to Wachusett cove, Freshwater

bay, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Glass,

1881. 

Bluff; point, the western point of entrance to Yes bay, Cleveland peninsula,

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.
140 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Bluff; point, on the northern shore of Kachernak bay, Cook inlet. Descriptive 

name, given by Dall in 1880.

Bluff; point, the eastern point of entrance to Stepovak bay, Alaska peninsula. 

So named by Dall, 1880. . - >

Bluff; point, north shore Mine harbor, Herendeen bay, north shore Alaska peninsula, near longitude 160° 43'. Descriptive name, given by Tanner, 

1890.

Bluff; point, on the right bank of the Yukon, about 20 miles below Nulato. So 

called on recent maps.

Bluff; post-office (established in 1901) and settlement, north shore Norton sound 

between Nome and Golofnin bay. Locally called Bluff City.

Blume; creek, tributary to Johnston creek from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Named from Barnard, 1900.

Blunt; mountain, on eastern shore of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Nichols, 1883.

Blunt; point, in AVrangell strait, near its northern end. Named by Lindeuberg, 

in 1838, Zhila (vein or lode), and a place about 1 mile farther north 

was named, also by Liudenberg, Tupoi (blunt) point. This Blunt 

point of Lindenberg was, in 18(59, called Cone point by Meade and, in 

. 1881, Turn point by Nichols, by which name it is now known. This 

name Blunt is now applied to Lindenberg's Zhila point.

Blunt; point, on the western shore of Stepovak bay, Alaska peninsula. Named 

by Dall, 1880.

Blunt; point, the northern point of entrance to Letnikof cove, Cliilkat inlet, 

Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. Named Tupoi (blunt) by Lindenberg, 1838. Name obsolete.

Blying; sound, or open bay, on the southeastern shore of Kenai peninsula. According to Vancouver^ it was so called by the Russians, before 1794, and 

called by Portlock, in 1787, Port Andrews. Also written Blyings and 

Blyiug's and Canal Blyings.

Boat; channel, in Red bay between Danger island and Prince of Wales island. 

So called by the Coast Survey in 1888. May not be intended for a 

name, but only designed to indicate that here exists a channel for boats.

Boat; harbor, a little west of Golofniu bay on northern shore of Norton sound. 

Apparently so named by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Boat; harbor, in Peninsula ridge at south end of Revillagigedo channel. Visited 

but not named by Vancouver, in 1793, who describes it as " a very commodious well-sheltered little cove about half a league to the westward 

of Cape Fox."

Boat; harbor, on western coast of Lynn canal, just north of .St. James bay. 

Described in Coast Pilot as " a boat harbor" and on Coast Survey 

chart 8300 (edition of 1893) called Boat harbor.

Boat; rock, in Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 54° 49'. So 

named by Moser, 1897.

Boat; rock, in entrance to Nakat inlet, near Cape Fox, Dixon entrance, Alex- 

 auder archipelago. Named by Nichols, 1883.

Boat Extreme. This name was given by Dease and Simpson, in 1837, to the 

westernmost point (longitude 154° 23') ,reached by them, by boat, in 

their journey from Mackenzie river mouth to Point Barrow.

Boat Harbor; point, being one of the heads of Boat harbor, near Cape Fox, 

Alexander archipelago. So called by Meade, 1869.

Bob; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Bear creek from the west, latitude 

.65° 30', longitude 161° 05'. Prospectors' name, from Witherspoon, 1903.

Bob; creek, tributary to Pine creek, Seward peninsula; see Battle.
 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 141

Bob; gulcb, at the headwaters of Chititu creek. Prospectors' name, reported 

' by Schracier in 1903.

Bobrof, bank, etc.; see Sea Otter.

Bol>rof, island, between Kanaga and Tauaga; see Sea Otter.

Bobrof, island; see Beaver.

Bobrovie, point, Kruzof island; see Beaver.

Babrovoi, bay ; see Otter.

liolirovoi, bay, cove, etc.; see Beaver.

Bobrovoi; point, near south end of Baranof island, the southern point of entrance to Larch bay, Alexander archipelago. Named Bobrovoi (sea 

otter) by the Russians.

Bobrovskol, mountain; see Beaver.

Boca de Quadra; canal or fiord, indenting the mainland coast of southeastern 

Alaska, east ot: Kevillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago, near 

latitude 55°. Apparently so named by Caamano in 1792. Has also 

been called Quadra -bay, Quadra channel, and often Bokay inlet. Boca 

de Quadra is Spanish for channel or passage of Quadra, i. e., Quadra's

channel.

Boca Fina; see Bocas de Finas.

Bocas; point, in Port Befugio, Bucareli bay', Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Pnnta de las Bocas (point of the mouths) by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

livcan do A.rriatja; see Arriaga.

Bocas de Finas. A name applied by Quadra, and Arteaga, 1779, to the unexplored inlets or bays at the extreme northern part of Bucareli bay, 

where their explorations ended. The name appears to have intended 

the commemoration of the fact. Termination bays or inlets would 

seem to be the meaning. According to Davidson it is Boca de Finas 

on the original Spanish chart. Has also been called Boca Fina.

Bocas del Almirante. Some unexplored inlets on the north shore of Bucareli 

bay, Prince of 'Wales archipelago, were so designated by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

Jiocharoff, lake; see Becharof.

Bochonoff, lake ; see Becharof.

Bock; bight, in Thomas bay, eastern coast of Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Boer; creek, 25 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from the 

south to Hudson creek, an affluent of Buffalo creek at the headwaters 

of Nome river, near longitude 165° 17'. Miners' name, reported by 

- Gerdine, 1904.

Bog; cape, between Protection bay and Three Island bay, on southeastern 

shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 10(5° 36'. So called 

by the Fish Commission in 1888. It is lanaliun or Yanaliun of Tebenkof, 1849, and Alexander, of the Coast-Survey, in 1900.

Boon Slov, hill; see Bogoslof.

Bogert; point, on eastern shore of Port Snettisham, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1888.

Bogoslof; hill (591 feet high), on St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. 

Called Bogosloffi mountain by the Coast Survey. H. W. Elliott calls it 

Boga slov and adds Boga slov (word of God), indefinite in its application to " the place, but is, perhaps, due to the fact that the pious Russians, immediately after landing at Zapaduie, in 1787, ascended the hill 

and erected a huge cross thereon."
142 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Bogoslof; volcanic island, in Bering sea, about 25 miles north of the western 

end of Unalaska, near latitude 53° 55', longitude 168°. This island rose 

from the sea May 18, 179G, St. John's day, and received from the Russians the name Joanna Bogoslova, or John the Theologian's island. It 

has been called Bogoslov, Johaun Bogoslow, St. Jean Bogosloff, etc. Its 

native name, according to Grewingk, is Agaschagoch, or, '\s it may be 

written, Agashagok. Beechey (pp. 563 and 639) refers to it as Amnuk 

and Amnak, probably variant forms of Umuak, to which island Bogoslof 

was thought to be joined and was so shown on some early maps. In 

1883 a new volcano rose near this one, which is accordingly now called 

Old Bogoslof. From 1884 to 1890 the two, connected by a spit, formed a 

single island.

Bohemian; range of mountains (2,000 to 2,500 feet high), on the north shore of 

Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Boidarkin; island, one of the Kutchunia group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief, 1809. Has also been called Boidarka 

and Hawley. It is a corruption of bidarka, the Aleut name of their 

skin canoe.

Boil, cape ; see Mohican.

Boil; creek, tributary to Skookum river, near its source, Seward. peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Boise; creek, tributary to Coal creek from the north, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Bok, island ; see Ban.

Bokay, inlet; see Boca de Quadra.

Bold; 'Cape, the western point of entrance to Belkofski bay, Alaska peninsula, 

near longitude 162° 13'. Named Stolb (pillar) by the Russians, and 

usage divided between Pillar and Bold. Descriptive name.

Bold; cliff, on northeastern shore of Hood bay, Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. Descriptive name, said to have been given by Meade in 

1869.

Bold; island, in Revillagigedo channel, northeast of Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Nichols, 1883.

Bold Bluff; point, on the south shore, near the head of Herencleeu bay, Alaska 

peninsula, about longitude 160° 45'. Descriptive name, giveu by Tanner in 1890.

Boldrin; creek, 27 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Eldorado river, from the west near longitude 165°. Name from Barnard, 

1900.

Bolivnoi, rocks ; see Surf.

Bolles; inlet, indenting western shore of Long island, Kaigani strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Dall, in 1882, after Lieut. T. Dix Bolles, U. S. N.

Bolles; ledge in Ward cove, Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. Discovered and named after Lieut. Timothy Dix Bolles, U. S. N., about 1882.

Bolshoi, island, Peril strait; see Big.

Bolshoi; mountain peaks; see Foraker and McKiuley.

Bolshoi, point; see Manby.

JBolshoi Krieposti, islet; see Big Fort.

Bolshoi Malinof, island ; see Raspberry.

Bolshoi rnkav or Great sleeve; see Great.

Bolshoi Rukav, bay ; see Big Branch.

Bolshoi Strelki or Big Arrow bay; see Big Branch.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY, OF ALASKA. 143

Bolshoiger. Petrol:, on his census map of 1880, gives this as the name of :i 

village on the right bank of the Yukon, about 25 miles above the mouth 

of the Koyukuk. Name not found in his text nor anywhere else.

Bomb; point, west point of entrance to Simpson bay, north shore Orca bay, 

Prince William sound, near latitude .00° 37', longitude 1.45° 50'. > Written Bom by Moser in 1807, and Bomb by Abercrombie in 1808.

Jiomolioi, island; see Large.

Bonanza; bar, on Fortymije creek, near the international boundary line. Prospectors' name, reported by Wells in 1800.

Bonanza; creek, tributary, to Casadepaga river from the west, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard., .1000.

Bonanza; creek, 30 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Salmon lake, from the south, longitude 1(.'»5°. Name from Barnard, 1000.

Bonanza; creek or river, tributary to Port Safety, Seward peninsula. Local 

name publisher! in 1000. Also called Bonanza Gal. A late map makes 

California creek a principal tributary of this stream. According to 

Brooks, the Eskimo name is Ki-ul-uk.

Bonanza; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kuzitriu river from south, latitude 05° 20', longitude 104° 00'. Prospectors' naniej from Gerdine, 1001.

Bonanza; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kiwalik river from the west, 

latitude 05° 42', longitude 102° 00'. Prospectors' name, obtained by 

AVitherspoon, 1.003.

Bonanza; creek, eastern Alaska, Salcha River drainage, tributary on south 

bank of Gold creek; near latitude (>4° 50', longitude 145° :-!5'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1005.

Bonanza; creek, eastern Alaska, a right branch of Charley river, an affluent of 

the Yukon on the south, near longitude 142° 45'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Collier in 1002. Called also Big Bonanza and Fish creek.

Bonanza; creek, in the Birch Creek region, tributary to Porcupine creek from 

the right, near latitude G5° 30', longitude 145° 20'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 1800.

Bonanza; gulch, 7 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, draining into 

Glacier creek from the south near longitude 105° 25'. Local name, published in 1003.

Bond; bay, inside Caamano point at northern entrance to Benin canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 30', longitude 131° 57'. Local navigators' name, reported by I-I. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1004.

Bond; creek, tributary at the headwaters of Nabesna river from the east. 

Suggested to Schrader in 1002 by the native name Ts-uni-bon-da.

Bonita; creek, 15 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from 

the west to the head of Osborn creek, near latitude 04° 38', longitude 

105° 10'. Local -name, published in 1001.

Bonita; creek, Seward peninsula, Casadepaga drainage, tributary on south 

bank of Canyon creek, near latitude 04° 51', longitude 104° 23'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1005.

Bon-i-thaw-yutc-le-ne; mountain, on the right bank of the Yukon at the month 

of the Tanana, near latitude G5° 20', longitude 152°. Herrou got this 

from the Indians in 1800. For use it might be reduced to Bonithaw.

Banner field, mining district; see Bonnifield.

Bonncrville, mining district; see Bonnifield.

Bonnet, creek ; see Slate.

Bonneville, mining district; see Bonnifield.

Bonnie; point, on southern shore of: Whitewater bay, Chatham strait, Admiralty 

island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Glass, 1881.
144 GEOGRAPHIC; DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Bonnifield; mining district, the foothill region of the Alaska range, south side 

of Tanaua valley, about 50 miles south of Fairbanks, near longitude 

.1.49°. So named by the miners after John E. Bonnifield, one of the first 

to prospect here, and reported by Prindle, 1904. Erroneously Bouuerfield, Bouuerville, and Bouneville.

Bonton; creek, in the Fortyinile region, tributary to Champion creek from the 

left, near latitude 64° 30', longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, reported 

by E. F. Ball, a prospector, L89S.

Boomer; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Big Bar creek, which is a tributary to Koyuk river. Latitude 65° 30', longitude 1(52° 20'. Prospectors' 

name, from Witherspoon, 1903.

Boomer; creek, eastern Alaska, on the left, bank near the mouth of Beaver 

creek, an affluent of the Yukon river, near longitude 1.47° 20'. Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902.

Boothby.; creek, north of Baker flats on the Tauana, tributary to Pioneer creek, 

from the Northwest. Prospectors' name, obtained by Prindle, 1904.

Bophor, cape; see Beaufort.

Border; two rocks, forming part of the Gavanski (harbor) group of islands, 

Starrigavan bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Griada 

(border) by Vasilief, 1809.

Bore; rock, in entrance to Duncau canal, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, 1887.

Boreas; point, the north point of entrance to Breezy bay, Dall island, Alexander 

archipelago, Named by Dall, 1882.

Borg; creek, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Snake, 

river from the east, near longitude 165° 23'. Local name, written 

Burg by Schrader, 1899, and Berg on a local map of 1900.

Borka, island; see Biorka.

Borka, village; "see Biorka.

Borlase; point", on the northwestern shore of Warren island, Sumner strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 1793, after Capt. Sir 

John Borlase Warren.

Boroshki, bay ; see No Thorofare.

Boston; creek, at- headwaters of Baker creek, lower Tauaua valley, tributary 

to-Eureka creek from the west. .Prospectors' name, published in 1902.

Boston; creek, Seward peninsula, on west bank of Shovel creek, a tributary of 

Solomon river from the west, near latitude 64° 38', longitude 164° 25'. 

Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1904.

Boston; gulch, 8 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the south side of 

Glacier creek, near longitude 165° 21'. Local name, published in 1904.

Boston; gulch, eastern Alaska, on the north bank of Bonanza creek, a tributary 

of .Charley river, from the east, near latitude 05° 10', longitude 142° 50'. 

Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, 

Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1.905.

Boston; islands, near the southwestern shore of W-'l les island, Dixon entrance, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Fender, 1868.

Bostwick; inlet, indenting the southeastern shore of Gravina island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Nichols, 1883, presumably after Lieut. Frank 

Matteson Bostwick, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Bostwick; sunken reef, in Felice strait, Gravina group, -Alexander archipelago 

Named by Nichols, 1883.

Boswell; bay, in eastern end of Hiuchinbrook island, Prince William sound, 

near latitude 60° 25', longitude 146° 05'. Name from Hitter, 1899.

Botcharoff, lake; see Becharof.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 145

BotinsJci; island, not identified, near Uuihak pass; mentioned by Langsdorf 

(Voyage, II, 54).

Bottomless; lake, near Portage bay, Alaska peninsula. Named by the Russians 

Bezdonuoi (without bottom).

Botuk, creek ; see Baituk.

Boulder; bay, indenting the northeastern shore of Prince William sound, east of 

Bligh island, near latitude 00° 50', longitude 140° 35'. Published by 

the Coast Survey in .1900; probably reported by Hitter, 1899.

Boulder; bay, indenting eastern shore of Stepovak bay, Alaska peninsula. 

Named by Ball, 1880.

Boulder; cape, on north coast of Kodiak. Named by the Russians Mies pokatago utesu (cape of the rolling rock). Descriptive term.

Boulder; creek,, tributary from the north to Klehini river, in the Porcupine 

mining region. Prospectors'name, published in 1900. Krause brothers, 

1SS2, wrote the Indian name Jockeach.

Boulder; creek, tributary to the Copper river from the east, north of Mount 

Snnforcl. Named by Abercrombie, 1898. ' . Boulder; creek, tributary to Kanata river from the west. Name from Schrader,

1900.

^Boulder; creek, tributary to Chickaloon creek, about 40 miles northeast of 

Knik arm of Cook inlet. Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant 

Castner, of Gleun's party, in 1898. Named Schoonhoveu by Glenn, 

1898, after George W. Van Schoouhpven, a member of his party. 

Erroneously Schoonoven.

Boulder; creek, 10 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Snake 

river, from the west, near longitude 165° 28'. Prospectors' name, pub- 

.lished in 1900 and spelled Bowlder and Boulder.

Boulder; creek, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Stewart river, from the south, near longitude 105° 25'. Name from 

. Barnard, 1900.

Boulder; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Turner creek, which is a tributary of Noxapaga river. Latitude 65° .35', longitude 104° 20'. Pro - 

pectors' name, from Gerdine, 1901.

Boulder; creek, tributary to Sinuk river, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

 Name from Barnard, 1900.

Boulder; creek, Seward peninsula, Casadepqga drainage, tributary to Canyon 

creek from the north, near latitude 04° 52', longitude 104° 23'. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1901.

Boulder; creek, tributary to Vulcan creek from the west, southeast of Omalik 

mountain, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, from Peters, 1.900.

Boulder; creek, in the Birch Creek region, tributary to Crooked creek from the 

right, near latitude 05° 30', longitude 145°. Prospectors' name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, of the Geological Survey, 1896.

Boulder; creek, tributary to the Yukon from the west, 4 miles below" Eagle. 

Prospectors' name, obtained by Barnard in 1898.

Boulder, creek, near Eagle; see Colorado.

Boulder; creek, tributary from the west to South 'fork of Koyukuk river, near 

latitude 67° 15'. Local name, obtained by Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Boulder; extensive flat of mud and boulders near Vexation point, in Wrangell 

strait, Alexander archipelago. So 'called by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 

1S83.

Boulder; gulch, on the south side of Young creek, which in turn is tributary to 

Ni/ina river. Prospectors' name, first appears on map of Nizina 

mining district by George M. Esterly, Valdez, 1902.

Bull. 299 06 M 10 . .
146 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Boulder; hill, in the Birch Creek region, 17 miles southwest of Circle city. 

Prospectors' name, obtained by Gerdine, 1903.

Boulder; island, in Camden bay, Arctic coast. So named by Franklin, in 1826, 

because it appeared "to be a collection of boulder stones" (p. 148).

Boulder, island; see Karpa.

Boulder; mountain (3,790 feet high), on the mainland, near junction of Katete 

and Stikine rivers. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Boulder; point, in Tlevak narrows, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883.

Boulder; point, on the eastern shore of Kuiu island, Sunnier strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Helm, 1880.

Boulder; point, the eastern point of entrance to Portage bay, Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1882.

Bouldyr, island; see Buldir.

Boundary; butte or peak (about 2,500 feet high), near junction of Seventymile 

creek and the Yukon at the international boundary. Named Boundary 

Butte by Schwatka, 1883, who says its native name is Ta-tot-lee.

Boundary; creek, tributary to White river from the south, near the international boundary line. Descriptive name, published by the Geological 

Survey in 1900. - 0

Boundary; creek, tributary to the Yukon from the west at the international 

boundary, in latitude 04° 40'. Local name, published in 1898.

Boundary; mountain, on south bank of Porcupine river, at the international 

boundary. So named by the Coast Survey about 1890. Erroneously 

Boundry.

Boundary; mountain (4,805 feet high), on west bank of Stikine river, near 

international boundary line. Name published by the Coast Survey 

in 1895.

Boundary; rock, on the international boundary, about .15 miles north of Porcupine river. So called by the Coast Survey about 1890.

Boundary, strait; see Dixon entrance.

Boundary; telegraph station, on the Yukon at the international boundary. 

Called Boundary and Boundary Post on the Signal Corps map of 1904.

Bourbon; creek, at Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to the mouth of Snake 

river, from the north. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Bourdieus; bay; in Vancouver's atlas this name is applied to the part of 

Kamishak bay south and southwest of Augustine isalnd. On the map 

in the second edition of Vancouver's Voyage it is Bourdiens. Not discovered which is correct, nor after whom named. Name now obsolete.

Boussole, Point de la; see Manby.

Bove, lake; see Tagish.

Bow; cape, on north coast of Alaska peninsula, a little east of Izembek bay, 

near longitude 162° 30'. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Bow; creek, tributary to Chisana river at its source, near latitude 62° 04', 

longitude 142° 10'. Descriptive name, given by Schrader in 1902.

Bowhead; creek, 12 miles northwest of Nome, Seward peninsula, a tributary on 

the left bank of Cripple river near its mouth, about longitude 165° 45'. 

Prospectors' name, published in 1900. Has been written Bowheads 

and Bowherd.

Boivie, bay ; see Two Moon.

Bowlder, creek; see Boulder.

Bowser; creek, tributary to Oil bay on the west side of Cook inlet, near latitude 59° 40'. Named after August Bowser, an oil operator. Reported 

by Martin, 1903,
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 147

liozman, mountain ; see Seattle.

Brad; rock, submerged, 175 yards from the west shore of Kakul narrows, Peril 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 22', longitude 135° 41'. 

So named by Moore, 1898, probably after Ensign G. B. Bradshaw. 

U. S. N., a member of his party.

Bradfield; canal, penetrating the mainland north of Cleveland peninsula, Alexander archipelago. Called Bradtield channel by Vancouver, 1793.

Bradford. The Eleventh Census, 1890, reports a village of this name in the 

Nnshagalc enumerating district, with a population of 166. Location 

not shown on any map consulted.

Bradley; river, tributary to Tanana river, from the south, near longitude 149°. 

So named by Alien, 1885.

Bradshaw; cove, north shore Peril strait, just inside the western entrance, near 

latitude 57° 23', longitude 135° 40'. So named, by. Moore, 1896, after 

Ensign G. B. Bradshaw, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Brady; glacier, at head of Taylor bay, Cross sound, southeastern Alaska, near 

longitude 136° 4.0'. Named by the Coast Survey, 1883, after Rev. 

(afterwards Governor) John G. Brady, missionary and teacher who 

,;\vent to Sitka aud began work in 1878.

Brady, island; see Poliioi.

Branch; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk, from the east, near 

latitude 68°. Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Brandon; gulch, 8 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on east bank of 

Glacier creek, near longitude 165° 20'. Local name, published in 1904.

Breakers, cape; see Burunof.

Breast; island, one of the Galankin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by United States naval officers,. 1880.

Breed, island; see Tanginak. . .

Breezy; bay, in Tlevak strait, Dall island, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Nichols, in 1881, on account of the strong winds encountered there.

Breezy; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Pender, 1868.

Bremner; river, tributary, from the east, to the lower part of Copper river.

. So named by Alien, in 1885, after John Bremner, a miner who, in 1884,

ascended the Copper as far as Taral and wintered there 1884-85.

Alien reports its native name to be Tetaheua, i. e., Teta river. Often

miscalled Brenner.

Brennan; bay, indenting the south shore of Choloinondeley sound, southeastern 

shore Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 

55° 12', longitude 132° OS'. Prospectors' name, reported by Brooks in 

1901.

Brian, islands; see Iniau.

Brickyard; harbor, in Long island, near St. Paul, Kodiak. Name not before 

published, so far as known. Old Russian charts indicate the existence 

of a brickyard on the shores of this unnamed harbor.

Bride; point, in Port Snettisham, Stephens passage, on the mainland, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Thomas, 1888.

Bridge; point, on northern shore'of Kootznahoo. inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869, after Midshipman (afterwards Lieutenant) Edward W. Bridge, U. S. N., one of his officers.

Bridget;; cove, in Lyuu canal, near Bridget point. Named' by the Coast Survey 

in 1893.

Bridget;, point, the south point of entrance to Berner's bay, Lyuu canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794.
148 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Brightman; point, the south point of entrance to Herring bay, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1899. This 

point may be identical with Townsheud of Vancouver.

Brinterson, mountain; see Brynteson.

Bristol; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Bering sea. So named by 

Cook, in 1778, " in honour of the admiral Earl of Bristol." Grewiugk 

has Bristol or Kwitschak.

Bristol, river; see Nushagak.

Bristolski, point; see Etolin.

British; chain of mountains, on northern coast of Alaska, near international 

boundary. So named by Franklin, 1820.

British; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal, near its head. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1897.

Broad; bay, on western shore of Unalaska bay, eastern Aleutians, near longi- 

'tude 166° 38'. Called Shirokaia (broad) by Areuiaminof. Descriptive 

name. . '

Broad; bight, indenting the northeastern shore of Sarana bay, southern shore 

of Akutan island, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 

165° 55'. .Descriptive name given by Gilbert, 1901.

Broad, cape, in Sitka sound; see Bnrunof.

Broad; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Pavlof bay, near Belkofski, Alaska 

peninsula. Named by. the Russians Tolstoi (broad), and variously 

called Broad or Tolstoi. Descriptive term.

Broad; island, near junction of ITooniah sound and Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Poperechuoi (across on the other side, crosswise, transverse, lying across, "thwart-ship," etc.) by Vasilief, 1833. Has been 

translated Broad and has appeared as Poperetch or Broad island.

Broad, pass.; see Caribou.

Broad; point, between Kalsin and Middle bays, in Chiniak bay, Kodiak. 

Named Tolstoi (broad) by Russian naval officers, 3809.

Broad, point; see Tolstoi.

Broad; point, on the northern shore of St. Michael island, Norton sound, near 

latitude 03° 32', longitude 102° 09'. Descriptive name, given by Coast 

Survey parties, 1898-1900.

Broken Neck; creek, eastern Alaska, on the north bank of Seventymile creek, 

near latitude 05°, longitude 141° 45'. Prospectors' name, from sketch 

map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Bronaugh; islands, off Dall Head, Gravina island,. Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Nichols, 1883, after Lieut. William Venahle. Bronaugh. 

U. S. N., a member of his party.

Bronson; creek, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyukuk, from the north, near 

longitude 150° 30'. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Brooks, harbor ; see Nuchek. . Brooks;.mountain (2,918 feet high), in York mountains, Seward peninsula, near 

latitude G5° 30', longitude 167° 10'. Named by Gerdine in 1901 after. 

Alfred Hulse Brooks, of the Geological Survey.

Brothers (The); group of islands and rocks off Point Pybus, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Nichols, 1882.

Brothers (The); islets, in Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Los Hermagos by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.. Los Her-- 

magos is here assumed to be an error for Los Hermanos (the brothers).

Brothers (The); islets, in San Christoval channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of. 

Wales archipelago. Named Los Hermauos (the brothers) by Maurelle 

and Quadra, 1775-1779.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 149

Brothers (The) ; see Lynri Brothers.

Brow; point, in Benin canal, the south point of entrance to Gerlney passage. 

Named by the Coast Survey in 1801. Nose and Chin points are near hy.

Brown; cove, in mainland, northeast of north end of Wrangell strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Brown; creek, tributary to Dry bay, west shore Cook inlet, near latitude 50° 

40'. Named after "Andrew Brown, a pioneer," and reported by Martin 

in 1903.

Brown; creek. Seward peninsula, tributary to Taylor creek on the south, near 

latitude 05° 04.', longitude 104° 40'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1901.

Brown;, glacier, at head of Fords Terror, Endicott arm, Holkhain bay, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Sunrey in 1895.

Brown; mountain, in western part of Kevillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Clover, 1S85.

Brown; mountain (5,800 feet high), on the eastern shore of Portland canal. 

Named by Fender, 1868.

Brown; peak (1,800 feet hi^h) on the southern shore of Uniinak island, G miles 

west of Cape Lazaret, near longitude 103° 45'. So called by Westdahl, 1901.

Brown; point (Point Brown), eastern shore Kimof island, Hay ward strait, 

Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 09'. So named by 

Moore, 1897.

Brewn and Johnson; salmon stream, Prince of Wales island, southeastern 

Alaska, on the western shore of Skowl arm, Kasaan bay, near latitude 

55° 25', longitude 132° 27'. So known in the fisheries and reported by 

Moser, 1897.

Brownlow; point, the western head of Caniden bay, Arctic coast. So named by 

Franklin, 1826.

Brownson; bay, indenting the southern shore of Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago, about 8 miles west of Gape Chacon, Dixon entrance. 

Named by the Coast Survey after Commander Willard Herbert Brownson, U. S. N.

Brownson; island, separated from Etolin island by Canoe .passage, in Ernest 

sound, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56°, longitude 132° 10'. 

Named by the Coast Survey, in 1891, after Commander Brownson.

Bruch; spit, off northeastern coast of Wrangell island, Arctic, ocean. So named 

by Berry, 188.1.

Bruin; bay, on west shore of Kamishak boy, Cook inlet, near latitude 59° 23'. 

Local name Bear bay, reported by Martin in 1904. Named Bruin by 

the U. S. Board on Geographic Names, June 6, 1.906.

Brumenx, cape ; see Foggy.

Brumes, point; see Foggy.

Brundag;e; head, on the eastern shore of Unalaska island. Unalga pass; being 

the north point of entrance to Beaver inlet, near longitude 1.66° .12'. 

Named, presumably, after F. H. Brundage, of the Coast Survey, one of 

 Gilbert's .party in 1901.

Brimdic/e; reef or ledge, in south end of Clarence strait, designated in the Coast 

Pilot (1883) after Capt. J. C. Brundige, R. N., who reported it. This 

reef or one near it has since been located and named, by the Coast Survey, Hassler reef. It is now established that these are different names 

of the same thing. See Hassler.
150 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Brunn; point, on the eastern shore of Carroll inlet, Revillagigedo island, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 22', longitude 131° 23'. Local 

navigators' name, probably after Captain Brunn, a local master and 

pilot, and reported by I-I. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Brush; hill, on Revillagigedo island, near Ward cove, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Nichols, 1883. Erroneously Bush hill.

Bryan; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to the headwaters of - Serpentine 

river, latitude 65° 50', longitude 164° 58'. Local name, from Gerdine, 

1901.

Bryan; creek, eastern Alaska, on the south bank Slate creek at the head of 

North fork of Fortymile creek, about latitude 64° 35', longitude 142° 35'. 

Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, 

Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Bryan; creek, tributary to Seveutymile creek; see Bryaut.

Bryant; creek, tributary to Seventymile creek, from the south, north of the 

Fortymile mining region. Local name, reported by Barnard in 1898. 

Erroneously Bryan.

Bryant; point, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Meade, in 1869, after Mr. Charles Bryaut, for several years 

United States Treasury Department agent on the Pribilof islands.

Bryant; point, the south head of McLeod harbor, Montague island, Prince William sound. Was so named by Portlock, 1787.

Bryn Mawr; glacier, tributary from the west, to College fiord, Port Wells, 

Prince William sound. So named by the Harrinian expedition, 1899, 

after Bryn Mawr College.

Brynteson; mountain, 10 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on east side 

of Snake river, near latitude 64° 38', longitude 165° 23'. Named after 

John Brynteson, one of the first to stake claims near Nome in 1898. 

Erroneously Brinterson.

Bubb; creek, tributary to Tazlina river, from the north, near latitude 62°. 

Proper name, given by Glenn in 1898, who gives its native name as 

Taiklano.

Bucareli; bay, on the western side of Prince of Wales archipelago. Discovered 

by Maurelle, in 1775, and surveyed and named by him Puerto del Baylio 

Bucareli, in honor .of Don Antonio Maria Bucareli y Ursua, viceroy of

Mexico. Variously called a bay, gulf, harjbor, port, or sound and its 

name variously written Bucarelli, Buccarelli, Bukarelli, etc.

Buccleuffh; sound. The eastern part of Dixon entrance was named Buccleugh's 

by Meares in 1789. Spelled, erroneously, on his charts Bucclugh. Name 

obsolete.

Buck; creek, in the Mentasta mountains, tributary to Little Tok river at its 

 source. So named by Schrader in 1902 from the dense growth of buck 

brush in its valley.

Buck; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Grouse creek from the northwest, 

near latitude 65° 38'. Name, from Gerdine, 1901.

Buck; creek, eastern Alaska, on west bank of North fork of Fortymile creek, 

near latitude 64° 4.0', longitude 142° 10'. Prospectors' name, from 

sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A.,-1905.

Buck; mountain, on Revillagigedo island, near Nichols passage, Alexander archipelago. Named by Nichols, 1883. Doe and Fawn inountaius are 

near by.

Buckeye; creek, tributary to the Yukon from the west, near Eagle, eastern 

Alaska. Prospectors' name, published in 1899.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 151

»

Buckland; mountains, on the Arctic coast, near the international boundary.

So named by Franklin, 1820, " in honour of Professor Buckland." 

Buckland; river, in the Seward peninsula, tributary to Eschscholtz bay. So 

named by Beechey in September, 1826, " in compliment to Dr. Buckland, 

the professor of geology at Oxford." Its Eskimo name, according

to the Russians is Kaniek or Kotsokotana; according to Dall, 1869,

Knng-uk ; according to Fetrof, 1SSO, Kouguk, and according to others,

Kougak. 

Bucks; house- and store, on the lower Stikine, of which the name is Choquett's

or ChoQuette's, but is commonly called Buck's. Was so called, in 1877,

and presumably earlier. 

Buckskin; creek, tributary to South fork of Fortymile creek, from the west,

near latitude 64° 10'. Prospectors' name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich,

and Schrader, of the Geological Survey, in 1890. 

Budd; creek, tributary to American river, from the east, Seward peninsula.

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Buen-tiempo, cape and mountain; see Fairweather. 

Buffalo; creek, at headwaters of Nome river, Seward peninsula, near latitude

64° 53', longitude'165° 18'. Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Bug; island, in Seymour canal, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Mansfield, 1890. 

Bug1 ; islet, in Neets bay, Benin canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by the

Coast Survey in 1891. 

Bugomowik; slotigh or pass, Yukon-delta, one of the outlets of Kwikluak pass

on the north, near latitude 62° 55'. Eskimo name reported by Putuam,

1899, and written also Pagomawilc. 

Buhner; creek, tributary to Anikovik river, near Cape Prince of Wales, Seward

peninsula.- Prospectors' name, published in 1900- 

B'likarelU, bay ; see Bucareli. 

B'likti, point; see Cove. 

Buldir; island (1,145 feet high), between Kiska and Attu, western Aleutians.

So called by the early Russian explorers. Langsdorf calls it Buldir,

or the round island. Variously written Bouldir, Bouldyr, etc. Buldier

is the Russian word for hut or hovel. 

Bull; island, near head of George inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander arcElpelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Bullen; point,.on the Arctic coast, near Point Barrow. Named by Franklin In

1826. 

Bullion; creek, on northeastern shore of Douglas island, Alexander archipelago.

Presumably a miner's name in use prior to 1890. 

Bullion; creek, tributary to the north fork of Fortymile creek from the west

Latitude 64° 30', longitude 142° 05'. Prospectors' name, obtained by

Gerdine, 1903. 

Bullion; creek, an affluent of Mosquito fork of Fortymile creek on the right,

near latitude 64° 10', longitude 142° 05'. Prospectors' name, reported

by E. F. Ball, a prospector, in 1898. 

'RulslKVM, mountain ; see McKinley. 

Bunker; hill, on north bank of Kuxitrin river, Seward peninsula. Name from

Brooks, 1900.

Burg, creek, Nome region ; see Borg. 

Burka, cape; see Biorka. 

Burke; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the east to American river

near latitude 65° 41'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 3901.
1,52 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Burlow, cove; see Barlow.

Burls; creek, tributary to Controller bay from tbe north. So named by J. L.

McPherson, deputy mineral surveyor, after H. T. Burls, the London

petroleum expert. Reported'by Martin in 1903. Erroneously Burrs. 

Burls; mountain, 9 miles southeast of Mount Peulik, on the western side of the

southeastern extremity of Becharof lake, Alaska peninsula. Named by

J. L. McPherson, deputy mineral surveyor, after H. T. Burls, F. G. S.,

F. R. G. S., who was on this mountain in 1903. Reported by Martin

in 1904.

Burnett; inlet, in Etolin island, opening into Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow in 1886. 

Burnett; lake, Etolin island, Alexander archipelago, probably on the east side

of Burnett inlet and tributary thereto. Local name, reported by

Moser in 1900, but not found on any map, 

Burniston; range of mountains, east of Portland canal. So named by Pender,

1868. 

Burns; gulch, 10 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula,~at the head of Glacier

creek, near longitude 165° 21'. Local name, from a local map of 1901. 

Burnside; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the north to Eldorado creek,

which is a tributary of Kiwalik river, latitude 65° 45', longitude 161°

55'. Local name, reported by Witherspoon, 1903. 

Burnt; islet, near Keene island, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago.

Named Obgorielie (burnt off) by' Lindenberg, 183S. It is Captain's

island of Meade in 1869. 

Burnt; point, just south of Anchorage point, Chilkat inlet, southeastern Alaska.

Named Obgorielie (burnt off) by Lindenberg, 1838. The name is

obsolete. 

Burnt Islet; reef, near Burnt islet, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago.

So called in the Coast Pilot, 1883. 

Burroughs; bay, in the mainland north of Revillagigedo island, Alexander

archipelago, near latitude 56°, longitude 131° 05'. Named Burrough's

bay by Vancouver in 1793. Rendered Burrong (burrower) on one

Russian chart. 

Burroughs Bay; cannery and village, at junction of Unuk river with Burroughs

bay, southeastern Alaska. .Population in 3890, 134. A saltery was

operated here by James Miller in 1886 or 1887. Cannery built here, 

. in 1888, by Andrew and Benjamin Young, of Astoria, known as the

Cape Lees Packing Company. It was dismantled and abandoned in

1894.

Biirrs, creek; see Burls. 

Burun, rocks ; see Surf. 

Burunof; cape, on eastern shore of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander

archipelago. Named Burunof (breakers) by Vasilief in 1809, and

variously written Bolironov, Burunoff, Breakers, etc. Tebenkof calls

it Tolstoi (broad) cape. 

Busby; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Bligh island, northeastern

coast Prince William sound, near latitude 60° 52', longitude 146° 44'.

Local name, from Ritter, 1903. 

Bush, hill; see Brush. 

Bush; islets, near Kell bay, on western shore of Affleck canal, Kuiu island,

Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, 1886. 

Bush; island, in Tlevak narrows, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by

Nichols, 1881,
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 153

Bush; mountain (1,805 feet bigli), in northern part of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given' by-Nichols in 1883.

Bush; rock, in Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by 

Moser, 1897. 

Bush; rock, off the northeastern shore of Stevenson island, Kashevarof: passage, 

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 50° 03', longitude 

132° 54'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau 

of Fisheries, .1904.

Bushtop; islet, in Wrangell-strajt, Alexander archipelago. Named Bush Top 

by Nichols, 1881. It is Goloi (bare) of Lindenberg in .1838.

Bushy; island, in Tlevak strait, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by 

Nichols, 1881. It is " small and covered with bushes."

Bushy; island, the northernmost of the large islands of the Kashevartf g:oup, 

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793. 

Erroneously Biugani on some charts.

Bushy; islets, in Endicott arm of Holkham bay, Stephens passage, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869. . . .

Bushy; point, between Neets bay and Traitors cove, on Revillagigedo island, in 

Behni canal, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 43', longitude 

131° 42'. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Bushy Point; cove, on the north side of Bushy point, western shore Revillagigedo island, Behin canal, southeastern Alaska. Usage of local navigators, reported by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1.904.

Buskin; river and village, near St. Paul, Kodiak. Named Sapozhkova (little 

boot) by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810.

Buster; creek, 8 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Nome 

river, from the east, near longitude 165° 15'. Prospectors' name, published in 1900. »

Butler, creek; see Butter.

Butler; peak (1,163 feet high), on the mainland near Slocum inlet, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1888.

Butte (The); mountain (4,586 feet high) in eastern Alaska, between upper 

Salcha and Chena rivers,' near latitude 64° 45', longitude 145° 40'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1906.

Butte; creek, tributary to headwaters of Bircli creek, latitude 65° 25', longitude 

145° 35'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Gerdine, 1903.

Butte; creek, eastern Alaska, on west bank of Washington creek, an affluent 

of the Yukon, from the south; near latitude 65° 10', longitude 142° 20'. 

Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by .Major Glassford, 

Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Butte; creek, tributary to Fortymile creek from the east, latitude 6i° 40', 

longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, obtained by Gerdine in 1903.

Butte; creek, tributary to South fork of Fortymile creek, from the west. Prospectors' name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899. 

Butte; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary on north bank of Salcha river, near 

latitude 64° 40', longitude 146°. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1905.

Butte; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary on west bank of Solomon river, near 

latitude 64° 43', longitude 164° 20'. Prospectors' name, from a local 

map, 1905.

Butter; creek, small tributary of the Yukon from the south about 10 miles 

above Washington creek, near longitude .142°. Local name, reported 

to Collier in 1902 by E. J. Chamberlain, deputy mineral surveyor at 

Eagle. It is uncertain whether it is not Butler.
154 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP "ALASKA.

Butterfield; canyon or gulch, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on 

right bank of Bangor creek, a tributary of Snake river from the west, 

near longitude 165° 30'. Miners' name, from a local map of 1901.

Buyan; island, south of the Iliasik islands, in the Sandman reefs. So called by 

the Fish Commission in 1888. Perhaps this is Bluff island of others. 

Buyau is a Russian feminine noun meaning a turbulent, noisy fellow ; 

also a masculine noun meaning wharf or landing place.

Buzzard; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Noxapaga river from north, 4 

miles above the town of Noxapaga, latitude 65° 30', longitude 164° 10'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Caamano;.point, the southernmost point of Cleveland peninsula, Clarence strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 1793, after Don Jaciuto 

Caamano, who had made a chart of this region prior to Vancouver's 

survey.

Cabin; creek, tributary from the northwest to Passage canal, Prince William 

* sound. It is at the east end of the portage to Turnagain arm of Cook 

inlet. Latitude 00° 55', longitude 148° 50'. So named by Glenn. 1898.

Cabras; islets or rocks, in Bucareli bay, Alexander archipelago. This name 

does not appear on La Perouse's chart of Bucareli bay, which was tliL' 

first publication of the Spanish surveys, of 1775 and 1779. On all the 

later charts it appears as here written, being variously called islands, 

island, and rock. In the late Coast Pilot erroneously Cabas. Cabras 

is Spanish for goats.

Cobras Head; see Cobras Head.

Cache; creek, Arctic slope, a tributary on the right bank of Canning river, near 

latitude 69° 15', longitude 146°. So named by S. J. Marsh, a prospector, 1902-3.

Cache; creek, on north shore of Norton sound, between the mouths of Solomon 

and Topkok rivers, near longitude 1G4° 10'. Prospectors' name. Its 

Eskimo name, reported by Barnard, 1900, to be Orobuktulak, is on 

King's map of 1900 Opatulik. Gerdine, 1905; reports the local name 

to be Spruce creek. Near it the Davidson-Blakeslee map of 1900 

locates the Eskimo camp called Opiktulik, written also Opiktolik, 

Okpiktalik, Opiktillik, and Apiktalluk.

Cache; island, in Koyukuk river, a little belo\V the. mouth of Batza river. So 

named by Alien, 1885.

Cache; island, in Naha bay, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

the Coast Survey in 1886. *

Cache; lake, northeastern Alaska, near the source of Anaktuvuk river. So 

named by Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Cactus; point, en Revillagigedo island, in Behm canal, opposite entrance to Rudyerd bay, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

CadiacJc, island;. see Kodiak.

Cadilla, Entrada de; see Castilla.

Cadillac; creek, Seward peninsula, in Solomon River basin, tributary on east 

bank of Shovel creek, near latitude 64° 39', longitude 164° 24'. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1905.

Caetani; lake, in the St. Elias region. Named Lake Caetani by Prof. William 

Libbey, of Princeton College, in 1886, " in honor of the Duke of Sermoneta, president of the Italian Geographical Society." (Jour. Am. 

Geogr. Soc., vol. 18, 1886, p. 149.) All references except the one here 

cited have the name, erroneously, Castani.

Cabin; creek, Seward peninsula, Casadepaga drainage, tributary on north bank 

of Willow creek, near latitude 64° 49', longitude 164° 27'. Prospectors' 

name, from local map, 1901.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 155

Cahoon; creek, in the Porcupine district, southeastern Alaska, tributary to 

McKinley creek from the south, near latitude 59° 21.', longitude 136° 18'. 

Prospectors' name, obtained by Wright, 1903.

Caiganee, cape; see Muzon.

Cain, island ; see Gain.

Caines Head; a bluff point (680 feet high), on the we.stern shore of Resurrection bay, Keuai peninsula, near latitude 59° 59', longitude 149° 24'. 

Local name, Caine's Head, reported by Deuson of the Coast Survey in 

1905.

Cairn; hill (313 feet high), Yukon delta, on the left bank of Kun river near 

the head of Scanimon bay and one-half mile west of Castle hill. Latitude 61° 50', longitude 165° 30'. So named by Putnani, 1899.

Cairn; point, in Albatross anchorage, Portage bay, Alaska peninsula. So named 

by the Fish Commission in 1893.

Cairn; island, near entrance to Snag cove, Gambier bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in. 1889.

Calahonda; creek, on the east side of Disenchantment bay, Yakutat bay, just 

below Haenke island. Called Gala Honda (deep creek) by Malaspina 

in 1791, because off its mouth " no bottom was found at 120 fathoms."

Calamity; gulch, on the north side of Young creek, which in turn is tributary 

to Niziua river. So named by disappointed prospectors, and reported 

by Schrader, 1902.

Calder; bay, near Mount Calder, in Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Helm, 1886.

Calder; mountain (3,371 feet high), in the northwestern part of Prince of Wales 

inland, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 1793, after Captain Calder, of the British navy.

Calder; rocks, westerly from Mount Calder, in Sunnier strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Da-11, 1879.

Caldera; port, in Malaspina island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Puerto de la Caldera by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779, presumably on account of the rough (or boiling) water in its vicinity. Has 

also been called a harbor and the name spelled, erroneously, Caldero and 

Coldera.

Caldwell; glacier,' at the head of the Kichatna river near latitude 62°, longitude 153°. So named by Herron, 1899.

California; bay, indenting north end of Prince of Wales island, near Point 

Colpoys, Alexander archipelago. Named by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 

1883 (p. 90), after the.steamer California.

California; boulder or boulder patch, near Blind point, in Wraugell strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Presumably so named by Nichols, 1881, after 

the steamer California.

California; cove, on the east side California head, Carroll inlet. Revillagigedo island, southeastern Alaska. Name applied by local navigators, 

and reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

California; creek, tributary to Bonanza-river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

California; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kougarok river from the 

west, 3 miles below Taylor creek, near latitude 65° 37', longitude 

164° 50'. Local name, obtained by Gerdine, 1901.

California; creek, Seward peninsula,' tributary from the southeast to Kugrupaga river, near its mouth, about latitude 65° 59'. longitude 166° 42'. 

Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 1901.
156 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

California; creek, Rampart Placer region, flowing west from near the head of 

Minook creek. Latitude <>5°, longitude 150° 10'. Local name, obtained. 

by Prindie, .1.904.

California; gulch and creek, on the right bank of Glacier creek, north shore 

Turuagain arm, Cook inlet. Local name, from Mendeuhall, 1898.

California; gulch, on the upper Nabesua river, near tlie foot of the Nabesua 

glacier, southern Alaska. So named by prospectors in 1899, and 

reported by Schrader, 1902. -

California; gulch, .in the Fairbanks region, on the right bank of Pedro creek, 

near latitude 65°, longitude 147° 30'. Prospectors' name,' obtained by 

Pr indie, 1903.

California; head, a bluff point on southwest shore of Revillagigedo island, 

separating George inlet from Carroll inlet, near latitude 55° 20', longitude 131° 29'. Named by the Coast Survey, 1880, presumably after the 

steamer California.

California; ridge or range of mountains, in eastern part of Gravina island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Nichols, 1883, presumably after the 

steamer California.

California; river, Seward peninsula, flowing south and emptying into a lagoon 

on north shore of Port Clarence. Prospectors' name, from Gerdiue, 

1901,

California; rock, near southern end of Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Coast Survey, in 1885, after the steamer California, 

which touched, upon it. Has also been called Wayauda (misspelled 

Wyanda), from the U. S. revenue cutter Wayanda having touched 

upon it. f

Calm, point; a high point somewhere on the north shore of Bristol bay was so 

named July 13, 1778, by Cook, who had calm water when off it. Tebenkof, 1849, identifies it with the south point of Hegemeister island, which 

he calls Shtilia (calm), and this usage is followed by the Fish Commission and Coast Survey. Possibly identical with Peirce. See Peirce.; .

Calming; islet, in southeastern part of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by Nicliols in the Coast Pilot, 1891. It is 

Utichi (escape) island of Vasilief, 1809, or perhaps this is intended for 

some derivative of Utikat (to grow calm).

Calton, point; see Cattou:

Cam; islet, in Port Camden, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Moore, 1.892/ . Camacho, Isla de; see Marmot island.

Cambon; cape, on northwestern coast of San Juan Bautista island, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. So named by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Camden; bay,'on the Arctic coast, about 4° west of the international boundary. 

So named by Franklin, in 1826, " in honour of Marquess Camden."

Camden; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Camden, Kuiu island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore, 1892.

Camden; port, indenting the northeastern shore of Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794.

Cameron; point, near Halkett point, on the Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. 

So named by Dease and Simpson, 1837.

Camp; creek, tributary to Canyon creek, from the east, in the Fortymile mining 

region. Local name, obtained by the Geological Survey "in 1898.

Camp; creek, tributary at the headwaters of Nabesna river on the east. So 

named by Schrader, 1902, from the good camping ground at its mouth.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 157

Camp; creek, Seward 'peninsula, tributary from the east to American river, 

about latitude 05° 32'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1901.

Camp; creek, tributary to Kotzebue sound from the south near longitude 162° 

30'. So named by Mendenhall and Keaburri, 1901.

Camp; creek, Seward-peninsula, tributary to Bear creek from the-east, near 

latitude 05° 38', longitude Kil° 05'. Name from Witherspoon, 1903.

Camp; creek, S miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, draining the northeast 

slope of King mountain to Nome river, near longitude 105° 18'. Local 

name, published in 1900. Called also Upper Camp.

Camp; creek, tributary to Niukluk river, from the south, SewarO. peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Camp; creek, tributary to Sinuk river, from the north, Seward peninsula. N '.me 

from Barnard, 1900. 

Camp; island, in Dry strait, near entrance to Le Conte bay, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Camp; mountain (5,300 feet high), northeast of Valdex glacier. So named by 

Abercrombie, 1898. Sawmill camp was at the foot of! this mountain.

Camp; point, near the Indian village Kutkwutlu, on left bank of Chilkat river, a 

few miles above its mouth. So named by United States naval officers 

in 1880.

Camp; point, on the western shore of Portland canal. So named by Fender, 

1868.

Campbell; creek, tributary to the Yukon on the left bank 20 miles below Rampart (city), near longitude 150° 40'. Local name, from Edwards's Track 

. Chart of the Yukon, 1899.

Campbell; mountain, 30 miles northeast of Controller bay. So called by Pratt 

in 1903. Named after a petroleum operator.

Campbell; point, at head of Cook inlet. Named by Vancouver in 1794.

Campbell; river, tributary to the Porcupine, from the south, near the international boundary line. So called by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Campbell; river, tributary to Controller Bay from the northeast. Local n-ime, 

after a petroleum operator, reported by Martin, 1903.

Camp Coogan; hay, indenting the eastern shore of Sitka sound, Baranof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named after Michael Coogan, of Battery 1, Second United States Artillery, who, in August, 1871, was reported "on 

extra duty in Quartermaster's Department in charge of wood party." 

Coogan had a wood-cutting camp here and the bay was named after 

him. Erroneously published as Camp Kogan and Camp Cogan. From 

the description, it is not certain what bay is intended. It may be either 

Kadiak bay of Tebenkof, 1849 (Nachle/Jmaia of Vasilief, 1809), or 

Lisefskaia bay of Tebenkof, 1849 (Aleutkina of Vasilief, 1809). See 

Aleutkina.

Camp Koyun, bay ; see Camp Coogan.

Camp Taylor; fishing station on Sarkar inlet', Dry pass, western shore of 

Prince of Wales island, near latitude 50° 02', longitude 133° 15'. Local 

name, from Dickins, 1903-4.

Canal (The). About 15 miles below Bethel in the lower Kuskokwiin is a large 

island. The slough or channel which separates it from the river's south 

bank is known locally as The Canal.

Canal; point, at western entrance to St. Michael canal, Norton sound, ne'ir latitude G3° 04'.' Named by the Coast Survey in 1897.

Canal; point, behind St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta-de la Canal by Manrelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Canal de Portillo; see Portillo. and similarly for this kind of names.
158 ' GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Canas; islet, in eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Ysla tie Cauas by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Canas, Punta de; see St. Elias.

Candle; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kiwalik river from the southwest near longitude 162°. So named by the miners, and reported by 

Meudenhall and Reaburn, 190].

Candle; island, between Smeaton and Rudyerd bays, in Bebm canal, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Dull, 1879.

Candle; mining town, and post-office established in 1902, on Candle creek, 

Seward peninsula.

Cane, mountain; see Cone.

Cangrejo; point, the western point of entrance to Port Refugio, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of AVales archipelago. Named Punta Caugrejo (crab point) by 

Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. Has been called, erroneously, 

Grego.

Canivus; banks, the north bank of Yentna river, about longitude 150° 45'. 

Indian name, obtained by Herron, 1899, who wrote it Can-i-vus.

Cannery; cove, iu the northern shore of Olga bay, Alitak bay, southwestern 

coast of Kodiak. Local name, reported by Moser, 1900.

Canning; river, extreme northern Alaska, debouching in Caniclen bay, r.ear 

longitude 146°. So named by Franklin in 1826, after "the late Mr. 

Canning." Another, close by, he named Sir T. Staines river. These 

are now thought to be two mouths of the same river, of which the 

Eskimo name given by S. ,T. Marsh, a prospector, 1902-3, is Kooguru 

or (better) Kugurn.

Cannon; island, at Entrance to Jamestown bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Pushki (cannon) by Vasilief, 1809.

Cannonball; creek, Kenai peninsula, on the left bank of Resurrection creek 10 

miles above Hope.city. Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Canoe; bay, at the head of Pavlof bay, Alaska peninsula. So named by Dall, 

1880.

Canoe; cove, on the southwestern coast of Annette island, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. It is a stopping place 

for the natives when waiting for good weather and affords excellent 

shelter for their canoes; hence the name.

Canoe, island, in Peril strait; see Povorotni.

Canoe; passage, separating Brownson island from Etolin island, in Ernest 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886. Descriptive 

term.

Canoe; passage, through Hawkins island, Prince William sound, near latitude 

60° 30', longitude 146°. So called by Ritter, 1899.

Canoe; point, in eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Punta de la Cauoa (canoe point) by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779.

Canoe; point, near south point of entrance to Fanshaw bay, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Mansfield, 1889.

Canoe Landing; camp, on Shepherd creek, 10 miles north of Controller bny, 

near longitude 144° 10'. Local name, reported by Martin, 1904.

Can 011, creek near Nome; see Canyon.

Canon, creek; see Canyon.

CanoosJde, island; see Koniuji.

Cantishna, river; see Kantishua.

Cantisna, river; see Kantishna.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 159

Cantwell; river, tributary to the Tanana, from the south, near longitude 149°.

Named by Alien, 1885, presumably after Lieut. John C. Cantwell,

U. S. R. M.. who explored Kobuk river in 1884 and 1885. According to

Peters and Brooks, tb.e native name is Tutlut; according to Lieutenant

Castner, it is Nanana,. and according to Lieutenant Herron and

others, Nenana ; also written Neenana. 

Can well; glacier, tributary to Delta river, from the east, near latitude 63° 30'.

So named by Glenn, 1898, after Private Canwell, of the Hospital Corps,

a member of his party. 

Canyon; creek, tributary to Tsirku river from the north. Latitude 59° 18',

longitude 130° 20'. Local name, reported by Wright, 1903. 

Canyon; creek, tributary to Fortymile creek, from the south, at Deadman riffle,

near longitude 141° 10'.. Local name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and

Schrader, of the Geological Survey, 1896. Has also been written Canon. 

Canyon; creek, 20 miles north of Controller bay, tributary to Bering river from

the north, near latitude" GO 0 25', longitude 143° 55'. Prospectors'

name, from Martin, 1903. 

Canyon; creek, tributary from the west to Delta river, an affluent of: the

Tanana from the south, near latitude 63° 35', longitude 14.5° 40'.

Local name, obtained by Gerdine, 1902. 

Canyon; creek, Arctic slope, an affluent on the right bank of Canning -river,

near latitude 69°, longitude 145° 30'. So named by S. J. Marsh, a

prospector, 1903. . Canyon; creek, in the Talkeetna mountains, northeast of Cook inlet, on the

left bank near the head of Chickaloou creek, about latitude 62° 20',

longitude 148° 20'. So called by Glenn, 1898. 

Canyon; creek, tributary to Skwentna river from the south, 50 miles north of

the head of Cook inlet, near longitude 151° 45'. Descriptive name,

from Brooks, 1902. 

Canyon; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary from the south to Sixmile creek, a

tributary to Turnagain arm, Cook inlet, from the south. Prospectors'

name, from Becker, 1895. 

Canyon; creek, 12 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, emptying into Nome

river from the west through Slate and Banner creeks, near latitude

64° 45', longitude 165° 20'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1904. Called

also Canon. 

Canyon; creek, tributary to Casadepaga river from the west, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Canyon; creek, tributary to Imuruk basin from the west, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Canyon; creek, tributary to Iron creek from the south, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Canyon; mining camp, north of Skagway on Taiya river, near the international

boundary, southeastern Alaska. Called Canyon City by prospectors,

and reported by Flemer, 1898. 

Canyon Creek, glacier; see Sboup. 

Cap; island, off*the northwestern shore of Tuxekan island, Sea Otter sound,

Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 53', longitude 133° 21'.

So named by Dickins, 1903-4. 

Capaloa, cape; see Dyer. 

Capaloa; creek, falling into the Arctic ocean on the south side of Cape Dyer.

Eskimo name of Cape Dyer, givert by Collier to tbe creek, 1904. 

Capaloa; Eskimo village, abandoned, at Cape Dyer, Arctic coast, near latitude

68° 40'. Native name, written by Doctor Driggs, of Point Hope, Capaloah,
160 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA.

Cape, bay, indenting southwestern shore of Sitkalidak island, near Kodiak. So 

named by Lisianski, 1804. Name apparently now obsolete.

Cape, island, in Sitka sound; see Lazaria.

Cape; mountain (2,300 feet high), at Cape Prince of Wales, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Cape Douglas, village; see Kaguyak.

Cape Elizabeth; island, the most westerly of the Chugach group, near eastern 

entrance to Cook inlet. Now occupied as a fox farm.

Cape Fox; Indian village at Kirk point, Foggy bay, Kevillagigedo channel, 

Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899. 

Petrof, in the Tenth Census, 1880, has a Cape Fox village on Cape Fox.

Gape of the Straits; see Strait.

Cape Seppings; Eskimo village, at Cape Seppings, of which the Eskimo name is 

given by Tikhmeuief, 1861, as Kivaliuag-miut, and by U. S. Hydrographic chart 68 as Kecheinudluk.

Capital; mountain (7,697 feet high), north of Mount Sanford, southern Alaska, 

near latitude 62° 26', longitude 144° OS'. Local name, from Gerdine, 

1902.

Capones; point, near St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Capones by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Captain; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Tolovana (Chatanika) 

river from the south, near latitude 65° 10', longitude 147° 20'. Local 

name, obtained by Gerdine, 1903:

Captains; bay, the most southerly arm of Unalaska bay between Iliuliuk bay 

and Nateekin bay, eastern Aleutians, near latitude 53° 52', longitude 

166° 34'. At the head of this bay is Port Levashef. Capt. Lieut 

Michael Levashef wintered in this bay, September 18, 1768, to June, 

6, 1769, and named it St. Paul harbor after -his vessel. In 1790 

Sarichef surveyed in this locality, and named this place Captains 

. harbor after Levashef. Krusenstern, in .1827, says of this place that 

it is properly called Captains, but to distinguish it from others it will 

be convenient to call it Port Levashef. It has generally been called 

. Captains harbor. In 1840, Veniaruinof applied the name Captains to 

the whole of Unalaska bay in memory of Levashef's visit.

CaptainSj harbor; see Port Levashef.

Captains, island, in Wraugell strait; see Burnt.

Car; point, on eastern shore of Portland canal. Name published by the Coast 

Survey in 1899.

Caracol, point; see Snail.

Carbon; creek, tributary to Shepherd creek from the. east, 10 miles north of 

Controller bay. Prospectors' name, obtained by Martin, 1903.

Carbon; creek, on the south bank of Matanuska river, opposite Chickaloon 

creek and just below Coal creek, near latitude 61° 40', longitude 148° 

30'. Local name, reported by Martin, 1905.

Carbon; mountain, on the north side of Bering river, near latitude 60° 25', 

longitude 343° 50'. Local name, obtained by Martin, 1903.

Carbon; ridge, 15 miles north of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska, a spur of 

Kushtaka mountain, near latitude 60° 23', longitude 144° 08'. Prospectors' name, reported by Martin, 1905.

Carey; creek, Arctic slope, tributary from the right to Canning river, near latitude 69° 30', longitude 147°. So named by S. J. Marsh, a prospector, 

in 1903, after Ned Carey, a Companion prospector. Erroneously Arcy 

creek.

Caribou; creek, the chief tributary of Matanuska river, northeast of Cook inlet. 

Local name, published in 1899.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 161

Caribou; creek, Kenai peninsula, on the right bank of Resurrection creek, 5 

miles above Palmer creek. Local name, from Mofflt, 1904.

Caribou; creek, in the Kantisb.ua region, a left branch of Bearpaw creek, near 

latitude 64°, longitude 150°. So named by prospectors, in 1905, and 

reported by Prindle.

Caribou; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary on north bank to Salcha river, near 

latitude 64° 40', longitude 145° 40'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Witherspoon, 1905.

Caribou; creek, tributary to Walker fork of Fortymile creek from the right, 

near latitude 64°, longitude 141° 30'. Prospectors' name from a manuscript map in the Coast Survey archives drawn by E. F. Ball, a prospector, 1898.

Caribou; creek, eastern Alaska, on south bank- of Seveutymile creek, and tributary to Flume creek, near latitude 64° 55', longitude 142° 30'. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal 

Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Caribou; creek, tributary to Igloo creek, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Caribou; gulch, at head of Walker fork Fortymile creek, on right bank of 

, Cherry creek near international boundary and latitude 64°. Prospectors' name, from a map drawn by E. F Ball, a prospector, in 1898,' 

now in the Coast Survey archives.

Caribou; islands, in Skilak lake, Kenai peninsula. Local name, from Moffit, 

1904.

Caribou; mountain, in the Koyukuk region, near the headwaters of Kanuti 

river, about latitude 69°. So named by Mendenhall and Reaburn, 

1901.

Caribou; mountain, on west bank of White river, near latitude 63°. Named by 

Peters and Brooks, who ascended it in 1898.

Caribou;; pass, between Chulitna and Cantwell rivers. So named by Glenn, 

1898. Muldrow calls it Broad pass and applies the name Caribou to 

another pass immediately east of this.

Caribou, river; see Cutler.

Car-iU-nu, creek ; see Kariltna.

Carl; creek, tributary to Eldorado river, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Car-le-ok-shuJc, lake; see Avaterat.

Carlile; bay, shown on United States Hydrographic chart 225, made by Commander Meade in 1869, in Dry strait. So named by the Coast Survey, 

1883, after Carlile P. Patterson, the superintendent. Later surveys 

disprove the existence of the bay indicated.

Carlisle; rapids, in Tanana river, between the mouths of Johnson and Gerstle 

rivers. So named by Alien, 1885, presumably after Hon. John Griffin 

Carlisle, of Kentucky.

Carlisle; volcanic island (7,500 feet high), one of the group of islands of the 

Four Mountains. So named by officers of the U. S. S. Concord, in 1894, 

after Hon. John G. Carlisle, Secretary of the Treasury.

Car-loog-ah-look-ta, lake; see Walker.

Carlook, village ; see Karluk.

Carlson; creek, tributary to Sunny cove, northwestern shore Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 58° 20', longitude 134° 10'. Local name, 

reported by Spencer and Wright, 1903.

Bull. 299 06 M 11
162 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Carlton; island, in Dewey anchorage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow, 1886..

Carmack; mountain (Mount Carruack, 6,700 feet high), north of Skagway 

between Taiya and Skagway rivers. So called by Flemer, 3898.

Carmel; Moravian mission and school, established in 1886, at Kauulik, an 

Eskimo village, near the mouth of Nushagak river. Nushagak postoffice is located here. Population in 1890, 189. . . Carmen, island ; see Kayak.

 . : 3-fy. ! )« jrCarol,' inlet; see Carroll.

Caroline; shoal, in Muir inlet, Glacier bay, Alaska. Origin of name not known. 

First appears on'Sritish Admiralty chart 2431, corrected to February, 

; 1890.

Carolus; p'oint, the western point of entrance to Glacier bay, Cross sound, near 

longitude 136° 03'. So named by Dall, 1879.

Carolyn; island, in Golofuiu bay, Norton sound. Named by the Coast Survey in 

1900,

Carp; island, in entrance to Sineatoii bay, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Coast Survey, in 1891.

Can: hills; see Karr.'

Carr; range of mountains (4,000 to 4,500 feet high), on eastern shore of Portland canal. Named by Fender, 1868.

Carrero, cape; see Carrew point ' . ...

Carrew; point, the south point of entrance to De Monti bay, Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 59° 34', longitude 139° 50'. So. named 

by Djxon, 1787. According to Davidson, called Carrero on Malaspiua's 

manuscript chart, 1791. There has been confusion in the application 

of the name Phipps, Carrew, and Ocean. See Phipps.

Carrie; small creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Quartz creek from west, 

which in turn is tributary to the Kougarok river,.near latitude 65° 

20', longitude 164° 40'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdiue, 1901.

Carrizales, Punta de; see Reedgrass.

Carroll; anchorage, on north shore of Prince of Wales island, at entrance to 

Red bayi'with "which it connects by .a narrow passage, dry at low water. 

Named by the Coast Survey, in 1S&3, after Capt. James Carroll, of the 

steamer California, who had anchored here and found the anchorage 

good.

.Carroll; glacier, at head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by 

Reidi 1892, after Capt. James Carroll, who in that year was the first 

to take a ship into the upper part of Glacier bay. Erroneously Woods.

Carroll; inlet, indenting southern shore of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1880, after Capt. James Carroll, long in command of steamships in these waters. It was then 

called a channel, being unexplored. It has since been shown to terminate and constitute a canal or inlet. Erroneously Carrol and Carol.

Carroll; island, about 3 miles east of Murder cove, at south end of Admiralty 

island, Alexander archipelago. Named after Capt. James Carroll and 

published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Carroll, point; see Walker.

Carroll; .point, at entrance to Carroll inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, 1880, after Capt. James 

Carroll.

Carroll, straits; see Gastineau channel.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 163

Carry; inlet, off! the northern end of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named by" 

the Russians Carry (perewalnoi; from perewal, a dragging over- or 

across, a 'portage). Has been called, erroneously, Perewainiio and 

Perevainoy.

Carter; lake, and creek tributary to Trail lakes, Keuai peninsula.. Local name, 

reported by Mendeuhall, 1898.

Carter; mountain (4,700 feet high), near the outlet of Klutina lake. So named 

by Abercrombie, 1898.

Carter; pass (4,000 feet high), in the Eudicott mountains, northeastern Alaska, 

between the headwaters of East Fork Chandlar river and Canning 

river, near latitude 68° 10', longitude 146°. Named Carter by Marsh, 

1903, after F. G. Carter, a companion prospector, who preceded him 

through this pass by two mouths.

Casaaw, bay; see Kasaan.

Casaclepaga; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Niukluk river from the 

south. Native name, variously written Casa-de Parga, Kassdeparka, 

Koshotok, Kosoktok, Koksuktapaga, Koksukdeparga, etc.

Cascade; bay, in Baranof island, west of Point Gardner, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore, 1895.

Cascade; bight, indenting the northwestern shore of Sarana bay, southern shore 

of Akutan island, Krenitzin" group, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 

165° 59'. So named by Gilbert, 1901.

Cascade; creek, about 2 miles northwest of Sitka, on Barauof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Cascade; glacier, at head of Varldez glacier. So named by "Abercrombie in 1898.

Cascade; glacier, in the St. Elias region. So named by Prof. I. C. Russell in 

1890, " on account of its splendid ice fall."

Cascade; glacier, near Harrimaii fiord, Port Wells, Prince William sound. So 

named by the Harriman expedition in 1899.

Cascade; inlet, on eastern coast of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. 

Local descriptive name, published by the Coast Survey in 1883. There 

is a large cascade near its southern point of entrance.

Cascade; point, the southeasternmost point of St. George island, Pribilof group, 

Bering sea. Called luzhnie (south) by Tebenkof, 1849, and generally 

Southeast point. On a recent Coast Survey map it is called Cascade. 

There is a waterfall near it.

Cascade, point; see Waterfall Head.

Cascade; stream, on the eastern shore of Wrangell narrows, Alexander archipelago, opposite Finger point, near latitude'56° 41'. So called by the 

fisheries, and reported by Moser, 1900.

Case; mountain (5,509 feet high), near the head of Glacier bay, southeastern 

Alaska. Named by Reid, 1890, after the Case School of Applied Science, Cleveland, Ohio.

Casement; glacier, tributary to Muir glacier, southeastern Alaska. Reid, in 

1890, called this the first north tributary (of Muir glacier) and later 

Casement, after R. L. Casement, a member of his party in 1890.

Cash; creek, 15 miles northwest of Fairbanks, on the right bank- of Keystone 

creek, a tributary to Goldstream creek from the north, near longitude 

148°. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1905.

Cask; creek, eastern Alaska, on the east bank of Charley river, which Is affluent 

to the Yukon from the south, near longitude 143°. Prospectors' name, 

from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 

1905.
164 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA.

Cass, creek, near Nome; see Cuss.

Cassiterite; creek, Sewarcl peninsula, 15 miles northeast of Cape York, tributary from the northeast to Lost river, near latitude 65° 28', longitude 

167° 10'. So named by Collier, 1903, from the occurrence of the mineral 

cassiterite in its valley.

Castalia; creek, tributary to the Yukon, from the west, near Eagle. Local 

name, obtained by the Geological Survey in 1898.

Castani, lake; see Caetani.

Castigo, Punta, de; see Punishment.

Castilla; a supposed bay on the mainland coast a few miles north of Lituya 

bay; was called Eut11 . de Castilla, by Malaspina, in 1792. According to 

Professor Davidson, on the Sutil y Mexicana manuscript chart (Galiaho) the name is written Cadilla. In this place Tebenkof shows no 

bay, but has a river called Katagini.

Castle; bay, indenting the southern shore of Chighik bay, Alaska peninsula. 

Local name. Tuliumnit point is turreted like a castle, and this bay 

near it takes its name from this circumstance.

Castle, cape or point; see Tuliumnit.

Castle; creek, in the Mount Wrangell district, tributary to Elliott creek from 

the north. Prospectors' name, reported by Meudenhall, 1902.

Castle; creek, Seward peninsula, Casadepaga drainage, tributary from the 

northwest to Big Four river, near latitude 64° 52', longitude 164° 05'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1905. It is-apparently Gold 

run of a local map, 1901.

Castle; hill (433 feet high), Yukon delta, on the left bank of Kun river, near 

the head of Scammon bay, about latitude 61° 50', longitude 165° 30'. 

So named by Putnam, 1899.

Castle; island, a knoll rising out of the marsh or tidal flats in Coppar River 

delta, on the east shore of Castle Island slough, near latitude GO 0 20', 

longitude 145° 15'. " The knoll is about 30 feet high and covered with 

alder bushes. There are five large cottonwood trees on this knoll and 

from a distance they resemble the tower of a castle." So described by 

Hitter, 1898.

Castle; islands, in Duncan canal, Kupreahof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Thomas, 1887.

Castle; mountain, on the mainland west of the Stikine river, on the international boundary, near latitude 57°. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Castle; mountain (4,500 feet high), in the Talkeetna range, about 40 miles from 

Knik arm of Cook inlet, near latitude 61° 50', longitude 148° 30'. 

Local and descriptive name, published by the Geological Survey in 

1899.

Castle; peak (10,314 feet high), about 12 miles south of Mount Blackburn, near 

Kuskulana pass. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1900.

Castle; rock, off the north end of Big Koniuji island, Shumagin group. So 

called by the fishermen. Descriptive name, reported by Dall, 1872.

Castle Island; slough, one of the passes through the delta of Copper river, near 

latitude 60° 20', longitude 145° 15'. Name, from Ritter, 1898. This 

may be Big river of Moser, 1897.

Castner; glacier, tributary to .Delta river, from the east, near latitude 63° 30'. 

So named by Glenn, 1898, after Lieut. Joseph C. Castner, U. .S. A., a 

member of his party.

Cat; island, between Duke and Mary islands, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. So named by'Nichols in 1883.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA. 165

Catalina; island, in San Alberto bay, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Ysla Catalina (Catalina island) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775- 

1779.

Catalla, bay, river, town, etc.; see Katalla. '

Cataract; bight, in Bay of Waterfalls, Adak island, middle Aleutians. Descriptive name, given by United States naval officers in 1893.

Cataract; glacier, tributary to Harriman fiord, Port Wells, Prince William 

Sound. Descriptive name given by the Harriman expedition, 1899.

Catella, bay, river, town, etc.; see Katalla.

Cathedral; bluff and rapids, on Tanaua river, near longitude 144°. Descriptive 

name, given by Alien, 1885.

Cathedral; mountain, in the Tordrillo range, between the headwaters of the 

Skweutua and Kuskokwim rivers. So named.by Spurr, 1898.

Catherina. " That great series of islands extending from the mouth of Cook's 

inlet to the end of the Aleutian chain, and perhaps properly including 

the Commander's islands, was nomed by Forster, in 1786, the Catherina 

archipelago, in honor of Catherine the Great, Empress of all the Russias." Name obsolete.

Cathul, mountain ; see Kathul.

Catliut, mountain; see Kathul.

Caton; harbor, between Caton island and Elma island, Sannak group. Local 

name, reported by Westdahl, 1901.

Caton:; island, the easternmost of the Sannak group, near latitude 54° 25', 

longitude 162° 25'. So called by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Caton;; shoal, in Popof strait, Shumagin islands. Reported to the Coast Survey, 

in 1880, by Mr. Caton and named after him.

Catton; point, on the Arctic coast, near Herschel island. So named by Franklin, 

1826. Erroneously Calton.

Caution; island, on the northern shore of Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Berezhnoi (cautious) by Vasilief, 1809.

Caution; point, the southern point of entrance to Whitewater bay, Admiralty 

island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 15', 

longitude 134° 38'. So named by Meade in 1869. This name is 

erroneously transferred to another point, farther south, on British 

Admiralty chart 2431.

Cave; point, the southwestern head of Oksenof bay, on western coast of Unimak 

island, eastern Aleutians, near latitude 54° 45', longitude 164° 38'. 

Named Shishkova (Shishkof's) by Lutke in 1828, who wrote it in 

French Chichkoff. Veniaminof calls this Pogrornnoi second, and the 

next one west from Sarichef he calls Pogronmoi first. Tebenkof gives 

Pogromnoi as an alternate name, the cape being near Pogromnoi 

volcano. The Fish Commission, in 1890, called it Cave point, taking 

the name from Samuel Applegate who reports it as local usage. 

" Cave point takes its name from a cave on its face."

Cave;.point, on the southeastern shore of Katalla bay, Gulf of Alaska, near 

longitude 144° 25'. Local name, obtained by Pratt, 1903.

Cave; rock, on Amaknak island, Unalaska bay, near longitude 166° 33'. Under 

it is a burial cave which Dall investigated in 1872-73, and which he has 

called Amaknak cave.

Cawtaslcakat, river; see Kautas.

Cayman; point, in North bay, Tlevak strait, Dall island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Dall, 1882, from its fancied resemblance to an alligator's 

head.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

»

Cecelia; lake (Lake Cecelia), on the eastern shore of Port Wells, Prince William sound, near - latitude 61° 10', longitude 148°. Described by 

Mendenhall, 1898.

Cedar; bay, indenting the northern shore of Prince William sound,, the first 

bay east of Unakwik bay, near longitude 147° 30'. Local name, reported by Grant, 1905.

Cedar; bay or bight, indenting the northern shore of Hawkins island, Orca bay, 

Prince William sound, near latitude 60° 33', longitude 145° 58'. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Cedar; bight, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. Named by 

Meade, 1869.

Cedar; cove, in Freshwater bay, Chichagof island, Chatham strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Cedar; island, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Meade, 1869. .

Cedar; island, in Naha bay, at mouth of Moser bay, western shore Revillagigedo 

island, Behm canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude,55° 35', longitude 131° 40'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, 

Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Cedar; point, in Kootznauoo archipelago, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869.

Cedar; point, near the entrance to Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869.

Cedar; point, the northern head of Smuggler cove, Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

tielenic, lake; see Selenie.

Cement Belt; creek, tributary to Dennison fork Fortymile creek from the right, 

near latitude 63° 50', longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, from map 

in Coast Survey archives drawn by B. F. Ball, a prospector, 1898.

Cenotaph; island, in Lituya bay. So named by La Perouse in memory of 26 

officers and men, constituting two of his boats' crews, who were caught 

in the bore or boiling ebb tide at the entrance to Lituya bay and drowned 

July 13, 1786. A cenotaph then erected on the southeastern end of this 

island to commemorate the event was sought for by a Coast Survey 

' party; in 1874, and no trace of it found. The island has since been 

called Egg (Yaichnoi) by the Russians.

Cenotaph; point, the southeastern extreme of Cenotaph island above, where the 

cenotaph was erected, So named by Dall, 1874.

Center; creek, 1$ miles northwest of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Snake river from the north, near longitude 165° 25'. . Local name, 

published in 1900. Has also been called Wonder creek.

Center; island, in Dewey anchorage, Clarence strait, southwestern coast of 

Etolin island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886. Descriptive term.

Center; island, in the southern entrance to Wales passage, Portland canal. 

Named by the Coast Survey in 1891. The island lies in the middle of 

the entrance.

Center; island; on the southeastern shore of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Moser, 1897. 

Central; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary on east bank to Goodpaster river,

near latitude 64° 20', longitude 145°. Prospectors' name, reported by

Witherspoou, 1905.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 167

Central; river, of eastern Alaska, which unites with South river to form the 

Chitina. First called by Alien, 1885, " Central branch (of the Chitty )-" .. Mr.

Central; telegraph station, on Goodpaster river, latitude 6,4° 20', longitude 145°. 

So named by the Signal Corps, U. S.' : A., 1903.

Central House; tavern or locality, on Crooked creek, in the Birch Creek regi:n, 

latitude 65° 35', longitude 144° 45'. .Local name, obtained by Ge.rdiue, 

1903. ' , '-.,..

Chacktoole, bay ; see Shaktolik. ' t)

Chacon; breakers or reef, in Dixon entrance, off Cap.e Chac$n. Reported by 

Captain Carroll, of the steamer' Idaho, April 13/1883.. Called also 

Chacon reef and Chacon breaker.

Chacon; cape, the southeastern point of Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Cabo de Chacon' by Caamauo, 1792. It is Cape 

Murray of Douglas, 1789, and Bald cape,.of Rowan (ship Eliza) in 1799. 

^ According to Rowan, the native name is Intankoon. Tebenkof has the 

name Shaken. " Sometimes known locally as Musatchie Nose."' (Coast 

Pilot, 1891, p. 86.)

Chafjafka, cove; see Shahafka.

Chagak; cape, on the northern shore of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. Native 

name, from Kuritzie'n, 1848. It means ditch or trench.

Chagak, bay, Adak island; see Shagak. 

Chagamil, island; see Kagamil.

Chagavenapuk; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim, from the east, near latitude 

62°. Eskimo name, obtained by Spurr and Post, in 1898, from trader 

A. Liud.

Chageliuk, slough; see Shageluk.

Chayulak, island; see Chugul.

Chac/uliak, island; see Herbert.

Chag-van; bay, indenting mainland coast just north of Cape Newenham, Bering 

sea. Native name, published by Sarichef, 3826. It. is called Portage 

bay on a recent Coast Survey map. On its shores Petrof, 1880, locates 

a settlement which he calls Tzahavagamute, which has been copied on 

some maps as Tzaharagamute.

Chaiagaguk; river, tributary to Togiak river. Not shown on any map. Name 

from Spurr, 1898, who wrote it Tshayagilguk. An Eskimo village, presumably at the junction of this river with the Togiak, is called by 

Spurr Tshayagagamut.

Chaiehei; islands, south of Middle island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

.Named Chaiehei (gull) by Vasilief, 1809.

Chaichie, islet, point, etc.; see Gull.

Chalk; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. Native name, published by the Coast Survey, in 1896, as 

Cha-ik. Supposed to be identical with Chaqua cove of Eliza, 1799, and 

Chaque bay of Meade, 1869.

Cha,i!ci, islet; see Gull.

Chaitna, river; see Chuit.

Chaix; hills, back of Icy bay, in the St. Elias region. Named, in 1886, by Prof. 

William Libbey, of Princeton College, after Prof. Paul Chaix, president 

of the Geneva Geographical Society.

Chakik; cape, the northwest point of Umnak island, middle Aleutians. Native 

name, apparently from officers of the United States North Pacific 

exploring expedition, 1855, by whom it was written Tchakhikh.
168 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Chakina; river, tributary to the Chitina river from the south. Native name, 

from a manuscript map made by prospectors in 1900.

Chakok; small stream on Kenai peninsula, debouching near Anchor point; Cook 

inlet. Apparently a native name, reported by Wosneseuski, about 1840, 

and printed by Grewingk as Tchakoch.

Chakwa; bay, or cove in Hood bay, Chatham strait. Native name, first mentioned by Captain Rowan, of the ship Eliza,, in 1799. Has been called 

Chaque bay and Chaque cove. See also Chalk. ^

Chalit; Eskimo village, of about 60 people in 1878, on left bank of the Kuguklik 

river, northwest of Kuskokwim bay. Visited by Nelson in December, 

1878, and its name reported by him to be Chalitmiut, i. e., Chalit people.

Chaliuknak. An Aleut village bearing this name existed, in 1790, on the 

northern shore of Beaver bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians.

Clialjclinikikaljslun. Grewingk, following Wosnesenski, 1840, gives this string of 

letters as the native name of a small stream on Keuai peninsula debouching a little south of the Kaknu river, Cook inlet. Perhaps it 

sounds like Kal-ik-nik-ik-al-is-lun.

Chalmers; port, in Montague island, Prince William sound. Named Chalmer's 

harbour, by Portlock, 1787.

cnalzekahin, river ; see Kicking Horse.

Chamberlain; glacier, southeastern coast of Alaska, 32 miles southeast of 

Yakutat, near longitude 138° 45'. So named by Moser, 3901, after F. M. 

. Chamberlain, a member of his party.

Chamisso; island (231 feet high), in Kotzebue sound, at entrance to Eschscholtz 

bay, near latitude 66° 13', longitude 161° 50'. So named by Kotzebue, 

1816, after Dr. Louis Adelbert von Chamisso, who accompanied him dur 

ing his explorations here. The native name, according to Beechey, 1827, 

is E-ow-ick.

Champagne; gulch, in Copper River region, on the south side of Young creek, 

which in turn is tributary to Nizina river. Prospectors' name. First 

appears on map of Nizina mining district, 1902, by George M. Esterly, 

of Valdez.

Champion; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Mina creek, which is tributary to Kugruk river, near latitude 65° 45', longitude 162° 20'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Witherspoon, 1903.

Champion; creek, tributary to North fork Fortymile creek, from the east, near 

latitude 64° 30'. Local name, reported by Barnard, 1898.

Chandelar, river; see Chandlar.

Chandik, river; see Klondike.

Chandlar; lake, and river tributary to the Yukon, from the north, near the 

Arctic circle. Locally known as the Chandlar and said to be named 

after John Chandlar, a factor of the Hudson Bay Company. Has also 

been called Gens de Large. Apparently identical with Achenchik river 

of Raymond (1869) and Petrof (1880), and with Tadrandike of recent 

Coast Survey maps. 

Chandler; lake, at the source of Colville river, latitude 68° 10', longitude .153° 

15'. Visited and named by Stoney, 1886, in honor of William E. Chandler, Secretary of the Navy.

Chandos; point, the eastern point of entrance to Yarboro inlet, on the Arctic 

coast, east of Colville river. So named by Franklin, 1826.

Chancelint, slough; see Chaniliut.
. GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 169

Chaniliut; slough,.Yukon delta, opening on the right bank 1 mile above Apoon 

mouth, near latitude 63" 02', longitude 163° 25'. Eskimo name, written Chineeliut by Fan-is, 1.899. The census enumerator for the 4th 

enumeration district, 1900, writes the name of a village in his district 

Chineleat.

Chankliut; island, near Chignik bay, south shore of Alaska peninsula, near 

longitude 158° 10'. Native name, from the Russians. Has been written Chankluit.

Channel; creek, in the Koyukuk region, tributary to Wild river from the west, 

near latitude X67° 15'. Local name obtained by Peters and Schrader, 

1901.

Channel; island, northeastern shore Wrangell island, Eastern passage, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 22', longitude 132° 10'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Channel; island, in Howkan strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Nichols, 1881. They appear like two islands, but are connected by a sand spit. Rev. Sheldon Jackson has named the northern 

part Sheldon island and the southern Jackson island.

Channel; island, in Tongass narrows, near Ward cove, Alexander archipelago. 

Presumably so named by pilot Capt. W. E. George, about 1880. Descriptive term.

Channel; islands, in Behm canal,«near Walker cove, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Channel; islands, in the upper part of Orca bay, Prince William sound. Gulf 

of Alaska,, near latitude 60° 37', longitude 145° 45'. So named by 

Moser, 1897.

Channel; point, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Meade, 1869. Descriptive term.

Channel; rock, in entrance to Hassler harbor, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1882. Descriptive term.

Channel; rock, in middle of the entrance to the western anchorage, Sitka harbor. So named by Beardslee, 1880. Descriptive term.

Channel; rock, in entrance to St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named by the Coast 

Survey in 1869. Descriptive name.

Channel; rocks, in Kakul narrows, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Coghlau, 1884. Descriptive term. Have been called indiscriminately islets and rocks.

Channel Bar; creek, tributary to the Yukon on left bank a few miles below 

Foi'lj Hanilin. Local name, from Edwai-ds's Track Chart of the Yukon, 

1899.

"Chapeau; mountain (2,000 feet high), a spur of Davison mountain, east of 

Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. Named by 

Nichols, 1883.

Chapel; cove, indenting eastern side of Bay of Waterfalls, Adak island, middle 

Aleutians. So named by Gibson, 1855.

Chapel; islet, near south point of entrance to Gambier bay, Admiralty island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Chapeluk; slough, Yukon delta, opening on the left bank of Apoon pass 5 miles 

above Okwega pass, near latitude 63°, longitude 163° 48'. Eskimo 

name, obtained by Fan-is, 1899.

Chapin; bay, indenting the southern shore of Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Moore, in 1892, after Ensign Frederick 

Lincoln Chapin, U. S. N., a member of his party.
170 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Chapman; creek, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyukuk, from the east, near 

longitude 150° 30'. Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey 

in 1899.

Chapman; creek, tributary to Minook creek, from the east. Prospectors' name, 

. published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Chapman, point; see Entrance.

Cliaqua, bay; see Chakwa.

Charcoal; island, one of the Japonski group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Ugolnoi (stone coal) by Vasilief, 1809.

Chariot (The). A spur of the peak of Mount St. Elias was so named by Russell, 1890. . This may be identical with The Hump of Topharn, 1889.

Charity; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Faith creek from the west, 

latitude 65° 25', longitude '146° 20'. Prospectors' name, obtained by 

Gerdiue, 1903.

Charleetna, river ; see Chulitna. ,

Charles; point, on the Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. So named by Dease 

and Simpson, 1837. Not found on any map and its exact location 

unknown.

Charley; creek, 25 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Sinuk 

river, from the south, near longitude 165° 30'. Name from Barnard, 

1900.

Charley, creek; see Kandik river. '

Charley; river, tributary to the Yukon from the south 12 or 15 miles below

Washington creek, .near longitude 142° 45'. Local name, published as

early as 1898. Written also Charlie. 

Charley Village; Indian village, on the upper Yukon at the mouth of Kandik

river. Locally called Charley's Village. 

Charlie, creek ; see Washington. 

Charlotte; la'ke, 20 miles north of Controller bay, at head, of Shepherd creek,

near longitude 144° 10'. So named by Martin in 1904.

Charlotte; ridge, 20 miles north of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska, a spur on the 

northwest side of Kushtaka mountain, and on the east side of Lake 

Charlotte, near latitude 60° 25', longitude 144° 07'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Martin in 1905.

Charm, point; see Chasina.

Charpentier; glacier, on the southern shore of Hugh Miller inlet, western shore 

Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Reid, 1892, after a 

Swiss glacialist. This is the southern branch of the original Hugh 

Miller glacier of Muir, 1879. See Hugh Miller.

Chasen, point; see Chasina.

Chasik, island, in Cook inlet; see Chisik.

Chasina; anchorage, at entrance to Cholmondeley sound, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Surveyed and named by Clover, 1885.

Chasina, bay; see Cholmondeley sound.

Chasina; point, in Clarence strait, near southern point of entrance to Cholmondeley sound, Alexander archipelago. Apparently a native name adopted 

from the Russians and in some cases erroneously transliterated Charm. 

It is Chasen of Tebenkof and Chasina of Russian Hydrographic chart 

1493. Has also been \yritten Tchaseni. The settlement near it is 

Chasintsef of the Russians, written Chasintzeff on United States Hydrographic chart 225.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 171

Chasina; island, in Chasina anchorage, Cholmoudeley sound, western shore

Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 16', longitude

132° 03'. So applied by local navigators, and reported by H. C. Fassett,

Bureau of Fisheries, 1904. 

Chastie. Lutke, 1836, applied the name Tchastie (serrees) to a group of 13

rugged islets and. 5 large isolated rocks lying between Atka and Adak,

middle Aleutians. Also written Tschastiji. It means croioded together,

close-set, etc. 

Chastie. Tebenkof, 1849, applies this name Chastie (compact, crowded

together) to some islets and rocks lying very near the south shore of

Adak, while Lutke applies it to a group lying farther east between

Atka and Great Sitkin. 

Chatanika; river, the upper part of the Tolovana river, which is a north

branch of the Tanaua river, latitude 65° 10', longitude 147° 30'. " The

Chatanika, which lower down is called, the Tolovana" (Bull. U. S.

Geol. Survey, No. 225, p. 68). Indian name, obtained by Gerdine, 1903.

Written also Chataneka and Chatinka. ° 

Chatham; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Cleary creek from the

east, near latitude 65° 05', longitude 147° 25'. Local name, from Gerdiue, 1903. 

Chatham; port (Port Chatham), immediately behind Cape Elizabeth, at eastern

point of entrance to Cook inlet. Surveyed by Vancouver, 1794, and

named after-one of his vessels. 

Chatham; post-office (established in February, 1906), near Point Thatcher,

western shore of Chatham strait, south side of entrance to Peril strait,

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 25'. 

Chatham; strait, in Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, in 1794,

after Lord Chatham. " It was also called Menzies' strait by the fur

traders as late as 1799." To its expanded southern end Coluett gave the

name Christian sound in 1789. La Perouse had, 3786, called this part

Chirikof (Tschirikow) bay, while the Spaniards, 1791, called it Eusenada del Principe. 

Chathenda; creek, tributary from the east to. Chisana river, near its source.

Native name, reported by Witherspoon, 1902. 

Chatinak; Eskimo village, on right bank of Yukon river, a little below Andreafski. Native name; from Nelson, 1878, who writes it C.hatiuakh. 

Chatinka, river; see Chatanika. 

Chatlaknuk; creek, tributary to Yentna river from the north, 15 miles below the

Skwentna, near latitude 62°, longitude 151°. Native name, obtained by

Herron, 1899, who wrote it Chat-lak-nuk. 

Chauik; mountain (3,510 feet high), a little east of Mount Beudeleben, Seward

peninsula. Native name, from Peters, 1900, who wrote it Chowik. 

Chavolda; creek, tributary from the east to Chisaua river, near its source.

Native name, reported by Witherspoon, 1902. 

Chayagaguk, river; see Chaiagaguk. 

Checats; cove, lake, and salmon stream, on the mainland, eastern shore of

southern entrance to Behm canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude

55° ; 30'. Apparently a native name in use by the fisheries, reported by

Moser, 1897 and 1901. 

Checats; point, the south point of entrance to Checats cove (above), eastern

shore of southern entrance to Behm canal. Name reported by H. C.

Fassett, of the Bureau of Fisheries, in 1904. 

Chechitno, peak ; see Wraugell Mount.
172 GEOGRAPHiC DICTIONARY Of ALASKA.

ChecMtno, river; see Chitina.

Cnechotkin, inlet; see Linnet.

Checkers; camp, on Kuzitriu river, Seward peninsula. So called' by the prospectors, 1900, after one of their comrades0, nicknamed Checkers.

Checkers; creek, on Seward peninsula, tributary to Quartz creek from the east, 

near latitude 65° 20', longitude 164° 40'. Prospectors' name, obtained 

by Gerdine, 1901.

Chedotlothna; river, tributary to East fork Kuskokwim river from the east, 

near its mouth, about latitude 63° 10', longitude 153° 45'. Native name, 

from Herron, 1899, who wrote it Chedotlothno and Che-dot-loth-no.

Oheechoona, river ; see .Chichokna. 

Cheenik; village and mission at head of Golofnin bay, Norton sound. This is 

said to be a native name and has been written Chee-nik, Chenik, 

Chinick, Chinik, etc. Pronounced Chee'nik. Tikhmeuief, 1861, shows 

an Eskimo village here called Ikaligvig-miut. It is also called Dexter 

post-office, though no post-office has been established there by the Government. ' .

Cheerful; cape, the western head of Unalaska .bay, eastern Aleutians, near 

longitude 166° 36'. Called Veselofski (cheerful) by Kotzebue in 1817. 

Sarichef, 1792, shows a village near here called Veselofski. Lutke, 

1836, has Vecelovskoi cape and mountains. An unnamed cascade near 

it is a landmark for Captains bay.

Cheerful. Sarichef, 1792, shows a native village, Veselofski (cheerful), near 

Cape Cheerful, Unalaska. Veniaminof says this village lies on the left 

side of Cape Cheerful, in the left corner of a bight of the same name, 

on a spit. Population about 1830 was 15.

Cheericoff, cape; see Bartolome.

Cheericoff, island; see Chirikof.

Chefoklak; Eskimo village of 4 huts in the Yukon delta, near Kusilvak mountain, visited by Nelson in December, 1878. He reports its name to be 

Chefokhlagamiut, i. e., Chefoklak people.

Chegoula, island ; see Chugul.

Cheleklwff', strait; see Shelikof. 

Chena; river and slough, on the right bank of Tanana river, near longitude 

147° 30'. Native name, reported by Schrader, 1898, as Che-na, i. e., 

Chee river. The. town of Fairbanks is situated on the right bank of 

Chena slough, which is said to be pronounced, locally, Cheno'a.

Chena; town, post-office, and telegraph station on Tanana river, 15 miles below 

Fairbanks, at west end of Chena slough, near longitude 148° 25'. The 

town was incorporated December, 1903, and the post-office established 

in 1904.

Chena Dome; mountain (4,450 feet high), in the Fairbanks region, near the 

source of Chena river, about latitude 65° 05', longitude 146° 30'. Local 

name, from Gerdine, 1903.

Chenango; mountain (2,987 feet high), in the northern part of Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Chenega; glacier, entering Icy bay, western side of Prince William sound, near 

latitude 60° 20'. Local name, reported by Grant, .1905. «

Chenega; island, on the western shore of Prince William sound. Apparently, a

native name. On Petrof's map, 1882, in the Tenth Census this name is

given for an Indian village (population, 80) on Knight island. On late

 maps this village is shown on an island called Chenega, immediately

west of Knight island. Written also Cheuiga.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. - .173

Chenega; lake and stream, west sbore Prince William sound, at the head of the 

bay, on the north side of Point Nowell; near latitude 60° 30', longitude 

148°. Indian name, so applied by the fisheries, reported and written 

Cheuiga by Moser, 1897 and 1901. This-is not far from Cheuega island, 

above.

Chenega; Indian village, on south end of Chenega island, Prince William sound,

Cheniga, lake, island, stream, village; see Chenega.

Chenik, mission; see Cheenik.

Chenik, village; see Chimekliak.

ChenoQ; river and slough; see Cliena.

Chentansitztan; village, on north bank of the Yukon, about 30 miles below the 

mouth of Melozi river. Native name, published by the Coast Survey 

in 1898.

Chepp, river; see Chipp.

Chernabura; island, the southernmost of the Shumagin group. Named Chernoburie (black-brown, whence also a priest thus clad) by the Russians. 

The native name is Nunik (porcupine). Has been variously written 

GhernabouT, Cliernobour, Chernabur, Niunak, Niuuyak, Niuniak, 

Nuniak, etc. Lutke has an island Tounak in his list of the Shumagins, 

apparently a typographical error for Nounak. Now occupied for raising blue foxes.

Ghernabura, island, Cook inlet; see Augustine. '

Chernabura; islet (100 feet high), and surrounding rocks, on the western edge 

of the Sandman reefs, northeast of Sannak, near latitude 54° 38', longitude 162° 22'. Called Chernabura (black-brown, or a priest clad in 

black-brown garb) by the Russians. Lutke says, Tagamak, called by 

the Russians Tchernoboury, while Veniaminof says the Aleut name is' 

Kagak Unimak, i. e., East Unimak. Sarichef has Tagauak. Variously 

written, Chernabour, Chernabur, Chernobura, Cheruaboor, Tchernobour, etc.

Chernieshef, mountains; see Devil's Prongs.

Chernof; cape, in Kupreanof strait, on northern shore of Kodiak. So named by 

Murashef, in 1839-40, presumably after Ivan Chernof, who made explorations and surveys in the Russian American colonies, 1832-1838.

Chernof ski; harbor, indenting the northern coast of Unalaska near its western 

end. Named Cheruofski, by Sarichef, 1792, presumably from Chernof, 

a Russian family name. Variously written Tcheruovskaia, etc.

Chernof ski; native village, in Chernof ski harbor, Uualaska. So called by 

Sarichef. in 1792. In 1831 it consisted of 4 huts (yourts) and 44 

people. Population in 1880, 101 ;'iu 1890, 78..

Cherry; creek, in the Fortyniile mining region, tributary to Walker fork. Local 

name, from Barnard, 1898.

Cheshnina; river, and glacier, tributary to Copper river, from the east, near latitude 62°. Native name, from Abercrouibie, 1898, who writes Cheshnena, 

i. e., Cheshni river.

Chesloknn, bay; see SeLdovia.

Cheslotta; " town or station," Copper River region, in the Slana valley, near 

Suslota creek and lake. . So named by the Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1903. 

Probably another writing of Suslota.

Chesnik; mountains, south of the Skwentna river, near latitude 61° 80', longitude 152° 15'. Indian name from Herron, 1899, who wrote it Ches-nic.

Chestakof, island; see Chistiakof.

C'hestalena, river; see Chetaslina.

Chester; lake, near Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Coast Survey in 1897.
174 - . GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Chester; port, on the \vesteru const of Annette island, Gravina group, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Nichols, 1883, after Commander Colby Mitchell 

Chester, U. S. N. , . Chestochina, river ; see Chistochina.

Chestolcnn, bay ; see Seldovia.

Chetaslina; glacier, on the southern flank of Mount Wrangell and drained by 

Chetaslina river. Native name from Schrader, 1900.

Chetaslina; river, draining Chetaslina glacier and tributary to Copper river, 

from the east, near latitude 61° 45'. Indian name, reported by Abercrombie, 1898. On Abercrombie's map, as published by the Geological 

Survey in 1899, it was printed Chetasteua creek; on the^ same map 

published in Bulletin 25, Adjutant-General's Office, it appeared Chestalena ; and on the same, Twentieth Annual Report U. S. Geological Survey (map 20) Chetaslena. Schrader, 1900, wrote Chetasliiia. Apparently this is the river which Alien, 1885, named Liebigstag.

Chetastena, creek ; see Chetaslina river. . . , ., 

Chetaut; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, at the Lower Ramparts. 

Native name, given by Dall as Tseetoht and by Eayniojicl-.as Chetaut. 

Schwatka has Che-taut and Petrof Chetaht. Has als6,.t>eeu written 

Seet-oht. The present tendency is to call this Ray .river and the river 

10 miles below, Salt river. The latter is the one originally named '"' "

Chetchitno, river ; see Ghitina. ;.fr- . Chetierek, mountain ; see Fourpeaked.

Chetlechuk; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, 6 miles below Bail 

river, near longitude 149° 15'. Native name, from Raymond, 1869, 

who wrote it Chetletchuk. Petrof, 1880, wrote it Chetlechuk. It has 

also been called Toolitzkakat.

Cliettyna, river ; see Chitina.

Cheukee, river ; see Chiuki.

Cheval; island, on the southwestern shore of Resurrection bay, Kenai peninsula, 

near latitude 59° 46', longitude 149° 31'. Named Cheval (horse), 

June 6, 1906, by the U. S. Board on Geographic Names.

Chewaukee, river; see Chiwaki.

Cheyenne; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Solomon river from the west, 

near latitude 64° 45', longitude 164° 20'. Prospectors' name, from a 

local map, 1904.

Chezum; mountain (Mount Chezum, 2,600 feet high), on. Cunningham ridge, 

north of Controller bay, near latitude 60° 26', longitude 143° 58'. 

Probably native name, reported by Martin, .1905.

Chiachi; cape, on western shore of Whale island, Kodiak group. Named 

Chaiachie (gull) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Chiachi; islands, northeast of the Shumagins, on south shore of Alaska peninsula, near longitude 159°. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. Has been 

written Chiache (gull) and Chaichit.

CMacM; islet, near the southeastern coast of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians. 

Called Chaiachie (gull) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Chibukak; cape (Cape Chibukak), the northwesternmost point of St. Lawrence 

island, Bering sea. Called Northwest by Tebenkof, 1849, who shows a 

settlement on the cape. In copying his map the name of the village 

was taken as the name of the cape. Written also Sivukuk, Seevookuk, 

Tchibukak, Tchiboukoukak, etc.. According to Kotzebue the native 

name of the island is Tschibocki, or, as it may be written, Chibold. 

See Gambell village.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. _ 175

CMbukaJc, Eskimo village; see Gambell.

Chicago; creek, draining the southern slope of the divide between Tanana river 

and the headwaters of Mi nook creek, near latitude 05°, longitude 150° 

15'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Prindle, 1904.

Chicago; creek, tributary to the Yukon, on the left bank between Minobk find 

Hess creeks, about 5 miles above Minook creek near longitude 150° 

10'. Local name from Edwards's Track Chart of the Yukon, 1809.

Chicago; creek, Seward peninsula, a northeast branch of Kugruk river, near 

longitude 163°. Prospectors' name, obtained by Meudenhall, 1901.

GMcagos, island, see Chichagof.

GMcaloon, creek ; see Chickaloon.

CMcan, village; see Shakan.

Chic Oloon, bay and river; see Chickaloon.

Chichagof; bay, in Clarence strait, on southeastern coast of-Prince of Wales 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Russians and variously Spelled Chichagoff, Chitchagoff, and erroneously Tehitchagoff. 

It is not an uncommon Russian proper name. Admiral Vasili lakob 

Chichagof, with a .fleet of three ships, made explorations in the Arctic 

regions in 1765-1766. One of the vessels of the Russian American Company, tin armed brig, was named Chichagof. The name of this bay has 

been misplaced on some charts. On Tebenkof's map it is very obscurely 

printed,'making it difficult to say whether it is Chichagof or Chigate. 

Also called a harbor.

Chichagof; cape, on the northern coast of Alaska peninsula, at mouth of Ugaguk 

river. Named Chichagova (Chichagof's) by Lutke, 1828, after Admiral 

Chichagof, of the Russian navy. Variously written Chichagov, Chichagow, Tchitchagow, etc.

Chichagof; cove, valley, and peak (3,000 feet high), Alaska peninsula, between 

Stepovak bay and Port Moller, near longitude 160°. Chichagof, after 

the Russian Admiral, is the local name of the cove, and was reported in 

1899 by the I-Iarriman expedition, which gave the name to the valley 

and peak.

Chichagof; harbor, indenting north shore of Attu island, western Aleutians, 

near east longitude 173° 14'. Surveyed and presumably named by 

Etolin, 1827, after one of the early Russian Arctic explorers. Sometimes written Tschitschagoff.

Chichagof; island, or group of islands, Alexander archipelago. Named by 

Lisiauski, 1805, after Admiral Chichagof. First known to the Russians 

as .Yakobi or Jakobi, a name restricted by Lisianski, in 1805, to an 

island at the northwestern angle of the group, and the name Chichagof 

applied to the remainder. It forms the northern part of King George 

the Ill's archipelago of Vancouver. The native name is Khuna or 

Hooniah. Variously called Chichagcv, Chichagoff's, etc., and erroneously Chicagos.

Chichagof; passage, between Etolin and Woronkofski islands, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians and variously spelled as above. 

Called also pass and strait.

Chichagof; peak (2,600 feet high), in the northwestern part of Wrangell island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, 1886. Erroneously Chicagoff on Coast Survey chart 706.

ChichaldinsJcoi, volcano; see Shishaldin.

Chichinak; Eskimo village on the mainland, east of Nunivak island, Bering sea. 

Visited by Nelson in December, 1878, and its name reported by him as 

Chichinagamiut, i. e., Chichiuak people. .
176 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

CMchmareff, inlet; see Shishrn'aref.

Chichokna; river, on the west slope of Mount Wrangell, tributary from north 

to C'hetaslina river, near longitude 144° 32'. Indian name, written 

Cheechocna by Gerdine, .1902.

Chickaloon; bay, indenting the south shore of Turnagain arm, Cook inlet, near 

longitude 150° 10'. Local name, published by the Geological Survey in 

1899.

Chickaloon; creek and glacier at its head, tributary to Matanuska river, from 

the west, near latitude 62°, longitude 148° 30'. Said by Mendeuhall, 

1898, to be a proper name in local use and the spelling as above well 

established. Glenn, 1898, writes it Chicaloou.

Chickaloon; river, tributary to Chickaloon bay from the south. Reported by 

Becker, 1895, who wrote it Chic Cloon.

Chickamin; river, of southeastern Alaska, flowing into Behm canal, near latitude 55° 50', longitude 131°. Native name, reported by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Chicken; creek, in the Fortymile mining district, tributary to Mosquito fork, 

from the north, near latitude 64° 05', longitude 141° 55'. So named by 

prospectors because the gold found here is about the size of chicken feed 

(corn). Reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 1896.

Chicken; creek, tributary to Cache creek, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Chicken; creek, tributary to North fork Koyukuk river. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Cantwell, 1900. Not found on any map.

Chicken; post-office (established in 1904), in the Fortymile region, located on 

or near Chicken creek, on Mosquito fork, Fortymile creek.

Chick-kdM-kay-lent-mi^ river ; see Chikak.

Ch-klak, cape ; see Aguliuk.

Chief; gulch, 10 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the south bank 

of Buster creek, a tributary to Nome river from the east, near longitude 165° 13'. Local name, published in 1904.

Chief, island, Sitka sound; see Nachlezhuoi.

Chief, mountain ; see Tyee.

Chief Stephen; Indian village, on right bank of Copper river, near latitude 62°. 

Name from Abercrombie, 1898, who wrote it Chief Stephan. Is also

written Stiphan and Stiphan or Stick. Apparently it is the English 

name Stephen, derived through Russian pronunciation and spelling.

CMgatz, bay; see Chichagof.

Chiginagak; bay and mountain, on southern coast of Alaska peninsula, north of 

the Semidis. Native name, reported by Vasilief, 1831-32. Usually 

spelled as above. Has been written Tchighinagak and, erroneously, 

Tiginagak.

Chigmit; Grewingk, 1849, applies the name Tschigmit to the high range of 

mountains between Cook inlet and the Kuskokwim river. Dall, 1869, 

calls this the Alaskan range, and says the portion of them immediately 

northwest of Cook inlet has been termed Chigmit mountains on some 

maps. A map made by the United States Land Office, 1869, calls the 

southwestern part of the Alaska range Chigmit mountains and the 

northeastern part Beaver mountains. Eldridge, 1898, adopts the name 

Chigmit for a range west of Cook inlet, in which are the volcanoes 

Ilianina and Redoubt; Martin, 1903-4, applies the name to the unbroken range extending from above Mount Redoubt on the north to 

Bear bay in the northwest coast of Kamishak bay on the south. See 

also Alaska, range of mountains.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 177

Chignik; bay, on the south shore of Alaska peninsula, near latitude 56° 20',

longitude 158° 20'. Probably a native name, from the Russians. Also,

erroneously, Tiznik. ^

Chignik; lagoon, at head of Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. Local name, published by the Fish Commission in 1899. 

Chignik; lakes, Alaska peninsula, drained by Chignik river, into Chignik

lagoon, near longitude 159°. Local name, published by the Geological

Survey in 1905. 

Chignik; post-office (established in 1901), on Chignik bay, south shore Alaska

peninsula. 

Chignik; river (about 6 miles long), tributary to Chignik lagoon, Chignik bay,

Alaska peninsula. Local name, published by the Fish Commission in

1899. 

GMgnik Bay; fishing station on Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. Population in

1890, 193.

CMgul, island; see Chugul. 

Chikak; river, tributary to Skwentna river from the south near longitude 152°

15'. Abbreviation of the Indian name, which Herrou, 1899, wrote Chickkaw-kay-lent-nu.

Chikalan. Grewingk, following Wosnesenski, 1840, gives Tschichkalansk or 

Tschichkan Tan as the native name of a point on the eastern shore of 

Cook inlet just south of Kenai. Name apparently obsolete.

Chilcat; see Chilkat

GMlcoot; see Chilkoot.

Childs; glacier, tributary to Copper river from the west, opposite Miles glacier. 

So named by Abercrombie, 1884, after George Washington Childs, of 

Philadelphia.

GMlga; an island of this name between Aclak and Great Sitkiu, middle Aleutians, is mentioned by Lutke. Not identified.

Chilkat; creek, a small stream on north shore of Controller bay between Bering 

river and Burls creek, near longitude 144° 12'. Indian name, given 

to this creek by prospectors in 1903 or 1904, and reported by Martin, 

1904.

Chilkat; group of islands near entrance to Chilkat inlet. So named by Beardslee, 1880. According to Dr. Arthur Krause, the native names of the 

four islands constituting the group are Al^ane, KatagCine, Nechraje, 

and Schikossean.

Chilkat; inlet, at head of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 59° 

10', longitude 135° 25'. Name of a'native tribe obtained by the Russians and first applied to the inlet by United States naval officers in 

1880. It has had various spellings, Chilcat being most common. Also 

written Chilkaht, Tchillkat, T'silkat, etc. The native word is a difficult 

one for an American to spell or pronounce. Perhaps Tsl-kaht pronounced explosively is as near as it can be rendered.

Chilkat; lake, near the head of Chilkat inlet, southeastern Alaska, draining 

through Tsirku river into Chilkat river. So called by United States 

naval officers in 1880. It is Tschilkat of the Krause brothers.

ChilJcat, mountains; see Chilkoot.

Chilkat; pass (3,100 feet high), about 60 miles northwest from the head of 

Lynn canal,- southeastern Alaska. Local name.

Chilkat; peak (6,580 feet high), near west bank of Chilkat river, near latitude 

59° 30', longitude 136° 10'. So called by Beardslee in 1880. It is 

Tschilkat (Chilcat Pik) of the Krause brothers, 1882. See also 

High point. 

Bull. 299^06 M 12
178 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Chilkat; point, near the Chilkat Indian village, Klukwau, Chilkat river. So 

named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Chilkat; river, flowing into Chilkat inlet at the head of Lynn canal. Named 

Chilkat by the Russians, after the Indian tribe inhabiting its banks. 

Spelled variously Chilcat, Chilkaht, Tchillkat, T'silkat, etc., and Tschilkatbln by Krause.

Chilkat; native village, on Controller bay. According to Martin, 1904, the 

village of this name is and always has been at the mouth of Bering 

river on the right bank. Earlier maps locate it on the southeastern 

shore of Controller bay. Native name, published in 1898 or earlier.

Chilkat, village; see Klukwan.

Chilkoot; inlet, at head of Lynn canal, near latitude 59° 20', longitude 135° 30'. 

So named from a tribe of Indians which has a village near its head. 

Also written Chilcoot and called by Meade False Chilkaht or Tschillkat 

inlet. See also Dyea and Taiya. . . "'

Chilkoot; lake, near the head of Chilkoot inlet. Named from the Chilkoot 

Indian village on its shores. Also written Chilcoot and Tschilkut. 

Has also been called Akha lake.

Chilkoot; mountains or range of mountains near the head of Lynn canal. Variously called Chilkat, Chilkoot, and Tschil-kut. Called Kotusk mountains on a recent map.

Chilkoot; pass^( 3,500 feet high), 20 miles from Skagway, between the drainage 

into Lynn canal and the Yukon basin. Variously spelled. Has also 

been called Perrier by Schwatka, and Dejiih (Dyea) by Ogilvie. 

Identical with Shasheki of Ball in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 200) ; 

also written Shaseki, which is the native name.

Chilkoot; river, tributary to head of Chilkoot inlet, Lynu canal, southeastern 

Alaska. Native name, variously spelled. Its lower part, between 

Chilkoot lake and Chilkoot inlet, has been called Deyea, and the upper 

part, above the lake, Krause calls Katschkahln; also written Kachkahin.

Chilkoot; village, or settlement of Chilkoot Indians, at outlet of Chilkoot lake. 

Has been called Tschilkut and Tanauei or Chilcoot.

Chimekliak; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay, near

mouth of Kuskokwim river. This may be identical with Chenik of a

Russian Admiralty chart of 1802. Petrof in the Tenth Census, 1880, 

calls it Chimiagamute, i. e., Chiniiak people, while the Eleventh Census, 

1890, has Chimingyangamute. Spun- and Post, 1898, obtained from 

Missionary Kilbuck the name Chim-e-kliag-a-rnut.

Chimiagamute, village; see Chimekliak.

CMmingyangamute, village ; see Chimekliak.

Chimiudi, islands; see Kudiakof.

Chimney; creek, in the Koyukuk region, tributary to Wild river from the west, 

near latitude 67° 30'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Peters and 

Schrader, 1901.

Chin; point, the northern point of entrance to Neets bay, in Benin canal, on 

northwestern shore of Revillagigedo island. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891. Brow and Nose points are near by.

China, river; see Tsina.

Chinaldna, creek ; see Chunilna.

Chinalno, river; see Chunilna.

Chinana, river; see Kuskokwim.

Chinchan, bay; see Akutan harbor.

, hill or mountain; see Stephens,
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. 179

Chineleat, slough and Eskimo village; see Chaniliut. 

Chiniak; bay, indenting the eastern end of Kodiak, near latitude 57° 40', longitude 152° 15'. Native name, obtained by the early Russian explorers 

arid variously written Chiniak, Chiniatskoi, and even, by error, Tuniak. 

Chiniak is Aleut for a rocky, impassable, 'wretched sea.

Chiniak; cape, on Alaska peninsula, northwest of Afognuk island, near latitude 58° 30'. Native name, from early Russian explorers; written 

Chiniakskie, Chiniatskoy, Tchineyak, and even Tuniak.

Chiniak; cape, the easternmost extremity of Kodiak. Has been written Chinik. 

Named Greville by Cook, 1778. Langsdorf identifies it with Cape 

Hermogenes of Bering, 1741. The Russians usually called it Tolstoi 

(broad). It has also been called Elovoi (spruce) and Chiniatskoy. 

According to Tanner, 1888, it is locally known as Chiniak.

Chiniak, cape; see Shakmanof.

Chiniak; islet, off Cape Chiniak, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Langsdorf, who accompanied Krusenstern in his voyage round the world, 1803-1806, says 

(II, 56) Cape Chiniak "is bounded to the north by two small islands,

one of which, in the language of the country, is called Giniak, the other Ugak." "

Chiniak; islet, near the northern coast of Afognak island, Kodiak group. 

Native name, published by the Russian American Company, 1849, as 

Chiuiakskoi.

Chiniak, settlement; see Aleksashkina.

Chinick, village; see Cheenik.

Chiniklik; peak, in the Ilivit mountains, south of Anvik. Native name, from 

the Russians. Not shown on recent maps.

Chinitna; bay, indenting the western shore of Cook inlet, south of Iliamna 

peak, near latitude 50° 50', longitude 153°. Name published by the 

Coast Survey, 1898, by mistake as Chinitua.

Chiokuk, village; see Chiukak.

Chipp; peak (2,532 feet high), in the northeastern part of Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, 1887, after Lieut. Charles 

Winans Chipp, U. S. N., who perished in the Lena delta in November, 

1881.

Chipp; river, in northernmost Alaska, tributary to Admiralty bay at the head 

of Dease inlet, near longitude 155°. Ray, 1883, reported its Eskimo 

name Ik-pik-puug, which has also been written Ikpikpung, Ikpekpuug, 

Ikpikpuk, etc. It was traversed by Ensign Howard of Stoney's expedition in May and June, 1886, and named Chipp by Stoney in honor of 

Lieut. Charles Wiuans Chipp, U. S. N., who perished in the ill-fated 

De Long expedition November, 1881. According to the map of Howard's route the main river is Ik-pik-puk, and a west branch 20 miles, 

above Meade river, Ik-pik-pung.

Chips; cove, in the western side of the strait connecting Alitak bay with Olga 

bay, southwest coast of Kodiak. Name from Moser, 1900.

Ghirikof; bay, the south end of Chatham strait (Christian sound of Coluett in 

1789), was named " Baie Tschirikow " by La Perouse, 1786, in honor of 

the distinguished Russian navigator, who visited this part of the coast 

in 1741. Name obsolete. See Chatham strait.

Chirikof, cape; see Bartolome and Ommaney.

Chirikof; island, southwest of Kodiak, near latitude 55° 50', longitude 155° 40'. 

Usually called Ukamok or Chirikof island and spelled most diversely. 

Uka.mok is said to be a native' name of the marmot, but this is not 

verified. The island appears to be the Tumaunoi (foggy) island of
180 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Chirikof Continued.

Bering, 1741. Cook so. identified it in 1778. Sarichef, according to 

Saner, called it Elkamok ; and Vancouver, 1794, in honor of Bering's 

companion, Capt. Alexie .Chirikof, called it Tscherikow's island. It 

is variously written Akamok,, Ookamok, Oukamok, Ukamok, Ugauiok, 

and Yukainak, while Chirikof appears variously as Chirikoff, Chirikov, 

Tchirikoff, Tscherikow, Tschirikoff, etc.

Chisana, creek; see Cross.

Chisana; glacier, on the northeast slope of the Wrangell mountains at the head 

of Chisana river, near latitude 62°, longitude 142° 30'. So called by 

Schrader, 1902.

Chisana; mountain (3,200 feet high), on left bank of the Tanaua, near Tetling 

river. Name from Peters and Brooks, 1898.

Chisana; river, one of the two main branches at the head of Tanana river. The 

other is the Nabesna. They drain the northeast slope of the Alaska 

range and unite to form the Tanana near longitude 142°. Indian 

name, meaning Chisa river, reported by Alien, 1885. Has since been 

written Chusana.

CMshelnoi, islet; see Sushilnoi.

Chisik; island, on western shore of Cook inlet, at entrance to Tuxedni harbor, 

near Iliamna volcano. Native word, given by Tebenkof, 1849, as 

Khazik and in Eichwald's German text Chasik. Commonly now called 

Chisik. Has been printed Chisick. ' »

CMslecliina, river; see Chistochina.

Chisna; post-office (established in 1901), and river tributary to the Chistochina 

near its source. Indian name, reported by Mendenhall, 1902.

Chistiakof; island, in Heiden bay, on north shore of Alaska peninsula. Named 

Chestakof by the Fish Commission, 1890, presumably after Peter 

Egorovich Chistiakof, who was director of the Russian American 

Colonies, 1826-1831.

Chistochina; river, tributary to Copper river from the north, near latitude 63°.

Native name, obtained, 1885, by Alien, who has Chistotchina. on his map

. and Chitsletchina, in his text (pp. 65, 66). Has also been written

Chestochiua, Chislechina, Chitsletchina, Tieschenni, etc. According to

Spencer, of the Geological Survey, Chistochina represents local usage.

Chistochina; telegraph station, at the crossing of Chistochina river, 66 miles 

north of Copper Center. So named by the Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1903.

Chiswell; islands, off the southern coast of Kenai peninsula. Named Chiswell's 

islands by Portlock, 1786. Also, erroneously, Chisswell's. They are 

the Aialiki islands of Tebenof, which may be a native name. Has also 

been written Ajaliki.

Chitanana; river, tributary to Tanaua river from the south 20 miles from Its 

mouth, near latitude 65°, longitude 151° 30'. Indian name, obtained 

by Herron, 1899, who wrote it Chit-an-ana.

Chitanatala; mountains, 40 miles south of Fort Gibbon, near latitude 64° 30', 

longitude 152°. Indian name, obtained by Herron, 1899, and by him 

written Chit-an-at-ala, may be for Chitanadlela. i. e., Chitana mountain.

Chitchagoff, bay; see Chichagof.

Chitina; river, tributary to Copper river, from the east, near latitude 62°. 

Native name. Dall, 1869 and 1870, wrote Chetchitno and Chechitno, 

and Alien, 1885, spelled it Chittyua, from chitty (copper), and na 

(river). Hayes wrote it Chittenah; Brooks, Chitteua; and Abercroinbie, Cbettyna,
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 181

Chitistone; river, tributary to the Chitina. Named Chittystone by Alien, 1885, 

from chitty (copper) and stone, the English word, i. e., Copperstone 

river, on account of copper discoloratioiis on the bowlders and rocks of 

the river's bed.

Chititu; creek, tributary to the Niziua, from the south. Called Chitty Too 

(copper water) by Alien, 1885. I-Iayes, 1891, says too means river and 

dek means creek, and that he has usually omitted these generic endings. The water of this stream is reported to be of a dark copper 

color.

Chitna; creek, in the Matanuska valley north of Cook inlet, tributary from the 

northwest to Caribou creek, near latitude 62°, longitude 14.8° 10'. 

Indian name, from Glenn, 1898, who wrote it Shitna.

Chitnak; native village and cape, on the southern shore of St. Lawrence island, 

Bering sea. Native name, from Tebenkof, who wrote it Shitnak. Has 

also been written Chituak, Sshitnak, and Tchitnak.

Gliitnasliualc, village ; see Sitmmiak.

Chitsia; mountain (3,675 feet high), 65 miles northwest of Mount McKinley, 

near latitude 64°, longitude 150° 20'. Native name, from Brooks, 1902, 

who called it Chitsiah or Heart.

Chitsletchina; see Chistochina.

Chittenah; see Chitina.

Chittyna, river; see Chitina.

CMttystone; see Chitistone.

Chitty Too, creek ; see Chititu.

Chiukak; Eskimo village near Golofnin bay, on north shore of Norton sound, 

Bering sea. Eskimo name called Chiuljak-miiit by the Russians, Chiokuk by Petrof in 1880, and Seookuk by Jaryis in 1898. This appears 

to be the same as that called Knecktakimut by the Western Union 

Telegraph expedition, 1867, and Seookuk on a late Coast Survey chart. 

See also Akpaliut. ,

Chiuki; river, debouching on the coast of the Gulf of Alaska 12 miles west of 

Cape Yaktag and 1 mile west of Kulthith river, near longitude 142° 45'. 

Native name, reported by Martin, 1904, who wrote it Cheukee.

Chiwaki; river, 15 miles northwest of Cape Yaktag, Gulf of Alaska, a lower 

fork of Kaliakh river, near longitude 142° 45'. Native'name, reported 

by G. C. Martin, 1904, who wrote it Chewaukee. This is probably the 

stream called Myhote river on the Land Office map, 1898.

(Jlikazeliin, river ; see Katzehiu.

Chlachatsch, island; see Pyramid.

Chlanak; cape, on the southeastern coast of Kanaga island, middle Aleutians. 

Probably a native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Erroneously Ulanach.

Chlebnilcoff, cape; see Khlebuikof.

ChnikchaJc, creek or river; see Ninilchik.

Chock; island, near entrance to Snug cove, Gambler bay, Admiralty island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889. ,

Chogmng, Eskimo village ; see Kanakanak.

ChoJcagtuligamute, native village; mentioned in Reindeer Report, 1901 (p. 83). 

It may be another writing of Shokfaktolik.

Cholcfolctolegliagamiut, lake and village; see Shokfaktolik.

Chokosna; river, tributary to Kuskulana river, from the south. Native name, 

from a manuscript map made by prospectors in 1900.

Chokotonk; river, tributary to Clark lake at the extreme northeast end near 

latitude 61°, longitude 153°. Native name, reported by Osgood, 1902, as 

Chokotonkna, I, e,, Chokotonk river.
182 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Chokoyik; island, in Yukon river, about 15 miles above the mouth of Nowi 

river. Native name, from Raymond, 1869, who shows a fishery on the 

island.

Chok-wodj-cholc, river; see Pah.

diolmondeley; sound, indenting the eastern shore of Prince of Wales island, 

opposite Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793. Erroneously Colmondeley. It is Chasiua bay of Tebenkof. Pronounced Chuni-ly.

Chomly; post-office (established July, 1900), on the north shore of Choluiondeley sound. . Choris; peninsula, partly separating Kotzebue sound from Eschscholtz bay, 

Arctic ocean. Apparently so named by Beechey, 1820, after Louis 

Choris, who accompanied Kotzebue on his voyage round the world.

Chornoi, cape; see Black.

Ghortof, island; see Devil.

ChouyaJc, island; see Shuyak.

Chowiet; island (1,200 feet high),'one of the largest of the Semidi group. 

Native name, obtained by Ball, 1874, and spelled at first Chowee-et. 

This and Aghiyuk are of about equal size, are the two largest islands of 

the group, and are now both occupied as blue-fox farms. Billings 

speaks of " Evdokeeff, the largest Siniedan," and Lutke also says " Semidin, the largest of the Evdokeevskies." This name, applicable to either, 

probably refers to Aghiyuk.

Chraalch. The Krause brothers, 1882, show on their map a supposed river, 

draining from a glacier southward to Tahini river (of their map), 

which in turn debouches into Chilkat river. They write it Chrafilch.

Christian; creek, 25 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Nome river from the east, near longitude 165° 12'. Local name, from 

Gerdine, 1904.

Christian; sound, the southern end of Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. 

. So named by Capt. James Colnett, of the Argonaut, an English fintrader on this coast, 1789. Also called Christians, Christian's, and, 

erroneously, Christiana.

Christie; point, the western point of entrance to Dease inlet, on the Arctic 

coast, just east of Point Barrow. So named by Dease and Simpson, 

1837, after Chief Factor Christie, of the Hudson Bay Company. Erroneously Christy.

Christina, islet; see Cristina.

Christmas; island, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Glass in 1881.

Christoval, channel; see San Christoval.

ChuarlitlUlc; a deserted Eskimo village on Kanektok river, north bank, about 55 

miles from the Kanektok's month. Is called by Spurr and Post, of the 

Geological Survey, who passed by it September 3, 1898, Chwarlitiligamut, i. e., Chu-ar-li-til-ik people.

Chuck, river; see Shuck.

Chuck-a-won-ugh-toly, river ; see Chukawon.

Chudnoi, island ; see Queer.

ChudoeJcow, islands ; see Kudiako.

Chugach; islands, at Cape Elizabeth, near eastern entrance to Cook' inlet. 

Native name, from the Russians, who wrote it Chugatskie, or Chugatzkiia. Has also been written Chugatz. The westernmost large island, 

Cape Elizabeth, is occupied as a blue-fox farm; the eastern island formerly so occupied has been abandoned.
GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. 183

Chugach; mountains (5,000 to 7,000-feet high), on the coast of the Gulf of 

Alaska, extending from Kenai peninsula eastward on the north coast 

of Prince William sound and across Copper river. A native name, 

obtained by early Russian traders, and by them written Chugatz and 

Tchougatskoi. Now usually Chugach or Chugatch.

Chugach, gulf; see Prince William sound.

Chugachik, bay; see Kachernak. .

Chugachik; island at head of Ivachemak bay, Cook inlet. Native name, from 

Tebenkof, 1848.

Chugatch, mountains ; see Chugach.

Chugats, islands; see Chugach.

Chugiginak; rock (123 feet high) between Amukta and Yunaska, in the group 

of islands of the Four Mountains, eastern Aleutians. Native name, 

from Veniaminof, 1840.

Chuginadak; island, the largest of the group Of islands of the Four Mountains, 

eastern Aleutians. Discovered by Stepan Glottof in 1764. Called by 

the natives Tanak-angunak' (land-big), and variously called Tana, 

Tano, Tana-unok, Tanakh-Angouuakh, etc. In 1849 Tebenkof called it 

Chuginadak, variously written Tchoughinadokh, Chuginok, etc. Tradi- 

'tioii has it that there were formerly two islands which were united by a 

volcanic eruption filling the strait which separated them.

Chugmo7c, island; see Chuginidak and also Herbert.

Chugul; island (2,696 feet high), east of Kiska, Rat island group, western 

Aleutians, near east longitude 178°. Apparently a native name, from 

early Russian/explorers. Variously written Chugal, Segula, Sigoola, 

Tschechovla; also Tchougoule or Iron island of the North Pacific exploring expedition, 1855.

Chugul; island, southeast of Great Sitkin, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians, 

near longitude. 176°. Native name, from early Russians. Billings, 

1790, wrote it Tshugulla. Has also been written Chigul, Tchigul, 

Tchougoul, Tchougoulak, etc.

Chugul; volcanic island (4,300 feet high), one of the group of islands of Four 

Mountains, middle Aleutians, as classified by .Veniaminof. It is between Amukta and Yunaska, near longitude 171°. Native name, from 

Sarichef, about 1790, who wrote it Chugula. Variously written Chegoula, Chagulak, Tchougoulok, etc.

Chuit; river, tributary to Cook inlet, from the northwest, near its head. Native 

name reported as Shuitna and Chuitna, i. e., Chuit river. Also has 

been written Chaitna, Chuitau, and , Shuitna. Called Chuitan by the 

Coast Survey, in 1898, i. e., Chui cape. 

. Chuitna; river; see Chulitna.

Chuiu; bay and, river, tributary to south shore of Kamishak bay, Cook inlet 

Native name, published by Tebeukof, 1849. Has been written Tschuiou and Tschuiow. Martin, 1904, says it is now called Douglas river 

or Andrews river by prospectors.

Chukajak; creek, tributary to the Tubutulik river, from the east, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, from Peters, 1900.

Ghukawon; river, the left fork near the head of Chulitna river, a branch of the 

Kuskokwini, near longitude 157°. Eskimo name, written Chuck-awon-ugh-toly on an unpublished map drawn by W. R. Buckman, who 

prospected the Chulitna valley in 1902-3.

Chukch.uk; Eskimo village on the right bank of the lower Yukon, 5 miles above 

Ingrakak, near latitude 61° 45', longitude 161° 30', called Chukchukamute, i. e., Chukchuk people, by Raymond, 1869. Perhaps identical 

with Takshak, See Takshak.
184 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Chukwoktulik; Eskimo village, Yukon cfelta, on the right bank of Kashunuk 

river, 20 miles southwest of Audriafski. Visited by Jarvis in 1897.

Chukwoktulik; Eskimo village on Lake Agu in the Yukon delta, visited by 

Jarvis in 1897 and by him written Chukwoktuliugamute and Chukwoktulik. Another writing may be Shokfaktolik, which see.

Chuligmiut, villages; see Upper Chulik.

Chuliki The Eleventh Census, 1890 (p. 114), speaks of two Eskimo villages on 

the easetrn shore of Nunivak, together containing 62 people, and called 

Upper Chuligmiut and Chuligmiut, i. e., Chulik people. Not found on 

any map.

Chulitna; pass, between the Susitna and Chulitna rivers. So called by 

Eldridge, 1898. ' -

Chulitna; river, the principal southern tributary of the Kuskokwirn, near longitude 157°. The first white man to visit it was the Russian Creole 

Lukeen, who descended it in 1832. According to Spurr, 1898, deriving 

his information from A. Lind, a trader, it is Chulitna, i. e., Chulit 

river of the Indians, and Holikuuk of the Eskimo. These two have 

been confounded and written variously, Chulitna, Holituo, Hoiiknuk, 

Hulitna, Hulitnak, or Hulitno, and by transliteration from the. Russian 

Hoolitua, Khulitnq, Kulitnak, etc. The name first appears on sheet 3 

of Sarichef's atlas, corrected to 1829, as Hulitua. The east branch of 

this river is here called Haliknuk river.

Chulitna; river, tributary to Clark lake from the west near latitude 60° 30', 

longitude 155°. Indian name, reported by Schanz, 1890. According to 

Osgood it is pronounced Ch&rleetna by the prospectors and others. 

Erroneously Chuitna, Chultina, and Chutina.

Chulitna; river, one of the principal western tributaries of the Susitna river. 

Native name, from Eldridge, 1898, who says it is often pronounced 

Chulitno. Chulitna or Chulitno means Chulit river.

Chuliun; lake, south of Nushagak lake. So called by Tebenkof, 1849.

Chultina, river; see Cliulitna.

Chunak; cape, on the northeastern coast of Uniniak island, at entrance to 

Isanotski strait, near longitude 163° 30'. Native name, reported by 

Lutke, who wrote it Tchouuok. Tebenkof, 1849, wrote Chunak and 

Dall, Chunnok. Veniarninof in his notes (I, 214) writes it Chunnak.

Chuniksak; cape, on the southwest coast of Attu island, western Aleutians. 

Native name, published by Tebenkof, 1848.

Chunilna; creek, tributary to the Talkeetna, from the north, near longitude 

150°. Name from Eldridge and Muldrow, 1898. On one map they have 

Chunilna, on another Chinaldna. Different members of Glenn's expedition write it Chinalno, Chinaldna, and Chinaltno.

ChunnoJc, cape; see Chunak.

Chunu; cape, the southwesternmost point of Kanaga island, middle Aleutians. 

So called by Tebenkof, 1849. Has -also been written Tchuna.

CJmpador, cape; see Suckling.

Church; peak, on mainland, east of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. 

Named by Thomas, 1887.

Church; point, on the southern coast of Gambier bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Ghusana, river; see Chisana.

Chustielena, lake; see Tustumena.

Cliuyalc, island and strait; see Shuyak.

Chutina,, river ; see Chulitna.
.GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. 185

Chvilnuk; river,tributary to the Yukon, froni the north, a little above Andreafski. Called Chvilnuk by the Russians and. Milavfuioff (a Russian 

proper name) by Dall. Possibly identical with Clear river. See Clear.

Ghwarlitiliganwt, village ; see Chuarlitilik.

Cipres, Punta de; see Cypress.

Circle; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Holtz creek from the west near 

latitude 65° 30', longitude 162° .35'. Prospectors' name, obtained by 

Witherspoon, 1903.

Circle; islet, in or near Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. So called 

by the Coast Survey .in Coast Pilot, 1883. Not found on any map.

Circle; point, the south point of entrance to Slocuni inlet, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name given by Thomas, 1888.

Circle; trail, mining camp, and post-office (established in 1899), on west bank 

of the Yukon, near latitude 66°. Called Circle City by the miners 

from its supposed location on the Arctic circle. See Birch Creek 

trail.

Cirquet, lake; see Sirkwet.

Cirquet, river ; see Takhini.

City of Topeka; rock, in Highfiekl anchorage, north end Wrangell island, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 29', longitude 

132° 23'. Described in the Coast Pilot of 1901 and named after Pacific 

Coast Steamship Company's steamer City of TopeJca, which reported 

it, perhaps.

Clahona, river; see Klahini.

Clam; island, in Neets bay, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by the 

Coast Survey in 1891.

Clam; island, in northeastern part of Prince William sound. Name publishe.l 

by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Clam; island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago, at north side of entrance to Klawak inlet, near latitude 55° 30'. So called by Moser, 1897.

Clam; reef, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago, near the southwest shore 

of Fish Egg island at entrance to Klawak inlet, near latitude 55° 30'. 

So called by Moser, 1897.

Clara; creek, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Nome 

river from the west, near longitude 165° 13'. Name from Barnard, 

1900.

Clara; creek, tributary from the east to Middle fork Koyukuk river, near latitude 67° 20', longitude 150° 15'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Peters 

and Schrader in 1901.

Clara Marie, bay; see Aiken cove.

Clare; island, at the entrance to Niblack anchorage, Moira sound, western shore 

Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 04', longitude 

132° 05'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau 

of Fisheries, 1.904.

Clarence; port, indenting western end of Seward peninsula, Bering strait, near 

latitude 65° 15'. Long known to the Russians under the name of 

Kaviaiak bay. First described by Beechey, who visited it in September, 1827, and named it Clarence, after the Duke of Clarence. According to Sauer its native name is Imagru.

Clarence; strait, in Alexander archipelago. Surveyed and named by Vancouver in 1793, " in honour of His Royal Highness Prince William Henry 

* * * The Duke of Clarence's strait." Also written Clarence sound.
186 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Clark; bay, indenting the western shore of Twelvernile arrn of Kasaan bay, 

eastern shore Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. Local 

name, from Brooks, 1901.

Clark; creek, southwestern' Alaska, tributary to Nushagak bay, eastern shore, 

on the north side of Clark point. Local name, reported by Moser, 1901.

Clark; island, the westernmost large island cf the Sigiuaka group in extreme 

northern part of Sitka sound. Named Kliarkof (Clark) by Vasilief, 

1809. ; "v,

Clark; lake, between 50 and 60 miles long and fr;m 2 to 10 miles wide, west of 

and near Cook inlet, about latitude 60° 30', longitude 154°. Supposed 

to have been discovered by John W. Clark, chief of the Nushagak 

trading post, in 1891, and on late charts named after him. It is. however, shown on a Russian government map of 1802 with the name 

Iliina,-while Iliamna lake is called Shelikof.

Clark; point, near mouth of Nushagak river, latitude 58° 49', longitude 158° 

32'. Named Clark's point by the Fish Commission, in 1890, perhaps 

after Prof. Samuel Fessenden Clark, of Williams College. See also 

Ekuk cape.

Clark Point, Eskimo village; see Stagarok.

Clashmore; mountain (5,502 feet high), east of Portland canal. Named" by 

Pender, 1868.

Clate-ecJi-U-nich, mountains; see Kletekhlinik.

Claude; point, on the northern shore of Revillagigedo island, Behm.canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Clear; creek, tributary to the Kotsina from the north. Prospectors' name 

reported by Gerdiue, 1900.

Clear; creek, tributary to the Tubutulik river from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Prospectors' name, from Peters, 1900.

Clear; creek, 20 miles north of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska, tributary on the 

north bank of Stillwater creek, near longitude 144°. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Martin, 1905.

Clear; creek, tributary to Bear creek, which is tributary to the Chilkat river, 

near latitude 59° 30', longitude 130° 10'. Local name, reported by 

Wviglit, 1903. Krause brothers, 1882, wrote the Indian name Katschadglch.

Clear, creek ; see Deep.

Clear, islets ; see Battery.

Clear; point, the north point of entrance to Funter bay, near south end of Lynn 

canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1890.

Clear; river, tributary to the Yukon, right bank, at Andreafski, near head of 

Yukon delta. The name is a translation of the Russian name Swetla 

Rechka. Called Andreafski by the Coast Survey in 1898, and very 

commonly so called. Raymond, 1869, calls it Konnekova or Clear 

. river. On several maps called Clear river. Its native name as used 

by the Russians is Niegieklik.

Clear, river; see Chvilnuk. -

Cleare; cape, the southern end of Montague island, Prince William sound. So 

named by Portlock in 1789. Also called Cape Clear and Southwest cape.

Cleary; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Chatanika river from the 

south, near latitude 65°. 05' longitude 147° 30'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1903.

Cleary; mining camp and post-office (established in September, 1905), on 

Cleary creek, in the Fairbanks region. Called Cleary City by the 

miners, and reported by Prindle in 1905.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 187

Cleave; creek, tributary to Copper river from the west, near latitude 61°.

Local name, from Schracler, 1898. . Cleft; island, in Security bay, .Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive

name, given by Meadejn 1869. 

Clem; mountain, Seward peninsula, 35 miles southeast of Spafarief bay, near

latitude 65° 59', longitude 161° 21'. Prospectors' name, obtained by

Witherspoon, 1901. 

ClerJce's, island; see St.. Lawrence. 

Cleveland. A mountain near Mount St. Elias was so named by the New York

Times expedition of 1880, after President Grover Cleveland. . Cleveland; mountain (Mount Cleveland) 6,170 feet high, between Skagw.ay and

Taiya rivers, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 59° 37', longitude 135°

15'. So named by Fleiner in 1898, but not hitherto published. 

Cleveland; passage, between Whitney island and the mainland, Frederick

sound, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 14', longitude 133° 30'.

So named by Thomas, in 1887, after President Grover Cleveland. 

Cleveland; peninsula, a projection of the mainland between Behm canal and 

. Ernest sound. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1886, after President

Grover Cleveland. 

Cleveland; volcanic peak (8,150 feet high), on Chuginadak island, one of the

group of islands of the i-'our Mountains, eastern Aleutians. So named

by officers of the U. S. S. Concord, in 1894, after President Grover

Cleveland. 

Cliff; islet, in entrance to Womens bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Utesistoi

(cliffy) by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810. 

Cliff; point, between Middle and AVoniens bays, in Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named

Utesof (cliff) by Russian naval officers in 1808-1810.

Cliff; point, on the eastern shore of Port Frederick, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Cliff; point, on the southeastern shore of Pearse island, Portland inlet, Alexander archipelago. So called by Pender in 1868. Has also been called

Base point and Rose point. 

Clifford; creek, tributary to Mission creek, from the southwest, in the Eaj'le

mining region. Local .name, published in 1899. 

Clifford; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Goodhope bay from the souf \

near longitude 163° 30'. Prospector's name, obtained by Meudenhall

and Reaburn, 1901. 

Clifford; island, off the southwest shore of and near to Sannak island, near

latitude 54° 25', longitude 162° 50'. So named by the Fish Commission

in 1890. Sometimes called Long island. 

Clifford; mountain (Mount Clifford, 5,820 feet high), between Taiya and Skagway rivers, southeastern Alaska, about a mile southwest of Mount

Carmack, near latitude 59° 33', longitude 135° 15'. So named by

Flemer, 1898, but not hitherto published. 

Clinker; plateau, in western part of St. George island, Pribilof group, Bering

sea. Descriptive name, published by the Coast Survey in 1875. 

Clonclylce, river; see Klondike. 

Close; bay, on outer coast of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named

Close (dushnaia) by the Russians before 1850. Has been called Close

or Dushnaia (close) and Doushuai. 

Close, island ; see Near. 

Closed, bay; see Banks harbor.
188 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Cloudmaia; bay, indenting the southeastern shore cf Bligh island, Prince William sound, near latitude 60° 50', longitude 140° 40'. Local name, from 

Schrader, 1900. '.

Clover; bay, indenting eastern shore of Prince of Wales island, just north of 

Cholmoudeley sound, Alexander archipelago. Surveyed and named 

Thomas by Commander Richardson Clover, L! . S. N., in 1885. Afterwards the name was changed to Clover by direction of the Superintendent of the Coast and Geodetic Survey to prevent confusion with 

another Thomas bay in the Alexander archipelago.

Clover; island, in Clover passage, northern entrance to Benin canal, south- 

 eastern Alaska; near latitude 55° 3CK, longitude 131° 48'. Name so 

applied by local navigators, and reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of 

Fisheries, 1904.

Clover; passage, in northern entrance to Behm canal, separating Betton and 

other islands from Revillagigedo island. Named by the Coast Survey, 

in 1886, after Commander Richardson Clover, U. S. N.

Clover; point,' north point cf entrance to Clover bay, western shore Clarence 

strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 18', longitude 132° 10'. 

So applied by the local navigators, and reported by H. C. Fassett, 

Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Club; point, on Liesnoi island, Eliza harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by Mansfield in 1889. 

Club; rocks, two in number (15 feet high), 3 miles south of Cap;; Northumberland, Dixon entrance. So named by Nichols, 3883.

Clnlokoi, lake; see Deep..

Clums; fork of Birch creek, eastern Alaska, on south side, near latitude 65° 15', 

longitude 145.° 15'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1905.

Coagalga, island; see Tigalda.

Coal; bay, on the northern shore of Kachemak- bay, Cook i-nlet, inside Homer 

spit, near latitude 59° 40', longitude 151° 20'. Called Ugoluoi (stone 

coal) by Tebenkof, 1849. Coal abounds here and mines are in operation.

Coal; bay, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northwest from the 

Shumagins. So named by Dall in 1880. Near it is Ugolnoi (stone 

coal) island of the Russians.

Coal; bay, on the southern shore of Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by Nichols, in 1891, who 

reports outcrops of coal here.

Coal; bluff, on the eastern shore of Herendeen bay, Alaska peninsula, 6 miles 

south of Point Divide, near longitude 160° 45'. Descriptive name, 

given by Tanner, 1890.

Coal;, bluffs, northern Alaska, on the west bank of Colville river, about latitude 

09° 30'. Descriptive name, given by Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Coal; cape, on southern coast of Alaska peninsula near the Chiachi islands. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1882.

Coal; cove or harbor, in Port Graham, Cook inlet. Named Coal harbor by Dixon, 

in 1786, who found " a vein of coals " there. Also called Coal bay.

Coal; creek, in the Copper river region, tributary to Chisna river at its source. 

So named by -prospectors, from the coal found on the stream, and 

reported by Mendenhall, 1902.

Coal; creek, Alaska peninsula, tributary to Mine harbor, Herendeen bay, from 

the east, near latitude 55° 45', longitude 160° 40'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Sidney Paige of the Geological Survey, 1905.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 189

9 Coal; creek, .tributary to Dall river, near Dall City, about longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, reported by Meudenhall and Reabnrn, 1901.

Coal; creek, tributary to the Yukon from the south, near longitude 148°. Local 

name, from Cantwell, 1900.

Coal; creek, about 5 miles east of Bluff point, north shore at entrance to Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. Local name, obtained by Stone, 1904.

Coal; creek, tributary to Matanuska river from the south, opposite the mouth of 

Chickaloon creek, near longitude 148° 30'. Local descriptive name, 

from Mendenball, 1898.

Coal; creek, tributary to Solomon river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Coal; glacier, tributary to Tyndall glacier near Mount St. Elias, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Tophoin in 1888.

Coal; harbor, at the head of Zachary bay, Unga island, Shumagin group. Probably so named by the Western Union Telegraph expedition in 1805. The 

name has also been applied to Zachary bay. Also called North harbor 

of Unga.

Coal, harbor, Herendeen bay; see Mine.

Coal; point, the end of Homer spit, projecting from the northern shore of

Kachemak bay, Cook inlet, near latitude 59° 36', longitude 151° 24'.

Called Ugolnoi (stone coal) by Tebenkof, in 1849, from the presence of

coal upon and near it. 

Coal; valley, Alaska peninsula, on the eastern shore of Herendeen bay, 3 miles

southeast of Point Divide, near latitude 55° 50', longitude 160° 40'.

Descriptive name, published by the Coast Survey in 1900. 

Coal Harbor; post-office (established in 1903), on Coal harbor, Zachary bay,

Unga island, Shumagin group.

Coarse Gold; creek, tributary to the Kougarok river from the west, Seward peninsula. Name from Brooks, 1900. 

Coarse Gold; gulch, Seward peninsula, in Solomon River basin, on left bank of

Penny creek, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 164° 20'. Prospectors'

name from a local map, 1901. 

Cobb; island, near Silver point in Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So

named by United States naval officers in 1880.

Cobblestone; river, tributary, to Imuruk basin from the south, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Coblura. This word Coblura appears on British Admiralty chart 2164, of Point

Barrow, published in 1854, near a small sand spit in the northern part

of Elson bay, Arctic coast. 

Cobolunuk, Eskimo village; see Kobolunuk. 

Cobras Head; some feature, not discovered what, on the Mosquito fork of South

fork Fortymile creek. Name from, Wells, 1890. Written also Cobra's

Head and Cabras Head. 

Cochrane; point, opposite Port Wells, on the northwestern shore of Prince

William sound. So named by Vancouver, 1794. Erroneously Cochran. 

Cochranes, trading post and telegraph station ; see Kokriues. 

Cocos; point, on south end of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales

archipelago. Named Punta de Cocos (cocoa point) by Maurelle and

Quadra in 1775-1779. 

Cod; point, west shore Revillagigedo island, on the east side of Moser bay,

Naha bay, Behm canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 35',

longitude 131° 40'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett,

Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.
190 . GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA.

Codiac, island; .see Kodiak.

Coffee; creek, tributary to Kougarok river from the west and just north of 

Coffee Dome, Seward peninsula. Latitude 65° 18'. Local name, from 

Gerdine, 1901. -

Coffee, creek ; see Slate. . Coffee; point, near the mouth of the Nushagak river. Traders' name, published 

by the Fish Commission, 1891.

Coffee; point, on north shore of KasiloJ river, Keuai peninsula, 4 miles above its 

mouth. Name from Moffit, 1904.

Coffee Dome; mountain (2,400 feet high), in the Fairbanks region, near latitude 65° 05', longitude 147° 10'. Probably local name, from Gerdiueo 

1903. . - -. - 

Coffee Dome; mountain, Seward peninsula, near latitude 05° 18', longitude 164° 

44'. Local name, obtained by Gerdine, 1901.

Coffman; cove, indenting the northeastern shore of Prince of Wales island, at 

southern, entrance to Kashevarof passage, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Snow, 1886, after Lieut. Dewitt Coffman, U. S. N., a member 

of his party.

Coffman; island, near Coffman cove, at southern entrance to Kashevarof pass- 

: . age, Alexander archipelago. Named by .Snow, 1886.

Coghlan; island (436 feet high), near the western entrance to Gastiueau channel, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, 1885, after 

Commander Joseph Bullock Coghlan, U. S. N. Erroneously Coglan.

Cogrua, river; see Kugrua.

Coglua, river; see Meade.

Cohen; island, in Favorite channel, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by the Coast Survey in 1893.

Cohen; island, on southern shore of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. Named by Dall, 

in 1880, after a trader of that name stationed in Cook inlet at that 

time.

Cohen; reef, in Favorite channel, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Coghlan, 1884.

Coho; cove, indenting the southern shore of Revillagigedo island, Revillagigedo 

channel, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 16', longitude 131° 

22'. . Name reported by local navigators to I-I. C. Fassett, Bureau of

Fisheries, 1904. Coho (a species of salmon.)

Cohoes; creek, in the. southern part of the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1889.

Coke; point, the northern point of entrance to Holkham bay, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 1794.

Cold; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, just west of Belkofski, longitude 162° 30'. Named Morozovskie or Morozova (cold, 

fro/en) by the Russians. Has been called Cold, Frozen, Morozoffski, 

etc.

Cold; bay, on southern shore of Alaska peninsula, west of Kodiak, near latitude 

57° 45'. Named Studenaia (cold, freezing) by the Russians on account 

of the cold winds which draw through a' deep ravine or gorge from 

Becharof lake. The native name appears to be Puale. Variously 

called'Studeuaja, Puale, Pouale, and, erroneously, Stulcheua.

Cold; creek, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, an east branch of 

Grouse creek, draining through Goldbottom creek into Snake river, 

near latitude 64° 45', longitude 165° 2i*. Local descriptive name, from 

Gerdiue, 1904.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIOISTAKY OF ALASKA. 191

Coldera, port; see Calclera.

Coldfood, post-office; see Coldfoot.

Coldfoot; mining camp, and post-office (established in 1903), on Middle fork

Koyukuk river, at the mouth of Slate creek, near latitude 07° 15'.

Erroneously Coldfood. 

Coleen; mountain, on north bank of the Yukon, near mouth of the Coleen river.

' So called by the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Coleen; river, tributary to the Porcupine, from the north, between the upper and

lower Ramparts of the Porcupine, near longitude 142° 30'. So called by

the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Coleman, point; see Thatcher. 

Coleman; reef or shoal in Chatham strait, oft0 Thatcher point, near the eastern

end of Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in the

Coast Pilot in 1883. The name Coleman had been given by Hoinfray,

in 1867, to the adjacent point, now called Thatcher. 

College; fiord, in Port Wells, Prince William sound. So named by the Harriman expedition in 1899.

Collie; point, on the Arctic coast, fit entrance to Wainwright inlet. Named by

Beechey, .in 1826, after his surgeon, Alex. Collie. Called Kalidge on 

Russian Hydrographic chart 1495. Perhaps this comes from an erroneous transliteration of Collie into Russian.

Colling; mountains (3,000 to 4,000 feet high), on the eastern shore of Portland 

canal. Called Colling range by Fender, 1868.

Collins; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the west to Hannum creek, 

which is a tributary to Inmachuk river, near latitude 05° 52', longitude 

163° 15'. Prospectors' name, from Mendeuhall, 1901.

Collinson; point, near Camden bay, on the Arctic coast, about 4° west of the 

international boundary. Capt. Richard Collinson, R. N., of Her 

Majesty's ship Enterprise, wintered here in 1853-54, whence the name.

Colmondeley, sound ; see Cholmondeley.

Colorado; creek, tributary to Cripple creek, in the Nome mining region, Seward 

peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900. Identical with Dog 

creek or Ryan creek of the Davidsou-Blakeslee map of 1900.

Colorado; creek, tributary to Klokerblok river, from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Colorado; creek, Kenai peninsula, a left branch of Canyon creek, near its head. 

Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Colorado; creek, tributary to Mission creek, from the south, 7 miles west of 

Eagle. Local name, reported by Barnard, 1898. Spurr, Goodrich and 

Schrader, 1896, .called it Boulder creek. See also Montana.

Colpas, Isla cle; see Hawkins island.

Colpoys; point, at northeast angle of Prince of Wales island, Sumner strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver,. 1793, after Admiral 

Colpoys, R. N, '

Colt; island, west of Douglas island, in Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Columbia; bay, immediately west of Port Valdes, indenting northern shore of 

Prince William sound, near latitude 61°, longitude 147°. So called by 

the Harrimau expedition in 1899. It is Glacier bay of Abercrombie, 

1898.

Columbia; creek, tributary to O'Brien creek, from the west, in the Fortymile 

mining region, Local name, obtained by the Geological Survey in 1898.
192 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Columbia; glacier, discharging into Columbia bay, Prince William sound. So 

named by the Harriinan expedition in 1899.

Columbia; peak (7,500 feet high), in the Tordrillo range. So named by Spurr 

and Post, 1898.

Columbia; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. Name published by 

the Coast Survey in 1891.

Columbine; rock (3 feet out of water), southwest shore Neva strait, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 57° 16', longitude 135° 35'. Named after 

the U. S. light-house tender Columbine, and described in the Coast 

Pilot of 1901.

Column; point, the northeast headland of Lisiauski strait, Chichagof island, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 07', longitude 136° 26'. 

Descriptive name, given by Dall, 1880. Vancouver's name Lucan has 

been accidentally applied to this point.

Colville; river, northern Alaska, draining to the Arctic ocean, near longitude 

151°. Named by Dease and Simpsou, 1837, after Andrew Colvile, of 

the Hudson Bay Company. On Dease and Simpson's map it was 

spelled Colville. The Eskimo name is reported to be Or-kim-ya-uook. 

Ray (Report, 1885, p. 55) says: "The Colville river was always spoken 

of as ' Neg-a-len-mi-ku (the river at Negalek),' and we did not obtain 

the name." John W. Kelly (Eskimo Vocabularies, Bureau of Education, 1896-97) has Negaleh. Stouey, 3886, wrote Kun-ya-nook and 

Kungyanook; and Cantwell, 1885, Kar-n'yer-uok.

Colwell; bend, in Koyukuk river, near longitude 157°. So named by Alien in 

1885, " in honor of Mr. Colwell, of the Adjutant-General's Office, who 

gave me such conscientious work in working up my observations and 

making my maps."

Comet; creek, an affluent of North fork, Fortymile creek, from the left, near 

latitude 64° 30'. Local name, obtained by the Geological Survey in 

1898. It is Count creek of Abercronibie's map.

Comet; mining camp and landing, on the eastern shore of Lyun canal, southeastern Alaska, just north of Point Sherman, near latitude 58° 52'. 

This is the place formerly called Seward City. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Spencer and Wright, 1903.

Comfort; point, near Cape HalUett, on the Arctic coast east of Point Barrow,

near longitude 152° 14'. So named by Dease and Simpson, in 1837,

" in gratitude for seasonable comforts." 

Composite; island, near the head of Glacier bay. Descriptive name, given by

Reid in 1892. 

Conbert; creek, north of the Tanana, tributary to Preacher creek, near its

source, about latitude 65° 30', longitude 146° 20'. Prospectors' name,

obtained by Gerdiue, 1903. 

Conclusion; island, in southern part of Keku strait, Alexander archipelago.

Named by Vancouver, who concluded his season's work of 1793 at this

point. 

Conclusion; point, on the southeastern shore of Baranof island, Chatham strait.

It forms the northeast extreme of the peninsula between Port Alexander and Port Conclusion. So described in the Coast Pilot of 1901. 

Conclusion; port, near the south end of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago.

So named, 1794, by Vancouver, who here concluded his survey of the

northwest coast of America. 

Concord; creek, 6£ miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to

Fox lake from the west, near longitude 165°. Name from Gerdine,

1904.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 193

Concord; point, the southeastern point of Chuginidak island, islands of the Four 

Mountains group, eastern Aleutians. So named, 1894, by officers of the 

U. S. S. Concord, who made surveys here at that time.

Cone; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Heceta island, Prince of Wales 

archipelago, near latitude 55° 47', longitude 133° 40'. So named by 

Dickins, 1903^1.

Cone; hill (551 feet high), in the western part of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, 

Bering sea. Descriptive name, published by the Coast Survey in 1875.

Cone; hill, at the head of East Fork Kuskokwim and Cosna rivers, near latitude 64° 20', longitude 151°. Descriptive name, from Herron, 1899.

Gone, hill; see Potato mountain.

Cone; island (300 feet high), in Revillagigedo channel, at entrance to Thorne 

arm, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Nichols, 

1883.

Cone; mountain (2,718 feet high), in the northern central part of Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Nichols, 1883.-

Cone; mountain (3,800 feet high), on the mainland, about 14 miles northeast of 

Cape Fox, Dixou entrance. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Cone; mountain, on the mainland, about 10 miles south of Stikine river. Name

published by the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Cone; mountain (6,100 feet high), on the mainland, on east bank of the Stikine

and near Scud river. Erroneously Cane mountain. Name published by

the Coast Survey, in 1891, as Cane, and, in 1899, as Cone. 

Cone; mountain, Kodiak island, west of Chiuiak. Descriptive name, from Harriman expedition, 1899. 

Cone; mountain (1,390 feet high), on the left bank near the mouth of Cripple

river, Seward peninsula, about longitude 165° 45'. So called by the

prospectors in 1898. 

Cone; mountain, prominent landmark on north bank of KoyukUk river, near

latitude 66° 10', longitude 156° 10'. Descriptive name, given by Alien,

1885. 

Cone; peak, on Heceta island at the head of Cone bay. Descriptive name, given

by Dickins, 1903-4. 

Cone; point, the southern head of Thorne arm, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander

archipelago. Named by Nichols in 1883. Also called Cone Island

point. Descriptive term. 

Cone, point, in Clarence strait; see Grindall. 

Cone, point, in Wrangell strait; see Blunt and Turn. 

Cone, point; see Red Head. 

Cone Hill, river; see Fortymile creek. 

Cone Island, point; see Ape. 

Coney; island, near the junction of Dry strait and Frederick sound, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887. 

Cotnference, creek ; see Humbug. 

Conical, hill; see Potato. 

Conical; volcano, on the northwestern shore of Atka island, middle Aleutians.

Called Konfcheskaia by Ingenstrem, 1829, and Chernof, 1832. 

Coning; inlet, indenting the eastern shore of Long island, western shore Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago, near latitude §4° 50', longitude 132°

40'. Name from Dickins, 1905. 

Connecticut; creek, Seward peninsula, Casadepaga drainage, tributary on south

bank of Canyon creek, near latitude 64° 51', longitude 164° 26'. Pros- 

^pectore' name, reported by Gerdiue, 1905. 

Bull. 299 06 M 13
194 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Connor; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to the headwaters' of Kokomo 

creek, near latitude 65° 10', longitude 147° 10'. Prospectors' name, 

obtained by Gerdine, 1903.

Consa, telegraph station ; see Cosna.

Constantine; anchorage, near Ilin bay, on western shore of Chichagof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by /the Russian pilot Ilin near the 

beginning of the century.

Constantine; bay, indenting eastern shore of Unalaska bay, eastern Aleutians, 

near longitude 166° 26'. So called by Veniarninof, 1830. Said to 

derive its name from the Russian American Company's ship Constantine, which was wrecked in attempting to enter it.

Constantine; cape, the western point of entrance to the estuary at mouth of the 

Nushagak river, Bristol bay, -Bering sea. So named by Ustiugof, 1818. 

Also written Constantin and Konstantina.

Constantine; harbor, indenting north shore of Amchitka island, Rat Island 

group, western Aleutians, near east longitude 179° 23'. So named, 

apparently, by Klinkofstrem prior to 1849. Also written Constautiu 

and Konstantina.

Constantine and Helena, Fort; see Nuchek."

Contact; creek, in the Koyukuk region, tributary to John river at its source, 

near latitude 68° 10', longitude 152°. So named by Peters and 

Schrader, 1901.

Contaytlmo, river ; see Kantishna.

Convenient; cove, in Hassler island, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Controller; bay, near the mouth of Copper river. Named Comptroller's bay by 

Cook in 1778. Has also been called Bering haven.

Coogalga, island; see Tigalda.

Coogroclc, river; see Kougarok. .

Cook; bend, in Klutina river about 12 miles above its mouth. Name from Abercrombie, 1898.

Cook; inlet, on south coast of the Alaskan'mainlaud. First explored and mapped 

by Capt. James Cook in 1778. Not having in his journal applied any 

name to it " Lord Sandwich directed that it should be called Cook's 

River." Vancouver calls it Cook's inlet, and also refers to it as 

Groosgincloose or Cook's inlet. The Russians call it Kenai bay. It 

has been called an arm, bay, gulf, inlet, and river, and the name Kenai 

has been rendered Kenaiskoi, Kenaiskaia, Keuaiskischer. According to 

Grewingk, quoting Zagoskin, the correct name is " Ttuuaiskysch " bay.

Cook; mountain (13,758 feet high), in the St Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. 

Named by Ball, 1874, after the great English navigator, Capt. James 

Cook.

Cook, strait; see Etolin.

Cook's rock; see Signals (The).

Cool, bay ; see Graham harbor.

Coon; cove, on the east side of George inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 55° 30', longitude' 131° 30'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Coon; island, in George inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Cooney; cove, indenting the southwestern shore of Etolin island, Rocky bay, 

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 05', longitude 

132° 35'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau 

of Fisheries, 1904.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 195

Cooper; creek, draining northwest from Cooper pass into Nabesna river. Local 

name from Schracler, 1902, who says the native name is Thekoncla.

Cooper; creek and lake, near the west end of Keuai lake, and tributary to Kenai 

river, from the south, Kenai peninsula. Local name, from Mendenhall, 

1898. Ben lake of Russian Hydrographic chart 1378, ed. of 1847, is 

probably this one.

Cooper; creek, on eastern shore of Cook inlet, 6 miles east of Bluff point, north 

shore at entrance to Kachemak bay. Local name, obtained by Stone, 

1904.

Cooper; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the south to Nuluk river, near 

latitude 65° 52', longitude 166° 43'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 

1901.

Cooper; gulch, 4 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the south slope of 

Anvil peak, near longitude 165° 23'. Local name, published in 1904 as 

Cooper's gulch.

Cooper; island, near entrance to Chichagof harbor, Attu island, western Aleutians. So named, in 1855, by Gibsou, of the North Pacific exploring

expedition, after the U. S. schooner Fenimore Cooper.

Cooper; island, near Dense inlet, just east of Point Barrow, Arctic ocean. Apparently so named by the British Admiralty, 1855.

Cooper; pass, between the Nabesna and Chisana rivers, near latitude 62° 20', 

longitude 142° 35'. Local name, from Peters, 1899. *

Cooper; point, 011 the mainland, on western shore of Taku inlet, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Mansfield, 1890.

Coopers; whaling station, about 5 miles southeast of Point Hope, Arctic coast, 

near latitude 68° 20'. Local name, Cooper or Cooper's. According to 

Collier, the village at this place is commonly called Jabbertown.

Oooselik, creek ; see Kuselik.

Coot; cove, on the northern shore of Funter bay, Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1890.

Copleston; mountain, near Camclen bay, on the Arctic coast. So named by 

Franklin, in 1826, " in honour of Dr. Copleston, provost of Oriel College, now Bishop Laudaft'." Erroneously Coplestoue and Coppleston.

Copiy; reef, near Keene island, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Coposo; island, in Port Real Marina, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Ysla Coposo (tufted) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Copper; bay, in the northeastern part of Prince William sound. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Copper; creek, tributary to the Kotsiua, from the south. Prospectors' name, 

from Gerdine, 1900.

Copper; creek, 35 miles north of Cape.Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Nugget creek, from the south, near longitude 165° 10'. Name from 

Barnard, 1900..

Copper; creek, tributary to the headwaters of Dan creek, which, in turn is 

tributary to Nizina river. Prospectors' name; first appears on map of 

the Nizina mining district by George M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902.

Copper; creek, eastern Alaska, an east branch of Charley river, near latitude 

64° 50', longitude 143° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoou, 1905.

Copper; glacier, the source of Copper river, southern Alaska. So named by 

Schrader, 1902.
196 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIOSTABY OF ALASKA.

Copper; harbor, on the east side of Hetta inlet, Cordova bay, Prince of Wales 

island, near latitude 55° 13', longitude 132° 38'. Local name, from 

Brooks,- 1901.

Copper; lake, on Unalaska island, eastern Aleutians. Veniaminof, getting his 

information from the natives, says (I, 171) : " Near Makushin bay, 

between a long isthmus and Tarasof bay, in the mountain, is a lake on 

whose shores native copper occurs." Name not heretofore used.

Copper; mountain peak (3,830 feet high), and range oil eastern shore of Prince 

William sound. So named by Abercrombie, 1898.

Copper; mountain (3,850 feet high), on the eastern shore of Hetta inlet, Cordova bay, Prince of Wales island, on the north side of Copper harbor. 

Local name, published by Coast Survey in 190f.

Copper; point, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Nichols, 1883.

Copper; river, in central Alaska. Discovered \>y Nagaief, in 1781, and named 

Copper (inieduaia), on account of the reported existence of copper in 

its vicinity. Called Rio de los Perdidos by the Spaniards. The native 

name is Atna or Aetna, i. e., At river. Often called the Atria or 

Copper.

Copperas, island; see Hawkins.

Copper Center; mining camp or village, post-office and telegraph station, on 

Copper rivfir, near latitude 62°. Prospectors' name, first published in 

1898. About 300 miners and prospectors wintered here in 1898-99. 

The post-office was established in 1902.

Copper City; see Valdez.

Copper City; mining camp, on the eastern shore of Hetta inlet, Cordova bay, 

Alexander archipelago, 6 miles south of Coppermount. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Dickins, 1905.

Coppermount; post-office (established in 1901) and mining settlement, on Copper harbor, Hetta inlet, Cordova bay, Prince of Wales island.

Copper Mountain; point, 011 the northeastern shore of Prince William sound, 

between Boulder and Landlocked bays. So named by Abercrombie, 

1898. Grant, 1905, says the local name is Bidarka.

Copper River; plateau between Copper and Susitua rivers? about latitude 02°. 

Named by Abercrombie, 1898.

Copper River, rapids ; see Abercrombie.

Coqenhena, Indian village, island, and slough; see Kokinhenik.

Cora; creek, debouching between capes Douglas and Woolley, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Cora; point, the northeastern point of Coronation island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow, 188G.

Coral; rocks off the southwest end of Montague island, Prince William sound. 

This name appears to have been first applied by the Coast Survey in 

1868.

Corbin; glacier and pass, near Valdez, Prince William sound. Named by Abercrombie, 1898, after Adjt. Gen. Henry Clark Corbiu, U. S. A.

Corbin; point and mine on the eastern shore of Hetta inlet, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 15', longitude 132° 41'. Local 

name, reported by Dickins, 1905.

Cordova, bay, Prince William sound; see Orca.

Cordova; bay, on the northern shore of Dixon entrance in Prince of Wales 

island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 54° 50', longitude 132° 40'. 

The name Puerto Cordova y Cordova appears to have been first 

applied by Caamafio, in, 1792, and published by Vancouver iu 1798.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 197

Cork; islet, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Glass, 1881.

Corlies; group of two islets, on eastern shore of Tlevak strait, opposite View 

cove, in Dall island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Dall, 1882, 

after Rev. W. I-I. R. Corlies, of Philadelphia, a missionary who began 

work in Alaska in 1879. Sheldou Jackson has named the north one 

Rankm and the south one Young.

Corlies; point, the north point of entrance to Sawmill cove, Howkan strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Named by Sheldou Jackson, after 

Rev. William Henry Richards Corlies.

Cormorant; rock, near the entrance to Lituya bay, southeastern Alaska. Named 

Cormorants by La Perouse, 1786.

Cormorant; rock, on the south side of Uyak anchorage, northern shore of Kodiak. So named by Moser, 1897.

Corner; mountain, on south side of Silver bay, at the corner or angle where the 

bay turns to the southeast, Barauof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Uglovaia (corner) by Vasilief, .1809.

Cornwall; ridge, on east side of Copper river, north of Mount Sanford. Named 

by Lowe, 1898, after John Cornwall, a member of his party. Erroneously Corwells and Cornwell.

Cornwallis; point, the north head of Liscome bay, Dall island, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Hydrographic Office in 1882 and perhaps earlier.

Cornwallis; point, the north point of entrance to Saginaw bay, Kuiu island, 

Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by A^aucouver, 

1794.

Coronados; group of islands, in eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Los Corouados (tonsured priests), by Maurelle 

and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Coronation; island, at junction of Sumner and Chatham straits, southeast of 

Cape Ommaney, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Vancouver in September, 1793, "the day of our passing it having been 

the anniversary of that happy event" (II, 423). Korouatsie of the 

Russians.

Coronation, islands; see Spanish.

Comvells, ridge; see Cornwall.

Corwin; bluff, at the so-called Corwin coal mine on the Arctic coast, west of 

Cape Sabine, near longitude 165°. So called by Peters and Schrader, 

1901.

Corwin; cape, the southeasternmost point of Nunivak island, Bering sea. Called 

Vasilief by Tebenkof, 1849, after Capt. Mikhail Nikolaevich Vasilief, 

I. N., of the OtJcrietie (discovery), who, in 1821, discoArered Nunivak 

island. The Russian hydrographic office, 1852, called it Etolin and 

the Coast Survey has recently (1899) called it Corwin, probably after 

the U. S. revenue' cutter Conoin.

Corwin; cliffs, in the St. Elias region. So named by-1. C. Russell, in 1890, after 

the U. S. revenue cutter Comvin.

Corwin; coal mine, on Arctic coast, east of Cape Lisburne. Definitely located 

and used by Captain Hooper, of the U. S. revenue cutter Corwin, in 

July, 1880, and named after his vessel.

Corwin; lagoon, on the Arctic coast, between Cape Seppings and Cape Krnsenstern. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1884, after the U. S. revenue 

cutter Corwin.
198 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Corwin; rock, in the group of islands of the Four Mountains, eastern Aleutians. 

So named, in 1894, by officers of the U. S. S. Concord, after the U. S. 

revenue cutter Corwin.

Cosacoots, river; see Kosakuts.

Coscliaget, Indian village; see Coskakat.

Cosinas; point, on the southern shore of Port Asumcion, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. . Named Puiita de Cosinas by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779.

Coskakat; Indian village at the mouth of the Cosna river, near latitude 64° 55', 

longitude 151° 10'. Native name, obtained by Herron, 1899, who 

wrote Cos-chaget and Coschaget.

Cosmos; cove, on the northeastern shore of Baranof island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Moore, 1895, after the surveying 

steamer Patterson's steam launch Cosmos.

Cosmos; creek, a tributary of Kobuk river from the north, near latitude 66° 45', 

longitude 157° 15'. So. named by Meudenhall, 1901, after Stoney's 

winter camp, 1885-86, Fort Cosmos, which was located at the mouth of 

this creek. The Eskimo name, according to Stouey, is A-vi-lu-legorack.

Cosmos; pass, Davidson inlet, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 

58', longitude 133° 42'. Named by Dickins, 1903-4, after the Coast 

Survey launch Cosmos, in which he first explored the passage.

Cosmos; point, on the southwest shore of Kuiu island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, between Gedney harbor and Point Harris, near 

latitude 56° 21', longitude 134° 17'. Named after the Coast Survey 

launch Cosmos, and described in the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Cosmos; point, on the northeastern shore of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887, after the steam launch of the 

Coast Survey steamer Patterson.

Cosmos; range of mountains (3,900 feet high), on the'mainland near Thomas 

bay, Frederick sound. Named, by Thomas, 1887, after the steam launch 

Cosmos attached to the Coast Survey steamer Patterson.

Cosna; river, between the Chitanana and Kantishna, tributary from the south 

to Tanana river, 30 miles above its mouth, near latitude 65°, longitude

151° 30'. Indian name, obtained by Herron, 1899. Erroneously

Goschacket. 

Cosna; telegraph station on the Tanana, at confluence with Cosna river, 45

miles above Fort Gibbon. Erroneously Consa. So named by the

Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1903. See Coskakat. 

CptillaJcalcat, river; see Kateel.

Cottonwood; bay, a small indentation in the west side of Iliamna bay, southwestern shore of Cook inlet, about latitude 59° 40'. Name from

Osgood, 1902 (p. 11). 

Cottonwood; creek, tributary to Tsirku river from the north near latitude 59°

19', longitude 136° 06'. Prospectors' name, reported by Wright, 1903. 

Cottonwood; creek, on the eastern side of Cook inlet, tributary from the north

to Kachemak bay, about 12 miles northeast of Homer. So called by

Dall, 1898. 

Cottonwood; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Goodhope river from the

east, near latitude 65° 45', longitude 163° 30'. Name from Mendenhall

and Reaburn, 1901. 

Cottonwood; group of low wooded islands, at mouth of Stikinp; river. So named

by Thomas, 1887.
GEOGKAPHIC DTCTIONAKY OF ALASKA. 199

Cottonwood; point, the eastern point of: entrance to the most easterly mouth of 

Copper river, near latitude 60° 17', longitude 144° 53'. So named by 

' Abercrombie, 1898. " . ' 

Cottonwood Point; slough, in the eastern part of Copper River delta, presuru- 

.ably near Cottonwood point, above. Local name, reported by Moser, 

1897.

Co'itden, island, Salisbury sound;, see Round.

 Council; mining camp and post-office, on Niukluk river, at mouth of Ophir 

creek, Sewarcl peninsula. Called Council City by the prospectors. A 

post-office was established here in September, 1899, and named Council.

Co'iint, creek ; see Comet.

Countess; point, on the western shore of Prince William sound. Named by Vancouver, 1794, " after Captain Countess, of the navy."

Course; point, in Narrow strait, on northern shore of Kodiak. Named Kursa 

(course, of a ship) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Course, point; see Turn.

Couverden; island, at junction of Lynn canal and Chatham and Icy straits, 

Alexander archipelago, near .latitude 58° 12', longitude 135° 04'. 

Apparently so named by Meade, 1869.

Couverden; point, the southern point of Couverden island, forming the -southwestern point of entrance to Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Vancouver, 1794, after the seat of his ancestors'(HI, 245).

Cove (The); cove, in San Antonio bay, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Called "The Cove" (El Puertezuelo) by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

Cove; hill (619 feet high), on the mainland, nearly east of Cape Fox,-Dixonentrance. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Cove; islet, near Applegate cove, in Izembek bay, Alaska peninsula. So named 

by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Cove; mountain, near AVard cove, in the western part of Revillagigedo island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1886.

Cove; point, on Raspberry island, on the northern shore of Kupreanof strait, 

Kodiak group. Named Bukti (bight or cove) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Cove; point, on the northeastern shore of Glass peninsula, Admiralty island, 

Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the 

Coast Survey in 1893. Descriptive term.

Cove, po.int, the southern point of entrance to Kali Shakes cove, Revillagigedo 

channel, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1883. 

Name not found on any map and presumably obsolete.

Cove, point, Wrangell strait; see Mountain.

Covearak, tract and river; see Kaviruk.

Covina; gulch, 10 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the east bank of 

Glacier creek, near longitude 165° 20'. Local name, published in 1903. 

Erroneously Govina. '

Cov-vee-aralc, tract and river; see Kaviruk.

Cow; island, between Annette and Percy islands, Gravina group, Clarence strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1886.

Cowee; creek, on Douglas island, tributary to Gastineau channel, nearly Opposite Juneau. Local name, obtained by Peters, 1903. 

Cowee; creek, on the mainland, eastern shore Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska, 

tributary to Berners bay from the southeast, near latitude 58° 45'. 

Prospectors''name, reported by Spencer and Wright,-1903. 

Cowpack; river, Seward peninsula, debouching on the Arctic coast near longitude 164° 55'. Name from Gerdiue, 1901.
200 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Cowpen; bay and river, on the northern shore of Prince William sound. Local 

name, reported by Glass, 1898.

Cox; landing, on Klntina river, at or near foot of " The Gorge." Name from 

Abercrombie, 1898.

Coyote; creek, tributary to Grantley harbor from the south Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Coyulcuk, river ; see Koyukuk.

Cozian; reef, in Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named after Anton George 

Coziau, a native of Dalmatia, and long a pilot in the employment of the 

Russian American Company. This reef was discovered by him and 

named after him by naval officers in 1880. Said also to have been 

called Nikolas rock, after the steamer Nikolas, which touched upon it in 

1854. The naaie has also been erroneously written Cozain and Kozian.

Crab; cove, at the head of Funter bay, near the junction of Lynn canal and 

Chatham strait,. Alexander archipelago. Named by Mansfield, 1890.

Crab; point, on the western shore of Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently so named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Crafton; island, northwest of Knight island, in western part of Prince William 

sound. Name from. Schrader, 1900. Erroneously Grafton.

Crag; peak, in the upper Koyukuk region, on the west side of John river, near 

latitude 67° 40', longitude 152° 30'. Name from Peters and Schrader, 

1901.

Craig; point, on the northeastern coast of Zarembo island, the northwestern 

point of entrance to Stikine strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by 

Vancouver, 1793 (II, 400). '

Craig; sunken rock, in entrance to 'Nakat inlet Named by Nichols, in 1888, presumably after Commander Joseph Edgar Craig, U. S.. N. *

Craigie; pass (5,100 feet high), in the Fortymile region, eastern Alaska, between 

the headwaters of Willow creek and Hutchinson creek, near latitude 

64° 15', longitude 142° 25'. So called by Lieutenant Mitchell, Signal 

Corps, U. S. A., 1902.

Cranberry; island; near the outlet of Lake Eyak, at western edge of Copper 

river delta. Local name, reported by Moser, 1897.

Cranberry; peak (5,200 feet high), near Cranberry marsh, on the northern shore

of Klutina lake. So named by Abercrombie, 1898.

Cranberry Marsh; name used by the prospectors to designate the flat marshy 

mouth of the valley northwest of Klutina lake. Name published in 

1899. <,

Crane; cove, near Hot Springs bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Zhuravlina (crane) by Vasilief, 1809.

Crane; creek, tributary to Fairbanks creek from the north, latitude 65° 05', 

longitude 147° 15'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1903.

Crater; creek, in the Rampart region, tributary to the head of Hess creek from 

the south, latitude 65° 40', longitude 148°. Local name, from Lieutenant Erickson,. U. S. A., 1902.

Crater; creek, tributary to Kruzganiepa river from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Crater; hill (525 feet high), an-extinct volcanic crater, in western part of St. 

Paul island, Pribilof islands, Bering sea. Name published, 1875, by the 

Coast Survey.

Crater; lake, near Chaix hills, in the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. 

Named by Prof. William Libbey, of Priuceton College, 1886. Descriptive term.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 201

Crater; lake, in Chilkoot pass, southeastern Alaska, draining north. Name from 

Flemer, 1898.

Crater; mountain (2,240 feet high), 20 miles north of Nome, Sewarcl peninsula, near latitude 64° 45', longitude 165°. Prospectors' name, published in 1901.

Crater.; mountain or hill (633 feet high), about 7 miles south of St. Michael, 

Norton sound. So named by the-Coast Survey in 1898.

Crater; peak, near head of Yakutat bay,.southeastern Alaska. Named by Russell, 1890.

Crater; point, the southeastern point of Otter island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. 

So named by Elliott, 1874, who, in his notes accompanying his map of 

*St. Paul, in his Seal Fisheries of Alaska, 1881, says: "A slight mistake 

of the engraver causes Crater point to appear as a bifurcated tongue. 

It is not so; but there is a funnel-shaped cavity here plainly emarginated from the sea, and on that extreme point constituting and giving 

to it this name." . Craven; point, the southeastern extreme of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869, after Admiral Thomas Tingey

Craven, U. S. N. Erroneously Graven. Has also been called Point 

Williams by Homfray and Tliakinikut by Tebenkof. The correct native 

name is said to be T'liankhini.

Crawfish;, inlet, indenting the outer coast of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians Rakof or Rakovoi, from Rak (crawfish). Has also been called Rokovoy.

Crazy; mountains (3,000 to 3,700 feet high), in the Birch creek region, 30 miles 

west of Circle city, near latitude 65° 45', longitude 145°. Local name, 

reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader of the Geological Survey, 

1896.

Creadon; river,,tributary to Kluane lake from the east, near latitude 62°. So 

called by Peters, 1899.

Creek; point, on the eastern shore of Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 189.1. It is at or near 

the mouth of a creek.

Creek; point, on the southwestern shore of Halleck island, Olga strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1885.

Creig, mountain ; see Greig.

Crescent; glacier, on the eastern shore of Port Wells, Prince William sound, 

near the entrance to College fiord. Descriptive name, given by the 

Harriman expedition, 1899.

Crescent; low sandy island, in front of Elson bay, Arctic coast, just east of 

Point Barrow. So named by the British Admiralty in 1853. Descriptive name.

Crete; creek, debouching between capes Douglas and Woolley, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, .1900.

Crib; point, on the mainland, near head of Port Snettisham, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1888.

Crillon; glacier, near Mount Crillon, in the southern part of the St. Elias alps, 

southeastern. Alaska. So named by Dall, 1874.

Crillon; mountain (15,900 feet high), in the southern part of the St. Elias 

region, southeastern Alaska. So named by La Porouse^ 1786, after the 

French minister of marine.

Cripple; creek, Kenai peninsula, a left branch of Resurrection creek at Hope 

city, on Turuagain arm, Cook inlet. Local name, from Mofflt, 1904.
202 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA.

Cripple; creek, 5 miles west of Fairbanks, tributary to Chena slough, near 

. longitude 147° 55'. Local name, from Map of Location, Tauana Mines 

Railroad, 1904.

Cripple; creek, tributary to Tolovana (Chatanika) river from the north near 

latitude 65° 20', longitude 146° 40'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 

1903.

Cripple; creek or river, Seward peniusula, tributary to Goodhope bay from the 

south, near longitude 163° 40'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Mendenhall and Reaburn, 1901.

Cripple; creek, tributary to Mission creek, from the east, in the Eagle mining 

region. Prospectors' name, published in 1899.

Cripple; creek, tributary to South fork Ivoyukuk river from the south, hear latitude 67°. Prospectors' name, published in 1900. See also Money.

Cripple; river, in the Nome mining region, Seward peninsula. Named by the 

prospectors, in 1898, after the famous Cripple Creek in Colorado.

Grist; point; on the west side of entrance to Port Frederick, south shore Icy 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 135° 30'. Named after 

F. G. Grist, deck officer of the Coast Survey steamer Gedney, commanded by Dickins, .in 1901. This was called Entrance point by the 

Coast Survey in-1899.

Cristina; islet, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by 

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. Has also been written Christina.

Crooked; creek, a small stream in the St. Elias region, southern Alaska, debouching on the coast 11 miles east of Cape Yaktag. Local descriptive 

name, obtained by Martin, 1903.

Crooked; creek, tributary to Birch creek from the west, near Circle city, about 

latitude 65° 30', longitude 144° 30'. Descriptive name, published by 

the Coast Survey in 1895.

Crooked; creek, tributary to headwaters of Ophir creek, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Crooked; creek, tributary to Seventymile creek from the north, in the Eagle 

mining region. Local name, published by the Geological Survey in 

1899.

Crooked; island, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Krivoi (crooked) by the 

Russians in 1809.

Crooked; island, one of the Walrus island group, in northern part of Bristol bay, 

Bering sea. So called by the Fish Commission in 1890. Apparently 

identical with Nizkoi (low) of Sarichef, 1826, and Ugushtu of Tebenkof, 1849.

Crooked, island, Yakutat bay; see Kriwoi.

Crooked, river;, see Igushik.

Crooze, island; see Kruzof.

Crosby; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the east to Maston creek, (near 

latitude 65° 50', longitude 166° 22'. Prospectors' name, obtained by 

Gerdine, 1901.

Cross; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Alum island, between Seredka 

bay and Trident bay, near longitude 165° 30'. So named by Gilbert, 

1901.

Cross; cape, on the western coast of Yakobi island, Alexander archipelago. Described by Cook, 1778, as " a high promontory " and named Cross from 

having passed it on Holy Cross day, May 3.

Cross; cape, the northeastern point of Uuga island, Shumagin group. Named 

Krest (cross) by the Russians.

Cross, cape; see Bingharn.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 203

Gross,' cape; see Theodore.

Cross; creek, tributary to the CLiisana river from the west. So named by 

Schrader, .1902, who reports that the Indians call it Chisana.

Cross; gulch, :m Port Santa Crux, Suemez island, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Arroyo de la Cruz (gulch of the cross) by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779.

Cross, harbor, Kruzof island ; see Krestof.

.Cross; hill (90 feet high), on Northeast point, St. Paul island, Pribilof group, 

 Bering sea. Called Cross or St. John's hill by Elliott, 1874. Probably 

these are local names.

Cross; island and strait, in San Christoval channel, Bncarcli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named Canos y Ysla de la Cruz by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

Cross, island, north of Sitka sound ; see Krestof.

Cross; island, the westernmost of the Midway islands, on the Arctic coast, east 

of the mouth of Colville river, near longitude 148°. So named by 

Lieut. Commander Charles Herbert Stockton, of the U. S. S. Thetis, in 

1889, because a wooden cross has been erected on the island by the 

whalers.

Cross; islet, " small and wooded," in Portland canal, just north of Halibut bay. 

So called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot, 1891 (p. 76). Not named on 

any chart.

Cross; mountain (2,597 feet high), near Sitka, on Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently so named'by Davidson, 1869.

Cross, point, Krestof island; see Kresta.

Cross, port; see Krestof.

Cross; sound, between the mainland and Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 10', longitude 136° 30'. Discovered by Cook, 

May 3, 1778, and named Cross sound, after this day, designated in the 

calendar as Holy Cross day. By the Russians this has been called 

Lohtianoi (icy) and Kresta (cross) ; by the Spaniards, Puerto de la 

Cruz and Eutrada de la Crux. Ar ariously called Cross sound or Icy 

strait. Both names are now in use, Cross sound for the western and 

Icy strait for the eastern part.

Cross, strait, north of Sitka; see Krestof.

Cross Cape; rocks, off Cape Cross, Yakobi island, Alexander archipelago. So 

called by Dall, 1880.

Crossover (The); channel, in Nushagak bay, Bristol bay, southwestern Alaska, 

off Clark' point, near latitude 58° 50', longitude 158° 30'. Local pilots' 

name, written The Cross-over and The Cross-Over by Moser, 1900. 

Crosswise; island, in southern entrance to Nakwasina passage, Baranof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Poperechnoi (crosswise) by Vasilief, 

1809.

Croto, creek ; see Deshka river.

Crow; creek, tributary to Glacier creek, on the north side of Turnagain arm, 

Cook inlet. Local name, from Meudeuhall, 1898.

Crow; creek, at the head of Walker fork, Fortymile creek, tributary to Cherry 

creek from the left, near latitude 64° and the iuternatioual boundary. 

Prospectors' name from map in Coast Survey archives drawn, 1898, by 

E. F. Ball, a prospector.

Crow; island, Kelp bay, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, ou the south 

side of the bay, the westernmost and largest island west of Pond 

island, near latitude 57° 17', longitude 134° 54'. So named by Moore, 

1895.
204 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA.

Crow; island, in Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So called 

by the Coast Survey in .1898. On the old Russian chart of 1809 it is 

called Korga.

Crow; island, in Sawmill cove, Howkan strait, Dall island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1881. Sheldon Jackson has named it 

James.

Crow; island, one of the Middle island group, in Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Voronie (the raven, corvus corax) by Vasiljef, 1809. 

The Russian dictionaries give voronie as the adjective form of vorou, 

a raven or croio. Elliott gives Varrone as the Russian for raven, while 

Dall gives the form Varonie, translating it crow. . Has been erroneously 

called Blue island, while one chart gives Crow, Voroni, or Blue island.

Crow; point, on San 'Fernando island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta del Cuerbo (crow) by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779.

Crow; point and reef, on the south side of Mine harbor, Herendeen bay, Alaska 

peninsula, near longitude 160° 42'. So called by Tanner, 1890.

Crowley; point,, a prominent headland on the eastern shore of Chatham strait, 

Alexander, archipelago, .8 miles north of Cape Decision, near latitude 

56° 07', longitude 134° 15'. Named in 1900 after B. F. Crowley, first 

watch officer of the Coast Survey steamer HcArthur, and described in 

the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Crowley; rock, lying 1^ miles off the north shore"of Sannak island, south of 

west end Alaska peninsula, near latitude 54° 30', longitude 162° 45'. 

Named by Westdahl, 1901, presumably after Officer Crowley of the 

McArthur.

Croyalgu, island; see Tigalda.

Croyere, Isles de la; see Hazy.

Crucifix; mountain, in the pass between the headwaters of Skwentua and Kuskokwiiu rivers. So called by Spurr, 1898. Not shown on the map.

Cruz, Puerto tie la; see Cross.

Crystal; creek, 6 miles northwest of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Snake river from the east, near longitude 165° 30'. Local, name, published in 1903.

Cub; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Bear creek from the west, near 

latitude 65° 30', longitude 161°. Prospectors' name, obtained by 

Witherspoon, 1903.

Cub; creek, in the Fortymile region, eastern Alaska, on the south bank of 

Champion creek, near latitude 64° 30', longitude 141° 55'. Prospectors' 

name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, 

U. S. A., 1905.

Cub; creek, tributary to .Sixmile creek from the west, at Sunrise, Keuai peninsula. Prospectors' name, from Becker, 1895.

Cub; point, between Boulder and Fox bays in Stepovak bay, Alaska peninsula. 

Named by Dall, 1880. . _ .

Cuban; gulch, on left bank of the Yukon, 6 miles above Eagle, eastern Alaska. 

Prospectors' name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899.

Cube; point, the southern head of Square cove, near northern end of Chatham 

. strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, 1880.

Cudah.y: post, on the west bank of the Yukon, near mouth of Fortymile creek. 

Also called Fort Cudahy. The above form, Cudahy,. has been adopted 

by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Culebrina; island, in eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Nauied Culebrina (culveriu) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 205

Culross; island, northwestern shore Prince William sound, on which is Point 

.Culross (below). This island was reported by Grant in 1005, and so

named by the U. S. Board on Geographic Names, June 6, .1900. 

Culross; point, near Port Wells, on the northwestern shore ot! Prince William

sound., So named by Vancouver, 1794. Erroneously Cull Ross and 

. Gulrass. 

Cultas; creek, eastern Alaska, on the west bank of Charley river, which is

Affluent to the Yukon from the south, near longitude 143°. Prospectors'

name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, . Signal Corps,

U. S. A., 1905.

Cultheeth, river ; see Kaliakh. 

Cunningham; creek, debouching on the south shore.of Seward peninsula, 5J

miles west of Cape Nome, near longitude 105° 10'. Local name, from

Gerdine, 1904. 

Cunningham; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the northwest to Hannum creek, which is a tributary of Inniachuk river, latitude 65° 55',

longitude 163° 20'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Witherspoon, .1903.

Cunningham; ridge (2,000 to 2,800 feet high), northeast of Controller bay, 

Gulf of Alaska; near latitude 60° 25', longitude 144°. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Martin, 1905.

Cupola; peak, near the head of Silver bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Kupolnaia (cupola) by the Russians.

Curlew; ledge, .in Funter bay, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Mansfield, 1890.

Curlew; point, on the northwestern coast of .Revillagigedo island, being the 

southwest point of entrance to Behm narrows, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Cur-loog-ah-look-tah, lake; see Walker.

Current; cape, on the northern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Strong, 

currents flow between Shuyak and Afognak islands, and the "cape on 

the Afognak shore of the narrow strait separating the islands was 

named by Murashef, 1839-40, Silnago techenia (of. strong current). 

Hence the name, which on all the American charts is erroneously 

applied to a point farther east.

Curtis; creek, tributary to Casadepagu river from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Curtis; gulch, on the western shore of Klutiua lake. Apparently a prospectors' 

name, reported by Abercrombie, 3898.

Curve; mountain, in California ridge, on Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols, 1883.

Cushabaclc, river; see Klokerblok.

Gushing; glacier and. plateau, at head of Glacier bay. So named by Reid, after 

Prof. Henry Platt Gushing, one of his companions, in 1890. In Reid's 

account, published in 1892 (Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 4), the glacier is 

called " Northwest tributary " of Muir glacier.

Cuss; creek, 15 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Osbbrn creek from the east, near longitude 165° 08'. Local name, published in 1901 as Guss; also called Cass.

Custom House; cove, on the western shore of Mary island, Revillagigedo channel,' Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° .06', longitude 131° 14'. 

A custom-house which existed here for some years was moved to 

Ketchikaii in. 1900.
206 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Cutler; river, tributary to the Noatak from the south, near longitude 1.58°,

northwestern Alaska. Origin of name not discovered. First applied

by the Coast Survey in 1890. Called Caribou by Stoney, 1886. 

Cut-na, creek; see Kutna. 

Cutoff; channel, of Koyukuk river, about 35 miles long, on the left or south side

of Treat island, near latitude 66°, longitude 356°. The channel on the

right side of the island is called the 'Suskita channel. River pilots'

name, reported by Cantwell, 1900, as Cutoff and Cut Off. 

Cutter; two rocks, awash, in Revillagigedo channel, at entrance to Carroll inlet.

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. 

Cyane;' peak, on the mainland, north of Frederick sound, near Farragut bay.

Named by Thomas, 1887, after a vessel of that name. 

Cygnet; island, at mouth of Mink bay, Boca de Quadra, Alexander archipelago.

So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Cypress; point, on the eastern shore of Port Refugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of

Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Cipres (cypress- point) by

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. 

Cyrus; cove, indenting the southern shore of Orr island, Sea Otter sound,

Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 55', longitude 133° 25'.

So named by Dickius, 1903^1, after Capt. Cyrus Orr of Shakan,'"who

informed me of this anchorage." 

Dachlazug; cape, on Seduction tongue, northwest of Seduction point, Lynn

canal, southeastern Alaska. Native name, reported by the Krause

brothers, 1882,, as Dachlazug. 

Dad; rock and anchorage, south shore of Inian islands, on the east side of

Cross sound, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 136° 20'. So

named by Pratt, 1901. 

Dadina; glacier, on the northwest slope of Mount Wrangell, drained by .Dadina

river (below). So called by Gerdine and Mendeuhall, 1902. 

Dadina;. river, tributary to the Copper river from the left (northeast), near

latitude 61° 50'. Indian name, written Tatena by Abercrombie (1898),

Tatina in the first edition of this dictionary (1902), and Dadina by

Gerdine and Mendenhall (1902). 

Dagelet; mountain (9,708 feet high), in the southern part of the St. Elias alps.

So named by Dall, 1874, after Lepaute Dagelet, the astronomer of La

Percmse's expedition to this coast in 1786. Often written D'Agelet 

Dagetlcakat, river; see Dagitli. 

Dagitli; river, tributary to the Koyukuk from the north, near longitude 157°.

Native name, reported by Alien, 1885, as Doggetlooscat and Doggetlooskat. Schrader writes it Doggetlikakat. Written also Dagetlcakat,

Dogitskakat, Dogitlikakat, etc. See Kakat. 

Dago; creek, Alaska peninsula, tributary on the right bank of Ugashik river,

near its mouth, about latitude 57° 30'. Local name, reported by Moser,

1900. ',' ..-.'. 

Daf/orasliapka; mountain, on the north bank of the Yukon, about 25 miles

below Koserefski. So called by Raymond, 1869. Not seen on any

other map. Perhaps this is an error for Pogoreshapka. Petrof, 1880,

has a village Pogoreshapka (burnt hat) near this mountain. 

Dah.1; creek, on Seward peninsula, tributary to Quartz creek from the west,

near latitude 65° 20', longitude 164° 45'. Prospectors' name, obtained

by Gerdine, 1901. 

Dahl; post-office (established September, 1905), Seward peninsula, apparently

on Quartz creek, at mouth'of Dahl creek, near latitude 65° 2CK, longitude

164° 40'. See Quartz Creek mining camp.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 207

Dahlgren; peak (3,502 feet high), on the mainland north oH Frederick sound 

and near Farragut bay. Named Dahlgreen by Thomas, .1.887, after RearAdmiral-John Adolf Dahlgren, U. S. N.- 

Daisy; creek, Seward peninsula, Solomon River drainage, tributary on north 

bank of Tributary creek, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 164° 09'. 

Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1904. 

Daisy; glacier, tributary to Tyndall glacier, near Mount St. Elias, southeastern

Alaska. So named by Topham, 1888.

Daisy; island, in Kasaau bay, western shore Clarence strait, southeastern 

Alaska, near latitude 55° 29', longitude 132° 20'. Local navigators' 

name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Dakavak; bay, indenting eastern shore of Alaska peninsula, Shelikof strait. 

It is the next bay northeast of Katmai near latitude 58°. Native 

name, called Tagalack by Krusensteru, 1827. Martin, 1904, reports 

that Nikolai Kalrnakof of Katmai wrote the name for him Dakavak. 

Dakli; river, tributary to the Koyukuk from the north, near longitude 157°. 

Native name, reported by Alien, 1885. In his text Alien calls it Dakliakakat and on his raap'Daklikakat The latter lias been copied by the 

Coast Survey. See Kakat. According to Stoney the fcobuk Eskimo 

name for this stream is Togo-tit-nuk.

Dale; creek, in the Fortymile region, tributary to Dome creek from the left, 

near latitude 64° 20', longitude 141° 20'. Prospectors' name, from map 

in the Coast Survey archives, drawn in 1898 by E. F. Ball, a prospector.

Dall; bay, 2 miles northeast of Dall head, southeastern shore Gravina island, 

Nichols passage, Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 

55° OS', longitude 131° 45'. So named by Brooks, 1901.

Dall; head, a promontory at the south end of Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. Named by the pilots prior to 1879, after Capt. C. C. Dall, of the 

Pacific Mail Steamship Company's service.

Dall; island, on the northern'side of the mouth of Dixon entrance. Named by 

the Coast Survey, 1879, after W. H. Dall. Port Bazan indents the 

western shore of.Dall island and (according to present information) 

nearly, but-not quite, cuts it in two. Coast Survey Chart 8050 calls the 

southern jjart of the island Dall and the northern part Quadra.

Dall; island, in Koyukuk river, near the mouth of Huslia river. Named by 

Alien, in 1885, after William Healey Dall. Has also been written Doll* 

island.

Dall; lake, in the delta coast region between the Yukon and Kuskokwini rivers, 

east of Cape Vancouver, drained by the Kiuiak river. Named by Nelson, 1878, after W. H. Dall.

Dall; mountain (Mount Dall, 9,000 feet high), in the McKinley range, 45 miles 

southwest of Mount McKinley, near latitude 62° 40', longitude 152° 20'. 

Named by Brooks in 1902 after Dr. William H. Dall.

Dall; point or cape, on the mainland coast, near Cape Romanzof, south of the 

Yukon mouth and north of Nuuivak. So called, 1869, after W. H. 

Dall.

Dall; ridge of mountains, on the western coast of Gravina island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Nichols, 1883, after W. H. Dall.

Dall; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, at the Lower Ramparts. 

It is Notokakat or Dall of the Coast Survey in J.869; Notochangut or 

Dall of Raymond, 1871, and Notochargut of Schwatka, 1883. ^

Dall City; mining camp, on west branch of Dall river, near longitude 150°. 

Local name, obtained by Meudenhall and Reaburu, 1901.

Dalnie, cape; see Far.
208 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY 'OF ALASKA.

Dalnie, island, Yakutat bay ; see Knight.

Dalnoi; point, the westernmost point of St. George island, Pribilof islands, Bering sea. Tebenkof and Tikhaienief call it West Koiietz (west end). 

Otherwise known as Dalnoi (distant) point. According to Putnam, the 

Aleut uarne is Ackau'-uug'-ta. (end point).

Dalton, glacier; see Turner.

Dalton; post, range of mountains and trail leading from head of Lynn canal 

to the interior. As applied to a range of mountains near Dezadeash 

lake this name has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic 

Names.. Daltou trail is a well-known local name. Named after John 

Dalton, a well-known miner and frontiersman, " justly considered the 

pioneer explorer of the region."

Dalzell; creek, draining from Rainy pass into Rohu river, a right-hand tributary of the Kuskokwiru, near latitude 62° 10', longitude 153° 10'; So 

named by Brooks, 1902, after Dalzell, a prospector, who discovered 

this creek while on his way from the Kuskokwim to Tyonek in 1901.

Dan; creek, tributary to Niziua river on the south, between the Chitistone and 

Chititu. Prospectors' name. " First appears on map of Nizina mining 

district by George M. Esteiiy of Valdez." (Meudenhall, 1902.)

Dan; small creek, tributary to Kougarok river from west, near latitude 65° 30', 

longitude 164° 40'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Gerdine in 1901.

Dana; peak (4,260 feet high), on the mainland near Thomas bay, southeastern 

Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1887, after Prof. James Dwight Dana, of 

Yale College.

Danaalcu, lake; see Silver.

Danger; bay, indenting the southern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. 

Named Opasuaia (dangerous) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Danger; cape, on the northeastern coast of Whale island, Kodiak group. 

Named Opasnie (dangerous) by Murashef in 1839-40.

Danger; island, in the entrance to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Helm, 1886. Erroneously Dead Island on 

one chart.

Danger; island, near Ward cove, iu Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols, 1883.

Danger, island; see Dead.

Danger; islet, " Small and wooded" at the southern end of Mary island, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. So called by Nichols in the 

Coast Pilot (1891, p. 98). It is now called Danger.

Danger; passage, between Cat island and Mary island, Revillagigedo channel, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Danger; point, on the eastern or Mitkof island shore of Wraugell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Da'11, 1879.

Danger; point, the southern point of entrance to Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty 

island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name given by Meade, 1869.

Danger; reef, in Tongass narrows, near Ward cove, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Coast Survey in 1883. Name not found on any chart. 

Also called Danger Island reef.

Danger; reef, in Afognak bay, southeast coast of Afognak island, Kodiak group, 

near latitude 58°, longitude 152° 46'. So described by Moser, 1900.

Danger; rock, near Danger point, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

* named by Meade, 1869.

Danger; rock, in Narrow strait, between Kodiak and Spruce islands, Kodiak 

group. Named Opasuie (dangerous) by Murashef, 1839-40.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. . 209

Dangerous; cape, the northern point of, entrance to Graham harbor, Cook inlet, 

near latitude 59° 24', longitude 151° 53'. Named Opasnoi (dangerous) 

by Tebenkof, 1849.

Dangerous; cape, between Kiliuda and Ugak bays, on the southeastern shore of' 

Kodiak. Named Opasuie (dangerous) by Lisianski, 1805. Has also 

been written Onatzno.

Dangerous; channel, separating Biorka from other islands in or near Sitka 

sound. So named by United States naval officers in 1879-80. Nichols, 

in the Coast Pilot, suggests that this name is premature.

Dangerous; passage, on the western shore of Prince William sound, separating 

Chenega island from the maiulaud. So named by Abercronibie, 1898.

Dangerous; river, a glacial stream on the southeastern coast, 20 miles southeast of Yakutat, near longitude 139° 15'. Local name, reported by 

Moser, 1901.

Danger Point; reef, off Danger point, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869.

Daniels; creek, west of Golofniu sound, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Darby; cape, between Golofnin bay and Norton bay, on northern shore of Norton sound, near latitude 64° 20', longitude 162° 40'. So named by Cook. 

1778. Has also been written Derby.

Darby; mountains, Seward peninsula, extending 40 miles north from Cape 

Darby. So described by Brooks, 1900.

Dare, creek; see Dora.

Dark, creek; see Dora.

Dark; island, off north coast of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named Temnie 

(dark) by the Russian American Company, 1849.

Dark; point, the southernmost point of the mainland between Nakat and Willard inlets, Dixon entrance. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Darling; creek," 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Nomo 

river from the east, near latitude 64° 45', longitude 165° 13'. Local, 

name, from Gerdine, 1904.

Dasa Dee Arsh, lake; see Dezadeash.

Dassar-dee-ash, lake; see Dezadeash.

Dave; gulch, .Copper River region, at the headwaters of Chititu creek. " Prospectors name, first appears on map of the Niziua mining district by 

George M. Esterly, of Valdez." (Meudenhall, 1902).

David, creek; see Sheep.

David; creek, 25 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Nome 

rfter from the east, near longitude 165° 15'. Name from Barnard, 1900.

David; island, in AVrangell harbor, Alaska peninsula. So named by Vasilief, 

1831-32. Also called Davidoff.

Davidof, island; one of the Rat islands, western Aleutians. So named in 

Krusenstern's atlas, 1827, after Gavriil Ivanovich Davidof, a Russian 

naval officer, who, with Khwostof, made explorations in Alaska in 1802- 

1804. The existence of this island, at least in the place it occupies on 

most charts, is doubtful.

Davidson; bank or fishing ground, near Unimak pass, near* latitude 54°, longitude 164°. Named by the Fish Commission, 1888, after Prof. George 

Davidson, of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey.

Davidson; glacier, on the mainland, near head of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, 1867, after Prof. George Dayidson, 

According to Krause, 1882, the native name is Ssitkajl,

Bull. 299 06 M 14 
210 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Davidson; inlet, south of Kosciusko island, on the western coast of Prince of

Wales archipelago. , Named by Dall, 1879, after Prof. George Davidsou. 

Davidson; mountain, on the south side of Sanborn harbor, Nagai island, Shumagiii group. So named by Dall, 1872, after Prof. George Davidsou. 

])avklson, plateau and mountain range; see Endicott. 

Davidson; point, on the east side of Klakas inlet, Cordova bay, Prince of Wales

island, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 54° 50', longitude 132° 24'.

So called by local navigators, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of

Fisheries, 1904.

 Davis; creek, a strait connecting Mitchell bay and Kanalku bay, Kootzuahoo 

inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Meade, 

1869, after Gen. Jefferson C. Davis, U. S. A., then in command of the 

military division of Alaska.

Davis; creek or gulch, at the head of Walker fork Fortymile creek, across the 

international boundary near latitude 04° 05'. Prospectors' name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, of the Geological Survey, 1896.

Davis, creek; tributary to Fortymile creek; see Smith.

Davis; creek, tributary to South fork Koyukuk river from the south, near lati-

 tiide 67°, longitude 150° 30'. Prospectors' name, published by the

Coast Survey in 1899. 

Davis, fort; see Fort Davis. 

Davis; gulch, 10 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the south bank

of Buster creek, a tributary to Nome river from the east, near longitude

165° 13'. Local name, published in 1903. 

Davison; creek, Seward peninsula, small tributary on west bank of Casadepaga river, near latitude 64° 55', longitude 164° 10'. Prospectors'

name, reported by Gerdine, 1905.

 Davison; gulch, Seward peninsula, in Solomon River basin, on north bank of 

Mystery creek, near latitude 64° 19', longitude 164° 25'. Prosepctors' 

name, from a local map, 1904.

Davison; mountain (2,652 feet high), in the southern part of Annette island, 

Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Davison; point, the southernmost point of Annette island, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 1793, after Alexander Davison, esq., " owner of our storeship."

Dawes; glaciers, two in number, at the head of Endicott arm, Holkham bay, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey, 1891, after Hoii. 

Henry Laurens Dawes, of Massachusetts.

Dawson; creek, 15 miles northwest of Fairbanks, on the left bank of: Keystone 

creek, a tributary of Goldstream creek from the north; near longitude 

148°. Prospectors' name, from a local map,- 1905.

Dawson; peak, near Teslin lake, Yukon;

range of mountains at the confluence of the Lewes, Pelly, and Yukon rivers,

Yukon; 

town, Government headquarters, and post-office on Yukon river, at mouth

of Klondike river, Yukon. (Not Dawson City.)

The above entry for Dawson is taken from the first annual report of the 

Canadian "Board of Geographic Names. Named after Dr. George Mercer 

Dawson, of the Canadian Geological Survey.

Day; harbor, on the southeastern shore of Kenai peninsula. Named Day's'by

 Portlock in 1787. 

Dayay, inlet; see Taiya.

Deadf islet, in the entrance to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm, 1886. See Danger.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 211

Dead Dog; creek, tributary to Alatna river. Prospectors' name, taken from 

' Report of the Operations of the U. S. revenue steamer Nunwak, 1899- 

1901, p. 247. Not found on any map.

Deadman; reach, in Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Deadman's 

bay by Meacle, 1869, in memory of the 150 Aleuts killed by eating 

poisonous mussels in this vicinity, in 1799. Variously -written Deadman's, Deadmaus, and Deadman.

Deadman; riffle, on Fortymile creek,-'near the international boundary. Commemorative name given by the miners. Reported by Spurr's party, 

Geological Survey, 1896.

Dead Pine; island, in Tlevak strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Nichols, 1881.

.Dead Tree; bluff, in Mite-hell bay, Kootsnahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Meacle, 1869.

Dead Tree; island, in Hanus bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Moore, 1895.

Deadwood; creek, in the Birch creek region, tributary to Crooked creek from 

the right, near latitude 65" 30', longitude 144° 50'. Prospectors' name, 

reported Hog'em or Deadwood by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, of the 

Geological Survey, 1896.

Deadwood; creek, in the Fairbanks region, an affluent of Pedro creek on the 

left, near latitude 65°, longitude 147° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by L. M. Prindle, of the Geological Survey'1903.

Dearborn; island, " the largest island off the southeastern end of Raspberry 

island," Kodiak group, between Raspberry island and Whale island, 

near latitude 58°. So described by Moser, 1900. See also Deranof.

Dease; creek, lake, and river of British Columbia. Named as early as 1867, 

and perhaps earlier, after Peter Warren Dease, of the Hudson Bay 

Company.

Dease; inlet, on the Arctic coast of Alaska, near Point Barrow. Named by 

Thomas Simpson, 1837, after his " worthy colleague," Peter Warren 

Dease.

Death,; valley, Seward peninsula, between the headwaters of Fish river and 

Koyuk river, near latitude 65° 15', longitude 102° 30'. Local name, 

published in 1903.

De Blorideau; glacier, on the south side of Tsirku river, southeastern Alaska, 

near latitude 59° 17', longitude 136° 12'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by AVright, 1903.

Deceit; cape, on the southern shore of Kotzebue sound, Arctic ocean, near latitude 66° 07', longitude 162° 48'. Named Betrug (deceit) by Kotzebue, 

August, 1816. He writes: " I had double reason to call it Cape Deceit." 

He was deceived by its appearance, indicating a bay, which he found not 

to exist, and he found the natives expert cheats.

December; point, on Mitkof island, in southern part of Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meacle, 1869. Liudenberg, 1838, 

called it Zelouoi (green).

Deception; creek, in the Mount Wrangell district, tributary to Elliott creek 

from the north. Prospectors' name, of obvious origin, reported by 

Mencleuhall, 1902.

Deception, islands; see Near.

Deception; islet, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade, 1869.
212 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Deception; point, on Woewodski island, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869. The mariner may be deceived as 

to which is the main channel.

Decision; cape, the sonthermost point of Kuin island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vancouver, 1793 (II, 420), to commemorate his decision 

against the pretensions of De Fnca, De Fonte, and others to a prior 

knowledge of this region. In Russian called Rishenia and Razrishenia 

(decision).

Deep; bay, indenting the southern shore of Chichagof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Glubokoi (deep) by Vasilief, 1833.

Deep; bay, indenting the north side of the entrance to Beaver inlet, Uualaska 

island, near longitude .166° 15'. So named by Gilbert, 1901.

Deep; bay, near Banner bay, on the northern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. 

Called. Glubokaia (deep) by Lutke about 1830. Not shown on any 

chart.

Deep, bay; see Kelp. . Deep; creek, near Controller bay, tributary to Katalla river from the right, near 

longitude 144° 27'. Local name, from Pratt, 1903. Said also to .be 

called Clear creek.

Deep; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Goodhope river from the south 

near latitude 65° 42','longitude 163° 32'. Prospectors' name, obtained 

by Mendeuhall, 1901.

Deep; creek, .tributary to Fairbanks creek from the north, near latitude 65° 05', 

longitude 147° 10'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1903.

Deep; creek, eastern Alaska, on the south bank of Seventymile creek, near latitude 64° 55', longitude 142° 25'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoou, 1905. Erroneously, Deer.

Deep; inlet, about 5 miles from Sitka, in Barauof island, opening into Sitka 

sound. Named Glubokaia (deep) by Vasilief in 1809, on account of its 

great depth. It is Dorokhova (fool's) bay of Tebenkof, 1849.

Deep; lake, about 10 miles from Sitka, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Gloubokoi (deep) by Vasilief in 1809. Tebenkof calls it Redoubt 

lake. A fishing station at the lake's outlet was called The Redoubt. 

Erroneously given also as Clubokoi. Grewingk also calls it Der tiefe 

see. Has also been erroneously called Kluchev (springs) bay.

Deep, point; on the western bank of Chilkat river, near its mouth. Named 

Glubokie (deep), by Lindenberg, 1838. This name is obsolete.

Deep, river ; see Klondike.

Deep Canyon; creek, 30 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, an affluent at 

the headwaters of Nome river, from the north, near latitude 64° 45', 

longitude 165° 15'. Local name, reported by Gerdine, 1904.

Deepwater; point, the northern point of entrance to Woewodski harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. In 1838, Zarembo made a sketch of 

Woewodski harbor and named its south point of entrance Glubokoi 

(deep water)- On late charts this name' is applied to the north point of 

entrance.

Deer; bay, on western side of Hetta inlet, Cordova bay, Prince of Wales island, 

near latitude 55° 15', longitude 132° 40'. Local name, published by the 

Coast Survey in 1904.

Deer; creek, tributary to Anikovik river, near York, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Brooks, 1900.

Deer; creek, south of Ears mountain, Seward peninsula, tributary from the 

north to Grosby creek near longitude 166° 11'. Name from Gerdine, 

1901.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 213

Deer; creek, on south bank of Seventymile creek; see Deep.

Deer, creek, tributary to Seventymile creek; .see Green.

Deer; gulch, 7 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, at the head ol; Dexter

creek, a tributary of Nome river from the west, near longitude 165° 21'.

Local name, published in 1903.

Deer; island, in Ernest sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1880. 

Deer; island, southwest from Belkofski, on southern shore of Alaska peninsula,

near latitude 54° 55', longitude 162° 15'. 'Named Oleny (reindeer) by

the Russians, who derived the name from the Aleuts, whose name for

reindeer, says Veniaminof, is Itkaiak. Lutke has Auimak, and Billings

Auimok, for the Aleut name. 

Deer; island at entrance to Port Moller and Hereudeen bay, northern coast of

Alaska peninsula, near longitude 160° 50'. So named by Dall, 1882.

Apparently this is Kudobiu peninsula of Lutke, 1828. 

Deer, island, I-Ietta inlet; see Jumbo. 

Deer; mountain, near Tongass narrows, on Revillagigedo island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. Has also been called Peer

mountains. 

Deer; point, on the western shore of Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander

archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1886. 

Deer; rocks, oft' .the eastern shore of Stevenson island, Kashevarof passage,

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 50° 02', longitude

132° 55'. Local navigator's name, reported by I-L C. Fassett, Bureau

of Fisheries, 1904. 

Deer; valley, Alaska peninsula, extending south from Herendeen bay, near

longitude 160° 47'. So called by Tanner, 1890. 

Deering; post-office" (established in 1901) and village, at the mouth of Inmachuk river, on south shore of Kot/ebue sound, east of Cape Deceit. 

De G-roff; bay, in Krestof island, north of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Moore, 1897, after a prominent merchant of Sitka. 

Deitrick, river ; see Dietrich. 

Dejah, inlet'; see Chilkoot and Taiya. 

Dejah, pass; see Chilkoot. 

DejahssanJce, harbor; see Taiyasanka. 

DejahssanJcessit, glacier; see Ferebee. 

Dek. Indian word for creek. Used in the Copper river region. It is appended

to the name, thus: Tatondek (Taton creek). 

Delarof; harbor, in Unga island, Shumagin group. Apparently nr.med by Tebeukof, 1848, after Bustrate Ivanovich Delarof, a native of Greece, who

was chief director of the Russian American colonies from about 1784 to

July, 1791. Also written Delaroff and Delarovskoi. Generally spoken

of as Unga harbor, and the village on its shores called Unga. Lutke

says the native name of the village is Ougnagok. 

Delarof; islands, at western end of the Andreanof group, middle Aleutians.

The two islets, Skagul and Ogliuga, are called Delarofl! islands by

Lutke, who says the group consists of seven islands. They were named

after the former superintendent at Kodiak. 

Delgada; point, in Portilla channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Punta Delgada (narrow or sharp point) by Maurelle and

Quadra, 1775-1779.

Dell; island, an islet in the head of Hetta inlet, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 16', longitude 132° 41'. Local name, reported

by Dickiiis, 1905.
214 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIOlSrABY OF ALASKA.

Del Monte; peak (2,482 feet high), on Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Delome; creek, tributary to Garfleld creek, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

De Long; islands, off the north coast of -Siberia. Discovered by the Jeannettc 

exploring expedition, 1881, and named after its commander, De Long.

De Long; islands, in Foggy .bay, at south end of Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, 1885, after Lieut 

Commander George Washington De Long, U. S. N., of the exploring 

steamer Jeannette, who perished in the Lena delta in November, 1881.

De Long; mountains, in northwestern Alaska, between Noatak river and Arctic 

ocean. So named by Stoney, 1886, after the commander of the Jeannette expedition.

De Long; peak (3,737 feet high), on Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, 1887, afte;.' Lient. Commander George W. De Long, U. S. N.

Delta, creek ; see Silok.

Delta; river, tributary to the Tanana river, from the south, near longitude 140°. 

So named by Alien, 1885. This and Silok creek (Delta creek of Alien) 

are distinct streams, their mouths being about 22 miles apart Erroneously Delt on one chart.

Demarcation; point, on the Arctic coast, at the international boundary line. So 

named by Sir John Franklin, 182G, as marking the boundary between 

British and Russian possessions. Has also been written Deniarkatiou.

Demidof; island, in Chiniak bay, G miles from Kodiak. Has been occupied as a 

blue-fox farm, but not so at present. Local name; written also Demidoff.

De Monti; bay, between Khantaak island and a peninsula on the eastern side of 

the entrance to Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named Bahia de 

Mouti by Malaspiua in 1791. La Perouse, in 178G, had called Yakutat 

bay or some part of it, not identifiable, Bale de Monti, after Lieutenant 

de Monti, first officer of the Astrolabe, who first landed and reconnoitered it. Malaspina applied La Perouse's name to the bay above 

described. The Coast Pilot says: " This modified application has the 

advantage of preserving an historic name, and also of naming a part 

of the bay which otherwise would have required a new name."

Denbigh.; cape, the southern point of entrance to Norton bay, on eastern shore 

of Norton .sound. So named by Cook, 1778. Erroneously Denbigh. 

The E'skimo name is Nuklit, written also Nucleet and Noocleet. By 

executive order of March 20, 1901, the entire peninsula about 15 miles 

long and 5 miles wide, of which this is the southern extremity, was 

reserved as a reindeer station.

Denison Creek, station; see Dennison Creek.

Dennis, fork of Fortymile; see Denuisou.

Dennison; fork, of South fork, Fortymile creek, near latitude 64°, longitude 142°. 

Called Dennis by 'Spurr in 189G (Eighteenth Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. 

Survey, part 3, PI. XLV), and Denison by Barnard (Fortymile sheet 

of Geological Survey) in 1898. Abercrombie has, also in 1898, Dennison fork of Fortymile creek. Apparently these are three spellings of 

one name.

Dennison Creek; station, on military telegraph line between Tanaua Crossing 

and Kechumstuk, at the head of Dennison fork of South fork, Fortymile creek. Named Denison Creek by the Signal Corps, U. S. A., in 

1903.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. . .215

Denslow; lake, tributary to the Clmit river, near the head of Cook inlet. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Dent; mountain (5,057 feet high), on the eastern shore of Portland canal. 

Named by Fender, 1868. - 

Deranof; island, a small island, occupied .by Ivan Deranof as a fox farm, in 

Kupreanof strait, 5 miles west of Whale island, Kodiak group. Localname, from the Harriman expedition, 1899.

Derbin; strait, separating Avatanak and Tigalda islands of the Krenitzin group, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 105° 14'. Called Derbenskoi by 

Venianiinof. Lutke has Derbin and Derbinskoi. Perhaps the name is 

derived from Deriibin or Deriabin or Derzhavin, who was massacred titNulato in 1851.

Derby, cape; see Darby.

Derby; -creek, debouching on the south shore of Seward peninsula, 4A miles west 

of Cape Nome, near longitude 1G5° 08'. Locnl name, from Gerdine, 

1904.

Derwent; creek, eastern Alaska, on the south bank of the Yukon, tributary to

Bonanza creek, an affluent of Charley river from the east; near latitude 05° 10', longitude 142° 40'. Prospectors' name, from sketch map 

compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Desa Dee A*//,, lake ; see Dezadeash.

Desconocida; point, in Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named 

Punta de la Desconocida (point of the unknown) by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779, whose surveys ended near this point.

Dese; creek, tributary to Grantley harbor from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Desengano, Puerto del; see Disenchantment.

Desert (The). For 12 miles above Point Rothsay, at the mouth of the Stikiue 

river, "the river valley is sjindy and almost destitute of vegetation. 

This tract * * * has received the name of the Desert," probably 

from the prospectors and miners. (Coast Pilot, p. 109.) According to 

Ogden this is a misnomer.

Desgrackula, islet; see Unlucky.

Deshka; river, tributary to Susitna river, from the north, about 35 miles above 

the mouth of the latter. Apparently a native name, from Muldrow, 

1898. Called Croto creek by Learnard of Glenn's expedition, 1898, 

who explored it for 15 miles. See Kroto.

Dcshn, village; see Haines.

Destruction; point, on the northeastern shore of Security hay, Kuiu island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, who, in February, 1809, 

destroyed two Indian villages in Security bay.

Detached; rock, near Outer Spruce cape, near St. Paul, Kodiak. So named by 

the Coast Survey in 1869.

Devastation, volcano ; see Pogromnoi.

Deviation; peak, on the mainland east of Kotzebue sound, elevation 2,675 feet, 

near latitude 67° 05', longitude 161° 10'. So named by Beochey, 1827.

Devil; mountain, in northern part of Seward peninsula, southwest from Kotzebue sound. Named Teufelsberg by Kotzebue in August, 1816. It is 

Chortof (devil) mountain of Russian charts.

Devil; rocks, in Dixon entrance. Tebenkof, 1848, shows a sunken danger called 

Devil bank. Later a United States Hydrographic Office chart shows 

similarly a danger called Devil ridge. The, later charts, abandon this 

name and show two sunken dangers, called, respectively, East Devil 

rock'and West Devil rock. See East Devil and West Devil.
216 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Devilfish; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Kosciusko island, Dry pass, Prince 

of Wales archipelago, near latitude 56° 05', longitude 133° 18'. Local 

name, from Dickins, 1903-4.

Devils; creek, Kenai peninsula, at the head of Quartz creek, which is tributary 

to Kenai lake. Prospectors' name, from Moffit, 1904.

Devils; gulch, on the south shore of Norton sound, a few miles west of Golsova, 

near longitude 161°. Local name, reported by Dr. C. O. Lind, of 

Unalaklik. (Reindeer Report 1904, p. 77.) 

Devil's Elbow (The); bend, in the Yukon 40 miles above Andreafski, about 

longitude 161° 30'. Name from Cantwell, 1900.

Devils Prongs. This appellation was applied by the Coast Survey, in 1869, to 

two mountain peaks near St. Paul, Kodiak. Elevation of the north 

peak, 2,057 feet Also called Devils mountains. Named by the Russians, in 1809, Chernieshef, a name not found in any Russian dictionary 

consulted, but which is very suggestive of the Blade One.

Devils Thumb; a remarkable pinnacle, on the summit of a mountain, on the 

mainland east of Frederick sound. So named by Meade, 1869, according 

to whom it is 400 feet high. According to Nichols the shaft or thumb is 

1,662 feet high; the elevation of the whole is 9,077 feet. It marks the 

international boundary at this point.

Devine; cape, the southeastern point of Korovin island, Shumagiu group, near 

longitude 160° 05'. Named by Dall, 1880. .

Dew, point, on the mainland, in Behrn canal, near north end of Revillagigedo' 

island. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Dewey; anchorage, in the southern end of Etolin island, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 55', longitude 132° 20'. Named by 

Snow, 1886, after Ensign Theodore Gibbs Dewey, U. S. N., a member of 

his party.

Dewey; creek, tributary to Copper river, from the east, opposite the mouth of 

Tiekel river, near latitude 61° 10'. So named by Abercrombia, 1898, 

 after Admiral George Dewey, U. S. N.

Dewey; creek, tributary to Eureka creek, from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Dewey; creek, tributary to Fox river from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Dewey; creek, tributary to Grantley harbor from the.north, Seward Peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Dewey; creek, 10 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Nome 

river from the east, near longitude 165° 17'. Local name, published 

by the Coast Survey in 1900. Near by is Sampson creek and Schley 

creek.

Dewey; creek, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, a tributary from the 

south to Last Chance creek, an affluent of North fork Snake river, near 

longitude 165° 28'. Miners' name, from Gerdine, 1904.

Dewey, creek, tributary to Casadepaga river; see Squirrel.

Dewey; creek, small tributary of Yukon from south-about 12 miles above Washington creek, near longitude 142°. Local name, reported to Collier, 

1902, by E. J. Chamberlain, deputy mineral surveyor at Eagle.

Dewey; creek, in the Fortymile region, eastern Alaska, on the south bank of 

Hutchinson creek, near latitude 64° 20', longitude 142° 15'. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal 

Corps, *U. S. A., 1905.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA. ^ 217

Dewey; creek, eastern Alaska, on the west bank of Charley river, which is affluent to the Yukon from the south, near longitude 143°. Prospectors' 

name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, 

U. S. A., 1905.

Dewey; rock (30 feet high), in entrance to Cordova bay, Dixou entrance, Alexander archipelago. Named by Clover, in 1885, after Ensign T. G. 

Dewey, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Deweyville; fishing station, Sea Otter sound, on the western shore of Prince of 

Wales island, nea'r latitude 55° 57', longitude 133° 15'. Local name, 

reported by Dickius, 1903-4.

Dexter; creek, 7 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Nome 

river from the west, near latitude 64° 30', longitude 165° 17'. Prospectors' name, published in 3900.

Dexter; point, on the southern shore of Norton bay, Norton sound, Bering sea. 

Local proper name, published in 1900.

Dexter, post-office ; see Cheenik.

Dexter; railroad station and mining camp, 7 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, near the head of Dexter creek, near longitude 165° 21.'. Name 

published in 1904. Called also Dexter Station.

Deyea, river; see Chilkoot.

Dezadeash; lake, back of the St. Elias range of mountains. Native name reported by Davidson as Tots-an-tee-ash and by E. J. Glave, 1890, as Dasa 

Dee Arsh, Desa Dee Ash, and Dassar-Dee-ash. Variously written De/ade-ash, Dazadeash, etc. The above form, Dezadeash, has been adopted 

by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Dgak, bay; see Ugak.

Diamond; fork, of Seventymile creek, eastern Alaska, on the south bank, near 

latitude 64° 55', longitude 142° 50'. Prospectors' name, from sketch 

map compiled by Major Glassfor-d, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Diamond; island, in Mitchell bay, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1809.

Diamond; point, on the west end of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli .bay, 

Prince of AYales archipelago. Named Punta de Diamante (diamond 

point) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Diamond; post-office, central Alaska (established in March, 1906), on the 

Kantishna river near the mouth of the Toklat, latitude 04° 30', longitude 150° 30'.

Diana; mountain, near Ward cove, in the western part of Revillagigedo island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 188(5.

Diane, roads; see Tianna.

Di-bot-i-cMt-in-da, creek; see JacksLna.

Dick; creek, 12 miles north of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska, tributary to Bering lake from the north, near latitude 00° 20', longitude 144° 15'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Martin, 1905.

Dick; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Bryan creek, an affluent of Serpentine river, near latitude G5° 50', longitude 104° 58'. Prospectors' name, 

obtained by Gerdine, 1901.

Dick, point; see Gore.

Dick; port, on the outer coast of Kenai peninsula. Named Dick's harbor by 

Portlock in 1786. Port Dick of the Russians.

Dickason; mountain, on the southern bank of Skwentna river, near longitude 

152°. Named, in 1898, by Post, of the Geological Survey, after Col. 

L. T. Dickasou. Erroneously Dickerson.
218 « GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Dick Dale; creek, in the Fortymile region, tributary to Dome creek from the 

south, near latitude 04° 20', longitude 141° 1.5'. Prospectors' name, 

obtained by Gerdine, 1903.

Dickens; creek, 27 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Nome 

river from the east, near longitude 165° 1.5'. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Dickens; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. Named by Fender, 

1808.

Dickman; bay, at the head of Moira sound, western shore Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55°, longitude 182° 1C'. So called by 

local navigators and reported by II. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 

1904.

Dicks; arm and inlet, indenting the northern shore of Cross sound at Cape 

Spencer, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 58° 13', longitude 136° 38'. 

So named by Pratt, 1.901.

Dickson; railroad terminus, Seward peninsula, at mouth of Solomon river, 

near longitude 104° 25'. Local name, given in 1903 or 1904.

nierovatic, point; s-ee Holes. '

Dietrich; river, tributary to Middle fork Koyukuk river, near its source. Published, in 1899, by the Geological Survey, with the spelling Deitrick; 

here changed to Dietrich.

Digger's, sound; see Disenchantment.

J'Hkoi, island; see Wild.

Dillinger; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim from the right, near latitude 

02° 30', longitude 154°. Named by Ilerron, 1899, after Private Gilbert 

Dillinger, U. S. A., a member of his party.

Dillingaam; post-oltice (established August, 1905), southwestern Alaska, at 

the head of Nushagak bay, Bering sea, near latitude 59°.

Dim; creek, in Fortymile region; see Jkn.

Din-az-ee, mountain peaks; see Foraker and McKinley.

Dinsmore; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the northeast to Crosby 

creek, near latitude 65° 52', longitude 100° 20'. Local name, from 

Gerdine, 1901. . .

Diomede; a group of three islands, in Bering strait, known as the Big Diomede, 

belonging to Russia, Little Diomede, and Fairway rock, belonging to 

the United States. The international boundary is the meridian which 

passes midway between Big Diomede and Little Diomede islands. 

They, or one of them, appear to have been first discovered by Bering, 

August 10, 1.728, and named by him the island of the holy martyr 

Diomede. August 1C is St. Diomede's day of the church calendar. It 

also bore on early maps the name of St. Demetrius. August 14 is St. 

Denietrius's day of the church calendar. It is possible that this name 

was applied by Bering, but usage has established Diomede. Michael 

GvoKdef, surveyor, also explored in Bering strait* in 1730, and after 

him the islands have been called by the Russians Gvozdef islands. 

Thus the islands have been called Diomede, Diamed, St. Diomede, St. 

Diomed, Dioinedis, St. Demoid, S. Dimitre, Gwozdeff, and Gwosdew; 

doubtless'several other forms have also been used.

Dirt; glacier, near Muir inlet, Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive 

name, given by Reid, 1892.

Dirt, glacier; see Mud.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 219

Discovery; creek, 10 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary 

to Flambeau river from the west, near longitude 1(>5°. So called in 

the Cape Nome report (Geol. Survey) of 1899, where it is shown as 

debouching in Port Safety. On a late map called Seattle or Discovery.

Discovery; creek, tributary to Birch creek from the south, near latitude (!0°, 

longitude 140°. Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey in 

1898.

Discovery; fork, of American creek, in the Eagle mining region. Prospectors' 

name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899.

Discovery; rock, in Chiuiak bay, near St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Atkritoi (discovery) by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810.

Disenchantment; bay, at the head of Yakutat bay, near latitude 00°, longitude 139° .SO'. Named Puerto del Desengano by Malaspina, in July, 

1.791, who, looking for a northeast passage, commemorated, by this 

name, his failure to find it here. This name was not published until 

1802, and meanwhile A'ancouver had named it Pigges's sound. Malaspinn's Spanish name has been rendered Disenchantment in English 

and Ka/Aivirenie in Russian. This name appears to have been applied 

by Malaspina to the head of Yakutat bay, between Point Latouche 

and Tlaenke island, while to the ice encumbered arm stretching northeastward was given the name Bahia de las Bancass (bay of shoals). 

The water is, however, very deep, more than 120 fathoms, and hence 

the name may have been applied with reference to the.floating ice, as 

suggested by Dull. This name appears to have never come into use. 

Arancouver's name, Beerings bay, is applied, on his chart, to this part 

of Yakutat bay. Tebenkof has the name Ferrer applied t,o the entrance 

of this hay, and says it was given by Malaspina, in 1.791, after his 

first mate, Ferrer. The head of Yakutat hay is here called Disenchantment bay and the long arm extending 30 miles southeasterly from the 

head of the bay is called Kussell fiord.

Disraeli; mountains (5,000 feet high), near the head of Portland canal. Named 

by Tender. 18G8.

Distant, island, Peril strait; see Otstoia.

Distant, island, Yakutat bay; see Knight.

Distant, point, St. George island; see Daluoi.

Distant; .point, the southern point of entrance to Hood bay, Admiralty island, 

Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1809.

Distin; mountain (2,155 feet high), 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, 

at head of Snake river, near latitude 04° 40', longitude 1(55° 22'. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Distin; peak, on the north bank of Happy river, near latitude 02°. So named 

by Post, 1898.

Divide; creek, at the head of East fork Sixmile creek, Kenai peninsular. Local 

name, reported by Mendenhall, 1899.

Divide; creek, 25 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, a small western tributary of Nome river, near latitude 04° 50', longitude 105° 10'. Mhiers' 

name, reported by Gerdine, 1904.

Divide; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the north to Cottonwood 

creek, an affluent of Goodhope river, near- latitude 05° 42', longitude 

1G3° 15'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Mendeuhall, 1901.
220 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIOKTAKY OP ALASKA.

Divide; creek, a right tributary of Mosquito fork Fortymile creek, near its 

head, about latitude 64°, longitude 143°. Descriptive name, reported 

by Lieutenant Mitcbell, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1902.

Divide; head, at the entrance to South arm Cholmondeley sound, western shore 

Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 15', longitude 

132° 17'. Name from local navigators, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Divide; island, in Shakan bay, Sunnier strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Helm in 1886; it divides an unnamed bay into two parts.

Divide; peak, on the mainland, east of Frederick sound and near Patterson 

glacier. Named Divide (peak?) by the Coast Survey in 1888. (See 

Coast and Geodetic Survey chart 705.)

Divide; point, separating Hereudeen bay from Port Moller, Alaska peninsula. 

So named by the Fish Commission in 1890.

Divining; creek, 12 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Snake 

river from the east, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 165° 25'. Local 

name, published in 1900.

Dix; point, the northern point of entrance to American bay, Kaigani strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Dall, 1882, after Lieut. Timothy 

Dix Bolles. U. S. N. Also named Graham by Sheldon Jackson.

Dixie; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Independence creek, near latitude 

G5° 30', longitude 102° 20'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Witherspoon, 1903.

Dixon; creek, tributary to the Casadepaga river, from the north, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Dixon; harbor, on the mainland coast a little north of Cross sound. Name published by the Const Survey in 1889.

Dixon; mountain (4,800 feet high), near the head of Yakutat bay, southeastern 

Alaska. Named by Russell, 3890, presumably after Capt. George Dixon, 

who, in 1787, made the first sketch of Port Mulgrave.

Dixon; mountain (Mount Dixon, .1,713 feet high), Seward Peninsula, on west 

bank of Casadepaga river, near latitude 64° 55', longitude 164° 14'. 

Local name, reported by Gerdine, 1905. Apparently called Nipple

mountain on a local map of 1900.

Dixon Entrance; a broad open sound or strait, between the Columbian and 

Alexander archipelagoes, through which passes the southern boundary 

line between British Columbia and Alaska. It has been variously 

called an inlet, channel, strait, sound, and entrance. Usage seems to 

have settled upon the above name. Dixon Entrance was discovered 

by the Spaniards, in 1774, and called Entrada de Perez. Dixou, in 

1787, visited it and named it. after himself, Dixon's straits, the name 

being applied to the waters east and north of Queen Charlotte islands. 

Meares at about the same time nanied it Douglass entrance, after Capt. 

William Douglass (or Douglas) who commanded his consort ship the 

 packet-boat Iphigenia (Nubiana). To its northeastern part he applied 

the name Buccleugh sound, which he also spelled Bucclugh. The Rus- 

.sians, 1825, called it Granitsa (boundary) strait, whence we find Dixon 

entrance or Granitsa channel and Graenz strasse. Tebeukof, using the 

native name, has Kaigani strait.

Dlinnaia, reef : see Long.

Dobriek Vestei, bay; see Goodnews.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 221

Doctor; low sandy island, on the Arctic coast, near Point Barrow. Perhaps

this is identical with Crescent island or Martin island or both (called

Il-liut-kak by the Eskimos) of British Admiralty chart 2164, published

in 1854. (See Martin.) 

Doe; mountain (2,976 feet high), on Revillagigedo island, near Tongass narrows,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. Buck and Fawn

mountains are near by. 

Doe; point, Hereudeen bay, Alaska peninsula, the southeastern point of Deer

island, near longitude 160° 47'. So named by Tanner, 1890. 

Dog; cape, the southeasternmost point of Agattu island, western Aleutians.

Called by Tebeukof Southwest or Sabak (dog). 

Dog, creek; see Colorado. 

Dog; creek, Seward peninsula, Casadepaga drainage, tributary to Ruby creek

from the south, near latitude 64° 47', longitude 104° 18'. Prospectors'

name,, from a local map, 1901.

Dog; creek, 6 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Concord creek from the south, near longitude 165° .02'. Name from Gerdine, 1904. 

Dog; island, on the northern shore of Duke island, Graviua group, Alexandria

archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. 

Dog; point, the south point of entrance to Nakwasina passage, Baranof island,

Alexander archipelago. Named Sabachi (dog) by Vasilief, 1809. 

Dogfish; bay, on the eastern shore of Portland canal, near its mouth. Named

by Fender, 1868. 

Dogfish; island, at the head of Naha bay, western shore Revillagigedo island,

Behm canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 36', longitude 131°

38'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of

Fisheries, 1904. 

Doggetlooscat; see Dagitli. 

Dogitskakat, river; see Dagitli. 

Dog Salmon; river, Alaska peninsula, tributary on the left bank of Ugashik

river, 20 miles from its mouth, near latitude 57° 30', longitude 157°. 

. Local name, reported by Moser, 1900. 

Dolgay, island; see Long.

Dolgoi; cape, the south point of Dolgoi island, near Belkofski, Alaska peninsula. So called by Dall, 1880. 

Dolgoi, cape ; see Kukistan. 

Dolgoi; harbor, indenting the western coast of Dolgoi island, near Belkofski.

Probably a local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1882. 

Dolgoi, island, Cordova bay; see Long. 

Dolgoi; island, in Port Bazau, Dall island, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named

Dolgoi (long) by Zarembo, 1834. 

Dolgoi; island, in Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Called Dolgoi (long) by

Tebenkof, 1849. 

Dolgoi; island, near Belkofski, on southern shore of Alaska peninsula, about

longitude 161° 50'. Named Dolgoi (long) by the Russians. Its Aleut

name, according to Veniarnmof (I, 252), is Ananakeik. 

Dolgoi, island, Sitka sound; see Long. 

Dolgoi, lake; see Lower. 

Dolomi; post-office (established August, 1900), between Moira and Cholmondeley

sounds, on the eastern shore of Prince of Wales island, Alexander

archipelago.
222 , GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Dolores; port, in Sueinez island, Bucareli buy, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Puerto de los Dolores (port of the sorrowing) by Maurelle and

Quadra, 1775-1779. 

.Dolls, island; see Dall. 

Dolph; rock (which bares 3 feet), Peril strait, three-fourths mile off the south

side at entrance to Ushk bay, Alexander archipelago, near latitude

57° 33', longitude 135° 33'. So named by Moore, 1895, after Quartermaster George Dolph, of his .ship. 

Dolphin; point, the northeast point of Whale island, Afognak strait, between

Afognak and Kodiak islands ; near latitude 57° 57'. Name from Moser,

1900. Called Melkowadia (little water or shallows) by Murashef,

1839-40. 

Dome; creek, tributary to Tisuk river from the north, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Dome; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the east to American river.

near latitude 65° 35'. Local name, from Gerdiue, 1901. 

Dome; small creek, on Seward peninsula, tributary to Jim creek, which is a

branch of Taylor creek, near latitude 65° 40', longitude 164° 30'.

Local name, obtained by Gerdine, 1901. 

Dome; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kiwalik river from the -west,

near latitude 65° 40', longitude 162°. Prospectors' name, obtained by

Witherspoon, 1903. 

Dome; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Chatanika river from the

south, near latitude G5° 05', longitude 147° 35'. Local name, from Gerdiue, 1903. 

Dome; creek, tributary to O'Brien creek, from the east, in the Fortymile mining

region. Local name, reported by Barnard, .1.898. 

Dome; creek, tributary to American creek, from the south, in the Eagle mining

region. Local name, reported by Barnard, 1898. 

Dome; creek, eastern Alaska, at the head of Washington creek, an affluent to

the Yukon on the south bank, near latitude 65° 05', longitude 142° 20'.

Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford,

Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905. 

Dome; mountain (2,100 feet high), on the western side of Portland canal, iu

latitude 55° 04'. Named by Fender, 18G8. 

Dome, mountain ; see Kouodtop.' 

Dome; pass (4,300 feet high), in the St. Blias alps. Descriptive name, given by

Russell, 1890. 

Dome; peak, near the head of Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive

name, given by Thomas, 1887. 

Dome; peak (4,420 feet high), on the mainland, west of Lincoln island, Lynn

canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1809. 

Dome; peak (6,500 feet high), on the western side of Portland canal, in latitude

55° 25'. Descriptive name given by Pencler, 1868. 

Dome, peak ; see Fortymile dome. 

Dome; point, on the western shore of Long island, Port Frederick, Alexander

archipelago. Named by United States naval officers, 1880. 

Dome; point, on the eastern shore of Stepovak bay, Alaska peninsula. So

named by Dall, 1880. 

Dominion; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the east to Independence

creek, an affluent of Kugruk river near latitude 65° 40', longitude 162°

50'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Mendenhall and Reaburn, 1901.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA, 223.

Dominion; creek, tributary to the headwaters of Mission creek from the west, 

near latitude 04° 20' in the Eagle mining region. Local name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899.

Don; river, Seward peninsula, tributary from the north to the lagoon on the 

north shore of Fort Clarence. Local name, reported.by Gerdine, 1901.

Donchelok; river, draining Lake Tukomina into Lake Miuchutuiua, near latitude 63° 45', longitude 152°. Native name written Don-che-loch-no by 

Ken-on, 1899.

Donjek; river, tributary to White river from the south, near latitude 62°. 

Native name; has also been written Donjeck. The above form, Donjek, has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Donnelly; point, in Naha bay, Revillagigedo island, on the south side of 

anchorage at Loving, near latitude 55° 30', longitude 131° 39'. Local 

navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau-of Fisheries, 1904.

Dora; bay, in Cholmoudeley sound, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by 

Clover, 1885, presumably after his. wife, formerly Miss Dora Miller.

Dora; creek or river, tributary to Chitina river from the north, about 25 miles 

above junction of Clritiua. and Copper rivers. Named Dora by Lieutenant Alien, April 14, 1885, after Miss Dora Johnson, of Chicago, 

afterwards his wife. On map 1 of Alien's report it is printed Dora, 

but on map 2 of same report it is printed Dare, and this form has been 

copied on Coast and Geodetic Survey chart 3091. On a late map it is 

printed Dark.

Dora; harbor, indenting the southern shore of Ikataii peninsula, Uniinak 

island, near longitude 163° '.15'. Named Loras by the Fish Commission 

in 1888. Called Lords by the Coast Survey and known locally as Dora 

harbor.

Doran; straight, separating the front of Barry glacier from the opposite mainland, and connecting Barry arm with Harriman fiord, Port Wells, 

Prince William sound. So named by the Harriman expedition, 1899, 

after Capt. Peter Doran, of the steamer George W. Elder, which bore 

the expedition.

Doric; creek, in the Rampart region, tributary to Pioneer creek from the northwest. Prospectors' name, from Priudle, 1904.

Doris, bay ; see Mud.

Dorn; island, in Seymour canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1890, after Lieut. Edward J. Dorn, U. S. N., a member of bis 

party.

Dornin; sunken rock, off the western end of Douglas island, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Mansfield, 1890, after J. B. Dornin, a 

member of his party.

DoroJchova, bay ; see Deep.

Doroshin; glacier, on Kenai peninsula, near Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. So 

named by Dall, 1880, after Peter P. Doroshin, a Russian mining engineer, who made investigations in Cook inlet in 1848.

Dorothy; creek,- 25 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Nome 

river, from the west, near longitude 165° 15'. Name from Barnard, 

1900.

Dorozlmol, island; see Road.

Dot, hill, St. Paul island; see Ridge.

Dot; island, very small, off the northwest shore of Tuxekan island, Sea Otter 

sound, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 54', longitude 

133° 20'. So named by Dickiiis, 1903-4.
224 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIOJSTAKY OF ALASKA.

Dot; island, north shore Afognak bay, Kodiak group, near latitude 58° 02',

longitude 152° 47'. So named by Moser, 1900. 

Dot; islet, in the center of McHeury inlet, southwestern shore Etolin island,

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 01', longitude 

 332° 24'. Descriptive name, reported by Moser, 1900. 

Double; island, at entrance to Hunter bay, Cordova bay, Prince of Wales

island, near latitude 54° 53'. Descriptive name, given by Moser, 1897. 

Double; island, in Krestof sound, north of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Dvoinoi (twin) by Vasilief, 1809. Called Dwinoi in the Coast

Pilot (1883, p. 155) and Double in late Coast Survey publications. 

Double; island, near Dewey anchorage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago.

Named by Snow, 1886. The island is double at high water. 

Double; island, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. . Named Dvoinoi (double, or twins)

by Vasilief, 1809. 

Double; islands, between Cat and Dog islands, in Felice strait, southeast of

Annette island, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. So named by

Nichols, 1883. 

Double Point; mountain, on the north bank of the Koyukuk, near Arctic city.

Descriptive name, given by Alien, 1885. 

Doubtful; harbor, on the southern coast of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. So

named by Berry, 1881. Possibly this is a synonym for Selfridge bay. 

Dougbton; peak (2,700 feet high), 20 miles northeast of Controller bay, Gulf

of Alaska, near latitude 60° 26', longitude 143° 50'. Prospectors' name,

reported by Martin, 1905. 

Douglas; bay, indenting the southern coast of Kupreanof island, Sunnier strait,

Alexander archipelago. Named by Helm, 1866, and spelled on various

charts Douglas and Donglass indiscriminately. 

Douglas; cape, the western head of Cook inlet. So named by Cook, 1778 (II,

385), after Dr. Douglas, canon of Windsor. It is Kamieshatskoi of a

Russian chart of 1802. The native name is given as Kukvak, Koukhat,

and Kuchat. 

Douglas; cape, on the western shore of Seward peninsula, Bering sea, just

south of Port Clarence, near latitude 65°. So named by Beechey, 1826. 

Douglas, entrance; see Dixon. 

Douglas- island, opposite Juneau, at the north end of Alexander archipelago.

Named Douglas's by Vancouver, 1794, after the Bishop of Salisbury. 

Has sometimes been written Douglass.

Douglas; mountain (Mount Douglas), on Cape Douglas, southwestern shore 

Cook inlet. Name reported or proposed by Martin, 1904, and adopted 

by the U. S. Board on Geographic Names, June 6, 1906.

Douglas, river; see Chuiu.

Douglas; town and post-office, on Douglas island, southeastern Alaska. Postoffice established in January, 1888, and town incorporated March 29, 

1902. Population, 1890, 402; in 1900, 825. Often called Douglas City.

Douglas, village; see Aievak and Ashivak. '

Douglass; bay, in southwestern shore of Hooniah sound, Peril strait, near latitude 57° 40', longitude 135° 45'. So named by Moore, 1895, but not 

heretofore published.

Douglass; peak, on the mainland, east of Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Thomas, 1887.

Douslmai, bay; see Close.

Dove; islet, at entrance to Jamestown bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by United States'naval officers, 1880, after a Mr, Dove, employed 

on the U. S. S. Jwnestown in that year,
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 225

Doverspike; gulch, Seward peninsula, Solomon River drainage, on north hank 

of Adams creek, near latitude 64° 43', longitude 164° 28'. Prospectors' 

name, from a local map, 190.1.

Bowling; peak, on the north shore of Klutina lake. So named by Ahercromhie, 

1898.

Drake; head, Kodiak island, southwestern shore of Alitak bay, 5 miles northeast of Alitak point. Local name, obtained by Moser, .1900.

Drake; island (about 1,000 feet high), in Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. 

Origin of name not discovered. First found on British Admiralty chart 

2431, corrected to 1890.

Dranishnikof; mountain or peak, near Deep lake, Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Vasilief, 1809. Has been called Mount 

Dranish. Locally known as Redoubt mountain.

Dranishnikof. The settlement or fishing station at the outlet of Deep lake, in 

Sitka sound, was sometimes so called. More commonly it was, and still 

is, spoken of as The Redoubt.

Draper; mountain (7,546.feet high), near the head of Disenchantment bay, 

southeastern Alaska. Named by Russell, 1891, after Prof. John William Draper.

Dravnoi, bight; see Kologho.

Dress; point, in Behrn canal on the northwestern shore of Revillagigedo island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Drew; point, on .the Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. Named by Dease and 

Sinipson, 1837, after Richard Drew, of the Hudson Bay Company.

Dre'W, coal mine; see Pioneer.

Drier; bay, indenting the western shore of Knight island, Prince William sound. 

Name from Schrader, 1900.

Driest; point', the north point of entrance to Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. Erroneously Dreist.

Driftwood; small open bay, on the southern shore of Umnak island, eastern 

Aleutians. Named Drovenaia (firewood) by the Russians on account 

of the abundance of driftwood found here. On account of its shape the 

Russians sometimes called it Dvoinoi (double or twin). Also it was 

known as Staraia gavan (old harbor), because one of the early Russian 

trading vessels anchored here. Has also been written Droviauaia.

Drop; creek, on the north slope of Mount Sanford, and glacier at its head, 

tributary to Copper river on the left. Descriptive name, given by 

Schrader, 1902, from its steep slope and torrential flow.

Drop (The); pass, Copper River region, between Kanata river and the head of 

Quartz creek, an affluent of Tonsina river; near latitude 61° 25', longitude 145° 15'. Prospectors' name, reported by Rohn, 1899.

Drovenaia, bay ; see Driftwood.

Drozdof, island; see Blackbird.

Drum; mountain (12,000 feet high), east of and near Copper river, near longitude 144°. Named, by Alien, 1885, after Adjt.-Geu. Richard Coulter 

Drum, U. S. A.

Drum Head; peak, on the northern coast of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. 

Named by Berry, 1881. Also written Drumhead.

Drunkard; bay, on the southeastern coast of Kodiak. This name was given by 

Lisianski, 1805, in his text. Name not found elsewhere and the place 

not identified.

Dry; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Stephens passage, southeastern Alaska, 

between League point and Point Lookout, near latitude 57° 37'. Prospectors' name, reported by Spencer and Wright, 1903. 

Bull. 299 06 M 15 
226 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Dry; bay, on the mainland coast, between Lituya bay and Yakutat bay, near 

longitude 139°. So called by Davidson, 1869. It appears to be a shallow lagoon where the waters from the melting glaciers contend with the 

ceaseless surges of the Pacific. Cook saw this place in 1778, and under 

the supposition that it was the spot where Bering anchored July 20, 

1741, named it Beeriug's bay (II, 347). This.name, variously spelled, 

was adopted by Malaspiua, Dixon, and others. La Perouse called it 

Behring's river. Tebeukof represents it truly as the delta of the Alsek, 

and shows it debouching through five mouths or rivers, of which four 

bear the names Tlegan, Taaltsug, Vankahina, and Kakanhiua, the fifth 

being unnamed; whence arose the name Five Rivers or Dry bay. In 

the Coast Pilot of 1869, Davidson also calls it Shallow bay. Moser, 

1901, made a reconnoissance here and reported the delta to cover. 80 

to 100 square miles. At that time there were only three outlets, forming three very large basins filled with bars and small islands, and each 

emptying into the sea through a narrow channel.

Dry; bay, very small, indenting the north shore of Cape Douglas, southwest 

point of entrance to Cook inlet. Called Sukhoi (dry) by Tebenkof, 

1849.

Dry; small bay, indenting the north shore of Karnishak bay, southwest shore of 

Cook inlet, near latitude 59° 40', longitude 153° 10'. Prospectors' name, 

from Martin, 1903.

Dry; open bay, just north of Alitak bay, on the southwestern shore of Kodiak. 

Named Sukhoi (dry) by Tebeukof, 1849.

Dry; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, 15 miles southwest 

of Cold bay. Prospectors' name, from Martin, 1903.

Dry; cove, on the western shore of Portage bay, Kupreanof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Descriptive name given by Nichols, 1882.

Dry; creek, tributary to Copper river from the east, north of Sanford river. So 

named by Abercrombie, 1898.

Dry; creek, a small tributary of Cold bay', southeast shore Alaska peninsula, 

near latitude 57° 45'. Prospectors' name, reported by Martin, 1904.

Dry; creek, Seward peninsula, small tributary on west bank of Casadepaga 

river, near latitude 64° 53', longitude 164° 13'. Descriptive name, given 

by prospectors and published in 1901.

Dry; creek, at Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from the northeast to the 

mouth of Snake river. Local name, published in 1900.

Dry; creek, tributary to Camp creek from the north, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Dry; island (2,461 feet high), in delta at mouth of Stikine river, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Dry; island, near Kodiak, probably in Chiniak bay. Occupied by the Semidi 

Propagating Company for raising blue foxes. Local name, taken from 

report of James W. Witten to Secretary of Interior, 1903. (Kept. Sec. 

of Int., 1903, p. 284.)

Dry; pass, Alexander archipelago, 25 miles long, connecting Shakan strait with 

Sea Otter sound, and separating Kosciusko island from Prince of 

Wales island, near latitude 56°, longitude 133° 15'. Locally called 

Dry because in the narrows it runs dry at ebb of every large tide. 

Called also Klawak passage by the fishermen because it is the beginning of the inside passage taken by the fishing boats from Shakan to 

Klawak. Dickins, 1904, suggested the name El Capitan passage, after 

the El Capitan marble quarries located thereon.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 227

Dry, passage; see Blind.

Dry. river; see Blind.

Dry; strait, much obstructed by shoals, separating Mitkof island from the mainland, near Stikine river month. Alexander archipelago. Named Sukhoi 

(dry) by the Russians. Also written Suchoi channel and Soukhbi 

strait.

Dry, strait; see Hayward.

Dry Creels, mountain; see Newton peak.

Drying; point, the western point of entrance to Dry Spruce bay, on the northern shore of Kodiak. Named Obsiekaiushie (drying up round about) 

by Murashef, 1839-40. -

Dry Spruce; bay, on the northern coast of Kodiak. Named Sukhoi Elnik (dry 

spruce) by Murashef, 1839-40. Written erroneously Sucho Emuik bay.

Dry Spruce; peninsula (at high water), in Kupreauof strait, on the northern 

shore of Kodiak. Named Sukhaho Elnika (of dry spruce) by Murashef, 1839 10. Sucho Emnik on one chart by error of transliteration.

Dsclienuteclie; a ridge of mountains, near the headwaters of Klehini river, 

southeastern Alaska. The Krause brothers report this name, Dschenutlche, to be the native name, and give its meaning'as 6ac/c of the 

mountain goat.

Dubuque; mountain (2,145 feet high), in the eastern part of Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

DublilcaJcat, river ; see' Dulbi.

Duck; bay and settlement, on the southeastern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak 

group. Named Selezneva (wild duck or drake) by the Russians. 

Selezni (Russian) is Kalagin (Aleut) for a lake bird. Kalagak, 

according to Veniaminof, is Aleut for Selezeu (Russian for duck) "and 

also for a marine fish, Kalaga. Elliott says the Aleuts call all the 

small cottoid fishes Kalog.

Duck, bay; see Tutka.

Duck; cape, on the northeastern coast of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named 

Selezneva (wild duck) by the Russians, 1848.

Duck; creek, tributary to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm, 3886.

Duck; island, near the head of Bradfield canal, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Snow, 1886.

Duck; islet, southeast of Grave point, Duke island, Gravina group, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently so named by local pilots. Name not found on 

any map.

Duck; islet, hear Kukak bay, Shelikof strait, west of Afognak island. Named 

Utinoi (of ducks) by the Russians. Lutke calls it 1'llot Outinoi (des 

canards).

Duck; point, the south point of Whitney island, Fanshow bay, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Ductofh, river; see Duktoth.

Dude; mountain, in the western part of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1886.

Duffield; peninsula, forming the northern end of Barauof island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Moore, 1895, after Gen. William Ward 

Duffield, Superintendent of the Coast and Geodetic Survey.

Duffield, glacier; see Turner.
228 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Dugan, river ; tributary to Tauana river from the south, near longitude 150°. 

Named by Alien, 1885, after Lieut. Thomas Buchanan Dugau, U. S. A. 

See -Kantishna.

Duke; hill (540 feet high), on the eastern edge of Duke island, Gravina group, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, 1879.

Duke; island, the southernmost of the Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Dall, 1879. The southernmost point of this island had 

been named Northumberland by Vancouver, 1793, after the Duke of 

Northumberland.

Duke; point, the easternmost point of Duke island, Graviua group, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Dall, 1879.

Duke of Clarence, strait; see Clarence.

Duke of York, islands; see York.

Duktoth; river, debouching on the coast of the Gulf of Alaska, 3 miles west of 

Cape Yaktag, near longitude 142° 20. Indian name, written Ductoth 

by Martin, 1903, and by error published Quetoth.

Dulbi; river, tributary to the Koyukuk from the east, near longitude 156° 30'. 

Native name, reported by Alien, 1885, as Dulbikakat, i. e., mouth of the 

Dulbi. Has also been written Dulebekakat.

Dulebelcakat, river ; see Dulbi.

Dunbar; inlet, opening into Tlevak strait, Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Dall, 1882, after Miss Margaret J. Duubar, of 

Steubenville, Ohio, who began missionary work in Alaska in 1879.

Dunbar; point, the southern point of entrance to Young cove, Howkau strait, 

Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Sheldon Jackson, 

after Miss Margaret J. Dunbar.

Duncan; canal, indenting the southern ctfast of Kupreanof island, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 56° 40', longitude 133° 10'. Named by Vancouver, 1793, after Admiral Duncan, R. N. Has also been called Duncan channel and Canal de Dunkan.

Duncan, passage ; see Beecher.

Duncan; peaks, two in number, east of Duncan canal, on Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Dundas; bay, indenting the mainland coast, on northern shore of Cross sound, 

southeastern Alaska, near latitude 58° 20', longitude 136° 20'. So 

named by Dall, 1879.

Dundas; point, the eastern point of entrance to Dundas bay, Cross sound, southeastern Alaska. Named by Vancouver, 1794.

Dummak, Eskimo village ; see Tanunak.

Dupont; peak (5,794 feet high), on the mainland coast of Frederick sound, 

southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1887, after Admiral Samuel 

Francis Du Pont, U. S. N.

Durelle; mountain (4,300 feet high), east of Klutina lake. So named by Abercrombie, 1898. Also has been written Du Relle.

Durrant; creek, tributary to Stewart river, from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Dushistoi, islands ; see Fragrant.

Dushkot; islet, near the head of Beaver bay, Unalaska. Probably so named by 

Sarichef, who made a sketch or reconnoissance of Beaver bay and Captains bay, Unalaska, June 3-10, 1790.

Duslmaia, bay ; see Close.

Dutch; creek, tributary to Ophir creek, from the north, in the Eldorado mining 

district, Seward peninsula. Local.name, published in 1900.
GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA. 229

Dutch; harbor, on the eastern side of Amaknak island, in Unalaska hay, near

latitude 53° 54', longitude 106° 32'. So named from the tradition that

a Dutch vessel was the first to enter it. Veuiaminof says that it is

called, by old navigators, Dutch (Hollandish) harbor. Sarichef, 1.792,

calls it Udakta. According to Lutke, Tebenkof calls it Ougadakh.

Davidson and Dall wrote Ulakhta harbor. It, and the village on its

shores, is now universally known as Dutch harbor. 

Dutch Camp; basin, on Lowe river, east of Valdez, Prince William sound. So

named by Abercrombie, 1898. Now generally known as Dutch Flat. 

Dutton; post-office (established September, 1905), western coast of Cook inlet,

on Ilianma bay, northwestern shore Kamishak bay, near latitude

59° 30'.

Dvoini-bratef (twin brothers), Sitka sound; see Twins. 

Dvoinoi, bay ; see Driftwood. 

Dvoinoi, island; see Double. 

Dwinoi, islet, Krestof sound; see Double. 

Dwyer; creek, tributary to the Yukon on the right bank 3 miles above Rampart

rapids, about longitude 151°. . Name taken from Edwards's Track Chart

of the Yukon, 1899.' Cantwell, 1900, calls it Dwyer in his text and Bear

on his chart.

Dyea; town, port of entry (post-office established in June, 1896, and disconv tinned in 1902), at the head of Lynn canal. The inlet was called

Tyya by Meade (1869), Dejah by Krause (1882), Day ay by Schwatka

(1883), and Chilkoot or Taiya by the miners. 

Dyer; cape, on the mainland'coast, south shore of Scamuion bay, Yukon delta,

near latitude 61° 50', longitude 165° 43'. So named by Dall, 1869, after

Joseph Tarbell Dyer, now of Washington, D. C., who explored in this

region, in 1865-66, for the Western Union Telegraph Company. 

Dyer; cape, on the Arctic coast between Point Hope and Cape Lisbnrne. near

latitude 58° 38'. So named by Beechey, 1827. Its Eskimo name is

Capaloa. 

Dying; glacier, near Muir inlet, Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive

name, given by Reid, 1892. " Dying glacier belongs to the past, and is

melting away." 

Dyke; mountain (6,700 feet high), on the western shore of Klutina lake. So

named by Abercrombie, 1898.

Eads; peak (4,636 feet high), on the mainland, north of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1887, after the distinguished

engineer, James Buchanan Eads. 

Eagle; bay, on the southern coast of Unalaska, immediately east of Kashega

bay,* near longitude 166° 55'. So named by the Fish Commission in

1888. 

Eagle; cape, on the northwestern shore of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Called

Orlinie (eagle) by the Russians, who in turn seem to have taken it

from the native name Amakaktuli, supposed to mean Gdgle. 

Eagle; creek, on Douglas island, tributary to Gastineau channel, about 2 miles

northwest of Jnneau. Local name, from Peters, 1902. 

Eagle; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Bear creek from the west near

latitude 65° 35', longitude 161° 10'. Local name, from Witherspoon,

1.901. 

Eagle; creek, tributary to the right fork of Bluestone river, Seward peninsula.

Name from. Barnard, 1900.
230 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Eagle; creek, tributary to Birch creek at its source. Latitude 65° 25', longitude 145° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and 

Schrader, of the Geological Survey, 1896.

Eagle; creek, tributary to the Yukon from the east, near Eagle. Local name 

obtained by the Geological Survey in 1898."

Eagle; creek, an affluent of Mosquito fork Fortyuiile creek on the left, near 

latitude 64° 05', longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, taken from a map 

in the Coast Survey archives drawn, 1898, by E. F. Ball, a prospector.

Eagle; creek, tributary to South fork Koyukuk river from the south, near longitude 150° 30". Prospectors' name, obtained by Peters and Schrader, 

1901.

Eagle; creek, Arctic slope, a tributary on the right bank of Canning river, near 

latitude 69° 15', longitude 140°. So named by S. J. Marsh, a prospector, 

1902-3.

Eagle; glacier (1,200 feet high), on the mainland, east of Lynn canal. Apparently so named by Meade, 1869, from its fancied resemblance to an 

eagle with outstretched wings.

Eagle; harbor, indenting the western shore of Nagai island,. Shurnagiu group. 

So named by Dall, 1872.

Eagle; harbor, on the southern [or (?) northern] shore of Ugak bay, on eastern 

shore of Kodiak. The Eagle Harbor Packing Company, of Kodiak, has 

an establishment at this harbor, which, on a late Fish Commission map, 

is located on the north shore of Ugak bay. According to some, Eagle 

harbor village or settlement is identical with Orlova of the Russians. 

A post-office was established here in November, 1898. The Kodiak 

Packing Company established a saltery here prior to 1890.

Eagle; island, east of Onslow island, near junction of Ernest sound and Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Eagle; island, on the east side of Davidson inlet, Prince of Wales archipelago, 

near latitude 55° 53', longitude 133° 30'. So named by Dickins, 1903-4.

Eagle; mountain (about 1,500 feet high), at head of Eagle harbor, Nagai 

island, Shumagin group. So named by Pall, 1872.

Eagle; point, on the mainland, near head of Portland canal. Apparently so 

named by the Coast Survey in 1891. May possibly have been named by 

Fender in 1868.

Eagle; point, on north shore of Chichagof island, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago, midway between Port Frederick and Point Adolphus, near latitude 58° 14', longitude 135° 38'. So named by Pratt, 1901.

Eagle; point, on the southern shore of Unalaska, separating Eagle and Kashega 

bays. Named by the Fish Commission in 1888. From a manuscript note 

on Sarichef's Chart XIV, 1792, it would appear that the native name of 

this point is Amtchik. It is East point of the Coast Survey in 1869.

Eagle; reef, in Favorite channel, Lyuu canal, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Coghlan, 1884.

Eagle; rock, northwest coast of Kruzof island, 11 miles south of Cape Georgiaua, near latitude 57° 18', longitude 135° 53'. " It is 58 feet high, domeshaped, and bare." (Coast Pilot of 1901, p. 195.) So named by Moore, 

1897.

Eagle; rock, in Northeast harbor, Sannak island, near latitude 54° 27', longitude 162° 35'. So named by Westdahl, 1901.

Eagle; rock, on the eastern shore of Herendeen bay, Alaska peninsula, 4 miles 

south of Point Divide; near longitude 160° 45'. So called by Tanner, 

1890.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA. 231

Eagle; town, post-office, and telegraph station, on left bank of the Yukon, 1.0 

miles below the international boundary. A trading station, consisting 

of one log house, was built here in 1881 and abandoned the next year. 

This was called Belle Isle.. The military post, Fort Egbert, was established near by in 1889. On the site of the old trading post was established the mining camp locally called Eagle City, about 1898. An 

United States post-office, called Eagle, was established here in November, 1898. The town was incorporated January 8, 1901, and it is on the 

military telegraph line completed in 1903. Population in 1900, 383.

Eagle Cliff; bar (gold-bearing), on South fork Koyukuk river. Prospectors' 

name, published in 1902.

Eagle Crag; mountain (5,705 feet high), on the mainland, east of Stikine river 

and near the international boundary. Has also been called Eagle.

Eaglek; bay, indenting the northern shore of Prince William sound. Apparently a native name, published by the War Department, in 1900, as 

Eagleck.

Eagle Nest; mountain, on north bank of Lewes river, Yukon, a little above the 

mouth of Nordenskiold river. According to Schwatka, 1883, the Cliilkats call it by a name which means Eagle's Nest, the Tahk-heesh by a 

name which means Otter Tail. To settle the matter he named it Parkman, after the historian, Prof. Francis Parkinan. It is Adler-Nest 

butte of one German publication..

EananuJchto, bluffs and hills; see Einahnuhto.

Earl; cove, indenting the eastern shore of Inian islands, Icy strait, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 58° 15', longitude 130° 18'. So called by 

Dickins, 1902.

Earl; river, draining the west slope of Sinapson pass and tributary to Rohn 

river from the left; near latitude 62°, longitude 153° 30'. So named 

by Herron, 1899.

Ears; two peaks, southwest of Shishmaref inlet, on Seward peninsula, northwestern Alaska. Descriptive name given by Beechey, 1827.

Ears; two peaks, or rather two pointed bluffs 600 to 700 feet high, on the Arctic 

coast, between Point Hope and Cape Lisburne, near latitude 08° 35'. 

Descriptive name given by Beechey, 1827.

East; arm of Uganik bay, Kodiak, opening on the east side of the west branch 

of that bay. So described by Moser, 1897.

East; bay, immediately south of Pavlof volcano and near the entrance to Pavlof 

bay, Alaska peninsula. Presumably a. local name, reported by Dall, 

1880.

East, bay; see Nazan.

East; beacon, on the Middle Eckholm, Sitka sound. Erected and named by 

United States naval officers, 1880.

East; bight of Nagai, a bay or harbor indenting the eastern shore of Nagai 

island, Shumagiu islands. So called by Dall, 1872.

East; cape, on the eastern end of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. Called Vostochnoi (east) by Tebeukof, 184.9.

East; cape, the easternmost point of Anichitka island, Rat island group, western 

Aleutians. So called by the North Pacific exploring expedition, 1.855.

East; cape, the easternmost po.int of Attu island, western Aleutians. Named 

Vostoclmie (east) by the Russians.

East; cape, the easternmost point of Spruce island, Kodiak group. Named Vostochuie (east) by Murashef, 1839-40. Tikhnienief calls it Ostrovskoi 

(islets) point
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

East; channel, north of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago, connecting Hayward strait and Krestof sound, near latitude 57° 10', longitude 135° 33'. 

Descriptive name, published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

East; creek, Kenai peninsula, a right branch of Resurrection creek at its head, 

near latitude 60° 45', longitude 149° 45'. Local descriptive name, from 

Moffit, 1904.

East; fork, Sixmile creek, Kenai peninsula, a southern tributary of Turnagain 

arm, Cook inlet. Local descriptive name, reported by Mendenhall, 1898.

East'; fork, Seward peninsula, a left branch of Solomon river, reported Right 

branch by Barnard, 1900, and East fork on a local map, 1904. Schrader 

and Brooks, 1899, misapplied the name Trilby creek to this stream.

East; fork, Chandlar river, near longitude 147°. Prospectors' name, published 

in 1899.

East; fork, Kusawa river, one of the tributaries of the upper Yukon. Little 

is known of it. Krause calls it Kussooachrawathiui (Yukon).

East; fork, of Hess creek, in the Rampart region. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902. 

East; gulch, 5 miles north of Nome, on the western slope of Newton peak, draining into Dry creek, near longitude 165° 20'. Local name, published in 

1900.

East; island, near Duke island, in southern entrance to Revillagigedo channel. 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

East; island, near the entrance to Ward cove, Tougass narrows, Alexander 

archipelago. Probably so named by pilot W. E. George. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1883.

East; island, one of the Iriian group, Cross sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently so named by DaII in the Coast Pilot, 1883.

East; island, one of the Kashevarof group, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, 1886.

East; island, on eastern shore at entrance to Red bay, Sumner strait, Alexander 

archipelago, three-fourths mile inside Pine point, near latitude 56° 20', 

longitude 133" 17'. So called by Helm, 1886, and published in the 

Coast Survey'magnetic declination tables, 1902.

East; landing, east of St. Paul village, St. Paul island, Bering sea, near longitude 170° 16'. Local descriptive name, reported by Duffield, 1897.

East; ledge, east of Keeue island, on Mitkof shore of AVrangell strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot, 1891.

East; peak (4,900 feet high), near Valdez, Prince William sound. Named by 

Abercrombie, 1898.

East; peak (1,406 feet high), near Chichagof harbor, Attu island, western Aleutians. So named by Gibson, July, 1855.

East; point, between Freshwater bay and Teuakee passage, on the eastern coast 

of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. The name was applied by 

Meade in 1869 to the eastern point of entrance to Freshwater bay. 

Neither of these names, East and Freshwater, has its original application.

East; point, in the eastern part of Whitewater bay; Admiralty island, Chatham 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Glass, 1881.

East; point, on the eastern shore of Portage bay, Kupreanof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Nichols, 1882.

East; point, on the eastern shore of Woronkofski island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Suow, 1886.
GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA. 233

East; point, on the southeastern shore of whale island, Kodiak group. Named 

Vostochnie (east) by Murashef, 1839-40. It is Uskosti (narrow) of the 

Russian American Company map of 1849.

East; point, between the two main branches of Uganik bay, Kodiak, so described by Moser, 1897.

East; point, at entrance to Chichagof cove, Stepovak bay, south shore Alaska 

peninsula, near longitude 160°. Descriptive name, given by the Harriman expedition, 1899.

East; point, the eastern point of entrance to Chernofski harbor, Unalaska. So 

named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

East, point; see Eagle.

East; rookery (seal), on the northeast coast of St. George island, Bering sea, 

near longitude 109° 30', Called Great Eastern by Elliott (1872-1874), 

Great East and East by Stanley-Brown (1891), and East by Duffield 

(1897).

East; spit, at the south end of Cleveland passage, Frederick sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently so named- by Nichols, 1891.

East Anchor; cove, indenting the eastern shore of Ikatan peninsula, near 

southern entrance to Isauotski strait, Unirnak island. Named by the 

Fish Commission in 1888.

East Clump; "a small high-water islet" in Tongass narrows, "called by the 

pilots East Clump." Dall, in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 80), calls it Seat 

island, and says it is so named from a conspicuous and peculiar seatshaped rock at its outer end.

East Devil; rock or reef, bare at low water, in Dixon entrance, 4 miles northwest of Zayas island. Named by Dall in 1883. Prior to that date a 

sunken rock of doubtful position had been called Devil rock, a .name 

suggesting the sailor's state of mind as to sunken rocks. In 1883 Capt. 

James Carroll, in the Idaho, found another sunken reef farther west, 

and this was called by Dall West Devil rock.

Eastern; anchorage, between the Mission buildings and northern entrance to 

Middle channel, Sitka harbor, Sitka sound. Old descriptive name.

Eastern; channel, leading into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Vostochnie (eastern) by the Russians.

Eastern, ocean; see Bering sea and Pacific ocean.

Eastern; passage, between the northern part of Wrangell island and the mainland, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, 1877.

Eastern; passage, leading from Glacier bay to Muir inlet, southeastern Alaska. 

Has been called East pass. Origin of name not discovered.

Eastern; passage, leading into Afognak bay, from the east, between Hog island 

and Skipwith reefs, Kodiak grtmp, near latitude 58°. So named by 

Moser, 1900.

Eastern; point, the easternmost point of Krestof island, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently so named by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883.

Eastern, shoal; see Southeast.

Eastern 8-itkm, island; see Great Sitkin.

East Foreland; "steep, cliffy point" near the head of Cook inlet, so named by 

Vancouver, 1794. Wosnesenski, about 1840, according to Grewingk, 

calls it East cape and gives its native name as Mikischkin or Tnchan 

Tan (tan meaning cape), and a nearby stream is called Kantiitschike. 

Russian Hydrographic chart 1378 (ed. of 1847) calls it East or Katiushkiu cape.
234 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

East Fork; village and railroad station, Seward peninsula, on Solomon river 

at mouth of East fork,.near latitude 64° 41', longitude 164° 17'. Local 

name, from Gerdiue, 1905.

East Francis; sunken rock, in Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Discovered and named by Coghlau, 1884, after pilot E. H. 

Francis, the first person who succeeded in making soundings upon it.

East Glacier; creek, tributary to Cook inlet from the northeast just above 

Chiuitua bay, near latitude 59° 50', longitude 153°. Name from 

Martin, 1903. .

East Head; promontory, between Porpoise and Sauborn harbors, on the western 

coast of Nagai island, Shurnagin group. So named by Dall, 1872.

East Head; the northeastern point of entrance to Popof strait, Shurnagin 

islands. Named by Dall, 1872.

East Kusawa; lake, near the headwaters of Yukon river. Native name. Also 

spelled Kussua and Kussooi. The Canadian Board on Geographic 

. - Names has adopted the spelling Kusawa.

Eastland; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary from the north to Kachemak bay, 

about 14 miles northeast of Homer. So named by Dall, 1895, probably after one of the officials of the Alaska Coal Company operating 

there.

East Nagai; strait, separating Big Kouiuji and Nagai islands, Shumagin group. 

Named by Dall, 1872.

East Uganuk, bay; see -Uganik.

Easy; cove, inside Jackass point, southern shore of Akun island, Krenitzin 

group, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 165° 33'. So named by Gilbert, 1901. . Eaton; mountain, between Corwin cliffs and Mount Augusta, in the St. Elias 

alps, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell, 1890.

Eaton; point, western shore Cleveland peninsula, Ernest sound, southeastern 

Alaska, near latitude 55° 56', longitude 132° 04'. Local navigators' 

name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, »1904.

Eaton; reindeer station, on the Unalaklik river, about 10 miles above its mouth, 

northwestern Alaska. So named after Gen. John Eaton, formerly 

United States Commissioner of Education.

Eaton; river, tributary to Grantley harbor, Seward peninsula. So called in 

1900. Formerly called Fish river, that name including what is here 

called Niukluk and Eaton.

Echeatnu, river; see Echitna.

Echitna; river. According to Herron, 1899, E-cheat-nu is the Indian name for 

the south fork of the Kuskokwiui near longitude 154° and which Spun1 

and Post called the Kuskokwirn proper.

Echo; cove, indenting the southeastern shore of Berners bay, Lynn canal, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 40'. -Local name, reported by 

Spencer and Wright, 1903.

Echo; small island, in Clarence .strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 

56° 14', longitude 133° 01'. Local navigator's name reported by H. C. 

Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Eckholms (The); group of islets, on the south side of Eastern channel into 

Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief, 

1809. Has also been written Eckholm, Eckholmes, and, by error in 

transliteration, Ekgalit-tch. It has also been called Beacon group. 

Eckholui is a Swedish family name.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. . 235

Eclipse; creek, tributary to Melsing creek, from the east, in the Eldorado mining district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900.

Ecoleiw, river; see Ekolina.

Ecollie, point; see Ikolik.

Edge; creek, tributary to Chisaua river at its source. So named by Schrader 

in 1902 from its position at the edge of the Nutzotin .mountains and 

Tauana flats.

Edgecumb, island; see Lvruzof.

Edgecumbe; cape, at entrance to Sitka sound. Named Edgecumbe by Cook, 

1778, presumably after Mount Edgecumbe, at the mouth of Plymouth 

harbor, England. It has been variously spelled Edgcumbe, Edgcombe, 

 Edgecombe, Edjecunibe, and Edgkomb. It was seen and named Cabo 

del Engano (deceit or deception) by Maurelle, 1775. This name has 

been variously spelled Enganuo, Eugano, and Eugario. By the early 

Russians it was called St. Lazaria or St. Lazarus, on the assumption 

that Mount Edgecumbe was the peak seen and named St. Lazaria by 

Chirikof, 1741. Also, it has been called Trubitsiua. This name is said 

to have been given by Barauof, in honor of Boatswain Trubitsin, one of 

Chirikof's officers. In the official list of Chirikof's officers and men, 

however, this name is absent The name Sitka (spelled Sitkha, Sitcha, 

etc.) has also been applied to this cape, and on some charts both names 

are retained and applied to different parts of the same locality. This 

and adjacent land to the eastward has been reserved for light-house 

purposes by Executive order dated January 4, 1901. In that order it 

is spelled Edgecombe.

Edgecumbe; lake, near Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. . 

Named Edgecorub by the Coast Survey in 1897.

Edgecumbe; mountain (3,467 feet high), an extinct volcano, on Kruzof island 

near the entrance to Sitka sound. Elevation given as 2,676, 2,800, 2,855, 

3,467, and 8,000 feet, the last being an estimate by Lisianski, who 

climbed it in 1805. The elevation 2,855 is that determined by the Coast 

Survey in 1867, and 3,467 the determination by the Coast Survey in 

1897. Named Edgecumbe by Cook, 1778, presumably after Mount Edgecumbe, at the entrance to Plymouth harbor, England. It is Mount St. 

Lazarus or St. Lazaria of early Russian charts, this name, it is said, 

having been given by Chirikof, 1741. Maurelle, 1775, called it Mount de 

S. Jacinto, which La Perouse, translating, writes Mount Saint-Hyacinte. Variant spellings of all these forms are found, including the 

erroneous one San Vacinto.

Edgecumbe, island; see Kruzof.

Edith; lake, near Tauana river, in latitude 62° 40'. So named by Abercroinbie,

1898.

Edith; point, the north point of entrance to Checats cove, eastern shore of 

southern entrance to Behm canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 

55° 30', longitude 130° 55'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. 

Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Edmonds; cove, Yukon delta, indenting the south shore of Scammon bay on the 

west side of Cape Dyer, near latitude 61° 50', longitude 165° 05'. So 

named by Putuam, 1899.

Edna; bay, indenting the southern shore of Kosciusko island, Davidson inlet, 

Prince of AVales archipelago, near latitude 55° 57', longitude 133° 38'. 

So named by Dickiiis, 1903-4.
2H6 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONAKY OP ALASKA.

Edna; creek, 44 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Sewarcl peninsula, tributary 

from the west to Saunders creek, a fork of Hastings creek, near longitude 165° 07'. Local name, from Gerdiue, 1904.

Edna; gulch, in the Copper river region, on the headwaters of Chititu creek. 

Prospectors' name, first appears on map of the Nizina mining district, 

1902, by George M. Esterly, of Valdez.

Edward; cape, on the western coast of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vancouver, 1794. Tebenkof calls it Elkugu, which is pr.esumably the native name.

Edward; creek, tributary to Cripple river from the east, near its mouth, Sewarcl 

peninsula. Local name, published in 1900 as Eduards and Edward.

Edward; passage, between Fillinore island and the mainland, southeastern 

Alaska. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Edward; point. The northern point of Deer island,.Port Moller, Alaska peninsula, was so named by Dall, 1882, after Capt. Edward Perry Herendeeu, 

to whom is due a considerable extension of our knowledge of the 

geography of Port Moller. This name has been transferred to an adjacent point on Cape Rozhuof, and the north point of Deer island called 

Fawn point.

Edwardes; river, tributary to Controller bay from the northeast. Named for 

Cecil Edwardes (brother of Lord Kensington), who, with Gaudil and 

Campbell, represented the lessees operating property of the Alaska 

Development Company in 1899. Local name, reported by Martin, 1903. 

Called also Puffy.

Edwards; island, in Port Beauclerc, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Helm, 1886.

Eeffyak; river ; see Throat.

Eek; inlet and lake, in southwestern part of Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago. Called Eeke by Moser, 1897.

Eek; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim from the east, near its mouth. Eskimo 

name, published in Sarichef's atlas, 1826, where it is spelled Ik ; on late 

maps it is Eek.

Eeke, inlet and lake; see Eek. 

EenanuJchto; see Einahnuhto. ' .

Eganuta; bluffs (1,012 feet high), on the north coast of St. George island, Bering sea, near longitude 169° 40'. Called High bluff by Elliott, 1872-73. 

Putnam, 1897, obtained the Aleut name Egauut'a (high bluff).

Eganuta-koverushka; see Mayuard hill.

Egashak, river ; see Igushik.

Egavik, river and village; see Iguik.

Efjawik, Eskimo village; see Iguik..

Egbert, fort; see Fort Egbert.

Egegak, river and village; see Ugaguk.

Egg; bay, west of Egg cape, on the northwestern shore of Atka island, middle 

Aleutians. Called laitchnoi (egg) by Lutke, 1836.

Egg; cape, the south point of entrance to Korovinski bay, on northwestern coast 

of Atka, middle Aleutians. Named lachnoi (egg) by Lutke or Tngenstrem about 1830. Has been written lachnoi, laitchnoi, Jaichnoi, 

Yaitohni.

Egg; harbor, on the north shore of Coronation island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow, 1886. " It is a rendezvous for the Indians, who 

here await favorable weather to go out to the Hazy islands to gather 

eggs."
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 237

Egg; island, in Moira sound, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Snow, 1886. 

Egg, island; see Fish Egg. 

Egg; island, northeast of St. Michael, in Norton sound. Named lachnoi (egg)

by the Russians. It is L'ile des Oeufs of Lutke. Archiinandritof calls

it Zharof.

Egg, island; see Haenke. 

Egg, island, Litnya bay ; see Cenotaph. 

Egg; island, between Whale and Little Raspberry islands, Kodiak group.

Named lachnoi (egg) by Murashef, 1839^40. 

Egg; island, in Alitak bay, southwestern coast of Kodiak, at the north point of

entrance to Lazy bay, 5 miles northeast of Cape Alitak. Name from

Moser, 1900.

Egg, island, Sandman reefs ; see .Hunt. 

Egg; island (550 feet high), near the eastermost point of Biorka island, east of

Uualaska, eastern Aleutians, near latitude 53° 50', longitude 160° 03'.

It is apparently Gagalgin of Krenitzin (1768), Kigalgin of Kudiakof

(1791), Ugaigau or lachuoi (egg) of Sarichef (1792). Veniaminof says

its Aleut name is Ugalgan and that it was called in 1830 orieshik 

(hazel) or iacimie (egg). It is Ugalohan or Jaitschoi (egg) of Laugstlorf. This island was reserved for light-house purposes by Executive 

order dated January 4, 1901. In that order it was called Egg island.

Egg; islands, west edge Copper river delta, 5 miles southeast of Cape Whitshed, 

near longitude 145° 45'. So called by Ritter, 1898. Moser, 1897, 

showed one island here, which he called Egg Shell.

Egg; islands, in Popof strait, Shumagin islands. So called by Ball, 1872.

Egg; -islet (300 feet high), near Cape Tachilni, southern shore of Alaska peninsula, near the west end, about longitude 162° 55'. So called by Westdahl, 1901.

Egg, islets, Necker bay; see Guibert.

Egg Island; passage, between Biorka island and Egg island, eastern Aleutians. 

So named by Gilbert, 1901.

Egg Shell; island, east of Cape AVhitshed, at mouth of the Copper river. So 

called by Moser in 1897. This seems to be one of the Egg islands of 

Coast and Geodetic Survey chart 8500 (ed. of 1900). See Egg.

Egichtalik, village; see Aiaktalik.

Egillca, island ; see Igitkin.

Egoochshac. Cook gives this as the native name of a bay in Unalaska, which 

one, not determined. He entered it October 2, 1778,.and says (II, 

492) : "As all harbours are alike to me, provided they were equally 

safe and convenient, I hauled into a bay, that lies 10 miles to the westward of Samganoodha, known by the name of Egoochshac; but we 

found very deep water; so that we were glad to get out again."

Egorkovskoi, cape; see Tanak.

Egoushik, river; see Igushik.

Egowlk, creek and village; see Iguik.

Egypt; mountain (2,500 feet high), on the west bank of Kuskokwin river near 

latitude 62° 30', longitude 154°. So named by Spun- and Post, 1898.

Eidemi; Eskimo settlement, on Cape Prince of Wales. Variously written 

Eidannou, Iden-noo, etc. It is not an Eskimo word. Can this be an 

Eskimo rendering of "I don't know?" Beechey, 1826, writes Ei-dannoo aud Ideu-noo.
238 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Eider; anchorage and point, on tlie western shore of Unalaska bay, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 166° 35'. Sarichef, 1792, shows a village here 

called Pestriakovo (eider duck). Kotzebue, 1816, calls it Igoguak or 

I'estriakovo. Thus it has been called Eider, Igoguak, Pestriakof, etc.

Eider; native village, at Eider point, Captains bay, Unalaska, called by Sarichef, 

1792, Pestriakof (eider duck). Veuiaminof, about 1830, says it was 

composed of 5 huts (yourts) and 37 people.

Eiganuta, bluffs and hills; see Einahnuhto.

Eighteenmile, arm, of Kasaau bay; see Twelvemile.

Eightmile; bend, in Koyukuk river, near longitude 152° 30'. Descriptive name, 

' given by Alien, 1885.

Eightmile; creek, tributary to Settles river from the south, near latitude 67° 

30', longitude 149° 15'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Peters and 

Schrader, 1901.

Eight-mile, creek, near Cape Suckling; see Kiklukh.

Einahnuhto; bluffs and hills (600 feet high), in the western part of St. Paul 

island, Pribilof islands, Bering sea. Also written Eiu-ah-nuh-to and 

Eenanukhto. According to Elliott this is Aleut for the mammw. Also, 

according to same, it means the three mammw. Stanley-Brown's map 

shows three names here: High bluff, Eiganuta, and Rush hills. Coast 

Survey chart 3214 has High bluffs and, for the highest hill of the group, 

Rush hill. Eganuta, according to Putuam means high Muff.

Eivoogiena, island; see St. Lawrence.

Eivugen, island; see St. Lawrence.

Ekgalit-tch, islets; see Eckholms (The).

Ekilik; Eskimo village, on the west bank of Togiak river, about 10 miles from 

its mouth. Eskimo name obtained by Spurr and Post, 1898, who write 

it Ekillgamut, i. e., Ekilik people.

Ekolina; river, an affluent of East fork Chedotlotbua river from the left, near 

latitude 63° longitude 164°. Indian name, written Ecol-ena by Herrou, 

1899.

Ekogmute, village; see Ikogmute.

Ekuk; cape, on the eastern shor.e of Nushagak river, near its mouth. Native 

name, from Lutke, 1828, who wrote it Ekouk. Clark point of the Fish 

Commission, 1888, may be a synonym for this. In the Eleventh Census 

written Yekuk.

Ekuk; Eskimo settlement, near the mouth of Nushagak river. Name from 

Lntke, 1828, who spelled it Ekouk. Has also been written Yekuk.

Elbow; mountain (4,111 feet high), at the first great bend or elbow of Stikine 

river, on its northern bank. So named by the Coast Survey.

El Gapitan, passage ; see Dry pass.

El Capitan; marble, quarry on Dry pass, western shore of Prince of Wales 

island, near latitude 56° 10', longitude 133° 20'. Local name, from 

Dickins, 1903-4.

Eldorado; creek, south of Goodhope bay, Seward peninsula, tributary to Noxapaga river at its source, near latitude 65° 40', longitude 164°. Prospectors' name, obtained by Mendenhall and Reaburn, 1901.

Eldorado; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kiwalik river from the west, 

near latitude 65° 42', longitude 162°. Prospectors' name, from Witherspoon, 1903.

Eldorado; creek, tributary to headwaters of Budd creek, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Eldorado; creek, tributary to Tisuk river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. 239

Eldorado; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Chatanika river from the 

south, near latitude 65° 05', longitude 1.47° 85'. Prospectors' name, 

from Gerdine, 3903.

Eldorado; creek, eastern Alaska, on south bank-of Gold creek, Sdlcha River 

drainage, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 145° 40'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Witherspoou, 1905.

Eldorado; creek, tributary to South fork Koyukuk river from the east, near 

longitude 147'. Prospectors' name, published in 1899.

Eldorado; river, tributary to Port Safety, Seward peninsula. So called by 

Barnard, 1900. Previously called Eldorado creek.

Eldred; passage, south shore Kachemak bay, Cook inlet, separating Cohen, 

Hesketh, and Yukon islands from the mainland. Named by Dall, 1880, 

after Sarah Eldred,-wife of Marcus Baker.

Eldred; rock (50 feet high), in Lyun canal, east of Sullivan island. Visited, 

located, and named, in 1880, by Marcus Baker, after his wife, Sarah 

Eldred. Krause, 1882, reported the native name to be Nechraje. Reserved for light-house purposes by Executive order of January 4, 190.1..

Eldridge; mountain (Mount Eldridge, 6,000 feet high), in the Fortymile region, 

eastern Alaska, the highest peak on Glacier mountain, near latitude 

64° 45', longitude 141° 50'. Prospectors' name, from sketch map com- 

 piled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Eleanor; cove, in eastern part of Yakutat bay, behind Knight island, near latitude 59° 42', longitude 139° 30'. So named by Puget, of Vancouver's 

party, 1794.

Eleanor; lake, on the divide between the Arctic and Yukon drainage at the 

source of Anaktnvuk river, near longitude 151° 50'. So named by 

Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Eleanor; mountain (Mount Eleanor) on the northeast side of luiskin bay, Cook 

inlet, near latitude 59° 47', longitude 153° 23'. So named' by Martin, 

1904.

Eleanor; passage, in the Knight Island group, Prince William sound, along the 

south side of the island on which is Point Eleanor. Local name, reported by Grant, 1905. .

Eleanor; point, the north point of Knight island, Prince William sound. Named 

by Vancouver, 1794. Vancouver's Knight island has proven to be three 

islands, and Eleanor point is the north point of the most northerly. .

Elephant; point, in Eschscholtz bay, Kotzebue sound. So named by Beechey, 

1826,-"from the bones of that animal being found near it."

Elephants Head; mountain peak, on the eastern shore of Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Eleutak; Eskimo village, Yukon delta on the left bank of Kwemeluk pass, near 

latitude 62° 29', longitude 164° 52'. Eskimo name obtained by Putuam, 

1899, and written by him Eleutakainiut.

ElitniJc, bay and village; see Afoguak and Litnik.

Eliza; harbor, indenting the southern coast of Admiralty island, Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago. Discovered April 17, 1799, by Mr. Bumstead, of the ship Eliza, from Boston, Captain Rowan, and named 

" Eliza's Harbour, in compliment to our ship."

Eliza; point, the southern point of entrance to Port Armstrong, Baranof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794.

Elizabeth; cape, at the southwestern angle of Kenai peninsula, on east side 

of entrance to Cook inlet. So named by Cook, 1778, because " the discove.ry of it was connected with the Princess Elizabeth's birth-day" 

(II, 382). Sauer calls it, erroneously, Cape St. Elizabeth.
240 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Elizabeth; creek, and mountain (1,300 feet high), 20 miles northwest of Nome, 

Seward peninsula, on the right bank of Cripple river, near latitude 

64° 40', longitude 165° 55'. Prospectors' name, published in 1904.

Elizabeth; point, the northwest point of entrance to Rodniau bay, Peril strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore, 1895.

Elk; creek, 13 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, draining from 

the east through Twin lakes to Nome river, near' longitude 165° 15'. 

Local name, published in 1904.

ElkamoJe, island; see Chirikof.

Elkhorn; creek, tributary to the Niukluk from the south, in the Eldorado mining district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. Also, 

erroneously, Elkorn.

Elking'ton; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the east to Don river, 

near latitude 65° 32', longitude 166° 53'. Local name, obtained by 

Gerdine, 1901.

Elkuffu, cape; see Edward.

Ella; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to South fork Kuzitrin river from the 

south, near latitude 65° 20', longitude 163° 50'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Ella; point, on the eastei'n shore of Revillagigedo island, Behm canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 30', longitude 131°. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Ellamar; post-office (established September, 1900), at Gladhaugh bay, between 

ports Fidalgo and Valdez, on the northeastern shore of Prince William 

sound.

Ellice; point, on the Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. Named by Dease and 

Simpson, 1837, after the Right Hon. Edward Ellice. Erroneously Elice.

Elliott; creek, tributary to the Kotsina from the east. Name from a manuscript map made by prospectors in 1900. Erroneously Elliot.

Elliott; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Sorrels creek from the 

west, near latitude 65° 05', longitude 147°. Local name, obtained by 

Gerdine, 1903.

Ellis; creek, 8 miles north of Nome, Seward "peninsula, on the southeast slope 

of Mount Brynteson, tributary from the north to Glacier creek, near 

longitude 165° 22'. Local name, published in .1.901.

Ellis; point, the northwestern point of entrance to Tebenkof bay, Kuiu island, 

Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794. 

An Indian village here has been called Point Ellis village.

Ellsworth Cut; a narrow channel, in Sitka sound, separating Harris island 

from the Baranof shore. Named Ellsworths Cut by United States 

naval -officers, 1879, after Lieut. Henry G. Ellsworth, United States 

Marine Corps.

Elma; island, one of the Sannak group, between Sannak and Caton islands, 

longitude 162° 30'. So named by the Fish Commission in 3890.

Elmer; creek, 11 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, a right branch 

of Discovery creek, near longitude 165° 02'. Local name, published in 

1901.

Elongozhik; slough, Yukon delta, at the mouth of Kwiguk pass, near latitude 

62° 47', longitude 164° 50'. Eskimo name, reported by Putnam, 1899, 

and written variously Elougozheek and Elongozhewik.

Elovo-i, cape ; see Chiniak.

Elovoi, cape; see Spruce.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 241

.Elovoi; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Elovoi (spruce) by Vasilief, 1809. Variously called Spruce, 

Yelowoi, etc.

Elovoi,, island (Kodiak) ; see Spruce.

Elovoi; islet, opposite Hooniah sound, in Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Elovoi (spruce or fir) by Vasilief, 1833. Has also been written 

Yelowoi, Firtree, or Spruce island.

Elovoi, strait; see Narrow.

Elovoi vnutrennie, cape; see Inner Spruce.

Elrington; island, in southwestern part of Prince William sound, at entrance 

to Port Baiubridge, near latitude GO 0 , longitude 148° 10'. This is the 

island 011 which is Point Elringtoii. Local name, reported by Grant, 

1905.

Elrington; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Bainbridge, Prince William sound. Named by Vancouver, 1794.

Elsie; point, the easternmost point of Bell island, Behui canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Elson; bay, near Point Barrow. So named by Beecbey, September, .1.826, " in 

compliment to Master Thomas Elson," R. N., a member of his party. 

Its Eskimo name, according to English naval officers, is Tasuk; according to Ray it is Tas'yfik, meaning inclosed water (bay) ; written also 

Tashuk. Compare with Techek.

Eluktuk; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, on the left bank of Kwikluak pass, 

near latitude 02° 42', longitude 164° 23'. There is or was a Catholic 

mission here. Eskimo name, obtained by Putnam, 1899, and written 

Eluktukamiut. On Coast Survey chart 9373 (edition of 1899) this 

place was named Kogwearnnit, and (edition of 1901) Eluktukamiut.

El-yoy-o-lok-tok, river; see Kogoluktuk.

Emerald; creek, in the Controller bay region, Gulf of Alaska, tributary to 

Puffy creek. Prospectors' name, from Martin, 1904.

Emerald; gulch, in the Mount Wrangell district, tributary to Elliott creek on 

the north. Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall, 1903.

Emgeten; island, in northeastern part of Sitka sound, Barauof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief, 1809. Has been variously 

given as Emheleni, Emgayteu, etc. It has also been called Luce island. 

Origin or meaning pf name not discovered.

Emheleni, island; see Emgeten.

Emilie; canyon, on Sanford river,'near latitude 62° 30'. So named by Abercrombie, 1898.

Emily; island, in Duncau canal, Kupreauof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Thomas, 1887.

Emily; peak, in eastern part of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Thomas, 1887.

Emma; cape, on the southern shore of Benuett island, Arctic ocean. At this 

point the shipwrecked crew of the United States arctic exploring 

steamer Jeannette landed, in 1881, and De Long named the cape after 

his wife.

Emma; creek, tributary to Middle for)-: Koyukuk river from the west, near latitude 07° 15'. Local name, obtained by Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Emma; gulch, in the Copper River region, at the headwaters of Chititu creek. 

Prospectors' name, first appears on map by George M. Esterly, Valdez, 

1902. 

Bull. 299 06 M 16
242 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Emma; lake (Lake Emma), Kenai peninsula, draining through Indian river 

into Tustumena lake from the west. Local name, from Moltit, 1904.

Emmerich.; mountain (6,940 feet high), about 6 miles west of Pyramid harbor, 

Lynn canal, southeast Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey in .1.897.

Emmons; island, in Hooniah sound, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago, near 

latitude 57° 36', longitude 135° 32'. So named by Moore, 1895, after 

Lieut. George Thornton Emmons, U. S. N.

Emmons; point, Hooniah sound, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago; the most 

easterly point of Emmous island above. Named by Moore, 1895.

Emogarikchoit, lake; see Inland lake and E-mug-ge-row-che-uk village.

EmpaUsada, Punta de la; see Palisade.

Empinado; cape, on the southeastern shore of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Cabo Empinado (high cape) by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779. Erroneously Etpiuado.

Empty; island, one of the Kasiana group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Pustiia (empty) by Vasilief, 1809.

E-mug-ge-row-che'iiJc; Eskimo village, on Selawik river, near Inland lake, 

at the Arctic circle, about longitude 160°. Such is the name as Stoney 

got it in 1884. Cautwell, 1884, wrote the Eskimo name of Inland lake, 

Emogarikchoit (little sea).

Emukpun. This Eskimo name appears on Ray's map of 1885 for some feature, 

perhaps a lagoon near western end of Prison bay at Point Barrow, 

Arctic coast.

Emuruk, lake; see Imuruk.

Enchantment; cape, on the northwestern shore of Russell fiord, Yakutat bay, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell, 1891.

Endicott; arm, of Holkham bay, Stephens passage,' southeastern Alaska. Named 

by Mansfield, 1889, after Hon. William Crowniushield Eudicott, Secretary of War, 1885-1889.

Endicott; lake, on the eastern border of Muir glacier. Named by Reid, 1890- 

1892. The valley was named Main by Muir, and by Reid changed to 

Endicott on account of improved knowledge of its relation to Endicott 

river.

Endicott; plateau and mountain range in northern Alaska, north of the Arctic 

circle and constituting the divide between the Yukon and Arctic drainage. It is the Alaskan extension of the Rocky mountains. So named 

by Alien, 1885, probably after the Secretary of War. Named Davidsou 

by Turner, 1890, probably after Prof. George Davidsou.

Endicott; river, on the mainland, tributary to Lynu canal from the west, southeastern Alaska. Named by United States naval officers, 1880, after 

Hon. William C. Endicott, Secretary of War.

Endicott; valley, southeast of Muir glacier. Named Main valley by Muir, and 

this name changed, by Reid, to Endicott valley on account of improved 

knowledge of its relations to Endicott river.

Endora, mountain; see Eudora.

Engano, Cabo del; see Edgecumbe.

JSngaylen, island; see Emgeten.

Engelstadt; creek, western Alaska, a south branch of Shaktolik river, near latitude 64°. Prospectors' name, published in 1900 as Eugelstad.

Engelstadt; mountain, east of Norton sound, on the headwaters of Anvik river, 

near latitude 63° 30'. Prospectors' name, published in 1900 as Engelstad. ,
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 243

Engineer; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Gilmore creek from the 

south, near latitude 64° 55', longitude 147° 40'. Local name, obtained 

by Gerdiue, 1903.

Engineers; point, on the eastern shore of 'Portland canal. Name published by 

the Coast Survey in 1897.

English; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Unalaska, opposite Uualga island, 

near longitude 166° 15'. This bay was visited and surveyed by Cook, 

June 28 to July 2, 1778. He says the natives call it Saniganoodha. 

Written also Samganuda. The termination uda or uddak means liny. 

Because of this visit by Cook the Russians often called it English bay, 

and this is the present usage.

English, bay, Cook inlet; see Graham harbor.

English; shallow bay, indenting the southern shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof 

islands, Bering sen, near longitude 170° 18'. Name derived, according 

to Elliott, from the circumstance that a large British vessel was 

wrecked here in 1847.

Ennis, point; see Bald Head.

Enochlcin, bay ; see Iniskin. '«

Enriyht, creek; see Slate.

Ensenada del Principe; see Chatham.

Entrance; cape, forming the western point of entrance to a small bay on northern shore of Kupreanof strait, Kodiak group. Named Ustia (entrance) 

by Murashef 1839-40, a name which, in 1849, was applied by the Russian American Company to a point a little farther west.

Entrance; island, at entrance to St. John Baptist bay, in Neva strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan, 1884.

Entrance; island, at entrance to Swanson harbor, in Icy strait, near southern 

end of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given 

by United States naval officers in 1880.

Entrance; island (458 feet high), in mouth of Hobart bay, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Entrance; island, near the north end of Wiustanley island, in Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So called by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Entrance; island (45 feet high), at mouth of Symonds bay, Biorka island, Sitka 

sound. So.named by Symonds, 1879.

Entrance; island, south shore of Port Araldez, Prince William sound, just inside 

Valdez narrows, near latitude 61° 05', longitude 146° 34'. So called 

by Kitter, 1901.

Entrance, island; see Twins (The).

Entrance; islet,.the guide to the channel, at entrance to McHeury inlet, Etolin 

island, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 50°, 

longitude 132° 27'. So named and described by Moser, 1900.

Entrance; point, the eastern point of entrance to Sawmill cove, Dall island, 

Howkan strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, 1882. Also 

named Chapman point by Sheldon Jackson, after James E. Chapman, 

commissioned as a teacher at Howkan village, August, 1881.

Entrance; point, on north shore of Douglas island, .marking the western entrance to Gastineau channel, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Symonds, 1880.

Entrance; point, the north point of entrance to Klawak inlet, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 30'. So named by Moser, 

1897.
244 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Entrance, point, Hooniah harbor; see Hooniah point and bluff.

Entrance, point, Port Frederick; see Grist.

Entrance; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Valdez, Prince William 

sound. So named by Abercrornbie, 1898.

Entrance; point, the western point of entrance to Narrow strait (between 

Kodiak and Spruce islands). Named Nachaluie (entrance) by Munishef, 1839-40.

Entrance; point, being the eastern point of Raspberry island, Kodiak group, 

and marking the beginning of Kupreanof strait. Named Nachaluie 

(beginning) by Murashef, 1839-40. . Entrance; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Moller, Alaska peninsula. 

So named by Da 11, 1880.

Entrance; rock, in entrance to Hassler harbor, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1882.

Entry; peak (1,400 feet high), on the southern coast of Wales island, Dixou 

eutrauce, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 189.1.

Enukelinguk; slough, Yukon delta, opening on the left bank of Kwikpak pass,

.. 20 miles below the head of the delta, near latitude 62° 45', longitude

164° 02'. Eskimo name, reported by Faris, 1899, as Enukehliiiciik-pvik.

Eolus; point, the southern point of entrance to Breezy bay, Tlevak strait. This 

name, given by Da'11, 1882, was suggested by the strong winds encountered there.

E-oo-vogen, island; see St. Lawrence.

E-oio-ick, island; see Chamisso.

Epizetka; river, northwest Alaska, debouching in the lagoon on the Arctic 

coast 20 miles southwest of Point Lay and just north of the Kukpowruk, 

near latitude 69° 80'. Eskimo name, reported by Collier, 1904.

Equibel, bay or gulf; see Esquibel.

Erickson; creek, in the Rampart region, tributary to Hess creek from the south, 

near latitude 65° 30', longitude 148° 50'. Local name from Lieutenant 

Erickson, U. S. A., 1902.

Erickson; creek, eastern Alaska, on the west bank'of Charley river, which is 

affluent to the Yukon from the south; near longitude 143°. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, 

U. S. A., 1905.

Erickson; gulch, 8 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the north bank 

of Glacier creek, near longitude 165° 21'. Local name, published in 

' 1903.

Ericsson; peak (4,296 feet high), on the mainland, northeast of Frederick 

sound. Named by Thomas, 1887, after the distinguished Swedish engineer John Ericsson, inventor of the Monitor. Erroneously Ericsou on 

some charts.

Ermine; island, on the southeastern shore of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. 

Named Gornostai (weasel or ermine) by the Russian American Company, 1849. '

Ermosnidnslde, cape; see Kovrizhka.

Ernest; point, the southwesterly point of Onslow island at the north point of 

entrance to Ernest sound, Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near 

latitude 55° 51', longitude 132° 22'. So applied by local navigators, 

and reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Ernest; sound, east of Prince of Wales archipelago, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Prince Ernest's sound by Vancouver, 1793, " after His Royal 

Highness Prince Ernest"
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 245

Ernestine; creek, tributary*to the headwaters of Kanata river. Local name, 

reported by Schrader, 1900.

Error; island, one of the Kutchurna group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Oshibki (error) by Vasilief, 1809. Has also been written 

Oshinpi and Oshipki. Has also been called White island, and Ship 

island.

Erskine; bay, at head of Beaver bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 166° 35'. So named by the Fish Commission, 1888, after Capt. 

Melzin C. Erskiue of the Alaska Commercial Company. Sarichef, 1792, 

calls it Kikukaleu, apparently its native name. Veniaminof calls it 

Kikukalia.

Erskine; point, the eastern head of Kalekta bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians, 

near latitude 53° 59', longitude 106° 16'. So named by the Fish Commission, 1888, after Captain Erskiue, of the Alaska Commercial Company.

Escape; cape, on Kruzof island, at junction of Hay ward strait and Krestof 

sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Koloshskoi streclii (Koloshlan 

escape) by Vasilief, 1809.

Escape; point, on the western shore of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 1793, in commemoration of his escape 

from a hostile attack by the natives. Izbavleuia (deliverance) of the 

Russians.

Escarpment; cape, on the northern shore of Norton sound. Named Utes (cliff 

or bluff) by Tebenkof, 1833, which is translated cscarpe by Lutke. 

Descriptive name. Not found .on recent maps.

Eschscholtz; bay, an arm of Kotzebue sound. Named by Kotzebue, August, 

1810, after Dr. Frederick Eschscholtz, his physician and naturalist. 

Also has been written Eschholtz, Escholtz.

Eshamey; bay, on western side of Prince William sound. Local name, reported 

by Grant, 1905, but not located.

Eska; creek, on the 'north bank of Matanuska river, 15 miles above the mouth 

of the latter, between Tsadaka and Granite creeks, near latitude (il° 

40', longitude 149°. Local name, reported by Martin, 1905.

Esker; glacial stream, from the Malaspina glacier, debouching near the head of 

Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell 1891.

Eskimo; island, in Harrison bay, Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. Named 

Esquimaux by Dease and Simpson, 1837.

Eaogem-unga; talus slide in the bluff at the west end of St. George island, Bering 

sea, a little southeast of Fox Castle, near longitude 169° 45'. Aleut 

name written Eso'gem-iiugil' (hair-seal trail) and so described by 

Putnain, 1897.

Espada, Punta de; see Sword.

Espenberg; cape, .the southern point of entrance to Kotzebue sound. Named 

by Kotzebue, 1816, after his friend, Dr. Karl Espenberg, who, as surgeon, accompanied Krusenstern on his voyage round the world, 1803- 

1806. Erroneously Espenburg and Spauberg. The Eskimo name is 

given as Toatnt and Togotet.

Espenberg; river, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kotxebue sound, near Cape 

Espenberg. Local name, obtained by Gerdine, 1901.

Esperanza; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Goodhope river from the 

south, near latitude 65° 40', longitude 163° 40'. Prospectors' name, 

obtained by Meudeuhall, 1901.

Esperanza, point; see Latouche.
246 GEOGRAPHIC DICTION"AEY OF ALASKA.

Esquibel; bay or gulf, on the western coast of Prince of Wales archipelago. 

So named by Maurelle, 1779. Variously denominated bay and gulf. 

Misspelled Esquible. The original name is given by Petrof as Bahfa 

de Esquivel. According to Davidson, it is Golfo de Esquibel on the 

original Spanish chart.

Esqiiimauas, island ; see Eskimo.

Essawa; salmon stream, on Dall island, Alexander archipelago. Probably a 

native name, reported by Moser, 1897.

Essie; creek, eastern Alaska, on the east bank of Charley river, which is affluent 

to the Yukon from the south, near longitude 143°. Prospectors' name, 

from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 

1905.

Estelle; mountain, near headwaters of Kusbokwim river, longitude 153°. So 

named by Post, of the Geological Survey, 1898.

Esteriles, islas; see Barren.

Esther; creek, 10 miles west of Fairbanks, tributary to Cripple creek, from the 

north, near longitude 148°. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1905.

Esther; island, in Port Wells, Prince William sound. So named by Vancouver, 

1794.

Estrella; port, in Malaspina island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Puerto de la Estrella (port of the star) by Maurelle aud Quadra, 

1775-1779.

Estuardo, Isla.de; see Afognak island.

Esnlctu, river ; see Usuktu.

Esutkwa; small stream, in northernmost Alaska, near the United States refuge 

station Utkiavi. Eskimo name from Ray, 1885.

Etches; port (Port Etches), indenting the western shore of Hinchinbrook 

island, Prince AVilliam sound, Gulf of Alaska, near latitude 60° 20', 

longitude 146° 35'. Visited and named by Portlock, 1787, after John 

and Cainden Etches & Co., of London, early fur traders on the Northwest coast. Dixon, 1787, called it Port Rose. The Russians adopted 

the native name Nuchek, which has been variously written Noocheck, 

Nutschek, etc., and even Noojscha.

Etivluk; river, tributary to Colville river from the south, near latitude 68° 15'. 

longitude 150°. Visited by Stoney, 1885, who wrote Etiv-luk and explored by Ensign Howard, of Stoney's party, in the spring of 1886.

Etivoli; river, tributary to the Colville from the west, and rendezvous village, 

at the limit of boat navigation on the Colville. Visited by Ensign 

Ploward, of Stouey's expedition, in spring of 1886. Written Etivoli-par 

and E-tiv-o-li-par by Stoney. Par, probably the same as pah and pai 

meaning moutU of.

Etivuk; river, tributary to the Colville from the west. Latitude 68° 50', longitude 156° 30'. Reported by Howard, of Stoney's expedition, 1886.

Etolin; cape, the northernmost point of Nuuivak island, Bering sea, near latitude 60° 25'. So named by the Russians-after Cap.t- Adolph Karlovich 

Etolin, director of the Russian American colonies, 1841-1845, who, with 

Khrornchenko, explored this region in 1821. It has also been called 

Khronichenko.

Eeolin, cape; see Corwin.

Etolin, harbor ; see Wrangell.

Etolin; island, between Wrangell island and Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago. Nained by the Russians after Etolin, governor of the Russian American colonies, 1841-1845. Variously written Etholen (Bancroft's Hist, p. 559), Etholine, Etoline, etc.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 247

Etolin; mountain (3,778 feet high), in the southern part of Etolin island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, .1886, after Director Etolin.

Etolin; point, in Bristol bay, the eastern .point of entrance to Nushagak river. 

So called by Lutke, about 1830, after Director Etolin, who made sni'veys 

 and explorations in this region in 1821. Variously spelled Etholin, 

Etoline, and also called Bristol and Bristolski.

Etolin; strait, separating Nunivak island from the mainland, Bering sea. Discovered, in 1821, by Etolin, afterwards governor of the Russian American colonies, who named it Cook strait, after Cap*. James Cook. Krusenstern, however, proposed that it be called after its discoverer, Etolin, and 

accordingly it appears variously as Cook or Etolin strait.

Etta; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary on north bank of East fork Solomon 

river, near latitude 04° 42', longitude 164° 10'. Prospectors' name, 

from Gerdine, 1905.

EtuleUyemutc, Eskimo village; see Itulilik.

Euchre; mountain, in the Nutzotin mountains, southern Alaska, about latitude 

62°. Named by Brooks, 1899, after a favorite horse.

E'udocia or EudoJcia, islands; see Semidi.

Eudora; mountain (3,500 feet high), on Prince of Wales island, between Mbira 

and Cholmondeley sounds, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover, 

1885. Erroneously Endora.

E'lidoaiia, islands; see Seinidi.

Eugenia; point, on the northern shore of San Juan Bautista island, Bncareli 

bay, Prince of 'Wales archipelago. Named Punta de [illegible] Eugenia 

by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Eureka; creek, in the Kantishha region, on the east (right) bank of Moose 

creek, which is a, left fork of Bearpaw creek, near latitude 63° 30', longitude 150° 30'. So named by prospectors in 1905, and reported by 

Pr indie.

Eureka; creek, tributary to Skookum river from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Eureka; creek, Seward peninsula, on east bank of Solomon river, 4 miles from 

coast of Norton sound, near longitude 164° 22'. Prospectors' name, 

from Gerdine, 1905.

Eureka; creek, Seward peninsula, in Casadepaga valley, tributary on south 

bank of Canyon creek, near latitude 64° 51', longitude 164° 21'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 1905.

Eureka; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Ininachuk river near its source, 

about latitude 65° 50', longitude 163° 10'. Prospectors' name, obtained 

by Witherspoou, 1903.

Eureka; creek, on Seward peninsula, tributary to North fork Kougarok river 

near its mouth, about latitude 65° 35', longitude 164° 40'. Prospectors' 

name, from Gerdine, 1901.

Eureka; creek, flowing southwest from near the headwaters of Minoolc creek. 

This stream joins Pioneer creek near where it sinks in the Tanana flats, 

about latitude 65°, longitude 150° 1.0'. Prospectors' name, published in 

1902.

Eureka; gulch, .1.5 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the west bank of 

Snake river at its head, near latitude 64° 42', longitude 165° 25'. 

Miners' name, from Gerdine, 1904.

Eureka, ledge; see Wayanda.

Eva; creek, 8 miles west of Fairbanks, on the north bank of Esther creek, 

tributary to Cripple creek from the north, near longitude 148°. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1905.
248 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Eva; islands, in the eastern part of Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Moore, 1895.

Eva; islet, near the entrance to Hamilton bay, Keku strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Moore, 1895.

Eva; lake, on the north shore of Baranof island, near Hanus bay, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Moore, 1895.

Eva; peak, in the divide between the headwaters of the Kuskokwim and 

Skwentua rivers, near longitude 153°. So named by Post, 1898.

Eva; point, on the mainland, the north point of entrance to Rudyerd bay, Behm 

canal. So called by the Coast Survey, in 1891; also called Slide point 

by the Coast Survey in 1894.

Evans; mountain (5,400 feet high), between Valdez glacier and Klutina lake. 

So named by Abercrombie, 1898.

Evans; point, on the northern coast of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. Named 

by Berry, 1881, presumably after Commander (now Rear-Admiral) 

Rob ley Dunglison Evans, U. S. N.

Evasha; river, on the Arctic slope, an upper left fork of Sawanukto river, near 

latitude 68° 30', longitude 150°. Eskimo name, obtained by S. J. 

Marsh, a prospector, 1901-1903.

Evdokeeff, island; see Chowiet and Seniidi.

Evelsheark, river; see Redstone.

Everell; creek, eastern Alaska, on the east bank of Charley river, which is an 

affluent to the Yukon from the south, near longitude 143°. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major Gla.ssford, Signal 

Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Everett; peak (3,645 feet high), on the mainland, near Port Snettisham, southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1888, after the distinguished 

orator Edward Everett.

Evesheark, river ; see Redstone.

EvrashicMchie, cape; see Marmot.

Evrashka, bay ; see Marmot.

Ewan; bay, on western side of Prince William sound. Local name, reported by 

Grant, 1905, but not located.

Ewdokijefftian, islands ; see Semidi.

Ewen Nass. Vancouver gives this as the supposed Indian name of Portland 

inlet and connecting waters. Ewen was by him supposed to mean 

great, while the meaning of Nass he did not discover.

Excelsior; creek, in the Copper River region, tributary to Gakona river from 

the north. Prospectors' name, obtained by Mendenhall, 1902.

Excelsior; creek, tributary to Mission creek from the west, 7 miles west of 

Eagle. Local name, reported by Barnard, 1898. Spurr, 1896, called it 

Twelve Mile creek.

Exchange; cove, in Prince of Wales island, opening into Kashevarof passage, 

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, 1886.

Exchange; island, in Kashevarof passage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, 1886.

Excursion; inlet, on the northern shore of Icy strait, between Lynn canal and 

Glacier bay, near latitude 58° 25', longitude 135° 27'. It was entered 

by the excursion steamer Idaho, in 1883, and named Excursion inlet 

by pilot W. E. George. It is said to be known as Hudson Bay inlet, 

and appears on the charts as Hudson Bay inlet and Hudson Bay or 

Excursion inlet.
GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 249

Expedition; islet, in Iliuliuk harbor, Unalaska bay, near longitude 166° 33'. 

So named by Dull, 1871.

Expedition; point, on the northeastern shore of Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869.

Extra Dry; creek, 7 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Nome river from the west, near longitude 165° 15'. Local name, published in 1900. The neighboring creek is named Dry.

Eyak; lake, native village, and river, at western edge of Copper River delta, 

near latitude 60° 32', longitude 145° 40'. Petrof in the Tenth Census, 

1880, wrote it Ikhiak. The Eleventh Census, 1890, has Ighiak or 

Odiak. Recent maps have Eyak. Moser, 1897, calls the village Odiak, 

the lake and river Eyak. Pronounced Ai-ak. See Odiak.

Eye Opener; islet, in Portillo channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Abre-el-ojo (open the eye) by Maurelle and Quadra. 

1775-1779.

Eye Opener (The); a dangerous rock, covered at three-fourths tide, near the 

middle of Sunnier strait, off Red bay, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Atkroiglaza (eye opener) by the Russians. Also known locally as Shoo 

Fly rock.

Fair; island, at junction of Beecher passage and Duncan canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Fairbanks; creek, tributary from the north to Fish creek, which is tributary to 

Little Chena river, near latitude 65° 05', longitude 147° 15'. Named 

after Senator (afterwards Vice-President) Fairbanks.

Fairbanks; town, post-office (established in 1903), and mining district on the 

Tauaua river, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 147° 40'. A trading post 

was established on the site of the town in 1901, and mining operations 

in this district were begun in 1902. The town and district were named 

in honor of United States Senator Charles Warren Fairbanks, of 

Indiana, afterwards Vice-President.

Fairhaven; mining precinct, northeastern, part of Seward peninsula, on the 

south shore of Kotzebue sound.

Fairmount; island, north shore of Prince William sound, near mouth of Unakwik bay. Name from Schrader, .1900. This island, 50 or 60 miles 

southwest of Valdez, is about 4 miles across, and has been occupied 

since 1897 for the .propagation of blue foxes.

Fairplay; creek, tributary to Dennison fork Fortymile creek from the right, 

near latitude 64°, longitude 142° 30'. Prospectors' name, taken from a 

map in the Coast Survey archives drawn by E. F. Ball, a prospector, 

in 1898. . '

Fairplay; mountain (Mount Fairplay), in the Fortymile region, eastern Alaska, 

near latitude 64°, longitude 142°. Name taken from sketch map compiled by Maj. William Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

.Fairs; island, in Stockdale harbor, on western shore of Montague island, Prince 

William sound. So named by Portlock, 1787.

Fairview; creek, tributary to Bering sea near Cape Woolley, in western part of 

Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, from Barnard, 1900.

Fairway; island (100 feet high) and reef, in entrance to Aftleck canal, Sumner 

strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Fairway; island, in the eastern entrance to Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade, 1869. It has been reserved for light-house purposes by Executive order dated January 4, 1901.
250 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Fairway; rock, south of Whale island, Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Farvaternoi (fairway) by Vasilief, 1809.

Fairway; rock, forming part of the Dioraede group of islands in Bering strait. 

So named by Beechey, 1820, because, he says, " it is an excellent guide 

to the eastern channel." Its native name has been variously written 

Okivaki, Oo-ghe-e-ak, Ugiiak, etc.

Fairway, rocks ; see Green.

Fairweather; cape, on the mainland, in the St. Elias region. Named Fair 

Weather by Cook, May, 1778. It is Beautems of La Ferouse (1786), 

Buentiempo of Galiano (1802), Cape de Beautemps of De Mofras 

(1.844), Gutwetter of Grewingk (1849), Horoshi. pogodi of the Russians, 

and L'tua of Tebenkof (1849). : The last is the native name.

Fairweather; mountain (15,292 feet high), in the St. Elias region, near latitude 

58° 55', longitude 137° 30'. So named by Cook, May, 1778, doubtless 

on account of fine weather at the time of his visit; universally called 

Fairweather by English-speaking people. It is Beautems of La 

Perouse (1780), Buen-tiempo of Galiano (1802), Horoshi pogodi of the 

Russians, Phaier-veder of Tebenkof (1849), Gutwetterberg of Grewingk (.1850),. and Schonwetter Berg of Justus Pertlies, 1882. . This 

mountain with its neighboring peaks arid crest constitute the Fairweather range.

Fairweather; mountains or range, southeastern Alaska, " lie on the mainland 

from about 20 miles northwestward of Cape Spencer to Cape Fairweather."

Fairweather Ground. The waters of the north Pacific in the vicinity of the 

Fairweather range was much frequented by the whalemen fifty years 

ago, and by them called the Fairweather Ground.

Faith; creek, tributary to Chatauika river near its source, about latitude 65° 

20', longitude 146° 20'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Gerdine in 

1903.

Fake; pass, Davidson inlet, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 52', 

longitude 1.33° 41'. So named by Dickins, 1903-4, because " we 

thought we had discovered a good passage, but it turned out to be a 

fake."

Falfan; point, on the southern shore of Port Asumcioh, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Falfan by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779.

Fall; creek, on the north shore of Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago, 

tributary to Young bay, near latitude 58° 10', longitude 134° 40'. 

Local name, reported by Spencer and Wright, 1903.

Fall; creek, tributary to Kluvesna creek from the north. Prospectors' name, 

from Gerdine, 1900.

Fall; creek, tributary to the headwaters of Kanata river. Name from Schrader, 

1.900.

Fall; creek, tributary to Iinuruk basin from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Falls; creek, southwestern shore Etolin island, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, affluent to McHeury inlet at the head of the east cove at its 

head, near latitude 56° 03', longitude 132° 21'5 Local descriptive name, 

reported by Moser, 1900.

Falls; creek, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Reported by Moser, 1897, 

but not located.

Falls; creek, Kenai peninsula, on the north shore of Kachemak bay, near longitude 151° 10'. Descriptive name, reported by Stone, 1904.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 251

Falls, creek ; see Sonickson.

Falmouth; harbor, indenting the western shore of Nagai island, Shnmagins. 

So named by Dall, 1872, after a vessel of tbat name driven into it by a 

gale, which is the first vessel known to have entered it.

False; bay or anchorage, on the eastern shore of Chichagof island, Chatham 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Name adopted by Meade, 1869, from the 

fur traders.

False; cape, near Franklin point, Arctic coast. Perhaps it is the easternmost 

point of the Seashore islands. So called on British Admiralty chart 

593 (ed. of 1882).

False; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary to Trail creek from the east near its 

junction with Kenai lake, about latitude 00° 27', longitude 149° 20'. 

Local name, from Moflit, 1904.

False; hill, at head of Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. 

So called by the Coast Survey as early as 1891 and perhaps earlier.

False; island, on the northern shore of Peril strait, opposite Rodman bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore, 1895.

False; point, on the eastern shore of Port Frederick, Icy strait. Alexander' 

archipelago, near longitude 135° 27'. So named by United States naval 

officers, 1880.

False, rock ; Sitka sound; see Liar.

False Channel; bay, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Meade, 1809.

False CMlfcat, inlet; see Chilkoot.

False Ears; mountain, on Seward peninsula, south of Goodhope bay, Kot/ebue 

sound. So called on British Admiralty chart 593 (ed. of 1882). Perhaps so called by some of the English naval officers engaged in the 

Franklin search expeditions, 1849-1854. See Ears.

False Green; point, on the mainland near the mouth of Stikine river. Called 

by Durkin and Kadin, who made a survey here in 1803, " Lower limit 

of Zelonoi (green) cape," whence the names False or South Zelonoi 

point, False Green point, and False Zelonoi point.

False Island; point, near to and resembling Island point, Lindenberg peninsula, 

Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

False Lead; an opening leading from Tlevak strait to View cove, Dall island, 

Alexander archipelago. Being liable to be mistaken for the main channel it was named False Lead by Nichols, 1881.

False Lindenberg; rocky bluff, on the northern shore of Peril strait, on the 

southeastern shore of Chichagof island. Name probably adopted by the 

Coast Survey from the pilots.

False Mount Calder; see Red Bay mountain.

False Pass, strait; see Isanotski.

False Point Pybus; point, the southeasternmost point of Admiralty island, 

Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. . It has been confused on some 

charts with the true Point Pybus, which is about 5 miles southwest 

from it.

False Point Retreat; point, on the western shore of Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago, about 5 miles south of the true Point Retreat. 

Named from fancied resemblance to Point Retreat.

False Zelonoi, point; see False Green.

Fankuda; island, on the southern shore of Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. So called by Vasilief, 1809.

Fannie; island, in Port Snettisham, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Thomas, 1888.
252 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Fanshaw; bay, indenting the mainland coast on the eastern side of Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 12'. So named by 

Thomas, 1887.

Fanshaw; cape, 011 the northeastern shore of Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794.

Fanshaw; peak (2,818 feet high), on the mainland, near Cape Fanshaw, northeast of Frederick sound. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Fanshaw; range of mountains, on the mainland, northeast of Frederick sound, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Far; cape, on the northern shore of Whale island, Kodiak group. Named Dalnie (far or distant) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Far; mountain (4,752 feet high), eastern Alaska, between headwaters of Chena 

river and Birch creek, near latitude 65° 05', longitude 145° 45'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1905.

Far; point, the easternmost of the Barrier islands, Cordova bay, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Moser, 1897.

Faraday; gulch, 9 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, draining 

into St. Michael creek from the north, near longitude 165° 08'. Name 

from Gerdiue, 1904.

Farallon; see Kekur.

Farewell, island, Lynn canal; see Pyramid.

Farewell; mountain, on the left bank of the Kuskokwim river, near latitude 02° 

30', longitude 154°. So named by Spurr and Post, 1898. '

Farewell; point, the southern extreme of Cheruabura island and the southernmost point of the Shumagin group. Name supposed to have been 

adopted by the Coast Survey from the fishermen or Russians. It is the 

last land seen by the fishermen when setting out from their fishing 

grounds for home.

Faris; peak, in the southwestern part of Unimak island, 3 miles south of 

Pogronini volcano, near latitude 54° 32', longitude 164° 40'. Named 

by Supt. O. II. Tittmaun, of the Coast Survey, "after R. L. Faris, of 

Westdahl's party, Avho determined its geographic position in 190.1.

Farm; island, in delta at mouth of Stikine river. So named by Thomas, 1887. 

The island is low and flat.

Farmer. A cape in Dixon entrance was so named, by Douglas, 1789. Identity 

doubtful 'and name obsolete.

Farnsworth; island, in Tanana river, near longitude 143° 30'. So called by 

Lieutenant Mitchell, Signal Corps, U. S. A., in 1902.

Farragut; bay, on the northern shore of Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, 1887, after Admiral David Glascoe Farragut, U. S. N.

Fassett; glacier,-southeastern coast of Alaska, on the north side of Dry bay, at 

the head of Ustay river, near longitude 138° 30'. So named by Moser, 

1901, after H. C. Fassett, of the Fish Commission, a member of his 

party.

Fassett^ island, in Albatross anchorage, Portage bay, Alaska peninsula. So 

named by the Fish Commission in September, 1893.

Fassett; islet, in Sitka sound, one of the Kutchuma group. Named by Beardslee, 1880, presumably after Sailmaker Thomas O. Fassett, U. S. N. 

Has been erroneously written Fasseet and Fasset.

Fassett; point, on north side of Moser bay, Alitak bay, Kodiak. So named by 

Moser, 1900, after H. C. Fassett, a member of his party.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 253

Fatigue; bay, between Smith bay and Dease inlet, on tbe Arctic coast, east of

Point Barrow. So named by Dease and Simpsou, in 1837, hi memory

of their tedious and fatiguing walk around it. 

Fault; mountain, on headwaters of Koyukuk river, near latitude 08°. So

named by Schrader, 1898.

Faust; island, in Seymour canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1890, after Ensign William H. Faust, U. S. N., u member of bis

party. 

Faust; sunken rock, in Sagiuaw channel, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago.

Discovered and named by Mansfield, 1890, after Ensign William Harry

Faust, U. S. N., a member of his party. 

Faustino; point, on the northwestern shore of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli bay, Prince of A\;ales archipelago. Named Puuta de San Faustiuo =by.Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. 

Favor; peak, in extreme eastern part of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Thomas, 1887. 

Favorite; anchorage, in Deadman reach, 1J miles southward of Otsoi island and

one-fourth mile off shore, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago, near

latitude 57° 32', longitude 135° 28'. So named by United States naval

officers, 1880, after the little steamer Favorite, belonging to the Northwest Trading Company.

Favorite; bay, at the head of the southernmost arm of Kootssnahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude

57° 28', longitude 134° 30'. So named by Moor'e, 1895. 

Favorite; channel, at south end of Lynn canal. Alexander archipelago. Named

by United States naval officers, 1880, after the steamer Favorite, above.

Also, erroneously, Favourite. 

Favorite; glacier, on the western shore of Glacier bay. Named by Keid, 1892,

after " the little steamer Favorite, in which Captain Beardslee first

entered Glacier bay in 1880." 

Favorite; reef, in Saginaw channel, on the southwestern shore of Shelter island,

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, 1885, after the

little trading steamer Favorite. 

Fawn; mountain (2,112 feet high), near the southern end of Kevillagigedo

island, Alexander archipelago. So named, 1883, by Nichols. Buck and

Doe mountains are near by. 

Fawn; point and reef, the southernmost point of Deer island, near Belkofski,

about longitude 162° 17'. So named by Dall, 1880. Called South cape

by the Fish Commission in 1888. 

Fawn; point, the north point of Deer island, at mouth of Herendeen bay,

Alaska peninsula, near longitude 160° 47'. So named by Tanner, 1890. 

Fawn; river, near Return reef, Arctic ocean. So named by Dease and Simpson,

1837. 

Feather; river, in the Cape Nome mining region, Seward peninsula, debouching

a little north of Cape Woolley. Local name, from Barnard, 1900. 

Fcddis, creek; see Fettis. 

Fee. One of the. glacial streams emerging from the Malaspina glacier was called

Fee river by the New York Times expedition of 1886. Seton Karr calls

it Fee Springs. 

Felice; strait, separating Annette island from other islands south and east of it,

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, 1883, after the

Felice, one of Meares's ships, which visited this coast in 1788. Is also

called Felice passage.
254 GEOGRAPHIC DICTION ART OF ALASKA.

Felix; cape, the southeastern'point of entrance' to Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named Cabo de San Feliz by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779, and variously called Saint Felix point, Point Saint Feliz, etc. 

According to Davidson, on the original Spanish chart, 1779, it is written 

Co. Santo Felix.

Ferebee; glacier and river, near the head of Lynu canal, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by United States naval officers, 1880, after Surg. Nelson Macpherson Ferebee, U. S. N., who visited the region that year. According 

to Dr. A. Krause, who visited the region in 1882, its native name is 

Dejiihssfinkessit.

Ferebee; rocks, in the Galankin group of islands, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by United States naval officers, 1880, after Surg. Nelson 

M. Ferebee, U. S. N. Erroneously Ferabee.

Ferebee; valley, in which Ferebee glacier heads. Named by United States 

naval officers, 1880.

Feryussan, point; see Rocky.

Fern; point, the eastern point of San Fernando island, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 30'. So named by Moser, 1897.

Fern; reef, half a mile east of Fern point, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by Moser, 1897.

Fern; shoal, a mile east of Fern point, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by Moser, 1897.

Ferrer; passage, the entrance to Disenchantment bay, from Yakutat bay. Variously called entrance, inlet, passage, and strait. According to Tebeukof 

it is said to have been so named by Malaspiua, 1791, after Ferrer 

Maldonado. The name is obsolete.

Fetkina; Eskimo village, in the Yukon delta. So called by Nelson, who visited 

it in December, 1878. Population 30, in 1880. Origin of name not discovered.

Fettis; creek, left fork of Franklin creek in the Fortymile region, near latitude 

64° 10', longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, written Feddis by Goodrich, 1896.

Fick; cove, in the southwestern shore of Hooniah sound, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 57° 37', longitude 135° 41'. So named by 

Moore, 1895.

Fickett; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the right. The river to which 

Alien. 1885, gave this name is now called John river; Schrader, 1899, 

applied it to a small tributary on the same side, 10 miles below. See 

John.

Fidalgo; mountain, on the northern shore of Prince William sound. Was called 

Volcan de Fidalgo by the Spaniards, probably in 1790, the name being 

published in 1802.

Fidalgo; port, indenting the eastern shore of Prince William sound. So named 

by Vancouver, 1794, in honor of Seiior Don Salvador Fidalgo, who visited this region in 1790.

Fiddler; bend, in Kasilof river, Kenai peninsula, near latitude 60° 20', longitude 

151° 08'. Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

ffifjaroJc, village; see Tigara.

Fighting John; peak (5,078 feet high), on the mainland, east of Thomas bay, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Figure Four; mountain (about 2,000 feet high), near shore of Bering sea, a 

little north of Goodnews bay. Local name from missionary Rornig and 

published by the Geological Survey in 1898.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 255

File; point, the southernmost point of Liesnoi island, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Fillmore; inlet, separating Fillmore island from the mainland, Dixon entrance. 

Named by the Coast Survey in 1891. Has been erroneously called 

Nakat inlet.

Fillmore; island, west of Pearse island, Portland canal, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Coast Survey, 1885, presumably after Ensign John Hudson Fillmore, U. S. N.

Fillmore; peak (3,033 feet high), on the mainland, near Port Snettisham, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1888, after President 

MM lard Fillmore.

Fillmore; rock, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Nichols, 1883.

Final; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Beaver inlet, Unalaska island, 

near longitude 166° 32'. So named by Gilbert, 1901.

Finns, Bocas de ; see Bocas de Finas.

Fine, cape; see Tonki.

Finegwi, point; see Finnegan.

Finger; islets, in Sumuer strait, off: Ruins point, Kosciusko island, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. So called in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 101).

Finger; lake, a few miles from the head of Kuik arm of Cook inlet. Descriptive 

name, given by Glenn, 1898.

Finger; mountain (2,800 feet high), on the northeastern shore of Hooniah 

sound, Chicagof island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 40', 

longitude 135° 23'; Descriptive name, given by Moore, 1895.

Finger; point, on the western shore of Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Descriptive name, given by Nichols, 1881.

Fink; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Inmachuk river from the east 

near latitude 05° 55', longitude 163°. Prospectors' name, obtained by 

Mendenhall, 1901.

Finnegan; point, on east bank Taiya river, southeastern Alaska, 4 or 5 miles 

above Dyea. Prospectors' name, written Finegau by Flemer, 1898.

Finneys; bay and island, northeastern shore of Sannak island, near latitude 

54° 25', longitude 162° 33'. ' So called by Westdahl, 1901.

Finski; bay, in northeastern part of Glacier island, Prince William sound, near 

latitude 60° 53', longitude 147° 10'. I^cal name, reported by Grant, 

1905.

Fir; island, between Ilput and Kanga islands, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Sosiiovoi (fir) by Vasilief, 1809.

Fire; island, near Knik (fire) arm, at head of Cook inlet. Name published by 

the Geological Survey in 1895. It was named Turnagain, by Vancouver, 

1794. It is Mushukli of Russian Hydrographic chart 1378 and Fire 

island of late charts.

Fire; "slet, in the northern end of Kashevarof passage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Fire; point, the northern point of entrance to Saks cove, Behm canal, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Fired; point, on the southern shore of Norton sound, a few miles east of St. 

Michael. Called Palenoi (fired) by Tebeukof, 1849.

Fired, point; see Palonoi. ^

First, glacier ; see Popof.

First; islet, in Sitka sound, near Whale island. Named Nachalnie (beginning) 

by Vasilief, 1809. Descriptive term.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY, OF ALASKA.

First; narrows, in Redfish bay, Barauof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

called by Moser, 1897.

First, point, Sitka sound; see Shoals.

First, rapid, Peril strait; see Northern.

First Chance; creek, Seward peninsula, draining from Kiwalik mountain into 

Koyuk river on the north, near latitude 65° 20', longitude 162°. Prospectors' name, obtained by Witherspoon, 1903.

First Kekur; an isolated rock or rocky islet, on the western shore of Baranof 

island, Alexander archipelago. So called by the Russians. Also written 

Kekour. See Kekur. ,

Firth; river, lying on both sides of the international boundary and falling into 

the Arctic ocean, near longitude 140°. So named by Turner, 1890, after 

John Firth, the Hudson Bay Company's agent at Rampart House, who 

accompanied Turner to the Arctic coast.

Firtree, island; see Elovoi and Spruce.

Fish; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Baranof island, Peril strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Rieba (fish) by the Russians, and 

variously called Rubia, Ribnaia, Fisch, and Fishing, and designated as 

bay or gulf.

Fish; bay, indenting the north shore of Port Fidalgo, eastern shore Prince 

William sound, near latitude 60° 50', longitude 146° 21'. Name from 

Ritter, 1908.

Fish; 1 creek, on Revillagigedo island, flowing into Tougass narrows, .at Ketchikan, near latitude 55° 20'. Name probably adopted by the Coast Survey from the pilots and published in 1883.

Fish; creek, on northwest part of Douglas island, tributary to Fritz cove. 

Local name, obtained by Peters, 1902.

Fish; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary on east bank of Solomon river, near 

latitude 64° 43', longitude 164° 18'. Prospectors' name, from a local 

map, 1904.

Fish; creek, in the Kantishua region, a west (left) branch of Bearpaw creek, 

near latitude 64°, longitude 150°. Name given by prospectors in 1905, 

and .reported by Prindle.

Fish; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Little Chena river from the 

west, near latitude 65° 05', longitude 147°. Local name, from Gerdine, 

1903.

Fish; creek, tributary to Hess creek from the north, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 149°. Local name, from Gerdine, 1903.

Fish; creek, tributary to the Yukon from the south, 3 miles above Rampart 

rapids, near longitude 151°. Local name, taken from Edwards's Track 

Chart of the Yukon, 1899.

Fish; creek, tributary to Chandlar river from the east, near latitude 68°. 

Local name, from Schrader, 1899.

Fish; creek, tributary to Middle fork Fortymile river from the south, near latitude 64° 20', longitude 142° 50'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1903.

Fish; creek, tributary to South fork of the Koyukuk from the south, near 

longitude 151° 15'. Prospectors' name, published in 1899.

Fish, creek, near mouth of Tanana; see Guthna.

Fish, creek, eastern Alaska; see Bonanza.

Fish; island, in Koyukuk river, near longitude 15\°. So named by Alien, 1885.

Fish; islet, in Felice strait, southeast of Annette island, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichpls, 1883.

Fish; lake, draining through Kijik river into Lake Clark, near latitude 60° 40', 

longitude 154° 30'. Name from Osgood, 1902.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA. 257

Fish; mountain, in the southwestern part of Revillagigeclo island, near Tougass 

narrows, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Fish; point, ou the mainland, on eastern shore of Behm canal, the northern 

point of entrance to Chickamiu river. So named by the Coast Survey 

in 1891.

Fish.; point, the northern point of entrance to Fish bay, in Peril strait, on the 

northwestern shore of Baranof island. Named Riebuie (fish) by the 

Russians.

Fish; river, Seward peninsula, which late maps show as one of the eastern 

affluents of the Niukluk. What is here regarded as the Niukluk bore 

the name Fish on most maps from 1809 till quite recently. Named by 

the Western Union Telegraph expedition, 1865-1867. Its Eskimo name 

was reported by the Russians as Ikeutpak and by the- Telegraph expedition as Icathliuk. See also Baton.

Fish; rock, in Iliuliuk harbor, Unalaska bay. SQ.named by Dall, 1871.

Fish; spit, -on west side of south entrance to Valdez narrows, Prince William 

sound. Local name, reported by Grant, 1905.

Fish. Creek; flat, bare at low water, northwest shore Tongass narrows, near 

Ketchikan, at month of Fish creek above. So described in the Coast 

Pilot of 1901.

Fish Egg; islets, in San Alberto bay, Bucareli bay, Alexander archipelago. 

Northeast of San Juan Bautista island about 1 mile, according to 

Nichols (Coast Pilot, 1891, p. 121), is a wooded rocky islet, named by 

Maurelle and Quadra, 1779, La Balandra (the sloop). Somewhat more 

than a mile farther, in the same direction, are two more rocky, woody 

islets, also named by Maurelle and Quadra, Los Mondragones, and 

called Balena by Moser, 1897. These three islets, says Nichols (Coast 

Pilot, p. 121), "have received the local name of Fish Egg islets." 

Moser, 1897, uses the name Fish Egg for a much larger island about a 

mile north of these, lying across the mouth of Klawak inlet. Moser's 

name is here adopted for the island and the islets near it.

Fisher; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the north to Burke creek, near 

longitude 165° 35'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1901.

Fisher; creek, eastern Alaska, on the south, bank of the Yukon, tributary to 

Bonanza creek, an affluent of Charley river from the east; near latitude 65° 10', longitude 142° 20'. Prospectors' name, from a sketch map 

compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Fisherman; point, ou the eastern shore of Unalaska island, Uualga pass; being 

the southern point of entrance to English bay, near longitude 166° 14'. 

So called by Gilbert, 1901, who wrote it Fishermans.

Fishery; point, ou the western coast of Admiralty island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. .Name published by the Coast Survey in 1883. 

There is an Indian fishing station here.

Fish Ranch; bay, in Mitrofania bay, Alaska peninsula, northeast of the Shumagius. So called by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Fitzgerald; island, eastern shore Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska, between 

Dolgoy island and the mainland. So named by Harber, 1892, after. 

C. W. Fitzgerald, one of his party.

Fitzgibbon; cove, in the mainland debouching into Behm canal, near Burroughs 

bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Fitzgibbon; point, on the mainland, in Behm canal, at entrance to Burroughs 

bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793.

Five Fathom; rocky patch in Redflsh bay, Baranof island, Alexander archi^ 

pelago. So named by Moser, 1897.

Bull. 299 06 M 17
258 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Five Fingers (The); group of islets and ledges, in Frederick sound, off Port 

Houghton, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive term "given by Meade, 

1869. This group, or the southeastern part of it, has been reserved for 

light-house purposes by Executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Fivemile; islet, in Sumner strait, 5 miles from Wrangell, whence the name 

Piatiuiilni (five mile) given by the Russians in 1863. May be Scraggy 

island of Meade, 1869.

Five Rivers; see Dry bay.

Flag; hill (1,200 feet high), on the eastern bank of Tauana river, near longitude 147°. Descriptive name, given by Peters and Brooks, 1898.

Flag; point, in Whitewater bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Glass, 1881.

Flambeau; river, tributary to Port Safety, Seward peninsula, near latitude 

64° 30', longitude 165°. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Flat; bay, on the western sb#re of Chilkoot inlet, Lynn canal. Said to have 

been so named by Dr. Arthur Krause in 1882. He reports its native 

name to be Nachk, also written Nakh.

'Flat; bight, indenting the western shore of Akutan island, Krenitzin group, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 166° 04'. Descriptive name, from 

Gilbert, 1901.

Flat; creek, 3 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to the head of 

Center creek, near longitude 165° 23'. Local name, published in 1904.

 Flat; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the east to Agiapuk river, near

latitude 65° 21'. Name from Gerdine, 1901. 

Flat; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the east to Anikovik creek near

York. Local name, obtained by Gerdiue, 1901.

Flat; creek, in the Kantisnna region, a left branch of Glacier creek, near lati- 

. . tude 64°, longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, given in 1905, and reported

by Prindie.

Flat; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary to Charley river from the east, near latitude 65° 10', longitude 142° 45'. Prospectors' name, reported by

Prindle, 1903. 

Flat; creek, tributary to Chancllar river, from the north, near longitude 148°.

Prospectors'name, imported by Schrader, 1899. , c 

Flat; island, in Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago, So

named by Helm, 1886.

Flat; island, in Security bay, Kuiu,island, Alexander archipelago, Descriptive 

 name, given by Meade, 1869,

 Flat', .island; see Wolf rock.

Flat; islet, near Graham harbor, Cook inlet. Descriptive name, given, presumably, by Dall, 1880.

Flat; islet, in Wrangell harbor, Alaska peninsula, north of the Sernidi group, 

, Named Gladkie (flat) by Vasilief, 1832. Has also been called Platte.

Flat; mountain (1,800 feet high), in California ridge, in the southeastern part 

of Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. Presumably a descriptive

' term, published by the Coast Survey in 1885.

Flat; point, on the eastern coast of Pearse island, Portland inlet. Named by 

Pender, .1868.

Flat; point, on the western shore of Portage bay, Kupreanof island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1882.

Flattop; peak (3,170 feet high), on Akutan island, 2 miles southwest of Akutan 

peak, near longitude 166° 02'. Descriptive name, from Gilbert, 1901.

Flat Top, point; see Lava.- .- ---..
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 259

Flaw; point, in Mole harbor, Seymour canal, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Flaxman; island, on the Arctic coast, near Camdeu bay, east of Point Barrow. 

So named by Franklin, 1820 (p. 151), "in honour of the late eminent 

sculptor."

Fleece; rock, about 12 feet above high water, in Dixon entrance, near Cape Fox. 

So named by Nichols, 1883.

Fleischmann; glacier, on the north side of Simpson pass in theMcKinley range; 

latitude 02°, longitude 153° 30'. So named by Herron, 1899.

Flemming; island, in the southwestern part of Prince .William sound. So 

called by Schrader, 1900. It is said that the large island to which 

Schrader applied this name is locally called Hoodoo island and that 

Flemming island is a much smaller island to the north of it maybe 

the one here called Gage.

Flemming; passage, in southwestern part of Prince William sound. Local 

name, reported by Grant, 1905.

Flemming; spit, 1£ miles southwest of Orca, Prince William sound. Local 

name, reported by Schrader, 1900.

Flock; rock, in Farragut bay, Frederick sound, Alexander ^archipelago. So 

named by the Co;..jt Survey in 1891.

Flood; glacier, on the western bank of the Stikine, near the international boundary. So called by the Coast Survey.

Floral; hills and pass, between Hayden and Lucia glaciers, St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. So called by Russell, 1890, " on account of the luxuriance of the vegetation covering them."

Florence; bar, in Koyukuk river, near the north end of Huggins island, about 

latitude 66°, longitude 154° 20'. Prospectors' name, given in 1899.

Florence; bay, " inside of Point Hayes," Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 57° 30'. So described'by Moser, 1897. From this description it appears to be a branch of Sitkoh bay.

Florence; cape, on the northwestern coast of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. So 

named by Berry, 1881.

Florence; creek, tributary to Eldorado river, from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Florence; creek, tributary to North fork Koyukuk river on the right bank, near 

latitude 67° 15',. longitude 150° 45'. Prospectors' name, published in

1902. .

Florence; gulch, 3 miles east of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the east bank of 

Otter creek near longitude 165° 17'. Local name, published in 1904.

Florence; group of islands in Koyukuk river, right bank, near latitude 65° 50', 

longitude 155°. The channel here is between Fry island and the Florence group of islands. Probably river pilots' name, reported by Lieutenant Camdeu, Revenue-Cutter Service, 1900.

Flores, Canal de; see Shelikof.

Flores; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Port Refugio, in Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales arcMpelago. Named Cabo de Flores (cape of flowers) 

by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Florida; creek, in the Rampart region, tributary to Mi nook creek about 8 miles 

above its month. Prospectors' name, obtained by Prindle, 1904.

Flume; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Pedro creek from the north 

near latitude 65°, longitude 147° 35'. Local name, obtained by Gerdiue,

1903.
260 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Flume; creek, eastern Alaska, on north bank of Gold creek, Salcha River 

drainage, near latitude 64° 50', longitude, 145° 35'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Witherspoon, 1905.

Flume; creek, eastern Alaska, on south bank of Seventymile creek, near latitude 65°, longitude 142° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by Priudle in 

1903. Erroneously Plume. *

Flume; gulch, in the Kaiitishua region, on the east (right) bank of Bearpaw 

creek, near latitude 64°, longitude 150°. So named by prospectors in 

1905, and reported by Prindle.

Flusser; peak, on the mainland, east of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Thomas, 1887.

Flynn; cove, south shore Icy strait, 7 miles northwest of Port Frederick, near 

latitude 58° 13', longitude 135° 36'. Named after H. F. Flynn, assistant, Coast Survey, with Dickins party in 1901.

Foggy; bay, indenting the mainland, in the southern part of Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, in 1883, 

or earlier. ,

Foggy; cape, the eastern end of Sutwik iskmd, Alaska peninsula, near the 

Semidis, about longitude 157°. Named by Cook in 1778. Exact locality 

of Cook's Foggy cape uncertain, as might be guessed from the weather 

conditions prevailing when it was named. Lntke identifies it with 

Cape Kumlinn, which see. Lutke also calls it Brumeux.

Foggy; island, between Camdeu bay and Colville river, Arctic coast, near longitude 148°. So named by Franklin, 1826, who describes (p. 155) " the 

propriety of designating this dreary place by the name of Foggy 

Island." 

Foggy, island; see Androriica.

Foggy, islands; see Semidi islands. Vancouver thought Chirikof island was the 

" Foggy island of Beering." But Cook applied the name Foggy to the 

present Semidi group and Vancouver named Chirikof (Tscherikow), 

after Bering's companion.

Foggy, islet; see Poa. »

Foggy; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. 

Apparently so named by the British Admiralty in 1890.

Foggy; point, on the mainland, in Revillagigedo channel, the south point of 

entrance to. Foggy bay. So named by Vancouver in 1793. The Russians called it Foggy or Brurnez (Turuamiie). On some charts it is 

Point Brurnez. .

Foggy Island; bay, between Camden and Harrison bays, Arctic coast. So 

named by Dease and Simpson, 1837.

Fogniak, island ; see Afognak.

Fohlin; creek, tributary to Lakina creek from the north. So nanied by Rohn, 

1899, after a member of his party.

Fontaine; island, in Shakan bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by 

Helm in 1886; has also been written Fontaiu.

Food, bay ; see Agamgik.

Fool; creek, Seward peninsula, a small tributary on west bank Casadepaga 

river, near latitude 64° 56', longitude 164° 10', Prospectors' name, 

from Gerdiue, 1905.

Fool; creek, northeastern Alaska, tributary to John river from the west, near 

latitude 67° 30', longitude 152° 15'. Prospectors' name, reportedly 

Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Fools; inlet, indenting the southern shore of Wrangell island, and opening into 

Ernest sound, Alexander a.rchipelago. So named by Snow. 1886.
GEOGKAPHtC DICTIONAEY OP''ALASKA. 261

Fools; point, on the western shore of Portland canal. Apparently.so named by 

- the Coast Survey in-1891.

Foraker; mountain (17,100 feet high), 15 miles southwest of Mount McKinley, 

near .latitude 63°, longitude 151° 30'. Discovered and named by Herron, 1899, after United States Senator Joseph Benson Foraker, of Ohio, 

lierron says that these two mountains, McKinley and Foraker, are 

called Bolshoi, the Russian word meaning Mff, by the Susitna tribe. 

They are called Din-az-ee by the Kuskokwims and Din-al-ee by the 

Tananas and Yukons.

Foot; island, in Steamboat bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Mansfield, 1889.

Foot, island; Prince William sound. See Latouche.

Foote; peak (5,176 feet high), on the mainland, near Thomas bay, Frederick 

sound, southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1887, after RearAdmiral Andrew Hull Foote, U. S. N.

Ford; arm of Khaz bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Chichagof island, 

. Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 34', longitude 130°. So named 

by Mopre, 1897, after Harry L. Ford, one of his party.

Ford; cove, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. Named Ford's by the Coast 

Survey, 1891, after Harry 'L. Ford.

Ford; rock, 150 yards long, bare only at lowest tides, Peril strait, off the entrance to Ushk bay, near latitude 57° 34', longitude 135° 31'. So 

named by Moore, 1895, after Harry L. Ford, one of his party.

Fords Terror; narrow inlet,, on the northern shore of Endicott arm, Alexander 

archipelago. It is very narrow at one point. Floating ice from 

glaciers, with falling tide, jamming in this contracted throat, make it a 

dangerous place. Named by Mansfield, 1889, after Harry L. Ford, a 

member of his party.

Forest, river ; see Kakhtul.

Fork; peak, northern Alaska, on the east side of John river, near latitude 68°, 

longitude 152°. Descriptive name, from Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Forney, river; see Osar stream. '

Forrest, cape ; see Icy point.

Forrester; island, off the southwestern coast of Prince of Wales archipelago. 

So named by Dixon, July, 1787. Perez, in 1774, called it Santa Cristina, which is also written in the journal of his voyage Santa Christina 

and Santa Catalina (Bane. Hist, vol. 33, pp. 196, 201). Douglas in 

August, 1788, named it Douglas island (Meares, p. 327); Maurelle, 

1775, called it San Carlos island. This name was published in Barringtou's Miscellanies in 1781. La Perouse, 1786, called this island and 

Wolf Rock the San Carlos islands. Vancouver adopted Forrester, and 

this name has been adopted and used for a century, to the exclusion of 

all others.

Forss; island, in Helm bay, western shore Behrn canal, southeastern 'Alaska, 

near latitude 55° 37', longitude 131° 58'. Local navigators' name, 

reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries',' 1904.

Fort; point, on the northern shore of Tongass island;' Tongass harbor, eastern 

part of Dixou entrance. So named by Nichols, 1891.

Fort; point, the north point of entrance to Steamboat bay, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Fort Adams. An" American trading station was established on the north bank of 

the Yukon, at the mouth of the Tozi river, 3868 or 1869, and called 

Fort Adams. .St James Mission ^oas near this place.

Fort Alexander; see Nushagak.
262 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Fortaleza; point, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta 

cle la Forteleza (fortitude) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Fort Archangel Gabriel, Baranof island; see Sitka.

Fort Cosmos; Stoney's winter quarters on the Kobuk, 1885-86, near longitude 

157°. So named in honor of the Cosmos Club of San Francisco.

Fort Cudahy; see Cudahy.

Fort Davis; military post at month of Nome river, 3 miles southeast of Nome, 

Seward peninsula, near longitude 105° 17'. Established in 1899. It is 

on the line of the military telegraph near its northwestenf terminus. . 

 Fort Egbert; military post, at Eagle, on the upper Yukon, near the international 

boundary. Established and so named.by the War Department in 1889. 

and connected with Valdez and St. Michael by the military telegraph 

completed in 1903.

Fort Gibbon; military post and reservation, on north bank of the Yukon, at 

mouth of Tanana river. Named after Gen. John Gibbon, U. S. A.

Fort Hamilton; village, in the Yukon delta, on the right bank of Apoon pass, 

about 25 miles above its mouth. Called Nunapithlugak or Fort Hamilton by the Coast Survey in 1899, and Old Fort Hamilton (Nonapeklowak) in 1901. See New Fort Hamilton.

Fort Hamlin; trading post, on the south bank of the Yukon, 10 miles below the 

mouth of the Dall, near longitude 349° 15'. Local name, published by 

the Coast Survey in 1897.

Fort Liscum; military post, Port Valdez, Prince William sound.

Fort Liscum; post-oHice (established 1901), Port Valdez,' Prince William sound.

Fort Morton; see Mor.ton.

Fort "Nicholas, Cook inlet; see Kenai.

Fort Reliance; post, an old trading post of the Hudson Bay Company, now in 

ruins, on the east bank of the Yukon, a few miles below Dawson, 

Canada.

Fort St. Michael; see St. Michael.

Fort Selkirk; Canadian military headquarters, at mouth of the Lewes river. 

The site of the old fort of the Hudson Bay Company is on the opposite 

bank of the river. This name has been adopted by the Canadian 

Board on Geographic Names.

F,ort Tongass. A military post of the United States known as Fort Tongass 

was maintained on Tongass island, from June, 1868, to September, 1870. 

Fort Tongass was the official spelling. Variously called Fort Tongas, 

Fort Tomgas, etc.

Fortuna, island; see Klokachef. '

Fortuna; strait, separating Chichagof island from Klokachef island, Salisbury 

sound, Alexander archipelago. Has also been called a passage or 

channel. Named by the Russians. The Spanish schooner Fortuna, 

with seven natives of the Hawaiian islands on board, was found ashore 

'here and taken by the Russian American Company's vessels as a prize 

in 1819. The name has doubtless come from this circumstance.

Fort Wrangell; see Wrangell..

Fort Wranfjell; post-office (established in October, -1895), at Wrangell, and 

changed to Wrangell in 3902. See Wrangell.

Fortyfive Pup; a creek or gulch, in the Fortyniile region, eastern Alaska, on 

the north bank of Buckskin creek, near latitude 64° 15', longitude 142° 

10'. Prospectors' name, from a map compiled by Major Glassford, 

Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905. The term pup is used by the miners to 

designate small branch gulches.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 263

Fortyseven Pup; creek, in the Rampart region, tributary from the east to 

Hunter creek, a branch of Mi nook creek. Prospectors' name, obtained 

by Prindle, 1904, as 4.7 Pup. Pup is a miners' term for very small 

branch valleys or gulches.

Fortymile; creek, tributary to the Yukon from \hc west, near latitude 64° 30'. 

Name given, presumably by prospectors, in 1886, when gold was first 

found here. It takes this name from being about 4.0 miles below old 

Fort Reliance. The native name is Shitando. It was called Cone Hill 

river by Schwatka, 1883, " from a conspicuous conical hill in its valley." 

The Canadian Board on Geographic Names has adopted the name 

Fortymile.

Fortymile; mining camp, at the mouth of Fortymile creek,-near latitude 64° 30'. 

It was started in 1893.

Fortymile; trail, from Fortymile creek to Tauana river. Local name.

Fortymile Dome; peak (3,900 feet high), in the'Fortymile mining region, near 

the international boundary, and latitude 64° 25'. It is Dome peak of 

some maps and Fortymile Dome of others.

Fort Yukon; fort and trading post on the upper Yukon, near longitude 145° 18'. 

established by McMurray, of the Hudson Bay Company, in 184.7, on the 

supposition, it may be assumed, that it was in British territory. It was 

moved 1 mile farther downstream to its present site in 1864. The 

boundary line between the British and Russian possessions had been 

agreed upon in 1825, but the line had not been marked on the ground. 

Shortly after Alaska had been acquired by the United States, Lieut. 

C. W. Raymond, U. S. Engineers, ascended the river and determined th& 

longitude of this post, which was found to be on American teiTitouy..

Fort Yukon; post-office (established in 1901), at Fort Yukon (above), at the 

junction of Yukon and Porcupine rivers.

Fossil; creek, in the Yukon-Tanana region, tributary at the head of Beaver 

creek from the east, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 147° 4.0'. So 

named by Prindle, 1905.

Fossil; creek, a lower fork of Lawrence creek, 13 miles east of Cape Yaktag, 

Gulf of Alaska, near longitude 142°. Name reported by Martin, 1904.

Foster; creek, tributary to Camp creek from the west, Seward peninsula. Name 

from'Barnard, 1900.

Foster, creek ; see Pine.

Foster, glacier; see Taku. ;

Foul; passage, in Peril strait, near the Southern rapids. Descriptive name, 

given by Coghlan, 1884.

Found; island, in Ernest sound, at the mouth of Zimovia strait, Alexander, 

archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Fountain; glacial stream, from Malaspina glacier, debouching between Sitkagr 

 bluffs and Icy bay. So named by Russell, 1891.

Fountain; sunken rock, near Middleton island, Gulf of Alaska. Descriptive; 

name, given by the Russians.

Fourmile; creek, 50 miles northeast of Knik a.rin of Cook 'inlet, tributary to 

Chickaloon creek from the west, near latitude 61° 50', longitude 1.48° 

30'. Descriptive name given by Glenn, 1898.

Four Mountains; a group of volcanic islands just west of Umnak, in the 

eastern Aleutians, was discovered by the* Russians at an early day and 

called ostrova chetierek sopochnie, i. e., Islands of the Four-Craters, or 

Islands of the Four Mountains, as they are usually called. The group 

consists of five principal islands, though on many charts only .four are
264 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Four Mountains (Continued. *\

shown. Our knowledge of the group, still very imperfect, has been considerably improved by the work of the U. S. S. Concord, there iii 1894. 

Their Aleut name, according to Veniaminof, is Unigun, or, according to 

Saner, 1790, Oone-agun. Sarichef, who was the first to give any 

details, says (Phillips Voyages, vol. 6, pp. 4 5) on May 30, 1791, " we 

fell in with the four volcanic islands which take their names from the 

four craters which they contain. They lie contiguous to each other 

and bear distinct names. That to the southwest is called Ulaga; that 

northeast, Tschiginsk; that to the north, Tana; and that to the southeast, Chagainil." The names applied by different authorities are as 

shown belowj but this correlation is to a considerable extent conjectural.

ashef. 

1791. Billings............:

1791. Sarichef .............

1836. Lutke...............

1847. Rus. Hyd. chart!397

1893. Coast Survey ........

1895. Hyd. Office chart 8..

Carlisle.

Ulliagin ....

Herbert.

Chegulak...

Names of islands.

Cliuglnadak.

Tanak-Ang'unak . . .

Kagamll.

Kigamiliak.

Kigalgln.

Kigalga.

Uliagu.

Fourpeaked; mountain, near the western entrance to Cook inlet. Descriptive 

term, given by the Russians, who called it Gora chetierek glav.-ii.i 

(mountains with four heads). On one chart Chetierek (four) has been 

written Tapirag and the peak called Mount Tapirag.

Fourth of July, bay; see Amugul.

Fourth of July; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the south, 2 miles below 

Nation city, near latitude 65° 10', longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, 

taken from a map in the Coast Survey archives, drawn by E. F. Ball, a 

prospector, 1898.

Fourth, of July; creek, in Fqrtymile region, tributary to Slate creek on north 

bank, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 142° 40'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoou, 1905.

Fox; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Stepovak bay, Alaska peninsula. So 

called by DaIl,M8SO.

Fox; bay, indenting the north shore of Whale island, between Afognak and 

Kodiak, near latitude 57° 57'. Local name, reported by Mpser, 1900.

Fox; cape, on the mainland, at eastern end of Dixon entrance. Named by Vancouver, 1793, after the Right Hon. Charles James Fox.

Fox; cape, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northeast of the Shumagins. Named Leesy (fox) by the Russians..

Fox; cape, the northernmost point.of Little Tanaga (or possibly Kagalaska) 

island, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Apparently named (fox) 

by the Russians, though I have not found this in any Russian map or 

book. On United States Hydrographic chart 8, made from reports by 

the North Pacific exploring expedition, 1855, occurs the entry " C. Lises 

(Fox cape)."
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY Of ALASKA. 265

Fox; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary from the east to Resurrection creek, 

near latitude 60° 4.5', longitude 149" 40'. Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Fox; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary to Tustumena lake from the south, near 

longitude 150° 40'. Local name', from Moffit, 1904.

Fox; creek, Seward peninsula, in Solomon River valley, tributary on south 

bank of Coal creek, near latitude 64° 44', longitude 164° 17'. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1901.

Fox; creek, 25 miles north of .Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Eldorado 

river from the west, near latitude 04° 40', longitude 105°. Name from 

Barnard, 1900.

Fox; creek, 35 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Salmon lake from the north, near longitude 165°. Name from Barnard, 

1900.

Fox; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the east at the head of Arctic 

river, an affluent of Shishmaref inlet, near latitude 65° 50', longitude 

165° 50'. Name from Gercline, 190.1.

Fox; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Goodhope bay, near longitude 103° 

30'. Name from Witherspoon, 1.903.

Fox; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Goldstream creek from the 

north, near latitude 65°, longitude 147° 40'. Local name, from Gerrtine. 

1903.

Fox; creek, tributary to Seventymile creek from the north, near latitude 04° 

55', longitude 141° 35'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Geixline. 1903.

Fox; creek, tributary from the east to Rogers creek, a south affluent of the 

Yukon, 20 miles above the mouth of the Dall, near latitude 66°. longitude 148° 20'. Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant Erickson, 

U. S. A., 1902.

Fox; gulch, 3 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the west-bank of 

Otter creek, near longitude 105° 18'. Local name, published in 1904.

Fox; hill (563 feet high), on the mainland, near Cape Fox, Dixon entrance. So 

named by Nichols, 1883.

Fox; hill (463 feet high), in the southwestern part of St. Paul island, Pribilof 

group,' Bering sea. Presumably a local name, published by the Coast 

Survey in 1875. Elliott lias this name Fox, and near it in quotation 

marks " Seethah." Perhaps this is the native name.

Fox; island, on south side of entrance to Port Valdez, just north of Bligh 

island, Prince William sound. Has been occupied since 1897 for the 

propagation of blue foxes.

Fox, island, Sea Otter sound; see Marble.

Fox, island, Holkham bay; see Sumdum.

Fox, island, Resurrection bay ; see Renard.

Fox; islands, the easternmost group of the Aleutian chain of islands. The limits 

of the application of the name are now rather vague. Veniaminof, the 

best authority of his time, writing in 1840, says the islands lying between 

Amukta and Alaska peninsula, together with the islands near the peninsula, are called the Fox islands. Cook, in 1778, calls them the Fox 

islands. Probably named Leesy (fox) by early Russian fur traders. 

They are Fox or Andreanof islands of Langsdorf, lies aux Renards of 

Lutke, etc. The whole Aleutian chain is known to mariners and whalemen as the Fox islands. The Coast Survey now restricts this name Fox 

to include only Unimak, Unalaska, and Umnak with their various associated islands. See also Aleutian islands.

Fox, islands; see Martin.
266 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Fox; islet, near the north shore of Deer island, between Sannak and Belkofski; 

near latitude 54° 57', longitude 162° 25'. Called Leesy (fox) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Fox; lake, near Nome, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Fox; point, on the southeastern shore of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Fox; point, on right bank of Yukon river, a little above Hall rapids. So named 

by Raymond, 1869.

Fox; river, Kemii peninsula, draining into the head of Kachemak bay, near 

latitude 59° 50', longitude 151°. Local name, from Ball, 1895.

Fox; river, tributary to Fish river, from the west, between the Niukluk and 

Klokerblok rivers, Seward peninsula. Local name.

Fox, river; see Kiaktak.

Fox; rock, on east side Davidson inlet, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitnde.55° 53', longitude 133° 32'. So named by Dickins, 1903-4.

Fooo Cairn; see Fox Castle.

Fox Castle; prominent mass of rocks, on hill 671 feet high, on west end of St.' 

George island, Bering sea, 1 mile southeast of Dalnoi point, near longitude 109° 45'. Called Fox Castle by Stanley-Brown, 1891, and FoxCairn by Duffield, 1897. Putuam writes the Aleut name Krad'Igy.

Fox Islands; passes, a general name for all of the passes, straits, and channels 

among the Fox islands, eastern Aleutians. ;

Fragrant; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

' Named Dushistoi (fragrant) by Vasilief, 1809.

FranQais, Port des; see Lituya.

Francis; anchorage, in Farragut bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Thomas, 1887, after pilot E. H. Francis.

Francis; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Goodhope bay, near longitude 

163° 40'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Witherspoon, 1903.

Francis; island, in Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Apparently so named by 

the British Admiralty in 1890.

Francis; lake, Etolin island, Alexander archipelago, probably on the eastern' 

shore of Burnett inlet and tributary thereto. Local name, reported by 

Moser, 1900, but not found on any map.

Francis; mountain (3,015 feet high), on Kosciusko island, southern shore of 

Shipley bay, Sunnier strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Snow, 1886, after pilot E. H. Francis.

Francis; mountain (4,800 feet high), near Port Valdez, Prince William sound. 

So named by Abercrombie, 1898.

Francis; point, in Behm canal, on the eastern coast of Cleveland peninsula, opposite Traitor cove. It is the south point of entrance to Port Stewart. 

Nanied by the Coast Survey, 1886, after pilot E. H. Francis.

Francis, river ; see Stikine.

Francis; sunken rocks, in Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Discovered and named by Coghlan, 1884, after-rpilot E. H. Francis, the 

first person to secure soundings on them.

Francisco; creek, 25 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Stewart river from the north near longitude 165° 28'. Local name, 

1 from Gerdine, 1904.

Franklin; creek, tributary from the west to South fork Fortymile creek, near 

latitude 64° 10'. Gold was discovered on this creek in 1886 and it was 

named in honor of the miner who discovered gold at the mouth of 

Fortymile creek the year before. Reported by Wells, 1890. Has also 

been called Franklin gulch.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 267

Franklin; mountains, in northernmost Alaska, east of the Colville river. So 

named by Dease and Simpson, 1837, after Sir John Franklin.

Franklin; peaks (3,900. and 4,314 feet high), on «the mainland north of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas in 1887.

Franklin; point, on the Arctic coast, between points Belcher and Barrow. So 

named by Beechey in September, 1826, after Sir John Franklin.

Franklin; post-office (established in 1903), on South fork Fortymile creek, at 

the mouth of Franklin creek, near latitude 64° 10', longitude 141° 50'.

Fred; gulch, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the south bank of 

Stewart river, between Boulder and Mountain creeks, near longitude 

165° 20'. Local name, reported by Gerdine, 1904. . ,

Frederick; cove, at the head of Moira sound, western shore Clarence strait, 

southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55°, longitude 132° 16'. Local navigators' name, reported by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Frederick, harbor; see Hooniah.

Frederick; lake, between Kasawa and Dezadeash lakes, in longitude 137°. So 

named by Glave, 1890, after his dead brother. Adopted by the Geographic Board of Canada.

Frederick; point, on the northeastern shore of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Frederick; port (Port Frederick), in the northern end of Chichagof island, Icy 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 05', longitude 136° 30'. 

So named by Vancouver, 1794. According to Meade its native name is 

Kointok Hon.

Frederick; sound, separating the Admiralty island group from the Kupreanof 

island group, Alexander archipelago. Named Prince Frederick's sound 

by Vancouver, 1794 (III, 285), after His Royal Highness Frederick, 

Duke of York, a name now shortened to Frederick.

Frederika; glacier, tributary to Skolai creek from the north. So named by 

Hayes, 1891, presumably after Frederick Schwatka, with whom' lie 

visited it.

Freemantle; point, the western point of entrance to Port Valdez, Prince William sound, near latitude 60° 56', longitude 146° 56'. Named by Vancouver, 1794, who on his chart has Freemantle and in his te^xt Fremantle. In the eighth edition of his voyage, 1801, it is Freemantle in 

both text and chart.

Free Silver; gulch, on the right bank of Buckskin creek, an affluent of South 

fork Fortymile creek, near latitude 64° 10', longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, from map in Coast Survey archives drawn by E. F. Ball, a 

prospector. 1898.

French; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary on north bank of East fork Solomon river, near latitude 64° 42', longitude 164° 05'. Prospectors' name, 

from Gerdine, 1905.

French; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary tb Holtz creek from the south, near 

latitude 65° 30', longitude 162° 30'. Prospectors' name, obtained by 

Witherspoon, 1903.

Frenchman's, bay ; see Lituya.

Freshwater; bay or inlet, on the eastern shore of Chichagof island, Chatham 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Nichols says (Coast Pilot, 1891, p. 163) : 

" Pavlof harbor was sketched by Meade, 1869, and published as a 

subsketcu on Hydrographic Office chart 225, under the name of Freshwater bay ; this latter name is now applied to the whole inlet" It was 

called Novaia (new) by Vasilief, in 1848, and New harbor on British 

Admiralty chart 2431 (ed. of 1882). See also Pavlof.
268 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA.

Freshwater; creek, tributary to Mitchell bay, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1809. 

Fresno; creek, Kenai peninsula, on the west bank of Canyon creek opposite

Mills creek. Prospectors' name, from Becker, 1895, but misplaced on

his map.

Frezas, Laguna de las; see Strawberry. 

Friday; creek, in the Kautishna region, on the east (right) bank of Moose

creek, a left branch of Bearpnw creek ; near latitude 63° 30', longitude

150° 30'. So named by prospectors in 1905, and reported by Prindle. 

Friday; creek, eastern Alaska, on the north bank of Seventymile creek, near

latitude 64°.55', longitude 143°. Prospectors' name, from sketch map

compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905. 

Fripo; islet, in Danger passage, between Duke and Mary islands, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. 

Fritz; cove, in the western end of Douglas island, Alexander archipelago.

Named, in 1880, by Symonds, after his son Fritz. 

Fritz; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary from the north to Kachemak bay about

(j miles north of Homer. Local name, obtained by Stone, 1904. 

Fritz; islet, in the Japonski group, Sitka sound. Named by naval officers, 1880,

after little Fritz, son of Lieut. F. M. Symonds, U. S. N. 

Frocadero, strait; see Trocadero. 

Fro;;, rocks ; see Hog. 

Frogs (The); group of rocks and islets in Port Real Marina; Bucareli bay,

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Las lianas (the frogs) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. 

Frost; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to West fork Noxapaga river near its

mouth, about latitude G5° 35', longitude 164° 05'. Prospectors' name,

obtained by Gerdine, 1901. 

Frosty; peak (5,820 feet high), on eastern shore of Morzhovoi bay, near the

western end of Alaska peninsula, about longitude 102° 52'. So named

by Dall, 1882. 

Frozen, bay ; see Cold. 

Fruit; small group of islets in the Japonski group, Sitka sound, Alexander

.archipelago. So named by United States naval officers, iSSO. 

Fry; island, in Koyukuk river, left bank, near latitude 65° 50', longitude 155°.

The channel here lies between Fry island and the Florence group of

islands. Probably river pilots' name, reported by Lieutenant Camden,

Revenue-Cutter Service, 1900. 

Fryingpan; creek, eastern Alaska, small tributary on north bank of Birch

creek, near latitude 65° 20', longitude 145° 35'. Prospectors' name,

reported by Witherspoon, 1905. 

Fugitive. Lisianski, 1805 (Voyage, p. 178), mentions a "thriving village" of this

name on Sitkalidak island, Kodiak group. It appears to have been on

or near the Port Hobron o? recent maps. 

Fula; point, on Suemez island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Punta de Fula by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. 

Full; creek, tributary from the north, to Port Valdez, Prince William sound.

So named by Abercrombie, 1898. 

Fulton; creek, in the St. Elias region, Southern Alaska, (.'> miles east of Cape

Yaktag; Gulf of Alaska, near longitude 142° 15'. Named after Walter

S. Fulton, one of the first to locate oil lands at Cape Yaktag. and reported by Martin, 1903. 

Fulton; peak (3,252 feet high), on the mainland, northeast of Frederick sound,

southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887, after the distinguished engineer, Robert Fulton.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 269

Funny; river, Kenai peninsula ; a southern tributary of Keuui river, near longitude 150° 55'. Name from Moffit, 1904. .

Funter; bay, in Admiralty island, near the south end of Lynu canal,, about latitude 58" 15', longitude 134° 55'. Named by Dall, 3883, after Capt. 

Robert Funter, one of the very early explorers and surveyors of the 

northwest coast of America.

Funter; post-office (established 1902), southeastern Alaska, on Funter bay, 

Admiralty island, at mouth of Lynu canal'.

Fur Seal, islands; see Fribilof.

Gable; mountain (4,490 feet high), at the head of Glacier bay, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Reid, 1892.

Gaff; rock (30 feet high), 011 north side of the entrance to Port Althorp, eastern 

side of Cross sound, near latitude 58° 11', longitude 136° 25'. So named 

by Pnitt, 1901.

Gagalgin, island; see Egg.

Gagara, rocks; see Arre.

Gagarin, island ; see Loon.

Gage; island, in Prince William sound, 100 miles southwest of Valclez. Has 

been occupied since 1896 as a fox farm. Probably somewhere near 

Flemming island or between Flemming and Knight islands. Name 

taken from Report of Secretary of Interior, 1903, p. 281. Not found 

on any map.

Gain; island, in Gambler bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Mansfield, 1889. Erroneously Cain.

Gakona; post-office (established January, 1906), on Copper river at the mouth 

of Gakona river.

Gakona; river, tributary to Copper river from the west, near latitude 62° 30', 

Native name from Alien, 1S85, who writes it Gakona, i. e., Gako river.

Galankin; group of islands, between Eastern channel and Middle channel, 

Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Name apparently first applied 

by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883. About a dozen islands in the group 

have been named, the largest of which are Galankin, Whale and Bamdoroshui.

Galankin; island, the principal island in the Galaukin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So called by Tebenkof, 1850. Was also called 

Peschani (sandy) by Vasiiief, 1809. Has also been called Thompson 

island by Beardslee, 1880, after the then Secretary of the Navy. The 

name is derived from Galanka, the Russian name of their ftnc/c stove.

Galena; bay, near Port Valdez, Prince William sound. Local name. " Supposed to be named from the occurrence of galena on its shores."

Galera; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named La 

Galera (the gallery) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Galiano; glacier, near the head of Yakutat bay. So named by Russell, 1891, 

after Don Dionisio Alcala Galiano, the reputed writer of the report 

on Malaspiua's voyage.

Galsovia, native village; see Golsova.

Galtzora, village; see Golsova.

Galvin; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kougarok river, from east, near 

latitude 65° 35', longitude 164° 4.0'. Local name, obtained by Gerdine, 

1901.

Gambell; native village, of 300 to 400 Eskimos, on St. Lawrence island, Bering 

sea, near the northwest cape Cape Chibukak. It contains a Government school established in 1891, a Presbyterian mission established in 

1892. Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. W. C. Gambell, missionaries
270 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Gambell Continued.

and teachers, on St. Lawrence island from 1894 to 1898, and who 

were lost in the schooner Jane Grey. The Eskimo name of the village 

is Chibukak, variously written Tchibukak, Tchiboukoukak, Seevookak, 

Sivukuk, etc.

Gambler; bay, hi Admiralty island, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 57° 28', longitude 134°. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Gambler; island, at entrance to Ganibier bay, Stephens passage, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Gambier; point, the eastern point of entrance to Gambier bay, Stephens paspassage. Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794.

Gamdil; creek and mountain; see Gandil.

Game; cove, near Marsden point, Admiralty island, near the north end of 

Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Baker, 1880, 

on account of the abundance of game there.

Game; creek, Seward peninsula, in Niukluk valley, tributary to American creek 

from the southeast, near latitude 64° 58', longitude 164° 22'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 1905.

Game; point and creek, on the" east side of Port Frederick, south- shore Icy 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 05', longitude 135° 30'. 

So named by Dickins, 1901.

Gandil; creek, tributary to Bering river from the east, and mountain 6 or 7 

miles north of Controller bay. Erroneously Ganidil. Prospectors' 

name, obtained by both Martin and Pratt, 1903.

Gannet; island, in Boca de Quadra, at the mouth of Vixen bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Gan-te-gas-ta7c-heh; Indian village, consisting, in 1867, of 12 large houses and, 

in 1880, of 16 houses and 171 people, at mouth of the Chilkat river, 

southeastern Alaska. Variously called Tondustek, Yendestaka, etc. The 

name obtained by Baker, in 1880, from an Indian interpreter, was Gante-gas-tak-heh, meaning village on right bank of river. Beardslee,.1880, 

has Tondustek; Krause, 1882, Jendestaka, and the Eleventh Census, 

1890, Hindasetukee.

Gaolsovia, village, river, etc.; see Golsova.

Gap; mountain (3,400 feet high), ou the mainland, west of the mouth of Portlaud canal. Presumably so named by Pender, 1868.

Garbotch, rookery; see Gorbatch.

Garcia; island and point, on the northwestern coast of San Fernando island, 

Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Ysla y Punta 

de Garcia by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Garden; cove, near the head of Port Etches, Prince William sound. So named 

by Davidson, 1869. . .

Garden; cove, on the eastern shore of St. George island, Pribilof islands, Bering 

sea. Local name. Origin not discovered. Published by the Coast 

Survey in 1875. According to Putnam, the Aleut name is Kra'kankring'a (facing the east).

Garden; island, in Garden cove, Port Etches, Prince William sound. So named, 

in 1787, by Portlock, who, in that year, made a garden upon it.

Garden, island; see. Kutkan.

Garden; point, at the mouth of Indian river, Sitka harbor. Descriptive name, 

published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Gardiner; creek, tributary to Tanana river from the north, near longitude 141° 

30'. So named by Peters and Brooks, 1898, after L. D. Gardiuer, a 

member of their party. Erroneously Gardner on the maps.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 271

Gardiner; lake, at the head of Auvik river, east of Norton sound, near latitude 63° 30'. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Gardner; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Prince of Wales island, 

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Kupreanof, 1848. 

Also called Port Gardner.

Gardner; point, the southernmost point of Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794.

Gareloi; .volcanic island and peak thereon (5,334 feet high), near the western 

end of the Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Named Gareloi (variously written Goreloi, Gorely, Gorelloi, etc., i. e., burnt, or burning) by 

early Russian explorers. Its Aleut name, according to Tebenkof, is 

Auangusik.

Garfleld; bay, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula. So named by the 

1 . Fish Commission, 1888, after President James Abram Garfleld.

Garfield; creek,.tributary to Kuzitrin river, from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Garfield; peak (3,929 feet high), on the mainland, north of Frederick sound, 

southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1887, after President Garfield.

Garfield, point; see Lieskof.

Garforth; island, in Muir inlet, Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Apparently 

so named by the British Admiralty in or about 1890.

Gurnet; creek, on the right bank of upper Auvik river, east of Norton sound, 

near latitude 63° 20'. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Garnet; creek, tributary to the Yukon. The second large creek from the south, 

.. below Rampart. It heads opposite Ruby creek, a tributary of Minook 

creek. Reported and described by Prindle in 1904.

Garnet; creek, in the Koyukuk region, tributary to Bettles river from the south, 

near latitude 67° 30', longitude 149° 30'. Prospectors' name, obtained 

.by Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Garnet; point, the southernmost point of Kannaghunut island, Dixon entrance. 

So named by Nichols in 1883. Erroneously Garnot.

Garnet; point, the southwesternmost point of Choris peninsula, Kotzebue sound, 

Arctic ocean. So called by Beechey in September, 1827.

Garns, point; see Harris.

Garrett; peak (5,700 feet high), between Valdez glacier and Klutina lake. 

So named by Abercrombie, 1898, after Private Garrett, a member of his

 -. party.

Garrison; glaciers, at head of Kicking Horse river, near the head of- Chilkat 

inlet, southeastern Alaska. So named by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883,

Garry; river, emptying into the Arctic ocean near Cape Halkett. So named by 

Dease and Simpson, 1837, after Nicholas Garry, esq.

Gas; rock, on the south side of Davidson inlet and the east side of the entrance 

 to Port Alice, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 50', longitude 133° 34'. So named by Dickins, 1903-4.

Gassman; creek, tributary to Eldorado river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Gastineau; channel, between Douglas island and the mainland, southeastern 

Alaska. So named on Homfray's manuscript map of 1867, furnished to 

the Western Union Telegraph Company, the name being .derived from 

one of the Hudson Bay Company's steamers, which in turn took its 

name from the Gastineau or Gatineau river of Quebec, a branch of the 

Ottawa. Has also been designated Gastineaux channel, Icy channel, 

and Carroll straits.
272 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA.

Gastineau, point; see Hobart.

Gates; glacier, an arm of Kennicott'glacier,., on the southern flank of Mount 

Regal. So named by Schrader, 1899, after Mr. Gates, a sojourner in 

the vicinity.

Gatherer; rock, on Hanks shoal, north shore Orca bay, Prince William sound, 

near, latitude 60° 36', longitude 145° 55'. So named by Hitter, 1899- 

1903, after the ship Gatherer, wrecked here.

Gauge; island, near -the middle of Funter bay, Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1890.

GavansJci, islet; see Little Gavauski.

GavansJci, peak ; see Harbor.

Gavanski; two islands (Big and Little Gavanski), immediately in front of 

Old Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Gavanski (harbor) by the earliest Russian visitors. °.

GavansJci BolsJhoi; see Big Gavanski.

GavarusJiJca, lake, St. George island; see Govorushka.

Gawanka; brook, draining from a lake into Chichagof harbor, Attu island, 

western Aleutians. So called by Grewingk, 1850.

Gay; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the southeast' to Tuttle creek, 

near latitude 05° 54', longitude 166° 25'. Prospectors' name, obtained 

by Gerdine, 1901.

Gechiak; creek, tributary to the Togiak river from the west, a few miles above 

the mouth of the latter. Native name obtained by Spurr and-Post in 

1898. An Eskimo village at its mouth is called Gechiaganiut, i. e., 

Gechiak people.

Gedney; channel, at the western entrance to Port Frederick, south shore Icy 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 135° 30'. Sounded in 

1901 by Dickins, who named it after his vessel, the Coast Survey 

steamer Gedney.

Gedney; harbor, in the southwest shore of Kuiu island, east side Chatham strait, 

near latitude 56° 23', longitude 134° 35'. Named after the Coast Survey steamer Gedney, from which a reconnaissance of the harbor was 

made in 1899 and 1900.

Gedney; island, in the northwestern part of Behrn canal, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by the Coast Survey, 1891, after one of its vessels. 

Gedney; passage, between Hassler and Revillagigedo island, in Benin canal, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, 1891.

Geese; islands, off the southwestern end of Kodiak. Early Russian maps have 

the native name Anaiaktak.aud Anaiaktalik. Archimandritof, in 1849, 

has Gusinaia (goose). Petrof, 1880, calls it Goose island, and shows' 

a native .settlement upon it called Aiakhatalik. Now usually called 

Geese islands. According to the Eleventh Census they were called 

Geese islands by the Russians under Solovief, 1762. This must be an 

error, as the first visit of Russians to Kodiak was in 1763, under Glotof.

Gegarlca, rocks; see Arre. . . Gehoenda; creek, tributary from the southeast to Chisana river, latitude 62° 

05', longitude 142° 10'. Native name, reported by Witherpoon, 1902.

Geikie; glacier and inlet, western shore of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska, 

erroneously Geike. Exploring this inlet in 1879, Muir found it headed 

by a tidal glacier, to which he gave the name Geikie, after Sir Archibald Geikie. In 1892, Reid found that its front had receded so far as 

to convert its two branches into distinct glaciers. Retaining the name 

Geikie for the more northerly, he called the other Wood glacier.

Geissen, mountain; see Ripinski.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 273

Qeloh. The Krnnse brothers, in 1882, report this to be the native name 'of a 

hill between the heads of Chilkat and Chilkoot inlets, southeastern 

Alaska.

Gem; point, the eastern point of entrance to Snug cove, Gambier bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Genaenda; creek, near the source of Chisana river, tributary to Gehoenda 

creek from the right, near latitude 62°, longitude-142°. Native name, 

reported by Witherspoon, 1902.

Gens de Large, lake and river; see Chandlar.

Gens des Duties, river; see Tanana.

Genunum, island ; see Seguam.

George; inlet, in the southern shore of Revillagigedo Island, Alexander archipelago. Named George arm.or inlet by the Coast Survey, in 1880, after 

pilot W. E. George, to whom is due the first sketch of Revillagigedo 

channel and Tongass narrows.

George; islands and the largest island in the group, in entrance to Port Althorp, 

Cross sound, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 12', longitude 

136° 23'. So named by Dall, 1880.

George; mountains (3,225 feet high), east of Portland canal and west of Hastings arm, British Columbia. Perhaps so named by Pender in 1868.

George; reef, near Skowl point, in Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by the Coast Survey, 1883, 

after pilot W. E. George.

George; rock (covered at spring tide), off the western- end of Douglas island, 

Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Beardslee, 

1880, presumably-after pilot W. E. George.

George Simpson, cape; see Sinipson.

Georgiaiia; cape, the northwesternmost point of Kru/of island, Salisbury sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Portlock, 1787. Called Siuchi 

(sea lion) by Vasilief in 1833, arid Olga by Tebenkof in 1848. Also 

has been written Siouchi.

Gerard; point, on the-mainland, north point of entrance to Eastern passage, 

southeastern Alaska, near latitude 50° 80', longitude 132° 20'. Local 

name, reported by Moser, 1900.

Geroe; creek, tributary to Chandlar river' from the south, near latitude 68°. 

Local name, reported by Schrader, 1899.

Gerries; run, eastern Alaska, on west bank of the North fork Fortymile creek, 

just north of Middle fork, near latitude 64° 30', longitude 142° 10'. 

Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, 

'Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Gerstle; bay, indenting the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, west of Port 

Moller. Named by the Fish Commission, 1888, after Lewis Gerstle, 

president of the Alaska Commercial Company.

Gerstle; point, the northern point .of entrance to Gerstle bay, Alaska peninsula. Named by the Fish Commission, 1888, after Lewis Gerstle, president of the Alaska Commercial Company.

Gerstle; river, tributary to Tanana river from the south, near longitude 145°. 

So named by Alien, 1885, after Lewis Gerstle, president of the Alaska 

Commercial Company.

Gertrude; creek, tributary from the west to Slaua river, near its junction with 

the Copper river. So named by Lowe, 1898, after Miss Gertrude 

Wagner.

Bull. 299 06 M 18
274 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAEY OP ALASKA.

Gb.ownarh.ar; creek, southeastern coast of Alaska, having a lake source, mid-

. . way between Icy point and Harbor point, near longitude 137° 30'. Indian name, reported by Moser, 1901, who wrote Ghow-nar-har.

Giant, island ; see Grant.

Giant; point, the northernmost of Mary island and the western point of entrance to Mary island anchorage, Mary island, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. Named by Nichols, 1883. Formerly .called Winslow 

point, which name is now transferred to the eastern point of entrance 

to Mary island anchorage. See'Winslow.

Giant; rocks, in Port Valdez, Prince William sound. So named by Albercrombie, 1898. . . Gibbon, fort; see Fort Gibbon.

Gibson; creek, tributary to Dietrich river, from the west, near latitude 68°. 

Local name, reported by Schrader in 1899.

Gibson; island, near the entrance to Chichagof harbor, Attu island, western 

Aleutians. Named by the North Pacific surveying expedition of 1855, 

after Lieut. AV.illiam Gibsou, U. S. N., commanding the U. S. schoouef 

Fenimore Cooper. Gibsou surveyed Chichagof harbor in July, 1855.

Gilahina; river, tributary to Chitina river from the north. Native name, from 

a manuscript map made by prospectors in 1900.

Gilder Head; promontory, between Cape Thomas and Zaues cliff, on the western 

end of Wrangell island, Arctir jcean. Apparently so named by the 

Coast Survey, 1890.

Giliskonkok; creek, tributary to Yeutna river from the left, 5 miles above the 

Kichatua,. near latitude 62°, longitude 151° 45'. Native name, obtained 

by Herrou, 1899, who wrote Gil-is-kon-kok.

Gillett; pass, in the Mentasta mountains, about longitude 144°. Named after 

Edward Gillett, civil engineer with Abercrombie in 1899.

Gillette; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Little Garfield creek from the 

west, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 164° 20'. Prospectors' name, 

obtained by Gerdine, 1901.

Gillman; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary to Trout creek, on the south bank of 

Yukon river, near latitude 65°, longitude. 141° 40'. Prospectors' name, 

from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 

1905. '

Gillmore; islands, part of the Galankin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Gilinore by Beardslee, 1880, after Ensign James G. 

Gillmore, U. S. N.

Gilmer; bay, inside Point Amelia, western shore Krmof island, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 57° 15', longitude 135° 48'. Named by 

Moore, 1897, after Lieut. William Wirt Gilmer, U. S. N.

Gilmer; cove, in the northeastern shore of Partofshiko'f island, opening into 

Neva strait, Salisbury sound, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 

18', longitude 135° 38'. Named by Moore, 1897, after Ensign W. W. 

Gilmer, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Gilmare; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to the headwaters of Goldstream creek, near latitude 65°, longitude 147° 30'. Local name, obtained by Gerdine, 1903.

Gilmour. The north point of entrance to Port Chalmers, Montague island, 

Prince William sound, is so designated on a sketch by Portlock iu 1787.

Gines, 'river; see Hines and Stuhinuk,

Giniak, islet; see Ugak,
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASZA. 275

Girdled; glacier, on the eastern border of Muir glacier, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Read, 1890, on account of .the moraine, which completely 

surrounds it.

Gisasa; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, from the west, near latitude 65°. Native name, reported by Alien in 1885. In his text (p. 106) it is Gissassakakat; on his map 4 it is Gissakakat. See Kakat.

Glacier; bay, penetrating the Alaska mainland in*the Fairweather region and 

opening into Icy strait, near longitude 136°. Entered by Lieut. Charles 

E. S. Wood in 1877, explored by John Muir in 1879, and named by 

Beardslee in 1880. Descriptive name.

Glacier, bay, Prince William sound; see Columbia.

Glacier; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary to the head of Tustumena lake from 

the west, near longitude 150° 20': Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Glacier; creek or river, tributary to the head of Turuagain arm, Cook inlet, 

from the southeast, near latitude 61°, longitude 149° 10'. Descriptive 

name, from Glenn, 1898.

Glacier; creek, tributary to Turnagain arm of Cook inlet from the north, near 

latitude 01°, longitude 149° 20'. Local name, from Mendeuhall, 1898.

Glacier; creek, in the Kantishna region, a left branch of Bearpaw creek, near 

latitude 64°, longitude 150°. So named by prospectors in 1905, and 

reported by Priudle.

Glacier; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kiwalik river from the west, 

near latitude 65° 40', longitude 162°. Prospectors' name, obtained by 

Witherspoon, 1903.

Glacier; creek, 7 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Snake 

river from the east, near longitude 165° 25'. Prospectors', name, published in 1900.

Glacier; creek, tributary to Imuruk basin from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Glacier; creek, tributary to the south fork of- Chena river, latitude 64° 40', 

longitude 146° 30'. Local name from Gerdine, 1903.

Glacier; creek, tributary to the Yukon from the north, 16 miles below Rampart 

(city) near longitude 150° 35'. River pilots' name, taken from Edwards's Track Chart of the Yukon, 1899.

Glacier; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary on the east bank of Beaver creek, an 

affluent of Yukon river from the south, near longitude 147°. Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant Erickson, TJ. S. A., 1902.

Glacier; creek, tributary to Sixtyniile creek from the west, near longitude 147°. 

Local name.

Glacier; creek, a small- tributary of Fortymile creek from the left, near the 

international boundary. Local descriptive name (probably from a 

small transient glacier at* its head), from map in Coast Survey archives, drawn by E. F. Ball, 1898.

Glacier; creek, in the Porcupine gold district, southeastern Alaska, tributary to 

Klehiui river from the south, near longitude 136° 20'. Local name, 

published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Glacier; creek, tributary to South fork Koyukuk river from the north, near 

latitude 67° 15', longitude 149° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Glacier, inlet; see Taku.

Glacier; island, off Columbia bay, on the northern shore of Prince William 

sound, near latitude 60° 55', longitude 147°. So called by Abercrombie, 

1898. Has been occupied since 1900 for the propagation of blue foxes.
276 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Glacier; mountain (about 6,000 feet high), 18 miles west of Eagle, eastern 

Alaska. Presumably a local name, published- by the Geological Survey in 1899.

Glacier; mountain (4,769 feet high), on the western bank of' Stikine -river, near 

Great glacier.

Glacier; mountains, east of Stikine river, near the international boundary line. 

Ball, in the Coast Pnot (1883, p. Ill), says: " The miners term the rugged region of this vicinity the Glacier mountains." Also called Stikine 

mountains.

Glacier; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, near its head, southeastern Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey.

Glacier; point, in front of Davidson glacier, Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So called by Meade, 1869. Linclenberg, 1838, called 

it Liohtianoi (icy) point.

Glacier; point, on the north bank of the Matanuska river, near Matauuska 

glacier and latitude 61° 45', longitude 147° 30'. Descriptive name, 

given by Meudenhall, 1898.

Glacier; river, in the western part of Copper River delta, draining Sheridan 

glacier. So named by Ritter in 1898. Schrader, 1900, called It Sheridan 

river.

Glacier; spit,, in front of Grewiugk glacier, Kachenuik bay, Cook inlet. -So 

named by Dall, 1880.

Glacier, valley ; see Makushin.

Glacier Cone; mountain peak, on Kenai peninsula, near Kachemak bay, Cook 

inlet. So named by Dall. 1880.

Gladhaugh;. bay, indenting the northeastern coast of Prince William sound. 

An iron and copper mine was found and staked here by a Mr. Gladhaugh in 1897. It is also known locally us Virgin bay.

Glaclkie, islet; see Flat.

Gladstone; mountain (4,800 feet high), near the head of Portland canal. 

Named by Pender, 1868, after the Right Hon. William Ewart Gladstone.

Gladys; gulch, on the south side of Chititu creek. Prospectors' name, taken 

from map of Nizina mining district by George M. Esterly, of Valdez, 

1902.

Gladys; small lake, in the valley of Matanuska river, about 35 miles from Knik 

arm of Cook inlet. So named by Mendenhall, 1898.

Glagolm; islets, near the entrance to Redoubt bay, Sitka' sound, Alexander 

archipelago. So called by Vasilief, 1809.

G-la-h'iits, island; see Kochu.

Glass; peninsula, between Seymour canal and Stephens passage, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, after Commander Henry 

Glass, U. S. N., who made surveys iu'the Alexander archipelago in 1881.

Glass; point, on the eastern shore of Glass peninsula, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by the Coast Survey.

Glass; point, on the left bank of Chilkat river, opposite the mouth of Tlehini 

river, southeastern Alaska. Named by naval officers, 1880, after Commander Henry Glass, U. S. N.

Glave; river, tributary to Chilkat river, from the west. Named by the Geological Survey, in 1899, after Mr. E. J. Glave, who explored in this region 

in 1891. According to Wright, 1903, the stream locally called Glave 

creek is in British territory and on the north bank of Klehini river, 

the same apparently that Krause brothers, 1882, called by its Indian 

name Seltathfn (Seltat river).
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 277

Glazenap; cape, the western point of entrance to Izembek bay, on northern 

shore of Alaska peninsula, near longitude 162° 58'. So named'by Lutke, 

1828, presumably after two midshipmen, Vladimir Gla/enap and Gotlieb 

Glazenap, members of his party. Has also been called Round point by 

the Fish Commission.

Glen; creek, in the Kantishua region, on the east (right) bank of Moose creek, 

near latitude G3° 30', longitude 150° 30'. Descriptive name, given by 

prospectors in 1905, and reported by Prindle.

Glen; island, the westernmost of the Kudiakof islands, Izembek bay, north 

shore Alaska peninsula, near longitude 162° 54'. So named by the Fish 

Commission, 1888.

Glen; telegraph station, 30 miles south of Rampart on the divide between Baker 

and Minook creeks. So named by the Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1903.

Glenn; creek, small tributary of Yukon river from the south, about 9 miles 

above Washington creek, near longitude 142°. Local name, reported to 

Collier by E. J. Chamberlain, deputy mineral surveyor at Eagle, 1902. 

Logau creek of Witherspoon, 1905, appears to be the same. See Logan.

Glenn; creek, flowing south to Baker creek or sinking in the flats along Taiifina 

river, near latitude 65°, longitude 150° 10'. Local name, obtained by 

Prindle, 1904.

Glenn; lake, drained by Twentymile river into the head of Turnagain arm of 

Cook inlet, near latitude Gl°, longitude 149°. Named, 1898, after Capt 

Edwin F. Glenn, U. S. A.

Glenora; small town, at head of steam navigation on the Stikine river, near 

mouth of Great canyon, British Columbia.

Glorious; high point, near Pinnacle pass, in the St. Elias alps. So named by 

Russell, 1890, on account of the view it affords.

Glory of Russia. An extinct Russian penal colony established, in 1795, near 

Ankau creek, on the southeastern shore of Yakutat bay. It has been 

referred to as the Yakutat colony or settlement, New Russia, Novarassi, Slavarassi, Slawa Rossij, etc. Presumably named after Billings's vessel the Slava Rossie (Glory of Russia). The history of the 

place is very obscure. It appears to have been founded in 1795, fortified with a blockhouse and stockade by Polomoshnoi in 1796, and in perpetual trouble ever after till exterminated by the natives in about 1803 

or 1804. Russell visited the site in 1891, and reports that the cellars 

marking the site contain spruce trees, some of them 2 feet in diameter.

Glory of Russia, bay ; see Tanaga.

Glory of Russia; cape, the northwestern point of St. Matthew island, Bering 

sea. So named by the Russian Hydrograp'nic Office after Billings's 

ship, the Slava Rossie (Glory of Russia).

Gliibolcoi, bay ; see Banner.

Gliibokoi, bay ; see Partof.

Glubokoi, bay, inlet, lake, etc.; see Deep and Deepwater.

Gnat; cove, on the eastern shore of Carroll inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, 1891.

Goat; gulch, Copper River region, on the north side of Young creek, which in 

turn is tributary to Nizina river. Prospectors' name, first appears on 

map by George M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902.

Gobler; creek, tributary to Livingston creek from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Godfrey; fork of Charley river, eastern Alaska, near latitude 65°, longitude 

163° 30'. Prospectors' name, on some maps applied to the upper part of 

"Charley river, but said not to be known locally.
278 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Godwin; river, Kenai peninsula, on the west shore of Resurrection bay, near Its

head, about longitude 149° 20'. Local, name, obtained by Moffit, 1904. 

Gokachin; river, on Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelag9, tributary to

Thorne arm from the northeast, near latitude 55° 21', longitude 131°

10'. Native name, from Brooks, 1901, who wrote Gokacheen. 

Gold; creek, on the mainland, in edge of the town of Juneau, southeastern

Alaska. Miners' name, published in 1883. - 

Gold; creek, on north shore Port Valclez, Prince William sound, near latitude

61° 08', longitude 140° 25'. Local name, reported by Ritter, 1901. 

Gold; creek, tributary to Bluestone river from the east, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Gold; creek, 7 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary .to Snake river

from the east, near longitude 165° 27'. Local name, published in 1904.

Gold; creek, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, a small tributary from

the west to Nome river, near longitude 165° 18'. Prospectors' name,

published in 1900.

Gold, creek, 15 miles north of Nome; see Jorosa. 

Gold; creek,. Seward peninsula, tributary from the west to Grouse creek, near

latitude 65° 36', longitude 167° 30'. Prospectors' name, obtained by

Collier, 1903. 

Gold; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary on west bank to North fork Salcha river,

near latitude 64° 50', longitude 145° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported

by Witherspoou, 1905. 

Gold; creek, tributary to Mosquito fork Fortymile creek from the north, near

latitude 64° 10', longitude 142° 20'. Prospectors' name, found on map

in Coast Survey archives drawn by E. F. Ball, 1898. 

Gold; creek, eastern Alaska, on the left bank of Butte creek, an affluent of

North fork Fortymile creek from the northeast, near latitude 64° 40',

longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by

Major Glassford, Signal .Corps, U. S. A,, 1905.

Gold; creek, tributary to Middle fork Koyukuk river from the east, near latitude 67° 30', longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader,

1899. 0 

Gold; gulch, Kenai peninsula, on the left bank of Resurrection creek, 6 miles

above Hope city. Local name from Mofflt, 1904. 

Gold;, gulch, 10 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, draining into

Osborn creek from the cast, near longitude 165° 05'. Local name,

published in 1904. 

Gold; hill, a bluff on the right bank of Yiikon river 15 miles below the mouth of

Tozi river, near longitude 152° 45'. This is 20 miles farther upstream

than the Gold mountain of Alien. Name from Cautwell, 1900. 

Gold; islet, southwest of Japoriski island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

So named by United States naval officers, 1880. 

Gold; mountain, on north bank of the Yukon,- near longitude 153° 30'. So

named by Alien, 1885. Its native name is given by the Coast Survey

as Nuhkahllanny.

Gold; run, 16 miles nerthwest of Cape Nome, draining into New Bonanza creek

at the head of Osborn creek, near longitude 165° 13'. Local name,

published in 1904. 

Gold; run, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kiwalik river from' the west, near

latitude 65° 35', longitude 162°. Prospectors' name, obtained by

Witherspoou, 1903.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 279

Gold; run, tributary to American .river, from the east, Sewarcl peninsula, near

latitude (55° 40', longitude 165° 30'. Name from Brooks, 1900. 

Gold, run, Sewarcl peninsula; see Castle creek.. 

Gold; run, eastern Alaska, on the south bank of Slate creek, tributary from the

west to North fork Fortymile creek, about latitude 64° 35', longitude

142° 50'. Prospectors' name, from sketch may compiled by Major

Glassford, Signal. Corps, U. S. A., 1905. 

Gold; run, draining the southern slope of the divide between Tanana river and

the headwaters of Minook creek, near latitude 05°, longitude 150° '10'.

Prospectors' name, obtained by Prindle, 1904. 

Gold Bench; bar, on South fork Koyukuk river, near latitude 67°, longitude

150° 80'. Discovered to be gold bearing in 1899 and worked. Name

published, 1902. 

Goldbottom; creek, 20 miles north of Nome, Sewarcl peninsula, draining the

southern and western slope of Mount Distin, near latitude 64° 45'.

longitude 105° 25'. Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Goldbottom; creek, tributary .to Niukluk river from the north, in the Eldorado

mining district, Sewarcl peninsula. Local name, published in 1.900. 

Goldbottom; creek, tributary to Skookuni river from the north, Sewarcl peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. . Goldbottom; creek, Sewarcl peninsula, in Solomon River basin, tributary on

south bank of Coal creek, near latitude 04° 44', longitude 164° 12'.

Prospectors' name, Gold Bottom, on a local map, 1904.

Gold Dust; creek, draining the southwest slope of Mastodon dome and tributary to Birch creek near its source, about latitude 05° 25', longitude

145° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 1890.

Golden, creek, branch of Beaver; see Victoria. 

Golden; peak, just east of Mount Bendeleben, Sewarcl peninsula. Local name,

published by the Coast Survey in 1900. 

Golden City; mining camp, in' the Fairbanks region, situated on Ptarmigan

creek, near latitude 05°, longitude 147° 30'. Local name, obtained by

Gerdine, 1903. 

Goldengate; creek, tributary to Kimgamepa river from the west, Sewarcl

peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Goldengate; creek, debouching on the south shore of Sewarcl peninsula, 11

miles west of Cape Nome, near longitude 105° 03'. Local name, from

Gerdine, 1904. ^ 

Goldpan; gulch, 5 miles northwest of Nome, .Sewarcl peninsula, on the east

side of Snake river, near longitude 165° 30'. Local name, published in

1904. ' « 

Gold Run; creek, Sewarcl peninsula, tributary to Kougarok river 'from east,

about 3 miles below the mouth of Taylor creek. Latitude 05° 40',

longitude 164° 45'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Gerdine, 1901. 

Gold Bun; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Goldstream creek from

the north, near latitude 65°, longitude 147° 40'. Local name, obtained

by Gerdine, 1903. 

Gold Bun; gulch, Copper River region, on the north side of Young creek, which

in turn is tributary to Nizime river. Prospectors' name, taken from

map of Nizina mining district by George M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902.. 

Goldstream; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Tolovana river, near

latitude 64° 55', longitude 147° 50'. Local name, obtained by Gerdine,

1903.
280 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Golofnin; bay and sound, on north shore of Norton sound, Bering sea. Discovered, in 1821, by Khromchenko, who named it after his vessel, the 

brig Golofnin, which in turn had been named after Capt.Vasili Mikhailovich Golofiiiu, of the Russian navy. In Roman letters this name 

has been written Golovnine, Golofuin, and Golovin. The Eskimo name 

is said to be Tatchik (bay). A large and shallow sound stretches 

inland from the bay. This inner bay the Russians, it is reported, called 

Sun Golovine or Goloviue sound. The name Golofniu is here applied 

to both the inner part, the sound, and the outer part, the bay.

Golofnin, point; see Hope.

Golofnin; village, reindeer station and Presbyterian mission on the northeastern shore of Golofnin bay. A post-office, Goloviu, established here in 

1900 was abolished in December, 1905.

Goloi; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Goloi (bare) by Vasilief, 1809.

Goloij island, between Inner Iliasik and Dolgoi islands, near Belkofski, south 

shore of Alaska peninsula, near longitude 162°. Named Goloi (bare) 

by Veuiaminof.

Goloi, island ; see Rootok.

Goloi, island ; see Kalibri.

Goloi, island; see Long.

Goloi, island, point, etc.; see Bare.

Goloi; islands, in the northeastern part of Salisbury sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Goloi (bare) by the Russians.

Goloi, islands; see Passage.

Goloi: islet, near Kruzof island, in entrance to Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Goloi (bare) by Vasilief, 1809.

Goloi. islet; see Bushtop.

Golovi, cape; see Head.

Golova., cape; see Mountain.

Golomn, bay, village, etc.; see Golofnin.

Golovni; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound,. Alexander archipelago. 

Named Golomianuoi (sea breeze) by Vasilief, 1809. Has also been 

written Golomi, which, according to George Kostrometinoff, United

States court interpreter at Sitka, is a corruption of the Russian Golovni

or Golovnia, (firebrand). 

Golsan, mountain, east of Norton sound, and south of Unalaklik river, near

latitude 63° 30'. Also a mining district on Anvik river. Prospectors'

name, published in 1900. 

Golsova; river, debouching in the southeastern part of Norton sound. Dall

(1866) calls it Golsova, Nelson (1879) Goltzovaia, obviously two forms

of the same word. Perhaps from the German holtz (wood). Tebenkof uses the native name Negvelnuk and Stoney writes. Nuwaynyuk. 

Golsova; native village and telegraph station, on the south shore of Norton

sound, 35 miles east of St. Michael, probably on or near Golsova river

(above). Written, variously Goltzovaia, Galsovia, Gaolsovia, Galtzora.

Zane, of Stoney's expedition, wrote the native name Nu-wayn-yuk. 

Goltsovaia. bay ; see Holtz. 

'Goltzovaia, river; see Golsova. * . Gomair. lake ; see Gumaer.

Gompertz; hcannel, Cook inlet, between East Foreland and North Foreland. 

. Named after Captain Gompertz, who discovered it, and reported by the

Coast Survey parties in 1905.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. 281

Good; island, in Gambler bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Mansfield, 1889. 

Good; island, in tbe Yukon river, about 4 miles below the mouth of Soonkakat

river. Name published by the Coast Survey, in 1898. 

Gooda.ll; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Noxapaga river, through Boulder

and Turner creeks, near latitude 65° 35', longitude 164° 20'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Gerdine, 1901. 

Goodenough; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary on south bank of East fork

Solomon river, near latitude 64° 42', longitude 164? 10'. Prospectors'

name, from a local map, 1904. 

Goodhope; bay, in the southeastern part of Kotzebue sound, Arctic ocean. So

named by Kotzebue, August, 1816, because here he had " good hope "

of making important geographic discoveries. 

Goodhope; river, Seward peninsula, tributary to Goodhope bay from the south.

near longitude 164°. Name from Mendenhall and Reaburn, 1901. 

Goodluck;. gulch, 10 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, at the head

of Buster creek, an east fork of Nome river, near longitude 165° 11'.

Local name, published in 1904. 

Goodluck; gulch, 11 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the east bank of

> Snake river, near longitude 165° 27'. Local name, published in 1901. 

Goodman, glacier; see Goodwin. 

Goodnews; bay, indenting the mainland coast a little south of the mouth of the

Kuskokwim river. Called by Sarichef, 1826, Port Dobriek Vestei (good

news) or -Iinakpiguak bay. Lutke, following this, calls it Bonnes Nouvelles bale, and adds, " it might better be called the 'buy of false

reports." It was visited and probably named Good News by the land

expedition of Ustiugof and Korsakof of 1818-19. 

.Goodpaster; river, tributary to the Tanana from the northeast, near latitude

64°, longitude 146°. This river was named Volkmar by Alien in 1885. 

, The tributary 20 miles farther up the Tanana he named Goodpaster,

after the Goodpaster family of Kentucky. Later explorers inadvertently transposed these names, and so they have become fixed by common

usage. 

 Goodpaster; telegraph station at the confluence of Goodpaster and Tanana

rivers. So named by the Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1903. 

Goodwin; glacier, tributary to Copper river from the west, just south of Childs

glacier. So named by Abercrombie, in 3884, after Maj. W. E. Goodwin,

U. S. V. Erroneously Goodman. 

Goose; cove, at the head of Portage bay, Kupreanof island, Alexander archi-

 pelago. So named by Nichols, 1882. 

.Goose; creek, on the northern shore of Baranof island. Alexander archipelago.

Named Gusinaia (goose) by Vasilief, 1833. Has also been written

Gousna and Gusna.

Goose; creek, tributary to lied bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm, 1886. 

Goose; creek, tributary to Casadepaga river from the west, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Goose; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Noxapaga river from north, 5

miles above Noxapaga village, near latitude 65° 35', longitude 164° 05'.

Prospectors' name, obtained by Gerdine, 1901. 

Goose; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kougarok river from east, 1 mile

north of the mouth of Taylor creek, near latitude 65° 41', longitude 164°

45'. Local name, obtained by Gerdine, 1901.
282 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP -ALASKA.

Goose; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to French creek from the east, near

latitude 65° 30', longitude 102° 30'. Local name, obtained by A^^ itherspoon, 1.903. . 0 . Goose; creek, in the Rampart region, tributary to a branch of Tolovana river,

near latitude 65° 20', longitude 149° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported

by.Prindle, 1905. 

Goose; island, at western point of entrance to Mud bay, Cross sound, Alexander

archipelago, near longitude 136° 03'. So named by Harms,- 1880. 

Goose; island, about 1 mile wide and 2 miles long, on the northeastern shore of

Prince William sound, about 8 miles from Ellamar. So named by

Abercrombie, 189S. Has been occupied since 1897 for the propagation

of blue foxes. 

Goose, island ; see Geese.

Goose; islands, on the southern edge of the Sandman reefs, near latitude 54° 

- 4.1', longitude 162° 15'. Named Gusinuoi (goose) by the Russians.

Lutke calls them " Civoutchy (du lion marin) rocher," i. e., sea lion

rocks. They are still uusurveyed. Ball's chart of 1882 (Coast Survey,

806) shows two islands, Big Goose and Little Goose. . Goose; point, on the Arctic coast, at mouth of Sinaru creek, just west of Refuge

inlet. Presumably so named by British naval officers connected with

the Franklin search expeditions, 1849-1853. 

Gora, cape ; see Mountain.

G-ora GlieUerek Glavtda, mountain ; see Fourpeaked. . Gorbatch; rookery, o.\ Reef Point, southwestern coast of St. Paul island, Bering

sea, near longitude 170° 17'. Local name. Called Gorbatost (hump- 

"back) by the Russians. Written also Gorbotch and Garbotch. 

G-orlmn, rock ; see Humpback. 

Gorda; point, in Port Rftfugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Punta Gorda (broad point) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. 

Gorda; point, on the northwestern shore of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay,

Prince of. Wales archipelago. Named Puuta Gorda (broad point) by

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. 

Gorda, point; see Ankau. 

Gordon; gulch, 6 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the north slope of

Anvil peak, at the head of Anvil creek, near longitude 165° 23'. Local

name, from Gerdiue, 1904. Gordon; mountain (9,100 feet high), about 30 miles north of Mount Wrangell,

southern Alaska. Prospectors' name, given in 1899 and reported by

Schrader, 1903. 

Gore; cape, on the southwestern coast of St. Matthew island, Bering sea.

Named Gore by Lutke, 1836, to preserve the name which Cook gave to

the island, 1778. 

Gore; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Dick, Kenai peninsula, Gulf

of Alaska. So named by Portlock, 1786. Has also been called Point

Dick.

Goreli, island; see Seguam. Goreloi, islands; see Gareloi. ' . Goreloi, volcano ; see Redoubt. 

Gore's island; see St. Matthew. 

Gorge (The); canyon, in Klutina river, a little below Klutina lake. Name

from Abercrombie, 1898. . , - German; strait, between Andronica and Korovin islands,'Sbumagin group, near

longitude'160° 05'. So named by the fishermen prior to 1872.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 283

Gornoi; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Gornoi (mountainous) by Vasilicf, 1809. Erroneously Cornoi.

G-ornostai, island ; see Ermine.

G-osohacket, river; see Cosua.

Goshawk, cape ; see Aguliuk.

Gould; island, near head of Hetta inlet, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 55° 17', longitude 132° 38'. Local name, reported by 

Dickius, 1905. ' 

Goulding; harbor, near Portlock harbor, on the western shore of Chichagof 

island, Alexander archipelago. . So named by Portlock, 1787.

Gousna, creek ; see Goose.

Government 'Station; see Utkiavi.

Governor Simpson, cape; see Simpson.

Govina, gulch; see Coviua.

Govorusheohi,, cape, point, etc.; see Gull.

Govorushecli/ie, island; see Whale.

Govorushka; lake, about the middle of St. George island, Bering sea, near 

longitude 169° 37'. Local name (Russian for the red-legged gull), 

written Goverooskie by Stanley-Brown in 1891 and Gavarushka by 

Duftield and Pntnam in 1897. According to Putnam the Aleut name is 

Koruim-iin'yi (red-legged gull lake).

(j.oyot, glacier ; see Malaspina.

Grace; gulch, 10 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the south bank 

of Buster creek, a tributary to Nome river from the east, near longitude 105° 12'. Local name, published in 1904.

Grace; point, the northernmost point of Latouche island, Prince William sound. 

So called in Vancouver's atlas,. 1798.

Grafton, island; see Crafton.

Graham; harbor, in Cook inlet. Called Graham's harbor by Portlock, 1786. It 

is Cool bay of Meares, 1788, and English bay of the Russians. Often 

called Port Graham.

Graham, point; see Dix.

Grand; island, in Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Meade, 1869.

Grand; island,-in Tlevak strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago: So named 

. by Nichols, 1881. Has also been named McNair by Sheldon Jackson.

Grand; point, the east point of entrance to Farragut bay, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Grand Canyon; of Noatak river northwestern Alaska, near longitude 161° ; 

called Grand Canons of the Noatak by Cantwell, 1885.

Grand Central; river, 40 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Salmon lake from the west, near longitude 165° 10'. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Grand Pacific; glacier, at the head of Reid inlet, Glacier bay, southeastern 

Alaska. Exploring this inlet in 1879 Muir found it headed by a great 

glacier, whose ice cliff filled the fiord from wall to wall, and to which 

he gave the name Grand Pacific. In 1892 Reid found that its front 

had receded so far as to convert its three branches into distinct 

glaciers. Retaining the name Grand Pacific for the largest and most 

northerly, he named the middle one Johns Hopkins, and the Harriinan 

expedition, 1899, named the smallest and most southerly Reid glacier.
284 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA..

Grard Plateau; glacier, in the'Fairweather range, southeastern Alaska. La 

Perouse, in 17SG, called this place Le Grand Plateau and Dall, 1874, 

called it, as above, Grand Plateau glacier.

Grand Wash, river ; see Kwik.

Gramchnoi, point; see Termination.

Granite; cove, in George island, Port Althorp, Cross sound, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Dall, 1880.

Granite; creek, tributary to Gold creek from the north, 2£ miles northeast of 

Juneau. Local name, obtained by Peters, 1902.

Granite; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary to East fork Sixmile creek from the 

northeast. Local name, from Mendenhall, 1898.

Granite; creek, tributary to Matanuska river from the west, about 25 miles 

above the mouth of the latter. Prospectors' name, published in 1899.

Granite; creek, tributary to Tisuk river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Granite; creek, tributary to Minook creek from the west, about 16 miles above 

its mouth. Local descriptive name, obtained by Prindle, 1904.

Granite; creek, tributary to Seventymile river from the south, near latitude 

65°, longitude 142° 10'. Local descriptive name, obtained by Gerdiue, 

1903.

Granite; creek, tributary to North fork Fortyniile creek from the west, near 

latitude 64° 20', longitude 142°. Local descriptive name, obtained by 

Gerdine, 1903. ...

Granite; creek, tributary to Chandlar river from the west, near latitude 67°. 

'Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader, 1899.

Granite; creek, tributary to South fork Koyukuk river from the east, near 

longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader, 1899.

Granite, fork of Fortymile ; see Middle.

Granite; lake, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago on the east shore 

of Thorne arm at its head,, near latitude 55° 25', longitude 131° 10'; 

Local name, reported by Brooks, 1901.

Granite; point, in Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Moser, 1897.

Granite; point (1,500 feet high), forming the south point of entrance to Sanborn harbor, Nagai island, Shumagin group. Name published by Dall, 

1875.

Granite Canyon; glacier, on the eastern border of the Muir glacier, southeastern 

 Alaska. So named by Reid, 1890, from the crystalline nature of the 

rock, which, however, turns out to be not a true granite.

G-ranitza, strait; see Dixon entrance.

Grant; island, in Behm canal, on the western side of Revillagigedo island, near 

Naha bay. So named by Clover, 1885. Erroneously Giant.

Grant; peak (5,291 feet high), on the mainland north of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1887, after President Ulysses S. 

Grant.

Grant; point, in Izembek bay, Alaska peninsula. Named by the Fish Commission, 1888, after President Ulysses S. Grant.

Grant, point; see Whidbey.

Grantley; harbor, at head of Port Clarence, Bering strait. Surveyed by 

Beechey in September, 1827, and named Grantley " in compliment to 

Lord Grantley."

Graptolite; river, the left fork of Dillinger river, which is a right branch of the 

Kuskokwim, near latitude 62° 40', longitude 153° 15'. So named by 

Brooks, 1902, to mark the " only place we had found these fossils."
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 285

Grass; creek, 4^ miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary 

from the west to Saunders creek, a fork of Hastings creek, near longitude 165° 07'. Local name, from Gerdiue, 1904.

Grass; gulch, 7 miles' north of Nome, Seward peninsula, at the head of Dexter 

creek, a tributary of Nome river from the west, near longitude 165° 21'. 

Local name, published in 1904.

Grass; island, on the western shore of Orca inlet, Prince William sound, near 

latitude 60° 34', longitude 145° 44'. So named by Moser, 1897.

Grass; island, in the Copper River delta, near latitude 60° 17', longitude 145° 

09'. Descriptive name, given by Ritter, 1898.

Grass; islet, in Sawmill cove, Howkan strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So called by Sheldon Jackson, 1880.

Grass; rock, in entrance to Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Grass; rock, at entrance to* Hunter bay, Cordova bay, Prince of Wales island, 

near latitude 54° 52'. So named by Moser, 1897.

Grass; valley, Alaska peninsula, extending southeast from the head of Hereudeen bay, near longitude 160° 37'. So called by Tanner, 1890.

Grass Knoll; islet. This name was applied by Dall, 1883, to that part of 

Bushtop islet which is detached at high water.

Grasstop; rock, in the entrance to Deep bay, Chich-agof island, Peril strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Grass Top by Coghlan, 1884.

Grassy; islet, south of Iliasik islands, in Sandman reefs, northeast of Sauuak. 

So called by Dall, 1880.

Grave; creek, tributary to Middle fork Chandlar river, near longitude 148°. 

Prospectors' inline, reported by Schrader, 1899.

Grave; point, the north point at entrance to Hunter bay, Cordova bay, Prince 

of Wales island, near latitude 54° 53'. So named by Moser, .1897.

Grave; point, the northeasterniuost point of Duke island, Gravina group, Alexunder archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in .1882 (map 

in Coast Pilot, p. 72). Presumably a descriptive name, obtained from 

the pilots.

Grave; point, the northwestern point of Pitt island, Hoouiah harbor, Port Frederick, Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers, 1880.

Grave; point, the western point of entrance to Taku harbor, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, .1809. There were a few 

graves on the point.

Gravel; creek, eastern Alaska, on south bank of Seventymile creek, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 142° 50'. Prospectors' name, from sketch map 

compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Gravel; island, one of the Kutchuma group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Pesiak (gravel) by Vasifief, 1809. Has also been called Martin 

island.

Gravel; point, Alaska peninsula, the west point of entrance to the most southerly cove of Herendeen bay; near longitude 160° 42'. Descriptive 

name, given by Tanner, 1890.

Graven, point; see Craven.

Graves; harbor, indenting the mainland southeastern Alaska, 4 miles northwest 

of Cape Spencer, near latitude 58° .15', longitude 136° 40'. Named 

after Herbert C. Graves, nautical expert, Coast Survey, and described 

in the Coast Pilot of 1901.
286 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA.

Graves; rocks, on east side of entrance to Graves harbor above. " The north 

end of the group is an islet, wooded on top and about 125 feet high. 

From the islet a series or group of large bare, rocks extend more than 

a mile SSE." So named and described in the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Graveyard; cape, southwestern shore of Afognak bay, Marmot bay, southern 

shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named Kladbitsha (graveyard) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Graveyard; point, the east point of entrance to Landlocked bay, Port Fidalgo, 

Prince William sound. Local name, reported, by Grant, 1905.

Graveyard; point, on the shore of Kvichak bay, Bristol bay, north of the mouth 

of Nakiiek river. Local name, reported by Moser, 1900.

Graveyard, point; see Station.

Gravina; group of islands, in Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, of which 

the principal ones are Annette, Duke, Gravina, and Mary. They were 

thus designated by the Spaniard Don Jacinto Caamaiio in about 1790.

Gravina; island, in Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, between Revillagigedo island and Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 15', 

longitude 132° 45'. It is the northernmost of a group named Gravina 

by Caaruano in about 1790.

Gravina; island, at entrance to Port Gravina, Prince William sound. So named 

by Abercrombie, 1898.

Gravina; point, the easternmost point of Gravina island, Alexander archipelago, 

. being the west point at the southern entrance to Tongass narrows.

Gravina; point, separating Orca bay and Port Gravina, Prince William sound. 

.So called by M'oser, 1897.

Gravina; port (Port Gravina), indenting the eastern shore of Prince William

Sound, near latitude 60° 40', longitude 146° 15'. So named by Fidalgo,

1790. 

Gray; peak (4,694 feet high), near the head of Thomas bay, southeastern

Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1887, presumably after Prof. Asa Gray, of

Harvard College.

Grayling; village and landing, on the right bank of the Yukon, 22 miles above 

Anvik, near latitude 63°, longitude 160°. There is a store here,- a large 

wood yard to supply steamers, and an Indian village 01 about 75 people. 

So described by Cantwell, 1900.

Graystone; creek, eastern Alaska, on south bank of Gold creek, Salcha River 

drainage, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 145° 45'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Witherspoon, 1005.

Great; arm, of Whale bay, Barahof island, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Bolshoi roukav (big sleeve) by the Russians.

Great; canyon, about 50 miles long, on Stikine river, British Columbia. This 

canyon marks the head of steam navigation.

Great; glacier, on the western bank of Stikine river, southeastern Alaska. 

Hunter, writing in 1877, says: " Great glacier is said to extend northwestwardly to the coast, about 70 miles, from 350 to 400 feet high."

Great, lake, St. Paul island; see Big.

Great Bend; local name for an ox bow in Kuskokwim river, near longitude 

158°, obtained by Spurr and Post from missionary J. H. Kilbuck in 

1898.

Great Bering; glacier, west of Icy bay, in the St. Elias alpine region. So 

.named by Seton-Karr, 1886.

Great East, Great Eastern, rookery; see East.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 287

Great Sitkin; island (5,033 feet high), between Atka and Adak, Andreanof 

group, middle Aleutians. Native name from the earliest Russian 

explorers. Called Great Sitkin to distinguish it from Little Sitkin, 

near Kiska. Has been written Seetien, Sigdak, Site-Inn, Sitchini, 

- Tschechina, Tsetchiua, etc. 'Lutke calls it Eastern Sitkiu, while Dall 

calls it Sitkin or Great Net island.

Great StrelM, bay ; see Big Branch.

Great Unknown; creek, eastern Alaska, small tributary on north bank of Birch 

creek, near latitude.65° 20', longitude 145° 25'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Witherspoon, 1905.

Greely; point, on {he mainland, in Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska. So named 

* by Mansfield, 1890, after Gen. Adolphns Washington Greely, U. S. A. 

Erroneously Greeley.

Green; bight, a small indentation in the southeastern shore of Akutan island, 

Kreuitzin group, eastern Aleutians, longitude 165° 4.0'. So named by 

Gilbert, 1901.

Green; creek, tributary to Seventymile creek, from the south. Local . name, 

: from Barnard, 1898. Called also Deer creek.

Green; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary to Ruby creek, at the head of Slate 

creek, an affluent, from the west, to North fork Fortyuiile creek, near 

latitude 64° 40', longitude 142° 50'. Prospectors' name, from sketch 

map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Green; creek, Seward peninsula, in Casadepaga drainage basin, tributary on 

south bank of Willow creek, near latitude 64° 48', longitude 164° 30'. 

Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1901.

Green; island, in Port Frederick, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by United States naval officers, 1880.

Green; island, in Davidson inlet, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 

55° 55', longitude 133° 37'. So named by Dickins, 1903-4.

Green; island, 4 miles wide and 15 miles long, northwest of Montague island, in 

Prince William sound. A group so named in May, 1778, by Cook, who 

.found them " Low, free from snow, and covered with wood and verdure." The name as now used applies to one island as above. Also 

called lies Vert.es. It is Nikolai island of Russian Hydrographic chart 

1378 (ed. of 1847). Occupied since 1897 for the propagation of blue 

foxes.

Green; isle, the most southerly of the village islands, Uganik bay, Kodiak. So 

named by Moser, 1897.

Green; islets (at high water), on eastern shore of Portland canal, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Fender, 1808.

Green; point, on Lindeuberg peninsula, Wraugell strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently so named by Dall in Coast Pilot, 1883. It is point Meli 

(shoal) of Lindenberg, 1838.

Green; point, on the mainland, a little south of the mouth of the Stikine river. 

Named Zelenoi (green), 1803, by the Russian surveying party, under 

Commander Basargin, on the steamer Rynda. Has been called Zelonoi, 

Zelony, and Green. The name is descriptive.

Green; point, on the northeastern shore of Hemlock island, Port Chester, 

Annette island, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast 

Survey in 1876.

Green; point, the northern point of entrance to Pyramid harbor, Chilkat inlet, 

Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. Named Zelenoi (green) by Lindenberg, 1838. It is Indian point of Meade in 1869, and Pyramid point of 

Beardslee in 1880.
.288 GEOGEAPHIG DICTIOFAEY OP-ALASKA.

Green; ridge, of wooded hills (about 1,300 feet high), near Cape Fox, Dixon 

entrance. Named by Nichols, 1888.

Green, river ; see Omalik.

Green; rocks, between Island and Rock points, Wrangell strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Zeleuoi (green) by Liudenberg in 1838. Meade, 

1869, called them Fairway rocks.

Greenhorn; gulch, in the Birch creek region, at the head of Boulder creek, near 

latitude 65° 25', longitude 145° 05'. Prospectors' -name, reported by 

Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, of the Geological Survey, 1896.

Greenhorn, mountains ; see Bendeleben.

Greenough; mountain (4,800 feet high), iu extreme northeastern Alaska., So 

named by Franklin, 1826. .

Grego, point; see Cangrejo (crab).

Gregson; island, Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska, south of Fitzgerald island. 

So named by Harber, 1892, after G. S. Gregson, one of his party.

Greig; cape (Cape Greig), on the north shore of Alaska peninsula, the north 

point of entrance to Ugashik river. Named by Lutke, 1828, after 

Admiral Greig, of the Russian navy. Variously written Greigh, Grey, 

etc.

Greig; mountain (6,500 feet high), in the Tordrillo range, between Kuskokwim 

and Skweutna rivers. So named by Spurr and Post, 1898. Erroneously Creig.

Greville, cape ; see Chiuiak.

Grewingk; glacier, on Kenai peninsula, tributary to Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. 

Named by Dall, 18SO, after Dr. Constautin Grewingk, a distinguished 

writer on Alaska.

Grewingk; volcanic island near Bogoslof island, Bering sea, about latitude 

53° 55', longitude 168°. This island rose from the sea in 1883, and was' 

called New Bogoslof. Dall proposed the name Grewingk, after Dr. 

Constantiu Grewingk, who had previously written on the geology and 

vulcanism of Alaska. See Bogoslof.

Grey, cape ; Bristol bay ; see Greig.

Grey; point, on the western shore of Tamgas harbor. Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey, 1891.

G-reyling, village and landing; see Grayling.

Greys; island, on the southern edge of the Stikiiie flats, Sunnier strait, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by Meade, 1869.

Gh-iada, rocks ; see Border.

Grief; islet, iu Duncau canal, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Thomas, 1887.

Griffin; point, on the Arctic coast, a little west of the international boundary 

line. So named by Franklin, 1826.

Griffith; island, in western anchorage of Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey, 1885.

Grimkopf; town or station on the Yukon, 20 miles above the Koyukuk. Written also Grimkop.

Grindall; island, in Clarence strait, at entrance to Kasaan bay, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Dall, 1880.

Grindall; passage, between Grindall island and Grindall point, Clarence strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So called by Nichols (Coast Pilot, p. 90) in 

1891.
- GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 289

Grindall; point, the north point of entrance to Kasaan bay, Clarence strait, 

Alexander archip'elago. Named by Vancouver, 1793, after Captain 

Grindall, R. N. Sometimes called Cape Grindall. It -is Cone point of 

the traders.

Grindall; post-office, at Grindall point, Alexander archipelago. Established in 

July, 1900 ; discontinued 1904.

G-risley; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary to Wolf creek, an affluent of Birch 

creek from the south, near latitude 65° 15', longitude 145°. Prospectors' 

name, from Witherspoon, 1905. May have been intended for Grizzly.

Grizzly, creek ; see Grisley.

Groosgincloose, inlet; see Cook.

Groundhog; creek, southeastern Alaska, on the mainland, 2 miles east of 

Juneau, and on the east side of Icy gulch. Local name, reported by 

Spencer and Wright, 1903.

Grouse; creek, tributary to Kruzgaiuepa river, from the west, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Grouse; creek, tributary to Mint river, Seward peninsula. Name from Brooks, 

1900.

Grouse; creek, tributary to Tubutulik river, near its source, Seward peninsula. 

Prospectors' name, from Peters, 1900.

Grouse; creek, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, draining the southeastern slope of Mount Distiii into Goldbottom creek, an affluent of 

Snake river, near latitude 64° 45', longitude 165° 22'. Local name, 

from Gerdine, 1904.

Grouse; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Noxapaga river, about 2 miles 

above the village of Noxapaga, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 104° 

10'. Local name, obtained by Gerdine, 1901.

Grouse; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Aurora creek, which is a tributary to West fork Noxapaga river, near latitude 65° 37', longitude 164° 

15'. Local name, obtained by Gerdine, 1901.

Grouse; creek, Seward peninsula, small tributary of Casadepaga river on east 

bank, near latitude 64° 46', longitude 164° 29'. Prospectors' name, 

from Gerdine, 1905.

Grouse; creek, tributary to the head of Hess creek from the north, near latitude 65° 40', longitude 147° 30'. Local name, obtained by Lieutenant 

Erickson, U. S. A., 1902.

Grouse; gulch, 7 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the south slope of 

King mountain, draining to Dexter creek, near longitude 165° 20'. 

Local name, published in 1903.

Grouse; island, at mouth of Mink bay, Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by the Coast Survey, 1891.

Grouse; lake, Kenai peninsula, 6 miles north of Resurrection bay and just west 

of Salmon lake. Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Grub; gulch, 18 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, opening on the east 

bank of Goldbottom creek at the headwaters of Snake river, near 

longitude 165° 23'. Miners' name, from Gerdine, 1904.

Grubstake; gulch, Copper River region, at the headwaters of Chititu creek. 

Prospectors' name, taken from map of Nizina mining district by George 

M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902.

Grubstake; gulch, eastern Alaska, on the right bank of Little Blanche creek, a 

tributary of Seventymile creek from the south. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., in 1902.

 Buil. 299 06 M 19
290 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA.

Grunt; point, Gambler bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Mansfield, 1889. 

Guadalupe, Puerto lie; see Shelikof. 

Guanton; mountains (5,163 feet high), east of Portland canal. So named by

 Fender, 1868.

Guard, island, Resurrection bay; see Hive.

Guard; islands (25 feet high), at junction of Behrn canal, Clarence strait, and 

Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. Name given by local pilots 

about 1880. These islands have been reserved for light-house purposes 

by Executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Guertin; islet, in Jamestown bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by United States naval officers in 1880, after Master Frank 

Guertin, U. S. N.

Guibert; islets, in the entrance to Necker bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Called Necker isles by La Perouse, 1786. By the Russians 

called Yaichuia (egg) and by Ball, 1883, Guibert in order "to distinguish them from the host of others which have likewise received from 

the Russians the title of Egg (Yaichuia) islands." Variously called 

Egg, Necker, Yaitchny, etc.

Guibert, port; see Whale bay.

Guide; island, in the northern part of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Krestofskoi (cross) by Vasilief, 1809. Later it was called 

Ukazatel (guide) island by the Russians. Has also been called 

Index island. In the Coast Pilot, 1891, it is called Guide (p. 168) and 

Unastal (p. 176).

Guide; rocks, in the southeastern part of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Moser, 1897.

Guillemot; island, north of the Shumagius. Named lachnoi (egg) by Tebenkof 

in 1849. Renamed Guillemot by D'all, 1880.

Gukyuk; slough, Yukon delta, on the right bank of Kawanak pass, 5 miles

 below the head, near latitude 62° 58', longitude 164° 10'. Eskimo

name, reported by Faris, 1899.

Gulch; creek, tributary to East fork Sixmile creek from the east, Kenai peninsula. Local name, obtained by Becker, 1895, but misplaced on his map.

Gulkana; river and lake near its source, tributary to Copper river from the

northwest, between Tazlina and Gakona rivers. Native name, adopted 

by the whites and reported by Mendenhall, 1902.

Gulkana. The Signal Corps map of 1904 shows a " town or station " in Copper 

River valley, near the mouth of Gulkana river, named Kulkan'a.

Gull, bay ; see Udamat.

Gull; cape, the southern point of entrance to Kaflia bay, on north shore of Shelikof strait. Named Govorushechi or Govorushek (gull) by the Russians. According to Elliott Goverooskie, Russian for gulls, refers to 

Lams brevirostris and Lar-us tridactylus.

Gull; cove, at the northeast point of entrance to Idaho inlet, south shore of Icy 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 136° 10'. So named by 

Dickins, 1902.

Gull; hill, at east end of St. George island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Perhaps 

a local name; used by Elliott, 1873-74. According to Putnam the 

Aleuts call it Atcho'-koverushka (lower hill) from Russian kovrishka, 

1 a little loaf.

Gull; hill, south coast St. Paul island, Bering sea, on the eastern shore of the 

narrow neck between St. Paul village and Reef point, near longitude 

170° 16'. Local name, reported by Duffleld in 1897.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 291

Gull; island, in Favorite channel, Lyuu canal, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Beardslee, 1880. 

Gull; island, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Nichols, 1883. 

Gull; inland, eastern shore Prince William sound, inside Goose island, between

Porcupine point and Knowles head, near latitude 00° 43', longitude

146° 39'. Name from Hitter, 1903. . 

Gull; island in Mine harbor, Herendeen bay, north shore Alaska peninsula, near

longitude 130° 41'. So called by Tanner, 1890. 

Gull, island; see Kutkan.

Gull; islands, on the southeast shore of Kacheniak bay, Cook inlet, near longitude 151° 20V Local name, frojii Dall, 1895. 

Gull; islet, southeast of Long island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Chaiki (gull) by Vasilief in 1809. Called Gull rocks by Nichols

in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 173). 

Gull; islet, near the northwestern shore of Shuyak island, Kodiak group.

Named Chaichi (gull) by the Russian American Company, 1849. 

Gull; islet (20 feet high), near the northern coast of Unga island, Shumagius,

at entrance to Zachary bay, near longitude 100° 40'. Presumably so

named by the Western Union Telegraph expedition in 1805. 

Gull; islet, in western anchorage St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Chaichi

(gull) by the early Russians. 

Gull, islets, Akutau pass; see Seagull. 

Gull; point, the northwestern point of Ouslow island, Clarence strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886. 

Gull; point, the south point of entrance to Igak bay, on eastern shore of Kodiak.

Named Govorushiche (Kittiwake, a kind of gull) and Chaichi (gull)

by the Russians. Lisiauski, 1805, calls it Gull's point. Elliott says

Chikie is the Russian for the Burgomaster gull (Laras ylaucus). 

Gull; point, north shore Alaska peninsula, the eastern point at entrance to the

most southerly cove of Hereudeeu bay, near longitude 160° 40'. So

called by Tanner, 1890. 

.Gull; rock, off the western shore of Heceta island, Iphigeuia bay, Prince of

Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 45', longitude 133° 45'. So named

by Dickins, 1903-4. 

Gull; rock, near Pinnacle island, Bering sea. Apparently so called by Elliott,

1874. Sarichef shows the rock and calls it Rock 'with gravel. 

Gullhead; point, south shore Kotzebue sound, Seward peninsula, 6 miles west of

Cape Deceit, " a narrow rocky peninsula stretching a mile into the

sea." So named and described by Beechey, 1820. (Vol. 1, p. 326.) 

Gulrass, point; see Culross. 

Gumaer; lake, near.Tetling river, in about longitude 142°. So named by Lowe,

1898, after John Gumaer, a member of his party. Erroneously Gomair

on the maps. 

Gimahadetdje. The Krause brothers, 1882, report this to be the native name

of a lake in or near the Krotahini pass, southeastern Alaska. 

Guray; creek, eastern Alaska, on the east bank of Charley river, which is affluent to the Yukon from the south, near longitude 143°. Prospectors'

name, from a sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps,

U. S. A., 1905.' 

Guria; see Kekur. 

Gurney; peak, in the McKinley range, near latitude 62° 10', longitude 153°.

So named by Herron, 1899.
292 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Gusinaia, creek, islands, etc.; see Goose.

Gusinaia, islands ; see Geese.

Gusna, creek; see Goose.

Guss, creek, near Nome; see Cuss.

Gustavus; point, the eastern point of entrance to Glacier bay, Icy strait, southeastern Alaska, near longitude 135° 55'. So named by Dall, 1879.

Gus Wilson; slough, in the eastern part of the Copper River delta. Fisheries' 

name, reported by Moser, 1897. . Gut; bay, on the southeastern coast of Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey, 1889.

Guthna; creek, tributary to Tanana river from the north, 12 miles above its 

mouth, near latitude 65°, longitude 151° 30'. Native name, reported by 

Herron, 1899, and written Guth-na. Has been called Fish creek.

Gutwetter, cape ; see Fairweather.

G-utwetterbery; see Fairweather.

Guyot; glacier, between Karr hills and Robinson hills and tributary to Malas-, 

pina glacier, near Mount St. Elias. Originally this name was applied 

by the New York Times expedition, of 1886, to the western lobe of 

Malaspiua glacier. The above description follows Russell's application. 

Named after Prof. Arnold Guyot, of Priucetou College.

Gvozdef, islands ; see Diornede.

Gtvosdef, cape; see Prince of Wales.

G'lvozdeff, islands ; see Diomede.

Gwydyr; bay, a little east of the mouth of Colville river, Arctic coast. So 

named by Franklin, 1826. Erroneously Gwydir.

Hartley, port; see Lyman anchorage.

Hadley; settlement, on Lyman anchorage, Kasaan peninsula, Prince of Wales 

island, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 32', 

longitude 132° 17', Name reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Hadon; peak, near the head of Libbey glacier, in the St. Elias region. So 

named by Topham, 1886.

Haenke; island,.in Disenchantment bay, Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Malaspina, 1791, after Thaddeus Haenke, botanist and 

naturalist of his expedition. According to Davidson it is Isla de

Hengue on Malaspina's manuscript chart. The name Egg island, said 

to be in use locally, was published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Hafuache, point; see Kamachi.

Hagemeister; island, in northern part of Bristol bay, Bering sea. So named 

by the Russians, after Capt. Leontius Vasilevich Hagemeister, who 

made three voyages to the Russian American colonies and round the 

world, 1806-7 in command of the Neva, 1816-1819 in command of the 

Kiituzof, and 1828-1830 in command of the Krotkoi. This name was 

published in Sarichefs atlas, 1826. Erroneously Hageumeister.

Hagemeister; strait, separating Hagemeister island from the mainland, Bristol 

bay. Name published by Sarichef, 1826.

Hague, cape; see Umshaliuk.

Hague; channel, in Port Moller, north shore Alaska peninsula, leading to the 

entrance of Herendeen bay, near latitude 55° 55', longitude 160° 42'. 

So named by Tanner, 1890.

Hague; rock, between Sannak island and Sandman reefs, near longitude 162° 

24'. Named by the Fish Commission in 1890. Called Midway island 

by the Coast Survey in 1900.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIOKA.BY OF ALASKA. 293'

Haiden, port; see Heideu.

Haines; village and post-office, on Portage bay, near the head of Chilkoot inlet, 

southeastern Alaska. Prior to 1880 there existed here an Indian village called Kutkwutlu (Deshu or Daschu, according to the Krause 

brothers). In 1881 a Presbyterian mission school was established here, 

a trading post having been already established, and called Willard Mission. This name was soon afterwards changed to Haiues. The pqstoffice is called Haines and the whole place known locally as Chilkoot. 

The post-office was established here in February, 1884.

Haiu; creek, tributary to Yukon river on the right bank, opposite the mouth of 

Minook creek, near Squaw creek, about longitude 150° 10'. Prospectors' 

name, spelled Hi-u, on Edwards's Track Chart of the Yukon, 1899.

HaJcorcins; two stations (old and new) on north bank of Yukon river, about 

75 miles below the mouth of the Tanana. Name published by the 

Coast Survey in 1898. See also Kokrines and Miokniozdok.

Haley; anchorage, in Fish bay, Peril strait, Alexander, archipelago, near latitude 57° 22', longitude 135° 37'. Named by Coghlan, 1884, after a 

miner, Nicholas Haley.

Haley; point, Fish bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago, " forming the eastern side" of Haley anchorage above " a sand flat terminating in a 

high-water island." Named by Moore in 1.896 and so described in the 

Coast Pilot of 1901.

Haley; rock, south side of entrance to Fish bay, Peril strait, on western side of 

Haley anchorage above. So named by Moore, 1896.

Half mile; salmon stream, western coast Prince of Wales island, tributary to 

Klawak lake on the north shore, one-half mile from the outlet, near 

latitude 55° 27'. Local descriptive name, reported by Moser in 1897 

and written Half-mile.

Half moon; anchorage, in Wraugell strait, Alexander archipelago. Traders' 

name, first reported by Meade in 1869 and published by the Hydrographic Office in 1869.

Half tide; rock, on the eastern shore of Hereudeen bay, Alaska peninsula, 3i 

miles south of Point Divide, near longitude 160° 45'. Descriptive name 

Half Tide given by Tanner, 1890.

Halfway; island, in Yukon river, near the left bank and nearly midway between Fort Yukon and Circle, near longitude 145°. So called by the 

river pilots, and reported by Cantwell, 1900.

Halfway; point, on the southeastern shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, 

Bering sea. It is about midway between " the village and Northeast 

point." Named Polovinnoi (halfway) by the Russians.

Halibut; bay, on the western shore of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska, 

near latitude 55° 13'. So named by Pender, '1868.

Halibut; cove, indenting the eastern shore of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. Apparently so named by Dall, 1880.

Halibut; creek, on the western shore Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near 

latitude 55° 15', longitude 132°. Local navigators' name, reported by 

H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries. 1904.

Halibut; harbor, indenting the southwestern end of Kosciusko island, Iphigenia 

bay, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 55', longitude 133° 

47'. Local name from Dickius, 1903-4.

Halibut; island and rock, bare at low water, in the entrance to Port Frederick, 

Icy strait, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 135° 30'. Name of 

rock published in the Coast Pilot of 1883, that of the island in the 

Coast Pilot of 1901.
294 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Halibut, island; see Sannak.

Halibut; point, 4 miles northwesterly from Sitka, Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Faltus (halibut) by Vasilief, 1809. Also written 

Paltoose. Has also been called Pescbani (sandy)-.

Halibut; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, at west of entrance to 

Halibut bay above. Name published by the Coast Survey.

Halibut Nose; a point on the northeastern' shore of Tlevak strait, being the 

northern point of the west entrance to Sukkwan strait, Cordova bay. 

Prince of Wales island, near longitude 133°. Local name, published by 

the Coast Survey in .1905.

Haliknuk; river, tributary to the Chulitua river from the east, in longitude 156° 

30'. Eskimo name, obtained by Spurr and Post, 1898, from A. Lind, a 

trader. It is pronounced Hal-lk-uook, and said to mean sudden or unexpected. Tikhmenief, 1861, calls it Agalitnak. Written also Ho-holikuuk.

Halkett; cape, between Smith and Harrison bays, on the Arctic coast, east of 

Point Barrow. So named by Dease and Simpson, 1837, in compliment 

to one of the directors of the Hudson Bay Company. Has often been 

written lialket.

Hallcin, island; see Raven.

Hall; cape, the north point of Hall island, Bering sea. So called by Tebenkof, 

1849, after Lieut. Robert Hall, who accompanied Billings and visited 

this locality in 1791. Has also been called North cape. . . Hall; cove, indenting the western shore of Duke island, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 54° 54', longitude 131° 23'. Local navigators' name, 

reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Hall; creek, tributary to Canyon creek from the east, in -the Fortymile mining 

region. Local name from Barnard in 1898.

Hall; island, near the southeastern shore of Big Koniuji island, Yukon harbor, 

Shumagin group. So named by Dall, 1874, after Captain Hall, sailing 

master of the Coast Survey schooner Hnmboldt, 1871-72.

Hall; island (1,500 feet high), off the western end of St. Matthew island, 

Bering sea. The early Russian hunters called this Morzhovoi (walrus), because they found these animals there. Lutke and Tebenkof

follow this, Lutke writing Morjovi (aux morses) and Morjovy. Russian Hydrographic chart 1427 calls it Sindsha, probably after its 

alleged Russian discoverer, Sind. Billings and Sarichef anchored 

between it and St. Matthew, July 14, 1791 (o. s.), and on American 

maps for the last thirty years it has borne the name Hall, presumably 

after Lieut. Robert Hall, who accompanied Billings.

Hall; peak (3,726 feet high), in the northern part of Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, 1887, after Capt. Charles Francis Hall, the distinguished Arctic explorer, who died November 8, 1871.

Hall; rapids, in the Yukon river, 25 miles above Anvik. Named Hall's rapids 

by Raymond, 1869, " in honor of Capt. Benjamin Hall, who first passed 

this point in a steamer."

Hall; rock, in the Kasiana group of islands, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vasilief, 1809.

Halleck; harbor, in Saginaw bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade, 1869, after Maj. Gen. Henry Wager Halleck, U. S. A.

Halleck; island, a little north of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 13', longitude 135° 27'. So named by Meade, 

1869, after General Halleck, U. S. A., then in command at Sitka.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA, 295

Halleck; point, the western point of Halleck island above, at junction of Nakwasina passage and Olga strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Moore, 1896.

Halleck; range of mountains (3,500 to 4,000 feet high), west of Portland canal. 

So named by Fender, 1868.

Hallet; valley and river, tributary to the head of Klutiua lake. So named by 

Abercrornbie, 1898, after Private Hallet, a member of his party. Erroneously Hallett

Hallo; bay, on the northern shore of Shelikof strait. Corruption of a native 

word given by Tebeukof as Ayou or Aiu, and this is said to represent 

very nearly the native pronunciation. It has appeared as Ago, Aho, 

Aja, and Hioo. The local pronunciation by the whites is like the telephone call, hello.

Ham, cove; see Sawmill.

Ham; island, near the eastern shore of Annette island, Revillagigedo channel, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Ham, island; see Blake. .

Hamilton; bay, in Keku strait, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the United States Navy, presumably in 1879 or 1880, after 

the owner of a sawmill there. Sometimes called Hamilton harbor.

Hamilton; creek, in St. Elias region, southern Alaska, 5 miles east of Cape 

Yaktag, Gulf of Alaska. Named after Thos. J. Hamilton, United 

States marshal, Territory of Washington, and reported by Martin in 

1903.

Hamilton; island, in Shakan bay, Surnner strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 101).

Hamilton; lauding, on right bank of the Yukon, a little above Kaltag. Called 

Hamilton's landing on recent maps.

Hamilton; mount, 12 miles north of Controller bay and 2 miles north of Bering 

lake, southern Alaska, near longitude 144° 12'. Local name, reported 

by Martin in 1904.

Hamilton; mountain peak (about 2,500 feet high), in the Kilbuck range, western Alaska, about 30 miles east-northeast of Bethel. So named by 

Post, of the 'Geological Survey, 1898.

Hamilton; point, the southern point of entrance to Hamilton bay, Keku strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore, 1892.

Hamiltons Mill. A sawmill and wharf, on Shakan strait, Kosciusko island, 

Alexander archipelago; . so called aftev its owner. The post-office 

Shakan is at this place. See Shakan.

Hamlet; mountain (2,000 feet high), on the Arctic coast, 12 miles south of 

Cape Lisburne, near latitude 68° 45'. Named by Collier, 1904, after 

Capt. O. C. Hamlet, Revenue-Cutter Service, commanding the Revenue 

Marine steamer Thetis, that year, in Alaskan waters.

Hammond; creek, tributary to Middle fork Koyukuk river from the north 

(right), near latitude 67° 30', longitude 150° 15'. Prospectors' name, 

reported both Baker and Nelson by Schrader, 1899, and Harnrnond by 

Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Hamond, cape; see St. Elias,

Hanagita; trail, valley, and river, tributary to Tebay river from the east. So 

named by Gerdine, 1900, after an Indian chief in the vicinity.

Hancock; .peak (3,851 feet high), on the mainland, west of Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887, presumably after the first 

steamship to cross the Atlantic.
296 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Hanin; rocks, near the northern point of entrance to Chiniak bay, Kodiak 

island. Named Haninskia (Haniu) by Murashef in 1839^0. Twins 

of Coast Survey charts.

Hanks; 'island and shoal, near Sheep point, north shore Orca bay, Prince William sound, near latitude 60° 37', longitude 145° 55'. Local name, 

from Moser, 1897. Ritter, 1903, has in the place of this shoal name. 

Gatherer rock.

Hanna;. creek, eastern Alaska, on the west bank of Charley river, which is 

affluent to Yukon river from the south, near longitude 143°. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal 

Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Hanna; glacier, on the northwest slope of Mount McKinley, drained by McKinley fork Kantishna river, near latitude 63° 10', longitude 151°. Named 

Peters, by Brooks, 1902, after W. J. Peters, of the Geological Survey, 

and Hanna, by the Board on Geographic Names, Jan. 6, 1904, after the 

late Hon. Marcus Alontfo Hanna, United States Senator from Ohio.

Hanning; bay, on the northwestern coast of Montague island, Prince William 

sound. So named by Portlock, 1787, " after the worthy family of the 

Hannings." Erroneously Running. It is Port Bazil of Vancouver's 

atlas and of Russian Hydrographic chart 1378.

Hannum; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Inmachuk river from west, 

near latitude 65° 55', longitude 163° 10'. Prospectors' name, obtained 

by Mendenhall and Reaburn, 1901.

Hantak, island ; see Khantaak.

Hanus; bay, indenting the northern shore of Baranof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by United States naval officers, 1880, after 

Lieut Gustavus Charles Hanus, U. S. N. Was called Hanus inlet in tho 

Coast Pilot of 1883.

Hanus; islet, at eastern entrance to Symonds bay, Biorka island, Sitka sound. 

Named by Symonds, 1879, after Lieut. G. C. Hanus, U. S. N.

Hanus; point, the eastern point of entrance to Hanus bay, Peril strait, Alex- 

. ander archipelago. Named by Moore, 1895, after Lieut. G. C. Hanus, 

U. S. N.'

Hanus; reef, in the eastern entrance to Icy strait, Alexander archipelago, near 

latitude 58° 08', longitude 135°. So named by Beardslee, 1880, after 

Lieut. G. C. Hanus, U. S. N., who discovered and surveyed it. Also 

called Hanus rocks.

Happy; river, tributary to the Skwentna from the north, near its source. So 

named by Spurr and Post, 1898.

Happy Newyear; creek, in Fortymile region, tributary on south bank to Slate 

creek, near latitude 64° 35', longitude 142° 30'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Witherspoon, 1905.

Harbor; island, immediately in front of the wharf at Sitka, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Gavanski (harbor) by Vasilief, 1809.

Harbor; island, in Holkham bay, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade, 1869.

Harbor; island, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade, 1869.

Harbor, island; see Pitt.

Harbor, islet; see Danger.

Harbor; peak (2,200 feet high), near Sitka harbor, Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Called Gavanski (harbor) mountain by Tebenkof, 1850. 

Has also been called Gavan.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. ' '297

Harbor; point, the southern point of Old Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. Named Gavanski by Vasilief, 1809, and called, indiffer-

. ently, Gavanski and Harbor. 

Harbor; point,' on Annette island, the southern point of entrance to Hassler

harbor-, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. So named by

Nichols, 1882. 

Harbor; point, on the eastern shore of Long island, Port Frederick, Icy strait,

Alexander archipelago. Named by United States naval officers, 1880. 

Harbor; point, the eastern point of entrance to Lituya bay, southeastern Alaska,

near longitude 137° 40'. Named by Dall in 1874. It is luzhnoi (south)

point of Tebenkof, 1849. 

Harbor; point, a sand spit in Port Holier, Alaska peninsula. So.named by Dall,

1882;

Harbor; ridge (1,700 feet high), on the mainland, east of Nakat harbor, southeastern Alaska. So named by Nichols, 1883. 

Harbor; rock, between the middle and western anchorages, Sitka harbor, Sitka

sound, Alexander archipelago. So called by.Dall in the Coast Pilot

(1883, p. 149).

Harding; point, the extreme northern point of Srneaton island, southern entrance to Benin canal, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 23',

longitude 130° 56'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett,

Bureau of Fisheries, 1904. 

Hardscrabble; point, on the western shore of Prince of Wales island, Sunnier

strait, near latitude 56°, longitude 133° 46'. Local navigators' name,

reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904. 

Harlem; gulch, Seward peninsula, Solomon River drainage, on east bank of

Shovel creek near its source; about latitude 64° 43', longitude 164° 25'.

Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1904. 

Harman; point, the eastern head of Day harbor, Kenai peninsula. So named

by Ptfrtlock, 1786. Meares calls it I-Iarmon. 

Harold; mountain (3,428 feet high), on the mainland, east of Stikine river and

near the international boundary line. Name published by the Coast

Survey in 1895. 

Harper; bend, in Tauana river, about 20 miles below the mouth of Kantishna

river. Locally known as Harper's bend, this designation being derived

from Arthur Harper, a pioneer trader on the Yukon. Here, in a log

house, was Harper's trading station, the scene of the murder of Mrs.

Bean, wife of the agent stationed there. 

Harrell; island, in Kuskokwim river, near latitude 63°. So named by Spurr,

1898, after A. E. Harrell, a member of his party. 

Harriet; creek, tributary to the Koyukuk river from the south, near longitude

151°. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader, 1899. 

Harriet; point, on the northwestern shore of Cook inlet, near Redoubt volcano.

So called in Vancouver's atlas (1798, chart 10). 

Harriman; fiord, opening into Port Wells, Prince William sound. Discovered

and named by the Harrimau expedition, 1899, after Mr. Edward Henry

Harriman. 

Harriman; glacier, tributary to the head of Harriman fiord, Port Wells, Prince

William sound. So named by the Harriman expedition, 1899. 

Harringt^n; point, the north point of Observation island, forming the western

point of entrance to Steamer bay, Etolin island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Vancouver, 1793. 

Harrington; rock, in Portage bay, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Nichols, 1882.
298 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA,

Harris; creek, tributary to North fork Kougarok river, Sewarcl peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900. 

Harris; island, near the mouth of Tanigas harbor, Felice strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Clover, 1885.

Harris; islet, near the entrance to Silver bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Beardslee, 1880.

Harris; point, the northern point of entrance to Port Malmesbury, Kuiu island, 

Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794. 

By transcription into Russian letters, an error in lettering, and a 

retranscription into English, this has appeared on some charts as 

Gams.

Harris; point, the most southerly point of Smeaton island, southern entrance to 

Behui canal, near latitude 55° 20', longitude 130° 57'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fasset't, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Harrisburg, city, harbor, etc.; see Juneau.

Harris Dome; mountain (1,800 feet high), on Seward peninsula, near latitude 

65° 38', longitude 164° 32'. Local name, obtained by Gerdine, 1901.

Harrison; bay, on the Arctic coast, near mouth of Colville river, east of Point 

Barrow. So named by Dease and Simpson, 1837, in honor of the 

deputy governor of the Hudson Bay Company.

Harrison; creek, tributary to the North fork Birch creek from the left, near 

latitude 65° 25', longitude 145° 10'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, of the Geological Survey, 1896.

Harrison; creek, on the right bank of Beaver creek, an affluent to Yukon river 

from the south, near longitude 147°. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902.

Harrison; mountain (6,955 feet high), on the mainland, near Holkharn bay, 

Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 

1889, after President Benjamin Harrison.

Harrison; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. 

So called by the Coast Survey. This is Leading point of British 

Admiralty chart 2431 (1865-1888).

Harrison, river ; see Alsek.

Harry; bay, indenting the mainland north of Tongass, Dixon entrance, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 54° 49', longitude 130° 47'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Harry; island, at the entrance to Flynn cove, south shore Icy strait, Alexander 

archipelago, near longitude 135° 35'. So named by Dickins, 1901.

Harry Saddle; a mountain (2,086 feet high), just north of Cape Fox, Dixon 

entrance. Apparently so named by Meade, 1869.

Hart; creek, 8 njiles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the north slope of 

King mountain, tributary from the south to Glacier creek, near longitude 165° 21'. Local name, published in 1901. . Hartford; range of mountains, on the mainland, north of Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1887, after Admiral Farragut's 

flagship.

Hartman; river, tributary to the headwaters of Kuskokwim river. So named 

by Spurr, 1898, after George Hartman, a member of his party.

Harts; lake, draining into Myrtle lake at the head of Niblack anchorage. 

Moira sound, southeastern shore Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 55° 05', longitude 132° 07'. Local name, 

reported by Brooks, 1901.

Hartt; point, on Dall island, Howkan strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Sheldon Jackson, 1880.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. '299

Harvard; glacier, tributary to the head of College fiord, Port Wells, Prince 

William sound. So named by the Harriinau expedition, 1899. Near it, 

to the eastward, is Yale glacier, named by the same expedition. These 

two were called Twin glaciers by Captain Glenn, 1898.

Harvester; island, near or in Uyak anchorage, Uyak bay, northern coast of 

Kodiak. So named after the bark Harvester, and name published in

1899.

Hassiah; inlet, southwestern shore Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago, indenting the eastern shore of Cordova bay, near latitude 55°, 

longitude 132° 37'. Probably native name, so called by the pilots, and 

reported by Dickius, 1905.

Hassler; harbor, indenting the northeastern shore of Annette island, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. Surveyed and named by 

Nichols, in the Coast Survey steamer Hassler, 1882.

Hassler; island, in Behm canal, on the northwestern shore of Revillagigedo 

island, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, 1891, 

after its surveying steamer Hassler.

Hassler, island. It was supposed, in 1882, that Carroll inlet or arm extended 

entirely across Revillagigedo island, cutting it in two. The southern 

part was then named Hassler. The name is, however, inapplicable, 

. there being no such island.

Hassler; passage, separating Hassler island from Revillagigedo island. Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Hassler; point, the northern point of entrance to North bay, Tlevak strait, Dall 

island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Dall, 1882, after the Coast 

Survey steamer Hassler, which was in this vicinity on a surveying 

cruise, 1881.

Hassler; reef (10 feet out at low water), 5 miles south of the Percy islands and 

in the southern entrance to Clarence strit, Alexander archipelago. 

Named after the Coast Survey steamer Hassler by Nichols, 1883, who 

says (Coast Pilot, p. 74), "probably identical with Brundige Rock." 

And again (p. 85), " This is without doubt the reef reported by Captain 

Brundige, though his bearings would not so confirm it." See Brundige.

Hastings; creek, debouching on the south shore of Seward peninsula, 3i miles 

west of Cape Nome, near longitude 165° 05'. Local name, published in

1900..

Hat; mountain, on Wales island, Alexander, archipelago. So named by Nichols, 

1888.

Hatan, cape; see Kovrizhka.

Hatay; mountain and pass, 40 miles northwest of Tyonek, Cook inlet, near latitude 61° 30', longitude 152°. Indian name, reported by Herron, 1899, 

written also Ha-tay. See also Spurr.

Hatch; creek, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, a small tributary of 

Nome river from the 'west, near longitude 165° 18'. Local name, published in 1900.

Hatchet; pass, between Dolgoi island and Hatchet point, southeastern shore 

Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Harber, 1892.

Hatchet; point, on the eastern shore of Yakutat bay,, southeastern Alaska. 

Called Topor (hatchet) by Tebenkof, 1849. Also has been written 

Tapor.

Hattie; gulch, in the. Copper River region, at the headwaters of Chititu creek. 

Prospectors' name, taken from map of Nizina mining district by George 

M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902.
300 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA.

Hattie; island, in Portland canal, in latitude 55° 19'. So named by the Coast 

Survey in 1891.

Hawaii; cape, the southeastern point of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. Seen 

for the first time, August 16, 1867, by Capt. Thomas Long, of the 

American whaling bark Nile, and by him named Hawaii.

Hawg-lieen, river; see Huagin.

Hawk; inlet, indenting the northwestern shore of Admiralty island, Chatham 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Name published in the Coast Pilot 

(1883, p. 182).

Hdivlc, island; see Aguligik.

Hawkins; island, in the entrance to Prince William sound, near latitude 60° 

30', longitude 146°. Named Hawkins's by Vancouver in 1794. Has 

also been printed Hawkin. The Spaniards, 1779, called it Isla de Colpas (Copperas island).

HawJcins, point; see Salrno..

Hawkins Island Cutoff; channel, between Hawkins and Hiuchinbrook islands, 

Prince William sound. So called by Ritter, 1899.

Hawley, island; see Boidarkin.

Hawthorne; peak (4,021 feet high), between Juneau and Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska. So .named by Mansfield, 1890.

Hay; islet, on the southeastern edge of Sandman reefs, northeast of Sannak. 

So called by the Fish Commission, 1888.

Hayden; glacier, tributary to Malaspina glacier, northwest of Yakutat bay, in 

the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. Named by Russell, 1890, after 

Prof. Ferdinand Vandiveer Hayden, founder and long director of the 

Geological Survey of the Territories.

Hayden, port; see.Heiden.

Hayes; glacier, at the source of Hayes river, northwest of Cook inlet. So 

named by Spurr and Post, 1898, after Dr. Charles Willard Hayes, of 

the United States Geological Survey. (f',

Hayes; mountain (about 14,000 feet high), near latitude 63° 30' and longitude 

147°. So named by Peters and Brooks, in 1898, after Dr. C. Willard 

Hayes, of the United States Geological Survey.

Hayes; point, the northeastern point of entrance to Peril strait, Chatham strait. 

Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers,. 

1880, presumably after President Rutherford Birchard Hayes.

Hayes; river, tributary to the Skwentna from the south, northwest of Cook 

inlet So named by Spurr and Post, 1898, after Dr. C. Willard Hayes, 

of the Geological Survey. Herrou, 1899, gives the native name as 

Tu-lu-shu-1 it-na.

Haystack; island (450 feet high), one of the Proctor group, off the southwestern shore of Wales island, at southern entrance to Tongass passage, 

Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Nichols, 1888.

Haystack; rock, south coast St. Paul island, Bering sea, east of St. Paul village, 

near longitude 170° 16'. Descriptive name, from Duffield, 1897.

Haystacks; a group of five large and a number of small rocks, extending about 

2 miles southerly from Andronica island, Shumagin group. Name published by Dall, 1875.

Hayward; point, the northernmost point of Partofshikof island, at junction of 

Sukoi inlet and Neva strait, Alexander archipelago. So called by Dall 

(Coast Pilot, 1883, p. 155). On British Admiralty chart 2337 and Coast 

Survey chart 727 the name is erroneously applied to the north end of 

Kruzof island.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 301

Hayward; strait, separating Krestof and Kruzof islands and uniting Krestof 

and Sitka sounds, Alexander archipelago. This is recent Coast Survey 

usage. The name Hayward was given by Portlock, 1787, to a body of 

water which on late Coast Survey charts bears three names, viz, Souhoi 

inlet, Krestof sound, and Hayward strait, i. e., to the waters bathing 

the eastern shore of Kruzof island and uniting Salisbury and Sitka 

sounds. Portlock named his Hayward strait after his mate, who was 

the first white man to pass through it and thus establish the insularity 

of Kruzof island. The Russians called it Sukoi (dry), variously written Soukhoi, Soukoi, etc., and erroneously Souhoi.

Hazel; creek, 20 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Flambeau river from the west, near longitude 165° 05'. Prospectors' 

name, published in 1900.

Hazel; creek, 10 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Nome river from the east, near longitude 105° 12'. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Hazel; gulch, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the south side of

Last Chance creek, an affluent of North fork Snake river, near lougi-.

tude 165° 28'. Local name, published in 1904.

Hazel, island; see Egg.

Hazen; bay, northeast of Nunivak island, Bering sea. So named by Nelson, 

December, 1879, after Gen. William Babcock Hazen, Chief Signal 

Officer, U. S. A.

Hazen; point, in-the eastern part of Izembek bay, Alaska peninsula. So named 

by the Fish Commission, 1888.

Hazy; group of islands, south of Cape Ommaney and west of Coronation island, 

Alexander -archipelago. So named by early English fur traders in 

the eighteenth century. La Perouse, 1786,. called them Isles de la 

Croyere. Maurelle and Quadra, 1779, called them Las Hermanas (the 

(sisters), but in Galiano's atlas, 1802, they were called Los Hermanos 

(the brothers). The Russians called them Tumanuoi (foggy).

Head; cape,' the southern point of Afoguak island, Kodiak group. Called 

Golova (head) by the Russian-American Company, 1849. Apparently 

identical with Zhila (lode) point of Murashef in 1839-40.

Head, mountain ; see Tyee.

Headland, island; see Sebree.

Heald; point, the western point of entrance to Yarboro inlet, on the Arctic 

coast, east of the mouth of Colville river. So named by Franklin, 

1826.

Healy; creek, a right branch of Cantwell river, near latitude 63° 50', longitude 

149°. Named after Capt. J. J. Healy, president of the North American 

Transportation and Trading Company, and reported by Brooks, 1902. 

Erroneously Healey.

Healy; river, tributary to Tanana river from the north, near longitude 14.4°. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Prindle, 1905.

Healy; rock, in Whitewater bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Glass, 1881.

Heart; mountain, on the north bank of Yukon river, a little above the mouth of 

Melozi river. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Heart, mountain ; see Chitsia.

Heather; island, in Columbia bay, Prince AVilliam sound, at the head of the 

bay and close to the front of Columbia glacier, near latitude 61°, longitude 147° 10'. So named by the Harriman expedition, 1899.
302 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Heceta; island, on the western border of Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 45', longitude 133° 30'. Named by Dall, 1879, after Don 

Bruno Heceta, a Spaniard, who, in the Santiago, explored and surveyed 

hereabouts in 1775. . He Beaver, river; see Hosiana.

Heckman; point, on the eastern shore of Cleveland peninsula, Behrn canal, 

southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 45', longitude 131° 47'. Local 

navigators' name, probably after J. R. T-Ieckmau, superintendent of 

cannery at Loriug, and reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Heenan; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary to Glenn creek, on the south bank of 

Yukon river, near latitude 65° 15', longitude 142° 05'. Prospectors' 

name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, 

U. S. A., 1905.

Heesman, point; see Hiesnian.

Heiden; canyon, in upper part of Lowe river, east of Port Valdez. So named 

by Abercronibie, 1898, after Corp. Robert Heiden, a member of his 

party. Erroneously Hydeu.

Heiden; port or bay, indenting the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, north of 

Chignik bay. Named Heideua (Heideu's) by Lutke, 1828, after Count 

Heiden. In French, Lutke wrote it Heyden and Krusenstern wrote it 

Hayden. Has also been written Haiden.

Heim; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Miller creek from the west, 

near latitude 65° 05', longitude 147°. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Gerdine, 1903.

Helen; creek, 7 miles northwest of Nome, Seward peninsula, a small tributary 

of Nome river, near longitude 165° 16'. Local name, published in 1903.

Helen; island, in Hassiah'inlet, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55°, longitude 132° 37'. Name from Dickins, 1905.

Helen; peak (3,675 feet high), in the northern part of Etoliu island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Eelikoff, strait; see Shelikof. '

Hell Gate; rapids, in Klutina river, above Copper Center. Prospectors' name, 

in use during season of 1898, to denote the extreme rough waters on the

Klntiua above Copper Center.

Hells Acre; a place of violent tidal currents and rough water in Ivootznahoo 

inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 

1869.

Helm; bay, in Cleveland peninsula, opening into Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886, after Lieut. James Meredith Helm, 

U. S. N., a member of his party.

Helm; point, the southernmost point of Coronation island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, 1886, after Lieut. James M. Helm, U. S. N., 

of his party.

Helm; point, the north point of entrance to Helm bay, Behm canal. Reported 

usage of local navigators, by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Helm; rock, off Point Baker, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. Named 

after Lieut. J. M. Helm, U. S. N., who surveyed this region in 1886.

Helmick; mountain (about 2,000 feet high), near the coast and east of Kuskokwim bay, western Alaska. Named by Post, of the Geological Survey, 

1898, after the Moravian missionary, Rev. Benjamin Helmick.

Helpmejack; creek, tributary to Alatna river from the west, near latitude 67°, 

longitude 153° 45'. Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall in 1901. 

Stoney, who was there in 1885, wrote the Kobuk Eskimo name, Ko-taglik-ark.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 303

Hemlock; island (peninsula at low water), in Port Chester, Annette island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. 

Hemlock; point, in Kootzuahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Meade, 1869. 

Henderson; island, near the western point of Korovin island, Shumagin group,

about longitude 160° 20'. Named by Dall, 1872. 

Hendrickson; mountain (4,430 feet high), in the St. Elias alps, southeastern

Alaska. Named by Russell, 1890, after the Swedish missionary, Rev.

Karl Johan Hendrickson. Erroneously Heudriksen, Hendricksen, etc. 

Hengue, I sin de; see I-Iaenke island. 

Hennig; sunken rock, west of Sannak island, near latitude 54° 25', longitude

162° 58'. Named by Dall, 1880, after Capt. E. Herinig. Erroneously 

. Henning.

Henning, rock; see Heunig.

Henrietta; island, in the Arctic ocean, north of the New Siberian islands. Discovered and so named by De Long, 1881. 

Henry; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kugrupaga river from the west,

2 miles below the mouth of Taylor creek, near latitude 65° 35', longitude 165° 55'. Prospectors', name, obtained by Gerdine, 1901.

Henry; peak (3,386 feet high), on the mainland, near Thomas bay, southeastern 

Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1887, after Prof. Joseph Henry, Secretary 

of the Smithsonian Institution.

Hepburn; cape (Cape Hepburn), between the two northeastern arms of Alitak 

bay, southwestern coast of Kodiak. So named by Moser, 1900, after 

Ensign A. J. Hepburn, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Hepburn; point, on the northwestern shore of Admiralty island, Chatham strait. 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Homfray, 1867, after James 

Hepburn, of Victoria, Vancouver island, long a naturalist and explorer 

in this region, and who died about 1866.

Herald; island (856 feet high), east of Wraugell island, Arctic ocean. Discovered and landed upon July, 1849, by Captain Kellett, of H. M. S. 

Herald and named by him after his ship.

Herbert; glacier, on the mainland, just-south of Eagle glacier, southeastern 

Alaska. Named by Mansfield, 1890, after Hon. Hilary A. Herbert, Secretary of the Navy.

Herbert; volcanic island (5,291 feet high), one of the group of islands of the 

Four Mountains, eastern Aleutians. So named by officers of the U. S. S. 

Concord, 1894, after Hon. Hilary Abner Herbert, Secretary of the Navy. 

This may be the island Tshugidi of Billings, 1791, and variously called 

since then Chuginok, Chaguliak, Tchegoulak, etc. See Four Mountains 

islands.

Herbert; port (Port Herbert), southeastern shore of Baranof island, Chatham 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 26', longitude 134° 40'. 

Described in the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Herendeen; bay, indenting the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, near or in 

Port Moller. The bay was first explored and sketched by Capt. E. P. 

Herendeen, in about 1881, and named after him by the Coast Survey.

Herendeen; island, forming the northern side of Northwest harbor, Little 

Koniuji island, Shumagin group. So named by Dall, 1874, after Capt. 

Edward Perry Herendeen, sailing master of the Coast. Survey schooner 

Yukon, 1873-74 and 1880.

Hermctfnos, Los dos; see AViugham island. 

flermogenes, cape; see Chiniak.
304 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Herring; bay, on the western shore of Carroll inlet, Revillagigedo island, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 20', longitude 131° 32'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Herring; bay, indenting the southern shore of Admiralty island, Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Seldovaia (herring) by the 

Russians.

Herring; bay, indenting the western shore of Knight island, Prince William 

sound, near latitude 60° 25', longitude 147° 45'. Local name, reported 

by Schrader, 1900.

Herring, cove; see Salmon.

Herring; islets, at entrance to Tutka bay, Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. So 

named by Dall, 1880.

Herron; glacier, on the north slope of Mount Foraker in the McKinley range 

and drained by Shisnona river, near latitude 63°, longitude 151° 30'. 

So named by Brooks, 1902, after Lieut. Joseph S. Herron, U. S. A.

Herschel; island (about 500 feet high), on the Arctic coast, near the international boundary line. So named by Franklin, 1826. Has sometimes 

been written Hershel.

Hery, point; see Hey. -

Herzfels, island; see Alaid.

Hesketh; island, on the southern shore of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. Named 

by Dall, 1880, after Sir Thomas Hesketh, who in his yacht, the Lancashire Witvh, visited Cook inlet that year.

Hess; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the east, near Rampart city. Raymond, 1869, calls it Yokuchargut (Yoku-kakat) or Whymper. Dall calls 

it Yukutzcharkat, and says Captain Ketchum called it Whymper, after 

his friend and companion. On recent maps called Mike Hess or Hess 

creek.

Hessa; inlet, in Prince of Wales island, opening into Cordova bay, Alexander 

archipelago. Local name, obtained by Moser, 1897.

Hessa; lake, near the southern end of Prince of Wales island, at the head of 

Hessa inlet, above. So called by the fisheries, and reported by Moser, 

1897.

Hetta; cove, between Hetta inlet and Hetta lake, Cordova bay, southeastern 

Alaska, near latitude 55° 08', longitude 132° 34'. So called by local

navigators, and reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904. 

Hetta; inlet and lake, in the southwestern part of Prince of Wales island,

Alexander archipelago. Name reported by Moser, 1897. Tliakek bay,

of earlier charts, may have been this inlet. 

Hetta; mountain, on the eastern shore of Hetta inlet, southwestern coast of

Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 10',

longitude 132° 35'. Local name, reported by Wright, 1905. 

Hetta; point, the north point of entrance to Hetta cove, eastern shore Hetta

inlet, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Local name, reported by

Dickins, 1905. 

Hetta; stream, Prince of Wales island, the outlet of Hetta lake, above. So

called by Moser, 1901. 

Hetta; village, on south shore Hetta cove, above. Written Hettah by .Dickins,

1905. 

Hey; point, on the northwestern shore of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska, near

latitude 60° 10', longitude 144° 18'. Named by Vancouver in 1794.

Erroneously Hery. 

Hitaahibgik; pinnacle rock, off Scotch cap, in Unimak pass. Native name from

Veniaminof. Lutke calls it Ounga.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. . 305

Hicks; creek, tributary to Matanuska river from the north, near latitude 62°'. 

So named by Glenn, 1898, after H. H. Hicks, guide of his expedition.

Hicks; point, on Mitkof island, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by Meade, 1869, after a Mr. Hicks, pilot and trader of the Hudson Bay 

Company, who piloted the U. S. S. Sayinaw on her first trip in Alaskan 

waters in 1868-69.

Hid; reef, in Nichols passage, off Canoe cove, western side Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Hidden; glacier, tributary to Russell fiord, from the east, Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell, 1891, who only obtained glimpses 

of it as he passed.

Hidden; inlet, in the mainland north of Pearse island, southeastern Alaska. 

Descriptive name, given by the Coast Survey in 1891. i

Hidden; island, at the northern entrance to Dry strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Thomas, 1887.

Hiesman; point, on the southwestern shore of Chichagof island, Alexander 

archipelago. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. Erroneously Heesman and 

Heisman.

Higgins; point, the westernmost point of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 1793, after " Senr. Higgius de Vallenar, 

President of Chili." Higgins was an Irishman from Balleuagh, Ireland, 

and spelled his name O'Higgius.

High, bluffs, St. George island; see Eganuta.

High, bluffs, St. Paul island; see Einahnuhto.

High; island, in the entrance to Kasaan bay, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, 1880.

High; island, one of the Walrus island group, in northern part of Bristol bay: 

So called by the Fish Commission in 1890. Apparently identical with 

Ingekvak of Sarichef, 1826.

High; island, in the entrance to Womens bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named 

Viesokoi (high) by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810.

High; island, between Koi'ovin and Popof islands, Shumagin group. Named 

Viesokoi (high) by Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Vesoki and 

Visokoi.

High; islet, near Kita island, in Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Viesokoi (high) by Vasilief, 1809.

High; mountain (2,540 feet high), in California ridge, Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1886.

High; mountain, in Peninsula ridge, on the mainland, east of Revillagigedo 

channel, southeastern Alaska. So named by Nichols, 1883.

High; point, west shore of Woronkofski island, Stikine strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 24', longitude 132° 33'. Local navigators' 

name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

High; point, between Port Tongass and Nakat inlet, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Nichols, 1883.

High; point, on Dall island, Tlevak strait, Cbrdova bay, Alexander archipelago, 

So named by Nichols, 1881.

High, point, on left bank of the Chilkat river, about 10 miles above its mouth'. 

Named Viesokie (high) "by Lindeuberg, 1838. The name is obsolete. 

The place seems to be identical with Chilkat peak (4,000 feet high) of 

United States Hydrographic chart 883.

High; rock, off the southwestern end of Near island, Chiuiak bay, Kodiak 

Named Viesokoi (high) by the early Russians.- It may be identical 

with Inner Humpback; see Inner Humpback. 

Bull. 299 06 M- 20
306 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA.

High; rock, on the north shore of Alitak bay, southwestern coast of Kodiak, at 

the northeast point of entrance to Moser bay. Descriptive name, from 

Moser,.1900.

High; rock (123 feet high), near the easternmost point of Chugul island, eastern Aleutians. So called, apparently, by the North Pacific exploring 

expedition, 1855.

High; rock, off the southeastern coast of Amukta island, eastern Aleutians. So 

called by the North Pacific exploring expedition, 1855.

Highcliff, bay ; see Kachemak.

Highfleld; anchorage, off the north end of Wrangell island, Alexander archipelago. Surveyed, 1862, by F. O. Simpson, master H. M. S. Devastation, and by him called Anchorage off Point Highfteld. Meade, 1869, 

calls it Point Highfield harbor, while the Hudson Bay traders called it 

Labouchere bay or anchorage, after the steamer Labouchere.

Highfleld; point, the northernmost point of Wrangell island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793.

Highland; creek, Kenai peninsula, on the right bank of Resurrection creek, 

near latitude 60° 55', longitude 149° 35'. Local name, from Moffit, 

1904.

Highland; creek, eastern Alaska, on the east bank of Charley river, which is 

affluent to the Yukon from the south, near longitude 143°. Prospectors' 

name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, 

U. S. A., 1905.

Highland; point, on the mainland on the northern shore of Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Meade, 1869.

High Rock, Sitka sound; see Viesoki.

High-water; islet, in Neva strait, near St. John Baptist bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan in 1884. ' At low water it is not an islet.

Hijosa, Isla de; see Middleton.

Hilda; creek, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, a small tributary of 

Nome river from the west, near longitude 165° 18'. Local name, published in 1900.

Hilda; creek, tributary to North fork Fortymile creek, from the east. Prospectors' name, from Barnard, 1898.

Hilda; point, on the southern shore of Douglas island, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So called by the Coast Survey in 1890.

Hilgard; mountain (1,500 feet high), near Sanborn harbor, Nagai island, Shurnagin group. So called by Dall, 1872, after Julius Erasmus Hilgard, 

afterwards Superintendent of the Coast Survey.

Hill; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the north to Arctic river, near 

longitude 165° 59'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Gerdine, 1901.

Hill; gulch, 25 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the south bank of 

Stewart river, near longitude 165° 22'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1904.

Hill; island, at entrance to Portlock harbor, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Hills by-Portlock, 1787.

Hill, islets; see McFarland.

Hinchmbrook; cape, the southwestern point of Hinchinbrook island, Prince 

William sound. Named, 1778, by Cook, who spells it Hinchingbroke in 

his text and Hinchinbrook on his chart. This name, with several variations of spelling, was used by Dixon, Meares, Portlock, and Vancouver. 

Tebenkof calls it Morskoi (ocean) cape.
GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 307

Hiiichinbrook; entrance, the principal entrance to Prince William sound, between Hinchiubrook and Montague islands, near latitude 60° 20', longitude 146° 45'. Named Meiklejohn by Abercrombie, 1898, after Hon. 

George D. Meiklejohn, Assistant Secretary of War. The Coast Survey, 

1903, called it Hiuchinbrook, which appears to be in accordance with 

the usage of mariners, and this name has been adopted by the U. S. 

Board on Geographic Names.

Hinchinbrook; island, in Prince William sound, near latitude 60° 20', longitude 

146° 30'. So called by Vancouver, 1794. It is Rose island of Meares 

and Portlock, 1787-88, and Isla de la Magdalena of the Spaniards, 1791. 

Tebeukof uses the native name Khtagaliuk or Khta-aluk, according to 

Petrof, while an old Russian chart of 1802 has Tkhalka, which has a 

manuscript French rendering of Tchalka. Abercrombie, in 1898, calls it

" Nuckek island.

Hindasetukee, village; see Gan-te-gas-tak-heh.

Hines; river, a glacial stream, debouching immediately west of the western 

mouth of Alsek river, southeastern Alaska. Written Gines by Tebenkof, 1849. Apparently a native word, pronounced Ge'-nes.or He-nes. 

See also Stuhinuk.

Hini. An Indian word meaning river, in use in southeastern Alaska. It is 

appended to the names of rivers, as KleMni, Krota/wni, etc.

Hioo, bay; see Hallo.

Hitchcock; range of mountains, between Marvine and Seward glaciers, St. Elias 

alps, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell, 1890, " in acknowledgment of the services to science rendered by the first State geologist 

of Massachusetts."

Hitzeecolochna, river; see Hitzikolok.

Hitzikolok; river, in the Kuskokwim region, a right branch of the Shisnona, 

near latitude 63° 15', longitude 153°. Indian name, reported by Herron 

in 1899, and written by him Hitz-ee-col-och-na and Hitzeecolochua.

Hi-u, creek ; see Haiu.

Hive; island (1,070 feet high), in entrance to Resurrection bay, Kenai peninsula, near latitude 59° 53', longitude 149° 23'. So named by the U. S. 

Board on Geographic Names, June 6, 1906. Called Guard island by 

Moffit, 1904. Reported as Sugar Loaf island, by Densou, of the Coast 

Survey, 1905.

H'lit-tu-yuli, bay; see Lituya.

Hobart; bay, indenting the mainland coast, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Hobart; point, on the mainland coast, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vancouver, 1794. Has also been called Gastineau point.

Hobron; port, indenting the northeastern shore of Sitkalidak island, near 

Kodiak. It is " a snug harbor on the north side of Sitkalidak island, 

in the second deep bay coming from seaward." Apparently so named 

by Petrof, 1887 or 1888, who at that time established here a fishing 

station for the Alaska Coast Fishery Company and became its manager. Lisianski, 1805, locates a village, called Fugitive, at or near this 

place.

Hobson; creek, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Nome 

river from the north, near latitude 64° 45', longitude 165° 17'. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.
308 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Hockley; bills, east of Kotzebue sound and nortb of Selawik lake. Apparently 

so named by Euglisb naval officers during tbe Franklin search expeditions, 1849-1854..

Hodatic; river, tributary to tbe Koyukuk on tbe rigbt bank between Koteel and 

Huslia rivers, about latitude 65° 30', longitude 157° 30'. Name published in 1900.

Hoffmann; mountain (Mount Hoffmann, 5,280 feet high), on the west bank of 

Taiya river, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 59° 39', longitude 135° 

20'. So named by Flemer, 1898, but not hitherto published.

Hoffmmg, point; see Hope.

Hog; island (300 feet high), near Plot Springs bay, Sitka sound. Alexander 

archipelago. Named Sviuoi (hog) by Vasilief, 1809.

Hog; island, in the mouth of Afognak bay, Afognak island, near latitude 57° 

58', longitude 152° 42'. Name from Moser, 1900. This seems to be the 

island which was called Shayak by Tebenkof.

Hog; island, west of Arnakuak island, in Unalaska bay, near longitude 166° 34'. 

Called Swiuoi (hog) by Tebenkof, 1849. Its native name as given by 

Sarichef, 1792, is Uknodok, and by Veniaininof, Uknadak. - Lutke calls 

it Ouknadok. Venianiinof records that in olden time an Aleut village 

existed here and that a fight occurred between the Unalaskans and 

Aleuts from Unimak, in which the latter were exterminated. Hogs 

were placed oh this island by the Russians, whence the name.

Hog, river ; see Hogatza.

Hog; rocks, near the southern end of Revillagigedo island, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. Erroneously 

Frog rocks on some charts.

Hogan; island, at the entrance to Portlock harbor, Chichagof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Hogans by Portlock on his sketch of Portlock harbor, made in August, 1787, and published in his Voyage, p. 258. On his 

general chart it is called Vincent Island.

HogatsikaJcat, river ; see Hogatza.

Hogatza; river, tributary to Koyukuk river from the north, near longitude 156°. 

Native name, reported by Alien, 1885, as Hogatzakakat. See Kakat. 

This is the same river as the one called Kokachatua or Kokachutna by 

Stoney in 1885, and called Hokachatna and Hokuchatha by others. 

Has also appeared as Hogatiakakat, Hogatsikakat, and Hog.

Hogback; small glacier, a few miles east of Valdez, Prince William sound. So 

named by Abercrombie, 1898.

Hogback; hill (300 feet high), south shore Pastol bay, 8 miles east of the Apoon 

mouth of the Yukon, near latitude 63° 01', longitude 163° 06'. Named 

Hog Back by the Coast Survey, 1898.

Hogem, creek ; see Deadwood.

Hoggatt; bay, on the southeastern shore of Baranof island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore, 1895, after Ensign Wilford 

Bacon Hoggatt, U. S. N., a member of his party, and now Governor of 

Alaska. Erroneously Hoggat.

Hoggatt; reef, one-half mile square, partly bare, in Peril strait off the entrance 

to Ushk bay, near latitude 57° 33', longitude 135° 31'. So named by 

Moore, 1895, after Ensign Wilford Bacon Hoggatt, U. S. N., a member 

of his party, and now Governor of Alaska.

HohoWcnuk, river ; see Haliknuk.

Eohonilla, mountain ; see Totanilla.

H'okachatna, river; see Hogatza.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA'. 309

Ho/cotena, river; see Wild and North fork Koyukuk.

Ho-ku-chat-na, river ; see Hogatza.

Holbrook; fishing station at tlie bead of Davidson inlet, southern sliore of

Kosciusko island, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 56° 02',

longitude 133° 30'. Local name, reported by Dickins, .1903-4. 

Holbrook; mountain (2,660 feet high), on Kosciusko island, near the head of

Davidson inlet, about latitude 56° 02', longitude 133° 27'. So named by

Dickins, 1903-4, after the near-by fishery.

Holden; point, on Dall island, opposite Howkan village, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Sheldon Jackson, 1880. 

Hole-in-the-Wall; small cove, in the northwestern part of Prince of Wales

island, opening into Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Helm, 1886. 

Holes; point, on the southern sliore of Whale island, Kodiak group. Named

Dierovatie (full of holes) by Murashef, 1839-4.0. 

Holiday, island; see Praznik. 

HoliMtsalc. The Eleventh Census, .1.890 (p. 165), records a native village of this

name in the Yukon enumerating district with a population of 114.

Location not discovered. 

Holiknuk, river ; see Chulitna. 

Holitno, river ; see Chulitna. 

Holkham; bay, indenting the mainland and opening into Stephens passage,

near latitude 57° 45', southeastern Alaska. So named by Vancouver,

1794. The native name is Sum Dum, and represents in sound and mean- 

. ing the noise of falling and rising icebergs. 

TIoilings, cape, Kodiak ; see Narrow. 

Hollis; cove and post-office (established in 1901), on Twelvemile arm of Kasaan

bay, east shore Prince of Wales island, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 28', longitude 132° 40'. Local name. 

Holooatna, river; see Kobuk. 

HoltkafjeUa, mountain ; see Totanilla.

Holtz; open bay, indenting the northern -shore of Attu island, just west of 

, Chichagof harbor, western Aleutians. Lutke calls this Goltsovaia bay.

Perhaps the name comes from the German word holte (wood). It has

also appeared as Goltzeb and even Gotxeb. 

Holtz; creek, Seward peninsula, branch of Kugruk river from the south, near

latitude 65° 35', longitude 162° 30'. Prospectors' name, obtained by

Witherspoon, 1.903. 

Holy Cross; Jesuit mission school, on the northern bank of the Yukon, about 25

miles below Auvik, opposite Koserefski, established in 1886. 

Holyoke; creek, 2* miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to the

headwaters of Bourbon creek, near longitude 165° 23'. Local name,

published in 1903. 

Holyoke; creek, tributary to Niukluk river from the west, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Homer; post-office, on Coal point, Kachemak bay, Cook inlet, established in

November, 1895. 

Homer; spit, Keriai peninsula, extending 5 miles into Kachemak bay from the

north shore, and on which the town of Homer is situated. So called

by Stone, 1904. ' 

Homestake; creek, eastern Alaska, on the north bank of Bonanza creek, a

tributary of Charley river from the east, near latitude 65° 10', longitude 142° 50'. Prospectors' name, froni sketch map compiled by Major

Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.
310 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Homestake; creek, tributary to Kruzgamepa river from the west, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, from Barnard, 1900.

Homestake; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kugrupaga r'n-er from the 

west, 1 mile above the mouth of Taylor creek, near latitude 65° 42', 

longitude 164° 50'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Gerdiue, 1901.

Homestake; creek, Fairbanks region, tributary to Faith creek from the east, 

near latitude 65° 25', longitude 146° 10'. Prospectors' name, from 

Gerdine, 1903.

Homestake; gulch, Seward peninsula, on west bank of Casadepaga river, near 

latitude G4° 48', longitude 164° 20'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 

1905.

Hongkong; bend, in Kasilof river, Kenai peninsula, near latitude 60° 20', longitude 151° 10'. Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Honey; creek, tributary to Penny river from the east, in the Cape Nome mining . 

region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Hoochinoo, archipelago, village, etc.; see Kootznahoo.

HoocMtna. Alien, 1885, reports this to be the Indian name of the main stream 

of Koyukuk river at its source. Name found only in his text (p. 100), 

where it is written Hoochltna.

Hood; bay, indenting the Avestern shore of Admiralty island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 25'. So called by Vancouver 

iu 1794. There has been confusion of names and geographical representation in this vicinity. The Coast Survey has called this bay Hootz 

(from Khutz or Khudz, meaning Itear).

Hood; point, at the southern end of Lindenberg peninsula, Duncan canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793, after Admiral Alexander Arthur Hood, R. N., afterwards Lord Bridport.

Hood; point, on the northeastern shore of Killisnoo island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869.

Hoodlum; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Cripple river from the east, 

near latitude 65° 50', longitude 163° 35'. Prospectors' name, obtained 

by Mendeuhall in 1901.

Hoodoo; dome, iu the Rampart region, 50 miles east of Fort Harnlin, on the 

east bank of the North fork of Hess creek, near longitude 147° 30'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902.

Hoodoo; gulch, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Nome 

river from the east, near latitude 64° 44', longitude 165° 14'. Local 

name, from Gerdine, 1904.

Hoodoo, island, Prince William sound; see Flemming.

Hoof; hill, in Tyndall glacier, near Mount St. Elias. So called by Topham in 

the Alpine Journal (vol. 14), 1889.

Hook; point, on the western shore of Portage bay, Kupreanof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Presumably so named by Nichols, 1882.

Hoola-Hoola, river; see Hulahula.

Hoonah; post-office (established in 1901), at Kantukan, Hooniah harbor, Port 

Frederick. See Kantukan.

Hooniah; harbor, in Port Frederick, Chichagof island, Icy strait, Alexander 

archipelago, near longitude 136° 27'. Native name, meaning cold lalce, 

and variously spelled Hooniah, Hoo'nyah, etc. Has also been called 

Port Frederick harbor.

Hooniah; island, on the west side of entrance to Port Frederick, south shore 

Icy strait, near longitude 135° 30'. So named by Dickins, 1901.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 311

Hooniah; point and bluff, on the novth side of entrance to Hooniali harbor, 

Port Frederick, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 135° 

27'. So named by Dickius, 1.90.1.. This is Entrance point of Symouds, 

1880.

Hooniah; sound, Peril strait, indenting the southern shore of Chichagof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Name derived from a resident tribe of Indians, 

and variously spelled Hoonah, Hoonjah, Huna. The Sitka Indians are 

said to call it Shekak.

Hooniah;'hot or warm springs, on the northern shore of Tenakee inlet, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So called by Nichols in the Coast 

Pilot (1891, p. 103).

Hooniali,, village; see Kantukaii.

Hoonyah, island; see Chichagof.

Hooper; bay, in the Yukon delta. Visited and named by Nelson in December, 

1878, after Capt. Calvin Leighton Hooper, of the United States Revenue Marine, well known for his investigations iir Bering sea and the 

Arctic ocean.

Hooper; mountains, along the Arctic coast, between Cape Lisburne and Point 

Barrow. So named by Petrof, 1880, after Capt. C. L. Hooper, U. S. 

Revenue Marine. Apparently identical with the Meade river mountains of Ray in 1885.

ECoorts; mountain (2,077 feet high), east of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska, 

near latitude 59° 45', longitude 139° 32'. So called by McGrath, 1893.

Hoosier; creek, tributary to Minook creek from the east. Prospectors' name, 

published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Hoosnoff, archipelago, etc.; see Kootznahoo.

Hoot; island, south of Orr island, Sea Otter sound, Prince of Wales archipelago, 

near latitude 55° 53', longitude 133° 23'. So named by Dickius, 1903-4.

Hootalinqua,, river; see Teslin.

Hootchy-eye, lakes; see Hutshi.

Hootlanana, river; see Hutlina creek.

Hootlmana, creek ; see Hutliua.

Hoots', bay ; see Hood.

Hope; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Faith creek from the north, 

near latitude 65° 20', longitude 14.6° 20'. Prospectors' name, obtained 

by Gerdine, 1903.

Hope; mining town and post-office, at mouth of Resurrection creek, Turnagaiu 

arm, Cook, inlet, near longitude 149° 45'. Called Hope City by the 

prospectors. The post-office was established in 1901.

Hope; point (PointHope), on the Arctic coast, about 30 miles to the southward 

of Cape Lisburne. So named by Beechy, August, 1826, in compliment 

to Sir William Johnstone Hope. Called Hoffnung (hope) by Germaji 

map makers, and Golofnin and Golovin by the Russians. Native name 

said to be Tikira, Tikera, Tigera, Tigara, or Figarok (the forefinger).

Hopkins; bridge, over Minook creek, about 8 miles above its mouth. Local 

name, reported by Prindle, 1904.

Horace; mountain, on headwaters of Koyukuk river, near longitude 149°. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader, 1899.

Horboon, rock ; see Humpback.

Horl)0on vnutrennie; see Inner Humpback.

Horn; cape, near the entrance to Falinouth harbor, Nagai island, Shumagln 

group. Named by the fishermen prior to 1871.
312 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Horn; cliffs (1,800 feet high), ou the mainland, opposite northern entrance to

AYraugell strait, Alexander archipelago. So called in the Coast Pilot

(1883, p. 127). 

Horn; island, the largest of the Ball group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

So named by United 'States naval officers, 1880. It was named Rogova

or Rokbova (from Rog, horn) by Vasilief, 1809. Has also been printed

Horney and Morne. 

Horn; mountain (2,929 feet high), just back of Horn cliffs. So called by.

Thomas, 1887. 

Horn; point, the southern point of entrance to Port Etches, Prince William

sound. So named by Portlock, 1787. 

Horoshi poffodi, cape and mountain ; see Fairweather. 

Horse; island, west of Douglas island, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago.

Apparently so named by Mansfield, 1890. 

Horse, island ; see Cheval. 

Horse; shoal, hear Horse island, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago.

Named by Mansfield, 1890. 

Horse Marine; lagoon, stream, and lake, southwestern coast of Kodiak, at the

northeastern extremity of Olga bay, Alitak bay. So called in the local

fisheries, and reported by Moser, 1900. 

Horton; creek, tributary to headwaters of Fox river, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Hose; point, on the mainland, the north point of entrance to Fitzgibbon cove,

Behm canal, southeastern Alaska. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Hosford; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary to Charley river from the east, near

latitude 64° 55', longitude 143° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

 Witherspoon, 1905. 

Hosiana; river, tributary to the Yukon on the right bank opposite Beaver

creek, about longitude 147° 30'. Indian name, reported by Peters and

Schracler, 1901. Edward's Track Chart of the Yukon, 1899, has He

Beaver at the mouth of this river (may be the name of a slough) and

She Beaver (Ausana) on the opposite shore at the mouth of Beaver

creek. Ausana may be another form of Hosiaua. 

Hostage; point, in Wrangell harbor, Alexander archipelago. Named Amanat

(hostage) by Zareiubo in 1834. Zarembo's sketch was published on

Russian Hydrographic chart 1396 in 1848. Called Amanat point on

United States Hydrographic chart 225. 

HosyeJcaJcat, river; see Huslia. 

Hot; springs, on Hot Springs bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Name

from the Russians. 

Hot; springs, 20 miles northwest of Katmai, Alaska peninsula. Reported by

Spun- and Post, of the Geological Survey, 1898. 

Hot; spring, in the Kobuk valley at head of Reed river near latitude 67° 20',

longitude 155° 20'. Visited by Reed, of Stoney's party, 1886. The

native name is given as Ah-lue-ga-wik. 

Hotel; gulch, 4^ miles north of Nome, on the western slope of Newton peak,

draining into Dry creek, near longitude 165° 20'. Local name, published

in 1904.

Hotel, mountain ; see Khotol. 

Hotham; inlet, east of Kotzebue souud, Arctic ocean. Named by Beechey,

1826, "in compliment to the Hon. Sir Henry Hotham, K. C. B., one of.

the lords of the Admiralty."
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 313

Hotham; peak (.1,300 feet high), south of Kobuk river, east of Hotham inlet, 

near latitude 06° 45', longitude 160° 45'. So named by Stoney, 1885.

Hotol, mountain ; see Khotql.

Hot Springs; small bay, near Sitka sound, on the western shore of Baranof 

island, Alexander archipelago. Named Kluchef or Kluchevoi (hot 

spring) by Vasilief, 1809, on account of the warm springs there. On 

British Admiralty chart 2337 this name, called Klucher and translated 

Marsh, is applied to the southwest end of Deep lake, and from this we 

have, on Coast Survey chart 8240 (ed. of .1898), one end of Deep lake 

named Marsh buy.

Hot Springs; bay, indenting the northeastern shore of Akutan island, Krenit/Jn 

group, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 165° 51'. So named by Gilbert, 

1901.

Hot Springs; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to the headwaters of Serpentine river, near latitude 65° 50', longitude 164° 40'. Prospectors' name, 

obtained by Gerdine, 1901.

Hotspur; island, between Annette and Duke islands, Gravina group, Alexander 

archipelago. Presumably so named by local pilots.

Houchnou, archipelago ; see Kooteuahoo.

Houghton; port, indenting the mainland, Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Vancouver, 1794.

Hound; island, in the northern part of Keku strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Moore, 1892. .Erroneously Round island.

Hourigan; point, the southern point of entrance to Band cove, Kuiu island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Glass, 1881.

House; island, in Revillagigedo channel, between Foggy bay and Boca de 

Quadra, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1.883.

House; mountain, in California ridge, Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols, 1883.

House, mountain; see Kings.

House; peak (6,001 feet high), on the mainland, east of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Howard; mountain (2,340 feet high), northwest of Port McArthur, Kuiu island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm, 188G.

Howard; point, on the mainland, near south end of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by Mansfield, 1890, after Ensign William Lauriston 

Howard, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Howe; point, on the southern shore of Mitkof island, Sumner strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 1793. Erroneously Hove.

Howie; lake (Lake Howie), Seward peninsula, south of Goodhope bay, and on 

the western slope of Asses Ears, near latitude 65° 40', longitude 163° 20'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Meudenhall, 1901.

Howkan; reef, in Howkan narrows, immediately in front of Howkan village. 

Named by Nichois, 1881. Has also been written How-kan.

Howkan; narrow strait, between Dall island and Long island, west of Cordova 

bay, Dixon entrance, near latitude 54° 50', longitude 132° 50'. The 

narrowest part of the strait is called Howkan narrows. Has been written Howcan. Native word, published by the Coast Survey in 1883.

Howkan; village of Haida Indians and post-office (established in 1884 under 

the name of Jackson and changed to Howkan in 1906), on Long island, 

Howkan narrows, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. At this village 

is the Jackson (Presbyterian) mission.

Howling; valley, Muir glacier, 20 miles above the front, Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Muir, 1890. .
314 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Hoyle; lake, draining to Elcoliua river from the right, near latitude 63°, longitude 154°. So named by Herron, 1899.

Hoyt; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary to Flat creek from the east, near latitude 65° 10', longitude 143°. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Huagin; river, in the St. Elias alps, said to be a lake outlet, debouching immediately north of Lituya bay. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. Written 

% Hawg-heen, i. e., Hawg river, by Moser, 1901. It is Riviere aux Saumons (Salmon river) of La Perouse, French edition, and, erroneously, 

Silmon in the English edition.

Hub; rock, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Nichols, 1883.

Hub; rock, in Dry pass north of Tuxekan island, Prince of Wales archipelago, 

.near latitude 55° 56', longitude 133? 18'. So named by Dickins, 1903-4.

Hubbard; glacier, near the head of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Russell, 1890, after Gardiuer Greene Hubbard, president of 

the National Geographical Society.

Hubbard; mountain (12,064 feet high) north of Yakutat bay, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Russell, 1890, after Gardiner Greene Hubbard, 

president of the National Geographic Society.

Hubbard; peak (5,700 feet high), on the left bank of Kotsina river. So named 

on a manuscript map, made by prospectors in 1900.

Hudson; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Chilkat inlet, at the head of Lynn 

canal, near latitude 59° 09', longitude 135° 22'. Local navigators' name, 

reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Hudson; creek, 26 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from the 

west to Buffalo creek, at the headwaters of Nome river, near longitude 

165° 17'. Miners' name, reported by Gerdine, 1904.

Hudson Bay; creek, tributary to South fork Koyukuk river from the south, 

near latitude 67°. Prospectors' name, from Schrader, 1899.

Hudson Bay, inlet: see Excursion.

H'Udsunoo, archipelago, etc.; see Kootznahoo.

Huff; creek, Seward peninsula, in Solomon River basin, tributary on north 

bank of Big Hurrah creek, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 164° 12'. 

Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1901.

Huggins; island, 14 miles long, in Koyukuk river, near the mouth of Batza 

river, about latitude 66°, longitude 154° 30'. So named by Alien, 1885, 

after Capt Eli Lundy Huggins, U. S. A., for a long time a resident of 

the territory and a warm friend of Alien's expedition (Alien, p. 103). 

On his map 4 Alien calls this McQuisten island. This last, which 

should be McQuesten, has also been printed McQuister and McQuestion.

Hugh; point, the southernmost point of Glass peninsula, Admiralty island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794.

Hughes; bar, in Koyukuk river, near Red mountain, latitude 66° 20', longitude 

153° 50'. Prospectors' name, reported 1900.

Hugh Miller; glacier and inlet, west shore, near head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. In 1879 Muir found one great glacier heading this 

inlet, which he named after the distinguished geologist, Hugh Miller. 

In 1892 its front had so far receded that Reid found its two branches 

converted into distinct glaciers. Retaining the name Hugh Miller for 

the larger branch at the head of the inlet he named the other Charpentler glacier.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 815

Huiak, island; see Shuyak.

Hulahula; river, on the Arctic coast, the most westerly of the two principal 

rivers between Barter and Turner rivers, near longitude 143°. Native 

name, reported by S. J. Marsh, a prospector, 1902, who wrote it Hoolahoola.

HuUtnaJc, river ; see Chulitna.

Hull; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Moore, Elson bay, Arctic coast, 

just east of Point Barrow. So named by the British Admiralty, 1853, 

' after Master Thomas Hull, R. N., of H. M. S. Plover.

Humboldt; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Goodhope river from the west, 

near latitude 65° 55', longitude 164°. Prospectors' name, obtained 

by Mendenhall, 1901.

Humboldt; harbor, indenting the western shore of Popof island, Popof strait, 

Shumagin group, near longitude 160° 30'. So named by Dall, 1872, 

after the Coast Survey schooner Humboldt.

Humbug; creek, in the Fortyniile region, eastern Alaska, at the head of 

Hutchinsoii creek. Prospectors' name, published in 1905. Called 

Conference creek by Lieutenant Mitchell^ Signal Corps, U. S. A., in 1902.

Humbug; point, on south end of Lidenberg peninsula, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869.

Hume; island, in George inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 55° 24', longitude 131° 21'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Hump; island, in Cholmondeley sound, western shore Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 14', longitude 132° 07'. Called Pup 

by the Coast Survey, 1901, but H. C. Fassett, of the Bureau of Fisheries, 

1904, says it is called Hump island by the local navigators.

Hump; island, in Clover passage, Benin canal, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Clover, 1885.

Hump; island, north of Point Retreat, in Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade, 1869, from its appearance.

Hump, (The) ; see Chariot.

Humpback; bay, in the mainland, indenting the southern shore of Bradfield 

canal, Ernest sound, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 56° 11', longitude 131° 54'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904. This seems to be the same that Snow called 

Anan, 1886. See Anan.

Humpback; rock (18 feet high), in Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Horboon 

(humpback) by Lisianski, 1804. Also written Gorbuu. The Coast 

Survey, 1869, called it Humpback or Sugarloaf rock.

 Humphrey; point, on the Arctic coast, near the international boundary line. 

Named by Franklin, 1826, who has in his text Humphrys (p. 145) and 

Humphreys (p. 169). On his map it is Humphreys.

Hump Knoll; peak (3,116 feet high), on the mainland, near head of Thomas 

bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887.

J-Iuna. sound; see Hooniah.

Hungarian; creek, tributary to South fork Koyukuk river, near longitude 150°. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader, 1899.

Hungry; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary to Resurrection creek, on the left 

bank, near its head. Miners' name, from Moffit, 1904.

Hungry; creek, tributary to Oregon creek from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.
316 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Hungry Harbor; mining camp, in the Kantishna region, established in 1905 

ou Bearpaw river, 40 miles above its mouth. So called by the prospectors and reported by Prindle.

Hunker; creek, 15 miles nortlnvest of Nome, Seward peninsula, a small tributary of New Eldorado creek from the north, near longitude 165° 10'. 

Local name, from Gerdiue, 1904.

Hunner; creek, on Seward peninsula, tributary to Kaviruk river from north, 

near latitude 65°. 20', longitude 165° 15'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Gerdine, 1901.

Running, bay ; see Harming.

Hunt; fork, in the Koyukuk region, branch of John river on the west, near latitude 68°, longitude 153°. Prospectors' name, obtained by Peters and 

Schrader, 1901.

Hunt; island, near western end of the Sandman reefs, south of Deer island and 

northeast of Sanuak, near latitude 54° 47', longitude 162° 17'. So called 

by the Fish Commission in 1888. This may be Egg (lachnoi) island of 

Tebenkof, 1849.

Hunt; peak (3,494 feet high), in the northeastern part of Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, 1887, after Ensign Henry J. 

Hunt, U. S. N.

Hunt; point, the western head of Rodgers harbor, on south shore of Wrangell 

island, Arctic ocean. So named by Berry in September, 1881, after 

Ensign Henry Jackson Hunt, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Hunt; river, tributary to the Kobuk from the north, near latitude 67°. 15', longitude 158° 30'. So named by Stoney, 1885, probably after one of his 

party. He wrote the native name Kon-gon-wik.

Hunter; bay, in Prince of AVales island, opening into Cordova bay, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 54° 52', longitude 132° 20'. Sounded by 

Moser, 1897.

Hunter; creek, tributary to Minook creek from the east, near latitude 65° 30', 

longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and 

Schrader, 1896.

Hunter; creek, .Seward peninsula, flowing north into Kotzebue'J sound, near 

longitude 162° 20'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1903.

Hunter; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kiwalik river from the east, 

near latitude 65° 45', longitude 161° 40'. Prospectors' name, obtained 

by Witherspoon, 1903.

Hunter's, point; see Bird.

Hurtle; creek, tributary to Tonsina lake. Name from Schrader, 1900.

Huskisson; mountain, in extreme northeastern Alaska. So named by Franklin, 1826, after the " president of the board of trade."

Huslia; river, tributary to the Koyukuk from the west, near longitude. 156° 30'. 

Native name, reported by Alien, 1885, as Hussliakatna, on his map 1 

and 4, and Husliakakat in his text (p. 105 J. See Kakat.

Hut; point, on the mainland, the north point of entrance to Walker cove, Behm 

canal, southeastern Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Hut; point, on the northwestern coast of Douglas island, at entrance to Gas- 

.' tineau channel, Alexander archipelago. So named by Symonds, 1880. 

There were some Indian houses or huts on the point.

Hut; point, on the southern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named 

Zhila (hut, cabin, house) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Hutchinson; creek, tributary to North fork Fortymile river from the west, 

near latitude 64° 25', longitude 142° 05'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Signal Corps, U. S, A., 1902. Written also Hutchison.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 317

Hutchinson, creek ; see Quartz.

Hutchinson; hill (99 feet high), on Northeast point, St. Paul island, Pribilof 

group, Bering sea. Called Sealion by Dall, 1874, which may be the local 

name. Later it was called Hutchinson, after Hayward Malcolm Hutchinson, of the Alaska Commercial Company. Elliott speaks of it as the 

" volcanic nodule known as Hutchinson's hill."

Hutchinson; sunken reef, off Outer Spruce cape, Chiuiak bay, Kodiak. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1881.

Hutchison, creek ; see Hutchinson.

ttutli, bay and glacier; see Le Coute.

Hutlina; creek, tributary from the east to Baker creek, which is a tributary of 

Tauaua river, near latitude 65° 55', longitude 155° 20'. Indian name, 

reported by Brooks, 1902, as Hootliuana. Has been written Hootlanana 

and Hutliuana, i. e., Hutliua river.

Hutshi; chain of lakes draining northward into Lewes river in longitude 137°. 

Native name, apparently first published by Glave in the Century, September and October, 1892, where it is spelled Hootchy-Eye. It lias been 

variously written Hootch Eye, Hootch-i, Hutchi, Hotchi, Hucuai, etc. 

The Canadian Board on Geographic Names has adopted the above form, 

, , I-Iutshi.

Huxley; peak (11,907 feet high), in the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Topham, 1886, after Prof. Thomas Henry Huxley.

Hyaks; creek, Arctic slope, tributary to Marsh fork Canning river from the 

west, near latitude 68° 30', longitude 147°.' So called by S. J. Marsh, 

a prospector, 1903.

Hydah, cove; see Mission.

Hyden, canyon ; see Heideu.

Hydra; island, near the southern coast of Alaska peninsula, north of the Semidi 

islands. Name published by Tebenkof in 1849. On a manuscript Russian map, 1849, it is called Zatschra island. Apparently identical with 

Otter island of Coast Survey chart 8500.

labloslmie, island; see Middle.

lachnoi, cape and island; see Egg.

luchnoi, island, Sandman reefs; see Hunt.

luohnoi, island, Uualga pass; see Egg.

laitchnoi, bay ; see Egg.

laklek, cape; see Aklek.

laktay, cape; see Yaktag.

lanaliun, cape; see Bog.

lantar, stream ; see Amber.

lantarni, bay ; see Amber.

Jcatliliuk, river; see Fish.

Icathluik, river ; see Niukluk.

Ice; creek, 60 miles northeast of Knik arm, Cook inlet, on the west bank of 

Chickaloon creek, a northern tributary of Matanuska .river, near latitude 62° 10', longitude 148° 20'. So named by John S. Bagg, guide of 

Gleun's expedition, 1898.

Ice; gulch, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, a small tributary to 

Nome river from ttie west, near longitude 165° 18'. Local name, published in 1900.

Ice; river, tributary to Copper river from the east; near AVood canyon. So 

named by Alien, 1885.

Ice; spit, off the northeastern shore of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. So named 

by Berry, 1881.
318 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Iceberg; point, on the southeastern shore of Lemesurier island, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Harms, August, 1880. At that time 

much drift ice had stranded there.

Icehouse; point and lake, on the western shore of Woody island, St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Pestchanoe (sandy) by Russian naval officers in 

1808-1810. This is the lake from which the Kodiak Ice Company 

obtains its ice. On this spot Tebenkof, 1849, shows a native village 

Aleksashkina, which he calls the Chiuiak settlement. On the old Russian chart XVI, 1808-1810, the Aleut village of Aleksashkauo is shown 

about a mile farther south.

Ice Water, river; see Soynai.

Jchock. Langsdorf (II, 234) gives this as the name of a creek southwest from 

Kukak bay. Not identified.

Icy; bay, in front of Malaspina glacier, St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. 

So called by Vancouver in 1794. It is Lothiauoi (icy) of Tebenkof, 

.1.849.

Icy; bay, on the western shore of Prince William sound. So named by Vnncouver, 1794.

Icy, .bay ; see Palma.

Icy. Billings, in July, 1790, when off the entrance to Cook'inlet, saw at a distance of 15 miles northwest, behind the Chugach islands, a glacier used 

by the traders as a landmark for entering Cook inlet and called by 

them " Ledeneaia Reka (Icy river)."

Icy; cape, the northern head of Icy bay, near Mount St. Elias. Called Ledianoi 

(icy) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Icy; cape, on the Arctic coast, about midway between Cape Lisburne and Point 

Barrow, near latitude 70°. So named by Cook, 1778, " because it was 

much encumbered with ice." The Eskimo name is Ootookok, or, as we 

would write it, Utukok.

Icy, channel; see Gastineau.

Icy; gulch, in Silverbow basin, about 2 miles east of Juueau, southeastern 

Alaska. Local name, reported, by Peters, 1902.

Icy; passage, separating Pleasant island from the mainland, Icy s"trait, southeastern Alaska. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Icy; peak, near Kialagvik bay, on the south shore of Alaska peninsula. Name 

apparently derived from Tebenkof, 1849.

Icy; point, on the mainland coast, between Lituya bay and Cape Spencer. 

Named Ledianoi (icy) by Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been called Cape 

Forrest.

Icy; reef, on the Arctic coast, near the international boundary. So named by 

Franklin, 1826.

Icy; strait, north of Chichagof island, joining Chatham strait and Cross sound, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 15'. So called by the Russians. 

See Cross sound.

Ida; creek, 15 rniles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Bonita 

creek from the south, near longitude 165° 10'. Local name. Has been 

called Moose and Morse.

Idagak, strait; see Udagak.

Idahc; bar, on Minook creek, Rampart region, between Hunter and Little 

Minook creeks. Prospectors' name, reported by Prindle, 1904.

Idaho; creek and bar, Seward peninsula creek tributary to- Kuzitriu river from 

the north, near Coffee Dome mountain; bar in Kuzitrin river, near latitude 65° 12', longitude 164° 40'. Prospectors' Jiame, obtained by Gerdine, 1901. - .
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 319

Idaho; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to McManus creek from the 

north, near latitude 65° 25', longitude 146° 10'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine, 1903.

Idaho; gulch, Se\vard peninsula, at head of Maston creek, near latitude 65° 48', 

longitude 166° 10'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Gerdine, 1901.

Idaho; inlet, indenting the northern shore of Chichagof island, Cross sound, 

Alexander archipelago, near longitude 136° 15'. So named by pilot 

W. E. George, after the steamer Idaho, which grounded here.

Idaho; peak (3,100 feet high), 011 Woronkofski island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow, 1886, after the steamship Idaho.

Idaho; rock, submerged, northeast side-^Tougass narrows, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 19'. Local name, from the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Idak; cape, the uortheasternmost point of Umnak island, eastern Aleutians. 

Native name, from Kuritzien, 1849. Apparently it means outlet or 

exit. It is the northwestern head of Umnak strait.

Idaliuk; cape, on the northern shore of Umnak island, near its western end. 

Native name, from Kuritzien, 1849.

Idaliuk, cape ; see Prominence.

Idalug; cape, on the northern shore of Anilia island, Audreanof group, middle 

Aleutians. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849.

Ideal; cove, in Mitkof island, near the north end of Dry strait, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Thomas in 1887. 

Nichols reports " excellent anchorage here for small vessels."

Idelfonso, point; see Ildefonso.

.Iden-noo, village; see Ei-dan-noo.

Ides Neck; narrow isthmus, separating Schulze cove from Peril strait, Baranof 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan, 1884.

Igagik, river and village ; see Ugaguk.

Igak, bay ; see Ugak.

Igatskai, bay ; see Ugak.

Ighiak, village ; see Eyak;

Igiagagamute, Eskimo village; see Igiak.

Igiagiuk, lake,; see Becharof.

Igiak, cape; see Ugyak.

Igiak; Eskimo village of two huts, near Cape Romanzof, Bering sea, about latitude 62°. Visited by Nelson in December, 1878. He reports its name 

to be Igraganiiut (text, p. 665), and on the map Igiagamute. Petrof, 

1880, has Igiagagamute. Written also Igiogagamut.

Igiogagamut, Eskimo village; see Igiak.

Igitkin; island, near Great Sitkin, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Aleut 

name, from the Russians, written Igitkihn, Igitkilm, Igitkum, etc., and 

Egilka by Billings, 1790.

Igloo; creek, in western part of Seward peninsula, debouching near Cape 

Woolley. Name from Barnard, 1900. It is the Eskimo word for house.

Igloo; creek, tributary to Grantley harbor from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Eskimo name, meaning Jiouse, from Barnard, 1900.

Igloo; creek, tributary to American river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Eskimo name, meaning house, from Brooks,«1900.

Igloo; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Goodhope river from the north, 

near latitude 65° 45', longitude 163° 30'. Local name, reported by 

Gerdine, 1901.

Igloo; post-office (established in 1901), Seward peninsula, on Kuzitrin river, 

near its mouth; about latitude 65° 10', longitude 165° 04'. The locality 

was called Mary's Igloo by the prospectors.
320 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Jgnaliuk, Ignaloolt, island; see Little Diomecle.

Ignatief, cape ; see Menclenhall.

Ignatio, island; see St. Ignace.

Ignavik; Eskimo village, on the Arctic coast, 15 miles south of Cape Smyth, 

near latitude 71°. Native name from Jarvis, 1898.

Ignok; Eskimo village, on the right bank of Yukon river, near Koserefski. 

Petrof, 1SSO, calls it Ignokhatskamute and. Ignokhatskornute. Raymond, 

1869, has Ingekasagmi. Both name and village have disappeared from 

recent maps.

Igognak, anchorage ; see Eider.

Igognak, cape ; see Kalekta. - .--

Igokluk; slough, Yukon delta, a branch of Kv\remeluk slough from the east, 

near latitude 62° 27', longitude 163° 2O'. Eskimo name, obtained by 

Putuam, 1899.

Igragamiiit, village ; see Igiak.

Iguik; creek, and very small Eskimo village at its mouth, 011 eastern shore of 

Norton sound, just north of the Uualaklik river. Native name, written on the Western Union Telegraph Expedition map, 1867, Igouik ; by 

Dall, Egowik, aud by Petrof, Igowik ; also written Igavik and Egawik.

Igushik; river, draining southward from Amaiika. lake to Nushagak bay, about 

latitude 59°, longitude 159°. Eskimo name reported by Tebenkof, 

1849, as Iguzhak; by Petrof, 1880, as Igushek; by "the Fish Commission, 1890, as Egashak; by the Coast Survey, 1897, as Egashik; by 

Spurr, 1898, as Egoushik or Crooked, and. by Moser, 1900, Egashak or 

Snake. See Snake.

Igvak; cape, the western point of entrance to Portage (Ivanatak) bay, on the 

southern shore of Alaska peninsula, west from Kodiak. Native name, 

from the Russians. Erroneously Iswak.

lhack, bay ; see TJgak.-

I-im-tuck, river; see Lishtak.

Ijoot, cape ; see Izhut.

lie, river ; see Eek.

Ikak; Eskimo village, east of Naknek lake, Alaska peninsula. Native name, 

from the Russians. Petrof, 1880, calls it Ikkhagmute, i. e., Ikkak people. The Eleventh Census and Coast Survey call it Ukak. Population 

in 1880, 162.

IkaUgvig-miut, village; see Cheenik.

Ikalu; low sandy islet, on the Arctic coast, abreast of Dease inlet. Eskimo 

name, from British Admiralty chart 593 (1830-1882), where it is written Ikalue.

Ikatan; bay, north of Ikatan peninsula, at the south end of Isanotski strait, 

Alaska peninsula. So called by Dall, 1880.

Ikatan; peninsula, projecting from the southeastern corner of Unimak island, 

at south end of Isanotski strait, Alaska peninsula, near latitude 54° 43', 

longitude 163° 15'. Native narue, variously written Ikatak, Ikatan, 

Ikatane, Ikatok, Ikatun, etc. Veniamiriof says Ikatok or, properly, 

Ikatan.

Ikatan; point, on north shore Ikatan peninsula, being the south point of 

entrance to Ikatan bay. So designated by Westdahl, 1901.

Ikatlek; Eskimo village, on right bank of lower Yukon river, about 30 miles 

below Auvik. Nelson, who passed through it, in 1879, reports its name 

to be Ikatlegomute, i. e., Ikatlek people. Not shown on late maps.

IJceutpaJc, river; see Fish.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 321

Ikhiak, lake and village; see Eyak.

Ikhok, village ; see Ikwok.

Ikiginak; bigh rocky islet, a few miles west of the western end of Atka, middle

Aleutians. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Lutke calls it Nerpitchy (seal).

Ikikiktoik, village; see Kiktaguk. 

Ikiraaluk, channel; see Moore. 

Iklchagamut, village; see Savonoski. 

Ikkugoalc, river; see Ikugoak. * 

Iknetuk; Eskimo village, on the western shore of Golofnin hay, Norton sound.

Called Kniktag-miut by the Russians as early as 1852. By Petrol:,

1880, called Ignituk. 

Iknetuk; point, near Golofuin bay, Norton sound. Native name, from Schrader,

1900. 

Ikogmut; village of 350 Eskimos, and Russian Orthodox Church mission (Pokrovskaia mission), which appears to have been first occupied iu or

about 1843. For many years spoken of as The Mission. Shown on the

maps with the designation. Mission, and now generally, Russian Mission,

which seems to have supplanted the native name. It is on the north

bank of the lower Yukon, neav its southernmost bend and latitude 62°.

Has been variously written ElvOgmute, Ikoginiut, etc. Probably from

ikkok (a point), and so, point folks. 

Ikolik; point, on the western shore of Kodiak. Called Southwest point by

Lisianski, 1805, and Ikolik b.r later Russians. Variously given as

Ecolik, Ikalik, etc. Called also Seal cape. 

Ikoum-unya-koverushka, St. George IslaM; see South bill. 

Ikpikpuk, river; see Chipp. 

Ikpikpung, river. Stoney's map has a west branch of Chipp river, 20 miles

above the mouth of Meade river, lettered Ik-pik-pung. The main river

he calls Chipp or Ik-pik-puk. 

Ikpikpuny, river ; see Chipp. 

Ikpiling. This Eskimo name appears on Ray's map, 1885, for some feature just

east of the United States Signal Service station Utkiavi, near Point 

. Barro'w, Arctic ocean. 

IksiaMak, bay ; see Andersou. 

Ikti; cape, between Chignik bay and Mitrofania island, on the southern shore of

Alaska peninsula. Native name, from the Russians. Has been written

Itkhi and, accidentally, Itkbi. 

Iktigalik; native village, of eight or ten houses, on right bank of the Unalaklik

river, about 25 miles above its mouth. Native name, from Dall, 1S6'.:>. 

Ikuak; Eskimo village, on right bank of the lower Yuk:on, near head of delta.

Eskimo name, from Raymond, 1869, who wrote it Yukagamut. Tikh- 

, menief, 1861, presumably quoting Zagoskin, writes it Ikuagmiut, i. e.,

Ikuak people. Apparently-identical with Ingaharneh (also Ingahamr)

of Petrof, 1880. Population in 1880, 63. 

Ikugoak;^ river, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Selawik river from the east,

near the Arctic circle and longitude 160°. Eskimo name, from Stoney..

1885, who wrote Ik-ku-go-ak. 

Ikwok; native village southwestern Alaska, on Nushagak river, a few miles

above Kakuak. Reported by Osgood, 1902, and written Ikwok and

Ikhok. 

Ilak, cape; see Ugyak.

Bull. 299 06 M 21
322 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

link; islet, in Kukak bay, Alaska .peninsula, mentioned by Laugsdorf (II, 234).

Not identified. 

Ilak; islet, southwest of Tauaga island, Andreauof group, middle Aleutians.

Aleut name, given by Billings, 1790, as Illuk, and by Lutke, Tebenkof',

and other Russians as Illiak. Has also been written Illakh. 

Ildefonso; point, in San Alberto bay, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Punta de San Yldefouso by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Erroneously Idelfonso. 

Iliamna; small bay, in the .northwest corner of Karnisbak bay, southwestern

shore of Cook inlet near latitude 59° 40'. Local name, obtained by

Osgood, 1902.

Iliamna; lake, largest in Alaska, a few feet above sea level, about 60 miles 

long and from 15 to 25 miles wide, between Bristol bay and. Cook inlet. 

Named Shelekof by the Russians as early as" 1.802, but now universally 

known by its native name, Iliamna. Locally pronounced Lamna. According to Martin, Iliamna is " said to be the name of a mythical great 

blackfish, supposed to.inhabit this lake, which bites holes in the bidarkas 

of bad natives." A Russian map of 1802 calls this Shelekof, while 

Clark lake, supposed to have been discovered in 1891, is shown and 

called Ilima lake.

Iliamna; pass and portage, between Iliamna bay, southwest shore of Cook 

inlet, and Iliamna lake, about latitude 59° 40'. Local name, obtained 

by Osgood, 1902.

Iliamna; river, Alaska peninsula, tributary to Iliamna lake from the northeast, 

about latitude 59° 50', longitude 153° 50'. Local name, reported by 

Osgood, 1902.

Iliamna; native village, Alaska peninsula, on the right bank of Iliamna river,

6 miles above Iliamna lake, near latitude 59° 50', longitude 153° 50'.

So described by Osgood, 1902. The Post Route maps, 1904 and 1905,

locate this village on Iliamna bay. 

Iliamna; volcano (12,066 feet high), on the west coast of Cook inlet. Native

name, from the early Russian explorers. The Spanish explorers of the

last century called it Volcan de Miranda. 

Iliasik; group of islands on -the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, near Belkofski. Native name, from the Russians. Veniamiuof and Lutke have

Eliazik and Tebenkof, laliasik. See also Inner Iliasik and Outer

Iliasik. 

Iliasik; strait, between the outer and inner Iliasik islands, south shore Alaska

peninsula, western extremity; near latitude 55°, longitude 162°. So

described by Moser, 1897.

Iliaviki, island; see Inner Iliasik and Outer Iliasik. 

Jliazliek, island; see Inner Iliasik. 

Ilin; bay, on the western shore of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago.

Named Ilina (Ilin's) by the Russians early in the century, after the

Russian naval officer, Peter Ivanovich Ilin. 

Iliuk; lake, which is either an arm of Naknek lake or, possibly, a lake wholly

separate from but near to it. On some Russian maps this name is

applied to Naknek lake. Written also Illiak. 

Iliuliuk; bay, the southeasterly arm of Unalaska bay, on the east side of

Amaknak island, near latitude 53° 54', longitude 166° 30'. In this bay

are Dutch harbor and Iliuliuk harbor. This is present usage, arid was

approved by the U. S. Board on Geographic Names April 5, 1905.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 323

Iliuliuk; harbor, in Iliuliuk bay, Unalaska, just west of town of same name.

Veniaminof called this Gavauskaia (harbor) bay.

Iliuliuk; reef, at entrance to Iliuliuk harbor, Unalaska bay. Local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1900. 

Iliuliuk; the chief town of Uualaska, eastern Aleutians. Founded by the

"terrible" Solovief, between 1700 and 1770, and named Iliuliuk 

(Aleut for harmony or good understanding, or according to another

interpretation, the curved leach). Population in 1890, 317. It is often

called Unalaska. The spelling of the name has been llliouliouk, Il-luluk, etc. See Unalaska. 

Iliutak; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay. Native name,

from Nelson, 1878-79, who wrote it Iliutagainute, i. e., Iliutak people.

Population 40 in 1880. 

Ilivit; group of hills or mountains'on right bank of the Yukon, south of Anvik.

Native name, from the Russians. Not shown on recent maps. 

Ilkognak; rock, between Kodiak and Whale islands, Kodiak group. Native

name, from Muraslief, 1839-40. 

Ilktugitak; cape, between Katmai and Kukak bays, on north shore of Sl'ielikof

strait. Native name, from the Russians. 

Illak, island; see Ulak. 

Illamna, volcano; see Ilianma. 

Illiak, lake; see Iliuk. 

Illiulc, lake ; see Naknek. 

ll-luit-kuk. This is given by the British Admiralty, 1853, as the Eskimo name of

the low sandy islands in front of Elsou bay, on the Arctic coast, just

east of Point Barrow.

Illuk, islet; see Ilak. 

Ilmalianuk; cape, the western head of Inanudak bay, on the north shore of

Umnak, eastern Aleutians. Native name given by Kuriteien, 1849, as

Ilmalianok. 

Ilput; islet, in the southeastern part of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander

archipelago. Apparently a native name, obtained by Arasilief, 1809,

who wrote it Ilpiet. Has also been written Ilpit. 

Ihiiak, island; see Shuyak. 

linachuck, river ; see Inmachuk. 

Imaglin, island; see Little Diomede. 

Imagnee; Aleut village, in Summer bay, on eastern shore of Unalaska bay,

eastern Aleutians. Sarichef shows a settlement here, in 1790, which he

calls Sinaguia. Veniaminof, however, calls the village and bay Imagninskoe. Imagnee is the local and, presumably, the native name. Population in 1830 was 32. 

Imagninskoe, bay ; see Summer. 

Imagru, port; see Clarence. 

Imaklit, island; see Big Diomede. 

Imakpigitak, bay ; see Goodnews. 

Imiak; Eskimo village, at outlet of Aleknagik lake, northwest from mouth of

the.Nnshagak. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. 

Imnuchult, river; see Inmachuk. 

Imoktegokshuk. Eskimo village, on south shore of Seward peninsula, a little

east of Nome. Petrof. in 1880. reported its population' as 30, and its

name Imokhtagokshuk in his text (p. 11) and Iniokhtegoksb.uk on his

map. Both town and name have vanished. 

Imourouk, basin and lake; see Imuruk.
324 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Impassable; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Nepropusknoi (impassable) by Vasilief in 1809. Has 

also been called Neprop, which Kostrornetinof translates not to be 

omitted.

ImpniguJc, Impnipulc, river; see Inmachuk.

Imuruk; basin, east of Port Clarence, Seward peninsula. Eskimo name, reported by Beechey, 1827, as Imau-rook. Variously written Imaourouk, 

Imaurook, Imurook, Imourouk, Imagazuk, and on a late map Cowvinik. Murdoch writes it Imau-ruk. . ^

Imuruk; lake, Seward peninsula, the source of Kugruk river, which drains it 

to Kotzebue sound. It is about 75 miles northeast of Imuruk basin, 

near latitude 65° 35', longitude 163° 10'. Eskimo name, written 

Emuruk by Mendenhall, 1901. Written also Imourouk.

Imuya; bay, just west of Kialagvik bay, on south shore of Alaska peninsula. 

Native name, from the Coast Survey.

Ina; gulch, in Fortymile 'region, on south bank of Slate creek, near latitude 

64° 35', longitude 142° 40'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1905.

Inalak. Small island, near Unalaska, not identified, perhaps Unalga. Name 

from Berg, 1823 (p. 59).

Inalin,' island ; see Big Diomede.

Inanudak; bay, indenting the northern shore of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. 

Native name from Veniamiuof. There are some coves in this bay, one 

of which is probably the one called Stepauofskaia by Lutke. According 

to Grewingk, Lntke called Inanudak bay Stepanow bay, but this appears 

to be an error.

Inaru; river, in northern Alaska, flowing northeasterly and supposed to bebouch 

into Dease inlet. Crossed by Ray in March, 1883. The natives, he says 

in his text (p. 27), call it Inaru; on his map he calls it Kuahroo, and 

this name has been copied on Coast Survey and other charts.

Independence; creek, tributary to Sinuk river from the west, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900'.

Independence; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Quartz creek from west, 

near latitude 65° 20', longitude 164° 45'. Prospectors' name, obtained 

by Gerdine, 1901.

Independence; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary.from the south to-Kugruk 

river and Kotzebue sound, near longitude 163°. Prospectors' name, 

obtained by Mendenhall, 1901.

Independence; creek, in the Birch Creek region, tributary to Mammoth creek 

from the right, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 145° 15'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 1896.

Independence; creek, eastern Alaska, on the north bank of North fork Fortymile creek, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 142° 20'. Prospectors' 

name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, 

U. S. A., 1905.

Independence; island, in Steamer bay, Etolin island, Alexander archipelago.

So named, by Snow, 1886. 

^J.ndex, island ; see Guide.

Indiada; islet, in Port Santa Cruz, Sueniez island, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Isleta de la Indiada by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. 

, Indian, bay ; see Sumner.

^Indian; channel of Chilkat river, "used in going up," near latitude 59° 20', 

longitude 135° 48'. Name taken from the Coast Survey magnetic tables 

for 1902. Probably reported by Pratt, 1894.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. 325

Indian.; creek, tributary to Copper river from the north, between Chistochina 

and Slana rivers. Prospectors' name, obtained by Schrader, 1903. 

According to Schrader the Indian name is Tetelna.

Indian; creek, on the north shore of Turnagain arm, Cook inlet, near latitude 

61° 05', longitude 149° 30'. Prospectors' name, from Glenn, 1898.

Indian; creek, tributary to Chickaloon bay, south shore of Turnagain arm, 

Cook inlet, near longitude 150°. Local name, from Becker, 1895. 

Indian; creek, tributary to the Susitna river from the north, near latitude 63°. 

So named by Muldrow, 1898.

Indian; creek, tributary to Goodpaster river from the north, near latitude 64° 

301 ', longitude 145°. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1903.

Indian; creek, tributary to Mosquito fork Fortymile creek from the left, near 

latitude 64°, longitude 143°. So called by Lieutenant Mitchell, Signal 

Corps, U. S. A., 1902.

Indian, creek ; see Tsadaka.

I-nd'kin, point; see Green.

Indian; point, the northern point of entrance to Naha bay, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover, 1885. There are Indian 

graves on the point.

Indian; river, near Sitka, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Locally 

so called. It is Koloshanka and Kolosheuka (Koloshian) of Russian 

charts.

Indian; river, Kenai peninsula, tributary to Tustumena lake from the west, 

near longitude 150° 20'. Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Indian; rock, bare at lowest water, in Felice strait, Gravina group, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Indian; rock, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Meade, 1869.

Indian; sunken rock, at mouth of Taiya inlet, Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. 

So called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 203).

Indian; sunken rock, in middle anchorage of Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1881.

Indian Pass; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the east, midway between 

The Ramparts and Fort Hamlin, near latitude 65° 40', longitude 149° 

40'. Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant Ericksou, U. S. A., 1902.

Indtit, cape; see Izhut.

Inellen, island; see Big Diomede.

InersJcin, bay ; see Iniskin.

.I'ngahameh, village; see Ikuak.

Ingakalik; island, off the south shore of Alaska peninsula, northeast of Sutwik 

. island. Native name, from Tebeukof, 1849. 

Ingektisac/mi, village; see Ignok.

IngeJcvak, island; see High.

Ingenstrem; rocks, just east of the Semichi islands, western Aleutians. So 

named by the Russians after pilot Igenstrem, who visited the Andreanof group of islands, 1829, and twice wintered at Atka, correcting 

the charts of this general region. The name appears variously, Ingenstern, Ingenstrem, Ingenstrom, Inghestroin, etc.

Inger; Eskimo village, in southeast part of Nunivak island. Bering sea. Native 

name, from the'Eleventh census, where it is written Ingerarniut (mountain village), from ingeri'it (Kuskokwin) or ingrik (Yukon delta) 

meaning mountain and miut meaning people.. Population in 1890, 35.
326 GEOGRAPHIC DICTION ART OF ALASKA.

Ingichuak; hill (525 feet high), in the Yukon delta northeast of Kusilvak 

mountain, near latitude 62° 10', longitude 164° 07'. The Russians 

wrote it Ingichuak. On a late Coast Survey chart it is called Ingrikchoa. It is doubtless the Eskimo term ingrechoa meaning hill, 

and might better be written Ingrichoa, from Ingrik (mountain) and 

choa, diniinuth7 e termination.

Ingich.uk; eskimo village (of 8, people in 1880), in the Yukon delta. Native 

name from Nelson, who visited it in December, 1878. Also has been 

written Ingechuk. Father Barnum writes this Ingrechoa'meiit (the hill 

folks), or, as we would write it, Ingrichoa.

IngiegviJc, mountain ; see Kusilvak. ^

Ingle; creek, tributary to Mosquito fork Fortymile creek from the north, near 

longitude 142° 05'. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by 

Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Inglestat, point; see Bald Head promontory.

Inglik?MJch, island; see Karpa.

Inglutalik; river, tributary to the head of Norton bay, Norton sound. An 

Eskimo name. Tebenkof, 1849, calls this river, or a stream which appears to be this one, Inaktuli. The Western Union Telegraph Expedition map of 1867 calls a native village on this stream, Ingletalik. 'For 

the rest there has been hopeless confusion, Ingluealik, Inglucalik, Inglaliktalik, etc.

Ingoragayuk; native village, on the 'tundra, east of Bethel and Kuskokwim 

river. Eskimo name and description derived from Reindeer Report, 

1901, p. 83, where it is printed Ingoragayukemute,

Ingraham; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Prince of Wales island. 

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55°, longitude 

132°. So named by Ball, 1879, after Joseph Ingraham, master of the 

brig Hope, of Boston, 1791-92, whose unpublished hydrographic notes 

of this region were used in compiling the Coast Pilot of 1883.

Ingraham; creek, 3^ miles northwest of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Anvil cre'ek from the east, near longitude 165° 23'. Local name, published in 1903. »

Ingraham; point, the north point of entrance to Ingraham bay, Clarence 

strait, Alexander archipelago. So applied by local navigators, and 

reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Ingrakak; Eskimo village, 5 miles below Chukchuk, on the right bank of lower 

Yukon river, near latitude 61° 50', longitude 161° 30'. Native name, 

from Coast Survey officers, 1898, by whom it is written Ingrakaghamiut.

Ingrakaklak; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, on the right bank of Kwikluak 

pass, at its mouth, near latitude 62° 37', longitude 164° 47'. Eskimo 

name, reported by Putnani, 1899, who wrote it Ingrakaklakamiut.

Ingram, creek ; see Mitchell.

Ingrechoa, hill; see Ingichuak.

Ingrechoameut, Eskimo village; see Ingichuk.

Jngrichoa, hill; see Ingichuak.

Ingrichoa, Eskimo village ; see Ingichuk.

IngriguJc. mountain ; see Kusilvak.

Ingrikchoa, hill; see Ingichuak.

Ingrikchun; slough, opening on the left bank of Yukon river 30 miles below 

Andreafski, near Ingichuak hill and latitude 62° 10', longitude 164°. 

Eskimo name, reported by Putnani, 1899. Probably some ^orin of 

ingrichoa, hill. .
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA. 327

Iniaii; cove and anchorage, on the northwest coast of Inian islands, Cross 

sound. The anchorage here.was discovered, chavtecl, and named by 

Pratt, 1901.

Inian; islands, in Cross sound, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 58° 15', longitude 1.30° 20'. So named by Dull, 1870. Have also been called Brian 

islands.

Inikla; island, one of the Sannak group, 3 miles southeast of Sannak island, 

near latitude 54° 21', longitude 102° 2!)'. Native name, reported by 

Westdahl, 1901.

Inischen, bay; see Iniskin. . .

Iniskin; bay, indenting the north shore of Kamishak bay, west shore Cook 

inlet, about latitude 59° 40', longitude 153° 25'. Local name, written 

Enochkiii by Martin, 1903. Russian surname Inokhin, variously corrupted to Innerskin, Inniskin, Inerskin, Initskin, Inischen.

Initial; island, at entrance to Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Nachalnie (initial or beginning) by Vasilief in 1809.

Initkilly; Eskimo village, on the Arctic coast, just east of Cape Lisburne, near 

the Convin coal mines. Eskimo name, published by the Coast Survey

in 1890.

Initskin, bay ; see Iniskin.

Inland; lake, a tidewater lake, the largest of three connecting with and just 

west of Selawik lake, latitude 60° 30', longitude 100° 05'. Visited and 

named by Ensign Purcell, of Stoney's expedition, 1884. Cantwell, 1884, 

wrote the Eskimo name Emogarikchoit (little sea), and Stoney's map 

shows a village on its shores E-mug-ge-row-che-uk; evidently two 

independent attempts at the same name.

Inland, river ; see Noatak.

Inlet; point, Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1896.

Inlet; point, the northernmost point of Woewodski island, Wrangell strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, 1879.

Inlikak, island; see Karpa.

Inmachuk; river, Seward peninsula,^tributary to Kotzebne sound, just east of 

Cape Deceit, near longitude 162° 45'. Eskimo name, written by Mendenhall, 1901, Ipnichuk. It lias been written variously Iniachuck, 

Imnuchuk, Innuchuk, etc. The Eskimo term is said to mean big cliffs. 

In that case Impnipuk or Impniguk may more nearly represent it.

Inner; cape, on the western shore of Kizhuyak bay, northern coast of Kodiak. 

Named Vnutrennie.(inner) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Inner; point, on the southeastern shore of Kruzof island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Otineloi vnutrennie (inner shoals) by Vasilief, 1809, to distinguish it from another point called Shoals, and also 

 Outer Shoals point. Shoals extend off both points. Lisianski, 1804, 

called it Second point. It has also in late charts been called Rocky 

point.

Inner; rocks, in Chichagof harbor, Attu island, western Aleutians. So named 

by Gibson, July, 1855.

Inner Humpback; rock, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Horboon vnutrennie (inner humpback) by Russian naval officers, 1808-1830. This 

may be identical with High rock of the Coast Survey in 1869.

Inner Iliasik; island, near the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, 'off Belkofski. Native name, from the Russians, who wrote it Iliaviki and 

Iliazhek. This one is nearest the shore of the peninsula,' the other, 

Outer Iliasik, is farther out. The group has, been called Iliasik islands.
328 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA.

Inner Point Sophia; point, 2 miles inside Point Sophia, on the east side of entrance to Port Frederick, south shore Icy strait, near longitude 135° 28'. 

So named by Dickins, 1901.

Inner Signal; rock, off the eastern shore of Biorka island, eastern Aleutians, 

near longitude 166° 05'. So called by Gilbert, 1901. See The Signals.

InnersJcin, bay ; see Iniskin.

Inner Spruce; cape, at entrance to St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Elovoi. 

vnutrennie (spruce inner) by the Russians, 1808-1810.

Inniskin, bay; see Iniskin.

Innoko; river, 'tributary to Snageluk slough, northeast from Anvik. Native 

name, from.the Russians. Tikhmenief calls it Innoko or Shiltonato.. 

Ball, 1866, calls it Innoko or Shageluk. Petrof calls it Innoko on 

his map and Irmok in his text.

Inmichuk, river; see Inmachuk.

Inokhin, bay ; see Iniskiu.

Inoolttut, village; see Inuktut.

Inside; passage, from Clarence strait to Tongass nar-ows, between Vallenar 

point and Guard islands. So named by Clover, 1885.

Insignificant; ridge of mountains (2,050 feet high), near Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Inuktut; deserted Eskimo village, Seward peninsula, at the mouth of Buckland 

river, near latitude 66°, longitude 161°. Visited by Bertholf in 1898, 

who wrote it Inooktut. This may be Kongik or Kongigamut. of earlier 

maps, since abandoned.

loulakh, island; see Ulak.

Ipewik; river, in northwestern Alaska, tributary to Kukpuk river, 30 miles 

east of Point liope, near latitude 08° 30'. Eskimo name, published, in 

1890, as Ippewik.

Jpnichuk, river; see Inmachuk.

Iphigenia; bay, on the western border of Prince of Wales archipelago, between 

Bucareli bay and Sunnier strait, near latitude 55° 40', longitude 134°. 

So named by Davidson, in 1869 (Coast Pilot, p. 95), after the packet 

boat Iphigenia NuMana, Capt. William Douglas, which was here in 

1788.

Iphigenia; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Calclera, Bucareli bay,

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Santa Efigenia by

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. 

Ipnot; Eskimo village, on the Arctic coast, near Cape Thomson, a little south of

Point Hope. Name from Petrof, v/ho wrote it Ip-Not and Ipnot, and

reported a population', in 1880, of 40. 

Ippewik, river; see Ipewik.

Irak, bay; see Ugak. ' & 

Irene; creek, 7 miles northwest of Cape Nome, tributary to Nome river from the

east, near longitude 165° 13'. Local name, published in 1900. 

Irene; glacier, on the west bank of Taiya river, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 59° 35', longitude 135° 22'. Name from Flerner, 1898, but not

hitherto published. 

Irish; gulch, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, at the head of Scotch

gulch, on the east bank of Snake river, near longitude 165° 23'. Miners'

name, published in 1901. 

Iron; creek, Seward peninsula, small tributary on west bank near head of Big

Four creek, an east branch of Casadepaga river, near latitude 64° 47',

longitude 104° 05'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdiue, 1905.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. 329

Iron; creek, 20 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to

Flambeau river from the west, near latitude 64° 41.', longitude 165° 05'.

Name from Barnard, 1900. Gerdine, 1904, reports that the local name

is Triple creek. 

Iron; creek, tributary to Kruzgamepa river from the south, Sewarcl peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Iron; creek, 15 miles north of Nome, Sewarcl peninsula, a small tributary of

Nome river from the west, near longitude 165° 18'. Local name, published in 1900. 

Iron; creek, Sewarcl peninsula, tributary to North fork Kougarok river from

the south, near latitude 65° 35', longitude 164° 25'. Prospectors' name,

reported by Gerdine, 1901. 

Iron; creek, Sewarcl peninsula, tributary to Sullivan creek, which flows into

Kotzebue sound, near latitude 66°, longitude 163° 10'. Prospectors'

name, obtained by Witherspoon, 1903.

Iron, island; see Chugul.

Irving, cape; see Muzon.

Irving; mountain (9,000 feet high), north of Malaspina glacier, St. Elias alps, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell, 1890, after Roland Duer 

Irving, United States geologist. Has been erroneously printed Irvin.

Irving; peak (2,169 feet high), on the mainland, near Slocum inlet, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1888.

Jsaacs, point; see Bald Head.

Isabella; creek, 2 miles north of Fairbanks, tributary to Noyes slough from the 

north, near longitude 147° 45'-. Local name, from a local map, 1905.

Isanotski, bay ; see Becheviu.

Isanotski; islands, in Bechevin basr, Isanotski strait, Alaska peninsula. Named 

Issanakh islands, by Dall, 1882.

Isanotski; point, on the eastern end of Unimak island, near entrance to Isanotski strait. So called by Tebenkof, 1849.

Isanotski; ridge of mountains, and peak or peaks, on eastern end of Unimak 

island, eastern Aleutians. Called Issanakski by Veniaminof, 1831.

Isanotski; strait, at the western end of Alaska peninsula, separating it from 

Uuimak island, near longitude 163° 22'. According to Veniaminof,.the 

name is Issanakskie, a Russian adjective from the Aleut name isanak 

(hole, tear, rent). Lutke, 1836, says "not Issanotsky, as ordinarily 

called; the name of the strait is the same as that of the island Sannakh or Issanuakh." On the early Russian charts it is Isanotskoi, 

Isanotzky, etc., and' Lutke so uses it in 1828. It is usually called 

Isanotski and sometimes False Pass.

Isanotskoi, volcano ; see Pogromuoi.

I-she-ik, lake ; see Aishihik.

JsMik, lake and village; see Aishihik.

Ishiuk; Eskimo village of 15 huts, northwest Alaska, at the source of the 

Etivluk river, one of the headwaters of Colville river, near latitude 

08°, longitude 155° 25'. Visited by Stoney, 1885, who wrote Issheyuk.

Ishut; creek, Sewarcl peninsula, tributary from the northwest to Anikovik 

creek, about 5 miles northeast of York. Eskimo name, reported by 

Gerdine, 1901.

Jskoot, mountain ; see Isknt

Iskoot, river ; see Iskut.
330 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Iskut; mountain (4,800 feet high), on the Canadian side of the international 

boundary, near the junction of Isluit and Stikine rivers. Indian name, 

written Skoot by Hunter, 1877. It has also been written Iskoot and 

Iskut. The Canadian Board on Geographic Names has adopted the 

form Iskut.. . .

Iskut; river, in Canada, tributary to Stikine river from the east, Indian name, 

written Skoot and Iskoot. The Canadian Board on Geographic Names 

has adopted Iskut

Island; creek, Kenai peninsula, on the right bank of Resurrection creek 2 miles 

above Palmer creek. Local name, obtained by Moffit, 1904. 

Island; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the north, about 20 miles below

the mouth of Tozi river. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

This appears to be the stream called Sitzikunten by Dal.l (1869)., New-

. chuklicargut by Raymond (1869), and Nuchuklikakat by Petrof (1880).

Island; point, the north point of entrance to McLean arm, Prince of Wales 

island, Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 54° 48', 

longitude 131° 57'. So called by local navigators and reported by 

Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Island; point, at the southern side of entrance to Kasaan bay, Clarence strait, 

" Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, 1880.

Island; point, on Baranof island, near Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named, 1884, by Coghlan, who shows an island off the 

point.

Island; point, on Lindenberg peninsula, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Coghlan, 1884. There is an island off this point.

Island; point, on the western shore -of Carroll inlet, Revillagigedo island. 

Named by the Coast Survey in 1891. There is an island off the point.

Island; point, the southeasternmost of Sitklan island, Tongass passage, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Nichols, 1SS3. There 

is a small island off the point.

Island; slough, on the south side of Big island, Yukon river. Name published 

by the Coast Survey in 1898. Its native name, according to Zagoskin, 

1842-1844, is Notliagepia-ta.

Islands, Bay of; indenting the western shore of Adak island, middle Aleutians, near'longitude 176° 50'. Descriptive name, given by Dall, 1873.

Islands of the Four Moimtaains; see-Four Mountains.

Islet; cape, on the northern shore of Kocliak, in Kupreanof strait. Named

Ostrovka (islet) by Murashef, 1839-40. 

Islet; point, on the southern shore of Port Santa Cruz, Suemez island, Prince of

Wales archipelago. Named Punta de la Isleta (point of the islet) by

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. There is an islet off the point. 

Islets; point, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de

los .Yslotillos (point of the barren islets) by Maurelle and Quadra,

1775-1779. 

Ismailof; island, in Halibut cove, Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. . Named by Dall,

1880, after a Russian naval officer, Gerassiim Grigorovich Ismailof,

who made explorations in Alaska in the last century. Cook calls him

Erasim Gregorieoff Sin Ismyloff, and Vancouver, Mr. Smyloff. 

IssannaJeh, strait; see Isanotski. 

IssheyuJc, Eskimo village; see Ishiuk. 

Isthmus; bay, on the southern shore of Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Peresheinoi (isthmus) by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810. 

Isthmus; island, near Hot Springs bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Peresheechnoi (isthmus) by Vasilief, 1809.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. 331

Isthmus; island, in Kalsin bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Peresheechnoi

(isthmus) by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810. 

Iswak, cape ; see Igvak. 

Italio; river, a glacial stream on the southeastern coast, 25 miles southeast of

Yakutat, near longitude 139°. Name, from Moser, 1901. This may be

Akoi of Tebenkof. 

Itki'llik; river, tributary to the Colville, about 70 miles from its mouth. ' So

described by E. L. Bosqui, United States commissioner, who located on

the Colville at the mouth of this river in December, 1902, and called the

place Jarvis, after Capt. D. H. Jarvis, collector of customs, district of

Alaska. The river is not shown on any map. 

Itulilik; Eskimo village, on the right bank of Chulitna river, 08 miles above its

junction with the Kuskokwim, near longitude 157°. Native name,

written E-tu-le-lig-a-mute (Itulilik folks) on an unpublished map drawn

by W. R. Buckman, who prospected the Chulitna valley in 1902-3. 

Itvelik; river, on the Arctic slope, tributary to Colville river from the east, 

, near latitude 70°, longitude 151°. Eskimo name, reported by Peters

and Schrader, 19Q1. 

-lukuk; bay, indenting the northeastern shore of Raspberry island, Kocliak

group. Native name, from Murashef, 1839-40. 

7 uknlc,, island ; see Raspberry. 

lumkrarak; slough, Yukon delta, on the right bank of Kwiklnak pass, near

latitude 02° 43', longitude 104° 15'. Eskimo name, obtained by Putuam,

1899, who wrote it lumkraarak. 

luri, point; see Urey. 

luzlmie, cape; see South. 

luzlmie, point; see Southeast. 

J'nzhnw, cape ; see Trinity. 

luzhnoi, point; see Harbor. 

Ivakin; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Constantine harbor, Amchitka

«*> island, western Aleutians. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. 

Ivan; barrabora or house belonging to one Ivan (John) on the divide between

Unalaklik and the Yukon. Name from Dall, I860. Since 1869 has

appeared on maps as a village Ivan. 

Ivan; small island, in Pavlof bay, Alaska peninsula. Presumably named Ivan

(John) by the Russians. Name reported (or given) by Dall, 1880. 

Ivanhoe; creek, Seward peninsula, at head of Big Four creek, an east branch.

of Casadepaga river, near latitude 64° 47', longitude 164° 03'. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1901. 

Ivanof; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northeast of the

Shumagin group. Named by Dall in 1880. A cape near by was named

Ivanof (John's) by Lutke, 1835. 

Jvanof,.cape; see Kupreanof. 

Ivey; see Ivy City. 

Ivy City; on the Yukon, 2 miles below Nation, near mouth of Fourth of July

creek, about longitude 141° 50'. Local name, called Ivy City by Cantwell, 1900, and Ivey on an unpublished map. 

lyak; native village, on the north side of Kobuk river, 5 miles below the mouth

of the Pah, near latitude GG° 50', longitude 156° 05'. Visited by Stoney's

party in 1885. 

lyoukeen; cove, on the northeastern shore of Chichagof island, Chatham strait,

Alexander archipelago. Native name, reported by Davidson, 1869, as

I-youk-een.
332 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Izawerknuk; river, Yukon delta, reported by Jarvis, 1897, as probably another 

 Eskimo name for the Kvichavak.

Izbavlenia, point; see Escape. 

Izembek; bay, indenting the northern shore of Alaska peninsula near its western end, about longitude 162° 45'. Named by Lutke, after Surgeon 

Karl Izembek, a member of his party. Lutke spells the name Izenbek 

.and Isenbeck. Grewingk follows the spelling Isenbeck. The official 

list of the officers of the Moller, Captain Staniukovich commanding, 

on which vessel this surgeon served, has Surgeon Karl Izembek. Thnt 

list, in the Journal of the Russian Hyclrographic Office for 1850 (vol. 

8, p. 182), .appears to have been carefully prepared and leads to the 

belief that the name should be written Izembek.

Izhiga; cove, in Inanndak bay, on the northern shore of Urnnak, eastern Aleutians. Native name, from Veniamiuof.

Izhut; bay, indenting the southeastern coast of Afoguak island, Kodiak group. 

Apparently a native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Variously given ;>9 

Izhutskaia, Ujut, Uyut, etc. The Spaniards called it Puerto, de Solano 

(east wind). Izhut bay of Tebenkof is west of-Pillar point; Izhut bay 

of the Russian-American Company's report for 1849 is a smaller bay 

east of Pillar point.

Izhut; cape, forming the western head of Izhut bay, Afognak island, Kodiak 

group. So called by Tebenkof, who identifies it with Whitsuntide of 

Cook, 1778, calling it Piati-desiat-uitzi (Pentecost, or Whitsuntide). It 

is Cape Shariepof of Murashef, 1839^40. The Russian-American Company's map of 1849 applies the name Izhutskoi to the western head of a 

small bay farther east. Thus we have I.loot, Ishoot, Inclut, Izhutskoi, 

Pentecost, Piatidesiatniztzi, Shariepof, Shiripof, and Whitsuntide as 

names which have been applied to this cape.

Izhut; creek, tributary to Anikovik river from the north, in western part of 

Seward peninsula. Eskimo name, which has been published as Ishoot 

and Ishout. ' ,«

Izigan; cape, on the southern shore of Uualaska, near its western end. So 

called by Tebenkof, 1849.

Jabbertown, near Point Hope; see Coopers.

Jachach, cape; see Yakak.

Jachlaniasa, island ; see Kochu.

Jack; bay, indenting the southeastern shore .of Port Valdez, opposite Lowe 

point, Prince William sound. Named Jack's by Abercrombie, 1898, 

presumably after W. G. Jack, a prospector in this region.

Jack; creek, tributary at the headwaters of Nabesna river on the west. Probably a prospectors' name, reported by Schrader, 1902.

Jack; river, tributary to Cantwell river from the south, near latitude 63° 30'. 

So named by Eklridge and Muldrow, of the Geological Survey, 1898, presumably after W. G. Jack, a prospector.

Jackass; islet, near the southeastern shore of Akun island, Kreuitziu group, 

eastern Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Jackass; point, the southernmost point of Akun island, eastern Aleutians, near 

longitude 165° 34'. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Jackpot; bay, on western side of Prince William sound. Local name, reported 

by Grant, 1905.

Jackpot; lakes and stream, southwestern coast Prince William sound, on the 

mainland, draining into the large bay, maybe Jackpot bay (above),, 

west of the south end of Chenega island, near latitude 60° 20', longitude 148° 30'. So named by the fisheries, reported and written Jack 

Pot and Jack-Pot by Moser, 1897 and 1901.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 833

Jacksina; creek and glacier; creek tributary to the headwaters of Nabesna 

river from the west, and glacier on the north side of Mount Jarvis. 

Name probably given by prospectors.. Reported by Schrader, 1902, who 

says the native name is Di-bot-i-chit-in-da.

Jackson, bay ; see Sheep.

Jackson; cove, indenting the southern shore of Glacier island, Prince William 

sound. Name from Schrader, 1900.

Jackson.; cove, indenting southern shore of Port Valdex, Prince William sound, 

3^'i.nMes> west of Fort Liscum, near latitude 01° 05', longitude 146° 30'. 

Local name, reported by Grant, 1905.

Jackson; creek, tributary to Bonanza-river from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Jackson; creek, tributary to the Yukon on the right bank, 6 miles above the 

mouth of the Tanana. Name taken from Edward's Track Chart of the 

Yukon, 1899.

Jackson; island, near the head of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883, after Rev. Sheldon Jackson. 

Jackson, in his Alaska (18SO, p. 376), calls it Norcross island.

Jackson, island ;' see Channel.

Jackson; point, south shore Port Valdez, three-fourths of a mile west of Fort 

Liscum, Prince William sound, near longitude 146° 20'. Local name, 

reported by Ritter, 190.1.

Jackson; point, the north point of entrance to Port Clarence, Bering strait. So 

named by Beechey, 1827, in compliment,to Capt. Samuel Jackson, R. N.

Jackson; Presbyterian mission, and trading post at Howkan village, Long 

island, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Rev. Sheldon Jackson, in 

his report for 1886 (p. 19), says: "On the 22d of August, 1881, I established a mission among them (Haidas) at the village of Howcan, placing 

Mr. James E. Chapman in charge as a teacher. The station was called 

Jackson by the missionaries." A post-oflice called Jackson was established here in February, 1.884, and the name changed to Howkan in 

February or March, 1906.

JacJc, Wade, creek ; see Wade.

Jn,ck Wade; post-office, in the Fortymile region, established in 1902 and located 

on Wade creek, near latitude 64° 1.0', longitude 141° 30'.

Jacob; island, on the southern shore 'of Alaska peninsula, northeast of the 

Shuniagins. Named St. Jacob by Woronkofski, 1837.

Jacol), island; see Yakobi. . " 

Jacootat, bay; see Yakutat.

Jade; creek, tributary to the Kobuk from the north near Jade Mountain, about 

latitude 67° 10', longitude 158° 10'. So named by Mendeiihall and 

Reaburu, 1901.

Jade; mountain, or mountains (3,500 feet high), northwestern Alaska, on the 

north bank of Kobuk river, near longitude 1.58°. Visited by Stoney in 

1884 and again in 1886, when he succeeded in finding the jade from 

which the Eskimo made their ornaments. Name published by the Coast 

Survey in 1884. Cantwell, 1884, calls it the Ashiganok, or green-stone, 

mountain (p. 57).

Jadski; cove, indenting the northern shore of McHenry inlet, Etolin island, 

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 02', longitude 

132° 26'. Local navigators' name, reported by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Jttichnoi, cape1 ; see Egg.

Jaitschnoi, island ; see Egg.
334 _ GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA.

JalcobUi, island; see Chichagof.

JaJcorny, point; see Anchor.

Jambodinuk; creek, tributary to-Yentna river from the north, 19 miles below 

the Skweutua, near latitude 62°, longitude 150° 45'. Native name, 

. Jain-bod-i-nook, obtained by Herron, 1800.

James; island, in Ivanof bay, northeast of the Shumagins. So called by Dall. 

1880.

James, island; see 'Crow. -

James; lake, on the southeast shore of Prince of Wales island 3 miles north ofPort Johnson, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 

09', longitude 132° 02'. Local name, reported by Brooks, 1901.

Jamestown; ba'y, in the northeastern part'of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. In 1879-80 the U. S. .S. JamestO'ion was stationed 

in southeastern Alaska and for the most part was at Sitka, where her 

officers, especially Lieut. F. M. Syinonds, navigating officer, and Master 

G. C. Harms, engaged in surveying, and added materially to previous 

knowledge of Sitka sound and some other places. This bay or cove was 

named after the ship and various islets in the sound after officers of 

the ship.

Jamestown; peak (2,940 feet high), on the mainland, northwest of Farragut 

bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1887, after the U. S. S. 

Jamestown, at one time stationed in Alaskan waters..

Jamestown; point, on left bank of Chilkat river. Named by United States 

naval officers, 1880, after the U. S. S. Jamestown.

Jamieson; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Goodhope river from the north, 

near la'titude 65° 45', longitude 163° 40'. Prospectors' name, obtained 

by Mendenhall, 1901.

Jane; creek, near Settles, tributary to Koyukuk river from the west, near latitude 07°, longitude 152°. Prospectors' name, obtained by Peters and 

Schrader, 1901.

Janesville; mountain (2,620 feet high), east of Port Chester, Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. Erroneously 

Jane vi He.

Japan, island; see Japonski.

Japonski; island, near Sitka, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Japonski (Japanese) by the Russians. In 1805 the storm-drifted hulk 

of a Japanese junk .went ashore on this coast. Its rescued sailors lived 

for a time on this iskfnd; hence the name Japonski, i. e., Japanese. 

Erroneously Jeponski; also has been written Japan and Yapouski.

Jarvis; creek, southeastern Alaska, tributary to Klehini river from the southwest, near the international boundary and latitude 59° 25', longitude 

136° 21'. Local name, obtained by Wright, 1903.

Jarvis; creek, tributary to Delta river from the east, near its junction with the 

Tauana, in about latitude G4°. So named by Glenu, 1898, perhaps 

after Lieut. David Henry Jarvis, U. S. Revenue-Cutter Service.

Jarvis; mountain (12,230 feet high), 12 miles north of Mount Wrangell, southern Alaska. So named by Schrader, 1903, after Capt. D. H. Jarvis, 

collector cf customs, district of Alaska.

Jarvis; village/northern Alaska, 70 miles up Colville river, at the mouth.of 

Itkillik river. So named and described by E. F. Bosqni, United States 

commissioner, who located there in December, 1902. Named after 

Capt. D. H. Jarvis, collector of customs, district of Alaska. -

Jauncey; mountain (3,654 feet high), on the eastern shore of Portland canal. 

So named by Pender, 1868.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 385

Jaw; point, ou Liesnoi island, the southwestern point of entrance to Woewbdski 

harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Jaw; point, on the mainland, east shore of Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Mansfield, 1890.

Jeannette; island, northeast of the New Siberian islands, Arctic ocean. Discovered by De Long, 1881, and named by him after bis ship Jcunnettv.

Jeannette; mountain, in the Augusta range, St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Russell, 1890.

Jefferson;- creek, an affluent of Yukon river on the right bank at Circle, near 

longitude 144°. Local name, taken from a map in the Coast Survey 

archives drawn by E. F. Ball,- a prospector, 1898.

Jelchitni,- river, tributary to Cbilkat river; see Bear creek.

Jello'ioa, island; see Spruce.

JeltakatschJcaMn, river, tributary to Klehiui river; see Little Boulder creek.

 Jendusttikti, village; see G-ttn-te-jjas-tak-heh.

Jenkins; peak (3,292 feet high), on the mainland, east of Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1887, presumably after RearAdmiral Thorutou Alexander Jenkins, U. S. N.

Jenkins; sunken rock, near the head of Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Jennie M; slough, on the north bank of .Chena slough, 3 miles east of Fairbanks, 

near longitude 147° 50'. Local name, from Map of Location, Tauaua 

Mines Railroad, 1904.

Jeponski, island;' see Japonski.

Jerome; creek; tributary to Solomon river from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Jessie, creek; see Saint Michael.

Jesus Mary; cape, in Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named 

Punta de Jesus Maria by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Jet, island; see Loon.

 Jim; creek, tributary to Taylor creek from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Brooks, 1900.

.Jim; creek, eastern Alaska, on the south bank of Slate creek, tributary from 

the west to North' fork of Fortymile creek, about latitude 64° 35', longi- 

. tude 142° 40'. Prospectors' name, written Dim on a sketch map compiled by Major Glnssford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

.Jim; river, draining into South fork Koyukuk' river from the south, near longitude 151°. Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Jimtown; mining camp, at mouth of. Jim river, near longitude 151°. Prospectors' name, reported by the Geological Survey in 1899.

 Jookeach, river, tributary to Klehiui river; see Boulder creek. 

Joe; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Quartz creek from the west, near

latitude G5° 22', longitude 164° 45'. Prospectors' named, obtained by

Gerdine, 1901. 

Joe; gulch, 0 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the north slope of

Newton peak, draining to Dexter creek, near longitude 165° 18'. Localname, published in 1901. 

Joe; island, in Clover passage, Bebm canal, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Clover, 1885. 

Joe; islands, in the mouth of Klawak inlet, on the northeast side of Fish Egg

island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 30'.

Local name, obtained by Moser, 1897.
336 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Joe Bush; creek, north side of Tanana, in the Baker creek region, tributary to 

Pioneer creek from the northwest near its head, about longitude 150°. 

Prospectors', name, reported by Prindle, 1904.

Joe Wilson, creek ; see Wilson.

Johunn Bogoslow, island; see Bogoslof.

John; creek, Seward peninsula, 8 miles north of Grantley harbor, 'tributary 

from the west to North creek, near latitude 65° 23', longitude 100°. 

Prospectors' name, obtained by Gerdiue, 1902.

John; creek, tributary to the South fork of the Koyukuk river from the north, 

near longitude 150° 30'. Prospectors1 name, obtained by Peters and 

Schracler, 1901.

John; island, near the southwest coast of Nagai island, Shumagins. So called 

by Dall, 1880.

John;, island, northeast of the Shumagins, in Ivanof bay, Alaska peninsula. 

So called by Dall, 1880.

John; lake, li miles north of Port Johnson, southeastern shore Prince of Wales 

island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° OS', longitude 132° 02'. 

Local name, reported by Brooks, 1901.

John; peak, on the mainland, east of Farragut. bay, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Thomas, 1887.

John; river, large tributary of the Koyukuk river from the north, near longitude 152°. Named, about 1898, after John Bremuer, pioneer prospector 

and explorer. Alien, 1885, explored the Koyukuk as far as the mouth 

of this river, which he named Fickett, after Private Fred W. Fickett, 

U. S. A., a member of his party. He wrote the Indian name Ascheeshua, which has also been written Ochesna and Oschesna. In 1899 

Schrader and Gerdine erroneously put the name Totsenbetua on this 

. river, and Fickett they applied to a stream, apparently a very small 

one, on the same side of the Koyukuk, 10 miles farther down. This 

doubtless is known to the miners by some other name. In 1901 Peters 

and Schrader explored it and found the prospectors and miners knew 

it as John river. They adopted John, omitting Fickett from their map 

entirely. Schrader .wrote the Indian name, Alchichna. Thus the river 

has had four names: the Indian name Ascheeshna or Alchichna; Fickett 

.river, given by Alien, 1885; Totseubetna, erroneously by Schrader and 

Gerdine, 1899, and John river, given by the miners and so known 

locally.

John; rock, off Alaska peninsula, southeast of Belkofski. Presumably so named 

by the traders. Published by the Coast Survey in 1882.

Johns; creek, tributary to Solomon river from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Johns; Indian house, near Meutasta lake, on trail between Tanana and Copper 

rivers. It is near the head of Slaua river. So called by Lowe, 1898, 

from the name of its Indian occupant. Known as Johnnie's village.

Johns Hopkins; glacier, on the west side, near the head of Reid inlet, Glacier 

bay, southeastern Alaska. This is the second in sjze of the three 

branches of the original Grand Pacific glacier of Muir. Named by 

Reid, 1892, after Johns Hopkins University. See Grand Pacific.

Johnson; bay, indenting the north shore of Sannak island between Unimak 

cove and Northeast harbor, near latitude 54° 27', longitude 162° 38'. 

Called Johnsons by Westdahl, 1901, and probably a local name.
GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 337

Johnson; cove, indenting the southern shore of Moira sound, western shore 

Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55°, longitude 132° 

05'. So called by local navigators, and reported by Fassett, Bureau of 

Fisheries, 1904.

Johnson; creek, on the mainland, north of Berners bay, eastern shore Lynu 

canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 58° 50'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Spencer and Wright, 1903.

Johnson; creek, Keuai peninsula, tributary to Trail lakes from the northeast. 

Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Johnson; creek, Seward peninsula, on west bank Solomon river, 5 miles from 

the coast, near longitude 164° 23'. Prospectors' name, from a localmap, 1904.

Johnson; creek, tributary to Casadepaga river,from the sou.th, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Johnson, creek; see Johnstou.

Johnson; fork, on the eastern shore of Herendeen bay, Alaska peninsula, a 

left fork of Coal creek, which is tributary to Mine harbor. Prospectors' 

 name, reported by Sidney Paige, of the Geological Survey, 1905.

Johnson, island ; see Berry.

Johnson; mining camp, west of Council, in the Fish River mining region, north 

of Golofnin bay, Seward peninsula. Called Johnson City by the prospectors, and this name published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Johnson; mountain (6,000 feet high), near the head of Portland canal. So 

named by Fender, 1868.

Johnson; port (Port Johnson), indenting the southeastern shore of Prince of 

Wales island, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 

07', longitude 130° 03'. Local name, published by the Coast Survey in 

1901. Moser, 1901, wrote Johnson arm or inlet.

Johnson, river; see Yentua.

Johnson; river, tributary to Tanana river from the south, near latitude 64°. 

Discovered and named .by Alien, 1885, after Peder Johnson, a Swedish 

miner, member of his party, of whom he speaks in high praise.

Johnsons, point; see Johnstone.

Johnston; channel, eastern side of Herendeen bay, Alaska peninsula, near 

longitude 160° 46'. So named by Tanner, 3899, after Ensign. Marbury 

Johnston, U. S. N., the officer of his ship who surveyed it.

Johnston; creek, in the St. Elias region, southern Alaska, 18 miles east of 

Cape Yaktag; erroneously Johnson. Nained after Richard C. Jolmston, 

who discovered petroleum in the" Yaktag region, and one of the first to 

locate claims. Reported by Martin in 1903.

Johnston; creek, tributary to Feather river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Johnston; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kaviruk river from the north, 

near latitude 65° 25', longitude 165° 10'. Prospectors' name, obtained by 

Gerdine, 1901.

Johnston; hill, near the mouth of Naknek river, Bristol bay. Named Johnsston's by the Fish Commission in 1890.

Johnstone; passage, separating Khantaak island from the mainland, Yakutat 

bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by Dall, 1879, after Master James 

Johnstone, R. N., one of Vancouver's officers. 

Bull. 299 06 M 22
338 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Johnstone; point, on the northern shore of i-Iinchinbrook island, Prince William 

sound. Named by Davidsou, in 1868, presumably after Master James 

Johnstone, R. N., of Vancouver's party, 1790-1795. Erroneously Johnsous and Johnston.

John's Village. The Yukon map, sheet 10, published at Ottawa in 1898, gives 

this name to a village on the upper Yukon near Eagle. It is Johunie's 

village of Schwatka in 1883.

Jolly; gulch, in the Copper River region, at the headwaters of Chititu creek. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall, 1903.

Jones; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary on east bank Solomon river, near 

latitude 64° 42', longitude 164° 16'. Prospectors' name, from a local 

map, 1904.

Jones; islands, on the Arctic coast, a little east of Colville river. Discovered 

and named by Dease and Simpsou, 1837, after " Rev. David T. Jones, 

the faithful and eloquent minister at Red River." Renamed Thetis by 

Stockton, who, in 1889, made a cruise along this coast in the U. S. S. 

Thetis.

Jones; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim.from the right, near latitude 62° 30', 

longitude 154°. Named by Herron, 1899, after Private Sam Jones, 

U. S. A., one of his party.

Jones, river; see Yahtse.

Jorosa; creek, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from the 

north through Bangor creek to Snake river, near longitude 165° 28'. 

Local name from Gerdine, 1904. Has been called Gold creek.

Joseph; creek, and village at its mouth creek tributary to Middle fork Fortymile creek from the north, near latitude 64° 25', longitude 143° 10'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1903.

Josephine; gulch, 10 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, at the head 

of Buster creek, an east fork of Nome river, near longitude 165° 11'. 

Local name, from Gerdiue, 1904.

Jounakli, islet; see Unak.

Jualin; post-office (established in 1901), on east shore Lynn canal, near latitude 

59°.

Jude; island (100 feet high), west of Uuga, Shumagin group. Named by the 

Russians after the apostle.

Judy; hill (631 feet high), in the eastern, part of Gravina island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Clover, 1885.

Jug; island, in Kalsin bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Kubieshka (jug) by 

Russian naval officers, 1808-1810.

Jug; island, in the southern part of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Kubieshka -(jug) by Vasilief, 1809.

Jukchana, river ; see Yukon.

Jule-nog-a-mute, Eskimo village; see Juluok.

Julnok; Eskimo village, southwestern Alaska, on left bank of Chulitna river, 

119 miles above its junction with the Kuskokwim, near longitude 157°. 

Native name written Jule-nog-a-inute on an unpublished map drawn by 

W. R. Buckman, a prospector, who wintered 40 miles above in 1902-3.

Jumbo; island, in Hetta inlet, southwestern coast Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 15', longitude 132° 40'. Local 

name, reported by Dickius, 1905. Called Deer island on Coast Survey 

chart 8100, 1904.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 339

Jumbo; mountain (Mount Jumbo), on the eastern shore, near the head of Hetta 

inlet, southwestern coast of Prince.of Wales island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 15', longitude 132° 35'. Local name, reported 

by Wright, 1905.

Jumbo; mountain (3,333 feet high), on Douglas island, Alexander archipelago, 

about 2 miles south of Douglas. Local name, from Peters, 1902.

Jump; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the west to Caudle creek, near 

latitude 65° 52', longitude 162°. Prospectors' name, obtained by 

Witherspoon, 1903.

Jumpoff; creek, in the Birch Creek region, tributary to Birch or to Crooked 

creek from the left, near latitude 65° 40', longitude 144° 30'. Prospectors' name, written also Jump Off. This may be the same as Quartz 

creek.

Juna, river ; see Yukon:

Junaska, island; see Yuuaska.

June; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the west to Pannell river, near 

latitude 65° 50', longitude 163° 05'. Prospectors' same obtained by 

Witherspoon, 1903.

Juneau; city, harbor, and island, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 58° 18', 

longitude 134° 24'. "Two prospectors, Harris and Juueau, found mineral here, in 1880, and soon afterwards a camp was located." This 

camp, it is said,- was named Harrisburg and the district Juneau. 

United States naval officers recounoitered the harbor about this time, 

and called the camp Rockwell, after Commander Charles H. Rockwell, 

U. S. N. Owing to the resulting confusion in names,, the residents held 

a town meeting and adopted the name Juneau. A post-ollicc, called 

Juueau, was established here in April, 1881, and the town incorporated 

June 29, 1900. Population in 1899, 1,253; in 1900, 1,864.

Juneau; creek, tributary from the north to Keuai river, Kenai peninsula, near 

longitude 150°. Local name, from Mendeuhall, 1898.

Juneau, creek ; see Junior.

Juneau; creek, tributary to Walker fork Forty mile creek from the left, near 

latitude 64°, longitude 141° 20'. Prospectors' name, taken from map in 

Coast Survey archives drawn by E. F. Ball, a prospector, 1898.

Juneau; island, in Gastineau channel, Alexander archipelago, 2 miles southeast 

of Juneau. Local name, from Peters, 1902.

Juneau; mountain (3,590 feet high), 1 mile north of Juueau, southeastern 

Alaska. Local name, obtained by Peters, 1902.

Junior; creek, tributary to Mills creek from the east, Kenai peninsula. Local 

.name from Becker, 1895. Moffit, 1904, says this is an error and should 

be Juneau.

Juno; mountain, in the western part of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Just; island, at entrance to Willard inlet, northeast of Dixon entrance. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Jute; bay, indenting the south shore cf Alaska peninsula, 12 miles southwest of 

Cold Bay, near latitude 57° 35'. Prospectors' name, reported by Martin, 1903.

Jute; -island, in the entrance to Cold bay, south shore Alaska peninsula. Prospectors' name, reported by Martin, 1904.

Kaatl; river; tributary to Chilkat.river from the east. Native m'rne, reported 

by United States naval-officers, 1S80.
340 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Kabakof; bay, indenting the southern coast of Atka, middle Aleutians. So 

named by the Russian-American Company's pilot Ingeustrem, about 

1830.

Kabhalcher, cape; see Kaphalsek.

Kabuch.; point, the southwesternrnost point of Alaska peninsula, near latitude 

54° 49', longitude 163° 20'. Called Khaboutcha by Lutke, 1835, and 

Khabuch by Tebenkof, 1849. Apparently a native name. It is probably identical with Alaska cape of Billings, 1790.

Kabugachly, cape; see Kubugakli.

Kaclieb, island; see Middleton.

Kachel, island ; see Kiliuchali.

Kach.em.ak; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Cook inlet, near latitude 59° 

30', longitude 152°. It is Chugachik or Kachekmak of the Russians. 

Tikhmeuief has Kachetmakskaia. Grewingk has Kotschekmaksky, and 

it has been often written Kachekmak, Katchemak, and Highcliff. 

According to Dall, ka means water, chek means cliff, and mak is an 

intensive suffix meaning high, great, large; translated it is Highcliff 

bay.

Kachiginskaia, bay ; see Kashega.

KachJcahin, rive? ; see Chilkoot.

Kach-khanna, island; see Wraugell.

Kadiak, bay: ; see Camp Coogau.

Kadiak, island, town, rock, etc.; .see Kodiak.

Kadin; island, on the southern edge of the Stikine flats, Sunnier strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russian surveying party on the Rynda, 

in 1863, " after the veteran pilot, M. M. Kadin, a native of the Aleutian 

/ islands, and who drew, at Sitka, the charts contained in Tebenkof's 

atlas."

Kadischle, glacier; see Norris. 

Kadugln, islands ; see Pavlof.

Kadugnak, cape; see Kudugnak.

Kaeulh.uk; slough. Ukon delta, connecting Apoon pass and Okwega pass, less 

than 2 miles below their junction, near latitude 63° 03', longitude 163° 

37'. Eskimo name, so written by Faris, 1899.

Kaflia; bay, next southwest of Kukak bay, on the north shore of Shelikof 

strait. Named Kaflia (Dutch tile) by Vasilief iu 1831. Lutke, 1835, 

wrote it Kafla. The native name is said to be Kokhia.

Eagai, island; one of the Shumagin group, which one not determined, v>as so 

.called by Sarichef.

Kagak Unimak, islet; see Chernabura.

Kagalaska; island, immediately east of Adak island, Audreauof group, middle 

Aleutians. Lutke calls it Kagalaska, but Tebeukof and the Russian 

Hydrographic charts have Kagalaksa. . Kagalga, island; see Tigalda.

Kagalogh, point, St. George island; see Tolstoi.

Kagalus; cape, the southeastern point of Chugul island, near Great. Sitkin, 

Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Perhaps a native name; from 

Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Kagalis.

Kag-amil; volcanic island, one of the group of islands of the Four Mountains. 

Native name, from Sarichef, about 1790. Has been variously written 

Chagamil, Khogamil, Kigamil, etc. Veniainiuof calls it Kagamiliak, 

Several mummies in the Smithsonian Institution came from this island.

Kagata, lake; see Arnanka.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 841

KaghJcaghamute, Eskimo village; see Kokok.

Kagigikak; cape, on the southern side of Aclak island, Audreanof group, middle 

Aleutians. Aleut name from Tebeukof, 1849. Has been written Kagigikhuach. ' . Kagignn, islands; see Shumagin.

Kaguyak; bay, indenting the southern shore of Kodiak, immediately west of 

Two Headed island. Called Alseutia bay by the Fish Commission in 

1888.

Kaguyak; village, at Kaguyak bay, on the south shore of Kodiak. Native name, 

published by Petrof in the Tenth Census, 1880, where it is spelled 

Kagiiiak. It may be identical with the Kaniag-rniut of the RussianAmerican Company, in 1849. In 1868, the Coast Survey published the 

name Alsentia for this village. Of the origin of this no trace has been 

found.

Kaguyak; village, on Svikshak bay, Shelikof strait, about 25 miles southwest of 

Cape Douglas. Lutke, 1835, says (nautical part, p. 275), " Kaiayak 

river and Kaiayakak village in Svikhchak golfe. The Russians wrongly 

call this village Naouchkak." The bay was called Noakchak on manuscript map of the Western Union Telegraph expedition, 1867. Tebenkof, 1849, has Kaiaiak settlement, which has on many charts appeared 

as Kayayak. Prior to 1884 the Coast Survey charts had Kayayak, but 

since 1 that date Kaguyak. The change appears to have been accidental 

and unfortunate, there being a Kaguyak on the southwest shore of 

Kodiak island. In the Eleventh Census, 3890, the village is called 

Douglass, after Cape Douglas. Kaguyak seems to be the proper name 

for what is sometimes called Alsentia, on the southwest shore of 

Kodiak.

Ka-Hehe; salmon stream, on the western coast of Prince of Wales archipelago, 

in the vicinity of Tuxekan. So described by Moser, 1897. It may be 

the same as Sarhini, which see.

Kah-lu-looJc-ta-ark, lake; see Walker.

Kahltog, village; see Kaltag.

Kah Shakes; cove, in Revillagigedo channel, near the southern point of entrance to Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska. So named from Kah 

Shakes, the chief of an Indian village situated at the northern point of 

entrance.

Kah Shakes; lake, lagoon, and stream. The lagoon extends 1J miles in an 

easterly direction from the northeastern end of Kah Shakes cove above, 

and receives at its head the waters of the stream which is the outlet of 

the lake. Written Kah-Shakes by Moser, 1901.

Kah Shakes; point, the southern point of entrance to Boca de Quadra, Revillagigedo channel, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 04.', longitude 

131°. So applied by local navigators and reported by Fassett, Bureau 

of Fisheries, 1904.

Kah Shakes; Indian village " of half a dozen houses " on Kah Shakes cove, 

southeast Alaska. The Tenth Census, 1880, lias two settlements on 

Etolin island, called Kash's village and Shake's village, population 49 

and 38, respectively. Evidently there is some confusion as to names 

here.

Kah Sheets; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Kupreanof island, Sumuer 'strait, Alexander archipelago, at entrance to Duncan canal, near 

latitude 56° 30', longitude 133° 06'. Local navigators' name, reported 

by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.
342 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Kah. Sheets; salmon stream and lake, southern shore Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago, tributary to Kah Sheets bay (above). So called by 

the fisheries, probably after the Indian who claims the stream. Re: 

. ported and written Kah-Sheets by Moser, 1897.

Kahsitsnah; bay, indenting the southern shore of Kachernak bay, Cook inlet. 

Native name, published by the Coast Survey in 1883.

Kahuntla; lake, on the west side of Katalla bay, near Controller bay, Gulf of 

Alaska, about longitude 144° 30'. Native name, reported by Martin, 

1903.

Kalmrnoi, cape; see Kekurnoi.

Kaiaiak, village; see Kaguyak.

Kaiakak; native village, on right bank of Yukon river, a little below Nulato. 

So called by Petrof, in 1880, who reported a population of 124 at that 

date.

Kaiakishvig-miut, village; see Utukok.

Kaialik; Eskimo village, in the Yukon delta northeast of Hazen bay. Visited 

by Nelson in December, 1878, .who reports its name as Kaialigumiut, 

i. e., Kaialik people. Population in 1880, 100; in 1890, 157. The 

Eleventh Census calls it Kailwigamiut (p. 164) and Kialigamiut, i, e.. 

people of Kialit mountains (p. 110). Jarvis, there in 1897, writes 

Kiyilieugamute.

Kaianak; cape, the western head of Vulcan cove, on south shore of Akutan 

island, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians. So called by Tebenkof, 

1849. The Fish Commission, in 1888, called this South Head. Possibly 

this point is the Battery point of Veniamiuof. See Battery.

Ka/iasMk, island; see Round.

Kaiashik, islands ; see Walrus.

Kaiasik; one of the Shumagins, not identified. Native name from Veniaminof, 

who says it is high and rocky. Lutke writes it Kassik.

Eaichali, island; see Kaiuchali.

Kai-gah-nee, strait; see Dixon entrance.

Kaigan; portage, between the heads of Cholmondeley sound, Moira sound, .and

Tliakaek bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. Called

Kaigantsef on Russian Hydrographic chart 1493, and Kaigan by Ball in

the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 85). It is doubtful whether it exists as

. described.

Kaigani, cape; see Muzon.

Kaigani; harbors, South, Middle, and North, in Dall island, opening into 

Kaigani strait, near Dixon entrance, Alexander archipelago. So called 

by Etolin in 1833. Presumably a native name, often or generally 

written Kaigahuee. South Kaigani harbor was known, in 1799, as 

Taddiskey, a native name, or Taddy's cove, a corruption of the former.

Kaigani; point, the southern' point of Long island, Cordova bay, Dixon entrance. Named luzhnoi (south) by Tebenkof, 1848. Has also been 

called Kaigan and Uzhnoi.

Kaigani; strait, the southern part of the strait between Long island and Dall 

island, Cordova bay, Dixon entrance. Native name, reported by 

Etoliu, 1833, as Kaigan. Variously called Kaigahnee, Kaigan, 'Kai- 

 jani, etc.

Kaigani; village of Haida Indians, at Cape Muzon, Dixon entrance, Alexander 

archipelago.

Kaihoigamiut, village; see Kaialik.

Kaisana, island; see Kasiana. *
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 343

Kaiuchali; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently a native name, from Vasilief in 1809. Has also been written 

Kaichali. Apparently a corruption of the Russian kachel, from kachut, 

to sioing, rode, roll.

Kaiugnak; bay, west of Sitkalidak island, on the southern coast of Kodiak. 

So called by Tebenkof, 1849. Perhaps from the Aleut word kayuk, 

meaning 'berry.

Kaiulik, bay ; see Kujulik.

Kai-vik, river; see Ophir creek.

Kaiyuh; mountains, in western Alaska, between Innoko and Yukon rivers. 

Native name, from the name" of a tribe of Indians living in the region.

Kaiyuh, river; see Kaiyuh slough.

Kaiyuh; slough, on the left bank of Yukon river extending from 15 miles below 

to 60 miles below Nulato. Called Kaiyuh river on most maps. 

Tikhmenief, 1861, called it Kutulv.akt Dall (1866) has Kfiiyuh, and 

Raymond (1869) Kayuh for the mountains and Kaiyuh for the river. 

Rev. Julius Jette, of Nulato, writes the name of the mountains Kayaf 

the letter f representing the guttural kh (Kayakh) and says that the 

river, so called, is properly a slough of the Yuk'on as above described, 

which receives an affluent river from the Kaiyuh region. This affluent, 

together with the part of the slough below its mouth, the Indians 

call Khotolno, i. e., Khotol river. The slough is here called 'Kaiyuh 

and the river Khotol. See Khotol river.

Kai-yukh-pal-ik, island; see Kiukpalik.

Kajulik, r\ver; see Kejulik.

Kak; islet, at entrance to Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. The native name, 

according to Tebenkof, is Kak or Kakh, which has also been written 

Katch. By the Coast Survey, 1875, is was called Rocky island.

KaJcagin, inlet; see Basket.

Kakachtoli; slough or pass, Yukon delta, one of the outlets of Kwiguk pass on 

the north, near latitude 62° 50', longitude 164° 46'. Eskimo name 

reported by Putnian, 1899.

Kakanhini; river, southeastern coast of Alaska, on the west side of Dry bay, 

near longitude 138° 40'.. Tebenkof, 1849, represented it as the most 

westerly of the 5 outlets of Alsek river, and wrote the Indian name 

Kakaugiua or Kakan/wni (Kakan river). Moser, who made a reconnaissance here in 1901, found the Alsek to have only 3 broad outlets, 

and just west of these the Ko-kon-hee-ni (Stickleback), an outlet of 

Us-tay river. See also Dry bay.

Kakani; lake, immediately behind the beach in the St. Elias alpine region, between the Alsek delta and Yakutat bay. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. 

Apparently a native name. It is near Kakauhini river.

Kakat. This is an Indian word used in the interior of Alaska, and written 

variously, kakat, kaket, kargut, chargut. kaget, and chaget. It means 

mouth of a river and is found suffixed to many Indian names of rivers, 

especially those tributary to the great highways of travel, the Yukon, 

Tanana, and Koyukuk. Thus we have:

Batzakakat = mouth of the Batza river. 

Coskakat = mouth of the Cos (Cosua) river. 

Daklikakat = mouth of the Dakli river. 

Hogatzakakat = mouth of the Hogatza river. 

Hosiakakat = mouth of -the Hosia (Hosiana) river. 

Husliakakat = mouth of the Huslia river.
344 GEOGEAPHIC PICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Kakat Continued.

Khotolkakat = mouth of the Khotol river. 

Tozikakat mouth of the Tozi rivei'.

These, to the Indians, were names of localities and landmarks on the great 

rivers, but were often taken by explorers to be the names of the ri vers 

themselves. The Indians called the rivers Cos-na, Hosia-lia, Khotol-no, 

the word na, no, or nu meaning river, and some names have come 

down to us in both forms. It has been thought best in nearly all cases 

to drop the termination kakat and write Batza river, Huslia river, etc. 

The termination na has been omitted from some very long names, 

though in general it has been retained.

Kakati; lake, on north bank of Stikine river, opposite mouth of Katete river, 

southeastern Alaska. Native name, reported by Hunter, 1877, as 

Kahkahtoi.

Kakatk'usik, cape; see Sarichef.

Kake; post-office (established in 1904), northwestern part of Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago.

Kake, strait; see Kek-u.

Kake; village, in the northwestern part of. Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. It is the principal village of the so-called Kake Indians. Keku 

(islands and strait) is apparently only another form of this same 

name. Meade, 1869, says the Indians here are called the Kakes, 

Kekis, or Kehons, the terms being indifferently applied.

Kakhtul; river, west of Iliamna lake, tributary to Mulchatna river from the 

east, near latitude 60°, longitude 156° 30'. Native name. Seiianz, 

1890, wrote Kokhtuli (Forest) river, while on the Census map, 1893, 

Kakhtut appeared. The Coast Survey, 1898, published Kahktut, and 

Osgood, in 1902, wrote J^akhtul.

Kaklivalga, island ; see Kavalga.

Kakhvegina, stream ; see Kakvi.

Kakidaguk; cape, the western point of entrance to Morzhovi bay, near west end 

of Alaska peninsula. According to Lntke it was called Kakhidagouk 

by Kudiakof in or about 1791. Obviously this is the native name.

Kakka, village ; see Makak.

KakUaklia; .native village, on right bank of the Koyukuk, at mouth of the 

Sukloseanti river. Name from Tikhmenief, 1861, who wrote it Kakliakliakakat, i. e., mouth of Kakliaklia river. Not found on recent 

maps.'

Kaknu, lake ; see Skilak.

Kaknu, river; see Kenai.

Kakogkakat, creek ; see Medicine.

Kakovo; islet, in Whale bay, Baranof bay, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by the Russians as early as 1850.

Kakuak; Eskimo village and river, on right bank of Nushagak river, about 60 

miles above its mouth. Native name, from Petrof, 1880. On recent 

maps written Kakwok. Schauz, 1890, speaks of the Kakwok river at 

this place.

Kakuktahuk; 'pass, Yukon delta, opening into Apoon pass from the north, near 

-latitude 63° 05', longitude 163° 40'. Eskimo name, reported by Faris, 

1899.

Kakul; narrows, the contracted part of Peril strait near its western end. So 

named by Moore, 1897.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. 345

Kakul; point, between Fish bay and Neva strait, in eastern part of Salisbury 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So called by the Russians. Perhaps 

derived from Kekur. See Kekur.

Kakul; rock, Salisbury sound, three-eighths mile southwest of Point Kakul, the 

south point at western entrance to Peril strait, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 57° 22', longitude 135° 42'. So nauied by Moore, 1896.

Kakvi; glacial stream, in the Fairweather range, debouching a few miles north 

Of Lituya bay. Tebenkof, 1849, on his chart 7, calls this Kakhvegina, 

and on his chart 8 Katagina. The word is apparently of Indian origin, 

the termination gina or him meaning river.

Kakwan; point, on the northern bank of Stikine river, near Popof glacier. 

Native name, from Hunter, 1877.

KalcwoJc; see Kakuak.

Kalabri, islet; see Kalibri.

Kalchagamut, village; see Kaltshak.

Kal-e-O'ii-ri-che-arlc, river; see Kaliguricheark and Reed creek.

Kalekta; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Unalaska, between Beaver and 

Unalaska bays, near latitude 54°, longitude 166° 20'. Aleut name, from 

Sarichef, 1790. Also has been written Kalekhta, Kalekhtak, and Kaleakhta.

Kalekta; cape or promontory (500 feet high), on the eastern shore of Unalaska, between Unalaska and Kalekta bays. Aleut name, from 

Sarichef, 1790. Veniaminof also calls it Kalekta, but Lutke says the 

natives call it Igognak. The Fish Commission has called it Priest point.

Kalekta. Native village on Kalekta bay, Unalaska; was found by Sarichef, in 

1790, and shown on his chart. Veniaminof describes it (about 1825) as 

composed of 3 huts (yourts) and 14 people. Not now in existence.

Kalga, cape; see South.

Kalgin; island, near the head of Cook inlet. Apparently a native name, reported by Wosnesenski about 1840. In Galiano's atlas, 1802, it is called 

Isla del Peligro (danger island). On a Russian map of 1802 it is called 

Kulgiak.

Kaliada, bay ; see Kiliuda.

Kaliakh; river, falling into the Gulf of Alaska, 20 miles west of Cape Yaktag, 

near longitude 143°. Probably it is the one lettered "small river" in 

Vancouver's atlas, 1798. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Davidson, 

1869 (Coast Pilot, p. 143), wrote Kaliekh. Martin, 1904, reports that 

J. L. McPherson, deputy mineral surveyor, wrote the Indian name of 

this stream Cultheeth; pronounced Kul-thee-e'th, or, as we would write 

it, Kulthieth.

KaUaliaJctna, river ; see Sukosleanti.

Kalibri; islet, at junction of Sukoi strait and Krestof sound, Alexander archipelago. So called by Vasilief, 1833. Apparently identical with Goloi 

(bare) island of Vasilief, 1899. Also written Kalabri.

Kalidge, point; see Collie.

Kaligagan; islet, one of the Krenitzin group, in Ugamak strait, between Tigalda 

and Ugamak, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 164° 55'. Native name, 

from .Tebenkof. The Fish Commission, 1888, called it Sealion.

Kalignak; native village, on one of the western tributaries of the Nushagak 

river. Eskimo name, from Petrof, 1880.

Kaligu.rich.eark; river, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Kobuk river from the 

north, near longitude 159° 15'. Eskimo name, written Kal-e-gu-ri-cheark by Stoney, 1886, but given by him to what is here called Reed creek. 

Written and located as above by Meudenhall, 1901.
346 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Kalik; river, Sewarcl peninsula, flowing into the Arctic ocean, near longitude 

164° 50'. Eskimo name, obtained by Gerdine, 1901.

Kalinin; bay, indenting the northern shore of Kruzof island, Salisbury sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Kaliniua (Kalinin's) by Vasilief, 1833, 

doubtless after Kalinin, pilot of the Russian ship Neva,, who, with 34 

others, was drowned January 9, 1813, near Mount Edgecurnbe in the 

wreck of the 'Neva-.

Kalinin; point, Salisbury sound, Alexander archipelago, the west point at entrance to Kalinin bay (above). Named Kaliniua by Moore in 1890.

Kaliukluk; Eskimo village, on Nelson island, near Cape Vancouver, Bering sea. 

Visited by Nelson, December, 1878, and its name reported by him as' 

Kaliokhlogarnute, i. e., Kaliukluk people.

Kalivinaguk; channel, connecting Baird inlet with Etolin strait and separating 

Nelson island from the mainland, Bering sea. Eskimo name, from Nelson, who crossed it December, 1878.

Kalla; native village, on the Kobuk, near latitude 66° 50', longitude 156° 30'. 

Visited by Stoney, 1885, who wrote its name Kallamute.

Kal-la-gu-nicJc, river, branch of the Kobuk ; see Salmon.

Kal-lu-looJc-to-ark, lake; see Walker.

Kalsin; bay, in the southwestern part of Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Kalsinskaia by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810.

Kalsin; island, in Kalsin bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Kalsinskoi by 

Russian naval officers, 1808-1810.

Kalsin; reef, in Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named by Russian naval officers in 

1808-1810. It is Kalisin of the Coast Survey in 1869.

Kaltag"; range of mountains, on the northern bank of the Yukon, between Nulato 

and the coast. So called by Petrof, 1880.

Kaltag; portage, over the Kaltag mountains, between the headwaters of the 

Unalaklik river and the Yukon. So called in Reindeer Report, 1900, 

p. 53.

Kaltag; river, tributary to the Yukon from the northwest, 35 miles below 

Nulato, near latitude 64° 10', longitude 158° 40'. Probably local name. 

Reported by Cantwell in 1900 as Kaltag river, and apparently also as 

Rotokakat river. . Kaltag; telegraph station, on the Yukon, 40 miles below Nulato. So named by 

the Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1903.

Kaltag; native village, telegraph station, landing, and trading post, on the 

Yukon 40 miles below Nulato. It is important as the river terminus 

of the winter trail between St. Michael and the Yukon valley, and as 

the point where the military telegraph line to St. Michael leaves Yukon 

river. Called Kaltag by the Russians. Petrof, 1880, shows two villages 

on the right bank, called Lower Kaltag and Upper Kaltag. Tikhmenief, 

1861, writes it Kkhaltel; and Raymond, 1869, Kahltog. Alien, 3885, 

speaks of " Khaltat's village, on an island in the middla of the river; " 

and Zane,'of Stoney's expedition, 1886, speaks of a native living 34 

miles below Nulato named Kaltaga.

Kalthagamute, village; see Kaltshak.

Kaltlchagamiite, village; see Kaltshak.

Kaltshak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Kuskokwim, near longitude 

161°. Eskimo name, reported by Petrof, 1880, as Kalthagamute and 

Kaltkhagamute, and' by Spurr and Post as Kaltshagamut, i. e., Kaltshak people.
GBOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 847

Kaluiak; native village, on the southern shore of Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. So given by Petrof, 1880, and the Fish Commission, 1888. The 

census of 1890 reports the only village existing in this locality to be one 

on Mitrofania island. No name is applied to it.

Kalwatta; Indian village, on east side of Chilkat river, 5 miles below Klukwan. 

Native name, said to mean place of (julls, published Katkwaltu by the 

Coast Survey in 1898.

Kamachi; point, the northern point of entrance to Wrangell harbor, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently a native name, reported by Zarembo in 1884. 

It appears on Zarembo's sketch on Russian Hydrographic chart 139G. 

Has also been called Point Hafuache.

Kamchatka, Sea of; see Bering. '

Kame; glacial stream, debouching on the northwestern shore of Yakutat bay, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell, 1891.

Kamegli; Eskimo village, on the right bank of Kuskokwim river, about 10 mile? 

above Bethel. Its native name, according to Spurr and Post, who obtained it from missionary J. H. Kilbuck, 1898, is Kameglimut, i. e., 

Kamegli people.

Kamenaia; peak, north of Silver bay, Barauof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Kamennaia (rocky) by the Russians.

Kamenistaia, bay ; see Necker.

Kamenistie. This is the Russian adjective for stoney, covered with stones, from 

kamen (a stone or rock.) This word spelled Kamminista and Kamninista, is applied to a 'spot on St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. 

Elliott, 1874, has Kamruiuista, Russian for rocky place.

Kamenistie, islets ; see Rocky.

Kamenistie, point; see Rock. . 0'

Kamenoi; island, south.of Middle island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Kameunoi (stony) by A^asilief, 1809.

Kamenoi; point, on the eastern shore of Kruzof island, in the northernmost 

part of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Kamennoi (rocky) 

by Vasilief in 1809. Variously written Kamenni, Kameuuie, Karnenuoi, 

Kameuoi, Rock, and Rocky.

Kamerchluk; slough, Yukon delta, opening on the left bank of Apoon pass, 

near latitude 62° 57', longitude 163° 47'. Eskimo name, obtained by 

Far is, 1.899.

Kamieshatskoi, cape; see Douglas.

Kamishak; bay^ in the southwestern part of Cook inlet, latitude 59° to 60°. 

Native name, reported by the early Russians and variously spelled 

Kamiskuk, Kamieshatskaia, Kamiischatskaja, Kamychatskoi, Kamyshak, etc. Davidson, 1869, described it as limited on the north by 

Augustine island. The name is now generally applied to the whole 

bight in the middle of which Augustine island is situated. See also 

Bourdieus.

Kamishak, island; see Shaw.

Kamishak; river, tributary to Kamishak bay, Cook inlet. Native name, reported by the early Russians.

Kamminista; see Kamenistie.

Kamvik, bay, on the southeast coast of Alaska peninsula, Shelikof strait, 

between Katinai bay and Cold bay. Name given Martin, 1904, by Nikolai Kalmakof of Katmai. It may be an error in transliterating Kashvik from the Russian. See Kashvik.

Kamy'shak, bay; see Kamishak.
348 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Kanaga; island (1,392 feet high), one of the principal islands of the Andreanof

group, middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from early Russian explorers.

Probably identical with Kauaton island of Cook. Has also been written

Konega and Koiiniaga.

Kanagunut; island, near Tougass harbor, "Dixon entrance, Alexander archipelago. Native name, from Davidson, 1869, who wrote it Kan-na-ghunut. Also erroneously Kannagkhunut. 

Kanak; island, in Controller bay, east of the mouth of Copper river. Native

name, published by Tebenkof, 1849. 

Kanakalinguk; slough, Yukon delta, opening on the right bank of Apoon pass

at Bill Moores or Konogkelyokamiut, near latitude 62° 57', longitude

163° 46'. Eskimo name published by the Coast Survey in 1S99 as

Konogtinok, and in 1901, as Jvanakalinguk. 

Kanakanak; Eskimo village, in the Nushagak enumeration district of the

Eleventh Census, 1890; population, 53. Written also Kanaknek. According to Moser, 1897, it is located just below the mouth of Wood river,

on the west shore of Nushagak bay, and called also Chogiung. 

Kanalku; bay, in Kootznahoo inlet, at the head of the middle arm, Admiralty

island, Alexander archipelago. Native name, given by the Coast Survey, 1891, as Kanalkoo. 

-Kanama, gulch ; see Kanoma. 

Kanata, cape and village; see Kanatak. 

Kanata; river, the north fork of the Tiekel, northeast of PortValdez, Prince

William sound. Native name, from Rohn, 1898. 

Kanatak, bay; see Portage. 

Kanatak; cape, between Portage bay and Cold bay, on the northern shore of

Shenkof strait. Aleut name, from the Russians, supposed to mean

snowy. Has been written Kanalak, Kanatah; and Kanata. 

Kanatak; native village, at the head of'Portage bay on the south side of Alaska

peninsula, about latitude 57° 30', longitude 155° 45'. Native name.

reported by Osgood in 1902. Martin, 1903, says the local pronunciation

is Kanata.

Kanaton, island; see Kanaga. 

Kanauguk; river, near York, in western part of Seward peninsula. Native

name, from Brooks, 1900, who wrote it Kanangok. 

Kandik; river, tributary to the Yukon from the north, near longitude 142° 30'.

Indian name reported by Spun1 , Goodrich, and Schrader in 1896.

Locally known as Charley creek., Charley village (Indian) is at or

near .its mouth. 

Kane; islands, in the northern part of Neva strait, Alexander archipelago.

Named, apparently by the Russians, after Captain Kane, an American

pioneer trader on this coast at the beginning of the nineteenth century.

Have also been called Ivan islets. 

Kane; peak (3,292 feet high), on Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island,

Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, 1887, presumably after the

arctic explorer Elisha Kent Kane. 

KancffJcliJcamiut, Eskimo village; see Kanelik. 

Kanektok; river, just south of the Kuskokwiru river and tributary to Kuskokwiin bay. According to Spurr, who uses Kauektok, its Eskimo name

is Kwina or Kanektok (snowy). 

Kanelik; pass or slough, Yukon delta, opening northeast from Kwerueluk slough

to the northern part of Akularak pass, 'near latitude 62° 30', longitude

164° 40'. Eskimo name, obtained by Putnain, 1899. Father Barnum,

1901, wrote it Kanelik.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. ' 349

Kanelik; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, on the left bank of Kauelik pass, near 

latitude 62° 34', longitude 164° 30'. Eskimo name, written by Pninam, 

1899, Kanegklikaniiut. Father Barnum, 1901, wrote Kanelig'meut; i. e., 

Kanelik. folks.

Kanewok, district; see York.

Kanga; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Sitka sound, Baranof island, 

Alexander, archipelago. Name applied by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1SS3.

Kanga; islet, in the southeastern part of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief, 1809. It is an Asiatic name 

of the Mongolian gun.

Kangaiulouk, island; see Spectacle.

Kangokakh; slough or pass, Yukon delta, one of the outlets of Kwiguk pass 

on the north, near latitude 62° 50', longitude .1.0*4° 4.7'. Eskimo name 

reported by Putiiani, 1899. It is Kangokakh on Coast Survey chart 

9370, and Kangokakli on chart 9373, editions of 1901.

Kangusuk, river ; see Kviuguk.

Kaniat, bay; see Alitak.

Kaniek, river ; see Buckland.

Kaniek; small stream, tributary from the west to Kulukak bay, on north shore 

of Bristol bay. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849.

Kaniy-mtut, village; see Kaguyak.

Kanikluk; native village, on the northern shore of Prince William sound. 

Native name, reported by Petrof, 1880, as Kanikhluk.

Kaniliak, island, one of the Shumagin group; which one not discovered. Name 

from Veuiaininof and Lutke, who write it Khaiuiliakh.

Kaniugi, island; see Koniuji.

Kanoma; gulch, 7 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, at the head of Snow 

gulch, near longitude 165° 23'. Local name, published in 1904. Written 

also Kanama.

Kanooehki, island; see Koniuji.

Kanowock, mining district; see York.

Kantishna; post-office (established January, 1906), on the lower part of 

Kantishna river (below).

Kantishna; river, draining the north slope of Mount McKinley and tributary 

to Tanana river from the south, near longitude 150°. Recent maps 

differ by about one degree cf longitude in locating the confluence of this 

river with the Tanana. It is shown at about longitude 151°, where 

Alien, 1885, marked " Toclat," and near longitude 150°, as the river 

which Alien named Dugan. The weight of evidence supports the latter 

contention. Herron, 1899, drew it into the Tanaua, where Alien marked 

the "Toclat," and called it Toclat (Con-tay-th-no). He also wrote 

Con-tay-thno. Brooks, 1902, followed Herron and called it Toklat 

Lieutenant Gibbs, U. S. A., 1902, and Reaburn, .1903, draw it to the 

Tanana, near longitude 150°, showing it to be the same which Alien 

called Dugan. Gibbs wrote Cantishna, and Reaburn, Kantishna. It is 

known as Kantishna river, Indian name, written also Cantishna, Cantisna, and Contaythno. A large east (vight)' branch of the Kantishna, 

60 miles up by steamboat, is known as Toklat river.

Kantukan; village of Hooniah Indians, Hooniah harbor, Port Frederick, Icy 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Name from the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 

191), where it is written Kan-tu-kan. The post-office Hoonah was 

established here in 1901.

Kanuhnuktuili, slough; see Kanunuk.
350 - GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA.

Kanuktik; creek, tributary to Kanektok river from the southeast, about 60 

miles above the mouth of the Kanektok, western Alaska. Native 

name, from Spun: and Post, of the Geological Survey, who passed its 

mouth September 4, 1898.

Kanulik; Eskimo village, near the mouth of Nushagak river, on left bank. 

Native name, from Petrof, 1880. Carmel mission and Nushagak postoffice are here.

Kanunuk; slough, Yukon delta, opening on the right bank of Apoon pass, a 

half mile above Kotlik, near latitude 63° 02', longitude 163° 34'. 

Eskimo name, obtained by Faris, 1899, who wrote Kanuhuuktuili.

Kanuti; village, and also a river tributary to the Koyukuk from the south, near 

the Arctic circle and longitude 153°. Native name, reported by Alien, 

1885, and by him written Kouootena, i. e., Kanuti .river. This is Old 

Man river of the prospectors.

KaoechearJc, river; see Kawichiark.

KaO'klovakamiut, Eskimo village; see Kwikluak.

Kaoledoly; slough, Yukon delta, a cut-off on the right bank between Kwikluak 

pass and Kwiguk pass, near latitude 62° 45', longitude 164° 27'. 

Eskimo name, obtained by Putnam in 1899.

Eaouakhta, island; see Kaiiatka.

Kaphalsek; cape, in Wrangell harbor, Alexander archipelago. Native name, 

reported by Zarembo, 1834, as Kap-khal-tsech. The name was published, in 1848, on Zarembo's sketch of the harbor on Russian Hydrographic chart No. 1396. On United States Hydrographic .chart 225, 

this point is called Kabhaicher.

Kapho; mountain (5,000 to 6,000 feet high), on the mainland, near head of 

Bradfield canal,, southeastern Alaska. Apparently a native name, 

obtained by Snow, 1886, and said to mean brothers.

EaraMin, islet; see Ship.

Karavaxanik, river; see Kaviavazak.

Kariltna; creek, tributary to Yentna river from the north, 20 miles below the 

Sk.wentna, near latitude 62°, longitude 150° 45'. Indian name 

obtained by Herron, 1899, who wrote it Car-ilt-nu, i. e., Karilt river.

Karlooch, village; see Karluk.

 Karluk; cape, at mouth of Karluk river, on the northwestern shore of Kodiak. 

 Native name, from the Russians. It is a precipitous mountain mass 

about 1,600 feet high, locally known as Karluk head.

Karluk; lake or lakes, drained by the Karluk river, in the western part of 

Kodiak. Native name.

Karluk; reef, on the eastern shore of Cook inlet, between Kenai and Kasilof 

river mouths. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Karluk; river, 30 miles long, draining Karluk lakes, in the western part of 

Kodiak. Native name.

Karluk; spit and lagoon, " a narrow shingle spit or bulkhead * * * threefourths of a mile long " and the inclosed lagoon at the mouth of Karluk 

river, northwest coast of Kodiak. Local name, reported by Moser, 1897.

Earluk, strait; see Kupreanof. 

Karluk; village, at mouth of Karluk river, Kodiak. Native name, from the 

Russians. Lisianski, 1805, spells' it Carlook and Karlooch. Shelikof, 

according to Coxe, called it Karluta. There are several canneries here, 

and the place is locally known as Karluk spit. A post-office called Karluk was established here in March, 1895.

Karlusi; rock, the largest of the Old Sitka rocks, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief in 1809.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 351

Kar-n'yer-nols, river; see Colville.

Karpa; island, the uortheasterumost of the Shumagin group and at or near the 

entrance to Stepovak bay. Called Buldyr (hovel) by the Russians. 

The Aleut name is luh'kak, or, as Lutke writes it, Inglikhakh. Russian 

Hydrographic chart 1379 (ed. of 1847) calls it Karpa (carp) island, 

while Tehenkof, 1849, calls it Tangimak. Tangik is the Aleut word for 

island and Tangidak for islet. Thus this island has been called Boulder, Bouldyr (hovel), Inglikhakh, Inlfkak (perhaps from Ingliakun, 

wUislcers), Karpa (carp) and Tangimak (islet?).

Karr; hills, back of Icy bay and near Mount St. Elias, southeastern Alaska. 

Named by Topham, 1888, presumably after Mr. Setou-Karr. Erroneously Carr.

Karson, creek, Seward peninsula; see Kasson.

Karta; bay. at the head of Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago. Called, in 1880, Kasaan anchorage (Coast Pilot, p. 85). 

Kasaan bay was then called Karta, following the erroneous form on 

British'Admiralty chart 2431. Later the charts adopted Kasaan-for 

the large bay and retained Kurta for this little bay at its head. Just 

east of it is the Baranovich fishery, the salmon fishery of Philip Baranovich having been established here in about 1878 or earlier.

Kasaan, anchorage; see Karta bay.

Kasaan; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 55° 30', longitude 132° 20'. Name of Indian 

origin, obtained by the Russians and variously written. Casaan, Kasan, 

Kaxarn, and even, by error, Karta.

Kasaan; peninsula, northeastern shore Prince of Wales island, separating 

.Kasaan bay from Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Brooks, 1901.

Kasaan; point, the north point of entrance to Skowl arm of Kasaan bay, southeastern Alaska. So applied by local navigators, and reported by Fas- 

. sett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Kasaau; post-office, on north shore of Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales island, 

Alexander archipelago; established in, December, 1899.

Kasaan; village, of Haida Indians, on Skowl arm, Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales 

island, Alexander archipelago. Native name.

Kasatochi; island (1,018 feet high), northwest of the western end of Atka, middle Aleutians. Called Kassatotchy by Lutke, about 1830, who says it 

is an extinct crater reported to contain a lake.

Kashaiak; Eskimo village, on the north bank of Tokiak river, near mouth of 

Kashaiak river. Its native name, according to Spurr and Post, 1898, is 

Kashaiyagamut, i. e., Kashaiak people.

Kashaiak; river, tributary to Togiak river from the north, about 30 miles above 

the mouth'of the latter. Native name, from Spurr and Post, who write 

it Kashaiyak.

Kashaw; river, tributary to the Kaskawulsh from the northeast, north of the 

St. Elias alps. Native name, from Brooks, 1900.

Kashega; bay, indenting the-northern shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. 

Named Koshigiuskoi by Sarichef, 1792, supposedly after Yeflm Koshigin, who wintered at Unalaska in 1763. Has been variously written Kachiginskaia, Kashecga, Kashuga, Koshigin, .etc.

Kashega;'cape, between Kashega and Pumicestone bays, on northern shore of 

Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. So called by Tebeukof, 1849.
352 " GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Kashega; native village, In Kashega bay, on the northern shore of Unalaska. 

So called by Sarichef in 1792. In 1831 it was the headquarters of the 

bidarshik or foreman of the Russian-American Company for the western half of Unalaska. Its population then was 41; in 1880, 74, and in 

1890, 46. Has been called Kashigin and Koshigiu.

Kashegelok; Eskimo village, on the right bank of Chulitna river, 157 miles 

above its junction with the Kuskokwim. Native name from manuscript 

map by W. R. Buckman, who wintered there in 1902-3 and who wrote 

it Kasheg-e-log-e-inute.

Kashevarof; group of islands, in Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 89).

Kashevarof; passage, separating the Kashevarof group of islands from Prince 

of. Wales island, Clarence strait, Alexander 1 archipelago. Named by the 

Russians. Variously written Kashevarow, Kashevaroffi and, erroneously, Kashvarow. It is an oft-recurring Russian family name.

Kashigaluk; Eskimo village, on Nelson island, Bering sea. Visited by Nelson 

December, 1878, and its name reported by him to be Kashigalogamute, 

. i. e., Kashigaluk people.

Kashkak; Eskimo village, on the left bank of Chulitna river, 125 miles above 

its junction with the Kuskokwim, near longitude 157°. Native name 

written Kash-skag-a-mute on an unpublished map drawn by W. R. 

Buckman, a prospector, who wintered 33 miles above in 1902-3.

Kash-skag-a-mute, Eskimo village; see Kashkak.

Kashuga, bay ; see Kashega.

Kashunuk; river, in the Yukon delta, thought to be one of the outlets of Yukon 

river, and so represented until recently. Native name, from Tebenkof, 

1849, who wrote Kizhuuak. Also has been written Kizhuuok. Nelson. 

who crossed it in 1878, calls it Kashunuk, and Jarvis in 1897, Kashiinak.

Kashunuk; Eskimo village, of 20 houses, in the Yukon delta, near the Kashunuk river. Eskimo name, from Nelson, who visited it December, 1878, 

and reported a population of 100 or 200.. Petrof, 1880, writes Kashunok and reports a population of 125. The Eleventh Census, 1890, calls 

it Kashunahmiut and gives a population of 232.

Kashutuk; Eskimo village, in the Yukon delta, near Andreafski. Eskimo 

name, from Nelson, who visited it December, 1878. Also has been written Kashutok.

Kashvarow, passage; near Kashevarof.

Kashvik; bay, immediately southwest of Katmai bay, Shelikof strait. Native 

name from Tebenkof, 1849.

Kasiak; cape, the western point of entrance to Sitkalidak strait, on the southeastern shore of Kodiak. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. Native name. 

Kasik is Aleut for seed and Kaiasik for high and rocky.

Kasiana; group of islands, in the northern part of Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Vasilief, 1809. Erroneously Kaisana. It is 

a Russian family name.

Kasilof; cape, at mouth of Kasilof river, Cook inlet. The cape appears to have 

been named by Wosnesenski about 1840. Also written Kassilow, 

. Kussiloff, etc.

Kasilof, lake; see Tustumena.

Kasilof; river, on Kenai peninsula, draining Tustumena lake to Cook inlet, 

near latitude 60° 20'. Apparently a Russian proper name, due to Wosueseuski about 1840. Variously written Kasilof, Kasilova, Kasilovka, 

Kussiloff, Kussilowa, etc.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 353

Kasilof; fishing village, at mouth of Kasilof river, Cook inlet. Upon or near 

the site of this village the Russian foreman Kolomin, 1786, began for. 

the Lebedef-Lastochkin Company a settlement by building two log 

houses surrounded by a stockade. This was called St. George, presumably after one of the ships of the company. The name Georgiefs 

kaia appears on the old maps.

Kaskawulsh,; river, northeast of Yakutat bay, and tributary to the Alsek. In-

. dian name, reported by Glave, 1890, who wrote Kaska Wurlch. Has

been variously written Kaskarwurlch, Kaskarwulch, etc. The above

form, Kaskawulsh, has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geo

graphic Names.

Kasnatchin, point; see Anchor.

Kasnyku; bay, on the eastern shore of Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Native name, reported by Mooi'e, 1895.

Kasook; inlet and lake, on the northern shore of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Apparently a native name from Moser, 1897.

Xassa; inlet, indenting the eastern shore of Cordova bay, Prince of Wales 

island, Alexander archipelago, 3 miles northwest of Shipwreck point, 

near latitude 54° 56', longitude 132° 33'. Probably native name, so 

known to "the pilots and reported by Dickins, 1905.

Kassatotchy, island ; see Kasatochi.

Kassdeparka, river ; see Casadepaga.

KassiJc, island ; see Kaiasik.

Kassilof, river and village; see Kasilof. "

Kasson; creek, tributary to Shovel creek from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900. Erroneously Karson.

Kataguni; island, one of the Chilkat islands, in Lynn canal, southeastern 

Alaska. Native name obtained by the Krause brothers, 1882, and by 

them written Katagune.

Katak. The Russian American map of 1849 shows an Aleut settlement on 

Afognak bay, Afognak island, called Kattagmiut, i. e., Kat-tak people.

Katalla; bay, river, slough, town, and post-office, between Controller bay and the 

mouth of Copper river, southern Alaska. Written also Catalla and 

Catella. Indian name meaning 'bay, reported by Pratt and Martin, 

1903. The post-office was established in 1904 and called Catalla.

Eatch, islet; see Kak.

Katcheldat, river; see Yentna.

Kate; mountain (4,600 feet high), near Port Valdez, Prince William sound. So 

named by Abercrombie, 1898.

Kateekuk; island (300 feet high), one of the Semidi islands. Native name, 

obtained in 1874, by Dall, who wrote it Katee'khuk.

Kateel; river, tributary to Koyukuk river from the west, about 40 miles above 

mouth of the latter. Native name, reported by Alien, 1885, as Kateelkakat (on his map) and Koteelkakat (in his text, p. 105), i. e., mouth of 

Kateel river. Has also appeared as Kotelkakat and Cotillakakat. See 

Kakat.

Katelekaket, river; see Katilla.

Kates Needle; mountain (9,960 feet high), on the western bank of the Stikine, 

on the international boundary. Also called Kates Needles.

Katete; mountain (4,170 feet high), near the Katete river. Native name, from 

Hunter, 1877, who has Kwah-tee-tah and Ka-te-te.

Katete; river, tributary to the Stikine river, from the southeast. Native name, 

published by the Coast Survey, 1883, as Kwahteetah and later as Kate-te and Kahtite.

Bull. 299 06 M^ 23
354 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Kathal,-mountain; see Kathul.

Katiml; mountain, on north side of Yukon river, nearly opposite the mouth of 

Washington creek, near longitude 142°. Apparently an Indian name, 

obtained by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 1896. It has been written 

Cathul, Cathut, and Kathal.

Katilla; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, on the left bank, 4 miles above 

Dulbi river, and one-half mile below Kautas river, near latitude 65° 30' 

longitude 156° 20'. Indian name, reported by Lieutenant Camdeu, 

R. 0.- S., in 1900, who wrote Katelekaket and Katillakakat.

Katiushkin. A small stream on Kenai peninsula, debouching in Cook inlet, 

near East Foreland, is on Wosneseuski's map (1840) in Grewingk (map 

3), called Kantiitschike. The cape East Foreland is called Katiushkin 

on Russian Hydrographic chart 1378 (ed. of 1847).

Katk'waltu, Indian village; see Kalwatta.

Katlakuchra; river, the chief tributary of Taiya river on the west, near latitude 59° 37', longitude 135° 20'. Indian name, so written by Krause 

brothers, 1882.

Katlian; bay, in the northeastern part of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

. Named by Lisianski after Katlian or Kotleau, one of the native chiefs 

of Sitka in 1809. Has been called Katlianofa gulf, and Katliaua or 

Kotleana (Katlian's or Kotleau's) bay.

Katmai; bay, indenting the northern shore of Shelikof strait, near latitude 58°, 

longitude 154° 50'. Native name, from Vasilief, 1831-32; written Katmai and Katmaiskoi. *

Katmai; creek, tributary to Katmai bay, Shelikof strait. Native name.

Katmai; village, on Katmai bay, Shelikof strait, northwest of Kodiak. This is 

one of the most important of the native villages. Population in 1880, 

 218; in 1890, 132.

Katnu; river, debouching on the northwestern shore of Cook inlet, immediately 

west of the West Foreland. Native name, from the Russians.

Katrina; river, tributary to the White from the west, in latitude 63°. This 

name has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names. 

It is apparently an accidental corruption of the native word Katsina, 

published by the Coast Survey ill 1890. Katriua is reported to be the 

local usage.

Katschadelch, tributary of Chilkat river; see Clear creek.

KatscMn, river ; see Katzehin.

Katschkahin, river ; see Chilkoot.

Katsekahin, river; see Kicking Horse.

Katselena, river ; see Kotsina. . Katsina, river; see Katriua.

Katz; island, one of the Galankin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by United States naval officers in 1880, after Ensign Edward 

M. Katz, U. S. N.

Katzehin; river, on the mainland, tributary to Chilkoot in'fet from the east, 

southeastern Alaska. Native name, variously written Chkazehm 

(Krause), Katsehin (Coast Survey), Khatsehin, and, by error, Katschin. Apparently it is Katz-hini, i. e., Katz river.

Katzelena, river; see Kotsina.

KauatJca. One of the Shumagin islands, not identified, is called Kaouakhta by 

Lutke, who in turn obtained this name from Veniaminof. Veniaminofs 

notes, 1840, has the form Kauatka, meaning " long, narrow, and with 

some stony places."
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 355

Kauk; river, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Eschscholte bay from the east,' 

near latitude 66° 15'. Eskimo name obtained .by Mendeuhall and Reaburn, 1901.

Kautas; river, draining from a lake, northward to Koyukuk river, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 156° 20'. Native name, from Alien, 1885, who 

wrote it Cawtaskfikat, i. e., mouth of the Kautas (river). This appears 

to be the one that was called Kotaqhikakat by Cam den in 1900.

Kavalga; island, one of the westernmost of the Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from the Russians. -Lutke and others write it 

Kakhvalga, but Tebenkof has Kavalga. Erroneously Ravalga.

Kavet; creek, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Kobuk river from the south, 

near latitude G7° 10',. longitude 159°. Eskimo name, obtained by 

Mendeuhall and Reaburu, 1901.

KaviaiaJc, bay; see Clarence, port.

Kaviak; Eskimo village, between Golofnin bay and Port Clarence. Called 

Kaviaganmte on the map and Kayiazgamute in the text of the Tenth 

Census by Petrof, 1880, who reports the'population to be 200. Kaviazagemut of Dall and the Coast Survey in 1869. Near it many maps, 

since 1869, show a river called Kaviavazak, a name said to be now 

unknown locally.

Kaviavasak; river, Seward peninsula, near the head of Imuruk basin. Also 

written Karavaxarak. This name appeared on many maps between 

1869 and 1898. It does not appear on the more recent maps and is said 

to be unknown locally. It may have been the Kuzitriu river or its 

branch, the Kougarok.

Kaviruk; swampy tract and small river at head of Imuruk basin, east of 

Grantley harbor, Seward peninsula, near latitude 65° 15', longitude 

165° 20'. An Eskimo word, apparently from some of the Franklin 

search parties about 1850, and spelled Cov-vee-arak. Has also been 

written Covearak. Billings, 1790, shows a river here called Kauveren 

on his chart and Ka-ooveren in his text. On a Russian chart of 1802 

it is called Kvuveren. Now called Marys river by the miners.

Kawanak; channel, Yukon flats, Bering sea; and pass, Yukon delta, heading in 

Kwikpak pass, 3 miles above the head of Apoon pass and extending, on 

the left side and generally parallel to Kwikpak pass, 20 miles to Bering sea ; near latitude 63°, longitude 164° 05'. Eskimo name, obtained 

by Putnain in 1899. Possibly from Eskimo KFiuwiine (Kauwaui) a 

little distance np; i. e., a little distance from the Kwikpak.

Kawanera? point, prominent high ledge, at East rookery, northeastern coast St. 

. George island, Bering sea, near longitude 169° 30'. Aleut name, written 

Ka'wa-nar'il (sea lion's boat) by Putnain, 1897.

Kawichiark; river, northern Alaska, tributary to Kugarak river and through it 

to Selawik river, near the Arctic circle and longitude 159°. Eskimo 

name obtained by Stoney, 1886, who wrote it Ka-o-e-che-ark.

Kawokhawik; pass or slough, Yukon delta at the mouth of Kwiguk pass, near 

latitude 62° 47', longitude 164° 50'. Eskimo name, obtained by Putnam, 1899, and written Kawochawik and Kawockawik.

Kayak; cape, the eastern head of Protection harbor, on south coast of Unalaska, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 166° 34'. So called by Tebenkof, 

1849, perhaps from a real or fancied resemblance to the native skin 

boat. Called Mountain cape by the Fish Commission in 1888.
356 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

 Kayak; group of islets, at the southwestern end of the Galankin group, Sitka 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief in 1809. Kayak 

is the native name for their small skin-covered boats. The name has 

appeared as Kayaik, Kayaktch, and Kayatchi. Was also called Beardslee island by United States naval officers in 1880.

Kayak; island, on the southern border of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska. This 

is the island which it is believed Bering saw and named St. Elias in 

1741. Cook, in 1778, saw and named it Kaye's island, after Rev. Dr. 

Kaye, dean of Lincoln. It has also appeared as Kay's island. The 

Spaniards Arteaga and. Bodega, in 1779, called it Nuestra Senora del 

Carmen, whence the name Carmen island. The Russians called it 

Kayak from a fancied resemblance of its outlines to an Eskimo kayak 

or skin canoe. This has been written Kaiak and Kyak.

Kayak; post-office established in 1901 and abolished January, 1906, on Wingham island, southwest border of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska.

Kayakh, mountains, river, and slough ; see Kaiyuh.

Kayakliut; cape, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, west of Kodiak. 

Native name, from Tebeukof, 1849. Also written Kayagliuk.

Kayaku, island ; see Adak.

Kayar, mountains and river or slough; see Kaiyuh.

Kayayak, village; see Kaguyak.

Kay-e-ghlen, bay; see Whale.

Kaye's, island ; see Kayak.

Kayuk, river; see Koyuk.

Kazakof; cape, forming 'the western point of entrance to Danger bay, on south 

shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. So named by Murashef, 1839- 

40. Tebenkof applies this name, spelled Kazakofskie, to the eastern 

head of the bay. Its meaning is Cossack's.

Kasarn, bay ; see Kasaan.

Kazligi-Igvut; cape, immediately north of Cape Douglas, Cook inlet. So called 

on Russion Hydrographic chart 1378 (edition of 1847). Obviously a 

Russian rendering of some native phrase or name.

Kazhutak; slough and Eskimo village, on the left bank of Yukon river at the 

great bend, 25 miles below Auclreafski, near latitude 62° 05', longitude 

164°. Native name, obtained by Putnam, 1899. The name of the village he wrote Kazhutakamiut. 

Kasik, island ; see Chisik.

Kchisakh. On United States Hydrographic chart 8, a cape, the southernmost 

point of Little Tanaga island, middle Aleutians, is called C. Kchisakh. 

This name has not been found on any. chart of earlier date. Most of the 

names upon it are taken from Tebeukof's charts. In this case Tebenkof 

shows an islet which he calls Silak island, but does not name the cape. 

The hydrographic chart does not name the island, but calls the near-by 

cape C. Kchisakh. Perhaps this is the origin of the name.

Kchulach, point; see Kulah.

Keating; creek, tributary from the south to Mosquito fork of South fork 

Koyukuk river, near latitude 67°, longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Keating; range of mountains £3,000 feet high), in the western part of. Etolin 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Kebethluk; Eskimo village, on the west side of Cape Nome, near latitude 64° 

30', longitude 165°. Visited by Jarvis, 1898. The termination tliluk 

means old, worn out. This may be an old trading place kiputhluk.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIOFAKY OJT ALASKA. 357

Kechumstuk; creek tributary to Mosquito fork Fortymile creek from the north, 

near latitude 64° 05', longitude 142° 55'. Local name, reported in 1902. 

Written also Ketctiumstock.

Kechumstuk; range of hills, north of the Tauana, in longitude 142° to 145°. 

Called Razor Back Divide by Wells in 1890. On Coast Survey chart T, 

editions of 1895 and 1896, it is called Razor' Back Divide, and on later 

editions and maps Ketchumstock Hills. Wells wrote the name of the 

tribe of Indians in this locality Kittschunstalk.

Kechumstuk; telegraph station, at the junction of Kechumstuk creek and Mosquito fork Fortymile creek. Named Ketchumstock by the Signal Corps, 

U. S. A., iu 1903.

Keecluitno, river ; see Kichatna.

KeeffMJc, village; see Kijik.

'Kee-Gik, creek, mountain and village; see Kijik.

Keejik, village; see Kijik.

Kee-Kluch, river; see Kiklukh.

.Keeli' Khtaffikh, island; see Kiliktagik.

Keene; channel, north of Keene island, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Keeiie's channel by Meacle, 1869,. after the pilot J. W. Keene.

Keene; island, in San Christovaf channel, Bucareli bay, Alexander archipelago. 

Name published in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 121).

Keene; island, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Keene's 

island by Meade, 1869, after the pilot J. W. Keene.

Keene; rock or rocky patch, northwest of the middle channel into Sitka harbor, 

Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by the United States Navy, 

1879, after pilot J. W. Keeue, who reported it in that year.

Keete; inlet, in Nutkwa inlet, Cordova bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently a native name, from Moser, 1897.

Keetovaia, bay ; see Whale.

Keewalik, river and mining camp; see Kiwalik.

Kegan; cove, lake, and salmon stream, Prince of Wales island, southern shore 

Moira sound, Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55°, 

longitude 132° 10'. Called by the fisheries, Kegan, the name of the 

Indian who claimed the salmon stream, and reported by Moser in 1897.

Keijczruk, creek ; see Kigezruk.

Keg-ich-toio-ik, native village; see Kiktaguk.

Keffiktowruk, village ; see Kiktaguk.

Kegulik, river ; see Kejulik.

Kejachu, island ; see Adak.

Kejulik; river, Alaska peninsula, tributary to Becharof lake from the east. 

Native name. According to Martin, 1904, it is pronounced Ke-jew-llk, 

means clay or mud, and is written variously Kegulik, Kajulik, Kejulik, 

and Kujulik.

Kekoor, rock ; see Second Kekur.

Eekour, rock ; see Third Kekur.

Keku; group of islets, in the north end of Keku strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Native name, which has been written Kekou and Kiku.

Keku; strait, between Kuiu and Kupreanof islands, Alexander archipelago. A 

native name, which has been variously written Kake, Kiku, etc.

Kekur. This word, spelled Kekoor, Kekour, Kekur, etc., is frequently found on 

Russian maps of Alaska and Eastern Siberia. It appears to be some 

native term' adopted into the Russian and to mean any high isolated 

rock or rocky islet. Apparently it is an exact equivalent of the Spanish
358 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA.

Kekur Continued. '

word Farallon. In the Journal of the Russian Hydrographic Office 

(1844, vol. 2, pp. 115-129) is a list .of words in use by.the seafaring folk 

(promieshlenniki) of the Archangel government. In this list occurs 

these two entries : Gurie (pyramid of rocks) ; Kekur, same as gurie, but 

ofteuer by this word is meant an isolated pillar-like rock. The word is 

in use in Nova Zeinbla. Paktusof, in 1833, speaks of Guria or Kekura. 

Petrof (Bancroft's History of Alaska, p...225) says, " This expedition 

fell in with a large party of savages, who had taken up a position on a 

Kekour," and then adds this explanation, " Such places, to which the 

Russians applied the Kamchatka name of Kekour, were often used by 

the natives as natural fortifications and places of refuge. War parties 

or hunting expeditions would leave their women and children upon such 

cliffs for safe-keeping till their return." In Wrangell's narrative, 

edited by Sabiue, we find (p. 354) Kekury, Kekurnoi, or columns.

Kekur, cape; see Pillar. .

Kekur; islet, near the entrance to Kalsin bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Called Kekurnoi (pillar) by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810.

Kekur, rock ; see First Kekur.

Kekur, rock; see Pinnacle.

Eekurnie, cape; see Rocky.

Kekurnoi; cape, on the northern shore of Shelikof strait, between Katmai and 

Cold bays. By Tebenkof, 1849, it is called Kekurnoi, from Kekur (pillar), and by mistranslation this appears on current charts as Kahurnoi. 

It has been translated Pinnacle. Lutke, 1835, calls it Nelupaki or 

Neliupiaki, apparently a native name, while Russian Hydrographic 

chart 1379 has another native name, Nukakalkak.

Kell; bay, Affleck canal, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. Said to be so - 

called by the Indians. Name reported by Helm, 1886.

Kellek, island; see Summit.

Kellett, island; see Wraugell.

Kelley, river; see Killey.

Kclloftfj; point, the northern point of entrance to Young cove, Howkan strait, 

Cordova bay. Alexander archipelago. Named by Sheldon Jackson* 

after Miss Fannie E. Kellogg, a teacher at Sitka in 1878.

Kellogg; point, the western point of entrance to Dunbar inlet, Prince of Wales 

island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Dall, 1882, after Miss Fannie 

E. Kellogg, a teacher at Sitka in 1878.

Kelly; mountain (Mount Kelly), on the base of Lisburne peninsula, in northwestern Alaska, at headwaters of Pitmegea and Kukpuk rivers, near 

latitude 68° 30', longitude 163° 30'. Supposed to be named after John 

W. Kelly, who lived in that region, and published by the Coast Survey in 

1890.

Kelp; bay, indenting the northeastern shore of Baranof island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Often referred to as Deep bay, and in 1879 

named Kelp bay by Dall in the Coast Pilot, published in 1883.

Kelp; bay, indenting the northwest shore of Tigalda island, Krenitzin group, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 165° 10'. Descriptive name, from Gilbert, 190.1.. . . . Kelp; island, near the southern shore of Duke island, Dixon entrance, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Kelp; point, between Dewey and McHenry anchorages, on Etolin island, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 359

Kelp; rocks, off Port Chester, Nicbols passage, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Nichols, 1883.

Kempff; Ijay, indenting the southwestern shore of Alitak bay, Kodiak, 7 miles 

northeast of Cape Alitak.. So named by Moser, .1900, after Ensign 

Clarence F. Kempff, U-. S. N., a member of his party.

Kenachananak; Eskimo village, on the seashore east of Nunivak island, Bering 

: sea. In the Eleventh Census, 1890, it is called Kennachanauaghamint, 

i. e., Kenachananak people, described as composed of 8 dwellings and 181 

people.

Kenai, bay ; see Cook inlet.

Kenai; lake, on Kenai peninsula, between Turnagain arm and Resurrection bay, 

and draining through Kenai river westward through Lake Skilak to 

Cook inlet, near latitude GO 0 25', longitude 149° 40'. On some mSps 

called Second lake and probably Skiliainna. See also Skilak.

Kenai; mountains, forming the axis of Kenai peninsula. Commonly so called. 

Name published in the Tenth Census, 1880. Grewingk, 184.0, deriving 

his information from Wosnesenski, 1842, gives the native name of these 

mountains as Triiiili; also written Triiuli.

Kenai; peninsula, between Cook inlet and Prince William sound. Native name, 

from the Russians. On. early Russian maps the peninsula bears no 

name, but Cook inlet is called Kenaiskaia gulf. Billings, 1802, calls it 

Kanaiski land. Grewingk calls it Tschugatsk (Chugach) peninsula.

Kenai; river, on Keuai peninsula, draining Skilak and Kenai lakes to Cook 

inlet, near latitude 60° 30'. Native name Kaknu from the Russians; 

apparently first u'sed by Wosuesenski about 1840. Grewingk has called 

it Nik river, an abbreviation of Nikolas. Of late years it is commonly 

called Kenai river, and the Board on Geographic Names has adopted 

that name.

Kenai, strait; see Shelikof.

Kenai; village a'ud post-office, at mouth of Kenai river, on eastern shore of Cook 

inlet. A fortified post was established here by Grigor Konovalof, commanding the ship St. George, of the Lebedef-Lastochkin Company, in August, 1791, and called fort or redoubt St. Nicholas or St. Nicolas o.r St. 

Nikolas. On a Russian map of 1802 it is called Pavlovskaia, i. e., Paul, 

and a manuscript note says fort De Pawlofsk. In the Summer of 1869 

there was a military, post of the United States here called Fort Kenai, 

and by this name Kenai, a native name, the place is now known. A 

 post-office, Kenai, was established here in February, 1899.

Kenaiskischer, inlet; see Cook.

Kenasnow, archipelago, etc.; see Kootznahoo.

Kenasnow, island ; see Killisnoo.

Kenasnow; rocks, in Kootznahoo roads, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Called Kootznahoo by Meade, 1869, and Kenasnow by Nichols, 1891.

Kendrick; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Prince of Wales island, 

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 54° 52', longitude 

132°. Named by Dall, 1879, after Capt. John Kendrick, of the sloop 

Columbia, from Boston, who wintered at Nootka in 1788-89.

Kendrick; islands, at entrance to Kendrick bay, Prince of Wales island, Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska. So called by local navigators, and 

reported by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Kennedy; point, the eastern point of entrance into Saook bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Moore, 1895. after Surg. Robert Morris 

Kennedy, U. S. N., a member of his party.
360 ' GEOGEAPHIC. DICTIOjSTAEY OF ALASKA.

Kennicott; glacier, on the southeastern flank of Mount Blackburn, forming the 

source of Kennicott river. So named by Gerdine, 1900, after Robert 

Kennicott.

Kennicott; pass, between Lakina river and Keunicott glacier. So named by 

Gerdine, of the Geological Survey, .1900.

Kennicott; river, tributary to the Nizina from the north. Local name, inmemory of the Alaskau explorer and naturalist, Robert Kennicott, a 

pioneer on Yukon river, who died at Nulato, May 13, 1866.

Kennon; island, in the entrance to Chichagof harbor,'Attu island, western Aleutians. So named by Gibsou, July, 1855, after Lieut. Beverley Kennon, 

U. S. N.

Kentucky; creek, tributary to Igloo creek, from the south, Seward peninsula. 

 Name from Brooks, 1900. . . . Kentucky; creek, tributary to Klokerblok river, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Kenunimik; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the lower Yukon, 15 miles 

above Andreafski, near latitude 62°, longitude 163°. Native name, 

from .the Coast Survey, 1898. Perhaps this is identical with Ankachak.

Keyizetka,, river; see Kokolik.

Kern; creek, tributary to Turnagain arm of Cook inlet from the north, near 

latitude 61°, longitude 149°. Prospectors' name, from Herron, 1899.

Kernan; gulch, Copper River region, tributary to Blei gulch on the south .side 

of Chititu creek. Prospectors' name taken from Map. of Nizina mining 

district, by George M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902. . Kestrel; islet, on the north shore of Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Ketavie, point; see Whale.

Ketchikan; post-office and village, on Revillagigedo island, in Tongass narrows, 

Alexander archipelago. The post-office was established in April, 1892. 

Also has been written Kichikan and Kitch-i-kan.

.Ketchumstock; see Kechuinstuk.

Ketchumville. This name is found on Nelson's map of 1878-79, published in the 

Proceedings of the Royal Geographic Society for 1882 (p. 712), and is 

applied to a post or fort on the mainland just south of St. Michael, 

Norton sound. It was copied on the census maps of 1880, but is not 

found on later maps. 

. Ketlrachtci, point; see Battery.

Ketoy, island ; see Whale.

Kettle; cape, on the southeastern shore of Uninak island, near Urnnak pass, 

. eastern Aleutians. Named Kotelnoi (kettle) by the Russians. The 

native name is Utmak, presumably from the Aleut, utman / (out of the 

middle).

Kevuleek, river ; see Kivalina.

KevuliJc, river; see Kivalina. 

 KetvaUlc, river and mining camp; see Kiwalik.

Key; reef, east of Kashevarof islands, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow, 1886. . '

KeyiJctuk, village ; see Kiyiktuk.

Keystone; canyon and telegraph station, on Lowe river 15 miles east of Valdez, 

Prince William, sound. So named by Abercrombie, 1898, presumably 

after Pennsylvania, the Keystone state:

Keystone; creek, 15 miles northwest of Fairbanks, tributary to Goldstrearn 

creek, from the north, near longitude 148°. Prospectors' name, from a 

local map, 1905.
GEOGRAPHIC DTCTIONAEY OF ALASKA. 861

KhaTjoutcha, point; see Kabuch.

KlKibucli, point; see Kabuch.

Khaigamute, village ; see Nunaikak.

Khainiliakh, island; see Kaniliak.

Khultsekahin, river; see Kicking Horse.

Khaiitaak; island, in Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 59° 35', 

longitude 139° 45'. This is the native name of a wooden dish used for 

holding food. First applied by Tebenkof, 1849. Has been written 

Hautak and Kbautak, and might better be written Kontog, to agree 

with the pronunciation.

Khatnotoutse, creek ; see Medicine.

Khaz; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Chichagof island, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 57° 30', longitude 130°. Apparently named 

Khaz (fag-end) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Khaz; head, southwestern shore of Chichagof island, a bold, bluff headland 

about 1,400 feet high, the northwestern end of a rugged peninsula, between Slocuru arm of Khan bay (above) and the sea. So named by 

Moore, 1897.

Khaz; point, the southern point of Khaz head (above). Local name, reported 

by Moore in 1897. fc

Khazamil, island ; see Kagamil.

Klwzilr,, island; see Chisik.

Khiltat; river, tributary to Tanana river from the north, near longitude 144° 

30'. Named by Alien, 1885, after an Indian chief, Kheeltat.

KMtkhO'itk, cape; see Scotch Cap.

KhituJc, cape; see Scotch Cap and Seal.

Khlebnikof; cape, between Chichagof harbor and Sarana bay, on the northern 

shore of Attu island, western Aleutians. So named by Etolin, 1827, 

presumably after the pilot, Audrei Khlebnikof, who made surveys 

about Kodiak in 1810. Also written Chlebnikoff.

Khlikakhlik, island; see Latouche.

Kli,odo'oye, mountain ; see Kho.tol.

Ehoostoff, island.; see Khwostof. . Khotol; mountain, "one of the higher peaks of Kaiyuh range about 25 miles 

southeast of Nulato." So described by Father Jette of Nulato in 1904. 

Indian name which he wrote Hotol, Hotel by error,. Rotol, and Rotoldlela R and H representing the guttural Kh (there being no sound 

r in the Indian languages of that region, he uses the letter r for this 

purpose) and dlela meaning mountain. It is also called Khodo'- 

oye " the furthermost going down " the river by the Indians, but this 

name properly belongs to another mountain.

Khotol; river, on the southeast side of the Yukon, draining the Kaiyuh region 

into Kaiyuh slough of the Yukon, 40 miles south of Nulato. According 

to Father Jette of Nulato, the Indians call this river and the lower part 

of the slough, Khotolno, i. e., Khotol river. Tikhmenief, 1861, wrote 

this name Kutulnakt and gave it to Kaiyuh slough. See also Kaiyuh 

slough.

Rhoudiakoff, islands; see Kudiakof.

Khromchenko, cape; see Etolin.

Khtagaliuk, island; see Hiuchinbrook.

Khulitno, river; see Chulitna.

KhuluJch, bay; see Kuluk.

Eliun, river; see Kuii.
362 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Khuna, island; see Cbichagof.

Khutsnoi, island ; see Admiralty.

Khutz-n'hu, archipelago, etc.; see Kootznahoo.

Khwain; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Annette island, Felice strait, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 05', longitude 131° 22'. Name 

from local navigators, by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Khwostof; island (1,873 feet high), one of the Rat island group, western Aleutians.. Apparently so named by Krusenstern, 1827, after Nikolai Alexandrovich Khwostof, a Russian naval officer who, with Davidof, made 

explorations in Alaska, 1802-1804. According to Lutke the name was 

applied to a group of which Khwostof island was one. Variously 

written Khoostoff, Khvostoff, Khwostov, etc.

Kiactak, Kiactuk, lake and river; see Kiaktak.

Kiakasia; river, tributary to Stikine river from the south, 3 miles below the 

mouth of Iskut river. Native name, published as Ki-ka-hiy in 1S'68, and 

written Kiah-kah-seah by Hunter in 1877.

Kiaktak; lake and river, northwestern Alaska, between Inland lake and Selawik lake, and draining into the latter, near latitude 66° 30', longitude 

160° 15'. Eskimo name obtained by Cantwell, 1884, who called the 

river Kiactuk or F6x and the lake Kiactak. Stoney, 1885, shows a 

village on the shore of the lake, the name of which he writes 

Ki-go-ak-to-ak.

Kialagvik; bay, on the southeastern coast of Alaska peninsula, near Mount 

. Becharof, about latitude 57° 20', longitude 156°. Native name, from the 

Russians, also written Kialagvit. Called on some maps Wide bay.

Kialegak; native village, now abandoned, and cape 5 miles northeast of Southeast cape, eastern end of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. Native 

name, from Tebeukof, 1849, who wrote Kgallegak. Also has been 

written Krallegak. The above spelling, which seems more probable, is 

from Russian Hydrographic chart 3455 (ed. 1852).

Kiam; post-office (established November, 1905), Alexander archipelago, on 

eastern coast of Prince of Wales island, at head of McKenzie inlet, 

south shore Skowl arm of Kasaan bay, near latitude 55° 20', longitude 

132° 20'. Brooks, 1901, reported a mine in this vicinity called Kiam.

Kiangolevik; slough or pass, Yukon delta, an outlet of Black river to tlie north, 

near latitude 62° 25', longitude 165° 05'. Eskimo name, written Kiangolevic by Putman, 1899.

Kiavak; bay, west of Sitkalidak island, indenting the southern shore of Kodiak. 

So called by Tebenkof, 1.849. Native word. Has been written Kiawak 

and Kiyavak. It is apparently identical with Naumliack bay and village of Lisianski in 1805.

Kiavak; cape, at the south point of entrance to Kiavak bay, Kodiak. So called 

by Tebenkof, 1849.

Kiawak, passage; see Kiawak.

Kichaiak; creek, northwestern Alaska, tributary from the.east to Kobuk river, 

near its source, about latitude 67° 05', longitude 154° 10'. 'Eskimo 

name, written Kit-chah-ee-yah and Kit-chah-ee-yak by Cantwell in 

1885, and Kichaiakaka by Mendenhall in 1901.

Kichak, village; see Kijik.

Kichatna; river, a large branch of the Yentna from the west, 10 miles above 

the Skwentua, near latitude 62°. Indian name. Explored by Her'ron 

in 1899 and written by him Kee-chat-no, i. e., Kichat river.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 363

KicMk, village; see Kijik.

KicMkan, village; see Ketchikan.

Kichzulik, bay ; see Kuzhulik.

Kicking Horse; river, tributory to the Cliilkat river from the south, near its 

mouth, southeastern Alaska. So called on a recent railroad map. Its 

native name has been variously given as Chalzekahm (Krause), Katsekahin (Nichols), Khaltsekahin (Coast Survey), Khalxekahin (Dall), 

etc. Apparently its native name sounds like Katsek-hini, i. e., Katsek 

river.

Kielkck, island; see Summit.

Kiestotnak, cape; see West Foreland.

Kietaguk, village ; see Kiktaguk.

Kiyaktot<jruk,i\;\t\ve village; see Kikiktak.

Kigalga, island : see Tigalda.

Kigalgin; island, one of the group of islands of the Four Mountains, eastern 

Aleutians. Native name, from Veniamiuof, about 1830. Not inhabited. 

Has been written Kigalga, " a name often recurring in the Aleutian 

islands."

Kigalgin, island; see Egg.

Kigalik; rendezvous village, at the limit of boat navigation, on the upper Chipp 

river, near latitude 69° 20', longitude 154° 30'. It consisted of 30 tents 

and 150 Eskimos when visited by Ensign Howard, of Stoney's expedition, in May, 1886, on his way to Point Barrow. "At this place the 

last green brush was seen, 10 to 12 feet high."

Kigamil, island; see Kagainil.

Kiganin, island; one of the Shumagin group, not identified. Called Kiganghym 

by Lutke, who, in turn, obtained the name from Veniaminof. In a later 

publication Veniaminof calls it Kiganin.

Kigezruk; creek, in the extreme western part of Seward peninsula, debouching 

between capes York and Prince of Wales. Named after Kiviarzruk, a 

Prince of Wales Eskimo, who discovered gold here in June, 1899. Has 

been written Kiryarzark. Kiugaarzruk, and Kivyear/ruk, and is now 

called, locally, Kigezruk.

Kightak Sichtunak, islands; see Trinity.

Kigluaik; range of mountains, in western part of Seward peninsula. Eskimo 

name, from Beechey, 1827, who wrote it Kig-low-aic. Has also been 

called Kiglowa, and by the miners Kiglo-white, Craggly-white, and 

Kreegly White. On sonic late local maps called Sawtooth.

Kigmil, cape ; see Prince of Wales.

Ki-go-aJc-to-aJc; Eskimo village, northwestern Alaska, western shore of. Inland 

lake and eastern shore of Kiaktak lake, near latitude 66° 30', longitude 

160° 10'. Native name, so written by Stoney, 1885.

Kiguga; cape and cliff, on the northwestern coast of Adak island, Andreanof 

group, middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849.

Kigun; cape, the westernmost point of Atka, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Native name, from Tebeukof, 1849. Perhaps from the Aleut 

kiguk (diver or grebe).

Kigunak; cape, in Inanudak bay, on the northern coast of Umnak, eastern 

Aleutians. Native name, from Kuritzien, 1849.

Kigushimkada; cape, on the northern shore of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. Native name, from Kuritzieu, 1849.
364 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Kijik; native village, on the west shore of Lake Clark, mountain near, and 

creek tributary to Lake Clark, about the middle of the west side, near 

latitude 60° 30', longitude 154° 15'. Native name, reported by Osgood, 

1902; and written Keejik and Keeghik. A village in the same position 

is called Nikhkak on the Coast Survey map of southwestern Alaska, 

1898. Kichik of Petrof, 1880, is located on the other side of the lake. 

The Census enumerator for that district, 1900, reported a village Kichak.

Kikhtak, island ; see Kodiak.

KikhtaJc, island; see Martin point and Martin islands.

Kikiktak; Eskimo village (trading rendezvous), at the mouth of Hothani inlet, 

Kotzebue sound. Population in 1880, 200. Eskimo name, from Petrof, 

1880, who wrote it Kikiktagamute, i. e., island folks. It has been 

written variously Kikiktaruk, Kikitaruk, Kigaktowruk. Stoney, -1880, 

wrote Ki-ra-targ-ga-roak. Kotzebue post-office and reindeer station 

and a Friends' (Quaker) mission are located at or near this place.

Kikiktaruk, Eskimo village; see Kikiktak and Kiktaguk.

Kikitaruk, native village; see Kikiktak.

Kiklukh; river, 8 or 9 miles east of Cape Suckling, Gulf of Alaska, near longitude 143° 4.0'. Called Malaia Ugalenka (Little Coal or Coaly) by 

Tebeukof in 1849, and Little Ugalentz in the Coast Pilot of 1869. 

Martin, 1904, writes the Indian name Kee-kluch, and says the prospectors call it Eightmile. creek.

Kiksa, island; see Kiska.

Kiktagaliuk; islets, at entrance to Cold bay, southeastern shore Alaska peninsular, near latitude 57° 45'. Native name from the Russians. Has 

been written Tiktakaluk.

Kiktaguk; Eskimo village, on the southern shore of Norton sound, about 18 

miles east of St. Michael. Dall, who visited it October 8, 1866, reports 

its name to be Kegiktowruk, a " word derived from Kikhtuk, meaning 

an island," and ruk or guk, augmentative; probably then Mg island. 

Tebenkof in 1849 calls it Kiektaguk, while Raymond in 1871 and the 

Coast Survey parties of 1898 call it Ikikiktoik and the hill near it Toik. 

It has been written Kikiktaruk, and recently Tlicketawik, Tlickearrik, 

etc.

Kiktak; Eskimo village, on a large island in Kuskokwim river, about 25 miles 

above Bethel. Native name, from Nelson, 1878-79, who wrote it 

Kikkhtagamute, i. e., island people. Kik-kh-ta or Kiktak is the native 

word, which has by corruption become Kadiak and Kodiak. Petrof in 

1880 gives its population as 232 and its name Kik-khtagamute. The 

Eleventh Census gives a population of 119 and the name, Kikikhtagamiut.

Kiku, islet and village; see Kake.

Kikukalen, bay; see Erskine.

Kilbuck; range of mountains, east of the lower reach of Kuskokwim river, 

western Alaska. So named by Spurr, 1898, after Rev. John H. Kilbuck, a Delaware Indian missionary and teacher at Bethel.

Kiliatva; river, in St. Elias alpine region, debouching between the Alsek delta 

and Yakutat bay. Apparently a native name; published by Tebenkof 

in 1849.

Kiliktagik; island (750 feet high), one of the Semidi islands. Native name, 

obtained, in 1874, by Dall, who wrote it Keeli'Khtagikh.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 365

Kilimantavie; Eskimo village, near Waiuwright inlet, Arctic coast. Tikhmenief, 

1861, calls it Kilametagag-miut; Petrof, 1880, calls it Kolumakturook; 

Hydrographic chart 68 calls it Kelatnantowruk, while later charts 

omit it or call it Kilimantavie. According to Murdoch this name is 

Ke-lev-a-tow-tin (sling). Jarvis calls it Kilimantavie. (Reindeer Report 1908, p. 136.)

Kiliuda; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Kodiak. Native name, reported by the Russians. Has been written Kiliouda, Kiliouk, KUiuda, 

Kiluidinskoi, Kiliuk, Kiliuda, Kiluden, Kaliada, etc. Perhaps it is a 

corruption of Klliak, an Aleut word meaning morniny, or Kilifik 

(early in the morning), and uda ;(bay).

Kiliuda; native village, on the north shore of Kiliuda bay, Kodiak. Has been 

generally written Kiliuda.

Kiliugmiut, cape; see Kuliuk. . Kiliulule, bay; see Kuliliak.

Killai. Peterof, 1880, shows two native villages on the headwaters of Kuk 

river, northern Alaska, designated as Killai'mutes, i. e., Ivilai people.

Killarney; lake (Lake Killarney), 6 miles northwest. .of Fairbanks, near latitude 64° 50', longitude. 147° 55'. Local name, .from. Map of Location, 

Tanana Mines railroad, 1905.

Killey; river, Kenai peninsula, a southern tributary of Kenai river, near longitude 150° 40'. Local name from Mofflt, 1904. Erroneously Kelley.

Killik; creek, northern Alaska, tributary to Colville river from the south, near 

longitude 1.53° 30'. Eskimo name, obtained by Peters and Schrader, 

1901.

Killisnoo; harbor and island, opposite Peril strait, in Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 28'. Corruption of some native 

word. Apparently only another form of Kootzuahoo (Khute-n'hu 

bear fort). It is identical with Kenasnow island of Meade in 1869. 

Speaking of this island and the harbor east of it, etc., Meade says: 

" The names Kenasnow and Koteosok are the Indian names of these 

places, and as such I have inserted them on my charts."

Killisnoo; post-office and native village, on Killisnoo island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. The post-office was established here in July, 

1884. , . Killisnoo; reef, off west end of Killisnoo island, Chatham strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Kenasnow by Meade, 1869. On late charts 

changed to Kijlisuoo.

Killkuhn; creek, tributary to Krmganiepa river from the e:ist, Seward penin- 

' sula, near latitude 65°, longitude 164° 30'. So named by Brooks, 1900, 

after his cook, Charles Kuhn.

Kiliuda,, village ; see Kiliuda.

Kilokak; rocks, near Agripin bay, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula. 

Native name, published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Kiluidinskoi, bay ; see Kiliuda.

Kimball; mountain (9,000 feet high), south of Tanana river, near longitude 

144° 40'. So named by Alien, 1885.

Kimball; pass, west of the Copper river, in latitude 61° 30'. Name from Abercrombie, 1898.

Kina; bay or cove, indenting the southern shore of Kasaan bay, between Coal 

bay and Twelvemile arm, Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near 

latitude 55° 30', longitude 132° 32'. Local navigators' name, reported 

by Moser, 1900.
366 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIOFAKY OF ALASKA.

Kina; salmon stream and lake, tributary to Kina bay, south sbore Kasaan bay. 

Prince of Wales island. . So called by the fisheries, and reported by 

Moser, 1897 and 1900.

Kinak; river, on tbe mainland, east of Nunivak, draining from Dall lake, southward to Bering sea. Native name, from Nelson, 1878. According to 

J. H. Kilbuck, the word means face. Late maps show the Kiuak river 

flowing not southward to the sea, but eastward to the Kuskokwim.

Kinak; Eskimo village, on right bank of the lower Kuskokwim. Visited by 

Nelson in January, 1879, who reported its native name to be Kinagamiut, i. e., Kinak people. Its population was at that time about 175. 

Population in 1880, 60; 1890, 257. Kinak is saicl to be the Eskimo 

word for face.

Kinegnagmiut, village ; see Razboiuski.

Kinegnak; Eskimo village, of 76 people in 1890, near Cape Newenham, Bering 

sea. Name from the Eleventh Census, where it is Kineguagrniut in 

the text (p. 99) and Knieguagamute on the map, i. e., Kinegnak people.

King, cove; see Peterson bay and Salmon bay.

King George Third's archipelago. That part of the Alexander archipelago 

which lies west of Chatham strait and south of Cross sound and Icy 

strait was named by Vancouver King George Third's archipelago. The 

name is obsolete.

King; island (700 feet high), in Bering strait. Discovered by Cook, August 6, 

1778, and named by him King's island, after Lieut. James King, a 

member of his party. Its native name, according- to Nelson, is Ukiwuk, 

a name which has been given as Okiben, Oo-ghe-book, Oo-ghee-a-book, 

Ookivok, Oukivok, Ukivok, etc.

King; island, in Clover bay, western shore of Clarence strait, southeastern 

Alaska, near latitude 55° 18', longitude 132° 10'. Local navigators' 

name, reported by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

King; mountain (1,204 feet high), 8 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, near latitude 64° 36', longitude 165° 20'. Local name, published 

in 1900.

King; river, Seward peninsula, emptying into Bering sea 3 miles east of Cape 

York. Prospectors' name, reported by Collier in 1903.

Kingegan; Eskimo village, with population, in 1890, of 488, at or near Cape 

Prince of Wales, Bering strait. Beechey, 1827, says: "The natives 

have a village upon the lowland near the cape called Eidaunoo, and 

another inland, named King-a-ghe." Dall says: " Known to natives 

as far south as Norton sound and to local navigators as King-6-gan." 

It has been written King-a-ghee, Kiugigamute, King-a-khi, etc. See 

AVales.

Kinghialc, village; see Suworof.

Kings, buy, Prince William sound; see Nellie Juan.

Kings; cove, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, just west of 

Belkofski, near longitude 162° 18'. Named King's cove .by the Fish 

Commission in 1888.

Kings; creek, tributary to Matanuska river from the north, about 30 miles above 

the mouth of the Matanuska. .So known locally. Presumably named 

after Al. King, one of Alaska's pioneer prospectors. Name published 

in 1899. .

Kings; creek, in the Mount Wrangell district, tributary to Elliott creek on the 

north. Prospectors' name, reported by Mendeuhall, 1903.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 36.7

Kings; mountain, on the left bank of Matfinuska river, about 35 miles from 

Knik arm of Cook inlet. Named House mountain by Meudeuhall, 1898. 

Locally called Kings by the miners and prospectors, after Al. King, 

whose cabin was near it.

King Salmon; river, Alaska peninsula, draining the country between Becharof 

and Naknek lakes and tributary to Ugaguk river from the north, near 

latitude 58° 15', longitude 157°. Descriptive name, reported by Osgood,

1902. 

King Salmon; river, Alaska peninsula, tributary on the left bank of Ugashik

river, 10 miles above its mouth, near latitude 57° 30', longitude 157° 30'.

Local descriptive name, reported by Moser, 1900. 

King Salmon; river, tributary to T.ikchik river from the north, near latitude

60°, longitude 157° 30'. Local name, obtained by Spurr and Post, 1898,

from a trader, A. Mitteudorf. 

Kings Cabin; home of Al. King, a prospector, at junction of Kings creek and

Matanuska river. 

Kings County; creek, Kenai peninsula, a southern tributary of Skilak lake,

near longitude 150° 30'. Prospectors' name, from MoJIit, 1904. 

Kingsmill; point, on the northwestern shore of Kuiu island, at junction of

Chatham strait and Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Vancouver, in 1794, after Vice-Admiral Kingsmill, R. N. 

King Solomon; creek, in the Fortymile mining district, tributary to O'Brien

creek. Local name, obtained by Barnard in 1898. 

Kiniaak, village; see Suworof. 

Kinik, arm, river, etc.; see Knik. 

Kiniklik; village, on northern shore of Prince William sound. Native name,

from Schrader, 1900, who wrote it Kinicklick.

Kink (The); bend, in North fork Fortymile creek, near latitude 64° 20', longitude 142°. Local descriptive name, The Kink, reported by Gerdine, in

1903.

Kinkaid; mountain, on the eastern shore of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, presumably after 

C. A. Kinkaid, who was one of the first council elected at Sitka, shortly 

after the transfer of Alaska from Russia to the United States in 1807. 

It is the mountain of four stone pyramids of Vasilief in 1809.

Kinkutumina; small lake, 60 miles northwest of Mount McKiuley, near Telida 

lake. Indian name, reported by lierron, 1899. The termination jnina 

means lake.

Kinuiak, village; see Suworof.

Kiougilakh, cape; see Kiugilak.

Kipnaiak, river ; see Black.

Kipniak; Eskimo village and Coas-t Survey tidal station, at mouth of Black 

river, in the Yukon delta, near latitude 62° 20'. Nelson, 1879, reports 

. its name to be Kipniaguk and Dall writes it phonetically Kip-nai-ak. A 

late Coast Survey chart has Kripniyukamiut.

Kipniak, river ; see Black.

Kipniyagok; river, Yukon delta, tributary on the left bank to Black river near 

its mouth, about latitude 62° 20', longitude 165° 20'. Eskimo name 

written Kripniyagok by Putnam, 1899. This is the diminutive of Kipniuk or Kipnaiak, the Eskimo name of Black river (yagak, the -young 

of animals), therefore Little Kipnaiak river. Eskimo kipnaiak means 

a curve.
368 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA.

Kipunaiak, river; see Black.

Kip'iithhik, Eskimo village; see Kebethluk.

Ki-ra-targ-ga-roak, native village; see Kikiktak.

Kirbas; island, immediately south of Spruce island, of the Necker group, Sitka

sound, Alexander archipelago. So called by Vasilief, 1809. 

Kirilof; bay, indenting the northern shore of Amchitka island, Rat Island group,

western Aleutians. So named by Ingenstrem, 1830. Has been written

Kirilovskaia, Kirloff, etc. 

Kirinskaia, creek ; see Sawmill. 

Kirk; creek, SeAvard peninsula, flowing into Spafarief bay from the west, near

latitude 66°, longitude 162°. Local name, reported by Witherspoon,

1903. 

Kirk; point, the northern point of Foggy bay, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883. The point is almost an

island at high water and in the Coast Pilot of 1883 was called an island. 

Kirushkin; island, southwest of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Kiriushkiu (smelt) by Vasilief, 1809. 

Kiryarzark, river ; see Kigezruk. 

Kishnak, cape ; see Seal.

Kishtak, point; see Martin point and Martin islands. 

Kiska; harbor, indenting the eastern shore of Kiska island, Rat Island group,

western Aleutians. Named Kyska by Dall, 1873. 

Kiska; island, one of the principal islands of the Rat Island group, western

Aleutians, near east longitude 177° 30'. Perhaps this is St. Stephen

island of Bering in 1741. Kiska or Keeska is, according to Dall, the

Aleut word for gut. Variously written Kiksa, Kishka, Kyska, Kiiska,

Kysa, etc., and often Great or Big Kiska to distinguish it from Little

Kiska, near by. 

Kismaliuk, bay; see Alimuda. 

Kismit; creek, tributary to the Susitna on the left, about 17 miles above the

mouth of Deshka river, near latitude 62°, longitude 150° 05'. Indian

name obtained by Learnard, of Glenn's expedition, 1898, and written

Kismitno, j. e., Kismit river. 

Kisselen; bay, at the head of Beaver bay, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians, near

longitude 166° 35'. Sariclief, 1792, gives its Aleut name as Kisselen,

but Veniaminof has Kissialiak. The Fish Commission, 1888, called it

Worshain bay. 

Kita; islet, in the southeastern part of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander

archipelago. Named Kita (whale) by Vasilief, 1809. 

Kltagutalf, island ; see Ukolnoi. 

Kitchaheeyah, river ; see Kichaiak. 

Kitchen; anchorage, in Belkofski bay, Alaska peninsula. So called by the Fish

Commission in 1888. 

KitcMkan, village ; see Ketchikan. 

Kite; island, in Boca de Quadra, near Vixen bay, southeastern Alaska. So

named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Kithraum; bay, lakes and stream, at the head of Dora bay, Cholmondeley

sound, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 10', longitude 132° 15'.

So named because " the stream is claimed and fished by an Indian,

Kithraum." Reported by Moser, 1897. 

Kitkoon, bay ; see Kitkun. 

Kitkuk, cape; see Scotch Cap. . 
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY.OF ALASKA. 369

Kitkun; bay, indenting the south shore of Cholrnondeley so.und, Clarence strait, 

southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 10', longitude 132° 10'. Written also Kitkoon. Native name, reported by Brooks, 1901.

Kitovi, island; see AVhale.

Kitovi, point, St. Paul island; see Whale.

Kitovi; rookery (seal), near Whale point, southern shore St. Paul island, 

Bering sea, near longitude 170° 15'. Russian adjective, whale, written 

Ketavie by Elliott in 1872-74.

Kittens (The); two rocky islets, in the southern end of Lynu canal, near Funter 

bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 

1890.

KittnvaJce, island; see Whale.

Kittschunstalk, hills ; see Kechumstuk.

Kiugaarg-ntk, river; see Kigezruk.

Kiugilak; cape, on the southwestern shore of Great Sitka island, Audreanof 

group, middle Aleutians. Native name, apparently from North Pacific 

exploring expedition, 1855, which wrote it Kiougilakh.

Kiukpalik; island, ill the northeastern part of Shelikof strait. Native name 

from the Russians. Russian Hydrographic chart 1378, edition of 1847, 

has phonetically U-kai-yukh-pal-iek, and Tebenkof, 1849, Kai-yukhpal-ik. It has appeared as Kaiuklipalik (1868), Kiukhpalik (1869), 

and KiukpaliK (1886).

Ki-ul-uk, river; see Bonanza.

Kiunik; river, of doubtful existence, an affluent of the Yentna on the right, between the Skwentna and Kichatna, near latitude 62°, longitude 151° 20' 

Indian name, obtained by lierron, 1899, who wrote Ki-un-ik.

Kivalenay-miut, cape; see Seppings.

Kivalina; river, of northwestern Alaska, debouching on the Arctic coast between Point Hope and Cape Krusenstern, near latitude 78°. Eskimo 

name, written by Stoney (1880) Kuveleek, by the Coast Survey (1890) 

Kevuleek, by Jarvis (1897) Kivalena. For the rest it has been written 

Kevulik, Kiveleena, Kivelow, Kiv-a-linyah, Kivilenya, etc.

Kivavak, bay ; see Kiavak. ,

Kiveleena., river; see Kivalina.

Kiveloiv, river ; see Kivalina.

Kiviargruk, river; see Kigezruk.

Kivvichavak, river ; see Kvichivak.

Kivilenya, river; see Kivalina.

Kiwalik; mining camp, near mouth of Kiwalik river, on the south shore of 

Kotzebue sound, Seward peninsula. A post-office, Keewalik or Keewalick, was established here in 1902.

Kiwalik; mountain (2,440 feet high), Seward peninsula, west side of Kiwalik 

river, latitude 65° 30', longitude 162° 08'. Local name, reported by 

Witherspoon, 1903.

Kiwalik; river, on Seward peninsula, tributary to Spafarief bay, Kotzebue 

sound, near longitude 162°. Eskimo name, published by the British 

Admiralty as early as 1882, and probably earlier, as Kee-wa-lik. Written also Keewalick and Kewalik. '

Kiyavak, bay ; see Kiavak.

Kiyiktuk; Eskimo village, northwest coast Seward peninsula, on or near Shishrriaref inlet. Native name, reported to the Bureau of Education in 

1900, by W. T. Lopp, of Cape Prince of Wales, and written by him Keyiktuk.

Bull. 299 06 M- 24 

\
370 GEOGRAPHIC 'DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Kiyilieugamute, native village; see Kaialik.

Kizh.uch.ia; small stream, on the northern shore of Redoubt bay, Baranof island,

Alexander archipelago. So called by Vasilief, 1809. 

Kizhiililc, bay; see Kujulik. 

KizhunaJc, river; see Kashuuuk. 

Kizhuyak; bay, indenting the northern shore of Kodiak and opening into

Marmot bay. Named Shakmanof or Kizhuyakskaia by Murashef, 18391-

40. Called Kizhuyak by Tebenkof, 1849. 

Kizhuyak; cape, the \vestern point of entrance to Kizhuyak bay, on north shore

of Kodiak. Named Kizhutskoi by Murashef in 1839-40. Called Kizhuyak by Tebenkof, 1849. 

Kkhalfel, village; see Kaltag. 

Kkhulakn, point; see Kulak. 

Klack-oet, river; see Klakset. 

KladMtsha, cape; see Graveyard. 

Klaheela, river ; see Klehini. 

Klahini; river, tributary to Burroughs bay, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago.

Native name, from the Coast Survey. Variously written Clahona,

Klaheena, Klahena, etc., i. e., Kla river. 

Klak; creek, tributary to Kauektok river from the south, about 40 miles east of

Kuskokwim bay. Native name, obtained by- Spurr and Post, of the

Geological Survey, 1898. 

Klakas; inlet (unexplored), indenting Prince of AVales island and opening into

Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Native name, from Moser in

1897. It may be identical with Tliakek bay of earlier maps. 

Klakas; lake, in the southern part of Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. Native name, from Moser, 1897. 

Klakset; river, tributary to the Yukon on the right bank 10 miles below Nulato.

Native name written Klack-cet on Edwards.'s Track chart of the Yukon, 

. 1899.

Klakioan, village; see Klukwan. 

Klamaskwaltin; native village, on the north bank of Yukon river, near the

mouth of Kaiyuh slough. Native name Klamasqualttiu, from the

Coast Survey, 1898. 

Klan; hill, on Sitklan island, Dixou entrance, southeastern Alaska. Native

name being part of the word Sit-klan, reported by Nichols and published

in 1889.

Klanachargut, creek; see Minook. 

Klanakakat, creek; see Minook. 

Klanooshana, river; see Ray and Chetaut. 

KlataMna; river, tributary on the right bank of the Yukon at Nulato. Indian

name, written Klatahenah by Cantwell, 1900. This may be the same as

Klatkahatna, which see. 

Klatassin, river; see Klotassin. 

Klatena, river; see Klutina. 

Klatkahatna; river, a little tributary of the Yukon from the northwest at

Nulato. Written Klat-kahatna or " Stop a bit" river by Cantwell, 1900.

See also Klatahina. 

Klatsuta; river, tributary to the Yukon from the south, about 25 miles below

the mouth of Tozi river. Native name, reported by Raymond (1869)

as Klatsutachargut, by Petrof (1880) as'Klatsutachakat, and by Alien

as Klatsutakakat, i. e., month of-Klatsuta river. 

Kla-u-isli-na, river; see Ray and Chetaut.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. ' 371

Klawak; island, in Klawak inlet, near Klawak village, Prince of Wales archipelago. Local name, reported by Moser, 1897.

Klawak; inlet, 6peniug into Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago, near 

latitude 55° 30'. Corruption of some native word, obtained by the 

Russians. Variously written Klawack, Klawok, Kliavakhan, Tlevakh, 

Tlevak, etc., and erroneously Kiawak.

Klawak; lake and stream, falling into Klawak inlet from the east near Klawak 

village. Local name, from Moser, 1897.

Klawak, passage; see Dry pass.

Klawak; post-oflice and village, on Klawak inlet, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Variously written Klawock, Kliawak, Kliavakhan, Kiawak, Tlevak, 

Tlewak, etc. Corruption of some native word, obtained by tbe Russians. 

The post-office here, Klawock, was established in February, 1884.

Klawak; reef, at entrance to Klawak inlet, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by Moser, 1897.

Klawasi; river, tributary to Copper river, from the east, near Copper Center. 

Native name from Alien, 1885, who wrote it Klawasina, i. e., Klawasi 

river. Has also been written Klawasena.

Klchakuk; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of the Kuskokwim bay, just 

north of Gpodnews bay. Saricheff 1820, has at. this place the words 

Kchakuk bay, though no bay is shown. Petrof, 1880, shows a village 

which he calls Klchangamute or Kl-changamute, i. e., Klchauk people.

Kleguchek; Eskimo village, on the right bank of Kuskokwim river, at its mouth. 

According to Spurr and Post, who obtained this information from missionary J. H. Kilbuck, 1898, its native name is Klegutshegamut, i. e., 

Kleguchek people.

Klehini; river, tributary to the Chilkat from the west, in latitude 59° 24'. 

Native name, reported by United States naval officers in 1880 as Kluheeny. Krause, 1882, spelled it Tlehmi. It has also appeared as Klaheela. The above form, Klehini, has been adopted by the Canadian 

Board on Geographic Names. Perhaps the same word as Klahini, 

which see.

Kletekhlinik; mountains, southeast of Skweutua river, near latitude 01° 40', 

longitude 152° 45'. Indian name from Herron, 1899, who wrote it 

Clate-ech-li-nich.

Kletsan; creek, flowing northward to White river, near longitude 141°. Native 

name, reported by Hayes in 1891 as Klet-sau-dek, or Copper creek, the 

termination dek meaning creek.

Kliarkof; island, one of the Sigiuaka group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Kliarkof (Clark) by Vasilief, 1809.

Kliavakhan, inlet and village; see Klawak.

Klihatalik; Eskimo village, western Alaska, on or near the headwaters of 

Anvik river. Native name, published in 1905.

Kllkaklik, island ; see Latouche.

KUnchef, peak ; see Kliuchef.

Klinkwan; Haida Indian village, near Hunter bay, Cordova bay, Alexander 

archipelago. Native name, from Moser, 1897.

Klinkwan; Haida Indian village, on the western shore of Long island, Cordova 

bay, Alexander archipelago. Native name, called Kliuquan in the Eleventh Census, 1890, and Koiauglas village by Sheldon Jackson in 1880.

Kliskoii; mountain (3,830 feet high), northwest of Cook inlet, on the left bank 

of Yentna river, neat latitude 6'2° 25', longitude 151° 45'. Native name, 

obtained by Herron, 1899, who wrote it Tlis-kon.
372 ' GEOGRAPHIC DICTION ART OF ALASKA.

Kliuchef; mountain, near Hot Springs bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Kliuchevaia (hot springs) by Vasilief, 1809. Has been 

called Kliucheff or Springs mountain, a name recently transferred- to 

another near-by peak and spelled Klinchet. Erroneously, Klinchef.

Kliuchef; volcano, in the northern part of Atka, middle Aleutians. Named 

Kliuchevskaia (springs) by the Russians, says Lutke, on account of 

the large number of warm springs on its western slope. Variously 

written Klioutchevskoi, Kljutschewskoj, etc.

Klochkof; rock, 2 or 3 miles eastnortheast (by compass) from the eastern end 

of Arulia island. Named after the pilot of the Russian-American company's ship CMrikof, who discovered it in 1818. It is Siuvich (sea 

lion) rock of the natives. A manuscript note in Davidson's copy of Sarichef's atla's indicates a rock awash here. The pilot Ingenstrem denies 

the existence of this rock.

Klokachef; island, at the northern point of entrance to Salisbury sound, Alexander archipelago. Name apparently first used on British Admiralty 

chart 2337. Has also been called Fortuna island and Vincent island. 

Klokachef is a Russian family name.

Klokachef; point, the southwesternmost point of Klokachef island, Salisbury 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief, 1833. Has also 

been called Olga point.

Klokachef, sound.; see Salisbury.

Klokerblok; river, tributary to Niukluk river from the west, Seward peninsula. 

The local rendition of some native name, which is variously written 

Klokblok, Kluchablok, Kucheblok, Cushaback, etc.

Klondike; gold district, and river, tributary to the Yukon, from the east, near 

latitude 64°. This river was named Deer river by the Western Union 

Telegraph expedition in 1867, and so appeared on various maps. Later 

it was called Raindeer and afterwards Reindeer. Ogilvie, writing September 6, 1896, from Cudahy, says: "The river known here as the 

Klondike;" and in a footnote says: " The correct name is Thron 

Duick." It has also been called Clondyke and Chandik or Deer.

Kloqudn, village; see Klukwan.

Klotassin; river, tributary to the White, from the east, near latitude 62° 30'. 

Native name, reported by Hayes in 1891. The above form, Klotassin, 

has been adopted by the Canadian Board .on Geographic Names.

Kltag.utan, lake; see Yanert.

Klu; river, tributary to the Chakina from the west. Apparently so called by 

the prospectors.

Kluane; lake and river, flowing therefrom to the Donjek river, near latitude 

61° 30'. Native name, reported by Hayes, in 1891, as Kluantu river, 

the termination tu meaning river. The name has also been written 

Kluahne. The above form, Kluane, as applied to both lake and river, 

has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names. This 

is, doubtless, the lake called by Glave (Century, October, 1892, p. 877) 

Tloo Arny. Possibly, also, this may be Ta-ku-ten-ny-ee of Davidson.

Kluantu; see Kluane.

Kluchablok, river; see Klokerblok.

Klucliev, bay ; see Hot Springs.

Kluchev, lake ; see Deep.

Kluklats; small lake, 12 miles southwest of Lake Minchurnina, near latitude 

63° 45', longitude 152° 15'. Indian name obtained by Herron, 1899, who 

wrote it Klu-klats-o-domiuo and Klu-klats-o-dom-ino mino or mina 

signifies lake.
.GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. 373

Klukwan; village, near the rnouth of Chilkat river. Native name, said to mean 

the old town and first reported by naval officers, in 1880, as Chilkat or 

Klukquan. Krause, 1882, calls it Kloqua.ii.. Has also been written 

Klakwan. The above form, Klukwan, has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Klumma Gutta, glacier ; see Taku.

Klumu Gutta, glacier; see Taku.

Klutina; glacier, extending from Valdez summit down inland to the headwaters 

of Klutiua river. Native name, which has generally been written 

Klutena.

Klutina; lake, about 40 miles north of Valdez, Prince William sound. Native 

name, adopted by the several hundred earliest prospectors camped at 

the lake in the season of 1898; has also been called Abercrombie lake. 

Generally written Klutena.

Klutina; river, draining from Klutiua lake, northeastward to Copper river. 

Native name, reported by Alien, 1885, as Klatena, i. e., Klati river. 

Generally written Klutena.

Klutlan; glacier and river, draining from it northward to White river in longitude 141°. Native name, reported by Brooks in 1899.

Kluvesna; creek, tributary to the Kotsiua, from the north, draining from Kluvesna glacier. Native name, from manuscript map made by prospectors in 1900.

Kluvesna; glacier, on southern flank of Mount Wrangell. Native name, from 

the prospectors, 1900.

Knakatnuk; Indian village, on the northern shore of Knik arm of Cook inlet. 

Native name, reported by Petrof in 1880.

Knapp, glacier, on Chilkat river. So named by the Leslie expedition in 1890, 

after the governor of Alaska.' Not found on any map.

Kneclctalcimut, village; see Chiukak.

Kneep, arm, river, etc.; see Knik.

Knetena, river; see Nadina.

Knight; island, in Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 59° 43', 

longitude 139° 34'. So named by Vancouver, 1794. It is Dalnie (distant) island of Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Dalui.

Knight; island, in the western part of Prince William sound. Named Knights 

island by the Coast Survey in 1869.

Knight Island; passage, between Knight island and the island next north, 

Prince William sound. Local name, reported by Grant, 1905.

Knik; arm, river, village, and post-office at the head of Cook inlet. Knik is the 

Eskimo word for fire. It has been printed Kinik, Kneep, Knick, Knik, 

Kook, Knuyk, Kweek, etc. The post-office was established in June, 

1905.

EniJctag-miut, village; see Iguituk.

Knob; mountain (4,250 feet high), near the eastern bank of Stikine river. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Knolls, The; see Nichols.

Knot; point, the most southerly of the two points at the northeast end of .Hawkins island, Prince AVilliam sound, Gulf of Alaska, near latitude 60° 35', 

longitude 1.45° 43'. So named by Moser, 1897.

Knowles; creek, tributary to the Koyuk river from the north, Seward peninsula. 

So called by Peters, 1900.

Knowles; head, on the northeastern shore of Prince AVilliam sound, near lati- 

 tude 60° 41', longitude 146° 35'. Local name, reported by Moser, 1897.
374 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Knox; peak, in the Teocalli mountains, near headwaters of the Kuskokwim. 

So named by Spurr and Post, 189S.

Knuylc, arm, river, etc.; see Knik.

Kobakof; bay, on the southern coast of Atka, middle Aleutians. So named by 

the Russians. Called Kobakotshaia on Russian Hydrographic chart 

1400.

Kobolunuk; Eskimo village or camp, on the right bank of the Yukon, 9 miles 

below Andreafski, a'bout longitude 163° 30'. Eskimo name, from Putnam, 1899, who wrote Cobolunuk.

Kobuk; river, northwestern Alaska, near the Arctic circle, tributary to Hotham 

inlet, Kotzebue sound. Eskimo name meaning Wg river and first written Kowuk by John Simpson in 1850; Dall, 1870, .wrote Kowak, and 

Petroff, 1880, Kooak. Thoroughly explored by Stoney, 1883-1886, who 

wrote the Eskimo name Ku-buck, but suggested that it be called Putnani river in honor of Master Charles Flint Putuam, U. S. N., officer of 

the Rodyers who was. carried to sea on the ice and lost in 1880. Cantwell, who made hasty explorations of the river in the summers of 1884 

and 1885, put Koowak on his map and Kowak in his text. Alien, 1885, 

got the Koyukuk Indian name which he wrote Holooatna, Holoatna, 

etc.; he wrote the Eskimo name Kowuk. It has also been written 

Kubuk, and Kuvuk. Now known generally to the miners, prospectors, 

traders, and missionaries as Kobuk river and the U. S. Board on Geographic Names has adopted that form.

Kochkogamute, Eskimo village ; see Kokok.

Kochla, bay ; see Kaflia.

Kochu; island (150 feet high), in .Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, southeastern 

Alaska. Named Kochu by Lindeuberg, 1838. It is Veutosa island of 

Meade in 1868. The native name is said to.be Gla-huts, but the Krause 

brothers, 1882, report the native name to be Jachlanissa.

Kochuitno; Learnard, of Glenn's expedition, 1S98, gives this as the Indian 

name of a tributary from the left to the Susitna, but is uncertain as to 

its location.

Zodiak; large island near Cook inlet. Discovered by Stephen Glotof, a Russian fur hunter, who anchored in Alitak (Kaniat) bay, in the south- 

.western part of the island, on September 8, 1763.. He learned from tbe 

natives that the island was by them called Kikhtak. (Bane. Hist., 141, 

145.) Klkhtuk is the Innuit word for island. (Dall's Alaska, 532.) 

Petrof (Bane. Hist, 224) says: "Kikhtak or Kikhtowik is the Innuit 

word for island. At the present day (1886) the natives of the peninsula speak of the Kodiak people simply as Kikhtagamutes, islanders. 

The tribal name appears to have been Kaniag, and the Russian appellation now in use was probably .derived from both." Martin Sauer, who 

wrote the account of Billings's expedition, 1785-1794, says (p. 174) : 

" Shelikof has called this island Kichtak as the original name of it, in 

which, however, he is mistaken, for Kichtak or Kightak is merely an 

island; they call the Trinity island Kightak Sichtuuak, thus, Kightak 

Kadiak; and to my astonishment one.of them called Alaska a Kightak 

or island." Cook in 1778 got the name Kpdiak from the Russian 

Ismailof (II, p. 504). This spelling was followed by Meares (1788), 

Vancouver (1794), and Langsdorf (1804). who has Kodiak, Kadjak, or 

Kuktak, i. e., Great Island (II, p. 58). The British Admiralty charts 

260, 278, 787, 2172, 2460, and 2558 followed the spelling Kodiak. Sauer, 

about 1790, has Kadiak (Billings's voyage, pp. 168-170), and so also
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 375

Kodiak Continued.

has Lutke, 1836 (Naut. part, p. 268). Dixon, 1789, has Kodiac and 

Codiac (p. 145) ; Lisianski, 1804, has Cadiack. At the time of the purchase of Alaska the form Kodiak (pronounced Ko-dy-ak) was in general use among English speaking people, and the same -form, Kodiak 

(pronounced Kad-yak), was in general use among the Russians. Dall 

(Alaska, p. 529) says: "The Russian O when not accented should he 

rendered in English by A; from the neglect of this (comes) Kodiak 

iusead of Kadiak." Also, at p. 582, he says: " Kadiak. The name of 

,the largest island south of Aliaska. It is a derivative, according to 

some authors, from the Russian Kadia, a large tub; more probably, 

however, it is a corruption of Kaniag, the ancient Innuit name. The 

inhabitants, according to Coxe, called themselves Kaniagist or Kaniagmut. This name is almost invariably misspelled by English authors as 

Kodiak, Codiac, Codiack, Kadiack, and in other similarly absurd ways. 

The above is the only correct spelling." Martin, 1904, was told by the 

Russian Alaskans that it is derived from the Aleut word for sea gull, 

which 'it resembles closely. The spelling of this name was submitted 

to the Board on Geographic Names in 1890 and the form Kadiak 

adopted. Local usage has, however, remained Kodiak, both in form 

and pronunciation, while the pronunciation Ka-dy-ak is often heard 

from the lips of those who have learned the name, not from hearing it, 

but from the printed page. Moser, in Report of the Fish Commission 

(1899, p. 19), says : "'Though the present approved spelling of the name 

of this island is Kadiak, the company retains the former spelling 

Kodiak." The Board has therefore receded from the position taken in 

1890 and adopted Kodiak. Martiuez and Lopez de Haro in 1788 named 

the island Florida Blauca.

Kodiak; post-office at Kodiak village, established in August, 1888.

Kodiak; rock, near the entrance to St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Kadiak 

by the Coast Survey.

Kodiak; town, oil Kodiak island, one of the principal towns of Alaska. The 

first Russian settlement on Kodiak was made by Shelikof at Three 

Saints bay. In or about 1792 the settlement was removed to this place, 

which was named St. Paul. It is popularly known as Kodiak. The 

post-office Kodiak was established here in August, 1888. In the 

Eleventh Census (p. 74) it is stated that "The place was selected as a 

central station and headquarters of the Russian fur-trading companies 

in the year 1789 on account of its good harbor and the close vicinity of 

good building timber. Previous to the establishment of New Archangel, 

or Sitka, on its present site, Kadiak was also the headquarters of the 

Russian-American Company. The Russians gave it the name of Pav- 

. lovsky gavan (Pavlof's, i. e., Paul's harbor). and the natives and 

Creoles of the island speak of it to the present day simply as gavan, or 

the harbor.. The canonization into St. Paul is the result of faulty 

translation by our map makers."

The above is not wholly borne out by the record. The Russian 

Lisianski, on his map of 1805, published in 1814, has St. Paul. Pavlof 

is the Russian for Paul: Early Russian charts have Pavlovski gavan, 

but Tebenkof, 1849, has gavan St. Pavla.

Kodogh; ravine, draining into Garden cove, southeast shore St. George island, 

Bering sea, near longitude 169° 30'. Aleut word meaning yulcli, written Ko'dogli by Putuain in 1897.
376 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Kogerchtek; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, on the western shore of Lake Koggan, visited by Jarvis, 1897, and by him written Kogerchtehmute.

Koggan; lake, in the Yukon delta, the source of Mauopiknak river, near latitude 61° 30', longitude 163° 30'. Eskimo name from Jarvis, 1897.

Kogish; mountain, on Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 42', longitude .133° 10'. Named by Dickins, 1903-4, after an 

Indian chief who formerly lived at Tuxekan.

Kogiukhtuli, creek; see Swan river.

Kogiung; Eskimo village, at mouth of Kvichak river, Bristol bay. Native 

name reported, 1880, by Petrof, who spelled it Koggiung.

Kogok; river, debouching into Norton sound, about 15 miles southwest from St. 

Michael, near latitude 63° 15'. Native name, obtained by the Coast 

Survey in 1898.

Kogoluktuk; river, northwestern Alaska, tributary to -Kobuk river from the 

north, near latitude 67°, longitude 156° 45'. Eskimo name written Ko- 

 go-luk-tuk by Stoney, 1885. El-yog-o-lok-tok or Rocky river, of Cantwell, 1885, is probably this one. It has been called Koguluk.

Kogrukluk; river, the middle fork at the head of Chulitna river, a south branch 

of the Kuskokwim, near longitude 157°. Eskimo name from an unpublished map made by W. R. Buckman, a prospector, in the winter 

of 1902-3. He wrote it Ko-gruk-luk.

Koguluk, river; see Kogoluktuk.

Kogioeamnitj Eskimo village ; see Eluktuk.

Kolildux, village; see Koklux.

Kohlsaat; peak, in the Tordrillo mountains, near headwaters of the Kuskokwim. Named by Spurr and Post, 1898, after the Chicago newspaper 

man. Erroneously Kolsaat

Koianglas, village; see Klinkwan.

Koichak, river; see Kvichak.

Koidern; river, tributary to the White river from the south, near longitude 140° 

30'.. Native name, reported by Hayes, 1891.

Koikpak, river; see Koyuk.

KoJc, river, Arctic coast; see Kuk.

Koka; islet, in southeastern part of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. A 'Finnish family name, applied by Vasilief in 1809.

Kokachatna, river; see Hogatza.

Kokachutna, 'river; see Hogatza. . . - Kokhla, bay ; see Kaflia.

Kokhluk; slough or channel, Yukon delta, at the mouth of Kwikpak pass, near 

latitude 63° 07', longitude 164° 32'. Eskimo name, written Kochluk by 

Putnam, 1899. ..

Kokhtuli, river; see Kakhtul.

Kokinhenik; Indian village, island and slough, in Copper River delta, near latitude 60° 20', longitude 145° 03'. Indian name, or possibly an Indian's 

name, reported by Moser, in 1897, as Coqueuhena; Ritter, 1898, wrote. 

Kokinhenic and Kokin Henik.

Kokla, bay; see Kaflia.

Koklux; astronomical station, near Klukwan, Chilkat river, southeastern 

Alaska, occupied by Davidson, August 7, 1869, as a solar eclipse 

station, latitude 59° 24', longitude 135° 53'. Native name from Davidson, who wrote it Kohklux.

Koko; Eskimo village, on the right .bank of lower Yukon river, a little below 

Ikoginut. Name published by the Coast Survey, in 1898, as Koclikornut, i. e., Koko people.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 377

Kokok; Eskimo village, on the right bank of lower Yukon river, near the YukonKuskokwim portage and longitude 101.° 15'. Native name, from Raymond, 1869, who wrote it Kochkogamute, i. e., Kokok people. Has also 

been written Kaghkaghamute.

Kokolik; river, on the Arctic coast, debouching in the lagoon just back of Point 

Lay, near latitude 69° 4.5'. Eskimo name from Jarvis, 1898. Collier, 

1904, says he was given the name Kepizetka for this stream by the 

Eskimos about Cape Lisburne.

Kokolik; Eskimo settlement, at Point Lay, Arctic coast, near latitude 70°. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Kokomo; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Chatanika river from the 

south, near latitude 65° 10', longitude 147° 10'. Local name, reported 

by Gerdine, 1903.

Ko-kon-hee-ni, river; see Kokanhini.

Kokrines; landing, trading post, and telegraph station, on the right bank of 

Yukon river, midway between the mouths of the Tanana and Koyukuk, 

near latitude 64° 50', longitude 154'° 50'. Local name, written variously 

Kokrines, Korkrines, Kokrine, Kokrein, Kokrine Station, Cochranes, 

and Kockrine. This seems to be at or near the location of Hakorcins, 

new station, of earlier maps.

Koksetna; river, southwestern Alaska, tributary from the north to Cbulitua 

river, a tributary on the west side of Lake Clark. Indian name, published in 1905.

Koksuktapaga, creek; see Casadepaga.

Kolkiket; mountain, northwest of Togiak lake, in the Ahklun range. Native 

name, from Post, 1898, who wrote it Kolchichet. Not shown on any 

map.

Kolmakof; an old Russian trading post and stockade or redoubt, on the north 

bank of the Kuskokwim, about 200 miles above its mouth. Ivan Simonson Lukeen, a Russian creole, ascended thft Kuskokwim in 1832 to this 

place, where he built a stockade, which was for a time known as 

Lukeen's fort. In 1841 it was partially destroyed by the Indians with 

fire, whereupon-it was rebuilt by Alexander Kolmakof and took his 

name. Variously known since as Kolmakof redoubt, Kolmakovski, etc.

Kologho; bight, southwest of Garden cove, southeastern coast St. George island, 

Bering sea, near longitude 169° 32'. Aleut name, meaning clicked or 

full, written Kologho by Putuam in 1897, who says that it is also called 

" Dravnof (Russian, wooded)" probably Drovyenoi (of firewood).

Koloshanka, river ; see Indian.

Kolosh; island, in Hot Springs bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Vasilief, 1809.

Koloshian; island, one of the Siginaka group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Koloshenkin (Koloshiau) by Vasilief, 1809.

Koloshskoi, cape; see Escape.

Kolsaat, peak; see Kohlsaat.

Kolumakturuk, village; see Kilimantavie.

Konfarof. Nelson, in 1878, shows a village bearing this name in the Yukon 

delta, near Kotlik. It is not shown on recent maps.

Komtok Hon, port; see Frederick.

Konaton; river, tributary to the Yukon, from the north, a little above the 

mouth of Yuko or Sooukakat river. Name from Dall, 1869, who wrote 

it Konaton. Neither name nor river found on recent maps.

Konega, island; see Kauaga.

Konetz, point; see Daliioi.
378 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Konglganak; Eskimo village (of about 175 people in 1878), on north shore of 

Kuskokwim bay. Visited by Nelson in December, 1878, and its native 

name reported by him as Kongiganagamiut, i. e., Kongiganak people.

Kongik; Eskimo village, on the Buckland river, Seward peninsula, reported by 

Petrof, 1880, as Kongigamute, i. e., Kongik people. The river, on which 

is this village, the Eskimos are said to call Konguk, Kunguk, or Kongak. 

Bartholf reports, 1898, an abandoned village at the mouth of Buckland 

river called Inuktut by the Eskimos.

Konglah; old village site, on west end St. Paul island, Bering sea, near longitude 170° 25'. Aleut name, from Elliott, 1872-74.

Kon-gon-ioik, river; see Hunt.

Kong'uk, river; see Buckland.

Konicheskaia, volcano ; see Conical.

Konioujii, island; see Big Kouiuji.

Koniuyi, island; see Big Koniuji.

Koniuji; island (1,113 feet high), off the northwestern shore of Atka, middle 

Aleutians. So called by the early Russians from the abundance there 

of crested auks (Simorhyncli'us cristatellus), called by the Russians 

Kanoozhki or Kanooskie. The Aleut name of this bird is Kunuliuk. 

The word Koniuji often appears and is variously spelled Kaniugi, Koniouji, Kouiouzhka, Canooskie, etc. See also Little Koniuji.

Koniuji; islet, in Little Raspberry.strait, between Whale and Kodiak islands, 

named by Murashef, 1839-40. The name is a corruption of the Aleut 

name Kim-u-liuk, meaning crested auk: Elliott spells it Canooskie.

Koniuji; strait, between Big and Little Koniuju islands, Shumagin group. 

Called Koniushi by. Ball, 1872.

KonneJcova, river; see Clear.

Konniaga, island; see Kanaga.

Konogkelyokamiut', lauding; see Bill Moores.

Konofftinok, slough; see Kanakalinguk.

Konootena, river and village; see Kanuti.

Konsina, river; see Tiekel.

Konstantina, harbor ; see Constantine.

KontOfj, island; see Khantaak.

Kooagaimites, villages; see Kobuk.

Kooak, river ; see Kobuk.

Koog, river; see Kuk.

Koogrock, mining district, etc.; see Kougarok.

Koogroog, river; see Kngruk.

Kooguru, river ; see Canning.

Kook, bay; see Basket.

Kook; lake and stream, eastern shore Chichagof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, tributary to Ba-sket bay; near latitude 57° 45'. 

Called Kook (basket) by Moser, 1901. Kook is also the Indian name of 

Basket bay.

Kook, river; see Knik.

Kookpoowrook, river; see Kukpowruk.

KooJcpuk. river; see Kukpuk.

Koolooguck, Eskimo village; see Kuluguk.

Koolvagavigamute, A'illage; see Kulvagavik.

Koonthrashiboona, lake and river; see Kunthrashibuna.

Koopoiora, river ; see Kupowra.

Koosetrien, river; see Kuzitrin.
GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA. 379

Koot; Eskimo village, near Cape Etolin, Nunivak island, Bering sea. Native 

name, from the Eleventh Census. Population in 1890, 117.

Kootoark, 'river; see Kutoark.

Kootznahoo; archipelago, head, inlet, roads, and village, Admiralty island, 

Alexander archipelago. This word comes from an Indian word, Khutzn'hu (bear's fort). The totemic symbol of these Indians is a bear. Its 

obscure and difficult gutturals have produced great diversity of rendering. It has been called Hoochinoo, Hoosnoff, Houchnou, Hudsunoo, 

Kenasnowi Khutz-u'hu, Kootsnoo, Koutsnou, Kutznou, Koutznovv, etc. 

An island near and the post-office bear the name Killisnoo, another 

form of this word. See Kenasuow and Killisuoo.

Noourovskaia, bay ; see Kovurof.

Kooyak, slough ; see Kuiak.

Korga, island; see Crow.

Korium-anyi, lake; see Govorushka.

Eork'pO'iorooJc, river; see Kukpowruk.

Korkrines, landing, trading post, and telegraph station; see Kokrines.

Koronatsie, island; see Coronation.

Korovin; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. 

Presumably so named by the Russians, aftet1 Ivan Korovin, captain of 

the trading vessel Trinity, in these waters in 1762. Written Korowinsky, Korovinskaia, etc.

Korovin; cape, the northern head of Korovin bay, Atka island, middle Aleutians. It is Korovei of Sarichef, in 1790, and usually Korovinski.

Korovin; island, one of the Shnmagin group. Named by the Russians, presumably after Ivan Korovin, one of the early Russian explorers, who, 

 in command of the Sv. Troltzlta (Holy Trinity), explored the Aleutian 

islands in 1762. Also called Koroviuskoi and Korovin. The word is 

from the Russian Korova (cow).

Korovin; strait, between Popof and Korovin islands, Shumagiu group, near 

longitude 160° 15'. Name published by the Coast Suivey in 1903-

Korovin; volcano (4,988 feet high), on the north end of Atka, middle Aleutians. Called Korovinskaia by Lutke about 1830.

Korovinski; deserted native village on Korovin bay, Atka island, middle Aleutians. Lutke calls it Nikolskoi. The village now appears to be abandoned, the natives having removed to Nazan bay, across the island.

Kosakuts; river, 20 miles northwest of Cape Yaktag, Gulf of Alaska, a branch 

of Kulthith river. Native name reported by J. L. McPherson, deputy 

ft mineral surveyor, 1903, who wrote it Cosacoots.

Kosciusko; island, in the northwestern part of Prince of Wales archipelago, 

near latitude 56°. So named by Dall, 1879.

Koscra-anag, lake, St. George island; see Upper.

Koserefski; Indian village (population 350), on the left bank of the Yukon, 

near the mouth of Shageluk slough, about latitude 62° 10', longitude 

160°. Called Leather village by Dall, 1866, who reports this to be the 

Russian usage. Has appeared on various maps as Koserefski, Kosyrof, 

Kozerevsky, Kozyrof, etc. Holy Cross mission is opposite this place 

on the right bank.

Kbserefsky; post-office, at Koserefski, on the Yukon, established in September, 

1899.

Kosh-igin, bay; see Kashega.

Koshptok, creek ; see Casadepaga.
380 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Koskvicharok; mountains, on the right bank of the lower Yukon, 20 miles 

above Andreafski, near longitude 163° 50'. Eskimo name, obtained by 

Putman in 1899.

Kostromitinof; cape, forming the eastern point of entrance to Danger bay, on 

the southern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. So named by 

Murashef in 1839-^0. It is a Russian family name. The United States 

court interpreter at Sitka at the present time is George Kostrornetinoff.

Kosyrof, village ; see Koserefski.

Kotachikakat, river; see Kautas.

Ko-tag-lik-ark, river; see Helpmejack creek.

KotelJcakat, river; see Kateel.

Kotelnoi, cape; see Kettle.

Koteosok, harbor. The anchorage at east end of Killisnoo (Kenasnow of 

Meade) island was so called by Meade, 1869. Has also been called 

Koteosok creek. The name appears to be obsolete.

KoteosoJc, island; see Killisuoo.

Kothlik; island, Yukon delta, at the mouth of Kwikpak pass, near latitude 63° 

07', longitude 164° 32'. Native name, reported by Putnam, 1899. Prob- 

. ably Eskimo kwuthleek, meaning breeches.

Kotlik; small river, in the Yukon delta, opening on the right bank of Apoon 

pass, 6 miles above Pastol bay. This with the Little Kotlik opeuiug 

at the same point forms the kwu-tleek (breeches).

Kotlik; Eskimo village (population 31 in 1890), at the nlouth of Kotlik river, 

6 miles upstream from the Apoon mouth of the Yukon. An Eskimo 

name which, according-to Nelson, means, breeches. It was, in 1878, 

the fur-trading station for the district, and is still a small trading post. 

So named to designate the junction of two small streams. Kwu'-tlek, 

trousers (Father Barnum).

Kotlo, river ; see Preacher creek.

Kotory, islands ; see Pribilof.

Kotsechekmaksky, bay ; see Kachemak.

Kotsina; river, tributary to Copper river from the left (east), just above the 

Chitina, near latitude 61° 30'. Indian name, written Katzelena or 

Katselena by Abercroinbie in 1898; written also Katselina. Schrader, 

1900, wrote the name Kotsina.

Kotsokotana, river ; see Buckland.

Kotusk, mountains ; see Chilkootx

Kotzebue; post-office (established in 1903), reindeer station, and Friends' 

(Quaker) mission, at entrance to Hotham inlet, Kotzebue sound, ^phis 

is at or near Kikiktak. .,.,....,

Kotzebue; sound, on the northern shore of Seward peninsula, Arctic ocean. 

Discovered, explored, and named by Kotzebue in August, 1816. He 

says: " In compliance with the general wish of my companions, I called 

this newly discovered sound by my own name, Kotzebue's sound."

Kou, island; see Kuiu. .

Kouboughakkhli, cape; see Kubugakli. . _ .

Kougarok; mining district and river, tributary to the Kuzitrin from the north, 

in western part of Seward peninsula. Eskimo name, .variously written 

Koogrock, Kougrok, Kugrock, Kugruk, Coogrock, etc., from Barnard and 

Brooks, 1900.

Kougarok; mountain (2,787 feet high), Seward peninsula, on the west side of 

Kougarok river, near latitude 65° 40'; longitude 165° 12'. Written 

Kugruk by Gerdiue, 1901.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 381

Kougarok; mining town, Seward peninsula, on Kougarok river. Written Kugruk City by Gerdiue, 1901. A post-office, Kugarok, was established 

here in July, 1905.

Kougrok, mining district, etc.; see Kougarok.

Koujalik, bay; see Kujulik.

Koujulik, bay ; see Kujulik.

Koukak, bay ; see Kukak.

Koukhat, cape; see Douglas.

Koulagayakh, island ; see Kuliugiak

Koulakh, lake; see Kulik.

Koulichkow, bay ; see Snipe.

Koulitzkoff, rock ; see Kulicbkof.

Eouliigmut, cape; see Kuliuk.

Koumlown, cape; see Kumliun.

Kousilvak Mouth, pass; see Kwemeluk.

Ko-utznow, archipelago, etc.; see Kootznahoo.

Kovrizhka; cape, forming the north head of Makushin bay, on the northwestern 

shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Sarichef, 1792, called it Hatau, 

perhaps from the Russian word bat (sea wall or dam), and the Russian 

Hydrographic charts have I-Iattan. Veniaminof calls it Ermoshkinskie 

and applies the name Kovrizhka to another point 12 miles farther south. 

It is Makushin cape (not Makushin point) of the Fish Commission, 

1888. Kovrizhka is Russian for a small loaf or gingerbread cake.

Kovurof; bay, indenting the northern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. So 

named by Ingeiistrem or Lutke about 1830. Lutke calls lit Koourovskaia. Has also been called Kovurova. 

river ; see Kobuk. 

, river; see Kobuk.

Kow-e-rok, village; see Kaviruk.

Koyana; creek, west of Golofnin sound, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Koyuk; river, tributary to the bead of Norton bay, Norton sound. An Eskimo 

name, given by Tebeukof as Kvieguk (river big), by the Western Union 

Telegraph Expedition map as Koikpak (river big), by the Seward map 

of 1.867 as Koipak, and since then as Kayuk, Koyuk, Kuyuk, etc. 'As. 

here used this name applies also to what has been called the Kauguksuk, or Left fork Kviguk (Koyuk). According to Brooks, 1900, this 

river is now locally known as Koyuk.

Koyuktulik; river, on the north shore of Norton bay, Norton sound, near longitude 162° 25'. Eskimo name, reported by Gilbert in 1900.

Koyukuk; mountain, on the north bank of Yukon river, just below' the mouth 

of Koyukuk river. Called Koyukuk Sopka (peak) by Raymond. 1869. 

Zane, of Stoney's expedition, who passed it on the way to St. Michael 

in the winter of 1.886, described it as " 5 miles below the mouth of the 

Koyukuk, 1,500 feet high" (presumably above the Yukon) and called 

it Be-ne-le-rah-cher (big mountain). On Stouey's map it is written 

Benelaracher.

Koyukuk; river, tributary to the Yukon from the north, a little above Nulato. 

Native name, reported by the Russians as Kuiuk and by the the Western Union Telegraph expedition, 1867, as Coyukuk. On Coast Survey 

maps called Kouiak, Koyoukuk, and Koyukuk. By Cautwell, Kuryukuk. According to Stoney, the Kobuk Eskimos call it Tug-ga-rag-awick.
382 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Koyukuk; small trading station of the Northern Commercial Company and 

telegraph station, 011 the Yukon, 2 miles below the mouth of Koyukuk 

river, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 157° 40'. Terentief of Petrof 

was at or near this place.

Kozerevsky, village; see Koserefski and Holy Cross Mission.

Kozian, rock or shoal; see Coziau.

Kozyrof, village ; see Koserefski.

Kratligy, hill or rocks ; see Fox Castle.

Krainie, cape; see Last.

Krakankringa, St. George island; see Garden cove.

Erallegak, village; see Kialagak.

Krasnoi, cape ; see Red.

Krasnoi Ribi, islets, etc.; see Redflsh.

Krasnoriechnoi, cape ; see Red river.

Kravaksarak; Eskimo camp, Yukon delta, on the right bank of Kwikpak pass, 8 

miles above the head of Apooir pass, near latitude 62° 50', longitude 

164° 05'. Native name, "reported by Faris, 1899, as Kravaksarakarniut; 

also written Kravaksarok.

Kravaksarok, pass ; see Little Apoon.

Kreegly White, mountains; see Kigluaik.

Krenitzin; cape, the western end of Alaska peninsula, the northeast point of 

entrance to Isanotski strait, near longitude 163° 25'. Named by Lutke, 

1828, presumably after Peter Kuzmich Krenitziu, who explored in the 

Aleutian islands in 1768-69. Variously written Krenitsyu, Krenitzine, 

Krenytsiu, etc.

Krenitzin; group of islands, between Unalaska and Unimak, eastern Aleutians, 

longitude 165°-166°. So called by Tebeukof, prior to 1836, presumably 

after Capt. Peter Kuzmich Kreuitzin, who explored in this region in 

1768. The principal islands of this group are Rootok, Akuu, Akutari, 

Avatauak, Tigalda, Ugauiak, and Unalga.

Kresta, cape; see Northwest Shoulder.

Kresta; point, at south end of Krestof island, Sitka sound; Alexander archipelago. Named Kresta (cross) by Vasilief, 1833. '

Kresta, sound; see Cross.

Krestof, bay; see Winter anchorage.

Krestof; island, north of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. .Named Krestof 

(cross) by the Russians. Krestof is a Russian family name.

Krestof; mountain, on Krestof island, north of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Krestofskaia (cross) by Vasilief, 1809.

Krestof; port, indenting the eastern shore of Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. v Called Mielkoi. (shoal) bay by Vasilief, 1809. Also called 

Krestof (cross) very early by the Russians.

Krestof; sound, between Krestof, Kruzof, and Partofshikof islands, just north 

of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So designated by Moore in 

1897 and in recent Coast Survey publications. It constitutes a-part of 

what Portlock, in 1787, called Hayward strait. It was called Krestof 

(cross) by Vasilief in 1833. Vasilief, sr., in 3809, applied the name 

Krestof to what is here called Olga strait. See Hayward and Olga.

Krestofskoi, island; see Guide.

Kretakagamiut, Eskimo village; see Kritakak.

Kreuger; creek, Seward 'peninsula, tributary from the north to Arctic river, 

near longitude 166° 03'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Kripniyagok, river; see Kipniyagok.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 383

Kripniyuk, river ; see Black.

KripniyuJcamiut, village; see Kipniak.

Krischa; ridge, south of the Takhini river, near Chilkat iulet, Lynn canal,

southeastern Alaska. Native name, as reported by the Kraiise brothers

in 1882.

Krissey, island; see Rat.

Kritakak; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, on a small island in Kwikluak pass,

near latitude 62° 42', longitude 104° 20'. There is or was a Catholic

mission on the right or left bank of the pass at this place. Eskimo

name, written Kretakagamiut by Putnam in 1899. 

Kritskoi; island, one of the Kudobiu islands', on the northern shore of Alaska

peninsula. So named by Lutke, 1828, who says that this island was

erroneously called File aux Loups (wolf) on his chart 14. 

Krivoi, island; see Crooked. 

Kriwoi; island, in Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named Kriwoi (crooked)

by Tebenkof, 1849. Also written Krivoi.- lias also been called Crooked

island. 

Krogh; lake, in southern part of Etoliu island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Snow, 1886.

Krotahini; pass, between the valleys of Alsek and Chilkat rivers. Name published'in the Coast Pilot, 1883. 

Krotahini; river, tributary to Alsek river, southeastern Alaska. Native name,

reported by the Krause brothers, in 1882, as Krotahini, i. e., Krota river. 

Kroto, creek ; see Deshka river. 

Kroto; Indian village, on the right bank of the Susitna, 33 miles above its

mouth, and .just below the mouth of the Deshka. Native name, from

Muldrow, 1898. 

Krugloi; island, in Peril strait, opposite Hooniah sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Krugloi (round) by-Vasilief, 1833; by error, Kruoloi. 

Krugloi; islands, in Salisbury sound, near entrance to Peril strait, Alexander

archipelago. Named Krugloi (round) by Vasilief, 1833. 

Krugloi, island ; see Agattu. 

Krugloi, island; see Round. 

Krugloi, islet; see Mills. 

Krugloi; point, the southernmost point of Halleck island, north of Sitka sound.

Named Krugloi .(round) by Vasilief, 1809. 

Krusenstern, island; see Little Dioniede. 

Krusenstern; promontory, constituting the northern point of entrance to Kotzebue sound, Arctic ocean, near latitude 07° 08', longitude 163° 40'. So

named by Kotzebue, August, 1816, after Admiral Adam Johann von 

. Krusenstern, of the Russian navy. Has been written Krnzcnstern. 

Krutoi, cape; see Steep. 

Krutoi; island, in'Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named Krutoi (steep)

by Tebenkof, 1849. Erroneously Krustoi. 

Krutoi, point, on the western shore of Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, southeastern

Alaska. Named Krutoi (steep) by Lindenberg, 1838. The name is

obsolete. 

Kruzgamepa; river, on Seward peninsula, flowing into Kuzitrin river, and

thence to Imur'uk basin, near latitude 65° 05', longitude 165°. Local

name, from the Eskimo; written Kruzgamapah or Kruz-ga-ma-pa. Also

sometimes called Pilgrim. Pronounced Krooze-gay-ma.y-pah.
384 . GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA.

Kruzof; .island, one of the large islands of the Alexander archipelago, northwest 

of Silka. Tebeukof, 1849, calls it by its native name, Tleekh. According to Grewingk (p. 93), Mount Edgecunibe was called St. Lazaro by 

Juan d'Ayala, in 1775, and the island became afterwards kuo.wn as San 

Jaciuto (St. Hyacinth). In 1787 Portlock named it Pitt island. Early 

Russian traders called it Sitka island. Lisianski, in 1805, named if 

Crooze " after our late Admiral " (p. 221, English edition). Grewingk, 

1849, calls it Edgecumb or Krusow island. Kruzof (possessive of 

Kruze) has been selected and adopted, that being, in some of its variant, 

forms of Kruse, Krusoff, Kruzoff, Kruzow, etc., more frequently used.

Kruzof; point (Point Kruzof), north shore Kruzof island, Salisbury sound,. 

Alexander archipelago, 1 mile northeast of Cape Georgiaua. So named 

by Moore, 1896.

Kryci, islands; see Rat.

Kshaliuk; cape, on the northern shore of Uninak, eastern Aleutians. Native 

name, from Kuritzien, 1849.

Kuahroo, river ; see Inaru.

Ku-ah-ru, inlet; see Woody.

K'libieshka, island; see Jug.

Kubugakli; cape, the south point of entrance to Katmai bay, Shelikof strait, 

Alaska peninsula. Native name, from the Russians. Variously written 

Kouboughakkhli, Kubugakhli, Kubugachly, etc.

Kubulc, river; see Kobuk.

Kucheblok, river; see Klokerblok.

Kucher; creek, northern Alaska, tributary to Colville river from the south, 

near longitude 155° 15'. So named by Peters and Sclirader, 1901.

Kudiakof; islands, in front of Izembek bay, on the northern shore of Alaska 

peninsula, near longitude 162° 45'. The principal islands of the group, 

from west to east, are Glen, .Operl, and Neumann. Tebenkof, 1849, 

calls them Chimiudi apparently a native word, the ending uda meaning bay, and chim possibly from chirnik a species of marine fish found 

there. Dall, in 1882, named these islands Kudiakof, after Kudiakof, 

the surveyor, who in the autumn of 1791 was sent there from Unalaska 

in a baidarka by Captain Sarichef. He wintered on Unimak. island, 

and iu the following spring made a tour of the island in his baidarka, 

passing by Sannak and Deer islands. Variously written Chudoekow, 

Khoudiakoff, Khudiakoff, etc.

Kudobin; a string of low islands bordering the north shore of Alaska penininsula from Port Moller westward, of which the principal ones are 

Walrus, Kritskoi, and Moller. Called Khudobin by Dall, 1882, after 

Andrew Khudobin, one of the naval officers of Lutke's party.

Kudobin, peninsula ; see Deer islet.

Kudugnak; cape, the northern head of Nazan bay, Atka island, middle Aleutians. Native name, from Tebenkof,. 1849. Has been written Kadugnak and Kudugnake.

Kuearuk; river, tributary to Fish river from the east, north of Golofnin sound; 

Seward peninsula. Name, from the Eskimo, published in 1900. Also 

called Right fork of Fish river.

Kue-che-ark, river; see Kuikcherk.

Kne-ga-racJc, river; see Kugarak.

Kuyaclmk, river; see Lane.

Kugalga, island; see Tigalda.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. ' 385

Kugaluk; Eskimo village, on Spafarief bay, Kotzebue sound, Seward peninsula. 

Population in 1.880, 12. According to the Russians, in 1852, its name is 

Kualiug-iniut, and according to Petrof, 1880, it is Kugalukmute, i. e., 

Kugaluk people.

Kugarak; riyer, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Selawik river from the 

north, near the Arctic circle and longitude 159°. Eskimo name, obtained by Stoney, 1886, who wrote Kue-ga-rack. Also written 

Kuegerak.

KugaroJc, post-oflice; see Kougarok.

Kugidach-Jngutscha ; see Pogromnoi volcano.

Kngirulcruk, river ; see Noxapaga.

Kugrua; river, tributary to the Arctic ocean at the Seahorse islands. Native 

name, from English naval officers during the Franklin search expedition. Always hitherto has been written Cogrua. According to Murdoch, Kug'ru is the Eskimo name of the whistling swan.

Kugruk, district, mountain, post-office, river, and town; see Kougarok.

Kugruk; river, draining Imuruk lake and tributary to Kotzebue sound, Seward 

peninsula, a little east of Cape Deceit. Eskimo name, from Brooks, 

1900. Has been written Koogroog, and translated Swan river.

Kngrnk, river, Arctic coast of Seward peninsula; see Kugrupaga.

Kugriikruk, river ;'see Noxapaga.

Kugrupaga; river, Seward peninsula, emptying into a lagoon on the Arctic 

coast, near longitude 166° 45'. Eskimo name, reported Kugruk by 

Gerdine, 1901.

Kuguklik; river, in western Alaska, a little north of Kuskokwim bay. Eskimo 

name, from Nelson, who crossed its mouth December, 1878.

KuguUk, bay ; see Kuzlmlik.

Kuguru, river ; see Canning.

Kuguwik; Eskimo village, in the Kobuk valley, at the mouth of Kugarak river, 

just north of the Arctic circle, about longitude 159°. Native name, 

obtained by Stoney, 1885, and written by him Ku-gu-wik.

Kulak; slough, about 2 miles southwest of western end St. Michael canal, near 

St. Michael, western Alaska, about latitude 63° 23'. Eskimo name, 

from the Coast Survey, 1898, who wrote it Kooyak.

Kuik, river and village; see Kwik.

Kuik- a,nui k-pu k ; see Kuy i k a 11 u i k pu 1.

Kuikcherk; river, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Kobuk river from the 

south, near latitude G6° 45', longitude 157°. Eskimo name, so written 

by Mendenhall, 1901. Stoney, 1885, shows this stream without a name, 

but a little to the east, where Mendenhall and Keaburn show no stream, 

he indicates one called Kue-che-ark no doubt meant for the same 

native name.

Kuikli, village ; see Kwik.

Kuilkluk; Eskimo village, on the left bank of the Kuskokwim, about 20 miles 

above Bethel. Native name, from Nelson, 1878-79, who wrote it 

Kuilkhlogamute, i. e., Kuilklok people. Petrof gives its population, in 

1880, as 75, and its name Kuljkhlugamute in his text (p. 17) and 

Kuilkhlogamute on his map.

Kuimla, pass ; see Kwemeluk.

Kuiu; island, one of the large islands of the Alexander archipelago. Native 

name, obtained by the Russians. Has also* been called Kou island,

Kuiu,, lake and stream ; .see Alecks. 

Bull. 299 06 M 25
386 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

KuiuJc, river ; see Koyukuk.

Kuiukta; bay, northeast oi: Mitrofania island, indenting the southern shore of 

Alaska- peninsula. Native name, from the Russians.

Kujulik; bay, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, immediately east of 

Chignik bay. Native name, from the Russians. Pronounced Kee-zhiilik. It is Kizhulik of Tebenkof, 3849; has also been written Kaiulik, 

Koujalik, Kugulik, etc.

Kujulik, river ; see Kejulik. ^

Kuk; river, tributary to Waiuwright inlet, Arctic coast. Eskimo name, published by the Coast Survey, 1869, as Kook. Since then given indifferently as Kok or Kco. Hydrographic chart 68, edition of 1892, shows 

two rivers, one called Koo and the other Kee, and near their mouths, on 

Point Collie, a village called Koogmute, i. e., river people. Tikhmenief, 

1861, calls this village Kululin. Koog river of the Eleventh Census 

may be either this or Kukpuk river.

Kuka, rock; see Signals (The).

Kukak; bay, west of Afognak, on the northern shore of Shelikof strait. Native 

name, from early Russian explorers. Sometimes written Koukak. 

 Langsdorf, '1833, wrote it as above, Kukak.

Kukak; Indian village, on Kukak bay. Lutke, 1835, has Koukak bay and village.-

Kukaklek; lake, Alaska peninsula, between Iliamna and Naknek lakes, and 

draining through Alaguak river into the head of Bristol bay, near longitude 156°. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has been called 

Aliknuk.

Kukistan; cape, on the eastern shore of Cook inlet. Called Dolgoi (long) or 

Kukis-tan by Wosnesenski about 1840. Native name. The termination 

tan appears to mean point or cape.

KuJckan, harbor; see Portlock.

Kuklax; lake, near the water portage, between Yukon and Kuskpkwim rivers. 

Raymond, in 1869, reported its native'name as Kuklaxlekuhta here 

followed part way. and called Kuklax.

Kukluktuk; Eskimo village, on the left .bank of Kuskokwim river, about 30 

miles below Kolmakof. Name from Petrof, 1880, who writes it Kokhloklito'khpaganmte.

Kukpowruk; river, tributary to the Arctic ocean, between Cape Lisburne and 

Icy cape, near latitude 69° 20'. Eskimo name, published, in 1890, as 

Kookpoowrook and Kookpowrook. Kuk in the dialect of the north- 

. western Eskimo means river. It is probable that Kukpaurungniiut of 

the Eleventh Census refers to some village or people near or on this 

river.

Kukpuk; river, tributary to Marryat inlet, near .Point Hope, Arctic ocean, 

about latitude 68° 20'. JEskiino name, published by the Coast Survey, 

1890, as Kookpuk (river big) ; also called Tigara (the index finger), 

the Eskimo name of Point Hope.

"Ku'kuliak; native village and cape, on . the northern shore of St. Lawrence

: island, Bering sea. Eskimo name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Erroneously 

Nukuliak. 

KuJcuyulc'Ulc. Raymond, 1869, gives this as the name of a small river tributary 

to the Yukon from the south, about a dozen miles above the mouth of 

the Koyukuk. Name not found elsewhere.

Kukvak, cape; see Douglas.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 387

Kulak; point, the southern point of entrance to. Tanaga bay, Tanaga island,

middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from Tcbenkof, 1849, who indicates the

initial K as very hard. His spelling has been transliterated Kchulach;

or, as it might be, Kkhulakh. 

Kulgiak, island; see Kalgin. 

Kuliak; cape, west of Afoguak island, on northern shore of Shelikof strait.

Native name, from the Russians, who write it Kuliak and Kuliakuiak. 

Kulichavak, river; see Kvichavak. 

KnlichJcof, bay; see Snipe. 

Kulichkof; islet, east of Near island, in St. Paul harbor, Kocliak. Named

Kulichkof (snipe) by the early Russians. 

Kulichkof; islet, near the southern point of entrance to Kukak bay, Shelikof

strait. Named Kulichkof (snipe) by Vasilief, 1881. 

Kulichkof; rock, off! Burunof cape, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named

Kulichkof (snipe) by Vasilief, 1809. Has been variously written Koulitzkoff, Kulichek, Kulitch, etc.

Kulik; lake, in the water portage between Yukon and Kuskokwim rivers.

Called Kullik by Ti'khmenief, 1861, and Koulakh by Raymond, 1869. 

Spurr and Post, who passed here, 1898, make no mention of this, but 

call a lake in tin's vicinity Oknakluk.

Kuliliak; bay, indenting the southern shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. 

Called by its Aleut name, Kuliliak (sorrow, anguish), by Sarichef, 

1792, and since spelled in many ways, as Kiliuluk, Kouliliak, Kullilak, 

etc.

Kulitnak, river; see Chulitua.

Kiiiiugiak. One of the Shuinagins, not identified, is so called by Veniaminof 

and Lutke. It 'is a native word, meaning round and -rocky. Lutke 

writes it Koulagayakh.

Kuliugmiut, cape; see Kuliuk.

Kuliuk; cape, between Uganik aud'Uyak bays, on the northern shore of Kodiak. 

Native name, from the Russians. Lisianski, 1805, shows a village here 

called Koloock. Usually called Kuliug-miut (Kuliuk people) on maps 

and written Koulugmut, Kuliuyemute, Kuliugaiiut, Kumelmot, Kurnolmot, Kiliugmiut, etc.

Kulkana, town or station;-see Gulkana.

KuUiikuk, bay, lake, etc.; see Kulukak.

KultMeth, river; see Kaliakh.

Kulugaru, river; see Meade.

Kulugrua, river ; see Meade.

Kuluguk; Eskimo village, between Ambler and Noatak rivers, near latitude 

G7° 30', longitude 156° 30'. Visited by Ensign Howard, of Stoney's 

expedition in the spring of 1886. Stoney wrote it Koolooguck.

Kuluk; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Adak island, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Native name, from Tebeukof, 1849. Has also been 

written Khulukh.

Kulukak; small shallow, bay, indenting the northern shore of Bristol bay, about 

35 miles northwesterly from Cape Constantine. Native name, from 

Tebenkof, 1849, who wrote it Kuliukak. Has also been written Kouloukak, Kouloulak, Kuliuk, Kululuk, Kulutuk, etc. To a large open 

bay outside this bay a late Coast Survey chart applies the name 

Kulujak, written also Kullukuk.

Kulukak; lake, draining to Kulukak bay, ou north shore of Bristol bay. Native 

name, from Tebenkof, 1849, who wrote it Kuliukak. Perhaps this is 

identical with Oallek lake of Spurr in 1898.
388 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF' ALASKA.

Kulukak; point, one of the points at entrance to Kulukak bay. Reported by 

Schanz, 1890, as Kullukuk.

Kululak, bay; see Kulukak.

Kulutuk, bay; see Kulukak. . . Kulvagavik; Eskimo village, on the western side of Kuskokwim bay, Bering 

sea. Visited by Nelson January, 1879, and its native name reported by 

him to be Koolvagavigarniut, i. e., Kulvagavik people.

Kumelmot, cape; see Kuliuk.

Kumisik, cape and island; see Kuinlik.

Kumlik; cape and island, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northwest 

of Sutwik island. Native name, from the Russians. Erroneously 

Kumisik.

Kumliun; cape, the northern point of entrance to Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. Native mime, from the Russians. Variously written Koumloun, 

Kumlium, Kumtiak, etc. It may be identical with Foggy cape of Cook 

in 1778.

Kumtiak, cape; see Kumliun.

Kun; river, in the Yukon delta, tributary to the head of Scammon bay, near 

latitude 01° 50'. Native name, written Khun by the Coast Survey in 

1898. Dall, 1809, wrote it Kun, and says it is Kun .of the Innuit, and 

was named Maria Louisa by Captain Smith of the Western Union Telegraph expedition, about 1867.

Kunaiugiuk, island ; see. Spectacle.

Kiinakakvak. The Russian-American Company's map of 1849 shows a native 

village of this name near Karluk, on the north shore of Kodiak.

Knnakan, island ; see Sitkalidak.

Kunayosh; creek, on the coast 8 miles southeast of Yakutat, tributary to Situk 

river, from the east.2 miles above its mouth; near longitude 139° 30'. 

Indian name, written Ku-na-yosh by Moser, 1901.

Kungitak; cape ; see Reef.

Kungiugan. The south end of Big Koniuji island, Shumagin group, has the 

appearance of an island, and is by Tebenkof shown as a separate island 

with the native name Kungiugan. Dall gives the name as Kungagingan. Lutke calls one of the islands in the Shumagin group Kiganghym,

which seems to be another rendering of this word.

Kung-uk, river ; see Buckland.

Kungijanook. river; see Colville.

Kunikakagi; island (perhaps a lump of ice now melted), in the delta of Alsek 

river, southeastern Alaska. So called by Tebenkof, 1849 (chart 7). 

Apparently a native name. In the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 205, footnote), 

it is spelled Kunakagi and applied to a river.

Kunk; creek and lake, eastern shore Etolin island, Alexander archipelago, 

tributary to Zimovia strait, from the west, latitude 56° 17'. Probably 

an Indian name, written Kunk (Konke) by Moser, 1901.

Kunmik; cape, the northeastern point of entrance to Aniakchak bay, Alaska 

peninsula. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Kunthrashlbuna; lake and river, tributary to Lake Clark from the east, nearly 

opposite the mouth of Chulitna river, near latitude 60° 30', longitude 

154°. Native name, reported by Osgood, 1902 (p. 13), and written by 

hiin Koonthrashiboona.

Kunullulc, island ; see Koniuji.

Kunuyu-tanan. One of the Shumagin islands, not identified, is called by Sarichef Kunujutanany (Phillips Voyages, VI, 15) and by Lutke KunuyouTanany, i. e., Kunuyu-M^/.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 389

Kiin-ita-nook, river ; see Colville,

Kiipolraia, peak; see Cupola.

Kupowra; river, debouching on the Arctic coast, 40 miles east of Colville river,

near longitude "148° 50'. Eskimo name, reported in 1903 by S. J.

Marsh, a prospector, who wrote it Koopowra ku, meaning river. 

Kupreanof; harbor, between Paul and Jacob islands, off the southern shore of

Alaska peninsula, northeast of the Shumagins, near longitude 159°, 15'.

So named by Woronkofski, in 1837. 

Kupreanof; island, one of the principal islands of the Alexander archipelago.

So named by the Russians, after Capt. Ivan Audreevich Kupreanof,

who succeeded Wrangell as governor of the Russian-American colonies

in 1836. Variously spelled Kupreanoff, Kupreanov, Kuprianow, etc. 

Kupreanof; point, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northeast of the

Shumagins, near longitude 159° 30'. Named Ivauof (John's) by Lutke,

1836, and afterwards Kupreanof by the Russians. Called Ivanoff,

Ivanovsky, Kupreanoff, and St. John.

Kupreanof; strait, between Kodiak and Afoguak islands. Named Karluk by

Murashef, in 1839-40, Kupreanof by the Russian-American Company's 

officers, in 1849, Sievernoi (northern) by Tebeukof, in 1849, and variously called North, Northern, Karluk, and Kupreanof.

Kursula; old village site on St. Paul island, Bering sea, on the southwest coast 

near Zapadni point, and longitude 170° 22'. Local name, written 

Kursoolah by Elliott, 1872-74.

Kurupa; creek, northern Alaska, tributary to Colville river from the south, near 

longitude 154°. Eskimo name, obtained by Peters and Schrader in 1901.

Kuryulcuk, river ; see Koyukuk.

Kusawa; lake (elevation 2,700 feet), northwest of Chilkat pass, draining to lake 

Laberge. Native name, written Kussooil by Krause in 1882, Kussua by 

the Coast Survey in 1883, and Kusawah by the Canadian Geological 

Survey in 1898. Named Arkell by the Leslie Expedition, in 1890, a 

member of which wrote the Indian name Kusu Ah. The above form, 

Kusawa, has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Kuselik; creek, debouching in Camden bay, Arctic coast, 15 miles west of 

Barter island, near longitude 144° 45'. Eskimo name, reported by S. J. 

Marsh, a prospector, 1902, who wrote it Cooselik. Perhaps it were 

better written Kuslik.

Kushneahin; creek and lake, opening at Point Barrie, on the southwestern 

shore of Kupreanof island, Alexander'archipelago, near latitude 56° 27'. 

longitude 133° 39'. Indian name, adopted by the fishei&es,. and reported 

by Moser in 1901. Written also Kushneaheen.

Kushtaka; lake, glacier, and ridge, 15 miles northeast of Controller bay, Gulf 

of Alaska. Native name meaning demon or gliost-. The natives believe 

that this lake is inhabited by evil spirits who often make the water 

boil, .or in winter break up the ice. The cause of these phenomena is 

the escape of coal gas from the bottom of the lake through the water. 

In winter it accumulates under the ice, with increasing tension till the 

 ice gives way, and is sometimes shot into the air. Native name and 

story from Martin, 1903, who wrote the name Kushtahkah. It has also 

been written Kushtahka.

Kushti; island, one of the Siginaka group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by A7 asilief, 1809.

K'nslmlc'vag-m'mt, village ; see Alitak.

Kusiloalc, pass; see Kwemeluk.

Kusiloff, mount; see Kusilvak.
890 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA.

Kusilvak; island, one of the outer islands of the Yukon delta. Native name. 

Has also been written Kusalvak.

Kusilvak; mountain (2,449 feet high), in the Yukon delta, about 35 miles west-, 

erly from Audreafski, near latitude 62°, longitude 164° 35'. -Apparently 

a native name, obtained by Dall, who, in 1870, published the form 

Knsilvak. Has also been written Kusiloff. Earlier Russian charts 

call it Ingieguk, doubtless for Eskimo ingriguk (big mountain). 

Tebenkof calls it Ingun.

Kusilvak Mouth; see Kwemeluk, pass.

KusJca, island; see Kiska.

Kuskok; Eskimo village, on the left bank, of lower Kuskokwirn river, near its 

mouth. Native name, from Nelson,. 1879, who wrote Kuskogainute. 

i. e., Kuskok people. Has also been written Kuskohkagamiut, Kuskokvagamute, etc. Population in 1880, 24; in 1890, 115. '

Kuskokwim; bay, at mouth of Kuskokwim river, Bering sea. Eskimo name, 

from Ustiugof, who visited it in 1818. Variously written Kouskokvim, 

Kuskoquirn, etc. The word Kuskokwim, according to missionary J. H. 

Kilbuck, is" the genitive of Kuskokwik, the last syllable meaning river 

and the rest of doubtful meaning.

Kuskokwim; river, one of the large rivers of western Alaska, south of the 

Yukon. Eskimo name, apparently obtained by Ustiugof, 1818, and published in Sarichef's atlas, 1826. Eskimo name variously spelled. " The 

old Indian name for the Kuskokwim was Chin-ana, uow obsolete except among the old Indians." (Herron, 1899, p. 45.) See also Echitna.

Kuskovak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of Kuskokwim river, near its 

mouth. Name from Nelson, who .passed near it January, 1879, and 

who writes.it Kuskovakh.

Kuskulana;- glacier, on the southwestern slope of Mount Blackburn. So named 

by Gerdiue, 1900.

Kuskulana; pass, between Chokosna and Kuskulana rivers. So named by 

Schrader, 1900.

Kuskulana; river, tributary to Chitina river from the east, and draining from 

Kuskulana glacier. Native name, from Rohn, 1899. Kuskulana means 

Kuskula, river.

Kuslina; creek, tributary to Copper river from the east, between the mouths of 

Kotsina and Cheshniua rivers. Native name, from Schrader, -1900.

Kussiloff, cape, river, village; see Kasilof.

Kussooa, lake ; see Kusawa.

KussooachrawatMni. The Krause brothers, 1882, report this to be the native 

description of the stream which drains Kusawa lake, southeastern 

Alaska. See also East.

Kustatan; Indian village (population 65 in 1880), on shore of Redoubt bay, 

Cook inlet; Native name, reported by Petrof in 1880. The last syllable, tan, means point or cape.

Kussua. river ; see Kusawa.

Kusu Ah, lake; see Kusawa.

Kutchuma; group of islands, in northeastern part of Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Russian naval officers, in 1809, called, this group Boidarkin, which has also appeared as Boidarka. Have also been called 

Kutchiuma. It is a corruption of Kuchumof, a Russian family name.

Kutenige; creek, tributary to Jockeach river, Chilkat region, southeastern 

Alaska. Native name, reported by the Krause brothers, 1882, and by 

them written Kutenige.

Kuththlatno, river ; see Gisasa.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA 391

Kutkan; island, .in Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.. So 

named by the Russians, after a famous Indian chief who freed his 

slaves and embraced Christianity. Has also been written Kuch-kan and 

Knkh-kan. It has also, been called Garden, Gull, Popof, and Stanovoi 

(rocky). The last name was given by Vasilief in 1809.

Kutkwutlu; Indian village, on the left bank of Chilkat river, near its mouth, 

southeastern Alaska. Katkwaltu or Kut-kwutlu, is said to mean place 

of gulls. A Presbyterian missionary station called Willard (afterwards changed to Haiiies) was established at this village in 1881.

Kutlaku; lake and stream, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago, on the south 

shore of South arm, Bay of Pillars, Chatham strait, near latitude 56° 

87'. Indian name, written Kutlakoo by Moser in 1900, who says they 

are also called Point Ellis stream and lake.

Kutlik, village and river; see Kotlik.

Kutloot, island; see South. 

Kutmiut; Eskimo village or camp, Yukon delta, on the left bank of Kun river, 

near the head of Scarnmon bay, about latitude 01° 50', longitude 165°

30'. Eskimo name, obtained by Putnam, 1899. See Kutten.

Kutmuknuk; channel, leading into Kwikluak and Kweineluk .passes* in the 

Yukon delta, near latitude 62° 35'. Eskimo-name, from the Const Survey, 1898. ' .

Kutna; creek, tributary to Yentna river from the south, near latitude 01° 45', 

longitude 150° 40'. Indian name'Obtained by. Herron in 1899, and by 

him written Cut-iui, i. e., Kut river.

Kutoark; river, northern Alaska, tributary to Alatna river from the north, near 

latitude 67° 40', longitude 154° 15'. Eskimo name, obtained by Stoney 

in 1886, and by him written Koo-to-ark. Written also Kutuark.

Kutsch-tasik-mutscha, lake; see Salamatof.

Kutsch-tschchamna. Grewingk, 1850, following Wosnesenski, 184.0, gives this as 

the native designation of a small lake on 'Keuai peninsula, near East 

Foreland. Perhaps Kutsch means lake, and the rest of this might be 

pronounced Shamna.

Kutten. Dall, writing in 1869, says there is a native settlement in the Yukon 

delta, on the Kun river, about 10 miles from the head of Scam niou bay, 

known as Kuttenmut (Kutten people). See Kutmiut.

Kiit-tuk-toah, island ; see Tougass.

Kutuark, river; see Kutoark.

KutuJc, river; see Pish.

Kutul; native village, on the right bank of the Yukon,-about 50 miles above 

Anvik. Name from Nelson, 1878-79, who writes it Khutulkakat, i. e., 

mouth of Kutul river.

Kutulnakt, river; see Kaiyuh slough and Khotol river.

Kutuzof; cape, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, a little east of Port 

Moller. Named Kutuzova (Kutux.of's) by Lutke, 1828, presumably 

after Hagemeister's ship, the Kutuzof. This cape and .the one next 

east of it, Seniavine, have sometimes been confounded on the charts. 

It has been variously spelled Koutousoffi, Kutu/off, etc.

Kuuk, river ; see Mungoark.

Kuvuk, river ; see Kobuk.

Kuyikariuikpul, Eskimo village; see Paimiut.

Kuyuk, river; see Koyuk.

Kuyulcuk; lakes, near the south bank of the Yukon, drained by Knkuyukuk 

river. Name from Raymond, 1869. Not found on recent maps.
892 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Kuyuyukak; cape, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northeast of 

Sutwik island. Native name, published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Kuzitrin; river, Seward peninsula, flowing westward to Inmruk- basin, near 

latitude 65° , 10', longitude 165°. Eskimo name, from Brooks, 1900. 

Locally written Koosetrien.

Kvichak; bay, southwestern Alaska, at the head of Bristol bay, near latitude 

59°, longitude 157°. So named by Moser, 1901.

Kvichak; village and river, draining from Iliamna lake to Bristol bay. Native name, reported by the early Russians. Lutke, writing in 1828, 

says: " Kvitchak (river), called by Cook Bristol." Recently written 

Koichak.

Kvichavak; river, between Kuskokwiin and Yukon rivers, tributary to the 

Kuskokwim from the west. Name from Nelson, who traveled along 

this sluggish stream in January, 1879, which he says is by the natives 

called Kivvichavak. Apparently identical with Ankitaktuk creek of 

Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, 1898, who obtained this 

name from missionary J. H. Kilbuck. Tikhmenief, 1861, calls it Kvinchagak. Has also been called Kulichavak, Kulichivak, and probably 

Izawerknuk.

Kvichpak, river ; see Yukon.

Kvichvauk; pass, Yukon delta, opening into Apoon pass on the north, less than 

a mile above Kotlik; near latitude 63"° 04', longitude 163° 30'. Eskimo 

name, obtained by Faris, 1899.

Kvieguk, river; see Koyuk.

Kvigatluk; Eskimo village, in the Big Lake country, between the Yukon and 

Kuskokwim. Nelson, in 1879, passed near it and reports its name to 

be Kvigathlogamute, i. e., Kvigatluk people.

Kviguk; Eskimo village, on north shore of Norton bay, at mouth of the Kviguk 

river. Eskimo name, froin the Russians. Tikhmenief, 1861, has Kviegmiut and Kvieguk-miut, i. e., Kviguk people.

Kvikak; Eskimo village, on right bank of the Yukon, about 30 miles above 

Anvik. Native name, from Nelson, 1878-79, who wrote it Kvikhagamute, i. e., Kvikak people.

Kvikh, river and village; see Kwik.

Kvincliagak, river; see Kvichivak.

Kvingak; small stream, tributary to the head of Norton bay, Norton sound. 

Eskimo name, from Tebenkof, 1849. It appears to be identical with 

Kvieukak of Tikhmenief, 1861.

Kr-uveren. tract and river; see Kaviruk.

Kioahteelah, river; see Katete.

Kwatahein; stream, Kuiu island, on the south shore of the South arm, Bay of 

Pillars, Chatham strait, about 4 miles inside Point Ellis. Indian name, 

reported by Moser in 1900, who wrote " Quat-a-hein, or trout stream."

Kweek, arm, etc.; see Kuik.

Kweleluk; Eskimo village, in the Kuskokwim district, given in the Eleventh 

Census, 1890 (p. 164), as Quelelochainiut, i. e., Kwelelok people. Population in 1890, 112. Location unknown.

Kwemeliik; pass, in the Yukon delta, south of Kwikluak pass and near latitude 62° 30'. Eskimo name, from the Coast Survey, in 1898. The Russians ^v^ ote it Kuimla. Tebenkof, 1849, called it Naulchi. It was 

called Kousilvak mouth by Raymond, 1869, and Kusilvak or Kusiloak 

later.

Kwchlimut, river ; see Kwikli.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. 393

Kwichlowak; pass, Yukon delta, just west of Okwega pass and probably opening into it, near latitude 63° 08', longitude 168° 37'. Eskimo name obtained by Putuam' in 1899. Probably the cb in tbis word represents a 

guttural and should be kh.

Kwiguk; pass and Eskimo village, Yukon delta. The pass is one of the outlets 

of Kwikluak pass on the north, near latitude 62° 45'. The village is 

on the right bank of Kwikluak pass at the head of Kwiguk pass, near 

longitude 1.64° 28'. Eskimo name, meaning l)i(i river, reported by Putnam, 1899, as Kweguk pass and Kwegugamiut (Wig river folks) village.

Kwik. The Eskimo word for river. (Singular Kwik, dual Kweek, plural 

Kweet, or, according to Father Barnum, Kwiq, Kwiguk, Kwegut).

Kwik; river, and Eskimo village, north shore of Norton bay, Seward peninsula, 

near latitude 64° 45', longitude 161° 45'. Called Kuik by Jarvis in 

1897 and Peters in 1900. \Vritten also Quick. It is the Eskimo word 

for river. Earlier maps call the village Kvikh.

Kwik; river, flowing from the Malaspina glacier into Yakutat bay, southeastern

Alaska. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been called the Grand

Wash.

Kwik; Eskimo village, on the western side of Bald Head, Norton bay, Norton 

sound. On a recent map called Isaacs, from the name of a person living 

there.

Kwik; Eskimo village, northeast of Bald Head, on the northern shore of Norton 

bay, Norton sound. Called Kvikh by Petrof, 1880. On a late map 

called Kuikli.

Kwik; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Kuskokwim, about 10 miles 

above Bethel. Nelson, 1878-79, reports its native name to be Kwigainute, i. e., river people. Petrof, 1880, follows this spelling. Spurr and 

Post in 1898, following Missionary Kilbuck, write Kwegamut.

Kwik; Eskimo village, on the southern shore of Nunivak island. Native name, 

from the Eleventh Census, which spells it Kweegamute on the map and 

Kwiganiiut in the text (p. 164).

Kwikak; Eskimo village, on the outer coast of the Yukon delta, 7 miles south of 

the mouth of Black river, near latitude 62° 15'. Native name, from 

the Coast Survey, 1898, who give it as Kwikagainiut.

Kwikak; Eskimo village, on the left ( ? right) bank of the Kuskokwim, about 25 

miles below Kalchagamut. It is apparently identical with Kwigalogamute of Petrof in 1880. Missionary Kilbuck, according to Spurr, 1898, 

writes it Queekagamut, and it was published by the Geological Survey 

as Kwikagamut, i. e., Kwikak people.

KioilcalaMok ; river, a. south branch of Unalaklik river, western Alaska, near 

latitude 63° 45'. Eskimo name, published Quichalabloch in 1900. See 

also South river.

Kivikliitalc, pass ; see Kwikluak.

Kioikhliuak, pass; see Kwikluak.

Kwikli; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim from the east, a little above Bethel. 

Its Eskimo name, according to Spurr and Post, who obtained it from 

Missionary J. I-I. Kilbuck, in 1898," is Kwiklimut, i. e., Kwikli people.

Kwikloaklok; Eskimo village or cai|5p, on the left bank of the Yukon, 8 miles 

below Andreafski, near longitude 163° 30'. Eskimo name, obtained by 

Putuam, 1899.

fooiklok, pass; see Kwikluak.

Kwiklokchun; pass or channel, Yukon delta, connecting the mouths of Kwikluak and Kwemeluk passes, near latitude 62° 33', longitude 164° 51'. 

Eskimo name, obtained by Putuam, 1899.
394 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

KioiJdowak, pass; see Kwikluak.

Kwikluak; pass, Yukon delta, by far the largest outlet of the Yukon, near 

latitude 62° 40'. It is about 50'miles long and is the most southerly 

of the main outlets. Eskimo name. Tebenkof, 1849, has Kwikhliuak 

and Kwikhltak; Raymond, 1869, called it American mouth, and the 

Coast Survey, 1899-1901, Kwiklok and Kwiklowak.

Kwikluak; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, on the left bank of Kwikluak pass, 

near latitude 62° 36', longitude 164° 45'. Eskimo name, written by 

Putnam, 1899, Kaoklorakamiut, probably Kwikluak folks.

Kwikpak; pass, one of the mouths of the Yukon river, near latitude 63°. Eskimo 

name. Kwik means river (dual Kweek, plural Kweet) and puk means 

big, large. Variously written Kwikhpak, Kwikhsak, etc.

Kwikpak, river; see Yukon.'

Kwikpak; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, on the right bank of Kwikpak p,ass, 

near latitude 63° 03', longitude 164° 25'. This is Old Kwikpakamiut 

of sonic maps.

Kwikpakak; slough, Yukon delta, opening on the left bank of Kwikpak pass, 

3 miles, above the head of Kawauak pass, near latitude 62° 52', longitude 164° 10'. Eskimo name, reported by Faris in 1899.

Kwikpak Crossing; .pilots' name for the junction or rather the bar or channel 

at the junction of the Kwikpak and Apoon passes, Yukon delta; latitude 62° 55', longitude 164°.

Kwiktalik; mountain (1,200 feet high), on Seward peninsula, between Golofnin and Norton bays, north shore of Norton sound. Native name 

(meaning -river-abounding place perhaps), from Peters, 1900. Also 

written Quiktalik.

Kwikuk; slough, Yukon delta, opening on the right bank of Kwikpak pass, 10 

miles below the head of the delta, near latitude 63° 40', longitude 163° 

55'. Eskimo name, reported by Faris, 1899.

Kwimlilthla; slough, Yukon delta, opening on the left bank of Akularak pass, 

near latitude 62° 29', longitude 164° 15'. Eskimo name, obtained by 

Putnam, 1899. .

Kwina, river; see Kanektok.

Kwinak; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay, at the mouth

of Kanektok river, Bering sea. So given by Sarichef, 1826, and Tebenkof, 1849. Petrof, 1880, writes it Quinehahamute, or omitting the 

termination mute, meaning 'people, it would be Queue-a-ak. Variously 

written Quiuhagamute, Quinehaha, Quiuhagak, Kwinhagak, etc.

Kivirihagak, village ; see Kwinak.

Kwiniuk; mountain, Seward peninsula. Native name, .from the prospectors, 

who write it Quinnehuk.

Kwiniuk; river, east of Golofuin bay and tributary to north shore of Norton 

bay. Eskimo name, written Quinnehuk, Quinnelhock, etc., by the 

prospectors.

Kiwisnon. Raymond, 1869, shows a western tributary of Tozi river called 

Quisuon. Name not found elsewhere.

Kwiyadik; creek, tributary to Kuskokwim river, just south of Kanektok river, 

western Alaska. Native name, <§ptained by Spurr and Post, of the 

Geological Survey, 1898, and by them written Quiyaidik.

Kyak, island; see Kayak. .

Kygane, cape; see Muzon.

Kygmil,. cape; see Prince of Wales.

Kyska, harbor, etc.; see Kiska.

Kytlek, island; see South.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 395

Lab; reef, between Cat and Mary islands, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 98).

Labandera; reel', in the entrance to Port Santa Cruz, Suemez. island, Prince 

of AArales archipelago. Named La Labandera (the washerwoman) by 

Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779.

Laboucbere; bay,- indenting the northeastern coast of Prince of Wales island, 

and opening into Sunnier strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by the 

traders after the Hudson Bay Company steamer Labouchere. Has also 

been called a port and a. harbor.

Laboucli,erc, bay ; see Highfield anchorage.

Labouchere, harbor; see Pyramid.

Laboucbere; island, at entrance to Labouchere bay, Sumner strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Called Ship island by Helm, 1886.

Labouchere, island ; see Pyramid.

Labouchere; mount, west of Chilkat inlet, near Pyramid harbor, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Meade, 1869, after the Hudson Bay Company's 

steamer Laboncliere, which in turn was named after a Mr. Laboucbere,

of the Hudson Bay Company. 

Labret, river; see Tutuksuk. 

Lacey; island, in Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago, just east of Jackson

island, at entrance to Tlevak strait, near latitude 55°, longitude 132° 45'.

Pilots' name, from Dickins, 3905. 

La Chaussee. From the northern point of entrance to Lituya bay .there extends

a spit called by La Perouse la chaussee (the road). On the English

edition of La Perouse's chart 19, this is designated as " Road to the

fishery and moral" (burial place). 

Lachina, river ; see Lakina. 

Lackie; gulch, 10 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, draining into

Osborn creek from the west, near longitude 165° 05'. Local name,

published in 1904. 

Ladds; fishing station,, at mouth of Chuitna-riyer, near head of Cook inlet.

Apparently a local name, in use in 1895. It is at or near the site of

an Indian village called Chuitna. 

Ladrones, Islas de; see Robber. 

Ladue; creek, tributary to White river from the west, near longitude 140°.

Presumably named after a prospector, La Due, who wintered on the

Yukon in 1884-85. 

ljugartos, Rio; see Bering river.

Lagoon; creek, Seward peninsula, debouching on the coast of .Bering sea, between York and Cape Prince of Wales, near longitude 167° 53'. Name

from Gerdine, 1901. 

Lagoon; point, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, west of Port Moller,

near longitude 161° 30'. So named by Dall in 1882. Possibly identical with Rozhnof of Lutke in 1828. 

Lagoon; rookery (seal), on the south coast of St. Paul island, Bering sea, just

north of St. Paul village. Local name, from Elliott, 1872-1874. 

La Grand Plateau; see Grand Plateau. . Laida. This is a Kamchatkan word meaning shoal, and was adopted by the

Russians in the American possessions. 

Laidennoj, point; see Anchor. . 

Laja. An islet with rocks about it near San Fernando island, Bucareli bay,

Prince of Wales archipelago, was named by Maurelle and Quadra,

1775-1779, la Laja (the thin flat stone).
396 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Lake; bay, between Prince of Wales island and Stevenson island, Kashevarof

passage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 02',

longitude 132° 58'. Local name, reported by Moser in 3897. 

Lake; creek, in the Copper River region, draining Trout lake into Middle fork

Chistochina river near its source, about latitude 63° OS', longitude 144°

40'. Descriptive name, given by Gerdine in 1902. 

Lake; creek, in the Copper River region, tributary to Nizina river from the

south, between Dan and Chititu creeks. Prospectors' name, taken from

map of Nizina mining district, made by George M. Esterly, of Valdez,

1902. 

Lake; creek, tributary to Chandlar river from the east, near longitude 148° 30'.

Presumably a descriptive name, from Schrader, 1899. 

Lake; dune, on Northeast point, St. Paul island, Bering sea, between Cross hill

and Big lake, near longitude 170° 08'. Descriptive name, from Duffleld,

1897. 

Lake; hill (282 feet high), on St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea, near

longitude 170° 15'. Presumably a local name, published'by the Coast

Survey in 1875. 

Lake, point; see Aiak. 

Lake Bay; small fishing village, on the northeastern shore of Prince of Wales

island, Alexander archipelago. It is near Stevenson island, in Kashevarof passage. So called in the Eleventh Census, 1890. 

Lakina; river, tributary to Chitina river from the north, near longitude 143°.

Native name, from Rohn, 1899, who wrote it Lachina. Pronounced

Lak-i-nS, 

Lamar; gulch in the Copper River region, tributary to Blei gulch, on the south

side of Chititu creek. Prosectors' name, taken from map of Nizina

ruining district, by George M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902. 

Lamb; island, on the eastern side of Afognak bay, south shore Afognak island,

near latitude 58°, longitude 152° 42'. Local name, reported by Moser,

1900. 

Lancashire; rocks, on the southern shore of Kacheniak bay, Cook inlet. Named

by Dall, 1880, after the English yacht Lancashire Witch (Sir Thomas

Hesketh, owner), which visited Cook inlet that year. 

Landlock; post-office (established October, 1905), on Landlocked bay, Prince

William sound. 

Landlocked; bay, on the northeastern shore of Prince William sound. Local

descriptive name, published in 1898, by the Geological Survey. 

Landmark; conspicuous gap in the foothills of the Alaskan mountains, near the

head of Delta river, longitude 146°. Descriptive name, by Mendenhall,

Of the Geological Survey, 1898.

Landslip; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, near its head. Descriptive name, given by Pender in 1868. 

Lane; islet, in Danger passage, between Mary and Duke islands, Gravina group,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. 

Lane; river, Seward peninsula, tributary to Goodhope bay from the southwest.

Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901. This river has been

called by its Eskimo name Kugachuk. 

Lanes Landing; on Kuzitrin river, Seward peninsula, near latitude 65° 12',

longitude 164° 50'. Local name, reported by Gerdine, 1901. 

Lanin, cape; see Lapin. 

La Perouse; glacier, in the southern part of the St. Elias alps. So named by

Dall, 1874, after J. F. G. de La Perouse.
. GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 397

La Perouse; mountain (10,740 feet high), in southern part of the St. Elias alps, 

near latitude 58° 33', longitude 137° 05'. .So named by Dall, 1874, after 

Jean Fraugois de Galaup de la Perouse, the celebrated and unfortunate 

French navigator, who explored this coast in 1786.

Lapin; cape, forming the eastern head of Urilia hay, on northern shore of Uiiiinak, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 164° 05'. Tebenkof called this 

Lanin, but it has usually been written on American charts Lapin. 

Capt. Ivan Savich Lapin was a fur trader in this region, in 1762, and 

is an authority on the early history of the Aleutian islands. Perhaps 

the name Laniu is derived from the Russian word lau (deer). On most 

modern charts the name is misplaced, being applied to Mordviuof and 

Cave.

Larch.; bay, near the south end of Biiranof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Listvinichuaia (larch) by the Russians.

Large; island, in Na/an bay, Atka, middle Aleutians. Named Bolshoi (large) 

by the Russians. Erroneously Bomchoi.

Larfj'e, Isle du; see Navy.

Larger, arm, Whale bay; see Great.

Larratita, islet or reef; see Larzatita.

Larsen; bay, indenting the western shore.of Uyak bay, on northern shore of 

Kodiak. So called in the Eleventh Census, 1890. Locally known as 

Larsen bay.

Larzatita; islet or reef, in San Christoval channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales, archipelago, called by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779, Lar- 

/atita, according to the English edition of plate 26 in the plates accompanying La Perouse's voyage. On the old Russian copy of this it is 

Larratita.

Las Animas, island and point; see Auimas.

Lascano; islands. This name appears to have been applied by the Spaniards, 

1788, to some of the islets in Unimak pass.

Las Hermanas, islands; see Hazy.

La Spray; creek, 25 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

the headwaters of Flambeau river from the north, near latitude 64° 45', 

longitude 165° 10'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1904.

Las Puercas, islets; see Sows (The)

Las Rqnas, islets and rocks ; see Frogs (The).

Last; cape, on the northern shore of Afognak bay, near mouth of Afoguak river. 

.Named Krainie (the very last) by Murashef, 1839^10. Near by he has 

Posliedni (last) cape.

Last Chance; creek, just south of Port Clarence, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Last Chance; creek, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

North fork Snake river from the west, near longitude 165° 28'. Name 

from Barnard, 1900. Has been called. AVest fork of Snake river.

Last Chance; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Turner creek, which is a 

tributary of Noxapaga river, near latitude C5° 35', longitude 164° 30'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine,. 1901.

Last Chance; creek, tributary to the Yukon from the east, near Eagle. Prospectors' name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899.

Last Chance; creek, eastern Alaska, on the south bank of Seventymile creek, 

near latitude 65°, longitude 142° 15'. Prospectors' name, from sketch 

map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.
398 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA.

Last Chance; gulch, in the Copper River region, at the headwaters of Chititu 

creek. Prospectors' name, taken from map of Nizina mining district 

by George M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902.

Last Timber; cape, on the southern shore of Raspberry island, Kupreauof strait, 

Kodiak group. The descriptive name Posliednaho liesy (last of the 

woods) was given by Murashef, 1839-40.

Late; point, the south point of Windfall island, Seymour canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, .1889.

Latotfche; .island, in the southwestern part of Prince William sound. So called 

by Vancouver in his.atlas, 1798. Portlock, 1787, called it Foot island, 

possibly from a fancied resemblance to" a human foot. The native 

name is reported to be Klikaklik or Klikaklit, also- spelled Khlikakhlik.

Latouche; point, the eastern point"of entrance to Disenchantment bay, Yakutat 

bay, southeastern Alaska. Named Latouche by Puget, of Vancouver's 

party, in 1794. It was called Puuta de la Esperanza (hope point) by 

Malaspina, in 1791, perhaps in allusion to his hope of here finding the 

famous Northwest passage.

Latouche; post-office (established June, 1905), on Latouche island, Prince William sound.

Lauder; point, the southern point of entrance to Whale bay, Baranof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Dixon, 1787. Has also been 

called South point.

Lauf; islands, in Rodman bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Moore, 1895.

Launch; cove, at Southern rapids, Peril strait, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So called by Coghlan, 1884.

Laura; mountain (-7,527 feet high), on the mainland, east of Stikine river. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Laurada; creek, 8 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary 

to Nome river from the east, near longitude 165° 12'. Prospectors' 

name, published in 1900.

Lava; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kiwalik river from the east, ( near 

latitude 65° 50', longitude 161° 40'. So'called by Witherspoou, 1903.

Lava; islet, near Kruzof island, in entrance to Sitka-sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief, 1809.

Lava; point, on the west side of Akutan island, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians, near latitude 54° 10', longitude 166° 05'. Called Flat Top by 

Moser, 1897, and Lava by the Coast Survey in 1902.

Lavelle Young; creek,, in the upper Koynkuk region, tributary to Dietrich river 

from the east, near latitude 68°, 'longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Lavinia; point, : on the northwestern shore of Chichagof island, Cross sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794.

Lawrence; .creek, 13 miles east of Cape Yaktag, Gulf of Alaska, near longitude 

142°. Named after Lawrence E. Barber, one of the first to locate oil 

lands in the Yaktag region in 1897. Local name, from Martin, 1903.

Lawrence; creek and valley, Alaska peninsula,- on -the southeastern shore of 

Herendeen bay, near longitude 160° 38'. So named by Tanner, 1890.

Lawson; creek, on Douglas island, tributary to Gastineau channel, one-half 

mile northwest of Douglas. Local name, reported by Peters in 1902.

Lay; point, on the Arctic coast, between Cap'e Lisburne and Icy cape. So named 

by Beechey, 1826, after George Tradescant Lay, the naturalist "of his 

expedition. On Tikhmeriief's map this is called Sloistie (in layers).
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 399

Lazaref; cape, a headland 1,100 feet high, on the southeastern shore of TJulraak 

island, eastern Aleutians. So named by Lutke, 1828, who says that 

Kudiakof, 1791, reported its native name as Touliouliaga.

Lazaref; .peak (1,100 feet high), on the southeastern shore of Unimak island, 

3 miles northeast of Cape Lazaref. So called by Westdahl, 1901.

Lazaro; mountain (1,767 feet high), on the south end of Duke island, Dixon 

entrance. Named St. Lazaro by Douglas in June, 1789. Usage has 

shortened the name to Lazaro.

Laay; bay, southwestern shore of Alitak bay, southwestern shore Kodiak, 4 

miles inside Cape Alitak. Local name, reported by Moser, 1900.

Leader; island, In the entrance to Ivanof bay, Alaska peninsula. Named Provodnik (leader) by Woronkofski, 1837.

Leading; point, on Prince of Wales island, in southeastern part of Cordova bay, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Moser, 1896.'

Leading, point; see I-Iarrison.

Leadville; mountain (1,797 feet high), near Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, .1883.

League; point, on the mainland, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade, 1868.

Leather, village; see Koserefski.

Leask; cove, at the head of George inlet, Revillagigedo island, southeastern 

Alaska, near latitude 55° 30', longitude 131° 30'. Local navigators' 

name, reported by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Lebarge; river, tributary to the Yukon river from the north, about 40 miles 

above the month of the Koyukuk. So named by Dall, 1809, after his 

friend and companion, familiarly called Mike Lebarge. Its native 

name, according to Dall, is Miskimtl'kakat.

LebedevsJa, islands; see Pribilof.

Lel)ia,zhe, Jake; see Swan. _

Le Conte; bay, in the mainland, east of Mitkof island, southeastern Alaska, 

near latitude 56° 45'. So named by Thomas, 1887, presumably after 

Joseph Le Coute, professor of geology in the University of California. 

Has been called Leconte, Hutli, and Thunder. The native name is 

Hutli, the Tlingits' mythical thunder bird, the flapping of whose wings 

produces the thunder. .\

Le Conte; glacier, at head of Le Conte bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by 

Thomas, 1887, presumably after Prof. Joseph Le Conte. Has been 

written Leconte. Native name is Hutli (the Thunderer), and from this 

it is often called Thunder glacier.

Ledge; islet, is, Funter bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Mansfield, 1890.

Ledge; point, on the mainland, the south point of entrance to Walker cove, 

. Behm canal. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Ledge; point, the southwestern point of' entrance to Nakat inlet, southeastern 

Alaska. Descriptive name, given by Nichols in 1883.

Ledianoi, cape; see Icy.

Leduc; river, on the mainland, tributary to the Chickamin river, southeastern 

Alaska. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898. Also written 

Le Due.

Lee; creek, in the Fortymile region, eastern Alaska, tributary from the south 

. to Gold creek, an.affluent of Mosquito fork Fortymile creek, near latitude 64° 10', longitude 142° 30'. Name frpnj Lieutenant Mitchell, Signal Corps, U, S. A., in 1902.
400 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Lee; gulch, 3 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

to Hastings creek from the east, near longitude 165° 05'. Local name, 

published in 1904 as Lee's.

Lee; mountain, Alaska peninsula, on the western .side of the southeastern extremity of Becharof lake. Named after J. H. Lee, a pioneer prospector, 

by J. L. McPherson, deputy mineral surveyor.

Lees; point, the eastern point of entrance to Anchor passage, Benin canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793.

Leesia, bay ; see Aleutkiua.

Leesoffskaia, bay ; see Aleutkina.

Leesy, cape and islet; see Fox.

Left; cape, the western head of Kiliuda bay, Kodiak. Named Lievoi (left 

hand) by the Russians. It is on the lel't hand as one enters the bay.

Left; fork of Coal creek, Alaska peninsula, tributary to Mine harbor, eastern 

shore Herendeen bay, near longitude 160° 40'. Descriptive name, reported by Sidney Paige, of the Geological Survey, 1905.

Left, fork of Casadepaga; see Willow creek.

Le'ft; fork of Dexter creek, 6 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, draining 

the north slope of the divide between Anvil peak and Newton peak, near 

longitude 165° 20. Local name, published in 1901.

Left; fork of Elk creek, on the left bank of Nome river, 13 miles northwest of 

Cape Nome, near longitude 105° 15'. Local name, published in 1904.

Left; fork of Dry creek, 3£ miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, near 

longitude 165° 18'. Name from Gerdine, 1904. Has been called Newton 

Gulch No. 2.

Leg; island, west from Latouche island, Prince William sound. So named by 

Dixon, 1787.

Legma; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vasilief, 1809. Legma is Aleut for calm.

Leila; small lake, near the headwaters of Matauuska river, about latitude 62°. 

So named by Glenn, 1898.

Leisnoi, island ; see Liesuoi.

Lemesurier; island, near entrance to Glacier bay, Icy strait, southeastern 

Alaska, about latitude 58° 17', longitude 136° 05'. So named by Ball, 

1879, after the Officer Who commanded one of Vancouver's boats during 

the exploration and survey of Cross sound in 1794.

Lemesurier, island; see Misery.

Lemesurier; point, the extreme northeastern point of Kayak island, Controller 

bay, Gulf of Alaska, near longitude 144° 10'. Named Point le Mesurier 

by Vancouver in 1794. The Spaniards called it Punta de Navia. Has 

been written Mesurier point. \

Lemesurier; point, at the junction of Ernest sound and Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 1793, after Le Mesurier, a 

member of his party. Sometimes it has been written Mesurier. It is 

Misery point of the local navigators, probably because more easily 

pronounced and entered in the log.

Lemly; rock and group of rocks, off Lemesurier point, at the junction of Ernest 

sound and Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover, 

1885, presumably after Capt. Samuel Conrad Lemly, Judge-AdvocateGeneral, U. S. N. Erroneously Lemley.

Lemon; creek, on the mainland, southeastern Alaska, about 5 miles northwest 

of Juneau, tributary to Gastineau channel. Local name, reported by 

Peters in 1902.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. 401

Lemon; point, the north point of entrance to Port McArthur, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm, 1880. 

Lemon Creek; glacier, southeastern Alaska, about 4 miles northeast of Jnneau,

at the head of Lemon creek. Local name, reported by Peters in .1002. 

Lena; cove, indenting the mainland, in Favorite channel, Stephens passage,

southeastern Alaska, on the north side of Lena point below. Name

published by the Coast Survey in 1803. 

Lena; point, on the mainland, near southern entrance to Favorite channel,

Stephens passage, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 58° 24'. So

named by Beardslee, .1880. 

Lenard; harbor, indenting the eastern shore of Cold bay, near Belkofski,

Alaska peninsula, about longitude 162° 20'. Apparently so named by

the Fish Commission in 1888. 

Lenard; sunken rock, 30 miles southwest of Sannak island, near latitude 54°,

longitude 163° 13'. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888. 

Lennan; shoal, off south end of Dolgoi island, near Belkofski. So named by

Da 11, 1880. 

Lennox; island, near the eastern point of entrance to Izembek bay, Alaska

peninsula. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888. 

Leo; anchorage, in Fortuua strait, Salisbury sound, west end of Chichagof

island,- Alexander archipelago. Surveyed and so named by Coghlan,

1884, presumably after the schooner Leo. 

Leo; creek, tributary from the west to Trembly creek, an" affluent of Dietrich

river, about latitude 68°, longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, reported

by Peters and Schrader, 1001. 

Leo; mountain (Mount Leo) in western Alaska, on. the left bank of upper

Anvilc river, near latitude 03° 30'. Prospectors' name, published in

1000. 

Leo; point (Point Leo), southwestern shore Chichagof island, Salisbury sound,

Alexander archipelago the eastern point at the southern entrance to

Fortuna strait and Leo anchorage (above). So named by Moore, 1800. 

Leontovich; cape, the western point of entrance to Gerstle bay, on north shore

of Alaska peninsula, between Port Moller and Izembek bay. Named by

Lutke, 1828, after Lieut. Alexander Leontovich, I. N., a member of his

party. Has also been called Leon cape and Starling cape. 

Leora; mountain (Mount Leora), east of Norton sound, near Eaton. Name

reported by Doctor GambeH, superintendent of Eaton Reindeer station,

in 1000. Not found on any map. 

Leroy^ creek, tributary to Bluestone river from the south, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1000. 

Leskoff, cape; see Lieskof. 

Leslie; glacier and pass at the head of Chilkat river. So named by the Leslie

expedition in 1800. This name has not been seen on any map. 

Lesnoi, island, islet, shoal; see Liesnoi. 

Lesser, arm, Whale bay; see Small. 

Letnikof; cove, on the eastern shore of Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, southeastern

Alaska, near latitude 50° 10', longitude 135° 23'. So named by Lindenberg, 1838; written also Litnekof. 

LetiishJavin, village ; see Old Kootznahoo. 

Levashef, port or harbor; see Port Levashef.

Level; island, at entrance to Duncan canal, Sumner strait* Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Snow in 1886. At high water it

becomes two islands. 

Bull. 200 06 M 26
402 GEOGKAPHIG DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA..

Level; mountain, on. Revillagigedo island, near Tongass narrows, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. 

Lewes; river, one of the affluents of the upper Yukon. In 1847 or 1848 Robert

Campbell, of the Hudson Bay Company, descended this river and named

it Lewes. Present usage appears to regard the Yukon as beginning at

the junction of the Lewes and Pelly rivers at Fort Selkirk. Often

written Lewis. The form Lewes has been adopted by the Canadian

Board on Geographic Names. 

Lewis; cape, on the Arctic coast, between Point Hope and Cape Lisburue, near

latitude 68° 40'.. So named by Beechey, 1826, presumably after Mr.

Charles Lewis, who accompanied him as a volunteer.

Lewis; low islet, west from Alava point, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by local pilots. Near it is Walker

island, and there has been confusion between these names. Called

Side island in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 77). 

Lewis; peak, in the McKinley range, near latitude 62° 10', longitude 1539 , So

named by Herron, 1899. 

Lewis; point, on Graviua island, Tougass narrows, Alexander archipelago.

Named, presumably, by local pilots about 1880. 

Lewis; reef, off Lewis point, Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. So

named by local pilots. 

Lewis, river; see Lewes. 

Lgun, rock ; see Liar. 

Liakik, bay ; see Three Saints. 

Liakik; cape, forming the eastern point of entrance to Three Saints bay,

Kodiak. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. Perhaps from Liak, the Aleut

name for the Mack-footed (loose. 

Liar; rock, the westernmost of the Eckholms group, Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. Named Lgun (liar) by the Russians, 1809. Has also

been called False rock. 

Liard; river, tributary to the Mackenzie, from the west. Has also been called

Mountain river. The above name, Liard, has been adopted by the

Canadian Board on Geographic Names. ' 

Libbey; glacier, tributary to Agassiz glacier, St. Ellas alps, southeastern Alaska.

Named by Topham, 1888, after Prof. William Libbey, jr., of Princeton

t college. Erroneously Libby. .

Libby; island, 5 miles westward of Cape Spencer, mainland coast, southeastern 

Alaska, at west side of entrance to Graves harbor, near latitude 58° 

15', longitude 136° 40'. "It is a good-sized wooded island, probably 

300 feet high." So described in the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Libby; river, tributary to the headwaters of Niukluk river, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900. Presumably so named after Daniel B. 

Libby, of the Western Union Telegraph expedition, 1866.

Liberty; fork, of O'Brien creek, in the Fortymile mining district. Local name, 

obtained by Barnard in 1898.

Liberty Cap; see Battery point.

Lida; island, and anchorage, near the northwestern point of Caton island, 

Sannak group, about longitude 162° 30'. So called by the Fish Commission in 1880. , . Lidreja.no,, bay ; .see Andrew. .

Liebes; cove, indenting the south shore of St. Michael bay, western Alaska, 

near latitude 63° 27', longitude 101° 58'. Name given or reported by 

the Coast Survey parties, 1898-1900.
> GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 403

LieMgstag; rnrer, tributary to Copper river from the east, near latitude 02°. 

So called by Alien, .1885, after an Indian chief living at or near its 

mouth. Apparently identical with Chetaslina.

Liesistoi, islet; see Wooded.

Lieskof; cape, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, northwest of Pavlof 

bay. Named Lieskova (Lieskof's) by Lutke, 1828, after Lieut. Arcadio 

Lieskof, I. N., a member of his party. Has been written Leskoft', Lieskoffi, Liskoff, etc. Apparently identical with Garn'eld point of the Fish 

Commission in 1888.

Liesnoi, cape; see AArooded.

Liesnoi; island, between Woewodski and Eliza harbors, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Liesnoi (woody) by Zarembo, 1838.

Liesnoi; island, in Krestof harbor, Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Liesnoi (woody) by Vasilief, 1809.

Liesnoi; island, northwest of Wrangell, in Sunnier strait, Alexander archi- 

.pelago. Named Liesnoi (woody), by the Rynda party, 1803. The 

island is low and wooded. Has been printed erroneously Leisnoi.

Liesnoi; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Liesnoi (wooded), by Vasilief, 1809, who has a North Liesuoi 

and a South Liesnoi. Has also been erroneously written Lusnoi.

Liesnoi, island ; see Makhnati.

Liesnoi, island (I- ->cliak) ; see Woody.

Liesnoi; islet, r :,.. Laizof island, in entrance to Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Liesnoi (woody) by Vasilief, 1809.

Liesnoi; islet, near Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Liesnoi (woody) by Vasilief, 1833. Has also been written Lesnoi.

Liesnoi; shoal, near Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Coghlan, 1884.

Lietnik; cape, in Kizhnyak bay, north coast of Kodiak. Named Lietnika (summer village) by Murasbef, 1839-40.

Lietnik, cape, on the western shore of Afognak bay, Afoguak"island, Kodiak 

group. Named Lietnika (summer village) by Murashef, 1839-40. 

Moser, 1900, reports Lipsett as the name of this point. See Lipsett.

Lietnik; see Afognak and Litnik.

Lievoi, cape; see Left.

Lighter; creek, an arm of Davis creek, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, who, in 1869, opened a 

coal mine here.

Lighthouse, island ; see Signal.

Lighthouse; rocks, southwest of the Semidis. So named by Dall, 1874. Tebenkof, 1849, calls it Namdak crag or pinnacle. Also called Namtschak.

Lightning; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Casadepaga river from the 

east, near latitude 04° 53', longitude 164° 13'. Prospectors' name, 

from Gerdine, 1905.

Lignite; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the south, near longitude 143° 

35'. Name from Collier, 1902.

Lignite; creek, a right branch of Cantwell river, near latitude 63° 55', longitude 149°. Descriptive name, from Brooks, 1902.

Lillian; creek. 10 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Buster creek from the north, near longitude 165° 15'. Name from 

Barnard, 1900.

Lilly; Hike, 10 miles north of and tributary to Klutiua lake. So named by 

Abercrombie, 1898. Also written Lily.
404 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Lime; creek, tributary to the Niukluk river from the south, in the Eldorado 

mining district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published by the 

Geological Survey in 1900. Called Bear creek on a recent local map.

Lime; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary on south bank of East fork Solomon 

river, near latitude 64° 42', longitude 104° 05'. Prospectors' name, 

from a local map, 1904.

Lime; point, the western point of entrance to Nutkwa inlet, Prince of Wales 

island, Alexander archipelago. Name from Moser, 1897.

Limestone; butte (3,700 feet high), eastern Alaska, east of. North fork Fortymile creek and south of Champion creek, near latitude 64° 45', longitude 141° 50'. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by 

Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Limestone; creek, tributary to Bettles river from the north, near longitude 

149° 30'. Descriptive name, from Schrader, 1899.

Limestone; creek, tributary to Clear creek from the east, on south slope of 

Mount Wrangell. Apparently a local name, reported by Schrader in 

1900.

Limestone; gap, in the Talkeetua mountains, between the headwaters of Bubb 

and Hicks creeks. So named by Glenn, 1898.

Limestone; inlet, in the mainland, opening into Stephens passage, southeastern 

Alaska. Descriptive name, given by Meade in 1869. On the north 

shore are some high limestone bluffs.

Limestone Bluffs; mountain, on the north shore of Limestone inlet, Stephens 

passage, 'southeastern Alaska. So named by Meade, 1869, who says: 

" From a remarkable-looking streak on the side of the mountain forming the west side of the inlet I called it Limestone Inlet and the mountain Limestone Bluff." .

Una, bay; see Lituya.

Lincoln, cape; see Mordvinof.

Lincoln; channel, between Sitklan and Kanuaghunut islands, Dixon entrance. 

Presumably named, 1869, after the U. S. revenue cutter Lincoln.

Lincoln; island, north of Point Retreat, in Lyuu canal, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade, 1869.

Lincoln; mountains (6,200 feet high), near .the head of Portland canal. Apparently so named by the Coast Survey. Erroneously Licolu.

Lincoln; open bay, on the northwestern shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, 

Bering sea. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1890. Designated 

as Lincoln bight on a recent Coast Survey chart.

Lincoln; peak (4,894 feet high), on the mainland, north of Frederick sound, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887, after President 

Abraham Lincoln.

Lincoln; rock, awash at lowest water, southeast of Kashevarof passage, in 

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, 1886, after 

President Lincoln. This rock has been reserved for light-house purposes by Executive order dated January. 4, 1901.

Lind; island, in northwestern part of Prince William sound. So named because a Mr. Lind has a fox ranch on this island. So says Grant, 1905. 

It is probably the same island that is elsewhere called Pond. See 

Pond.

Linda; bar, in the Yukon, between Fort Yukon and Circle at Thirtysixmile 

crossing (36 miles below Circle?). Named after the steamer Linda 

wrecked or stranded here. River pilots' name, taken from Edwards' 

Track Chart of the Yukon, 1899.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 405

Linda Vista; creek, Seward peninsula, in Solomon River valley, tributary on 

south bank of NBig Hurrah creek, ueai latitude 04° 38', longitude 1.64° 

'.15'. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1904.

Lindblom; creek, 9 miles north of Nome, Sewarcl peninsula, tributary to Snake 

river from the east, near longitude 105° 27'. So named after Erick C. 

Lindblom, one of the first to stake claims near Nome in 1898. Erroneously Lindbloom.

Lindeman; lake, near Chilkoot pass, in the Yukon drainage basin. Named by 

Schwatka, 1883, after Dr. Moritz Lindeman, vice-president of the 

Bremen Geographical Society. ,

Lindenberg; harbor, indenting the southern shore of Chichagof island, Peril 

strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief, 1833.

Lindenberg; head, the eastern head of Lindeuberg harbor, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Name apparently first applied by Moore, 1895.

Lindenberg; peninsula, constituting the eastern part of Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. The Russians called its eastern side Lindenberg 

shore or coast, after G. Lindenberg, who explored and surveyed in the 

Alexander archipelago in and about 1838. Ball, in tbo Coast Pilot. 

1883, applied the name to the peninsula.

Lindenberg, point; see Glacier.

Line; island, at entrance to Whiting harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers, 1880.

Linnet; islet, near Spruce island, of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Chechotkin (linnet) by Vasilief, 1809.

Lion; creek, Seward peninsula, Solomon River drainage, tributary on south 

bank of Big Hurrah creek, near latitude 64° 38', longitude 164° 12'. 

Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1904.

Lion; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal, near its head. So named 

by the Coast Survey as early as 1891.

Lion; reef, on the Arctic coast east of Colville river. So named by Franklin 

after his boat Lion, which grounded upon it, August 7, 1826.

Lipsett; point (Point Lipsett), Afognak island, Kodiak group, on the western 

shore of Afognak bay, near latitude 58°, longitude 152° 47'. Local 

name, reported by Moser, 1900. See Lietnik cape.

Lisburne; cape (1,400 feet high), on the Arctic coast of Alaska, near latitude 

68° 53'. 'Discovered and so named by (^ook, August 21, 1778. Erroneously Lisburn and Lisbon. The Eskimo name is "Wevok, Wevuk, or 

Webuk, which is also the name of the village there and the name of 

Cape Thompson ; Cape Lisburue being Webuk Unasiksuk (far) and Cape 

Thompson, Webuk Kouikto (near).

Lisburne; hills, a range of hills, 1,000 to 2,'000 feet high, extending southwest- 

 erly from Cape Lisburne, near latitude 68° 40'. So named by Collier, 

1904.

Lisburne; peninsula, northwest coast of Alaska, latitude 68° to 69°. Name 

proposed and used by Collier, 1904.

Liscome; bay, on the southern shore of Dall island, Dixon entrance. A bay in 

this vicinity, not exactly identified, was named Port Liscome by Ingraham in 1792.

Liscum, fort; see Fort Liscum.

Lisefskaia, bay; see Camp Coogan.

Lishtak; river, the left fork, near the head of Chulitna river, a large southern 

tributary of the Kuskokwim, near longitude 157°. Native name, from 

Tikhmenief, 1861. Another native name is said to be I-irn-tuck.
406 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Lisianski; peninsula, between Kntliana bay and Nakwasina passage, Baranof 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in the Coast Pilot of 

1883.

Lisianski; point, the north point of entrance to Katliaua bay, Sitka sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Dall, iu the Coast Pilot of 1883, 

after Capt. Inri Fedorovich Lisianski, I. N., who was at Sitka in 1804.

Lisianski; small bay, on the southeastern coast of Kodiak, northwest of Sitkalidak island. Name given by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Lisianski; strait, separating Yakobi island from Cuichagof island, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 58°, longitude 136° 20'.* So named by Dall, 

1879, in the Coast Pilot, after Capt. Inri Fedorovich Lisianski, upon 

whose chart of 1814. it first appears. Has been written Lisiansky

Liskoff, cape; see Lieskof.

Litnekof, cove; see Letnikof.

Litnik, bay, lake, river; see Afognak.

Litnik; Indian village, on Afognak bay, Afognak island. This name is found 

on a map made .by the Fish Commission in 1889, and is apparently 

the Afognak of other maps. According to Moser, 1900, it is the Russian 

word Elitnik or Lietnik, meaning a place where fish are cured, or a 

summer village, and is also the local name of Afognak bay. On 

Moser's chart of Afognak bay, 1900,. Litnik village is placed at the head 

of the bay 5 miles north of Afognak.

Little; bay, indenting the northeastern shore of Akun island, Krenitziu group, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 105° 35'. So nameil by the Fish 

Commission in 1888. Called Ri'eeheshni bay by Veuiaminof, 1830.

Little; canyon, on the Stikine river, British Columbia.

Little; cove, at head of Middle bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Mielkoi (very 

small) by Russian naval officers, 3808-1810.

Little; creek, tributary to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm, 1886.

Little; creek, 3 miles northwest of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Anvil 

creek from the east, near longitude 105° 27'. Local name, obtained 

by the Geological Survey in 1899. Rich placers were discovered on this 

creek in 1904.

Little, glacier ; see Popof.

Little; gulch, 5 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the northeast 

slope of Newton peak, draining into Extra Dry creek, near» longitude 

165° 17'. Local name, published in 1904.

Little; gulch, 9 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the east bank of 

Glacier creek, near longitude 165° 20'. Local name, published in 1904.

Little; gulch, 25 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the west bank of 

Nome river, near longitude 165° 13'. Miners' name, reported by Ger- 

- dine, 1904.

Little; island, at entrance to Deep bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Malie (little) by Vasilief, 1833.

Little;, island, in southern part of Lyun canal, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Syinonds, 1880.

Little; islands, west of Unga and north of Wosnesenski island, near entrance 

to Pavlof bay, Alaska peninsula. So called by Dall, 1882..

Little; mountain, on the south bank of the Yukon, near the mouth of Koyukuk 

river. So named by Alien, 1885.

Little; river, about 1 mile west of Cape Ugat, on northern coast of Ilodiak. 

So called by Moser, 1897.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 407

Little; rock (10 feet above high water), near north end of Duke island, in 

Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. Presumably so named 

by local pilots about 1880.

Little Afognak; bay and village, southeastern coast Afognak island, Kodiak 

group, northeast of Afognak bay. Mentioned by Moser, 1900, but not 

found on any map.

Little Anvil; creek, just east of Topkok river, Seward peninsula. Name from 

Barnard, 1900. Called also Silverbow creek.

Little Apoon; pass, Yukon delta, a cut-off on the right bank, connecting Apoon 

pass below its junction with Kwikpak pass, with Kwikpak pass above 

the mouth of Kawanak pass, near latitude 62° 53', longitude 164°. 

Called Kravaksarok or Little Aproon by Faris, 1899.

Little Black; river, northeastern Alaska, tributary to Porcupine river from the 

west, 10 miles above Fort Yukon,' near latitude 66° 30', longitude 144°. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1890. See also Black and Rat.

Little Blanche; creek, tributary to Seveutyniile creek from the south-, about 10 

miles from Eagle, on the Yukon. Prospectors' name, fl'ODi Barnard, 

1S98. Called also Rock creek.

Little Boulder; creek, in the Cuilkat region, tributary to Klehini river from 

the north, 3 miles below Porcupine creek, near longitude 136° OS'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Wright, 1903. Krause brothers (1882) 

wrote the Inclkin name Teltakatschkahin or Jeltakatschkahin, and 

Flemer (1898) wrote it Teltakhatskahin.

Little Branch.; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Maloi .Strelka (little arrow, i. e., little offshoot) by the Russians.

Little Charley, creek; see Kandik river. . . . ' Little Chena; river, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Chena river from the 

north, near latitude 65°, longitude 147°. Local name, from Gerdine, 

1903.

Little Daisy; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Goodhope river from the 

south, near latitude 65° 45', longitude 103° 55'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Little Delta, creek; see Mahutzu.

Little Derby; creek, debouching on the south shore of Seward peninsula, 6£, 

miles west of Cape Nome, near longitude 165° 12'. Local name, from 

Gerdine, 1904.

Little Diomede; island, one of the Diomede group, in Bering strait. Commonly known as the Little Diomede. Sauer and, after him, Lutke 

give its name as Imaglin. Beechey, 1830, has Kruzenstern (Igna-look), 

while Tebenkof, 1849, calls it Igualiuk. In the Alaska purchase treaty, 

1867, Little Diomede island and Fairway rock, presumably, are grouped 

as " the islands of Krusenstern or Igualook." Beechey named this 

island, 1826, after the Russian admiral, Krusenstern.

Little East; rookery (seal) on the north shore St. George island, Bering sea, 

near longitude 169° 31'. Called Little Eastern rookery by Elliott in 

1872-73, and Little East by Stanley-Brown (1891) and Duffield in 1897.

Little Eastern, rookery; see Little East.

Little Eldorado; creek, in the Rampart region, tributary from the north to 

Quail creek a branch of Troublesome creek. Prospectors' name, obtained by Prindle in 1904.

Little Fort; island, on the southeastern shore of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. 

Named Maloi Krieposti (little fort) by the Russian-American Company, 

1849.
408 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA/

Little Garfield; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Noxapaga river from the

west, near latitude 65° 80', longitude 104° 20'. Local name, reported

by Gerdine, 1901. 

Little Gavanski; island, immediately opposite Starrigavan bay, Sitka sound,

Alexander archipelago. Named Gavanski menshoi (little harbor) by

Vasilief, .1809. Has also been called Little island. 

Little Gold; creek, eastern Alaska, a north branch of Gold creek, Salcha River

drainage, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 145° 40'. Prospectors' name,

reported by Witherspoou, 1905. 

Little Goose, island; see Goose. 

Little Granite; creek, eastern Alaska, on the south bank of Seveutymile creek,

near latitude 64° 55', longitude 142°'20'. Prospectors' name, from

sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905. 

Little flog, river; see Little Hogatza. 

Little Hogatza; river, tributary to the Koyukuk, on the right bank, 1| miles

below Hogatza river, near latitude 06°, longitude 155° 3.0'. River

pilots' name, reported as Little Hogatsikakat and Little Hog by Lieutenant Camdeu, R. C. S., 1900. 

Little 'Hurrah; creek, tributary to Big Hurrah creek from the south, Seward

peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Little Indian; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary to Chickaloon bay, south shore

Turnagain arm, .Cook inlet, near longitude 149° 50'. Local name, from

Becker, 1895. 

Little Joe; gulch, 15 miles northwest of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the right

bank of New Eldorado creek, an affluent of Osborn creek, near longi-,

tude 165° 10'. Miners' name, from Gerdine, 1904. 

Little Kayak; local name for Wingham island. 

Little Kings, creek ; see Young. 

Little Kiska; island, just east of Kiska, Rat island group, western Aleutians.

So called by Lutke. See Kiska. . 

Little Koniuji; island, between Big Koniuji and Simeonof islands, Shumagin

group, near longitude 159° 20'. Now occupied as a blue-fox farm.

So named by the Russians. According to Veniaminof this is Tangimak

island of the Aleuts. Lutke writes it Tounghimik. See also Koniuji. 

Little Kotlik; river, Yukon delta, the westerly of the two small rivers opening

on the right bank of Apoon pass at Kotlik, near latitude 03° 02', longitude 163° 33'. From Eskimo kwa-tleek (breeches). So called by 

Faris, 1899.

Little Malamtite; river, in the Koyukuk region, tributary to Alatna river. 

Mentioned by Lieutenant Camden (Operations of the U. S. revenue 

steamer ISfunivak, 1899-1901, p. 247). Not found on any map.

Little Minook; creek, tributary to Minook creek from the east, near latitude 

65° 30', longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 1896.

Little Minook Junior; creek, in the Rampart region, tributary from the east 

to Minook creek, about 5 miles above its mouth. Local name, reported 

by Prindle, 1904.

Little Naked, island; see Peak and Storey.

Little Nitchawak; river, 8 miles northwest of Controller bay, tributary to 

Nitchawak river from the east, near longitude 144°. Local name, from 

Martin, 1903.

Little Polovina; hill, in the northeastern part of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, 

Bering sea. Presumably the local name. Name published by the Coast 

Survey in 1875. Polovina is Russian for halfway.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA, 409

Little Pplovina; rookery, on the eastern shore of St. Paul island, Bering sen, 

1£ miles northeast of Halfway point, near longitude 170° 09'. Written 

Little Polavina by Elliott, 1873-74.

Little Queenie; creek, 8 miles north of Fairbanks, on the south bank of Goldstream creek, a mile below Engineer creek, near longitude 147° 45'. 

Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1.905.

Little Bapids; islet, in Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

 So named, by Coghlan, 1884. ' 

Little Baspberry; island, between Afognak and Kodiak, Kocliak group. Named 

Maloi Malinovoi (little raspberry) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Little Baspberry; strait, between Whale' and. Kodiak islands, Kodiak group. 

Named Maloi Malinovoi (little raspberry) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Little Biver; slough, in the eastern part of Copper river delta. Fisheries name, 

reported by Moser, 1897.

Little Bose; island, one of the Opasni islands, in Northern rapids, Peril strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan, 1884.

Little Salmon; river or creek, tributary to Tsirku river from the north, near 

longitude 136°. Local name, obtained by Wright, 1903. The Tsirku

is now called by the miners, Salmon river.

Little' Sitkin; island (3,585 feet high), between Kiska and Semisopochnoi 

islands, Rat island group, western Aleutians. So called by the Russians. Lutke, 3835, calls it Little or Western Sitkiu. Also has been 

written Little Sitchin.

Little Smith; island, just southwest of Smith island, Prince William sound. 

Local name, reported by Grant, 1905.

Little Sonnickson, creek; see Falls:

Little Specimen; gulch, 6 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the north 

side of Anvil peak, near longitude 165° 23'. Local name, published in 

1904.

Little Streilci, arm of Whale bay; see Small.

Little Susitna; stream, entering head of Cook inlet, between Susitna river and 

Kuik arm. Local name, published by the,Coast Survey in 1898.

Little Tanaga; island, east of Adak island, Anclreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

Called Tannak on Russian Hydrographic chart 1400, edition of 1848; 

Tanaga by Tebenkof, 1849; and Little Tanaga by the North Pacific 

exploring expedition, 1855, doubtless to distinguish it from the larger 

Tanaga island, about 70 miles west of this one. Native name.

Little Tanana; river or slough, on the right bank of the Tanana, near longitude 

143° 30'. So called by Lieutenant Mitchell, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1902.

Little Tok; river, in the Mount Wrangell region, tributary from the south to 

Tok river, near latitude 63° 04', longitude 143° 26'. Local name, reported by Schrader, 1902. Called also Little Tokio.

Little Uffalenka, river; see Kiklukh.

Little Ugalentz, river; see Kiklukh.

Little Whale; bay, indenting the southwestern coast of Baranof island, in or 

. near Whale bay, about latitude 56° 40'. So called by the fisheries, and 

reported by Moser, 1897. It may be the bay that is otherwise called 

Small arm of Whale bay. See Small.

Little Zapadni; rookery (seal), on the western shore of English bay, southwestern coast of St. Paul island, Bering sea, near longitude 170° 20'. 

Local name, reported by Duffleld in 1897.
410 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA.

Lituya; bay, in southern part of the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska, near 

longitude 137° 40'. This name is of Indian origin and was obtained 

and used by the Russians. The Indian word is thought by Dall to be 

H'lit-tu-yuh, accented on the last syllable. Lisianski, 1805, wrote it 

L'tooa bay, and Tebenkof writes it Ltua. "Russian Hydrographic chart 

1378 has Altua bay or Port Frantsuzof. Out of these has come Ltuya, 

Alituya, Altona, and Lina. La Perouse surveyed the bay, 1786, and 

named it Port des Fraix-ais and to the whalemen it has been known as 

Frenchman's bay. The name SUecter has also been applied to it under 

a.misapprehension. . Lituya; mountain (11,832 feet high), in the Fairweather range, southeastern 

Alaska. Name published by Tebenkof, 1849.

Lively; group of islands, in Tlevak strait, .near Tlevak narrows, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Dall, 1882, after the steam launch of the 

Hassler. Sheldon Jackson has called this group Voorhees isles.

Lively; sunken rock, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Nichols, 1883, after the Hassler's steam launch Lively.

Livingston; creek, tributary to Feather river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Livingstone; creek, eastern Alaska, on the south bank of Seventymile creek, 

near latitude 64° 55', longitude 142° 05'. Prospectors' name, and so 

spelled on' sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, 

U. S. A., 1905.

Lizard; cove, indenting the eastern shore of Pearse island, just south of Lizard 

point, Portland inlet, Canada, near latitude 54° 50', longitude 130° 15'. 

Name of point (below) applied by local navigators to cove, and reported by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Lizard; point on the southeastern shore of Pearse island, Portland inlet. So 

.named by Pender, 1868. Erroneously Lizzard. 

Loaf; ridge of mountains (2,200 feet high), on the mainland, northeast of Dixon 

entrance. So called by Nichols, 1883.

Lo&os, Isla de los; see Sealiou rocks.

Loclcenucle, river ; see Alagnak.

Lockwood; mountains, northwestern Alaska, south of the headwaters of Kobuk 

river, between the Kobuk and Koyukuk rivers, and lying across the

Arctic circle, near longitude 156°. So named by Stoney in 1885.

Lockwood; peak (3,510 feet high) in the northeastern.part of Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, 1887, after Lieut. James 

Booth Lockwood, U. S. A., who perished at Cape Sabiue in 1883.

Lockwood; point, on Woewodski island, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade, 1869. It was called Poverotni (turning) by Lindenberg in 1838.

Lode, point, on the right bank of Chilkat river, near its mouth. Named Zhila 

( lode, also hut) by Lindenberg, 1838. The name is obsolete.

Lofka; hut, of an Indian named Lofka, where the earliest American travelers 

on the Yukon used' to spend a night. Called Lofka, Lofka's, and 

Lofka's barrabora (hut). It was on the right bank of the Yukon and 

due east from St. Michael.

Log; point, on Liesnoi island, Woewodski harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Logan; creek, small tributary on south bank of upper Yukon, near longitude 

142° 05'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1905. It appears to be the Shnie creek which Collier, 1902, called Glenn. See 

Glenu.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 411

Logan; mountnin (19,539 feet high), in the St. Elias region. So named by 

Russell, in 1890, in honor of Sir William Edmontl Logan, "founder and 

long director of the Geological Survey of Canada." The name -has 

been adopted by the Cairadia.ii Board on Geographic Names.

Logan; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So named by Pender, 

1868.

Loghry; creek, in the.Fortymile region, eastern Alaska, a small tributary of 

Hntchinson creek at its head, near latitude 04° 15', longitude 142° 20'. 

So named by Lieutenant Mitchell, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1902.

Lohtianoi, point; see Glacier.

Lohtiunoi, sound ; see Cross.

Lomas; cape, on the western shore of Port Caldera, Bncareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named Cabo de las Lomas (cape of the hillocks) 

by Manrelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Lomavik; Eskimo village, on the left bank of the Jowcr. Kuskokwim. Name 

from Nelson, 1879, who wrote it Lomavigamute, i. e., Lomavik people.

Lone; creek, Sewarcl peninsula, tributary from the south to Igloo creek, an 

affluent ol:. American river, near longitude 165° 25'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Lone, island, Prince William sound;'see Long.

Lone; small islet, in Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive name, given 

by Reid in 1892.

Lone; mountain (2,142 feet high), near Barlow cove, on northern end of Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So called by Meade in 1869. 

On a recent Coast Survey chart called Barlow mountain.

Lone; rock, south entrance to Killisuoo harbor, Hood bay, Admiralty island,

. Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 28'. So named by Meade, 

1869.

Lone; rock, in or near Port Wrangell, Alaska peninsula. Named Odiuakoi (isolated or lone) by Vasilief, 1882.

Lone Baldy; mountain, between Katalla bay and the Copper river delta, near 

longitude 144° 30'. Descriptive name, from Martin., .1903.

Lone Butte; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Serpentine river from the 

south, near latitude 65° 50', longitude 165° 10'. Local name, reported by 

Gerdine, 1901. .

Lone Tree; islet, near entrance to Whitewater bay, Chatham strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So "called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 157).

Long; arm of Moser bay, extending to the northeast, western shore of Revillagigedo island, Naba bay, Benin canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude. 55° 35', longitude 131° 38'. Descriptive name, from local navigators, and reported by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Long. A sunken bank or reef, called by the Russians Dlinnaia (rather long), 

and lying near Pamplona rock, Gulf of Alaska, is shown on Russian 

Hydrographic chart 1378 (1847).

Long; bay, indenting the north shore of Prince William sound, between Columbia and Unakwik bays, near longitude 147° 10'. Local name, reported 

by Schrader, 1900.

Long; beach, in Mitrofania bay, Alaska peninsula. So called by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Long; glacier, on the southern flank.of Mount Wrangell and tributary to Kotsina creek from the north. So named by Schrader, 1900, from its 

shape.

Long; island, on the western shore of Cordova bay, Dixon entrance. Named 

Dolgoi (long) by the Russians.
412 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Long; island, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

Descriptive name, given by Meade in 1869.

Long; island, in northeastern part of Sitka sound, Barauof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Dolgoi (long) by Vasilief in 1809. lias also been 

called Dolgay.

Long; island, in Port Frederick, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago, near 

longitude 135° 28'.. So named by United States naval officers, 1880.

Long; island, in Kasaau bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 55° 30', longitude 132° 20'. Named by the Coast Survey 

in 1880.

Long; island, 2 miles long and one-half mile wide, in the northwestern part of 

Prince William sound, about 70 miles southwest of Valdex and 10 miles 

west of Naked island. Has been occupied since 1896 for the propagation of blue foxes. Local name, from Schrader, 1900. Galled also 

Lone island.

Long; island, in Chiuiak bay, near Kodiak. Now occupied by the Senidi 

Propagating Company for raising blue foxes.. Named Dolgoi or Goloi 

(long or bare) by the Russians in 1809. Lisianski, 1804, called it Barren island. *

Long, island, Sauuak group; see Clifford.

Long; mountain, Unalaska island, on the peninsula between Uualaska bay and 

Kalekta bay, near longitude 166° 23'. Descriptive name, used by the 

Harriman expedition, 1899.

Long; peak (about 2,500 feet high), on Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. Climbed 

by Lieutenant Berry, 1881, and its height measured by aneroid barometer. Capt. Thomas Long, of the whaling bark 'Nile, measured its height 

in 1867 and obtained the result 2,480 feet. Named Long peak by the 

Hydrographic Office in (or before) 1879 and Berry's peak by the same 

office in 1881.

Longfellow; peak (2,955 feet high), on the mainland, near Port Snettisham, 

southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1888, after the poet, Henry 

Wadsworth Longfellow.

Lookout; mountain, about 800 to 1,000 feet above the river, on west bank of 

Koyukuk river, near latitude 67°. So named by Alien, who ascended it 

August, 1885. .

Lookout; point, on the mainland, Stephens .passage, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade, 1869.

Lookout; point, on the south shore of Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869.

Lookout; point, the eastern point of Caton island, Sannak group, near latitude 

54° 23', longitude 162° 21'. So called by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Loon; island, one of the Middle islands, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Gagarin (loon) by Vasilief, 1809. Also called Jet by a mistranslation. Has also been written Gagari (diver).

Loon; point, in Eliza harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Mansfield, 1889.

Loon; rock, in the passage between Hinchinbrook and Hawkins islands, Prince 

William sound, near latitude 60° 29', longitude 146° 17'. So called by 

Hitter, 1903.

Loper; creek, in the Tanana valley, tributary to Preacher creek from the south, 

near latitude 65° 40', longitude 145° 40'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Gerdine, 1903.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. 413

Lopp; lagoon, just north of Cape Prince of Wales, Seward peninsula. So named 

by Brooks, .1900, after Rev. William Thomas Lopp, of Indiana, a missionary to the Eskimo, who began work here in 1890.

Loras, harbor ; see Dora.

Lord; islands, in Dixon entrance, near Cape Fox. So named by Fender, 1808.

Lord; rock, near Lord islands, Dixon entrance, south of Cape Fox. Named by 

Nicbols, 1883.

Lords, harbor; see Dora.

Lorentz; river, tributary to the Tanana from the south, near longitude 150° 30'. 

Named .by Alien, 1885, after Mr. Lorentz, of the Alaska Commercial 

Company, chief trader for the Yukon country. On some maps it is 

Loren/.

Loring; post:om'ce and fishing village, on Naha bay, west side of Revillagigedo 

island, Alexander archipelago. The post-office was established here 

November, 1885.

Los Coronados, islands; see Coronados.

Los Hermanos, islands ; see Hazy.

Los Mondragones, islets ; see Fish Egg.

Lost, creek, near Yakutat bay ; see Thaghian.

Lost; creek, Seward peninsula, in Solomon River basin, tributary on north 

bank of Kasson creek, near latitude 64° 42', longitude 164° 23'. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1.904.

Lost; creek, Seward peninsula, in Niukluk valley, tributary to American creek 

from the southeast, near latitude 64° 52', longitude .164° 25'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 1905.

Lost; creek, 6 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from the 

west to Nome river, near longitude 165° 13'. Local name, published in 

1900.

Lost; creek, 25 miles north of Nome, tributary to Stewart river from the south, 

near longitude 165° 20'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1.904.

Lost; creek, tributary to Klokerblok river from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Lost; creek, tributary to Tubutulik river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Prospectors' name, from Peters. 1900.

Lost; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the south, near longitude 148°. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902.

Lost; gulch, in the Copper River region, on the south side of Chititu creek. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall, 1902.

Lost; harbor, indenting the western shore of Akun island, Krenitzin group, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 165° 36'. So named by Gilbert, 1901.

Lost; river, Seward peninsula, rising in the York mountains and emptying into 

Bering sea, 10 miles east of Cape York, near longitude 167° 10'. Local 

name, reported by Collier, 1903.

Lothianoi, bay ; see Icy.

Lothianoi, inlet; see Taku.

Louden; telegraph station, on the right bank of Yukon river, 48 miles above the 

mouth of the Kpyukuk, at, near, or opposite Zakatlatan. So named by 

the Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1903.

Louisa; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kougarok river from the east, 

near latitude 65° 30', longitude 164° 40'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Gerdine, 1901.

Louisa; point, on the mainland, at south end of Favorite channel, Stephens 

passage, southeastern Alaska, So named by Beardslee, 1880.
414 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY'OF ALASKA.

Louise; cove, south shore Peril strait, just inside western entrance, near latitude 57° 22', longitude 135° 40'. Presumably a local name, from Moore, 

1896. Called also Kodmau cove.

Louise; lake (elevation 2,200 feet), on the Copper River plateau, in about latitude 62° 30', and in the Susitna drainage system. So called, 1898, 

by Gleun, who 'indicates that this is its local name.

Louise, point; see New Eddystone.

Louisville; creek. Seward peninsula, tributary from the south to Igloo creek,.a 

branch of American river, near longitude 165° 15'. Prospectors' name, 

reported By Gerdine, 1901. . Love; islet, one of the Japonski group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by United States naval officers, 1880, after a Mr. Love, employed' on the Jamestoicn at Sitka in that year.

Low; bluff, on the northern shore of Amchitka isiand, western Aleutians. So 

designated by the North Pacific exploring expedition of 1855.

Low; cape, on the southwestern shore of Kodiak. Named Nizmennoi (low) by 

Tebenkof, 1849. Has also appeared as Niznienno point.

Low; cape, the western head of Kizhuyak bay, Kodiak. Named Nizmennie 

(low) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Low, cape; see Narrow.

Low, cape; see Tonki. 

Low; hill (4.07 feet high), in the northern part of St. Paul island, Pribilof 

group, Bering sea, near longitude 170° .1.8'. Name from Elliott, 1873-74.

Low; island, between Spruce and Kodiak islands. Named Nizmennie (low) by 

Murashef, 1839-40.

Low; island, off Shoals point, in entrance to Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Nizmennoi (low) by Vasilief, 1809.

Low No. 1; island, southwest of Deer island, near Belkofski. So called by the 

Fish Commission in 1888.

Low No. 2; island, southwest of Deer island, near Belkofski. So called by the 

Fish Commission in 1888.

Low; point, the eastern point of entrance to St. John harbor, Zarembo island, 

Alexander archipelago. So-named by-Snow, 1886.

Low; point, on east side of Portage bay, Alaska peninsula. Name published by 

the Hydrographic Office in- March, 1893.

Low; point, Alaska peninsula, on the north shore of Mine harbor, southeastern 

shore Herendeen bay; near longitude 160° 41'. Descriptive name, 

given by Tanner, 1890.

Low; point, on the eastern shore of Unimak, eastern Aleutians. Called Nizmeunoi (low) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Low; point, on the eastern shore of Bay of Waterfalls, Adak island, middle 

Aleutians. Descriptive name, given by Gibsou in 1855.

Lowe; point (Point Lowe) on northwest shore of Port Valdez, Prince William 

sound, near longitude 14.6° 32'. So named by Abercrombie in 1898, 

after Lieut. Percival G. Lowe, U. S. A., a member of his party.

Lowe; river, entering head of Port Valdez, Prince William sound, near latitude 

61° 05', longitude 146° 10'. So named by Abercrombie, 1898, after 

Lieut. Percival G. Lowe, U. S. A., a member of his party.

Loivell, island ; see Renard.

Lbwell; point, on the west shore of Resurrection bay, Kenai peninsula, 2 miles 

south of Seward, near latitude 60° 04', longitude 149° 27'. Local 

name, reported by Densou, of the Coast Survey, 1905.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 415

Lowenstern; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Shishmaref inlet, Seward 

peninsula, Arctic ocean. Named Loweusteru by Kotzebue, August, 

1816.

Lower; lake, near St. Paul, Kodiak, draining to Shahafka cove. Called Dolgoi 

(long) by the Russians, 1808-1810, but by Tebenkof, 1849, called 

Nizhni (lower).

Lowe River; telegraph station, 2 miles east -of Port Valdez, Prince AYilliam 

sound, soutberu Alaska. So named by the Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1900.

Lower Kootznahoo, bay; see Whitewater.

Lo'wer Nushagak, river; see Nusbagak bay:

Lower Ramparts; gorge, in Yukon river, between the mouths of the Dall and 

Tauana rivers. Apparently so called by Dall, 1884. See also Ramparts.

Lower Ramparts; gorge or canyon, in Porcupine river, about 75 miles above 

Fort Yukon. So called by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Lowrie; island, near Forrester island, off the west coast of Prince of Wales 

archipelago.' So named by Dall, 1879, after Captain Lowrie, of the 

snow Captain Cook, in 1786, who was perhaps the first English-speaking 

navigator to visit Queen Charlotte islands, and possibly the first who 

saw this island.

Loisi-Jcoket; Indian village, on the left bank of the Yukon, opposite the mouth 

of Melozi river, near latitude 04° 40', longitude 155° 30'. Name taken 

from Edwards' Track Chart of the Yukon, 1899.

L'tooa, bay ; see Lituya.

Ltua, bay; see Lituya.

Lucan; point, southeast side Cross sound and west side of Port Althorp, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794. See also Column.

Luce; island, one of the Kutchunia group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by United States naval officers, 1880, after a Mr. Luce, employed on the Jamestown at Sitka in'that year. See also Emgeten.

Lucia; glacier, northwest of Yakutat bay, in the St. Elias alps, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Mark Brickell Kerr, 1890, after his mother.

Lucile; small lake, about 10 miles north of Knik arm, Cook inlet. So named by 

Glenn, 1898. Written Lucile on his map and Lucille in.his text. Martin, 

1905, reports that locally the prospectors and others call it Wassilla'.s 

lake, after the chief of the Kink Indians who lives there, and suggests 

that Lucile may have been an attempt at Wassilla.

Luck; point, on Prince of Wales island, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow, 1886.

Lucky; cove, indenting the southern shore of Revillagigedo island,- Revillagigedo channel, 3 miles northwest of Point Alava, near latitude 55° 13', 

longitude 131° 15'. Local navigators' name, reported by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Lucky; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Harris creek, which in turn is 

tributary to North fork Kougarok river, near latitude 65° 40', longitude 164° 25'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Lucky; gulch, eastern Alaska, on the east bank of 'Fourth of July creek, an 

affluent of the Yukon river from the south, near longitude 141° 50'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902.

Lucky Strike; creek, tributary to Blueston'e river from the north, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Lucy; port (Port Lucy), in southwestern shore of Chatham strait, Baranof 

island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 20', longitude 134° 40'. 

So called uud described in the Coast Pilot of 1901. ^
416 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Lukanin; open bay, on the southern shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, 

Bering sea. Usually written Lukannon. Elliott says it derives its 

name from " one Lukannon, a pioneer Russian, who distinguished himself with one Kaiecov, a countryman, by capturing a large number of 

sea-otters at that point, and on Otter island, in 1787-88." Petrof (Bane. 

Hist., p. 183) says that Ivan Lukauiu was the peredovchik (senior 

officer) with Ismailof.

Lukanin; hill, point, and rookery, on the southeastern coast of St. Paul island, 

Bering sea, near longitude 170° 15'. Local name, which Elliott, 1872-74, 

wrote Lukauueu.

Lukeen's Fort; see Kolmakof.

Lull; point, the northern point of entrance to Kelp bay, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 17', longitude 134° 49'. Named by 

Dall, 1883, after Capt. Edward Phelps Lull, U. S. N., hydrographic 

inspector, Coast Survey.

Lulu; peak, in southern part of the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1889.

Lung; island, Sunnier strait, near the south end of Duncan canal, Kupreanof 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Lurvey; creek, southeastern Alaska, on the mainland, 2 miles east of Juueau, 

tributary to Gold creek from the northeast. Local name, reported bySpencer and Wright, 1903.

Lusnoi, island; see Liesuoi. '

Lutke; cape (a cliff 538 feet high), forming the southern head of Unirnak bay 

on south shore of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 

164° 20'. Veniaminof (1831) calls this.Siuchi (sea liou), and is followed by Tebenkof (1849). The Russian Hydrographic charts (1847) 

call it Lutke, while the Fish Commission (1888) calls it Promontory.

Lyman; anchorage, a bight in the western shore of Clarence strait, Kasaan 

peninsula, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago, near .latitude 55° 33', longitude 132° 17'. Named by the Coast Survey after 

Charles .Lyman, second watch officer of the Coast Survey steamer 

Gedney, engaged in Coast Pilot work in 1900, and described in the 

Coast Pilot of 1901. Said also to be called Port Hartley.

Lyman; point, the eastern poitu at the entrance to Lyman anchorage (above). 

So named and described in the Coast pilot of 1901.

Lyman; rock, awash at lowest, tides, on the west side of Lyman anchorage 

(above). So named and described in the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Lynch; cape, on the western shore of Heceta island, Alexander arrhipelago. 

So named by the local pilots. Not shown on existing charts. "Name 

published by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 122).

Lynn; canal, the great northern arm of Alexander archipelago. It was explored and so named by Vancouver, 1794. Has also been called Lynn 

channel.

Lynn; creek, 6 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Snake 

-river from the east, near longitude 165° 28'. Local name, obtained by 

the Geological Survey in 1899.

Lynn Brothers; group of islands, in St. James bay, Lynn canal, Alexander 

archipelago. Named The Brothers by Meade, 1868, and since modified 

to Lynn Brothers.

Lynn Sisters; two small islands, in the southern part of Lynn canal, Alexander 

archipelago. Called The Sisters by Meade, 1868, and modified to 

Lynn Sisters in the Coast Pilot in 1883.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 417

Lynx; creek, on the west bank of East fork Sixmile creek, Kenai peninsula,

about 16 miles southeast of Sunrise, Cook inlet. Local name, reported

by Mendenhall; 1899. 

Lynx; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the southeast to Lopp lagoon,

on the Arctic coast, near latitude 65° 42'. So called by Gerdine, 1901. 

Lynx; creek, in the Rampart region, tributary to Hess creek from the south,

near latitude 65° 30', longitude 149° 30'. Prospectors' name, from

Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A.," 1902. 

Lynx; mountain, in the Rampart region, southeast of Rampart (city), near

latitude 65° 20', longitude 149°' 40'. Prospectors' name, reported by

Prindle, 1905. 

Lyre; point, on the eastern shore of Port Refugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales

archipelago. Named Punta de Lira (lyre point) by Maurelle and

Quadra, 1775-1779. 

Mab; island, near Bridget cove, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So named

by Mansfield, 1890. 

Mabe; gulch, 6 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the south bank

of Lost creek, a tributary of Nome river from tue west, near longitude

165° 14'. Local name, published in 1904. 

Mabel; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Mascot creek from the east, near

latitude 65° 30', longitude 164° 25'. Prospectors' name, reported by

Gerdine, 1901.

Mabel; island, in Hassiah inlet, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55°, longitude 132° 38'. Name from Dickins, 1905. 

Mabel; island, in Dewey anchorage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Snow, 1886. Erroneously Mable. 

McAdani; creek, tributary to Tisuk river, from the north, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

McArthur; peak (2,239 feet high), near Port McArthur, Kuiu island, Alexander

. archipelago. So named by Helm, 1886, after the Coast Survey steamer

McArthur.

McArthur; port, near the southern entrance to Affleck canal, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago, latitude 56° 05', longitude 134° 05'. Named by

Helm, 1886, after the Coast Survey steamer McArthur, under his

command. 

McArthur; reef, in Sumner strait, off the mouth of Clarence strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, after its surveying

steamer McArthur. 

McBride; glacier, part of the Muir glacier. Called Second North tributary by

Reid, 1890, and later McBride, after H. McBride, a member of. his

party. 

McCartey; point, the southernmost point of the Bronaugh islands, off Dall

Plead, Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols,

1883. Also erroneously McCarty. 

McCarthy; creek, tributary to Kennicott river from the east. Prospectors'

name, reported by the Geological Survey in 1899. 

McClellan; flats, at head of Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago.

So named by naval officers, after Lieut. Edward P. McClellan, U. S. N.,

who visited the locality in 1880. . McClellan; group of islets, forming part of the Galankin group, Sitka sound,

Alexander archipelago. So named by- United States naval officers,

1880, after Lieut. E. P. McClellan, U. S. N. 

Bull. 299 06 M 27
4J 8 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA.

McClellan; rock, near Linclenberg harbor, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by United States naval officers, 1880, after its discoverer, Lieut. 

E. P. McClellan, U. S. N. Erroneously McLellan.

McCullough; rock, in Dixon entrance, west of Zayas island. Reported by Captain McCullough, of the Hudson Bay Company steamer Otter, and 

named after him .by the Coast Survey in 1883. Erroneously McCollough.

McDermott; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the east 10 miles above the 

Ramparts, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 149° 50'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902.

McDoel; peak (6,000 feet high), near headwaters of Kuskokwirn river, in latitude 62°. So named by Post, of the Geological Survey, 1898.

McDonald; bar, a bench on Minook creek, Rampart region, about 9 miles above 

its mouth. Prospectors' name, reported by Prindle, 1904. Erroneously Macdonald.

McDonald, bay ; see Yes.

McDonald; creek, 5 miles east of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Nome 

river from the north, near longitude 165° 15'. Name from Barnard, 

1900.

McDonald; islands, opposite the north end of Wrangell strait, in Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, 1887, after Ensign 

John Daniel McDonald, U. S. N., a member of his party.

McDonald; lake, Cleveland peninsula, near the head of Yes bay, Behrn canal, 

southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 57', longitude 131° 50'. So 

known to the fisheries, and reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

McDonald; sunken rock, in the broad part of Frederick sound, at junction with 

Stevens passage, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 25', longitude 133° 37'. Name published by the Coast Survey, 1895 or earlier.

McDonough; peak (2,700 feet high), in southeastern part of Douglas island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1893.

McFarland; group of islands, on the eastern shore of Tlevak strait, north of 

Dunbar inlet, Alexander archipelago. Named by Dall, 1882, after Mrs. 

A. R. McFarland, a missionary and teacher, who began work in Alaska 

in 1877. Sheldon Jackson has named them Hill islets.

McFarland, islet; see Village.

McFarland; point, on Dall island, opposite Howkan village, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Named by Sheldon Jackson, after Mrs. A. R, McFarland, a missionary and teacher, who began work in Alaska in 1877.

McGimris; creek, on the mainland, eastern shore Favorite channel, Lynn canal, 

tributary to Montana creek, from the east, near latitude 58° 25'. Prospectors' name, reported by Spencer and Wright, 1903.

McGrath.; mountain (6,179 feet high), on the mainland, on north side of Iskut 

river. So named by the Coast Survey, after John Edward McGrath.

McHenry; anchorage, in Etolin island, opening into Clarence strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Snow, 1886, after John McHenry, a member of 

his party.

McHenry; inlet, in Etolin island, opening into Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, 1886, after John McHenry, a member of his 

party.

McHenry; sunken ledge, at entrance to Union bay, Cleveland peninsula, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover, 1885.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 419

McKenzie; inlet, and rock at its entrance, southern shore Skowl arm Kasaan 

bay, Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 24', longitude 132° 20'. So called by local navigators, and reported by Brooks, 

1901.

McKinley; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the northeast to Grantley 

harbor. Prospectors' name, obtained by Gerdiue, 1901.

McKinley; creek, in the Birch Creek region, tributary to Preacher creek from 

the south, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 146°. Prospectors' name, 

reported from Gerdine, .1903.

McKinley; creek, tributary to Middle fork Fortyrnile creek from the south, 

near latitude 64° 20', longitude 143°. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Gerdine, 1903.

McKinley; creek, tributary to Walker fork Fortymile creek from the left, near 

latitude 64°, longitude 141° 20'. Prospectors' name, taken from map 

in Coast Survey archives, drawn by E. F. Ball, a prospector, 1898.

McKinley; creek, in the Fortymile region, tributary to O'Brien creek from the 

east, near latitude 64° 25', longitude 141° 15'. Prospectors' name, reported by Prindle, 1903.,

McKinley; creek, in the Porcupine gold district. Prospectors' name, published 

in 1900.

McKinley; lake, just north of or in edge of delta of the Copper river, 3 miles 

north of Alagauik. Local name, from Gerdine, 1900.

McKinley; mountain (20,300 feet high), near the headwaters of Kuskokwim 

river. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1897. Also called 

Bulshaia, a corruption of the Russian word for My, and Traleika by the 

natives of Cook inlet, also meaning Mg. It was named McKinley by a 

prospector, Dickey, who published an account of it in the New York 

Sun, January 24, 1897. See also Foraker.

McKinley; range, defined by Herron, 1899, as that part of the Alaska range 

which includes Mount McKinley, and which extends southwest from 

the Chulitna-Cantwell divide, near longitude 149°.

McKinley; river, fork of Kantishna river, draining the north and northeast 

slopes of Mount McKinley, near longitude 151°. Named McKinley 

fork by Brooks, 1902, and now known as McKinley river.

McKinley; mining town, on Kantishna river, 40 miles above Bearpaw, and 50 

miles north of Mount McKinley, near latitude 63° 45', longitude 151°. 

Established in the summer of 1905, and reported by Prindle.

McLean; arm, indenting the southeastern shore of Prince of Wales island, 

about 6 miles north of Cape Chacon, near latitude 54° 47', longitude 

132°. Named by Clover, 1885, after Ensign Walter McLean, U. S. N., 

a member of his party.

McLean; point, the southern point of entrance to McLean arm, Prince of Wales 

island, southeastern Alaska. Name so applied by local navigators, and 

reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

McLellan, rock; see McClellan.

McMahon; creek, eastern Alaska, on'the left bank of Butte creek, an affluent 

of North fork Fortymile creek from the northeast, near latitude 64° 40', 

longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by 

Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

McManus; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Chatanika river at its 

source, near latitude 65° 12', longitude 146° 20'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine, 1903.
420 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

McNair, island; see Grand.

MeNairy; point, the south point of entrance to Steamboat bay, Frederick sound,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887. 

McNamara, point; see Macnamara. 

McNeil; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary from the north to Kachemak bay,

about 10 miles northeast of Homer. Local name, reported by Dall in

1895. 

McPTierson; point, not shown on any map and not identified, on the Arctic

coast somewhere east of Point Barrow. Named by Dease and Simpson,

1837, after M. McPherson. 

McQuesten, island; see Huggins. 

McTavish; point, on the western shore of Dease inlet, Arctic coast. Name

from British Admiralty chart 593 (1830-1882). 

Macartney; point, the northeastern point of entrance to Keku strait, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794. 

Mackay; inlet, immediately east of Dease inlet, on the Arctic coast. Named

M'Kay's inlet by Dease and Simpson, 1837, after one of their guides,

James M'Kay, a Scotchman, who had served with Sir George Back in

1834. 

Mackenzie; point, at the head of Cook inlet. Named by Vancouver, 1794,

" after the Right Hon. James Stuart Mackenzie." Erroneously Mackinzie.

Mackenzie; river, in Canada, named after its first explorer, Alexander Mackenzie. 

Mackenzie; small bay, between Dease inlet and Point Barrow, Arctic ocean.

So named by Dease and Simpson, 1837, after Chief Factor Roderick

Mackenzie, of the Hudson Bay Company. 

Macklin; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kougarok river from the east,

near its source, about latitude 65° 45', longitude 164° 50'. Prospectors'

name, reported by Gerdine, 1901. 

Macks, bay; see Tanaskan. 

Macks Head; promontory, San born harbor, Nagai- island, Shumagins. Local

name, from the Coast Survey. 

Macks Head; small rounded island, off northern point of entrance to Sanborn

harbor, Nagai island, Shumagins. Local name, reported by Dall in

1872. The point behind it has also been called Mack's Head. 

Macleod; harbor, on the northwestern coast of Montague island, Prince William

sound. Named McLeod's by Portlock, 1787, after one of his officers. 

Macleod; point, in Smith bay, on the Arctic coast, between Cape Halkett and

Tangent point. Named M'Leod by Dease and Simpson, 1837, after

A. R. M'Leod. 

Macmillan; mountains (3,500 feet high), and river, tributary to Pelly river

from the east, near latitude 63°. Sometimes written McMillan. The

spelling Macmillan has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names. 

Macnamara; point, on Zarembo island, the northeast point of entrance to

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793,

after Captain Macnamara, R. N. Often written McNamara. 

Macooshino, village; see Makushin. 

Madan; point, on the mainland, in Eastern passage, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Vancouver, 1793. 

Made; creek, 13 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to

Osborn creek, from the east, near longitude 165° 07'. Name from

Gerdine, 1904.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 421

Madeira; creek, Seward peninsula. Name from Brooks, 1901.

Madison; creek, eastern Alaska, on south bank of Seventyruile creek, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 142° 50'. Prospectors' name, from sketch map 

compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Madison; gulch, 10 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the eastern 

slope of Mount Brynteson, draining into the head-of Glacier creek from, 

the west, near longitude 165° 21'. Local name, published in 1904.

Madison; peak (2,507 feet high), on the mainland, near Port Snettisham, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1888, after President James 

Madison.

Madre de Dios;. island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named 

Isla de la Madre de Dios (island of God's mother) by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779. Has also been written erroneously Madre de Deos.

Madzaheen; cove, northwestern shore of Hassler harbor, Annette island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 14', longitude 131° 28'. Native 

name, gotten from local navigators, by H. 0. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Magdalena; cape, the north point of entrance to Port Bazan, Dall island, Prince

of Wales archipelago. Either this cape or Cape Muzon was named

Cabo de Santa Maria Magdalena by Perez, 1774. 

Magdalena, Isla de la; see Hinchinbrook. 

Magnet; creek, Seward peninsula, on north coast Norton sound, 6 miles east of

Solomon river, near longitude 164° 13'. Prospectors' name, from a

local map, 1904. 

Magnet; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to North fork Kougarok river from

the north, near latitude 65° 35', longitude 164° 40'. Local name, reported by Gerdine, 1901. 

Magnet; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the west to Pannell river,

which is a tributary of Inmachuk river, near latitude 65° 45', longitude

163° 05'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Witherspoon, 1903. 

Magnolia; creek, tributary to Igloo creek from the north, Seward peninsula.

Name from Brooks, 1900. 

Magnolia; gulch, 18 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the east bank

of Grouse creek, at the headwaters of Snake river, near longitude

165° 21'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1904. 

Magoun; islands, between Krestof and Kruzof islands, Alexande'r archipelago.

Named by the Russians, after a Captain Magoun, who traded on this

coast in early times. Has also been written Magun. 

Mahid; island, one of the Necker islands, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

Named Ma-id by Vasilief in 1809. Is often written Maid. Pronounced

Mah-id. 

Mahlo; valley, and river flowing through it, at east end of Klutina lake.

Named by Abercrombie, 1898, after Emil Mahlo, a member of his party. 

Mahtkwingak; pass or slough, Yukon delta, opening on outer shore, 14 miles

northeast of Kwikpak mouth, near latitude 63° 12', longitude 164° 20'.

Eskimo name, reported by Putnam in 1899 as Mahtkweengak. Erroneously Malitqweengak. 

Mahutzu; river, tributary to the Tanana from the south, near longitude 1.46°

30'. Native name, reported by Peters and Brooks, 1898. It has since

been named Russel creek, and it is reported that the prospectors are

calling it Little Delta creek. 

Maiachnoi, island ; see Signal. 

Maid, island ; see Mahid. 

Main, lake and valley; see Endicott.
422 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Main, river; see Nushagak.

Maiogagaluk; Eskimo village, northwestern Alaska, in Navy pass, 30 miles 

southwest of Chandler .lake, near latitude 68°, longitude 154°. Visited 

by Stoney, 1886, who wrote the name My-og-arg-a-look and My-o-ga-agal-uk.

Major; cove, on the southeastern shore of Norton sound. Called. Major's cove 

by Dall, 1866, because it was the first point at which Major Keunicott 

landed with his party after setting out from St. Michael.

Makak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of Yukon river, between Anvik and 

Koserefski. Called Makka by Tikhmenief, 1861. Raymond (1869) 

calls it Makagamute, i. e., Makak people, and Petrof (1880) Makeymute. 

Population in 1880, 121.

Makaka; point, the northwestern point of Hawkins island, Prince William 

sound. Apparently a native name, reported by Abercrornbie in 1898.

MaJchnak, rock; see Black.

Makhnati; island, at southern entrance to western channel into Sitka harbor, 

Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Makhnatie (rough or 

shaggy) by Vasilief, 1809. Has also been called Liesnoi (wooded) 

island.

Makhnati; islet, in Whale bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Makhuatoi (rough or shaggy) by the Russians.

Makhnati; submerged rock, in Sitka sound, 2$ cables from a beacon on Makhnati island. So named by the Coast Survey in 1883. Has also been 

called Beacon, rock.

Maklau; river, southwestern Alaska, tributary on the left bank of Wood river, 

10 miles from its mouth, near longitude 158° 30'. Local name, maybe 

Eskimo, reported by Moser, 1900.

Maknashka, bay; see Sycamore.

MaknasJika, cape; see Rocky.

MaknasJiJcina, cape; see Miller.

Makrovskoi, bay ; see Pumicestone.

Makushin; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Presumably so called by Krenitzin and Levashef, 1768-69. 

Coxe, in his account of their voyage, published in 1780, has on an

accompanying map Makyshinskaia bay. Written Makushi, Makushinskoi, etc.

Makushin; cape, on the northern shore of Makushin bay, Unalaska. Called 

Makushi by Tebenkof, 1849. It is Makushin point (not cape) of the 

Fish Commission in 1888.

Makushin, cape; see Kovrizhka.

Makushin; valley, beginning at Broad bay, in Unalaska bay, and stretching 

inland. So called by Davidson, 1869. Dall called it Glacier valley in 

1873.

Makushin; native village, on the northern shore of Makushin bay, Unalaska. 

Sarichef, 1792, shows this village, which he calls Makushiuskoe settlement. Lisianski, 1805, has Macooshino settlement. Veniaminof, 1831, 

says it was the headquarters of the Russian-American Company's bidarshik or foreman, and that it contained 6 huts (yourts) and 35 natives. 

Population in 1880, 62; in 1890, 51.

Makushin; active volcano (5,691 feet high), on Unalaska, eastern Aleutians, 

near latitude 53° 52', longitude 166° 50'. Sarichef, 1792, designates it 

as ognedieshutshaia gora (burning mountain). By Kotzebue, about 

1825, it is called Makuschkin volcano. According to Grewingk, quoting 

Sarichef, its native name is Aigiigin, which appears to be from the
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 423

Makushin Continued.

Aleut word Aigak (big). Coxe writes it Ayaghish, and Grewingk, 

Ajagisch. Postels, 1835, called it Wesselow, i. e., Cheerful mountain. 

It is near Cape Cheerful.

Malaia UgalenJca, river; see Kiklnkh.

Malalolic, creek ; see Melatolik.

Malaspina; glacier, on the flanks of the St. Elias alps, immediately north of 

Yakutat bay. This was named Malaspina plateau by Dall, 1874, who 

did not then get near enough to recognize its true character. In 1880, 

liowever, it was approached nearer and its true character seen. Since 

that time it has been called the Malaspina glacier. In 1886 the New 

York Times expedition appjied the names Agassiz and Great Agassiz, 

also Guyot and Great Guyot, to glaciers now regarded as parts of this 

one.

Malaspina; island, of doubtful existence, on the southeast side of Bucareli bay, 

east of Suernez island, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by 

Dall, 1879, after Capt. Don Alessandro Malaspina, the distinguished 

and unfortunate Italian navigator, who, in the service of Spain, explored and surveyed on the northwest coast of America in 1791.

Malaspina; mountain, in the St. Elias alps, near Mount St. Elias. So named 

by Dall, 1880, after the unfortunate Malaspina, who was in Yakutat 

bay in 1791. Dall suggests that this may be identical with Piton 

(Peak) of La Perouse in 1786.

Malchatna, river; see Mulchatna.

Malcolm; river, on the Arctic coast, near the international boundary line. 

Named Sir Pulteney Malcolm river by Franklin in 1826.

Male; point, the southwestern extremity cf -Fillmore island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Maley Roukav; see Small.

Malie, island; see Little.

Malinof, island and strait; see Raspberry.

Malinovoi, cape; see Raspberry.

MalinovsJcoi, cape; see Nuuiliak.

MaUtqioeengalc, pass or slough ; see Mahtkwingak.

Malmesbury; port, on the western side of Kuiu island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794.

Maloi Krieposti, island ; see Little Fort. . , -.

Maloi Malinovoi, island and strait; see Little Raspberry.

Maloi Strelka, bay ; see Little Branch.

Mamalus; islet, in Moser bay, western shore Revillagigedo island, Naha bay, 

Behrn canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 35', longitude 

131° 40'. Native name, meaning dead, so called by local navigators, 

and reported, 1904, by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, who wrote 

it Mamaloose.

Mammce, bluffs and hills; see Einahnuto.

Mammoth; creek, in the Birch Creek region, tributary to Crooked creek, from 

the southwest, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 145° 10'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 1896.

Mammoth; mountains (3,500 to 5,500 feet high) on the right bank of Yukon 

river, and extending across the international boundary from Fortymile 

creek to Kandik river, and thence northwesterly. Name proposed by 

Spurr's party, of the Geological Survey, in 1896, on account of the 

abundance of the fossil remains of the elephant or mammoth in this 

region.
424 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIOETAKY OF ALASKA.

C ' ' Mammoth; river, on Sewarcl. peninsula, tributary to Kotzebue sound, immediately east of Cape Deceit. So named by Petrof, 1880, from the

occurrence of mammoth bones in the vicinity. 

Mammoth House; see Miller House. 

Manby; glacial stream, from Malaspina glacier, debouching near Manby point,

Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell, 1891. 

Manby; point, the northwestern point, of entrance to Yakutat bay, southeastern

Alaska. So named by Vancouver, 1794, after a member of his party.

Apparently identical with Pte. de la Boussole of La Perouse in 1786.

It is St. Elias of Malaspiua in 1792, and Bolshoi (great) point of

Tebenkof in 1849. 

Mandarin; rock, at head of Zachary bay, Unga island,'Shumagin group. So

named by Ball, 1872. 

Mangoak; river, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Selawik lake, "from the

southeast, near latitude 66° 30', longitude 160° 20'. Eskimo name,

obtained by Stoney, 1886, and written Man-go-ak. 

Manila; creek, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from the

west to Hobson creek, an affluent of Nome river, near longitude 165° 17'.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Manila; creek, tributary to Solomon river from the west, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Manila; creek, tributary to Middle fork Fortymile creek from the south, near

latitude 64° 20', longitude 142° 40'. Prospectors' name, reported by

Gerdine, 1903. 

Manillaratsita; creek, tributary to Koyukuk river from the right, between the

Gisasa and the Yukon, near latitude 65°, longitude 157° 30'. Indian

name, Manillaratsitah, published in 1902. 

Manillaratsita; mountains, on northwest side of the confluence of Yukon and

Koyukuk rivers, near latitude 65°, longitude 157° 30'. Indian name,

published in 1902. 

Manker; valley, near foot of Klutina lake, through which flows Manker creek.

So named by Abercrombie, 1898. 

Mankomen; lake and valley, in the Copper River region, near the source of the

East fork Chistochina river, about latitude 63°, longitude 144° 30'. Indian name, applied by prospectors and reported by Mendenhall, 1902.

Manna; creek, -Seward peninsula, debouching in Lopp lagoon, on the Arctic 

coast. Native name, reported by Gerdiue in 1901.

Manning; point, on the Arctic coast near or on Barter island. So named by 

Franklin, 1826.

Man of War; peak, on the mainland, west of Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Thomas, 1887.

ManoJcinak, river; see Manopiknak.

Manopiknak; river, in the Yukon delta, one of the outlets of Yukon river. 

Eskimo name from Nelson, 1878, who in his text writes Manopiknak 

and Manokinak and on his map Manokinak. Has also been written 

Manokiuok.

Mansfield; lake, 7 miles north of Tanana crossing, draining southward to the 

Tanana, near longitude 143° 30'. So named by Wells, 1890, after Lieut. 

Commander Henry Buckingham Mansfield, U. S. N.

Mansfield; peninsula, forming the northern part of Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, 1893, after Lieut. Commander Henry Buckingham Mansfield, U. S. N., who made surveys in 

the Alexander archipelago in 1889-1891.

Mantalik, creek; see Mentalik.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 425

Mantasna, lake, mountains, etc.; see Mentasta.

Manzanita; cove, indenting the eastern shore of Wales island, Portland canal. 

Canada, near latitude 54° 45', longitude 130° 26'. Descriptive name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1901.

Manzanita; island, in Behm canal, northwest from the entrance to Rudyerd 

bay. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Manzanita; peak (3,959 feet high), in the eastern part of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Maple; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So named by Pender, 

1868.

Marabilla; island and point, in Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Ysla y Puuta de la Marabilla by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775- 

1779.

Marble; creek, opening on the east side of Shakan strait, northwestern shore 

of Prince of Wales island, near latitude 56° 10', longitude 133° 27'. 

Local name obtained by Dickius, 1903^4.

Marble; island, on the north side of Sea Otter sound, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 58', longitude 133° 27'. So named by Dickins,

1903-4. Has been called Fox island.

Marble; islet, in the southern part of Affleck canal, Kuiu island, Alexander 

archipelago. So nanied by Snow, 1886, " from its formation."

Marble; two small bare islets, in Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So called 

by the Coast survey, 1883, on account of the rocks of which they are 

composed.

Marble; point, Alaska peninsula, on the eastern shore of Herendeen bay, onehalf mile north of Shingle point, near longitude 160° 45'. Descriptive 

name, given by Tanner, 1890.

Marble Bluffs; locality on the western shore of Admiralty island, Chatham 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name of local origin, published by the Coast Survey in 1883.

Maria; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the south to Kugrupaga river, 

near latitude 65° 50', longitude 166° 23'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Gerdine, 1901.

Maria; point, the northern point of entrance to Port Asumcion, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Maria Josefa by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Maria Louisa, river; see Kun.

Marie; creek, tributary to Walker fork Fortymile creek from the right, near 

latitude 64°, longitude 141° 30'. Prospectors' name, taken from map 

in Coast Survey archives drawn by E. F. Ball, a prospector, 1898.

Marie; lake (Loch Marie), on the northern shore of Windham bay, Frederick 

sound, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 57° 35'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Spencer and Wright, 1903.

Marie; point (Point Marie), the south point of entrance to Ushk bay, Chichagof 

island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 33', longitude 135° 34'. So named by Moore in 1895.

Marine, Port de la; see Real Marina.

Mariner; creek, tributary to Canyon creek from the west, in the Fortymile mining region; latitude 64° 15', longitude 151° 10'. Local name, obtained 

by Barnard in 1898. See Merriam.

Marion; creek, tributary to American creek from the east, in the Eagle mining 

region. Local name, obtained by Barnard in 1898.

Marion; creek, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyukuk from the east, near 

longitude 150°, Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader in 1899.
426 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Marks; creek, eastern Alaska, at head of Flat creek, near latitude 65°, longitude 143°. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major 

Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Marmion; island, at junction of Gastineau channel and Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883.

Marmot; bay, between Afognak and Kodiak. It was named Whitsuntide by 

Cook in 1778. Called Evershichie (marmot) by Tebenkof, 1849. The 

word Evrashka comes from Siberia. Kotzebue says (I, 229) : "An 

animal in many respects similar to the squirrel; but it is much larger 

and lives in the earth; it is called in Siberia Gewraschka. The Americans (in Kotzebue sound) call it Tschikschi." Chi-gik', according to 

Nelson, is the Eskimo name of Parry's spermophile, so that Chigik and 

Tschikschi seem to be two renderings of the same Eskimo word. 

Veuianiinof gives the Koloshian name of Evrashka as Tsalk and the 

Aleut name as Ulnik.

Marmot; island, east of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Now occupied as a fox 

farm. Named Evrashichie (marmot) by the early Russians. It is 

Isla de Camacho of Maurelle and Quadra (1779), and St. Hermogenes 

of Billings (about 1790) and of Galiano (1802). "The only land animals (on this island) are the foxes and myriads of ground squirrels 

(spermophilus) upon which the foxes prey for their subsistence. These 

rodents are called yevrashka in Russian. This word our map makers 

erroneously translated marmot, and thus misnamed the island." (Eleventh Census, p. 73.)

Marmot; river, tributary to Portland canal from the east, near its head. So 

named by Fender, 1868.

Marmot; strait, between Marmot and Afognak islands. Named Evrashichichie 

(marmot) by the Russians, 1849.

Maroonitch; old village site, on north shore of St. Paul island, Pribliof group, 

Bering sea. Name from Elliott, 1873-74, who says: " Site of a pioneer 

village, established by one Maroon." Written also Marunich.

Marr; butte (3,000 feet high), near junction of Delta and Tanaua rivers. So 

named by Glenn, 1898, after Private Marr, a member of his party.

Marr; mountain (2,447 feet high), near the south end of Cleveland peninsula, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, 1886, after Robert

Athelston Marr, then subassistant, Coast Survey.

Marr; mountain, on north bank of Porcupine river, near Lower Ramparts. So 

named by the Coast Survey as early as 1895.

Marryat; inlet, immediately north of Point Hope, Arctic coast. Discovered by 

Lieutenant Belcher, R. N., 1827, and named by Beechey, " after his 

[Belcher's] relation, Captain Marryat, R. N." Called Marriet by 

Tikhmenief. °

Marsden; point, on the northwestern shore of Admiralty island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver,' 1794.

Marsh, bay; see Hot Springs.

Marsh; fork, the left fork of Canning river, Arctic slope, near latitude 69°, 

longitude 147°. So named in this dictionary after S. J. Marsh, a prospector, who explored and sketched it in 1903. After the manner of 

prospectors who term the branches right and left in ascending, Marsh 

called it Right fork.

Marsh,; island, southeast of the Kashevarof group of islands, in Clarence strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, 1886, after Ensign Charles 

Carltou Marsh, U. S. N., a member of his party.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA, 427

Marsh; lake, northeast of Chilkoot pass, on headwaters of Lewes river. Named, 

in 1883, by Schwatka, after Prof. Othniel Charles Marsh, of Yale College. This name has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Marsh; peak, on the mainland, near head of Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. 

Named by Thomas, 1887, presumably after Prof. O. C. Marsh, of Yale 

College.

Marsh; point, the eastern point of entrance to Cordova bay, Dixon entrance,. 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Clover, 1885, after Ensign Charles 

C. Marsh, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Marsh; point, the western point of entrance to Waiuwright inlet, Arctic coast. 

So named by Beechey, 1826, after his purser, George Marsh.

Marshall; creek, tributary to Matanuska river from the north, just below the 

Chickaloon. So named by Mendenhall, 1898, after a prospector, W. H. 

Marshall.

Marshall; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the south, 4 or 5 miles below 

Rampart (city), near longitude 150° 20'. Prospectors' name, taken 

from Edwards's Track Chart of the Yukon, 1899.

Marshall; islet, near the entrance to Silver bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers, 1880.

Marshall; mountain (5,200 feet high), on the eastern shore of Klutina lake. 

So named by Abercrombie, 1898.

Marshall; mountain (4,500 feet high), on the eastern shore of Portland canal. 

Named Marshal by Pcncler, 1868.

Marshall; pass, in the Chugach mountains, east of Valdez, between the headwaters of Lowe and Tasnuua rivers. So named by Abercrombie, 1898.

Marshall; peak (3,017 feet high), on the mainland, near Port Snettisham, 

southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1888, after Chief Justice 

John Marshall.

Marten; arm, of Boca de Quadra, southeastern Alaska. So named by the Coast 

Survey in 1891.

Marten, river; see Martin.

Martin; small creek, on the south shore of Seward peninsula, 2 miles southeast of Nome, near longitude 165° 20'. Local name, published in 1904.

Martin; harbor, a small arm of Korovinski bay, Atka island, middle Aleutians. 

Named Pestchanaia (sandy) by Ingeustreni, about 1830, and called 

Sand, Peschani, etc. Locally known as Martin's harbor, after Capt. 

Martin Klinkofstrom, of the Russian-American Company's service, who 

first entered and afterwards used it.

Martin, island; see Gravel. : Martin; low sand island, in front of Elson bay, Arctic coast, just east of Point 

Barrow. So named by the British Admiralty in 1853. It may be 

identical with Doctor island of later charts.

Martin; islands, two small islands, near Point Martin, on the west side of 

Katalla bay, Gulf of Alaska, near latitude GO 0 10', longitude 144° 33'. 

Tebenkof, 1849, shows one island here which he names Kikhtak. By 

this name as well as Kishtak, they have been sometimes called. Davidson, Coast Pilot, 1869, p. 149, quotes from some source Anglice island. 

They are locally known as Fox or Martin islands.

Martin; point, "the northwest point of Controller's bay, which, after Sir Henry 

Martin, I called Point Martin." So described and named by Vancouver, 

1794. " The two rocky islets lying off " this point, mentioned by Van-
428 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Martin Continued. .

couver, are now known locally as Martin or Fox islands. Tebenkof, 

1849, shows only one small island, which he names Kikhtak; from this 

the point has been called Kikhtak and Kishtak.

Martin; point, on the Arctic coast, a little east of Camden bay. Named Point 

Sir flenry Martin by Franklin, 1826.

Martin; river, debouching on eastern margin of Copper River delta, near longitude 144° 45'. Local name written Marten by Moser, 1897.

Martin; rock, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Nichols, 1883.

Martin River; glacier, a large glacier at the head of Martin river, 25 miles 

north of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska, near longitude 144° 15'. Local 

name, reported by Martin in 1903.

Marunich, St. Paul island; see Maroonitch.

Marvine; glacier, tributary to the Malaspina glacier, in the St. E'lias alps, 

southeastern Alaska. Named by Russell, 1890, after the geologist, 

Archibald Robertson Marvine.

M, ary, bay; see Shelikof.

Mary; creek, tributary to Controller bay from the north, near longitude 144° 

20/. Local name, from Pratt, 1903. Called also Mary's.

Mary; gulch, 6 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, at the head of Mountain creek, a tributary to Snake river from the east, near longitude 

165° 25'. Local name, published in 1904.

Mary; island, north of Duke island, in Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 05', longitude 131° 14'. Named by W. E. 

George, pilot, in 1880 (Coast Pilot, 76). Erroneously St. Mary island, 

on British Admiralty chart 2431, edition of 1882.

Mary; island, in the Sannak group, 2 miles south of Sannak island, near latitude 54° 20', longitude 362° 33'. So named by Westdahl, 1901.

Mary; point (Point Mary), the northern point of entrance to Shelikof bay, 

Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 10', longitude 

135° 50'. So named by Moore, 1897.

Mary; port (Port Mary), in Shelikof bay, Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794. See Shelikof bay.

Mary Island; anchorage, in the northern end of Mary island, Revillagigedo 

channel, Alexander archipelago. Local name, published by the Coast 

Survey in 1883.

Mary Island; light-house reservation, in northeastern part of Mary island, 

Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. Reserved for lighthouse purposes by Executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Marys, river; see Kaviruk.

Mary's Igloo; see Igloo.

Mascot; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the northwest to Magnolia 

creek, on the north bank of Igloo creek, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 

165° 20'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdiue, 1901.

Mascot; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Noxapaga river, near its mouth, 

about latitude 65° 25', longitude 164° 20'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Gerdine, 1901.

Mascot; creek, tributary on the right to Seattle river, an affluent of North fork 

Koyukuk river, about latitude 67° 30', longitude 150° 40'. Miners' 

name, reported by Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Mashik; native village, at Port Moller, Alaska peninsula. Native name, reported by Petrof, 1880, who wrote it Mashikh.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 429

Mason; narrows, in the Tanana river, near longitude 146°. So named, 1885, by 

Alien, in honor of Prof. Otis Tufton Mason, of the Smithsonian Institution.

Massacre; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Attu island, western Aleutians. Named Ubiennoi (massacre) by Davidof, about 1802, presumably to commemorate the wanton massacre here of 15 natives by Cossack fur hunters, in 1745, under Alexai Bieliaef. Lutke wrote it 

Oubiennaia, and Grewingk has Subieuna.

Massacre; brook, flowing from a lake into Massacre harbor, Attu island, western 

Aleutians. Name from Grewingk, 1850, who has Subienna, apparently 

an error for Ubienua (massacre).

Mastic; sunken rock, in Revillagigedo channel, near entrance to Thorne arm, 

Alexander archipelago. Named after the vessel Masticlc, which struck 

upon it July, 1882. Is now usually written Mastic and has been, erroneously, Mystic.

Mastodon; bank, a caving bank of-Koyukuk river, on the left, between the 

Dagitli and Kateel rivers, near latitude 65° 25', longitude 157° 15'. It 

contains mastodon remains, and is called Mastodon bank or Stink 

bank by the river pilots.

Mastodon; fork, of Eagle creek, in the. Birch Creek region, draining the northwest side of Mastodon dome, near latitude 65° 27', longitude 145° 22'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 1896.

Mastodon; post-office (established in 1902), and creek, in the Birch Creek 

region. The creek is tributary to Mammoth creek from the left, near 

latitude 64° 30', longitude 145° 15'. Gold was discovered on this creek 

in 1894 the first in the Birch Creek field. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 1896.

Mastodon Dome; mountain, in the Birch Creek region, 4,400 feet high, near 

latitude 65° 25', longitude 145° 20'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 1896.

 Maston; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the southeast to Kugrupaga 

riv$r, near latitude 65° 51', longitude 166° 24'.

Matanuska; glacier, near the source of Matanuska river. So named by Mendeuhall, 1898.

Matanuska; river, tributary to Knik arm, Cook inlet. Native name, published 

by the Coast Survey in 1897. Has also been written Matanooski. Martin, 1905, was told by old traders in the region that the Russians called 

this river Mednoviska, probably meant for, or a corruption of, Mednorechka (Copper river). *

Matanuska; native village, on the eastern shore of lake on Copper River 

plateau. Native name, obtained by Gleuu in 1898.

Matheson; creek, tributary from the left to Atwater creek, affluent to South 

fork Fortymile creek, near latitude 64°, longitude 141° 50'. Prospectors' 

name, taken from map in the Coast Survey archives drawn by E. F. 

Ball, a prospector, 1898.

Matson; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary on south bank of East fork Solomon river, near latitude 64° 42', longitude 164° 12'. Prospectors' name, 

from a local map, 1904.

Matwi, island; see St. Matthew.

Maud, lake; see Sirkwet.

Mauneluk; river, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Kobuk river from the 

north, near latitude 66° 45', longitude 156° 15'. Eskimo name, written 

Mau-ne-luck by Stoney, 1885.
430 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Maurelle; islands, in Iphigenia bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named 

by Dall, 1879, after the Spaniard Don Francisco Antonio Maurelle, who 

made surveys in this region in 1775 and 1779.

Maurice; creek, tributary to Walker fork Fortyniile creek from the right, near 

latitude 64° 05', longitude 141° 20'. Prospectors' name, from Ball's 

map, 1898, in Coast Survey archives.

Maury; peak (5,566 feet high), on the mainland, between Thomas bay and 

Port Houghton, southeastern Alaska. Named by the Coast Survey, 

1895, after Capt. Matthew Fontaine Maury, U. S. N.

Mayastetchnoi, island; see Signal.

May; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Bear creek near its source, about 

latitude 65° 40', longitude 161° 05'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Witherspoou, 1903.

May; gulch, in the Copper River region, on the north side of Young creek, 

which is tributary to Nizina river. Prospectors' name, taken from map 

of Nizina mining district by George M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902.

Mayer; peak (6,100 feet high), near the head of Klutina lake. So named bv 

Abercrombie, 1898. Has also been written Meyer.

Maynard; hill (380 feet high), on the western part of St. George island, Bering 

sea, near longitude 169° 41'. So called by Stanley-Brown, 1891, probably after Lieut. Washburn Maynard, U. S. N., with Elliott in 1874. 

Putnam gives Eganut'a-koverushka' (Aleut-Russian, hill near the high 

Muff). Russian kovrishka (a little loaf) used by the Aleuts to mean 

hill.

Mayo; bend, in Koyukuk river, about 10 miles below the mouth of Alien river. 

So named by Alien, 1885. Erroneously Mays on a late chart.

Mayoral; cove, behind St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Puerto Mayoral (Steward port) by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

Maysil; cape, on the western shore of Port Refugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named Cabo Maysil by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775- 

1779.

Meade; glacier, east of Chilkoot inlet, Lynn canal, at the head of Katzehin 

river. So named by the Coast Survey, presumably after Rear-Admiral 

Richard Worsam Meade, U. S. N., who surveyed in southeastern Alaska 

in 1868 and 1869.

Meade, mountains; see Hooper.

Meade; point, on the northwestern shore of Kuiu island, between Security and 

Sagiuaw bays, Alexander -archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, 

after Rear-Admiral R, W. Meade, U. S. N.

Meade; river, of northern Alaska, explored by Ray in April, 1883, and by him 

named Meade. Its Eskimo name, according to Murdoch, is Kulugrua, 

which has been printed Kol u gru'a, and, by error, Gogtua.

Meares; passage, between Suemez and Quadra islands, near Bucareli bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 97). 

Called Sea Otter bay by Lisiauski, after Meares (?), Ingraham, and 

other early traders.

 Meares, port; see Prisoners cove.

Medicine; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the north, about 15 miles below 

Lower Kaltag. Raymond, 1869, calls it Takaltski; Tikhmenief, 186.1, 

Kakogkakat, i. e., Kakog mouth. A native village at its mouth is called 

by Petrof, 1880, Kliatnotoutze; he gives its population as 115.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 431

Medicine; lake, in the Birch Creek region, draining into Crooked creek from

the right, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 144° 40'. Prospectors' name,

reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 1896. 

Mednorechka, river; see Matanuska. 

Mednoviska, river; see Matanuska. 

Medvednikova, bay ; see Bear. 

Medvetcha, creek ; see Sawmill. 

Medviednik, cape; see Bear. 

Medviezhi, island; see Woewodski. 

MedviezMa, cove ; see Bear. 

Meiklejohn, entrance; see Hinchinbrook. 

Meiklejohn; pass (4,500 feet high), one of the passes between Copper, and

Tauana rivers. It lies between Tok river and Wagner lake. Named

by Lowe, 1898, after Hon. G. D. Meiklejohn, Assistant Secretary of

War. 

Melanson; lake, near Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by the Coast Survey in 1897. 

Melatolik; creek, outer shore Yukon delta, 20 miles south of Black river, near

latitude 62° 05'. Eskimo name, Melatolic, obtained by Putnarn, 1899.

Erroneously Melalolic. This may be Muganolowik of Dall, which see. 

Meli, point; see Green. 

Melkowadia, point; see Shallows. 

Mellen; rock, in Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago, in entrance to Hetta inlet,

near latitude 55° 02', longitude 132° 42'. So called by Dickins 1905. 

Mellish; cabin, on shore of Knik arm of Cook inlet. So called, 1898, after its

owner, Henry Mellish. Has also been written Melishe's. 

Melnichnoi, cape; see Miller. 

Melozi; landing and telegraph station, on Yukon river, at the mouth of Melozi

river, 133 miles below Fort Gibbon. 

Melzoi; river, tributary to the Yukon from the north, between the mouths of

Koyukuk and Tanana rivers. Native name, reported by the Western

Union Telegraph expedition, 1867, as Melozecargut and usually written

Melozikakat. See Kakat. 

Melozikakat; mountains, between Melozi and Koyukuk rivers, about longitude

354°. So called by Lieutenant Camden, Revenue-Cutter Service, 1900.

These mountains or some of them were called Peloziklella by the Coast

Survey, 1898. See Peloziklella. 

Melsing; creek, tributary to Niukluk river from the north, in the Eldorado

mining district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900, after

L. Melsing, a miner.

Metntrelegamute, village; see Mumtrelek. 

Mena-kak-a-shah, lake; see Minakak. 

Mendenhall; cape, the southernmost point of Nunivak island, Bering sea.

Named Ignatief by Tebeukof, 1849, after Lieut. Ivan Ignatief, I. N.,

who accompanied Shishmaref in the Blagonamieren/nie (good-intent)

181P-1822. Recently renamed Mendeuhall by the Coast Survey. 

Mendenhall; glacier, on the mainland, northwest of Juneau, southeastern

Alaska, near latitude 58° 25'. So named by the Coast Survey, 1892,

after Prof. Thomas Corwin Mendenhall, its Superintendent. 

Mendenhall; river, tributary to Takhini river, southeastern Alaska. So named

presumably by the Leslie expedition, 1890, after Superintendent T. C.

Mendenhall, Coast Survey.
432 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Mendenhall; river, on the mainland, southeastern Alaska, draining Mendenhall glacier into the northwest end of Gastineau channel, Stephens 

passage, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 23', longitude 134° 35'. 

So called by Spencer and Wright, 1903.

Mendikakat, river; see Meutokakat.

Menefee; anchorage, at the entrance to Moira sound, Clarence strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Clover, 1885, after Ensign Daniel Preston 

Menefee, U. S. N., a member of his party. Has been written erroneously, Menafee.

Menefee; inlet, in Etolin island, opening into Ernest sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, 1886, after Ensign D. P. Menefee, U. S. N., a 

member of his party. Has also been written, erroneously, Menafee and 

Meuefes.

Mene-lcaJc-o-shah, lake; see Minakak.

Menendes, The western part of Copper river delta was called Ensenada de 

Menendez by the Spaniards in 1788.

Menshikof; cape, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, near the mouth 

of Ugashik river. Named Menshikova (Menshikof's) by Lutke, 1828. 

Has often been written Menchikoff.

Mentalik; creek, tributary to Yentna river from the north, 10 miles below the 

Skwentna, near latitude 62°, longitude 151°. Native name. Post obtained the name, 1898, through J. Madison, a resident of Cook inlet, as 

Mantalik.

Mentanontli; lake and river, between the Yukon and Koyukuk, near longitude 

152°. Native name, reported by Alien in 1885. On his map 4 it is 

Mentantlekakat lake and river, and in his text .(P- 97, etc.) it is Meutanontlekakat river and Tatatontly lake. See Kakat.

Mentasta; lake, mountain range, pass (2,300 feet high), and trail, between 

Copper and Tanana rivers. Native name, reported by Alien in 1885. 

Schrader says this is a corruption of the Indian name Mantasna, the 

termination na meaning river.

Mentasta; telegraph station, at Mentasta pass, 112 miles northeast of Copper 

Center. Named Mentasta or Mentasta Pass by the Signal Corps, 

U. S. A., 1902.

Mentokakat; native village, on the south bank of Yukon river, about 20 miles' 

above the mouth of Melozi river. Native name, reported by Petrof in 

1880. Population in 1880, 20. Late maps omit the village and show a 

stream called Montekakat creek, Mendikakat river, etc., i. e., mouth of 

Monte river or creek. Zagoskin, 1842-1844, gives the name of the river 

as Miukotliatno.

MenzieS) cape; see Ommauey.

Menzies 1 , strait; see Chatham.

Me-oJc-ne-oz-dok, Indian village; see Miokuiozdok.

Mercier. Petrof, in his map in the Tenth Census, 1880, shows a place called 

Mercier station on the north bank of the Yukon, about 40 miles below 

the mouth of the Tanana. Name not found elsewhere.

Mer d'Ormante, sea; see Bering.

Merk; cape, the western point of Hall island, Bering sea.- Named Merka 

(Merk's) by Tebenkof, 1848, presumably after Dr. Karl Merck (or 

Merk), surgeon and naturalist in the Billings expedition, 1785-1794.

Merriam; creek, in the Fortymile region, tributary to Canyon creek from the 

left, near latitude 64° 15', longitude 141° 10'. Prospectors' name. This 

may be identical with Mariner creek of Barnard,
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIOJSTABY OF ALASKA. 433

Merry Christinas; creek, Forty in ile region, tributary to Slate creek on north 

bauk, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 142° 35'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Wither spoon, 1905.

Mertz; islet, in bight on the northern shore of Long island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by United States naval officers, 1880, after 

Lieut Albert Mertz, U. S. N.

Mesa; creek, in the Wrangell mountains, on the west side of Mount Gordon, 

tributary to Jacksina creek, on the right. So named by Schrader, 1902, 

from the fact that its source is in the lava mesa of the locality.

Meshagak, bay, river, trading post.; see Nushagak.

Meshik; river and lake, Alaska peninsula, tributary to Port Heiden, near longitude 158° 30'. Presumably Eskimo name, adopted by the fisheries, 

and published Mishik by the Geological Survey in 1905.

Meshik; Eskimo village, Alaska peninsula, on the north shore of Port Heideu, 

near longitude 158° 40'. Native name, published Mishik by the Coast 

Survey in 1902.

Mesquatilla; mountains, on the north bank of Yukon river, between the mouths

of Melozi and To/i rivers. Native name, from Raymond, 1869. !

Mesurier, point; see Lemesurier.

Metlakatla; post-office and Indian village, at Port Chester, Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. Called Port Chester and Metlakatla. Metlakatla is the name of a group of Tsimpseau or Chiinsyau Indians that 

founded the village. It has been variously spelled Metlahcatlah, Metlahkahtla, Metlakatla, etc. The name of the post-office established 

here in October, 1888, was spelled Metlakahtla, and changed to Metlakatla in 1904.

Prior to 1887 there was a village of Metlakatla Indians about 15 'miles 

south of Port Simpson, on the western shore of Chimsyan peninsula, 

British Columbia, where the Scotch missionary, William Duncan, had 

lived and successfully labored for ma'ny years. Owing to disagreement 

with the established church, Duncan and his Indians, 1887, abandoned 

their village, which thereafter became known as Old Metlakatla, and 

founded the present Metlakatla, which was at first called New Metlakatla, and is sometimes still so called and sometimes Port Chester 

village. As to this Capt D. D. Gaillard, Corps of Engineers, U. S. A., 

who surveyed and built storehouses in Portland canal, in 1896, says 

(Senate Doc. No. 19, Fifty-fourth Congress, second session, p. 4) : 

fl ' The largest settlement in the region under discussion is at New Metlakahtla (Port Chester), where there is a store, a cannery, a sawmill, 

and about 850 Christian Indians who, in 1887, to obtain greater religious liberty, abandoned their village in British Columbia and followed 

their devoted missionary, Mr. William Duncan, to their present abode, 

upon arrival at which it is said that they hoisted the United States 

flag and formally transferred their allegiance from Canada to the 

United States. By act of Congress, approved March 3, 1891, the body 

of lands known as Annette Islands was set apart as a reservation ' for 

the use of the Metlakahtla Indians and those persons known as Metlakahtlans who have recently emigrated from British Columbia to 

Alaska, and such other Alaskan natives as may join them,' etc."

Mexico; point, on Prince of Wales island, in Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moser in 1897.

Meyer, peak ; see Mayer.

Bull. 299 06 M 28
434 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Meyers; island, in the unnamed bay on the east side and 2 miles south of Lemesurier point, eastern shore, Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near 

latitude 55° 44', longitude 332° 16'. Local navigators' name, reported 

Myer by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Meyers; stream, Cleveland peninsula, entering the unnamed bay on the east 

side of Lemesurier point, near latitude 55° 45', longitude 132° 15'. So 

called because it is " fished by Mr. Meyers," and reported by Moser, 

1900.

Mice; islands, in Behm canal, opposite entrance to Rudyerd bay, southeastern 

Alaska^ So named by the Coast Survey in 1901.

Michigan; creek, in the Koyukuk region, tributary to Wild river from the 

north, near latitude 67° 20', longitude 151° 10'. Prospectors' name, reported by Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Michigan; creek, eastern Alaska, on the left bank of Yukon river at Nation 

(city), near longitude 141° 50'. Prospectors' name, reported by E. F. 

Ball in 1898,. and by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902.

Mid; rock (25 feet high), between Cat and Dog islands, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Middle; anchorage, between the Indian village at Sitka and Japonski island, 

Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. There are three anchorages, Eastern, Middle, and Western. Descriptive appellation.

Middle; arm, of Kelp bay, Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 20', longitude 135°. So named by Moore, 1895.

Middle; arm, of Three Arm bay, Adak island, middle Aleutians. Descriptive 

name, given by Gibson in 1855.

Middle; bay, an arm of Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Srednaia (middle) by 

the Russians.

Middle; bay, indenting the northern shore of Unalaska, between Kashega bay 

and Chernofski harbor. Given the descriptive name Srednaia (middle) 

by Veniaminof, 1840. The Fish Commission used this name Middle in 

1888. Sarichef used the name Alimuda for this place, a name which 

belongs to the bay next east of it.

Middle; cape, on the northern coast of Kodiak, near Spruce island. Named 

Srednie (middle) by Murashef, 1839^0.

Middle; channel, leading into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Srednie (middle) by the Russians.

Middle; fork of Fortymile, near latitude 64° 30'. Descriptive name, given by 

prospectors. It has been called Granite fork and, the upper part, Two 

White Men creek.

Middle; fork, Chandlar river. Descriptive name, from Schrader, 1899.

Middle; fork, Koyukuk river. Descriptive name, from Schrader, 1899. . Middle; hill, on St. Paul island, Bering sea, on the eastern shore of English 

bay, south coast, near longitude 170° 17'. Name from Duffield, 1897.

Middle; island, in Shakan bay, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Helm, 1886.

Middle; island, the principal island of the Middle Island group, in northern 

part of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Sredni (middle) 

by Vasilief, 1809. By later Russians called labloshnie (apple) and 

afterwards variously called lablosh or Middle.

Middle; island, in Chiniak bay, near Kalsin bay, Kodiak. Named Srednie 

(middle) by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810.

Middle; islands, in the Kashevarof group, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Middle; group of islands, in northern part of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Name not heretofore used.
 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 435

Middle, islands; see Vitskari.

Middle; mountain, on the eastern side of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols, 1883.

Middle: mountain, on the mainland, east of Stikine river and near the interua- >-*,

tioual boundary. Name published by the Coast Survey in .1895. 

Middle; peak (1,9$S feet high), near Chichagof harbor, on Attu island, western

Aleutians. So named by Gibson, July, 1855. 

Middle; point, on the southern shore of Sawmill cove, Howkau strait, Cordova

bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Sheldou Jackson, 1880. 

Middle; point, on Baranof island, between Northern and Southern rapids, Peril

strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 26', longitude 135° 34'.

Named Srednie (middle) by Vasilief, 1833. Has been called Mid and

Sredui. 

Middle; point, between Zaikof bay and Rocky bay, northeast end of Montague

island, Prince William sound, near latitude 60° 20', longitude 147°.

Descriptive name, given by Westdahl, 1902.. - Middle; point, on the north shore of Olga bay, Alitak bay, southwestern coast

of Kocliak. Local descriptive name, reported by Moser, 1900. 

Middle; point, between East and Volcano bays, northeast of Belkofski, on south

shore Alaska peninsula. Presumably a local name, reported by Dall,

1880.

Middle; point, on the west end of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians, about mid- 

. way between Cape Sarichef and Scotch Cap, near latitude 54° 29', longitude 164° 54'. So'designated by Gilbert, 1901. 

Middle; point, the north point of entrance to Chapel cove, Bay of Waterfalls,

Adak island, middle Aleutians. Named by United States naval officers,

1893.

Middle, point; see Bear cape. 

Middle; reef, in Alitak bay, southwestern coast of Kodiak. Descriptive name.

from Moser, 1900.

Middle; rock, in the Necker group of islands, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Srednie (middle) by Vasilief, 1809. 

Middle; rock, in Bay of Waterfalls, Adak island, middle Aleutians. Descriptive

name, given by Gibson in 1855. 

Middle, rock ; see Prolewy. 

Middle; rocks, in the middle of the entrance to Chichagof harbor, Attu island,

western Aleutians. So named by Gibsou, July, 1855. 

Middle; shoal, immediately east of Turner point, Port Mulgrave, Yakutat bay,

southeastern Alaska. So called by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883,

p. 208).

Middle Chugacli,, island; see Pearl. 

Middle Glacier; creek, tributary from the north to Chiiiitna bay, Cook inlet,

near latitude 59° 50', longitude 153° 10'. Name from Martin, 1904. 

Middle Point; rock, bare at low water, in Peril strait, 300 yards west of Middle point (above). So described in the Coast Pilot of 1901. ^ 

Middle Station; trading post, on the Nnshagak river at the mouth of the Mulchatna. Local name, obtained in 1898 by Spurr and Post from trader

A. Mittendorf. 

Middleton; island, in the Gulf of Alaska, near longitude 146°. So called by

Vancouver in his atlas. The Spaniards, in 1791, .called it Isla de

Hijosa. Tebenkof calls it Achek or Ochek, and some Russian charts

Kachek or Kochek. . The earliest name applied is Atchaka or .Achakoo,

apparently the native name.
436 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Middy; point, the northeast point of Ham island, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Midnight; creek, Seward peninsula, on the east side of Midnight mountain 

(below), tributary to Taylor creek from the north, near latitude 65° 45', 

longitude 164° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Midnight; mountain near headwaters of Kougarok river, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Midun; island (150 feet high), near Deer island, in the Sandman reefs, northeast of Sannak, near latitude 54° 52', longitude 162° 13'. So called by 

Dall, 1880. Presumably a local name.

Midway; island, in Redflsh bay, Barauof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Moser, 1897.

Midway, island ; see Hague rock.

Midway; islands, between Holkham bay and Port Snettisham, in Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869. These islands 

were reserved for light-house purposes byt Executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Midway; islands, on the Arctic coast, east of the mouth of Colville river. So 

named by Stockton, 1889, from the circumstance that they are about 

midway between Lion reef proper and Return reef.

Midway; point, on Glass peninsula, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Midway; reef, at the eastern entrance to Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Dall iu the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 167).

Midway; reef, in Mine harbor, Herendeen bay, Alaska peninsula, near longitude 160° 41'. Descriptive name, given by Tanner, 1890.

Midway; rock (awash at highest water), in southern part of Wrangell strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Meade, 1869. Liudenberg, 1838, called it Polivnoi (awash).

Midway; rock, near the Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Srednie (middle) by Vasilief, 1833.

MielJcoi, bay; see Krestof harbor.

Mielkoi, cove; see Little.

Mieshak; cove, on south shore of Alaska peninsula, between Cold and Portage 

bays. So called by the Russians.

Miesofski, point; see Black.

Miesofskoe, lake; see Round.

Miga; cape, on the northwest shore of Kanaga island, Andreauof group, middle 

Aleutians. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. Miga is the genitive of the 

Russian mig (wink, twinkling of an eye, no time).

Mike; point, southeastern shore Cleveland peninsula, between Wadding and 

Raymond coves, Behrn canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 37', 

longitude 131° 53'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, 

Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Mike Hess, creek ; see Hess.

Mikhailovskaia, bay ; see Alirnuda.

Mikischkin, point; see East Foreland.

Milavanof, river; see Chvilnuk.

Miles; canyon, in Lewes (formerly Yukon) river, between lakes Marsh and 

Laberge, often spoken of as the Great canyon of the Yukon. Schwatka, 

 who passed through it, and its rapids on a raft, July 2, 1883, named it 

after his department commander, Gen. Nelson Appleton Miles, U. S. A.

Miles; glacier, near mouth of Copper river. So named by Alien, 1885, after 

Gen. Nelson A. Miles, U. S. A.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 437

Miles; pass, between the headwaters of Copper and Tanana rivers. So named

by Alien, 1885, after Gen. Nelson A. Miles, U. S. A. 

Milifiores, Punta de los; see Thousand Flowers. 

Millcie, point; see Rock. 

Mill; lake, near St. Paul, Kodiak, draining to Popof bay. At the mouth of the

stream draining from it, Tebenkof, 1849, shows a meluitea (mill). 

Mill; reef, in Howkau strait, northwest from Howkau village, Cordova bay,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Sheldon Jackson, 1880. There

is (or was) a sawmill near this place. 

Millard; trail, about 90 miles long, from Copper Center to Mentasta pass along

the western slopes of rnpunts Drum and Sauford. Prospectors' name.

Some 60 or 70 miles of this trail were cleared, under the direction of

Mr. B. F. Millard, in or about 1898. 

Miller; cape, the eastern head of Sycamore bay, north coast of Kodiak. Named

Maknashkina by Murashef, 1839-40. Tebenkof, 1849, calls it melnichnoi (relating to a mill), perhaps by reason of a mill in the adjacent bay.

It has been called Millers cape by the Coast Survey. 

Miller, cape; see Popof.

Miller, coalmine; see Pioneer.

Miller; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Fish creek from the north, 

near latitude 65° 05': longitude 147°. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Gerdiue, 1903.

Miller; creek, in the Birch Creek region, tributary to Mammoth creek from the 

left, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 145° 20'. Named after O. C. Miller, 

a prospector, who discovered gold here in 1894. Reported by Spurr, 

Goodrich, and Schrader, 1896.

Miller; creek, tributary to Sixtymile creek from the west, near longitude 141°. 

Local name, from Abercrombie, 1898.

Miller; creek, in the Fortymile region, tributary to Dome creek from the right, 

near latitude 64° 25', longitude 141° 10'. Prospectors' name, from 

Ball's map (unpublished), 1898, in Coast Survey archives.

Miller; glacier, southeastern coast of Alaska, 22 miles east of Yakutat, and immediately west of Yakutat glacier, near longitude 139°. So named by 

Moser, 1901, after Ensign Cyrus R. Miller, U. S. N., a member of his 

party.

Miller; gulch, in the Chistochina region, on the north side of Slate creek. 

Named by prospectors after Jack Miller, who first found gold here, and 

reported by Meudeuhall, 1902.

Miller; island, northwestern shore of Alitak bay, Kodiak, at southern entrance 

to Moser bay. So named by Moser, 1900, after Ensign Cyrus R. Miller, 

U. S. N., a member of his party.

Miller; lake, at head of North arm, Moria sound, Prince of Wales islan'd, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover, 1885, perhaps after his wife. 

Has been printed erroneously Mitten and Mitter.

Miller; lake, Annette island, Alexander archipelago, on the east side of Tamgas 

harbor and draining into the head of Tamgas lake, near latitude 55° 04'. 

So named by Moser, 1901, probably after Ensign C. R. Miller, U. S. N., 

a member of his party.

Miller House; road house or tavern, in the Birch Creek region, near the junction of Mammoth and Miller creeks, about latitude 65° 30', longitude 

145° 10'. Local name, reported by Gerdiue, 1903. Spurr's map, 1896, 

has Mammoth House at this place.

Millerton; village, in the Nushagak enumerating district of the Eleventh Census, 1890, containing a population of 165. Location not discovered.
438 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIOISrAEY OF ALASKA.

Millisville; town or settlement, on the northwestern shore of Tustumena lake, 

Kenai peninsula, near longitude 150° 25'. Local name, obtained by 

Moffit, 1904.

Mills; creek, tributary to Canyon creek from the east, Kenai peninsula. Prospectors' name, from Becker, 1895.

Mills; islet, in Krestof sound, north of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago, between Double island and Polnoi island. Named Krugloi (round) by 

Vasilief in 1809. Renamed Mills by Moore, 1897, after a prominent 

merchant at Sitka.

Milne; point, somewhere on the Arctic coast, east of Colville river. So called 

by Dease and Simpson, 1837, in their, narrative (p. 129). Location 

not discovered.

Milroy; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the north to Hannum creek, 

which is a tributary of Inmachuk river; near latitude 65° 45', longitude 163° 20'. Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall, 1901.

Milton; creek, Seward peninsula, in Casadepaga drainage basin, tributary to 

Birch creek from the east, near latitude 64° 48', longitude 164° 09'. 

Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 1905.

Mina; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the east to Kugruk river, which 

flows into Kotzebue sound, near latitude 65° 45', longitude 162° 20'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1903.

Minakak; lake, north of Kobuk river, drained by Beaver river, near latitude 

67° 10', longitude 155° 25'. Eskimo name, written Mena-kak-a-shah 

and Mene-kok-o-shah by Cantwell, 1885.

Minchumina; lake, about 60 miles northwest of Mount McKinley, near latitude 

64°, longitude 152°. Indian name, Min-chu-miu-a, i. e., Minchu lake, 

obtained by Herron in 1899.

Mine; harbor, in Herendeen bay, Alaska peninsula. So called by the Fish 

Commission in 1890; called also Coal harbor. A coal mine was opened 

here in 1888.

Mine; point, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago.. 

So named by Meade, who opened a coal mine near this point in 1869.

Mineral; creek, tributary to Port Valdez,. Prince William sound, from the north, 

near longitude 146° 20'. Presumably a local name; published in 1898.

Mineral; creek, 12 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Nome

river from the east, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 165° 17'. Miners' 

name, reported in 1900.

Mineral; lake, southeastern shore Prince of Wales island, draining into Nowiskay cove, at the head of North arm Moira sound, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 55° 09', longitude 132° 12'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Brooks, 1901. It is said to be often called Nowiskay lake.

Mineral; point, on the southern shore of San Antonio bay, Bucareli bay, Prince 

of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Mineral by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

Miners; bay, in Unakwik inlet, Prince William sound. Local name, reported 

by Glenn in 1898.

Miners; cove, in Gastineau channel, near the town of Juneau. Local name, published by "Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 171), where it is written 

Miner's.

Miners; lake, and river, on the north shore Prince William sound, near the 

head of Unakwik inlet, on the east side, and draining into Miners bay, 

near longitude 147° 15'. Fisheries name, reported by Moser in 1897 

and 1901.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 439

Miners; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. Name published by the 

Coast Survey in 1897.

Minerva; mountain, in the southwestern part of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Minett; islet, in Jamestown bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by United States naval officers, 1880, presumably after Lieut. 

Henry Minett, U. S. N.-

MiniatuliJc; river, on the north shore of Norton bay, Norton sound, near longitude 162° 20'., Eskimo name, reported by Gilbert, 1900. Neechuck, on 

a map published in 1900, appears to be this river.

Mink; bay, indenting the southern shore of Boca de Quadra, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Mink; point, name given by Moser, ISO", to the point between what he describes 

as the South and East arms of West Ugaiiik bay, Kodiak, near latitude 

57° 45', longitude 153° 30'.

Minnehaha; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Spafarief bay from the 

southwest, near latitude 66°, longitude 162°. Prospectors' name, reported by Mendeuhall and Reaburn, 1901. . " Minnesota; creek, Seward peninsula, in Solomon River basin, tributary on east 

bank of Penny creek, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 164° 22'. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1901.

Minnie; creek, tributary to South fork Kuzitrin river from the south, near 

latitude 65° 25', longitude 163° 45'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Gerdine, 1901.

Minnie; creek, tributary to Middle fork Koyukuk river, on the left bank, near 

latitude 67° 30', longitude 150° 15'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Peters and Schrader, 1901. Schrader and Gerdine, 1899, called it, 

erroneously, Wisenian creek, which is the name of a tributary near by 

on the right bank.

Minook; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the east, 2 miles above Rampart 

(city), near longitude 150°. Apparently identical with Klanachargut 

(Klana-kakat) river of Raymond, 1869. Has been spelled Mynook and 

Munook. Named after John Minook, alias Ivan Pavlof, half Russian, 

half Eskimo, miner and interpreter at Fort Reliance.

Mint; river, tributary to Lopp lagoon, Seward peninsula. Name from Brooks, 

1900.

M'intolc; lake, somewhere in the region south of Minook creek, draining to the 

Tanaua river. Native name, from Raymond, 1869, who spells it Mintokh.

Minx; islands, at head of Thorne arm, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Mioknlozdok; Indian village, on the right bank of Yukon river, 15 miles above 

Kokrines, near longitude 154° 10'. Indian name written Me-ok-ne-ozdok on Edwards' Track Chart of the Yukon, 1899. It seems to be at or 

near the location of Hakorcius old station.

Miraballes; point, in eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Punta de Miraballes (point of white plums) by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

Miranda, volcano ; see Iliamna.

Mirundo, Volcan de; see Redoubt volcano.

Mirror; creek, tributary to Chisana river from the east, near latitude 62° 30'. 

Descriptive name, given by Peters and Brooks, 1S98.

Mirror; slough, near mouth of Martin river, east side Copper River delta. 

Local name, reported by Martin, 1904.
440 GEOGEAPHIO DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Misery; island, near Lemesurier point, Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, 

near latitude 55° 45', longitude 132° 17'. Corruption of Lemesurier by 

local navigators, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, .1904.

Mishik, river and village; see Meshik.

Miskuntl'kakat, river; see Lebarge.

Mission; cove, just north of Howkan village, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, 1882. Has also been named Hydah by 

Sheldon Jackson. . "

Mission; creek, tributary to Port Clarence from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Mission; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the south to Arctic river, 

near longitude 165° 43'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Mission; creek, in the Eagle mining district, tributary to Yukon river from the 

west at Eagle. Local name, published in 1898. Its native name, as 

obtained by Schwatka in 1883, is Tatotlinda.

Mission; creek, tributary to Mosquito fork Fortyniile creek from the south, 

near longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by 

Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Missionary; range of mountains (2,500 to 2,800 feet high), east of Portage bay, 

on Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Thomas, 1887.

Mission Warehouse, village; see Shiniak.

Missouri; creek, in the Fortymile region, tributary to Champion creek from the 

left, near latitude 64° 30', longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, taken 

from Ball's map (unpublished), 1898, in Coast Survey archives.

Mist; harbor, indenting the eastern shore of Nagai island, Shumagin group. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1882.

Mitchell; bay, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade, 1869, after his classmate, Lieut. Commander John 

Gardner Mitchell, U. S. N.

Mitchell; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary on north bank of East fork Solomon river, near latitude 64° 42', longitude 164° 14'. Prospectors' name, 

from a local map, 1904.

Mitchell; creek, Seward peninsula, flowing northeast to Agiapuk river, near 

longitude 165° 43'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdiue, 1901. 

Erroneously Mitchel.

Mitchell; creek, in the Fortyniile region, eastern Alaska, tributary to Kechumstuk creek from the northeast, near latitude 64° 05', longitude 142° 40'. 

Called Ingram creek by Lieutenant Mitchell in 1902, and Mitchell creek 

by the Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Mitchell, island; see Wingham.

Mitchell; pass (4,700 feet high), in the Fortymile region, eastern Alaska, between the headwaters of Mitchell creek and Lee creek. So named by 

the Signal Corps in 1902, after Lieut. William Mitchell, Signal Corps, 

U. S. A.

Mitchell; point, on the southern shore of Kupreanof island, Sunmer strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793, after Capt. William Mitchell, R. N.

Mitchell; post-office and trading post, on the upper Yukon, near the mouth of 

Fortymile creek. The post-office was established in 1892, and discontinued in 1895. Mr. L. N. (Jack) McQuestin was postmaster. In 

1890 the population was reported to be 238.

Mitchell; sunken rock, in Middle channel, Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers, 1880.
' GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 441

Mite; cove, anchorage (contracted) and small island, in Lisianski strait, on the 

eastern shore of Yakobi island, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 

. 136° 27'. So named by Pratt, 1901.

Mitkof; large island, off the mouth of Stikine river, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Russians after a Captain Mitkof. Variously written 

Mitgoff, Mitkoff, etc.

Mitletukeruk; Eskimo village, on the Arctic coast of Seward peninsula, at 

northeast end of Lopp lagoon, near latitude 65° 50'. Native name, obtained by Gerdine, 190.1.

Mitrofania; bay, northeast from the Shumagins, indenting the south shore of 

Alaska peninsula. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Mitrofania; harbor, in Mitrofania bay, Alaska peninsula. . So named by the 

Fish Commission in 1SSS.

Mitrofania; island, w.est of the Semidi islands, and near the south shore of 

Alaska peninsula, near longitude 158° 45'. So named by the Russians, 

who wrote it Mitrofania and St. Mitrofania. Has also been written 

Mitrofa.

Mitten, lake; see Miller.

Mizo'feJc, point; see Black.

Mkleet-o-Jcumen-ah, mountain ; see Schwatka.

Mock; creek, tributary from the left to Atwater creek, affluent to South fork 

Fortymile creek, near latitude 64°, longitude 141° 50'. Prospectors' 

name, taken from Ball's map (unpublished), 1898, in Coast Survey 

archives.

Moffet; cove, at east end of Izembek bay, on the north shore of Alaska peninsula. Named by Ball in 1882. The Fish Commission, 1888, show this 

cove divided into two parts, one called Sloss bay, the other Neumann 

bay.

Moffet; point, the eastern point of entrance to Izembek bay, on north shore of 

Alaska peninsula. Named by Lutke, 1828, after Midshipman Samuel 

Moffet, a member of his party. Has been called Neumann by the Fish 

Commission.

Mogilnoi; .island, southwest of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Mogilnoi (grave) by Vasilief in 1809. Has also been 

called Shell island.

Mogul; creek, tributary to Seventymile creek from the south. Local name, 

obtained by Barnard^ 1898.

Mohican; cape, the westernmost point of Nunivak island, Bering sea. Named 

Boil by Tebenkof, 1849, after Lieut. Roman Boil, who was in the party 

of Vasilief when Nunivak was discovered by Vasilief in 1821. Recently 

called Cape Mohican by the Coast Survey.

Moira; bare rock (50 feet high), at entrance to Moira sound, Clarence strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover, 1885.

Moira; sound, indenting the southeastern shore of Prince of Wales island, 

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 1793, 

" aftei the noble Earl of that title."

MoJcrovskoi, bay ; see Pumicestone.

MoJcrovslcoi, cape; see Spray.

Molchatna, river; see Mulchatua.

Mole; harbor, in Seymour canal, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Mansfield, 1889.

Moller; island, one of the Kudobiu islands, on north coast of Alaska peninsula, 

near Port Moller and longitude 161° 15'. So named by Dall, 1882. Also 

written Moller.
442 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Moller; port,(Port Moller), on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, near 

longitude 160° 35'. Partially explored by Staniukovich of Lutke's 

party, in 1828, and named after his vessel, Moller.

Mondragones (Los), islets; see Fish Egg.

Money; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Aurora creek, which is a tributary to West fork Noxapaga river, near latitude 65° 38', longitude 164° 

15'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Money; creek, in the Fortymile region, tributary to Mission creek from the 

right, near latitude 64° 45', longitude 141° 30'. Prospectors' name. 

This may be identical with Cripple creek of Barnard.

Monolith; point, on the western side of Portage bay, Alaska peninsula. Name 

published in Hydrographic Office Notice to Mariners No. 48, 1893.

Montague; island, in entrance to Prince William sound. Named Montagu by 

Cook in 1778. The native name Tsukli was also used by the Russians. 

The usual spelling Montague has largely superseded the original spelling 

Montagu.

Montague; peak, northeastern end of Montague island, Prince William sound, 

near Zaikof point. So called by Westdahl, 1903.

Montague; point, on the northeastern end of Montague island, Prince William 

sound, near latitude 60° 22', longitude 147°. So called by Westdahl, 

1902.

Montana; creek, and basin at its head, on the mainland, southeastern Alaska, 

eastern shore of Favorite channel, Lyun.canal, tributary to Mendenhall 

river from the northwest, near latitude 58° 25'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Spencer and Wright, 1903.

Montana; creek, tributary on the left to Susitna river, about 3 miles above the 

mouth of Deshka river, near latitude 62° 10', longitude 150° 05'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gleuu, 1898.

Montana; creek, Seward peninsula, small tributary of Solomon river, on west 

bank near its head. About latitude 64° 46', longitude 164° 20'. Prospectors' name, Montana Creek No. 1, from a local map, 1904.

Montana; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the east to Kugruk river, 

which flows into Kotzebue sound, near latitude 65° 50', longitude 162° 

20'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoou, 1903.

Montana; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to McManus creek from the 

north, near latitude 65° 25', longitude 146° 05'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine, 1903.

Montana; creek, in the Rampart region, tributary from the west to Minook 

creek, about 5 miles above its mouth. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Prindle, 1904.

Montana; creek, 7 or 8 miles west of Eagle, tributary to Mission creek from 

the right, near latitude 64° 45', longitude 141° 25'. Prospectors' name. 

This may be identical with Colorado creek of JBarnard and Boulder 

creek of Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader. . Montana; creek, eastern Alaska, on the north bank of Seventymile creek, near 

latitude 64° 55', longitude 142° 40'. Prospectors' name, from sketch 

map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Montana; creek, tributary to Fortymile creek from the south, near latitude 

64° 15', longitude 141° 30'. Prospectors' name, obtained by Barnard, 

1898. Has also been called Waller creek.

Montauk; point and camp, on the left bank of Yukon river, 12 miles above 

Nation, near longitude 141° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by Cantwell, 1900.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 443

Monte Cristo; creek, draining the north slope of Mount Gordon, and tributary 

to the headwaters of the Nabesna river from the west. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Schrader, 1902, who says the native name is 

Na-un-da.

Monte Cristo; creek, 30 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, a north 

fork of Sulphur creek, which is tributary to Nome river from the east 

near longitude 165° 10'. Miners' name, reported by Gerdine, 1904.

MontelcaJcat, creek; see Meutokakat.

Monument; creek, Seward peninsula, small tributary on east bank of Casadepaga, near latitude 64° 47' longitude 164° 23'. Prospectors' name, from 

a local map, 1901.

Monument; creek, S miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Snake 

river from the west, near longitude 165° 28'. Name from Barnard, 

1900.

Monument; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to North fork Kougarok river 

from the south, near latitude 65° 35', longitude 164° 35'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Gerdiue, 1901.

Monument; mountain, Seward peninsula, 7 miles north of Kiwalik mountain, 

near latitude 65° 35', longitude 162° 10.'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Witherspoon, 1903.

Monument; point, rocks, and river, on eastern side of Kruzof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Monumeutaluoi (monument) by Vasilief, 1809.

Monument; rock (1,300 feet high), 9 miles northwest of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the right bank of Snake river, near latitude 64° 35', longitude 

165° 34'. Prospectors' name, published in 1904.

Moonlight; creek, tributary to Grantley harbor from the north, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Moonlight; creek, 20 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary 

to Eldorado river from the west, near longitude 165°. Name from 

Barnard, 1900.

Moonlight; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the east to Anikovik 

creek, about 6 miles northeast of York. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Gerdiue, 1901.

Moonlight; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the south to Humboldt 

creek, which is au affluent of Goodhope river, near latitude 65° 55', 

longitude 164°. Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall, 1901.

Moonlight; creek and springs, 4 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Little creek from the north, near longitude 165° 25'. Local 

name, published in 1904.

Mioonlight; creek, Seward peninsula, small tributary on west bank of Casadepaga, near latitude 64° 47', longitude 164° 27'. Prospectors' name, 

from Gerdine, 1905.

Moonshine; creek, Seward peninsula, in Casadepaga drainage basin, tributary 

to Birch creek from the^ northwest, near latitude 64° 49', longitude 164° 

10'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdiue, 1905.

Moore; channel, leading through some low sandy islands to Port Moore, Arctic 

coast, near Point Barrow. So named by the British Admiralty, 1853, 

after Commander Thomas E. L. Moore, R. N. Its Eskimo name was 

given by the British as Ik-ke-r&-luk. Ray calls it, 1885, Ikiraaluk.

Moore; creek, tributary from the south to Mosquito fork of South fork Koyukuk 

river, near latitude 67° 05', longitude 149° 40'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Peters and Schrader, 1901.
444 . GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Moore; island, in Koyukuk river, near latitude 67°. So named by Alien, 1885.

Moore; mountains, on the southern border of Ohichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, 1895, after Lieut. Commanders 

Edwin King Moore and William Irwin Moore, U. S. N.

Moore; nunatak, in the Agassiz glacier, near southeastern end of the Chaix 

hills, St. Elias alps. So called by RusseH, 1891, presumably after Will 

C. Moore, a member of his party, who was drowned in landing at Icy 

bay on June 6, 1891.

Moore; port, at Point Barrow. So named, 1853, after Commander Thomas 

E. L. Moore, R. N., of the Franklin search expedition.

Mooro-vsJcoy, bay ; see Purnicestone.

Moose; creek, tributary to Canyon creek from the south, Kenai peninsula. 

Local name, from Becker, 1895.

Moose; creek and pass, .Kenai peninsula; creek tributary to Trail lakes from 

the northwest, and' pass at its head, leading to Quartz creek. Local 

name, from Moffit, 1904.

Moose; creek, Kenai peninsula, on the left bank of Resurrection creek, 14 miles 

miles above Hope city. Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Moose; creek, 100 miles northwest of the head of Cook inlet, draining southward from Simpsou pass into Happy river, a branch of the Skwentua, 

near longitude 153°. So named by Brooks, 1902.

Moose; creek, in the Kantishna region, a large left fork of Bearpaw creek, near 

latitude 64°, longitude 150°. Name given by prospectors in 1905, and 

reported by Prindle.

Moose; creek, tributary to Chena slough, on the north bank of the Tanana 

river, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 147°. Local name, reported by 

Gerdine, 1903.

Moose, creek, tributary to Chatanika river; see Vault.

Moose; creek, tributary to Fairbanks creek from the north, near latitude 

65° 05', longitude 147° 20'. Local name, obtained by Gerdine, 1903.

Moose, creek, Seward peninsula; see Ida.

Moose; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Goldstreani creek from the 

north, near latitude 64° 55', longitude 147° 55'. Local name, from Map 

of Location, Tanana -Mines Railroad, 1904.

Moose; creek, tributary to Seventymile creek from the north, near latitude 

65° 55', longitude 141° 35'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 

1903.

Moose;' creek, tributary to Fortymile creek from the south, at the international 

boundary, near latitude 64° 15'. Local name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, of the Geological Survey, 1896.

Moose, creek; see Tsadaka.

Moose, creek ; see Nation river.

Moose; river, Kenai peninsula, a northern tributary of Kenai river, near longitude 150° 45'. Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

.Moose Camp; place, on the northern bank of Klutina river, about 10 miles 

aboye its mouth. Name from Abercrombie, 1898. . '

Moosehorn; mountain (5,000 feet high), near the international boundary and 

latitude 63 b . So named by Peters and Brooks, 1898.

Moosehorn; rapids, in Kasilof river, Kenai peninsula, near the outlet of Tustumena lake. Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Mop; point, at the head of Thorne arm, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 445

Moran; creek or gulch, Seward peninsula, on east bank of Solomon river, 5 

miles from the coast, near longitude 164° 23'. Prospectors' name, from 

a local map, 1904.

Mordvinof; cape, the northwestern head of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians, 

between Oksenof bay and Urilia bay, near longitude 164° 80'. Named 

Mordvinova (Mordvinof's) by Staniukovich in 1828. Lutke nses 

Noi'sak or Mordvinof. Apparently Noisak is the native name. Venianiinof (.1831) calls it Oksenof or Mordvinof, and Tebenkof (1849) callsit Mordvinof or Okseuof. The Fish Commission, 1888, called it Lincoln.

Mordvinof, cape; see Lapiu.

Morgan; cape, the southwesternmost point of Akutan island, Krenitzin group, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 166° 03'. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Morjevskoi, peak ; see Walrus.

Morjovi, island; see Hall.

Morjovi, rookery; see Morzhovoi.

MorJcovslcoi, bay; see Pumicestone.

Morne, island; see Horn.

Morning Call; creek, 30 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary 

to Grand Central river from the south, near longitude 165° 06'. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

MorosovsJtie, bay; see Cold.

Morris; creek, draining the eastern slope of Simpson pass, to the right bank of 

Kichatna river. So named by Herron, 1899.

Morris; reef; in Chatham strait, at eastern entrance to, Peril strait, .Alexander 

archipelago. Named by United States naval officers, in 1880, after Wil^ 

liarn Gouverueur Morris, United States collector of customs at Sitka.

Morse; cove, in Ray anchorage, eastern shore of Duke island, Gravina group, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883, presumably after 

Freniout Morse, a member of his party.

Morse, creek; see Ida.

Morse; glacier, part of the Muir glacier, southeastern Alaska. Named by 

Reid, 1892, after J. F. Morse, one of his companions in 1890. In 

Reid's first publication of this (Nat. Geog. Mag., 1892, vol. 4, map) the 

glacier is called West tributary (of Muir glacier).

Morse, island ; see Bendel.

Morse; rock (awash at low water), near Hemlock island, Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, 

presumably after Mr. Fremont Morse, of the Coast Survey.

Morskoi; breaker, about half a mile westerly from Sea rock, at entrance to 

Salisbury sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Morskoi (sea) by 

Moore, 1897.

MorsJcoi, cape; see I-Iiuchinbrook.

Morskoi, cape; see Ocean.

MorsJcoi, cape; see Phipps.

MorsJcoi, islet; see Navy.

Morskoi, rock; see Sea. v

Morion; fort, at mouth of Kobuk river, Hotham inlet, Arctic ocean. This 

name, Fort Mortou, was published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Morzhovoi; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, near its 

western end, latitude 55°, longitude 163°. Named Morzhovoi (walrus) 

by the Russians. Its Aleut name is Adamagan. Has been -variously 

written Morjevskaia, Morshevoi, Morshovoi, Morzovia, etc.
446 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Moreliovoi, island ; see Hall.

Morzhovoi, island; see Walrus.

Mormhovoi, islet; see Shaiak.

Morzhovoi; peninsula, in Isanotski strait, western end of Alaska peninsula, 

separating Traders cove from Bechevin bay, near latitude 54° 56', longitude 163° 20'. Name from Westdahl, 1901. He received it from 

Capt. J. L. Fisher, who sailed through Isanotski strait in 1898. 

 Morzhovoi; rookery, on the eastern side of Northeast point, St. Paul island, 

Bering sea, near longitude 169° 57'. Local name, Russian (walrus), 

written Morjovi by Duffield, 1897.-

Morzhovoi; native village, at western end of Alaska peninsula. Named Morzhovoi (walrus) by the Russians. Variously spelled. There are or 

were two villages, one called Old Morzhovoi, the other, New Morzhovoi, 

being about 12 miles apart. Old Morzhovoi was at the head of Morzhovoi bay; New Morzhovoi is on Traders cove, which opens into Isanotski strait. The Greek church here is named Protassof, and Petrof, 

1880, called the settlement Protassof.

Moser; bay, in Behm canal, indenting the western shore of Revillagigedo island, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 34', longitude 131° 40'. 

Named by the Coast Survey, 1886, after Commander Jefferson Franklin 

Moser, U. S. N.

Moser; bay, northwestern shore Alitak bay, Kodiak. Named after Commander 

Jefferson F. Moser, U. S. N., who in command of the Fish Commission 

steamer Albatross made a reconnaissance of Alitak bay in 1900.

Moser; glacier, southeastern coast of Alaska, 20 miles east of Yakutat, near 

longitude 139°. So named by the Fish Commission, after Commander 

Jefferson Franklin Moser, U. S. N., who in command of the Albatross 

made a reconnaissance in this region in 1901.

Moser; island, near head of Hooniah sound, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, 1899, after Lieut. Commander 

Jefferson Franklin Moser, U. S. N.

Moser; island, in Naha bay, at mouth of Moser bay, Behm canal, southeastern 

Alaska. So applied by the local navigators, and reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Moses; point, the western point of entrance to Hanus bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by Moore, 1895, after Asst. Engineer Stanford 

Elwood Moses, a member of his party.

Moses; rock, off south shore of Alaska peninsula, Unga strait, near longitude 

161° 10'. Local name, reported by Moser, 1897.

Mosman; inlet, in Etolin island, opening into Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall-, 1879, after Alouzo Tyler Mosman, of the 

Coast Survey, who made surveys in Alaska in 1867.

Mosquito; creek, tributary to Tonsina river from the south. Name from 

Schrader, 1900.

Mosquito; creek, tributary to Fish river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Prospectors' name, of obvious origin.

Mosquito; flats, on the left bank of Mosquito fork Fortyinile creek, near lati-' 

tude 64°, longitude 143°. So called by Lieutenant Mitchell, Signal 

Corps, U. S. A., 1902.

Mosquito; fork, South fork Fortymile creek, near latitude 64°, longitude 142°. 

Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey in 1890.

Mosquito; fork, South fork Koyukuk river, near longitude 150°. Prospectors' 

name of obvious origin; from Schrader, 1899.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 447

Moss; cape, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, a little east of Belkofski. Presumably a local name, reported by Dall, 1880. Erroneously 

Mosk.

Moss; creek, 60 miles northeast of Knik arm, Cook inlet, on the west bank of 

Chickaloon creek, a northern tributary of Matanuska river, near latitude 62° 10', longitude 148° 20'. So named by guide John S. Bagg, of 

Glenn's expedition, 1898.

Moss; creek, Alaska peninsula, tributary to Mine harbor, southeastern shore 

. Herendeen bay, just south of Goal creek, near longitude 160° 40'. 

Descriptive name, reported by Sidney Paige, of the Geological Survey, 

1905.

Moss; creek, or gulch, 8 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, 

tributary to Nome river from the east. Prospectors' name, published 

in 1900.

Moss; island, in Douglas bay, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Thomas, 1887.

Moss; mountain (1,631 feet high), east of Tamgas harbor, Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. So 'named by Nichols, 1883.

Moss; point, on the western shore of Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexan- 

' dei1 archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Moth; point, at entrance to Thorne arm, Revillagigedo island. So named by 

the Coast Survey in 1891.

Mound; hill (1,956 feet high), near the southern end of Revillagigedo island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Mound; point, the northwestern point of entrance to Karta bay, Prince of 

Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover, 1885.

Mountain, bay; see Uniktali.

Mountain; cape, on Raspberry island, Kupreanof strait, Kodiak group. Named 

Gorie (mountain) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Mountain, cape ; see Kayak.

Mountain; cape (500 or 600 feet high), Nagai island, Shumagin group. Named 

Golova (mountainous) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Mountain; creek, 7 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Snake 

river from the east, near longitude 165° 27'. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Mountain; creek, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Stewart river from the south, near longitude 165° 28'. Name -from 

Barnard, 1900.

Mountain; glacier, on the mainland, near head of Thomas bay, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Mountain; point, on Liudenberg peninsula, Wraugell strait, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so called by Coghlan, 1884. In the Coast Pilot, 

1883,' this is called Cove point. Apparently identical with Waterfall 

(vodopada) cape of Lindenberg,, 1838, or possibly Krutoi (steep) of 

Lindenberg.

Mountain; point, on Revillagigedo island, near north end of Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Mountain, river; see Liard.

Mountain; slough, in the extreme western margin of Copper River delta, 1£ 

miles west of the mouth of Eyak river, near latitude 60° 28', longitude 

145° 40'. Local name, reported by Moser, 1897, and Ritter, 1898.

Mountain City; mining camp, now deserted, established in 1899 on the right 

bank of Koyukuk river, near Red mountain, about latitude 66° 20', 

longitude 153° 50'. *
448 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Mountain Head; point, near Southern rapids, Peril strait, Barauof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlaii, 1884.

Mount Little; island, in Yukon river, just above mouth of the Koyukuk. So 

named by Alien, 1885.

Mud; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Kruzof island, Kruzof sound, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 11', longitude 135° 37'. Descriptive 

name, published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Mud; bay, indenting the northern shore of Chichagof island, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 136°. So named by liauus, 1880.

Mud; bay, indenting the southern shore of Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. 

Locally so known. There is an extensive mud flat at its head. Also 

called Doris bay.

Mud; creek, tributary to Red' bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm, 1886.

Mud; creek, Seward peninsula, in Casadepaga drainage basin, tributary to 

Ruby creek from the south, near latitude 64° 48', longitude 164° 17'. 

Prospectors' name, from Gerdiue, 1905.

Mud; glacier, on the western bank of Stikine river, near the international 

boundary; Called Dirt glacier by Hunter, 1877. On late maps Mud 

'glacier.

Muerta; island, in Port Real Marina, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Ysla del Muerto (island of the dead) by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779.

Muffin; islands, in the entrance to Ernest sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Snow, 1886.

Muganolowik; shallow stream, in Yukon delta, debouching between Scammon 

bay and the mouth of Black river. Eskimo name from Dall, who wrote 

it Muganolowik. By the Western Union exploring parties, 1865-1867, 

this was called Pope's river, after Frank L. Pope, of that expedition. 

See Melatolik.

Muir; glacier, at head of Muir inlet, Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska, near 

latitude 58° 55', longitude 136° 10'. Named in about 1880, after John 

. Muir.

Muir; inlet, at head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Name published in

the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 189). Named after John Muir.

Muisofski, island; see St. Lazaria.

Mukacharni; hill or mountain (1,700 feet high), north of Grantley harbor, 

S.eward peninsula. Name from Beechey, 1827, who wrote it Muck-achar-ne.

Mukialik; Eskimo camp, or maybe a slough, on the left bank of the Yukon, at 

the great bend, 23 miles below Audreafski, near latitude 62° 05', longitude 163° 55'. Native name, obtained by Putuani, 1899. .

Mukliilctulik; river, on the north shore of Norton bay, Norton sound, near 

longitude 162° 15'. Eskimo name, reported by Gilbert, 1900.

Mulchatna; river, tributary to the headwaters of Nushagak river; also Eskimo 

villages on same. Written Molchatna by Petrof, 1880. Has been often 

written Malchatna and Mulchutna. Here written Mulchatna to conform to the reported local pronunciation.

Muldrow; glacier, 25 miles northeast of Mount McKiuley, drained by McKinley 

river into Kantishna river, near latitude 63° 20', longitude 150° 30'. 

So named by Brooks, 1902, after Robert Muldrow, of the Geological 

Survey.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA, - 449

Mule; rock (awash at high water), in entrance to Tanigas harbor, Annette 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named, presumably by. Nichols, 

1883.

Mulgrave; hills or mountains, north of Kotzebue sound, between Noatak river 

and the. sea. Cook, in August, 1778, named, a point in this vicinity 

Mulgrave, back of which were " hills of a moderate height." Beechey, 

coming nearer, 1826, saw that these hills were farther inland than Cook 

supposed, and called them the Mulgrave range.

Mulgrave; port, in Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 59° 34', 

longitude 139° 47'. Visited, sketched, and named by Dixon, 1787, " in 

honor of the Right Honourable'Lord Mulgrave." It was called Rurik 

harbor by Khromchenko, 1823, presumably after the Russian-American 

Company's brig Rurik.

Mulligan; creek, tributary to Eldorado river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Mummy; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Knight island, Prince William sound. Local name, reported by Grant, 1905.

Mummy; island, in Orca channel, Prince William sound, near latitude 60° 28', 

longitude 146°. Local name, reported by Ritter, ^1899.

Mumtrak; Eskimo village, at head of Goodnews bay, Bering sea. Population 

in 1890, 162. Name from Petrof, 1880, who spelled it Mumtrahamnte. 

Variously given Mumtrahahamut, etc.

Mumtrelek; Eskimo village, on left bank of the lower Kuskokwiin. Bethel 

Mission is at this place. First reported by Petrof, 1880, as Mumtrekhlogamute, and variously written Mumtrelegamut, Mumtreckhlagamute, 

etc. Mumtrelega-mut (smokehouse people) -was so called from the fact 

that here a peculiar house for smoking fish was first erected.

Munday; peak (4,000 feet high) and creek, in the St. Elias region, southeastern 

Alaska, 17 miles east of Cape Yaktag. So named by .J. L. McPherson, 

deputy mineral surveyor, after Charles F. Munday, one of the first to 

locate petroleum lands in the Yaktag region, 1897.

Mungoark; river, tributary to Eschscholtz bay, from the east, Seward peninsula. Called Kuuk on British Admiralty chart 593. (ed. of 1882) and 

Mungoark on a recent map.

Mnnina, village; see Ninilchik.

Munook, creek; see Mi nook.

Munoz; point, the westernmost point of Khautaak island, Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named Munoz by Malaspina, 1791. It is Southwest 

point of Tebenkof, 1849.

Munsatli; mountains (2,000 feet high), on the Kit bank of the upper Kuskokwim (East fork), near latitude 63° 30', longitude 152° 30'. Indian 

name, obtained by Herron, 1899, who /yrote it Mun-sat-lee.

Murder; cove, at the south end of Admiralty <sland, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade, 1869, on account of the murder here, by the natives, 

of a small party of traders

Murdo; islet, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Nichols, 1883.

Murphy; cove, in Graves harbor, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 58° 15', 

longitv.de .136° 40'. " The southern one on the east side, just inside 

the entrance." So described in the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Marpiiys Crack; a small indentation, on the north shore of Sannak island, 1£ 

miles east of Acherk harbor, near latitude 54° 29', longitude 162° 47'. 

Local name, reported by Westdahl, 1901. 

Bull. 299 06 M 29
450 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Murray, cape; see Nuuez.

Murre; point, in Kiliuda bay, Kodiak. Named Arie (a sea bird, the arrie or

inurre or guillemot, Pallas's murre, .Uria lomv'ut arra) by Tebenkof,

1849. ' . Murre; rocks, near Yukon harbor, Big Koniuji island, Shumagin group. Named

by Dull, July, 1874. There were clouds of murres in this vicinity at

that time. . Musatchie Nose; see Chacon, cape. 

Muse; island, in Gambier bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Mansfield, 1889. 

Mushukli, island; see Turnagain. 

Muskoieika. Raymond, 1869, shows a native village on the right bank of the

Yukon, about 65 miles above Anvik, bearing this appellation. Both

place and name have vanished from recent maps. 

Mussel; point, in Redflsh bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named

Mussle by Moser, 1897.

Mussel; point, on San Fernando island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Puuta Almejas (mussel point) by Maurelle and

Quadra, 1775^-1779. 

Mute. Eskimo word for people; variously written mint, mute, and mut, and

suffixed to the name of the people. Thus, Ak-mute, Pai-mute, etc. 

Mutnaia; small stream, on Keuai peninsula, debouching at Anchor point, Cook

inlet. Named Mutnaia (muddy) by Wosnesenski about 1840. 

Muzon; cape, the southernmost point of Dall island, Dixon entrance. It. is

highly probable that this is Cabo de Muiioz or Munoz Gooseus or Muiioz

Gorens of Caauiano, in 1792, and that Vancouver, in copying from

Caamano, transposed two letters, making Muzon. In this form it has

come into general use and is well established. Dixon, 1787, called it 

. Cape Pitt, and about the same time it w'as named Irving by Douglas.

Tebeukof, 1848, called it Kaigaui, evidently the native name which has

also been written Caiganee, Kygaue, etc. 

Myak; remarkable crag (471 feet high) in front of the bluff, on the north shore

of St. George island, Bering sea, near longitude 169° 43'. Aleut name,

meaning pile of rocks, cairn, or landmark, from Duffield and Putnam,

1897.

Myer, island and stream ; see Meyers. 

Myers; fork, of Chicken creek, which is a tributary of Mosquito fork Fortymile

creek, near latitude 64° 06', longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, reported

by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 1896. 

Myliote; river, debouching on the coast of the Gulf of Alaska. Name from the

Laud Office map of Alaska, 1898. This is one of many streams shown

on maps as converging to the same delta, near longitude 143°. Kaliakh

river is another of them. Probably native name. See Chiwaki. 

Mynook, creek ; see Miuook.

My-og-arg-a-look, Eskimo village; see Maiogagaluk. 

Myrtle; creek, Seward peninsula, a small tributary on west bank of Casadepaga, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 164° 20'. Prospectors' name,

from Gerdiue, 1905. 

Myrtle; creek, 25 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to

the headwaters of Flambeau river from the north, near latitude 64° 45',

longitude 165° 07'. Local name, from Gei'dine, 1904. 

Myrtle; creek, tributary from the north to Slate creek, a branch of Middle fork

Koyukuk river, near latitude 67° 15', longitude 150°. Prospectors' 

. name, reported by Schrader, 1899.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 451

Myrtle; lake, draining into the bead of Niblack anchorage, Moira sound, southeastern shore Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 05', longitude 132° 07'. Local name, reported by Brooks, 1901.

Mystery; creek, 7 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the right 

bank of Nome river, tributary to Helen creek, near .longitude 165° 17'. 

Local name, .published in 1904.

Mystery; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Cripple river, from the east, 

near latitude 05° 50', longitude 163° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Gerdine, 1901.

Mystery; creek, tributary to Niukluk river from the north, in the Eldorado 

mining district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published, in 1900.

Mystery; creek, tributary to Shovel creek from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Mystic, rock ; see Mastic.

Na, No, Nu. An Indian word meaning river; much used in interior Alaska and 

added as a final syllable to the names of rivers; as Tanaua, Chitina, etc.

Nabesna; glacier on the northeast slope of the Wrangell mountains, at the head 

of Nabesna river, near latitude 62°, longitude 143°. So called by 

Scbrader, 1902.

Nabesna; river, one of the principal tributaries of the upper Tanaua. According to Alien (p. 13G), "The natives of the upper Tanaua call that river 

. Nabesna." Peters and Brooks, 1898, say that, this use, mentioned by 

Alien, is locally obsolete, and they apply the name not to the main 

stream, but to a principal tributary, near longitude 142°.

Nachalnie, island ; see Initial.

Nachalnie, point; see Entrance.

Nachyelssit; glacier, on the southern side of Klehini river, at the head of Jarvis 

creek, southeastern Alaska. Native name, from the Krause brothers, 

1882, who write it Nachgelssit.

.Nachlc, bay ; see Flat.

Nachletshnia, bay; see Camp Coogan.

Nacb.lezh.noi; island, south of Middle island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Nachlezhuoi (chief) by Vasilief, 1809.

Nachliivagimiut, Eskimo village; see Nakhliwak.

NacJcchamiJc, island ; see Nakchamik. -

Nadezhda; group of islets, in the western part of Krestof sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Nadezhda. (hope) by Vasilief, 1833, after Krusenstern's vessel.

Nadina; glacier, on the southwestern slope of Mount Drum and drained by 

Nadina river (below). So named by Gerdine and Meudeuhall, 1902.

Nadina; river, tributary to Copper river from the left (northeast), near latitude 61° 50', Indian name written Knetena by Abercrombie in 1898, 

and Kuetiua in the first edition of this dictionary. Gerdine and Mendenhall, 1902, wrote Nadina.

Naducha; islet, on the southwestern edge of the Sandman reefs, northeast of 

Sanuak. Called Nadoutcha by Lutke and Nadoucha by Dall. Nada is 

the Aleut word for -west, from which word the name of this western 

. islet is obviously derived.

Naerie; rock, at entrance to Hot Springs bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief, 1809.

Nagai; island, one of the largest of the Shuniagiu group. Native name, from 

early Russian explorers. Has also been written Nagay.

Nagai; rocks, off the western shore of Chirikof island. So named by Kashevarof about 1830. Erroneously Naga and Nagau.
452 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Naghaikhlavigamute, village; see Nakolkavik.

Naginak; cove, at head of Andersou bay, Makushin bay, Unalaska. Native 

name from Veniaminof, 1840.

Nagnek, river; see Nakuek.

Naguchchik; see Nagukchik.

Nagukchik; locality, Yukon delta, on the right bank of Apoon pass, 4 miles 

below old Fort Hamilton, near latitude 62° 55', longitude 163° 48'. 

Eskimo name, written Naguchchik by Faris, 1899.

NagzamiJc, island; see Nakchamik.

Naha; bay, indenting the western shore of Revillagigedo island, Behm canal, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 35', longitude 131° 40'.- Native 

name. Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 75) says, "known as Naha 

bay."

Naha;'lakes, and salmon stream, at head of Naha bay, Revillagigedo island. 

So known to the fisheries, and reported by Moser in 1897 and 1900.

Nahatatilton, Indian village; see Nahochatilton.

Nahihmud; native village, in Kiluden bay, on southern coast of Kodiak. Was 

called Nahimood by Lisianski, 1804. Presumably a native name.

Nahochatilton; Indian village, ouv Yukon river, 40 miles above the Koyukuk, 

near longitude 156° 45'. Native name reported by Collier, 1902, and 

may be meant for the same Indian name as Notaloten of the Eleventh 

Census. Written also Nahoclatilteu and Nahatatiltou. Louden telegraph station is located here.

Nahoclatilten, Indian village; see Nahochatilton.

Nahsayvernia, point; see North.

Nahtuk, river ; see Nuluk.

NaJvwassuk, lake; see Salmon.

Nakalilok; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northeast of 

Sutwik island. Native name, from Russian Hydrographic chart 1379 

(ed. of 1847), where it is written Nakkhalilok.

Nakat; harbor, about 3 miles northeast of Port Tongass, Dixon entrance. So 

named by Nichols, 1888.

Nakat; inlet, northeast of Dixon entrance. Local name, of Indian origin. 

Nichols says in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 79), "The body of water 

between Cape Fox and Tongass is sometimes called Nakat Inlet, but 

that name really applies only to the inlet proper," whose southwest 

point of entrance is Ledge point. See also Fillrnore.

Nakat; mountain (2,921 feet high), on the mainland, northeast of Dixon entrance. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Nakchamik; island, near the entrance to Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. Native name, from the Russians. Variously written Nackchamik,' Nagzamik, etc.

Naked; island, at the south end of Lynn canal, near Funter bay, Admiralty 

island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Mansfield 

in 1890.

Naked; island, the largest of the Naked islands, Prince William sound. Called 

also Big Naked.

Naked; islands, three of them, Naked, Peak, and Storey, in the northern part 

of Prince William sound. Local name,, from Abercrombie, 1898. 

Occupied since 1895 for the propagation of blue foxes.

Nakhjbay; see Flat. ' . .

Nakhliwak; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, on Chaniliut slough, right bank 

Apoon pass, 1$ miles from the mouth, near latitude 63° 02', longitude 

163° 25'. Native name, written Nachliwagimiut by Faris in 1899.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 453

Naknek; lake, between Becharof and Iliamna lakes, Alaska peninsula. Native 

name, from Lutke, 1828. According to Vasilief, its native name is 

Akulogak. Has also been called Illiulc lake. Petrof, 1880, named it 

Walker, after Gen. Francis A. Walker, superintendent of the Tenth 

Census.

Naknek; river, draining from Naknek lake westward to Bristol bay, Bering 

sea, near latitude 58° 45'. Native name, from Lutke, 1828: Erroneously 

Naknik.

Naknek, village; see Suworof.

Nakoch.na; river, tributary to tbe Kichatna from tbe left, near latitude 62°, 

longitude 152°. Indian name, obtained by Herron, 1899, who wrote it 

Na-koch-nu.

Nakolkavik; Eskimo village, on the left bank of the Kuskokwim, near its 

mouth. Its native name, according to Nelson, 1878-79, is Naghaiklili> 

. vigamute, and according to Spurr and Post, 1898, getting their inform;:- 

tion from missionary Kilbuck, Nacholchavigamut, i. e., Nakolkavik 

people.- Petrof. wrote Naghaikhlavigamu'te on bis map and Naghikhlaviganiute in his text (p. 17). Population in 1880, 193.

Nakwasina; island, one of the Siginaka-group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Nakwasinskoi by Vasilief, 1809.

Nakwasina; passage, separating Halleck island from Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. It was called Nakwasinskaia gulf by Vasilief, 

1809, and has also been written Noquashinski and Little Noquashinski 

bay. According to George Kostrornetinoff this is from the Russian 

nakwashiua (fermented).

XaluJctchvak, cape; see Providence.

Namdak, crag; see Lighthouse rocks.

Nameless; cape, on the western shore of Kenai peninsula.- Called Besimenny 

(without a name) by Wosnesenski about 1840.

Nameless; islet, in the southern part of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Beziemianuoi (nameless, anonymous) by 

Vasilief, 1809.

Namtschak, rocks ; see Lighthouse.

Nanana, river; see Cantwell.

Nancy Lee; creek, 15 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary 

"to Osborn creek from the east, near longitude 165° 09'. Prospectors', 

name, published in 1904. . Nandell; Indian village, on Tetling river, near Wagner lake, about 20 miles 

from the Tauana river. Visited by Alien, 1885, who found a village of 

four houses and 86 people, presided over by the chief Nandell. Has 

been called Nandell's and, by error, Naudellas.

Naniwuknuk; lake, Yukon delta, drained by Azun river, near latitude 61°, 

longitude 1C>4°. Eskimo name, probably from nanvak, meaning lake, 

reported by Jarvis, 1897. This is near Shokfaktolik lake or it may be 

the same.

Nannuk; lagoon, on the coast of St. Lawrence island, 20 miles from Gambell 

(Cape Chibukak). Eskimo name, reported in 1904 by Dr. E. O. Campbell, missionary on St. Lawrence island, who wrote it Nan nook.

Nanushuk; river, northern Alaska, tributary to Anaktuvuk river from the east, 

near latitude 69° 15'. Eskimo name, obtained by Peters and Schrader, 

1901.
454 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA.

Nanvaranak; slough, on the right bank of Yukon river, 60 miles below Andreafski, near latitude 02° 45', longitude 163° 55'. New Fort Hamilton 

is situated on this slough. Eskimo name, so written by Faris, 1899. 

Has also been written Nanvaranok and Nanvarnok.

NanvogaloJclak; Eskimo village, in the Big Lake country. Visited by Nelson in 

January, 1879, who reported its native name to be Nanvogalokhlagamute, i. e., Nan-vog-a-lok-lak people. Erroneously Nauvogalokhlagamute in text of Tenth Census. In Eleventh Census, 1890, called Nuuavoknakchlugarniut. Population in 1880, 100; in 1890, 107.

NaouchkaJc, village; see Kaguyak.

Kaouchlagamut, village; see Nauklak.

Napai; Eskimo village, on the northern bank of the Knskokwim, a little above 

Kolmakof. Spurr and Post obtained from Doctor Romig, 1898, the 

name Napaimut, i. e., Napai people, as the Eskimo name of this place.

Napaiskak; Eskimo village, on the left bank of the Kuskokwim, about 4 miles 

below Bethel. According to Nelson, 1878-79, its native name is Napaskiaganiute, and according to missionary Kilbuck, 1898, it is Napaiskfigamut, i. e., Napaiskak people.

Napakiak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Kuskokwim, about 10 miles 

below Bethel. Nelson, 1878, reports the native name as Napahaiagumute, and this is copied by Petrof and the Hydrographic Office. Spurr 

and Post, 1898, following missionary Kilbuck, write Napachiakftchagamut, i. e., Napakiakachak people.

Napaklulik; Eskimo village, northwestern Alaska, on the. Mangoak river, 

southeast of Selawik lake, near latitude 66° 20', longitude 160° 20'. 

Native name, written Nah-park-lu-lik by Stoney, 1886.

Na-park-lu-lik, Eskimo village; see Napaklulik.

Napean; point, the southwestern point of entrance to Eliza harbor, Admiralty 

island, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 

in 1794, who, in the text of his original edition of 1798, spells it Napean. 

It occurs, there four times, always spelled Napean. On his chart, on 

the French copy of it," and in the 8° edition of 1801 it is Nepean, and 

this form has gained wide usage; variously corrupted to Nepen and 

Nepken.

Napoleon; creek, tributary from the east to South fork Fortymile creek, near 

latitude 64° 05'. Prospectors' name, from Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 1896. . Napoleon; point, in Yukon delta, on right bank of the' Kwikpak pass; was so 

called by Raymond in 1869. Not identifiable on recent charts.

Naringolapak; slough or cut-off, Yukon delta, on the right bank of Kwikluak 

pass, 10 miles below the. head'of the delta, near latitude 62° 38', longitude 164° 01'. Eskimo name, obtained by Putnam, 1899.

yaroam-anyi, lake; see-Atka.

Narosigak; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, on the left bank of Kwemeluk pass, 

at Nioklakowik slough, latitude 62° 32', longitude 164° 57'. Native 

name, written Narosigagamieut, i. e., Narosigak people, by Putuam, 

1899.

Narrow; cape, the northwestern point of Unga island, Shumagin group. Named 

Tonkie (narrow) by the Russians.

Narrow; cape, the northern point of entrance to Ugak bay,'on eastern shore of 

Kodiak. Named Tonkie (narrow) by the Russians. It was named 

Hollings by Meares, 1788. It has been -called Low, Narrow, Toukeye, 

etc.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 455

Narrow; creek, tributary to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm, 1880. 

Narrow; passage, in Belim canal, separating Rudyerd island from Revillagigedo

island. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Narrow; point, on Prince of Wales island, in Clarence strait, opposite mouth of

Ernest sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Tonkic (narrow) by, the

Russians. Has also been written Tonkey. ~~ 

~Narrow; point, on the right bank of Chilkat river, near its mouth. Named Tonkie (narrow) by Lindenberg in 1838. The name is obsolete. 

Narroiv, point; see Tonki. 

Narrow; strait, between Kodiak and Spruce islands, Kodiak group. Named

Uzenkoi (narrow) or Elovoi (spruce) by Murashef, 1830-40. Moser,

1899, writes U-sinka narrows. 

Narrows; mountain (2,940 feet high), in the eastern part of Annette island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. It is near Tongass

narrows, whence the name. 

Narrows (The); passage, near the eastern shore of Cordova bay, Alexander

archipelago, just north of Leading point, near latitude 54° 48'. So

named by Moser, 1897. 

Narrows (The); passage, in Orca bay, southeastern, part of Prince William

sound, near latitude 60° 37', longitude 145° 45'. So named by Moser,

1897. 

Narrows (The); passage, connecting Alitak bay and Olga bay, southwestern

coast of Kodiak. So described by Moser, 1900.. 

Narrows; point, on the southern shore of Whale island, Kodiak group. Named

Uekosti (narrows) by Murashef, 1839-40. 

Narrows; two peaks (2,750 and 2,759 feet high), at the northern entrance to

Wrangell strait, Lindenberg peninsula, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Thomas, 1.887. 

H'asanJci, harbor; see Pavlof. 

NasiJcan, island; see Two Headed. 

Natagchin. The Krause brothers, 1882, report Natagehln to be the native name

of a small stream near Krotahini pass, southeastern Alaska. 

Natat; creek, in the Copper River region, tributary to Slana river from the east.

near its junction with Copper river. Indian name, obtained by

Schrader, 1903, 

Natazhat; mountain range, north of Mount St. Elias. Native name, reported

by Hayes, 1891, as Nat-azh-at. 

Natcheelc, village; see Nuchek. 

. Nateekin; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Unalaska bay, eastern

Aleutians, near longitude 166° 31'. Called Natiekinskaia by Veniaminof and known locally as Nateekin bay. 

Nateekin; Aleut village, at Nateekin bay, in Unalaska bay. Sarichef shows a

village here, 1792, which he calls Natieka settlement. Veniaminof,

1830, calls it Natiekinskoe, and says it consists of two huts -(yourts)

aiid 15 people.

Nathlie; mountain, east of Copper river, between Drum and Sanford mountains. So named by Abercrornbie, 1898. Perhaps it should be Nathalie. 

Nation; mining camp, on left bank of the Yukon, opposite and a few miles

below the mouth of Nation river, near latitude 65° 10', longitude 141°

40'. Locally called Nation City. Reported by Cantwell, 1900. 

Nation; point, the western point of entrance to Egg harbor, Coronation island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.
456 GEOGRAPHIC DTCTIONABY OF ALASKA.

Nation; river, tributary to the Yukon from the north, near the international 

boundary. This is the river called by its Indian name Tahkandit in

, the first edition of this dictionary. It is well known to the miners of 

that region as Nation river.

Natsina, river ; see White.

Natiilten, village; see Notaloten.

NaugvUc, village ; see Suworof.

Naukati; bay or inlet, on the western shore of Prince of Wales island, Tuxekan 

passage, near latitude 55° 52', longitude 133° 10'. Indian name, from 

Dickins, 1903^, who wrote Naukatee. - '

Nauklak; Eskimo village, in the interior of the eastern part of Alaska peninsula, on the trail from Kamishak bay, Cook inlet, to Naknek lake, and 

about 15 miles east of the latter. According to Spurr and Post, who 

obtained their information, in 1898, from the chief of Savonoski, its 

native name is Naouchlfigamut, i. e., Nauklak people.

Naulchi, river ; see Kwemeluk.

Naumliack, bay ; see Kiavak.

~Kaunda, creek ; see Monte Cristo.

~Xavia, point; see Lesmesurier.

Navy; islet, near Port Wrangell, Alaska peninsula. Named Morskoi (sea.) by 

Vasilief, 1832. Lutke has Isle du Large and the Coast Survey, 1869, 

Navy islet.

Navy; peak (3,734 feet high), near McHeury inlet, Etolin island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Nazan; bay, indenting the .eastern shore of Atka island, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians, near longitude 174°. Apparently so named by Tebenkof. 

Lutke calls it East bay.

Nazan; bay, indenting the southern shore of Little Tanaga island, Andreanof 

group, middle Aleutians. So named by Tebenkof, 1849.

~Nazlda,k, island; see Two Headed cape.

~Neak, creek ; see Niak.

~Nea-kluk, river ; see Niukluk.

Near; cape, on -the northwestern shore of Whale island, Kodiak group. Named 

Blizhnie (near) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Near; island, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Blisnie and Bliskie (near or 

close) by the early Russians. Lisiauski, 1804, calls it Close island. 

Dall (Harriman expedition, vol. 4, p. 125) apparently calls this island 

Pogibshi (perishing).

Near; island (600 feet high), near the southeastern shore of Nagai island, Shuinagin group. Named Blizhnie (near) by the Russians.

Near; group of islands, the westernmost of the Aleutian chain, and hence nearest, of all the Aleutians, to Asia. The early Russian explorers, accordingly, called them Bli/hnie (near) islands. Langsdorf has (II, 13) 

Plishnie ostrowa or nearest islands. Have also been called Blijnie or 

Rat islands. Berg says Bering called them Deception islands, but 

Lutke says he finds no warrant for this in Bering's journal. Variously written Blijni, Blijnies, etc.

Near; point, on the western shore of Piper island, Fish bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers, 1880.

Nearer, point; see Blizhni.

Nechraje, rock ; see Eldred.

Neck; point, on.the north side of entrance to Spasskaia bay, south shore of Icy 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 135° 19'. So named by 

Dickins, 1901.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA. 457

Necker; bay, indenting the western shore of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Called Port Necker by La Perouse, 1786. Called Kanienistaia 

(rocky or stony) by the Russians. Has been called Rocky, Stoue, and 

Stony.

Necker; islands, near the southern entrance to Sitka sound, Baranof island, 

' Alexander archipelago. So called in the Coast Pilot, 1883, and attributed to La Perouse, 1786. La Perouse's chart 16 shows Port Necker in 

this place and chart 17 Port Neker for the same place.

Keeker, isles ; see Guibert.

Nedostatka; islet, in the northern part of Krestof sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Nedostatka (want) island by Vasilief, 1833.

NeechucJc, river ; see Miniatulik.

Needle; peak (1,700 feet high), near the center of Coronation island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Needle; peak, near the head of Bay of Waterfalls, Adak island, middle Aleutians. Descriptive name, given by Gibson, 1855.

Needle; rock, near the northwestern shore of Amaknak island, Unalaska bay,

near longitude 166° 32'. Descriptive name, given by Dall, 1874.

Needles; mountain (7,000 feet high), on right bank of the Tanana river, near 

latitude 62°. Descriptive name, given by Peters and Brooks, 1898.

Neekahueena, lake; see Nilcawina.

'Neekaweena, lake; see Nikawina.

Neenana; see Cantwell river and Nenana telegraph station.

Neets; bay, in Behni canal, indenting the northwestern shore of Revillagigedo 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Negheling, river; see Nogheliug.

Negro; cape, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named .Cabo Negro (black cape) by Manrelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Negsue; creek, tributary to Penny river from the east, in the Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

A''egvelnulc,, river ; see Golsova.

NehlutahaWs, slough or creek.; see Nelutahalik.

Nekula; gulch, 7 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, at the head of Anvil 

creek, near longitude 165° 21'. Local name, published in 1903. Written 

also Nikkala.

Nelakamiut, Eskimo village ; see Nilak.

Nellie; gulch, in the Copper River region, on the south side of Chititu creek. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall, 1903.

Nellie; gulch, 6 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, at the head of Mountain creek, a tributary of Snake river, near longitude 165° 26'. Local 

name, published in 1904.

'Nellie Juan, cape; see Aspid.

Nellie Juan; port, indenting the western shore of Prince William sound. Discovered and named, 1887, by Samuel Applegate, after his schooner, 

Nellie Juan. This spelling is from Applegate's map, where it is also 

written Nell Juan and sometimes Nelly Juan. The local name Is said 

to be Kings bay.

Nelson; bay, an open bight, west shore Chatham strait, at junction with Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 57', longitude 

134° 43'. So called and described in the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Nelson, creek ; see Hammond. ^

Nelson; island, at the head of Hooniah sound, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore, 1895, but not hitherto published.
458 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Nelson; island, on the western coast of Alaska, northeast of Nunivak island, 

. Bering sea. So named by Gannett, 1880, after Edward William Nelson, 

who spent about five years in this region as an observer for the United 

States Signal Service and collector for the Smithsonian Institution.

Nelson; lagoon, on-the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, a little west of Port 

. Holler. So named by Ball, 1882, after Mr. E. W. Nelson.

Nelson; point, in Behrn canal, on the mainland, the southern point of entrance 

to Smeaton bay. So named .by Vancouver, 1793, after Lord Nelson.

Neltushkin; Indian village, on Admiralty island, north shore Whitewater bay, 

Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 15', longitude 

134° 35'. Native name, reported by Moore, 1895.

Nelupaki, cape; see Kekurnoi.

Nelutahalik; slough or creek, Yukon delta, on the right bank of Apoon pass, 3 

miles from its mouth, near latitude 63° 03', longitude 163° 28'. Eskimo 

name, obtained by Far-is, 1899, and written by'him Nehlutahalik.

Nemeth, creek; see Nemod.

Nemod; creek, tributary to South fork Koyukuk river from the south, near 

longitude 150° 15'. Prospectors' name, printed Nemetli by the Coast 

Survey, 1899, and written Nemod by Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Nenana, river ; see Cantwell. *

Nenana; telegraph station, on the Tanana river, opposite the mouth of Cantwell river, the Indian name of which is Neuana. Written also Neenana. 

So named by the Signal Corps, U. S. A., in 1903. This station is at or 

near the Indian village Tortella.

Nenevok; lake, between the headwaters of Togiak and Kanektok rivers, western Alaska. Native name, from.Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, who camped on its shore September 10, 1898. They give the name 

as Nenevokuk adding " Nenevok lake with descriptive ending."

Neniltschik, cape; see Ninilchik.

Nepean, point; see Napean.

Nepovorotni; group of rocks, south of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named NepovOrotnoi (not turning) by Vasilief, 1809. 

Entering Sitka harbor by Middle channel, these rocks, on the port hand, 

are not to be.turned around. The course is to be kept for about a mile 

farther, when one reaches Povorotnoi (turning) island, around which 

one turns to the anchorage. Has also been written Nepoverotni.

Neprop, island ; see Impassable.

Nejtropnsknoi, island; see Impassable.

Nerelna; creek, tributary to Chitina river from the south. Native name, from 

a manuscript map.made by prospectors, 1900.

Nerpichi; islets, south of Middle island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Nerpichi (seal) by Vasilief, 1.809.

~Nerincliie, bay, etc.; see Seal.

Ncrpitchy, islet; see Ikiginak.

Nesbitt; point, the southernmost point of Zarembo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793. Has also been written NesJbit, 

this form being found in the 8° edition of Vancouver (vol. 4, p. 245).

Nesbitt; reef, off Point Nesbitt, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by-Snow, 1886.

Nesbonglok; Eskimo village, 22 miles northwest of Bethel, in the Big Lake, 

country. Native name written Nesboangloakmut by Dr. C. O. Lincl, in 

* Reindeer Report, 1904, p. 72.

Netne; lake, near Tyonek, at head of Cook inlet. Name published by the Coast 

Survey in 1898.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 459

NeuJcluJc, river; see Niukluk.

Neumann, bay and point; see Moffet..

Neumann; island, the easternmost of the Kndiakof islands, Izembek bay, north 

shore Alaska peninsula, near longitude 162° 35'. So named by the Fish 

Commission, 1888, after Mr. Rudolph Neumann, of the Alaska Commercial Company. .

Neva; bay, 3 miles north of Cape Edgecumbe, on the western coast of Kruzof 

island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 03'. So named by 

officers of the Russian-American Company about 1849.

Neva; small creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kougarok river from the 

east, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 164° 40'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Neva; island, east of the Parker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vasilief in 1809. Has also been called Nevi. Named after 

the ship Neva.

Neva; point, at junction of Nakwasina passage and Neva strait, on Baranof 

island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 14', longitude 135° 33'. 

Apparently so named by Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883.

Neva; strait, separating Baranof island from Partofshikof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Lisiauski, 3804, after his vessel; called Olga 

strait by Vasilief in 1809. It then included what has been termed Olga 

strait. The present Neva channel is the Olga strait of the Russian 

chart of 1809,* but not of Tebenkof.

Nevada; creek, in southern part of Douglas island, 'Alexander archipelago, 

tributary to Gastineau channel. Local name, reported by Peters, 1902.

Neva Point; reef, in Kruzof sound, Alexander archipelago, extending 200 yards 

south-southeast from Neva point (above). So described in the Coast 

Pilot', 1901.

Nevski; group of islets, south of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Presumably named by the Russians, 1809, after the war ship 

Neva, which was at Sitka in 1804.

New, harbor; see Baralof.

New Archangel, town ; see Sitka.

'Neiv Balaam; see Ussinki.

Newberry, river ; .see Teslin.

New Bogoslof, island; see Grewingk.

New Bonanza; creek, 16 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, 

tributary to Bonita creek, at the head of Osboru creek, near longitude 

165° 12'. Local name, published in 1904.

New-chill-o-wait; point formed by the confluence of Yukon and Tanana rivers, 

near latitude G5° 15', longitude 152°. Indian name, reported by Herron, 

1899.

Neiacliuldi. Alien, 1885, shows a river tributary to the Yukon from the north, 

near longitude 153°, which he calls Newchuklikakat, i. e., Newchukli 

mouth. Late maps have in this vicinity two streams, called Birch creek 

and Island creek. The latter seems to be the Newchukli of Alien.

New Eddystone; islands, in Behm canal, near entrance to Rudyerd bay, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by the British Admiralty 

about 1865.

New Eddystone; point, in Behm canal, the south point of entrance to Rudyerd 

bay, Alexander archipelago. So named on the Russian charts. The 

point is 'a short distance from New Eddystone rock. On a late Coast 

Survey chart the point is called Louise.
460 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIOjSTAKY OF ALASKA.

New Eddystone; rock, in Behm canal, between Smeaton and Rudyerd bays, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793, from its resemblance to tbe Light-House rock off Plymouth, England.

New Eldorado; creek, 15 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary 

from tbe north to Osboru creek, affluent to Nome river, near latitude 

64° 40', longitude 165° 09'. Prospectors' na'me, from Barnard, 1900.

Newell; sunken rock, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 93).

Newenham; cape, on the mainland, the northern point of entrance to Bristol 

bay, Bering sea, near latitude 58° 40', longitude 162°. So named by 

Cook, July 16, 1778. The natives call it Black, on account of its color, 

and Tebenkof has Newenham followed by chernoi (black) in parenthensis.

New Fort Hamilton; supply depot of the North American Transportation and 

Trading Company, on the right bank of Kwikpak pass, at the mouth of 

Nanvaranak slough, Yukon delta, 20 miles above (Old) Fort Hamilton, 

and 15 miles below the head of Yukon delta, near latitude 62° 44', longitude 163° 55'.

'Newicargut, island; see Nowi.

New Morzhovi, village; see Morzbovoi.

Neio Russia, colony; see Glory of Russia.

Newton; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the north to American river, 

near longitude, 165° 45'. Local name, reported by Gerdiue, 1901.

Newton; glacier and mountain (13,774 feet high), near Mount St. Blias, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell, 1890, after Henry Newton, 

author of a report on the geology of the Black Hills of Dakota.

Newton; gulch, 3£ miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the south 

slope of Newton peak, draining into Dry creek, near longitude 165° 19'. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Newton; peak (1,144 feet high), 5 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, 

near latitude 64° 33', longitude 165° 18'. Local name published in 1904. 

Called also Newton rock and Dry Creek mountain.

Newton, rock; see Newton peak.

Neivton, Gulch No. 2; see Left fork.

Newyear; gulch, 7 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the north bank 

of Anvil creek, near its source, about longitude 165° 22'. Local name,, 

published in 1904. Written also New Years.

New York; creek, north side of Tanana river, flowing west from near the head 

of Minook creek, near latitude 65°, longitude 150° 10'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Prindle, 1904.

Niak; small creek and native camping place, on the Arctic coast, 5 or 6 miles 

south of Cape Lisburne, near latitude 68° 45'. Eskimo name, reported 

by Collier, 1904. Written also Neak.

Niblack; anchorage, in Moira sound, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 03', longitude 132° 05'. So named by Clover,

1885. after Ensign Albert Parker Niblack, U. S. N.,'a member of his 

party. Erroneously Niblick on British Admiralty chart 2431. 

Niblack; islands, in Ernest sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow,

1886. after Ensign A. P. Niblack, U. S. N., a member of his party. 

Niblack; point, on Cleveland peninsula, in Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover, 1885, after Ensign A. P. Niblack, U. S. N., 

a member of his party, Erroneously Niblick point,
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 461

Niblack; post-office (established in 1901) and mining camp, on Niblack anchorage, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago.

Nichawak; mountain, a few miles northeast of Controller bay and river tributary to Bering river near its mouth. Indian name, reported by Martin, 

1903. Written also Nitchawak and Nitchavak.

'Nicholas, settlement; see Korovinski.

Nichols; bay, indenting the southern end of Prince of Wales island, Dixon entrance. So named by the Coast Survey, 1880, after Commander Henry 

Ezra Nichols, U. S. N.

Nichols; group of islands, in Tlevak strait, opposite Breezy bay, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Dall, 1882, after Commander H. E. Nichols, 

U. S. N., who reconnoitered this region in 1881. Near them are "The 

Sentinels " or Sentinel islands. Coast Survey chart 713, published in 

1883, calls the whole group Sentinel islands.

Nichols; hills (280 feet high), at mouth of Nushagak river. So named by the 

Fish Commission, 1890, presumably after Commander H. E. Nichols, 

U. S. N. Erroneously Nicholls. Locally known as The Knolls.

Nichols; mountain, near Mount St. Elms. So named by the New York Times

expedition, 1886, after Commander H. E. Nichols, U. S. N.

Nichols; passage, between Annette and Graviua islands, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. Called Nichols pass in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 79), 

after Commander H. E. Nichols, U. S. N.

Nichols Bay; cannery (now burned and abandoned), in Nichols bay, at the 

southern end of Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So 

called in the Eleventh Census, 1890.

Nicholson; rocks, north of Makhnati island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by United States naval officers, 1880.

Nickle; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the south to North creek, an 

affluent of American river, near longitude 165° 58'. Prospectors' name, 

so written by Gerdine, 1901.

Niegieklik, river; see Clear.

'Niekta, cape; see Prince of Wales. 

Nigaluk; Eskimo village, near the mouth of Colville river, Arctic coast. Native name, published as early as 1867, and probably earlier.

Niga To, river ; see Yukon.

Nigelius; point, on the western shore of Carroll inlet, Revillagigedo island, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 34', longitude 131° 21'. 

Local navigators' name, maybe of Indian origin, reported by H. C. 

Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Nigeruk; creek, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Kobuk river from the south, 

near longitude 159° 30'. Eskimo name, obtained by Mendenhall, 1901.

Nights Lodging; cape, on the souther-n shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. 

Named Nochlega (night's lodging) by Murashef, 1839-40.

'Nik, river; see Keuai.

Nikawina; lake, on Chulitua river, about 30 miles west of Lake Clark, near 

latitude 60° 30', longitude 155° 30'. Native name reported by Osgood, 

1902, who wrote it Neekaweena. Written also Neekahueena.

Nikhkak, villa-ge; see Kijik.

Nikkala, gulch; see Nekula.

Nikolai; bay and creek, on the south shore of Tustumena lake, Kenai peninsula, near latitude 60° 05', longitude 150° 45'. Local name, from Mofflt, 

1904.
462 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Nikolai; creek, tributary to McCarthy creek from the east. So called by the 

prospectors, after the Indian chief, Nikolai.

Nikolai; house, on Nizina river, south bank, near the mouth of the Chitistone. 

Name of an Indian chief, reported by Hayes, 1891, who says " Nicolai, 

or Scolai, as the Yukon Indians call him."

Nikolai, islands; see Green.

Nikolaief; anchorage and small village, near Belkofski, Alaska peninsula. 

Called Nikolaievsky by Petrof, 1880, and Nicoloffsky by the Fish Commission. Presumably named by the Russians after Tsar Nikolas.

Nikolas, rock or shoal; see Cozian.

Nikolski, cape; see Tauak.

Nikolski; native village, on the northern shore of Umnak, opposite .Driftwood 

bay. So called by the Russians as early as 1830. Veniaminof speaks 

of it as Riecheshnoe (river), now called Nikolski. Population in 1834, 

83; in 1880, 127; in 1890, about 100. Lutke writes it Retchechuoi and 

Petrof, Nikolsky.

Nikolskoi, village; see Koroviuski.

Nikonda; creek, tributary at the headwaters of the Nabesua river on the east. 

Native name, reported by Witherspoou, 1902.

Nilak; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, on the left bank of Kwikluak pass, near 

latitude 62° 35', longitude 164° 47'. Native name, written Nelakainiut 

by Putnam, 1899.

Nil Desperandum; gulch, 6 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the 

north bank of Lost creek a tributary of Nome river from the west, 

near longitude 165° 14'. Prospectors' name, published in 1903.

Nilkoka, river ; see Tolovana.

Nimiuk; point, on the west side of Hothain. inlet, opposite the delta of Kobuk 

river, near latitude 66° 45', longitude 162°. It is almost directly east 

and on the opposite side of the peninsula from Cape Blossom. Eskimo 

name, written Nimyuk by Stoney, 1884, who says it signifies the cottonwood tree. Niuook or Niuvok is cottonwood, according to John W. 

Kefly's vocabulary. -

Nimiuk; Eskimo village of 2 huts, northwestern Alaska, on Kutoark river, near 

latitude 67° 45', longitude 154° 15'. Visited by Stoney, 1886, who wrote 

its name Nimyuk. It is the Eskimo name of the cottonwood tree.

Nimiuk; Eskimo village, northwestern Alaska, on the upper Noatak river, near 

Riley pass, about latitude 67° 50', longitude 155° 50'. Written Nimyuk 

by Stoney, 1885, who says it signifies cottonwood, and that the village 

had 30 inhabitants.

Nimyuk; see Nimiuk.

Nin; ridge, on the left bank of Kichatna river, an eastern tributary of the 

Yeutna, near longitude 152°. Indian name, obtained by Herron, 1899.

Ninagiak; island, in Hallo bay, Shelikof strait. Native name, from Tebenkof, 

1849. . .

Ninilchik; cape and river, on the eastern shore of Cook inlet. So called by 

Tebeukof, 1849. Wosnesenski, about 1840, calls the cape Neuiltschik or 

Sunit and the river Chuik-Chnak.

Ninilchik; rock or rocks, on the eastern shore of Cook inlet, betwe°en Kasilof 

and Niuilchik river mouths. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849.

Ninilchik; village of 81 people (1890), on eastern shore of Cook inlet, south of 

the Kasilof river mouth. Late maps show a fishery here. A small 

Russian settlement was made here early in the century. Petrof (Tenth 

Census, VIII, p. 27) says: "A number of 'colonial citizens,' or superannuated employes of the old Russian Company were ordered to settle
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 463

Ninilchik Continued.

some fifty or sixty years ago (1880 or 1820) at Ninilchik, and their 

descendeuts live there still." On Wosnesenski's map in Grewingk, aftout 

1840, the place is called Minima and the near-by cape Neuiltschik or 

Sunit

Ninuan-Tngat, lake ; see Becharof.

Ninuluk;~ creek, northern Alaska, tributary to Colville river from the south, 

near longitude 153°. Eskimo name, obtained by 'Peters and Schrader, 

1901.

Ni.oklak.owik; slough, Yukon delta, opening into the mouth of Kwemeluk pass 

on the south bank, near latitude 02° 32', longitude 104° 57'. Native 

name, obtained by Putnam, 1899.

Nipple; mountain, in California ridge, Graviua island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols, 1883. ' 

'Nipple, mountain; see Dixon.

Nipples (The); two mountains (2,450 and 2,900 feet high), near Shakan bay, on 

Kosciusko island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 07', longi- 

. tude 133° 27'. Called Shakan nipples in the Coast Pilot of 1883 (p. 

101). Usually called The Nipples.

Niprohodni, bay; see No Thorofare.

Nisling; river, tributary to the White river from the east, near longitude 140°. 

' Native name, reported by Hayes in 1891.

Nismeni; cove, at north end of Barauof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore, 1895.

Nismeni; lake, on the border of Malaspina glacier. Tebeiikof shows such a 

lake just behind Point Riou (Nismeni of Tebenkof), which he calls 

Nizmenuie (low).

Nismeni; point, the northernmost point of Baranof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Nismeui (low or low lying) by Vasilief, 

1833. Has also been written Nismenna and Nizmennie.

Nitak; Indian village, on Knik arm of Cook inlet. Native name, reported by 

Petrof, 1880, as Nitakh.

Nitchii'walc, mountain and river; see Nichawak.

Nitzutalina; river, 50 miles north of-Mount McKinley, outlet of Lake Minchuruina and tributary to the Kantishna river from the west, near latitude 

64°, longitude 151°. Indian name, written Nitz-u-tal-ee-na by Herrou, 

1899.

Niukluk; river, in Seward peninsula, tributary to Golofniu sound. An Eskimo 

name, now used locally and variously written Nea-kluk, Neukluk, 

Neukeluk, etc. The Western Union Telegraph Expedition map of 18G7 

calls it Icathluik. In 1869 it was called Fish river, apparently by Dall, 

and has since borne this name on most maps till quite recently. The 

Russians, as early as 1852, called it Ikiut-pak (Ikiut-big) or Big Ikiut 

of the Eskimos. See also Eaton.

Niunak, island ; see Chernobour.

Nixon; shoal, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 28', longitude 135° 32', " a flat mostly bare at low water, which projects 200 

yards from the mouth of a stream on the northeast side three-fourths 

mile north of Opasni islands." So described in the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Nizhni, lake; see Lower.

Nizina; glacier and river, tributary to the Ghitiua. Native name, reported 1891, 

by Hayes. who spells it Nizzenah, i. e., Nizi river.

Nizina; post-office (established in May, 1905), in the 'Nizina River valley, 

eastern Alaska.
464 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

'Nizkoi, island; see Crooked.

Nizmennia, point; see Shoals.

IS/izmennoi, cape, island, etc.; see Low.

Nizmennoi, point; see Riou.

Noalen, river; see Nogheling.

Noatak; river, in northwestern Alaska, tributary to Hotham inlet. Called 

Inland river by Beechey. Sometimes called Noatok, Noatuk, Nunatok, 

and Notoark. The prevailing modern usage is Noatak, as here given.

Noatak; Eskimo village, on the lower part of the Noatak river, northwestern 

Alaska. Called Noatagamutes, i. e., Noatak peoples. Petrof, 1880, 

shows two villages and labels them Noatagamutes; Stoney calls one of 

these Shu-quck.

Nob; mountain, near George inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols, 1883.

Nobhill; creek, Seward peninsula, in Solomon River drainage basin, tributary 

on south bank of Kasson creek, near latitude 64° 42', longitude 164° 

23'. Prospectors' name, Nob Hill, from.a local map, 1904.

Nocadero, strait; see Trocadero.

~Noclilega, cape; see Night's Lodging.

Nocotocargut, creek; see Beaver and Birch.

Nogamut; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Chulitna river, 139 miles 

above its junction with the Kuskokwim, near longitude 157°. Native 

name written Noga-mute on a manuscript map made by W. R. Buckman, a prospector, who wintered 20 miles above in 1902-3.

Nogheling; river, Alaska peninsula, 25 or 30 miles long, draining Lake Clark 

into Iliamna Take, near latitude 60°, longitude 155°. Native name 

written Noghelin by Schanz in 1890, and Nogheling on the census map, 

1893. 'Written also Negheling and said to be pronounced, by the whites, 

Noalen.

Nohoolchintna. Alien, 1885, gives this name to what is now called South 

fork Koyukuk river and to a native village on the right bank about 3 

miles above its mouth. See South fork Koyukuk.

Kohtalohton, village; see Notaloten.

Noisak, cape ; see Mordvinof.

Noisy; islands, near the northwestern shore of Kodiak. Called Sodornniia 

(noisy) by Tebenkof, 1849. A cape near it was called Noisy cape by 

the Coast Survey in 1867. Has also, on one chart, been called Zotschomnia.

Noitoc, river; see Noatak.

Nokogaxniut; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, at the mouth of Kwikpak pass, near 

latitude 63° 02', longitude 164° 32'. Eskimo name, obtained by Faris, 

1899.

'NoJcol-ot-nah, river; see Nulato.

Nokrot; Eskimo village, 30 miles southwest of St. Michael, near Cape Roinanof, 

on south shore of Norton sound, near latitude 63° 10'. Native name, 

obtained by the Coast Survey, 1898, and published as Nokrotmiut, i. e., 

Nokrot people.

No Man; creek, tributary to Casadepaga river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900. '

Nome; cape, on the northern shore of Norton sound, Seward peninsula, near 

latitude 64° 21', longitude 165°. Named Tolstoi (blunt or broad) by 

Tebenkof, 1833. Russian Hydrographic chart 1455, published in 1852, 

calls it Sredni (middle), adding Tolstoi as a synonym. The name 

Nome first appears on British Admiralty charts, after the Franklin
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA. 465

Nome Continued.

search expeditions, and was given by Kellett, 1849. Sir William Wharton, hydrographer to tbe British Admiralty, writing in April, 1901, 

says: " Tbe name Cape Nome, which is off tbe entrance to Norton bay, 

first appears on our charts from an original of Kelletts in 1849. I suppose, tbe town gets its name from tbe same source, but what that is 

we have nothing to show." Prof. George Davidsou says that this nameless cape on tbe original sheet bore the memorandum " ? Name " which 

tbe draftsman interpreted to be (7. Nome.

Nome; creek, in tbe Fairbanks region, tributary to Chatanika river from the 

north, near latitude 65° 20', longitude 146° 45'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdiue, 1903.

Nome; mountains, in the Nome mining region, in southern part of Seward penin- 

. sula. Local name, published in 1900.

Nome, peninsula; see Seward.

Nome; river, in tbe Nome mining region, Seward peninsula. Name published 

in 1900.

Nome; town, post-office, and telegraph station, near Cape Nome, on the southern 

shore of Seward peninsula. Local name. Scbrader and Brooks, who 

visited it in October, 1899, speak of tbe " thriving young city of Nome, 

first called Anvil City, now officially, Nome." Gold was found here in 

June, 1898, and on October 18, 1898, the Cape Nome mining district was 

organized. The post-office was established in June, 1899, and the town 

incorporated April 9, 1901. It is the northwestern terminus of the 

U. S. Military Telegraph. Population in 1900, 12,488.

NonapeklO'ivak; see Old Fort Hamilton.

Noobooa, island ; see Barter.

Noocheek, village; see Nuchek.

Noocleet, cape and village; see Denbigh and Nuklit.

'Nook-hook-keen, creek ; see Nukhukkiu.

Nook (The); cove, indenting the eastern shore of Tigalda island, Krenitzin 

group, eastern Aleutians. So named by tbe Fish Commission in 1888.

Nook (The), village; see Teller.

Nookmut, station ; see Teller.

Nooluk, river ; see Nuluk.

Noon; point, tbe easternmost point of Pleasant island, Icy strait, Alexander' 

 archipelago, near latitude 58° 20', longitude 135° 32'. Name published 

by Ball, 1883, in tbe Coast Pilot

Noon; point, the southernmost point of Jacob island, northeast of the Shumagin 

group. Named Poludenuie (noon) by Woroukofski, 1837.

Noonarbook, island ; see Big Dioinede.

Nootowuktoy, lake ; see Nutuvukti.

Nooioook, point; see Barrow.

Noowook, settlement; see Nuwuk.

Noquashinski, passage ; see Nakwasiua.

Norcross, island ; see Jackson.

Nordenskiold; river, tributary to Lewes river from the south, near longitude 

.136°. Named by Schwatka, in "1883, after Baron Nils Adolf Erik vou 

Nordenskiold, tbe celebrated Swedish arctic explorer.

Norfolk, sound ; see Sitka.

Noriega; point, on the southern shore of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli 

bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Puiita Noriega by Maurelle 

and Quadra, 1775-1779. 

Bull. 299 06 M 3Q
466 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Norma; bay, indenting the western shore of Izembek bay, north shore Alaska 

peninsula, near longitude 162° 57'. So named by the Fish.Commission 

in 1888.

Norris; glacier, on the west side of Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska. Named 

in 1886, after Dr. Basil Norris, U. S. .N. The native name is Kadischle. 

Named Windoni by the Coast Survey, 1890, in honor of the late Secretary of the Treasury.

Nor-tnh-roJc-tah, lake ; see Nutuvukti.

North; anchorage, on the northern shore of St. George island, Pribilof group. 

Bering sea. Local name.

North; arm, Bay of Pillars, Kuiu island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

North; arm, Hooniah sound, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1899.

North; arm, Moira sound, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by the Coast Survey in 1894.

North; arm, Three Arm bay, Adak island, middle Aleutians. Descriptive name, 

given by Gibson in 1855.

Nortli,; bay, in Dall island, opening into Tlevak strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols, 1881.

North; bay and point, on the northern shore of Stuart island, Norton sound. 

So named by the Coast Survey in 1898.

North; bay, on the northern shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1890.

North; cape, between Necker and Whale bays, on the western shore of Barauof 

island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 40'. So named by the 

Russians.

North; cape, the northernmost point of Spruce island, Kodiak group. Named 

Sievernoi (north) by Murashef, 1839-40.

North; Cape, the northernmost point of Atka, middle Aleutians. Named Sievernoi (north) by Tebenkof, 1849.

North; cape, the northernmost point of Kanaga island, middle Aleutians. So 

named by Gibson, 1855.

North; cape, on the northern coast of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. Named 

Sievernoi (north) by the Russians. Erroneously Sieperrno.

North, cape; see Afognak.

North, cape; see Hall.

North, cape; see Stag.

North; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the south to Agiapuk river, 

near longitude 165° 52'. Prospectors', name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

North; creek, tributary to South fork Koyukuk river from the east, near longitude 147°. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

North; flat, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Called Wrangell North 

Flat by Meade, 1869.

North; fork, Snake river, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, near longitude 166° 25'. So described by Barnard; 1900.

North; fork, Fox creek, 25 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, near 

longitude 165° 03'. Descriptive name from Bernard, 1900.

North; fork, Hess creek, in the Rampart region. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902.

North; fork, Preacher creek, eastern Alaska, near latitude 65° 45', longitude 

146°. Descriptive name, given by prospectors and reported by Witherspoon, 1905.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 467

North; fork, Birch creek, eastern Alaska. Local name, published by the Coast

Survey in 1899. 

North; fork, Fortymile ^reek, 25 miles west of the international boundary,

near latitude 64° .1.5'. Local designation, published by the Coast Survey

in 1890. Presumably in use as early as 1886. 

North; fork, Koyukuk river, hear longitude 151°. Prospectors' name, reported

by Schrader, 1899. This is probably the river the Indians call Hokotena.

North, harbor; see Coal. 

North; hill (422 feet high), on the northern coast of St. Paul island, Pribilof

group, Bering sea. Presumably a local name, published by the Coast

Survey in 1875. 

North; island and rock, at the head of Orca bay and Orca inlet, Prince William

sound, Gulf of Alaska, near latitude 60° 37', longitude 145° 40'. So

named by Moser, 1897.

North; island, at entrance to Port McArthur, Kniu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm, 1886. 

North; island, in the southern part of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago/ So

named by Beardslee, 1880, or possibly by Meade, 1869. 

North; island, in Whitewater bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Glass, 1881. 

'North, island; see RaspberryNorth; ledge, in the southern end of Lynn canal, near Funter bay, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1890. 

North; ledge, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade,

1869. 

North; passage, connecting Eliza harbor with Woewodski harbor, Admiralty

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889. 

North; passage, in Icy strait, on the north side of Leniesurier island, Alexander

archipelago, near longitude 136° 05'. Name published by .the Coast

Survey in 1904. 

North; point, the north point of Fish Egg island, at south point of entrance to

Klawak inlet, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude

55° 30'. So named by Moser, 1897. 

North; point, on Liudeuberg peninsula, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Dall, 1879. 

North; point, on north side of entrance to Kelp bay, just inside Point Lull,

Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 17', longitude

134° 50'. Descriptive name, given by Moore, 1895. 

North; point, at entrance to Mitchell bay, Kootxnahoo inlet, Admiralty island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869. 

North; point, on the northern shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering

sea. Local name, from the. Russian Sievernoi (north). A late Coast

Survey map has Severnoye, while Elliott, 1874, wrote it Nahsayvernia,

which he translates " on the north shore." 

North; river, near Eaton, a branch (north branch) of Unalaklik river. So

called by the missionaries and -herders at Eaton. 

North; rock, at northern point of entrance to llinliuk harbor, Unalaska bay.

So named by Dall, 1871. 

North; sunken rock, in Dixon entrance, just north of and near West Devil rock.

Name published by the Coast Survey, 1886, but appears to be now obsolete.
468 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

North; rookery, on north shore St. George island, Bering sea, near longitude 169° 

34'. Local name. According to Putuam, the Aleut name is Algiiiiniitorol'og (place where the seals do not go up).

'North,, strait; see Kupreanof.

North Bronaugh; island, in Nichols passage, Alexander archipelago. .So called 

by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 95).

Northeast; arm of Uganik bay, Kodiak, indenting the eastern shore of the 

western branch of that bay. So described by Moser, 1897.

North East, arm ; see Nunatak fiord.

Northeast; bluff, on the northern shore of Attu island, western Aleutians. So 

named by Gibson, 1855.

Northeast; cape, the easternmost point of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. 

So called by Tebenkof, 1849. It is Cape Anderson of Russian Hydrographic chart 1455 (ed. of 1852), thus preserving the name which, in 

1778, Cook gave to St. Lawrence island.. Krusensteru in his Hydrographic Memoirs named this Shishmaref (Chichmareff), after Captain 

Shishmaref, who surveyed the shore of the island in 1821.

Northeast; creek, on the Arctic slope, eastern Alaska, a tributary 011 the right 

bank of Canning river, near latitude 69°, longitude 146°. So named by 

Marsh, 1903.

Northeast; harbor, between Karluk and Ugak bays, on the northern shore of 

Kodiak. So called by Moser, 1899. .

Northeast; harbor, indenting the southwestern shore of Little Kouiuji island, 

Shumagin group. Local name, published by Dall in 1875.

Northeast; harbor, indenting the northeast shore of Saunak island, and on .the 

east side of Northeast point, near latitude 54° 27', longitude 162° 35'. 

So named by Westdahl, 1901.

Northeast; point, the northernmost point of Khantaak island, Yakutat bay, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Tebenkof, 1849.

Northeast; point, the northeasternmost point of Sannak island. So called by 

Dall, 1880.

Northeast; point, the northeasternmost point of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, 

Bering sea. Local name. Tikomenief, 1862, calls it Vostoctmie (east) 

point " . . Northerly; island, in St. John harbor, Zarembo island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by officers of the U. S. S. Adams, 1884.

Northern; rapids, in Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Called Perwie porogi 

(first rapids) by the Russians and often spoken-of as the First or 

Northern rapids.

Northern, strait; see Kupreauof.

North Foreland; cape, on the northwestern shore of Cook inlet. So named by 

Vancouver, 1794.

North Fork; telegraph station, at the crossing of the North fork Portyiuile 

creek. So named by the Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1903.

North Green; rock, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. ' So called by 

Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 132).

North Head; point, the northern point of entrance to Coal harbor, Unga island, 

Shumagin group. So named, presumably, by the Western Union Telegraph expedition, 1865.

North Head; the north point of Akutan island, eastern Aleutians, hear longitude 165° 56'. Called Sigak cape by Tebenkof, 1849. Called North 

Head by the Fish Commission, 1888, and said to be locally so known.

North Head; see Ulakta Head.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 469

North Inian; pass, connecting Cross sound with Icy strait, on the north side of 

Inian islands, near longitude 136° 25'. So named by Pratt, 1901.

North Marble, islet, Glacier bay; see Marble.

North Olga; lake and stream, on the north shore of Olga bay, Alitak bay, 

Kodiak, tributary to Cannery cove. Descriptive name, reported by 

Moser, 1901.

North Passage; point, the northern point of entrance to Freshwater bay, Chichagof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. It was named 

North by Meade, 1869.

North Passage; rock, near Stockdale harbor, Prince William sound. So named 

by Vancouver, 1794.

North Point; ledge, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So called by 

Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 131).

North Point; a mountain (5,600 feet high) eastern Alaska, 15 miles south of 

Seventymile creek, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 142° 10'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoou, 1905.

North Point Baker; see Baker:

North Quadra; mountain (2,353 feet high), on the mainland, just north of 

entrance to Boca de Quadra. So named by Nichols, 1883.

North Semicli, island; see Aghiyuk.

North Star; creek, 30 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Windy creek from the east, near longitude 165° 25'. Name from Barnard, 19.00.

Northumberland; cape, the southernmost point of Duke island, Gravina group, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 1793, " in honor of that 

illustrious family."

Northumberland, island ; see Duke.

.Nortlwoest, cape, Tanaga island; see Sajaga.

Northwest, cape, Unimak island; see Sa.ricb.ef.

Northwest; harbor, indenting the northern shore of Little Koniuji island, Shumagin group. So called by the fishermen. This may be the Agngum 

udfi (God's bay) of the Aleuts.

North'ivest; island, one of the Inian group, Cross sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently so named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 186). Has 

also been written North-west.

Northwest; point, the northwesternmost point of St. Paul island,, Pribilof 

group, Bering sea. This may be the Zapadnie (west) point of Tebenkof, 1849. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1890.

Nortliwest, point; see Chibukak.

Northwest; shoal, lying northeast of the anchorage in Port Mnlgrave, Takutat 

bay, southeastern Alaska. Called .Northwestern by Dall in the Coast 

Pilot (1883, p. 208).

Northwest Shoulder; cape, on the northwestern shore of Attu island, western 

Aleutians. So called by the North Pacific exploring expedition, 1855. 

Tebenkof, 1849, calls it Kresta (cross) cape.

Norton; bay, in the northeastern part of Norton sound, Bering sea. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1884.

Norton; sound, in the northeastern part of Bering sea, latitude 04°. Discovered 

by Cook in September, 1778, and by him named Norton " in honour of 

Sir Fletcher Norton (afterwards Lord Grantley), speaker of the House 

of Commons." Sometimes called Norton bay. The designation Norton 

bay is now generally applied to the northeastern arm of Norton sound.

Nor-to-roJe-tee, lake; see Nutuvukti. . 
470 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Norutak; lake, near the Arctic circle, drained by Kobuk river, latitude 66° 50', 

longitude 154° 30'. Native name, reported by Cantwell, 1S85, as Noru-tak. Stoney, 1886, called it Now-get-to-ark (Gull lake). .

Nose; point, in Behni canal, on the northwestern shore of Revillagigedo island. 

Named by the Coast Survey in 1891. Brow and Chin points are near by.

Nosovskoi; native village, on the western end of Uniinak island, eastern Aleutians, about 6 miles northwest from Scotch Cap. So called by Lutke, 

1828.

Notaloten; village (of 15 people), on north bank of the Yukon, about 20 miles 

above the mouth of'the Koyukuk. A native name, reported in the Tenth 

Census (1880) as Natulaten, in the Eleventh Census (1890) as Notaloten, and on Coast Survey chart 3093 (ed. of 1898) as Nohtalohton.

Notch; creek, tributary to Cross creek, itself a tributary of the Chisna on the 

west. Name applied by Schrader in 1902, being a contraction of the 

Indian name Not-chit-in-da.

Notch; mountain (1,879 feet high), on the southern end of Revillagigedo island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

'Not-chit-in-da, creek ; see Notch.

No Thorofare; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Sitka sound, Baranof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Niprohodni (no thorofare) by Vasilief, 

1809. It is Poroshki bay of Tebenkof, which name has also been written Boroshki and Paroshki.

No Thorofare; island, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Called No 

Thoroughfare by Nichols .in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 131).

No Thorofare; point, on AVoewodski island, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Named No Thoroughfare by Meade, 1868. Has also been 

written No-thoroughfare.

Notliaffepia-ta, slough ; see Island.

Notmoktoiooak, river; see Ambler.

Notoark, river ; see Noatak.

Notokakat, river; see Dall.

Noiichar/a7c, river, etc.; see Nushagak.

No Use; ledge, in Swauson harbor, Icy strait, near southwest entrance to Lynn 

canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1890. 

Has also been written No-use.

Novarassi, colony ; see Glory of Russia.

Novastoshnah, rookery ; see Vostochnie.

Novie Balaam, village; see Uzinki.

Novikakat, river; see Nowi.

Nowiskay; cove and salmon stream, at head of north arm Moira sound, western 

shore Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 08', longitude 132° 10'. So called by the fisheries, after the Indian who claimed 

the stream. Written Nowisk-Kay by Moser, 1897.

Noiviskay, lake; see Mineral.

Novy, islands ; see Pribilof.

Nowell; point, on the western shore of Prince William sound. So named by 

Vancouver, 1794. Has also been printed Nowall.

Nowgettoark, lake; see Norutak.

Nowi; island, mountains, village, and river tributary to the Yukon from the 

south, about 100 miles below the mouth of the Tanana river, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 1.54° 10'. Native name, first reported by the 

Western Union Telegraph expedition, 1867, as Newicargut, the termina-
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 471

Nowi Continued.

tion cargut, now written .kakat, meaning' mouth of a river. (See

Kakat.) Petrof, in 1880, wrote the name Noyakakat, now usually

written Nowikakat or Novikakat. 

Now-tow-vuck-toy, lake ; see Nutuvukti. 

Nowuk, Eskimo village ; see Nuwuk. 

Noxapaga; town or camp, on Noxapaga river, Sewarcl peninsula, near latitude

65° 30', longitude 1(>4° 15'. Local name, reported by Gercline, 1.901. 

Noxapaga; river, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kuzitrin river from the north,

near longitude 164°. Eskimo name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Brooks, 1900, obtained another Eskimo name, Kugrukruk or Kugirukuk,

for this river.

Noyakakat, island ; see Nowi. 

Noyes; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Cottonwood creek, an affluent of

Goodhope river from the north, near latitude 05° 42', longitude 163°

20'. Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall, 1901. 

Noyes; island, off Bucareli bay, Prince,of Wales archipelago. So named by

Dall, 1879, after Mr. William M. Noyes, of the Coast Survey party 

employed in Alaska, 1873-1880.

Noyes; slough, a branch of Chena slough, 1 mile north of Fairbanks, near longitude 147° 45'. Local name, from map of Tanana Mines Railroad, 

1904.

Noyes Roadhouse; tavern or locality, on Yukon river, 30 miles below Nation. 

Name taken from Gerdine's map, 1903.

Nuasuknan; high bluff, being a "noted landmark visible for many miles 

around," on Meade river, northern Alaska. Native name from Ray, 

who passed it March 29, 1883. Ray writes it Nua-suk-nan.

Nubbins; mountain, in northern part of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols, 1883.

Nubble; point, the western point of entrance to Kahsitsuah bay, Kacheinak bay, 

Cook inlet. Descriptive name, given by Dall, 1880.

Nuchek; harbor, in Port Etches, Prince William sound. Native name, from the 

early Russians. Chernof, 1830, calls Port Etches, as here used, 

Nuchek bay, and what is here called Nuchek harbor he calls Constantine harbor. Portlock, 1787, called this Brooks harbor.

Nuchek; village, on Nuchek harbor, Port Etches, Hinchinbrook island, Prince 

William sound. Native name, adopted by the Russians at an early 

day and variously spelled Natcheek, Noocheek, 'Nutschek, etc. The 

Russians built here, in or about 1793, a stockaded post, called Fort. 

Konstantine or Konstantinovsk. On a Russian chart of 1802 it is 

called fort and harbor of [illegible] Konstantine and Helena. It was 

visited by Vancouver in June, 1794, and was not in existence in June, 

1792. Ball's Alaska (p. 318) gives the date 1798, which appears to be 

an error for 1793.

'Nuchek, island ; see Hinchinbrook.

'Nuchek, port; see Etches.

Nuchusala; mountains, northeast of Lake Minchumina, at the head of East 

fork Kuskokwim, near latitude 04° 15', longitude 151°. Indian name, 

obtained by Herron, 1899.

'Nuck-vuck-to-ark, river ; see Ambler.

Nucleet, cape and village; see Denbigh and Nuklit

'Nudre-wok, lake; see Selby.
472 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Nudruvukpuk; Eskimo -village, northwestern Alaska, on western shore of

Chandler lake, near latitude 68° 15', longitude. 153°. Native name,

obtained by Stoney, 1886, who wrote Nu-dru-vuk-puk. 

Nuestra Senora del Carmen; see Kayak. 

Nugget; creek, on the mainland, southeastern Alaska, on the eastern edge of

Mendenhall glacier, near latitude 58° 25'. Prospectors' name, reported by Spencer and Wright, 1903. 

Nugget; creek, in the Chilkat valley, tributary to Tsirku river from the north,

near latitude 59° 19', longitude 13G° 10'. Prospectors' name, reported

by Wright, 1903. 

Nugget; creek, in Copper river basin, tributary to Kuskulana river from the

north. So named, 1900, by Gerdine, who found a large block of native

copper near it. 

Nugget; creek, 35 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to

Grand Central river from the south, near longitude 165° 10'. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Nugget; creek, tributary to Oregon creek from the east, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Nugget; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the east to Arctic river, near

latitude 65° 51'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdiue, 1901. 

Nugget; creek, 13 miles northwest of Fairbanks, tributary on the south bank

of Goldstreani creek, near longitude 148°; Prospectors' name, from a

local map; 1905. 

Nugget; creek, in the Fairbanks .region, tributary to Little Chena river from

the north, near latitude 64° 55', longitude 147° 20'. Prospectors' name,

reported1 by Gerdine, 1903. 

Nugget; creek, tributary to.Middle fork Koyukuk river, near latitude 67° 30',

longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, repprte.d by Peters -and Schrader,

1901.

Nugget; creek, eastern Alaska, on south bank of Seventymile creek, near latitude 65°, longitude 142° 20'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1905. 

Nugget; gulch, southeastern Alaska, on the mainland, 2 miles east of Juneau

and on the south bank of Gold creek. Local name, reported by Spencer

and Wright, 1903. 

Nugget; gulch, in the Copper River region, at the headwaters of Chititu creek.

Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall, 1903. 

Nugget; gulch, 15 miles northwest of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the left bank

of New Eldorado creek, tributary to Nome river, through Osborn creek,

near longitude 165° OS'. Miners' name, from Gerdine, 1904. 

Nugget; gulch, in the Fairbanks region, on the right bank of Pedro creek, near

latitude 65°, longitude 147° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by Prindle, 1903. 

Nugget; gulch, on the left bank .of Fortymile creek, near Bonanza bar, about

latitude 64° 15', longitude 141° 12'. Prospectors' name, obtained by

Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 1896. 

Nugget; gulch, in Eagle City mining district, near headwaters of American

creek. Miner's name, obtained by Barnard, 1898.

Nugnugaluktuk; river, Seward peninsula, tributary from the west to Goodhope bay, Kotzebue sound. Eskimo name, obtained by Witherspoon,

1903. 

Nugtikachuk; river, Yukon delta, tributary to Azun river from the left, near

latitude 61°, longitude 164°. Eskimo name, reported by Jarvis, 1897.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 473

Nuhkahllanny, mountain; see Gold.

'Nuh-luJc, river; see Nuluk. . Nuka; bay, indenting the southern shore of Kenai peninsula, Gulf of Alaska. 

Apparently a native name. Published by the Russians, 1847, and perhaps earlier.

Nukchulahchakak; creek, tributary to the Yukon from the north, a little bolow 

Nulato. Native name, published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Nukhukkih; creek, said to be the outlet of a system of three lakes, debouching; 

at the head of an indentation on the southeastern coast of Alaska, about 

4 miles north of Cape Spencer; near longitude 136° 45'. Indian came, 

reported by Moser, 1901, and written by him Nook-hook-keen.

Nu-klac-i-yat, village; see Nuklukayet.

Nuklit, cape; see Denbigh.

Nuklit; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Norton sound, immediately 

behind Cape Denbigh. Name from Tebenkof, 1849. It is the Eskimo 

name of Cape Denbigh. Written also Nucleet and Noocleet.

Nukluk; creek, tributary to Kanektok river from the south, about 30 miles 

east of Kuskokwini bay. Native name, Nuk-luk, obtained by Spurr and 

Post, 1898.

Nuklukayet, station ; see Walker.

Nuklukayet; village, on the north bank of Yukon river, just below the mouth 

of the Tanana. Many maps place it on north bank at mouth of the . 

Tozi. The maps are confused and contradictory as to its site. Perhaps it has occupied two sites. Cantwell says that the Tauana station 

of the Northern Commercial Company about midway between Fort 

Gibbon and St. James Mission is on the site of this old. village. Population in 1880, 29; in 1890, 120. Native name, variously spelled. Ball 

spells it Nuklukahyet; Petrof, Nnklnkaiet. Also written Nuklakyet, 

Nuklukyet, Nu-klac-i-yat, etc. See also Tnklukyet.

Nuklunek; mountain, at headwaters of Kanektok river, western Alaska. Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, who 

passed near it September 7, 1898. Pronounced Nu-klu-nek.

Nukshak; cape, forming the southwestern point of entrance to Hallo bay,, on 

north shore of Shelikof strait. Native name, from the Russians, which 

has been printed Nuchtschak and Nukhshak.

NuJculiaJc, cape, St. Lawrence.Island; see Kukuliak.

Nulato; river, tributary to the Yukon from the north, at Nulato. Tikhmenief, 

1861, calls it Nulata. It has been written Nokol-ot-na. The natives, 

according to Cantwell, call it'Klat-kahatna (stop a bit river).

Nulato; trading post, village, post-office (established in 1901), telegraph station, and steamboat.landing on the right bank of Yukon river, about 100 

miles from Norton sound and 550 miles by river from the ocean, near 

latitude 64° 45', longitude 158°. Population in 1900, 281. Founded by 

the Russian, Malakof, who built a blockhouse and stockade near here in 

1838. Shortly after, in his absence, this was burned by the Indians. 

It was rebuilt in 1842 by Lieutenant Zagoskin of the Russian navy. He 

was shortly afterwards succeeded by one Vasili Derzhavin, whose many 

acts of cruelty led to the massacre of the entire garrison by the 

'Koyukuk Indians in 1851. In later years the post was moved 2 miles 

farther1 upstream to its present site. Nulato is, and always has been, 

the great trading center for the natives of the Koyukuk valley. The 

Roman Catholic mission of St. Peter Claver is located at Nulato.
474 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Nuleargowik; river, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Selawik river from the

east, near the Arctic Circle and longitude 160°. Eskimo name, meaning

deer-mating place or deer-mating time, from nulea (wife). Reported

by Stoney in 1886. Erroneously Nuteargowik. 

Nuloktolok; Eskimo village, in the southern part of Nelson island, Bering sea,

visited by Nelson, December, 1878. and its name reported by him as

Nuloktolgamute. Petrof writes it Nulokhtologamute, i. e., Nuloktolok

people. 

Nuluk; river, Seward peninsula, debouching in a lagoon on the Arctic coast,

near latitude 65° 55'. Eskimo name, written Nooluk by Gerdine, 1901. 

Nuluk; river, northwestern Alaska, tributary to the upper Alatna river from

the northeast, near latitude 67° 30', longitude 154°. Eskimo name.

Called Nuh-luk R. (Owl R.) on Stoney's map, 1886. Written also

Nahtuk. 

'Nunachara fjdmut; Eskimo village in the Big Lake country, northwest of Bethel.

Reported by Dr. C. O. Lind, Reindeer Report, Bureau of Education,

1904, p. 69. May be the same as Nunochok. 

Nunachik; pass or slough, Yukon delta, opening on the right bank of Little

Apoon pass and connecting it with Apoon pass at Old Fort Hamilton,

near latitude 62° 53', longitude 163° 55'.' Eskimo name obtained by

Faris, 1899. 

'Nunaikak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Yukon, opposite the mouth

of Shageluk slough. Name from Raymond, 1869, who wrote it Nun--

aikagamute. May be identical with Khaigamute, or perhaps Ookagamute of Petrof, 1880. Both name and place have vanished from recent

maps. 

Nunaktak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Yukon, about 30 miles

above Anvik. Native name, from Nelson, 1878-79, who wrote it Nunakhtagamute, i. e., Nunaktak people. 

Nunamekrok; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, at the mouth of Kwemeluk pass, on

the left bank, near latitude 62° 32', longitude 164° 50'. Native name.

writen Nunamekrokamiut by Putnam, 1899.

Nunamiut; native village, on the "shore of Three Saints harbor, Kodiak. Erroneously Ziatitz. See Three Saints harbor. 

Nunamiut, harbor; see Three Saints. 

Nunapikloak; creek, near the foot of the mountains east of Pastolik bay, and

north of Pastolik river, near latitude 63°. Name reported by Dr. C. O.

Lind, of the Bureau of Education, in Reindeer Report for 1904, p. 58,

who gives its meaning "plenty crooked." Father Barnum, however,

gives the word Nunapik, literally nuna (land) pik (real), real laud,

i. e., solid land in distinction from swamp or.marsh. 

Nunapikhirok, village; see Fort Hamilton (Old). 

hhmapithhigak, village; see Fort Hamilton (Old). 

Nunaria, settlement; see Sedaru. 

Nunatak; fiord, in Russell fiord, Yakutat bay, extending east from Russell fiord

to the front of Nunatak glacier. So called by the Flarriman expedition,

1899. Moser, 1901, called it North East arm. 

Nunatak; glacier, on the east side of Russell fiord, Yakutat bay, southeastern

Alaska. So named by Russell, 1891, because of a rounded butte of bare

rock, a nunatak, rising through it. 

Nunatok, river; see Noatak. 

Nunava. This Eskimo name appears on Ray's map, 1885, for some feature just

west of the United States signal station Utkiavi, Arctic coast.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 475

Nunavakanuk; lake, Yukon delta, drained .by Black river, near latitude 62°

15', longitude 164° 45'. Eskimo- name, obtained by Putnam, 1899.

Eskimo iianvak means lake. 

Nunez; point, the southeast point of Be'an island, near Cape Ghacon, Dixon

entrance. Named by Caaniano, 1792. Vancouver, following Caamano,

has on his chart Punta de Nuness. It is Cape Murray of some of the

early traders. 

Nunez; rocks or reef, bare at half tide, off Nuue/ point, Dixbn entrance. So

named by the Coast Survey, 1885. Has also been written Nufiesc. 

Nuniffvaiak. Crooked island, in the northern part of Bristol bay, is shown by

Sarichef, 1826, as composed of two islands, the northern one being

 designated by its Eskimo name Nunigvaiak. Tebenkof, 1849, calls it 

Nunaliugak.

Nunik, island ; see Chernobour.

Nuniliak; cape and summer village, on the southwestern shore of Afognak 

island, Kodiak group. The cape was called Malinovskoi (raspberry) 

by Muraslief, 1839^0, who gives Nuniliak as the native name. A village here he calls the Malinovskie lietuik (Raspberry summer village). 

Tebenkof calls the settlement Nunalik.

Nunivak; island, on the eastern shore of Bering sea, near latitude 60°, longitude 166°. Discovered by the Russian naval officer Vasilief, July 21, 

1821, and named by him after his ship Otkritie (discovery). Etolin 

and Khromcheuko, in ships of the Russian-American Company, found 

this island at about the same time. Speaking of this, Lutke says the 

native name Nunivak (he writes Nouuivak) has been properly retained 

on the charts, and he adds had this course been followed in similar 

cases much confusion and embarrassment would have been avoided. 

Has been variously written Nounivak, Nouuivok, Nunivack, Nuniwak, 

Nuneevack, etc.

Nunochok; Eskimo village, in the Big Lake region. Visited by Nelson in 

January, 1879, who reports its native name to be Nunochogmute, i. e., 

Nunochok people. Population in 1880, 40; in 1890, 135. Spelled 

Nuuochogamute in the Tenth Census (text, p..11) and Nunachanagharniut in the Eleventh Census (p. 164). Nuuachara gamut is given as 

the name of the same village or one near it.

Nurukomarot; channel, Yukon delta, leading northward from the mouth of

- Kwikluak pass, near latitude 62° 40', longitude 164° 50'. Eskimo name, 

obtained by Putnam, 1899.

Nushagak; bay, southwestern Alaska, opening into Bristol bay, on the north 

shore, between Protection point and Etolin point, and extending northward 30 miles to the junction of Nushagak and Wood rivers, near latitude 58° 30', longitude 158° 30'. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. Called 

also Lower Nushagak. river.

ffushagaJe, lake ; see Tikchik.

Nushagak; river, tributary to the head of Bristol bay. Native name, reported 

by the early Russian explorers as Nushegak and Nushagak. Lutke, 

1828, writes it Nouchagak. Apparently it is the river which Cook, 

1778, named Bristol. According to Schanz, 1890, the Eskimo name of 

the river is Tahlekuk, while to the local fisheries it is the Main river.

Nushagak; trading post and post-office, at mouth.of Nushagak river. The Rus-

' sians established a trading post at the mouth of the Nushagak, in 1818

or 181.9, and called it Alexandrovsk, perhaps after Alexander Barauof,

under whose orders the post was established. Variously called since
476 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Nushagak Continued.

then redoubt or fort and spelled Alexander, Alexandrovsk, Alexandrovski, etc., and erroneously Alexandra. Now-generally known as 

Nushagak. Has been written Meshagak. Above this place 11 miles, 

at a place called Kanulik, is the Moravian mission, Carroel, and 

Nushagak post-office (established August, 1899).

Nushakantna, river; see Toklat.

Nutavukti, lake; see Nutuvukti.

Nutearrjowilc, river ; see Nuleargowik.

Nutkwa; inlet and lagoon, on the northeastern shore of Cordovn bay, Alexander 

archipelago.^ Native name given as* Nutqua by Moser in 1897. Tliakek bay of earlier charts may have been this inlet.

Nutuvukti; lake, northwestern Alaska, draining into Kobuk river from the 

north, near its source, about latitude 67°, longitude 154° 55'. Eskimo 

name, reported by Stoney, 1885, as Now-tow-vuck-toy; by Cantwell, 

1885, as Nor-to-rok-tee and Nor-tah-rok-tah; and by Meudeuhall, 1901, 

as Nutavukti. Has also been written Nootowucktoy.

Nut-vucJc-to-ioo-ark, river; see Ambler.

Nutzotin; range of mountains, near the headwaters of Tanana river. Named 

by Peters and Brooks, 1898, after a tribe of Indians in the region.

Nuviukhaktalik; slough, opening from Apoon pass to Tatalinguk pass, Yukon 

delta, near latitude 63° 03', longitude 163° 27'. Eskimo name, obtained 

by Faris, 1899.

NuwaynyuJc, river, village, etc.; see Golsova.

Nuwulc, point; see Barrow.

Nuwuk; Eskimo settlement, at Point Barrow. Nu-wuk or Noowook means the 

point. " The assemblage of winter huts at Point Barrow is so named 

by the Eskimo." Variously written Noowook, Noo-wook, Noo'wooh, 

Nowuk, etc. Population in 1853, 309.

Nychta, cape; see Prince of Wales.

Oallek, lake; see Kulukak and Ualik.

Oalliffamut, village ; see Ualik.

Obernoi; point, on the. eastern shore of Captains bay, Unalaska bay, near longitude 160° 34'. Called Obernoi (upper) by Dall, 1872. Presumably it 

was locally so known.

Obetavannaia; open bay, between Banner and Korovin bays, on northwestern

coast of Atka. So called by Lutke about 1830. 

Obftorieli, islet, point, etc.; see Burnt. 

O'Brien; creek, 13 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, draining .through.

Willow creek into Osboru creek, near longitude 165° 10'. Local name, 

. . from Gerdine, 1904. 

O'Brien; creek, tributary to Fortyrnile creek from the north. Miners' name,

reported by Spurr's party, 3896. 

O'Brien; creek, tributary to Klokerblok river from the south, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Obsechki; islet, in the eastern part of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander

archipelago. Named Obsechki (miss fire) by Vasilief, 1809. Has

also been written Obsetchka and Obsetchki. 

Observation; island, at entance to Steamer bay, Clarence strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886, whose astronomical station was

on this island near its north end, 

Observation; island, 2 miles northwest of Orca, Orca inlet, Prince William

sound, near latitude 00° 35', longitude 145° 40'. So named by Moser,

1897.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. 477

Observation; point, on the northeastern shore of Stuart island, Norton sound. 

So named by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Observation; rock, in the inner arm of Nakat inlet, southeastern Alaska. So 

called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p.-79). Not named on any 

chart.

Observatory, island; see Pyramid. ' 

Observatory, point; see Tent.

ObsiekaiusMe, point; see Drying. . 

Ocalee, spit; see Okalee.

Ocean; cape, the southern point of entrance to Yakutat bay, southeastern 

Alaska, near longitude 139° 50'. Named Morskoi (ocean or sea) by 

Tebenkof, 1849. It is doubtless identical with Cape Phipps of earlier 

charts. See Phipps.

Ocean; creek, debouching between York and Cape Prince of Wales, Seward 

peninsula. Name from Brooks, 1900.

Ocean; point, on left bank of Colville river, about latitude 70°. So named by 

Peters and Sclmicler, 1901.

Ochek,. island; see Middletou.

Ochesna, river ; see John.

Ochsakieen, creek ; see Oksa.

0-co-mon-e-look, native village; see Okornoneluk.

O'Connor; creek in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Goldstream creek from 

the north, near latitude 64° 55', longitude 147° 50'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine, 1903.

O'Connor; glacier and river, on upper waters of Alsek river, northeast of Yakutat bay. So named by Peters, 1899, and written Oconnor.

O'Connor's Roadhouse; in the Fairbanks region, on the north' bank of Goldstream creek, near longitude 147° 40'. Name from Map of Location, 

Tauaua Mines Railroad, 1904.

0-con-o-ne-look, native village; see Okomoueluk.

Octalee, spit; see Okalee.

Oclillee, spit; see Okalee.

Odd Fellows, cape; see Starichkof.

Odgovigamut, village; see Ukuavik.

Odiak; cannery, of the Alaska Packer's Association, about 3 miles south of 

Orca, Prince William sound. Apparently this is only another rendering Of some native word which is written Eyak, Ighiak, etc. See Eyak.

Odiak; channel, leading from the head of Orca bay across Orca inlet to Odiak, 

Prince William sound, Gulf of Alaska. Local name, from Moser,.1897.

Odiak, lake -and river ; see Eyak.

Odinakoi, rock ; see Lone.

Offield; creek, Seward peninsula, in Solomon River basin, tributary on south 

bank of Coal creek, near latitude 64° 44', longitude 104° 07'. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1904.

Offield; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the northeast to Grantley 

harbor. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Ogavik, native village; see Uknavik. . '

Ogliuga; island, at the western end of the Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

It is Ogloga of Lutke. This with Skagul island constitutes the Delarof 

islands of Lutke. Has also been written Ogliouga.

Oglodak; islet, off the western end of Atka, middle Aleutians. So called by 

Lutke about 1830. Also has been written Oglodok, Ogmodak, and 

Ogmodakh. This would seem to come from the Aleut word Agllgak 

(albatross).
478 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Ogowinagak; Eskimo village, on the northern shore of Norton bay. Native 

name, from Petrof, 1880, who reported its population as 20, and its 

name Ogowiuagak in his text (p. 11) and Ogowi.nanagak on his maps.

O'Hara; bay, on the outer coast of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago, in 

the broad sound south of Point Urey, near latitude 57° 53'. Not found 

on any map. So called by the fisheries, and reported by Moser, 1897.

Ohio; creek, tributary to Jackson creek from, the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Oil; bay, indenting the north shore of Kamishak bay, southwest shore of- Cook 

inlet, near latitude 59° 40', longitude 153° 20'. Local name, from Mar-, 

tin, 1903.

Oil; creek, 5 miles east of Cape Yaktag, Gulf of Alaska, near longitude 142° 15'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Martin, 1904.

Oil; creek, tributary to Katalla slough, Gulf of Alaska, near longitude 144° 30'. 

Local name, reported by Martin, 1904.

Oil; creek, 6 miles southwest of Cold bay, Alaska peninsula, tributary to Dry 

bay, near latitude 57° 40', longitude 155° 30'. Local name, from Martin, 1904.

Okaganak; Eskimo village, on the left bank of the Kuskokwim, about 85 miles 

above Bethel. Native name, from Nelson, 1879, who wrote it Okhaganak. t .

Okalee; channel, between Kanak and Wingham islands, Controller bay, Gulf of 

Alaska, near longitude 144° 15'. So named by Pratt, 1903.

Okalee; spit, on the south side of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska, extending west 

from Cape Suckling, near latitude 60°, longitude 144°. Reported by 

Martin, 1903, who wrote it Ocalee. Written also Octalee and Octillee.

Okiben, island ; see King.

Okivaki, 'rock ; see Fairway.

Oklasli.ok, river ; see Alatna.

OJclune, mountains; see Ahklun.

Oknagamut; Eskimo village, on the north bank of Kuskokwim river, above 

Kalchagamut. Eskimo name, from Nelson, 1879, who wrote it Okhogamute, i. e., Okok people. Has also been written erroneoiisly Okhagamute. Coast Survey charts have Oknagamut, and this is the name, according to missionary Kilbuck. It is said to mean villaf/e on the other 

side. Pronounced Ook-na-ga-mute. Has also been written Oh-hagainiut. Population in 1880, 130; in 1890, 36.

Oknakluk; lake, en the water portage between Yukon and Kuskokwim rivers. 

Eskimo name, from Spurr and Post, 1898. Apparently this lake, 24 

miles long and 4 feet deep, is the one called Ookaht on Coast Survey 

chart 3092.

QJcnavigamut, village; see Uknavik.

Okomoneluk; Eskimo village, northwestern Alaska, in Navy pass. 15 miles 

southwest of Chandler lake, near latitude 68°, longitude 153° 45'. 

Visited by Stoney, 1886, who wrote O-co-rnon-e-look and O-cou-o-ne-look.

Okonchatelnie, cape ; see Termination.

Okpfauchakuk; slough, Yukon delta, opening on the left bank of Kwikpak pass, 

12 miles below the head of the delta, near latitude 62° 42', longitude 

163° 58'. Eskimo name, reported by Faris, 1899.

Okpiktalik, village ; see Opiktulik.

Oksa; creek, tributary to the Stikine from the east, near Little Canyon. Native 

name, from late Coast Survey charts, where it is written Ochsakieen, 

Och-sa-ki-een, and Oksakiin. The termination seems to be a variant 

form of hiui (river), so often occurring in this region.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA. 479

«

Oksenof; bay, on the northwestern coast of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians, 

near longitude 164° 35'. Called Oksenova (Okseuof's) by Veuianiinof, 

1831.

Oksenof, cape ; see Mordvinof.

Okshokwewhik; pass, Yukon delta, opening on the coast of Bering sea, 20 miles 

west of Apoon mouth, near latitude 03° 12', longitude 1.03° 50'. Eskimo 

name, reported by Putnam, 1899. Written also Okshokwhewhik.

OJcsukfeoJc; river, somewhere in Yukon delta. Location not determined. Name' 

from Eleventh Census, 1890 (p. 110).

Okwatatalik; slough, Yukon delta, opening on the west bank of, Aproka pass, 

near latitude 62° 45', longitude 164° 08'. Eskimo name, obtained by 

Putnam, 1899.

Okwega; pass, S miles long, opening into the Apoon pass, Yukon delta, from the 

north, near latitude 63° 05', longitude 163° 35'. So called by the Coast 

Survey in 1898.

Olai, mountains; see Alai.

Old Andreafski, fort; see Andreafski.

Old, river; see Starichkof.

Old Crow; river, tributary to the Porcupine from the north, crossing the international boundary, line near latitude 68°. So called by the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Old Glory; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the west to Pannell river, 

a branch of Ihinachuk river, near latitude 65° 50', longitude 163° 10'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Meudeuhall, 1901.

Old Harbor; small harbor, on the eastern shore of Makushin bay, Unalaska. 

The present settlement of Makushin is on its shores. It is so called, 

says Veniaminof, because a Russian ship wintered here in 1761. 

Tebenkof, probably erroneously, applies the name to a harbor or open, 

bay on the south shore of .Uualaska, nearly opposite the head of Beaver 

bay.

Old Harbor, bay ; see Old Sitka.

Old Harbor, Kodiak; see Three Saints.

Old Johnson; lake and stream, on the north shore of Moira. sound, Prince of 

Wales island, neftr latitude 55°, longitude 132° 10'. So called by the 

fisheries, and reported by Moser, 1897.

Old Kootznahoo. Formerly a populous Indian village stood on the northern 

side of Chaik bay, on the western coast of Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. Its native name, according to Da.ll (Coast Pilot, 1883, p. 

175), was Letushkwin. Now generally referred to as Old Kootznahoo.

Old Kwik'pakamiut, Eskimo village; see Kwikpak.

Oldman; creek, eastern Alaska, on the north bank of Mosquito fork Fortymile 

creek, near longitude 142° 15'. Prospectors' name, from sketch map 

compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Old Man; island, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Ysla del Viejo (island of the old [one]) by Maurelle 

and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Old Man, river ; see Kauuti.

Old Man; rocks, two rocks (the higher about 60 feet), off the northwest shore

 of Egg island and opposite the south point of entrance to'Beaver inlet,

Uualaska island, near longitude 166° 05'. So named by Gilbert, 1901.

Old Morsliovoi, village ; see Morxhovoi.

Olds; mountain (4,460 feet high), on mainland, 4* miles northeast of Juueau. 

Local uauie, reported by Peters, 1902.
480 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA.

Old Sitka; harbor, in Starrigavau bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

It was on the shores of this harbor that the first Russian settlement 

was planted, by Baranof, 1799. Here he built the fort Archangel 

Gabriel, which the natives destroyed in 1802. Thereupon this site was 

abandoned for the present site of Sitka, and henceforward this place is 

referred to as the old harbor (starri-gavan). Vasilief; 1809, calls this 

Starri-gavan (old harbor) bay.

Old Sitka; rocks, in entrance to Starrigavan bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Old Tom; salmon stream, Prince of Wales island, southeastern Alaska, on the 

south shore of Skowl arm, Kasaan bay, 1 mile west of McKeuzie arm, 

near latitude 55° 24', longitude 132° 23', So called by the fisheries, 

and described by Moser, 1897.

Old Tyonek; see Tyouek.

Old Village, salmon stream and lake; see Thorns.

Old Woman; mountain, on the west side of Yukon river, between Kaltag and 

Unalaklik. Local name (Old Wonians), published in 1901. Vesolia, 

Old Woman, and Sugar-loaf may be different names for the same 

mountain.

Old Woman; telegraph station, on Unalaklik river, 50 miles above Unalaklik, 

near Old Woman mountain. So named by the Signal Corps, U. S. A., 

1903.

Ole; creek, in Fortymile region, eastern Alaska, on west bank of Independence 

creek,' near latitude 64° 40', longitude 142° 20'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Witherspoon, 1905.

Oleny, island; see Deer. .

Olga; bay, an arm of Alitak bay, indenting the western shore of Kodiak. Presumably so named by the. Russians. Name published by the Eleventh 

Census, 1890. Olga is a Russian feminine proper name.

Olga; islands, in Dolgoi harbor, Dolgoi island, near Belkofski. Local name, 

reported by Dall, 1880.

Olga; point, the northernmost point of Krestof island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by the Russians. . '

Olga, point; see Klokachef.

Olga; rock, off Alaska peninsula, southeast of Belkofski. Name reported by 

Dall, 1880.

Olga; rock, off entrance to Salisbury sound, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Moore, 1897.

Olga; strait, separating Halleck island from Krestof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vasilief, 1833. It has also been called Krestof 

(cross) strait, having been so named by Vasilief, sr., 1809.

Olga, strait; see Neva and Salisbury.

Olive; cove, indenting the northeastern shore of Etolin island, Zimovia strait, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 12', longitude 132° 19'. Local 

navigators' name, reported-by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1.904.

Oliver; inlet, in the northern coast of Admiralty island, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1890-

0-loo-kolc, river; see Wloyukuk.

Olsen; bay, on the outer coast of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago, in 

the broad sound south of Point Urey, near latitude 57° 53'. Not found 

on any map. So called by the fisheries, and reported by Moser, 1897.

Olsen; island, near rnouth of Unakwik bay, Prince William sound. So named 

because a Mr. Olsen has a fox ranch here. Local name, reported by 

Grant, 1905. .
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 481

Omalik; creek (an east branch of Fish river), mountain, and silver and lead 

mines, in the Fish River region, Seward peninsula, near latitude 65°, 

longitude 163°. Eskimo name, which has been given as Omilak and 

Omalik, and might perhaps be better written Umalik. The creek has 

been called Green river.

Omalik; mining camp, Seward peninsula, near Omalik creek. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Witherspoon, 1903.

Omega; creek, tributary to American river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Omega; small creek, draining the southern slope of the divide between Tanana 

river and the headwaters of Minook creek, near latitude 65°, longitude 

150° 15'. Prospectors' name, reported by Prindle, 1904.

Ommaney; cape, forming the southern point of Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Colnett in 1789. La Perouse, 178(5, named 

it Chirikof, after the distinguished Russian navigator. Mnlaspina, 

1791, called it Punta Oesta de la Entrada del Principe. The traders, 

1796-1799,, called it Menzies cape, and Lisianski, 1804, South cape.

Onatsno, cape; see Dangerous.

Onega, creek ; see Oniga.

Oneida; submerged rock, 7 miles southwest of Sannak island, near latitude 

54° 21', longitude 162° 55'. So called by Westdahl, 1901.

One Tree; rock, in Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Moser, 1897.

Ong-u-tuk,. river; see Solomon.

Onieda, creek ; see Oniga.

Oniga; 'creek, 16 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from 

the east to Bouita creek, near longitude 105° 13'. Local name, apparently of Eskimo origin, published in 1901. Written also Onega and 

Onieda.

Onihitsk; native village, on the eastern end of Sitkalidak island, near Kodiak. 

So called by Lisianski, 1805.

OfiiMtsk, settlement; see Auihitsk.

Onklat; creek, between Yakutat and the head of Russell fiord, tributary to 

Situk river from the west, near longitude. 139° 80'. Indian name, 

written On-klat by Moser, 1901.

Onman, cape; see Romanof.

Onokovuk, creek ; see Anikovik.

Onslow; island, at junction of Clarence strait and Ernest sound, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 55° 53',"longitude 132° 22'. So named by the 

Coast Survey in 1887.

Onslow; point, in Clarence strait, the southwestern point of entrance to Ernest 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793. Erroneously Onelow. Has also been called Onslow rock.

Ooagalga, island; see Ugamak.

Ooallikh, village; see Ualik.

Oobakagamute, village; see .Unakak.

Ooganok, bay; see Uganik.

Oogashik, village; see Ugashik'.

Oo-ghe-book, island; see King.

Oo-ghe-e-ak, rock; see Fairway.

Ooglamie, village; see Utkiavi.

Oogovigaimite, village; see Ugovik.

Oohack, bay; see Ugak.

Oohaiack, village; see Akhiok. 

Bull. 299 06 M 31
482 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Oohaiack, village; see Uhaiak.

Oohanick, island; see Uganik.

Oohaskeck, village; see Uhaskek.

Oohiack, bay ; see Uyak.

Oo-innakhtagoioik, village; see Uinuk.

Ookagamute, village; see Nuuaikak. . Ookagamute, village; see Ukak.

Ookaht, lake ; see Oknakluk.

Ookakhl, lake; see Ukak.

Ookamok, island; see Chirikof. 

Oolakaiya, hill; see Ulakaia.

Oomanak, island; see Umnak.

Oonakagamute, village;'see Umnak.

Ocmakhtolik, village; see Ungalik. 

Oonalakleet, river ; see Unalaklik. -

Oonalaklik, village; see Unalaklik. . Oonalashka, island; see Unalaska.

Oonalgi, island; see Unalga. . -

Oonangashik, village; see Unaugashik.

Oone-agun, islands; see Four Mountains. , . Oonella, island; see Unalga.

Oonemak, island;' see Unimak. 

Ootkeavie, village; see Utkiavi. . . Ootokok, river; see Utukok.

Ootookok, cape ; see Icy.

Ootookok, river; see Utukok. .

Ootoo-lcok, village; see Utukok. . .

Oowik, pass or slough; see Uwik.

Opasnaia, bay, cape, etc.; see Danger and Dangerous.

Opasni; group of islands, in Northern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander .archipelago. Named Opasnie (perilous or dangerous) by Vasilief, 1833.

Opatulik,. river, Seward peninsula; see Cache. . v

Open; bay, on the southern shore of Unalaska, east of Kashega bay,,near latitude 53° 30', longitude 166° 50'.. Descriptive name, given "by .the Fish 

Commission in 1888. ' 

Open; bight, indenting the north shore of Akutan island just east of North 

head, Kreuitzin group, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 165° 55'. 

Descriptive name, from Gilbert, 1901.

Open;. rock, in the Kasiana group of islands, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Atkritoi (open, i. e.. uncovered or discovered) by Vasilief, 

1809. ...

Operl; island, one of the Kudiakof islands, Izenibek bay, northern shore Alaska 

peninsula, near longitude 162° 47'. So named by the Fish Commission 

in 1888.

Ophir; creek, tributary to Niukluk river from the north, in the Eldorado mining district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900*. According to Brooks the Eskimo name is Kai-vik.

Ophir; gulch, in the Mount Wrangell district, tributary to Elliott creek on the 

north. Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall, 1903.

Opiktulik; Eskimo village, on the northern shore of Norton sound, 40 miles east 

of Nome. Petrof reported its population in 1880 as 12, and its name 

Okpiktolik, in his text (p. 11) and Okpiktalik on his maps. A local 

map, 1900, calls it Opiktulik, i. e., Opik region. Has been written 

Opiktillik and Apiktalluk.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA. . 483

Orange; hill, in the Mount Wraugell region, at the foot of Nabesim glacier, 

near latitude 62° 14', longitude 142° 54'. So named by Schrader, 1902, 

" from its orange red color, due to mineralization of the rock."

Gratia; mountain (7,300 feet high), near the headwaters of Kanektok river, 

western Alaska. So named by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, who passed near it September, 1898.

Orca; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Prince William sound, Gulf of Alaska, 

near latitude 60° 35', longitude 146°. Called Pto. Cordova on chart 2 

of Vancouver's atlas (1798), a'name either given by Vancouver or 

adopted by him from the Spaniards. On May 2, 1906, the U. S. Board 

on Geographic Names, named this bay Orca to avoid confusion with 

Cordova bay, Dixon entrance.

Orca; cannery, of the Pacific Steam Whaling Company, and post-office (established in December, 1894) on the eastern shore of Orca inlet, Prince 

William sound. Named after one of the company's vessels.

Orca; channel, leading from the head of Orca bay to Orca, Prince William 

sound, Gulf of Alaska. So named by Moser, 1897.

Orca; inlet, on the southeast side of Hawking island, southeastern part of 

Prince William sound, Gulf of Alaska, near latitude 60° 30', longitude 

145° 50'r So named by Moser, 1897.

Orca; point, on the southern shore of Boca de Quadra. So named by. the Coast 

Survey in 1891.

Oregon; creek, 16 miles northwest of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Cripple river from the east, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 165° 40'. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Oregon; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Mystery creek, an affluent of 

Cripple river, near latitude 65° 50', longitude 163° 30'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by. Gerdine, 1901.

Orel, shoal; see Parnploha..

Orevilla, Punta de; see Whitshed cape.

Orieshik (Hazel), island; see Egg.

Or-kim-ya-nook, river; see Colville.

Orlova; native settlement, at Esgle harbor, Ugak bay, Kodiak. Named Orlova 

 (Orlof's) by the Russians and " erroneously renamed St. Orloff! in our 

Coast Survey maps. It is now popularly known only by the name of 

the bay," i. e., Eagle Harbor.

Orobitktulak, creek ; see Cache.

Oro Fino; gulch, Seward peninsula, in Solomon River drainage basin, on north 

bank of Adams creek, near latitude 64° 43', longitude 164° 29'. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1904.

Orphan; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary on north bank of East fork Solomon river, near latitude 64° 42', longitude 164° 07'. Prospectors' name, 

from Gerdiue, 1905.

Orphan; creek, in the Rampart region, tributary to Troublesome creek from the 

southeast, near latitude 65° 20', longitude 149° 40'. Prospectors' name," 

reported by Prindle, 1904.

Orphans; creek, Arctic slope, tributary to Canning river from the east, near 

latitude 69° 30', longitude 147°. So named by S. J. Marsh, a prospector, 1902-03.

Orr; island, Sea Otter sound, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 57', 

longitude 133° 25'. So named by Dickius, 1903-04, after Capt. Cyrus 

Orr, of Shakan.
484 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Orzenoy; cannery (established in 1889) on western shore of Stepovak bay, 

Alaska peninsula. So called by Moser in his report, 1899 (text, p. 

171), but on his map Ozernoi. Apparently from the Russian adjective 

Ozernoi, meaning lake. ...

Osar; glacial stream, debouching northeast of Manby point, on the northern 

shore of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 59° 45', longitude 140° 10'. So named by Russell, 1891. McGrath, 1892, called this 

stream, or one of its mouths, or one near it, Forney river, which name 

was published in the Coast Survey magnetic declination tables for 1902.

Osborn; mountain (4,700 feet high), in the Kigluaik mountains, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Osborn; creek, tributary to Nome river from the east, in the Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula. Also written Osborue. Prospectors' name, 

published in 1900.

OschcsiM, river ; see John.

Oserski, bay ; see Redoubt.

Oshil)ki, island ; see Error.

Osier; island, at south point of entrance to Russell fiord, Disenchantment bay, 

Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. / Named by Russell, in 1891. "It is 

covered with .a dense growth of willows, hence its name."

Oskawalit; river, tributary to Kuskokwim river from the east, near longitude 

158°. Native name, pronounced 6s-ka-wa-lit, obtained by Spurr and 

Post, 1898, from A. Lind, a trader.

Ossipee; channel, between Bushy and Shrubby islands of the Kashevarof 

group, Clarence strait, -Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast 

Survey, in 1895, after the U. S. S. Ossipee.

Osten; island, in Carrol! inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 55° 25', longitude 131° 20'. Local navigators' name, 

reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Ostoma, island; see Otstoia.

Ostraia, mountain ; see Barometer.

OstrovJca, cape ; see Islet.

OstrovJci, islands ; see Pribilof.

Otai, mountain; see Alai.

OtcJieredin, point; see Acheredin.

Otkia-wik, village; see Utkiavi.

Otma, island; see Attu.

Otmeli, cape, etc.; see Shoal.

Otmeloi; island, in Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named Otmeloi (shoal) 

by Tebenkof in 1849. There is a shoal extending off from the island. 

Also called Shoals island.

Otmeloi vnieshnie, point; see Shoals.

Otmeloi vnutrennie, point; see Inner.

Otok-kok, village ; see Utukok.

OtruMstoi, cape; see Bluff.

Otstoia; island, opposite Hooniah sound, in Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Otstoia (off-lying) by Vasilief in 1833. Also called Ostovia and 

sometimes translated distant. George Kostrometinoff calls this Otstoi 

(shelter).

Otter;, bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northwest from 

the Shumagin group. It is Bobrovoi (beaver) bay of Tebenkof, 1849, 

and Otter bay of later charts. On some charts Otter bay is shown as a 

small bay indenting the western shore of Portage bay.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 485

Otter; cove, indenting the southeastern shore of Unimak island on the west side

of Ikatan peninsula, near longitude 163° 20'. So designated by Westdahl, 1901. 

Otter; creek, in the Kantishua region, on the east (right) bank of Bearpaw.

creek, near latitude 64°, longitude 150°. Name given by prospectors,

1905, and reported by Prindle. 

Otter; creek, 3 miles east of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Nome river

from the north, at its mouth, near longitude 165° 18'. Prospectors'

name, published in 1900. 

Otter; island, one of the Pribilof group, Bering sea. So called by the Russians,

as early as 1816, and probably earlier. Kot/ebue has, in .the English

text, Bober. Lutke calls it Bobrovi (des loutres), and the Russian

charts generally Bobrovoi (sea otter). Beechey called it Sea Otter

and Sea-otter. Now well known as Otter island. 

Otter, island ; see Hydra. 

Otter; point on the north shore of Unimak island, near the eastern end, about

longitude 163° 4.4'. Local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1902.

Otter; sound, in the western part of Prince of Wales archipelago. -Meares,

17S8, named some body of water in this vicinity and which can not now 

' be identified with certainty; " Sea-Otter Harbour," which he writes

Sea-otter, Sea Otter, and on his charts calls it harbour and sound. In

the Coast Pilot of 1869, by Davidson, this is called Otter sound. 

Otter; strait, between Bird and Cheruobour islands, Shumagin group. So

named by Dall in 1882. 

Otters, Sea of; see Bering. 

Ottoway; valley, on the north border of Klutina. lake. So named by Abercrombie in 1898.

Otukah, river and village; see Utukok. 

Otumgwilut; creek, tributary to Kanektok river'from the north, about 50 miles

east of Kuskokwim bay, westerly Alaska. Native name, obtained by

Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, 1898, and by them written

Otnmgwilute.

Otviesnoi, cape; see Upright. 

Oubeloi, islet; see Ubiloi. 

OuMennaia, bay ; see Massacre. 

0'iidagakh, strait; see Udagak. 

Onegalch, island; see Uegak. 

Ouektock, island ; see Rootok. 

Oufjadakh, harbor; see Dutch. 

OugatcMJc, river;'see Ugashik. 

Ougavik, Eskimo village; see Ugovik. 

Ouglovaia, village; see Uglovaia. 

Ougnagpk, harbor; see Delarof. 

Oukalinka; river, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Kugarak river, a branch

of Selawik river, near latitude 66° 45', longitude 158°. Eskimo name,

written Ou-ka-liin-ka-gru-gra by Stoney, 1880. 

Oiikamok, island ; see Chirikof. 

Ouk'ivolc, island ; see King. 

Ouknadok, island ; see Hog. 

O'uliaga, island ; see Uliaga. 

Oulidakho. An island, not identified, somewhere between Adak and Great Sitkin

islands, middle Aleutians, is so called by Lutke. 

Oumakh, island; see Umak.
486 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Oimalakleet, village; see Unalaklik.

OunalashJca, island ; see Unalaska.

Ounalga, island and pass; see Unalga.

Ounga, island ; see Unga.

Ounga, pillars; see Hibahibgik.

OungaJditaWe, river ; see Ungalik.

Ourand; mountain (4,300 feet high), between Valdez glacier and Klutiua-lake. 

So named by Abercrornbie, .1898.

Ouserdi, point; see Zeal.

Outer; point, the eastern point of entrance to Wachusett cove, Freshwater bay, 

Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Glass, 1881.

Outer; point, the westernmost point of Douglas island, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Symonds, 1880.

Outer; rock, 30 feet high' and bare, off the entrance to Khaz bay, southwestern 

shore Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 33', 

longitude 136° 09'. Descriptive name, given by Moore, 1897.

Outer; rock, in Nazan bay, Atka, middle Aleutians. Called Vnieshnie (outer) 

by Tebenkof, 1849.

Outer Iliasik; island, off the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, near Belkofski. Name from the Russians, who wrote it Iliaviki and Big lliazhek. 

See Iliasik and Inner Iliasik.

Outer Signal; rock, off the-eastern shore of Biorka island, eastern Aleutians, 

near longitude 166° 03'. So named by Gilbert, 1901. See The Signals.

Outlet; cape, on the northern shore of Kodiak, being the-point where vessels 

pass out from Kupreanof strait into Shelikof strait. Named Viekhoda 

(passage out) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Overhang; point, in Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander'archipelago. So 

named by Moser, 1897.

Owen; mountain, east of Seward glacier, in the St. Elias alps, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Russell, 1800, after David Dale Owen, United 

States geologist.

Owen; shoal (3,A fathoms water), about 10 miles northeast from Point Barrow, Arctic ocean. So called after Captain- Owen, of the whaling ship 

Mary and Helen. Published on United States Hydrographic Office 

chart 1189, in 1890. Hyclrograpliic notice 7 of'lS90 (p. .80) has a.statement from Capt. Everett Smith, of the stearn whaler Balena, that this 

shoal does not exist.

Oweruk, creek ; see Aueruk.

Owl; creek, 22- miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Fox 

creek from the south, near longitude 165°. Local name, from Gercline, 

1904.

Owl; creek, 40 miles east of Fort Hamlin, on the Yukon, and probably tributary 

to Lost creek, near longitude 148°. Prospectors' name, reported by 

. Lieutenant Ericksou, U. S. A., 1902.

Owl; creek, in the Fortyrnile region, tributary to Cherry creek from the west, 

near latitude 64°; longitude 141V Prospectors' name, reported by 

Gerdine, 1903. . Owl; island, south of Orr island, Sea Otter sound, Prince of Wales archipelago, 

near latitude 55° 53', longitude 133° 25'. So named by Dickins, 1903-4.

Owl, river; see Nuluk.

Ox; point, on the mainland, in Port Snettisham, at mouth of Whiting river, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1888.

Oxide; creek, tributary to Ophir creek, near its headwaters, Seward peninsula. 

Name from. Barnard, 1900.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 487

Oyak; native village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay, just north of the 

mouth of Kanektok river. Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post, 

1898, from the missionary John H. Kilbuck, who gives it as Oytlgamut, 

i. e., Oyak people.

Ozerskoi, station ; see Redoubt.

Pablof, harbor ; see Pavlof.

Pacific; shoal, off Cape Halkett, Arctic ocean. Reported by Captain Knowles, 

of the whale ship Pacific, prior to 1889, and named Pacific by the Hydrographic Office.

Pacific; ocean.. This is the South sea or Great South sea of the old navigators 

and Vostochnie (eastern) ocean of the Russians. Named Mar del Sur 

(South sea) by Balboa in 1513, and. Pacific by Magellan in 1521.

Pack, river; see Ambler.

Paddy; bay, on western side of Prince William sound. Local name, reported 

by Grant, 1905.

Fagoobnoy, strait; see Peril.

Fagomaimk, slough or pass; see Bugomowik.

Pali; rapids, in Kobuk river, just above Pah village. This name has been so 

. applied on some maps, but is probably due to misinterpretation of Cantwell's map.

Pah; river, tributary to Kobuk river from the south, about 300 miles from its 

mouth. It lies across the Arctic Circle, near longitude 156° 20'. It was 

traversed by Zane, of Stoney's expedition, in 1886, on a trip to St. 

Michael and'return, and called Par river by Stoney, after the village 

Pah at its mouth. Cantwell, 1885, wrote its Eskimo name Chok-waychok and Shok-ah-bok-shegiak, which he says has " reference to the 

rapid current."

Pah; Eskimo village, northwestern Alaska, on Kobuk river, at the mouth of Pah 

river', near latitude 66° 45', longitude 156° 05'. Eskimo name, so writ-, 

ten by.Cantwell, 1885; Stouey, 1885, wrote Par and said it means door, 

because by this river is the route from the Kobuk to the Yukon country. 

It is, however, the same as pal of the Eskimo farther south, and pan or 

pan-a of the Point Barrow Eskimo; and, like the Indian word kakat, 

means the mouth of a river, or the confluence of two rivers.

Paim'iit'; see Bimiut.

Paimiut; slough, on the left bank of the Yukon, nearly opposite the Eskimo 

village of the same name, near latitude 62° 10', longitude 160° 10'. 

Written Piinute on Edwards's Track Chart of the Yukon, 1899.

Paimiut; a native village of 50 inhabitants on the right bank of the Yukon, 38 

miles above Russian Mission, near latitude 02° 10', longitude 100° 10'. 

... Raymond, 1809, calls an Eskimo village at or near this place Kuyikanuikpul. Other maps have copied this. Petrof, .1880, wrote Pa i mute; 

Nelson, 1900, Paimut; and others. Pi mute. "The circular hatch of the 

native canoe or kaiyak is termed pi. * * * The word pi means also 

the mouth of a river or stream. * * * Plmeut is the name of several villages situated at the junction of streams." (Father Barnum, 

Essentials of Innuit, pp. 308-309.)

Paimute; Eskimo village, on the right bank-of Kuskokwim river,'about 25 miles 

above Bethel. Eskimo name, from the Russians, who wrote it Paimut, 

 i; e., mouth-of-the-river folks. Population in 1880, 30. Omitted from 

recent maps. Tikhnienief, 1801, placed it on the left bank of the river.

Pajara; creek, tributary to Eldorado .river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.
488 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAEY OP ALASKA.

Pakenham; point, in Port Wells, Prince William sound. So named by Vancouver, 1794.

PaJcwik, Eskimo village; see Pawik.

Palenoi, point; see Fired.

Palisade; point, on San Fernando island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de la Einpalizada (point of the palisade) by 

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. ,

Palisades; bluffs, on the south bank of the Yukon, about 40 miles below the 

mouth of the Tanaua. So called by Alien, 1885.

Palm; point, a minor point on Point Martin, being the western point of entrance 

to Katalla bay, Gulf of Alaska. Local name, reported by Martin, 1903, 

descriptive of some spruce trees on this point blown by the wind into 

shapes which, from a distance, resemble palms.

Palma; bay, on the mainland coast, a little north of Cross sound. Named 

Bahia de Palma by Malaspina, 1791. Has also been called Icy bay.

Palmer; creek, tributary to Resurrection creek from the east, Keuai peninsula. 

Local name, from Becker, 1895. On one map this is erroneously shown 

tributary to Fresno creek.

Palmers Store; trading place, on the shore of Knik arm of Cook inlet. Local 

name, published in 1899.

Palmetto; point, on the south shore of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta del Palmito (Palmetto 

point) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Palo Cano; point, on San Fernando island, San Alberto bay, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta del Palo Cano (point of 

the white pole) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Palomas, Ysla de; see Pigeon island.

Palonoi; point, on the mainland, very near Point Rothsay, at mouth of Stikine 

river. Named Palonoi (fired) by Basargin, of the Rynda party, 1863.

Paltus, point; see Halibut.

Pamiek; lake, draining through Wood river to Nushagak bay. Native name, 

from Tebenkof, 1S49. It is Akuliukhpak of Petrof, 1880.

Pamplona. The Spaniard Arteaga reported that on July 16, 1779, he saw at the 

distance of a mile the appearance of a bajo (bank or shoal). This

shoal, iii the Fairweather ground off Mount St. Elias, he placed upon

his chart with the. name Bajo Pamplona. Vancouver refers to it as 

Roco Pamplona of the Spaniards. Tebenkof says that Talin, mate of 

the Russian vessel Orel (eagle) saw it, 1794, and named it Orel, after 

his ship. Recent charts omit it altogether, it having been searched for 

and not found.

PancacJce, creek ; see Slate.

Pankof; breaker, 4 miles northeast of Cape Pankof (below). So designated 

by Westdahl, 1901.

Pankof; cape, the southeastern point of Ikatan peninsula, near Isanotski strait, 

Alaska peninsula, about Jatitude 54° 40', longitude 162° 34'. Named 

Pankova (Pankof's) by the Russians. Also written Pankoff.

Pannell, creek ; see Pinnell river.

Papin, river; see Parantulik.

Papka; Eskimo village, on the north shore of Kuskokwim bay, near the mouth 

of Kuskokwim river. Accordiiag to Spurr and Post, who obtained their 

information from missionary J. H. Kilbuck, in 1898, its native name is 

Pftpkamut, i. e., Papka people.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. '489

Paps (The); two small rounded hills, on the southern side of the entrance to 

Lituya bay, southeastern Alaska. Name published in 1875 on Coast 

Survey chart 742. Descriptive name. First use of the name not discovered.

Par, rapids; see Pah.

Par, river and village; see Pah.

Paradise; flats, at head of Saook bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Moore, 1895.

Parakhotnia, bay.; see Steamer.

Paralysis; point, separating Band cove from Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. Called South point by Meade in 1869, and Paralysis 

point by^Glass in 1881.

Paramanof; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak 

group. Named by the Russians. Apparently a proper name. Has also 

appeared as Paramano and Paramonofskaia.

Paramanof; cape, the western point of entrance to Paramanof bay, Afognak 

island, Kodiak group. Named by the Russians. The native name is 

Tanaak; perhaps from .tauak, the Aleut word for My.

Parantulik; river, Seward peninsula, tributary of Fish river from the west,

 which in turn is tributary to Golofnin bay, near latitude 65°, longitude

.163° 20'. Local name, derived from the Eskimo. The termination

 . tulik- is said to mean place or region. It has been called Papan, Papin,

and some alleged lakes at its head Paran. Called by the miners

Pargan, Pargon, and Paragon.

Pargan, river; see Parantulik.

Parida; island, in San Alberto bay, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Parida (woman just delivered of a child) by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

Paris; creek, near Douglas, -Douglas island, Alexander archipelago. Local 

name, published by the Coast Survey in 1893.

Parker, creek; see Poker.

Parker; group of islands, near the western channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval offi- 

 cers, 1880. . . Parker; point, on the west shore of Admiralty island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, ] 794.

Parlor, harbor ; see Pavlof.

Paroslild, bay ; see No Thorofare.

Parsons; peak (5,500 feet high), near head of Taiya inlet, southeast Alaska. 

. So named by the Coast Survey in 1897.

Partennoi; point, on the western shore of Chichagqf island, near entrance to 

Iliu bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by mate Ilin early in the 

nineteenth century.

Partofj.bay, indenting the southern shore of Umnak, near Vsevidof volcano.- 

Called Partovaia (party) by Kurit/ien, 1849. V'eniaminof and Lutke 

call it Glubokoi (deep) bay.

Partof; point, the extereuie southeastern point of Partofshikof island at junction of Neva strait and Krestof sound, Alexander archipelago, near 

latitude 57° 14', longitude 135° 34'. Name so applied by Moore, 1897.

Partofshikof; island, between Baranof and Kruzof islands, Alexander archipelago. Named Partofshikof (party) by the Russians. Variously 

written Partoffschikoff, Partovstchikoff, etc.

Party; cape, the northwestern point of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. 'Named 

Partie (party) by the Russian-American Company, 1849.
490 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA

Pasco; creek, tributary to Middle fork of the Koyukuk from the south, near

latitude 67°. Prospectors'name, from Schrader, 1899. '

Paso; point, in Umnak strait, near the western end of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. So named by the Pish Commission in 1888. 

Pass; creek, tributary to the Kotsina from the south. Descriptive name, given

by Schrader, 1900. - 

Pass; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary from the west to Canyon creek, a

branch of Sixmile creek, near latitude 60° 45', longitude 149° 30'. Local

descriptive name, reported by Moffit in 1904.

Pass; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary from the east to Resurrection creek, 

. . near latitude 60° 50', longitude 149° 40'. Local descriptive name,

reported by Decker in 1895. 

Passage; canal, or arm, in the northwestern pa'rt of Prince William sound,

.from which there is a portage to Turnagain arm of Cook inlet, about

latitude 60° 47', longitude 148° 20'. Called Passage by Vancouver in

1794. Has recently, been called Portage bay. 

Passage; group of islands, at entrance to Middle channel into Sitka harbor,

Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Prokhoda (passage) by

Vasilief, 1809. Has also been written Prokodi. Tebenkof calls them

Goloi (bare). . Passage; island, in Graham harbor, Cook inlet. So named by Portlock, 1786. 

Passage; island, northeast from Sannak, between Deer island and the Sand-

 man reefs. So called by the Fish Commission in 1888. 

Passage;, islet and point, in Mitchell bay, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869. 

Passage; islet between Kodiak and Spruce islands, Kodiak group. ' Named

Prikhoda (passage)'by Tebenkof, 1849. 

Passage; rock, near the entrance to Tongass harbor, Alexander archipelago.

So. named by Nichols in the Coast. Pilot (1891, p. 79). 

Passage; sunken rock, in the entrance to Lituya bay, southeastern Alaska. So

named by Dall, 1874. 

Pastol; open bay, between St. Michael and the main mouth of the Yukon, near

latitude 63° 10'., Eskimo name, from the Russians, 1852. Also written

Pastole, Pastoli, and Pastolik. 

Pastoliak; river, tributary to Pastol bay, Norton sound, western Alaska, near

latitude 63°, longitude 163° 13'. Eskimo name, from Tebenkof, 1849.

Pastoliak; Eskimo village, on the right bank of Postoliak river, a few miles 

above its mouth, on southern shore of Norton sound. Native name, 

from Tebenkof, 1849. It is, or .rather was, for it is not shown on late 

maps, a few miles north of Pastolik, with which it should not .be confounded. Dall writes it Pastoliak.

Pastolik; river, tributary to Pastol bay, at the Apoon mouth of the Yukon, 

western Alaska, near, latitude 63°, longitude 163°. 20'. Called Pastol 

by Tebenkof, 1849. Eskimo name, pronounced Pas-t5-lik.

Pastolik; Eskimo village, on the right bank of Pastolik river, a few miles above 

its mouth. Population in 1890, 113.

Pathfinder, channel; see Avatanak strait.

Patterson; bay, Hooniah sound, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago, 

southeastern Alaska. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Patterson; bay, on the southeastern shore of Baranof island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 35', longitude 134° 40'. Named 

by the Coast Survey, after its surveying steamer Patterson.
GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. .491

Patterson; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Candle creek from the west, 

near latitude 65° 50', longitude 162°. Prospectors', name, reported by 

Witherspoon, 1903.

Patterson; creek, on the north bank of the Tahana at Harper bend, 20 miles 

above its mouth, near longitude 151° 30'. So named by Lieut. George S. 

Gibbs, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1902, probably after H. W. Patterson, who 

was associated with him in making a map of the Tanana.

Patterson; glacier, on the mainland, east of Frederick sound, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Dall, 1879, after Carlile Pollock Patterson, the 

then Superintendent of. the Coast Survey.

Patterson; island, in the entrance to Kasaan bay, Clarence strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Clover, 1885, after the Coast Survey steamer 

Patterson. .

Patterson; peaks (4,746 and 4,848 feet high), near Patterson glacier, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Patterson; point, west shore Chatham strait, being the north point at entrance 

to Patterson bay (above). So described in the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Paul; island, off the southern shore of-Alaska peninsula, northeast of the Shumagins. Named St. Paul by Woronkofski, 1837.

Paul; lake, draining into Port Johnson, southeastern shore Prince of Wales 

island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° OS', longitude 132° 05'. 

Local name, reported by Bvooks, 1901,

Pauline; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Holtz creek from the east, near 

latitude 65° 32', longitude 162° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Witherspoon, 1903.

Pavlof; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska .peninsula, west of the 

Shurnagins. Named Pavlofskie (Paul) by the Russians. Variously 

spelled. Its Aleut name is Tachik or Tatschik.

Pavlof; harbor, indenting the northern coast of Sauuak, near longitude 162° 45'. 

Called Pavloff by the Fish Commission in 1888. Also designated 

"Cove."

Pavlof; harbor, in Freshwater bay, Chichagof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Pavlof (Paul) by Tebenkof, 1849. Has also 

been called. Pablof and, erroneously, Parlor. Its native name is said 

to be Nasanki. Meade, 1869, made a sketch of it and published ft with 

the name Freshwater bay. This name Freshwater is now applied to 

the whole inlet and Pavlof t.o the anchorage within it. See Freshwater.

Pavlof; group of islands, near Belkofski, consisting of Long, Goloi (bare), 

Ukolnoi (coal), Poperchnoi (crosswise), and Wosuesenski. Its Aleut 

name, according to Veniaminof, is Kadugin (narrow).

Pavlof; village, at Selenie point, Pavlof bay, Alaska peninsula. Called Pavlovsk by Petrof, 1880.

Pavlof; active volcano, on the Alaskan peninsula, west of the Shumagins, near 

longitude 162°. Named Pavlof (Paul or St. Paul) by the Russians.

Pavlovskaia, village; see Keuai.

Pavlovski, town; see Kodiak.

Pawik; Eskimo village, on the ea'stern side of Bristol bay, Bering sea. Also 

written Paw'ig. The name Pawik was obtained by Spurr and Post, 

1898, from Fritz Blando, a resident. Apparently this is the Pakwik of 

the Eleventh Census, 1890.

Paxson; creek and flats, on the north side of the Tanana, near longitude 143°.30'. 

So called by.Lieutenant Mitchell, Signal Corps, U. S..A., 1902.
492 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Peabody; mountains (4,000 to 5,000 feet high), on the western shore of Portland canal. So named by Pender, 1868.

Peacock; <:reek, tributary to the Kotsiua from the south. Apparently a prospector's name, reported by Schrader, 1900.

Peak; island, one of the Naked islands, Prince William sound, north of Naked 

island, near latitude 60° 45', longitude 147° 20'. Occupied as a bluefox farm. Local descriptive name, published in 1900. Either this 

island or Storey island is called also Little Naked.

Peak; point, on the north shore of St. Matthew island, near its eastern end. 

Named Pik (peak) by. Sarichef in his atlas of 1826.

Peaked; island, off the western end of Attu island, western Aleutians. Apparently so named by Gibson, 1855.

Peard; cliff, on the southern shore of Peard bay, Arctic coast. Presumably so 

called by the British Admiralty as early as 1855.

Peard; open bay, on the Arctic coast, between the Seahorse islands and Point 

Barrow. Named by Beechey, August, 1826, after his first lieutenant, 

George Peard. Often written Pearl and on one chart Pedrl,

Pearl, bay ; see Peard.

Pearl; island, one of the Chugach islands, near Cape .Elizabeth, Kenai peninsula. Occupied by the Alaska Fox Company for the propagation of 

blue foxes. Local name, reported by the Harriman expedition, 1899 

(vol. 2, p. 360). Called also Middle Chugach island.

Pearl; point, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Punta de" Perlas (point of pearls) by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779.

Pearse; canal, north of Pearse island, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Pender, 1868. . °

Pearse; island (British), at mouth of Portland canal, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 54° 50', longitude 130° 20'. So named by Pender, 1868.

Peavey; mining camp, on Peavey slough, on the right bank of the Koyukuk, 

near the Arctic circle and longitude 152°. It is also called Peavy and 

Peavy Trading Post.

Peavey; slough, on the right bank of the Koyukuk, just above the Arctic circle, 

near longitude 152°. Peavey mining camp is located on this slough. 

Local name, published in 1902.

Pedersen; point, the southeastern point of Moser island, Hooniah sound, Peril 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Name, till now unpublished, given by 

Moore in 1895.

Pedersen, point; see Suworof cape.

Pedrl, bay ; see Peard.

Pedro; creek, .in the Fairbanks region, tributary to the headwaters of Goldstream creek, near latitude 65°, longitude 147° 30'. Named a'fter Felix 

Pedro, who discovered gold on this creek in 1902 the first in the Fairbanks field.

Pedro Dome; mountain, in the Fairbanks region, near latitude 65°, longitude 

147° 30'. Local name, reported by Gerdine, 1903.

Peerleshin, mountain; see'Pereleshin.

Peirce; cape, a little east of Cape Newenham, on the north shore of Bristol bay. 

Named Peirce, 1869, by the Coast Survey, after Prof. Benjamin Peirce, 

then Superintendent of the Coast Survey. Tebenkof calls it Peschera 

(cave) point. Perhaps it is Calm point of Cook in 1778. See Calm.

Peirce; mountain (more than 2,000 feet high), on the northern part of Nagai 

island, Shumagin group. So called by Dall, 1872, after Prof. Benjamin 

Peirce, then Superintendent of the Coast Survey.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 493

Peisar; island, in the southeastern part of Sitka sound, Bavanof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Peisar (writer) by Vasilief, 1809. Pronounced Pe-sar.

Peklawik; river, Yukon delta, an affluent of Black river on the right bank, near 

latitude 62° 18', longitude 164° 55'. Eskimo name, obtained by.Putnam 

in 1899.

Pektotolik; slough, Yukon delta, opening on the left bank of Kwikluak pass, 12 

miles below the head of the delta, near latitude 62° 40', longitude 164° 

07'. Eskimo name, obtained by Putuam in 1899.

Pelenga, point; see Azimuth.

Peligro, Isla del; see Kalgin island.

Pellew; point, on the northern shore of Prince William sound. So named by 

Vancouver, 1794.

Pelly; mountains (5,000 to 7,000 feet high), lake, and river, Yukon, Canada. 

Named after a former governor of the Hudson Bay Company.

Felly, mountains; see Romanzof.

FelOziJclella; mountains, on the north bank of Yukon river, near mouth of Melozi 

river. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898. Perhaps this 

should be Melozidlela, i. e., Melozi mountain. See also Melozikakat 

mountains.

Peluk; creek, .just south of Port Clarence, Seward peninsula. Native name, 

from Barnard, 1900.

Peluk; creek, on the south shore of Seward peninsula, 1A miles east of Nome, 

near longitude 165° 20'. Native name, published in 1904.

Peluk; creek, tributary to Noxapaga river from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Native name, from Brooks, 1900.

Penelope; creek, tributary to'Casadepaga river from the south, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Penguin; creek, on the north side of Turnagain arm, Cook inlet, a left branch 

of Bird creek, near latitude 61°, longitude 149° 35'. Local name, reported by Herron, 1899.

PeniJcl, islet; see Pinnacle.

Peninsula; island (800 feet high), near the northwestern shore of Big Koniuji 

island, Shumagin group. So named by Dall, 1875.

Peninsula (The); isolated hill, near east bank of Copper river, just north of 

Bremner river. So named by Abercrombie, 1898.

Peninsula; point, on Revillagigedo island, south side of Ward cove, Tongass 

narrows, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 23', longitude 131° 

44'. Local name, given by the pilots.

Peninsula; ridge of mountains, on the mainland, between Boca de Quadra and 

Dixon entrance, southeastern Alaska. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Peninsula Bluff; cape, the northern point of entrance to Albatross anchorage, 

Portage bay, Alaska peninsula. So named in 1893.

Peninsular; point, on the southeastern shore of Chichagof island, opposite 

Kootznahoo, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. This name, which 

is descriptive, first appears in the Coast Pilot of 1891 (p. 162).

Pennock; island, at the south end of Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by the pilot W. E. George.

Pennock; reef, off the northwestern end of Pennock island, Tongass narrows, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, 1883. Called also Pennock 

Island reef. .

Penny; creek, tributary to Solomon river from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.
494 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA. .

Penny; river, in the Nome mining region, Seward peninsula. Local name, 

given by prospectors in 1898. Was also called by Schrader No Name 

river.

Pentecost, cape; see Iztmt. , .

Pepper; point, the souther.ii point of entrance to Port Asumcibn, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de la Pimienta (pepper 

point) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Percebes; point, the easternmost point of San Juan Bautista isla-nd,' Bucareli 

bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Percebes by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Percy; group of islands, at junction of Felice and Clarence straits, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (-1883, p. 83).

Percy; point, the westernmost point of the Percy islands, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793.

Perdidos, Rio de los; see Copper river.

Peregrebni; cape, in Kizhuyak bay, on the northern coast of Kodiak. Named 

Peregrebnie (passable, i. e., a point which can be rowed past) by the 

Russians. -..._

Peregrebni, islands; see Barren. ' . :

Peregrebny, island; see Wosnesenski. . .

Pereleshin; mountain, on the mainland, east of the Stikine .river and near the 

international boundary. Native name, from the Coast Survey. Has 

been written Peerleshiu and Pereleshin, i. e., Pereles river.

Perenosa, point; see Portage:

Perenosnaia, bay or creek; see Portage.

Peresheechnai, island; see Isthmus.

Perevain'oy, inlet; see Carry.

Perevalnie; islet, at the north end of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named 

Perevalnie (wallOAving) by the Russians. It has been translated 

Portage.

Perewamno, inlet; see Carry. ' . Perez, Entrada de; see Dixon Entrance.

Perignak; Eskimo summer cainp, on the western shore of Elson bay, near 

Point Barrow. Native name, from English naval officers in the Franklin search expeditions, 1849-1853, who wrote it Pergnialc. Ray, 1885, 

writes it Perignax.

Peril; strait, separating Barauof island from Ghichagof island, Alexander 

archipelago. This strait derives its name from the circumstance that 

on its shores, in 1799, a large number of Aleuts-(said to be 150) perished from eating poisonous mussels. Lisianski, who reports this story, 

calls it Pagoobnoy or Pernicious strait. The later Russian charts call 

it Pogibshie (peril or perishing) strait.

Perkinsville; railroad station ami-mining camp, 4 miles north of Nome, Seward 

peninsula, near longitude 165° 25'. Name from Gerdine, 1904.

Perpendiculaire, cape; see Upright.

Pernicious, strait; see Peril. -

Perrier, .pass; see Chilkoot. ~ .

Perry, creek; Seward peninsula, tributary from the west to Pinnell river, 

which is a branch of the Inmachuk river; near latitude C5° 50', longitude 163° 05'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1903.

Perry; island, in the northwestern part of Prince William sound, near Point 

Culross. Local name, published by the Coast Survey, 1900. Has been 

occupied since 1897 as a blue-fox farm by " Kendall & Steamy," and was 

called Stamie island by Schrader, 1900. See Stamie.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 495

Perwie porogi; see Northern rapid.

Peschani; point, on the northeastern shore of Duffield peninsula, Peril strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Peschani (sandy) by Vasillef, 1833. 

Has also been called Pestchani, Sandy, and, by mistranslation, Stony.

Peschani, island; see Galankin.

Peschani, point; see Halibut. '

Peschanie, cape, etc.'; see Sand.

Peschanie, island; see Pyramid.

Peschera, cape; see Peirce.

Pesiak, island; see Gravel.

Pestchanaia, harbor; see Martin.

Pestchanay, bay; see Sandy.

Pestchanoe, point and lake; see Icehouse.

Pestchani, island; see Pyramid.

Pestrialcof. The Russian-American Company map of 1849 shows a village on the 

south shore of Spruce island, Kodiak group, called Pestriakova (of eider 

duck) settlement.

Pestriakof, anchorage; see Eider. ...

Pestsovaia, bay; see Blue Fox. .

Pete Dahl; slough, in the Copper river delta, between Alaganik slough and 

Castle Island slough, near latitude 60° 23', longitude 145° 23'. Local 

name, reported by Moser, 1897.

Petelin; mountain, near Katmai bay, Alaska peninsula. So named by Spurr 

. and Post, 1898, after missionary A, Petfili'n.

Peter. Johnson; stream, southeastern shore Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago, on the north shore of Port Johnson and draining1 Paul, 

James, and John lakes, near latitude 55° 05', longitude 132° 03'. So 

called by the fisheries, and reported by Moser, 1897.

Peters, glacier; see Hanna.

Peters; point (Point Peters), the southern point of Deer island, Ernest sound, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56°, longitude 132°. Nairie obtained from local navigators by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries,'1904.

Petersburg;. Post-office, at north end of Wrange'H strait, on north end of Mitkofisland, Alexander archipelago. Established March, 1899.

Peterson; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Sannak island, near longitude 162° 37'. So called by the Fish Commission in 1888: Perhaps 

this is identical with King cove of Dall in 1880.

Peterson; creek, on the eastern shore of Favorite channel, Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 58° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Spencer and Wright in 1903.

Peterson; creek, tributary to Turnagain arm of Cook inlet from the north, 

near latitude 61°, longitude 149°. Local name, from Herron, 1899.

Peterson, creek ; see Slate.

Peterson; island, 3 miles south of Peterson bay, south shore of Sannak island. 

So named by Westdahl, 1901.

Petitski, island ; see Bird.

Petkas Point, native village; see Pitkas Point.

Petmegea, river ; see Pitmegea.

Petrel; island, one of the Chiachi islands, off southern shore of Alaska peninsula. So named by Dall, 1875.

Petrel; point, on the western shore of Portland canal. So named by the Coast 

Survey in 1895.

Petrie's, strait; see Shelikof.
496 . GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Petrof; falls, Nogheling river, Alaska peninsula, a few ipiles above Ilianma 

lake, near latitude 60°, longitude 155°. Name from Osgood, 1902 (pp. 

11, 12), who wrote it Petroff.

Petrof; point, the westernmost point of Saunak island, near latitude 54° 30', 

longitude 162° 50'. Named Petrova (Petrof !s) by Tebeukof in 1849.

Petsika; creek, tributary to Koyukuk river on the right bank, 4 or 5 miles 

above Dagitli river, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 156° 40'. Probably 

Indian name, written Ptseka on an unpublished chart of the 'Koyukuk, 

made by Lieutenant Carnden, U. S. R. M., 1900.

Peulik; mountain, between Becharof lake and the Ugashik lakes, Alaska peninsula, near latitude 58°, longitude 156°. Called Smoky mountain or 

Mount Peulik by Osgood, 1902. Peulik is said to be Aleut for smoking 

or smoking mountain.

Phaier-veder, mountain; see Fairweather.

Phelan; creek, tributary to Delta river from the east. So named by Glenn, 

1898. ' ' -

Philadelphia; mountain, near George inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Philkhtulik, lake; see Pilktulik.

Phipp; point, on the northwestern shore of -Wales island, Dixon entrance. ' So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Phipps; peninsula, at the southern entrance to Yakutat bay, southeastern 

Alaska. Dixon, in 1787, named some point on its shore for Hon. Constantine John Phipps, Baron Mulgrave. (See Coast Pilot, p. 206.). 

There has been some confusion in the application of this name, it being 

the same as Carrew and Morskoi (ocean or sea) of some charts, lias 

been misprinted Phips.

Phipps, point; see Carrew.

Phoebe; creek, tributary to Bettles river from the east, near longitude 149°. 

Prospectors' name, from Schrader, 1899.

Pi, island; see Pye.

Piatidesiatnitzi, cape; see Izhut.

Pick; river, northwestern Alaska, tributary 'to Kobuk river from, the south, 

near latitude 66° 45', longitude 157°. Called Pick or She-kluck-she-uck

by Stoney, 1886. 

Pickarts; coal mine, on the right bank of Yukon river, 12 miles above Nulato

near latitude 64° 50', longitude 158°. Local name, after Frank Pickarts, the owner, published in 1899. Erroneously Picketts. 

Pickarts; creek, tributary to Koyukuk river from the north, near Arctic City.

Named, 1899, after Pickarts, of the firm of Pickarts, Bettles & Pickarts,

owners of the trading post Bergman. "^ 

Picketts, coal mine; see Pickarts. , . Piedras, Isla de; see Rocky island. 

Piedras; point, the eastern point of entrance to Rurik harbor, Khantaak island,

Yakutat bay. Named Punta de las Piedras (point of rocks) by Malaspina, 1791.

Piedras Blancas, rocks; see White. 

Pietmiektalic/miut, village; see Pikniiktalik. 

Pigeon; island, in Port Real Marina, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Ysla de Palomas (island of pigeons) by Maurelle and Quadra,

1774-75. 

Pigot; point, the western point of entrance to Port Wells, Prince William

sound. So named by Vancouver, 1774, Erroneously Piqot. 

Pik, point; see Peak.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 497

Pikmiktalik; river, 25 miles southwest of St. Michael, western Alaska, nearlatitude 63° 15'. Eskimo name, from the Russians, who wrote it 

Pietniiektalik.

Pikmiktalik; Eskimo village, .near the mouth of Pikmiktalik river, about 25 

miles to the southwest of St. Michael, western Alaska. Native name, 

from the Russians, who wrote it Pietmiektaligmiut. Nelson wrote it 

Pikmiktalik. The termination talik or tulik means place or region 

where anything abounds.

Pile; island, at the head of Mitchell bay, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 30', longitude 134° 25'. Local 

name, reported by Wright in 1903.

Pilgrim, river ; see Kruzgamepa.

Pilktulik; lake, on the portage between the Yukon and Kuskokwim rivers. 

Raymond, 1869, reports its name as Philkh Tulik (Philk region) and 

later maps write Philkhtulik.

Pillar, bay; see Pillars, Bay of.

Pillar; cape, in Kizhuyak bay, on north coast of Kodiak. Named Kekurnoi 

(pillar) by the Russians.

Pillar, cape; see Bold.

Pillar; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Izbut bay, on the southeastern 

shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. This may be Cape Whitsunday 

of Cook in 1778. Called by the Russians Kekur (pillar).

Pillar; hill or mountain (1,491 feet high), very near the town of Kodiak. A 

note on the old Russian chart made by Russian naval officers in 

1808-1810 says: " On (this) mountain a pillar rises 150 fathoms above 

sea level." On the Coast Survey chart of 1869 this hill was called 

Pillar mountain.

Pillar; point, on the eastern shore of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. So named 

by Berry, 1881, who shows a rock near it. 

Pillar; rock, northwest from Kiska, Rat island group, western Aleutians. The 

Russians designated it as Viesokie kamen (high rock) ; Tebeukof, 1849, 

calls it Stolb (pillar), and the North Pacific exploring expedition, 1855, 

called it Pillar rock.

Pillars, Bay of; bay, indenting the western shore of Kuiu island, Chatham 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, published by Dall in 

the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 120).

Pillars (The); high rocks, off the southern shore of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. 

Local name, from the Russians.

Pillsbury; point, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Mead'e, 1869, after Lieut. Commander John Elliott Pillsbury, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Pilot; creek, a tributary of Chatanika river from the south, near latitude 65° 05', 

longitude 147° 25'. Local name, reported by Gercliue, 1903.

Pilot; point, on the southeastern shore of Hemlock island, Port Chester, Annette 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1896.

Pilot; rock, southwestern side of entrance to Resurrection bay, Kenai peninsula, near latitude 59° 44', longitude' 149° 28'. So named by the 

U. S. Board on Geographic Names, June 6, 3906.

Pilot Station; Eskimo village, Alaska peninsula, on the right bank of Ugashik 

river, 6 miles above its mouth, near latitude 57° 30'. "An Eskimo 

formerly lived in the village who piloted vessels through the channel, 

hence the name, Pilot Station." (Moser, 1900.)

Pimeut, Eskimo village; see Paimiut.

Bull. 299 06 M 32
498 , GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.'

Pimienta, Punta de la; see Pepper point. . . Pvniuie, Eskimo village and slough; see Pairniut.

Pin; peak (1,300 feet high), on the northwestern shore of Coronation island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Pin; peaks, on the mainland, east of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Thomas, 1887.

Pin; point, on Liesnoi island, at entrance to Eliza harbor, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Pinal, Punta del; see Pinegrove point.

Pine; creek, tributary to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm, 1886.

Pine; creek, just east of mouth of Solomon river, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900. . 

Pine; creek, tributary to Niukluk river from the.south, in the Eldorado mining 

district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. Has also 

been called Foster creek.

Pine; island and point, in Port Real Marina, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Punta y Ysla del Pino by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779.

Pine, island; see Spruce.

Pine; point, the eastern point of entrance to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 20', longitude 133° 16'. So 

named by Helm, 1886.

Pinegrove; point, on San Fernando island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta del Pinal (pine grove) by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779.

PincJd, islet; see Pinnacle.

Pine Tree; islet, in Sawmill cove, Howkan narrows, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Sheldqn Jackson, 1880.

Pingingaluk; river, northern Alaska, tributary to .headwaters of Alatna river 

. from the north, near latitude 67° 30', longitude 154°. Eskimo name, 

obtained by Stoney, 1886, who wrote it Ping-ing-a-look. Erroneously 

Ringingaluk.

Pingolee; low sandy island, off the mouth of Dease inlet, Arctic ocean. Apparently so named by the British Admiralty.

Plngosliugarun, village ; see Pinoshuragin.

Pinguk; river, Seward peninsula, flowing northwest and debouching in a 

lagoon on the Arctic coast, near latitude 65° 50'. Eskimo name, 

obtained by Gerdine, 1901.

PiniJc, islets ; see Punuk.

Pinnacle, cape ; see Kekurnoi.

Pinnacle; volcanic islet (930 feet high), south of St. Matthew island, Bering 

sea. Descriptive name, given by Cqok in 1778. Variously Pinekl, 

Penikl, Pinacle, etc. Lutke calls it lie des Tours (towers) or lies des 

Fleches (spires).

Pinnacle; mountain, 30 miles northeast of Knik arm, Cook inlet, on south bank 

of Matanuska river, near latitude 61° 40', longitude 148° 40'.- Local 

naine, reported by Martin, 1905.

Pinnacle; pass, in the St.. Eli-as alpine region. Descriptive name, given by 

Russell in 1890.

Pinnacle; peak, Alaska peninsula, at the head of Herendeen b'ay, near longitude 160° 45'. Descriptive name, published by the Coast Survey in 

1900.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 499

Pinnacle; point, on the northwestern shore of Nagai island, Shumagin group. 

It is the north head of the nameless bay at the head of which is Sanborn harbor. So called by Dall, 1872. Descriptive name.

Pinnacle; sunken rock, near Cape Fox, in Dixon entrance. Shown on British 

Admiralty charts and in Tebenkof's atlas. Called Pinnacle rock on 

Hydrographic chart 225. Its existence is denied by local navigators.

Pinnacle; rock, off Entrance point, Hooniah harbor, Port Frederick, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by United States naval officers, 1880.

Pinnacle; rock, in entrance to Pavlof harbor, Freshwater bay, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869.

Pinnacle; rock, off Cape St. Elias, south end Kayak island, Controller bay, 

Gulf of Alaska, near longitude 144° 33'. So described by Pratt, 1903.

Pinnacle; rock, in the Chiachi group of islands, off south shore of Alaska peninsula. So named by Dall, 1875.

Pinnacle; rock, in Chignik lagoon, Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. So named 

by Moser, 1897.

Pinnacle; rock, on the southwestern edge of the Sandman reefs, northeast of 

Sannak. Designated as Kekur (pillar) by Tebenkof, 1849; as Pinnacle

by Dall, 1880, and later called Pinnacle rock.

Pinnacle, rock ; see Second Priest.

Pinnacle; rock, on the southern shore of Akun island, Krenit/in' group, eastern 

Aleutians, near longitude 165° 34'. Descriptive name, from Gilbert, 

1901.

Pinnacle Pass; cliff, forming the north wall of Pinnacle pass, St. Elias alps, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell, 1890.

Pinnacles. Between Unga island, Shumagin group, and Wosnesenski island, 

Tebenkof shows some rocks called Kekuri (pillars). These appear on 

Coast Survey chart 806 (1882), with the designation Pinnacles, but are 

not found on later charts.

Pinnell; river, Seward peninsula, the principal tributary of Inmachuk river, 

on the right bank, 15 miles south of Kotzebue sound, near longitude 

163°. Named after Jesse Pinnell, a miner of Nome, and reported by 

the Geological Survey parties in 1901. Erroneously Pannell.

Pinoshuragin. Petrof, 1880, shows a native village of this name (population 

29) on the Seahorse islands. On British Admiralty chart 593 (ed. of 

1882) it is called Pingoshugaruu.

Pinta; cove, on the eastern side of Point Adolphus, south shore of Icy strait, 

Alexander archipelago, near longitude 135° 46'. ' So named by Dickins, 

1901.

Pinta; head, on Barauof island, near Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago, So named by Coghlan, 1884, after the U. S. S. Pinta.

Pinta; mountain (5,000 feet high), northeast of Yakutat bay, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Russell, 1891, after the U. S. S. Pinta.

Pinta; peak, on the mainland, near Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Thomas, 1887, after the U. S. S. Pinta.

Pinta; rock, at the entrance to Port Frederick, south shore Icy strait, Alexander archipelago, near longitude .1.35° 27'. So named by Dickins, 1901.

Pinta; rocks, off Cape Bendel, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by the Coast Survey, after the' U. S. S. Pinta.

Pinusuk; island (850 feet high), one of the Chiachi group, on southern shore 

of Alaska peninsula. Native name, obtained by Dall, 1.875.

Pio; point, at head of AVoewodski harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.
500 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Pioneer; coal mine, on the right bank of the Yukon, 25 miles above Rampart

(city), near longitude 150°. Local name. Cantwell, 1900, called it

Pioneer and in one place.Tom Drew mine; Collier, 1902, called it Drew

mine, and adds: " Has been known as the Pioneer mine and the Miller

mine." ,

Pioneer; creek, flowing southwest from near the headwaters of Minook creek 

, to Baker flat, along Tanana river, near latitude 65°, longitude 150°'10'.

Prospectors' name, reported by Prindle, 1904. 

Pioneer; gulch, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the west bank

of Snake river at its head; near latitude 64° 42', longitude 165° 25'.

Miners' name, reported by Gerdiue, 1904. 

Pipe; spit, the inue.r point on south side of entrance to Hotharn inlet, Kotzebue

sound, near latitude 66° 55', longitude 162° 10'. Descriptive name,

given by Stoney, 1885. 

Piper; island, at entrance to Schulze cove, Fish bay, Peril strait, Alexander

archipelago. So named by United States naval officers, 1880. Family

name.

Piqot, point; see Pigot. 

Pirate; cove, on the northeastern shore of Popof island, Shurnagin group.

Local name, based on the reputation of the place. In use as early us

1880. 

Pirate; point, on the southeastern shore of Pearse island, Portland inlet. So

named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Pirate.; peak .(3,289 feet high), on the mainland, near Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887, after his steam launch. 

Pirie; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So named by Pender, 1868. 

Pisa Tower; rock, near the entrance to Chichagof harbor, Attu island, western

Aleutians. So named by Gibson, July, 1855. 

Pish; river, Seward peninsula, tributary to Goodhope bay from the southwest.

Native name, reported by Witherspoon, 1903, as Pish or Kutuk. 

Piskuk; mountain peak, near the head of Togiak river, western Alaska.

Eskimo name, obtained by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey,

who passed near it September 13, 1898. They write it Piskuk. 

Pitak; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

So called by Vasilief, 1809.

Pitkas; bar, gold bearing, on Birch creek at the junction of Harrison creek. 

Discovered in 1893. Reported by Schrader, 1896.

Pitkas Point; native village of 75 Eskimos, and branch trading post, on the 

right bank of Yukon river, at the mouth of Clear river, 2 miles below 

Andreafski, near latitude 62° 05', longitude 163° 30'. Called Petka's 

Point by the Coast Survey in 1898. " The trader is a half-breed Russian named Pitka, and his store is a branch of the Northern Commercial 

Company's station at Andreafski." (Cantwell, 1900.)

Pitmegea; river, tributary to the Arctic ocean, at Cape Sabine, about latitude 

69°. Eskimo name, published in 1890. Has been written Petrnegea 

and Pitmigea.

Pitmiktalik, native village; see Pikmiktalik.

Piton, mountain ; see Malaspina.

Pitt, cape; see Muzon.

Pitt; island, in Hooniah harbor, Port Frederick, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 135° 30'. So named by United States naval 

officers, 1880. In Hydrographic Office notice 97, 1880, it is called Harbor island.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 501

Pitt, island; see Kruzof.

Pitt; point, the eastern point of entrance to Smith bay, east of Point Barrow, 

Arctic coast. So named by Dease and Simpson, 1837. .

Pittsburg; creek, tributary to Middle fork Fortymile creek from the north, 

near latitude 64° 30', longitude 142° 50'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Gerdine, 1903.

Placer; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Goodhope river from the south, 

near latitude 05° 45', longitude 163° 50'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Gerdine, 1901.

Plain; mountain (2,035 feet high), in California ridge, Gravina island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, .1883.

Platte, islet; see Flat. . ' ~ '

Platinum; creek, in the Mount Wrangell region, tributary to Nabesna river 

from the west. So named by prospectors who found what they supposed to be platinum in the creek gravels. Reported by Schrader, 1903.

Plaveis'hnoi, lake; see Tazlina.

Pleasant; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Admiralty island, Seymour 

channel, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 38', longitude 134°. 

Local navigators' name, reported by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Pleasant; creek, eastern Alaska, on the north bank of Seveutymile creek, near 

latitude 65 q , longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 3905.

Pleasant; island, in Icy strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 58° 20', 

longitude 135° 35'. So named by Dall, 1879.

Pleasant Camp; locality, on the Dalton trail, in Porcupine gold district, southeastern Alaska. Local name, from Brooks, 1900.

Pleasant Island; reef, on the south shore of Pleasant Island, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dickius, 1902.

Pleveznie, \i\ke; see Tazlina.

Plies, Jslas des; see Sannak islands.

Plishnie, islands; see Near.

Plover; supposed island, in the Arctic ocean, near Herald island. Reported and 

named by Kellett, 1849, after I-I. M. S. Plover. Perhaps some part 

of Wrangell island was seen by Kellett and given this name. The 

island does not exist and does not appear on modern maps. See 

Wrangell.

Plover; point, the western point of entrance to Port Moore, in Elson bay, Arctic 

coast, just east of Point Barrow, near longitude 156° 16'. So named by 

the British Admiralty, 1854, after H. M. S. Plover.

Plover; rock, small and bare, off the. entrance to South arm, Kelp bay, Chatham 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 19', longitude 134° 56'. 

So named by Moore, 1895.

Plume, creek; tributary to Seventymile; see Flume.

Poa; islet, off the south shore of Akun island, in Avatanak strait, eastern 

Aleutians, near longitude 165° 30'. Tebenkof, 1849, calls it Tumannoi 

(foggy). Called -Poa by the Fish Commission in 1888. Poa is the 

name of a genus of grasses.

Pocket; island, at the northern end of Dry strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Thomas, 1887.

Podsopochni; cape, on the northern shore of Atka island, near Kovurof bay. It 

is near a volcanic peak (sopka), and was therefore designated by Lutke, 

about 1830, Podsopochni (under the peak) cape.

PogakhluJc, lake; see Amanka.
502 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Pogibshi; anchorage, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago, on the northeastern 

side of Pogibshi point (below). Described in the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Pogibslil, island, Kodiak harbor; see Near.

Pogibshi; point, on the northern shore of Baranof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 30', longitude 135° 33'. Named Pogibshi (perilous or dangerous) by Vasilief, 1833.

Pogiljshie, strait; see Peril.

Pogoreshapka; Eskimo village, on the right bank of lower Yukon river, about 

20 miles below Koserefski. Name from Petrof, 1880, who gives its 

population as 121. Near it is Dagorashapka mountain of Raymond. 

Pogoreshapka appears to be Russian for burnt hat.

Pogoreshapka, mountain ; see Dagorashapka.

Pogromni; native village, 7 or 8 miles northeast from Cape Sarichef, on the 

northern shore of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians. So called by 

Lutke, 1828. It is near Pogromni volcano.

Pogromni; volcano (6,500 feet high), in the western part of Uuimak island, 

eastern Aleutians, near latitude 54° 34', longitude 164° 41'. Named 

Pogromnoi (destroying, desolation) by Sarichef in 1790. Variously 

spelled Pogromnia, Pogrumuoj, Pogromskaia, Progromnoi, etc. Also 

called Isanotskoi or Devastation. The native name, according to Grewingk, is Kugidach-Jagutscha.

Pogromnoi, cape; see Sarichef.

Pogromnoi, cape; see Shishkof.

Point Barrie; village and salmon salting station, on the southernmost point of 

Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. Local designation. Name 

published in the Eleventh Census, 1890.

Point Ellis, lake and stream ; see Kutlaku.

Point Ellis; village and cannery, " at the head of a bay opening into Chatham 

strait, about 3 miles from the south point of Kuiu island." The cannery was brought " from Freshwater bay on Baranof island," and established here in 1890. See Ellis.

Point Lock-wood; rock and beacon, 200 yards north of Point Lockwood, 

western shore Wrangell narrows, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 

56° 34'. Name from the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Point "Retreat; peninsula. The northern part of Admiralty island was so designated ou Coast Survey chart 728, published in 1885, but has not since 

been used.

Pointer; peak, on Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island, Alexander archjpelago. So named by Thomas, 1887. Perhaps it is a pointer for the northern entrance to Wrangell strait.

Poison; cove, in Chichagof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade, 1869, in commemoration of the death of 150 Aleuts, 

somewhere in the vicinity, 1799, from eating poisonous mussels.

Poison; rocks, opposite Povorotni point, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So called by Dall in the Coast Pilot, who says that these " are the rocks 

from which Baranof's Aleuts, in 1799, picked the poisonous mussels, 

which caused the death of over 100 persons.

Pole,; native village, on the right bank of Koyukuk river, near its mouth. Native 

name from Tikhmenief, 1861, who wrote it Pokkakat, i. e., mouth of the 

Pok river. Not found on recent maps.

Poker; creek, at the head of Walker fork Fortymile creek, near latitude 64° 03' 

and the international boundary. Prospectors' name,, reported by Spurr, 

Gocdrich, and Schrader, of the Geological Survey, 1896. Erroneously 

Parker.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 503

Pokoinaia, harbor; see Quiet.

Polar; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Bear creek from tbe west, near 

latitude 65° 35', longitude 161° 10'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Witherspoon, 1903.

Polar, sea; see Arctic ocean.

Polar Bear; «creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Cripple river from tbe southwest, near latitude 65° 50', longitude 103° 40'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Pole; anchorage, for small vessels, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago, on 

the northeast side of Cape Pole (below). So described in the Coast 

Pilot of 1901. .

Pole; cape, on the western end of Kosciusko island, Sumner strait, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 55° 57', longitude 133° 49'. Named by Vancouver, 1793, after Captain Pole, R. N.

Polivnoi; rock, near the southern entrance to Umuak pass, eastern Aleutians. 

Kuritzien, 1849, designates it as a rock awash (kamen -polivnie).

PolivnO'i, rock ; see Midway.

Polivnoi; rocks, in Woewodski harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Polivnoi kamen (washed-over rock) by Zarembo, 1838.

Polivnoi, rocks; see Surf.

Polk; inlet, at the head of Skowl arm, Kasaan bay, Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 24', longitude 132° 27'. Navigators' 

name, reported by Fas'sett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Polk; island, on the west shore of Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near 

latitude, 55°, longitude 132°. So called by local navigators, and reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Polnoi; islet, in Krestof sound, north of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Polnoi (full) by Vasilief, 1833. Renamed Brady, by Moore, 

1897.

Polovina; cliffs and rookery, on the southeastern coast St. Paul island, Bering 

. sea, on and near Halfway point, about longitude 170° 10'. Local name, 

called Polavina by Eliott, 1873-74, and Polavina point by StanleyBrown, 1891. Russian polovinnoi (half way).

Polovina; hill (470 feet high), on the eastern side of St. Paul island, Pribilof 

group, Bering sea. It is near Halfway (polovinnoi) point. Local 

name. Written Polavina, Poluvina, etc.

Polovina Cliffs; rookery, St. Paul island, northeast of Halfway point, south 

shore, near longitude 170° -10'. Local name, reported by Duffleld, 1897.

Polovinnoi, point; see'Half way.

Poltava; island, in or near Port Wrangell, Alaska peninsula. So named by 

Vasilief, 1832. Usually written Pultava.

Poltishi; Ipw foothill, on the left bank of Kantishna river, near latitude 

62° 10', longitude 151° 45'. Native name, reported by Herrou, 1899, 

and written by him Pol-tish-ee.

Poludcnnie, point; see Noon.

Pomeroy; mountain, between Oil bay and Iniskin bay, Cook inlet, near latitude 59° 37', longitude 153° 25'. Prospectors' name, reported by Martin, 1908.

Pond; bay, in Dall island, Kaigani strait, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Dall, 1882. It is Sinclair cove of Sheldon Jackson in 1880.

Pond; bay, indenting the northern shore of Duke island, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. Named by. Nichols, 1883, presumably after Ensign 

Charles Fremout Pond, U. S. N., a member of his party.
504 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Pond; creek, tributary to Imuruk basin from the south, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Pond; island, in Kelp bay, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, the largest

of several low, wooded islands on the south side, near latitude 57° 17',

longitude 134° 53'. Descriptive name, given by Moore, 1895, from the

two ponds thereon.

Pond; island, in Prince William sound, 70 miles southwest of Valdez. Occupied since 1897 as a fox ranch by A. W. Lind, ElLimar, Alaska. Not

discovered which island is meant. 

Pond; reef, in northern entrance to Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago.

Name published in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 81),

Pond; rock (awash at low water), in Howkan narrows, Cordova hay, Alexander archipelago. Named by Nichols, 1881, after Ensign C. F. Pond,

U. S. N., a member of his party. 

Ponte; point, on Woodchopper island, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island,

Alexander archipelago. Named by Meade, 1869, after a Mr. Ponte, an

expert on coal, employed on board the U. S. S. Saginaw. 

Pool; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary from the east to Smith creek,

at the head of Chatanika river, near latitude 05° 15', longitude 146°

15'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1903. 

Poo-wowa-luk, Eskimo village; see Powoeluk. 

Pop; mountain, in central part of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Nichols, 1883. Erroneously Top. 

Pop; point, at head of Thorne arm, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Poperechnoi; island, off the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, west of the

Shumagin group. Named Poperechnoi (crosswise) by the Russians.

The Aleut name is Kuiagdak. Variously written Poperetchny, Popereshnoi, etc. -. < ' 

Poperechnoi, island; see Broad. 

Poperechnoi, island; see Crosswise. 

Poplar; point, at west end of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli bay, Prince

of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de los Alamos (point of the poplars) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. 

Popof; bay, on the northeast coast of Kodiak, near St. Paul harbor.. Named

Popofskaia by Murashef, 1839-40. Has also been called Popoff or Priest

bay. VasiU (William) and Ivan (John) Popof were pioneer traders

and fur hunters in Alaska in 1762-63. 

Popof; cape, on the western shore of Popof bay, Kodiak island. Named Popofskie .by Murashef, 1839-40. Popof is a Russian proper name. This

may be identical with Miller (melnichnoi) cape of Tebenkof. 

Popof; glacier, on north bank of Stikine river, near its mouth. Called First or

Little glacier by Hunter in 1877. Apparently named Popof by the

Rynda party in 1863. 

Popof; island, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. So named by the Russians in

1808-1810. 

Popof; island, one of the principal islands of the Shumagin group. Named

Popovskoi by the early Russians. Popof is a Russian proper name,

often written Popoff. 

Popof, island; see Kutkan.

Popof; reefs, in Popof strait, Shumagins. Named Popoff by Dall, 1872. 

Popof; rock (42 feet high), near the northern shore of Popof island, Shumagins.

Named Popoff by Dall, 1872.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 505

Popof; strait, separating Unga and Popof islands, Shumagin group. Surveyed 

and named by Ball, 1872.

Popof Head; point (500 feet high), the southern point of Popof island, Shumagins. Local name, published in 1872, and perhaps derived from Vasili 

and Ivan Popof, traders and fur hunters here in 1762-63.

Porcupine; creek, tributary to Steamer bay, on Etolin island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 18SG:

Porcupine; creek, mining camp, and gold district, in the Chilkat region, on the 

south bank of Klehini river, southeastern Alaska, near the international 

boundary, about longitude 138° 15'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Flemer, 1898. Krause brothers, 1882, wrote the Indian name of this 

creek, or the glacier at its head, or both, Tlachkahfniku.

Porcupine; creek, Keuai peninsula, tributary to Turuagain arm, Cook inlet, 

near latitude 61°, longitude 149° 40'. Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Porcupine; creek, in the Birch Creek region, tributary to Crooked creek from 

the west, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 145° 20'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, of the Geological 

Survey, in 1896.

Porcupine; creek, tributary to Middle fork Koyukuk river from the north, near 

longitude 150° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader, 1899. 

See Porcupine creek, following.

Porcupine; creek, tributary to South fork Koyukuk river from the north, near 

latitude 68°. Published by the Coast Survey in 1899. Perhaps this 

creek is identical with the previous one.

Porcupine; hill, on the west>bank of Skagway river, 7 or 8 miles above Skagway, southeastern Alaska. So named by John Nelson, 1898, and not 

hitherto published;

Porcupine; island, in Keuai lake, Kenai peninsula. So called by Mendenhall, 

1898.

Porcupine; point, on the northeastern shore of Prince William sound. So 

named by Abercrornbie, 1898.

Porcupine; post-office (established in 1901), in the Porcupine gold district, 

near Chilkat river, southeastern Alaska.

Porcupine; river, in northeastern Alaska, tributary to the Yukon. Old name, 

probably given by factors of the Hudson Bay Company.

Porcupine; river, tributary to the Stikiue from the east, near the international 

boundary line. Name published by the Coast Survey in 189-1.

Porcupine Dome; mountain, in the Birch Creek region at the head of Porcupine creek, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 145° 30'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, of the Geological 

Survey, 1896.

Porcupine House; road house or tavern, in the Birch Creek region, near the 

junction of Porcupine and Mammoth creeks, about latitude 65° 30', 

longitude 145° 10. Reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, of the 

Geological Survey, 1896.

Porfia; cape, at entrance to Port Santa Cruz, Suernez island, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Cabo de la Porfia (cape of the dispute) by 

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Poroga, island ; see Rapids.

Poroshki, bay; see No Thorofare.

P-Oirpoise; harbor, indenting the western shore of Nagai island, Shumagins. 

Name derived from the small schooner Porpoise, which wintered there 

some time prior to 1871.
506 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAKY OP ALASKA.

Porpoise; islands, off the mouth of Excursion inlet, Icy strait, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 58° 20', longitude 135° 28'. So named by 

United States naval officers, 1880.

Porpoise; islets, in the entrance to Port Etches, Prince William sound. Named 

Ptichi (bird) by Chernof, * 1830, and. Porpoise or Bird islands by the 

Coast Survey in 1869.

Porpoise; point, on the northern shore of Boca cle Quadra, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Port; mountain, on Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 

1888.

Portage; arm, of Kelp bay, Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 21', longitude 134° 55'. So named by Moore, 

1895.

Portage; bay, at head of Hetta inlet, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago, 

/ near latitude 55° 17', longitude 132° 35'. There is a portage from here 

to Cholmondeley sound. Local descriptive name, reported by Dickins, 

in 1905.

Portage; bay, indenting the northern shore of Kupreanof island, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 57°, longitude 133° 20'. Called Perenosnaia 

(portage) bay by the Russians. Meade, in 1869, calls it Perenosuaya 

creek. Has also been called Portage harbor. Presumably there is a 

portage from its head to the head of Duncan canal.

Portage, bay, Prince William sound; see Passage canal.

Portage; bay, indenting the northern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. 

Named Perenosnaia (portage) by the Russian-American Company, 1849.

Portage; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, immediately 

north of the Shuniagius, near longitude 160° 35'. A short portage connects it with Herendeen bay. Named Perenosnaia. (portage) by the 

Russians.

Portage; bay, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, west from Kodiak, 

from which there is a portage to Becharof lake. Named Perenosnoi 

(portage) by Tebenkof, 1849. Earlier Russian charts use the native 

name Kanatak. Osgood (p. 20) says this bay ought to be called 

Kanatak.

Portage, bay in Kuskokwim bay; see Chagvan.

Portage; cove, indenting the northwestern shore of Revillagigedo island, Behm 

canal, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 46', longitude 131° 03'. 

Local navigators' name, reported by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Portage; cove, near head of Chilkoot inlet, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. 

Called Portage bay by the traders. From it there is a short portage 

between Chilkat and Chilkoot inlets.

Portage; creek, Kenai peninsula, draining Portage glacier into the head of 

Turnagain arm of Cook inlet. Local name, from MofSt, 1904..

Portage; creek, tributary to Susitna river from the north, near latitude 63°. 

So named by Muldrow, 1898.

Portage; creek, tributary to headwaters of Skwentna river in the Tordrillo 

range. So named by Spurr and Post, 1898.

Portage; creek, tributary to American river from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Portage; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to North fork Kougarok river 

from the south, near latitude 65° 35', longitude 164° 30'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Gerdine in 1901.

Portage; creek, on the right bank of Anvik river, western Alaska, near latitude 

63° 10'. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. . 507

o 

Portage; creek, eastern Alaska-, small tributary on north bank of Birch creek,

near latitude 65°- 20', longitude 144° 45'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Witherspoon, 1905.

Portage; creek, eastern Alaska, 30 miles southwest of Circle, tributary on south 

side of Crooked creek, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 144° 35'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1905.

Portage; creek, tributary to Middle fork Fortymile creek from the north, 

near latitude 64° 30', longitude 142° 40'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Gerdine, 1903.

Portage; creek, tributary to South fork Koyukuk river from the north, near 

. longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, reported by Peters and Schrader, 

1901.

Portage, creek, tributary to Lake Clark; see Akhtidung.

Portage; glacier, on Kenai peninsula, between Passage canal and Turuagaiu 

arm of Cook inlet. So called by Mendenhall, 1898.

Portage, islet; see Perevalnie.

Portage; two small islets, near the entrance to Portage bay, Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Called Perenosnaya (portage) by Meade,'1SGO.

Portage; mountain (1,400 feet high), 15 or 20 miles west from the outlet of 

Lake Clark, near latitude 60° 10', longitude 155° 30'. Local name, 

reported by Osgood, 1902.

Portage; mountains (3,500 feet high), near head of Portage bay, Kupreanof 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Portage; point, east of McClellan flats, Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, Alexander 

archipelago. The western end of the portage across Seduction tongue 

to Haines is near this point.

Portage; point, in Kelp bay, separating Portage arm (above) from Middle 

arm, Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Moore, 1895.

Portage; point, the eastern point of entrance to Dry Spruce bay, on northern 

shore of Kodiak. Named Perenosa (portage) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Portage; river, on the west coast of Kodiak. So designated by the Fish Commission in 1888. Tebenkof has the word Perenos (portage) here.

Portage; valley, Alaska peninsula, at the head of Herendeen bay, near longitude 160° 40'. Descriptive name, given by Tanner, .1890.

Port Chester, village.; see Metlakatla.

Port Clarence. The Eleventh Census,-1890, gives the population of Port Clarence as 485. This does not appear to refer to any particular settlement 

or village, though it has sometimes been so used.

Port des FranQais; see Lituya bay.

Porter; peak (4,798 feet high), on the mainland east of Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1887, after Admiral David Dixou 

 Porter, U. S. N.

Port Gravina; settlement, 3$ miles northwest of Ketchikan, on northeast 

shore of Gravina island, Tougass narrows, Alexander archipelago, near 

latitude 55° 22'. Local name, from the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Portillo; channel, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Canal 

del Portillo (passage canal) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Portland; canal, in southeastern Alaska, through which runs the boundary line 

between Alaska and British Columbia. Named Portland's canal, 1793, 

by Vancouver* who says: " The distance from its entrance to its source 

is about 70 miles, which, in honor of the ngble family of Bentinck, I 

name Portland's canal." The canal is here regarded as terminating at 

Point Ramsden.
508 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY or ALASKA.

Portland; inlet, east of Dixon entrance, separating Pe°arse island from the 

mainland of British Columbia. .Dall, in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 57), 

says: "The broader portion (of Portland canal) on modern charts is 

often denominated Portland inlet, the name of Portland canal being then 

restricted to that part of. it.of contracted width which lies to the .westward of Observatory inlet.'.' ..,

Portland; island (206 feet high); near the northern end of Stephens passage. 

Alexander archipelago. , So : named by Beardslee, 1880.

Portland; point, on the northeastern coast of Pearse island, at southern end of 

Portland canal, Alexander archipelago.

Port Levashef; port or harbor, at.head of Captains bay, Unalaska, Eastern 

Aleutians. Named after Capt. Lieut. Michael Levashef, who wintered 

in Captains bay, September. 18, 1768, to June 6, 1769, and, after his 

vessel, .called the bay St. Paul harbor. In 1790, Sarichef surveyed in 

this locality, and, after Levashef, named it Captains harbor. Krusenstern, 1827, says of this place that it is properly called Captains, but 

to distinguish it from others it will be convenient to call it Port 

Levacheff. The bay has generally been called Captains, and Port 

Levashef is the harbor at its head.

Portlock; bank, northeast of Kodiak. So named, 1888, by the Fish Commission, 

after Capt. Nathaniel Portlock.

Portlock; harbor, on the western coast of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. This name was given, 1787, by Capt. Nathaniel Portlock, an 

English fur trader, who published a sketch of it in 1J89. The Spaniards translated it Bahia de Puerto Lock (bay of Lock harbor). 

Nichols, in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 189), regards it as identical with 

Kukkan of the Indians. . .

Posliedni; .cape, on northern shore of Afognak bay, Afognak island. Named 

Posliedni (last) by Murashef, 1839-^10. Near by he has Krainie (the 

. very last). - .

Possession; .point, on Kenai peninsula, at head of Cook inlet Named by Cook, 

1778, who here " displayed the flag and took possession of the river and 

country in His Majesty's name." Tebeukof, .1849, indicates a settlement, (naseleniia) here.

Post; creek, tributary to Niukluk river from the north, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Post; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim from the 1 left, near latitude 62° 20',

longitude 153° 30'. So named by Brooks, 1902, after W. S. Post, of

the Geological Survey, who with Spurr ascended the Kuskokwim in

1898. 

Potainikof; cape, on the northwestern coast of Atka, middle Aleutians. A

reef, with islets and rocks above and below water, extends off the point

for about 2 miles. Potai'nik is Russian for a liidden or secret place

and in the colonies was applied to a roclc which never uncovered, but

revealed itself by breakers in heavy weather. At such times they said

" The Potainik is playing." 

Pot; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the west to Cripple river, near

latitude 66°, longitude 163°. 45'. Prospectors' name, reported by

Witherspoon, 1903. 

Potato; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Candle creek from the west,

near latitude 65° 48', longitude 162° 10'. Prospectors' name, reported

by Witherspoon, 1903.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 509

Potato; creek, Sewarcl peninsula, tributary to Lopp lagoon on the Arctic coast, 

near Cape Prince of Wales. . Local name, reported by Gerdine, 190.1. *

Potato; mountain (1,370 feet high), on Seward peninsula, about 15 miles northeast of Cape Prince of Wales, near latitude 65° 40', longitude 167° 35'. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1900. Apparently this is 

Conical hill of Beechey, 1827. .Called also Cone hill.

Potato; point, in Valdez narrows, Prince William sound. So called by Abercrombie, 1898.

Pouale, bay; see Cold.

Poul; creek, 15 miles east of Cape Yaktag, Gulf of Alaska, near longitude 

142°. Named after Angel Poul, one of the first to locate oil lands near 

Cape Yaktag in 1897, and reported by Martin in 1903.

Poul; .point, on the north shore of Bering lake, 8 miles north of Controller bay, 

, Gulf of Alaska, near latitude 60° 13', longitude 144° 14'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by'Martin, 1905.

Poundstone; rock, in the southern part of Lyuu canal, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Mansfield, 1890, after Ensign Hoiuer Clark Poundstone, 

U. S. N., a member of his party.

Poverotni, point; see Lockwood. .

Poverotnie, point; see Vanclerbilt.

Poverty; creek, eastern Alaska, on the east bank of Charley river, which is 

affluent to the Yukon froui the south, near longitude 143°. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal 

Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Poverty; island, off the south end' Of Long island, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. 

Named Ubezhitsha (? poverty) by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810.

Povorotni; island, in Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Povorotni 

(turn or turnabout) by Vasilief in 1833. Has also been written Povero 

and Poverotni; also called Turnabout. It is Return island of Meade, 

1869. For a long time, 1835-1875, it was conspicuously marked by a 

canoe, marking the burial place of a family of Sitka Indians who died 

of measles in 1835. From this it derived the local name of Canoe 

island.

Povorotni, island; see Turnabout.

Povorotni; point, the northeast point of entrance to Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Povorotnoi (turnabout) by Vasilief, 

1809. Also has been called Povorot, Poverotnoi, and Turnabout.

Povorotni, point; see Turner.

Povorotnoi, point; see Protection.

Pow; island, in Hassler harbor, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols, 1882,

Powell; creek, Seward peninsula, small tributary on west bank of Casadepaga 

river, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 164° 20'. Prospectors' name, 

from Gerdine, 1905.'

Powell; gulch, at. the headwaters of Chisri'a river. Named by prospectors, 

after A. M. Powell, engineer and pioneer in the Copper River country. 

Reported by Mendenhall, 1903.

Powell; peak (2,655 feet high), on the mainland, near Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by-Thomas, 1887, after Maj. John Wesley 

Powell, then Director of the United States Geological Survey.

Powell; peak, on the northwestern shore of Klutina lake. So named by Abercrouibie, 1898. .
510 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Powers; creek, draining Sunidum glacier, on the eastern shore of Holkhani 

inlet, Stephens passage. Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 40'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Spencer and Wright, 1903.

Powers; creek, in the Fortymile region, tributary to Dome creek from the right, 

near latitude 64° 25', longitude 141° 10'. Prospectors' name, taken 

from a manuscript map in the Coast Survey archives drawn by E. F. 

Ball, 1898.

Powoeluk; Eskimo village, at Southwest cape, St. Lawrence island, Bering 

sea. Population in 1904, 19. Native name, published by the Bureau 

of Education (1900) as Powoeluk and (1904) Poo wo'wa Ink.

Pratt; mountain, on the mainland, west of the Stikine river. Named by the 

Coast Survey, after John Francis Pratt, assistant, Coast and Geodetic 

Survey.

Pravoi, cape, Kodiak ; see Right.

Pravoi, point; see Right Hand.

Praznik; island, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Has been occupied as a fox 

farm, but not so at present. Named Rocky by Lisiauski, 1804. Russian naval officers, 1808-1810, named it Prazdnichnoi (holiday or picnic). It has also been called Holiday island.

Preacher; creek, tributary to Birch creek from the south, near latitude 66°, 

longitude 145° 30'. " Named by pioneer prospectors after the Rev. 

R. McDonald, chaplain of the Hudson Bay Company and missionary 

to the Indians, who first reported the occurrence of placer gold in the 

basin of this stream." (Maddren, Smithsonian Miscell. Coll., vol. 49, 

1905, No. 1584, p. 9.) Published by the Coast Survey in 1895. Called 

Kotlo river by Dall, 1870.

Preble; peak (5,028 feet high), on the mainland, near Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1887, after Rear-Admiral .George 

Henry Preble, U. S. N.

Pribilie; island, at the north end of Krestof sound, Alexander archipelago, 

the largest of the Sound group. Named Pribilie (profitable) by Vasilief, 1833. See Sound islands.

Pribilof; group of islands in Bering sea, composed of two larger ones, St. Paul 

and St. George, and two smaller ones, Otter and Walrus. Often called

the Fur Seal islands. They were "discovered in 1786 by the pilot

Pribilof and then called Novy (new) ; afterwards Lebedevski, from the 

name of the owner of the vessel which discovered them. Shelikof 

called them Zouboff (after the then Russian minister of the interior). 

Later they were called Kotovy (fur seal) from the immense number of 

these animals found there, and Sieverny (north) from their relation 

to Unalaska. Sarichef on his map named them Pribilof, after their 

discoverer." (Lutke 336-337). In the colonies they were, under the 

Russians, usually called Ostrovki (the little islands). St. George was 

first seen and landed upon June -JT2-, 1786. Hunters wintered there, 

and the next year, on June 29, in the morning, they saw St. Paul. On 

visiting it they found the copper handle of a sword, a clay pipe, and 

fireplaces proofs of prior visits by parties unknown. Often now~called 

The Seal Islands.

Price; island, near the entrance of Gambler bay, Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by 'Mansfield, 1889.

Priest, bay ; see Popof.

Priest, point; see Kalekta.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 511

Priest; rock, near Cape Kalekta, the eastern head of Unalaska bay, eastern 

Aleutians, near longitude 166° 23'. Locally so called from fancied resemblance to a Russian priest. Lutke says (p. 281) "The broken-down 

cliffs and isolated rocks sometimes take the most fantastic forms; as, 

for example, the one just in front of Cape Kalekta exactly resembles an 

old man having his head inclined and his arms crossed on his breast."

Prince; creek, tributary to Caribou creek. So called by I-I. H. Hicks, guide of 

Captain Glenu's expedition in .1898. Not identified and name''not found 

on any map.

Prince; shoal, on the northeast side of Rurik harbor, Yakutat bay, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Harber, 1892.

Prince Ernest's, sound ; see Ernest.

Prince of Wales; archipelago, between Dixon entrance and Sumner strait, 

southeastern Alaska. Named " The Prince of Wales's* Archipelago " by 

Vancouver, 1793.

Prince of Wales; cape, at the western end of Seward peninsula, Bering strait, 

being that point of North America which approaches nearest to Asia. 

So named by Cook, August 9, 1778. The Eskimo name is reported to be 

Niekta, also written Nychta. Billings, 1790, calls it Prince of Wales or 

Kigmil or Kygmil. It is said to have been named Gwozdef by Bering 

in 1728. Now universally known as Cape Prince of Wales.

Prince of Wales; island, the largest island of Prince of Wales archipelago, in 

Alexander archipelago. The earliest use of this name appears to be in 

the treaty between Great Britain and Russia of February -f-|, 1825.

Prince of Wales; passage, in the southwestern part of Prince William sound. 

So named, 1787, by Hayward, of Portlock's vessel.

Prince of Wales; shoal, off Cape Prince of Wales, Bering strait. So called by 

the Coast Survey in 1890.

Princess; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Revillagigedo island, Behm 

canal, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 23', longitude .131°. 

Local navigators' name, reported by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Princess; rock, in Caton harbor, Sanuak islands, near longitude 162° 27'. So 

called by Westdahl, 1901.

Princess Head; cliff, on the_eastern shore of Uualaska bay, eastern Aleutians, 

near longitude 166° 24'. So called by Dall, 1871.

Prince William; sound, indenting the northern shore of the Gulf of Alaska. 

Named Prince William's by Cook, 1778. The Russians called it Chugach gulf or Prince William sound.

Prisoners; cove, on the southern shore of Middle Kaigaui harbor, Kaigani 

strait, near Dixon entrance. Named Prisoners cove (plieunaia gavantza) by Etolin in 1833. Some persons indeutify this, probably erroneously, with Port Meares of Douglas.

Pritchard; rocks, in the Galankin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by United States naval officers, 1880. Called Pritchard 

shoals in Hydrographic notice 5 of 1880.

Problem; gulch, Seward peninsula, in Solomon River basin, on southwest bank 

of Mystery creek, a west branch of Shovel creek, near latitude 04° 39', 

longitude 164° 28'. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Proctor; islands, in Dixon entrance,. near the southwestern shore of Wales 

island. Originally they were included in the group called Boston 

islands. Named by Nichols, 1891.

Progromno'i, volcano; see Pogromni.

Prolchoda, islands, etc.; see Passage.
512 . GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Prolewy; point, the northwestern point of entrance to Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 50', longitude 132° 56'. Named Prolewy (strait) by Lindeuberg, 1838.. It is Proliva point of Meade's 

sketch, 1869.

Prolewy; rock, in Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Prolewy is the Russian word for strait. This name seems to have been' 

first applied by Coghlan in 1884.

Prolewy; rock, off Prolewy point, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

called by Coghlan, 1884. It is Middle rock of Meade in 1868.

Promezhutochnie, cape; see Between.

Prominence; cape, on the southern shore of Unalaska, between Open and Usof 

bays, near longitude 166° 46'. So named by the Fish Commission in 

1888. Its native name is given by Tebenkof as Idaliuk.

Promisla; bay,'indenting the southern shore of Krestof island, Sitka sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Promisla (business) by Vasilief, 1833. 

Bozhie promisla means Ood's business, which a Russian dictionary 

translates Providence. Thus this bay has been called Providence. Kostrometfnoff translates this furs.

Promontory, cape ; see Lutke.

Promontory; cove, indenting the southern shore of Unimak island, eastern 

Aleutians, 2i miles north of Cape Lutke, near latitude 54° .31'. So 

named by the Fish Commission'in 1888.

Promontory; hill (1,130 feet high), on the southern shore of Unimak island, 

8 miles west of Cape Lutke, near longitude 164° 31'. Descriptive name, 

published by the Coast Survey in 1902.

Propastcliy, point, St. George island; see Sealiou.

P'l'opastchy-koverushka, St. George island; see Sealion hills.

Prospect; creek, 10 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Snake 

river from the east, near longitude 165° 27'. Local name, published 

in 1900.

Prospect; creek, 13 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, a right 

branch of Discovery creek, near longitude 165° 03'. Name from Gerdine, 1904.

Prospect; point, on the eastern shore of Port Snettisham, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1888.

Protassof. The Russian orthadox church at Morzhovoi is called Protassof in. 

the Tenth Census, 1880, and Eleventh Census, 1890. Petrof in the 

Tenth Census called the town Protassof; accidentally Protasso on his 

map.

Protection; bay, between Old harbor and Three Island bay, indenting the 

southeastern shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 166° 

35'. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Protection; point, on the western shore of. Nushagak bay. Named Povorotuoi 

(turn) by Tebenkof, 1849. The coast line bends or turns at this point. 

Renamed Protection by the Fish Commission in 1890.

Protection; port, in the northwestern part of Prince of Wales island, opening 

into Sumner strait. Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 

who in 1793 here rode out a heavy gale, and, " grateful for such an 

asylum," named it Port Protection.

Providence, bay; see Promisla.

Providence; cape, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, west of Kodiak. 

Named Providenia (providence) by Vasilief in 1831. His skin boat 

(bidarka) was wrecked here and he narrowly escaped drowning. The 

Aleut name of the cape is Naluktchyak.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 513

Providence; cape, in the, eastern part of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Not

identified. So named by Cook, 1778 (II, 527) ; also so called by Saner

on Billings's track chart and also in Galiano's atlas, 1802. 

Providence; point, the northern point of entrance to Estrella bay, Bucareli

 bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Puuta de la Providencia by

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. 

ProvodniJs, island; see Leader.' 

Prudhoe; bay, on the Arctic coast east of the mouth of Colville river. So

named by Franklin in 1826. 

Pryor; island, on the western shore of Alitak bay, Kodiak, on north side of

entrance to Kempff bay. Name from Moser, 1900. 

Ptarmagun, gulch, on Birch creek; see Ptarmigan creek. 

Ptarmigan; creek,"tributary from the south to the Tsina or south fork of Tiekel

river, about 25 miles east of Valdez. Name froai Schrader, 1900. 

Ptarmigan; creek, debouching on the south shore of Seward peninsula, 4$

miles west of Cape Nome, near longitude 165° 08'. Local name, from

Gerdine, 1904.

Ptarmigan; creek, Seward peninsula, Casadepaga drainage, tributary.on south 

bank of Willow creek, near latitude 64° 49', longitude 164° 28'. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1901.

Ptarmigan; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Candle creek from the west, 

near latitude 65° 45', longitude 162° 10'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Witherspoon in 1903.

Ptarmigan; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Ku/itrin river from the 

north, near latitude 65° 15', longitude 164° 57'. Prospectors' name, re- 

. ported by Gerdine, 1901.

Ptarmigan; creek, tributary to the headwaters of Birch creek, near latitude 

65° 28', longitude 145° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported as Ptarniagan 

gulch by Schrader, 1896. 

Ptarmigan; gulch, in the Birch Creek region, on the left bank of Harrisou 

creek, near latitude 65° 20', longitude 145°. Prospectors' name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, of the Geological Survey, 

1896.

Ptarmigan; small lake, near and to the east of Kenai lake, Kenai peninsula. 

Name from Meudenhall, 1898.

Ptarmigan; valley, and creek therein, tributary to Kuskokwim river, near its 

source. So named by Spurr and Post, 1898.

PticM, islets; see Porpoise.

Ptichie, cape, island, etc.; see Bird.

Ptselca, creek ; see Petsika.

Puale, bay; see Cold.

Puffin; bay, indenting the southern end of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Toporkof (puffin) by the Russians. Has also been 

written Toporkoffi and Toporkov.

Puflin; islet, near St. Paul, in Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Toporkof (puffin) 

by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810.

Puffin; islet, near the southwestern end of Sitkalidak island, off southeastern 

shore of Kodiak. Named Toporkof (puffin) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Puffin; islet, near Chamisso island, Kotzebue sound, Arctic ocean. So'named 

by Beechey, July, 1826.

Puffin; point, the south point of entrance to Puffin bay, Baranof island. Alexander archipelago. Named Toporkof (puffin) by the Russians,

Bull. 299 06 M 33 '
514 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Puffy; creek .and slough, on the eastern shore of Controller bay. Named 

after Mclver Forbes Morrison Mdver-Carnpbell, head of Clan Mclver, 

Scotland, nicknamed by his intimate friends " Puffy." Local name 

from Martin, 1904.

Puffy, creek ; see Edwardes.

Puget; cape, on the southeastern coast of Kenai peninsula. Named by Vancouver, 1794, after Lieut. Peter Puget, R. N., of his party.

Puget; cove, about 5 miles northeast of Port Mulgrave, Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Ball, 1879, after Lieut Peter Puget, 

R. N., one of the companions of Vancouver, who was in this vicinity in 

1794.

Puguyiliak; native village, near Southwest cape, St. Lawrence island, Bering 

sea. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Erroneously Pugupiliak.

Puk or Pak. Eskimo for ~big; thus, Kwikpak, river My.

Pulizzi; island, on the east side of Spasskaia bay, south side"Icy strait, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 135° 17'. So named by Dickins, 1901.

Pultava, island; see Poltava.

Pumicestone; bay, indenting the western shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. 

Named Mokrovskoi (wet) by Sarichef, 1792, and since variously given 

as Morkovskoi, Moorovskoy, etc. In 1888 it was named Pumicestone by 

the Fish Commission. Its native name is given by Veniaminof as 

Aliuksuk, perhaps from the Aleut word Aliuk (river otter).

Punch; hill (1,885 feet high), near south end of Gravina island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Punchbowl; cove, indenting the southern shore of Rudyerd bay, Behm canal, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Punishment;, point, near St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Punta de Castigo (punishment point) by Maurelle 

and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Punuk; islets, near the eastern end of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. Eskimo name, from Tebenkof. Erroneously Pinik. . '

Pup (The); island, at south point of Betton island, Clover passage, northern 

entrance to Behm-canal, southeastern Alaska, near-latitude 55° 30',

longitude 131° 50'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett,

Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Pup, island; see Hump.

Pup; island, off the entrance to Port Camden, Keku strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore, 1892.

.Puppets (The); two hills (1,987 feet high), at the southern end of Gravina 

island, Alexander archipelago. Punch and Judy are near by. Named 

by Nichols, 1883.

Purcell; peak (2,800 feet high), south of Selawik river, near latitude 66° 15', 

longitude 157° 40'. So named by Stoney after Ensign J. L. Purcell, 

U. S. N., a member of his expedition in 1884, also a member of his' expedition in 1885, but invalided home from Bering sea.

Purple; mountain (2,447 feet" high), near Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Pusco; creek, tributary to Middle fork Koyukuk river from the south, near longitude 150° 30'. Name so reported by Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Pushki, island ; see Cannon.

Pust'iia, island; see Empty.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 515

Pustoi; islet, near Ship island, in Uinuak strait, eastern Aleutians. Called 

Pustoi (barren or desert) by Kuritzieu, 1849. Lutke calls it Tanghinakh, perhaps intended for Tangidak, the Aleut word for islet. The 

name Tauginak applies to Ship island.

Putmikwa; slough, Yukon delta, connecting Kwiguk and Alakauuk passes, 

near latitude 62 q 45', longitude 164° 43'. Eskimo name, obtained by 

Putuam, 1899.

Putnam; peak (3,887 feet high), on Lihdenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island,

 Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, .1887, after Master

Charles Flint Putnam, U. S. N., a member of Berry's party in Bering

strait in 1880. Putmun was driven to sea on an ice floe in Bering strait

and perished.

1'utnam, river; see Kobuk.

Puzzle; gulch, Seward peninsula, in Solomon River basin, on north bank of 

Mystery creek, a west branch of Shovel creek, near latitude 64° 19', 

longitude 164° 27'. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1904.

Pybus; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Admiralty island, Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So called by Mansfield, 1889.

Pybus; point, the eastern point of entrance to Pybus bay, Admiralty island, 

Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794.

Pye; islands, near Nuka bay, off the southern coast of Kenai peninsula, Gulf 

of Alaska. Named Pye's by Portlock, 1786, and variously written Pi, 

Pies, Pyes, etc.

Pyke; point, on the eastern shore of Port Bainbridge, Prince William sound. 

So named by Vancouver, 1794.

Pyramid; harbor, at the head of Chilkat inlet, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 59° 10', longitude 135° 28'. The Hudson Bay Company employees 

called this place Labouchere bay, after the steamer of that name. 

Meade, 1869, called it Pyramid Island harbor. It is now commonly 

known as Pyramid harbor. The native name was reported by the 

Krause brothers in 1882, and is obscurely engraved on their map. Tt 

appears to be TichtiuigS.

Pyramid; island, at the head of Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska, 

1$ miles northeast of Pyramid harbor '(above). Descriptive name, 

given by Meade in 1869. Lindeuberg, 1838, called it Peschauie (sandy). 

Has also been called Farewell through an erroneous translation of 

Peschani (proshaite = farewell). Has also been called Stony, another 

translation of Peschani. It has been occupied by the Coast Survey as 

an astronomical station and called Observatory island. The native 

name, according to the Krause brothers, 1882, is Chlachfitsch, which 

Dall writes Shla-hatch. :-

Pyramid; mountain (2,100 feet high), near Iliuliuk, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians, about longitude 166° 32'. Descriptive name, published by the 

Coast Survey in 1875.

Pyramid; peak, on Kosciusko island, near the head of Davidson inlet, Prince 

of Wales archipelago, about latitude 56° 03', longitude 133° 22'. 

Descriptive name, given by Dickins, 1903-4.

Pyramid; peak (4,068 feet high), on the northeastern shore of Glacier bay, 

southeastern Alaska. Descriptive name, from Reid, 1892.

Pyramid, point; see Green.

Quadra, bay ; see Boca de Quadra.

Q'uadra, island; see Dall.
516 . GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA.

Quadra; lake and stream, on the western shore of Mink arm, Boca cle Quadra,

southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 04'. So named by the fisheries, 

* and reported by.Mose'r, 1897. 

Quadra; point, the northern point of entrance to Boca de Quadra, Revillagigedo channel, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 05', longitude

131°. Old name, so applied by local navigators and reported by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904. 

Quail; creek, in the Rampart region, tributary to Troublesome creek from the

west. Prospectors'' name, reported by Prindle, 1904. 

Quartz; creek, in the Copper river region, tributary to Chisna river at its

source. Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall, 1903.

Quartz; creek, tributary to the Tousina river, just below Tonsina lake. Prospectors' name, from Rohn, 1899. 

Quartz; creek, emptying into Keuai lake, near the foot, Keuai peninsula, about

latitude 60° 30', longitude 149° 40'. Prospectors' name, reported by

Mendeuhall, 1898. 

Quartz; creek, tributary from the south to Turuagain arm of Cook inlet, near

longitude 149° 05'. Local name, reported by Becker, 1895. 

Quartz; creek, tributary to Solomon river from the south, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Quartz; creek, debouching nearly opposite Sledge island, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Quartz; creek, tributary to Goose creek from 'the south, Seward peninsula.

Name from.Barnard, 1900. 

Quartz; creek, tributary to Kougarok river from the west, Seward peninsula.

Name from Brooks, 1900. 

Quartz; creek, tributary to Penny river from the east, in the Nome mining

region, Seward Peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900. It

is Hutchinson creek of a recent local map. 

Quartz; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Independence creek, an affluent

of Kugruk river and Kotzebue sound, near latitude 65° 35', longitude

162° 20'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1903. 

Quartz; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to south fork Serpentine river,

near latitude 65° 45', longitude 165° 20'. Prospectors' name, reported

by Gerdine, 1901. 

Quartz; creek, 25 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from the

north to Stewart river at its source, near latitude 64° 50', longitude

165° 18'. Local name, reported by Gerdine, 1904.

Quartz; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kiwalik river from the east, 

near latitude 65° 35', longitude 161° 40'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by .Witherspoon, 1903.

Quartz; creek, tributary to Yukon river on the, right bank, 2 miles below Rampart (city), near longitude 150° 40'. Prospectors' name, published in 

1899.

Quartz; creek, eastern Alaska, Salcha River drainage, tributary on south bank 

of Gold creek, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 145° 40'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Witherspoon, 1905.

Quartz; creek, tributary to Birch creek from the northwest, near latitude 

65° 40', longitude 144° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by Prindle, 

1904. Jump Off creek, appearing on an unpublished map of 1898, is 

either the same creek or one near it.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 5l7

Quartz; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary to Boundary creek from the southeast, near latitude 64° 40', and the international boundary. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal 

Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Quartz; creek, tributary to Chandlar river from the west, near latitude 68°. 

Prospectors' name, published by the Geological Survey in 1901.

Quartz; gulch, southeastern Alaska, on the mainland, 2 miles east of Juneau, 

on the south bank of Gold creek. Local name, reported by Spencer and 

Wright, 1903.

Quartz; gulch, 6 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the north bank of 

Anvil creek, near its source, about longitude 165° 23'. Local name, 

published in 1904.

Quartz; point, on Goose island, the western point of entrance to Mud bay, Icy 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 136°. So called by Dall 

in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 190). The place is marked by large masses 

of white quartz, resembling ice.

Quartz; point, in Coal harbor, Unga island, Shuinagin group. So named by 

Dall, 1S72.

Quartz; rock, near the entrance to McHenry anchorage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Quartz Creek; mining camp, Seward peninsula, latitude 65° 20', longitude 

164° 40'. Local name, reported by Gerdine, 1901. This is apparently 

the location of Dahl post-office.

Quat-a-hein, stream ; see Kwatahein.

Quay; peak (5,000 feet high), near Port Valdez, Prince William sound. So 

named by Abercrombie, 1898, after Hon. Matthew Stanley Quay, of 

Pennsylvania.

Queekagamut, village; see Kwikak.

Queen; creek. 15 miles north of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska, the left branch 

of Carbon creek, near latitude 60° 23', longitude 144° 07'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Martin, 1903.

Queen; creek, tributary to Kongarok river from the east, near latitude 65° 35', 

longitude 164° 40'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901. "

Queen; inlet, at the head of Glacier bay. Named by Reid, 1892, after the 

steamship Queen, the first ship ever taken to the upper part of Glacier 

bay.

Queens; creek, in the Mount Wrangell region, tributary to Elliott creek from 

the north. Prospectors' name,.reported by Mendenhall, 1903.

Queer; island, in Chiniak bay,/Kodiak. Named Chudnoi (queer, odd, strange) 

by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810.

Quemabo, cape; see Quemado.

Quemado; cape, on the western shore of Suemez island, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. It is 

Quemabo on La Perouse's copy (English edition, 1798) of Maurelle and 

Quadra, but this appears to be an error for Quemado (burnt).

Qiietoth, river; see Duktoth.

Quichalablocn, river; see Kwikalablok.

Quick, river; see Kwik.

Quiet; harbor, in Etolin island, opening into Stikine strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Pokb'inaia (quiet) by the Russians. Has been called 

Pokoinay and Quiet bay.

QuiMaUJc, mountain; see Kwiktalik.
518 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA.

Quincy; gulch, 9 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, draining the 

north slope of Army peak into Osboru creek, near longitude 165° 10'. 

Name from Gerdine, 1904.

Quinehahamute, village;, see Kwinak.

Quinhagak, post-office (established February, 1906), southwestern Alaska, on 

' the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay, Bering sea, near, latitude 60°. 

See Kwinak.

Quinha'gak, village; see Kwinak.

Quinnehuk, mountain; see Kwiniuk.

Quinnelliock, river ; see Kwiniuk.

Quito Suenos. The Spaniards Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779, have on their 

chart in Portillo channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago, 

this name Quito Suenos (sleeping obstacle), or, as one may suppose, a 

sunken reef. Just south of it is Sheer-off-there (alargate-alla) rock 

and just north of it the Eye Opener (abree-el-ojo).

Quitowtiy, island; see Whale.

Quiyaulik, creek ; see Kwiyadik.

Babbit; creek, Seward peninsula, a west branch of Pine creek, on coast of 

Norton sound, near longitude 164° 20'. ' Prospectors' name, from a 

local map, 1904.

Bace; island, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named 'by Meade, 1869.

Bace; point, the northernmost point of Annette island, and the eastern point 

of entrance to Annette bay, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. Presumably a descriptive name, given by local pilots about 1875-1880.

Race, reef; see" Walden rocks.

Badcliffe; glacier, tributary to Harvard glacier, at the head of College fiord, 

Port Wells, Prince William sound. So named by the Harriman expedition, in 1899, after Radcliffe college, the woman's annex to Harvard 

University.

Bagged; cove, in Prince of Wales island, opening into Kashevarof passage, 

Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 188G. 

Erroneously Rugged cove.

Bagged; mountain. A mountain spur between Katalla bay and river on the 

east, and the Copper River delta on the west, terminating at Point Martin, Gulf of Alaska, near longitude 144° 30'. So called by Martin, 1903.

Bainbow; creek, in the Mount Wrangell district, a tributary of Elliott creek 

on the north. Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall, 1903.

Bainbow; creek, on the north shore of Turnagain arm, Cook inlet, near longitude 149° 40'. Prospectors' name, from Becker, 1895.

Bainbow; creek, 35 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary 

to Grand Central river from the north, near longitude 165° 05'. Name 

from Barnard, 1900..

Bainbow; creek, tributary to Quartz creek from the east. Name from Schrader, 1900.

Bainbow; glacier, on the mainland just north of Davidson glacier, 'Chilkat 

inlet, Lynn canal. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1893.

Raindeer, river ; see Klondike.

Bainy; pass, in McKinley range, 10 miles southwest from Simpson pass, near 

latitude 62° 10', longitude 153°. Discovered and so named by Brooks, 

1902.

Rakof, inlet; see Crawfish.

Bakovoi; bay, in Whale bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Rakovoi (shell) by the Russians. Has also been called Shell bay.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. 519

Ralkagak; Eskimo village, in the lower Kuskokwim valley, near Bethel. 

Name published by the Bureau of Education in 1903 (Reindeer Report, 

p. 106). Not found on any map.

Ralph; lake, in the lower Matauuska valley. So named by Mendeuhall, 1898. 

» Not shown on map and not identified.

Ralston; island, in southern part of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Meade, in 1869, after Mr. William C. Ralston, banker, in San 

Francisco. This island has been reserved for light-house purposes by 

Executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Rampart; small creek, tributary to Yukon river from the south at Rampart 

(city), near longitude 150° 10'. Local name taken from Edwards' 

Track Chart of the Yukon, 1899.

Rampart; mountains, on south bank of the Yukon, just above the mouth of. the 

Tanana. So called by Raymond in 1869. The Western Union Telegraph Expedition map of 1867 applies this name to mountains farther 

up the river.

Rampart; mining town, post-office, and telegraph station (population about 

400), on the south shore of the Yukon, in the Lower Ramparts, near the

mouth of Minook creek. Called Rampart City by the miners. A postoffice called Rampart was established here November, 1898.

Rampart House; an Indian village and probably a trading station, situated on 

the right bank of the Yukon, 6 miles above Dall river. It is apparently 

 the place lettered Shaman or Shaman's on some maps.

Rampart House; trading post of the Hudson Bay Company, now discontinued, 

on Porcupine river, northeastern Alaska and Yukon territory. This 

post was first located on the right bank of the Porcupine opposite the 

mouth of Salmon Trout river. This proved to be in Alaska about 35 

miles below the international boundary. It was therefore moved 

farther up the Porcupine and located on the right bank immediately 

east of the international boundary. The former site is now called Old 

Rampart House and the latter New Rampart House.

Ramparts; "This is a name introduced by the northern fur traders to designate a contracted, walled, or canyon-like valley and has been applied 

by them to similar physiographic features on the Mackenzie, Porcupine and Yukon rivers. On the Porcupine [and Yukon], Upper and 

Lower Ramparts are differentiated and the portions of the valley so 

named are very picturesque." (Maddren, Smithsouian Miscell. Coll., 

vol. 49, No. 1584, p. 11, 1905.)

Ramparts; gorge or canyon, in Yukon river, beginning a few miles above the 

mouth of Tanana river and extending up river about 100 miles. The 

designation Lower Ramparts has been applied to all of it, and also to a 

part, the most picturesque part, some 30 miles above Minook creek. The 

Upper Ramparts are described by Schwatka as beginning at Old Fort 

Selkirk on the Yukon and extending some 400 miles downstream.

Ramparts; (Upper and Lower), canyons on Porcupine river. The Lower Ramparts extend 25 miles from the Yukon flats to the valley of Coleen river. 

The Upper Ramparts, about 60 miles long, extend from the valley of the 

Coleen to a point about 25 miles east of the international boundary.

Ramsden; point, at the junction, of Portland canal and Observatory inlet. 

Named by Vancouver, 1793, after " Mr. Ramsden, the optician."

Ranch; point, at the Indian village Gau-te-gas-tak-heh at head of Chilkat inlet, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by United States naval officers, 1880. 

Has also been written Ranche.
520 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Rancheria; island, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archiIDelago. Named La Rancheria (the farm) by Maurelle and Quadra, 

* 1775-1779.

Randsburg; creek, 4 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Hastings creek from the north, near longitude 165° 03'. Miners' 

name, from Gerdine, 1904. Published also as Ransburg.

Range; creek, on Baranof island, debouching in Northern rapids, Peril strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlau, 1884.

Range; island, in the northern entrance to Popof strait, Shumagins. So 

named by Dall, 1872.

Range; islet, in Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Sutnner strait; the most 

southerly of the islands in the entrance to Red bay. So described in 

the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Range; islet, in Coal harbor, Shumagins.. So named by Dall, 1872.

Range; point, N. by W. $ W., 3 miles distant from Jaw point, Taku inlet, 

southeastern Alaska. So called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, 

p. 153).

Range; point, the southern point of entrance to Fish bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan, 1884.

Range; point, in Chichagof harbor, Attu island, western Aleutians. So named 

by Gibsou, July, 1855.

RanJcin, island; see Corlies.

Ranslmrg, creek ; see Raudsburg.

Rapid; river, tributary to Porcupine river from the north, near the international boundary. Possibly identical with Sucker river of the Coast 

Survey in 1890; on recent maps Rapid river.

Rapid City; mining town, northern Alaska, on Alatna river, near latitude 

67°. Miners' name, reported by Meudenhall and Reaburn, 1901.

Rapids; island, in Southern j-apids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Poroga (rapids) by Vasilief, 1833.

Rapids; point, on Chichagof island, near Northern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Name apparently first used by Dall in the Coast Pilot 

(1883, p. 163):

RasUniJc, village; see Razboinski.

Rasp; ledge, at northern entrance to Mole harbor, Seymour canal, Admiralty

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Raspberry; cape, the westernmost point of Malinof island, Shelikof strait. 

Named Maliuovoi (raspberry) by Murashef, 1839-40, who applied it to 

a point about 1'mile southeast of the point here described. The Russian-American Company map of 1849 applies the name as here used. 

It is Strawberry point of Coast Survey chart 8500 (ed. of 1900).

Raspberry; island, between Afoguak and Kodiak. Called Malinof, or Sieveruoi 

(raspberry or north) by Murashef, 1839-40. Lisianski, in 1804, called 

it North island. Tebeukof, 1849, calls it Bolshoi Malinof (big raspberry). There is a Little Raspberry island near by. The native name 

is lukuk, as given by the Russian-American Company, 1848.

Raspberry; strait, separating Raspberry and Afognak islands, Kodiak group. 

Named Malinovoi (raspberry) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Rat; island, between Arnchitka and Kiska, Rat Island group, western Aleutians, 

Called by the Aleuts Ayugadak and by the Russians Krisi (rat). 

Billings (1790) has Krissey, and Arrowsmith (1790) has Rats. Gre~ 

wingk has Agadak, with Ajugadach as the more exact form.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 52l

Bat; group of islands, in the western part of the Aleutian chain, immediately 

east of the Near island group. The group comprises the chain from 

Amchitka to Buldir, inclusive. Amchitka and Kiska are the principal 

islands of the group. Called Kryci (aux rats) by Lutke and usually 

called Krysi or Rat islands.

Rat, islands ; see Near.

Rat; islet (17 feet high), near the entrance to Funter bay, Admiralty island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1890.

Bat; lake, on the south bank of and very near Porcupine river,, in longitude 

144°. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1890.

Bat; river, tributary to Porcupine river from the east, about 50 miles above 

Fort Yukon. Called Little Black by the Coast Survey in 1890, and Big 

Black and also Rat by the Coast Survey in 1898. See Black and Little 

Black.

RatlcovsJcy, village; see Afognak.

Ratmanof, island; see Big Diomede.

Batz; harbor, on the western shore of Clarence strait, opposite Dewey anchorage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Tebenkof, 1848.

Batz; point, north of Ratz harbor, on the eastern side of Prince of Wales 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1S86.

Batzel; range of mountains or peaks, on the headwaters of Birch creek. So 

named by Schwatka, 1883, after Prof. Frederick Ratzel, of Munich. 

Porcupine Dome and Mastodon Dome are in this group.

Ravalga, island; see Kavalga.

Baven; bay, indenting the southern shore of Unalaska, immediately east of 

Eagle bay. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Baven; creek, tributary to the headwaters of Yukla creek, north of Turnagain 

arm, Cook inlet. Local name, from Mendenhall, 1898.

Baven; creek, in the Rampart region, tributary from the east to Lynx creek, 

an affluent of Hess creek, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 149° 20'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902..

Baven; islet, northwest of Spruce island, in the Necker group, Sitka sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Halkin (daw or jackdaw) by Vasilief, 1809. . . . Raw; .point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. Name published by the 

Coast Survey in 1891.

Bay; anchorage, on the eastern shore of Duke island, Gravina group, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, 1893, after Lieut. Whitmul P. Ray, U. S. N. Erroneously Bay.

Bay; river, tributary to the Yukon from the north, about 50 miles above Rampart, near longitude 150°. So named by Alien, 1885, after Capt. Patrick Henry Ray, U. S. A. The maps show two rivers in this vicinity, 

about 10 miles apart, and the most westerly of the two is the one 

which Alien named Ray. Raymond (1869) called it Atonisuk, and 

Schwatka has it Atonisonik. These are presumably native names, but 

Cantwell (1900) gives the Indian name as Kla-u-ish-na, and Lieutenant 

Erickson called it Klanooshana (Salt creek) and applied the name 

Ray river to the stream 10 miles above. Collier (1902) called the 

lower one Salt river and put Ray river on the stream. 10 miles above. 

The upper or most easterly river is one which Dall calls Tseetoht; 

Raymond, Chetaut; Schwatka, Cue-taut; and Petrof, Chetaht. The 

. tendency at the present time is to represent this as the larger of the 

two rivers and call it Ray, and to call the lower and most westerly 

Salt creek or river. See Chetaut.
522 . GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA.

Raymond; cove, indenting the southeastern shore of Cleveland peninsula, 

Behm canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 38', longitude 131° 

52'. Local navigators' name, reported by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 

1904.

'Razboinski; Eskimo village, on lower Yukon river, right bank, near head of the 

delta. Its native name is Kinegnagmiut, i. e., Kinegnak people, and 

by the Russians called Razboinnitski (robber). Variously written 

Rasbinik, Razboiniksky, Razboinitskaya, etc.

Razed Fort; cape, near the southeastern point of entrance to Nakwasina passage, Baranof island, Alexander a-rchipelago. Named Vierublennoi 

Kri'epostnoi (cut-down stockade) by Vasilief, 1809. Perhaps the Russians here destroyed one »f the native strongholds.

Razorlack, divide; see Kechumstuk Hills.

Razrishenie, cape; see Decision.

Razumrenie, bay ; see Disenchantment.

Read; island, in Farragut bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by Thomas, 1887, presumably after Ensign Maurice L. Read, U. S. N., 

a member of his party.

Ready Bullion; creek, on the northeastern shore of Douglas island, Alexander 

archipelago. Presumably a miners' name, in use prior to 1890.

Ready Bullion; creek, 9 miles west of Fairbanks, on the north bank of Esther 

creek, tributary to Cripple creek from the north, near longitude 148°. 

- Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1905.

Real Marina; port, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named 

Puerto de la Real Marina (port of the royal navy) by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

Red; bay, in northern end of Prince of Wales island, opening into Sumner 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 20', longitude 133° 18'. 

Named Red (krasnaia) by the Russians.

Red; bluff, on the western shore of Akutan island, Krenitzin group, eastern 

Aleutians, near longitude 166° 06'. Descriptive name, from Gilbert, 

'1901. .

Red; bluffs (393 feet high), on the south shore of St. George island, Bering 

sea, near longitude 169° 38'. .Descriptive name, from Stanley-Brown, 

1891.

Red; cape, the western point of entrance -to Massacre harbor, Attu island, 

western Aleutians. Named Krasnoi (red) by Sarichef, 1790.

Red; cove, on southern shore of Popof island, Shumagins. Local and descriptive name, published in 1875. On or near this cove Tikhrneiiief indicates a colonial settlement.

Red; mountain, in Muir glacier, southeastern Alaska. So named by Reid, 1890.

Red; mountain (3,800 feet high), in the northern part of Etolin island, Alexander archipelago. Apparently a local name, published by Dall in the 

Coast Pilot (1883, p. 94), and perhaps earlier.

Red; mountain (2,404 feet high), near Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. 

Red; mountain, on the north bank of the Koyukuk, near longitude 154°. 

Descriptive name, given by Alien in 1885.

Red; river, on the western coast of Kodiak, 6 miles north of Ayakulik river. 

Named Krasnaia (red) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Red; river or creek, in the eastern part of Unirnak, draining from a lake into 

St. Catherine cove. Called Krasnaia (red) by Veniaminof, 1840,

Red, river; see Ayakulik. 
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 523

Red; rock, in Chapel cove, Bay of Waterfalls, Aclak island, middle Aleutians. 

So named by United States naval officers, 1893.

Red; rock (about 20 feet high), near the head of Niblack anchorage, Clarence

strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1891.

.Bed Bay; mountain (2,843 feet high), near the head of Red bay, Prince of 

Wales island, Alexander archipelago. It was named False Mount 

Calder by Nichols, 1881 (Coast Pilot, p. 105).

Bed Bluff; bay, on the southeastern shore of Baranof island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore, 1895.

Bed Cliff; point, the south point of entrance to Mauzanita bay, eastern shore of 

Wales island, Portland inlet, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name,, 

given by Pende'r, 1868.

Bedfish; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 56° 15', longitude 134° 52'. Named Krasnol 

Ribi (redfish, a kind of salmon) by the Russians in 1847. Also called 

Krasnoi (red) bay.

Bedfish; breaker, off Redfish cape, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Moser, 1897.

Bedfish; cape, the western point of entrance to Redfish bay, Barauof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Krasnoi Ribi (redfish) by the Russians, 1847.

Bedfish; islets, near Redfish bay, Baranof island, ^Alexander archipelago. 

Named Krasnoi Ribi (redfish) by the Russians, 1847.

Bed Head; promontory, forming the western point of entrance to Port Gravina, 

Prince William sound, near latitude 60° 40', longitude 146° 27'. So 

called by Abercrombie, 1898. Moser, 1897, called it Cone point.

Bed Head; bluff cape, on the northern shore of Attu island, western Aleutians. 

Presumably a descriptive appellation; given by the North Pacific exploring expedition in 1855.

Bed Mountain; creek, in the Copper River region, tributary to Chisna river on 

the east. Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall in 1903.

Bedoubt; bay, in Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Lisianski, in 1804, called this Tyon's (chief's) bay. Tebenkof calls it Redoubt bay from the fishing station, called The Redoubt, at its head. 

Later it has been called Oserski (lake) bay. Its head is only a few 

yards from Deep lake.

Bedoubt; bay, on the western shore of Cook inlet, near Redoubt volcano. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1809.

Bedoubt (The); fishing station, at outlet of Deep lake, Sitka sound, Baranof 

island, Alexander archipelago. Usually spoken of as The Redoubt. 

Has also been called Ozerskoi (lake) redoubt and Dranishnikof settlement. Also erroneously Oserki.

Redoubt, mountain ; see Dranishnikof.

Redoubt, trading post; see Nushagak.

Bedoubt; volcano (11,270 feet high), on .the western shore of Cook inlet. It 

is an active volcano and was by the Russians called Viesokaia (high) 

and also Goreloi (burning) ; also written Goryalaya. Its native name, 

according to Grewiugk, is Ujakushatsch... Sometimes written Redoute. 

The Spaniards, 1779, called it Volcan de Mirando. Generally known a's 

Redoubt volcano.

Bed Biver; cape, on the northeastern shore of Unimak island, forming the 

. northwest point of entrance to Isanotski strait. Called Krasnoi-riechki 

(red river) by Veuiaminof, 1831.
524 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA.

Bedrock; creek, tributary to Sixtymile creek from the north, near the international boundary. Local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Bedstone; mountains, applied to the plateau or escarpment on the north side 

of Noatak river, about latitude 68°, longitude 160°, by McLenegan, 1885, 

on account of its color.

Bedstone; river, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Ambler river from the 

north, near latitude 57° 10', longitude 157° 45'. Descriptive name, 

given by Stoney, 1885, who wrote the native name E-vel-she-ark and 

Evesheark.

Bedwood; bay and creek, bay in north shore Controller bay, on east side Point 

Hey, and creek tributary thereto from the northwest, near longitude 

 144° 20'. Named by J. L. McPherson, deputy mineral surveyor, after 

Dr. Boverton Redwood, geologist, of London, England.

Bedwood; mining camp, in the Controller Bay region, near Redwood bay and 

creek (above). Prospectors' name, reported by Martin, 1905.

Reechnoi, point; see Rothsay.

Reed, creek, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Kobuk river from the north, near 

longitude 159° 45'. Named Reed river by Stoney, 1884-1886, after a 

member of his party, although he had named another branch of the 

Kobuk 5 degrees farther east, Reed river. He gave the Eskimo name, 

Kal-e-gu-ri-che-ark, but Mendenhall, 1901, found that this name belongs to an affluent 16 miles farther up.

Beed; river, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Kobuk river from the north, 

hear latitude 67°, longitude 155°. Named after Ensign M. L. Reed, 

U. S. N., of ^Stoney's expedition, who explored it in 1886. Stoney gives 

the Eskimo name as An-ne-lag-ag-ge-rack or An-e-la-gag-e-rack. Cantwell, 1885, wrote Ung-ee-let-ar-geeak and Ung-ee-le-ganjiak.

Beed Grass; point, on the northern shore of San Antonio bay, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Carrizales (reed grass 

point) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Beef; bight, indenting the western shore of Akutan island, Krenitziu group, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 166° 07'. So named by Gilbert, 1901.

Beef; cape, on. the southern shore of Unalaska, between Open and Raven bays. 

So named by the Fish Commission in 1888. A reef extends off the point. 

Tebenkof, 1849, called it by its Aleut name, Kungitak.

Beef; harbor, near Grave point, on the northeastern shore of Duke island, 

Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1882.

Beef; island, on the western shore of Portland canal, in latitude 55° 05'. So 

called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 76)'.

Beef; islands, near the entrance to False Lead, in Tlevak strait, Cordova bay, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1881.

Beef; point, north of Hassler harbor, on Annette island, Revillagigedo channel, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1882.

Beef; point, the southeastern point of Young island,.-Tlevak strait, Cordova bay, 

Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Nichols in 1881.

Beef; point, on the southwestern coast of Woronkofski island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

.Beef; point, the north point of entrance to Port Real Marina, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta del Arricife (reef point) 

by Maurelle and Quadra in 1775-1779. Erroneously Arrecite.

Beef; point, on the eastern side of Portage bay, Alaska peninsula. So called in 

Hydrographic Office notice 48, published in 1893.

Beef; point, the southernmost point of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering 

sea. Local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1875.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 525

Beef; rock and shoal, in Reclfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Moser, 1897.

Beef; rookery, on Reef point, St. Paul island. Local name, reported by Elliott, 

1872-1874.

Befuge; cove, just north of Ward cove, on eastern shore of Tongass narrows, 

Alexander archipelago. Perhaps so named by local pilots. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1886.

Befuge; .inlet, on the Arctic coast, a little west of Point Barrow. So named by 

Beechey in 1826. Its Eskimo name, according to Murdoch, is Wnl-apai; according to Ray's vocabulary, Wal-ak-pa; according to Sheldon Jackson, Walakpat.

Befugio; port, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Puerto 

del Refugio (port of refuge) by Maurellc and Quadra, 1775-1779. 

Variously called Port Refuge, Port Refugio, and Puerto del Refugio.

Begal; glacier, on eastern flank of Regal mountain. So named by Schrader, 

1900.

Begal; mountain (13,400 feet high), in longitude 143°, east-southeast from 

Mount Wnmgell. So named by Rohn, 1899.

Beid; bay, in Kuiu island, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by 

Helm, 1886. Perhaps the intention was to name it after Ensign Maurice Lance Read, U. S. N., a member of Helm's party.. Has been written 

Reid, Reid's and Reids.

Beid; glacier, on the southwest side of Reid inlet near its head, Glacier bay, 

southeastern Alaska. This is the smallest and most southerly branch 

of the original Grand Pacific glacier of Muir and was so named by the 

Harriinan expedition, 1899, after Prof. Harry Fielding Reid. See 

Grand Pacific.

Beid; inlet, at head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Named after Prof. 

Harry Fielding Reid, who visited Glacier bay, in 1890 and 1892, and 

studied its glaciers. The statement in the Sixteenth Annual Report 

Geological Survey, Part I, p. 423, that it was named by the U. S. Board 

on Geographic Names is an error. '

Beindeer; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kugruk river, south of Kotzebue sound, near longitude 162° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Mendenhall, 1901.

Beindeer; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Clifford creek, which is an 

affluent of Goodhope bay, near latitude 66°. longitude 303° 30'. Local 

name, obtained by Geological Survey parties in 1901.

Beindeer; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the northeast to Schlitz 

creek, which is a tributary .of Serpentine river, near latitude 65° 50', 

longitude 164° 45'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Beindeer; hills, on the peninsula forming the south head of Norton bay, Norton 

sound. Local name, from Peters, 1900. I

Bemedios; point, the western point of entrance to Port Dolores, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de los Remedies (point of 

the remedies) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Remedies, Puerto de los; see Salisbury sound.

Benard; island (1,558 feet high) 1, in Resurrection bay, Kenai peninsula, near 

latitude 59° 55', longitude 149° 20'. So named by the U. S. Board on 

Geographic Names, June 6, 1906. Hamilton, of the Geological Survey, 

1904, reported Lowell as the name of this island and Denson, Coast 

Survey, 1905, reported Fox. Presumably both local names.

Bendu; inlet and glacier, at head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Reid, 1892, after a French glacialigt,
526 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Renshaw; point, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, north of the 

Shumagius. So named by Dall, 1880.

Rescue; roadstead, on the eastern shore of Sullivan island, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, .1869, in memory of his rescue 

of six persons from the American schooner Louisa Downs, wrecked here 

in 1867. ' '

Research; creek, eastern Alaska, on the south bank of the Yukon, at the head 

of Fisher creek, near latitude 65°, longitude 142° 40'. Prospectors' 

name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, 

U. S. A., 1905.

Reshimosti; island, south of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Reshimosti (resolution) by Vasilief in 1809. Has also 

been written Retchiniosti and Roshimosti.

Resurrection, arm ; see Turnagain.

Resurrection; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Keuai peninsula, near 

latitude 60°, longitude 149° 20'. It is Port Andrews of Portlock in 

1787. Barauof, 1792, selected this spot for a shipyard and called it 

Voskreseuskaia. This word means resurrection,' and also Sunday. 

Here was built and launched, in 1794, the Phoenix, the first vessel built 

in what is now Alaska.

Resurrection; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Resurrection bay,, on 

southern shore of Kenai peninsula. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1869. It is Point Harwell of Portlock in 1787.

Resurrection; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary to Turnagain Arm of Cook 

inlet from the south; near latitude 61°, longitude 149° 40'. Local 

name, reported by Becker in 1895.

Resurrection; fort or post or stockade, built by Baranof at Resurrection bay 

iii 1792. Sometimes called Fort Resurrection.

Resurrection; river, tributary to the head of Resurrection bay, Kenai peninsula. Named Resurrection creek by Glenn, .1898.

Retaliation; point, on northeastern shore of Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, who in February, 1869, 

destroyed two Indian villages here because of the murder by the 

Indians "of two white men under circumstances of great brutality."

Retreat; point, the northernmost point of Admiralty island, Alexander ai'Chi-

. pelago. Named by Whidbey in July, 1794, in commemoration of his

« retreat by reason of the hostile behavior of the natives. Called Otstuplenie (retreat) by the Russians. This point has been reserved, for

light-house purposes by Executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Retreat; supposed reef, near Point Retreat; was so called in the Coast Pilot 

(1883, p. 172), but according to present information it does not exist.

Return; point, in Sycamore bay, north coast of Kodiak. Called Povorotnie 

(turn), in 1839^0, by Murashef, whose surveys ended near this point.

Return; reef, on the Arctic coast, east of mouth of Colville river. So named by 

Franklin, 1826. This reef marks the western limit of Franklin's explorations.

Reverdy; mountains (4,000 to 5,000 feet high), near the head of Portland canal, 

southeastern Alaska. Apparently so called by Pender, 1868. Nichols 

in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 78) calls them Reverdy Johnson mountains.

Revilla; post-office, at Ward cove, Tongass narrows, Revillagigedo island, southeastern Alaska; established in May, 1900, and discontinued in 190.1.

Revillagigedo; channel, leading northward from Dixon entrance and separating the Gravina group from the main land. So called after the adjacent 

island. Has been written Revilla Gigedo. .
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 527

Bevillagigedo; island, in southeastern part of Alexander archipelago, separated from the mainland by Behrn canal. So named by Vancouver, 

1793, after Don Juan Vicente de Guemes Pacheco de Pedilla, Count of 

Revilla Gigedo and viceroy of Mexico 1789-1794.

Hex; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Goodhope bay from the south, near 

longitude 133°. Prospectors' name, reported by Meudenhall and lienburn, 1901.

Bex; creek, southeast side of Alaska peninsula, falling into the head of Dry 

bay, near latitir1 ^ 62° 25'. Prospectors' name, reported by Martin, 

1903,

Bex; gulch, in the Copper River region, on the north side of Chititu creek. 

Prospectors' name. First appeared on map of Nizinajjlfiiuing district 

by George M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902.

Beynard; point (Point Reynard), the north point at entrance to Douglass bay, 

southwest shore Hooniah sound, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 57° 40', longitude 135° 42'. Named by Moore, 1895, after 

the Coast Survey steam launch Reynard.

Bhode Island; small creek draining the southern slope of the divide between 

Tauana river and the headwaters of Minook creek, near latitude 65°, 

longitude 150° 10'. Prospectors' name, reported by Prindle, 1904.

Ribni, point; see Fish.

Bice; mountain (5,646 feet high), near headwaters of Kauata river. Name 

from Schrader, 1900.

Bich; mountain (6,000 feet high), in the Tordrillo range, on headwaters of 

Kuskokwim river. So named by Spun1 and Post, 1898.

Bichardson; creek, in the Rampart region, tributary to Hess creek from the 

south, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 149°. Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902.

Bichmond; gulch, 10 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the eastern

 slope of Mount Brynteson, draining into the head of Glacier creek

from the west, near longitude 165° 21'. Local name, published in 1904.

Bichter; creek, tributary to Niukluk river from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900. Perhaps identical with Slate creek. . See 

Slate.

Bicord. -Beechey mentions, August, 1826, a cape near Cape Thompson, on the 

Arctic coast, called Ricord by the Russians. Not found on any map.

Bidge; hill (493 feet high), in the western part of St. Paul island, Pribilof 

group, Bering sea. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1875. 

Called Dot hill by Stanley-Brown in 1891.

Bidge; point, the eastern point of entrance to Hot Springs bay, northeast shore 

of Akutan island, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 

165° 48'. Descriptive name, from Gilbert, 1901.

Ridf/eivall. On Elliott's map of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea; this 

word appears on a low ridge or spur in the southwestern part of the 

island.

Bidgeway; creek, Seward peninsula, Casadepaga drainage, tributary on south 

bank of Willow creek, near latitude 64° 48', longitude 164° 25'. Prospectors' name, printed Ridgewood on a local map, 1901.

Ridgewood, creek; see Ridgeway.

Rieba, bay ; see Fish.

liiebnie, point; see Fish.

Riecheslini, bay ; see Little.
528 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Biecheshni. A hamlet of 5 huts (yourts) containing 37 natives existed, in 1830, 

says Veniaminof, on Riecheshni bay (now called Little bay), on the 

northeastern shore of Akun island, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians.

Riecheshnoe, village ; see Nikolski.

Riecheshnoi, cove;' see Akun.

Bight; cape, the eastern head of Kiliuda bay, southeastern shore of Kodiak, 

near latitude 57° 15'. Named Pravoi (right hand) by the Russians. 

It is on the right hand as one enters the bay.

Right, fork of Banner creek ; see Slate creek.

Right, fork of Canning river; see Marsh fork.

Right, fork of Fish river; see Kuearuk.

Bight Hand;^-point, the western point of entrance to Kulukak bay, on the 

northern shore of Bristol bay. Named Pravoi (right hand) by Tebeiikof, 1849.

Biley; cape, on the eastern shore of Port Clarence, Bering strait. Apparently 

so named by Beechey, 1827, or possibly by Trollope, 1854. On late 

maps this name has been moved north from its original place and applied to the southern point of entrance to Grautley harbor.

Biley; pass, northwestern Alaska, between Noatak and Colville valleys, near 

latitude 68°, longitude 155° 30'. So named by Stoney, 1885, after an 

Eskimo interpreter in his party Ouualook whom they nicknamed 

" Riley."

Biley Camp; mining camp, on Kobuk river, near longitude 157°. " Some 

miners wintered, there in 1900." Reported by Mendenhall and Ken burn, 

1901..

Bimrock; creek, Kenai peninsula, a left branch of Resurrection creek, 5 miles 

above Hope city. Local name, from Moftit, 1904.

Biiig; creek, tributary to the right fork of Bluestone river, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Bing; islet, at entrance to Jamestown bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by United States naval officers, 1880, after Paymaster James 

Andrew Ring, U. S. N.

Ringingalulc, river; see Pingingaluk.

Biobo; point, on the southern shore of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-

1779.

Biou; point, in front of Malaspiua glacier, St. Elias alpine region,,southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Vancouver, 1794, and by him applied to the 

southeastern point of entrance to Icy bay.. It is Nizmennoi (low) point 

of Tebenkof, 1849, and Rio of Russian Hydrographic chart 1378.

Bip; rock, in passage between Hawkins and Hinchinbrook islands, Prince William sound, near latitude 60° 27', longitude 146° 18'. So named -by 

Ritter, 1900.

Riph, cape; see Shakmanof.

Bipinski; mountain (Mount Ripinski, 3,540 feet high), on Chilkat peninsula, 

southeastern Alaska, H miles northwest of Haines mission, near latitude 59° 15', longitude 135° 30'. Local name, after Mr. Ripinski, of 

Haines mission, and published by the Coast Survey in .1897. The name 

is misplaced on Coast Survey chart 8303. Krause brothers, 1882, wrote 

the Indian name of this hill Geisseu.

Rishenia, cape ; see Decision.

Biver; islet, at head of Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska. So named by Meade, 

1869. The island is not shown on recent maps. ,
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 529

River; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska.

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

River; point, in Port Snettisham, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago.. So

named by Thomas, 1888. 

Rivermouth; cape, near mouth of Afognak river, Afognak -bay, Afognak.

Named Ustia rieki (mouth of river) by Murashef, 1839-40. 

Road; island, on the northern shore of Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. Named Doro/hnoi (fit for traveling) by Vasilief, 1809. 

Roadstead; island, at the entrance to Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869. 

Roaring. Coxe in his Russian Discoveries (3d ed., 1787, p. 210) says that

Krenitzin and Levashef, in 3768-69, found two burning mountains on

Unalaska, one called Ayaghish-(Makusbin) the other (by the Russians) Roaring mountain. 

Roaring; glacier, on the west shore, near the head of Harrirnan fiord, Port

Wells, Prince William sound, Gulf of Alaska. Descriptive name, given

by the Harriman expedition* 1899, and. suggested by the noise of ice

masses tumbling down the steep slope at the top of which the glacier

terminates. 

Rob; point (Point Rob), the southwestern point of Krestof island, Hayward

strait, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 09', longitude 135° 33'. Probably.a local name, reported by Moore, 1897. 

Robber; islands, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Yslas de Ladrones (islands of robbers) by Maurelle

and. Quadra, 1775-1779. 

Robe; lake, near Valdez, Prince William sound. Proper name, given by Abercrombie, 1898. 

Robe; river, draining from Robe lake to Port Valde/. Proper name, given by

Abercrombie, 1898. 

Robert; creek, tributary to Settles river from the east, near longitude 149°.

Prospectors' name, from Schrader, 1899. 

Robert; islands, at south point of entrance to Port Houghton, Frederick sound,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1882. 

Roberts; mountain, southeastern Alaska, about 3 miles southeast of Jnneau.

Local name, reported by Peters, 1902. 

Robert Lincoln; mountain, on the northern side of Nelson island. Apparently

so named by Nelson, 1878, after Hon. Robert Lincoln, then Secretary of

War. 

Robertson; mountain (7,950 feet high), on the mainland, east of the Stikine

river. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Robertson; river, tributary to the Tanana from the west, near longitude 144°.

So named, 1885, by Alien in honor of Sergt. Cady Robertson, U. S. A., a

member of his party. 

Robin, island; see St. Lazaria. 

Robinson; creek, in the Fortymile region, tributary to Wade creek from the

southeast, near latitude 64° 10', longitude 141° 30'. Prospectors' name,

reported by Prindie, 1903. -

Robinson; hills, flanking the Malaspina glacier on the west. So nained by 

. Russell, 1891, after Lieut. L. L. Robinson, U. S. R. M., who was drowned

in landing at Icy bay, June 6, 1891. 

Robinson; mountain, on the Arctic coast, near the international boundary line.

So named by Franklin, 1826, after the Right Hon. Mr. Robinson, "now

Lord Goderich," chancellor of the exchequer. 

Roca Ptimplona; see Pamploua. 

Bull. 299 06 M 34
530 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Rochanoff, lake; see Becharof.

Bock; creek, tributary to Kotsina from the south. Prospectors' name, reported

by Gerdme in 1900. 

Bock; creek, tributary to Slate creek from the south, Seward peninsula. Name

from Barnard, 1900. 

Bock; creek, 8 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Snake river

from the east, near longitude 165° 27'. Prospectors' name, published in

1900. 

Bock; creek, 25 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, a main fork of

Fox creek, an affluent of Eldorado river, near longitude 165° 05'. Local

name, from Gerdine, 1904. 

Bock; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Serpentine river on the north, near

latitude 65° 55', longitude 165°. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdme, 1901. 

Bock; small creek, on Seward peninsula, tributary to Taylor creek from the

south, near latitude 65° 40', longitude 164° 40'. Prospectors' name,

reported by Gerdine, 1901. 

Bock; creek, south shore Seward peninsula, on east bank of Solomon river,

4 miles from the coast, near longitude 164° 22'. Prospectors' name,

from a local map, 1904. 

Bock; creek, Seward-peninsula, in Solomon B,iver basin, tributary on south

bank of Coal creek, near latitude 64° 44', longitude 164° 14'. - Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1901. 

Bock; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary on west bank Topkok river, near

longitude 164°. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1904. 

Bock; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary to Preacher creek from the southeast,

near latitude 65° 45', longitude 145° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported

by Witherspoou, 1905. 

Bock; creek, tributary to Goodpaster river from the north, near latitude 64° 30',

longitude 144° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1903. 

Rock; creek, tributary to Seventyrnile creek; see Little Blanche. 

Bock; creek, tributary to Mosquito fork Fortymile creek from the left, near

latitude 64° 05', longitude 142° 40'. So called by Lieutenant Mitchell,

Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1902. 

Bock; island! in the Yukon at the lower entrance to the Ramparts, near latitude

65° 15', longitude 151°. River pilots' name, taken from Edwards'

Track Chart of the Yukon, 1899. 

Bock; islet, off the Sandman reefs, southeast of Belkofski. Designated as Rock

by the Fish Commission, in 1888, and later called Rock islet. 

Bock; islet, 130 feet high, near the southern shore of Unimak island, about 2

miles west of Cape Lazaref, near longitude 163° 38'. Descriptive name,

reported by Westdahl, 1901. 

Bock; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. So

called by the Coast Survey. 

Bock; point, near entrance to Carroll inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Bock;' point, on Mitkof island, Wrangell .strait, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Meade, 1869. It is Mielkie (shallow) of Lindenberg in 1838. 

Bock; point, on Gravina island, about 2 miles westerly from Ward cove., Tongass narrows, Alexander archipelago. Soi called by Dall in the Coast

Pilot (1883, p. 81). Off this point extends Rosa reef. 

Bock; point, midway between Pogibshi point and Otstoia island, on northern.

shore of Baranof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named

Kamenistie (rocky) by Vasilief, 1833.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. ' 531

Bock; point, 1 mile inside Point Highfield, north end Wrangell 'island, Eastern

passage, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 29', longitude .132°

21'. Local navigators' name, reported by Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries,

in 1904. 

Bock; point, the eastern point of entrance to Sauford cove, IJolkham hay,

Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield,

1889. 

Bock; point, on the northeastern coast of St. Michael island, Norton sound. So

named by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Bock; point, northwestern coast of Kodiak, described by Moser, 1897, as the

" southern point of entrance to Northeast Arm " of the west branch of

Uganik bay, near latitude 57° 50', longitude 153° 30'. 

Hock, point; see Kamenoi. 

Bocker; gulch, on the south shore of Seward peninsula, 1 mile southeast of

Nome, near longitude 165° 22'. Local name, published in 1904. 

Bockfish; cove, in Neets bay, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So named

by the Coast Survey in 1891.

K/OCk Island Point; 100.1111.7, on Koyukuk river, 34 miles Below Red mountain. 

Name taken from the Northern Commercial Company's folder for 1905.

Rooks; point, on the south' shore of Alaska peninsula, between Saunak and the 

Shumagins. Not identified. So designated on Billings's track chart.

RocJaoell, camp, city, harbor, etc.; see Juneau.

Rockwell; island, one of the Galankin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by United States naval officers, 1880, after Commander 

Charles H. Rockwell, U. S. N.

Bocky; bay, in Etolin island, opening into Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Bocky; bay, in northeast end of Montague island, Prince William sound, near 

latitude 60° 20', longitude 147°. Probably local name, reported by 

Westdahl, 1902.

Rocky, bay ; see Necker.

Bocky; cape, the western head of Sycamore bay, on north coast of Kodiak. 

Named Kekurnie (rocky) by Murashef, 1839-40. Tebenkof, 1849, calls 

it Makuashka.

'Bocky; cove, indenting the southern shore of Biorka island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Symonds, 1879.

Bocky; creek, Seward peninsula, Casadepaga drainage, tributary on north bank 

of AVillow creek, near latitude 64° 49', longitude 164° 24'. Prospectors' 

name, from Gerdine, 1905.

Rocky, creek, Nome river; see Rocky Mountain.

Bocky; island, in San Christoval channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Ysla de Piedras (island of rocks) by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

Bocky; island", in Kalsin bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Utesistoi (rocky or 

cliffy) by Russian naval officers, 1808.

Bocky; island, north shore Afognak bay, Kodiak group, near latitude 58° 02', 

longitude 152° 47. Descriptive name, from Moser, 190.1.

Rocky, island ; see Kak.

Bocky; islet (54 feet high), off Swanson harbor, at eastern entrance to Icy 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 10', longitude 135° 02'. 

So named by Symonds in 1880, or possibly by Meade in 1869.

Bocky; islet, between Kodiak and Spruce islands, Kodiak group. Named 

Kamenistie (rocky) by Murashef, 1839-40.
532 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Rocky; islet, in western anchorage, St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Called Utichi 

(rocky) on an undated old Russian chart.

Rocky; group of islets, in Marmot bay, Kodiak group. Named Kamenistie 

(rocky) by Murashef, 1839^0.

Rocky; mountains, constituting the main divide between the Arctic and the 

Pacific drainages. Described by Schrader, 1901, as the Alaska extension of the main chain of the United States. See Endicott mountains.

Rocky; point, between Chaik and Whitewater bays, Admiralty island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869.

Rocky; point, in Whitewater bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Glass, 1881.

Rocky; point, the southwestern point of Long island, Kootzhahoo Inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869.

Rooky; point, on the eastern shore of Chilkat inlet, near the present village of 

Chilkat. Named Utesistie (rocky) by Lindeuberg, 1838. The name is 

obsolete.

Rocky; point, near entrance to Port Valdez, Prince William sound. So nanied 

by Abercrombie, 1898.

Rocky; point, the southern point of entrance to Dutch harbor, on Amaknak 

island, Unalaska bay, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 166° 32'. 

Descriptive name, given by Dall, 1873.

Rocky; point, on the southern shore of Uyak bay, Kodiak island, between Cape 

Uyak and Bear island. Descriptive name, from Moser, 1897.

Rocky; point, the western point of entrance to Golofnin bay, Norton sound. 

Named Kamennoi (rocky) by Khromchenko, 1821, because of a bare 

flat rock near it. It has recently been called Fergusson point by the 

prospectors and traders sometimes called The Promontory and Stony 

cape.

Rocky, point; see Inner.

Rocky, point; see Kamenoi.

Rocky, point; see Tonki.

Rocky, river ; see Kogoluktuk.

Rocky Bottom; creek, northern Alaska, tributary to Alatna river. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Lieutenant Camdeu, 1900. Not found on any map.

Rocky Mountain; creek, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary

to Nome river from the east, near longitude 165° 12'. Local name, from

Gerdine, 1904. if is apparently the same that is called Rocky creek on

a local map of 1900. 

Rocky Patch; a shoal in Eastern channel, Sitka sound, near latitude 57° 02',

longitude 135° 18'. Descriptive name, published by the Coast Survey in

1900. 

Rocky Reef; point, near the western entrance to Kupreanof strait, Kodiak

group. Called Kamenistoi laidie (rocky bank) by Murashef, 1839^40. 

Rocky River; point, on the north shore of Unimak island, at the mouth of

Shishaldin river, near longitude 163° 50'. Name published by the

Coast Survey in 1902.

Rodgers; harbor, on the southern shore of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. Surveyed and named in September, 1881, by Master Charles F. Putnam and

Ensign George M. Stoney, of the U. S. S. Rodgers. 

Rodgers; point, southwest from Emmous island, on shore of Chichagof island.

in northern angle of Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by

Moore, 1895, presumably after Augustus Ferdinand Rodgers, assistant,

Coast Survey. Erroneously Rogers.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 533

Kodf/noff, cape; see Rozhnof.

Rodiac. This name was applied by the Spaniards, 1788, to one of the Shuinagins. Apparently it is a blunder for Kodiac, now written Kodiak.

Hodman; bay, indenting the northern shore of Baranof island, Peril strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Moore, 1895, after Lieut Hugh Rodman, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Rodman, cove; see Louise.

Hodman; glacier, southeastern coast of Alaska, 35 miles southeast of Yakutat, 

near longitude 138° 40'. So named by Moser, 1901, after Lieut Hugh 

Rodman, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Rodman; peak (3,140 feet high), on the mainland, near Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887, after Lieut. Hugh Rod- 

' man, U. S. N.

Hodman; post-office (established in 1901), on Rodman bay, north shore Baranof 

island, Alexander archipelago.

Hodman; reach, a narrow arm of Alitak bay, southwestern coast of Kodiak, 

extending southwest, inside Tanner head, from Lazy bay to Cape Alitak. 

So named by Moser, 1900, after Lieut. Hugh Rodman, U. S. N., one of 

his party. ' , . Rodney; cape, on the southwestern shore of Seward peninsula, Bering sea. 

Discovered and so named by Cook, August 5, 1778.

Hodney; creek, just west of Cripple river, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Hodney; mountain, on the south shore of Seward peninsula, 15 miles northwest 

of Nome and 25 miles southeast of Cape Rodney, near longitude 165° 

52'. Local name, published in 1904.

Roe; point, in Behm canal, near the entrance to Smeaton bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Rogers; creek, tributary to the Yukon river from the.south, 20 miles above Dall 

river, near longitude 148° 40'. Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902, as Roger creek.

Roffova, island ; see Horn.

Rohn; glacier, tributary to Nizina glacier from the west, on the eastern flank 

of Regal mountain. Named by the Geological Survey, 1901, after Oscar 

Rohn, who crossed it in 1899.

Rohn; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim from the east, near latitude 62°. So 

named by Spurr, in 1898, after Oscar Rohn, a member of his party. 

Herron went down this river in 3899 and called it Tateno or Tate-no, 

which he says is the native name.

RoJchova, island ; see Horn.

Rolcovoy, bay ; see Crawfish inlet.

Rolling Ground. In Sitka Sound, Alexander archipelago, " in the space between 

Biorka and Vitskari islands, a more or less heavy swell is nearly 

always experienced, even when the water is smooth in other parts of 

the sound." Hence this designation the Rolling Ground.

Romania; point, on the western shore of Port Refugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named Puuta de Romania by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779.

Romanof; point, on the southern shore of Norton sound, between St. Michael 

and the mouth of the Yukon. Apparently this is Point Shallow-Water 

of Cook, 1778. To distinguish it from Shoal Ness of Cook, another 

point to the southward, Lutke proposed to call it Cap-Nord du hautfond, i. e., Northern Cape Shoal Water.. Lutke says its native name is
534 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Romanof Continued.

Asiatchak. Tebenkof, 1849, calls it Aziachak, and the Russian Hydrographic Office, 1852, Aziachagiak (otmeloi=shoal). This Russian word 

Otmeloi (shoal) has been transliterated back into English and appeared 

as Ournan. The name Romanoff: may be a local name. The first mention of it found is in Ball's Alaska (p. 119).

Romanzof; cape, on the mainland, in Bering sea, the westernmost point of the 

Yukon delta. So named by Shishmaref in 1821. It was in the same 

year independently named Rornauzof by Kromchenko and Etolin, in both 

cases after Count Rumiantsof, a name which has been variously written 

Romantsof, Romanzof, Roumiantsoff, etc.

Romanzof; mountains (8,000 to 10,000 feet high), in northeastern Alaska, near 

the Arctic coast. Named by Franklin, 1826, " after the late Count 

Romansoff, Chancellor of the Russian Empire." Has been variously 

spelled Romantzoff, Roumiautzoff, etc. Apparently these mountains are 

identical with those named Pelly by Dease and Simpson in 1837, " after 

the public-spirited governor of the Hudson's Bay Company." Schrader, 

1899, applies the name to mountains considerably farther south.

Romig; mountain (about 2,500 feet high), in the Kilbuck range, western 

Alaska, about 30 miles east-southeast of Bethel. So named by Spurr 

and Post, 1898, after the missionary Dr. Joseph Herman Romig.

Bomp; island, near the entrance to Gambier bay, Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Rookery; islands, off Point Macnamara, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow, 1886.

Roosevelt; lagoon, at the head of Naha bay, western shore Revillagigedo island, 

Behrn canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 36', longitude 131° 

37'. Local navigators' name, probably after the President, reported by 

Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Root; glacier, near Keuuicott glacier, in longitude 143°. So named by Rohu, 

1899.

Rootok; island, near west end of Avatanak island, Krenitzin group, eastern 

Aleutians, about longitude 165° 30'. Native name, spelled Aiaktak by 

Veniamiuof and Aektok by Lutke and Tebenkof. Also called Goloi 

(bare) by the Russians. Krusenstern spells it Ouektock, while the

Fish Commission, 1888, calls it Rootok. Also has been called Goly.

Apparently identical with Aiaiepta of Krenitzen and Levashef in 1768.

This island has been, reserved for light-house purposes by Executive

order dated January 4, 1901. In that order it is called Rootok island.

The spelling Rootok apparently arose accidentally from Aektok and has

become established. 

Rootok; strait or pass, separating Rootok island from Avatanak island, Krenitziu group, eastern Aleutians. Also called Aektok. 

Rope; cliff, on the western border of Agassiz glacier, St. Elias alps. So named,

1890, by Russell, who, with his party, scaled it by means of a rope. 

Rope; creek, a tributary on the south shore of Bering lake, 5 miles north of

Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska, near latitude 60° 15', longitude 144° 14'.

So called by the prospectors, because a rope has been hung to aid travelers over a falls in the creek. Reported by Martin, 1905. 

Rosa; reef, off Rock point, in northern part of Tongass narrows, Alexander

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899. 

Rosalia; point, on San Fernando island, Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales

archipelago. Named Punta de Santa Rosalia bv Maurelle and Quadra.

1775-1779.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 535

Rosary; island, in San Christoval channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Ysla del Rosario (Rosary island) hy Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

Rosary; point, the south point of entrance to Port Santa Cruz, Suemez island, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta del Rosario (point of the 

rosary) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Rose; channel, in Northern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Coghlan, 1884, after the little steamer Rose.

Rose; creek, tributary to Middle fork Koyukuk river from the east, near longitude 150° 30'. Prospectors' name, from Schrader, 1899.

Rose; inlet, in Dall island, Tlevak strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Dall, 1882.

Rose, island; see Hinchinbrook and Seal rocks.

Rose, point; see Cliff.

Rose. Dease and Simpson, 1837, speak of a Point Rose (p. 103) near Point Barrow. The name is not shown on their map. Perhaps this is an error 

for Ross and applies to some point at or near their Ross bay.

Rose; rock, in Middle channel, Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by United States naval officers, 1880, presumably after 

the little steamer Rose.

Rose; rock, covered at high water, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Ch/itham 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 30', longitude 134° 30'. 

So named by Moore, 1895.

Rose Channel; rock, in Northern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. 

 So named by Coghlan, 1884.

Rose Island; rock, bare at low water, 200 yards off the east shore of Big Rose 

island, Adams channel, Northern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 27', longitude 135° 32'. So described in the 

Coast Pilot of 1901. Called also Adams Channel rock.

Ross; bay, on the Arctic coast, between Dease inlet and Point Barrow. So 

named by Dease and Sinipsou, 1837, after a personal friend. Also 

called Ross's in their map.

Ross; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the south, 18 miles above the mouth 

of Dall river, near longitude 148° 50'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Lieutenant Ericksou, U. S. A., 1902.

Rothsay; point, on the mainland, at mouth of Stikine river. So named by Vancouver, 1793. Also called Reechnoi (river) by the Ryndu. party in 1SG3.

Rotokakat, river ; see Kaltag.

Rotol, Rotoldlela, mountain ; see Khotol.

Round; hill (1,647 feet high), just west of Nakat inlet. So named by Nichols, 

1883.

Round; island, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago, on the southwestern margin 

of the Barrier islands, near latitude 54° 47', longitude 132° 32'. Descriptive name, from Dickins, 1905.

Round; island, at entrance to Hunter bay, Cordova bay, Prince of Wales island, 

near latitude 54° 52', longitude 132° 24'. So named by Moser, 1897.

Round; island, near entrance to Thorue arm, in Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Round; island, at entrance to Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade, 18G9.

Round; island, on the southern side of Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Krugloi (round) by Vasilief, 1809.
536 GEOGEAPHIC D.ICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Round; island, north shore Salisbury sound, one-half mile east of Krugloi 

islands, at entrance to Peril strait, near latitude 57° 22', longitude 135° 

43'. " Wooded, 200 feet high, dome-shaped top." Descriptive name, 

from Moore, 1896.

Round; island (427 feet high), in entrance to Coal harbor, Unga island, Shurnagins. Descriptive name given, presumably, by the Western Union 

Telegraph expedition in 1865.

Round; island, the southeasternmost of the Walrus island group, in northern 

part of Bristol bay. Supposed to be the island so named on account of 

its shape by Cook, July 12, 1778. Tebenkof calls it.Krugloi (round) 

and gives its native name as Kaiashik. Sarichef, 1826, calls it Walrus 

island and gives its native name as Kaiashik.

Round, island, see Hound.

Round, island; see Walrus.

Round; islet (or islets), in Holkham bay, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 3869.

Round; islet, in Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. 

Local name, published in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 80).

Round; islet, in western anchorage of St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Krugloi 

(round) by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810.

Round; islet, 40 feet high, on the southern shore of Beaver inlet, Unalaska 

island, at the eastern entrance to Aruugul bay, near longitude 166° 23'. 

Descriptive name, given by Gilbert, 1901.

Round; islet, near the southern shore of Ugamak island, Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 164° 47'. So called by Gilbert, 1901.

Round; knob (80 feet high), south coast St. Paul island, Bering sea, on the 

narrow neck between St. Paul village and Reef point, near longitude 

170° 16'. Descriptive name, from Duffield, 1897.

Round; lake, near St. Paul, Kodiak. Named Krugloe (round) by Russian 

naval officers, 1808-1810. Tebeukof, 1849, calls it Miesofskoe (cape).

Round; mountain, in the northwestern part of Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Round; mountain, on the left bank of Koyukuk river, 5 miles below the mouth 

of Kauuti river, near latitude 66° 30', longitude 153° 15'. River pilots' 

name, reported in 1900, but not heretofore published.

Round; point, on the eastern shore of Portland cannl. So named by Fender in 

. 1868.

Round; point, on the southeastern shore of Zarembo island, Stikine strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Round; point, one-fourth mile west of Flag point, on the south shore Whitewater bay, Admiralty island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 57° 14', longitude 134° 36'. So named by Moore, 1895.

Round, point; see Glazenap.

Round; rock (40 feet high), off Pybus bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 143).

Round; rock, one of the Nagai rocks, near Chirikof island. So named by Dall, 

1874.

Roundabout; mountain (1,000 feet high), on the right bank of Kuskokwim 

river, in latitude 63°. So named by Spurr and Post, 1898.

Roundabout; mountain, on north side of Koyukuk river, near latitude 65° 30', 

longitude 156° 30'. So named by Schrader and Gerdine, 1899.

Round Head; the eastern point of entrance to Seredka bay, eastern shore Akun 

island, Kreuitzin group, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 165° 24'. 

So named by Gilbert, 1901.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 537

Bound Hill; island, western shore Alitak bay, Kocliak, at entrance to Kempffi

bay. Name from Moser, 1900. 

Roundtop; mountain, near east end of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians, near

latitude 54° 45', longitude 363° 35'. Called Dome by Moser in 1897,

and Round Top by tbe Coast Survey in 1902. 

Rousseau; range of. mountains (3,500 to 4,000 feet higb), on western side of

Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. So named by Pender, Si868. 

Rover; creek, Seward peninsula, small tributary on east bank Casadepaga river,

near latitude 64° 47', longitude 164° 22'. Prospectors' name, from

Gerdine, 1905. It is apparently tbe same that is called Slate on a

local map, 1901. 

Rowand; point, on tbe Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow. So named by Dease

and Simpson, 1837, after a friend. 

Rowland; gulch, Copper River region, at the headwaters of Chititu creek.

Prospectors' name, taken from map of Niziua mining district, by George

M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902. 

Roxas, Puerto de; see Ugak bay. 

Eozhnof; cape, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, on west side ofrPort

Moller, and Hereudeen bay, near longitude 101°. Named Rozhnof by 

Lutke, 1828, who wrote it (in French) Rojnoff. Has been written 

Rodgnoff. The original Rozhnof is now Lagoon point (of Coast Survey 

charts), and the name Rozhuof has been transferred to a point farther 

east.

Rubber Boot; lake and stream, western coast Prince William sound, on the 

north side of the entrance to the small bay immediately north of Point 

Nowell, near latitude 60° 30', longitude 148°. So called by the fisheries, and reported by Moser, 1897.

Rubetz, village; see Afoguak.

RuUa, bay ; see Fish.

Ruby; creek, tributary to Bluestone river from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Ruby; creek, tributary to Casadepaga river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Ruby; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the south to Igloo creek, a 

branch of American river, near longitude 165° 24'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Rulty; creek, on the right bank of Anvik river, western Alaska, near latitude 

63° 15'. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Ruby; creek, 20 miles northeast of Fairbanks, on the south side of Chatanika 

river, one-fourth aiile below Cleary creek, near latitude 65° 05', longitude 147° 35'. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 3905.

Ruby; creek, tributary to Minook creek- from the west. Prospectors' name, 

published by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Ruby; creek, eastern Alaska, on the west bank of Slate creek, tributary from 

the west to North fork Forty mile creek, about latitude 64° 40', longitude 142° 45'. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major 

Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Ruby; gulch, Copper River region, at the source of Chistochina river. Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall, 1903.

Ruby; gulch, 10 miles northwest of Cape Nome, draining from the southeast, 

through Hazel creek, into Nome river, near longitude 165° 10'. Local 

name, published in 1904.

Rudder; point, on Beunett island, Arctic ocean. So named by De Long, 1881.
538 ' GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Rudolph; creek, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from the 

east to the headwaters of Snake river, near longitude 165° 23'. Miners' 

name, published in 1900.

Budyerd; bay, in the mainland, debouching into Behrn canal, southeastern 

Alaska. Named- by Dall, 1879, after the English engineer Rudyerd, who 

rebuilt the Eddystone light-house after its destruction .in 1703.

Budyerd; island, in Behrn canal, southwest from the entrance to Smeaton bay. 

So named by Dall, 1879, after the English engineer Rudyerd.

Rnfus, creek, Nome river; see Sufus.

Rugged, cove; see Ragged.

Rugged, island; see Makhnati.

Bugged; island (1,488 feet high), in entrance to Resurrection bay, Kenai peninsula, near latitude 59° 51', longitude 149° 24'. Descriptive name, given 

by the U. S. Board on Geographic Names, June G, 1906.

Buhamah; mountain (5,460 feet high), near head of Disenchantment bay, 

southeastern Alaska. Named Ruhama by Russell, 1891, " in honor of 

Miss Ruhama Scidmore, the author of a charming book on journeys 

 in Alaska." As Miss Scidmore spells her name Ruhamah (not Ruhama), and as it was named in her honor, her own spelling is here 

followed.

Ruins; point, the southern point of entrance to Shipley bay, Sumner strait, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, 1879, on account of a ruined 

Indian village there.

Bukavitsie; cape, on southern shore of Unimak island, " near which are two 

rocky pillars and some shoals, affording tolerable anchorage." So 

described by Veniaminof, 1840, and called Rukavitsie, gloves or mittens, probably from some fancied resemblance to those articles. The 

Coast Survey chart 8860 locates it on the east side of Unirnak bay, 

near longitude 164°.

Bulby; creek, tributary to Sinuk river from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Burik; harbor, indenting the southeastern shore of Khantaak island, Yakutat 

bay, southeastern Alaska. Two harbors indent the southeastern shore 

of Khantaak island. One of these is Port Mulgrave, the other, as here

used, is RuriU harbor. Khronichenko, 1823, surveyed both and gave the

name Rurik to the whole, the name being that of a brig belonging to the 

Russian-American Company. This name is now restricted to the harbor 

immediately northeast of Port Mulgrave.

Bush; hill (665 feet high), on west end of St. Paul island, Bering sea, the 

highest of the Einahnnhto hills, near longitude 170° 24'. StanleyBrown, 1891, gave the name Rush to the Einahnuhto hills, probably 

after the U. S. revenue cutter Richard Rush. The Coast Survey, 1898, 

used the name as above.

Rush, hills; see Einahnuhto.

Bush; point, west of Beardslee islands, Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Apparently so called, 1892, by Reid, on account of the ceaseless rush of 

tidal flow past it.

Bush; point, the western head of Zapadni bay, on southern shore of St. George 

island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1898. Presumably named after the U. S. revenue cutter Richard Rush.

Bush; rock, near Umga island, between Saunak island and Alaska peninsula. 

So called by Dall, 1880, presumably after the U. S. revenue cutter,Richard Rush.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 539

Russel, creek ; see Mahutzu river.

Russell; creek, tributary to Snake river from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Russell; fiord, an arm of Disenchantment bay, southeastern Alaska. This extensive arm of Disenchantment bay was discovered and sketched by 

Prof. I. C. Russell in 189.1, and is here named after him.

Russell; glacier, in or near Skolai pass, at the head of White.river. So named 

by Hayes, 1891, after Prof. Israel Cook Russell.

Russell; mountain (Mount Russell, 1.1,350 feet high), in the McKinley range, 35 

miles southwest of Mount McKinley, near latitude 62° 47', longitude 

151° 53'. So named by Brooks, 1902, after Prof. I. C. Russell.

Russian; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the south, 3 miles below Rampart (city), near longitude 150° 15'. Name taken from Edwards' 

Track Chart of the Yukon, 1899.

Russian; harbor, at southwestern end of Kodiak island, behind Geese islands. 

So named by the Fish Commission in 1888. The name is derived from 

Tebenkof, who shows here " Russian lodge."

Russian, island; see Bsnnclorosrmi.

Russian; point, the southern point of Graham harbor, Cook inlet. Called Russian P'. by Portlock, 1786.

Russian; reef, oft' Whitewater bay, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade, 1869. A Russian vessel is said to have struck 

upon it.

Russian; river, Kenai peninsula, a southern tributary of Kenai river, between 

Kenai and Skilak lakes, near longitude 150°. Local name, from Moffit, 

1.904.

Russian Mission; see Ikogmut.

Rusty Gold; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Chatanika river from 

the south, near latitude 65° 10', longitude 147° 20'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine, 1903.

Ruth; island, in Thomas bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 

18S7.

Rntlcovsley, village ; see Afognak.

Rutland; island, low and sandy, on the Arctic coast, near Point Barrow. Apparently so named by the British Admiralty, 1855.

Ryan; creek, just east of Topkok river, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Ryan; creek, eastern Alaska, on the right bank of Butte creek, an affluent of 

North fork Fortyniile creek from the northeast, near latitude 64° 40', 

longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by 

Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Ryan; creek, eastern Alaska, on the west bank of the North fork Portymile 

creek, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 142° 15'. Prospectors' name, 

from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 

1905.

Ryan, creek ; see Colorado.

Rynda; anchorage, at southeastern edge of the Stikine flats, Sumner strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Called Rynda'anchorage or Port Rynda by 

Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883, after the Russian corvette Rynda, which 

anchored here and sounded out the place in 1863.

Rynda; island, in the Stikine flats, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by the Russians after the corvette Rynda, which made surveys 

in this region in 1863.
540 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Rynda; mountain (3,700 feet high), on the mainland, east of the flats at mouth 

of Stikine river. So called by Hunter, 1877.

SabacM, point; see Dog.

Sabine; cape, on theoretic coast, east of Cape Lisburne. So named by Beechey, 

1827, presumably after Gen. Sir Edward Sabine.

Sacharowskaja, bay ; see Zachary.

Sachem; island, in Saginaw bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Moore, 1892.

SacMne, strait, etc.; see Shalchine.

Sachsaiya, glacier;.see Saksaia.

Sadatanak; island, near the southern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. Native 

name from Tebeukof, 1849.

Saddle; mountain, on the mainland, east of Stikine river, near .international 

boundary. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Sadie; cove, indenting the southern shore of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. So 

named .by Dall, 1880, after Sarah Eldred, wife of Marcus Baker.

Sadlidok, island; see Sitkalidak.

Safa; islands, in P'earse inlet, at entrance to Wales harbor, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Nichols, 1891.

Safety; point and rock, in Niblack anchorage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover, 1885.

Safety; port (Port Safety), immediately east of Cape Nome, on the northern 

shore of Norton sound. Surveyed and named by the Coast Survey in 

1899. A post-office, Safety, established here in September, 1900, was 

discontinued in 1903.

Safety; telegraph station on Port Safety, 24 miles east of Nome, connected by 

wireless telegraph with St. Michael, 107 miles across Norton sound.

Sagak; cape, the westernmost point of Umuak island, eastern Aleutians. Aleut 

name, from Veuiarninof. It means sleep. Lutke calls it Sigak;

Sagamtushik; cape, on the southern shore of Umnak island, near Vsevidof volcano. Native name, from Kuritxien, 3849.

Sagchudak; islet, near the southern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. Native 

name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has been written Sagtchudakb.

Saghadellautan, village; see Zakatlatan.

Sagigik; island, off the southern shore of Amlia island, near its eastern end,

Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. 

Perhaps from the Aleut sagik (a point or sharp edge).

Saginaw; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Kuiu island, Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869, after his 

ship, the U. S. S. Saginaw.

Saginaw; channel, separating Shelter and Lincoln islands from the northern 

end of Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 

1869, after his ship, the U. S. S. Saginaw, the first man-of-war to pass 

through it.

Saginaw; ledge of rocks, in Mitchell bay, Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869, after his vessel, the 

U. S. S. Saginaw. . 

Saginaw; point, near Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869, after his vessel, the U. S. S. Saginaw.

SahjeJc, creek ; see Sajek.

Sail; island, off False Point Pybus, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Ship island by Meade, 1869, and on later charts called Sail.

Sail, rock, near Bogoslof; see Ship.

fiaina, river and telegraph station; see Tsina.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 541

Saint A1)ram, islands; see Semicni.

Saint Agnes; point, on the eastern shore of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de S. Ines (St. Agues 

point) by Mauvelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Saint Albans; point, the eastern point of entrance to Affleck canal, Kuiu island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793.

Saint Andrean, islands ; see Andreanof.

Saint Augustine; cape, in Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Cabo de San August in by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-^779.

Saint Augustine; cape, the southern point of entrance to Augustine bay, Dall 

island, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Cabo de San Agustin by 

Maurelle, 1775.

Saint Augustine,- mountain ; see Augustine.

Saint Barnabas, cape ; see Barnabas.

Saint Bartholomew, cape; see Bartolome.

Saint ! Boniface; .point, the southern point of entrance to Port San Antonio, 

Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San 

Bonifacio by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Saint Catherine; cove, indenting the northeastern shore of Unimak island and 

opening into Isanotski strait near its northern end, about latitude 55°, 

longitude 163° 30'. So named by Dall, 1882, after Krenitein's vessel, 

the galiot St. Catherine. Kreuitzin wintered in this vessel in Isanotski 

strait, 1768-69.

Saint Chrysostom; harbor, on the eastern shore of Cook inlet, just north of 

Keuai. Translated and called Zlatousta (golden mouthed) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Saint Demetrius, islands; see Diomede.

Saint Diamed, islands; see Diomede. ,

Saint Diomede, islands; see Diomede.

Saint Dionysius; redoubt or fort, Wrangell harbor, Alexander archipelago. 

By order of Baron Wrangell a log stockade or fortified post was built 

in Wrangell harbor, 1834, by Lieut. Dionysius Zarembo to prevent 

encroachments by the Hudson Bay Company. Zarembo called it Redoubt St. Dionysius. Also it has been called St. Dionicio, St. Dionysi, 

and Dionysius. A few years ago remains of this abandoned and ruined 

stockade were still to be seen.

Saint Elias; cape, the southern end of Kayak island, near Controller bay. So 

named by Bering in 1741. Vancouver, 1794, named it Harnond, after 

Sir Andrew Snape Hamond, which name 4he Russian charts write 

Hamon, and others Hammond. The Spaniards (1779) called it P. de 

Cauas (point of reeds), and applied Cavo de San Elias to Cape Suckling.

Saint Elias, cape; see Sitkagi.

Saint Elias; mountain (38,024 feet high), in southeastern Alaska. Discovered 

by Bering on St. Elias day, July ||, 1741, and so named by him. The 

native name is reported by Topham to be Yahtse-tah-shah.

Saint Elias, point; see. Manby.

Saint Elias Alps; great mountain range, extending from Cross sound northwesterly to Mount St. Elias and beyond. This name appears to have 

been first applied by Dall, 1874.

Saint Elizabeth, cape; see Elizabeth.

Saint Etienne, island; see Agattu.

Saint Felix, point; see Felix, cape.
542 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Saint George; island, one of the Pribilof group, Bering sea, near latitude 50° 

35', longitude 169° 30'. Discovered June -, 1786, by Pribilof and 

named after his ship, George or St. George. Now universally called St. 

George.

Saint George; rock or rocks, in Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Name published by the 

Coast Survey in 1881.

Saint George; village, on St. George island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Local 

name.

Saint Ifermogenes; cape, the easternmost point of Marmot island, Kodiak 

group. Cook, 1778, identified this as the point named St. Hermogeues 

by Bering in 1741.

Saint Hermogenes, island ; see Marmot

Saint Ignace; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named St. 

Ignace of St. Ignficio by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Saint Ines, point; see St. Agnes.

Saint Isidor; point, in San Nicolas canal, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Ysidoro by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775- 

1779.

Saint Jacob, island; see Jacob.

Saint James; bay, in the mainland, on western shore of Lynn canal, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1889.

Saint James; mission, on north bank of the Yukon, opposite the mouth of 

Tanana river. This Episcopalian mission was established in 1891, by 

Rev. J. L. Prevost, about 3 miles above the mouth .of the Tozi river, 

but has since been moved to its present site 13 miles farther up. The 

trading post near the old site was called Fort Adams.

Saint Jean Boyosloff, island; see Bogoslof.

Saint John, cape; see Kupreanof.

Saint John; harbor, in Zarembo island, opening into Sumner strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently this name was first applied by Dall in the 

Coast Pilot (1883, p. 106).

Saint John; point, Zarembo island, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Vancouver, 1793.

Saint John; rock, south coast St. Paul island, Bering sea, on the narrow neck 

between St. Paul village and Reef point, near longitude 170° 17'.

Local name, reported by Duffield, 1897.

Saint John Baptist; bay, indenting the western shore of Baranof island, Neva 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Cv. loanna Predtechi (St. 

John the Baptist*) by Vasilief, 1833. Sometimes called Baptist bay 

and St. John bay or gulf.

Saint John's, hill, St. Paul island; see Cross.

Saint Joseph; island, in Arriaga passage, Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Ysla de San Josep by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775- 

1779.

Saint Lawrence; large island, in the northern part of Bering sea, near latitude 

63° 30', longitude 170°. Discovered by Bering on St. Lawrence day, 

August f£, 1728, and named by him St. Lawrence. Muller (Voyages, 

1761, p. 3) says: "They heard of an island which was said to lie somewhat farther, at no great distance from the continent; to this they gave 

the name of St. Lawrence, on account of its being the 10th of August, 

that saint's day, when they passed by it, without observing anything 

upon it besides cottages of fishermen." By early Russians also called 

Sind, after Lieutenant Sind, who passed somewhere near it in 1766.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 543

Saint Lawrence Continued.

Cook passed east of this island in 1778 and his expedition to the west 

of it in 1779. Its eastern end he named Anderson island, after Dr. 

William Audersou, surgeon on the Discovery, on the supposition that 

it was a separate island. Later, according to Beechey, he found that 

it was part of what we now call St. Lawrence island, but owing to 

his death the correction was not made in his published account. The 

main body of the island Cook called Clerke's island, after Capt. 

Charles Clerke of the Discovery, and its western end, sho\Vn as,a separate island, he calls St. Laurence and St. Lawrence (he uses both 

forms), taking the name from Bering. According to Billings the 

Chukchi call this island E-oo-vogen. On his chart he calls it Eivoogiena or Clerks, adding Siude island of the Russians, while Sarichef, 

who accompanied Billings, has St. Lawrence or Eivugeu, and this is 

followed on Russian Hydrographic charts. Kotzebue says the natives 

call it Tschibocki. This name is preserved in the name of its northwestern cape, Chibukak. Now universally known as St. Lawrence 

island.

Saint Lazaria, cape; see Edgecumbe.

Saint Lazaria; island, near the southern end of Kruzof island, Sitka sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So called by Vasilief, 1809, presumably to 

retain the name supposed to have been given by Chirikof, 1741, to 

Edgecumbe cape and mountain, and by some even applied to Kruzof 

island as a whole. Has also been called Muisofski (cape) island. It 

was called Robin island by Dixou, 1787.

Saint Lazaro, mountain; see Lazaro.

Saint Leonard; point, on the western shore of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Leonardo by 

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Saint Mary, island; see'Mary.

Saint Mary; point, the northern point of entrance to Berners bay, Lynu canal, 

Alexander archipelago. Named St. Mary's by Vancouver, 1794.

Saint Matthew; island, in Bering sea. Discovered and so named by Sincl in 

August, 1766. Cook saw it September 23, 1778, and says that afterwards he found it was wholly unknown to the Russians. Accordingly, 

he named it Gore's, after Lieut. John Gore, a member of his party. 

Billings, about 1790, calls it Matwi or Gores island. Kotzebue has 

St.Matwey (Choris island). It is now universally known as St. Matthew island.

Saint Michael; bay, on which is situated St. Michael, Norton sound, Bering sea. 

Discovered and described by Tebenkof in 1831, and, after him, named 

Tebenkof by Lutke in 1836. On late charts called St. MichaeJ bay.

Saint Michael; canal, hill (472 feet high), island, military reservation, postoffice (established in September, 1897), and town, Norton sound, Bering 

sea, near latitude 63° 30'. A stockaded post was established here by trie 

Russians, 1833, and, according to Zagoskin, named after .Capt. Michael 

Dmitrievich Tebeukof, afterwards governor of the Russian-American 

colony. It was called Redoubt St. Michael or Michaelovski. The 

native name is Techek (the bay).

Saint Michael; creek, 8 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, 

tributary from the southeast to Osborn creek, near longitude 165° 08'. 

Local name, published in 1901. Called also Jessie creek.

Saint Mitrofania, island; see Mitrofania.
544 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Saint Nicholas. Au unexplored opening on the eastern shore of Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago, was named Puerto de San Nicolao by 

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Saint Nicholas; canal or channel, in western part of Bucareli bay. Named 

Canal de St. Nicholas by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. Has also 

been called San Nicolo.

Saint 'Nicholas, fort; see Kenai.

Saint Orlof, village; see Orlova and Eagle harbor.

Saint Patrick; creek, 5 miles northwest of Fairbanks, tributary to Cripple 

creek, near longitude 147° 55'. Local name, from map of location, 

Tanana Mines Railroad, 1904.

Saint Paul; harbor, the principal harbor of Kodiak, near latitude 57° 47', longitude 152° 24', and often called Kodiak harbor.

Saint Paul, harbor; see Port Levashef.

Saint Paul; island, the principal island of the Pribilof group, Bering sea, near 

latitude 57° -10', longitude 170° 15'. Discovered June 29, 1786 (o. s.) 

(St. Peter and St. Paul's day of the Julian calendar), by Pribilof, and 

named by him St. Peter and St. Paul, a name soon abbreviated to St. 

Paul.

Saint Paul, island; see Paul.

Saint Paul, town ; see Kodiak.

Saint Paul; village, on St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Local name.

Saint Philip; island, in Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named 

Ysla de San Felipe by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Saint Sebastian; point, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Punta de San Sebastian by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779.

Saint Serf/is; mountains, southwestern Alaska, between the Yukon and Kuskokwim rivers, near latitude 62°, longitude 159°. Name published in 

1905.

Saint Simeon, A fort or stockade called St. Simeon, located on Cape Suckling, 

Controller bay, is shown on a Russian map of 1802.

Saint Stephens, island ; see Kiska.

Saint Theresa; point, in San Nicolas canal, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Santa Theresa by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779.

Saint Thomas; point, in Portillo channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Thomas (St. Thomas point) by Maurelle 

and Quadra, .1775-1779.

Sajaka; cape (7,108 feet high), the northeasternmost point of Tanaga island, 

Audreanof group, middle Aleutians. Tebenkof, 1849, calls this Northwest cape. Hydrographic chart 8, embodying the results of the North 

Pacific exploring expedition of 1855, has Sajaga, the origin or meaning 

. of which I have not discovered. A late Coast Survey chart has Sajaca.

Sajek; creek, at the headwaters of Volkmar river, an affluent of the Tanaua 

from- the north, near latitude 64° 20', longitude 143°. Probably an 

Indian name, reported in 1898 by E. F. Ball, a prospector, who wrote 

Sahjek (Bear creek).

SajeJclaJcat. river; see Sozhekla.

Sakataloden, village; see Zakatlatan. 

Sakedelontin, village; see Zakatlatan. 

SakleJcageta, creek ; see Baker.

Saks; cove, in the mainland, opening into Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF. ALASKA. 545

Saksaia; glacier, in the Chilkat region at. the head of Glacier creek, an affluent 

on the south bank of Klehini river, near latitude 59° 20', longitude 136° 

25'. Indian name, written Saxafija by the Krause brothers in 1882, 

and Sachsaiya by Flerner in 1898.

Salamatof; lake, near East Foreland, Kenai peninsula. This name is from 

Grewingk, 1850, who, following Wosnesenski, 1840, calls this Salamatowa or Kutsch-tazik-miitscha lake. Salamatof is a Russian proper 

name and the other the native appellation.

Salamatof; shoal, off the northern end of Kanaga island, Audreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. Russian family name, from Tebenkof, 1849.,

SalawiJc, lake; see Selawik.

Salcha; river, tributary to the Tanana river from the east, near longitude 147°. 

Native name, reported by Peters and Brooks, of the Geological Survey, 

1898, and spelled Salchacket and Salchaket Presumably this is Salchakakat, i. e., mouth of Salcha river. Transformed to Salt Jacket by 

some of the prospectors. f

Salcha; telegraph station on the Tanana at confluence with Salcha river. So 

named by the Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1902. The Indian name is Salchaket of Salchakakat, i. e., mouth of the Salcha river.

Saldovia, bay; see Seldovia.

Salisbury; point, the southeastern point of entrance to Gastiueau channel, 

Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 

1794, after the bishop of Salisbury. See Bishop.

Salisbury; sound, between Chichagof and Kruzof islands, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 22'. So called by Portlock, 1787. It is the 

Puerto de los Remedies, of Maurelle, 1775; Bay of Islands, of Cook, 

1778; Klokachef sound, gulf, or strait, of Vasilief and others; and Olga 

strait, of Tebenkof, 1849.

Salmo; point, the northeasternmost point of Hawkins island, Prince William 

sound. Named by Abercrombie, 1898, after the little steamer Salmo. 

Called Hawkins point by Moser in 1897.

Salmo; rock, near eastern shore of Cook inlet, at mouth of Kenai river. Name 

reported by the Coast Survey parties in 1905.

Salmo, sound; see Unakwik inlet.

Salmon; bay, opening into Clarence strait near its northern end, Prince of 

Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Salmon; bay or cove, indenting the northern shore of Silver bay, Sitka sound, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 03', longitude 135° 13'. 

Named Seldovaia (herring) by the Russians. This has been translated 

Salmon and the place called Salmon' bay.

Salmon; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Sannak island, just east of 

Peterson bay. So called by the Fish Commission in 1888. Perhaps 

this is identical with King cove of Dall, 1880.

Salmon; creek, tributary to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm, 1886.

Salmon; creek, on the mainland, 3 miles northwest of Juneau, southeastern 

Alaska. Presumably a local name.

Salmon; creek, entering Port Valdez from the south, 4 miles west of Fort 

Liscum, Prince William sound, near longitude 146° 26'. Local name, 

reported by Grant, 1905.

Salmon; creek, tributary to Resurrection river and Resurrection bay, Kenai 

peninsula. Local name, from Mendenhall, 1898.

Salmon; creek, Alaska peninsula, tributary to Becharof lake from the east.

Local name, reported by Martin, 1903. 

Bull. 299 06 M 35
546 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Salmon; lake, near head of Resurrection bay, Kenai peninsula, drained by 

Salmon river. Local name, from Mendenhall, 1898.

Salmon; lake, Seward peninsula, 35 miles north of Cape Nome, draining to 

Port Clarence, through Kruzgamepa river, near latitude 64° 54', longitude 165°. Name from Barnard, 1900. Its Eskimo name is said to 

be Nahwazuk (salmon).

Salmon; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, near its head. Name 

published by the Coast Survey about 1891.

Salmon; river, tributary to head of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Fender, 1868,

Salmon; river, tributary to the Stikine from the south, about 7 miles from 

Rothsay point. So called by Hunter, 1877.

Salmon, river, on west bank of Chilkat; see Tsirku.

Salmon; river, debouching on the north shore of Icy strait, 7 miles east of 

Glacier bay, near longitude 135° 45'. So called by Dickins, 1902.

Salmon; river, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Kobuk river from the north, 

near latitude 67° 15', longitude 159° 30'. Called Salmon or Kal-la-gunick by Stoney, 1884-1886, and Salmon by Mendenhall, 1901.

Salmon, river; see Sheenjek.

Salmon; run, tributary to Sanborn harbor, Nagai island, Shumagins. So called 

by Dall, 1872.

Salmon, sound, Prince William sound; see Unakwik inlet.

Salmon Bay; village and fishery, at Salmon bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. The fishery was established prior to 1890.

Salmonberry; cove, in Chichagof island, near southwestern entrance to Peril 

strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan, 1884.

Salmon Creek; valley, lying between Klutina and Lily lakes, on the northwest. 

So called by Schrader, 1898.

Salmon Trout; river, tributary to the Porcupine from the east, near the international boundary line. So called by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Salt; creek or river, tributary to Yukon,river from the north, about 50 miles 

above Rampart. Prospectors' name, reported" in 1899. See also Ray 

and Chetaut.

Salt; island, near the northern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians.. Named 

Solenoi (salted) by Lutke, about 1830, and variously written Salennoj, 

Soleni, Soleny (salee), etc.

Salt; lagoon, at the head of Kitkun bay, on the southern shore of Cholmondeley 

sound, Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 10', 

longitude 132° 10'. Descriptive name, from local navigators by H. C. 

Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

.Salt; lagoon, at the head of George inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 33', longitude 131° 28'. Local navigators' 

name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Saltery; cove, on the southern shore Skowl arm, Kasaan bay, Clarence strait, 

southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 24', longitude 132° 20'. Local 

navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Salthidack, island; see Sitkalidak.

Salt Jacket, river; see Salcha.

Sam; creek, tributary to the Yukon river from the south, near latitude 65° 20', 

longitude 142° 50'. "Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902.

Sam; peak (2,583 feet high), in eastern part of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 547

Samalga; island, off the southwestern end of Uinnak island, eastern Aleutians, 

longitude 169° 05'. Now occupied for the propagation of blue, foxes. 

Native name, from Sarichef, 1790. In 1764, says Veniaminof, there was 

on this island a settlement containing not less than 400 people.

Samganoodha, bay; see English.

Samganuda, bay; see English.

Samlalogh; ridge (kaia), extending obliquely across the west end of St. George 

island, Bering sea, near longitude 169° 40' to 169° 45'. Aleut name, 

written Sarnlaloch'-klya' (ridge where eggs are gathered) by Putnam, 

1897. Samlalogh-kiya, on Coast Survey map 3224, 1898.

Samoilof, island; see Scraggy.

Samovar; hills, back of Malaspina glacier, in the St., Elias alps, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Russell in 1890. Samovar is the Russian name 

of the utensil used by them for making tea.

Sampson; creek, 16 miles north of Nome, in the Nome mining region, Seward 

peninsula, tributary to Nome river from the east, near longitude 165° 

17'. Local name, in compliment to Admiral William Thomas Sampson, 

and published in 1900.

Samuel; point, the westernmost point of Killisnoo island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver in 1794. Has been misplaced on the charts and also erroneously printed Samuels.

Sanachno, cape; see West.

San Adrian; islet, in Port Refugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

This name appears on the old Russian chart which was copied from the 

Spanish, but does not appear on the English edition of that chart by 

La Perouse (1798, pi. 26).

Han Ageda, point; see Agueda.

Sanaguich; river, Seward peninsula, flowing north to Shishniaref inlet, near 

longitude 165° 37'. Eskimo name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

San Alberto; bay, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Called Seno 

de San Alverto by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. Also has been 

called San Alberti and San Alberto.

San Antonio; point, in Port Refugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Puuta de San Antonio (point of St. Anthony) by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

San Antonio; point, on the northern shore of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Antonio 

by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

San Antonio; port, in Baker island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Called Puerto de San Antonio by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

San Bitoriana; point, on the northeastern shore of St. Iguace island, Bucareli 

bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Bitoriana by 

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. Called San Batoriano on an old 

Russian chart.

Sanborn; harbor, indenting the western shore of Nagai island, Shumagins. 

This harbor derived its name from the schooner ,7. D. Swiborn, commanded by Capt. William Morse, who discovered it May, 1866.

San 'Carlos, island; see Forrester.

Sancho; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the south, 8 miles above Rampart 

rapids, and 33 miles below Rampart (city), near longitude 150° 50'. 

Name taken from Edwards' Track Chart of the Yukon, 1899. It is 

apparently the same creek as Shevlin creek of the Coast Survey in 1898. 

See also Shevlin and Shefflin.
548 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

San Christoval; channel, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named 

. Canal de San Christbval by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

San Clemente; islet, in Portillo channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Ysla de San Clemente by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775- 

1779.

San Come; point, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Come by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Sand; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago, between Point Lookout and Point Astley,. near latitude 57° 40'. 

Local name, reported by Spencer and Wright, 1903.

Sand; cape, at head of Kizhuyak bay, north coast of Kodiak. Named Peschanie 

 (sandy) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Sand, harbor ; see Martin.

Sand; island, near Table island, in Hood bay,'Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, .p. 157). .

Sand; island, east of Cape Whits'hed at mouth of the Copper river. So called 

by Moser, 1899.

Sand, island; see Sunidum.

Sand; islands, two islands, on the outer side of Scammon bay, Yukon delta, 

near latitude 62°, longitude 166°. So called by Dall in 1869. Late 

maps distinguish the two islands as North Sand island and South Sand 

island.

Sand; islet, in McHenry anchorage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently so designated by Snow or Helm, 1886.,

Sand; point, on the northern shore of Whitewater bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So. named by Glass, 1881.

Sand; point, the westernmost point of Popof island, Shuniagius. Descriptive 

name, given by Dall, 1872. 

Sand; spit, in Holkham bay, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So 

called by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Sanders, creek, Seward peninsula; see Saunders.

Sandny; bay, on the western shore of Portland canal. So named by Pender, 

1868, for obvious reasons.

Sandford, cove; see Sanford.

Sandman; reefs, south of Belkofski, western end Alaska peninsula, near latitude 54° 15', longitude 162° 15'. So called by Dall, 1880, after Captain Sandman, of the Alaska Commercial Company, to whom he was 

indebted for much information about the locality.

Sandpoint; fishing village and post-office, at Humboldt harbor, on Popof island, 

Shumagius. Locally known as Sand Point. The post-office was established here in March, 1891, and called Sandpoint.

Sandy; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Peschanaia (sandy) by the Russians.

Sandy; bay, indenting the southern shore of Sannak island, just northwest of 

Peterson bay, near longitude 162° 40'. Descriptive name, by Westdahl, 

1901.

Sandy; bight, near the mouth of Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago. So designated by Helm, 1886.

Sandy; cove, on the eastern shore of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Reid, 1892.

Sandy; cove, near the mouth of Deep inlet, Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Pestchania (sandy) by Vasilief, 1809.

Sandy; cove, indenting the eastern shore of Little Koniuji island, Shumagin 

group. So named by Dall, 1874.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 549

Sandy; cove, on the northeast shore of Akutan island, Krenitzin group, eastern

Aleutians, near longitude 165° 48'. Descriptive name, by Gilbert, 1901. 

Sandy; creek, tributary to American river from the east, Seward peninsula.

Name from Brooks, 1900. 

Sandy; point, the northwestern point of entrance to Twelvemile arm, Kasaan

bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by

Clover, 1885. 

Sandy; point, on the right bank of the Chilkat river, about 7 miles above its

mouth. Named Peschanie (sandy) by Lindenberg, 1838. The name is

obsolete. 

Sandy; point, in Alitak bay, southwestern coast of Kodiak, the northeastern

point of Tanner head and the southern point of entrance to Lazy bay.

Descriptive name, given by Moser, 1900. 

Sandy; point, on the north shore of Olga bay, Alitak bay, southwestern coast of

Kodiak. Local descriptive name, reported by Moser, 1900. 

Sandy, point; see Anchorage. 

Sandy, point; see Peschaui.

Sandy; river, in the western part of Unimak, eastern Aleutians. This descriptive naine, Peschauaia (sandy) was published by Veniamiuof in 1840.

San Elias, cape; see St. Elias and Suckling.

San Felipe, Isla de; see St. Philip.

San Fernando; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named 

by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Sanford; cove, in Endicott arm of Hoikhani bay, Stephens passage, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 57° 41', longitude 133° 28'. So named by 

Mansfield, 1889, after Lawson Sauford, a member of his party. Erroneously Sandford.

Sanford; mountain (13,500 feet high), east of and near Copper river, in longitude 144°. So named by Alien, 1885, in honor of the Sanford family, 

his " great-grandfather being Reuben Sanford."

Sanford; river, tributary to Copper river from the east, in the vicinity of Mount 

Sanford. So named by Alien, 1885, after his ancestors.

San Francisco; creek, 30 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to headwaters of Eldorado river, near longitude 165°. Name from 

Barnard, 1900.

San Francisco; island and point, in St. Nicholas canal, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Named Puuta y Ysla de San Francisco by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Sanganoac, Paso de; see Akutan pass.

Sango; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the south to Arctic river, near 

longitude 165° 47'. Name from Gerdine, 1901. .

San Jacinto, island; see Kruzof.

San Jose; creek, tributary to Eldorado river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.,

San Jose; point, the northern point of entrance to Port Santa Cruz, Suemez 

island, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Jose (point 

of St. Joseph) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

San Juan Bautista; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Ysla de San Juan Bautista (island of St. John the Baptist) by 

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

San Juanito; islet or rock, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named 

San Juanito by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.
550 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Sankin; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, near its westernmost point, about longitude 163° 18'. So called by Dall, 1880, taking 

the name from the near-by island Sankin.

Sankin; island, near the southern entrance to Isanotski strait, Alaska peninsula. Called Sankik and Sankin by the Russians. Apparently a 

native name.

San Lorenzo; island, in Arriaga passage, Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Ysla de San Lorenzo (St. Lawrence island) by 

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Sannak; bank, southeast from Sannak island, near latitude 54° 15', longitude 

162°. . Called Sannakh by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Sannak; group of islands, the largest island in the group, and reefs on the 

southwest side of the group, south of the west end of Alaska peninsula, 

near latitude 54° 25', longitude 162° 30'. Cook was becalmed off this 

group June 21, 1778, and in three hours caught more than 100 halibut 

weighing from 20 to 100 pounds each. Hence he gave the name Halibut 

island. Galiano's atlas (1802) has Islas des Plies. Except for these 

two names the island has been uniformly known as Sannak, spelled in 

many ways, Sanak, Sannak, Sannakh, Sannach, etc. s.

Sannak; mountain and peak (1,700 feet high), at western end of Sannak island. 

Cook in 1778 called this Halibut-head.

San Nicolo, canal or channel; see St. Nicholas.

San Pablo; point, on the eastern end of San Juan Bautista island, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Pablo (point of 

St. Paul) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

San Pasqual; point, on San Fernando island, Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Punta de San Pasqual by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779.

San Pedro; island, in Arriaga passage, Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Ysla de San Pedro (island of St. Peter) by Maurelle 

and Quadra, 1775-1779.

San Eafael; point, on the southeastern shore of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Rafael by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

San Roque; point, the eastern point of entrance to San Antonio bay, Bucareli 

bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779. . '

San Silbestre, Punta de; see Silvester point.

Sanson; point, on the southeastern shore of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta San Son by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Santa Agueda, point: see Agueda.

Santa Anna; bay or inlet, point, and cannery, on the western shore Cleveland 

peninsula, Seward passage, Ernest sound, southeastern Alaska, near 

latitude 56°, longitude 132°. Local name, published in the Coast Pilot 

of 1901. * , ,«

Santa Buenaventura, Punta lie; see Ventura point.

Santa Catalina, island; see Forrester.

Santa Cristina, island; see Forrester.

Santa Cruz; creek, Seward peninsula, an east branch of Cache creek, on the 

coast of Norton sound -near longitude 164° 10'. Prospectors' name, 

from a local map, 1904.

Santa Cruz; port, in Suemez island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Puerto de la Santa Cruz (port of the holy cross) by Maurelle, 

1779.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. 551

Santa Gertrudis; point, in Gulf of Esquibel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. It is said to have been so named, about 1790, by the Spaniards, after the Spanish man-of-war Santa Gertrudis. Has also been 

called St. Gertruda.

Santa Lucia; islands and point, in San Christoval channel, Bucareli bay, Prince 

of Wales archipelago. Named Punta y Tslas de San Lucia,by Maurelle 

and Quadra, 1775-1799.

Santa Rita; island, in Port Real Marina, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Ysla de Santa Rita by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Santa Rosa; point, west of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Punta de Santa Rosa by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779.

San Vacinto, mountain; see Edgecumbe.

San Ysidoro, Punta de; see Saint Isidor point.

Saook; bay, indenting the northern shore of Baranof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Has also been written Sa-ook. Native name, reported by Moore in 1895.

Saook; point, the western point of entrance to Saook bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore, 1895.

Sapozhkovo, river; see Buskin.

Sarana; bay, indenting the southern shore of Akutan island, Krenitzin group, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 164° 57'. So called by Veniaminof 

about 1830.

Sarana; bay, in Korovinski bay, Atka, middle Aleutians. So named by Lutke 

about 1830. Sarana. is the Russian name of the Kamchatkan lily, the 

roots of which are eaten by the natives. Also written Saranna and 

Sarannaia.

Sarana; bay, indenting the northern shore of Attu island, western Aleutians. 

Local name, given by the Russians. Lutke, 1836, writes it Sarannaia. 

Sarana is the Russian name of the Kamchatkan lily, and also of a 

liquor made from it. It is often written Saranna.

Sarana; brook, flowing from a lake into (?) Sarana bay, Attu island, western 

Aleutians. Called Saraina by Grewingk, 1850.

Sarana; islet, off the southern end of Outer Iliasik island, in the Sandman 

reefs. Named Saranna by the Russians. Variously written Saranna, 

Saranoy, etc.

Saranac; peak (2,683 feet high), on the mainland, near Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by Thomas, 1887, after the U. S. S. Saranac, 

lost in Seymour narrows, June, 1875.

Saranac; rock, off the northern end of Woronkofski island, Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago. The U. S. S. Saranac is said to have struck upon it, 

whence the name, published in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 93).

Sar-du-loten, Indian village; see Yakatlatan.

Sargent; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Revillagigedo island, Behm canal, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 34', longitude 130° 58'. Local 

navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Sar-Hene, salmon stream ; see Sarhini.

Sarhini; salmon stream, western shore Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago, 8 miles south of Sarkar inlet, near latitude 55° 55'. So described by Moser, 1901, who wrote Sar-Hene. Indian name, used by the 

fisheries. It may be the same that Moser called Kah-Hehe in 1897.
552 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Sarichef; cape, the westernmost point of Unirnak island, eastern Aleutians, 

near latitude 54° 36', longitude 164° 56'. So named by Lutke, 1828, 

after Admiral Gavrila Andreivich Sarichef. Tebenkof calls it Northwest cape. Also has been written Saritchey, Sarytcheff, etc. According 

to Veniaininof, its native name is Kakatkusik (?dry). Veniaminof 

calles it Pogrornnoi First, or the west-southwest cape of Uninmk, and 

the next one to the northeast, Shishkof, he calls Pogrornnoi Second. 

This point was set apart for light-house purposes by Executive order 

dated January 4, 1901. In that order it is called Saritchey.

Sarichef; island, at entrance to Shishmaref inlet, on the northern shore of 

Seward peninsula. Named by Kotzebue, 1816, who says: " I named the 

narrow island after our worthy vice-admiral, S.aritscheff." Variously 

written Saritscheff, Sarytschef, etc.

Sarichef; strait, between Hall and St. Matthew islands, Bering sea. Sarichef 

anchored in this strait in 1791. It was afterwards named for him by 

the Russians.

Sarkar; inlet, lake, and salmon stream, western shore Prince of Wales island, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 03'. Indian name, so applied 

by the fisheries, and written Sar-Kar by Moser in 1897 and 1901.

Sarutscheiv, volcano; see Sergief.

Sarytcheff, peninsula and volcano ; see Sergief.

8asak, cove; see Sisek.

Sasedni; island, on the southern side of Whiting harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Sasedni (neighbor) by Vasilief, 1809.

Sasmik; cape, the southernmost point of Tanaga island, middle Aleutians. 

Presumably an Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Sasmikh.

Satanna, cape; see Bird.

Saturday; creek, 3 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Wonder 

creek, a branch of Center creek, near longitude 165° 23'. Local name, 

published in 1904. *-

Saturday; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the west to North creek, 

near latitude 65° 23'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Saiiluktoucilch. One of the Shurnagins (which one is not known) was so called 

by Lutke (p. 267) in 1836. Sarichef called it (as printed in Phillips's

Voyages, VI, 15) Saluluktussich.

Saunders; creek, 4 miles-northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary 

to Hastings creek from the north, near longitude 165° 06'. Name 

from Barnard, 1900. Has been written Sanders.

Savaovik; river, debouching on the Arctic coast, 90 miles east of Colville river, 

near Anxiety point and longitude 147°. Eskimo name, obtained by 

S. J. Marsh, a prospector, 1902-3, who wrote Saviovic on his map.

Saviovic, river; see Savaovik.

Savonoski; E'skimo village, on the eastern shore of Naknek lake, Alaska peninsula. Name from Spurr and Post, who obtained it, 1898, from Rev. A. 

Petelin. Has also been written Savanoski. Of it Spurr says: " Ikkhagamut or Savonoski, as it is now commonly called."

Saw; peaks (5,124 feet high), on the mainland, east of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Saw; point, at entrance to Eliza harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Saw; ridge of mountains, in the southern part of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Nichols in 1883.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA. 553

Sawanukto; river, debouching on the Arctic coast, 60 miles east of Colville 

river, near Anxiety point and longitude 148° 15'. Eskimo name, 

obtained by S. J. Marsh, a prospector, 1902-1903.

Sawmill; bay, indenting the western,shore of.Port Valdez, nearly opposite Jack 

bay, about latitude 61° 02', longitude 146° 41'. Local name, reported 

by Ritter of the Coast Survey, 1902.

Sawmill; camp, on headwaters of Klutina river. Called Saw Mill by Aber- 

'crombie in 1898.

Sawmill; cove, in Dall island, Howkan strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Nichols, 1881. Sheldon Jacksoi^ named this cove Ham, after 

Mrs. J. M. Ham, who contributed funds for the erection of a sawmill 

here in 1882.

Sawmill; creek, tributary from the east to Berners bay, eastern shore Lynn 

canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 58° 40'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Spencer and Wright, 1903.

Sawmill; creek, tributary to Silver bay from the north, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. On a Russian manuscript map in the Coast Survey 

it is called Kirinskaia bay or Sawmill creek. On a late Coast Survey 

map it is Medvetcha, a name obviously from the Russian word for bear. 

Tebenkofs chart 38 of 1850 shows a pilnoi zavod (sawmill) here.

Sawmill; creek, tributary to Klutina river from the southeast, near its headwaters. So called by Abercrombie, 1898.

Sawmill; creek, Kenai .peninsula, tributary to Turnagain arm of Cook inlet 

from the south, near longitude 149° 15'. Local name, from Herron, 

1899.

Sawmill; spit, on the south shore of Port Valdez, Prince William sound, 2$ 

miles west of Fort Liscum, near longitude 146° 23'. Local 'name, 

reported by Ritter, 1901.

Sawtooth, mountains; see Kigluaik.

Sawyer; glaciers, on the mainland, at head of Tracy arm of Holkham bay, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Saxaeja, glacier; see Saksaia.

Saxman; settlement or village, 2 miles southeast of Ketchikan, on northeastern 

shore of Tongass narrows, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 55° 19', longitude 131° 36'. Local name, from the Coast 

Pilot of 1901.

SUclisaJc, bay; see Swikshak.

ScacMitak, island; see Sitkalidak. v ;

Scald; point, the western point of entrance to Snug cove, Gambier bay, Ad- 

' miralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Scales (The); apparently a camp in Chilkoot pass. Reported by Flerner in 

1898.

Scammon; bay, in the Yukon delta, Bering sea, on the nor.th side of Cape 

Rornanzof, near latitude 61° 50'. So named by Dall, 1870, after Capt. 

Charles M. Scammon, U. S. R. M.

Scenery; cove, in Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive name, given 

by Thomas, 1887.

Schachun, rock ; see Shakun.. 

SchakMn, strait; see Shakhine.

Schelilcoff, harbor; see Three Saints.

Schiefflin; creek, tributary to Yukon river on the right bank, 20 miles above the 

mouth of the Tanana, near longitude 151° 15'. Shevlin creek is 20 miles 

farther up and on the left bank. Edward and Eff Schiefflin, the discov-
554 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Schiefflin Continued.

erers of gold at Tombstone, Ariz., organized a large party and prospected on the Yukon about here in 1882-83. (Goodrich, Eighteenth 

Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 3, p. 111.) Written Shefflin on 

Edwards' Track Chart of the Yukon (1899) and by Cantwell (1900) ; 

Sheflin by Collier, 1902.

Schikossean; island, one of the Chilkat islands, Lynu canal, southeastern 

Alaska. Native name, reported by the Krause brothers in 1882, and by 

them written Schikossean.

Schikuk, island; see Sullivan.

Schkague, river and town; see Skagway.

Schkaliakh, point; see Thatcher.

Schley; creek, tributary to Nome river from the east, in the Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula. Named by the prospectors, after Admiral 

Winfleld Scott Schley, U. S. N., and name published in 1900.

Schley; creek, eastern Alaska, a small affluent of the Yukon, on the left bank, 

near latitude 65° 15', longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, found on an 

unpublished map in the Coast Survey archives, drawn by E. F. Ball, a 

prospector, 1898.

jSchlitz; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to headwaters of Serpentine river, 

near latitude 65° 50', longitude 164° 50'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Gerdine, 1901.

Schnuna, river; see Shuna.

Schonwetterbery, mountain; see Fairweather.

Schooner; rock, Prince William sound, off Zaikof point, Montague island, on 

the west side of Hinchinbrook entrance, near latitude 60° 18', longitude 

146° 52'. Descriptive name, reported by Westdahl, 1902.

Schoonhoven, creek; see Boulder.

Schroeder, point; see Spruce.

Sclwijek, island; see Shuyak.

Schulze; cove, in,Fish bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by 

United States naval officers, 1880, after Paul Schulze, of Portland, Oreg, 

president of the Northwest Trading Company. Erroneously Shulze.

Schulze, glacier; see Taku.

Schulze; head, the western head of Schulze cove, Fish bay, Baranof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Coghlan, 1884.

Schumachinskaia. One of the Shuuiagin islands (which one is not known) was 

so called by Langsdorf (Voyage, II, 54).

Schuna, river; see Shuna.

Schunachtuli, island; see Shaws.

Schwan; glacier, tributary to Tasnuna river from the south, between Valdez 

and Copper river. So named by Abercrombie, 1898, after Col. Theodore 

Schwan, U. S.' A.

Schwatka; mountain (9,000 feet high), on the south side of Yukon river and

west side of Beaver creek, near latitude 66°, longitude 146° 30'. Named

by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902, after Lieut. Frederick Schwatka,

U. S. A. He reported the Indian name Mkleet-o-kumen-ah (mountain

 with lake on top).

Schwatka; mountains, northwestern Alaska,'between Kobuk and Noatak rivers, 

near latitude 67° 30', longitude 156°. So named by Stoney, 1885-86, 

presumably after Lieut. Frederick Schwatka, U. S. A.

Scolai, pass; see Skolai.

Scookuk, village; see Chiukak.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA. 555

Scotch; gulcb, 8 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, draining 

from the north into Saint Michael creek,- near longitude 165° 07'. Local 

name, published in 1904.

Scotch; gulch, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from the 

east to the headwaters of Snake river, near longitude 165° 23'. Miners' 

name, Scotch-Irish, published in 1900. See Irish.

Scotch Cap; cape, a headland 420 feet high, the southwesternmost point of 

Unimak island, eastern Aleutians, 5 miles west of Seal cape near longitude 164° 47'. Its native name is Hibahibgik, according to Veniaminof, who adds that it constitutes the very end of Unimak, and near it 

are high and rocky pillars. From this point the natives set out to cross 

Unimak pass. Called Kitkhuk by Tebenkof, 1849. Variously written 

Khitkhouk, Khitkouk, Khituk, Kitkuk, etc. Called Scotch cape by the 

Fish Commission, in 1888, and Scotch cap by same, in 1890. So called 

from its resemblance to a Scotch cap or bonnet when seen in profile. 

This cape was reserved for light-house purposes by Executive order 

dated January 4, 1901.

Scotch Cap; light-house, on the southwestern shore of Unimak island, about 2 

miles east of Scotch Cap.

Scotch-Irish, creek; see Scotch gulch and Irish gulch. *

Scotland; sunken rock, between Karpa and Korovin islands, Shumagin group. 

Named by Dall, 1875, after the fishing schooner Scotland, which reported it in 1871.

Scott; peak (3,249 feet high), on Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, 1887, after Gen. Wmfield Scott, 

U. S. A.

Scott; point, on south side of entrance to Ingraham bay, southeast shore Prince 

of Wales island, Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 54° 

57', longitude 131° 58'. So called by local navigators, and reported by 

H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Scott; point, the western head of Mackenzie bay, near Point Barrow, Arctic 

coast. So named by Dease and Simpson, 1837.

Scottie; creek, tributary to the Tanana from the east, near the international 

boundary. Named by Peters and Brooks, 1898, after a member of their 

party.

Scraggy; islands, at northern end of Neva strait, in Salisbury sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Samoilof by Vasilief, 1833, after one of the early 

Russian explorers. Has been shortened on some maps to Sarnoi. Have 

also been called Scraggy, and such is reported to be local usage.

Scraggy; island, on the west side of entrance to Port Frederick, south shore 

Icy strait, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 135° 29'. So named 

by Pratfin 1901.

Scraggy, island; see Fiveniile.

Scraggy; point, Salisbury sound, the northeast point of Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago, three-fourths mile west of Scraggy islands (above). 

Name applied by Moore, 1896.

Screen; group of islands, near the western shore of Etolin island, in Clarence 

strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, 1879.

Scrub; island, in Port Chester. Annette island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Nichols, 1883.

Scud; river, tributary to Stikine river from the east, in the vicinity of the 

international boundary. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891.
556 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Scull; islet (50 feet high), in Young bay, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. Named Scull island by Meade, 1869. Has-also been written 

Skull.

Sea; rock, off Cape Georgiana, at entrance to Salisbury sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Morskoi (sea) by Vasilief, 1833. Morskoi breaker is 

just west of it. -

Seaforth; mining camp, on South fork Koyukuk river, near longitude 151°. 

Prospectors' name, from Schrader, 1899.

Seagull; six rocky islets, between Unalga and Akutan, in Akutan pass, eastern 

Aleutians. Locally known as Chaiki (gull) rocks. The name Chaichi 

(gull)- was published by Tebenkof in 1849. Called Gull rocks by Dall, 

1871, who established a tide gage upon one of them. See Unalga 

island.

Seahorse; islands, low and sandy, on the Arctic coast, a little east of Point 

Belcher. Named Sea Horse by Beechey in August, 1826.

Seal; bay, indenting the northeastern coast of Afognak island, Kodiak group. 

Named Nerpichie (seal) by the Russians.

Seal; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Coal bay, on the southern shore of 

Alaska peninsula, northwest from Unga island. Named Nerpichie 

(seal) by the Russians.

Seal; cape, the southern point of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians, near longitude. 164° 39'. Called Kishuak by Tebenkof, 1849. The natiye name 

of the cape next west from this is, according to Tebenkof, 1849, Kitkhuk, 

and by transposing or confusing names this is often called Khituk. The 

Fish Commission, 1888, called it Seal cape, and it is said to be now 

locally so known.

Seal, cape; see Ikolik.

Seal; cove, on the eastern shore of Chilkat inlet, Lynn canal, southeastern 

Alaska. Named Nerp (seal) by Lindenberg, 1838.

Seal; cove, between Dall bay and Bostwick inlet, southeastern shore Gravina 

island, Nichols passage, Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 10', longitude 131° 03'. Local navigators' name, reported by 

Brooks, 1901.

Seal; island, Prince William sound, 5 or 6 miles east of the north end of Knight 

island, near latitude 60° 30', longitude 147° 20'. Name published by 

the Coast Survey in 1899.

Heal, island, near Atka; see Ikiginak.

Seal; islands, fringing the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, just west of 

Heiden bay. Named Nerpichoi (seal) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Seal; islets, near Seal bay, off the northeastern coast of Afognak island, Kodiak 

group. Named Nerpichie (seal) by the Russians.

Seal; lake, St. George island, Bering sea, on east end near north shore and 

. longitude 169° 31'. So called by Duffield in 1897. According to Put-' 

nam the Aleut name is An'im-al'gera (seal lake).

Seal; rock, near Katmai, Alaska peninsula. Name obtained by Spurr and Post 

in 1898, from Rev. E. Petelin. It appears to be an isolated rock on the 

land.'

Seal; submerged rock, reported at the southeastern margin of Sannak shoals, 

Sannak islands, near latitude 54° 18', longitude 162° 35'. So described 

by Westdahl, 1901.

Seal; rock, near Cape Newenharn, Bristol bay. So named by the Fish Commission in 1890.

Seal;* rocks, in Portland canal, near its head. So named by Pender, 1868.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 557

Seal; rocks, in Hinchinbrook entrance, Prince William sound, near latitude 60° 

10', longitude 146° 47'. Called Rose island by Meares in 1788, and 

Triste (dismal) by tbe Spaniards tbe same year. It is Siucbi (sea 

lion) of tbe Russians and Seal rocks of recent cbarts.

Seal; rocks, near Cbiswell island, off Keuai peninsula, Gulf of Alaska. Named 

Siuchi (sea lion) by the Russians and erroneously translated Seal, the 

name by which it is designated on current maps and charts.

Seal; rocks, off the western end of Kodiak. Named Siuchi (sea lion) by Tebenkof, 1849. Have been called Zufutch, an attempted transliteration of 

Siucbi (sea lion).

Sealed; passage, Felice strait, between Percy and Duke islands, Gravina group, 

Alexander archipelago. Apparently a local and descriptive name, published by the Coast Survey in 1885.

Sealer; creek, tributary to Cripple creek from tbe west, in tbe Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900.

Sealevel; mining camp, at head of Thorne arm, Revillagigedo island, Alexander 

archipelago. A post-office established here in April, 1900, was discontinued in June, 1905.

Sealion, cape, on southern coast of Unimak; see Lutke.

Sealion; cove, indenting tbe northwestern shore of Krmof island, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 57° 18'. Named Siuchia guba (sea lion 

gulf) by Vasilief, 1833. Also written Siouchi, Sioutchi creek, etc.

Sealion; hills, two hills North Sealion and South Sealion, 645 and 679 feet high, 

respectively, on tbe eastern end of St. George island, Bering sea, near 

longitude 169° 30'. So called by Stanley-Brown in 1891. According to 

Putnam the Aleuts call the north hill Alogh'-koverushkil (middle hill) ; 

and the south hill Tug'uua'raro'logh-koverushka' (bill near Tuguuararologh), or, in Russian, Propastchy-Koverushka (hill near Propastchy 

Propastchy and Tugunararologh being names 'for Sealiou point and 

Koverushka (Russian, Kovrisbka meaning a little loaf) used for bill.

Sealion, islet; see Kaligagan.

Sealion; point, near the northeastern end of St. Paul Island, Pribilof group, 

Bering sea. Presumably a local name. Published by the Coast Survey in 1875. Has also been called Sealion Neck.

Sealion; point, on the southeastern shore of St. George island, Pribilof group, 

Bering sea. So called because sea lions haul out here. Name published by tbe Coast Survey in 1875. According to Putnam, called in 

Russian Propastchy (perished), because dead sea lions have been 

found here, and in Aleut, Tug'una'raro'logh (dead sea-lion place).

Sealion; rock, at entrance to Puffin bay, Barauof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Siuchi (sea lion) by the Russjaus.

Sealion; rock, near the eastern end of Akun island, eastern Aleutians. Called 

Sivoutcby (des lions rnarins) by Lutke, 1836.

Sealion; rock, a few miles west of the western end of Atka, middle Aleutians. 

Called Sivoutchy (du lion marin) by Lutke about 1830. Not shown on 

any map.

Sealion; rock, between Rat and Little Kiska islands, Rat island group, western. 

Aleutians. So called by Lutke, about 1830, who writes Sivoutchi (du 

lion marin).

Sealion; rock, near Reef point, on the southern shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof 

group, Bering sea. Named by the Russians. Lutke has Sivoutchi (du 

Jion marin).
558 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Sealion; rocks, off the northwestern coast of Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago, at south side of entrance to Sealion cove. Called Islas de los 

Lobos and Islas de Lobos (wolves, probably meaning seals, lobos 

marinos) by the Spaniards, 1774-1791. Named Suichi (sea lion), by 

Vasilief, 1833. Also written Siouchi, Sioutchi, etc.

Sealion; rocks, south of Uuga, Shumagius. Named Siuchi (sea lion) by the 

Russians. Have also been called Seal rock.

Sealion; rocks, near eastern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named 

Siuchi (sea lion) by the Russians about 1849.

Sealion; rocks, in the Sandman reefs, southwest of Iliasik island. Called 

Sivuchie (sea. lion) by Veniaminof and Siwutschy (see lowen) by 

Grewiugk, 1849.

Sealion; rocks, off the northern side of Amak island, near west end of Alaska 

peninsula, Bering sea. Named Siuchi (sea lion) by Lutke, 1828.

Sea Otter; bank, northeast of Middleton island, Gulf of Alaska. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1869.

Sea Otter; bank or reef, in Shelikof strait, a short distance southwesterly from 

Cape Douglas. Named Bobrof (sea otter) by the Russians. Also Bobrovoi, Bobrow, Bohrow, etc. Has also been translated Beaver.

Sea Otter; bay, indenting the southern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. Called 

Bobrovaia (sea otter) by Lutke about 1830.

Sea, Otter, bay; see Men res passage.

Sea Otter; cove, in Wrangell harbor, Alaska peninsula. Called Port Bobrovoi 

(des loutres) by Lutke.

Sea Otter; harbor, between Baker and Noyes islands, Bucareli bay, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. This place may be the one so named by Meares, 

1788. The identity is doubtful.

Sea Otter; island, east of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named Bobrovie (sea 

otter) by the Russians. Has been erroneously translated Beaver. 

Variously written Bobrow, Bohrow, etc.

Sea Otter, island; see Otter. .

Sea, Otter; islet, between Kanaga and Tauaga islands, Andreanof group, middle 

Aleutians. Billings, 1790, says it was called Bobrovie (sea otter) from 

the number of these animals that formerly held their resting place upon 

it. This name Bobrovie, variously written Bobroff, Bobrow, Bobrovy, 

etc., and translated Beaver, has been applied to this islet. Tebenkof 

adds the word valga, which seems to be the Aleut name; another islet 

southwest from this bearing the name Kavalga.

Sea Otter; islets, north of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. Named Bobrovie (sea 

otter) by the Russian-American Company.

Sea Otter. A group of sunken rocks, south of Augustine island, Cook inlet, are 

indicated with a query (P. D.) on a map of Cook inlet by Dall, 1895.

Sea Otter; sound, on the western border of Prince of Wales archipelago, about 

30 miles north of Sea Otter harbor, in Bucareli bay. This also may be 

the Sea Otter harbor of Meares in 1788. Also called Otter sound.

Sea Otters, bay; see Beaver.

Seat, island; see East Clump.

Seaton; bay. In the Eleventh Census (p. 25) we read: "Nearly opposite New 

Eddystone rock, on the east side of the channel (Behm canal) is-Seaton 

bay. It is about 2 miles wide, and extends into the mainland a distance 

of 15 miles." This appears to refer to Rudyerd bay, or perhaps it is 

an error for Smeaton bay. Seaton bay not found on any chart.

Seattle; bar, at junction of Eureka and Pioneer creeks in the Baker Creek 

region, north side of Tanana river. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Prindle, 1904.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA. 559

Seattle; creek, tributary to Turnagain arm of Cook inlet from the south, Keuai 

peninsula, near longitude 149° 10'. Local name, from Becker, 1895.

Seattle; creek, draining the south slope of the divide between Tariana river 

and the headwaters of Minook creek, near latitude 65°, longitude 

150° 10'. Prospectors' name, reported by Prindle, 1904.

Seattle; creek, tributary to Kruzgamepa river from the south, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Seattle; creek, tributary to Wesley creek from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Seattle; creek, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from the 

east to the head of Snake river, near longitude 165° 23'. Miners' name, 

published in 1900.

Seattle; creek, 7 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

ITox lake from the west, near longitude 165°. Named from Barnard, 

1900.

Seattle, creek ; see Discovery.

Seattle; mountain (10,000 feet high), near the head of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by Russell, 1890, after the city of Seattle. Has 

also been called Bozman.

Seattle; river, tributary, on the left, bank to North fork Koyukuk river, uear 

latitude 67° 30', longitude 150° 40'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Seattle, Jr.; cr,eek, in the Baker Creek region, on the north side of the Tanana, 

tributary to Pioneer creek from the northwest. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Priudle, 1904.

Seattle Point; locality, on Koyukuk river, Inidway between Hogatza and Dulbi 

rivers. Name taken from the Northern Commercial Company's folder 

for 1905.

Sebree; island, in Muir inlet, Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So named, in 

or about 1890, after Commander Uriel Sebree, U. S. N. ' It is Headland 

island of Reid in 1891 (Am. Geologist, 1891, vol. 8, map, p. 228).

Sebree; peak, in tjie eastern part of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Thomas, 1887, after Commander Uriel Sebree, U. S. N.

Seclusion; harbor, in Kuiu island, Keku strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Moore, 1892.

Second; lake, on Kenai peninsula, draining into Skilak or Kaknu or Kenai lake. 

Name published "by the Coast Survey in 1898. The existence of this 

lake is doubtful. See Ben lake and Kenai lake.

Second; narrows, in Redfish bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Moser, 1897.

Second, point; see Inner.

Second, rapids; see Southern.

Second Kekur; an isolated rock or rocky islet, off the southwestern coast of 

Barauof island, Alexander archipelago. Also written Kekoor and 

Kekour. See Kekur.

Second Priest; pinnacle rock, at the southern point of entrance to Summer bay, 

Unalaska bay, near longitude 166° 28'. Locally so called, the similar 

pinnacle rock off Cape Kalekta, about 7 miles north of this, being 

known as Priest rock. On the charts this Second Priest rock is merely 

designated Pinnacle. This rock has been reserved for light-house purposes by Executive order dated January 4, 1901. In that order it is 

called Pinnacle.

Secret; creek, on south coast of Seward peninsula, Norton sound, 5 miles east 

of Solomon river, near longitude 164° 15'. Prospectors' name, Secret 

Ravine creek, on a local map, 1904, and Secret creek, by Gerdine, 1905.
560 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Security; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Kuiu island, Alexander 

archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Meade, 1869, who in that year 

visited and made a reconnaissance of it.

Security; roads, at entrance to Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869.

Sedaghur, island; see Biorka.

Sedanka, cape; see Umshaliak.

Sedanka. Sarichef, 1792, shows a native settlement at Umshaliuk cape, on the 

north shore of Unalaska. It does not appear on later maps. *

Sedanka, village; see Biorka.

Sedaru; Eskimo settlement, on the Arctic coast, at Point Belcher. Name from 

Ray, 1885. Has also been called Sedard, Sedaro, Sezaro, and may be 

identical with Atuik. According to Murdoch, 1883, it is Sedaro or 

Sedaru. Also called Nunaria on some charts. See also Atuik.

Seduction; island, off Seduction point, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Dall, 1880.

Seduction; point, on the mainland,, in northern part of Lynu canal, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 1794. Has also been called Seduction Tongue. Tebenkof translates it Soblazna (seduction).

Seer-lcivet, lake; see Sirkwet.

Reer-lcwet, river; see Takhini.

Seethah; old village site, on St. Paul island, Bering sea, on southwest point, 

near longitude 170° 25'. Local name, from Elliott, 1872-1874.

Seetien,. island; see Great Sitkin.

Seet-oht, river; see Chetaut.

See-tuc7c, river; see Situk.

SeevooJcuJc, cape and Eskimo village; see Chibukak and Gambell.

Seguam; island (2,098 feet high), the easternmost of the Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. . Native name, from Sarichef, about 1790. Variously 

written Segouam, Siguarn, Signam, and, by error, Genuuam and Tenounam. Has also been called Goreli (burnt).

Seguam; pass, about 15 miles wide, between Amlia and Seguam islands, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. So called by Lutke, 1830.

Segula, island; see Chugui.

Sekulmun; lake, in latitude 61° 30', longitude 137° 30'. Apparently a native 

name, which has also been spelled Sekulman. The above form, Sekulmun, has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Selawik; lake, a tidewater lake connecting with Hotharn inlet, near Kotzebue 

sound, northwestern Alaska, about latitude 66° 30', longitude 161°. 

Native name, presumably from some of. the Franklin search expeditions, 

about 1850. Written Salawik, Selawik, Silawik, etc. According to 

John Murdoch it is pronounced Silawik.

Selawik; river, tributary to Selawik lake. Has also been written Sal-a-wik and 

Selawick.

Selby; lake, near the Arctic circle, drained by the Kobuk river. Explored and 

named by Stoney, 1884. This is Nudre-wok or Nud-re-wok lake of 

Cantwell, 1885.

Seldevaia, cove; see Herring.

Seldovia; bay, indenting the southern shore of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. 

Called Seldevoi (herring) by Tebenkof, 1849. Variously written Saldovia, Soldovoi, etc. The native name appears to be Chesloknu, and 

was published by the Coast Survey, following Dall, J883. Erroneously 

Chestoknu.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 561

Seldovia; point, the eastern point of entrance to Seldovia bay, Kachemak bay, 

Cook inlet. Called Soldovoi by-Dall, 1883, the bay having been called 

Seldovoi (herring) by Tebenkof.

Seldovia; post-office and village, at Seldovia bay, Cook inlet. The name is derived from the name of the bay. The post-office was established here 

November, 1898.

Selenia, point; see Settlement.

Selenie; lake, on the northern shore of Graham harbor, Cook inlet. The Coast

Survey atlas of harbor charts (1869, map 6) has a sketch of " Port Gra-

. ham from Archimaudritoff's Survey," on which appears Celenic lake;

This is obviously a mistaken rendering of the Russian word Selenie

(settlement).

Selenie; point, on eastern shore of Pavlof bay, Alaska peninsula. Tebenkof 

shows a settlement (sel'enie) at this point, whence the name Selenie, 

given by Dall in 1880. This village was called Pavlovsk by Petrof, 1880.

Seletsneva, bay, cape and village; see Duck.

Self ridge; bay, on the southern coast of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. Perhaps this is a synonym for Doubtful harbor of Berry in 1881.

Selin; creek, eastern Alaska, on the west hank of Charley river, which is affluent to the Yukon, from the south; near longitude 143°. Prospectors' 

name, from sketch map compiled by % Major Glassford, Signal Corps, 

U. S. A., 1905.

SeltatMn, tributary of Klehini river; see Glave creek.

SeltatMnschoJcschage. The -Krause brothers, 1882, report Seltat-hin-schok-schage 

to be the native name of a mountain peak near the headwaters of the 

Klehini river, southeastern Alaska.

Semenoffslcy, island ; see Simeonof.

Semichi; islands (818 feet high), just east of Attu, western Aleutians. Discovered by the early Russians and named Semichi, from the Russian 

Semik, says Dall, the feast on the seventh Thursday after Easter, on 

which day they were discovered. Perhaps they are St. Abram of Bering 

in 1741. Coxe, 1780, calls them Shemya. Variously written Semitsch, 

Semitschi, etc.

Semida. Langsdorf, 1813, calls the Semidi islands Eudocia (Ewdokijefftian), 

and one of the group, not identified, Semida. which name, spelled 

Semidi, is now applied to the group. According to Saner (Billings's 

Voyage, 200), the largest of the group is Simedau or Simediin. See 

C.howiet. ' (/

Semidi; a group of about seven small islands, off Alaska peninsula, southwest 

from Kodiak, near longitude 156° 50'; thought to have been discovered by Bering in August, 1741, and named Tuinannoi (foggy). Either 

this group or the adjacent Chirikof island was identified by Cook, 1778, 

. with Bering's Foggy islands. Billings, 1802, calls them Simedan, and 

in the Spanish atlas of Galiano, 1802, appears the name Isla Fogoi.' 

About the beginning of the century the group received from the Russians the name of Eudoxia or Eudocia, which has appeared under the 

forms Ewdokijefftian and Evdokeevskies. On old Russian charts they 

are called Semidi or Eudokievskie. In 1868 they were called by the 

Coast Survey Seven islands. Sem is the Russian numeral seven. By 

a. blunder in transliteration they were once called^Zumik.

Semidin, island; see Chowiet. "

Bull. 299 06 M 36
562 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Semisoppchnoi; island (3,112 feet high), one of the Rat island group, .northeast 

of Amchitka, western Aleutians. The descriptive name, Sernisopochnoi 

(seven peaks), was given, apparently by Sarichef, about 1790. It has 

been variously written Sernisopotchny, Semi Soposhna, Semisopokh. 

Island of the seven mountains, 7 Mountains, etc.

Senati; native village, on the right bank of Yukon river, " just below Rarnpart 

Rapids." So called by Raymond, in 1869, who says it was the first 

native village met with on the Yukon in descending from Fort Yukon. 

It was occupied by Senati, an old Kutchin, and his people. Raymond 

called it Senati's village. ;

Seniavin; cape, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, a little east of Port 

Moller. So named by Lutke, 1828, after his vessel. Also written 

Seniavine.

Sentinel; hill, northern Alaska, on the west side of Colville river,~near latitude 

70°. So named by Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Sentinel; island, in southern part of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by Meade, 1869. This island was reserved for lighthouse purposes by Executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Sentinel; peak (4,250 feet high), at head of Glacier bay. So named by Reid, 

1892. £

Sentinel; peak (2,024 feet high), on Kabuch point, at the southwestern extremity of Alaska peninsula, near longitude 163° 20'. Descriptive 

name, reported by Westdahl, 1901.

Sentinel; point, on the southern shore of Port Snettisharn, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1888.

Sentinel; rock, near the Western channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by United States naval officers, 1879.

Sentinels (The); group of five islets in Tlevak strait, west of the Nichols 

group, Alexander archipelago. Called Sentinel islands by Nichols, 1881.

Sentinels (Three); three peaks, western Alaska, on the headwaters of Uualaklik river, near latitude 63° 50'. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

SeoolciiJc, Eskimo village; see Chiukak.

Seppings; cape, on the Arctic coast, between Point Hope and Cape Krusenstern. Named Seppings by Beechey, - 1827. Has also been written Sepping. The Eskimo village here has been called Cape Seppiug, and also 

Kivalinagmiut.

Serebrenikof, arm or bay ; see Silver bay.

Seredka; open bay, on the southeastern shore of Akun island, Krenitzen group, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 165° 30'. Called Seredkinskoi (middle) by Veniaminof, who says a village of 2 huts (yourts), containing 

16 people, existed here in 1830.

Sergief; bay, indenting the southern shore of Atka island, middle Aleutians. 

Called Sergieff and Sergheieff by Lutke. A Russian family name.

Sergief; island, at mouth of Stikine river. So named by the Ri/nda party, 

1863, after a member of the party, who was drowned at Sergief rapid 

in the Sitkine.

Sergief; peninsula and volcano, on northwestern coast of Atka, middle Aleutians. So called by Lutke about 1830. Has been called Sarytcheff 

peninsula. Grewingk has Vulkan Sariitschew and Sergejewsky-Rerg.

Sergief; rapid, in Stikine river. So named by the Rynda party, who lost a 

man of that name at this place.

Sergius; channel, S§rgius narrows, Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Name so applied by Moore, 1895.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 563

Sergius; narrows, in Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by Coghlan, 1884.

Sergius; point, on Chichagof island, in Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently so named by Coghlan, 1884.

Seroskt; Eskimo village (?) on the tJnalaklik river, 11$ miles east of Eaton. 

Probably native name, found in Reindeer Report for 1900'(p. 75), Bureau of Education.

Serpentine; glacier, tributary to Harriinan fiord, Port Wells, Prince William 

sound. Descriptive name, given by the Harrinmn expedition, 1899.

Serpentine; river, Seward peninsula, tributary to Shishinaref inlet, from the 

southeast. Descriptive name, reported by Gerdine, 1901. It was 

explored and named by Charles McLennan, a prospector/1900.

Settlement; point, Afognak bay, Afognak. Named Selenia (settlement) by the 

Russians.

Setuk, river and village; see Situk.

Seven, islands; see Semidi. ' 

SevenrMile, point; see Uyak cape.

Seven Sisters (The); group of.rocky islets off the northwestern shore of Hiu-. 

chinbrook island, Prince William sound/ So called by ^Abercrombie,

1898. '

Seventeenmile; island, in Yukon river, 12 miles above Fort Yukon, about longitude 145°. Name taken from Edwards' Track Chart of the Yukon,

1899.

Seventymile; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the west, near latitude 65°. 

Prospectors' name, published in 1898 by the Coast Survey. The creek 

is about 70 miles below old Fort Reliance.

Seventymile; mining camp, on Yukon river, left bank, 5 miles above mouth of 

Seventymile creek. Prospectors' name.

Sevenuka; creek, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Alatna river from the 

north, near longitude 153° 30'. Eskimo name, reported by Mendenhall 

and Reaburn in 1901.

Severnoye, point, St. Paul island; see North.

Sevidow, islets ; see Vsevidof.

Seward; creek, tributary to Mission creek from the west, in the Eagle mining 

region. Local name, published in 1899.

Seward; glacier, tributary to Malaspina glacier, in the St. Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell, 1890, after the Hon. William 

Henry Seward, who negotiated the purchase of Alaska by the United 

States.

Seward. The southeastern part of Wrangell island was, in 1879, named Seward 

island by Dall, then writing the Coast Pilot. Surveys since made 

show that this supposed island does not exist.

Seward; mountains (about 4,000 feet high), west of Portland canal. So named 

by Pender, 1868.

Seward; passage, in Ernest sound, separating Deer island from Cleveland peninsula. So named by Snow, 1886.

Seward; peninsula, of western Alaska, between Kotzebue and Norton sounds. 

It has been so designated on maps and in the texts of several publications since the gold excitement of 1898, this having been suggested by 

Governor Brady in compliment to Hon. William H. Seward. The name 

Kaviak was proposed by Dall, 1869, who in his Alaska (p. 268) says: 

" The great peninsula inclosed by the waters of Norton Bay and Sound, 

Bering Strait, the Arctic Ocean, and Kotzebue Sound it is proposed to
564 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Seward Continued.

call the Kaviak Peninsula, from the native name of Kavi-ia,k and the 

Kaviak Innuit, who inhabit it." This name Kaviak appears-to have 

never come into use. It has not been found on any map. The names 

Suniuer peninsula and Nome peninsula were also proposed and published 

in 1900. -

Seward; town and post-office (established in 1904), on Resurrection bay, southwestern shore Kenai peninsula.

Seward City, camp and lauding, Lynn canal; see Comet.

Sewidoiv, volcano ; see Vsevidof.

Sextant; point, the western point of entrance to Tamgas harbor, Annette island, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Seymour; canal, indenting Admiralty island from the south, Alexander archipelago. Called Seymour's channel by Vancouver, 1794.

Sezaro, village; see Sedaru.

Sfaganuk; Eskimo village, on tlie mainland, east of Nunivak island, Bering sea. 

Visited by Nelson in December, 1878, and its name reported in his text 

to be Sfoganugainiut. On his map it is Sfagauugamute, i. e., Sfaganuk 

people.

Shag, bay; see Urilia.

Shag; islet, near the northwestern shore of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. 

Named Urili (shag or cormorant, G-raculus bicristatus) by the RussianAmerican Company, 1849.

Shag; rock, at head of Sanborn harbor, Nagai island, Shumagins. So named by 

Dall, 1872.

Shag; rocks, in Kupreauof strait, Kodiak group. Named Urilie (shag) by the 

Russians.

Shagak; bay, indenting the western shore of Adak island, Audreauof group, 

middle Aleutians. Aleut name from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been 

written Chagakh.

Shageluk; native village, on the northern bank of the Shageluk slough. So 

called by Dall in 1866. Tikhmenief, 1861, shows several villages here 

bearing long names, none of them resembling this one. They are 

Kushichagat, Tizhgelede, Tlegozhitno, Intenleiden, Kuingshtetakten,

and Inselnostleide. None of them appear on modern maps. Petrof, 

1880, calls them collectively the Chageluk settlements.

Shageluk; slough, on left bank of the Yukon and joining it near Holy Cross mission. So written by Dall, 1866. Tikhmenief, 1861, wrote it Chageliuk; 

Petrof, 1880, Chageluk; and Raymond, 1869, Shagelook.

Shagulik; island, off the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, northeast of 

Sutwik island. Native name, from the Russians.

Shahafka; cove, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak, near latitude 57° 47', longitude 

152° 24'. Named Peschanoi (sandy) by the Russians, 1808-1810, but 

by Tebenkof, 1849, called Shahafka. Has been written Chagafka.

Shaiak; islet, east of and near Cape Peirce, on north shore of Bristol bay. 

Sarichef, 1826, calls it Morzhevoi (walrus) and adds the native name 

Shaiak. Tebenkof also calls it Shaiak.

Shakan; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Prince of Wales island and 

opening into Suinuer -strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 

56° 10', longitude 133° 30'. Name of Indian origin, and written Shakan, 

Shakaan, and Shukau. Sachine and Shakhine are probably only other 

renderings of the same word.

Shakan; islet, at southern point of entrance to Shakan bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago, near latitude 56° 08', longitude 133° 38'. Native name.
 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 565

Shakan; strait, in Shakan bay, separating Hamilton island from Kosciusko 

island, Alexander archipelago. Also written Shakaau.

Shakan Nipples; see Nipples (The).

Shakan; Indian village, post-office (established in June, 1886), and sawmill, 

Kosciusko island, Alexander archipelago. In the Eleventh Census 

(1890, p. 34) we read " Chican, about 60 miles north of Klawak," and 

also " Sawmill and about a dozen houses built some 10 years ago." 

Originally known as Hamiltons Mill.

Shakes; mountain, in the southern part of Etolin island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow, -1886, after Shakes, an Indian chief.

Shakine; supposed strait or passage, in western part of Prince of Wales archipelago, connecting Sea Otter sound and Bucareli bay. Variously written Shakhine, Sachiue, Schakhiu, etc. Native name, from the Russians. 

Apparently only another form of the word Shakau.

ShaJcmanof, bay; see Kizhuyak.

Shakmanof; cape, near Spruce island, on the northeastern shore of Kodiak. 

Named Shakmanof by Murashef, 1839-40. Tebeukof, 1.849, calls it 

Riph (reef) point and also Cape Chiniak.

Shaktolik; bay, in the eastern part of Norton sound. Called by the natives 

Chacktoole, according to Cook, 1778; and Shaktol, Shaktoli, and Shaktolik by the Russians. Into it flows Shakt61Rv river, and on its shore 

is the Eskimo village Shakt61ik.

Shaktolik; Eskimo village, at mouth of Shaktolik river, Norton sound. Native 

name. Has also been written Shaktolit. Population in 1880, 60; in 

 1890, 38.

Shaktolik; hills, or mountains, near the Shaktolik river, east of Norton sound. 

So called by Dall in his Alaska (pp. 24, 152, etc.).

Shaktolik; river, tributary to eastern part of Norton sound. Eskimo name, 

from Tebenkof, 1849. 

Shakun; rock, in Shelikof strait, near Swikshak bay. Native name, from the 

Russians: Has been written Schachun and Schakhun.

Shaliakh, point; see Thatcher.

Shallow, bay; see'Dry.

Shallow-water, point; see Ronianof.

Shallows; point, the northeastern point of Whale island, near Kodiak. Named 

Melkowadia (little water) by Murashef, 1839-40. Called Dolphin 

point by Moser, 1900. See Dolphin.

Shaman; island, off the western end of Douglas island, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield in 1890. Shaman means 

an Indian medicine man or doctor.

Shaman. A place on the north bank of Yukon river, at mouth, of Dall river, 

about 10 miles above the trading post Fort Hamlin, near longitude 

149° 06'; is called Shamans Village on late charts. There is no village 

at this place. Shaman, the Siberian term for sorcerer, was introduced 

by the Russians to designate the native medicine man.

Shaman; point, in Wrangell harbor, Alexander archipelago. So named by Zarernbo, 1834. Zarembo's sketch was published, 1848, on Russian Hydrographic chart No. 1396. Called Zhemani on United States Hydrographic chart 225.

Shantatalik; small stream, tributary, from the north, to Tustuinena lake, Kenai 

peninsula. Native name, from Wosnesenski, 1840, given by Grewingk 

as Tschantatalich. Perhaps it is Shanta-tulik, Shanta region.

Shapka; island (700 fee^t high), one of the Chiachi group, on southern shore of 

Alaska peninsula. Named Shapka (hat) by the Russians.
566 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Shariepof, cape; see Izhut.

Sharp; ledge, in Swauson harbor, Icy strait, near entrance to Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1890.

Sharp; mountain (1,227 feet high), north of Cape Fox, Dixon entrance. So 

named by Nichols, 1883.

Sharp; peak (5,900 feet high), north of Valdez glacier. So named by Abercrombie, 1898.

Sharp;-point, on Revillagigedo island, in Behm canal, west of Smeaton island. 

So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 6

Sharp; point, at entrance to Eliza harbor, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Sharp; point, on northern shore of Port Snettisham, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1888.

Shashelci, pass; see Chilkoot and White.

Shashgat; bay, apparently an arm of Igak bay, Kodiak; was so called by Lisianski, in 1805 (Voyage, pp. 184-185).

Shasta; small creek, on the southern shore at the eastern end of Karluk lagoon, 

near the outlet of Karluk river, southwestern coast of Kodiak, near 

latitude 57° 30'. Local name, and so described by H. C. Fassett, of the 

U. S. Fish Commission, in 1900.

Shasta; creek, tributary to Harris creek, which in turn is a tributary to North 

fork Kougarok river, near latitude 65° 41', longitude 164° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Shaw, bay ; see Urilia.

Shaw; creek, debouching on the north bank of Tanana river, near longitude 

146° 20'. It is the principal tributary between Goodpaster and Salcha 

rivers. Called Thompson by Lieutenant Gibbs, of the Signal Corps, 

U. S. A., 1902; but Prindle reports it, 1904-5, known to the miners as 

Shaw creek.

Shaw; island, near Cape Douglas, Cook inlet. Named Shaw's by Vancouver, 

1794. Called Kamishak by Tebenkof, 1849. The Aleut name is Shunaktuli, which Grewingk writes Schunachtuli.

Shaw; islands, on the west side of Idaho inlet, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago, 

near longitude 136° 15'. So named by Dickins, probably after E. V. 

Shaw, a member of his party in 1902.

Shayak; island, in Marmot bay, between Afognak and Kodiak. So called by

Tebenkof, 1849. See also Hog. 

Shea; creek, Seward peninsula, Casadepaga drainage, tributary to Birch creek

from the east, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 164° 08'. Prospectors'

name, from Gerdine, 1905.

She Beaver; see Beaver creek, Beaver slough and Hosiana river. 

Shed; mountain (2,620 feet high), between Nakat inlet and Willard inlet, southeastern Alaska. So named by Nichols, 1883. 

Shedden; point, one of the points of entrance to Refuge inlet, just west of Point

Barrow. Apparently so named by British naval officers engaged in the

Franklin search expeditions, 1849-1853. 

Shee-gar-rik-puk, river; see Squirrel. 

8hee-lee-Ue-to1c, river; see Squirrel. 

Sheenjek; river, tributary to the Porcupine from the north, near longitude

144° 30'. Late Coast Survey charts call it Salmon river, and earlier

ones give Sheenjek or Salmon. Name apparently first published in 1895. 

Sheep; bay and point, north shore of Orca bay, Prince William sound, near

latitude 60° 40', longitude 145° 56'. Probably a local name from Moser,

1897) who called the bay Sheep or Jackson,
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 567

Sheep; creek, on the mainland, 4 miles southeast of Juueau, southeastern 

Alaska, and tributary to Gastineau channel, near latitude 58° 15', 

longitude 134° 20'. Local name, published in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 

152).

Sheep; creek, 25 miles northeast of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska, near latitude 

60° 28', longitude 143° 45'. Prospectors' name, reported by Martin, 

1905.

Sheep; creek, tributary to Kotsina river from the south. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdiiie, 1900.

Sheep; creek, on the east side of Copper River delta, between Miles glacier and 

Martin river, near latitude 60° 30', longitude 144° 45'. Local name, 

reported by Martin, 1905.

Sheep; creek, in the Copper River region, tributary to Chitistone river from the 

east. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader, 1903.

Sheep; creek, tributary to Dietrich river from the east, near latitude 68°, longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader, of the Geological 

Survey, 1899, and erroneously applied to Trembley creek, a nearby 

tributary on the opposite bank. Has also been called David creek.

Sheep; creek, in the Talkeetna mountains, northeast of Cook inlet, tributary on 

the east bank of Chickaloon creek, a north branch of Matanuska river; 

near latitude 62° 20', longitude 148° 20'. So called by Gleun, 1898. 

' Sheep; creek, tributary from the east to the head of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet, 

near latitude 59° 45'. Local name, from Stone, 1904.

Sheep; creek, in the Kantishna region, at the head of Glen creek on the east 

(right) bank of Moose creek. So'named by prospectors, 1905, and reported by Prindle.

Sheep; creek, 12 miles northwest of Fairbanks, tributary on the south bank of 

Goldstream creek, near longitude 148°. Prospectors' name, from a local 

map, 1905.

Sheep; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary on south bank of Birch creek, near latitude 65° 20', longitude 144° 35'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1905.

Sheep; creek, in the Fortymile region, tributary to Yukon river from the west, 

10 miles below Seventymile creek, near latitude 65°, longitude 141° 20'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Cantwell, 1900.

Sheep; creek, tributary to Robert creek, near the headwaters of the Koyukuk. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader, 1899.

Sheep; gulch, north side Chichokna river, on the western slope of Mount Wrangell, near latitude 62°, longitude 144° 28'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Gerdine, 1902.

Sheep; gulch, in the Copper River region, at the headwaters of Chititu creek. 

Prospectors' name. First appears on map of Nizina mining district 

by George M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902.

Sheep; island, one of the Galankin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Barani (sheep) by Vasilief, 1809. Has been written Barani 

and Baranie.

Sheep; lake, north shore St. Paul island, Bering sea, near longitude 170° 12'. 

Local name, reported by Stanley-Brown, 1891.

Sheep; mountain (4,286 feet high), about 4 miles southeast of Juneau, southeastern Alaska. Local name, reported by Peters, 1902.

Sheep Camp; mining camp, near the head of Talya river, southeastern Alaska, 

Reported by Flemer, 1898.
568 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Sheep Creek; flat, bare at ordinary low water, extending one-third the distance 

across Gastineau channel, from the mouth of Sheep creek (above). So 

described in the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Sheep Creek; settlement, on the north side of Gastineau channel, at the mouth 

of Sheep creek (above). Local name from the.Coast Pilot of 1901.

Sheer-off-there; rock, in Portillo channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Alargate-alla (sheer-off-there) by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

Shefflin, creek; see Schiefflin.

Sheftin, creek ; see Schiefflin.

ShelcaJc, sound; see Honiah.

Shekesti; point, the southern point of entrance to Wrangell harbor, Wrangell 

island, Alexander archipelago. So called by Zarembo, 1834. On United 

States Hydrographic chart 225-it is Zhekiski.

She-kluck-she-uck, river; see Pick.

Sheklukshuk; range, northwestern Alaska, just east of Waring mountains, 

south of Kobuk river, near the Arctic circle and longitude 157°. Eskimo 

name, reported by Mendenhall, 1901.

Shekt; islet, in Wrangell harbor, Alexander archipelago. Apparently a native 

name, reported by Zarembo in 1834. Zarembo's sketch of Wrangell 

harbor, whereon this name appears, was published in 1848 on Russian 

Hydrographic chart 1396. On Hydrographic chart 225 this is called 

Shake island.

Sheldon, island; see Channel.

Shelikof; bay, indenting the western shore of Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians after Grigori Ivanovich Shelikof, 

founder of the Russian-American Company. It is the Port Mary of 

Vancouver, 1794. Called Mary bay on some charts, and Puerto de 

Guadalupe in Galiano's atlas, 1802. Has-been mistranslated Silk bay. 

Present usage applies the name Shelikof to the whole bay and restricts 

the name Mary to a cove or small bight within the bay.

Shelikof, harbor; see Three Saints bay.

Shelikof, lake; see Iliamna.

Shelikof; strait, separating Kodiak from the mainland. So called by the Russians in the last century after Grigori Ivauovich Shelikof. Cook, who 

saw its northeastern end, in 1778, called it Smokey bay on account of 

the smoke seen on Point Banks, and its southwestern end Whitsuntide 

bay. Meares traversed it in August, 1786, and named it Petrie's strait, 

after William Petrie. The Spaniards, 1788, called it Canal de Flores. 

The Russians usually called it Aliaskinskoi or Shelikof, although it 

appears on an official map of 1802 as Kenai strait. And finally Shelikof 

has been written Chelekhoff, Helikoff, Shelikhoff, etc.

Shell, bay; see Rakovoi.

Shell; creek, tributary to Skwentna river from the north, near longitude 151° 

30'. So named by Spurr, 1898, after P. G. Shell, who prospected in this 

region in 1887.

Shell; hills (1,500 to 1,700 feet high), on the north bank of Skwentna river, 

about 60 miles north of Cook inlet. So named by Spurr, 1898, after 

P. G. Shell, who prospected in this region in 1887.

Shell, island; see Mogilnoi.

Shelter; bay, on the northwestern shore of Hinchinbrook island, Prince William 

sound. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Shelter; island, at junction of Stephens passage and Lynn canal, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 569

Shelter; islet, near the southern end of Long island, Chiniak bay, Kodiak.

Named Ubezhitza (shelter) by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810. 

Shelter; point, the eastern point of Killisnoo island; Hood bay, Chatham strait,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869. : 

Shemya, islands ; see Semichi. 

Shepard; creek, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, a small tributary of

Nome River from the west, near longitude 165° 18'. Local name, from

Gerdine, 1904.

Shepard, creek; see Upland. 

Shepherd; creek, in the Controller Bay region, tributary to Bering lake from the

north, near latitude 60° 20', longitude 144° 10'. Named, 1899, after

F. H. Shepherd, a mining engineer of Nanaimo, British Columbia. Reported by Martin, 1903. 

Shepherd; creek, tributary to Snake river from the west, in the Nome mining

region, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. Has also

been written Shepard. 

Sheridan; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Beflr creek from the east, near

latitude 65° 35', longitude 161°. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1903. 

Sheridan; glacier, terminating on Copper River delta, near latitude 60° 30',

longitude 145° 15'. So named by Abercrornbie, 1884, after Gen. Phil. H.

Sheridan, U. S. A. 

Sheridan; peak (3,514 feet high), on Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof island,

Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, 1887, after Gen.. Philip

Henry Sheridan, U. S. A. 

Sheridan, river; see Glacier.

Sherman; creek, on the mainland, southeastern Alaska, debouching on the eastern shore of Lynn canal, at Point Sherman, near latitude 58° 52'.

Prospectors' name, reported by Spencer and Wright, 1903. 

Sherman; peak (3,984 feet high), on Lindeuberg peninsula, Kupreanof island,

Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, 1887, after Gen. William

Tecumseh Sherman, U. S. A. 

Sherman; point, on the eastern shore of Lynn canal, 'Alexander archipelago.

Named by Meade, 1869, after Gen. William Tecnmseh Sherman, U. S.

A. This point was reserved for light-house purposes by Executive

order dated January 4, 1901. 

Sherman; sunken rock, off Sherman point, Lyun canal, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Mansfield, 1890. 

Sheshalek; Eskimo village, on the northern shore of Kotzebue sound, north of

the mouth of Noatak, river. Reported by Petrof, 1880, as Sheshalegamute, i. e., Sheshalek people. Stoney names a village in the same place

She-sur-are-lick. See also Auyok. Population in 1880, 100. 

She-sur-are-lick, native village; see Sheshalek. 

Shevenak; Eskimo village, on the left bank of Kuskokwirn river, near its mouth..

Native name, from Nelson, 1878-79, who wrote it Shevenagamute, i. e.,

Shevenak people. Petrof, 1880, gives its population as 58, and its name

Shovenagamute in his text (p. 17) and Shevenagamute on his map.

Population, in 1890, 62, and spelling Shovenagamiut. 

Shevlin; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the south, between the Ramparts

and mouth of the Tanana. Goodrich says probably named after the

Schiefflin brothers, who prospected that region in 1882-83. See also

Sancho and Schiefflin. 

ShiganiJc, island; see Wingham.
570 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIOKABY OF ALASKA.

Shilgi; islet, southeast from Sitkin island, middle Aleutians. Name from the 

Russians. Identity of the island doubtful.

Rhiltonato, river; see Innoko.

Shinagrua; Eskimo village, on the Arctic coast-, east of Point Barrow. The 

name appears on Coast Survey map 20, of 1869, and presumably on 

earlier maps, but is not shown on recent maps.

Shingle; island at entrance to Totem bay, Sunmer strait, Alexander archipelago. So. named by Helm, 1886.

Shingle; point, Alaska peninsula, on the eastern shore Hereudeen bay, 8 miles 

south of Point Divide, near longitude 160° 45'. Descriptive name, 

given by Tanner, 1890.

Shingnek; creek, northwestern Alaska, tributary on the north bank of Kobuk 

river, near longitude 157° 20'. Eskimo name, written Shung-nack .by 

Stoney in 1885, and Shingnek by Mendenhall in 1901.

Shiniak; native village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay, north of the 

- Kanektok river mouth. It is usually Shiniagamute, i. e., Shiniak people. 

Name Shiniagmiut^ published in Sarichef s 'atlas, 1826. At this place 

is located a mission warehouse and on some maps appears as Warehouse, on others, Mission Warehouse.

Ship; bay, indenting the western shore of Resurrection bay, Kenai peninsula, 5 

miles south of the town of Seward. Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Ship; cove, in Port Conclusion, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named 

by Vancouver, 1794, who moored his ships here.

Ship; island, near shore of Cleveland peninsula, Clarence strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Baker, 1880, on account of its appearance 

from the south. A rock near it has been called Ship rock and the 

point behind it Ship point and Ship Island point (Coast Pilot, p. 87, 

and map, p. 72).

Ship, island; see Error.

Ship, island; see Labouchere.

Ship, island; see Sail.

Ship; islands, eastern a shore Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago, between 

Kassa inlet and Shipwreck point; near latitude 54° 55', longitude 132° 

34'. Name from Dickins, 1905.

Ship; islet, between Davison and Sextant points, near entrance to Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. Named Karablin (ship) by 

Etolin, 1833. . '

Ship; high rock or islet, in Umnak pass, eastern Aleutians. Called Karablin 

(ship) by the Russians. Lutke calls it a high rock, which the Russians 

of the country call the ship and the Aleuts Tanghinakh. Veniaminof 

has Ship (tanginak). See also Pustoi.

Ship; rock, in the vicinity of Bogoslof island, Bering sea. An island with rocks 

about it is shown on the track chart of Krenitzin and Levashef, 1768, 

in Coxe, 1780. On Billing's track chart, published by Sauer in 1802, 

is shown an islet in this vicinity, and near it the name Ship I. A 

rock, resembling a ship, near the site of Bogoslof, was described by Cook 

in 1786. Cook (vol. 2, p. 526) describes it as an "elevated rock like a 

tower," but gives it no name in his text In 1884, according to Cantwell, it was 87 feet high and stood on a spit connecting old and new 

Bogoslof. It fell between 1887 and 1890, and has disappeared.

Shipinskaia, river; see Sturgeon.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. 571

Shipley; hay, in Kosciusko island, and opening into Sumner strait, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 56° 05', longitude 133° 35'. Named by Snow, 

1886, after Ensign John Harry Shipley, U. S. N., a member of his 

party.

Shipwreck; point, on the northeastern shore of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moser, 1897.

ShVrokaia, bay; see Broad.

Shishaldin; small river, on the north shore of Unimak, near longitude 163° 50', 

"abounding in redflsh," says Veniarninof, 1840 (I, 215).

Shishaldin; volcano (9,387 feet high), on Unimak island, eastern Aleutians, 

- near latitude 54° 45', longitude 163° 58'. Seen and named by Sarichef 

on June 18, 1790, who gives, according to Grewingk, Agajedan as its 

native name. According to Veniaminof, its native name is Sisaguk. 

Variously written Chichaldinskoi, Shushaldinskaia, etc. Its height as 

measured by Lutke in 1828 was 1,400 toises (8,953 English feet). 

Kotzebue found its height to be 5,525 English feet, according to Lutke, 

or 7,154 according to Grewingk. Tebenkof gives 8,755 feet and the 

Coast Survey 9,387 feet for its height.

SMslialdinski, village; see Sisaguk.

SMshkof, cape; see Lapin.

SMshkof, point; see Cave.

Skishmaref; cape, the southernmost point of Hall island, Bering sea. Named 

Shishrnareva (Shishmaref's) on Russian Hydrographic chart 1455 (ed. 

of 1852), after Capt. Lieut. Glieb Semeonovich Shishmaref, who accom-' 

panied Kotzebue, 1815-1818.

SMshmaref, cape ; see Northeast.

Shishmaref; inlet, indenting the northern shore of Seward peninsula, Arctic 

ocean. So named by Kotzebue in August, 1816, after Lieutenant Shishmaref, who accompanied him in his explorations in 1816. Variously 

written Chichrnareff, Schischmareff, etc.

Shisloiso; hills, in the upper Kuskokwim region, on the southwest side of 

Lake Minchumina, near latitude 64°, longitude 152°. Native name 

written by Herron, 1899, Shiss-loy-so, probably from the Indian word 

shis (bear).

Shisnona; river, in the Kuskokwim region, a right branch of the Chedotlothna, 

near latitude 63°, longitude 153°. Indian name, probably from shis 

(bear), written by Herron (1899) Shissnona.

Shiss-loy-so, hills; see Shisloiso.

Shissnona, river; see Shisnona.

Shitando, river; see Fortymile creek.

Shitna, creek; see Chftna.

Shitnak, cape and village; see Chitnak.

Shkagway, river and town ; see Skagway.

Shketlina, point; on the southwestern shore of Seduction tongue, Lynn canal, 

southeastern Alaska. Apparently a native name, reported by Lindenberg in 1838.

Shkin, island; see Skin.

Shla-hatch, island; see Pyramid.

SJinu, river; see Shuna creek.

Shoal; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of Little Koniuji island, Shumagin group. So named by Dall, 1874.

Shoal; bay, near entrance to Sanborn harbor, Nagai island, Shumagins. So 

named by Dall, 1872. Descriptive name.
572 " GEOGEAPHIC DICTION"ABY OF ALASKA.

Shoal; cape, on the northern coast of Kodiak, in Narrow strait. Named Otineli 

(shoal) by Mnrashef, 1839-40.

Shoal; cape,-on the southern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named 

Otmieloi (shoal) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Shoal; cove, indenting the western end of Alaska peninsula and opening into 

Isanotski strait, near latitude 54° 57', longitude 163° 15'. So named 

by Dall, 1880. / 

Shoal; cove, indenting the western shore of Carroll inlet, Revillagigedo island. 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 26', longitude 131° 17'. 

Local descriptive navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau 

of Fisheries, 1904.

Shoal; point, near Southern rapids, Peril strait, on Chichagof island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Coghlan, ^1884.

Shoal; point, on the eastern side of McClellan flats, at mouth of Cfiilkat 

river, southeastern Alaska. Named Otmelie (shoal) by Lindenberg, 

1838. This name is obsolete.

Shoal Ness. Cook, 1778. so named some point near the mouth of the Kuskokwirn, just what one does not appear. Perhaps it was Cape Avinof.

Shoals, island; see Otmelpi.

Shoals; point, the southeastern point of Kruzof island, in entrance to 'Sitka 

sound, Alexander archipelago. This cape has borne many names. 

Dixon,'1787, called it White's point, and Lisianski, in 1804, First point. 

The early Russians, after Lisianski, called it Otmeloi (shoals) point, 

and to distinguish from another Shoals point a few miles farther 

within the sound they called it Otmeloi vnieshnie (outer shoals). So 

it appears as Shoals point, Point of Shoals, and Outer point of Shoals. 

Tebenkof, 1850, calls it Nizmennia (low) point.

Shoalwater; passage, in Behni canal, separating Winstanley island from the 

mainland, southeastern Alaska. So named by Dall, 1879.

Shockum; mountains, 15 miles north of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska, near 

latitude 60° 22', longitude 144°. So named after an Indian, who writes 

his name thus, and reported by Martin, 1905.

Shoe; island, in Tlevak strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Nichols, 1881, by reason of its shape. (Coast Pilot, p. 68.)

Shoe; rock, in Tlevak strait, Cordova bay, near Shoe island (above), about latitude 54° 57', longitude 132° 45'. So called by Dickins, 1905.

ShoJc-ah-bok-shegiak,, river; see Pah.

Shokfaktolik; one of the numerous lakes in the Kuskokwim tundra, about 25 

miles northwest of Bethel; also a native village there; .Name obtained 

by Spurr and Post, 1898, from missionary Helmick; spelled Tshokfacbtolfgamut by Post and Chokfaktoligamute by Spurr.- In the 

Eleventh Census it is called Chokfoktoleghagamiut, i. e., Shokfak region 

people. Chokagtaligamute may be another rendering of this village 

name, which see. The lake is near or identical with Naniuknuk lake.

Shokum; creek, I2i miles east of Cape Yakta-g, Gulf of Alaska, and one-half 

mile west of Lawrence creek, near longitude 142°. Indian name, reported by Martin; 1904.

Shoo Fly, rock ; see Eye Opener.

Short; arm of Keudrick bay, on south shore Clarence strait, southeastern 

Alaska; near latitude 54° 52', longitude 132° 04'. So described by local 

navigators, and reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Short; bay^ indenting the mainland, on north shore of Behm canal. Called 

Short inlet by Dall, 1879 (Coast Pilot, p. 73). .;
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 573

Short; creek, tributary to Red bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm, 1886.

Short; creek, 25 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Stewart 

river from the north, near longitude 165° 22'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1904. ,

Short; creek, 25 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from the 

northwest to Dorothy creek, a west branch of Nome river, near longitude 165° 15'. Miners' name, reported by Gerdiue, 1904.

Short; passage, between Smeaton island and Revillagigedo island, in Benin 

canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by tbe Coast Survey in 1891.

Short; point, just within the entrance to Smeaton bay, on its southern shore, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Shorty; creek, tributary to the headwaters of the Alsek. Named by Brooks, 

1899.

Khotcoaluk, Eskimo village; see Shotkoluk.

Shotkoluk; native village, on the Noatak river, northwestern Alaska, near latitude 67° 55', longitude 156° 30'. Visited by Ensign Howard, of Stoney's 

party, in the spring of 1886. Stoney wrote Shotcoaluk- and Shot-koal-uk.

Shoup; bay, indenting the north shore of Port Valdez, Prince William sound, 

near latitude 61° 07', longitude 146° 32'. Local name, reported by 

Grant, 1905.

Shoup; glacier, at the head of Shoup bay, north shore Port Valdez, Prince William sound. Local name, reported by Abercrombie, 1898. Called also 

Canyon Creek glacier.

Shovel; creek, tributary to Solomon river from the west, in the Bonanza mining district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900.

Shovenagamute, village; see Shevenak.

ftliow, gulch ; see Snow.

Shrimp; bay, in Behm canal, indenting the northwestern shore of Revillagigedo 

island. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Shrubby; island, one. of the Kashevarof group, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So called by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 90).

Shtilia, point; see Calm.

Shuck; river, on the south shore, near the head of Windham bay, eastern shore 

Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 57° 34', longitude 

133° 20'. This name, written also Chuck and applied to one or more 

mining camps, was published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

tfliuclc, camp; see Chuck.

Khuitna,. river; see Chuit.

Slhukwuk; Eskimo village, northwestern Alaska, on the left bank of Noatak 

river, near latitude 67° 45', longitude 163°. Native name written 

Shu-quck by Stoney, 1885. This is one of the villages which Petrof, 

1880, includes under tbe general name Noatagamutes. See Noatak.

iJhumagin; bank, near the Shumagin islands. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Shumagin; large group of islands, west of Kodiak and south of Alaska peninsula. So named by Bering, after one of his sailors, who died of scurvy 

and was buried here, August 30, 1741. Sometimes written Chouniagin 

and Choumaghin. According to Veniaminof, the Aleut name is Kagglun. ' Golofnin says the Aleuts call them Unga, from the name of the 

largest of the group.

Shuna; creek, tributary from the northwest to Copper river, near Chistochina 

and latitude 62° 35', longitude 144° 21'. Indian name, written Schnuna, 

i. e., Shnu river, by Alien, 1885. Gerdiue, 1902, wrote Schuna creek.
574 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF .ALASKA.

Rhunaktuli, island; see Shaw.

Shungnak; post-office (established in 1903), northwestern Alaska, on Kobuk 

river, near longitude 156°. Eskimo name. It seems to be where 

Stoney located the Eskimo village of Sulukpowik, and 60 or 70 miles 

above Shingnek creek.

Shung-nack, river ; see Shingnek.

Shupwik; Eskimo village, northwestern Alaska, on eastern shore of Inland 

lake, near latitude 66° 30', longitude 160°. Native name, reported by 

Stoney, 1885.

Shu-quck, Eskimo village; see Shukwuk and Noatak.

Shushaldenskaia, volcano; see Shishaldin.

Shu-shuk-to-ark, river; see Squirrel.

Shuyak; island, north of Afognak, off mouth of Cook inlet. Native name, from 

the earliest Russian explorers. It has had many spellings, Chouyak, 

Chuyak, Iluiak, Huiak, Schujek, Shooiack, etc.

Shuyak; strait, between Shuyak and Afognak islands. Native name, from 

early Russian explorers.

Sichtunak, strait; see Sitkinak.

Sidankin, village; see Biorka.

Side, island; see Lewis.

Sidney; creek, tributary to Cripple river from the south, near its mouth. 

, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. Witherspoon, 1899, 

called this Sealer creek.

Siepermo, cape; see North.

Sievernoi, cape; see Afognak.

Sievernoi, cape, etc.; see North.

Sievernoi, island; see Raspberry.

Sievernoi, passage ; see Whale.

Sievernoi, point; see Akun Head.

Sievernoi, strait; see Kupreanof.

Sigak, cape; see North Head.

Sigak, cape; see Sagak.

Sigdak, island; see Great Sitkin.

Siginak, island; see Biorka.

Siginaka; group of islands, in the northernmost part of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So called by the Russians.

Siginaka; island, one of the Siginaka group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Siginaki by Vasilief in 1809.. Has also been written 

Siginak.

Signal; island, on eastern side of Western channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka 

sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Maiachnoi (signal) by Vasilief 

in 1809, on whose chart is shown a maiak (light-house). Has also been 

called Lighthouse, Mayastetchnoi, and Signal Light island.

Signal; mountain, in western part of Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Signal, point; see Yellow.

Signals (The); three separate small rocks off the eastern shore of Biorka 

island, eastern. Aleutians, near latitude 53° 48', longitude 166° 05'. 

The one nearest the shore, known as the Inner Signal, is 180 feet high. 

The most northerly, called the Outer Signal, is 50 feet high. The' third, 

one-fourth mile east of the Outer Signal, is 10 feet high. So described 

by Gilbert, 1901,
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF* ALASKA. 575

Signals (The); pinnacle rocks (kekuri), near southern entrance to Akutan pass, 

eastern Aleutians. Called Kuka (Cook's) pillar by Tebenkof, 1849. 

The Fish Commission, in 1888, called them The Signals.

Siyoola, island; see Chugul.

Siguam, island; see Seguam.

Sigalidolc, island; see Sitkalidak.

SiJcarnoi, mountain; see Sugarloaf.

Sikonsina; pass, in the Mentasta mountains, at the head of the Slana river. 

Indian name, so applied by prospectors, and reported by Schrader, 1903.

Silak; islet, in the strait between Little Tanaga and Kagalaska islands, 

Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Name from Tebenkof, 1849.

Silk, bay; see Shelikof.

Sillokh, lake; see Skilak.

Silnaho Techenia, cape; see Tiderip.

Silok; creek, tributary to Tanana river from the south, near longitude 147°. 

This stream was called Delta creek by Alien, 1885. To avoid confusion with Alien's Delta river, and because the exact locality of his Delta 

creek is not clear, this change has been introduced by the Geological Survey. Apparently a native name, which has also been spelled Silokh. 

It is reported, 1905, that the prospectors have given the name Delta 

 creek to a stream 25 miles above this one and 5 or 6 miles below Delta

J river.

Silver; bay, opening into Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 57° 02', longitude 135° 14'. Locally so called from the 

occurrence of silver near it. It was called Serebrenikof arm or bay by 

the Russians.

Silver; creek, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from the 

north to Goldbottom creek, near longitude 165° 23'. Local name, from 

Gerdine, 1904.

Silver; creek, 25 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Stewart 

river frpm the north, near longitude 165° 25'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1904.

Silver; gulch, in the Fairbanks region, on the north bank of Goldstream creek, 

a mile above Engineer creek, near longitude 147° 40'. Local name, 

from Map of Location, Tanana Mines Railroad, 1905.

Silver; lake (elevation 4,200 feet), on the divide between the Alsek and Yukon 

watersheds, Alaska. According to the Krause brothers the native name 

is Dana&ku; according to Dall, Dana-aka.

Silver; point, on the northeastern shore of Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by United States naval officers, 1880.

Silverbow; basin, in valley of Gold creek, 3 miles east of Juneau, southeastern 

Alaska. Local name, Silver Bow, published by Nichols in the Coast 

Pilot (1891, p. 150).

Silverbow, creek; see Little Anvil.

Silver Salmon; bay, indenting the northwestern shore of *01ga bay, Alitak bay, 

southwestern coast of Kodiak. Local name, reported by Moser, 1900.

Silvertip; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary from the west to East fork Sixmile 

creek. Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Silvester; point, on the northwestern shore of St. Ignace island, Bucareli bay, 

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de San Silbestre by 

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.
576 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Simedan, islands; see Sernidi.

Simeonof; harbor, indenting the western shore of Simeonof island, Shumagin 

group. Surveyed and named by Dall, 1872.

Simeonof; island, the easternmost of the Shumagin group. Now occupied as a 

blue-fox farm. Named Semenovskie (Simon) by the Russians. Lutke 

applies the name to the southeastern group of the Shumagins, and 

this one he calls Taghinak. The native name is Tiakinak. Variously 

called Semeuoffsky, Sirneonovski. Also called Tachkinach, Takh-kiniakh; Takhinak, Tikhiniak, etc.

Simmons; point, the south point of entrance to Copper harbor eastern shore Hetta 

inlet, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 12', longitude 132° 40'. Name from Dickins, .1905.

Simonof; islet, in Highfield anchorage, at north end of Wrangell island, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by the British Admiralty, 

1865, and by the Russians, at about the same time, Observation islet. 

Has been written erroneously Simanoff.

Simonton; point, between Nakat harbor and Nakat inlet, Dixon entrance. So 

named by Nichols, 1883.

Simpson; bay, on the northern shore of Orca bay, Prince William sound, near 

latitude 60° 40', longitude 145° 50'. Local name, reported by Moser, 

1897. '

Simpson; cape, the western head of Smith bay, on the Arctic coast, east of 

Point Barrow. Named Cape George Simpsou by Dease and Simpson, 

1837, in honor of Governor Sir George Simpson, of the Hudson Bay 

Company. On their map called Cape Governor Simpsou.

Simpson; cove, at Collinson point, on the Arctic coast, east of Point Barrow.

Simpson; mountain .(5,200 feet high), east of Klutina lake. So named by 

Abercrombie, 1898. "

Simpson; pass (3,600 feet high), in the McKinley range, near latitude 62°, 

longitude 153° 30'. Discovered and named by Herron, 1899.

Simpson; peak (5,271 feet high), on the mainland east of Frederick sound, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Simpson; sunken rock, in Eastern channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Discovered and named by H. M. S. Devastation, 

1862.

Sinagmia, village; see Imagnee.

Sinaru; locality and small stream, debouching just west of Refuge inlet, on the 

Arctic coast. Called Sinarua by British naval officers, 1849-1853. Ray, 

who explored it in April, 1883, with a native guide, writes it Sinaru in 

his text and Singaroo on his map. Jarvis established his reindeer 

camp here in the spring of 1898, and writes it Siura. Written also 

Sinragahroo.

Sinbad; point, on the northern shore of Suloia bay, Chichagof island, Peril 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 24', longitude 135° 39'. 

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Sinclair, cove; see Pond bay.

Sinclair; lake and river, in northernmost Alaska, debouching between Dease 

inlet and Smith bay, east of Point Barrow. So named by Dease and 

Simpson, 1837, after George Sinclair, a half-breed and guide, who had 

served with Sir George Back in 1834.

Sind, island; see St. Lawrence.

Sindsha, island; see Hall.

Sinerazat, Eskimo village; see Sinrazat.

Singaroo, river; see Sinaru.
GEOGRAPHIC,, DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. 577

Sinitsin; cove, indenting the northern shore of Kruzof island, south side Salisbury sound, Alexander archipelago, 1 mile eastward of Siuitsiu island 

(below). Name so applied by Moore, 1896.

Sinitsin; island, on the southern shore of Salisbury sound, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 21', longitude 135° 46'. Named, 1833, by Vasilief, after Lieut. Nikolai Sinitsiu, of the Russian Navy, who accompanied Hagemeister on the Krotkoi, 1828-1830. Has been erroneously 

written Siuits.

Smnyuli. This Eskimo name appears on Ray's map of 1885 for some feature a 

little east of the Signal Service station Utkiavi, near Point Barrow, 

Arctic coast.

Smra, river; see Sinaru.

Sinragahroo, -locality ; see Siuaru.

Sinrazat; Eskimo village, on the northwest coast of Seward peninsula, near 

latitude 66°, longitude 167°. Visited by Jarvis in 1898. Written also 

Sinerazat.

ftinrock, river and village; see Sinuk.

Sinuk; river, near Cape Rodney, Seward peninsula, about longitude 166°. 

Eskimo name, from Barnard, 1900. It has been written Sinook, Sinrock, and Synrock.

Sinuk; Eskimo village, at the mouth of Sinuk river, Seward peninsula, 6 miles 

southeast of Cape Rodney. Native name, from Barnard, 1900. Petrol', 

1880, has an Eskimo village on the north shore of Port Clarence called 

Siniogamute, i. e., Siniok people.

Sioiichi, bay; see Sealion.

Siouchi, islets; see Sealion. .

.Sirkwet; lake, a small lake in the Chilkat region, on the upper Takhini river 

above Knsawa lake. Indian name, reported by the Leslie expedition, 

3890, and written Cirquet, Seer-quett, and Seer-kwet. Wells, the leader 

of the expedition named it Lake Maud.

Sirkwet, river; see Takhini.

Siroi; point, on Baranof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Siroi (wet) by Vasilief, 1833.

Sirr; village or locality, on Koyukuk river, near the junction of North and 

Middle forks. Name from Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Siruk; creek, northern Alaska, tributary to Alatna river from the south, near 

latitude 66° 45', longitude 153° 30'. Apparently an Eskimo name obtained by Mendenhall, 1901. Written also Sirurk.

Sirurk, creek; see Siruk.

Sisaguk; native village (in about 1830) on the northern shore of Unirnak. 

This is the native name. The Russians called it Shishaldiuski.

Sisaguk, volcano ; see Shishaldin.-

Sischu; mountain, on the right bank of the upper. Kuskokwim, East "Fork, near 

latitude 64°. Native name, from Heron, 1899.

Sisek;1 cove, on the south shore of Beaver bay, in Biorka island, Unalaska, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 166° 11'. Aleut name, from Sarichef, 

1792. Perhaps this should be Sasak,. the Aleut name of the.parroquet 

auk. Sisik is the Aleut word for the numeral 100. . Sishimkak, island; see Sitymkan.

Sister; three islands, at high water., about 1 mile south of Kelp island, Dixon 

entrance. Named Twin islands by pilot W. E. George and so published 

in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 77). The name Sister islands, published by 

the Coast Survey, 1885, has come into general use.

Bull. 299 06 M 37
578 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Sisters; islands, in Icy strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 10', longitude 135° 15'. So called by United States naval officers, 1880.

Sisters; a small island, among the Sannak reefs, Sannak islands, near latitude 

54° 20', longitude 162° 4i'. Descriptive name, from Westdahl, 1901.

Sisters .(The), islands; see Lynn Sisters.

Sisters (The), islands; see Twin.

Sisters (The); two peaks (1,308 and 1,325 feet high), about 12 miles0 southeast 

of St. Michael, Norton sound. So named by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Sisters; reef and ledge, 1 mile west of Sisters islands, Icy strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Dickins, 1901.

Sisters (The); two large rocks, about 2 miles off the eastern shore of Cook inlet, 

and about 6 miles below Kasilof, near latitude 60° 20'. So described by 

Moser, 1897.' . \

Sitak, glacial stream ;. see Situk.

Sithanak, island; see Biorka.

Sitka; city, the capital and one of the chief towns of Alaska, near latitude 57°. 

Baranof, 1799, visited Sitka sound and began the construction of a 

fortified post, which he called Fort Archangel Gabriel. This fort, located on what is now known as Old harbor; was completed the following 

spring. In May, 1802, the natives attacked this fort and drove out its 

inmates, killing all the officers and 30 men. The Indians then fortified 

themselves, near by and held their post till 1804, when it was bombarded and captured by the Russians. Thereupon a new fort was constructed by the Russians and called Fort Archangel Michael. This was 

located on the site of the governor's house or castle (since burned) in 

the present town of Sitka. The town which grew up around it was 

called by the Russians New Archangel (Nbvo Arkhangelsk) or Sitka. 

This native, word Shitka or Sitka, of unknown meaning, has been variously written Schitcha, Sitcha, Sitki, etc. The post-office at Sitka was 

established in October, 1885. Population in 1890, 1,190; in 1900, 1,396.

Sitka; harbor, in Sitka sound, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago, near 

latitude 57°.

Sitka, island; see Baranof.

Sitka, island; see Kruzof.

Sitka; point, on the southern shore of Kruzof island, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. What is now called Cape Edgecumbe was called Sitka 

point by Russian naval officers, 1809. The present usage retains both 

names, Edgecumbe for the southwest point of Kruzof island, and Sitka 

for the inner angle of that point.

Sitka; sound, on the western shore of Baranof island, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 57°. First visited by Bodega and Maurelle in August, 

1775, and by them called Ensenada del Susto (bay of terrors). Dixon, 

who visited and made a sketch of it in June, 1787, called it Norfolk 

sound, which name was adopted by Vancouver. The native name, according to the Frenchman Marchand, who was here in 1791 or 1792, is 

Tchinkitanay bay. The Russians who began settlement here in 1799 

obtained from the natives the name Shitka, a name which, modified to 

Sitka, has come into general vise.

Sitkagi; bluffs, in the vicinity of Sitkagi point of early maps. So named by 

Russell, 1891, who says " there is now no cape at that locality, but 

rather a slight recession in the coast line."
GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA. 579

Sitkagi; cape, in front of Malaspina glacier,- St. Elias alpine region, southeastern Alaska. Apparently a native name, applied by Tebenkpf in 1849. 

Perhaps identical with Cape St. Elias of Russian Hydrographic chart 

1378. '' ' ;

Sitkalidak; island, near the southern coast of Kodiak. Behind this island the 

Russians made their first settlement on Kodiak, 1784, at Three Saints 

bay. The name is a corruption of some native word or .phrase which 

has appeared in many forniSi Billings calls the island Kunakan or 

Kukan, while Galiano's atlas, 1802. has Isla de Soto (forest island)'. 

For the rest we have variant forms of the above. Lisianski, 1805, has 

Salthidack, while Langsdorf, who accompanied his expedition, has 

Sachlidok, Sadlidok or Scachlitak. The early Russian charts have 

Saklidok and Siaklidok, while Tebenkof, 1849, has Satklidak and 

Siatklidak. The Russian-American Company map of 1849 has Saklidok, 

with Shagitak as an alternative form. It has also appeared as Saklidov 

and even as Zatchlitschak.

Sitkalidak; strjait, between Kodiak and Sitkalidak islands. Corruption of some 

native name, obtained by the Russians.

Sitkinak; island, one of the Trinity islands, off the southwestern end of 

Kodiak. Native name, from the early Russians. Has been written 

Sichtuuak, Sik-hinak, Sitchinak, Sitcknak, Sithoonack, Sitkinak, Sitkunak, etc.

Sitklan; island, southwest of Tongass passage, Dixon entrance. Native name, 

reported by Davidson, 1869, as Sit-klan.

Sitkoh; bay, in Chichagof island, eastern entrance to Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Native name, published in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 178).

Sitkun; pass, between South fork Koyukuk river and Slate creek, an affluent of 

Middle fork, near latitude 67° 10', longitude 150°. Name from Peters 

and Schrader, 1901.

Sitnazuak; Eskimo village, on the southern shore of Seward peninsula, a little 

west of Cape Nome. Petrof, in 1880, called it Chituashuak and gave its 

population as 20. On a recent local map it is called Sitnazoak.

Kittakanay; river, tributary to Taku river from the east, southeastern Alaska. 

Native name, published by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Situk; glacial stream, on the coast of the St. Elias alps, debouching a few miles 

southeast of Yakutat bay, near longitude 139° 30'. Indian name, written Sitak by Tebenkof (1849), Setuk by Glave (1890), See-tuck by 

Moser (1901), and Setuk by the Yakutat and Southern Railway.

Situk; Indian village, about 15 miles east of Yakutat, visited by Russell in September, 1891, who reports its name as Setuck.

Sltymkan. One of the Shumagin islands, not identified, is so called by Lutke. 

who took it from Veniaminof. In Veniaminof's later publication it is 

called Sishimkak.

Siuchi, cape; see Georgiana.

Siuchi, cape; see Lutke.

Kiuchi, rocks, etc.; see Seal.

fjiuvich, rock; see Klochkof.

Hivernoi, passage; see Whale.

Sivoutchy, rock; see Sealion. ' 

Sivukuk, cape and Eskimo village; see Chibukak and Gambell.

Riidash, inlet; see Tenakee.
580 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Sixmile; creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary to Turnagain arm of Cook inlet from

the sonth, near longitude 149° 80'. Local name, obtained by Becker,

1895. . 

Sixtymile; butte, near Dennison fork Fortymile creek, about latitude 63° 45',

longitude 142° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich,

and Schrader, 1896. . 

Sixtymile; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the west, near longitude 140°.

. Local name. 

Skagul; island, one of the westernmost of the Andreanof group, middle Aleu-

- tiaus. Aleut name, from the Russians. Lutke writes Skakhoul and 

Tebenkof Skagul. Also written Skagule. This with Ogliuga island and 

adjacent islets and rocks constitute the Delarof islands of Lutke.

Skagway; river and town, at head of Taiya inlet, southeastern Alaska. Native 

name, said to mean " home of the north wind," and variously written. 

The Krause brothers, 1882, write it Schkague. Nichols, 1891, wrote it 

Shkagway. Has also been written Skagwa, Skaguay, etc. The above 

form., has also J>eeu adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic 

Names. The post-office was established here in November, 1897. There 

is also a military post here, called by the military authorities Skaguay.

Skan; bay, indenting the northern shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. 

Called. Skan bay by Sarichef, 1792. Called Twin bay by. the Fish Commission, 1888, a descriptive term, the bay being 'double. Vemaminof regards this as lying within Makushiii bay and calls it Starichkof.

Skatalis, village; see Alagaaiik. " - '

Skecter, bay ; see Lituya.

Skeleton; islet, very near the eastern shore of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean. 

So named by Berry, 1881. "

Skilak; lake, on Kenai peninsula, drained by the Kenai river. Apparently a 

native name,, reported by Wosnesenski about 1840. Variously written 

Sillokh, Skilakh, Skillokh, etc. Also called Kaknu arid Kenai.

Skilak; village, near Skilak lake, on Kenai peninsula. Native name, from 

' Petrof, 1880, who spells it Skilakh.

Slcilakh, lake; see Tustumena.

SkiUamna; lake, on Keuai peninsula, tributary to Skilak lake. So called on 

Russian Hydrographic chart 1378 (ed. of 1847). Thougti out of position, this is probably Kenai lake. See Keuai.

Skin; island, near entrance to Cholmondeley sound, Clarence strait, Alexander 

archipelago. " Probably named by the traders." It is Shkin island of 

Russian Hydrographic chart 1493 (ed. of 1853).

Skipwith; reefs, in the eastern side of Afognak bay, Kodiak group, near latitude 

58°, longitude 152° 42'. Local name, reported by Moser, 1900.

Skirt; point, on Revillagigedo island, in Behrn canal, between Rudyerd bay and

 Walker cove, Alexander archipelago: So called by the Coast. Survey 

in 1891. 

Skolai; pass (about 5,000 feet high), creek tributary to the headwaters of the 

Nizina river, and mountains between the headwaters of White, Nizina, 

and Chitina rivers. Spelled variously Scolai, Scoloi. .Scolai is the 

name by which the Copper River chief, Nicolai or Scolai, is known 

among all the Yukon natives. (Hayes, Nat. .Geog. Mag., vol. 4, 135.)

Skookum; creek, -tributary to Gold run from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900. Skookum or Skoo-koom is a Chihalis Indian 

word, adopted in the Chinook jargon with the general meaning very. 

It means {/host, evil spirit, demon, etc. Skookum tumtum means brave; 

Skookum chuck, a rapid, etc,
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 581

Skookum; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Noxapaga river, through

Turner creek, near latitude 65° 35'. longitude 164°. 15'. Prospectors'

name, reported by Gerdine, 1901. 

Skookum; creek, tributary to headwaters of North fork Kougarok river; near

latitude 65° 40', longitude 164° 22'. Prospectors' name, reported by

Gerdine, 1901. 

Skookum; creek, north side of Tauana river, tributary to Pioneer creek from

the northwest. Prospectors' name, reported by Prindle, 1904. 

Skookum; gulch, 16 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, draining

to Bonita creek at the head of Osborn creek, near longitude 165° 13'.

Miners' name, published in 1901. 

Skookum; river, tributary to Klokerblok river from the west, Seward peninsula,

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Skookum Chuck; tide rip, in Tlevak narrows, Cordova bay, Prince of Wales

island. Chinook name, .published by the Coast Survey in 1905. 

Skookum Chuck; tide rip, on the south side of Cholmondeley sound, Clarence

strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 10', longitude 132° 10'.

So called by local navigators, and reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of

Fisheries, .1904. 

SJcoot, river; see Iskut. 

Skotnik, mountain; see Barometer. 

Skowl; arm, of Kasaan bay, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Called

Skowl bay, 1880, after an Indian chief of that name then living there. 

Skowl; island, Kasaan bay, Alexander archipelago.- The island now known by

this name forms Skowl point, the south point of entrance to Skowl ami,

near latitude 55° 25', longitude 132° 16'. Compare map in the Coast 

. Pilot (1883, p. 72) with later ones. ' 

Skowl; point, the southern point of entrance to Skowl arm, Kasaan bay, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall, 1880. 

Skull; cliff (70 feet high), in Peard bay, west of Point Barrow, Arctic coast.

So named by English naval officers connected with the Franklin search

expeditions, 1849-1853. 

Skull, islet; see Scull. 

Skvortzova, village ; see Starling. . 

Skwentna; river, tributary to the Yentna from the west, which in turn is

tributary to the Susitna. Native name, from Spurr and Post, 1898.

Has also been written Squentna, i. e., Squeut or Skwent river. 

Slab; point, on the western shore of Portland canal. So named by Pender, 1868. 

Sladen; creek, in the Copper River region, tributary from the southwest to

Bubb creek, an affluent of Tazlina river, near latitude 62° 15', longitude

147° 45'. So named by Glenn, 1898. 

Slag; point, on the eastern shore of Benin canal, just north of Winstanley

island, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey

in 1891.

Slana; river, draining from Suslota lake to Copper river. Native name, reported by Alien, 1885, as Slana, i. e., Sla river. Has also been written

Slahna. , 

Slate; creek, on the south side of Windham bay, Frederick sound, southeastern

Alaska, tributary to Shuck river from the west. Prospectors' name,

reported by Spencer and \Vright, 1903. 

Slate; creek, in the Copper River region, tributary to Chistochina river at its

source. Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall, 1903. 

Slate; creek, tributary from the south to Turnagain arm of Cook inlet, about 6

miles east of Sunrise. Local name, reported by Moffit, 1904.
582 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Slate; creek, 12 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from, the 

north "to Banner creek,, an affluent of Nome river, near longitude 165° 

20'. Local name, published in 1901. Called also Right fork.

Slate; creek, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, $ small tributary from 

the west to Nome river, near longitude 165° 18'. Local name, published in 1900.

Slate; creek, 25 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, a tributary to Stewart 

river from the north, near longitude 1.65° 20'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1904.

Slate; creek, tributary to Fish river from the west, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Peters, 1900.

Slate; creek, tributary to Fox river from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900,

Slate; creek, tributary to Niukluk river from the south, in the Eldorado mining 

district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. May be 

identical with Beattie, Bennet, Coffee, Enright, Pancake, Peterson, or 

Richter of a local map.

Slate; creek, tributary to Sunset creek from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Slate, creek ; tributary to Casadepaga ; see Rover.

Slate; creek, in the Rampart region, tributary to Minook creek from the west, 

about 12 miles above its mouth. Prospectors' name, reported by Prindle, 1904.

Slate; creek, tributary to Mosquito creek from the south. Name from Schrader. 

1900.

Slate; creek, tributary to North fork Fortymile creek from the west, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 142° 10'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gercline, 1903. .

Slate; creek, tributary to Middle fork Koyukuk river from the east, near latitude 67° 15', longitude 150° 15'. Prospectors' name, published in 1899.

Slate; island, in Revillagigedo channel, near entrance to Boca de Quadra, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793, "being entirely composed of that rock."

Slate; islets, at entrance to Crawfish inlet, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Aspid (slate) by the Russians.

Slate, point; see Aspid.

Slaughter; island, connected with the shore at low water, being the north point 

(near Point Mary), at. entrance to Shelikof bay, Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 10', longitude 135° 50'. So named 

by Moore, 1897.'

Slavarassi, colony; see Glory of Russia.

Slava Rossie, bay ; see Tanaga.

Sledge; creek, 10 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Snake 

river from the west. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Sledge; island, off the coast of Seward peninsula, west of Cape Nome. So 

named by Cook, who landed upon it August 5, 1778. He says: " We 

found, a little way from the shore where we landed, a sledge, which occasioned this name .being given to the island." According to Sauer the 

native name is Ayak. Beechey (Voyage, 1826, p. 291) gives the same, 

Ayak, as the native name and adds: " It is singular that this island, 

which was named Sledge Island by Captain Cook, from the circumstance 

of one of these implements being found upon it, should be called by a
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 583

Sledge Continued.

word signifying the same thing in the Esquimaux language." This native name has been variously written Ajak, Asiak, Asshiak, Ayak, Aziak, 

Azjiak, etc..

Sleepy, sea ; see Bering.

Slide (The); bluff, just east of Karluk spit, on the northern shore of Kodiak. 

So called by Moser, 1897.

Slide, point; see Eva.

Slide Ridge; mountains, in western part of Revillagigedo island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Slim; island, near entrance to .Nakat inlet, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Nichols, 1883.

Slim, point; see Thin.

Slime; bank, off the northern coast of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians. So 

named by the fishermen on account of the abundance of jelly fish. Reported by Tanner in 1890.

Slims; river, tributary to Kluane lake, near latitude 61°, longitude 138° 30'. 

Name from Peters, 1899.

Slocum; arm of. Khaz bay, and point, southwest shore Chichagof island, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 57° 30', longitude 136°. So named by 

Moore, 1897.

Slocum;. in let, in mainland, near the north end of Glass peninsula, Stephens 

passage, Alexander archipelago. Named by Thomas, 1888, after Ensign 

George Ralph Slocum, U. S. N., a member of his party.

Slocum; point (Point Slocum), Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago, on the 

outside of the peninsula separating Slocum arm of Khaz bay from the 

ocean, near latitude 57° 28'. So named by Moore, 1897.

Sloistie, point; see Lay.

Slope; glacier, 25 miles northeast of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska, near latitude 60° 28', longitude 143° 48'. Descriptive name, given by prospectors, and reported by Martin, 1905.

Slope; hill (475 feet high), on St. Paul island, Bering sea, just west of Bogoslof 

hill, near longitude 170° 18'. So called by Stanley-Brown, 1891.

Sloss, bay ; see Moffet cove.

Sluice; creek, tributary to Jim river from the east, near longitude 149°: Prospectors' name, published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Small; arm, of Whale bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Called 

Maley roukav (little sleeve) by the Russians. See also Little Whale 

bay.

Small; bay, indenting the northwest shore of Beaver inlet, Unalaska island, 

near longitude 166° 27'. So described by Gilbert, 1901.

Small; glacier, on the mainland, east of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. 

So called by Thomas, 1887.

Smallwood; creek, in.the Fairbanks region, tributary to Nugget creek from the 

northeast, near latitude 64° 55', longitude 147° 10'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine, 1903.

Smeaton; bay, in the mainland, debouching into Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by Dall, in 1879 (Coast Pilot, p. 72, footnote), after the 

English engineer Smeaton who, in 1759, rebuilt the Eddystone lighthouse after its destruction by fire in 1755.

Smeaton; island, near Smeaton bay, in Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Dall, 1879.
584 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Smith; bay, on the outer coast of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago, in 

the broad bight south of Point Urey, near latitude 57° 53'. Not found' 

on any map. So called by the fisheries, and reported by Moser, 1897.

Smith; bay, on the Arctic coast, between Dease inlet and Colville river mouth. 

Named E. Smith's by Dease and Simpson, 1837, after E. Smith, chief 

factor of the Hudson Bay Company.

Smith; cape, in the Yukon delta; on the south shore of Scammoh bay, 6 miles 

east of Cape Romanzof, near latitude 61° 50', longitude 165° 55'. So 

named by Dall, 1869, presumably after Capt. E. E. Smith, a well-known 

whaling master in the region at that time. ' ' '

Smith; creek, Seward peninsula," tributary to Inmachuk river from the west, 

near Cape Deceit. Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenh'all and 

Reaburn, 1901.

Smith; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Chatanika river at its 

source, near latitude 65° 15', longitude 146° 25'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine, 1903. . " - < -.

Smith; creek, tributary to Fortymile creek from the south,' 2 or 3 miles from 

the international boundary. 'Local name, "Smith creek of Spurr, 1896 f 

and of Abercrombie's map, 1898. Erroneously ' called. Davis by Barnard, In 1898. ' ' " .' ....-'.

Smith; glacier, tributary from the west to College fiord, Port Wells, Prince Wil; 

liarn sound. So named by the Harriman expedition, 1899, after Smith 

 college.

Smith; island, south of Japonski island, in 'Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by United States naval officers, 1880.

Smith; island, in central part of Prince William sound, between anci a little 

east of Knight and Naked islands. Has been occupied since 1898 for the 

propagation of blue foxes'. Name from S'chrader, 1900. ' Called also 

Smiths.

Smith; lake, 5 miles northwest of Fairbanks, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 

147° 50'. Local name, Smiths, taken from Map of Location, Tanana 

Mines Railroad, 1904.

Smith; river, in northernmost Alaska, debouching near Cape Halkett, Arctic 

ocean. Named William Smith by Dease and Simpson, 1837, after William Smith, secretary to the Hudson Bay Company.

Smiths Bridge; on Taiya river, southeastern. Alaska, 5 .miles above Dyea. 

Name from Flemer, 1898.

Smokey, bay; see Shelikof. 

Smokehouse; cove, indenting the eastern shore of Chilkat inlet, at the. head of 

Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 59° 10', longitude 135°. 

22'. Local navigators' name, reported by H, C. Fassett, Bureau of 

Fisheries, 19Q4.

Smoky, mountain; see Peulik. - . . . Smoky; point, Bristol bay, southwestern Alaska, the nortli .point at entrance to 

Ugashik river, near latitude 57° 30'. Local name, reported by Moser, 

1900. ...

Smooth; mountain (1,899 feet high), in Dall,ridge, Gravina island, Alexander 

archipelago. .So named by Nichols, 1883. . .

Smuggler; cove, on the west side of Annette island, opening into Nichols passage, Alexander archipelago. Named by Nichols, 1883. Also written 

Smuggler's and Smugglers.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA. 585

Smugglers; cove, indenting the southeastern shore of Cleveland peninsula, 

Benin canal, immediately south of Helm bay, southeastern Alaska, near 

latitude 55° 35', longitude' 131° 57'. Name in use by local navigators, 

and reported by Brooks, 190.1.' '

Smyth; cape, on the Arctic coast, just west'of Point Barrow, near latitude 71° 

18'. So named'by Beechey in August, 1820, "in compliment to " William Smyth. one of his officers. Sometimes, erroneously,' Smith and 

Srnythe.

Snag; point, in Alaganik slough, Copper River delta, near latitude 60° 25', 

longitude 145° 17'. Descriptive name, from Hitter, 1898. '

Snag; po.int, southwestern Alaska, on the west side of Nushagak bay, at mouth 

of Wood river, near latitude 59°, longitude 158° 30'. Local descriptive 

name, reported by Moser, 1901.

Snag; river, tributary to White river from the west, near longitude 140° 30'. 

Descriptive name, given by Peters and Brooks, 1898.

Snail; point, in Beh'm canal, the southern point of entrance to Spacious bay. 

Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Snail; point, on the western shore ol! San Fernando island, Bucareli bay, Prince 

of Wales archipelago. Named Punta del Caracol (snail point) by 

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Snail; rock (40 feet high), in Revillagigedo channel, between Boca de Quadra 

and Foggy bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Snake; island, in Gulf of Esquibel, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named la 

Culebra (the snake) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Snake; river, tributary to Nushagak bay from the west, near latitude 59°, longitude 158° 45'. Local name, from Sp'urr and Post iii 1898,'apparently 

suggested by the tortuous course of the stream. Moser, 1900, gives 

Snake as an alternative for Igushik river. See Igushik.

Snake; river', in the Nome mining region, Seward peninsula, near longitude 

165° 30'. Local name, given in 1898; presumably suggested by the 

tortuous course of the stream.

Hneedee, mountain; see Sriidi.

Snettisham; port (Port Suettishain), and post-office (established in June, 

1900) : port indenting the mainland coast in Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, "1794.

Snider; peak, immediately south of Mount Drum, Hear latitude 62° 05', longitude 144° 40'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdiue, 1903.

Snidi; mountain, 40 miles northwest of Cook inlet, and south of Skwentna river, 

near latitude 61'° 30', longitude 152°. Native name from Herron, 1899, 

who wrote Sueedee. This probably is the same as Beluga mountain of 

the Geological Survey, 3898. See Beluga.

Snip; islands, in Behm canal, opposite the entrance to AValker cove, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Snipe; bay, indenting the southwestern coast of Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Kulichkof (snipe) by the Russians. Has been 

written Kulitch, Kulitchok, Koulitchkow, and Kulichkof.

Snipe; island (20 feet high), between Annette" and Duke islands, Gravina group, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Snipe; island, in Tliorne arm, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by'the Coast Survey in 1891..

Snipe; point, the westernmost point of Bell island, Behm canal, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 189,1.
586 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Snipers; point, Kenai peninsula, south shore Turnagain arm of Cook inlet, on 

east side of mouth of Sixinile creek, near longitude 149° 30'. Local 

name, Sniper's, reported by Herron in 1899.

Snow; creek, debouching near Cape York, Seward peninsula, Bering strait. 

Local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Snow; creek, tributary to Skookum river from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Snow; gulch, 7 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, draining into Glacier 

creek from the south, near longitude 165° 24'. Local name, published 

in 1903.

Snow; mountains, on north bank of Koyukuk river, between Alien and John 

rivers. So named by Alien, 1885.

Snow; passage, in Clarence strait, between Zarenibo island and the Kashevarof 

group of islands, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, 

1886, after Lieut.-Commander Albert Sidney Snow, U. S. N., who in 

that year made surveys in this region.

Snow; river, tributary to the head of Kenai lake, Kenai peninsula, near latitude 60° 20', longitude 149° .20'. Local name, from Mendenhall, 1898.

Snowball; creek, tributary to Dutch creek from the north, in the Eldorado 

mining district, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900.

Snow Cap; mountain (5,078 feet high), on the west bank of Stikine river, near 

Great Glacier. Descriptive name, published by the Coast Survey in 

1895.

Snow Dome;, mountain peak (3,300 feet, high), in Muir glacier, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Muir, 1882.

Snowshoe; creek, tributary to Penny river from the west, in the Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 1900.

Snowshoe; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to South fork Serpentine river 

from the west, near latitude 65° 55', longitude 165° 20'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Gerdiue, 1901.

Snowslide; gulch, about 1 mile east of Juneau, southeastern Alaska. Local 

name, reported by Peters, 1902.

Snow Tower; mountain (7,100 feet high), near Whiting river, southeastern 

Alaska. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Snowy; mountain, on and near the north end of Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, map, p. 182).

Snowy; mountain (5,577 feet high), on the mainland, about 6 miles east of 

Stikine river. Name published by^the Coast Survey in 1895.

Snug; anchorage, a little north of Tolstoi bay, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Clover in 1885.

Snug; cove, in Gambier bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Mansfield, 1889.

Snug; cove, "in the passage connecting Olga bay with Alitak bay," on western 

coast of Kodiak. Locally known as Snug harbor. A cannery was 

built here in 1889.

Snug; harbor, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Meade in 1869.

Snug; harbor, on the western shore of Cook inlet, near Iliamna peak. Name 

published byxt-he Coast Survey in 1898, and applied to an alleged anchorage on the north side of Chisik island at entrance to Tuxedni harbor. -It is a misnomer and has been removed from the chart. See 

Tuxedni.

Snug; harbor, in the extreme western part of Moser bay, Alitak bay, Kojdiak. 

So named by the fisheries, and reported by Moser, 1900.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 587

Snug Corner; cove or bay, near the southern point of entrance to Port Fidalgo, 

Prince William sound, near latitude 60° 44', longitude 146° 36'. Descriptive name, given by Cook, 1778. - 

Soapstone; point, the northernmost point of Yakobi island, Alexander archipelago. So named by'Dall, 1880, on account of its greenish appearance, 

resembling soapstone.

Soblazna, point; see Seduction.

Soda; creek, tributary to South fork Fortymile creek from the west. Prospectors' name, from-Barnard, 1898.

Rodomniia, islands; see Noisy.

Sofia; gulch, 8 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the left bank of Rock 

creek, a branch of Snake river from the east, near longitude 165° 25'. 

Local name, published in 1904.

Softuk; bar, on the south side of Martin River flats, Copper River delta, near 

longitude 144° 37'. Probably a native name, reported by Pratt, 1903.

Solijeklakakat, river; see Sozhekla. . ,

Sokolof; island, westerly from Wrangell, in Sunnier strait, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians, presumably after Mr. Alexander 

Sokolof, a Russian who has written extensively on Alaskau topics.

Solano, Puerto de; see Izhut bay.

So'ldovoi, bay; see Seldovia.

Solenoi, island; see Salt.

Solo; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Fish creek near its source, 

about latitude 65°, longitude 147° 20'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Gerdine, 1903.

Solomon; creek and gulch, on the south shore of Port Valdez, Prince William 

sound, near longitude 146° 15'. Local name, from Schrader and Ger-

/ dine, 1900. 

Solomon; creek, on the south side of Midnight mountain, Seward peninsula, a 

tributary to Taylor creek from the north, near latitude 65° 45', longitude 164° 35'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Solomon; post-office (established in 1902), 011 the north shore of Norton sound, 

30 miles east of Nome, Seward peninsula.

Solomon; river, in the Bonanza mining district, Seward peninsula. Local 

name, published in 1900. Brooks says the Eskimo name is Ong-u-tuk.

Solovarika;' islet, southwest from Deer island, near Belkofski. Not identified. 

Called Solovarikha by Lutke, 1836.

Soluka; creek, tributary to Katmai creek, near longitude 155°. Native name, 

obtained by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, from Rev. A. 

Petelin, 1898, and written Soluka.

Sombrero; islet, in northern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Sombrero (hat) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Someone; creek, 9 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Snake 

river from the west, near longitude 165° 28'. Local name, published in 

1903.

Somerset; river, a small stream on the east side of Knight island, Prince William sound. So called by the fisheries, and : so described by Moser, 1897.

Sonickson; creek, tributary to Seventymile creek from the south. Local name, 

obtained by Barnard, of the Geological Survey, 1898. Called also Falls 

creek.

Sonora; creek, debouching nearly opposite Sledge island, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Soo City; mining camp, on South fork Koyukulc river, near longitude 151°. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader, of the Geological Survey, 1899.
588 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Soo-look-pow-vuck-to-ark, river; see Sulukpowik. . . .

Roonkakat, river; see Yuko.

Soonkakat; village, and river, tributary to the Yukon from the south, a little 

above Nulato. Petrof, 1880, uses Soonkakat as the name of the village. 

Alien, 1885, calls a stream which appears to be identical with this the 

Yukokakat. See Kakat. . '

Sophia; point, the eastern point of entrance to Port Frederick, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 135° 24'. So named by Vancouver, 

1794. '

Sopka, mountain ; see Koyukuk.

Sorenspn; mountain (Mount Sorenson, 5,620 feet high), eastern Alaska, at head 

of Seveutyurile creek, near latitude 65°, longitude 143°. Prospectors' 

name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, 

U. S. A., 1905, Written also Sorensen.

Sorrels; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Little Chena river from the 

north, near latitude 65° 05', longitude 146° 55'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine, 1903.

So'siego, Punta del; see Tranquil point. . Sosnovoi, island ; see Fir.' 

Soto; bight, on the northern coast of Unirnak, eastern Aleutians. So named by 

the Fish Commission in .1888.

Soto, Isla de; see Sitkalidak island.

Souclwi, channel; see Dry strait.. »

SouJwi, inlet; see Sukoi.

Soukhoi, strait; see Dry.

Soukhoi, strait; see Sukoi, inlet. 

Soukoi, inlet; see Sukoi.

Soule; glacier, in the Sewarcl mountains, west of Portland canal, southeastern'* 

Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey in 1897.

Soulima, river; see Ugashik. . Sound; islands, good sized, wooded,, in Krestof sound, at south entrance to Neva 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 13', longitude 135° 33'. 

Name from Moore, 1897. Vasilief, 1833, -called the largest island of 

the group Pribilie (profitable) ; -according to Ball's Coast Pilot (1883, 

p. 155), the group was called Pribieli by the Russians. See Pribilie.

Soundon, island; see Surqdum.

Sourdough; creek, debouching just south of Port Clarence, and near Cape 

Douglas, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Sourdough; creek, tributary to Skookum creek from the north, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900. . Sourdough; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Chatanika river from 

the north, near' latitude 65° 20', longitude 146° 30'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Gerdine, 1903.

South; arm, of Gholmondeley s/mnd, western shore, Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 10', longitude 132° 20'. Local descriptive 

name, reported by Brooks, 1901.

South; .arm, of Kendrick bay, southeastern shore Prince of Wales island, 

Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 54° 50', longitude. 

132° 03'. So called by local navigators, and reported by H. C. Fassett, 

Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

South; arm, of Mqira sound, western shore Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, 

near latitude 55°, longitude 132° 10'. Descriptive name, from local 

navigators, by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904. '
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 589

South; arm, of Bay of Pillars, Kuiu island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

South; arm, of Hooniah sound, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

South; arm, of Kelp bay, Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moore, 1895.

South; arm, of Uganik bay, Kodiak, being the southern extension of the west 

branch of that bay. So described by Moser, 1897.

South; arm, of Three Arm bay, Adak island, middle Aleutians. Descriptive 

' name, given by Gibson in 1855.

SO'ieth-; bay, Dall island, Tlevak strait, Alexander archipelago. So called by 

Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 69).

South, cape, Deer island; see Fawn, point.

South; cape, the southeastern point of Spruce island, Kodiak group. Named 

Vkhoda or luzhnie (entrance or south) point by Murashef, 1839-40.

South; cape, the southern point Whale island, Kodiak group. Named luzhnie 

(south) by Murashef, 1839^10.

Soutli; cape, the southernmost point of Chirikof island. So called by Dall, in

1874.

South, cape; see Ommaney. 

South, cape ; see Trinity. 

South; flat, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. Called Wrangell South

Flat by Meade, 1869. 

South; fork, Chulitna river, which is tributary to Clark lake, near latitude 60°

10', longitude 155° 40'. Descriptive name, from Osgood, 1902. 

South; fork of Butte creek, Seward peninsula, on west bank of Solomon river,

near latitude 64° 43', longitude 164° 20'. Descriptive name, given by

prospectors and reported by Gerdine, 1905. 

South; fork, Quail creek, a tributary from the west to Troublesome creek, in

the Rampart region. Descriptive name, reported by Prindle, 1903. 

South; fork, Hess creek, in the Rampart region. Prospectors' name, reported

by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902. 

South; fork, Birch creek, eastern Alaska. Name published by the Coast Survey

in 1895. . 

South; fork Fortymile creek, near the international boundary. Local desigua.-

tion, published by the Coast Survey in 1898. Presumably in use as

early as 1886. 

South; fork, Koyukuk river, near the Arctic circle. Local name, published by

the Coast Survey in 1899. Apparently identical with Nohoolchinta of

Alien in 1885. 

South; harbor, the southernmost of Kaigani harbors, Dall island, Alexander

archipelago. " Known in 1799 as Taddiskey, a native name, or Taddy's

cove, a corruption of the former." (Coast Pilot, 1883, p. 66.) 

South; hill (668 feet high), on St. George island, Bering sea, near longitude 169°

36'. So called by Duftield, 1897. Pntnam obtained the Aleut-Russian

name Ikoum'-unga'-kovernshkil' (hill near the fox trail). Russian

kovrishka (a little loaf) used to mean hill.

South; island, at entrance to Port McArthur, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm, 1886. 

South; island, west from the entrance to Port Snettisham, in Stephens passage,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889. 

South; island (250 feet high), one of the Semidi islands. Named luzhnie

(south) by the Russians. The native name is Kutloot. Lutke, 1835,

has Kytlek.
590 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

South, island; se.e Biorka.

South; islet, off Aiak cape, on the southwestern shore of Unalaska. So named

by the Fish 'Commission in 1888. 

South; ledge, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade,

1869. 

South; passage, into Eliza harbor, between Liesnoi and Admiralty islands,

Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889. 

South.; passage, the contracted part of Cleveland passage, at its south end,

Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. ' Apparently so named by

Nichols, 1891. 

South; passage, in Icy strait, on the south side of Lemesurier island, Alexander

archipelago, near longitude 130° 05'. Name published by the Coast

Survey in 1904. ' 

South; point, on the northern shore of American bay, Howkan strait, Cordova

bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Sheldon Jackson, 1880. 

South; point, on the northeastern shore of Christinas island, Security bay,

Alexander archipelago. So called by Glass, 1881. 

South; point, on the south side of entrance to Kelp bay, Baranof island,

Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by

Moore, 1895. 

South; point at entrance to Mitchell bay, Kootsnahoo inlet, Admiralty island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869. 

South; point, the southwestern point of the Kodiak group. So called by Lisianski, 1805.

South, point, Lituya bay; see Harbor. . 

South, point; see Kaigani.

South, point; see Lauder. ' . 

South, point; see Paralysis.

South, point; see Zapadni. ... 

South; river, northwestern Alaska, probably a branch of Unalaklik river, near

Eaton. Local name, from Reindeer Report, 1903 and 1904. Not found

on any map. 0 

South; rock, on the south side of South Inian pass, southeastern Alaska, 1J

miles east of Point Lavinia, on the east side of Cross sound, near longitude 136° 18'. So named by Pratt, 1901.

South; rock, about one-tenth of a mile off the north shore of Observation island, 

, Orca inlet, Prince William sound. So named by Moser, 1897.

South; submerged rock, on the south margin of Sannak reefs, Sanriak islands, 

near latitude 54° 18', longitude 162° 42'. Descriptive name, from Westdahl, 1901.

South, sea; see Pacific ocean.

South Amaknak; rocks, off the southern end of Amaknak island," in Captains 

bay, Unalaska bay, near longitude 166° 33'. So named by Dall, 1873.

South Craig; point, on the eastern shore of Zarembo island, Alexander archipelago. This name first appears in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 94), 

where it is called South Craig island.

Southeast; cape, the southeastern point of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. 

So named by Tebenkof, 1849.

Southeast; cove, in the south end of Wrangell island, Ernest sound, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Southeast, glacier; see Adams.

Southeast; point, the southernmost point of Knight island, Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Tebenkof, 1849. 

Southeast, point; see Cascade.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 591

Southeast; shoal, southeast from Turner point, Port Mulgrave, Yakutat bay,

southeastern Alaska. Called Eastern by Ball, 1883; Southeastern by

Nichols, 1891; and Southeast by Harber, 1892. 

Southerly; island, in St. John harbor, Zarenibo island, Alexander archipelago.

So named by officers of the U. S. S. Adams, 1884. 

Southern; glacier, between Port Dick and Tutka bay, on Kenai peninsula. So

named by Dall, 1880. 

Southern; rapids, in Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. Called Vtorie porogi

(second rapids) by the Russians, and often spoken of as the Second or

Southern rapids. 

South Green; rock, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So called in the

Coast Pilot (1891, p. 132). 

South Head, Akutan island; see Kaianak. 

South Head, point; see Battery. 

South Inian; pass, between Cross sound and Icy strait, on the south side of

Inian islands, near longitude 136° 20'. So named by Pratt, 1901. 

South MarMe, islet, Glacier bay; see Marble.

South Olga; lakes and stream, southwestern shore of OlgR bay, Alitak bay, 

southwestern coast of Kodiak. Local nnme, reported by Moser, 1900.

South Passage; point, the southern point of entrance to Tenakee inlet, Chichagof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Called South 

point by Meade, 3869.

South Passage; rock, near Port Chalmers, Prince William sound. So named 

by Vancouver, 1794.

South Quadra; mountain (1,764 feet high), on the mainland, southeast of 

entrance to Boca de Quadra. So named by Nichols, 1883.

South Semidi, island; see Chowiet.

South Vallenar; point, on Gravina island, the south point of entrance to Vallenar bay, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by the 

Coast Survey in 1886.

Southwest; bay, indenting the western shore of English bay, southern coast St. 

Paul island, Bering sea, near longitude 170° 20'. Called S. W. bay 

by Stanley-Brown, 1891.

Southwest, bay, St. George island; see Zapadni.

Southwest; cape, the southwestern point of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. 

So called by Tebenkof, 1849. Dr. E. O. Campbell, the missionary on 

St. Lawrence island, calls the native village on this cape Poo wo' wa 

luk. Population in 1904, 19.

Southwest, cape; see Cleare.

Southwest; cove, in Etolin island, opening into Ernest sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

Southwest; end of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Called Southwest kenetz 

(end) by Tebenkof, 18*49.

Southwest; island, one of the Inian group, Cross sound, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so-named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 106).

Southwest; peak (1,960 feet high), near Chichagof harbor, on Attu island, 

western Aleutians. So named by Gibson, July, 1855.

Soiithwest; point, the southwesternmost point of St. Paul island, Pribilof 

 group, Bering sea. Called Zapadnie (west) by the Russians, and 

Southwest on recent charts.

South Zelonoi, point; see False Green.

Soutkhvilc, island; see Sutwik.

Soiivoroff, cape; see Suworof.
592 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA.

Sows (The); group of rocky islets, in the entrance to San Antonio.bay, Bucareli 

bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Las Puercas (the sows) by 

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Soynai; river, tributary to Stikiue river from the north. Named Soynai (ice 

water) by the Russians, 1863.

Sozhekla; river, tributary to the Koyukuk from the north, near, longitude 151°. 

Native name, reported in 1885, by Alien, who writes it Sohjeklakfikat 

in his text (p. 99) and Sajeklakat on his map (4). It has also been 

written Sajahlakat.

Spacious; bay, in Behm canal, indenting the eastern shore of Cleveland peninsula. Named by Dall, 1879, from Vancouver's description of it as a 

"spacious bay."

Spafarief; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Kotzebue sound, Seward 

peninsula. Named Spafarief's by Kotzebue, August, 1816.

ftpanberg, cape; see Espenberg. 

Spanish; islands, at the western entrance to Sunnier strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by La Perouse, 1786. . The name was applied rather 

indefinitely by La Perouse to a group of islands then very little known. 

Dall in the Coast Pilot, 1883, applies the name to Coronation and Warren islands with some associated islands and rocks. The name is now 

still further restricted to a small group of.islands between Coronation 

and Kuiu islands. .

Sparkle; creek, 12 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Nome 

river from the east, near longitude 165° 16'. Prospectors' name, published in 1900. '

Sparrow; creek, 13 miles noi'th of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, a small tributary of Prospect creek, a branch of Discovery creek from the west, 

near longitude 165° 05'. Name from Gerdihe, 1904.

Sparrow; islet, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Vorobinoi (sparrow) by Vasilief, 1809.

Spasskaia; bay, on the northern shore of Chichagof island, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 135° 20'. The literal meaning is " of 

the Church of Our Saviour," but the place was named by the Russians 

in the early part of the century, presumably after Gregori Spasskaia,

.a Russian hyclrographer.. Has been variously written gpaska, Spask.aia, Spaskaia bay, Port Spaskai, etc!

Spasskaia; island, northeast of Spasskaia bay, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Spaskai by Meade, 1869.

Specimen; gulch, 6 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the north slope 

of Anvil peak, draining into Anvil creek from the east, near longitude 

165° 22'. Local name, published in 1901.

Spectacle; island (1,000 feet high), between Nagai and Big Ko,niu.ii islands, 

Shumagin group. Descriptive name, given by fishermen, and reported 

by Dall, 1872. Perhaps this is the Kunaiugiuk island of Veniaminof 

(I, 255, 265), which is described as " long with two hills." Lutke spells 

it Kangaiulouk.

Speel; point, at mouth of Speel river, Port Snettisharn, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1888.

Speel; river, tributary to head of Port Snettisharn, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Thomas, 1888.

Spellacy; gulch, northern Alaska, on the left bank of Koyukuk river, 10 miles 

below the mouth of Kanuti river, near latitude 66° 20', longitude 153° 

20'. Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant Camden, Revenue 

Cutter Service, 1900.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 593

Spencer; cape, the northwestern point of entrance to Cross sound, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 58° 12', longitude 136° 38'. Named by Vancouver, 1794, " in honour of Lord Spencer." It is called Punta de 

Villaluenga on the general map in De Mofras' atlas, 1845.

Spencer; point, the south point of entrance to Port Clarence, Bering strait. So 

named by Beechey, September, 1827, " in compliment to the Honourable 

Captain Robert Spencer," R. N.

Spicer; creek, tributary to the Yukon on the right bank, 9 miles above the mouth 

of the Tanana. Prospectors' name, published in 1899.

Spike; island, Orca inlet, near Odiak, Prince William sound. So called by 

Moser, .1897.

Spike; rock, near Keene island, in Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago, 

about latitude 56° 36'. So named by the Coast Survey in 1881.

Spike Rock; shoal, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago, extending 100 

yards northward .from Spike rock (above). So described in the Coast 

Pilot of 1901.

Spine; mountain (1,987 feet high), on Annette island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Nichols, 1883.

Spire; island, near the northern end of Annette island, in Revillagigedo channel, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 16', longitude 131° 30'. So 

named by the Coast'Survey in 1882.

Spire Island; reef, in Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago, onefourth mile northeast of Spire island (above). So described in the 

Coast Pilot of 1901.

Spirit; mountain (3,000 feet high), near left bank of Copper river, in latitude 61° 

20'. So called by Alien, 1885, because the natives people it with an 

imaginary Mighty Spirit. .

Spirkin, island ; see Biorka.

Spirkin, strait; see Udagak.

Spit; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. Apparently so named by 

Fender, 1868.

Spit; point, on the eastern shore of Carroll inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Spit; rock, off the southern coast of St. Matthew island, Bering sea. So named 

by Dall or Elliott, 1874.

Spithead; the south end of the spit in front of Dutch harbor, Unalaska bay, 

. near latitude 53° 54', longitude 166° 32'. So named by Dall, 1871.

Spitz; islet, south of Mitrofania island, on southern shore of Alaska peninsula. 

Named Spitz (sharp pointed) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Split; creek, 5 miles north of Controller bay, Gulf of Alaska, near latitude 60° 

15', longitude 144° 20'. So called by prospectors because the stream 

divides, one part flowing to Bering lake and the other to Katalla river. 

Reported by Martin, 1905.

Split; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Bear creek from the west, near 

. latitude 65° 32', longitude 161° 05'. Descriptive name, given by prospectors, and reported by Witherspoon, 1903.

Split; island, near Dewey anchorage, in Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Descriptive name, given by Snow, 1886.

Splits (The); locality, eastern Alaska, at junction of Salcha river and its North 

fork, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 145° 20'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Witherspoon, 1905.

Split Top; mountain (2.100 feet high), on the eastern side of Unalaska bay. 

Unalaska, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 166° 25'. Descriptive 

name, given by Dall, 1871.

Bull. 299 06 M 38
594 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Split Top; mountain (2,098 feet high), near head of Bay of Waterfalls, Adak 

island, middle Aleutians. Descriptive name, given by Gibson, 1855.

Spoon Knoll; bill, on the mainland, east of Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Thomas, 1887.

Spornayo, point; see Tidemeeting.

Spot; mountain (1,807 feet high), in California ridge, Graviua island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Spray; cape, between Skan and Pumicestone bays, on north shore of Unalaska, 

eastern Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888. It was 

named Mokrovskoi (wet) by Sarichef in 1792. Tebenkof calls it Morkovskoi.

Spray; island, in Thomas bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Thomas, 1887. 

Spruce; cape, the southwestern point of Spruce island, Kodiak group. Named 

. Elovoi (spruce) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Spruce; cape, the western point of entrance to Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named 

Elovoi vneshnie (spruce outer) by the early Russians. Called Elovoi 

(spruce) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Spruce; creek, tributary to the head of Windham bay, eastern shore Frederick 

sound, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 57° 35'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Spencer and Wright, 1903.

Spruce; creek, in the Kantishna region, on the east (right) bank of Moose 

" creek, near latitude 63° 30', longitude 150° 30'. So named by prospectors in 1905, and reported by Prindle.

Spruce; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Holtz creek, near latitude 65° 

30', longitude 162° 35'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoou, 

1903. .

Spruce; creek, just south of Port Clarence, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Spruce; creek, tributary to the Casadepaga river from the south, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Spruce, creek, Seward peninsula ; see Cache.

Spruce; island (84 feet high), off Pybus bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Yelowy (spruce) by Zarembo, 1838. Erroneously Yel- 

- lowy.

Spruce; island, between Afognak and Kodiak. Lisianski, in 1804, calls it Pine 

island and Langsdorf, Jellowa (fir). Variously called Elow, Elovoi, 

Yelovoi, etc.

Spruce, island; see Elovoi.

Spruce; point, on the* eastern shore of Wraugell strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Schroeder by Meade, 1869, after Lieut. Seaton Schroeder, U. S. 

N., a junior officer on the Saginaw in 1868-"69. It is Spruce point of. 

Lindenberg in 1838.

Spuhn; island (246 feet high), at western entrance to Gastineau channel, southeastern Alaska. So named by Beardslee, 1880, after Mr. Carl Spuhn, 

of the Northwest Trading Company.

Spuhn; point, on Spuhn island, at west end of Gastineau channel, Alexander 

archipelago. Said to have been so "named by the United States Navy 

in 1881." This seems to be an error. Apparently it was first so called 

in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 173).

Spuhn point; see Zimovia.

Spurr; glacier, in longitude 143°. near Skolai pass. Named after Josiah Edward Spurr, of the Geological Survey, by Rohn, in 1900.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 595

Spurr; mountain (Mount Spun1 , 10,925 feet high), 4.0 miles west of,the head of 

Cook inlet, near latitude, 61° 38', longitude 152° 15'. So named by 

Brooks, 1902, after J. E. Spurr, of the Geological Survey. Hatay mountain, of Herron, 1899, may be this one.

Spurt; point, on the northern shore of Thomas bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Square; bluff, on the northern shore of Amchitka island, western Aleutians. So 

designated by the North Pacific exploring expedition in 1855.

Square; cove, Admiralty island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Baker in 1880.

Square; island, in Behm canal, at mouth of Spacious bay, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by tlie Coast Survey in 1891.

Square; island, in Tlevak strait, north of Long island, Alexander archipelago. 

Descriptive name, given by Nichols in 1881.

Squaw; creek, tributary to the Yukon, .on the right bank, opposite Rampart 

(city), near longitude 150° 10'. Local name, published in 1899.

Squaw; creek, tributary to South fork Koyukuk river from the east, near latitude 67°. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader, 1899.

Squaw; gulch, in the Birch Creek region, on left bank of Harrison creek, near 

latitude 65° 15', longitude 145°. Prospectors' name, reported by Spurr, 

Goodrich, and Schrader, of the Geological Survey, 1896.

Squaw; gulch and creek, tributary to Canyon creek from the west, in the Fortymile mining district, near latitude 64° 10', longitude 141° 10'. Local 

name, obtained by Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 1896.

Sqiwntna, river; see Skwentna.

Squirrel; creek, Seward peninsula, small tributary of Casadepaga on east bank, 

near latitude 64° 46', longitude 164° 28'. Prospectors' name, from. Gerdine, 1905. Apparently called Dewey on a local map, 1901.

Squirrel; island, in Prince William sound, "situated north of Knight island," 

occupied as a fox farm since 1897. So described in Report of Secretary of the Interior, for 1908, p. 282, by Jas. W. Witten. Not found on. 

any map.

Squirrel; river, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Kobuk river from the north, 

near latitude 67°, longitude 160° 30'. Cantwell, 1884, called it Sheeleelictok or Squirrel; in 1885, lie wrote Suee-lee-lie-tok and Shee-garrik-puk or Squirrel. Stoney, 1883-1886, called it Squirrel or Shu-shukto-ark. Mendenhall, 1901, called it Squirrel river.

Xrednaia, bay, etc.; see Middle. . Sredni, island; see Middle.

Sredni, point; see Middle.

Ssergoit, river; see Takhini.

flsitkaje, glacier ; see Dvavidson.

Stacltin, river; see St.ikine.

Stachtan Nitada. According to Cook, 1778, this name had appeared on " modern maps " as a name of a part of the continent of America, the part we 

now call Alaska. But he could not find that this name was locally 

known to either natives or Russians.

Stack; island, southern shore Nairn bay, western shore Revillagigedo island, 

Behm canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 34', longitude 

131° 41'. Local navigators' name. Probably after Capt. R. Stack, a 

local seaman, reported by I-T. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Stag; point, the nortueasterninost point of Deer island, near Belkofski, about 

latitude 55°,.longitude 162° 15'. So named by Dall, 1880. Called North 

cape by the Fish Commission in 1888. ' . 
"596 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Stagarok; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Nushagak bay, southwestern 

Alaska, on Clark point, near latitude 58° 50'. Eskimo name, \yritten 

Stugarok by Moser in 1897, and Stagarok in 1900. Also called Clark 

Point Village.

Staines, river; see Canning.

Stairway, glacier; see Surprise.

Stamie, island, in northwestern part of Prince William sound, near Point Culross. Name from Schrader, 1900. Also called Perry island. See 

Perry.

Staneys; island, in Tuxekau passage, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 49', longitude 133° 12'. Named by Dickius, 1903^1, after an 

Indian chief.

Staneys Cone; mountain (2,760 feet high), on Prince of Wales island, southeast of Davidson inlet, near latitude 55° 44', longitude 133° 09'. Named 

by Dickins, 1903^, after an Indian chief.

Stanhope; island, near the western shore of Etolin island, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Ball, 1879.

Stanhope; point, the southern point of Stanhope island, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793.

Stanovoi, island; see Kutkan.

Stanton, narrows; see Valdez.

Star; creek, in the Fortymile region, tributary to Champion creek from the left, 

near latitude 64° 30', longitude 141° 45'. Prospectors' name, found on 

map in Coast Survey archives, drawn by E. F. Ball, a prospector, 1898.

Star; gulch and creek, tributary to American creek from the east, in the Eagle 

mining region. Local name, obtained by Barnard, 1898.

Star; lake, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago, on east shore Thorne 

arm, at its head, near latitude 55° 24', longitude 131° 10'. .Local name, 

reported by Brooks, 1901.

Star; mining camp, at junction of Seventymile creek and Yukon river, near the 

international boundary. Locally known as Star City. Also written 

Starr. A post-office, named Star, was established here in November,. 

1898, and discontinued in 1902.

Star; rock, bare at low water, in Funter bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1890.

Staraya Artil; rookery (seal), on the north shore of St. George island, Bering 

sea, near longitude 169° 36'. Russian name, Staraya Artel (old camp). 

Written Starry Ateel by Elliott (1872-1874), Starry Arteel by StanleyBrown, and Staraya Artil by Duffield.

Starboard; cape, the eastern head of Kiliuda bay, Kodiak. Named Pravoi 

(right or starboard) by the Russians. It is on the right hand as one 

enters the bay.

Starichkof, bay; see Skan.

Starichkof; cape, on the eastern shore of Cook inlet. Apparently named 

Starichkof (an old codger) by Wosneseuski, about 1840, who gives the 

native name as Stuk Talj Chak. Spelled Staritschkow by Grewingk.

Starichkof; cape, the south head of Makushin bay, on north shore of Unalaska, 

eastern Aleutians. Named Starichkof (an old codger or old fellow) by 

Tebenkof in 1849. The Fish Commission, 1888, called it Odd Fellows. 

Could this have arisen from an error in translation?

Starichkof; reef, extending off Egg point, on northwestern shore of Atka, 

middle Aleutians. Called Staritchkoff (old codger) by Lutke.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 597

Starich.kof; river, on the western side of Kenai peninsula. Name published by 

Tebenkof in 1849. It has been translated Old river. The native name 

appears, according to Wosnesenski, 1840, to be Stuk Talj Chak. 

Starichkof, native village, shown by Sarichef, 1792, under the name Akmagan, 

near Starichkof cape, on north shore of Unalaska. Venianiiuof calls it 

Starichkof and says it continued to exist down to 1805.

Starik; Eskimo village, on the left bank of Yukon river, above the head of the 

delta, near longitude 363°. Called Starry (old) Kwikhpak by Ball, 

1869. Petrof, 1880, writes it Starikvikhpak and gives its population as 

90. The Coast Survey, 1898, has Starikvihpak.

Starikvikhpak, Eskimo village; see Starik.

Starling, cape ; see Leontovich.

Starling; native village, in the western part of Spruce island, Kodiak group. 

Named Skvortzova (Starling's) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Starr, mining camp; see Star.

Starrigavan; bay, in the northeastern part of Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. On a harbor in this bay was the site of the first Russian settlement in these parts, in 1799. After its destruction by the Indians, 1802, 

the Russians made a new settlement on the site of the present town of 

Sitka. Thereupon the old place was and still is referred to as Starrigavan or Old harbor bay. See also Old Sitka harbor.

Rtarrigavan, harbor; see Three Saints.

Starry, village; see Starik.

Starry Arteel, rookery; see Staraya Artil.

Station; island, at entrance to Funter bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 15', longitude 134° 55'. So named by Mansfield in 1890. His astronomical station was near this island.

Station; island, south of Mitkof island, in Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago, 

latitude 56° 08', longitude 133° 38'. So named by Nichbls, 1881.

Station; islet, at south point of entrance to Shakan bay, Prince of Wales 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Helm, 1886.

Station; point, about 1 mile south of Wrangell, on Wrangell island, Zimovia 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 27', longitude 132° 23'. 

So named by Snow, 1886, who had an astronomical station at this place. 

This seems to be Graveyard point of Coast Survey magnetic declination 

tables for 1902, p. 271.

Station; point, on Glass peninsula, southwest of Limestone inlet, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Staunch; point, the eastern point of entrance to Windfall harbor, Seymour 

canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Steamboat; bay, indenting the mainlamd coast in northern arm of Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Steamboat; creek, tributary to Niukluk river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Steamboat; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Pedro creek from the 

north, near latitude 65°, longitude 147° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Gerdine, 1903.

Steamer; bay, in the western part of Etolin island^ Alexander archipelago. 

Named Parakhotnia (steamer) by the Russians.

Steamer; knoll (2,033 feet high), near Steamer bay, Etolin island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.
598 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Steamer; point, the northern point of entrance to Steamer bay, western shore 

of Etolin island, at junction of Stikine and Clarence straits, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 56° 13', longitude 132° 43'. Name so used by 

local navigators, and reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 

1904. '

Steamer; rocks, on'the western shore of Etolin island, 2 miles south of Steamer 

bay, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 50° 08', longitude 132° 43'. Name so used by local navigators, and reported by 

H. C. Fassett, Bureau'of Fisheries, 1904.

Stebbins; village, near St. Michael, Norton sound. So called on Coast Survey 

' chart 9380, published in 1900. On Coast Survey chart 9370, published 

in 1899, is it called Atroic or Stebbins. See also Stephens, cape.

Steele; creek, tributary, to.' Fortyruile creek from the south. Local name, obtained by Barnard, 1898. Spurr, J890, wrote it Steel.

Steele; point (Point Steele, 237 feet high), the southeastern point at the eastern end of Hinchinbrook island, Prince William sound, near latitude 

60° 20',-longitude 146° 10'. So named by Portlock in 1787. Vancouver, 

1794, named it Bentinck. Often written Steel. Both names are used 

on the latest charts and applied to different capes. See Bentinck.

Steele Creek; mining camp, on Fortymile creek, at the mouth of Steele creek, 

near latitude 64° 05', longitude 141° 20'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Prindle, 1903.

Steep; cape, on the northwestern shore of Afognak island, Kodiak group. 

Named Krutoi (steep) by the Russians. Called Kruto, Krutoi, and 

Krutoy.

Steep; creek, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from the 

north to Goldbottom creek, near longitude 105° 23'. Local name, from 

Gerdine, 1904.

Steep; mountain (2,045 feet high), near the head of Bay of Waterfalls, Adak 

island, middle, Aleutians. So named by Gibson, 1855. Has also been 

called Steep Top.

Steep; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Pender, 1868.

Steeple; peak (2,186 feet high), on the mainland near Taku harbor, Stephens 

passage, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1888.

Stella; creek, tributary to Cripple river from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Stepanof; cove, on the northern coast of Umnak, perhaps in Inanudak bay. So 

called by Lutke. See Inanudak.

Stephens; cape, the northwestern point of St. Michael island, opposite Stuart 

island, southern coast of Norton sound, Bering sea, near latitude 63° 32', 

longitude 163° 19'. So named by Cook in September, 1778. In the 

mouths of the Russians this became .Stefens and even Stebbins. Perhaps this is Tchuk of the natives.

Stephens, cove ; see Tee harbor.

Stephens, creek; see Stevens.

Stephens; creek, tributary to head of Klutina lake, latitude 61° 30'. Presumably so named by Lowe, 1898, after Sherman C. Stephens, a member 

of his party.

Stephens; hill (331 feet high), on Cape Stephens, near St. Michael, Norton 

sound. So named by the Coast Survey in 1898. Native name said to 

be Chineeklk.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 599

Stephens; pass, narrow strait, between Stuart island and St. Michael island,

south shore of Norton sound, near latitude 63° 32', longitude 1G2° 20'.

Local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1900. 

Stephens; passage, between Admiralty island and the mainland to the east,

Alexander archipelago. Called Stepheus's passage by Vancouver, 1.794. 

Stephens; point, on the mainland, in Favorite channel, Lynn canal, Alexander

'archipelago. Apparently so named by Beardslee, 1880. 

Stepovak; bay, indenting the-southern part of Alaska peninsula, near the Shumagins. Named Stepovakho (Stepof's) bay by the Russians. Proper

name. Has been written Stepovakho and Stepowoj. Tebeukot', 3849,

calls it Zakharof (Zachary) bay. 

Sterling;, creek, eastern Alaska, Charley River drainage, tributary to Beverly

creek from the northwest, near latitude 65° 05', longitude 143° 50'.

Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1905. 

Stetson; creek, tributary to Cooper creek, Kenai peninsula. Local name, from

Mendenhall, 1898. 

Stevens; creek, tributary to the Yukon from the south, 18 miles below Rampart

(city), near longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, published in 1899.

Written also Stephens. 

Stevens; gulch, 8 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, on the

east bank of Nome river, near longitude 165° 32'. Name from Gerdine,

1904.

Stevenson; island, in Kashevarof passage, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886. 

Stewart; creek, Seward peninsula, Casadepaga drainage, tributary to Birch

creek from the northwest, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 164° 10'

Prospectors' name, from Gerdine; 1905. 

Stewart; island, south of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago.

So named by United States naval officers, 1880. 

Stewart; peak, on the mainland, near Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. So

named by Thomas, 1887. 

Stewart; port, on the eastern shore of Cleveland peninsula, opening into Behm

canal. Named by Vancouver, 1793, after .Mate John Stewart, of his

party, " who made a very good survey of it." 

Stewart; river, 20 miles north of Nome, Sewa'rd peninsula, tributary to Sinuk

river from the east, near longitude 166° 30'. Name from Barnard,

1900. 

Stewart; river, tributary to the upper Yukon. So named, 1850, by Robert

Campbell, of the Hudson Bay Company. Named after his friend and .

assistant clerk, James G. Stewart, son of Hon. John Stewart, of Quebec. Stewart (James G.) crossed this river on the ice in the winter of

1849. 

Stewart; sunken rock, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago.

Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Stick, village; see Chief Stephen. 

Stickleback, river; see Kakanhini. 

Stiernfeld, island; see Turner. 

Stikine; river, in southeastern Alaska and British Columbia. A name of Indian

origin, meaning greyt river, and which has been variously written

Stachin, Stachine, .Stahkin, Stah-keena, Stakeeu, Stickeen, Stikeen, etc.,

and erroneously Francis river and Pelly river. The above form Stikine

has been adopted also by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.
600 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Stikine; strait, separating Zarembo islands from Etolin and Woronkofski 

islands, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians and written 

Stakhinski, Stachinski, etc

Still; harbor, in Whale bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named 

Tikhaia (still) by the Russians. Has also been called Tichai and 

Tichaia.

Stillwater; anchorage, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Meade, 1869.

Stillwater; creek, draining Kushtaka lake, and glacier, and tributary to Bering 

river, 12 miles northeast of Controller bay, near longitude 14.4°. Local 

name, reported by Martin, 1903.

Stink, bank; see Mastodon. ' .

Stiplian, Indian village; see Chief Stephen.

Stockade; point, the eastern point of entrance to Taku harbor, Stephens pas 

sage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869. On the point 

was a ruined blockhouse and stockade built by the Hudson Bay Company in 1840-41.

Stockdale; harbor, on the western coast of Montague island, Prince William 

sound. Named Stockdale's by Portlock, 1787.

Stockholm; bay and point, on the south shore of Olga bay, Alitak bay, southwestern coast of Kodiak. Local name, reported by Moser, 1900.

Rtolb, cape; see :Bold.

&toll), rock ; see Pillar.

Stone, bay ; see Necker.

Stone; creek, tributary to Nabesna river from the east So named by Schrader 

in 1902, " from the conspicuity and size of its barren stony delta."

Stone; islands, in entrance to Ernest sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by 

Snow, 3886, after Mr. J. C. Stone, a member of his party.

Stone; islet, at the sguth end of Davis creek, in Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. The name is used by Nichols, in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 

160). ' . .

Stone; rock (20 feet .high), about 3 miles north of Cape Chacon, Dixon entrance. So named by Clover, 1885.

Stonehouse; creek, in^Fortymile mining district, tributary to Chicken creek, 

which is tributary to Mosquito fork from the north. Prospectors' name, 

from Barnard, 1898.

Stoney; mountain and glacier, in the Tordrillo range. So named by Spurr, 

1898, in honor of Commander George Morse Stoney, U. S. N., who 

explored the Kobuk region, 1883-1886.

Stony, cape, Golofnin bay ; see Rocky point.

Stony; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to the headwaters of Turner creek, 

which is a tributary of Noxapaga river, near latitude 65° 35', longitude 

164° 25'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Stony, island; see Pyramid.

Stony, point; see Pescbani. »

Stony, point, St. Paul island; see Tonki. . Stop; island, in Portage bay, Kupreanof island, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Nichols, 1882. Beyond this island there is an extensive uiud 

flat and shoal water.

Stopford; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So named by Pender, 

1868.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 601

Storey; island, one of the Naked islands, in Prince William sound. Called

(erroneously) Story by Abercrombie, 1898, after Mr. Walter Storey,

agent of the Alaska Packers' Association. Either this island or Peak

island is also called Little Naked. 

Storey; slough, one of the passes 'through the delta of the Coppei* river. Local

name, from Ritter, 1898. Erroneously Story. 

Storm; islands, in Fanshaw bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Thomas, 1887. 

Stoss; cape, near the head of Russell fiord, Disenchantment bay, southeastern

Alaska. So named by Russell, 1891. 

Stout; island, in Koyukuk river, near Double Point mountain. So named by

Alien, 1885. 

Strait; bay, indenting the southern shore of Beaver inlet, Biorka island, eastern

Aleutians, near longitude 166° 17'. So named by Gilbert, 190.1. 

Strait; cape, ono the northeastern shore of Lindenberg peninsula, Kupreanof

island, Alexander archipelago. Called Cape of the Straits on English

charts prior to 1880. On late charts called Cape of the Strait. 

Strait; island, off Port Protection, in Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Helm in 1886. Called Barrie by Dall in the Coast Pilot

(1883, p. 104)'. 

Stranger; river, on the outer coast of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago,

tributary to the broad sound immediately south of Point Urey, near

latitude 57° 53'. So called by the fisheries, and reported by Moser,

1897.

Strauss; sunken rock, near south end of Shelter island, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in or prior to 1891. 

Strawberry; harbor, indenting the northwest shore of Controller bay on the

south side of Point Hey, near latitude 60° 10', longitude 144° 20'.

Local name, from Pratt, 1903. 

Strawberry; hill, on eastern end of Hinchinbrook island, Prince William sound,

near longitude 146° 05'. Local name, reported by Ritter, 1899. 

Strawberry; point, on the west side of Strawberry harbor, Controller bay.

Cave point is 3 or 4 miles west of this. Local name, from Martin, 1903. 

Stra'iv'berry, point; see Raspberry, cape. 

Strawberry; pond, about 3 miles southwest of Port Mulgrave, Yakutat bay,

southeastern Alaska. Named Laguna de las Frezas (dung lake) -by

Malaspina, 1791. In Spanish frezas means-dung, fresas means straw- 

,' berry. Perhaps frezas is a clerical error for fresas. I prefer to think

.so and make this change. 

Strawberry; reef, on the eastern side of Copper River delta, Gulf of Alaska,

near latitude 60° 13', longitude 144° 45'. So named by Ritter,. 1898. 

Streets; island (10 feet high), in Clarence strait, just north of entrance to

Kasaan bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Clover, 1885. 

Streets; lake, in the western part of Etolin island, draining to head of Rocky

bay, Alexander archipelago. Named by Snow, 1886, after Passed Asst.

Surg. Thomas Hale Streets, U. S. N., a member of his party. 

Strelna; creek, tributary to the Kuskulana from the north, near its mouth.

Native name in local use, 1900. 

Stripe; mountain (2,300 feet high), west of and near mouth of Portland canal.

So named by Pender, 1868.

Strogonof; point, the southern point of entrance to Heiden bay, on northern 

. shore of Alaska peninsula. Named Strogonova (Strogonof's) by Lutke.

Has also been written Strogonoff, Strogonov, etc.
602 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Stuart; canal or passage, across Stuart island, Norton sound. So named by the

Coast Survey in 1898. 

Stuart; creek, in the Copper River region, tributary to the Tsina river, near

latitude 61° 15'. Probably so named by the U. S. Army expedition under Captain Abercrombie in 1899. 

Stuart; creek, tributary to Tonsina river from the west, near its mouth. Name

from Schrader, 1900. , . Stuart; creek, tributary to Fairview creek from the south, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Stuart; island, in Norton sound, western Alaska. Discovered and named

Stuart's by Cook in September, 1778. 

Stuart; mountain or hill (483 feet high), on Stuart island, Norton sound. So

named by the Coast Survey in 1898. 

Stuck; mountain, near Copper river, latitude Gl° 57', longitude 146° 30'.

Named Stuck by Abercrombie, 1898. 

titudenaja, bay; see Cold. 

Stugarok, Eskimo village; see Stagarok. 

Stu-hee-noolc, creek ; see Stuhinuk. 

Stuhin.uk; creek, southeastern Alaska, one of the outlets of Ustay river, 40

miles southeast of Yakutat, -near longitude 138° 40'. Indian name,

written Stu-hee-nook by Moseiy 1901. It seems to correspond with

Gines or Hines river of Tebenkof, 1849. 

Stuk-Talj-ChaJc, river; see Starichkof. 

Stulcliena, bay ; see Cold. 

Sturgeon; river, on the northern coast of Kodiak, near Karluk. Named Shipinskaia by Tebenkof, 1849. Called Sturgeon river by the Fish Commission

in 1888. 

Sturgess; island, in Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Name published in

British Admiralty chart 2431 (ed. of 1890). 

Stuver; creek, in the Copper River region, tributary to Chisana river from the

west. So named by Witherspoon, 1902, after Chas. H. Stuver, a member

of the party. 

Stuver; mountain, northern Alaska, on the east side of Anaktuvuk river, near

latitude 68° 15'. So named by Peters and Schrader, 1901, after Charles

H. Stuver, a member of the expedition. 

Styleman; point, the northern point of entrance to Port Snettisham, Stephens

passage, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 1794. 

Styx; river, in the Tordrillo range, tributary to Kuskokwim river from the

east, near its source. So named by Spurr and Post, 1898. 

SiiMenna, bay; see Massacre. 

Succosleanty, river; see Sukosleanti. 

Sucliilnol, islet; see Sushilnoi. 

Suclio Emnik, bay and peninsula; see Dry Spruce. 

Sucker; river, tributary to the Porcupine from the north, near the internatipnal

boundary line. So called by the Coast Survey in 1890. 

Sucker, river; see Rapid. 

Suckling; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Controller bay. So named by

Cook in 1778. Translated Cabo Chupador (sucking bottle) in Malaspina's narrative, 1791. It was named Cabo de San Elias by Maurelle

and Quadra, 1779. 

Suckqwan, village; see Sukkwan. 

Sudak; cape, the northeasternmost point of Tanaga island, Andreanof group,

middle Aleutians. Called Sudak (perch-pike) by Tebenkof, 1849. Has

also been written Sudakh.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. 003

Sudden; creek, northern Alaska, tributary to Alatna river. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Lieutenant Camden, Revenue-Cutter Service, in 1900. Not 

found on any map.

Suemez; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by 

the Spaniards, 1775-1792.

Sufus; creek, 7 miles northwest of Nome, Sewavd peninsula, a small tributary 

of Nome river from the west, near longitude 165° 15'. Local name, published in 1900 as Ruf us.

Sugarloaf; island, about 14. miles northwest of Cape Spencer, at entrance to 

Dixou harbor, southeastern Alaska. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1889.

Sugarloaf; island, one of the Barren islands, in entrance to Cook inlet. So 

called by Dixon, 1787 (Voyage, p. 69).

Kugarloaf, island, Resurrection bay; see Hive.

Sugarloaf; mountain (5,259 feet high), on the mainland, east of the Stikine 

river and near the international boundary. Name published by the 

Coast Survey in 1895;

Sugarloaf; mountain, on south shore of Silver bay, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 57° 02', longitude 135° 14'. Probably local 

name, published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Sugarloaf; mountain, on the west side of Iniskin bay, Cook inlet, near latitude 59° 43', longitude 153° 30'. Descriptive name, reported by Martin, 1904.

Sugarloaf, mountain, near Unalaklik river, between Norton sound and Kaltag, 

on the Yukon. Local name, found in the Reindeer Report for 1900: 

It may 'be the same as Vesolia mountain or Old Woman mountain.

Sugarloaf; mountain (1,350 feet high), on the southeastern coast of St. Matthew island, Bering sea. Named Sikarnoi golovie (sugarloaf), says 

Lutke, 1836, on account of its appearance.

Sugarloaf; peak, southwestern shore of Kodiak, southeast of Karluk lagoon, 

near mouth of Karluk river, about latitude 57° 30'. Local name, reported by H. C. Fassett, U. S. Fish Commission, 1900.

Sugarloaf; peak, oh Alaska peninsula, near the head of Bristol bay. So named 

by the Fish Commission in 1890.

Sugarloaf; peak (1,060 feet high), on the north end of Kauaga island, middle 

Aleutians. So named by Gibsou, 1855.

Sugarloaf; peak (1,760 feet high), on the southern edge of Semisopochuoi 

island, Rat island group, western Aleutians. Apparently so named by 

the North Pacific exploring expedition, 1855.

Sugarloaf; rock, near cape Whitshed, at entrance to Prince William sound. So 

called by Moser, 1897!

Sngarloaf, rock;' see Humpback.

Sukhoi, bay ; see Dry.

Sukhoi, bay, near Cape Douglas; see Dry.

Sukhoi, river; see Blind.

Sukhoi Elnik, bay; see Dry Spruce.

Sukkwan; island or (?) peninsula, in the northern part of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So written by Moser, 1897.

Sukkwan; narrows, in Sukkwan strait, northern part of Cordova bay. Local 

name, published by the Coast Survey in 1905.

Sukkwan; strait, in the northern part of Cordova bay. Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 55° 10', longitude 132° 50'. So written by Moser, 1897.

Sukkwan; Indian village, on the north shore of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. Has also been written Suckqwan.
604 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Suklik; island (200 feet high), one of the Semidi islands. Native name obtained, 1874, by Dall, who wrote it Su'khlikh.

Sukoi; inlet, partly dry at low water, separating Kruzof and Partofschikof 

islands and uniting Krestof and Salisbury sounds. This constitutes 

the northern and chief part of the strait named Hayward's by Portlock in 1787. It was called Sukqi (dry) by the Russians, a name 

which has appeared as Dry, Souchoi, Souhoi, Soukhoi, Soukoi, etc.

Sukoi; islets, north of the northern entrance to Wrangell strait, in Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago. Called Soukhoi (dry) by Meade, 1869. 

Has also been written Souchoi.

Sukosleanti; river, tributary to the Koyukuk from the west, near its mouth. 

Native name, reported, 1885, by Alien, who writes it Succosleanty in 

text (p. 106) and Succosleanty on his map. Tikhmenief, 1861, shows 

this stream and calls it Kalialiaktna.

Suktu, creek ; see Usuktu river.

Sukwanila; mountains, on north bank of the Yukon river, a little above Melozi 

river. Called Suyanyilla by the Western Union Telegraph expedition,. 

1867, and Suquonilla by Raymond in 1869. Apparently these are the 

mountains called on late Coast Survey maps Tohtanyilla.

Sulima, river; see Ugashik.

Sullivan; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kotzebue sound, near longitude 163°. Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall, 1901.

Sullivan; island, in Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. So named by Meade, 

1869, after the master of the American schooner Louisa Downs, wrecked 

here in 1867. According to the Krause brothers, 1882, its native name 

is Schikuk.

Sullivan; locality, Seward peninsula, 20 miles southwest of Port Clarence. A 

post-office was established here in 1902 and discontinued in 1905.

Sullivan; mountain (2,142 feet high), on the eastern shore of Gravina island, 

 Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1886.

Sullivan; point, on the western shore of Kuiu island, Chatham strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794.

Sullivan; point, Kootznahoo inlet, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, the 

north point at entrance to the southerly arm, leading to Favorite bay. 

So named by Moore, 1895.

Sullivan; rock (150 feet high), south of Sullivan island, in Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Hydrographic Office in 1869.

Suloia; bay, indenting the southern shore of Chichagof island, Peril strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Suloia (porridge) by -the Russians. 

George Kostrometinoff, United States court interpreter at Sitka, writes 

this Sulovoi (ripple).

Suloia; islet, in Suloia bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by 

Coghlan, 1884.

Suloia; point, opposite Fish bay, on Chichagof island, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by the Russians.

Suloia; sunken rock, in Suloia bay, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Coghlan, 1884.

Su-looJc-pow-wicJc, native village; see Sulukpowik.

Sulphur; creek, 30 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Nome river from the east, near longitude 165° 12'. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Sulphur; springs, on Bell island, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the Coast Survey, 1891,
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 605

Sulukpowik; river, outlet of Lake Selby, and tributary to Kobuk river from the 

north, near latitude 66° 45', longitude 1.55° 45'. Visited by Stoney, 

1884, and its Eskimo name written by him Soo-look-pow-vuck-to-ark 

and Su-look-pow-vuck-to-ark, from sulukpowik, the name of a small 

fish.

Sulukpowik; Eskimo village, on upper Kobuk river, at outlet of Lake Selby, 

near latitude 66° 45', longitude 156°. Eskimo name of a small fish 

plentiful there, which Stoney, 1884, wrote Su-look-pow-wick, Soo-lookpow-vuck, and Su-luk-pow-wuk. The post-office, Shungnak, is situated 

at or near this place.

Sulzer; post-office (established in 1901) and settlement, near head of Hetta 

inlet, Cordova bay, Prince of Wales island, about latitude 55° 15', longitude 132° 40'.

Sum Dum, bay ; see Holkham.

Sumdum; glacier, and mountain (6,690 feet high), on the mainland, near Holkham bay, Stephens passage, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 57° 45'. 

Native name, representing the booming of the falling and rising icebergs, written Soundon by Meade, 1869; also written Sum Dum.

Sumdum; island, in Endicott arm of Holkham bay, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. Called Sand island by Meade, 1869, and said to be 

known locally as Fox island, because it is occupied as a fox ranch. 

Has also been written Soundon.

Sumdum; post-office, in Sanford cove, Holkham bay, southeastern Alaska. 

Established November, 1897.

Summer; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Unalaska bay, eastern Aleutians. 

Veniamiuof calls this Imagninskoe. Davidson, 1869, called it Indian 

bay; and Dall, 1871, Summer bay, which is believed to be its local 

name. ' .

Summit; creek, Chilkat valley, southeastern Alaska, tributary to Tsirku river 

from the north, near latitude 59° 20', longitude 136° 02'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Wright. 1903.

Summit; creek, tributary at the head of Canyon creek from the west, Kenai 

peninsula. Local name, reported by Mendenhall, 1898.

Summit; creek, 22 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to 

Eldorado river from the west, near longitude 165°. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Summit; glacier (5,700 feet high), on the mainland, east of Le Conte bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887..

Summit; gulch, on the south side of Young creek, a tributary of Nizina river. 

Prospectors' name. First appears on map of Nizina mining district, by 

George M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902.

Summit; island, on the north shore of Bristol bay, just east of Togiak bay. So 

called by the Fish Commission in 1890. Sarichef, 1826, calls it by its 

Eskimo name, Kellek. Tebenkof calls it Kielkek.

Summit; lake near the source of Gulkana river, a tributary of Copper river. 

Name taken by Mendenhall, 1903, from map by Powell, a Valdez engineer. ""'.;

Summit; lake, at the source of the western branch of Tebay river, which is 

tributary to the Chitina. Descriptive name, given by Schrader and 

Spencer, 1900.

Summit; peaks (5,800 feet high), at head of Valdez glacier. So named by 

Abercrombie, 1898.
606 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Summit; railroad station and mining camp, G miles north of Nome, Seward 

peninsula, near longitude 105° 21'. Local name, Summit Station, published in 1903.

Summit; telegraph station, on the divide between Goodpaster river and Middle 

fork Fortyrnile creek, near latitude 64° 30', longitude 143° 40'. So 

named by the Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1903.

ISumner, glacier ; see Turner.

Sumner; island, northwest from Port Protection, in Sumner strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by 'Helm, 1886.

Sumner; mountains, in the southern part of Mitkof island, Alexander archipelago. So.named by Thomas, 1887.

Sumner, peninsula ; see Seward.

Sumner; strait, extending from the mouth of the Stikine river to the Pacific, 

between Prince of Wales archipelago and other islands on the south 

and Kupreanof and other islands on the north. Named by Dall, 1875, 

after Hon. Charles Sumner.

Sunby; creek, 8 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, draining the northeast 

slope of King mountain to Nome river, near longitude 165° 18'. Local 

name, published in 1903. Written also Suudby.

Sunday; gulch, in the Copper River region, on the north side of Chititu creek. 

Prospectors' name. First appears on map of'Nizina mining district by 

George M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902.

Kund1)y, creek; see Sunby.

Sun Golovine, bay arid sound; see Golofniu.

Sunit, cape; see Ninilchik.

Sunny; cove and point, northern shore Cholmondeley sound, Prince of Wales 

island, western shore Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 15', longitude 132° 16'. Local navigators' name, reported by 

Brooks, 1901.

Sunny; cove, indenting the western shore of Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska, 

near latitude 58° 18', longitude 134° 08'. Local navigators' name, reported by Moser, 1900.

Sunny; mountain (4,4.00 feet high), near the outlet of Klutina lake. So named 

by Abercrombie, 1898.

Sunnyside; mining camp and landing, on the southern shore of Holkham bay, 

Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago, just inside Point Astley, 

near latitude 57° 42', longitude 133° 37'. Local name, reported by 

Spencer and Wright, 1903.

Sunrise; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Agiapuk river from the south, 

near longitude 166° 04'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Sunrise; mining town and post-office (established in June, 1899), on south 

shore of Turnagain arm of Cook inlet, at mouth of Sixmile creek. 

Kenai peninsula, near longitude 149° 30'. Founded in 1895 or 1896, 

and called Sunrise City.

Sunset; creek, tributary to Turnagain arm of Cook inlet from the south, just 

west of Sixmile creek. Local name, from Mendenhall, 1898.

Sunset; creek, tributary to Gold run, from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Sunset; creek, tributary to Grantley harbor from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Sunset; creek, tributary to Snake river from the north, near Nome, Seward 

peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Sunset; island (404 feet high),, near Windham bay, Frederick sound, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Sunset; pass, in the Franklin mountains, northeastern Alaska, " leading from

the head of Kuselik creek to the head of Barter river," near latitude

69° 30', longitude 145°. So described by S. J. Marsh, a prospector,

1902. 

Sunshine; creek, Seward peninsula, in Casadepaga valley, tributary to Canyon

creek from the north, near latitude 64° 52', longitude 104° 21'. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1901. 

Sunshine; village or camp, on Klehini river, near Chilkat river. Prospectors'

name, from Brooks, 1900. 

Surf; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Akun island, Krenitein group,

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 105° 37'. So named by Gilbert, 1901. 

Surf; point, the western point of entrance to Port Alice, Davidson inlet, Prince

of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 50', longitude 133° 38'. So

named by Dick ins, 1903-4. 

Surf; rock, near Middle channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. Called Polivnoi (surf washed) by the Russians in 1809.

Also, they used Burun (breakers) to designate it. Thus it has been

called Bolivnoi (by error), Burun, Polivuoi, and Surf. 

Surge; small bay, indenting tbe western shore of Yakobi island, Alexander

archipelago. Apparently so named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p.

185). 

Surprise; creek, tributary to the Kotsiua from the north. Prospectors' name,

reported by Gerdiue, 1900. 

Surprise; creek, tributary to Topkok river from the west, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Surprise; creek, Seward peninsula, small tributary on west bank near head of

Big Four creek, Casadepaga drainage, near latitude 64° 48', longitude

164° 05'. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1904. 

Surprise; glacier, tributary to Harriman fiord, Port Wells, Prince William

sound. Called Surprise glacier, also the Stairway, by the Harrimau

expedition, 1899. 

Surprise; gulch, 12 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, draining into

Osborn creek from the east, near longitude 165° 00'. Local name, from

Gercline, 1904. 

Surprise; harbor, at the south end of Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago.

So named, presumably, by Meade, 1869. 

Surprise; point, on island in mouth of Nakat inlet, southeastern Alaska. So

named by Nichols, 1888. 

Survey; mountains (2,916 feet high), in the northern part of Mitkof island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887. 

Survey; point, 1 mile northeast of I-Iiggins point, the southern point of entrance

to Clover passage, northern entrance to Behm canal, southeastern

Alaska, near latitude 55° 28', longitude 131° 50'. Name from local

navigators, reported by I-I. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904. 

Survey; point, the eastern point of entrance to Tamgas harbor, Annette island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. 

Sushetna, river, mountain, village; see Susitna. 

Sushilnoi; islet, in the Sandman reefs, northeast of Sannak. Named Sushilnoi

(drying-ground, drying place) by the Russians. Erroneously Sushitnoi. Veniaminof has Chishelnoi (cleaning). 

SusMtna, river, mountain, village; see Susitna. 

Susitria; mountain (4,280 feet high), about 15 miles north of the mouth of the

Susitna river, near latitude 61° 30', longitude 151° 45'. Apparently a

local name, published Sushitna by the Geological Survey in 1900.
608 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Susitna; river, tributary from the north to Cook inlet. Native name, Sushitna, 

i. e., Sushit river. Variously written Suchitna, Sushetna, Sushitna, 

Susitua, etc.

Susitna; Indian village, near the mouth of Susitna river, Cook inlet. Petrof, 

1880, writes it Sushetno and shows two villages, Sushetno (first, village), with population 44, and Sushetno (second village), with population 46. The Eleventh Census, 1890, has Sushitna village, with population 142.

Suskaralogh; point, on the north shore near the west end of St. George island, 

Bering sea, 1J miles east of Dalnoi point, near longitude 169° 45'. 

Aleut name, reported by Duffield, 1897. Putnam wrote Sus kar a' logh 

(place where they get whales)..

Suskita; channel, of Koyukuk river, about 47 miles long, on the right (north)^ 

side of Treat island, near latitude 66°, longitude 156°. The channel 

on the left side is called the Cutoff. River pilots' name, reported by 

Lieutenant Camden, Revenue-Cutter Service, 1900.

Suskita; mountains, on the right bank of Koyukuk river, between Dakli and 

Hogatza rivers, near latitude 66°, longitude 156°. Indian name, 

adopted by the river pilots, and reported by Lieutenant Camdeu, Revenue-Cutter Service, 1900.

Suslositna; creek, in the Mentnsta mountains, tributary to Slana river from the 

east, 7 miles above Suslota creek. Indian name, reported by Schrader, 

1903.

Suslota; creek, tributary to Slana river. Native name, reported by Alien in 

1885. In his text it is printed Suslota, and also (apparently erroneously) Sustota. The termination ta is doubtless what Hayes wrote to 

or too, meaning creek.

Suslota; lake, in the Copper River valley, drained by the Suslota creek (above). 

Name from Witherspoon, 1902.

Suslota; pass (about 4,000 feet high), between the Copper and Tanana. rivers. 

So called by Schrader, 1899.

Suspiro; cape, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Suspiro 

(sigh) by Manrelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

8usto, Ensenacla del; see Sitka sound.

Sutchum, island; see Sutwik.

Sutkum, island; see Sutwik.

Sutro; creek, tributary to Fox river from the south, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Sutter; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the west to Buck creek, near 

latitude 65° 38'. Prospectors' name, reported by Collier, 1903.

Sutter; creek, eastern Alaska, on the south bank of Seventymile creek, near 

latitude 64° 55', longitude 142° 05'. Prospectors' name, from sketch 

map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Sutwik;. island, off the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, north of the Seniidi 

group, near longitude 157°. Native name, from the Russians, who 

have Sutkum and Sutwik. Langsdorf, 1813,-has Sutchum and the Russian charts Sutkhwik. Variously written Soutkhvik, Soutvik, Sutchum, 

Sutchwik, Sutkhum, Sutkwik, and Zutchwik. Petrof, in the Tenth 

Census, 1880, calls the island Sutkhum, and in his text (p. 28) the 

village Sutkhoon. In the Eleventh Census, 1890, the island is called 

Sutwik and the village Sutkum.

Sutwik; native village, on Sutwik island.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. 609

Suworof; cape, at mouth of Naknek river, near head of Bristol bay, Bering sea,

about latitude 58° 45', longitude 157° 05'. So named by Staniukovich,

of the corvette Holler, in 1828, whose reconnaissance of the Alaska

peninsula ended here. Spelled Souvoroff, Suvoroff, etc. Russian proper

name. It is apparently this cape or some point on it that Moser, 1900,

calls Pedersen point. 

Suworof; village, at mouth of Naknek river, Bristol bay, Bering sea. So called

by the Russians, presumably after Cape Suvorof, near by. Its native

name appears to be Kinghiak or Kiniaak, which has also appeared as

Kinuiak. Sarichef calls it the Aleut village Naugvik; called also

Naknek.

Suyanyilla, mountains; see Sukwanila. 

Svensen; sunken rock, in the eastern part of Peril strait, Alexander archipelago.

Named Svenson by Moore, 1895; here changed to Svensen, the usual

spelling of this Swedish proper name. 

Svetchnikoff, harbor and point; see Sviechnikof. 

Sviechnikof; harbor or port, indenting the southern shore of Amlia island,

Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Surveyed and presumably named

by Chernof, 1832. May be a family name. Sviechnik is Russian for

talloio chandler. The name has been written Svetchnikoff, Sbieznikof,

and even Souchikova. 

Svieshlakof; island, in Kalsiu bay, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. So named by the

Russians.

fcvikhchak, bay; see Swikshak. 

Kvinoi, island; see Hog. 

Swamp; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So named by Fender,

1868. 

Swan; island, in Seymour canal, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Mansfield, 1890. 

Swan; lake, near Sitka, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Lebiazhe (swan) by Vasilief, 1809. 

Swan; small lake, 1° west of outlet of Lake Clark, drained by Swan river

(below). Local name, reported by Osgood, who visited it in 1902. 

Swan; river, tributary from the northeast to Kaktul river, an affluent of the

Mulchatna from the east, near latitude 00°, longitude 350°. Local

name, obtained by Spurr and Post, 1898, from Trader A. Mittendorf.

They represented it as tributary to the Mulchatna. It is apparently

the stream for which Schanz, 1891, reported the Eskimo name Kogiukhtuli.

Swan, river; see Kugruk. 

Swanport; anchorage and post, opposite Valdez, in Port Valdez, Prince William

sound. Local name, published in 1899.. 

Swanson; creek, Seward peninsula, north of Grantley harbor, and flowing east

to Allene creek, a branch of North creek. Prospectors' name, reported

by Gerdine, 1901. 

Swanson; harbor, at junction of Lynn canal, Chatham strait, and Icy strait,

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 12', longitude 135° 05'. So

named by Meade, 1869. 

Swedania; point, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, north of the Shumagius. Named Swedania (meeting place) by the Russians. 

Swede; gulch, on the south side of Young creek, a tributary of Nizina river.

Prospectors' name. First appears on map of Nizina mining district,

by Geo. M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902,

Bull. 299 06 M 39
610 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Swedish Meadows. This name appeared on an unpublished chart of the Coast 

Survey (numbered 1000) for some features in Revillagigedo channel, 

Alexander archipelago.

Sweetbrier; creek, Seward peninsula, Solomon river drainage, tributary on west 

bank of Shovel creek, near latitude 64° 42', longitude 164° 25'. Prospectors' name from a local map, 1904.

Sweetcake; creek, tributary to Ophir creek from the north, Seward peninsula; 

Name from Barnard, 1900. . Sweetheart; falls, in Port Snettisham, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1888.

ftwetlaretchka, river; see Clear.

Swikshak; bay, on the northern shore of Shelikof strait, about 25 miles southwest of Cape Douglas, Alaska peninsula. Native name, which Lutke, 

1835, writes Svikhchak. Has been written Sbichsak and Swikschak. .

Swinoi, island; see Hog.

Switch.; creek, in the Birch Creek district, tributary to Deadwood creek from 

the south, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 144° 50'. Prospectors' name1; 

reported by Prindle, 1903.

Switch; fork, of Chicken creek from the left, in the Fortymile region, near latitude 64° 05', longitude 142°. Prospectors' name, taken from a map in 

the Coast Survey archives, drawn by E. F. Ball, a prospector. 1898.

Sword; point, in Portillo channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Named Punta de Espada (sword point) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775- 

1779.

Syble; point, on the mainland, the eastern point of entrance to Yes bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Sycamore; bay, indenting the northern shore of Kodiak. Named Chernleshef 

(perhaps from Cheriiiechie, sycamore) by the Russians, 1808-1810. 

Tebenkof calls it Makn.ashka and the Coast Survey, Devils bay.

Sykes; point, the southern point of entrance to Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vancouver, 1793, after a member of his party.

Sylburn; harbor, on the western side of Annette island, opening into Nichols 

passage, Alexander archipelago. So named -by Nichols, 1883.

Sylva; creek, near the head of Windham bay, Frederick sound, southeastern 

Alaska, tributary to Shuck river, .from the east. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Spencer and Wright, 1903.

Symonds; bay, in Biorka island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named 

after Lieut. Frederick Martin Symonds, U. S. N., who, with Master 

G. C. Hanus, U. S. N., surveyed it in 1879.

Symonds; point, on Admiralty island, near north end of Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by Coghlan, 1884, after Lieut. F. M. 

Symonds, U. S. N., who made surveys in this vicinity in 1880.

Synroclc, Synrok, Synrook; see Sinuk.

Taaltsug, bay ; see Dry.

Taaltsug; river, one of the five rivers in the delta of the Alsek, southeastern 

Alaska. Apparently a native name, published by Tebeukof, 1849.

Taapkuk; Eskimo village (population 42 in 1880), at Cape Espenberg, Kotzebue 

sound. Eskimo name, from Petrof, 1880, who writes it Ta-apkuk.

Table; island, in Hood bay, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 27'. So named by Meade, 1869.

Table; mountain (2,438 feet high), a prominent landmark on the southern shore 

of Whitewater bay, southeastern shore Admiralty island, Chatham 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 13'. S® described in 

the Coast Pilot of 1901.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIOETABY OF ALASKA. 611

Table; mountain (6,000 feet high), on the headwaters of Koyukuk river, in 

latitude 68°. Descriptive name, given by Schrader in 1899.

Tachat; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim from the north, near latitude 63°. 

Native name, from Spurr and Post, 1898, who wrote it Tachatna, i. e., 

Tachat river.

Tachik, bay ; see Pavlof.

Tachilni; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Morzhovoi bay, on the southern 

shore of Alaska peninsula, near its western end, about longitude 162° 

54'. Named Tochiluoi (grinding to an edge, sharpening, whetting) by 

.Tebeukof, 1849. Its Aleut name according to Lutke (p. 272), who 

obtained it from Kudiakof, 1791, is Animatchoutchkok.

Tachilni; mountains, between Cold and Morzhovoi bays, at western end of 

Alaska peninsula. Named Tachelhey by the Fish Commission, 1888, 

the name being obviously derived from Cape Tachilni, near by. Tebenkof calls the cape Tochiluoi. It has been given Tachilnoi by Dall, 

Tachelhey by the Fish Commission, and Tachethey by the Coast Survey.

Tachkinach, island; see Simeonof.

Tachshilik, creek ; see Takshilik.

Taohti, island; see Takli.

Ta-clik, landing; see Tklik. . . Tacon, harbor ; see Taku.

Taddiskey, harbor; see Kaigani and South.

Tadluk; cape, on the southern shore of Atka island, middle Aleutians. Native 

name, from Tebenkof, 1849.

Tadrandike, river; see Chandlar.

Tag; rock or rocky islet, one of the Delarof islands, near western end of the 

Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from Tebenkof, who 

writes it Tagachalugis, or, as we may divide it, Ta-gach-al-u-gis. This 

has been written Tagatchalgise by the Hydrographic Office and Tagachalgise by the Coast Survey. This large name of a small feature is 

here, curtailed to Tag.

Tagadak; islet, east of Adak, and south of Great Sitkin, Audreanof group, middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Tagftdak is Aleut 

for new, fresh, etc. Has also been written Tagadakh.

Tagagawik; river, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Selawik river from the 

south, near latitude 66° 30', longitude 159°. Eskimo name, obtained by 

Stoney in 1886, who wrote Tag-gag-a-wik.

Tagalack, bay; see Dakavak.

Tagalak; island, between Atka and Great Sitkin, middle Aleutians. Native 

name, from Billings's track chart, 1790-1792. (Not to be confounded 

with Tagadak, a small island about 10 miles west of this one). Has 

also been written Tagalakh.

Tagamak, islet; see Chernabura. 

Tag-yag-a-wilc, Eskimo village; see Tagagawik.

Taghinak, island; see Simeonof.

Tagish; lake and post-office, east of Bennett lake, Yukon district, Canada. 

Named Bove, 1883, by Schwatka, after Lieutenant Bove, of the Italian 

navy, but by Doctor Dawson called Tagish. The native name, according 

to Ogilvie, is Takone. The above name, Tagish, has been adopted by 

the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Tagumanik; creek, tributary to the eastern part of Norton sound. Native 

name, from the Western Union Telegraph Expedition map of 1867.
612 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Taguta. Raymond, 1869, shows a native village on the north bank of the Yukon, 

about 15 miles below the mouth of the Kaiyuh slough, called Tagutakaka, which appears to be intended for Taguta-kakat, i. e., Taguta 

river. Neither name nor village appears on recent maps.

Taliini; river, tributary to Chilkat river from the north, or rather it is the 

upper part of Chilkat river, near latitude 59° 30'. Native name, reported by the Krause brothers in 1882. Name omitted from recent 

maps.

Taliini. river ; see Takhin.

Tahkandit; river, tributary to the Yukon from the northeast, near the international boundary. Native name, published by the Coast Survey, in 

1890, as Tahkaudik. Now known as Nation river. See Nation.

Tahkeena, river; see Takhini.

Tahko, lake; see Tesliu.

Tahko, pass; see Taku.

Tahlekuk, river; see Nushagak.

Tahneta; pass, between the headwaters of the Matanuska and Tazlina rivers 

Native name, from Meudeuhall, 1898.

Tahnohkalony, village; see Tanakot.

Taigud; islands, on the south side of Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. So called by Vasilief, 1809.

Taiya; inlet, at head of Chilkoot inlet, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 59° 

20', longitude 135° 20'. An Indian word, variously written Tyya and 

Tya (Meade, J869), Dejiih (Krause, 1882), Dayay (Schwatka, 1883), 

Dyea and Taiya by various authorities. The above form has been 

adopted for the inlet and the river which flows into it at its head.

Taiya; river, tributary at the head of Taiya inlet (above).

Taiyasanka; harbor, in front of Ferebee glacier, at the head of Lynn canal, 

southeastern Alaska. Native name, reported by the Krause brothers, in 

1882, as Dejiihssanke. lichols (1891) writes it Taiya Sahuka.

Takahola; lake, northern Alaska, on the west side of, and tributary to Alatna 

river, near latitude 67° 20', longitude 154°. Eskimo name, written 

Ta-kahoela and Ta-ka-heo-la by Stoney, who saw it in 1886.

Takaiak;. mountain, about 25 miles southeast of Nulato. Native name, from 

Tikhmenief, 1861. Not found on any recent map. Near it Tikhmenief 

shows a summer village called Takaiaksa.

Ta/caltski, creek ; see Medicine.

Takamgia; point, the northeast point of North rookery, north shore St. George 

island, near longitude 169° 34'. Aleut name, reported by Duffield, 1897.

Takanis; bay, indenting the western shore of Yakobi island, Alexander archipelago. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Usually written Takhanis, 

sometimes Thakanis.

Takatz; bay, on the eastern coast of Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 57° 10', longitude 134° 45'. Native name, reported by Moore, 1895.

Takatz; islands, in Takatz bay (above), Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Name so applied by Moore, 1895.

Takaioangha, island; see Tanaga.

Takchuk; entrance, to a narrow strait leading from Grantley harbor to Imuruk 

basin, Seward peninsula. Beechey visited this in August, 1827, described it, and says it is called Tokshook by the natives. Lutke writes 

it Tokchouk. Beechey says there was an Eskimo village on its shores. 

Ball,. 3869, locates a village here called Taksumut. By Petrof, 1880, 

this is called Taksomute and located farther east.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 613

Takhanis, bay; see Takanis.

Talchanix, cape; see Bingham.

Takhin; mountain ridge, between Takhin river and Chilkat lake, southeastern 

Alaska. The native name of this ridge was reported by the Krause 

brothers, in 1882, to be Takhiuscha,.

Takhin; river, tributary to the Chilkat from the west, near head of Lynn canal. 

Native name, reported by United States naval officers, 1880, as Takheen. 

Krause's map of 1882 has Takhin. Has also been called Tahini and 

Taklini. The above form, Takhin, has been adopted by the Canadian 

Board on Geographic Names.

Takhini; river, a left branch of Lewes river, on which is Kusawa lake. Native 

name, reported in 1883 by Schwatka, who writes it Tahk-heen-a. According to Schanz, 1890, the Chilkat Indians call this river Seer-kwet 

(Sirkwet), written also Cirquet. and know nothing of the name Takhini. 

This is the name which Krause brothers, 1882, wrote Ssergolt, and 

applied to that part of the river above Kusawa lake. The above form, 

Takhiui, has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic 

Names.

Takiketak; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwim bay. Name 

from Nelson, 1878-79, who wrote it Takikatagarnute, i. e., Takiketak 

people. Population in 1880, 21.

TaJclek, cape; see Aklek.

Takli; island, between Katmai and Kukak bays, on north shore of Shelikof 

strait. Native name* from the Russians, who wrote it Takali and. 

Takhli Erroneously Tachli and Tachti.

TaJcome, lake; see Tagish.

Takshak; Eskimo village, on right bank of lower Yukon river, near Razboinski. 

Name from Dall, 1869. Usually written Takshageuiut, i. e., Takshak 

people.

Takshak, village; see Chnkchuk.

Takshilik; creek, tributary to Kanektok river from the south, about 30 miles 

above the Kanektok's mouth. Native name, from Post, 1898, who wrote 

it Ttichshilik.

Taksumut, village ; see Takchuk.

Taku; channel, off the Yukon delta, leading into Kwikluak and Kwemeluk 

passes, near latitude G2° 30', longitude 105° 20'. So named by Putuam, 

1899, probably after the Coast Survey steamer Taku.

Taku; glacier, at the head of Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 

58° 30', longitude 134° 05'. So known locally and to geologists, tourists, 

and navigators. It was christened Schulze in 1883, after Paul Schulze, 

president of the Northwest Trading Company, and Foster in 1890, by 

the Coast Survey, after Hon. Charles Foster, Secretary of the Treasury. 

The.Indian name, according to Miss Scidmore, is Klumii Gutta, Klurama 

Gutta, or Sitth Kliiniu Gutta. (the spirit's home).

Taku; harbor, indenting the mainland in Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. A native name, first applied by Vasilief in 1848. Variously 

written Taco, Tacou, Takou, etc.

Taku; inlet, opening into Stephens passage, southeastern Alaska. Native 

name, variously written, Taco, Tacou, Tahko, etc. It is Lothianoi (icy) 

arm of Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been called Glacier inlet.

Taku; lake, draining into Taku harbor. So called by Thomas, 1888.

Taku; mountain (2,170 feet high), on the mainland, near Taku harbor, Stephens 

passage, southeastern Alaska. So called by Thomas, 1888. 
,614 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA.

Taku; pass, into the interior by way of the Taku river. Local name, first applied by Vasilief, 1848. Variously written Taco, Tahko, Takou, etc.

Taku; point, on the eastern shore of Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska.

Taku; river, of British Columbia and southeastern Alaska, tributary to the 

head of Taku inlet.

Taku; village, at head of Taku harbor, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. Has appeared on charts as Taku settlement and Takou villages.

Ta-ku-ten-ny, lake and river; see Kluane.

Td-lcu-ten-ny-ee, lake and village; see Aishihik.

Takwaklanuk; slough, Yukon delta, opening on the right bank of Kwikluak 

pass, 13 miles below the head of the delta, near latitude 62° 41', longitude 164° 05'. Eskimo name, obtained by Putnam in 1899.

Talbiksok; river, tributary to the lower Yukon from the south, near or at the 

Yukon-Kuskokwim portage. JSfative name, from Raymond, 1869, who 

wrote it Talbiksokh. Variously written Talbigsak, Talbiksak, etc.

Talkeetna; mountain range, north of Cook inlet, between the Matanuska and 

Susitna rivers. The name Talkeetna was proposed by Eldridge, 1898, 

and published in his report, where he says the last syllable is .often 

pronounced wo. Talkeet-na or Talkee£-no means Talkeet river. Written Talkutna by Mendenhall.

Talkeetna; river, north of Cook inlet, tributary to the cSusitna from the east, 

near latitude 62°. Native name, from Eldridge and Muldrow, 1898, 

who wrote Talkeetna, i. e., Talkeet river, said to mean river of plenty.

Talkutna, river and mountains; see Talkeetna.

Tall Tree; point,.in Sawmill cove, Howkan strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Sheldon Jackson, 1880.

Talnika, point; see Willow.

Talsekwe; river, tributary to Taku river from the north, near the international 

boundary line, southeastern Alaska. Native name, given by the Coast 

Survey, 1895, as Taltakay; in 1898, as Tolusque (or possibly Slocah) ; 

and in 1899, as Tallsaykway.

Talsona, creek and town; see Tulsona.

Tamgas; harbor, indenting the southern shore of Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 55° 03', longitude 131° 32'. Surveyed and

so called by Etolin, 1833. Presumably a native name, identical with

Tongass, but kept in this form to prevent confusing the two places. 

Tamgas; lake, on Annette island, eastern shore Tamgas harbor, Alexander

archipelago. So called by the fisheries, and reported by Moser in 1901. 

Tamgas; mountain (3,684 feet high), in the southeastern part of Annette island.

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. 

Tamgas; reef, in Felice strait, Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Nichols, 1883. ' . 

Tan. .This is said to be the native name for cape or point as-used by the Indians

about Cook inlet. It is added as a final syllable. Thus, Kukistan, i. e.,

Kukis cape. 

Tana; glacier and river, tributary to the Chitina from the south. Native name,

from a manuscript map made by prospectors in 1900. 

Tanaak, cape; see Paramanof. 

Tanada; creek and lake, tributary to Copper river from the east, near longitude

143° 30'. Apparently a native name, reported by Peters, of the Geological Survey, 1899. 

Tanada; peak, 27 miles northeast of Mount Wrangell. and immediately south of

Tanada lake. So named by Witherspoon, 1902.
GEOGBAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. 615

Tanadak; island, one of the westernmost of the Andreanof group, middle Aleu-. 

tians. Aleut mime, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Tanadakh. Perhaps it means'craft place.

Tanadak; islet, east of and near Little Kiska, Rat island group, western Aleutians. Aleut name, from Lutke. Also written Tanadakh.

Tanadak; islet, near the eastern end of Arulia island, Andreauof group, middle 

Aleutians. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849.

Tanaga; bay, indenting the western shore of Tanaga island, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. So called by Sarichef, 1790. Tebenkof, 1849, called 

this Slaya Rossie (Glory of Russia) bay, after the ship Glory of Russia, 

commanded by Billings, in whose company Sarichef was. So it appears on late maps as Glory of Russia bay.

Tanaga; island (6,975 feet high), one of the principal islands of the Andreanof 

group, middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from early Russian explorers. 

Lutke has Tanaga or Tauiaga, and Grewingk indicates that the native 

name is Takawangha. Has also been written Tanuaga.

Tanaga, island; see Little Tanaga.

Tanak; cape, the northernmost point of Umnak, eastern Aleutians. Veniaminof 

calls this cape Egorkovskoi, " noteworthy for the enormous blocks 

thrown out by the explosion of Tulik volcano in 1817." The native village Egorovskoi, located here at that time, was destroyed, the natives, 

.however, being absent. The village was rebuilt in Inanudak bay and 

is, presumably, the Nikolski village of to-day. Kuritzien, 1849, calls this 

Tanak, the Aleut word for place and the Kodiak word for water.

Tanakh-angounalsh, island; see Chuginadak.

TanakhotJchaiaJc, village ; see Tanakot.

Tanaklak; island, south of Great Sitkin, Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. 

Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1S49. Has also been written Tanakhlakh.

Tanakot; native village, on north bank of the Yukon, near mouth of the Meloai 

river. Population in 1880, 52. The Tenth Census (1880) gives as the 

name of a town near this locality Tanakhotkhaiak. On later maps it 

appears as Tahnohkalony.

Tanana; glacier, in latitude 62°, longitude 142° 30'. So named by the Geological Survey in 1898.

Tanana; post-office- (established in September, 1898), on north bank of Yukon 

river, at mouth.of the Tanana. At this place is the new St. James Mission, and Fort Gibbon is a few miles below.

Tanana; river, of central Alaska, tributary to the Yukon; literally Tanan-na-, 

i. e., Tanan river, and said to mean river of the mountain men. According to Alien its upper part is called Nabesna. by the natives. It was 

known .to the traders of the Hudson Bay Company as Gens des Buttes. 

Has been variously written Tananah, Tannanah, Tennanah, etc., but it 

is now universally known as the Tanana.

Tanana; trading station of the Northern Commercial Company, on the north 

bank of Yukon river, near the mouth of the Tanana: This station is 

located 1 mile above Weare, on the site of the old Indian village of 

Nuklukayet, and below St. James mission. Going upstream comes 

Fort Gibbon, Weare, Tanana station, and St. James mission. The. distance from the fort to the,mission is 3 or 4 miles. Tanana post-office is 

either here or at Weare.

Tanana Crossing; telegraph station, on the Tanana river, near longitude 133° 

30'.

Tananei, village; see Chilkoot.
616 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Tanani; Indian village, just north of Haines, near bead of Cbilkoot inlet, southeastern Alaska. Native name, reported by the Krause brothers in 1882.

Tanaskan; bay, indenting the southern shore of Beaver bay, Unalaska, eastern 

Aleutians, near latitude 53° 43*, longitude 166° 29'. Aleut name, from 

Sarichef, 1792, who wrote it Taneska. Veuiaminof, however, writes it 

Tanaskan. It means vegetable garden. It is Macks bay of the Fish 

Commission, 1888.

Tangent; peak.(2,449 feet high), on the mainland, west of Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Tangent; point, the eastern point of entrance to Dease inlet, east of Point Barrow, Arctic ocean. So named by Dease and Simpson in 1837, who say 

"The land * * * turned sharply off to SSW., forming an acute 

angle well termed Point Tangent."

Tanghinakh, islet; see Pustoi.

Tangik; islet, near the eastern shore of Akun island, Krenitzin group, eastern 

Aleutians, near longitude 165° 30'. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. 

Tangik is Aleut for island. Called Waverly island by the Fish Commission, 1888.

Tangimak, island ; see Karpa.

Tangimak,- island ; see Little Koniuji.

Tanginak; islet (200 feet high), east of Akun island, in Unimak pass, eastern 

Aleutians, near longitude 165° 19'. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. 

Perhaps it is simply the Aleut Taugidak (islet). The. Fish Commission, 1888, called it Breed island. Has also been called Propagation 

island.

Tangle; lakes, at source of the Delta river, near longitude 146°. So named by 

Mendenhall, 1898.

Tanglefoot; small bight, at Karluk head, on north shore of Kodiak. A cannery 

was built on the beach here in 1893. Locally known as Tanglefoot 

bay.

Tanignag-miut, settlement; see Aleksashkina.

Tanis; glacial stream, in the St. Elias alps, a little north of the mouth of the 

Alsek. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. Apparently a native name. See 

Ustay.

Tannak, island; see Little Tanaga. '.

Tanner; head, a high peninsula, 4 miles long, in Alitak bay, southwestern shore

of Kodiak, extending northeast from Cape Alitak. So named by Moser

K in 1900, probably after Lieutenant-Commander Zera Luther Tanner,

U. S. N., who commanded the Fish Commission steamer Albatross in

Alaskan waters, 1888 to 1893, inclusive.

Tano, island; see Chuginidak.

Tanogtukan; lake, on the north coast of St. George island, Bering sea, near 

Staraya Artil rookery and longitude 169° 36'. Aleut name, written 

Tanogtuk' an-an' yi (old village lake) by Putnam in 1897. So called 

from the ruins of an old village near.

Tantallon; point, the southeastern point of Douglas island, Stephens passage. 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, 

p. 171).

Tanunak; Eskimo village, at Cape Vancouver, Nelson island, Bering sea. 

Name from Nelson, who visited it in December, 1878. Usually written 

Tununak and sometimes Tnnunnk. Is also called Dununak in the 

Eleventh Census. Father Barnum, who established a mission here in 

1891, since abandoned, writes Tunuua.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 617

Taoatin; mountain, on the right bank of the Yukon, near Kaltag. Name published by the Coast. Survey in 1898.

Tapirag, mountain ; see Fourpeaked. ^ 

Tapor, point; see Hatchet. 

Tar; stream, on the southwestern coast of Prince of Wales island, southeastern

Alaska, south of Hunter bay. Called Tar by the fisheries, and so described by Moser in 1897. 

Taral; creek, tributary to Copper river from the east, at Taral. Locally called

Taralna, i e., Taral river. 

Taral; village (of 2 houses in 1885), on left bank of Copper river, a little below

the mouth of the Chitiua; also creek tributary to the Copper from the

east, at this village. Native name, reported as Taral by Alien, 1885. 

Taranovokovik; pass or channel, Yukon delta, connecting the mouths of Kwikluak aud Kwemeluk passes, near latitude 62° 33', longitude 164° 50'.

Eskimo name, obtained by Putnam in 1899, and written Taranovokckovik. 

Tarasof; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Makushin bay, Unalaska. It is

immediately east of Old Harbor. So called by Veniarninof, 1810. 

Target; islet, jn Mitchell bay, Kootzuahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander

archipelago. Named by Meade, 1869, in commemoration of the target

practice had there. 

TarpJcwa; Eskimo village, on the coast, north of Cape Prince of Wales, Seward

peninsula. Reported by Lieutenant Bertholf, Revenue-Cutter Service,

1897, but not found on any map. 

Tasekpuk; lake, on the Arctic coast, about 80 miles east of Point Barrow, near

longitude 153°. In Ray's vocabulary it is written Tils' yfik pun, while

Jarvis writes Tesukpuk. Eskimo name, the termination puk or pung

meaning big and Tasyuk, inclosed water, or bay. 

Tashalich; river, 8 miles east of Cape Suckling, Gulf of Alaska, near longitude

143° 45'. Native name, from Martin, 1904, who wrote it Tash-a leach. 

Tasliulc,, bay ; see Elson. 

Taslina, river; see Tazlina. 

Taslinamna; lake, a few miles east of Kenai, on the Kenai peninsula. Native

name, from Wosnesenski, about 1840. Perhaps the termination amna

means lake (ruina). 

Tasnuna; river, tributary to the Copper from the west, opposite Bremner river,

about 55 miles from the coast. Native name, from Alien, 1885, who

wrote it Tasnuua,; i. e., Tasnu river. 

Tasuk, bay ; see Elson. 

Tasiwlc, bay ; see Elson. 

Tasyulcpung, lake; see Tasekpuk. 

Tatatontly, lake; see Mentanontli. 

Tatchek, Eskimo village; see Techek. 

Tatchik, bay and sound; see Golofnin. 

Tatena, river ; see Dadina.

Tateno, river, tributary to Kuskokwim; see Rohn. 

Tatitlek; narrows, northeastern shore Prince William sound, between Bligh

island and the mainland, near latitude 60° 52', longitude 146° 40'. So

called by Ritter, 1903, who wrote it Tatitlack. 

Tatitlek; village, on Tatitlek narrows, northeastern coast of Prince William

sound. Native name, which- has been spelled Tatikhlek, Tatilack, Tatitlak, etc.N According to Gerdine it is pronounced Tay-t4t-lek. Formerly

it stood at the head of Gladhaugh bay, but " some years ago" was

moved to its present site near Copper mountain.
618 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Tatlalinguk; pass, 4 miles long, Yukon delta, opening into the north side of 

Apoon pass, 1£ miles below Kotlik, near latitude 63° 03', longitude 

163° 30'. Eskimo name, obtained by Faris in 1899.

Tatlathna; river, a large affluent of the East fork of Kuskokwim river, on the 

left, near longitude 153°. Native name, obtained by Herron, 1899, who 

 wrote it Tatlathno, na or no meaning river.

Tatonduk; river, crossing the international boundary, and tributary to the 

Yukon from the northeast. Indian name, written Tatondu and Tatonduc by Spurr's party, 1896. The Canadian Board on Geographic Names 

has adopted the form here given.

Tatoosh,; islands and rocks, in northern entrance to Behm canal, east of Betton 

island, Alexander archipelago. Islands so named by the Coast Survey 

in 1886 and since applied to the rocks by local navigators.

Tatoosh; point, the northwestern point of Betton island, 2 miles north of 

Tatoosh islands, northern entrance to Behm canal, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 32', longitude 131° 48'. Name so applied by 

local navigators, and reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 

1904. 

Ta-toot-lee, butte; see Boundary.

Tatotlinda, creek ; see Mission.

Tatshenshini; river, tributary to the Alsek river. Native name, reported in 

1882, by Krause as Tatschanzhini and variously spelled. The above 

form, Tatshenshini, has been adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names. - .

Tava; island, one of the Necker island group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Tava (tent) by Vasilief, 1809. According to George 

Kostrometinoff, United States court interpreter at Sitka, Tava is Aleut 

for enough.

Tawah; inlet and stream, on Phipps peninsula, south shore De Monti bay, Yakutat bay, near longitude 139° 45'. Indian name, written Ta-wah by 

Moser in 1901. This is the stream which on the charts is usually 

named Ankau creek. According to Moser the Tawah and Ankau have 

the same source. The Tawah flows west into De Monti bay and the 

Ankau flowing east debouches on the coast, 9 miles southeast of Ocean 

cape.

Taxlina, river; see Tazlina.

Taylor; bay, north shore Cross sound, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 58° 

15', longitude 136° 30'. Named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 

186), after Mr. C, H. Taylor, of Chicago, who visited it prior to 1883.

Taylor; creek, tributary to the Kougarok river from the east, Seward peninsula. Name from Brooks, 1900.

Taylor; islands, on the eastern shore of Taylor bay, Cross sound, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Pratt, 1901.

Taylor; lagoon, 5 miles west of Topkok head, south shore Seward peninsula, 

near longitude 164° 10'. Prospectors' name, Taylor's, published in 

1904.

Tazimina; river, tributary to Lake Clark from the east, near its outlet and 

latitude 60° 10', longitude 154° 30'. Indian name obtained by Osgood, 

1902, who wrote Tazinieena. The Indian word mina means lake.

Tazlina; glacier, at source of Tazlina river. Called Taxlina by Mendenhall, 

1898, who took the name from Alien's map of 1885. Alien used the 

native name Tezlina. for the river in his text and the same, though 

obscurely printed, on his map. Tazlina means Tazli river.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 619

Tazlina; lake, on Tazlinn river. Serebrenikof, in 1848, reported the name of 

this lake as Plavezhnoi. From this has come Pleveznie of some maps. 

This lake, which is drained by the Tazlina river, is now known locally 

as Tazlina.

Tazlina; river, tributary to the Copper from the west, near latitude 62° 03'. 

Corruption of an Indian name, given as -Tlieshitna by Serebrenikof, in 

.1848, and by Alien, in 1885, as Tezlinti, i. e., Tezli river. The usage of 

miners and prospectors is Tazlina. Has been written Taxlina and 

Tazlena.

Tchakhikh, cape; see Chakik.

Tchakoch, stream; see Chakok.

Tchaseni, point; see Chasina.

Tchegoulak, island; see Herbert.

Tchernobour, islet; see Chernabura.

Tchernoboury, islet; see Chernabura.

Tchiboukoukak, cape and native village; see Chibukak and Gambell.

TcMbukak, cape and village; see Chibukak and Gambell.

TcMgMnagak, bay and mountain; see Chiginagak.

Tchigul, island ; see Chugul.

TcMllkat, inlet, peak, etc.; see Chilkat.

Tchineyak, cape ; see Chiniak.

Tchinkitanay, bay; see Sitka sound.

Tchirikoff, island ; see Chirikof.

Tchitchaffow, cape ; see Chichagof.

Tchitnak, village; see Chitnak.

Tchougatskoi, mountains; see Chugach.

Tclioughinadokh, island; see Chuginadak.

Tchouffoulak, island; see Chugul.

Tclwugoule, island; see Chugul.

Tcliougoulolc, island; see Chugul.

Tchoimok, cape; see Chuuak.

Tcliulc, cape; see Stephens.

Tchuna, cape; see Chunu.

T'CUck, landing; see Tklik.

Tear; islet, one of the Ball group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by United States naval officers, 1880.

Tebay; river, tributary to the Chitina from the south, about 30 miles above its 

mouth. So called by Alien, 1885, who says that Tebay is the Indian 

name of a variety of sheep.

Tebenkof; bay, indenting the western coast of Kuiu island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Tebienkof bay by Ball, 1879, after 

Capt. Michael Drnitrievich Tebienkof or Tebenkof, governor of the 

Russian-American colonies 1845-1850. This name has been variously 

. transliterated Tebenkoff, Tebenkov, Tebienkoff, etc. Called also Kon 

bay.

Tebenkof, bay; see St.-Michael.

Tebenkof; mountain (4,100 feet high), east of Yakutat bay, southeastern 

Alaska. Named by Russell, in 1890, after Capt. Michael Dmitrievich 

Tebienkof or Tebenkof, governor of the Russian-American colonies 

1845-1850. Both the forms Tebienkof and Tebenkof have been much 

used.

Tebooktolic, river; see Tubutulik.
620 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Techek; the native name of the Eskimo village at St. Michael, techek, the bay, 

Written also Tatchek. Compare with Tashuk, Tasyuk, Tasek, etc., of 

the northern Eskimo.

Tee; harbor, indenting the mainland in Favorite channel, Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. Named Stephens cove by the Coast Survey in 1897. 

Called Tee harbor by the local navigators from its resemblance to the 

letter T. -

Te6-at-l6kwik. Dall, writing in 1869, gives this as the native name of a stream 

in the Yukon delta a little north of Black river.

Tefaknak; Eskimo village, of 10 houses, in the delta between the Kuskokwim 

and Yukon rivers. Called Tefaknaghamiut, i. e., Tefaknak people, in 

the Eleventh Census, 1890. Population, 195.

TeiJchell, river; see Tiekel and Uranatiiia.

Teikhell, telegraph station; see Tiekel.

Telegraph; hill, about .U miles north of St. Paul village, St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Presumably a local name, published by the 

Coast Survey in 1875.

Telemltz; islet, one of the Sannak group, 3 miles south of the eastern end of 

Sannak island, near latitude 54° 21', longitude 162° 31'. So named by 

Westdahl, 1901.

Telida; Indian village and lake, in the upper Kuskokwim region, on the right 

bank of Tatlathna river, near latitude 63° 30', longitude 152° 30'. Indian name reported by I-Ierron, 1899, may be from telia (fish).

Telitzototel; river, in the Kuskokwim region, a right branch of the Hitzikolok, 

near latitude 63° 15', longitude 153°. Indian name, obtained by Herron, 

1899, who wrote Tel-itz-o-to-lel-no; no means river.

Teller; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to South Fork of Serpentine river 

from the west, near latitude 65° 50', longitude 165° 20'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Gerdiue, 1901.

Teller; reindeer station, Grautley harbor, Seward peninsula. Established by 

Sheldoii Jackson, 1892, and named by him after Hon. Henry Moore 

Teller, Secretary of the Interior. Afterwards moved to north shore of 

Port Clarence. Now there is a town and post-office (established in 

April, 1900) on the spit forming the south point of entrance to Grautley

harbor. This place is called locally and by " the old-timers" The Nook,

a name derived from the Eskimo. Beechey, 1827, says the natives call 

it Nooke, or, as we would now write it, Nuk. Dall (1869) wrote Nookmut and Petrof (1880) Nookmute, i. e., Nook people.

TeltaJchatskahin, river; see Little Boulder creek.

Temnie, island; see Dark.

Tenakee; inlet, indenting the northeastern shore of Chichagof island. Native 

name, adopted by the Coast Survey in 1869. A portage 150 yards long 

is said to connect its head with Port Frederick. Variously designated 

as a canal, channel, inlet, and passage and named Berry, Blind, Siwash, 

and Teuakee.

Tenakee; post-office (established in 1903), eastern shore Tenakee inlet, Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago.

Tenas; creek, tributary to Copper river from the east. Chinook name, meaning little, given by the prospectors.

Tenas; gulch, in the Copper River region, at headwaters of Chititu creek. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader, 1902. Tenas is a Chinook 

word meaning small.

Tenazie; peak, near the international boundary line, on the headwaters of Old 

Crow river, near latitude 68°. So called by the Coast Survey in 1895.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 621

Ten Fathom; anchorage, in Redflsh bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago.

So called by Moser, 1897. 

Tennanah, river; see Tanana. 

Teno'iinam, island; see Seguani. 

Tenrarum-anyi, St. George island; see Bear lake. 

Tent; mountain (7,100 feet high), on the mainland, at head of Tracy arm,

Holkham bay, southeastern Alaska. Name published by the Coast

Survey in 1895. 

Tent; point, on the western shore of Tamgas harbor, Annette island, Alexander

archipelago, near latitude 55° 04', longitude 131° 32'. So named by

Nichols in 1883. His observation tent was erected at this point.

Called also Observatory point. 

Teocalli; mountains, on the right bank of Kuskokwim river, near latitude 62°.

So named by Spurr, 1898, from fancied resemblance to the Aztec temples. 

Terbilon; island, near Woodhouse point, Biorka island, Sitka sound. So named

by Vasilief in 1S09. 

Terentiei; station, on north bank of Yukon river, a little below mouth of the

Koyukuk. Called Terentief's station by Petrof, 1880, presumably after

its owner or occupant. Population in 1880, 15. See Koyukuk. 

Teresa; creek, southeastern slope Alaska peninsula, tributary to Cold bay, near

latitude 57°. 45'.» Local name, after the schooner Teresa, the wreck of

which lies at its mouth. Reported by Martin, 1903. 

Termination; cape, on. the northern shore of Kodiak, near Spruce island.

Named Okonchatelnie (termination) .by Murashef, 1839-40. 

Termination; point, on the northern shore of Alaska peninsula, very near its

west end. Called Granichnoi (termination, boundary) by Tebenkof,

1849. 

Termination; point, the northeastern point of Long island. Kootznahoo inlet,

Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869. 

Termination; rock, near Termination point, Alaska peninsula. So named by

Dall. 1880. 

Terrace; mountain (6,000 feet high), west of and near Klutina lake. So named

by Abercrombie, 1898. 

Terrace; point, of mountain separating the Atrevida and Lucia glaciers, St.

Elias alps, southeastern Alaska. So named by Russell, 1890. 

Terra Cotta; mountains, on left bank of Kuskokwim river, near latitude 62°.

So named by Spurr, 1898, " from their superb and peculiar coloring." 

Teslin; lake, and river tributary to the upper Yukon; often called I-Iootalinqua

or Teslin. On early charts mistakenly called the Tahko. It is the

Newberry river of Schwatka. The above form, Teslin, has been

adopted also by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names. 

Testiffos (Los), islets; see Witnesses (The). 

Tesukpiik, lake; see Tasekpuk. 

Tetahma, river; see Bremner.

Tetelna, creek, tributary to Copper river; see Indian. 

Tetling'; river, tributary to the Tanana from the south, near longitude 142°.

So called by Lowe in 1898. 

Tetling; village (two houses), on Tetling river. Named, 1885, by Alien, after

an Indian. Lowe, who visited it in 1898, calls it Tetlings and says it is

composed of four log houses on the right bank of Tetling river. Its

chief was David. 

Teufelsberg, mountain; see Devil. . .
622 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Tevelma; creek, northern Alaska, tributary to Colville river from the south, 

near longitude 155° 15'. Eskimo name, obtained by Peters and 

Schrader, 1901.

Texas; creek, tributary to Canyon creek from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900. . Texas; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary to Fish creek, an affluent to North fork 

Fortymile creek from the south, near latitude 64° 25', longitude 142° 

35'. Prospectors' name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Tezlina, glacier; see Tazliua.

Thaghian; creek, a'branch of Ankau creek, 7 miles southeast of Yakutat. 

Indian name, reported by Moser, 1901, as Tha-ghe-au. Called also 

Lost creek.

ThaJcanis, bay ; see Takanis.^

Thanksgiving; creek, draining south to Baker flat, along the Tanana river, 

near latitude 65°, longitude 150° 15'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Prindle, 1904.

Thanksgiving; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary on south bank of the Yukon, 

near longitude 143° 40'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 

1905:

Thatcher; point, forming the southern point of eastern entrance to Peril strait, 

Alexander archipelag'o. So named by Meade, 1869, after Rear-Admiral 

Henry Knox Thatcher, U. S. N. It is Coleman point of Homfray in 

1867. The native name is reported to be Shkaliakh or Schkaliakh.

Thekonda, creek; see Cooper.

Theodore; point, the southernmost point of Yakobi island, Alexander archipelago. Named Theodor by Dall, 1879, after Capt. Urey Feodorovich 

Lisianski, the first one to show any of the details of this region. It is 

Cape Cross of some charts.

Theodore; river, tributary to Cook inlet, near its head. Name published by 

the Geological Survey in 1898.

Theresa; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Independence creek, an affluent 

of Kugruk river and Kotzebue sound, near latitude 65° 35', longitude 

162° 20'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1903.

Thetis; coal mine, on the Arctic coast, at Cape Sabine, east of Cape Lisburne. 

So named after the U. S. S. Thetis, which coaled here in 1889.

Thetis; creek, northwestern Alaska, debouching on the Arctic coast, 8 miles 

west of Cape Sabine, near longitude 165°. The so-called Thetis coal 

mine is near its mouth. So called by Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Thetis, islands; see Jones.

Thick, point; see Broad. '.

Thin; point, the western point of entrance to Cold bay, near western end of 

Alaska peninsula, about longitude 162° 34'. Named Tonkoi (narrow) 

by Tebenkof, and variously called Slim, Thin, Tonki, etc.

Thin Point; cannery, established in 1889 at Thin point, the western point of 

entrance to Cold Bay, Alaska peninsula.

Thin Point; cove, on the southern shore of the Alaska peninsula, immediately 

west of Thin point. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1902.

Third Kekur; isolated rock or rocky islet, off the southwestern coast of Barauof 

island, Alexander archipelago. Also written Kekour and Kekoor. See 

Kekur.

Thirtyfivemile; bar, in Yukon river. May be that distance below Circle. 

River pilot's name, taken from Edwards' Track Chart of the Yukon, 

1899, where it is written 35 Mile.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 623

Thlrtymile; river, tributary to the Yukon from the north; about that distance 

, above Circle. Local name, reported by Collier, 1902.

Thirtysixmile Crossing; channel, in Yukon river, at Linda bar. May be 36 

miles below Circle. River pilots' name.

Thistle; creek, tributary to Feather river from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Thistle; ledge, near Point Lookout, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. 

Name published by the. Coast Survey in 1895. Discovered in 1893 by 

Otto J. Klotz, and named by him after his steamer.

Thistle; rock (10 feet above high water), near Cape Fox, in Dixon entrance. 

So named by Nichols, 1883. Erroneously Whistle on one chart.

Thomas; bay, indenting the mainland coast, northeast of Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, 1887, after Lieut 

Commander Charles Mitchell Thomas, U. S. N., who surveyed it in that 

year. -' .

Thomas, bay; see Clover.

Thomas; cape, the westernmost point of AVrangell island, Arctic ocean. Discovered by Capt. Thomas Long, of the New London whaling bark 'Nile, 

August 14, 1867, and by him named Thomas, after the seaman who first 

reported the land.

Thomas; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Candle creek from the west, 

near latitude 65° 50', longitude 162° 05'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Witherspoon, 1903.

Thomas; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Goodhope river'from the north, 

near latitude 65° 42', longitude 163° 25'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Mendenhall, 1901.

Thomas; creek, eastern Alaska, small tributary on north bank of Birch creek, 

near latitude 65° 20', longitude 145°. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Witherspoon, 1905.

Thomas; island, in Helm bay, western shore Behm canal, southeastern Alaska, 

near latitude 55° 36', longitude 131° 57'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries. 1904.

Thomas; mountain (5,400 feet high), near Port Valde/, Prince William sound. 

Named by Abercrombie, 1898, presumably, after Gen. George Henry 

Thomas, U. S. A.

Thomas; rock, off the southeastern end of Raspberry island, between Afoguak 

. and Kodiak islands, near latitude 58°. Local name, reported by Moser, 

1900.

Thompson; cape, the northernmost point of Big Koniu.ii island, Shumagin 

group. So called by Dall, 1880.

Thompson; cape, on the Arctic coast, a few miles southeast of Point Hope. "A 

high cape," says Beechey, August, 1826, " which I named after Mr. 

Deas Thomson, one of the Commissioners of the Navy." In his text 

Beechey spells it Thomson, but on his map Thompson. Near it Beechey 

adds Cape Ricord of the Russians. The Eskimo name is Webnk or 

Wevok, which is also the name of Cape Lisburne, distinguished as 

Webuk Unasiksuk (far) for Cape Lisburne and Webuk Konikto (near) 

for Cape Thompson.

Thompson; creek, 25 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from 

the south to Stewart river at its source, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 165° 18'. Local name, reported by Gerdine, 1904.

Thompson; creek, 9 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Snake 

river from the west, near longitude 165° 28'. Local name, published 

in 1901.
624 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF .ALASKA.

Thompson; creek, tributary to Klokerblok river from the north, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1.900.

Thompson; creek, tributary to Port Clarence from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Thompson; creek, tributary to Walker fork Fortymile creek from the right, 

near latitude 64°, longitude 141° 20'. Prospectors' name, from map in 

Coast Survey archives drawn by E. F. Ball, a prospector, iu 1898.

Thompson, creek ; see Shaw.

Thompson, island ; see Galankin.

Thorns; salmon stream and lake, Wrangell island, Alexander archipelago, drain-

^ ing into a rocky bay near the southern end of Zimovia strait on the 

east side, about latitude 56° 10', longitude 132° 10'. Called Old Village stream by Moser iu 1897, and Thorns (Aw-aw) in 1900; "better 

known as Thorns."

Thomson; pass (2,330 feet high), east of Valdez, Prince William sound. Named 

by Abercrombie,, 1898, after Hon. Frank Thomson, of Pennsylvania. 

On his map it is spelled Thompson.

Thomson; point, on the Arctic coast,'near Flaxmau island. So named by 

Franklin, 1820. It is Thomson in his text and Thompson on his map.

Thorns Place; a bight on the southwestern shore of Wrangell island, Zimovia 

strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 10', longitude 132° 07'. 

Local name, reported by Moser, 1900.

Thorne; arm, indenting the southern shore of Revillagigedo island, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 55° 40', longitude 132° 30'. " Named in 1880, 

by the Coast Survey, after Capt. Charles Thorne, long in command of 

the steamer California in these waters."

Thorne; bay, indenting the eastern shore of Prince of Wales island, Clarence 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Named, 1891, after Frank Mauley 

Thorue, Superintendent of the Coast Survey.

Thorne; head, on the north side of entrance to Thorne bay, Clarence strait, 

southeastern Alaska. So applied by local navigators, and reported by 

H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Thorne; island, iu Kashevarof passage, Clarence, strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow, 1886, presumably after F. M. Thorne, then Superintendent of the Coast Survey.

Thornton; mountain, near Point Higgins, in western part of Revillagigedo 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Thorp; creek, Seward peninsula, smalKtributary on east bank of Casadepaga 

river, near latitude 64° 53', longitude 164° 12'. Prospectors' name, from 

a local map, 1901.

Thousand Fhnuers; point, on southern shore of San Juan Bautista island, 

Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Puuta de los Militiores (point of a thousand flowers) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775- 

1779.

Three Arm; bay, indenting the western shore of Adak island, Andreauof group, 

middle Aleutians. Descriptive name, given by Gibson, 1855. Also 

called West or Three Arm bay.

Three Brothers; rocks, in entrance to Narrow strait, Kodiak. Named Tre Brata 

(three brothers) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Three Finger; point, the southern point of Albatross anchorage, Portage bay, 

Alaska peninsula. So called in Hydrographic Office notice 48, 1893.

Three Hill; island .(1,300 feet high), near Port Althorp. in Cross sound. Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 10', longitude 136° 24'. Descriptive name, given by Ball, 1880. Also written Threehill and Three-hill,
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 625

Three Island; bay, between Usof and Protection bays, on southeastern shore of 

Unalaska, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 166° 40'. Descriptive 

name, given by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Threemile; arm of Keku strait, Kuiu island, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Moore, 1892. 

Threemile; creek, tributary to north shore of Cook inlet, between North Foreland and mouth of Beluga river. Name applied by Spurr, 1898.

Threemile; salmon stream, western coast Prince of Wales island, debouching 

on the north shore of Klawak lake, 3 miles from its outlet, near latitude 55° 27'. Local descriptive.name, written Three-mile by Moser in 

1897. 

Three Pillar; cape, in Kizhuyak bay, north -coast of Kodiak. Named Trekh 

' Kekurnie (three rocky pillars) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Three Rivers (Valley of); in northeast Alaska, at the head of,Firth river, near 

latitude 68 9 40' and the international boundary. Descriptive name, 

given by Turner, 1890.

Three Saints; bay, behind Sitkalidak island, on the southeastern coast of 

Kodiak. Usually so called. Three Saints harbor is on the western 

shore of this bay. Tebenkof calls this bay Liakik, perhaps from liak, 

the Aleut name for the black-footed goose.

Three Saints; harbor, on the western shore of Three Saints bay, on the southeastern shore of Kodiak. Here, on August 3, 1784, arrived Shelikof, 

from Okhotsk, in the ship Three Saints, and established the first Russian settlement on Kodiak, naming it after his vessel. A few years 

later the settlement was moved to St. Paul, Kodiak. The place is 

often referred to as Old Harbor or Starri-gavan. Langsdorf in his 

Voyage (pp. 88, 91) calls it Schelikoff harbor. A native village there 

is called Nunamiut. This name Three Saints has, by a curious transformation, become Ziatitz on some maps. The Russian verb sviatit, to 

sanctify, whence sviatoi, a°saint, was written in English, 1849, by the 

Russian skipper Archimandritof Zfiatitz. The manuscript map. on 

which this appeared contains many words familiar to the student of 

the locality, but which are recognized with difficulty owing to the novel 

orthography. This manuscript map of Kodiak was published by the 

United States Hydrographic Office in 1869. On that map we have 

"H- of 3 Saints and Zfiatitz." One more change and we have on late 

charts Ziatitz as the name of the native village Nunamiut.

Three Tree; point, 2% miles southwest of Orca, Prince William sound, near latitude 60° 33', longitude 145° 43'. Local name, reported by Grant, 1905.

Throat; river, northwestern Alaska, the northwestern outlet of Inland lake, 

into Selawik river, near the Arctic circle and longitude 160°. Called 

Eegyak or Throat river by Cautwell, 1884.

Thron Duicfc, river; see Klondike.

Thumb; cove, indenting the eastern shore of Resurrection bay, Kenai peninsula, near latitude 60°, longitude 149° 20'. So named by the U. S. 

Board on Geographic Names, June 6, 1906.

Thumb; point, on the southwestern shore of Liesuoi island, Eliza harbor, 

Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Mansfield, 

1889.

Thunder, bay and glacier; see Le Conte.

Thunder; falls, in Le Conte bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive name, given 

by Thomas in 1887.

Bull. 299 06 M -40
,626 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Thunder; mountain (3,080 feet high), on the mainland, north of Le Conte bay, 

southeastern-Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Thunder; point, on the northern shore of Le Conte bay, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Thomas, 1887.

Thurston; creek, eastern Alaska, on the south bank of Seventymile creek, near 

its mouth, about latitude 64° 55', longitude 141° 20'. Prospectors' 

name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, 

U. S. A., 1905.

TiakinaJc, island; see Simeonof.

Tianna. Immediately in front of the St. Elias alps and a little south of Yakutat 

bay is the place where Meares anchored in August, 1788, and which he 

called Tianna's Bay and also Tianna's Roads, after a native chief 

from the Hawaiian islands who accompanied him. Has been misprinted Diana Roads.

Tichai, harbor; see Still.

Tichtinige, harbor; see Pyramid.

Tick; shoal, off the south point at entrance to Puget cove, Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Harber, 1892.

Tidal; inlet, on the northeastern shore of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Reicl, 1890, who established a tidal station here.

Tide; island, off the north end of the Kashevarof group, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1880.

Tidemeeting; point, in Kupreanof strait, Kodiak group. Named Spornaho 

Techenia (of contending currents) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Tiderip; cape, on the northern end of Afognak island, opposite Shuyak island. 

Named Silnaho Techenia (of strong currents) by the Russian-American 

Company/1849.

Tidgituk; islet, southwest of and near Tanaga island, middle Aleutians. Aleut 

name, from Tebenkot'. who wrote it Tidgituk. Has also been written 

Tidgatukh..

Tiedeman; island, in Seymour canal, Alexander archipelago. So called by Ball 

in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 129).

Tiekagag-miut, village; see Tigara.

Tiekel; river, tributary to Copper river from the west, opposite the mouth of 

Dewey creek. Called Konsina by Alien, 1885. Alien applies this name 

Tiekel (spelled Tiekhell on his map 2 and'Zeikhell in his text, p. 46) to 

another river farther north, now known as Uranatina. Tiekel river is 

called by Abercrombie, 1898, Konsena or Tsaina. This last name, 

swelled Tsina, is now applied to the South fork of the Tiekel. The Signal Corps, U. S. A., has named a telegraph station, on Kanata river 

(south fork of Tiekel) Teikhell.

Tiekel; telegraph station on Kanata river, which is the south fork of Tiekel 

river, 58 miles northeast of Valdez. Named Teikhell by the Signal 

Corps in-1902.

Tieschenni, river; see Chistocbina.

Tigalda; bay, indenting the northern shore of Tigalda island, Krenitzin group, 

eastern Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Tigalda; island (1,200 to 1,800.feet high), one of the Krenitzin group, eastern 

Aleutians, near longitude 165°. Native name, from Veniaminof. 

Kudiakof, 1791, wrote it Kigalga; Krenitzin and Levashef, 1768, have 

Kagalga and Kugalga. Has also been written Tigalga, Tigaida, 

Coogalga, Coagalga, and erroneously Croyalgu.

Tigara, river; see Kukpuk.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 627

Tig-ara; Eskimo village, at Point Hope, Arctic ocean. Tikbmenief, 1861, wrote 

Tiekagag-miut, which on Russian Hydrographic chart 1495, becomes 

Tiekaga. Petrof, 1880, wrote Tikirak, and reports a population in that 

year of 276. In Ray's vocabulary, 1883, it is written Tik-e-ra. (index 

finger). John W. Kelly's Eskimo vocabulary, published by the Bureau 

of Education, gives Figarok as the name of this village. In the Eleventh 

Census it is spelled Tikera, and Herendeen gives Tik-i-ra.li as the name 

of Point Hope and Tik-i-rah-mun, the name of the village. Lieutenant 

Bertholf, 1898, wrote Tigera, and on Hydrographic chart 68, 1904, it is 

Tig-a-ra. Dr. John B. Driggs, missionary at Point Hope, writes the 

name Tig-a-rah; and Collier, of the Geological Survey, says that this 

represents the local pronunciation. It is also the Eskimo name of 

Point Hopb, and all authorities agree means the index finger, or is derived from the name of that member. The latter Father Barnum writes 

Tkok ; and Kelly, Tfkeh or Tfkek.

Tig era, village ; see Tigara.

Tiginagak, bay and mountain; see Chiginagak.

Tikchik; lake, and river draining it into Nushagak river from the northwest, 

near latitude 60°, longitude 159°. On the older maps this.lake is always 

called Nushagak. Native name, reported by Schanz in 1890.

Tikchik; mountain, a conspicuous landmark on the right bank of the Nushagak 

river, near the mouth of Tikchik river. Reported by Osgood, 1902.

Tikchik; Eskimo village, on the north shore of Tikchik lake. Native name,

from Petrof, 1880. 

'Tikira, Eskimo village; see Tigara.

Tikizat; Eskimo village, at Cape Krusenstern, Arctic ocean. Eskimo name, 

from Petrof, 1880, who reported a population in that year of 75.

Tiktalailuk, 'islets ; see Kiktagaliuk.

Till; creek, northern Alaska, tributary to John river from the east, near latitude 68°, longitude 152° 15'. Name from Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Tillman; mountain between Mount Wrangell and Copper river. So located and 

named by Alien, 1885, in honor of Prof. Samuel Esc'ue Tillman, of the 

United States Military Academy. He gave its height as 15,500 feet. 

There is no such mountain in this position and it is now known that the 

mountain Alien really saw was Mount Wrangell which he failed to 

recognize from this point of view.

Tilted; hills, on the west shore of Cook inlet, extending from Chinitna bay to 

Iniskiu bay, near latitude 59° 45'. So named by G. C. Martin, 1903, 

from " topograpic forms due to outcrop of resistant monocliual beds."

Timber; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Koyuk river from the south, 

near latitude 65° 20', longitude 162° 10'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Witherspoon, 1903.

Timber; knob, on Heceta island, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55"° 

45', longitude 133° 35'. So named by Dickins, 1903-4.

Tin; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the east to Lost river, near latitude 65° 27'. Name from Collier, 1903.

Tina; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Mascot creek from the west, near 

latitude 65° 30', longitude 164° 25'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Gerdine, 1901.

Tin City; mining camp and post-office (established in April, 1905), Seward 

peninsula, near Cape Prince of Wales, Prospectors' name, reported by 

Gerdine, 1901.
628 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Tinhorn; gulch, Birch Creek region, at the head of Boulder creek, near latitude

65° 25', longitude 145° 05'. Prospectors' name, reported by Spurr,

Goodrich, and Schrader, of the Geological Survey, 1896. 

Tin Kettle; creek, in the Fortymile region, tributary to Franklin creek from

the south, near latitude 64° 10', longitude 141° 50'. Prospectors' name,

from Prindle, 1903. 

Tiokpit; mountain (2,000 feet high), about 60 miles east of Kuskokwim bay.

Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, who

passed by it September 5, 1898. They wrote Tiochpit. 

Tired; mountain (1,824 feet high), in central part of Annette island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. 

Tisliou, river; see Tisuk creek.

TisJcu, river ; see Tsirku. - 

Tisuk; creek, in western part of Seward peninsula, debouching near Cape

Douglas. Native name, from Barnard, 1900. Has also been written

Tissook, and Tishou river. 

Titukilsk; native village, on the eastern shore of Cook inlet. Name from Petrof, 1880. 

Tiurpa; islet, near Spruce island^ of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. So called by Vasilief, 1809. 

Tiznilc, bay; see Chignik. 

Tlclialica, island; see Hinchinbrook. 

Tklik; lauding (native village, perhaps, or locality), on the right bank of

Yukon river, 26 miles below Andreafski. Written Ta-clik on Edwards'

Track Chart of the Yukon, 1899, and T'Click by Cantwell in 1900. 

Tlachkahinilcu, river, branch of Klehini; see Porcupine creek. 

Tlatek; Eskimo village, on right bank of the Yukon, about 35 miles above

Andreafski. Name from Raymond, 1869, who wrote it Tlatekamute,

i. e., Tlatek people. 

TleeJcaJceela, river; see Tlikakila. 

Tleekh, islands ; see Kruzof. 

Tlegan, bay ; see Dry. 

Tlegan; the southernmost of .the five rivers in the delta of the Alsek, southeaste.ru Alaska. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. Apparently a native

name.

Tlegon; river, tributary to I.nnoko river from the east, near latitude 64°.

Called Tlegou by Tikhmenief, 1861, and Thlegon by Petrof, 1880. 

Tlehini, river; see Klehini. 

Tlehonsiti, harbor; see Tongass. 

TleJchonsiti. "A broad open bight in which vessels have anchored in 18.to 25

fathoms at the south end of Lincoln channel is now usually known as

Tlekhonsiti Harbor." (Coast Pilot, 1891, p. 80.) 

Tlevak; narrows. The contracted part of Tlevak strait is known as Tlevak

narrows. 

Tlevak; strait, in the southwestern part of Prince of Wales archipelago. Has

been written Tlevaak, Tlevach, Tlevakhan, etc. " The name Tlevaak

strait appears to be due to Tebienkoff, and may have its origin in the

same root as the name of Klahwak settlement and Tlevakhan gulf

farther north." (Dall iii Coast Pilot, 1883, p. 69.) 

TlevaJch, inlet; see Klawak. 

TleioaJf, village; see Klawak. 

Tliakek; bay, indenting the northern shore of Cordova bay, Prince of Wales

archipelago. Name published in Coast Pilot of 1883, now obsolete. It

may have been either Klakas, Nutkwa, or Hetta inlet.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 629

TUcketarrik, Tlicketawik, Eskimo village; see Kiktaguk. 

TUeshitna, river.; see Tazlina. . Tlikakila; river, tributary to the head of Clark lake from the northeast, near 

. latitude 61°, longitude 153° 30'. Native name, obtained by Osgood, 1902,

who wrote it Tleekakeela. ' 

Tliskon, mountain ; see Kliskon. 

Tloo-Arny, lake; see Kluane.

Tmaktoymiut. Tikhmenief's map of .1861 shows an Eskimo village on the eastern shore of Norton sound, east of Besboro island, called Tmaktogmiut.

Neither name nor village has been found on any other map. 

To, Toe, Too, or Tu; Indian name for water; used in the Copper river country.

It is appended to the name; thus, Chiti-to = copper water. 

Toatut; Eskimo village, on Cape Espeuberg. It contained two huts and 20

people when visited by Jarvis in the winter of 1897-98. John W.

Kelly's Eskimo Vocabulary has Togotet as the Eskimo name of- Cape

Espenberg.

Toboggan; glacier, near Harriman fiord, Port Wells, Prince William sound. So 

named by the Harriman expedition, 1899.

Toohilnoi, cape; see Tachilm.

'J'oolat, river; see Kantishna arid Toklat.

Todd; creek, eastern Alaska, on the east bank of Charley river, which is affluent to the Yukon from the south; near longitude 143°. Prospectors' 

name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, 

U. S. A., 1905.

Togiak; bay, northeast of Hagemeister island, indenting the northern shore of 

Bristol bay. Eskimo name, given by Tebenkof, 1849, as Tugiak. Sarichef's atlas of 1826, sheet 3, gives the same spelling for the lake. Now 

generally written Togiak. Also, erroneously, Togaik.

Togiak; Eskimo village, on the eastern shore of Togiak bay, north shore of 

Bristol bay, Bering sea. Eskimo name,, written by Sad chef, 1826, 

Tugiatak, and by Tebenkof, 1849, Tugiak. Commonly written Togiak. 

Petrof, 1880, reported two villages, one on the eastern shore, Togiak, 

and another at the head of .the bay, which he wrote Togiagamute, i. e., 

Togiak people.

Togiak; lake, drained by the Togiak river. Eskimo name, from Sarichef's atlas 

of 1826, sheet 3, where it is written Tugiak. Tebenkof also has Tugiak. 

Now commonly written Togiak.

Togiak; river, draining from Togiak lake to Togiak bay, on the northern shore 

of Bristol bay. Eskimo name, written Tugiak by Sarichef and Tebenkof. 

Now commonly written Togiak.

Togotet, cape and Eskimo village; see Espenberg and Toatut.

To-go-tit-nuk, river; see Dakli.

Tohtankella,; mountain (3,000 feet high), on north bank of Yukon river, between 

 the mouths of Meloxi and Tqzi rivers. Native name, from the Coast 

Survey, 1898.

Tohtanyilla, mountain ; see Totanilla.

Tohtanyilla, mountains; see Sukwanila.

Tohwunnukakat, creek ; see Birch.

Toik; hill (520 feet high), on the south shore of Norton sound. Eskimo name, 

from the Coast Survey, 1898.

Tok; native village, on an island at junction of the Koyukuk and Yukon rivers. 

Name from Tikhmenief, 1861, who writes it Tok-kakat, i. e., Tok mouth. 

Not found on recent maps.
630 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Tok; river, tributary to the Tanana from the south, near longitude 143°. Native name, reported by Alien, 1885, as Takai. Written Tokio by Wells 

in 1890. According to Peters and Brooks, of the Geological Survey, this

 name, pronounced Tok, is in general use by both whites and Indians.

Tok-Hehe, Tok-Hene, salmon stream; see Tokbini.

Tokhini; salmon stream, eastern shore Kosciusko island, Prince of Wales archipelago* near latitude 56° 08'. Indian name, adopted by the fisheries; 

reported Tok-Hehe by Moser in 1897, and Tok-Hene in 1901.

Tokichitna; river, a right branch of the Chulitna, draining the middle part of 

the southeastern slope of the McKiuley range, near latitude 62° 35', 

longitude 150° 30'. Indian name, reported to Brooks, 1902, by George 

Aberhardt, a prospector.

Toklat, river; see Kautishna.

Toklat; river, large east (right) branch of the<Kantishna, about 40 miles south 

of the Tanana, near latitude 64° 15', longitude 150° 15'. Indian name, 

said to mean dishwater, reported by Reaburn in 1903; written also 

Toclat.

Toklat; river, tributary to the Tanana from the south, about 50 miles above the 

mouth of the latter. This may be identical with Nushakantna of Petrof, 1880, or, as is more likely, with Tutlut river, also of Petrof. 

Name from Alien, 1885, who wrote it Toclat and says it means dish 

water. See also Toklat river (above) and Kantishna.

Tokolokna; river, an affluent of the Yentna on the right, between Skwentna

 and Kichatna rivers, near latitude 62°, longitude 151° 30'. Indian 

name, from Herron, 1899, who wrote it To-ko-loch-nu, i. e., Tokolok 

river.

Tokshook, entrance; see Takchuk.

Tokun; lake, and creek tributary thereto, 15 miles north of Controller bay, and 

drained by Martin river. Native name, from Martin, 1903.

Tolovana; river, tributary to the Tanana from the north, between Chena river 

and Baker creek. Called Nilkoka by Peters and Brooks in 1898, and 

Tolovana by Brooks in 1902. Indian name. The upper portion of this 

river, in the Fairbanks mining region, is called Chatanika river, which

see.

Tolovana; telegraph station and post-office (established in August, .1905), Oil 

Tanana river, at confluence with Tolovana river, 117 miles above Fort 

Gibbon. So named by the Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1903, and spelled 

variously Tolovana, Tolavana, and Tolovano.

Tolstoi; bay, Clarence strait, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. 

So called by Nichols, 1882. Its eastern point of entrance had been previously named Tolstoi (broad) by the Russians. Also written Tolstoy.

Tolstoi; cape, the eastern head of Kovurof bay, on north shore of Atka, middle 

Aleutians. Presumably named Tolstoi (broad) by Ingenstrem in 1829.

Tolstoi, cape; see Broad.

Tolstoi, cape; see Burunof.

Tolstoi, cape; see Chiniak.

Tolstoi; island, at entrance to Tolstoi bay, in Clarence strait. Prince of Wales 

island, Alexander archipelago. So called by Nichols, 1882.

Tolstoi; point, on the eastern shore of Norton sound. So called by the Russians 

and name published by Dall in 1869. (Alaska, p. 20, and Coast Survey 

chart 20 of 1869). This is the earliest use found of this name in print.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. . 631

Tolstoi; point, the easternmost of St. George island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. 

Called Vostochnoi (east) by. Tebenkof, 1849. Locally known as Tolstoi (broad) point. According to Putnain, the Aleut name is Kaga'logh, 

stern of ship.

Tolstoi; point, the eastern point of entrance to Seal bay, on northeastern coast 

of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named Tolstie (broad) by the Russians.

Tolstoi; point, the eastern point of entrance to Tolstoi bay, Prince of Wales 

island, Alexander archipelago. Named Tolstoi (broad) by the Russians.

Tolstoi; point, the southeastern point of entrance to English bay, on south shore 

of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Named Tolstoi (broad) 

by the Russians.

Tolstoi; point, the south head of Tolstoi bay, on Prince of Wales island, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Tolstoi (broad) by the 

Russians. Has also been called Broad, Tolstoy, and Thick.

Tolstoi; rookery, St. Paul island, Bering sea, on Tolstoi point (above). Local

name, reported by Elliott in 1872-74.

Tolstoi Bay; fishing station,' on the east side of Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So called in the Eleventh Census. The station was 

not located on Tolstoi bay, but on Thorne bay; at first near its mouth 

and later toward its head.

Tolusgue, river ; see Talsekwe.

Tom; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Gilmore creek from the south, 

near latitude 65°, longitude 147° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Gerdine, 1903.

Tomasagnu; river, of northernmost Alaska, tributary to Dease inlet from the 

east. Native name, published on British Admiralty chart 593 (ed. of 

1882).

Tomato; creek, eastern Alaska, on the south bank Mosquito fork Fortymile 

creek, near longitude 142° 10'. Prospectors' name, from sketch map 

compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Tombstone; bay, on the western*shore of Portland canal, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Fender, 1868.

Tom Drew, coal mine ; see Pioneer.

Toms Ranch; Indian village, in Security bay, Kuiu island, Alexander .archipelago. Destroyed by Meade, 1869. Erroneously Tonis Ranche.

Tondustek, village; see Gari-te-gas-takrheh.

Tongass, fort; see Fort Tongass.

Tongass, harbor ; see Tamgas.

Tongass; Indian tribe and village, on Tongass island, Alexander' archipelago.

Tongass; island, 4 miles east of Cape Fox, Dixon entrance. Native name, also 

written Tongas, etc. It is Kut-tuk-wah island of the Coast Survey 

atlas of Harbor Charts in Alaska, 1869.

Tongass; narrows, in strait separating Revillagigedo island from Graviua island, 

.Alexander archipelago. So named by local pilots about 1878-1880. The 

name appears to be applied to the narrower part of Tongass passage or 

to the whole passage indifferently.

Tongass; passage, between Sitklan and Wales islands, near eastern end of 

Dixon entrance, Alexander archipelago. Local name.

Tongass; point, on the eastern shore of Tongass island, near the old military 

barracks. So called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 80).
632 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Tongass; port, between Tougass island and the mainland, DixOri entrance; 

called indiscriminately harbor and port. Nichols says in the Coast 

Pilot (1891, p. 79) : " Port -Tougass is a small harbor," etc. The Russians who used this harbor called it Tlehonsiti. Erroneously transliterated in one case as Tlechopcity. The name has been written 

Tongas, Tomgas, etc., but the present usage is Tongass.

Tongass; reef, north of Tong'ass island. So called by Nichols in the Coast Pilot 

(1891, p. 79).

Tongue; point, long and narrow, on the.northern shore of Bristol bay, opposite 

liagemeister island. So called by. the Fish Commission in 1890.

Tongue; point, the south head of Jack bay, Port Valdez, Prince William sound. 

So called by Abercrombie, 1898.

Tonka; cannery, eastern shore Kupreanof island, Wraugell strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Name from the Coast Pilot of 1901. A post-office established, here 1902, was abolished in 1905.

Tonki, cape, Kodiak; see Narrow.

Tonki; cape, on the eastern coast of Afognak island, Kodiak group. Named 

Tonkie (narrow) by the Russians.

Tonki, point, Clarence strait; see Narrow.

Tonki; point, on the southeastern shore of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. It is the northeast point of Lukanin bay. Locally called 

Tonki (narrow). Has also-been called Tonkie Mees (cape), Narrow, 

Rocky, and Stony.

Tonkie, cape ; see Narrow.

Tonkoi, point; see Thin.

Tonowek; bay, in western part of Prince of Wales archipelago. Apparently a 

native name, obtained by the Russians. Has also been written Tonoek.

Tonsina; lake, at source of Tonsiua river. Native name from Schrader, 1900.

Tonsina; river, tributary to the Copper from the west, near latitude 62°. Native name, reported by Alien, 1885, who called it Tonsina creek on his 

map and Konsiua creek in his text (p. .58). It has, since 1885, been 

called Tonsena and Archer or Tonsiua, i. e., Tonsi river.

Tonsina; post-office (established in 1904), and telegraph station, on Tonsina 

river, 20 miles above its confluence with Copper river, near latitude

61° 4(X. So named by the Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1902. 

Tontatin; mountain, between Skwentna and Yentna rivers, near latitude 62°,

longitude 151° 30'. Native name, from Heiron, 1899. Shell hills of

Spurr and Post are probably the same. 

Tonzona; river, tributary to Kuskokwim from the east, 15 miles above the

mouth of East fork, near latitude 63°, longitude 164°. Indian name,

obtained by Herron, 1899. 

Toogamak, bay; see Unimak. 

Toogedach, island; see Tugidak. 

Too Good; creek, tributary to Kotsina river from the south. Apparently so

named by the prospectors. Name reported by Gerdine, 1900. 

Tookhlagamute, village; see Tuklak. 

Tooksook, channel and Eskimo village; see Tuksuk. 

Toolitzkakat, river ; see Chetlechuk. . 

Too-look-sook, river ; see Tutuksuk. 

Tooloouk, Eskimo village; see Tuluuk. 

Toofatka-anahamiite, village; see Tuluka. 

Tootooksook, river ; see Tutuksuk. 

Top, mountain ; see Pop.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. G33

Topanika; place, on the eastern shore of Norton sound, where sandstone bluffs 

begin (as one goes east). Called Topanika by Dall, 1869. On the 

Western Union Telegraph Expedition map of 1867 called Topanica. 

Somewhat north of this Petrof, 1880, shows an Eskimo village of 10 

people called Tup-hamikva. Possibly this is the same name.

Topkok; cape, the western head of Boat harbor, on northern shore of Norton 

sound, Bering sea. Locally called Topcock, a local rendering of an Eskimo name given by Petrof, 1880, as Tupka-ak.

Topkok; Eskimo village, at Boat harbor, on the northern shore of! Norton sound, 

Bering sea. Native name, from Petrof, 1880, who writes it Tupka-ak. 

The local spelling and pronunciation is Topcock.

Topkok; river,- tributary to Boat harbor, between Cape Nome and Golofnin 

sound, Seward peninsula. Called Topcock by Schrader and Brooks, in 

1899, and Topkok by Barnard in 1900. Locally known as Topcock, a 

corruption of some Eskimo word which Petrof, in 1880, wrote Tupka-ak.

Topkok Head; bluff .point, at mouth of Topkok river, Seward peninsula. So 

. called by Barnard, 1900.

Topnotch; creek, Se\vard peninsula, Solomon River drainage, tributary on 

j north bank of Kasson creek, near latitude 64° 42', longitude 164° 24'. 

Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1901.

Toporkof, bay and point; see Puffin.

Tordrillo; range of mountains, northwest of Cook inlet, between the headwaters 

of Kuskokwim and Skwentna rivers. So named by Spurr, 1898.

Torno, cape ; see Black.

Torrent; inlet, on the Arctic coast, .in Peard bay. So called on British Admiralty chart 593 (ed. of 1882).

Torsar; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vasilief, 1809.

Tortella; Indian village, on south side of Tanana river, a short distance above 

the mouth of Cantwell river. Native name, reported by Brooks and 

Reaburu, 1902. Written also Tortilli. Nenana telegraph station is 

near this place, on the north bank.

Tortilli, Indian village; see Tortella.

Tose Kargiit, river ; see Tozi.

Totanilla; mountains, on the north bank of Yukon river, a little above the 

Melozi. Corruption of some native designation. Called Tohtanyilla 

on recent Coast Survey charts. Written also Totankella. Perhaps it is 

identical with Hohonilla of earlier charts or Holtkagelia of Zagoskin, 

1842-1844.

Totankella, mountain ; see Totanilla.

Totem; bay, in the southern shore of Kupreanof island, Sumuer strait, Alexander archipelago. So named' by the Coast Survey, in 1886, " on account of the detached pillars of rock on its western shore, which resemble the Indian totem poles."

Toti; islet, in the eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

So named by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Totoilon; mountains, in the McKinley range, at the head of the Yentna drainage basin, near latitude 62°, longitude 153°. Native name, from Herron, 1899, who wrote it To-toy-ion.

To-toy-ion, mountains ; see Totoilon.

Tots-an-tee-ash, lake; see Dezadeash.

Totschunda; creek, tributary to Nabesna river on the west, near latitude 62° 

30', longitude 142° 50'. Indian name, reported by Schrader, 1902.
634 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONABY OF ALASKA.

Totsenbetna, river; see Wild and John.

Tougidak, island ; see Tugidak.

Toujajak. Langsdorf, in 1814 (Voyage, II, 235), gives this as the name of a 

native village in Kukak bay, Alaska peninsula.

ToulaJcsagamut, village; see Tuluksak.

Touliouliaga, cape; see Lazaref.

TounaJc, island; see Chernobour.

TounghimiJc, island ; see Little Koniuji.

Tournay; mountain (5,532 feet high), on the eastern shore of Portland canal. 

So named by Pender, 1868.

Tours, lie des; see Pinnacle islet.

Tower; bluff, on Tanana river, near longitude 144°. So named by Alien, 1885.

Tower Bluff; rapids, in the Tanana, near the above. So named by Alien, 1885.

Towhead; mountain (4,858 feet high), between Tana and Chitina rivers. So 

named by Schrader, 1900.

Townsend; point, on the southern shore of Admiralty island, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Townshend and Townsend by Vancouver, 1794. Oil map 12 of his atlas it is Townshend; in his text 

(8° ed., vol. 5, p. 445) it is Townsend. Perhaps identical with Brightman of recent charts. See Brightmau.

TowsMcargut, river; see Tozi.

ToyonoJc, village; see Tyonek.

Tozer; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the northeast to Don river, near 

latitude 65° 26', longitude 166° 49'. Name reported by Gerdiue, 1901.

Tozi; river, tributary to the Yukon from the north, near longitude 152° 30'. 

Native name, reported by the Western Union Telegraph expedition, 

1867, as Towshecargut. Raymond, 1869, wrote it Tosekargut, and 

Alien, 1885, Tozikakat. See Kakat.

Track; rock (covered at high water), near the entrance to Tougass harbor, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Tracy; arm, of Holkham bay, Stephens passage, southeastern Alaska. So 

named by Mansfield, 1889, after the Hon. Benjamin Franklin Tracy, 

Secretary of the Navy.

Tracy; island, near southern shore of Wales island, Dixon entrance, Alexander

archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey, in 1891, after Hon. B. F.

Tracy, Secretary of the Navy. .

Traders, bay; see Trading.

Traders; cove, indenting the extreme western end of Alaska peninsula, in Isanotski strait, near latitude 54° 55', longitude 163° 20'. New Morzhovoi 

village is situated on this cove. Local name, published by the Coast 

Survey in 1882.

Traders; group of islands, west of Thatcher point, at eastern entrance to Peril 

strait, Alexander archipelago. Named Traitors (not Traders) by 

Meade in 1869. The statement in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 167) that 

Meade gave the name Traders is not borne out by his chart (U. S. 

Hydrographic 225). On that chart the name is Traitors. This error 

has been accepted and followed in recent Coast Survey publications. 

The name Traitors has vanished. Traders remains and is applied (on 

Coast Survey chart 8283) as here given and on Coast Survey chart 8050 

to a large island or peninsula south of these.

Trading; bay, on the northwestern shore of Cook inlet. So named by Portlock, 

who in August, 1786, anchored and traded here.

Trail; creek, tributary to Kenai lake from the north, Kenai peninsula. Local 

name, reported by Meudeuhall in 1898.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 635

Trail; creek, tributary to Cold bay, Alaska peninsula, near latitude 57° 45', 

longitude 155° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by Martin in 1903.

Trail; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the north to Cottonwood creek, 

an affluent of Goodbope river, near latitude 65° 42', longitude 162° 05'. 

4 Prospectors' name, reported by Mendeuhall in 1901.

Trail; creek, in the Fortyniile region, tributary to Dome creek from the left, 

near latitude 64° 25' and the international boundary. Prospectors' 

name, from map in Coast Survey archives drawn by E. F. Ball, a 

prospector, 1898.

Trail; lakes, Keuai peninsula, on Trail creek, draining into Kenai lake from the 

north, near latitude 60° 30', longitude 149° 20'. Local name, from 

Mofflt, 1904.

Traitors; cove, in Behm canal, indenting the western shore of Revillagigedo 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793, to commemorate an attack on his surveying party by a band of Indians coming 

from this cove.

Traitors, islands; see Traders.

Traleika; range of high mountains, west of the Susitna river. Spun1 suggests

this Indian word, spelled by him Traleyka and meaning high mountains,

as the name of the range. According to Eldridge, Traleyka is the

Susitna Indian name for Mount McKinley. 

Tramp; point, in Behm canal, northwest from New Eddystone rock, Alexander

archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Tramway; bar, on Middle fork Koyukuk river, near longitude 150° 30'. Gold

producing bar located and named in the spring of 1899. 

Tranquil; point, the western point of entrance to Port Caldera, Bucareli bay,

Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Puuta del Sosiego (point of tranquillity) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. 

Trap; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to head of East fork Solomon river,

near latitude 64° 42', longitude 164° 04'. Prospectors' name, from a

local map, 1904. 

Trap; islet, near the northern end of Bold island, in Revillagigedo channel,

Alexander archipelago. So called by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883,

p. 78). 

Trap; point, on the mainland, on eastern shore of Behm canal, north of AValker

cove. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891. 

Travers; creek, Kanai peninsula, on the north shore of Kachemak bay, Cook

inlet, 3 miles inside Anchor point. Local name from Stone, 1904. 

Treadwell; mines, town, and post-office (established in 1902), on Douglas island,

about 1 mile southeast of Douglas. Gold was discovered here in 1881

and shortly afterwards the mine was acquired by John Treadwell, for

whom it is named. The town Treadwell was incorporated March 16,

1901; population in 1900, 522.

Treasure; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to Chatauika river from the

south, near latitude 65° 05', longitude 147° 45'. Prospectors' name,

reported by Gerdine, 1903.

Treat; island, in Koyukuk river, near latitude 66°, longitude 156°. So named

' by Alien, 1885, after his classmate, Lieut. Charles Gould Treat, U. S. A.

Treble; mountain (4,000 to 5,000 feet high), near the head of Portland canal.

Descriptive name, given by Fender in 1868. 

Tree; mountain (2,700 feet high), in the Muir glacier, southeastern Alaska. So

named by Muir, 1892.
636 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OP ALASKA.

Tree; point, on the mainland, near junction of Revillagigedo channel and Dixon 

entrance, southeastern Alaska. It is about 4 miles northwesterly from. 

Cape Fox and just north of Boat harbor. It has been reserved for lighthouse purposes by Executive order dated January 4, 1901. Name taken 

from that order.. Light station in operation in 1904.

Tree; point, the north end of Pearse island, Portland canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by Fender, 1868.

Treeless; island, an islet between Afognak and Kodiak islands, near the eastern 

shore of Whale island, about latitude 57° 57'. Descriptive name, given 

by Moser .in 1900. It was.described Nizmennie kameunie (low rocky) 

by Murashef, 1839-40.

Trembley; creek, tributary to Dietrich river, an affluent of Middle fork Koyukuk river, near latitude 68°, longitude 150°. This was erroneously 

named Sheep creek by Schrader and Gerdine, 1899.

Tretiakof; cape, on the southeastern shore of Shuyak island, Kodiak group. 

Named by the Russian-American Company, 1849.

Triangle; islet, in Queen inlet, at head of Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Reid, 1892, on. account of its shape.

Tributary; creek, Seward peninsula, Solomon River drainage, tributary to Big 

Hurrah creek from the east, near latitude 64° 39', longitude 164° 10'. 

Local descriptive name, from a local map, 1904.

Trident; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Akun island, Krenitziu group, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 165° 32'. So named by Gilbert, 1901.

Trilby; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the south to Windy creek, near 

latitude 65° 34', longitude 165° 27'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Gerdine, 1901.

Trilby; creek, Seward peninsula, on the east bank of Solomon river, tributary 

to Big Hurrah creek from the north. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Schrader and Brooks, 1899, but misapplied by them to East fork Solomon river.

Trilby, creek; see East fork Solomon river.

Trinidad, cape; see Trinity.

Trinity; cape, the southwestern point of Kodiak. Named by Cook, 1778. So 

called by the English and early Russians. Tebenkof, 1849, following

Lisianski, 1805, calls it luzhnoi (south), and thus it has appeared as 

South and Utchno. Has also been called Trinidad. According to Petrof 

the native name is Aliulik. Perhaps it is Aliuliuk, the Aleut word for 

tli'mible.

Trinity; creek, tributary to-Sinuk river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Trinity; islands, off the southwestern end of Kodiak. Named by Cook, 1778. 

It is Trinidad island of Galiano's atlas, 1802. It is Troitza (trinity) 

of the Russians. According to Saner, 1790 (Billings, p. 174), the native 

name is Kightak Sichtunak, i. e., Siktunak island.

Trinity; islands, a group of small islands off the west shore of Sannak island, 

and north of Clifford island, near latitude 54° 26', longitude 162° 52;. 

Probably a local name, reported by Westdahl in 1901.

Triplet; rocks, near Cape Morgan, the southwestern point of Akutan island, 

Krenitzin group, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 166° 03'. Descriptive name, from Gilbert, 1901. . Tripple; creek, 5 miles northeast Of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary from 

the west to Nome river, near longitude 165° 14'. Local name, published in 1900.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. . 637

Tripple; creek, 17 miles north of Cape Nome, Sewarcl peninsula, tributary from

the west to Flambeau river, near longitude 165° 05'. Local name, from

Gerdine, 1904.

Tripple, creek, Sewarcl peninsula; see Iron. 

Triste; island, in Port Real Marina, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named Ysla Triste (sorrowful island) by Maurelle arid Quadra in 1775-

1779.

Triste, island; see Seal rocks. 

Trocadero. An unexplored strait, in eastern part of Bucareli bay, Prince of

Wales archipelago, was named Canos del Nocadero by Maurelle and

.Quadra, 1775-1779. Apparently this is an error for Trocadero. Also.

"called Frocadero. 

Trogshak; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, on the eastern bank of Akularak pass,

near latitude 62° 38', longitude 164° 15'. Eskimo name, obtained by

 Putnam in 1899, and written Trogshagamiut, i. e., Trogshak folks. 

Troitz; island, from Russian Troitsa, the Trinity; the largest of the Trinity

 islands, in the Saunak group, near longitude 162° 52'. Probably local 

name, reported by Westdahl, 1901.

Troitza, islands ; see Trinity..

Trollop; point, the northern point of entrance to Smeaton bay, Behm canal, 

' Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793.

Troublesome; creek, tributary to Hess creek from the south,- near latitude 65° 

30', longitude 149° 10'. Prospectors' name,- reported by Lieutenant 

Ericksou, U. S. A., 1902. ' ;

Trout; creek, "southwestern shore Etolin island, Clarence strait, Alexander 

archipelago, on the east side of the east inlet at the head of McHenry 

inlet; near latitude 56° 02', longitude 132 P 21'. So called by the flsh- 

. cries, and reported by Moser, 1900.

Trout; creek, 17 miles north of Controller bay, tributary to Stillwater creek 

from the north, near longitude 144°. Local name, from Martin, 1903.

Trout; creek, tributary to Tonsina river from the northwest, nearly opposite the 

mouth of Bernard creek. Name from Schrader, 1900.

Trout; creek, tributary to Bear river from the west, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Trout; creek, 16 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, a small tributary to 

. Nome river from the west, near longitude 165° 18'. Local name, published in 1903.

Trout; creek, Seward peninsula, debouching in the lagoon along the Arctic 

coast, near latitude 66° 05', longitude 116° 35'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Trout; creek, eastern Alaska, on the left bank of Yukon river, near longitude 

141° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 

1902.'

Trout; hill (893 feet high), near Port Chester, Annette island,-Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Trout; lake, near Port Chester, Annette island; Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the Coast Survey in .1897.

Trout; lake, on northwestern coast of Wrangell island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Snow, 1886.

Trout;, small lake, near headwaters of Middle fork Chistochiua river, to which 

it drains, near latitude 63° 08', longitude 144° 42'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Gerdine, 1902. "
638 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Truax; range of hills, east of Golofnin bay, Seward peninsula. Name from 

Schrader, 1899.

TruMtsina, cape; see Edgecumbe.

Trunk; island, off the north point of entrance to Helm bay, Behm canal, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1886.

Truuli, mountains ; see Kenai.

Tsa; cove, near the head of George inlet, Revillagigedo island, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Tsadaka; creek, tributary to the Matanuska from the north, about 20 miles 

above the mouth of the latter. Native name, obtained by Glenn, 1898, 

who indicates that it is the Indian word for moose. Locally called 

Moose.

Tsahugajuk, river; see Chaiagaguk.

Tsaina, river ; see Tiekel.

Tsammana; old village site, northwestern part of St. Paul island, Bering sea, 

near longitude 170° 23'. Probably native name from Elliott, 1872-1874, 

who wrote " Tsammanah."

Tsaritsa; sunken rock, in Eastern channel into Sitk'a harbor, Sitka sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by the Russians, after one of their 

vessels which struck upon it. Usually written Tsaritza.

Tschantatalich, stream; see Shantatalik.

Tschastiji, islets ; see Chastie.

Tschechina, island; see Sitkin.

Tschechovla, island; see Chugul.

Tscherikow's island; see Chirikof.

Tscliibocld, island; see Saint Lawrence.

Tschibocki, point; see Chibukak.

TschichkalansJc, point; see Chikalan.

Tschilkut, lake; see Chilkoot.

Tschilkat, peak and lake; see Chilkat.

Tschilkathin, river; see Chilkat.

TscMllkat, inlet; see Chilkat.

Tschitschagoff, harbor; see Chichagof.

Tschugatsk, peninsula; see Kenai.

Tscliuiou, Tsclmiow, bay and river; see Chuiu.

Tsee'toht, river; see Chetaut.

Tshokfachtoligamut, lake; see Shokfaktolik.

Tsliugidi, island; see Herbert.

Tshugulla, island; see Chugul.

T'silkat, inlet, river, etc.; see Chilkat.

Tsina; river, tributary to the Tiekel from the west. It is the south fork of 

Tiekel river. Native name, Tsee-na, i. e., Tsee river, from Geological 

Survey parties in 1900. It is Tsaina of Schrader, 1898, and said to be 

China of Abercrombie, 1898. Pronounced Tse-na. See Tiekel.

Tsina; telegraph station, on Tsina river, 34 miles northeast of Valdez. Named 

Saina by the S.ignal Corps, U. S. A., 1902.

Tsirku; river, tributary to the Cbilkat from the west, near its mouth. Native 

name, given by Krause, 1882, as Zirkfi. Variously written Tisku, 

Tsirku, etc. Brooks, 1899, called it Salmon river, which is said to be 

the local name.

Tsi-u, river; see Tsivat.

Tsivat; river, debouching on the coast of the Gulf of Alaska, 25 miles east of 

Cape Suckling, near longitude 143° 15'. Native name, from Tebenkof, 

1849. Martin, 1904, reports the Indian name as Tsi-u.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 639

Tsogliakten; native village, on left bank of the Koyukuk, a few rniles above its

mouth. Native name, from Tikhmeuief, 1861. Not found on recent

maps. 

Tsonagoliakten; native village, on left bank of the Koyukuk, a few miles above

its mouth. Native name, from Tikhmeuief, 1861. Not found on recent

maps.

Ts'uJcli, island; see Montague. 

Tswnbonila, creek ; see Bond. 

Ttunaiskysch, bay; see Cook, inlet. 

Tubutulik; river, Sewarcl peninsula, tributary to north shore of Norton bay.

Eskimo name, from Tebenkof, 1849, who writes it Tubuktulik. On late

maps Tubutulik, and this is used on prospectors' stakes and said to be

local usage. Tikhmenief, 1861, has a village here called Tubuktuligmiut, i. e., Tubuk region people. Written also Tebooktolic. 

Tu-ca-omina, lake; see Tukomina. 

Tuchan Tan, point; see East Foreland. 

Tuchidok, island; see Tugidak. 

Tuchu; pillar rock, near the eastern coast of Akuu island, Krenitzin group,

eastern Aleutians. So called by Tebenkof, 1849. Perhaps from the

Russian tucha (cloud). 

Tuck; creek, in the Mentasta mountains; tributary to Bear creek from the west,

near longitude 143°. So named by Witherspoon, 1902, being a nickname

for one of the party. 

Tuckfield; whaling station, 15 miles northeast of Point Hope, Arctic coast, at

entrance to Marryat inlet. Local name, Tuckfield's, reported by Collier in 1903. 

Tug; gulch, 1.0 miles northeast of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the north bank

of Lillian creek, near longitude 165° 13'. Local name, published in

1904.

 Tugamalc, bay ; see Unimak. 

Tugat, lake; see Becharof. 

Twg-ga-rag-a-ioick, river; see Koyukuk. 

Tugiak, bay ; see Togiak. 

Tugidak; island, one of the'Trinity islands, southwest from Kodiak. Native

name, from the early Russians. Variously written Toogedach, Toogidacii, Toohidack, Tougidak, Tougidok, Tuchidok, Tuchidock, Tugedak,

Tugijak, etc. It means moon or lunar month. 

Tugunararologh, St. George island; see Sealion point. 

Tugunararologh-koverushka, St. George island; see Sealion hills. 

Tukalat. Spurr and Post, deriving their information, in 1898, from J. Madison,

a resident of Cook inlet, give Tukalatna, i. e., Tukalat river, as the

name of one of the tributaries of Yentna river. Not shown on any

map. 

Tukamiut; Eskimo village, on the right bank of the Yukon, 13 miles below

Andreafski, near longitude 164° 40'. Eskimo name, obtained by Putn a in, 1899. 

Tuklak; Eskimo village, on right bank of the Kuskokwim, a little below the

Yukon-Kuskokwim portage. Native name, from Nelson, 1879, who

wrote it Tookhlagamute, i. e., Tuklak people. Population in 1880, 92.

Not shown on late maps.

Tuld'ulcyet; village, on right bank of Yukon river, at mouth of the To/i, about 

. 15 miles below Nuklukayet. Perhaps this form is an error for Nuklukayet. The maps are confused and contradictory as to this.
640 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Tukomina; small lake, south of Lake 'Minchumina, near latitude 63° 45', longitude 152°. Indian name, from Herron, 1899, who wrote it Tu-ca-omina. 

Miua is Indian for lalce.

Tuksuk; channel, connecting Imuruk basin and Grantley harbor, Seward peninsula, near latitude 65° 12', longitude 166°. .Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Also written Tooksook.

Tuksuk; Eskimo village, on Tuksuk channel, Seward peninsula. Written also 

Tooksook.

Tukukapak; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, on the east bank of Akulaiak pass, 

near latitude 62° 36', longitude 164° 18'. Eskimo name, obtained 

by Putnam, 1899. .

Tulcusitnu, harbor ; see Tuxedni.

TuJcuzit, harbor ; see Tuxedni.

Tulik; cape, on Umnak island, in Umnak pass, eastern Aleutians. Called Tulikskoi by Veniaminof. Native name, from Tulik volcano, near by.

Tulik; native village on Urnnak island, in Umnak pass. Native name, from 

Veniaminof. In 1831 there were but two villages on Umnak island, 

this one and Riecheshnoi, which together had a population of 109. 

Kuritzien shows a village here in 1849. Veniaminof gives the population in 1834 as 26, in 3 huts (yourts). l

Tulik; volcano, on the eastern end of Umnak island, eastern Aleutians. Called 

Tulikskoi by the Russians from the Aleut word Tulik, a cleft, cracJc, 

fissure, etc. It is also the Eskimo word for place, region, etc.

Tuliumnit; point, the southern point of entrance to Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. Native name, from the Russians. It is "a high-turreted or castellated point called Tuliumnit Point or Castle Cape," or Castle'point.

Tulsona; creek, tributary to Copper river from the north, between Gakona and 

Chistochina rivers. Indian name, adopted by the whites, and reported 

by Mendenhall, 1902.

Tulsona; town or camp, in the Copper River region, on Tulsona creek. Called 

Talsona by the Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1903.

Tuluga; river, northern Alaska, tributary to Anaktuvuk river from the west; 

near latitude 69°. Eskimo name, obtained by Peters and Schrader, 

1901. . ,

Tuluka; Eskimo village, on the right bank of Kuskokwim river, about 30 miles 

below Kolmakof. Part of a native name, reported by Petrof, 1880, as 

Toolukaanahamute on his map and Toolooka-anahamute in his text 

(p. 16). Population 59 in 1880. Not shown on recent maps.

Tuluksak; Eskimo village, on left bank of Kuskokwim river, about 40 miles 

above Bethel. Petrof, 1880, writes the name Tuluksak. Spurr, 1898, 

writes it Toulaksagarnut.

Tu-lu-shu-lit-na, river; see Hayes.

Tuluuk; Eskimo village of 10 houses and 70 inhabitants, on upper Colville river, 

near the mouth of the Etivluk, about latitude 68° 15', longitude 156° 

30'. Visited by Ensign Howard, of Stoney's expedition, in the spring 

of 1886. Stouey wrote the name Tooloouk and Too-loo-uk.

Tumannoi, island; see Chirikof.

Tumannoi, islands; see Hazy.

Tumble; creek, in the Mount Wrangell district, north of Mount Jarvis, and 

tributary to Jacksina creek. Name given by Schrader, 1902, descriptive 

of the torrential character of the stream.

Tungulik. One of the Shumagin islands, not identified, is so called by Veniaminof (I, 255) and by Lutke.

Tuniak, bay, cape, etc.; see Chiniak.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. 641

Tuniakpuk; Eskimo village, on left bank of Togiak river, about 1.0 miles above

its mouth. Population in 1880, 137. Not shown on recent maps. Name 

 Tuniak-pak, i. e., Big Tuniak, from Petrof, 1880, who wrote Tuniakhpuk, on his map, and Tunniakhpuk in his text (p. IT). 

Tunis; mountain, on left bank of Kuskokwirn river, near latitude 62° 20'. So

named by Spnrr and Past, 1898. 

Tununa, native village; see Tauuuak. 

T'ltnunak, village;.see Tanunak.

Tnnunuk, native village; see Tanunak. . . 

Tunurokpak; channel of the Yukon, on the left, at the head of the delta, near

latitude G2° 30', longitude 163° 55'. Eskimo name, obtained by Putuam,

1899, which may mean Wff slough. 

Tunutuk; creek, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Kdbuk river from the south,

near latitude 67° 10', longitude 158° 30'. Eskimo name, obtained by 

'Mendenhall, 1901.

Tupka-ak, cape, river, village; see Topkok. . 

Tupoi, point r see Blunt. . ......

Turbot; point, Oil east Shore Of Baranof island, Chatham strait, Alexander

archipelago; the north point at entrance to Takat/ bay. So named by

Moore in 1895. - 

Turk; creek, at the head of Walker fork Fortymile creek, tributary on the.right

bank of Cherry creek, near the international boundary and latitude 64°.

Prospectors' name, reported in 1898. 

Turn; island, near the eastern shore of Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Moser, 1897. . 

Turn; point, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Meade, 1869. - 

Turn; point, in Tlevak narrows, Dall island, Alexander archipelago. Appaently a local name, published by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883,.p- 69,). 

Turn; point, on Mitkof island, Wrangell strait, Alexander .archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Nichols in 1881. It is Cone point of Meade in

1869. .. . .-, 

Turn; point, on the western shore of Portland canal. So named by Peuder in

1808.

Turn; point, the southern point of entrance to Hunter bay, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Moser in 1897. 

Turn; point, on the west shore of Tuxekan island, Sea Otter sound, Prince of

Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 50', longitude 133° 21'. So named

by Dickins, 1903^1. 

Turn; point, on the northern shore of Kodiak. Named Povorota~(turn or tack)

by Tebenkof, 1849. Perhaps .this is identical with Course (kursa) point

of Murashef in 1839-40. 

Turn; rock, in the western part of Sukkwan strait, Cordova bay, Prince of

Wales island, near latitude 55° 08', longitude 132° 54'. Name published

by the Coast Survey in 1905. 

Turnabout; island, off the northwestern end of Kupreanof island, in Frederick

sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Povorotni (turnabout) by the

Russians. See also Povorotni. 

Turnagain; arm, of Cook inlet, on the northern shore of Keuai peninsula.

Called Turnagain river by Cook, 1.778, and Turnagain arm by Vancouver

in 1794. By the Russians called Vozvrashenia (return). Also has been

called Resurrection, 

island; see Fire.

Bull. 299 06 M 41
642 GEOGBAPHIC DICTIOFAKY OF ALASKA.

Turner; creek, tributary to the Noxapaga river from the west, Sewarcl peninsula. Name from Brooks, 1900..

Turner; glacier, near the head of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named 

by Russell, 1891, after John Henry Turner, of the Coast Survey, who 

was engaged in Alaskau surveys, 1888 to 1892. Russel, 1890, had called 

this Dalton glacier, after John Dalton, a well-known frontiersman. By 

the Coast Survey it was called Duffield glacier, after the Superintendent, and later by the same Survey called Sumner or Dalton glacier.

Turner; island, between Big Koniuji and Nagai islands, Shumagin group. Has 

been called Stiernfeld and also Turner, both names being given by the 

Coast Survey.

Turner; lake, tributary to Taku inlet, southeastern Alaska. Name published 

by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Turner; mountain (5,953 feet high), on the mainland, near Iskut river. Named 

by the Coast Survey, 1895, after J. H. Turner, of the Coast Survey.

Turner; point, on Khantaak island, the western point of entrance into Port Mulgrave, Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Dixon, 1787, 

after his mate, James Turner. It is Turni of Tebeukof, and by mistranslation Povorotni (turning) on Russian Hydrographic chart 1378.

Turner; river, debouching on the Arctic coast, at the international boundary. 

Named, 1894, by Frederick Fuuston (now brigadier-general, U. S. A.) 

in honor of John Henry Turner, of the Coast Survey, who was the first 

white man to pass from the valley of the Porcupine to Herschel island.

Turning; islet, around which one turns from Middle channel into Sitka harbor, 

Alexander archipelago. Named Povorotnoi (turning) by the Russians.

Turret; point, the eastern point of entrance to Bay of Waterfalls, Adak island, 

middle Aleutians. So named by C4ibson, 1855.

Tuscarora; rock, at entrance to Iliuliuk harbor, Unalaska bay, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 166° 32'. Local name, published by the Coast Survey in 1900.

Tusik; cape, on the southern shore of Kanaga island, Andreanof group, middle 

Aleutians. So called by Tebeukof, 1849. Has also been written Tusich.

Tuska, bay ; see Tutka.

Tustumena; lake, on Kenai peninsula, drained by the Kasilof river. An 

Indian name, the termination inena or niina meaning lake. Reported

by Wosuesenski about 1840. On Russian Hydrographic chart 1378 (ed. 

of 1847) it is called Chustieleua. Has also been called Kasilof and by 

misapplication, Skilakh.

Tutagvalt, inlet; see Waiuwright.

Tutka; bay, indenting the southern shore of Kachemak bay, <Cook inlet. Called 

Tutk by Tebeukof in 1849; called also Utka (duck) and Duck. Apparently a native name. Has been written Tutka, Tutke, and on recent 

charts Tuska.

Tutlut; native village, on the south bank of the Tanana, at mouth of the Tutlut 

river. Native name, from Petrof, 1880.

Tutlut; river, tributary to the Tanana from the south, about 100 miles above 

the mouth of the Tauana. Native name, from Petrof. 1880. Apparently 

this is Toklat river of Alien, 1885. See Toklat.

Tutlut, river; see Cantwell.

Tuttle; creek, tributary from the northeast to Kugrupaga river, near latitude 

G5° 53', longitude 166° 28'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 

1901.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 643

Tutuksuk; river, northwestern Alaska, tributary to Kobuk river from the 

north, near longitude 159° 15'. Stoney, 1886, called it Labret or Toolook-sook river; Mendeuhall, 1901, wrote Tootooksook, and says it 

means river of caribou pelts, from tutu or tootoo, caribou.

Tuxedni; harbor, on the western shore of Cook inlet, near Iliamna volcano. 

Native name, given by Tebenkof, 1849,- as Tuku/it, and by Eichwald, 

1871, as Tuknsitnn. The native name, according to Dall, is Tuk-sed'-ni. 

Has been called Snug harbor.

Tuxekan; island, on the east side of Sea Otter sound, Prince .of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 50', longitude 133° 15'. So named by Dickius, 

1903-4. 

Tuxekan; passage, between Tuxekan island and Prince of Wales island. So 

named by Dickins, 1903-4.

Tuxekan; winter village of the I-Iauega Indians, in Gulf .of Esquibel, Prince of 

Wales archipelago. Later maps show it 25 miles farther north on 

Tuxekan passage. Name published by the Coast Survey, in 1895, as 

Tuxeau and corrected to Tuxecan in 1S99.

Twelve Fathom; strait, separating Little Koniuji and Simeonof islands, Shumagin group. So called by the fishermen. Named from its depth.

Twelvemile; arm, of Kasaan bay, Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. So called by Clover, who surveyed it in 1885. It had previously 

been called Eighteenmile arm.

Twelvemile; bar, in the Yukon, about that distance below Circle, near latitude 

06°, longitude 144°. River pilots' name, reported by Cantwell in 1900.

Twelvemile; camp, on the headwaters of Klutina river. So named by Abercrombie, 1898. It is about 12 miles from Klutina lake.

Twelvemile; creek, tributary to the headwaters of Birch creek from the west, 

near latitude 65° 25', longitude 144° 50'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Gerdine, 1903.

T'loelvemile, creek ; see Excelsior.

Twelvemile; creek, in the Fortymile mining district, tributary to Walker fork 

, from the north. Prospectors' name, from Barnard, of the Geological 

Survey, 1898.

Twelvemile; creek, tributary to Middle fork Koyukuk river from the north, 

near longitude 150° 30'. Local name, from Schrader, 1899.

T'lcel'Dcmilc Gaelic; see Twelvemile House.

Twelvemile House; tavern or locality, on Birch creek, 12 miles southwest of 

Circle (city). Local name, reported by Gerdine, .1903. Spurr'.-> map, 

1890, has the name Twelvemile Cacbe at this point.

Twenty Fathom; bank, off Kasaan bay, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So called by the Coast Survey in 1895 or earlier.

Twenty-mile; creek, on right bank of Yukon river, 20 miles above Rampart 

(city), near longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant 

Erickson, U. S. A., 1902.

Twentymile; point, on the north bank of Yukon river, 20 miles below Circle 

(city), near longitude 144° 20'. River pilots' name, reported by Lieutenant Ericksou, U. S. A., 1902.

Twentymile; river, draining Glenn lake into Turnagain arm of Cook inlet, 

near latitude 61°, longitude 149°. Local name, from Glenn, 1898.

Twenty-two Mile; large island, in the Yukon, about that distance below Rain- 

.part, near longitude 150° 40'. River pilots' name.

Twin, bay ; see Skan.
644 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Twin; creeks, in the Fairbanks region, at the head of Peclro creek, near latitude 

05°, longitude 147° 30'. Prospectors', name, reported by Gerdine, 1903.

Twin; creek, tributary to Fortymilc creek .from the north,, near Bonanza bar. 

Miners' name, obtained by Barnard, of the Geological Survey, 1898.

Twin; glacier, on the mainland, on north side of Taku inlet, southeastern 

Alaska. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895. .

Twin; glaciers, at head of College fiord, Port Wells, Prince William sound. 

Descriptive name, given by Glenn in 1898. See Harvard and Yale.

Twin; glaciers, north of Tidal inlet, Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive name, given by Reid in 1890.

Twin; islands, between Mary and Revillagigedo islands, Revillagigedo channel, 

Alexander archipelago. So' named by Pilot W. E. George about 1880. 

Have also been called The Sisters. 

Twin, islands; see Sister.

Twin; islet, between Praznik and Near islands, St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named 

Dvoinoi (twin) by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810.

Twin; lakes, two small lakes 13 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, oh the left bank of Nome river, near latitude 64° 35', longitude 

165° 15'. Local name, published in 1903;

Twin; mountain (1,165 feet high), 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, 

on the west bank of Snake river, near latitude 04° 40', longitude 165° 

28'. Local descriptive name, from Gerdine, 1904.

Twin; mountain (5,660 feet high), easteriivAlaska, on left bank of Charley 

river, near latitude 65° 05', longitude 143° 30'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Witherspoou, 1905. 

Twin; peaks, the higher of the two is 2,680 feet, on Prince of Wales island, 

southeast of Davidson inlet, near latitude 55° 45', longitude 133° 10'. 

So named by Dickins, 1903-4.

Twin; peaks, two conical peaks, about 1,200 feet high, southwestern coast of 

Kodiak, on Drake head, Alitak bay, 5 miles northeast of Cape Alitak. 

Local descriptive name, reported.by Moser in 1900.

Twin; peaks (6,557 feet high), on the mainland, east of Frederick sound, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive name, given by Thomas in 1887.

Twin; point, southwest from the entrance to Port Snettishani, on Glass peninsula, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name,

given by Mansfield in 1889.

Twin; point, on the northwest coast of Kruzof island, Alexander archipelago, 

between Point Amelia and Cape Georgiana, near latitude 57° 16'. Descriptive name, given by Moore in 1897, but not hitherto published.

Twin Buttes; mountain, in the Fairbanks region, near latitude 65° 10', longitude 147°. Local descriptive name, reported by Gerdine in 1903.

Twin Mountain; creek, 15 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary 

from the north to Boulder creek, an affluent of Snake river, near lati-- 

tude 64° 45', longitude 165° 30'. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Twins; islets (.100 and 300 feet high), on .the southern edge of Walrus Island 

group, in northern part of Bristol bay, Bering sea. So named by the 

Fish Commission in 1890.

Twins; two reeky islets, off the southeastern coast of Nagai island, Shumagin 

group. Local name, reported by Da 11 in 1872.

Twins; see Hanin rocks.

Twins (The); islets, south part of Ball group, at eastern entrance to Sitka 

harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Dvoini bratef 

(twin brothers) by Vasilief, 1809. Has also been called Entrance 

island. .
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA. . 645

Twins (The); two islets (220 and 239 feet high), off Hobart bay, Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Meade in 

1869.

Two Headed; island, near the south end of Kodiak. Named Two-headed point 

by Cook in .1778. Variously called a cape or point.and written TwoHeaded, Double Headed, etc. According to Sauer, 1802, the native 

name is Nasikan. Variously written Nasiktak, Na^ikak, etc.

Two Moon; bay, indenting the south shore of Port Fidalgo, eastern shore Prince 

William sound, near latitude.60° 45', longitude 146° 30'. Local name, 

reported by Grant, .1905. Named Bowie by Hitter in 1901, probably 

after William Bowie, of the Coast Survey, one of his party.

Two Tree; island, north of Vank island, Stunner strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Descriptive name,- given by Meade in 1869.

Two White Men, creek; see Middle fork Fortymile.

Tyee; mountain, near the head of Bradfle'ld canal, . Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Snow in 1886. Native word, meaning chief or head man.

Tyiidall; glacier, tributary to Malaspiua glacier, near Mount St. Elias, southeastern Alaska. Named by the New York Times expedition of .1886 

after Prof. John Tyndall.

Tyonek; Indian village, post-office, and store of the Alaska. Commercial Company, near head of Cook inlet. Native name (from tyon, chief, and ok, 

the diminutive, little chief), reported by Petrof, 1880, and by him spelled 

Toyonok. A few miles southwest is Tyonek station or Old Tyonek. 

The post-office Tyoonok was established near here in June, 1897, and its 

name changed to Tyoiiok in 1905.

Tyoniclc, village ; see Tyonek.

Tyen's, bay; see Redoubt.

Tyrena; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary to Trout creek, on the south bank of 

the Yukon, near latitude. 65°, longitude 14.1° 40'. Prospectors' name, 

from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 

1905.

Tyya, inlet; see Taiya.

Tzahavak; native village, on the eastern shore of Kuskokwitn bay, Bering sea. 

Name from Petrof, 1880, who wrote it T/ahavagamute, i. e., Tzahavak 

people. Erroneously Tzaharagamute.

 Ualik; lake, about 10 miles north of Kulukak bay, on the northern shore of 

Bristol bay, Bering sea. Spelled Oallek by Spun1 in Twentieth Annual 

Report, United States Geological Survey (pt. 7, map 10, p. 134) on the 

authority of missionary . Wood. Apparently this is Kulukak lake of 

Tebenkof. See Kulukak.

TJalik; native village, on the western shore of Kulukak bay, Bristol bay, Bering 

sea. Give'n by Petrof, 1880, as Ooallikh and by Spurr and Post as 

Oalligainut, i. e.. Oallik people.

Vbezhitsha, island ; see Poverty.

Ubeshitza, islet; see Shelter.

TTbi; island, in Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Ysla Ubi by 

Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Vbiennoi, bay; see Massacre.

Ubiloi; islet, in Krestofc.sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Ubiloi (vacant) 

island, by Vasilief in 1833. It is " Oubeloi (low) " of British Admiralty 

chart 2337. Kostrometinoff translates Oubeloi "as ebb-tide.

Ucomude; native settlement, in Kiliuda bay, Kodiak. Native name, so given by 

Lisianski in 1805. Apparently this is what would now be written 

Ukomuda, i. e., Ukoni bay.
646 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Uda. Aleut word meaning l>ay. It is appended to the name; thus, Alimuda 

means Alim bay.

Udagak; bay, indenting the western shore of Udagak strait, Uualaska island, 

eastern Aleutians. So called by Gilbert, 1901.

Udagak; strait, between Biorka and Unalaska islands, eastern Aleutians, near 

latitude 53° 45', longitude 166° 18'. Its native name, Udagak, was used 

by Sarichef in 1792, and thereafter till 1849, when Tebenkof published 

the name Spirkin. Biorka island he called Spirkin island. Lutke 

wrote it Oudagakh, and it has been written Idagak.

TJdak; cape, on the southern shore of Umnak island, forming the western head 

of Driftwood bay. Aleut name, meaning ukali, dried fish. Name from 

Kuritzien, 1849. '

Udaklita, harbor; see Dutch.

TJdakta; post-office at Dutch harbor, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Established 

in May, 1899. 

Udamak; cove, at head of Anderson bay, Makushin bay, Unalaska. Native 

name, from Venianiinof, 1840.

Udamat; bay, in Beaver bay, indenting the northern shore of Biorka island, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 166° 13'. Native name, from. Sarichef, .1792. Called Gull bay by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Uegak; island, the largest of the Vsevidof group, on the southern shore "of 

Umnak, eastern Aleutians. Native name, from Kotxebue, 1816; written Ouegakh by Lutke.

Uekosti, point; see Narrow.

Ugadaga; bay, indenting the northern shore of Beaver bay, Unalaska, eastern 

Aleutians, near longitude 166° 25'. Aleut name, given by Sarichef, 

1790, as Ugadagan, and by Veniaminof as Ugadaga. A creek flowing 

into the head of this bay was called by Langsdorf (II, 29) Ugadachan.

Ugaguk; rapids, in Ugaguk river, at the outlet of Becharof lake. Reported by 

Osgood, 1902.

Ugaguk; river, Alaska peninsula, draining westward from Becharof lake to 

Bristol bay. An Eskimo name, said to mean sioift, reported by Lutke, 

in 1828, as Ongagouk and by later Russians as Ugaguk or Igagik, and

since variously written Agouyak, Igiagik, Egegak, Ugiagik, etc. Martin, 1904, says that the name of this river and the village at its mouthis pronounced locally Igagik; that Ugaguk is obsolete excepting on 

Government maps.

Ugaguk; village, at mouth of Ugaguk river, Alaska peninsula. Has generally 

been written Igagik and often Egegak.

UgaiaJc, cape; see Ugyak.

Ugaiushak; island, on the south shore of Alaska peninsula, north of the Sem- 

.idis. Native name, from the Russians. Variously written Ugaiuscha, 

Ugaiuschak, Ugajutchak, etc.

Ugak; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Kodlak. Native name, from 

early Russian explorers. Igak is a Kodiak word, meaning evil spirit 

or devil. The Russians wrote it Igak and Ugak. It has been called 

Dgak, Igak, lagkskie, Igatskai, Ihack, Irak, Oohack, and Ugak. The 

Spaniards called it Puerto de Roxas.

Ugak; island, near entrance to Ugak bay, on southeast coast of Kodiak. Native name, reported by the Russians, who spelled it Igak, Ugak,. etc. 

Ugak is said to be the local usage.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 647

Tlgak; islet, near Cape Chiniak, in entrance to Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Laugsdorf says, in 1814. (Voyage II, 56), that Cape Chiuiak "is bounded to 

the north by two small islands, one of which, in the language of the 

country, is called Gtniak, the other Ugak."

TJgalek; bay, indenting Biorka island, on south shore of Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Aleut name, from Sarichef, 1792.

Vgalgan, island; see Egg.

Ugalohan, island; see Egg.

Ugamak; bay, on the southern shore of Ugarnak island, Krenit/Jn group, eastern Aleutians. So called by Gilbert, 1901.

TJgamak; island, one of the Krenitein group, eastern Aleutians, near longitude 

164.° 50'. Native name, from Veniamiuof. Also written Ugamok, Ugomok, and Ukamak. This island was reserved for light-house purposes 

by Executive order dated January 4, 1901. In that order the name is 

written Ugamok.

Ugamak; strait, separating Ugamak and Tigalda islands, Krenitziu group, 

eastern Aleutians. Called Ugamakskie by Veniaminof about 1830.

Ugamok, island; see Chirikof.

Uganik; bay, indenting the northern shore of Kodiak, near latitude 57° 45', 

longitude 1.53° 30'. Petrof, 1880, wrote it Ooganok. Moser, 1897, 

divides it into what lie calls East and West Uganuk bays.

Uganik; cape, the eastern point of entrance to Ugauik bay, on northern coast 

of Kodiak. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849." Moser, 1897, called it 

East point.

Uganik; island, on the northern shore of Kodiak. Native name, from Lisianski, 1805, who spells it Oohanick. Tebenkof, 1849, has Uganik, 

which has usually been erroneously transliterated, Uganuk.

Uganik; spit, name given by Moser, 1897, to a wide shingle beach at the north 

point of entrance to what he describes as East arm of West Uganik 

bay. He wrote Uganuk.

Uganik; native village, at head of Uganik bay. Shown by Lisiauski, 1805, who 

spells it Oohanjck.

Ugashik; lakes (two), on Alaska peninsula, south of Becharof lake, and drain- 

 ing into Bristol bay through Ugashik river. Native name, reported by 

Osgood, 1902.

Ugashik; native village, at mouth of the Ugashik river, Alaska peninsula. Reported by Petrof, 1SSO, and by him written Oogashik. Has also been 

written Obgahik.

Ugashik; river, debouching on the northwestern shore of Alaska peninsula. 

Staniukovich, in the corvette Moller, 1828, was-the first to report the 

existence of this river, which in his journal-is called Soulima. Lutke, 

however, called it, at the same time, by its native name, which in French 

he wrote Ougatchik. Thus the river has borne two names, each of 

them variously written Soulima, Sulima, Oogahik, Oogashik, Ugatschik, 

Ugaxhak, etc. According to Grewingk there are two rivers.

Ugat; cape, the western point of entrance to Uganik bay, oh the northern coast 

of Kodiak. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Moser, 1897, called it 

West point.

Ugavigamiut, village; see Ukuavik.

'Ogazhalc, river ; see Ugashik.

Ugidak; rock or rocky islet, one of the Delarof islets, at western end of the 

Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. 

Has also beeii written Ugidakh..
648 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

IJgiiak, rock; see Fairway.

Vgiu-ug, village ; see Biorka.

Vglaamie, village ; see Utkiavi.

ITglovaia; Eskimo village, on the right bank of lower Yukon river, between 

Ikogmute and Razboiuski. Visited by Nelson in January, 1879, and its 

name given by him as Ouglovaia.

Vglovaia, mountain; see Corner.

U'golnoi, island; see Charcoal.

Ugolnoi, island; see Ukolnoi.

Ugolnoi, point; see Coal. . 

TJgovik; Eskimo village, on right bank of Kuskokwim river, about 30 miles 

Above'Bethel. Name from Nelson, 1879, who wrote it Oogoviganrate, i. e., 

Ugovik people. 'The Eleventh Census has U.gavigamiut and the Coast 

Survey has Odgovigamut. It has been written Ougavik. Population 

in 1880, 206; in 1890, 57.

Uguagwik',.]i.\.ke; see Becharof. . . Uguiug, village; see Beaver.

Vgushtu, island ; see Crooked. .

TJgushtu, island; see Ushagat. . .

Ugyak; cape, the southern point of entrance to Kukak bay, Shelikof strait. 

Variously written Igiak, Ilak, Ugaiak, Ugiak. The local pronounciation, according to Dall, is U-gai-yak. Native word, from early Russian 

explorers.

TJhaiak; native village, on the southwestern coast of Kodiak, which Lisianski, 

1804, wrote Oohaiack. . Uhaskek; native village, on the southeastern coast of Kodiak, between Gull and 

Dangerous capes. Written Oohaskeck by 'Lisianski in 1804.

TJhler; creek, tributary from the east to South fork Fortymile creek, near latitude 64° 10'. Prospectors' name, reported by Spurr, Goodrich, and 

Schrader, 1896.

Uiak, bay; see Uyak.

TJinuk; Eskimo village, on the south shore of Seward peninsula, at mouth of 

Nome river. Petrof, 1880, reported its. population as 10 and its name 

as Oo-innakutagowik. Since then it lias appeared as Ooinukhlagowik,

Ooiuuklagowik, etc.

TJito; hill, in the upper Kuskokwim region, on the south side of Lake Miuchumina, near latitude 64°, longitude 152°. Native name, obtained by 

Herron in 1899, who wrote it U-it-oh.

IJjah, islet; see Uyak.

V jalcusliatscli, volcano ; see Redoubt.

Ujut, bay ; see Izhut.

U-kai-yuhkh-pal-iek, island; see Kiukpalik.

Ukak; lake, on the water portage between Yukon and Kuskokwim rivers. 

Called Ookakhl or Oakakhl by Raymond, in JS69, and Ookakhl and 

Ookakht by the Coast Survey, 1898.

Ukak, village; see Ikak.

Ukak; Eskimo village, in the Yukon delta, on shore of Ha/en bay. Visited by 

Nelson in December, 1878, and its name reported by him as Ookagamiut, 

i. e., Ukak people. Petrof, 3880, calls it Ookagamute and reports its 

population as 25, and Jarvis, there in 1897, writes it Ukogamute. 

Petrof shows two villages bearing this name, (1) the one here described, (2) a village on the right bank of the Yukon near Koserefski.

Ukainok, island; see Chirikof.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY- OP ALASKA. 649

Ukawutni; river, tributary to the Yukon from the north, about 30 miles above 

the mouth of Melozi river. Native name, from Dall, who has Ukawatne 

on his map and Ukawutni in his text (Alaska, p. 282).

Ukazatel, island; see Guide.

Ukivok, island ; see King.

Ukivok; Eskimo village, on King island, in Bering sea. Said to contain about 

4.0 dwellings partly excavated in the side of a ravine and built up with 

stone Avails. See also King island. Native name written variously, 

. Ookivok, Ovkevok, Ukivak, Ukivok, Ukivuk, Ukhvulc, etc.

'Ukiwuk, island; see King.

TJknavik; Eskimo village and mission, on right bank of Kuskokwim river, 

about 10 miles below the Kuskokwim-Yukon portage. Its Eskimo name, 

according to Spurr and Post, who obtained it from missionary Kilbuck, 

in 1808, is Oknavfgamut, for which the suggested meaning is, village on 

the other side.of. tlie village on the other side people. It has been 

written Ogavik.

Uknodok, island; £ee Hog.

Ulcogamute, Eskimo villnge; see Ukak.

Ukolnoi; island, near entrance to Pavlof bay, Alaska peninsula, west of the 

Shumagins.' Named Ukolnoi (stone coal) by the Russians. The Aleut' 

name is Kitagutak. Has also been written Ugolnoi and Youkolny.

TJkshivik; Eskimo village, at Lisianski harbor, on the southwestern shore of 

Kodiak. Called Ukshivikag-inint, i. e., Ukshivik people, on the RussianAmerican Company map of 1849. Written also Ukshivikak. Ukshi'vik 

 means a 10 inter -village from Ukshuk (winter), and vile, the locative 

termination.

TJImk; bay, in Raspberry island, Kodiak group. Native name, from the Russians.

Ulacli,, island; see Ulak.

Ulaga, islands; see .Four Mountains.

Ulak; island, southwest from Tanaga, Audreanof group, middle Aleutians. Native name, from Sarichef. 1790. who wrote it Ulak. Variously written 

loulakh, Ulach, Ulakh, Youlak, etc. Apparently it is Ulak of the 

Aleuts, meaning house, or everybody's li,ouse.

Ulak; islet, near Great Sitkin island, Andreauof group, middle Aleutians. Aleut 

name, from. Tebenkof. It means house for everybody. Has been 

written Ulakh. Apparently identical with Uliadak island of Russian 

Hydrographic chart 1400.

'UlaJchta, harbor ; see Dutch.

Ulakaia; hill (946 feet high), eastern part of St. George island, Bering sea, 

near longitude 169° 34'. Aleut name, written Ahluckeyak, and Ahlucheyak by Elliott, 1872-1874; Oolakaiya by Stanley-Brown in 1891: 

and ijl'-aklyii' by Putnam in 1897. The meaning is high house, according to Putnam; and a rough back-bone, according to Elliott. Written 

Alukeyak in the first edition of this dictionary.

Ulakta Head; (900 feet high) the precipitous north end of Amaknak in Unalaska bay, near longitude 100° 30'. Called Ulakhta Head by Davidson in 1807, a name derived from Udakta. (now Dutch) harbor, the 

change .from Udakta to Ulakta being apparently accidental. Has 

. also been called.North Head.

Ulanach, cape ; see Chlanak.

Ularakartha; point, north coast St. George island, Bering sea, near, east end of 

East rookery, about longitude /±(®° 29'. Aleut name, meaning point 

opposite house, and written tjl' ariikartha' by Putnam in 1897.
650 GEOGKAPHIC DIOTIONAEY OF ALASKA.

Uliadak; islet, near Great Sitkin, Audreanof group, middle Aleutians. This 

name appears with a query on Russian Hydrographic chart 1400. 

There is confusion in the representation of the islands here and resulting uncertainty as to the application of the name. See Ulak.

Uliaga; island, the northernmost of the islands of the Fouiv Mountains, eastern 

Aleutians. Native name, from Sarichef, about 1790. Variously written Ouliaga, Oulliaghiu, etc. Veniarniuof writes it Uliagan, and adds 

that, in 1764, there was in its southeastern part a small settlement of 

quarrelsome, thieving people, which, at the request of the Umnak 

Aleuts, .Glotof exterminated.

Ulinoi; island, in Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Called 

Ulinnoi by Vasilief, 1809.

Ulloa; canal, leading south' from Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago, 

near latitude 55° 15', longitude 133° 15'. Apparently so named by the 

Spaniards in about 1792. " Ulloa canal appears to have derived its 

name from being supposed to communicate with Cordova bay, the land 

north of Cordova bay being styled Isla Ulloa in Galiano's Atlas." 

(Coast Pilot, :,883, p. 97.)

'(Jlokat; hills, lower Yukon, extending southwest from Kusilvak mountains, 45 

miles west of-Andreafski, near latitude 61° 57', longitude 164° 40'. 

Eskimo name, .reported by Putuam in 1899.

Ulukuk; hills, river, and native village, on Unalaklik river, 20 miles east of 

Norton sound. Native name, from Dall, 1866. Also written Alookuk 

and Alukuk.

TJmak; island, between Great Sitkin and Little Tanaga islands, Andreanof 

group, middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from the Russians. Has been 

written Onmakh, Umakh, and Yuuakh.

Umakalookta, river; see Black.

Umanangula; bluffs (300 feet high), along the south coast of St. George island, 

Bering sea, between Red bluffs and Cascade point, near longitude 169° " 

36'. Aleut name, written Uman'angul'a, can not 1)6 seen (that is, 

from certain places) by Pntnam in 1897.

Umanangula; lake, on St. George island, Bering sea, near the southern coast 

and longitude 169° 37'. Aleut name, obtained by Putuam in 1897, and 

written Uniah' angii' lan-an' yi = lake near Umanarifj'ula (anyi means 

lake).

Umga; islet (250 feet high), between Sannak and Alaska peninsula, near longitude 162° 45'. So called by the Russians.

Umla; island, one of the Sannak group, 4 miles southeast of Sannak island, 

near latitude 54° 21', longitude 162° 28'. Native name, reported by 

Westdahl in 1901..

Umnak; bay, near Umnak pass, on the coast of Unalaska or maybe Umnak 

island, eastern Aleutians. Reported by Gilbert, 1901. Not found on 

any map.

Umnak; island, one of the principal islands of the eastern Aleutians, west of 

Uualaska island, near longitude 168°. Native name. Cook, 1778, 

wrote Oomanak; Sauer, 1790, has Oomnak; Coxe, taking the name 

from Krenitzin and Levashef, 1768, wrote- Umyak. Has also been 

written Ournnak, Oumuakh, Amnak, Amnuk, etc.

Umnak; pass, separating Umuak and Unalaska islands, eastern Aleutians. Native name, from the Russians.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. . 651

Umnokalukta; fishing village^ ca Black river, a south branch of the Kobuk.

Eskimo name, reported by Cantwell in 1885, as Um-nok-a-luk-ta. 

U'f»>-ok-a-looJc-tok, river ; see Black. - 

Umsh.ali.uk; cape, the western head of Kashega bay, on north shore of Unalaska. Native name, from Sarichef, 1792. On this cape, in 1792,

was Sedanka village. Tebenkof, in 3849, called the cape Sedanka and,

in 1SSS, the Fish Commission called it Hague. 

'Urn-yak, island; see Umnak. 

Unak; islet, south of Great Sitkin, Andreauof group, middle Aleutians. Aleut

name, from Tebenkof, 1849. It means wound, sore. Has also been

written Jounakh.

Unak, river ; see Uuuk. . 

Unakak; Eskimo village, in the Yukon delta, near Hazen bay. Nelson, who

visited it in December, 1878, reports its name to be Oouakagamute, i. e.,

Uuakak people. Petrof, 1880, calls it Oonakagamute and reports its

population as 20.. 

TJnakserair; river, northern Alaska, tributary to Alatna river from the north,

near longitude 154° 30'. Eskimo name, obtained by Menclenhall, 1901.

Unaktolik, Eskimo village; see Uugalik.

Unakwik; inlet, indenting the northern shore of Prince William sound. Apparently a native name, reported by Gleun, in .1898, as Uuaquig, and by 

Abercrombie as Unaquick. According to Moser, 1897 and 1901, it is 

called Salmo sound by the fisheries. Erroneously Salmon.

Unalaklcet, post-office and village; see Unalaklik.

Unalaklik; river, of western Alaska, tributary to eastern end of Norton sound. 

Eskimo name, variously written Oonalakleet, Ounalalclik, Unalaklik,. 

etc. Tebenkof, 1849, has Unalaklit, and Russian Hydrographic chart 

1455, published in 1852, has Unalaklik or Tsetseka. The Western 

Union Telegraph Expedition map of 1867 has Unalachleet.

Unalaklik; Eskimo village, town, post-office, and telegraph station, on the 

eastern shore of Norton sound, at mouth of the Unalaklik river. 

Population in 1880, 100; in 1890, 175; in 1900, 241. A post-office, 

Unalakleet, was established here in 1902, and it was connected with the 

military telegraph, in 1903. Variously written Ooualaklik, Ouualakleet, 

Unalachleet, etc.

Unalashka, bay; see Uualaska.

Unalashlca. The Fish Commission, in 1888, called the roadstead east of 

Amaknak island Unalashka harbor.

Unalaska; bay, indenting the northeastern shore of Unalaska island, eastern 

Aleutians, near latitude 54°, longitude 166° 30'. The three arms at the 

head of the bay are now called, respectively: the eastern one, Iliuliuk 

bay; the one on the west, Nateekin bay; and the middle or most 

southerly arm, Captains bay. Capt. Lieut. Michael Levasbef wintered in 

the arm or branch now called Captains bay, September 18, 1768, to June 

6, 1769, and named that arm St. Paul harbor, after his vessel. In 1827, 

Krusenstern called the western part (west of Amaknak) Bale du 

Capitaine, and the eastern part (east of Amakuak) Baie de Illiuliuck. 

Veniaminof, in 1840, applied the name Captains to the whole bay, in 

memory of Levashef's visit. The Coast Survey, 1867, following Davidson, called the whole, Unalaska bay, and in 1875, following Dali, 

Captains bay. The Fish Commission in 1888, called it Unalashka ; and 

the same, written Unalaska, is recent Coast Survey usage. It is now 

generally called Unalaska bay. *

Unalaska, harbor; see Iliuliuk.
652 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

TJnalaska; island, the largest and most important island of the eastern Aleutians. Discovered by the Russians in or about 1760. The Rev. Father 

Veniainiuof, who lived here ten years, about .1820 to 1830, and spoke 

the Aleut language, says the Aleuts called this island A'-u-an Alakska 

or Na'-u-an Alakska, i. e., this here Alakska. Cook, 1778, wrote it 

 Oonalashka, as also did Sauer, 1790. Sarichef, 1790, wrote it Una- 

.lashka, while Lutke, 1828, has Ouualachka, a contraction of the true 

name Nagounalaska. Petrof says Agunalaksh, the Aleut name of 

Unalaska.

Unalaska; post-office, at Iliuliuk village, Unalaska, eastern Aleutians. Established in November, 1892, and discontinued in 1905.

VnalasJca, town ; see Iliuliuk.

Unalga; cove, on the northwest side Unalga island, eastern Aleutians. So described by Gilbert, .1901.

Unalga; island, in Akutan pass between Akutan and Unalaska islands, eastern 

Aleutians, near latitude 54°, longitude 166° 10'. Native name, published in this form by Coxe, in 1780, who took it from Kreuitzin and 

Levashef, 1768. Apparently this is Oonella of Cook in 1778. It is Oonalgi of Billings and Ounalga of Lutke. This island and the adjacent rocks 

were reserved for light-house purposes by Executive order dated January 4, 1901. The adjacent rocks, here called Gull rocks, were in that 

order called Sea Gull rocks.

Unalga; island, one of the westernmost of the Andreanof group, middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from the Russians. Russian Hydrographic chart 

1400 of 1848 calls it western Unalga.

Unalga; pass, separating Unalga and Unalaska islands, eastern Aleutians. So 

called by Veuiaminof. Lutke wrote it Ounalga.

Unalishagvak; cape, west of Karluk, on the northern shore of Shelikof strait. 

Native name, from the Russians. Variously spelled Unalischachwak, 

Unalischaglak, Unaltschaswak, Unalishogvak, etc.

Unana; mountain peak (4,600 feet high), on the eastern side of Russell fiord, 

southeastern Alaska. Apparently a native name, published by Russell 

in 1893. . .

Unangashik; native village, at I-Ieiden bay,.on the north shore of Alaska peninsula. Native name, from Petrof, 1880, who wrote it Oonangashik.

Unaquick, inlet; see Unakwik.

Unaquiff, inlet; see Unakwik.

Unarilda; river, tributary to the Koyukuk from the south, at Treat island, 

near latitude 66°. So called by Alien, 1885.

Vnaska, island; see Yunaska.

Unastal, island ; see Guide.

U.natlotly; " a very high cut bank of clay " on the north bank of Koyukuk river, 

just below the mouth of the Alatua. . So described by Alleu, 1885. 

Indian name. A later map has the word village here.

Unavikshak; islet, near the entrance to Chignik bay, Alaska peninsula. Native name, from the Russians.

Uncle Sam; creek, Seward peninsula, coast of Norton sound, tributary at head 

of Pine creek, near longitude 164° 20'. Prospectors' name, from a local 

map, 1904.

.Uncle Sam; creek, tributary to Fortymile creek from the north, at the international boundary. Local name, obtained by Barnard in 1898.

Uncle Sam; mountain (1,298 feet h'igh), Seward peninsula, 4 miles from coast 

of Norton sound, near longitude 164° 16'. Prospectors' name, from 

Gerdiue, 1905. 
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.- 653

Unga; cape, the southeastern point of Unga island, Shumagins. So named 

by the Fish Commission in 1888. . 

l/i?0a, harbor; see Delarof.

Unga; island, the largest cf the Shumagin group, near latitude 55° 15', longitude 160° 45'. Native name, from the Russians. Has also been written 

Ounga.

'Unga, islands; see Shumagin.

Unga; post-office, .at Delarof harbor, Unga island, Shumagin group. Established August, 1.894.

Unga; reefs, in Popof strait, Shumagins. So named by Da 11, 1872.

Unga; strait, separating the Shumagin islands from Alaska peninsula. So 

named by Dall, 1872.

Ungaktalik; lake, near and connected with Nushagak lake. Native name, 

from Tebenkof, 1849. It means Ungak region.

Ungalik; river, tributary to the eastern shore of Norton bay, Norton sound. 

Eskimo name, given by Petrof. 1880, as Onngaklitalik, by the Coast 

Survey as Ungaliktolik and Unoktolik, and by others as Uuaktolik, i. e., 

Ungalik region.

Ungalik; Eskimo village, oil the eastern shore of Norton bay, at mouth of the 

Ungalik river. Petrof, 1880, reported its population as 15 and its name 

as Oonakhtolik. On late Coast Survey charts it is Unoktolik and on a 

local map Ungaliktalik. Written also Uugwaktolik and Unoctolik.

Ung-ee-let-ar-geealc, river; see Reed.

Ungulungwak; mountain, on the left bank of the lower Yukon, 35 miles northwest of Andreafski, 7 or 8 miles northwest of Ingichuak mountain, 

near latitude 02° 15',-longitude 104° 15'. Eskimo name, reported by 

Putuam, 1899.

VngwaJctolils, Eskimo village; see Ungalik.

llnigun, islands; see Four Mountains.

Uniktali; bay,, indenting the northwestern shore of Beaver bay, Unalaska, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 1GG° 30'. Aleut name, which Sarichef, 

1792, wrote Unietkalen and Veniaminof, Uniktalia. Apparently from 

the Aleut word Unaktak (broken). It is Mountain bay of the Fish 

Commission in 1888.

Unimak; bay, indenting the southern shore of Unimak island, eastern Aleutians. 

Its native name is Tugamak, which has been, written Tooganiak, Tongumak, and Tougoumak.

Unimak; cove, indenting the north shore of Saunak island, between Pavlof 

harbor and Johnson bay, near latitude 54° 27', longitude .102° 40'. 

Name reported by Wcstdahl, 1901.

Unimak; island, immediately west of Alaska peninsula, eastern Aleutians; 

near longitude 164°. Native name, which Cook, 1778, wrote Ooneuiak. 

Variously written Oonimak, Ounimak, etc.

Unimak; pass, between' Unimak island and other islands to the west, near 

longitude 1G5 3 . One of the principal passes through the eastern 

Aleutians.

Union; bay, in Cleveland peninsula, at junction of Clarence strait and Ernest 

sound, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 45', longitude 132° 12'. 

So called, prior'to 1880, on some unpublished charts.

Union; mining camp, on the South fork Koyukuk river, 2 miles above its mouth, 

near longitude 152°. Called Union City by the prospectors and miners 

in 1899.
654 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Union; gulch, 10 miles northeast of Nome, Sewarcl peninsula, on the north bank

of Buster creek, an east branch of Nome river, near longitude 165° 13'.

Local name, published in-1904. 

Union; point, between Union bay and Vixen inlet, western shore Cleveland

peninsula, Ernest sound, southeastern Alaska. Name so applied by the

local navigators and reported by K. 0. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, in

1904. . , ' 

Unishka; island, on the south side of Redoubt bay, Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. So called by Vasilief, 1809. Unklakat; river, tributary to the Yukon, 47 miles below the mouth of Tozi

river. So described by Cantwell, 1900. Not found on any map. 

Unlucky; islet, in the eastern part of Bucarelf bay, Prince of Wales archipelago.

Named La Desgraciada (the unlucky) by Maurelle and Quadra,. 1775-

1779. 

Unnatak; native summer fishing camp, 011 Kobuk river, near the mouth of

Ambler river, about latitude 07°, longitude 158°. Eskimo name, obtained by Cantwell in 1885, and written Uu-uah-tak, but not shown on

his map.

Unoctolik, Eskimo village; see Ungalik. 

Vnoktolik, river and village; see Ungalik. ; . Unsuzi; mountain (2,000 feet high), north of Lake Minchumina, on the left

bank of East fork Kuskokwim river, near latitude 64°, longitude 152°.

Native name, given by Herron, 3899, as Un-suz-ee. 

Unuk; river, tributary to Burroughs bay, southeastern Alaska. Native name,

from the Coast Survey. " The correct name of this river," writes M. W.

Gorman, " is Junuk or Junock." 

Uphoon, pass ; see Apoon. 

Upland; creek, tributary to Nome river from the west, in the Nome mining

region, Seward peninsula. Local name, published in 1900. It is Shepard creek on a recent map. 

Op-nut, creek ; see Anikovik. 

Upper; lake, near St. Paul, Kodiak. It drains to Lower lake and thence to

Shahafka cove. Called Verkhnie (upper) by Tebenkof, 1849. 

Upper; lake, near the northeastern coast of St. George island, Bering sea,

near longitude 169° 31'. Local name. According to Putnain, the Aleut

name is Kds'era-an'ag, meaning upper laJcc. 

Upper Camp, creek ; see Camp.

Upper Chulik. The Eleventh Census, 1890 (p. 114), speaks of two Eskimo villages on the eastern coast of Nunivak island together containing G2 

people and called Chuligmiut and Upper Chuligmint, i. e., Chulik people.

Upper Ramparts; gorge or canyon, in Porcupine river, about 20 miles from the 

international boundary line. Also see Ramparts.

Upright; cape, the easternmost point of St. Matthew island, Bering sea. So 

named by Cook in 1778. Perpendiculaire of Lutke and Otviesnoi (upright) of the Russians. Erroneously Upwright.

Uranatina; river, tributary to the Copper from the west, about 10 miles north 

of Tiekel river. Native name, from Abercrombie in 1898. It is Teikhell river of Alien in 1885. See Tiekel.

Urey; point, the westernmost point of Chichagof island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 184), after Capt. luri 

or Urey Feodorovich Lisiauski. who was the first to indicate it. Urey, 

sometimes written luri, is the Russian for George.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 655

Urilia; bay, on the .northern coast of Uniinak, eastern Aleutians. Named Urilia 

(shag or cormorant) by Teberikof, 1840. The Fish Commission, in 

1888, called this Shaw bay. Perhaps this is an error for shag.

Urilie, rocks; see Shag.

Urilof; island, in southern part of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Urielof by Vasilief, 1809.

TJrsus; cove, in the western, shore of Kamishak bay, Cook inlet, near latitude 

59° 33'. Local name, Bear cove, reported by Martin, 1904. On June 6, 

1906, the U. S. Board on Geographic Names renamed it Ursus.

U. S.; gulch, on the left bank of Uhler creek, an affluent of South fork Fortymile 

creek, near latitude 64° 10', longitude 141° 4.0'. Prospectors' name, 

reported in 1898.

Userd-ie, point; see Zeal.

TJsgik, islet; see Uski.

Ushagat; island, one of the Barren islands at entrance to Cook inlet. Native 

name, given by Tebenkof as Ushagat and Ugushtu. Has also been 

called Ugutcutu and Ushugat.

Usher; rock, on the west side of the Western channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka

sound, Alexander archipelago. Named by United States naval officers, 

1879, after Lieut. Nathaniel Eielly Usher, U. S. N., then on duty at 

Sitka.

Ushk; bay, indenting the southern shore of Chichagof island, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 34', longitude 135° 36'. Presumably a native name, reported by Moore, 1895.

Ushk; point, the north point at entrance to Ushk bay (above). So named by 

Moore, 1895.

VsinJca, narrows ; see Narrow strait.

'IJsinJca, village ; see Uzinki.

Uski; islet, in the western anchorage St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. Named Uskoi 

by the early Russians. Perhaps from usgik, the Aleut 1 word for willow.

Uskosti, point; see East.

Usof; bay, indenting the southeastern shore of Unalaska,. eastern Aleutians, 

near latitude 53° 30', longitude 166° 45'. Named Usova (Usof's) by 

Tebeukof, 1849. Called Whalebone bay by the Fish Commission in 

1888.

Ustay; glacial stream, on the southeastern coast, 40 miles southeast of Yakutat, 

tributary to Akvve river from the east, near longitude 138° 40'. Indian name, written Us-tay by Moser, 1901. The stream so lettered by 

Moser seems to include both the Afcwe and Tanis of Tebenkof. See 

Akwe and Tanis.

'Ostia, cape; see Entrance.

TJstia Rieka, cape; see Riverniouth.

Ustiugof; shoal or bank, off Constantine poiqt, at mouth of the Nushagak 

river, Bristol bay, Bering sea. So named by Tebenkof, after a Mr. 

Ustiugof, of whose surveys in this region, in 1818, Tebenkof speaks in 

commendation.

Usuktu; river, of northern Alaska, tributary to Meade river from the east.

Name from Ray, who passed it in April, 1883, and'reports its native

name to be Usuuktu and Usuktu in his text and Esuktu on his map.

It has since been written Suktu. 

Utah; creek, tributary to Mission creek from the west, in the Eagle mining

region. Local name, reported by, Barnard in 1898.
656 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Utakaht; slough, Yukon delta, OH the right bank of Kwikluak pass, near latitude 62° 43', longitude 104° 20'. Eskimo name, obtained by Putnam, 

1899.

Utalug; cape, on the southeastern coast of Atka, opposite Amlia, middle Aleutians. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Perhaps from the Aleut 

utak (big finger or thumb).

Utchno, cape; see Trinity.

Utes; cape, on the southern shore of Nazan bay, Atka, middle Aleutians. 

Named Utes (cliff or escarpment) by Tebenkof, 1849.

Utes; cape, somewhere in the vicinity of Boat harbor, on northern shore of 

Norton sound, Bering sea. Called Utes (cliff, escarpment) by Teben- 

 kof, 1833. Not found on late maps.

Utes, cape; see Escarpment.

Utesistoi, island; see Rocky.

Vticlii, islet; see Calming.

Utichi, islet; see Rocky.

Utinoi, islet; see Duck.

Utka, bay; see Tutka.

Utkiavi; Eskimo village, and Government station at Cape Srnyth, near Point 

Barrow, latitude 71° 18'. This word, or something like it, is said to be 

the Eskimo name for Cape Smyth, and means the cliffs. The difficulty 

in getting at the native names of places is well illustrated in this case. 

Three members of the Signal Service party which spent two years here, 

and two, at least, of whom acquired a speaking knowledge of the Eskimo language, give these three forms: Ooglamie (and Uglaamie), 

Ootkeavie, and Utkiaving (Utkiawin). As for others, they have used 

Otkiawik, Otkiovik, Ootivakh, Ootkieawie, Ootkeavie, and Government 

station.

Utmak, cape; see Kettle.

Vtukok,- cape ; see Icy.

Utukok; river, debauching in the lagoon along the Arctic coast, 15 miles south 

of Icy cape, near latitude 70°. Eskimo name, reported by Jarvis, 1898, 

who wrote it Ootokok and Ootookok. This is said to be the Eskimo 

name of Icy cape.

Utukokj Eskimo village, on the Arctic coast, at 01- near Icy cape. Eskimo

name, from Petrof, 1880, who wrote it .Otok-kok. Has also been 

written Ootookok, and in John W. Kelly's vocabulary this is given as 

the Eskimo name of Icy cape. Russian Hydrographic chart 1495, 

dated 1854, shows a settlement here called Kaiakishvig-miut. According to Murdoch, the name is O-tu-kah [mun]. Population 50, in 1880.

Uwik; pass or slough, opening on the outer shore of Yukon delta, 22 miles 

northeast of Kwikpak mouth, near latitude 63° 15', longitude 164° 10'. 

Eskimo name, obtained by Putnam, 1899, who wrote Oowik.

Uyak; anchorage, behind Bear and Harvester islands, on west shore of Uyak 

bay, north shore of Kodiak. So called by Moser, 1897. Native name.

Uyak; bay, indenting the northwestern coast of Kodiak, near latitude 57° 40', 

longitude 153° 50'. Native name, from the Russians. Lisianski, 1805, 

spells it Oohiack, and the village Ooiatsk. Petrof, 1880, writes it 

Ooiak. Has also been written Uiak.

Uyak; cape, the western point of entrance to Uyak bay, on northwest coast of 

Kodiak. Native name. Locally called Sevenmile point. Lisianski, 

1805, calls it West point.

Uyak; islet, in Nazan bay, Atka, middle Aleutians. Native name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Has also been written Ujah.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 657

Uyak; village, and post-office (established in-1901), on Uyak anchorage, Uyak 

bay, northwestern coast of Kodiak island.

Uzenkoi, strait; see Narrow. ' . Uzinki; village, on Spruce island, Kodiak group. The location of this village is 

not shown. It may be identical with No vie Balaam (New Balaam) of 

the. Russian-American Company map of .1849. The village .takes its 

name from Uzinkie, the Russian adjective for narrow. Has also been 

written Ooziukie and Usinka.

Valdez; glacier, northeast of Valdez, Prince William sound. So called by 

Abercrombie, 1898.

Valdez; narrows, the contracted part of .the entrance to Port Valdez, Prince 

William sound. So called by Abercrombie, 1898. Also called Stantou 

narrows by Abercrombie. the same year.

Valdez; port, indenting the northeastern shore of Prince William sound. According to Vancouver it was called Puerto de Valdes by Fidalgo in 1790.

Valdez; summit, the highest point on the trail over Valdez glacier into the 

interior. So called by the 3,000 (more or less) prospectors who used it 

in 1898.

Valdez; town, at head of Port Valdez, Prince William sound. Captain Glenn, 

writing in 1898, indicates that it was then called Copper City, but now 

Valdez. A post-office, called Valdez, was established here in- July, 

1899, and .the town was incorporated July 1, 1901. Population 1900, 315.

Vallenar; bay, in Clarence strait, at north- end of Gravina island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883.

Vallenar; point, the northernmost point of Gravina island, separating Tougass 

narrows from Clarence strait. Named by Vancouver, 1793, after Senor 

Higgins de Vallenar, President of Chile. Biggins, or rather OTIiggins 

of Ballenagh, Ire-land, became naturalized in Chile and in place of 

O'Higgins of Ballenagh became Higgins de Vallenar.

Vallenar; rock, off Vallenar point, at the northern entrance to Tongass narrows. So named by Nichols, 1885.

Vancouver; cape, high and bold, on the mainland, northeast of Nunivak island, 

Bering sea. Discovered by Etoliu, in 1821, and by him named after 

Capt. George Vancouver.

Vancouver; islet, in Dixon entrance, very near Cape Northumberland, Duke 

island.. Apparently a local name, published by the Coast Survey in 

1885. .

Vancouver; mountain (15,666 feet high), in the St. Elias alps, southeastern 

Alaska. Named by Dall, in 1874, after the great English navigator, 

Capt. George Vancouver.

Vandeput; point, the western point of' entrance to Thomas bay, Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794.

VanderMlt; point, on the northern bank of Chilkat river, near its mouth, southeastern Alaska. Named by United States naval officers, 1880, after 

Capt. J. M. Vanclerbilt, captain of the trading steamer Favorite. It is 

apparently identical with Povorotni (turnabout) of Lindenberg in 1838.

Vanderbilt; reef, in the southern part of Lynn canal, Alexander archipelago. 

Discovered by Capt. J. M. Vanderbilt, of the Northwestern Trading Company's steamer 'Favorite and named after him by United States naval 

officers, 1880.

Vank; island, west of Wraugell, in Sumuer strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by the Russians.

Va,n7cahini, bay; see Dry.

Bull. 299 06 M 42
658 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Vankahini; one of five rivers in the delta of Alsek river, southeastern Alaska.

So called by Tebenkof in 1849 (chart 7). Apparently a native name,

the termination hini meaning river. Has also been written Vaukagina. 

Van Sant; cove, indenting the southern shore of Kosciusko island, Davidson

inlet, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 59', longitude 133°

32'. Named by Dickins, 1903-4, after the superintendent of the Hoibrook fishery. 

Vasilief; bank, off Povcrotni point, Sitka sound, Barauof island, Alexander

archipelago. Named Vasilief (Williams) by the Russians, .1809, after

one of their naval officers. Has also been written Vasilevka.. 

Vasilief; bay, indenting the southern shore of Atka, middle Aleutians. So

named by Lutke, after the pilot Vasilief, about 1830. 

Vasilief, cape; see Corwin. 

Vasilief; rock, south of Biorka island, Sitka sound, Alexander. archipelago.

Named Vasilief (Williams) by the Russians, 1809. Proper name.' Has

also been called Vasileva (Basil's or William's). 

Vasilief; shoal (with 4 feet at low water),-in Chiniak bay, Kodiak, lying

between the south ends of Long and Woody islands. Named by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810. 

Vasilief; sunken reef, in the entrance to Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Discovered and

named Vasilief by Russian naval officers, 1808-1810. Variously called

Vasilief, Wasilieff, Williams, etc. 

Vaskin; cape, on the northern coast of Unimak, eastern Aleutians. So called

by Veniaminof, 1840. 

Vassar; glacier, tributary from the west to College fiord, Port Wells, Prince

William sound. So named by the Harriman expedition, 1899, after

Vassar College. 

Vault; creek, 15 miles north of Fairbanks, tributary to Chatanika river from

the south, near latitude 65° 05', longitude 147° 40'. On Gerdine's map

of 1903 this is lettered Moose creek, but on a later local map it is called

Vault creek.

Vavilof, bay; see Baralof. 

VcevidofsJci, volcano ; see Vsevidof. 

Veg-as; islands, in Sealed passage, on the northwestern shore of Duke island,

Gravina group, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. 

Venetia; creek, tributary to Eldorado river from the east, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Vennevkar, creek; see Vernal. 

Ventosa, island; see Kochu. 

Ventura; creek, Seward peninsula, Casadepaga drainage, tributary to Alma

creek at head of Birch creek, near latitude 64° 48', longitude 164° 09'.

Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, .1905. 

Ventura; point, on San Fernando island, San Alberto bay, Bucareli bay, Prince

of Wales archipelago. Named Punta de Santa Buenabeutura by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Verde'; island and point, in Port Refugio, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Punta y Ysla Verde (green point and island) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775-1779. 

Verdure; point, on the western shore of Portland canal. So named by Pender

1868.

VerJchnie, lake; see Upper.. 

Vernal; creek, tributary to Wrangell harbor, Alexander archipelago. Named

Veshnevka (vernal) by Zarernbo, 1834. On hydrographic chart 225 it

is called Vennevkar.
GEOGKAPHTC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. . 659

Verstovia; mountain (3,216 feet high), about 8 miles from Sitka, Baranof 

island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Vasilief in 1809. Verstovaia 

is the adjective form of verst, the Russian unit for long distance, 

equal to 3,500 feet. The mountain is nearly 1 verst high.

Very; inlet, indenting the mainland on the eastern shore of Revillagigedo channel, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 54° 57', longitude 130° 55'. 

Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 

.1.904.

Veaeelovskoi, cape; see Cheerful.

Veselofski, cape; see Cheerful.

Vesolci, island; see High.

Vesolia; mountain peak, in western Alaska, in the divide between Norton sound 

and Yukon river. Called Vesolia Sopka (cheerful peak) by the Russians. See Old Woman and Sugarloaf.

Veta; mountain (Mount Veta, 5,720 feet high), in the Fortymile region, eastern 

Alaska, near latitude 64° 15', longitude 143°. Prospectors' name, from 

sketch map compiled by-Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S! A., 1905.

Vexation; point, on Kupreanof island, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade, 1869, in memory of the annoyance experienced, 

at this point, in taking the Sayinaiv through Wrangell strait.

Vexation Point; rock, off Vexation point, Wrangell strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1881.

Vichnefski; rock, off St. John harbor, in Sunnier strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently so named by the Russians.

'Victoria; creek, tributary to Coal creek from the north, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Victoria; creek, tributary to Igloo creek from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Victoria; creek, the left branch of Beaver creek, 100 miles east of Rampart, 

near latitude 66°, longitude 140°. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., 1902. Called also Golden creek.

Victory; 'creek, Kenai peninsula, tributary to Kenai lake from the east, near its 

southeastern extremity. Prospectors' name, from Moffit, 1904.

Viedrin; island, one of the Siginaka group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Vasilief, 1809-

Viejo, Isla del; see Old Man island. , Viekhoda, cape ; see Outlet.

Vierw'blennoi 'Kriepostnoi, cape; see Razed Fort.

Viesokaia, volcano, etc.; see Redoubt.

Viesoki; rock, near Hot Springs bay, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Viesokoi (high) by Vasilief. 1809. Has also been called High 

Rock and Visokoi.

ViesoJcie, rock ; see Pillar.

Viesokoi', island ; see High.

View; cove, Tlevak strait, indenting the eastern coast of Dall island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1881.

Viking; sunken rock, in Redn'sh bay, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Moser, 1897.

Village; see Unatlotly.

Village; cove, indenting the western end of Alaska peninsula, Isanotski strait, 

latitude 55° 04', longitude 163° 15'. Old Morzhovoi village is located 

on this 'cove. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1882.

Village; cove, near St. Paul village, St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. 

Local name.
660 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Village; islands, in Zimovia strait, opposite a deserted Indian village, whence 

the name, given by Snow in 1880.

Village; islands, a group of high rocky islets, off .the western shore of Ugauik 

. bay, Kodiak, near Uganik village, about latitude 57° 50', longitude 

153° 35'. So named by Moser, 1897.

Village; islet (peninsula at low water), in. Felice strait, near north end of 

Duke island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1882, who. 

found an Indian village here containing .15 houses.

Village; islet, near 1-Jowkan village, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Dall in 1882. Was also named McFarlaud by Sheldon Jackson, 1880.

Village; peninsula, a rocky head.(island at high water) on the western shore 

of Uganik bay, near Uganik village. So named by Moser, 1897.

Village; point, in Port Chester, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. It is at 

this point, named by Nichols, 1883, that the town of New Metlakatla 

has been built.

Village; point, on the western edge of McClellan flats, Chilkat inlet, southeastern Alaska. Named by United States naval officers, 1880. It was 

. called Wodopada (waterfall) cape by Liiideuberg in 1838.

Village; point, the north point of entrance to Cbaik bay, Admiralty island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869, who. on 

his chart (United States Hydrographic 225) shows the Indian village 

" Old Kootznahoo " near it. The native name of this village is given 

by Dall in the.Coast Pilot (1883, p. 175) as Letushkwiu.

Village; reefs, off Graveyard point, west shore Afognak bay, southeastern coast 

Afoguak island, Kodiak group, near latitude 58°. Local name, reported by Moser, 1900.

Village; rock, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Meade, 1869.

Village; shoal, extending southeast from Pyramid point, north side of Port 

Mulgrave, Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 59° 34', 

longitude 139° 47'. So named by Harber, 1892.

Villaluenga, Punta de; see Spencer cape.

Villard; glacier, on the northern flank of Villavd mountain, near Chilkoot inlet, 

southeastern Alaska. Apparently so named by Dall, 1883, after Henry 

Villard.

Villard; mountain (5,100 feet high), on the mainland, near junction of Taiya 

and. Chilkoot inlets, southeastern Alaska. Apparently so named by 

Dall, 1883, after Henry Villard.

Vinasale; old trading post, on the upper Kuskokwiin. Population in 1890, 140. 

Local name, from Spurr, who visited it August 1, 1898, and found it 

deserted. Also written Vinasahle and Vinisahle.

Vincent, island; see Hogan.

Vincent, island ; see Klokachef.

Vinegar; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary on north bank of East fork Solomon river, near latitude 64° 42', longitude 164° 16'. Prospectors' name, 

from a local map, 1904.

Viola, creek, near Nome; see Violet.

Violet; creek, 10 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, draining 

from the northeast through Hazel creek into, Nome river, near longitude 165° 12'. Local name, published in 1904. Erroneously Viola.

Virgin, bay; see Gladhaugh.
GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAKY OP ALASKA. 661

Virgin; creek, on the north side of Turnagaiu arm of Cook inlet, a left branch 

of Glacier creek, near latitude 01°, longitude 149° 05'. Miners' name, 

^ reported by Herrpn, 1899.

Virgin; peak (3,750 feet high), in the northeastern part of Etolin island, Alex- 

 ander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1880.

Virginia; creek, tributary to "Igloo creek from the south, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Virginia; creek, Seward peninsula, in Solomon River basin, tributary on west 

bank of Shovel creek, near latitude 04° 43', longitude 104° 26'. Prospectors' name, from a local map, 1904.

Virginia; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the north to Garfield creek, 

an affluent of Kuzitrin river, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 1C>4° 25'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Virginia; gulch, Copper River region, at headwaters of Chititu creek. Named 

by prospectors, and first appears on map of Nizina mining district by. 

George M. Esterly, of Valdez, 1902.

Virublfinnoi; island, southwest of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander

archipelago. Named Virubleuuoi (trees cut down, i. e., cleared) by 

Vasillef in 1809.

Visokoi, rock; see Viesoki.

Vitskari; island, and rocks, in Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by Vasilief in 1809. Lisianski, in 1804, called them Middle islands. 

According to George Kostrometiuoffi, United States, court interpreter at 

Sitka, this means (captain) Witz's chastisement.

Vixen; bay, indenting the southern shore of Boca de Quadra, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey, in 1891, presumably after one 

of its steam launches.

Vixen; inlet, on the western shore of Cleveland peninsula, opening into Ernest 

sound, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 50', longitude 132° 05'. 

So named by Snow, 1886, presumably after the steam launch Viwen.

Vixen; islands, 1-Iooniah sound, Peril strajt, Alexander archipelago, a group of 

four islands, one-half mile northwest of Eminons island, near latitude 

57° 37', longitude 135° 35'. So named by Moore in 1895, after the 

Coast Survey launch Vixen.

Vixen; point, the north'point of entrance to Vixen inlet, Ernest sound, southeastern Alaska. Name so applied by local navigators and -reported by 

H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904. .

Vkhoda, .cape; see South.

Vnieshnie, rock ; see Outer.

Vodopad; river, tributary to the head of Silver bay, Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago, near latitude 56° 59', longitude 135° 07'. So called on Coast 

and Geodetic Survey chart.8340 (ed. of 1898). The Russian charts 

have the word Vodopad or Wodopad (water fall) in this place, one of 

them indicating a height of 350 feet.

Voevodskac/o, island; see Woewodski.

Volcano; bay, indenting the northeastern shore of Makushin bay, Unalaska. 

So named by the Fish Commission in 1888. Sarichef's map, of 1792, as 

also Tebenkof's, 1849, shows the village of Makushin on this bay. 

The present Makushin village is about 4 miles south of this place.

Volcano; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, near Pavlof 

volcano. So called by Dall, 1880; perhaps a local name.

Volcano; point, south of Pavlof volcano, Alaska peninsula. So named by Dall 

in 1880. ' 

Volchie, island; see Wolf point.
662 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Volga; island, near Middle channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by the Russians.

Volkmar; river, tributary to the Tauaua from the northeast, near latitude 64°, 

longitude 145°. This river was named Goodpaster by Alien, 1885. The 

tributary 20 miles farther down the Tanana, he named Volkmar, in 

honor of Col. William Jefferson Volkmar, U. S. A. Later explorers 

inadvertently transposed these names, one for the other, and usage has 

thus established them.

Voorhees, islands; see Lively.

Vorobinoi, islet; see Sparrow.

Voronie, island; see Crow.

Voronlcowski, island ; see Woronkofski.

Vosnesenski, island; see Wosuesenski.

Voss; creek, tributary from the west to South fqrk Fortymile creek. Local

name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899. 

Vostochnie, channel; see Eastern.

Vostochnie; locality and rookery, Northeast point, St. Paul island, Bering sea, 

near longitude 170° 06'. Called Novastoshnah (of recent growth) by 

Elliott, 1874, who derives it from the Russian novaite, and says it is so 

called "because this locality in pioneer days was an island to itself; 

and it has been annexed recently to the mainland of St. Paul." Vostochnie is Russian for east.

Vostochnie, point; see East.

Vostochnie, point; see Northeast.

Vostochnoi, cape ; see East.

Vostochnoi, point; see Tolstoi.

Vozvrashenia, arm; see Turnagain.

Vsevidof; group of six islets, with some rocks and shoals, lying on the south 

side of and near to Umnak, eastern Aleutians. Called Sevidow, Sevidovskaia, Vsevidow, etc., by the Russians, perhaps after Andrei Vsevidof, a Russian fur trader, who was in the Aleutian islands in 1747.

Vsevidof; volcano (8,800 feet high), near the middle of Umnak island, eastern 

Aleutians. So called by Veniaminot' and possibly by earlier Russians.

The name lias been variously spelled Sewidow, Vcevidofski, Wsewidow,

etc.

Vulcan; cove, indenting the southern shore of Akutan island, Krenitzin group, 

eastern Aleutians, near longitude 164° 50'. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888. The fire of Vulcan is much in evidence in this island.

Vulcari; creek, tributary to the Tubutulik river from the west, southeast of 

Omalik mountain, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, from Peters, 

1900. .

Vulcan; point, the eastern point of entrance to Vulcan cove, Akutan island, 

eastern Aleutians. So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

Vulcan Point; mountain, between Vulcan creek and Tubutulik river, Seward 

peninsula. Local name, from Peters, 1900.

Wachusett; cove, in Freshwater bay, Chichagof island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Surveyed and named by the U. S. S. Wachusett, 

Commander Henry Glass, U. S. N., commanding in 1881.

Wachusett; peak, on the mainland, near Farragut bay, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Thomas, 1887, after the U. S. S. Wachusett, at one time 

stationed in Alaskan waters.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 663

Wadding; cove, indenting the southeastern shore of Cleveland peninsula, Behm 

canal, just north of Helm bay, near latitude 55° 37', longitude 131° 55'. 

Name given by local navigators, and reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau 

of Fisheries, 1904.

Wade; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the west to Kugruk river, 

which flows to Koteebue sound, near longitude 163°. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Mendenhall, 1901.

Wade; creek, tributary to Walker fork from the north, in the Fortyinile mining 

district. Prospectors' name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899. 

Presumably named after the prospector Jack'Wade.

Wagner; lake (elevation 1,900 feet), draining through Tetling river to the 

Tanana. Named by Lowe, 1898, after Col. Arthur Lockwood Wagnev, 

assistant adjutant-general, U. S. A.

Wainwright; inlet, on the Arctic coast, near Point Belcher, and latitude 70° 

35'. So named by Beechey in August, 1826, after Lieut. John Wainwright, R. N., a member of his party. According to the Russians it is 

Tutagvak of the natives.

Wait; creek, in the Mount Wrangell district, tributary to Jacksina creek from 

the west. So named by Schrader, 1902, because he was delayed a week 

here by bad weather..

Waite; island, in Koyukuk river, near latitude 66° 15', longitude 154°. So 

named by Alien, 1885, after Chief Justice Morrison. Remick Waite.

Waiting; anchorage, north side of Thorne island, Kashevarof passage, Clarence 

strait, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 56° 09', longitude 133° 

03'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Waklarok; slough, Yukon delta, on the left bank of Kwemeluk pass, near its 

mouth, about latitude 62° 32', longitude. 165°.. Eskimo -name, obtained 

by Putuam, 1899.

Waklarok; Eskimo village, Yukon delta, on Waklarok slough (above). Native 

name, written Waklarokamiut, i. e., Waklarok folks, by Putnam in 1899.

Walakpa; Eskimo camp, on the Arctic coast, at Refuge inlet, near latitude 71° 

07'. So written by Ray in 1883. Murdock wrote Wal-a-pai, and others 

Walakpat. See Refuge inlet.

Walakpat; see Walakpa and Refuge inlet.

Wal-a-pai, inlet and camp; see Refuge and Walakpa.

Walden; point, the northern point of Annette island, Nichols passage, Alexander archipelago, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 10', longitude 

131° 35'. Local- navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of 

Fisheries, 1904.

Walden; rocks, at northeastern end of Nichols passage, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently so named by Nichols, 1883. Called Race reef in Coast Pilot 

(1883, p. 79), this name being taken from local pilots.

Waldron; creek, tributary on the left (southeast) bank of Yukon river, 5 miles 

below Fort I-lamliu, near latitude 65° 50', longitude 149°. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Lieutenant Ericksou, U. S. A., 1902.

Wales; harbor, on the northwestern shore of Wales island, Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Wales; island, at the mouth"5f Portland inlet. So named by Fender, 1868.

Wales; passage, between Wales and Pearse islands, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Wales; point, the southernmost point of Wales island, at entrance to Portland 

inlet, Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793.
664 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Wales; post-office (established in 1902), on Cape Prince of Wales, Seward 

peninsula. The Eskimo village here is Kingegan, and here also is a 

Congregational mission, a reindeer station, and a Government school. 

See Kingegan.

Walker; cove, in the mainland, opening into Behrn canal, southeastern. Alaska. 

So named by Vancouver, 1793, on his chart, but not mentioned in his 

text. . Walker; fork, of South fork Fortymile creek on the east, near the international boundary and latitude 64°. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Spurr, Goodrich, and Schrader, 1896.

Walker; island, south of Cone point, Revillagigedo channel, Alexander archipelago. Apparently so named by local pilots. Lewis and Walker 

islands are near together and their names have been confounded. The 

western is Lewis, the eastern Walker.

Walker, lake; see Naknek.

Walker; lake (Lake Walker), northwestern Alaska, the source of Kobuk river, 

near latitude 67° 10', longitude 154° 30'. Discovered by Cantwell in 

1885, who wrote the. Eskimo name variously, Car-loog-ah-look-ta, Car- 

.loog-ah-look-tak, Car-loog-ah-look-tah, Cur-loog-ah-look-tah, and gave its 

meaning, Big Fish. lake. Stoney, 1885, wrote it Kal-lu-look-to-ark, 

Kah-lu-look-to-ark, and gave the same meaning. The name Lake 

Walker seems to have been given by Stoney.

Walker; point, "broad and wooded," the eastern point of entrance to Murder 

cove, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. Called Carrol 1 by 

Nichols in the Coast Pilot, 3891, and Walker by the Coast Survey, in 

1898. Since the surveys of 1897 this point has been called Walker, 

the name Carroll being applied to an island about 3 miles to the east 

of it.

Walker; station, on north bank of Yukon river at the mouth of Tozi river, 

about longitude 152° 15' a collection of log cabins which were the. 

winter quarters of the crews of .a number of vessels in 1898.

Walkerville; village, near or in the Porcupine gold district. Name published 

by the Geological Survey in 1900. ' . Wall; creek, a right tributary of Mosquito fork Fortymile creek, near its head,

about latitude 64°, longitude 143°. 'So'called by Lieutenant Mitcliell,

Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1902. 

Wallace; reef, in Felice strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Harber

in 1893. 

 Wallace; rock (1 foot below low water), in Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago.

So called by Moser in .1897. 

Waller, creek ; see Montana.

Wall Street; creek, tributary to South fork Fortymile creek. Prospectors' 

name, published by the Geological Surv.ey in 1899. Called also Well 

Creek.

Walnut; creek, tributary to Fairbanks creek from the north, near latitude 

65° 05', longitude 147° 10'. Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine in 

1903.

Walpole; point, the south point of entrance to Pout Houghton, Frederick sound, 

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1794.

Walrus; bight, near Northeast point, St. Paul island, Bering sea, on the north 

side of Sealion point, near longitude 170° 06'. So called by Duffleld, 

1897.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 665

Walrus; island, east of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Named

Morzhovoi (walrus) by the early Russians. Sarichef (about 1.790) has

Morzhovoi, and Lutke (about 1830) rnorjovi (des morses). 

Walrus; island, the easternmost of the Kudobiu islands, near Port Moller,

Bristol bay, Bering sea. So called by Dall, 1882. See also Wolf point. 

Walrus, island.; see Round. Walrus; islands, in northern part of Bristol bay, Bering sea. Saricuefs atlas,

1826 (sheet 3), applies this name to an island called by the natives

Kaiasbik, and which Tebenkof identifies with Round island of Cook.

Tebenkof, whom we here follow, calls the whole group Morzhovia (walrus) . 

Walrus; peak (2,927 feet high), near east point of entrance to Morzhovoi bay,

at western end of Alaska peninsula, about longitude 162° 51.'. Called

Morjevskoi (walrus) by Lutke, 1835. 

Walter; island, in Port Houghton, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So

named by Nichpls, 1882. 

Walter; port (Port Walter), southwest shore Clarence strait, Baranof island,

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 5G° 23', longitude 134° 40'. So 

"called and described in.the Coast Pilot of 1901. 

Wanda; island, between Samiak island and Caton island, immediately east of

Finneys island, near latitude 54° 25', longitude 162° 31'. Name from

Westclahl, 1901. 

Warburton; island, in Nichols passage, off Port Chester, Alexander archipelago.

So named by Nichols, 1.883. 

Ward; cove, in Tongass narrows, indenting the shore of Revillagigedo island,

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 25', longitude 131° 44^. Named

after W. W. Wand, of Portland, Oreg., who established a saltery here

in 1883 or 1884, and was drowned near here in March, 1.892. In print

the cove has always been called Ward. 

Ward; mountain, in the southwestern part of Revillagigedo island, Alexander

archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1883. 

Warde; point, on Cleveland peninsula, the south point of entrance to Bradfleld

canal. So named by Vancouver, 1793. 

Warehouse, mission; see Shiniak. 

Waring; mountains, northwestern Alaska, south of Kobuk river, near latitude

67°, longitude 159°. So named by Stoney, 1886. 

Waring; point, the northeasternmost point of Wrangell island, Arctic ocean.

Named Wariug's by Berry, 1881, after Lieut. Howard .Scott Waring,

U. S. N., a member of his party. 

Warm; creek, tributary to Goldbottom creek from the east, Seward peninsula.

Name from Barnard, 1900. 

Warm Chuck; salmon stream, western coast Prince of Wales archipelago in

the vicinity of Tuxekan. So described by Moser in 1897. Local name. 

Warm Spring; bay, in Baranof island, northwest of Point Gardner, Chatham

strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 05', longitude 134° 45'.

So named by Moore, 1895. ' 

Warm Spring; mountain (3,370 feet high), on the eastern bank of Stikine

river, near Great glacier. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1895. 

Warren; channel, connecting Iphigenia bay and Sumner strait, and separating

Warren island and Kosciusko island, Prince of Wales archipelago, near

latitude 55° 55', longitude 133° 50'. So named by Dickins,'1903-4. 

Warren; cove, indenting the southeastern shore of AVarren island, Iphigenia

bay, .Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 52', longitude

133° 52'. So named by Dickius, 1903-4.
666 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Warren; island, at the southeastern point of entrance to Sumner strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 55', longitude 133° 55'. So named 

by Vancouver, 1793, after Sir John Borlase Warren.

Warren, islands; see Spanish.

Warren; peak (2,200 feet high), on Warren island, Sumner strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Snow, 1866.

Wart; point, in Behni canal, northwest from entrance to Rudyerd bay. So 

named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Washington; bay, indenting the western shore of Kuiu island, Chatham strait, 

Alexander archipelago. Named published by the Coast Survey in 1899.

Washington; creek, tributary to Sinuk river from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Washington; creek, 20 miles north of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary 

to Flambeau river from the east, near longitude 165° 03'. Prospectors' 

name, published in 1900.

Washington; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Inmachuk river from the 

east, near latitude 65° 55', longitude 163°. Prospectors' name, reported 

by AVitherspoon, 1903.

Washington; creek or river, tributary to the Yukon from the south, near longitude 142°. Local name, erroneously lettered Charlie creek on a Coast 

Survey map of 1S98.

Washington; creek, tributary to Seventymile creek from the north. Local 

name, obtained by Barnard, 1898.. Called also Bear gulch.

Washington; creek, tributary on the left to Seattle river, an affluent of North 

fork Koyukuk river, near latitude 67° 30', longitude 150° 30'. Miners' 

name, reported by Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Washington, glacier; see Barry.

Washington; gulch, 8 miles northwest.of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, on the 

east bank of Nome river, near longitude 165° 12'. Local name, reported 

in 1903.

Washington; peak (3,557 feet high), on the mainland, south of Port Houghton, southeastern Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Wasilieff, reef ; see Vasilief.

Wasp; point, on Revillagigedo island, Behni canal, northwest from Srneaton 

island, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Wassilla's, lake; see Lucile.

Watch; islets, forming part of the Kasiana group, Sitka sound, Alexander 

' archipelago. Named Bedennoi (watch) by Vasilief, 1809. These are 

the Apple islands of Coast Survey chart 8240.

Waterfall, cape; see Mountain point.

Waterfall; creek, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Last 

Chance creek from the north, near longitude 165° 30'. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Waterfall; peak (3,403 feet high), on the mainland, near Thomas bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887. Near it are cascades.

Waterfall, point; see Village.

Waterfall Head. Near the southeastern point of St. George island, Pribilof 

group, Bering sea, is a waterfall, and at this place Elliott's map of 

1873-74 has this name Waterfall Head, a little south of which is Southeast point. A later Coast Survey map of the region shows a different 

shape and has but one name, and that Cascade point. See Cascade.

Waterfalls; bay of, indenting the south shore of Adak island, middle Aleutians. 

Descriptive name, given by Gibson in 1855.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 667

Watering; creek, in Port Santa Crux, Suemex island. Prince of Wales archipelago. Named Rio de la Aguada (watering-place river) by Maurelle 

and Quadra, 1775-1779.

Waters; point, on the eastern shore of Port Bainbridge, Prince William sound. 

Named by Vancouver, 1794.

Watkins; point, on the western shore of Cleveland peninsula, Seward passage, 

Ernest sound, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 57', longitude 

132° 02'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau 

of Fisheries, 1904.

Watson; creek,, Seward peninsula, Casadepaga drainage, tributary to Birch 

creek from the east, near latitude 64° 49', longitude 164° 08'. Prospectors' name, from Gerdine, 1905.

Waud, cove; see Ward.

Waverly, island; see Tangik.

Wayanda; ledge, iii Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archipelago. So 

named after the U. S. revenue cutter Wayanda, which once touched 

upon it. Sometimes, erroneously, Wyanda. Has also been called 

Eureka ledge, after the steamer Eureka, which struck UpOU it April 

26, 1883.

Wayanda, rock; see California.

Weare; trading station of the North American Trading and Transportation 

Company on the north bank of Yukon river, a few miles below the 

mouth of the Tanana. Probably named after Ely E. Weare, President 

of that company. Near this place is the post-office Tanana, established 

in September, 1898, St. James Episcopal mission, and the military 

post Fort Gibbon.

Weasel; cove, indenting the north shore of Boca de Quadra, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Webber; creek, eastern Alaska, on the south bank of Yukon river, near longitude 143° 4.0'. Prospectors' name, reported by Lieutenant Erickson, 

U. S. A., 1902.

Weber; point, on the eastern shore .of Kuskokwim bay, Bering sea. Named by 

the missionaries after Rev. Ernest L. Weber, Moravian missionary, in 

western Alaska.

Webster; lake, on Northeast point, St. Paul island, Bering sea, near longitude 

170° 07'. Name from Duffield, 1897. Elliott's map and others show 

a house near, called Webster's house.

Webster; peak (3,254 feet high), on the mainland, near Port Snettisham, south-, 

eastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1888, after the distinguished 

American statesman Daniel AVebster.

Webster; point (Point AVebster), on the eastern shore of Cordova bay, southwestern shore Prince of Wales island, Alexander archipelago, near 

latitude 54° 59', longitude 132° 39'. Name from Dickins, 1905.

Weftw/c, cape; see Lisburne and Thompson.

We&ttfc, Eskimo village; see Wevok.

Wedge; cape, the northernmost point of Nagai island, Shumagins. Named by 

Da 11, 1872. . Wedge; cape, the south point Of entrance to Chapel cove, Bay of Waterfalls, 

Adak island, middle Aleutians. Descriptive name, given by United 

States naval officers, 1893.

Wedge; glacier, near the head of Harriman fiord, Port Wells, Prince William 

sound. Descriptive name, given by the Harriman expedition in 1899.
668 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Wedge; islands, in Clarence strait, southeastern shore Prince of Wales island. 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 55° 09'. So named by Vancouver, 

in 1793, on account of the shape.

Wedge; point, on the northwestern shore of Woronkofski island, Stikine strait, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 25', longitude 132° 32'. Descriptive name, from local navigators, reported by H. C.. Fassett, 

Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Wedge; point, on the southwestern shore of Adak island, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. Descriptive name, given by Gibson in 1855.

Weedy; shoals, in Zachary-bay, Unga island, Shumagins. So named by Dall, 

1872.

Welcome; point, the southernmost point of Bird island, Shumagin group. Immediately east of it is Point Farewell, the last laud seen when homeward bound. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1882.

Well, creek; see Wall Street.

Wellesley; glacier, tributary from the west to College fiord, Port Wells, Prince 

William sound. So named by the Harriman expedition, 1899, after 

Wellesley College.

Wellesley; lake, near the international boundary. So named by Hayes, 1891, 

after Wellesley College.

Wellesley; mountain, between the Tanana and White rivers, near latitude 62° 

30'. So named by Peters and Brooks, 1898, after Wellesley College.

Wells; port (Port Wells), in northwestern part of Prince William sound. So 

named by Vancouver, 1794.

Werlick; island, in Sealed passage, near Hotspur island, between Duke and 

Annette islands, Alexander archipelago. So named by the Coast Survey in 1886. . -

Weshrinarin; creek, an affluent of 'the Yukon on the left bank below Washington creek, near longitude 143°. This name, written Weshrinearine, 

was found on a map in the Coast Survey archives made by E. -F. Ball, 

a prospector, in 1898. It may be the Indian name of one of the many 

small tributaries in this vicinity described here under other names.

Wesley; creek, tributary to Tisuk river from the east, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

Wessels; sunken reef, about 18 miles north from Middleton island. Discovered 

by John Wessels, master of the schooner Kodiak, October 25, 1881, and 

reported to George Davidson and by him to the Coast Survey Office.

West; arm, of Kendrick bay, Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 54° 53', longitude 132° 05'. So called by local navigators, and 

reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

West; arm, Cholinondeley sound, western shore Clarence strait, southeastern 

Alaska, near latitude 55° 15', longitude 132° 20'. So called by local 

navigators, and reported by Brooks in 1901.

West; arm, of Moira sound, southwestern shore Clarence strait, southeastern 

Alaska, near latitude 55°, longitude 132° 15'. Descriptive name, obtained from local navigators by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 

1904.

West, bay; see Three Arm.

West; breaker, 6 miles west of Petrof point, Sannak island, near latitude 54° 

29', longitude 163°. So described by Westdahl, 1901.

.West; cape, on the northwestern coast of Spruce island, Kodiak group. Named 

Zapadnie (west) by Murashef, 1839-40.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 669

West; cape, the westernmost point of Deer island, near Belkofski, about lati- 

. tucle 54° 55', longitude 162° 26'. So named by the Fish Commission in 

1888. ' . West; cape, the westernmost point of St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. Named 

Zapadnie (west) by Tebeukof, 1849. By error of transliteration has 

been Written Sanachuo and Sanakuo.

West; channel, north of Sitka sound, connecting Hayward strait, Port Krestof 

in Kruzof island, and Krestof strait, near latitude 57° 09', longitude 

135° 35'. Descriptive name, published by the* Coast Survey in 1.900.

West; cove, in northwest shore of Stepovak bay, Alaska peninsula, just north 

of Blunt point, near longitude 160°. So called by the Harriman expedition, 1S99.

West; creek, tributary to Shovel creek from the west, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Barnard, 1900.

West, fork, Snake river; see Last Chance creek.

West; fork, Chandlar river, near latitude 67° 15'. Local name, from Schrader, 

1899.

West; hill (265 feet high), on Stuart island, Norton sound. So named by the 

Coast- Survey in 1898.

West; island, in Koyukuk river, near longitude 157°. So named by Alien, 1885, 

" in honor of Lieut. Barringtou King West, U. S. A., my classmate and 

special friend."

West; island, one of the Kashevarof group, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886.

West; peak (1,976 feet high), near. Chichagof harbor, on Attu island, western 

Aleutians. So named by Gibson, July, 1855.

West; peak (5,600 feet high), near Valdex, Prince William sound. So named 

by Abercrombie, 1898.

West; point, near anchorage on west shore of Chirikof island, Alexander archipelago. Named by Dall, 1874. . .

West; point, the western point of entrance to Portage bay, Kupreanof island, 

Alexander archipelago. So name'd by Nichols, 3882.

West; point, at entrance to Chichagof cove, Stepovak bay, south shore Alaska 

peninsula. Descriptive name, given by the Harriman expedition, 1899.

West; point, on the.west side of Ugani'k bay, Kodiak, at the entrance to the 

west branch. So described by Moser, 1897.

West; point, the western point of entrance to Chernofski harbor, Unalaska. 

So named by the Fish Commission in 1888.

West; point, on the southeastern coast of Seward peninsula, a little east of 

Point 'Rodney. Apparently a local designation, published in 1900.

West, point; see Uyak.

West; rocks, in Dixon entrance, 5 miles southwest from Cape Northumberland. 

So named by Nichols, 1883.

West; spit, at south end of Cleveland passage, Frederick sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Apparently so named by Nichols, 1891.

West Anchor; cove, indenting the southwestern shore of Ikatan peninsula, 

near south end. of Isanotski strait, Unimak island. So called by the 

Fish Commission in 1888.

West Cape Lasaref; see Aksit.' . Westdahl; peak (5,075 feet high), in the southwestern part of Unimak island, 

about 4 miles southeast of Pogromni volcano, near latitude 54° 31', 

longitude 164° 39'. Named by Supt. O. H. Tittmann, of the Coast 

Survey, after Ferdinand Westdahl, who determined its geographic position in 1901.
670 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIOISTABY OF ALASKA.

West Devil; rock, a dangerous sunken reef in Dixou entrance, 10 feet out at 

low water, 14 miles east of Cape Chacoii. Found by Capt. James Carroll in the Idaho, November 23, 1883. See also East Devil.

Western; anchorage, in Sitka harbor, north of Japonski island, and between 

Chaunel rock and Harbor rock, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Local name.

.Western; channel, leading into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. Named Zapadnie (western) by the Russians.

West Foreland; cape, on the northwestern shore of Cook inlet. So named by 

Vancouver, 1794. It is Zapadnie (west) cape of the Russians, by 

whom the native name is reported to be Kiestotauk.

West Francis; sunken rock, in Southern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander archi-. 

pelago. Discovered and named by Coghlan, 1884, after pilot E. H. 

Francis,' who was the first person to obtain soundings on it.

West Georgia. The coast region between Point Barrow and Cape Lisburne, 

Arctic ocean, was so called by Beechey in 1827. Apparently this name 

has never come into use.

West Glacier; creek, tributary to Chinitna bay, Cook inlet, near latitude 59° 

50', longitude 153° 45'. Local, name, reported by Martin in 1904.

West Head; point, the northwestern point of entrance to Popof strait, Shuinagin islands. So named by Dall, 1872.

West Konetz, point; see Dalnoi.

West Kuss'iia, lake ; see Kusawa.

West Mill; rock, north of Sawmill cove, in.Howkan strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Nichols, 1881.

West Nagai; strait, between Nagai and Andronica islands, Shumagin group. 

So called by Dall, 1874.

West Point; a mountain (5,920 feet high), eastern Alaska, on upper Salcha 

river, near latitude 64° 57', longitude 143° 40'. Name, from Witherspoou, 1905.

Wests; peak, on the western shore of Klutina lake. So named by Lowe, 1898.

West TJganule, bay; see Uganik.

Wet; gulch, 20 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the east bank of 

Hobson creek, a tributary of Nome river, near longitude 165° 10'. Local 

name, published in 1904.

Wet; gulch, 6 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, on the northwest slope 

of Newton peak, draining to the left fork of Dexter creek, near longitude 165° 20'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1904.

Wevok, WevuJc, cape; see Lisburne and Thopapson.

Wevok; Eskimo village, on the Arctic coast, near Cape Lisburne. Eskimo name, 

published by the Hydrographic Office in 1890. Has also been written 

Wevuk and Webuk.

Whale; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Baranof island, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Keetovaia (whale) by the Russians. The native 

name is reported to be Kay-e-ghlen. It is Port Guibert of La Perouse, 

in 1786, and Port Banks of some authorities.

Whale; bay, just southwest of Chenega island, southwestern shore Prince William sound, near latitude 60° 15'. Local name, reported by Grant, 1905.

Whale; bay and point, northeastern shore of Caton island, Sannak group, near 

latitude 54° 24', longitude 162° 23'. So named by Westdahl, 1901.

Whale; creek, tributary to Port Wells from the east, Prince William sound. 

. So named by Glenn, 1898.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 671

Whale; island, One of the Galankin group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Kitovie (whale) by Vasiliet' in 1809. This name lias appeared 

as Quitoway and Whalebone.

Whale; island, the northern one of the two Martin islands, at Martin point, 

Gulf of Alaska, near longitude 144° 33'. Local name, reported by Martin, 1905.

Whale; island, between Afognak and Kodiak. Called Govorushechie (redlegged kittiwake, a species of gull) or Kitoi (whale) by Murashef in 

1839-40. This usage was followed by Tebeukof and the Russian-American Company, 1849. Has also been called Ketoy. Called Whale by 

Moser, .1897, which seems to be the local usage.

Whale; island, east of and near St. Michael island, Norton sound, Bering sea. 

So called by the Coast Survey in 1898.

Whale; island, at Elson bay, near Point Barrow, Arctic ocean. Apparently so 

named by the British Admiralty in 1855.

Whale, islet; see Kita.

Whale; passage, separating Thorne island from Prince of Wales island, Clarence strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1880.

Whale; passage, between Whale island and Kodiak island, near, latitude 57° 

55', longitude 152° 45'. So described by Moser, 1897. Called Sievernoi 

(northern) by Murashef, 1839^0.

Whale; point, on the eastern shore of Smeaton island, Behm canal, Alexander 

archipelago. So called by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Whale; point, the western point of Lukanin bay, St. Paul island, Pribilof group, 

Bering sea. Called " Ketavie (of a whale)," says Elliott, because "a 

large right whale was stranded there in (?) 1849." Written also Kitovi.

Whale; rock (15 feet above high water), northeast of Duke island, Revillagigedo

channel, Alexander archipelago. Presumably so named by local pilots

about 1880. - Whale; rock, Davidson inlet, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55°

51', longitude 133° 41'. Named by Dickins, 1903-4. 

Whalebone, bay ; see Usof. 

Whalebone; cape, between Usof and Three Island bays, on southeastern coast

of Onalaska, near latitude 53° 30', longitude 160° 44'. So named by

the Fish Commission in 1888.

Whalebone, island ; see Whale. ' 

Whalehead; island, Davidson inlet, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude

55° 52', longitude 133° 41':. Named Whale Mead by Dickins, 1903-4. 

Whaley; point, the northernmost point of Revillagigedo island, Behm canal,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Vancouver, 1793. 

What Cheer; bar, a gravel bench on Pioneer creek, one of the headwaters of

Baker creek, on the north bank of the Tanana, near longitude 150°.

Prospectors' name, reported by Prindle, 1904. 

Whidbey; point, on the western shore of Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. So

named by Davidson, in 1867, after Lieut. Joseph Whidbey, R. N., who

was one of Vancouver's principal assistants during his explorations

and surveys in this region, 1.792-1795. Meade, 1867, called it Grant

point. Erroneously Whidby. 

Whipple; mountain (6,033 feet high), between I skirt and Katete rivers, on the

international boundary, and about 7 miles from the Stikine. So named

by Hunter in 1877. Erroneously Wipple.
672 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA.

Whiskey; bay, indenting the northernmost end of Pearse island, Alexander 

archipelago. Local name, published by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, 

p. 76). . . Whistle, rock ; see Thistle. : White; bluff, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. Name published by the 

. Coast Survey in 1894.

White; bluff, on the north shore of Ugaguk river, just inside Cape Chichagof, 

Bristol bay. Local descriptive name, reported by Moser, 1900.

White; cliff, of snow, on the southern side of Newton glacier, St. Elias alps. 

So called by Russell, 1891.

White; cliff, on southwestern shore of Heceta island, Alexander archipelago. 

Apparently a local descriptive name; not shown on existing charts. 

Name-published by Nichols in the Coast Pilot (1891, p. 122).

White; creek, Kenai peninsula, on the left bank of Resurrection creek, 12 miles 

above Hope (city). Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

White; glacier, near Muir inlet, Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Descriptive 

name, given by Reid in 1890.

White; gulch, at head of Port Dolores, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. Called Arroyo blanco (white gulch) by Maurelle and Quadra, 

1775-1779. .

White; gulch, Copper River region, on the headwaters of Chititu creek. Prospectors' name, first published on. map of Niziua mining district by 

George M: Esterly, of Vaklez, 1902.

White, island ; see Error.

White; mountain, near the head of Golofnin sound, Seward peninsula. Local 

name, published in 1900.

White; mountains, on the mainland, west of Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska. 

So named by Symonds, 1880.

White; mountains, between the Yukon and Tanana rivers, between the headwaters of Beaver and Preacher creeks, near latitude 65° 45', longitude 

147°. Local name, reported by Prindle. 1905.

White; pass (2,886 feet nigh), at the head of Skagway river, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Ogilvie, 1887, after the Hon. Thomas White,

minister of the interior (of .Canada). Perhaps identical with Shasneki

of Dall, in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 200). . White; point, in northern entrance to Keku strait, Kupreauof island, Alex- 

. ander. archipelago. -Apparently a' local; name, published by the Coast

Survey in 1891. .. 

White; point, on the eastern shore of Portland canal. So named by Fender,

1S'6S. Just north of it are some white cliffs. 

White; point,"the,westernmost point of Duke island, Graviua group, Alexander

archipelago. So. named by Nichols, 1883. 

White, point; see Shoals. .'..'_ 

White; reef, in Re.villagigedo channel, at entrance to Boca de Quadra, south-"

eastern ;Ala'ska. Descriptive name., given .by Nichols in 1883. , ' ' 

White; river, on the western shore' of George inlet, Revillagigedo island, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 55° 27'; longitude 131° 33'. Local navi- 

! - .gators'.name, reported by H. C. .Fassett, Bureau.of Fisheries, 1904. v 

White; river, .a'glacial' stream,' debouching 'on tlie coast of the Gulf'of Alaska, ' 

''/- 8 .miles east of Cape-Yaktag, near longitude -142° 10'. So named by v 

. prospectors in 1897,/and reported by Ma-rtin,; 4903. . -,>-_.
GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAKY OF ALASKA. 678

White; river, in Alaska and Canada, tributary to the upper Yukon. Discovered, 1850, by Robert Campbell, of the Hudson Bay Company, and by 

him named White on account of its color. The " Stick " Indians call 

it, says Schwatka (Military Reconnaissance, p. 29), Yukokou Heeuah, 

i. e., Yukokou river, and the Chilkats by another name meaning Sand 

river.

White; rock (120 feet high), at entrance to Moira sound, Clarence strait, Alexander .archipelago. So named by Clover, 1885.

White; rock (15 feet high), at southern entrance to Duucan canal, Sunmer 

strait, Alexander archipelago. So named by Snow, 1886, on account of 

its " very white " color.

White; rock, in Dixon entrance, i mile south of Cape Northumberland. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1894.

White, rock ; see Bieli.

White; rock, north of Hayes point, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. 

The descriptive name, Bieloi (white), was published by Tebeukof in 

1849.

White; rocks, in Portillo channel, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales archipelago. 

Called piedras blancas (white rocks) by Maurelle and Quadra, 1775- 

1779. . White Cliff; island, on the east side of Davidsou inlet, Prince of Wales archipelago, near latitude 55° 55', longitude 133° 29'. Descriptive name, 

applied by Di.ckins, 1903-4.

White Cliff; point, the most southerly point of Mos*r island, Hooniah sound, 

Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Moore in 1895, 

not hitherto published.

White Eye; camp, or native village, or may be an Indian's hut, on Yukon river, 

30 miles below Fort Yukon. Name published in 1899. Written also 

White Eye's Camp.

Whitefish; creek, an affluent of Yukon river on the left bank, opposite Nulato, 

near longitude 158°. Name, White Fish, found on map in Coast Survey 

archives drawn by E. F. Ball, a prospector, 1898

Whitestone; cove, indenting the western shore of Baranof island, Neva strait, 

on the east side of Whitestone narrows (below). Name published by 

the Coast Survey in 1900.

Whitestone; point, in Neva strait, Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. 

Name published by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 156).

Whitestone; rock, in Neva strait, Alexander archipelago. Local name, alleged 

to be descriptive. First published in about 1880.

Whitestone Narrows; contracted place in southern part of Neva strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 35', longitude 135° 34'. So named 

by Meacle, 1869.

Whitewater; bay, indenting the southwestern shore of Admiralty island, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. Descriptive name, given by Meade 

in 1869. Said to be known locally as Lower Kootznahoo.

Whiting; harbor, on the western side of Japonski island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by -United States naval officers, 1880, presumably after Commodore William Danforth Whiting, U. S. N. '

Whiting; point, in Port Suettisham, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Thomas, 1888, after Passed Asst. Surg. Robert Whiting, 

U. S. N., a member of his party.

Bull. 299 06 M 43
674 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA.

Whiting; river, of southeastern Alaska, flowing into Stephens passage. Named 

by Thomas, 1888, after Passed Asst. Surg. Robert Whiting, 'U. S. N., 

a member of his party.

Whitney; mountain, near Mount St. Elias. Was so named by the New York 

Times expedition, of 188G, after Hon. William Collius Whituey.

Whitney; island, near Fanshaw bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Thomas, 1887, presumably after Hon. William C. Whitney, Secretary of the Navy.

Whitshed; point, near the mouth of Copper river, about longitude 146°. 

Named Witshed by Vancouver, 1794, after Captain Witshed, R. N. 

Thus it appears in the text of the original 4° edition of Vancouver's 

voyage, but in the accompanying atlas and in the text of the 8° edition 

of 1801 it is called Whitshed, after Captain Whitshed. Whitshed 

appears to be in general use. Has been erroneously printed Whitshet. 

The Spaniards, 1779, called it Punta de Orevilla.

Whitsunday, cape; see Pillar.

Whitsuntide, bay ; see Shelikof strait.

Whitsuntide, cape ; see I/hut.

Whymper, creek ; see Hess.

Whymper; point, in the Yukon delta, a little south of, Cape Rornanzof. So 

named by Dall, 1869, after Mr. Frederick Whymper, one of his companions in the Western Union telegraph expedition, 1865-1867.

Wickersham; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary on north bank of Gold creek. 

Salcha River drainage, near latitude 64° 50', longitude 145° 40'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1905.

Wide, bay; see Kialagvik. . - . Wilby; island, in Port Chalmers, Prince William sound. Named Wilby's island 

by Portlock, 1787, presumably after William Wilbye, assistant trader 

on his voyage. Portlock gives both spellings^

Wild; creek, tributary to Koyukuk river from the north, near longitude 151° 

30'. Alien, 1885, was told by the Indians that the next large branch 

above the Ascheeshna (which he named Fickett and which is now called 

John river), where his exploration ended, was called Totzenbetna, or 

Totzunbetna. They, however, exaggerated the distance, or he misunderstood them, so he sketched it on his map far out of its true position. In 1899 Schrader and Gerdine called this Hokotena, and put 

Totseubetna on John river, the next river below. In 1901 Peters 

and Schrader reported that the miners and others now call it Wild 

creek. The name Hokotena, however, was retained on their map. 

Totzunbetna is said to mean wild water or wild river, and Hokotena 

probably properly belongs to the next branch above, now generally 

called North fork.

Wild; island, southeast of Long island, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Dikoi (wild) by Vasilief, 1809. . Wilder; creek, tributary from the west to Delta river, near latitude 63° 30'. 

So named by Glenn, 1898. . Wildhorse; creek, Kenai peninsula, a left branch cf Resurrection creek, 1 mile 

above Hope (city). Local name, from Mo flit, 1904.

Wilkes; peak (3,156 feet high), in Wilkes range cf mountains, southeastern 

i Alaska. So named by Thomas, 3887.

Wilkes; range of mountains, on the mainland, north of and near mouth of 

Stikine river, southeastern Alaska. So named by Thomas, 1887, after 

Rear-Admiral Charles Wilkes, U. S. N.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 675

Wilkins; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the east to Maston creek, 

near latitude 65° 50', longitude 106° 19'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Gerdine, 1901.

Willard; inlet, northeast of Dixon entrance, southeastern Alaska. So named 

by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Willard; missionary station, at the Indian village Kutkwutlu, near the mouth 

of Chilkat river, southeastern Alaska. Established prior to .1883.

William; small lake, southeastern shore Prince of Wales island, Alexander 

archipelago, on the north side of Port Johnson, near latitude 55° 07'. 

Local name, reported by Moser, 1901. There is a cluster of four lakes 

here, named, respectively, Paul, James, John, and William, all drained 

by Peter Johnson stream into Port Johnson.

William Henry; bay, on the west shore of Lynn canal, "Alexander archipelago. 

Name adopted by' Meade, 1869, from the Hudson1 Bay traders.

Williams; coal mine, on the right bank of the Yukon, below Kaltag, near lati- 

. tude 64°, longitude 159° 10'. Probably the name of the owner, reported 

by Collier, 1902.

Williams; island, at mouth of Nushagak river, Bristol bay, Bering sea. Called 

William's by the Fish Commission in 1890.

Williams, point; see Craven.

Williams, reef; 'see Vasilief.

William Smith, river; see Smith.

Willis; creek, tributary to Feather river from the north, Sewarcl peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Willoughby; cove, on the south shore of Lemesurier island, Icy strait, Alexander archipelago, near longitude 130° 03'. Surveyed and named by 

I-Ianus, 3880, after Richard G. Willoughby, an Alaskan pioneer.

Willoughby; island (1,545 feet high), in Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. 

Named by United States naval officers, 1880, after Richard G. Willoughby, an Alaskan pioneer.

Willow; creek, Copper River region, tributary to Chisna river from the .east. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Mendenhall, 1903.

Willow; creek, .Kenai peninsula, on the right bank of Resurrection creek, 2£ 

miles above Palmer creek. Local name, from MofJlt, 1904.

Willow; creek, in the Kantishna region, on the east (right) bank of Moose 

creek, near latitude 63° 30', longitude 150° 30'. So named by prospectors in 1905, and reported by Priudle.

Willow; creek, tributary from the west to Penny river, in the Nome mining 

region, Seward peninsula. Prospectors' name, published in 3900.

Willow; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary on west bank of Solomon river, 

near latitude 64° 43', longitude 164° 20'. Prospectors' name, from a 

local map, 1904.

Willow; creek, Seward peninsula, a west branch of Casadepaga river, near 

latitude 64° 49', longitude 164° 20'.. Called Left fork by Barnard, 1900, 

who placed the name Willow on a tributary farther up and on the' 

east bank. It is Alert creek on a local map of 1900.

Willow; creek, tributary to Port Clarence from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Willow; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the north to Crosby creek, 

 near latitude 65° 52',' longitude 166° 15'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Gerdine, 1901. . . Willow; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Candle creek from the west, 

near latitude 65° 50', longitude 162° 05'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by Witherspoon, 1903.
676 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Willow; creek, 17 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, a small tributary .to 

Nome river from the west, near longitude 165° 18'. Local name, published in 1900.

Willow; creek, 12 miles north of Cape Nome, tributary to Osborn creek from 

the west, near longitude 165° 08'. Local name, reported by Barnard, 

1900.

"Willow; creek, in the Rampart region, tributary to Troublesome creek from the 

east, near latitude 65° 30', longitude 149° 15'. Prospectors' name, 

reported by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A.,- 1902.

Willow; creek, eastern Alaska, on southeastern side of Preacher creek, tributary to Rock creek from the southwest, near latitude 65° 40', longitude 

145° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoou, 1905.

Willow; creek, in the Fortymile region, tributary to Gold creek from the north, 

near latitude 64° 10', longitude 142° 20'. Prospectors' name, reported 

in 1898.

Willow; creek, northern Alaska, tributary to Anaktuvuk river from the east, 

near latitude 68° 45'. Name from Peters and Schrader, 1901.

Willow; island, at mouth of the Unuk river, Alexander archipelago. So named 

by the Coast Survey in 1889.

Willow; point, on the western shore of Kizhuyak bay, north coast of Kodiak. 

Named Talnika (willow) by Murashef, 1839^0. Elliott spells it Talneek, and says all creeping willows are so designated by the Russians.

Wilson; arm, of Smeaton bay, Behin canal, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 

55° 20', longitude 130° 40'. Local navigators' name, reported by H. C. 

Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Wilson; cove, indenting the southwestern shore of Admiralty island, Alexander 

archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1890.

Wilson; creek, tributary from the west, to North fork Fortymile creek. Prospectors' name, published by the Geological Survey in 1899. Called also 

. Joe Wilson.

Wilson; creek, tributary on the north bank of Willow creek, a left fork of 

Casadepaga river, Seward peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Wilson; creek, tributary to South fork Koyukuk river from the north, near 

longitude 150° 15'. Prospectors' name, reported by the Geological Survey in 1899.

Wilson; islands, on western edge of the Stikine flats, Sumner strait, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Wilson; point, north shore Orca bay, Prince William sound, near latitude 

60° 38', longitude 145° 40'. So named by Abercrombie in 1898.

Wilson; point, on the eastern side of Portage bay, Alaska peninsula. Name 

published in Hydrographic Office notice 48, 1893.

Wilson; point, the south point of entrance to Wilson cove, Admiralty island, 

Alexander archipelago. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1896.

Wimbledon; point, the western point of entrance to Duudas bay, Cross sound, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 18', longitude 136° 23'. So 

named, by Vancouver, 1794. Erroneously Wiubledon -on some charts, 

and Wimbleton.

Wind; point, on the northwestern shore of Thomas bay, Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas,' 1887.

Windfall; creek, and lake, on the mainland, eastern shore of Lynn canal, near 

Herbert glacier and latitude 58° 30'. Prospectors' name, reported by 

Spencer and Wright, 1903.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 677

Windfall; harbor, on the western shore of Clarence strait, southeastern Alaska, 

near latitude 55° 36', longitude 132° 20'. Local navigators', name, reported by H. C. Fassett, Bureau of Fisheries, 1904.

Windfall; harbor, Admiralty island, Seymour canal, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Windfall; island, in Seymour canal, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. 

So named by Mansfield, 1889.

Windham; bay, indenting the mainland, coast, Frederick sound, southeastern 

Alaska, near latitude 57° 34', longitude 133° 30'. So named by Dall in 

the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 129).

Windham; mining camp and post-office (established in 19,04), southeastern 

Alaska, at the head of Windham bay (above).. Name published by the 

Coast Survey, 1901.

Windham; -mountain (3,263 feet high), on the mainland, north of Windham 

bay, southeastern Alaska. So named by Meade, 1869.

Windham; point, on the mainland coast, the north point of entrance to Windham bay, and the southeastern point of entrance to Stephens passage, 

. southeastern Alaska. So named by Vancouver, 1794.

Windom, glacier; see Norris.

Windy; bay, indenting the north shore of Hawkius island, Orca bay, Prince 

j William sound, near latitude 60° 34', longitude 145° 55'. So called by 

Hitter, 1900.

Windy; cove, on the north side of Cape Rornauzof, Yukon delta, near latitude 

61° 50', longitude 166° 04'. So named by Putnam, 1899.

Windy; creek, tributary to right fork of Bluestone river from the south, Seward 

peninsula. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Windy; creek, 25 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Stewart 

river from the north, near longitude 165° 27'. Local name, from Gerdine, 1904.

Windy; creek, 30 miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to the headwaters of Sinuk river from the north, near latitude 64° 55', longitude 

165° 26'. Name from Barnard, 1900.

Windy; creek, tributary to Kougarok river from the west, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Brooks, 1900.

Windy; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the south to Budd creek, a 

left branch of American river, near longitude 165° 33'. Prospectors' 

name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.

Wingham; island, east of and near the mouth of Copper river, and on the west 

side of Controller bay, near -longitude 144° 20'. So named by Vancouver, 1794. It is Mitchell's island of Portlock and Meares, 1787-88, 

and Los dos Hermanos (the two brothers) of the Spaniards. The 

native name, according to Tebenkof, is Shiganik. Often called Mitchell's or Wingham island and Little Kayak.

Winnebago; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary on west bank of Solomon 

river, near latitude 64° 42', longitude 164° 18'. Prospectors' name, 

from Gerdine, 1905.

Winner; creek, tributary to Glacier creek from the east, near head of Turnagain arm, Cook inlet, about latitude 61°, longitude 149°. Local 

name, from Meudenhall, 1898.

Winona; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Noxapaga river, through Skookum and Turner creeks, near latitude 65° 35', longitude 164° 15'. 

Prospectors' name, reported by Gerdine, 1901.
678 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Winslow; point, the eastern point of entrance to Mary island anchorage, Mary, 

island, Alexander archipelago. So named, prior to 1883, by local 

pilots, by whom the name was applied to the loest point of entrance, 

now called Giant point. See Giant.

Winstanley; island, in Behm canal, between Smeaton and Rudyerd bays, Alex- 

. ander archipelago. Named by Dall, 1879, after the English engineer 

Winstanley, who built the first Eddystone -light-house in 1696-1699, 

and who lost his life there in 1703.

Winter; anchorage, in St. Paul harbor, Kodiak. So called by Lisianski in 1804. 

It is the Krestof (cross) bay of Russian naval officers in 1808-1810.

Winter; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary to Kaviruk river from the east, 

near latitude 65° 20', longitude 165°. Prospectors' name, reported by 

 ' Gerdine, 1901.

Winter; harbor, indenting the northwestern shore of Pearse island, Pearse 

canal. So named by the Coast Survey in 1891.

Winter; island, at the head of Afognak bay, Kodiak group, near latitude 58° 

03', longitude 152° 49'. Local name, reported by Moser, 1900.

Winthrop; spur, of mountain on north bank of the Koyukuk, near longitude 

156°. Also called Point Winthrop. Name from Schrader, 1899.

Wipple, mountain; see Whipple.

Wiseman; creekj tributary to Middle fork Koyukuk river, on the west or right 

bank, near latitude 67° 307 , longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, reported by Schrader, 1899, who erroneously gave the name to Minnie 

creek on the left bank.

Wislow; islet and cape, on the northern shore of Unalaska, 4 miles west of 

Cape Cheerful, near longitude 166° 43'.. So called by the Fish Commission in 1888. Perhaps this is* an error for Winslow.

Witnesses (The); two islets, in San Alberto bay, Bucareli bay, Prince of Wales 

archipelago. Named Los Testigos (the witnesses) by Maurelle and 

Quadra, 1775-1779.

Wloyukuk; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim from the south, a little above 

Kolmakof. Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post, in 1898, from 

trader A. Lind. Has since been written O-loo-kok.

Wodehouse, point; see Wooclhouse.

Wodopada, point; see Village.

Woewodski; harbor, indenting the southern shore of Admiralty island and opening into Frederick sound, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 10', 

longitude 134° 15'. Named by Zarembo, in 1838, after Stepau Vasilivich Woewodski,. director of the Russian-American colonies, 1854-1859.

Woewodski; island, between Duncan canal and Wrangell strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named'by the Russians, 1848, after Capt-Lieut. Stepan 

Vasilivich Woewodski, chief director of the Russian-American colonies, 

1854-1859. Variously written Woewodsky, Voevodskago, etc. Lindenberg, in 1838, called part of this Medviezhi (bear).

Woedsky; post-office (established iu .1902), on Woewodski island, Alexander 

archipelago.

Wolasatux; Indian hut, on left bank of Yukon river, a few miles below Nulato. 

Wolasatux was a young man who escaped massacre at Nulato in 1851. 

This place took its name from him. Erroneously Wolsatux.

Wolcot; mountain (Mount Wolcot, 5,300 feet high), in the Fortymile region, 

eastern Alaska, near latitude 64° 40', longitude 141°,40'. Prospectors' 

name, from sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, 

U. S. A., 1905.

WoleeJc, river; see Wulik.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 679

Wolf; creek, Kenai peninsula, on the left bank cf Resurrection creek,.8 miles 

above Hope (city). Local name, from Moffit, 1904.

Wolf; creek, in the Fairbanks region, tributary to deary creek from the east, 

near latitude 65° 05', longitude 147° 25'. Prospectors' name, reported 

by.Gerdine, 1903.

Wolf; creek, eastern Alaska, tributary on south bank of Birch creek, near latitude 65° 15', longitude 145°. Prospectors' name, reported by Witherspoon, 1905.

Wolf; creek, tributary to Mission 'creek from the south, 4 miles west of Eagle. 

Local name, obtained by Spurr's party in 1896. . Wolf, island ; see Kritskoi.

Wolf; point, the easternmost point of Walrus island, near entrance to Port 

Moller, Alaska peninsula. The island of which this is the eastern point 

was named Volchie (wolf) by Lutke, 1828, but is now known as Walrus 

island. The point was named Wolf by Dall in 1882.

Wolf; rock, off the west coast of Prince of Wales archipelago. So named by 

Vancouver in 1794. Meares, 1788, called it Forrester's island (chart, 

p. 1) and the Spaniards, 1774-1779, Isla Rasa (flat island).

'Wolff; peak, south of Mount Drum. So named by Schracler, 1898, after Prof. 

John Eliot Wolff, of Harvard University. The peak which Schracler 

described and named does not exist. The mountain which he thought 

he saw in this position was afterwards identified as Mount Sanford.

Wolf trap; rocks, in Yukon river and creek tributary to it from the north, 25 

miles below Rampart (city) and 10 miles above the rapids, near longitude 150° 45'. River pilots' name, written Wolf-trap on Edwards' 

Track Chart of the Yukon, 1899.

Wolley, cape; see Woolley.

Wolverine; creek, Kenai peninsula, a right-hand tributary of Quartz creek, 

which flows into Turnagain arm, Cook inlet. Local name, from Moffit, 

1904.

Wolverine; mountain (4,640 feet high), southeast of the Ramparts of the 

Yukon, near latitude 65° 20', longitude 150°. Prospectors' name, reported by Brooks, 1902.

Womens; bay, an arm of Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Babia (Avomen) by 

Russian naval officers, 1808-1830.

Wonder, creek ; see Center.

Wonder; creek, 2A miles north of Nome, Seward peninsula, tributary to Center 

creek, from the east, near longitude 165° 23'. Local 'name, from Ger: 

dine, 1904.

Wood; canyon, on Copper river, a little below the mouth of the Chitina. Named 

Wood's by Alien, -1885, " in honor of Col. Henry Clay Wood, U. S. A."

Wood; glacier, at the head of Geikie inlet, on the west shore of Glacier bay, 

southeastern Alaska. So named by Reid, 1892, " after Lieut. Charles 

Erskiue Scott Wood, who seems to have been the first white man to 

enter Glacier bay." He was there in 1877. See also Geikie.

Wood, island; see Woody.

Wood; point, the southeastern point of entrance to Thomas bay, Frederick 

sound, Alexander archipelago. So named by Thomas, 1887.

Wood; point, on the south shore of Norton sound, 10 miles east of St. Michael 

bay, near longitude 161° 40'. Local name, published in 1904.

Wood; river, draining from Aleknagik lake to Nushagak bay. Apparently a 

local name, applied by the Fish Commission in 1890. In Sarichef's 

atlas (1826, sheet 3) it is called Aliagnagik and by Tebenkof. 1849, 

A-leknagek.
680 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Wood; spit, in Holkham bay, Stephens passage, Alexander archipelago. So 

named by Mansfield, 1889.

Woodchopper; creek, tributary to Yukon river from the south, below Coal 

creek, near latitude 65° 20', longitude 143° 15'. Local name, reported 

by Collier, 1902.

Woodchopper; island, in Kootznahoo inlet, Admiralty island, Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869.

Woodcock; point, the north head of McLeod harbor, Montague island, Prince 

William sound. So named by Portlo'ck, 1787, after Joseph Woodcock, 

a student who accompanied him on his voyage.

Wooded; cape, on the southwestern shore of Spruce island, Kodiak group. 

Named Liesnoi (wooded) by Murashef, 1839-40.

Wooded; islands, near Montague island, Prince William sound. Described by 

Vancouver, 1794, and apparently named by the Coast Survey in 1869.

Wooded; islet, off the northwestern shore of Spruce island, Kodiak group. 

Named Liesistoi (wooded) by Murashef, 1839^0.

Wooden; islet, near Cape Ommaney, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named by Vancouver, 1794, after Isaac Wooden, a member of his 

party, who fell overboard and was drowned in its vicinity.

Woodhouse; point, the southern point of Biorka island, Sitka sound, Alexander 

archipelago. Vancouver, 1794, gave this name to the " southeast point 

of a spacious opening whose northwest point was formed by Cape 

Edgecumbe, and which comprised Dixou's Norfolk Sound. From the 

bearings and distance given by Vancouver it seems evident that he 

applied the name to some part of the high land immediately to the 

westward of the western part of Crawfish Inlet, which, from his distance from the shore and the consequent invisibility of many of the low 

islets of the Necker group, appeared like the southeastern headland of 

the sound. His text and charts are in accord on this question. As 

early as 1818, however, bearing in mind the intention rather than the 

erroneous location, the name was applied on the chart of Sitka, and by 

Russian naval officers and forming No. XIX of the old Russian series, 

to the south point of Biorka Island, which has since been known by 

the name of Woodhouse." Has also been written, erroneously, Wodehouse.

Woods; creek, tributary to the headwaters of Canyon creek, in the Fortymile 

mining region. Local name, obtained by Barnard in 1898.

Woodworth; glacier, tributary to Tasuuna river, between Port Valdez and 

Copper river. Named by Schrader, 1898, after Mr. Jay Backus Woodworth, of Harvard University.

Woody; inlet, in Peard bay, Arctic coast. So called on British Admiralty 

charts. According to John Murdoch, its native name is Ku-ah-ru.

Woody; island, off Vexation point, in Wrangell -strait, Alexander archipelago. 

Named Liesnoi (woody) by Lindenberg, 1838.

Woody; island, near St. Paul, Chiniak bay, Kodiak. Named Liesnoi (woody) 

by Lisianski in 1804. Often called Wood island.

Woody, islet; see Liesnoi.

Woody; point, the north point of entrance to Whitewater bay, Admiralty island,

Alexander archipelago. So named by Meade, 1869. 

WooleeJc, river; see Wulik.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 681

Woolley; cape, on the western shore of Seward peninsula, a little south of Port 

Clarence. Named Woolley by Beechey, 1826. Has also been written 

Wolley and Wooly.

Wooly Head; precipitous bluff (about 2,000 feet high), on the western shore of 

Nagai island, Shumagin group. So named by the fishermen, prior to 

1871, on account of the violent gusts of wind, called Woolies, experienced there. This word is supposed to be (a) either a Patagonian 

word for a violent local gust or (b) to come from the white foam on 

the water, resembling washed wool, which the wind produces.

Woronkofski; island, between Wrangell and Zarembo islands, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians, after Lieutenant Woronkofski, of the 

Russian navy, who in 1836 explored the southern shore of Alaska 

peninsula. Variously written Voronkowski, Voronkoffski, etc.

Woronkofski; point, the northernmost point of Woronkofski island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Dall, 1879.

Woronzof; point, at head of Cook inlet. Named by Vancouver, 1794, " after 

His Excellency the Russian ambassador at the British court."

Worsham, bay; see Kisseleu.

Worthington; glacier, about 15 miles east of Valdez and tributary to Ptarmigan 

creek. Name from Schrader, 1900.

Wosnesenski, cape; see Kasilof.

Wosnesenski; glacier, on Kenai peninsula, near Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. So 

named by Dall, 1880, after Elias G. Wosnese'uski, of the St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences, who made collections and observations in 

this region in 1842-1844.

Wosnesenski; island, off the southern shore of Alaska peninsula and west of 

Unga island, Shnmagin group. Veniaruinof and Lutke called it Peregrebny, in Aleut, Uuatkuyuk, meaning crested or serrated. Later it 

was called Vosneseuski, after Elias G. Wosnesenski, who in 1842-1844, 

explored and collected, for the St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences, in 

western Alaska. This name has had many spellings, Vossnessensky, 

Wossnessensky, Wosnesensky, and even Vozoychenski.

Wosnesenski; native village, on Wosnesenski island. A chapel, costing $1,500, 

was erected in this village by the natives and dedicated under the name 

of Ascension.

Wrangell; cape, the westernmost point of Attu island, western Aleutians. So 

called by Lutke, 1836, after Baron von Wrangell.

Wrangell; harbor, near the north end of Wrangell island,. Alexander archipelago. Surveyed, in 1834, by Capt. Lieut. Diouysius Feodorovich 

Zarembo and by him named after Capt. Adolph Karlovich Etolin, who, 

in 1840, became director of the Russian-American colony. The harbor 

hag been variously called Etolin harbor, Port Wrangell, and Wrangell 

harbor. The last appears to be the prevailing usage at present and is 

here adopted.

Wrangell; island, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians after Admiral Baron Ferdinand Petrovich von Wrangell. Erroneously spelled 

Wrangle and Wrangel. The spelling of this word Wrangell forms the 

subject of a special note in Baer and Helmersen's Beitrage, etc. (vol. 

1, p. 328), in which it is stated that while different persons of the name 

have adopted different modes for spelling it, the individual here referred to, one of the most eminent of that noble and distinguished 

family, invariably spelled his own with two 1's. According to Tebenkof, the native name is Kach-khanna.
682 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Wrangell; island, off the northern shore of Siberia, northwesterly from Bering 

strait. The existence of this land was reported by natives, in March 

and April, 1823, to Baron von Wrangell, who then made an unsuccessful 

search for it. It was first clearly seen and its shore delineated by 

Capt. Thomas Long, of the New London whaling bark Nile, in August, 

1867, and by him called Wrangell's Land. From that date to 1881 it 

was shown on maps as the south end of a tract extending indefinitely 

northward and, by some, thought to connect with Greenland across 

the north pole. Its insular character was established by Berry, in 1881, 

and since that time it has borne the name-Wrangell island. Possibly 

Plover island of Kellett,.in 1849, may be some peak of this island seen 

from afar.

Wrangell; island, one of the Necker group, Sitka sound, Alexander archipelago. 

Has been erroneously printed Wrangle. Was named Big Wrangell by 

Vasilief, in 1809, and another near by was called Little Wrangell.

Wrangell; mountain (14,000 feet high), east of Copper river, near latitude 62°. 

Named by the Russians after Baron von Wrangell, whose branch of the 

family always used the double " 1." Erroneously Wrangle. Grewmgk 

speaks of it both as Mount Wrangell and Chechitno peak.

Wrangell; mountains, of which Mount Wrangell is the highest peak, lying 

north of Chitina river, west.of Nizina river, and in the great bend of 

 Copper river. So defined by Schrader, 1901.

Wrangell; peak, on the mainland (3,800 feet high), near the mouth of Stikine 

river. So called as early as 1887 and perhaps earlier. Erroneously 

Wrangel.

Wrangell; port, on the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, west of Kodiak, 

near longitude 156° 30'. Surveyed by Vasilief, 1831, and named after 

the then director of the Russian-American colonies, Baron von Wrangell.

Wrangell; strait, connecting Sunnier strait with Frederick sound, and separating Mitkof island from Kupreauof and Woewodski islands, Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians after Vice-Admiral Baron 

von Wrangell.

Wrangell; town, on the northern end of Wrangell island, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 56° 28', longitude 132° 23'. Often called Fort 

Wraugell. The Russian^ built a stockaded post here, in 1834, to resist 

encroachments by the Hudson Bay Company and named it Redoubt St. 

Diouysius. The United States established a military post here, in 1867, 

which was maintained with interruptions until May, 1877, and then 

abandoned. This post was called Fort Wraugell. Often misspelled 

Wrangle and Wrangel. A post-office was established here in October, 

1885, called Fort Wrangell, and changed to Wrangell in 1902.

Wrangell Narrows. The contracted part of Wrangell strait was so designated 

by the pilots, a name published by the Hydrographic Office in 1869.

Wrangell North Flat; see North.

Wrangell South Flat; see South.

Wright; glacier, on the mainland, left bank of Taku river, southeastern Alaska, 

near latitude 58° 30', longitude 133° 30'. So named by Hayes, 1891, 

after Prof. George Frederick Wright, of Oberlin College.

Wriffht, island ; see Aston.

Wright; mountain (4,944 feet high), near Muir inlet, Glacier bay, southeastern 

Alaska. So named by Reid, 1890, after Prof. George Frederick Wright, 

who spent some time in this vicinity in 1886.
GEOGRAPHIC . DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 683

Wright; point, on the southeastern shore of Dease inlet, Arctic coast. Name 

from British Admiralty chart 593 (1830-1882).

Wseioido'w, volcano; see Vsevidof.

Wulik; river, tributary to the Arctic ocean, between Point Hope and Cape 

Krusenstern. An Eskimo name, given by Stoney, 1886, as Woleek, by 

the Coast Survey, in 1890, as Woleek, and by the Hydrographic Office 

as Wooleek.

Wyanda,, ledge ; see Wayanda.

Wyvill; reef, northeastern side Neva strait, Alexander archipelago, near latitude 57° 16', longitude 135° 35'; " extends to mid-strait and bares 

about 9 feet at its highest point" Probably local name, reported by 

Moore, 1897.

Yacherk; Eskimo village, on Igushik river, near Amanka lake, about 25 miles 

west of Nushagak. Native name, from Spurr, of the Geological Survey, 

1898, who wrote it Yachergamut, i. e., Yacherk people.

YachtsMlayamut, village; see Yakchilak.

Yacotat, bay ; see Yakutat.

Yagak, cape; see Yakak.

Yaganuda; bay or bight, on the southwest coast of St. George island, Bering 

sea, just east of Dalnoi point, near, longitude 169° 46'. Aleut name, 

obtained by Putuam, 1897, and written Yag'an-uda', wooded 'bay.

Yagektalick, bay; see Alitak.

Yagodn&i, island; see Berry.

Yahna, river ; see Yana.

Yahtse; glacial stream, from Malaspina glacier, debouching in Icy bay, southeastern Alaska, near longitude 141° 15'. Native name, given as Yahtsg 

or Yahtse-tah. Has also been called Jones river. Late maps show 

two rivers,- called East Yahtse and West Yahtse, respectively.

Yahtse-tah-shah, mountain; see St. Elias.

Yaiclmia, islets; see Guibert.

Ya:itchni, cape; see Egg.

Yaitchny, islets; see Guibert.

Yakaio, cape; see Yaktag. . Yakak; cape, the south westernmost point of Adak island, Andreanof group, 

middle Aleutians. Aleut name, from Tebenkof, 1849. Veniamiuof gives 

Yagak as the Aleut word for fire'icood or driftwood. The name has 

been written Jachach.

Yakatag, Yakataga, cape; see Yalctag.

Yakchilak; Eskimo village, on Kuskokwim river, left bank, near its mouth. 

Native name, reported by Spurr and Post, of the Geological Survey, in 

1898, as Yachtshilagamut, i. e., Yakchilak people.

Yaklek, cape; see Aklek.

Yakobi; island, the northwesternniost of the Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58°. So named by Lisiauski, 1804, presumably in honor of Gen. 

Ivan Yakobi. Also written Jacob, Jacobi, Jacobieff, etc. See also 

Chichagof.

Yakobi; rock, near Cape Bingham, the southeast point of entrance to Cross 

sound, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 58° 05'. So named by Pratt, 

1901.

Yakorni, point; see Anchorage.
684 GEOGEAPHIC DICTIONARY. OF ALASKA.

Yaktag; cape, near Mount St. Elias, southeastern Alaska. Apparently a native 

name, first applied by Tebenkof as Yaktaga in 1849. Has also appeared as laktag, Yakaio, and Yakiao. Martin says now (1904) the 

common local spelling and pronunciation is Yak'atag; sometimes 

Yakataga, pronounced Yakatay'ga.

Yaktag; river, 3 miles west of Cape Yaktag, Gulf of Alaska, near longitude 

142° 30'. Local name, reported by Martin in 1903.

Yakutat; bay, in the St. Elias region, southeastern Alaska, near longitude 140°. 

Visited by La Perouse, 1786, who called it Baie de Monti. In the same 

year Portlock named it Admiralty bay: The Spaniards a little later, 

following Portlock, called it Almiralty and Almirantazgo. Lisianski, 

1805, called it Jacootat and Yacootat. On the supposition that the bay 

was visited by Bering, in 1741, it has been called by his name. Usage 

has, however, settled upon the native name Yakutat.

YaJtutat, colony; see Glory of Russia.

Yakutat; glacier, between Dry and Yakutat bays, southeastern Alaska. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1895.

Yakutat; roads, northern'part of De Monti bay, Yakutat bay, on southeast 

side of Khantaak island. So called by Harber, 1892.

Yakutat; post-office (established in March, 1898) and village, on the southeastern shore of Yakutat bay, southeastern Alaska. Native name.

T'akutskalitnilc; native village on right bank of the Yukon, at the mouth of 

Auto river. Name from Raymond, 1869. Not found on recent maps.

Yale; creek, tributary to Igloo creek from the north, Seward peninsula. Name 

from Brooks, 1900.

Yale; glacier, tributary to the head of College fiord, Port Wells, Prince William 

sound. So named by the Harriman expedition in 1899. Near it to the 

westward is Harvard glacier of the same expedition. These two were 

called Twin glaciers by Captain Glenn in 1898.

Yalik; native village, on Nuka bay, Kenai peninsula. Native name, reported

by Petrof in 1880. 

Yamani; islets, off the entrance to Necker bay, Baranof island, Alexander

archipelago. Named Yamani (full of pits or holes) by the Russians

as early as 1850. 

Yana; glacial stream, from the Malaspina glacier, debouching near Icy bay

and longitude 141°.. Native name, reported by Russell in 1891. The

termination na means river. lias also been printed Yahna. 

Yanaliun, cape ; see Bog. 

Yancarnie; bay, indenting the southern shore of Alaska peninsula, north of

Sutwik island. Name published by the Coast Survey in 1900. 

Yanert; lake, northeastern Alaska, 20 miles southwest of Fort Yukon, on the

right bank of Birch creek, near the Arctic Circle and longitude 146°.

Named Yanert by Lieutenant Erickson, U. S. A., after William Yanert,

an ex-soldier, who made explorations in this region in 1902. Kltagutan

lake, of Petrof, 1880, is presumably meant for its Indian name. 

Yanert; fork, a right branch of Cantwell river, near its source, about latitude

63° 40', longitude 148° 30'. So named by Brooks, 1902, after Sergt.

William Yanert, U. S. A., of Glenn's expedition, who penetrated to this

point in 1898. Erroneously Yannert.
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 685

Yanert Hole; a mountain, probably with a crater in the top, in the Rampart 

. region, 40 miles southeast of Fort Harnlin, on the east bank of Crater 

creek, near latitude 65° 40', longitude 147° 50'. So named by Lieutenant Ericksou, U. S. A., after William Yanert, who made explorations in this region in 1902.

Yanffimak, island; see Little Koniuji.

Yankee; cove, indenting the eastern shore of Lynn canal, southeastern Alaska, 

near latitude 58° 35'. Local name, reported by Spencer and Wright, 

1903.

Yankee; point, on the western shore of Portland canal, near its head. Name 

published by the Coast Survey in 1897.

Yankee; river, tributary to Mint river,- in western part of Seward peninsula. 

Local name, from the prospectors.

Yankee Basin; mining camp, on the mainland southeastern Alaska, at the head 

of Cowee creek, south shore Berners bay, eastern shore Lynn canal, 

near .latitude 58° 37'. Prospectors' name, from the Coast Pilot of 1901.

Yannert, creek; see Yanert fork.

Yantnu, river; see Yentua.

Yaponski, island; see Japouski.

Yaram-anatuulug; rocky point at west end of East rookery, northeast coast of 

St. George island, Bering sea, near longitude 169° 30'. Aleut name, 

written Yar'ani-ilnatu'ulug (narrow point) by Pntnam in 1897.

Yarboro; inlet, on the Arctic coast, east of the mouth of Colville riveri Named 

Yarborough by Sir John Franklin, August, 1826.

Yasha; island, at junction of Chatham strait and Frederick sound, Alexanderarchipelago. Named Yasha (Jakey, diminutive of Jacob) by the Russians. This island has been reserved for light-house purposes by 

Executive order dated January 4, 1901.

Yasni, island ; see Andronica.

Yeastly or Egg. Raymond, in 1869, thus calls an island in the Yukon delta, near 

the head of 'Kwikpak pass. Not identified on recent charts.

Yeatman; mountain (Mount Yeatman, 5,690 feet high), on the west bank of 

Taiya river, southeastern Alaska, near latitude 59° 33', longitude 135° 

23' So named by Flerner in 1898, but not hitherto published.

Yedno, river; see Yentna.

Yckuk, cape and village; see Ekuk.

Yelchthini, river, Chilkat valley; see Bear creek.

Yellow; hill (554 feet high), near Metlakatla, on Annette island, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Nichols in 1883.

Yellow; hills, on St. Lawrence island, Bering sea. So called by Mr. V. C. 

Gambell, who with his wife taught the school on the island from 1894 

to 1898.

Yellow; point, on Baranof island, near Northern rapids, Peril strait, Alexander 

archipelago. Named Zholti (yellow) by Vasilief, 1833.

Yellow; point, on the eastern shore of Tamgas.harbor, Annette island, Alexander archipelago. Has also been called Signal point. .

Yellow; rock, south side Kelp bay, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago 

" the northernmost of the islands west of Pond island " near latitude 

57° 18', longitude 134° 54'. Descriptive name, given by Moore, 1895.

Yellow; rocks, two in number (20 feet high), in Dixon entrance, 7 miles southeast from Cape Northumberland. So named by Nichols, 1883, by reason 

of their color. 
686 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONAEY OF ALASKA.

Yellow Cedar; bay, on the north side of Hawkins island, in eastern part of 

Prince William sound. So called in Twentieth Annual Report Geological Survey (part 7, p. 406). Not shown on any maps. Presumably a 

local name.

Yellowstone; creek, tributary to Port Clarence from the east, Seward peninsula. 

Name from Barnard, 1900.

Yellowstone; creek, eastern Alaska, on the south bank of Seventyniile creek,

near latitude 64° 55', longitude 142° 10'. Prospectors' name, from

. sketch map compiled by Major Glassford, Signal Corps, U. S. A., 1905.

Yelloioy, island; see Spruce.

Yelovoi, island; see Spruce.

Yelowoi, island; see Elovoi.

Yendestaka, village; see Gan-te-gas-taJc-heh.

Yanlo; mountain (about 3,885 feet high), on north bank of Yentna river, 60 

miles north-northwest from the mouth of Susitua river, near latitude 

62°, longitude 151° 20'. So called by.Spurr and Post, of the Geological 

Survey, 1898.

Yentna; river, tributary to the Susitna from the northwest, about 25 miles 

above the mouth of the latter. Native name. Spurr and Post, 1898. 

report that it is known to the natives as Katcheldat or Yeutua. Glenn, 

1898, writes it Yeutna. Lieutenant Learnard with Glenu, 1898, says it 

is called Yantnu (Yadno) by the Indians, and Johnson, by some 

whites the name of the first white man to ascend it.

Yes; bay, Cleveland peninsula, Alexander archipelago. Native name, spelled 

Yas, Yfuis, Yes, and Yess. Named McDonald by Dall, 1879, and often 

called McDonald or Yes bay. Yas is Tlinket for mussel.

Yes Bay; native village and cannery, at Yes ba'y, Alexander archipelago. The 

fishery was established here in 1886.

YokuclMrgut, creek;'see Hess.

York; cape, in Bering strait, about 10 miles southeast of Cape Prince of Wales. 

So named by Beechey in August, 1827, " in honor of His Royal Highness."

York; mining camp, at Cape York, Seward peninsula. The post-office established here in April, 1900, was discontinued in 1902.

York; creek, Seward peninsula, tributary from the south to Pinguk river, near 

latitude 65° 46'. Local name, reported by Collier, 1903.

York; mining district, in the extreme western part of Seward peninsula. Called 

the Kanowock, or York mining district.

York; group of islands, in Alexander archipelago, of which the principal ones 

are Etoliu, Seward, Woroukofski, Wrangell, and Zarembo. Named 

Duke of York's islands by Vancouver in September, 1793, after the Duke 

of York, a name since shortened to York.

York; mountains, Seward peninsula, north and east of Cape York. Local 

name, reported by Gerdiue, 1901.

Youcon, river ; see Yukon.

Youltolny, island; see Ukolnoi.

YoulaJc, island; see Ulak.

YounasJca, island; see Yunaska.

Young; bay, indenting the northern shore of Admiralty island, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago, near latitude 58° 10', longitude 134° 40'. Apparently so named by Dall in the Coast Pilot (1883, p. 172):

Young; cove, in Dall island, Howkan strait, Cordova bay, Alexander archipelago. So named by Sheldon Jackson, 1880, after Rev. Samuel Hall 

Young, a missionary, who began work at Wraugell in 1878.
CEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 687

Young; creek, tributary to Nizina river from the south. So named by Gerdine. 

1900, after Robert Young, a member of Iris party. 

Young; creek, tributary to Kings creek from the west, which latter is in turn 

tributary to the Mantnauska river about 30 miles above its mouth. So 

named by Glenn, 1898, after Corporal Young, a member of his party. 

Called also Little Kings by the prospectors.

Young; island, at entrance to View cave, Tlevak strait, Cordova bay, Alexander 

archipelago. So named by Ball, 1S82, after Rev. S. Hall Young.

Young, island; see Corlies.

Young; island, in Koyukuk river, 10 miles above the mouth of the l-Iuslia river, 

near latitude 66° 50', .longitude 156° 20'. River pilots' name, reported 

by Lieutenant Camden, Revenue-Cutter Service, 1900.

Young; marsh, in Fritz cove, Douglas island, Alexander archipelago. Called 

Young's marsh by Symonds, 1880. Later charts do not show, any 

. marsh here.

Young; mountain (5,260 feet high), between Lynn canal and Glacier bay, southeastern Alaska. Named by Reid, 1892, after Rev. S. Hall Young.

Young; point, the eastern point of entrance to Auke cove, Stephens passage, 

Alexander archipelago, at the east end of Young bay above, near latitude 58° 12', longitude 134° 33'. So named by Vancouver in 1794.

Young; sunken rock, in Zimovia strait, near north end of Etolin island. Discovered by Rev. S. Hall Young, 1882, and named after him by the Coast 

Survey.

Youp-nut, creek ; see Anikovik.

Yugnat; rocks, off the northern point of entrance to Kukalc bay,.Shelikof strait. 

Apparently a native name, .from Vasilief, 1831.

Yukagamut, village; see Ikuak.

Yukagam'ut, village ; see Ingahameh.

Yukamak; island, southwest of Kodiak. See Chirikof.

Yukla; creek, tributary from the east to Knik'arm, Cook inlet, near latitude 

.61° 15', longitude 149° 40'. Native name, obtained by Mendenhall, 

1898. Has also been called Yukla-hina river.

*Yukln-Mtna, river ; see Yukla creek.

Yuko; river, tributary to the Yukon from the south, about 40 miles above the 

mouth of the Koyukuk. Native name, reported, 1861, by Tikhmeuief. 

who wrote it Yukukakat, i. e., Yuku river; see Kakat. Has also been 

written Yukokargut and appears to be.identical with Soonkakat of 

recent maps. See Soonkakat.

Yukokakat. Petrof in the Tenth Census, 1880, gives this as the name of a settlement, of 6 people, on the north bank of Yukon river, at the mouth of 

" the Yuko or perhaps Sooukakat river.

Yukokon, river ; see White.

Yukon; flats, in the valley of the Yukon, extending 200 miles from the mouth 

of the Dall to Circle (city).

Yukon; harbor, indenting the southeastern shore of Big Koniuji island, Shumagin group. So named by Dall, 1874, after the Coast Survey 

schooner Yukon.

Yukon; hills or mountains (1,000 to 2,500 feet high), between the Yukon and 

Koyukuk rivers, central Alaska. Called Yukon mountains by Dall, 

1869.

Yukon; island, on the southern shore of Kachemak bay, Cook inlet. So named 

by Dall, 1880, after the Coast Survey schooner Yukon. Now occupied 

by parties engaged in raising blue foxes.
688 GEOGKAPHIC DICTIONARY OF. ALASKA.

Yukon; island, in Yukon river, at mouth of the Koyukuk. So named by Alien, 

1885.

Yukon; principal river of Alaska. The headwaters of this river were known

; to traders of the Hudson Bay Company early in the 19th century. Its

lower* part was explored by the Russians in 1837-38. Derzhabin

founded the Russian post Nulato in 1841, and McMurray, the English

' post Fort Yukon in 1847. The Eskimo name of the river, by which it

 was long known, is Kwik-pak (river big). Variously spelled-Kvichpak,

Kvikhpakh, etc. The Indian name is Yukon, variously written Youcon,

Yucon, etc., while one tribe of Indians, according to Alien, call it

Nigato, i. e., Niga river. Grewingk also gives the names Jukchana and

Juna, i. e., Jukcha river and Ju river. The form Yukon has also been

. adopted by the Canadian Board on Geographic Names.

Yukutzcharkat, creek ; see Hess.

Yukwonilnuk; river, tributary to the Kuskokwim from the north", near -longitude 158°. Native name, obtained by Spurr and Post, in 1898, from 

trader A. Lind.

Yunakh, island; see tJmak.

Yunaska; volcanic island (2,864 feet high), in the group of islands of the Four 

Mountains, eastern Aleutians. Veniaminof includes it in that group. 

Native name, from Sarichef, about 1790. Variously written Junaska, 

Unaska, Younaska, etc.

Zachary; bay, indenting the north shore of Unga island, Shuinagin group. 

Named Zakharefskaia by the Russians, after a Russian named Zakharef. Variously spelled Sacharowskaja, Zakhareffskaia,- etc. Called 

also Coal bay.

Zaikof; bay, in the north end of Montague island, Prince William sound. Named 

by the Russians, presumably after Stepan Kosmovich Zaikof, who was 

chief of the trading post St. Nicholas (Kenai) in the 18th century.

Zaikof; point, the uortheasternmost point of Montague island, Prince William 

sound. So- named by Davidson, 1868.

Zakatlatan; village (population 39), on north bank of the Yukon, near longi-- 

tude 156° 30'. In the Tenth Census a village called Zakatlatan is 

located here on the south bank. In the Eleventh Census we have 

Sakataloden, supposed to be the same place. On late maps it is Saghadellautan. Raymond, 1869, has Sakedeloutiu. Edwards' Track Chart 

of the Yukon, 1899, shows a place on the north bank called Sardu-loten. 

The telegraph station, Louden, is on' the north bank at or near here.

Zakhareffskaia, bay; see Zachary.

Zakharof, bay ; see Stepovak.

Zakritoi, bay; see Banks harbor. , 

Zaliva, point; see Bay.

Zane; pass, between the valleys of Kobuk and Koyukuk rivers, by way of Pah 

and Dakli rivers, near the Arctic circle and longitude 156° 30'. Named 

after Ensign A. V. Zane, U. S. N., a member of Stoney's Expedition, 

who went over this route from Kobuk river to St. Michael and return 

in the winter of 1885-86.

Zanes; cliff, on the western end of Wrangell island, -Arctic ocean. So named 

by Berry, 1881.

Zapadni; open bay, on the southwest shore of St. George island, Pribilof group, 

Bering sea. Called Zapadni (west) by the Russians and locally so 

known. It is Southwest bay of some charts. 
GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA. 689

Zapadni; point, the western point of entrance to English bay, on the south shore 

of St. Paul island, Pribilof group, Bering sea. Locally known as 

Zapadni (west). Has been called South point on several charts. 

Zapadni rookery is on this point. Has also been written Zapadnie.

Zapadni; rookery, on Zapadni bay, southwest coast St. George island, Bering 

sea, near longitude 109° 40'. Local name, written Zapadnie by Elliott, 

1872-1874.

Zapadni; rookery, southern coast St. Paul island, Bering sea, on Zapadni point,, 

western shore English bay, near longitude .170° 20'. Local name,, 

written Zapadnie (west) by Elliott, 1872-1874.

Zapadnie, cape; see West.

Zapadnie, point; see Northwest.

Zapadnie, point; see Southwest.

Zapadni Reef; rookery, southern coast St. Paul island, Bering sea, on north 

shore of English bay, near longitude 170° 10'. Local name.

Zarembo; island, between Clarence, Stikine, and Sumner straits, Alexander 

archipelago. Named by the Russians, after Capt-Lieut. Dionysius 

Feodorovich Zarenibo. Has also been written Zaremba. ,

ZatchlitscliaJc, island ; see Sitkalidak.

Zatschra, island ; see Hydra.

Zayas; island, in eastern part of Dixon entrance. Named Isla de Zayas by 

Caamano, 1792.

Zdluiat; Indian village, on Knik arm of Cook inlet. Native name, reported by 

Petrof, 1880.

Zeal; point, the. south point of entrance to St. John Baptist bay, Neva strait,

Baranof island, Alexander archipelago. Named Userdie (zeal) by

Vasilief, 1833. Also written Ouserdi. 

Zeaman; gulch, 9 miles northwest of Cape Nome, Seward peninsula, draining

the north slope of Army peak into Osboru creek, near longitude 165°

10'. Local name, published in 1904. 

Zeikhell, river; see Tiekel. 

Kelonie, point; see December. 

Zelonoi, point, rocks, etc.; see Green. 

Zenobia; sunken rock, near Eastern channel into Sitka harbor, Sitka sound,

Alexander archipelago. Named by the Russians after the ship Zenobia,

which struck upon it in 1855. 

Zharof, island ; see Egg. 

ZhekisJci, point; see Shekesti. 

Zhemani, point; see Shaman. 

Zhila, cape ; see Blunt point. 

Zhila, cape; "see Head. 

Zhila, point; see Hut. 

Zhila, point; see Lode. 

Zholti, point; see Yellow. 

Zhuravlina, cove; see Crane. 

Ziatitz, harbor; see Three Saints. 

Ziatitz, village; see Nunam'iut. 

Zimovia; point, on the north bank of Chilkat river, near its mouth. Named

Zimovia (winter) by Lindenberg in 1838. It appears to be identical

with the Spuhn point of naval officers in 1880.

Bull. 299 06 M 44
690 GEOGRAPHIC DICTIONARY OF ALASKA.

Zimovia; strait, separating Wrangell island from Etoliu and Woronkofski 

islands, Alexander archipelago. Named Zimovia (winter) by tbe Russians.

Zirku, river; see Tsirku.

Zlatousta, harbor; see Saint Chrysostom.

Zokneda;' lakes, two small lakes, between Tanada lake and Copper river, and 

draining into Copper river from the west, near latitude 02° 25'. Indian 

name, reported by Schrader in 1902, who says the western one is commonly known as Lake Billy.

Zolotoi; bay and sands ("a reach of very beautiful drifting sand " Elliott), 

southern coast St. Paul island, Bering sea, on the northwest side of 

Reef point, near longitude 170° 17'. Called Zolotoi (.golden) by the 

Russians, and written Zoltoi by Elliott, 1872-1874.

Zoltoi, bay and sands; see Zolotoi.

Zotschomnia, islands ; see Noisy.

ZO'itboff, islands ; see Pribilof.

Zubof; rock, awash at lowest tides, in The Basin, three-eighths of a mile southwest of Crow island, Kelp bay, Chatham strait, Alexander archipelago, 

near latitude 57° 17', longitude 134° 55'. Russian surname, written 

Zuboff by Moore in 1895.

Zufutcli, rocks ; see Seal. .

Zumik, islands; see Semidi.

Zutchwik, islands.; see Sutwik.